Chapter 58.
Insurance.
Article 1.
Title and Definitions.
§ 58‑1‑1.  Title of the Chapter.
Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter may be cited and shall be known as the Insurance Law. (1899, c. 54; Rev., s. 4677; C.S., s. 6260.)

§ 58‑1‑2.  Insurance secondary sources not authoritative.
A secondary source on insurance in any legal treatise, scholarly publication, textbook, or other explanatory text does not constitute the law or public policy of the State and is not authoritative if the secondary source purports to create, eliminate, expand, or restrict a cause of action, right, or remedy or if it conflicts with:
(1)	The Constitution of the United States or the Constitution of North Carolina;
(2)	The General Statutes;
(3)	North Carolina case law precedent; or
(4)	Other common law that may have been adopted by North Carolina courts.  (2021‑117, s. 8A.)

§ 58‑1‑5.  Definitions.
In this Chapter, unless the context clearly requires otherwise:
(1)	"Alien company" means a company incorporated or organized under the laws of any jurisdiction outside of the United States.
(1a)	"Commercial aircraft" means aircraft used in domestic, flag, supplemental, commuter, or on‑demand operations, as defined in Federal Aviation Administration Regulations, 14 C.F.R. § 119.3, as amended.
(2)	"Commissioner" means the Commissioner of Insurance of North Carolina or an authorized designee of the Commissioner.
(3)	"Company" or "insurance company" or "insurer" includes any corporation, association, partnership, society, order, individual or aggregation of individuals engaging or proposing or attempting to engage as principals in any kind of insurance business, including the exchanging of reciprocal or interinsurance contracts between individuals, partnerships and corporations. "Company" or "insurance company" or "insurer" does not mean the State of North Carolina or any county, city, or other political subdivision of the State of North Carolina.
(4)	"Department" means the Department of Insurance of North Carolina.
(5)	"Domestic company" means a company incorporated or organized under the laws of this State.
(6)	"Foreign company" means a company incorporated or organized under the laws of the United States or of any jurisdiction within the United States other than this State.
(7)	"NAIC" means the National Association of Insurance Commissioners.
(8)	Repealed by Session Laws 1999‑219, s. 5.5.
(9)	"Person" means an individual, partnership, firm, association, corporation, joint‑stock company, trust, any similar entity, or any combination of the foregoing acting in concert.
(10)	The singular form includes the plural, and the masculine form includes the feminine wherever appropriate. (1899, c. 54, s. 1; Rev., s. 4678; C.S., s. 6261; 1945, c. 383; 1971, c. 510, s. 1; 1987, c. 864, s. 34; 1995, c. 193, s. 1; 1999‑219, s. 5.5; 2001‑334, s. 18.2.)

§ 58‑1‑10.  Contract of insurance.
A contract of insurance is an agreement by which the insurer is bound to pay money or its equivalent or to do some act of value to the insured upon, and as an indemnity or reimbursement for the destruction, loss, or injury of something in which the other party has an interest. (1899, c. 54, s. 2; Rev., s. 4679; C.S., s. 6262; 1945, c. 383.)

§ 58‑1‑15.  Warranties by manufacturers, distributors, or sellers of goods or services.
(a)	As used in this section:
(1)	"Goods" means all things that are moveable at the time of sale or at the time the buyer takes possession. "Goods" includes things not in existence at the time the transaction is entered into; and includes things that are furnished or used at the time of sale or subsequently in modernization, rehabilitation, repair, alteration, improvement, or construction on real property so as to become a part of real property whether or not they are severable from real property.
(2)	"Services" means work, labor, and other personal services.
(b)	Any warranty, including ancillary anti‑theft protection program warranties as defined by G.S. 66‑370(b)(1a), made solely by a manufacturer, distributor, or seller of goods or services without charge, or an extended warranty offered as an option and made solely by a manufacturer, distributor, or seller of goods or services for charge, that guarantees indemnity for defective parts, mechanical or electrical breakdown, labor, or any other remedial measure, including replacement of goods or repetition of services, shall not be a contract of insurance under Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter; however, service agreements on motor vehicles are governed by G.S. 66‑370, 66‑372, and 66‑373. Service agreements on home appliances are governed by G.S. 66‑371, 66‑372, and 66‑373.
(b1)	Service agreements on home appliances or on motor vehicles offered in compliance with Article 43 of Chapter 66 of the General Statutes shall not be contracts of insurance and shall be exempt from all provisions of this Chapter unless otherwise expressly provided.
(c)	Nothing in this section affects the provisions of Article 28 of this Chapter. Any warranty or extended warranty made by any person other than the manufacturer, distributor, or seller of the warranted goods or services is a contract of insurance.
(d)	Repealed by Session Laws 1989 (Regular Session, 1990), c. 1021, s. 3.  (1959, c. 866; 1975, cc. 643, 788; 1977, c. 185; 1987, c. 369; 1989, c. 789, s. 2; 1989 (Reg. Sess., 1990), c. 1021, s. 3; 1991 (Reg. Sess., 1992), c. 1014, s. 2; 1995, c. 193, s. 2; 2007‑95, s. 7; 2015‑283, s. 2.)

§ 58‑1‑20.  Real property warranties.
(a)	Any warranty relating to fixtures to real property issued by a person is a contract of insurance, except the following:
(1)	A warranty made by a builder or seller of the real property;
(2)	A warranty providing for the repair or replacement of the items covered by the warranty for defective parts and mechanical failure or resulting from ordinary wear and tear, and excluding from its coverage damage from recognizable perils, such as fire, flood, and wind, that neither relate to any defect in the items covered nor result from ordinary wear and tear.
(b)	It is unlawful for any person to issue a warranty specified in subdivision (a)(2) of this section unless that person has posted a surety bond with the Secretary of State in the principal sum of not less than one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000). The bond must be issued by a surety company licensed to do business in this State and is subject to the approval of the Secretary of State. Any person to whom the warranty is issued may institute an action to recover against the warrantor and the surety bond for any breach of warranty.
(c)	Persons issuing real property warranties shall comply with the requirements of G.S. 66‑373. (1979, c. 773, s. 1; 1987, c. 864, s. 9; 1991, c. 644, s. 43; 2003‑290, s. 1(a); 2007‑95, s. 8.)

§ 58‑1‑25: Recodified as G.S. 66‑370 by Session Laws 2007‑95, ss. 2‑5, effective October 1, 2007.

§  58‑1‑30: Recodified as G.S. 66‑371 by Session Laws 2007‑95, ss. 2‑5, effective October 1, 2007.

§ 58‑1‑35: Recodified as G.S. 66‑372 by Session Laws 2007‑95, ss. 2‑5, effective October 1, 2007.

§ 58‑1‑36: Recodified as G.S. 66‑373 by Session Laws 2007‑95, ss. 2‑5, effective October 1, 2007.

§ 58‑1‑40: Repealed by Session Laws 1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 730, s. 3.

§ 58‑1‑42:  Recodified as G.S. 66-374 by Session Laws 2007-95, s. 6, effective October 1, 2007.

§§ 58‑1‑45, 58‑1‑50:  Repealed by Session Laws 1993 (Reg.  Sess., 1994), c. 730, s. 3.

Article 2.
Commissioner of Insurance.
§ 58‑2‑1.  Department established.
The Department is hereby established as a separate and distinct department, which is charged with the execution of laws relating to insurance and other subjects placed under the Department. (1899, c. 54, s. 3; 1901, c. 391, s. 1; Rev., s. 4680; C.S., s. 6263; 1991, c. 720, s. 5.)

§ 58‑2‑5.  Commissioner's election and term of office.
The chief officer of the Insurance Department shall be called the Commissioner of Insurance; whenever in the statutes of this State the words "Insurance Commissioner" appear, they shall be deemed to refer to and to be synonymous with the term "Commissioner of Insurance." He shall be elected by the people in the manner prescribed for the election of members of the General Assembly and State officers, and the result of the election shall be declared in the same manner and at the same time as the election of State officers is now declared. His term of office begins on the first day of January next after his election, and is for four years or until his successor is elected and qualified. If a vacancy occurs during the term, it shall be filled by the Governor for the unexpired term. (Rev., ss. 4680, 4681; 1907, c. 868; C.S., s. 6264; 1943, c. 170.)

§ 58‑2‑10.  Salary of Commissioner.
The salary of the Commissioner shall be set by the General Assembly in the Current Operations Appropriations Act. In addition to the salary set by the General Assembly in the Current Operations Appropriations Act, longevity pay shall be paid on the same basis as is provided to employees of the State who are subject to the North Carolina Human Resources Act.  (1899, c. 54, ss. 3, 8; 1901, c. 710; 1903, c. 42; c. 771, s. 3; Rev., s. 2756; 1907, c. 830, s. 10; c. 994; 1909, c. 839; 1913, c. 194; 1915, cc. 158, 171; 1917, c. 70; 1919, c. 247, s. 4; C.S., s. 3874; 1921, c. 25, s. 1; 1933, c. 282, s. 5; 1935, c. 293; 1937, c. 342; 1945, c. 383; 1947, c. 1041; 1949, c. 1278; 1953, c. 1, s. 2; 1957, c. 1; 1963, c. 1178, s. 6; 1967, c. 1130; c. 1237, s. 6; 1969, c. 1214, s. 6; 1971, c. 912, s. 6; 1973, c. 778, s. 6; 1975, 2nd Sess., c. 983, s. 21; 1977, c. 802, s. 42.12; 1983, c. 761, s. 206; 1983 (Reg. Sess., 1984), c. 1034, s. 164; 1987, c. 738, s. 32(b); 1991, c. 720, s. 4; 2013‑382, s. 9.1(c).)

§ 58‑2‑15.  Chief deputy commissioner.
The Commissioner shall appoint and may remove at his discretion a chief deputy commissioner, who, in the event of the absence, death, resignation, disability or disqualification of the Commissioner, or in case the office of Commissioner shall for any reason become vacant, shall have and exercise all the powers and duties vested by law in the Commissioner.  He shall receive such compensation as fixed and provided by the Department of Administration. (1945, c. 383; 1987, c. 864, s. 19(a).)

§ 58‑2‑20.  Chief actuary.
The Commissioner shall appoint and may remove at his discretion a chief actuary, who shall receive such compensation as fixed and provided by the Department of Administration. (1945, c. 383; 1987, c. 864, s. 19(b).)

§ 58‑2‑25.  Other deputies, actuaries, examiners and employees.
(a)	The Commissioner shall appoint or employ such other deputies, actuaries, economists, financial analysts, financial examiners, licensed attorneys, rate and policy analysts, accountants, fire and rescue training instructors, market conduct analysts, insurance complaint analysts, investigators, engineers, building inspectors, risk managers, clerks and other employees that the Commissioner considers to be necessary for the proper execution of the work of the Department, at the compensation that is fixed and provided by the Department of Administration.
(a1)	If the Commissioner considers it to be necessary for the proper execution of the work of the Department to contract with persons for financial, legal, examination, and other services, such contracts shall not be subject to any of the following:
(1)	G.S. 114‑2.3.
(2)	G.S. 147‑17.
(3)	Articles 3, 3C, and 8 of Chapter 143 of the General Statutes and any rules and procedures adopted under those Articles concerning procurement, contracting, and contract review.
(a2)	Whenever the Commissioner or any deputy or employee of the Department is requested or subpoenaed to testify as an expert witness in any civil or administrative action, the party making the request or filing the subpoena and on whose behalf the testimony is given shall, upon receiving a statement of the cost from the Commissioner, reimburse the Department for the actual time and expenses incurred by the Department in connection with the testimony.
(b)	The minimum education requirements for financial analysts and examiners referred to in subsection (a) of this section are a bachelors degree, with the appropriate courses in accounting as defined in 21 NCAC 8A.0309, and other courses that are required to qualify the applicant as a candidate for the uniform certified public accountant examination, based on the examination requirements in effect at the time of graduation by the analyst or examiner from an accredited college or university.  (1945, c. 383; 1981, c. 859, s. 94; 1987, c. 864, s. 20; 1989 (Reg. Sess., 1990), c. 1069, s. 20; 1991, c. 681, s. 1; 2000‑122, s. 4; 2006‑145, s. 4; 2022‑46, s. 19.)

§ 58‑2‑30.  Appointments of committees or councils.
(a)	As used in this section, the term "committee" means a collective body that consults with and advises the Commissioner or his designee in detailed technical areas; and the term "council" means a collective body that consults with and advises the Commissioner or his designee as representative of citizen advice in specific areas of interest.
(b)	The Commissioner may create and appoint committees and councils, each of which shall consist of no more than 13 members unless otherwise provided by law. The members of any committee or council shall serve at the pleasure of the Commissioner and may be paid per diem and necessary travel and subsistence expenses within the limits of appropriations and in accordance with G.S. 138‑5. Per diem, travel, and subsistence payments to members of committees or councils that are created in connection with federal programs shall be paid from federal funds unless otherwise provided by law. (1985, c. 666, s. 44.)

§ 58‑2‑31.  Seniors' Health Insurance Information Program.
The Seniors' Health Insurance Information Program is established within the Department as a statewide health benefits counseling program to provide the State's Medicare beneficiaries with counseling in Medicare, Medicare supplement insurance, long‑term care insurance, and related health care coverage plans.  (2011‑196, s. 2.)

§ 58‑2‑35.  Seal of Department.
The Commissioner, with the approval of the Governor, shall devise a seal, with suitable inscription, for his office, a description of which, with the certificate of approval by the Governor, shall be filed in the office of the Secretary of State, with an impression thereof, which seal shall thereupon become the seal of office of the Commissioner of the Department. The seal may be renewed whenever necessary. (1899, c. 54, s. 11; Rev., s. 4682; C.S., s. 6266; 1991, c. 720, ss. 4, 5.)

§ 58‑2‑40.  Powers and duties of Commissioner.
The Commissioner shall:
(1)	See that all laws of this State that the Commissioner is responsible for administering and the provisions of this Chapter are faithfully executed; and to that end the Commissioner is authorized to adopt rules in accordance with Chapter 150B of the General Statutes, in order to enforce, carry out and make effective the provisions of those laws. The Commissioner is also authorized to adopt such further rules not contrary to those laws that will prevent persons subject to the Commissioner's regulatory authority from engaging in practices injurious to the public.
(1a)	Have the power and authority to fix and collect reasonable fees for services performed by Code‑enforcement officials under G.S. 143‑151.12(9)a. The Commissioner may also collect reimbursement, at the rate established under G.S. 138‑6, for mileage costs incurred by Code‑enforcement officials going to and from inspections conducted under G.S. 143‑151.12(9)a. The Commissioner shall have no power or authority to fix or collect fees incurred by local inspection departments under G.S. 143‑151.12(9)b.
(2)	Have the power and authority to adopt rules pertaining to and governing the solicitation of proxies, including financial reporting in connection therewith, with respect to the capital stock or other equity securities of any domestic stock insurance company.
(3)	Prescribe to the companies, associations, orders, or bureaus required by Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter to report to the Commissioner, the necessary forms for the statements required. The Commissioner may change those forms from time to time when necessary to secure full information as to the standing, condition, and such other information desired of companies, associations, orders, or bureaus under the jurisdiction of the Department.
(4)	Receive and thoroughly examine each financial statement required by Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter.
(5)	Report in detail to the Attorney General any violations of the laws relative to pharmacy benefits managers, insurance companies, associations, orders and bureaus or the business of insurance; and the Commissioner may institute civil actions or criminal prosecutions either by the Attorney General or another attorney whom the Attorney General may select, for any violation of the provisions of Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter.
(6)	Upon a proper application by any citizen of this State, give a statement or synopsis of the provisions of any insurance contract offered or issued to the citizen.
(7)	Administer, or the Commissioner's deputy may administer, all oaths required in the discharge of the Commissioner's official duty.
(8)	Compile and make available to the public such lists of rates charged, including deviations, and such explanations of coverages that are provided by insurers for and in connection with contracts or policies of (i) insurance against loss to residential real property with not more than four housing units located in this State and any contents thereof or valuable interest therein and other insurance coverages written in connection with the sale of such property insurance and (ii) private passenger (nonfleet) motor vehicle liability, physical damage, theft, medical payments, uninsured motorists, and other insurance coverages written in connection with the sale of such insurance, as may be advisable to inform the public of insurance premium differentials and of the nature and types of coverages provided. The explanations of coverages provided for in this section must comply with the provisions of Article 38 of this Chapter.
(9)	Repealed by Session Laws 2000, ch. 19, s. 3, effective on or after April 1, 1998.
(10)	Repealed by Session Laws 2013‑5, s. 1(b), effective March 6, 2013.  (1899, c. 54, s. 8; 1905, c. 430, s. 3; Rev., s. 4689; C.S., s. 6269; 1945, c. 383; 1947, c. 721; 1965, c. 127, s. 1; 1971, c. 757, s. 1; 1977, c. 376, s. 1; 1979, c. 755, s. 19; c. 881, s. 1; 1981, c. 846, s. 2; 1989, c. 485, s. 29; 1991, c. 644, s. 26; 1997‑392, s. 3; 2000‑19, s. 3; 2010‑31, s. 24.2(a); 2013‑5, s. 1(b); 2018‑29, s. 2(d); 2021‑161, s. 2.)

§ 58‑2‑45.  Orders of Commissioner; when writing required.
Whenever by any provision of Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter, the Commissioner is authorized to grant any approval, authorization or permission or to make any other order affecting any insurer, insurance producer, or other person or persons subject to the provisions of Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter, such order shall not be effective unless made in writing and signed by the Commissioner or by his authority.  (1945, c. 383; 2022‑46, s. 14(a).)

§ 58‑2‑46.  State of disaster automatic stay of proof of loss requirements; premium and debt deferrals.
(a)	Whenever (i) a state of disaster is proclaimed for the State or for an area within the State under G.S. 166A‑19.21 or whenever the President of the United States has issued a major disaster declaration for the State or for an area within the State under the Stafford Act, 42 U.S.C. § 5121, et seq., as amended and (ii) if the Commissioner has issued an order declaring this section effective for the specific disaster:
(1)	Proof of loss stayed. – The application of any provision in an insurance policy insuring real property and its contents that are located within the designated area in the proclamation or declaration, which provision requires an insured to file a proof of loss within a certain period of time after the occurrence of the loss, shall be stayed for the time period not exceeding the earlier of (i) the expiration of the disaster proclamation or declaration and all renewals of the proclamation or (ii) the expiration of the Commissioner's order declaring this section effective for the specific disaster.
(2)	Deferral of premium. – As used in this subdivision, "insurance company" includes a service corporation, HMO, MEWA, surplus lines insurer, and the underwriting associations under Articles 45 and 46 of this Chapter. Except as provided in subsection (c) of this section, insurance companies, premium finance companies, collection agencies, and other persons subject to this Chapter shall give their customers who reside within the designated area in the proclamation or declaration the option of deferring premium or debt payments that are due during the earlier of (i) the time period covered by the proclamation or declaration or (ii) the time period prior to the expiration of the Commissioner's order declaring this section effective for the specific disaster. This deferral period shall be 30 days from the last day the premium or debt payment may be made under the terms of the policy or contract. This deferral period shall also serve to defer any time limits imposed on an insurer, insured, claimant, or customer to perform any act during the time period covered by the proclamation or declaration as may be required by any statute, rule, or other policy or contract provision and does not require a request to defer. Included in the deferral of time limits is the transmittal of information and communications, with respect to insurance policies or contracts, premium finance agreements, or debt instruments when the insurer, insured, claimant, or customer resides or is located in the designated area in the proclamation or declaration. Likewise, the deferral period shall apply to any time limitations imposed on insurers under the terms of a policy or contract or provisions of law related to individuals who reside within the designated area in the proclamation or declaration. The Commissioner may extend any deferral period in this subdivision, depending on the nature and severity of the proclaimed or declared disaster. No additional rate or contract filing shall be necessary to effect any deferral period.
(3)	Health benefit plans. – With respect to health benefit plans, after a deferral period has expired, all premiums in arrears shall be payable to the insurer. If premiums in arrears are not paid, coverage shall lapse as of the date premiums were paid up, and preexisting conditions shall apply as permitted under this Chapter; and the insured shall be responsible for all medical expenses incurred since the effective date of the lapse in coverage.
(4)	Repealed by Session Laws 2014‑115, s. 39.2, effective August 11, 2014.
(5)	Collection agencies. – Except as provided in subsection (c) of this section, collection agencies, as defined in Article 70 of this Chapter, shall discontinue attempts to collect debt against their customers who reside within the designated area in the proclamation or declaration during the deferral period.
(b)	In addition to the requirements set forth in subdivisions (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this section, the following shall apply to:
(1)	Property and casualty insurance. – With respect to property and casualty insurance companies and insurance policies that insure customers or policyholders who reside in the designated area in the proclamation or declaration described in subsection (a) of this section and who have been displaced from their residences, the following provisions shall apply:
a.	After a deferral period has expired, all premium payments in arrears under a property and casualty insurance policy or contract shall be due and payable to the insurance company. If the premium payments in arrears are not paid, the insurance company may cancel the insurance policy or contract on or after the fifteenth day following the expiration of the deferral period. All cancellation notice requirements are still applicable under this section.
b.	All property and casualty insurance policies or contracts with a properly noticed cancellation for nonpayment effective on or prior to the date the Commissioner has issued an order under this section may be cancelled and such cancellations shall remain valid and effective. All cancellations for nonpayment of insurance policies or contracts scheduled to be effective after the deferral period has commenced must be deferred until the deferral period has expired. If necessary to comply with statute, a cancellation deferred under this subsection must be properly noticed again with an effective date after the expiration of the deferral period. Cancellations for cause that have been properly noticed, including cancellations for material misrepresentation or ineligible risk, may continue to be processed during the deferral period.
c.	All property and casualty insurance policies or contracts with a nonrenewal effective date on or prior to the date the Commissioner has issued an order under this section may be processed. All property and casualty insurance policies or contracts with a properly noticed nonrenewal effective after the commencement of the deferred period shall be deferred until the expiration of the deferral period. A nonrenewal deferred under this subsection shall be properly noticed again with an effective date after the expiration of the deferral period.
d.	This subsection shall not apply to property and casualty insurance policies or contracts entered into on or after the date the Commissioner has issued an order declaring this section effective for the specific disaster.
(2)	Premium finance companies. – With respect to premium finance companies and premium finance agreements that have financed property and casualty insurance policies for customers or policyholders who reside in the designated area in the proclamation or declaration and who have been displaced from their residences, the following provisions shall apply:
a.	After a deferral period has expired, all payments in arrears under a premium finance agreement shall be due and payable to the premium finance company. If the payments in arrears are not paid, the premium finance company may cancel the premium finance agreement on or after the fifteenth day following the expiration of the deferred period. All cancellation notice requirements are still applicable under this section.
b.	All property and casualty insurance policies or contracts that were financed by an insurance premium finance company with a properly noticed cancellation for nonpayment effective on or prior to the date the Commissioner has issued an order under this section may be cancelled and such cancellations shall remain valid and effective.
c.	This section shall not apply to premium finance agreements entered into on or after the date the Commissioner has issued an order declaring this section effective for the specific disaster.
(c)	If the proclamation or declaration is the result of a public health emergency as determined by the Secretary of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services pursuant to 42 U.S.C. § 247d, or other situations where the Governor has, by executive order, ordered all individuals in North Carolina to stay at home or at their place of residence, the following provisions shall apply:
(1)	Property and casualty insurance companies and premium finance companies. – Property and casualty insurance companies and premium finance companies subject to this Chapter shall give notice to their customers or policyholders who reside within the designated area in the proclamation or declaration of the option of deferring premium payments that are due during the time period covered by the Commissioner's order declaring this section effective for a specific public health emergency or situation that may require the citizens of North Carolina to shelter in place. The deferral period shall be 30 days from the last day the premium or debt payment may be made under the terms of the policy or contract or premium finance agreement.
a.	When providing notice to customers or policyholders of the option to defer premium payments, property and casualty insurance companies and premium finance companies shall do all of the following:
1.	Advise their customers or policyholders of their right to defer their premium and provide the steps required to defer their premium.
2.	Allow for deferral requests from customers or policyholders to be communicated verbally or by electronic means. Written requests for deferral shall not be required.
b.	After required notification is provided, nonpayment will result in a cancellation to be effective on or after the fifteenth day following the expiration of the deferral period.
c.	After a deferral period has expired, all premium payments in arrears under a property and casualty insurance policy or premium finance agreement shall be due and payable to the insurance company or premium finance company. If the premium payments in arrears are not paid, the property and casualty insurance company or premium finance company may cancel the insurance policies or premium finance agreements that were financed on or after the fifteenth day following the expiration of the deferral period. All cancellation notice requirements are still applicable under this section.
d.	This section shall not apply to property and casualty insurance policies or contracts entered into on or after the date the Commissioner has issued an order under this section.
(2)	Policy nonrenewals and cancellations not prohibited. – Nothing in this subsection prohibits property and casualty insurance companies from not renewing or cancelling a policy during a public health emergency or situation that may require all individuals in North Carolina to stay at home.
(3)	Collection agencies. – Collection agencies, as defined in Article 70 of this Chapter, shall discontinue attempts to collect debt against their customers who reside within the designated area in the proclamation or declaration during the deferral period when the customer notifies the collection agency that he or she is experiencing significant financial hardship related to the public health emergency or stay at home order.
(4)	Deferral period limited in applicability. – For a public health emergency or situation that may require all individuals in North Carolina to stay at home, the deferral period shall not apply to time limitations imposed by any statute, rule, or other policy or contract provision or to the transmittal of information or communications related to insurance policies, premium finance agreements, or debt instruments, except as specifically provided for in this subsection.
(5)	Exclusions. – This subsection shall not apply to situations that involve enemy attack, invasion, insurrection, riot, rebellion, revolution, civil war or commotion, or military or usurped power.
(d)	The Commissioner may extend any deferral period in this section, depending on the nature and severity of the proclaimed or declared disaster or event. No additional rate or contract filing shall be necessary to effect any deferral period.  (2006‑145, s. 3; 2012‑12, s. 2(i); 2013‑199, s. 22(a); 2014‑115, s. 39.2; 2022‑46, s. 10.)

§ 58‑2‑47.  Incident affecting operations of the Department; stay of deadlines and deemer provisions.
Regardless of whether a state of emergency or disaster has been proclaimed under G.S. 166A‑19.20 or G.S. 166A‑19.21 or declared under the Stafford Act, whenever an incident beyond the Department's reasonable control, including an act of God, insurrection, strike, fire, power outage, or systematic technological failure, substantially affects the daily business operations of the Department, the Commissioner may issue an order, effective immediately, to stay the application of any deadlines and deemer provisions imposed by law or rule upon the Commissioner or Department or upon persons subject to the Commissioner's jurisdiction, which deadlines and deemer provisions would otherwise operate during the time period for which the operations of the Department have been substantially affected. The order shall remain in effect for a period not exceeding 30 days. The order may be renewed by the Commissioner for successive periods not exceeding 30 days each for as long as the operations of the Department remain substantially affected, up to a period of one year from the effective date of the initial order.  (2006‑145, s. 3; 2012‑12, s. 2(j); 2013‑199, s. 22(b).)

§ 58‑2‑50.  Examinations, hearings, and investigations.
All examinations, hearings, and investigations provided for by this Chapter may be conducted by the Commissioner personally or by one or more deputies, investigators, actuaries, examiners or employees designated for the purpose. If the Commissioner or any investigator appointed to conduct the investigations is of the opinion that there is evidence to charge any person or persons with a criminal violation of any provision of this Chapter, the Commissioner may arrest with warrant or cause the person or persons to be arrested. All hearings shall, unless otherwise specially provided, be held in accordance with this Article and Article 3A of Chapter 150B of the General Statutes and at a time and place designated in a written notice given by the Commissioner to the person cited to appear. The notice shall state the subject of inquiry and the specific charges, if any. (1945, c. 383; 1969, c. 1009; 1995, c. 193, s. 6; 1999‑219, s. 1.1.)

§ 58‑2‑52.  Appeals and rate‑making hearings before the Commissioner.
(a)	The Commissioner may adopt rules for the hearing of appeals by the Commissioner or the Commissioner's designated hearing officer under G.S. 58‑36‑35, 58‑37‑65, 58‑45‑50, 58‑46‑30, 58‑48‑40(c)(7), 58‑48‑42, and 58‑62‑51(c). These rules may provide for prefiled evidence and testimony of the parties, prehearing statements and conferences, settlement conferences, discovery, subpoenas, sanctions, motions, intervention, consolidation of cases, continuances, rights and responsibilities of parties, witnesses, and evidence.
(b)	Notwithstanding G.S. 150B‑38(h), hearing procedures for rate filings made by the North Carolina Rate Bureau shall be governed by the provisions of Article 36 of this Chapter and G.S. 150B‑39 through G.S. 150B‑41. The Commissioner may adopt rules for those hearings.
(c)	Appeals under the statutes cited in subsection (a) of this section are not contested cases within the meaning of G.S. 150B‑2(2). (1993, c. 409, s. 23; 1995, c. 193, s. 7.)

§ 58‑2‑53.  Filing approvals and disapprovals; clarification of law.
Whenever any provision of this Chapter requires a person to file rates, forms, classification plans, rating plans, plans of operation, the Safe Driver Incentive Plan, or any other item with the Commissioner or Department for approval, the approval or disapproval of the filing is an agency decision under Chapter 150B of the General Statutes only with respect to the person making the filing or any person that intervenes in the filing. (2001‑423, s. 2.)

§ 58‑2‑55.  Designated hearing officers.
In any contested case under this Chapter or Article 9A or Article 9B of Chapter 143 of the General Statutes, the Commissioner may designate a member of his staff to serve as a hearing officer. When the Commissioner is unable or elects not to hear a contested case and elects not to designate a hearing officer to hear a contested case, he shall apply to the director of the Office of Administrative Hearings for the designation of an administrative law judge to preside at the hearing of a contested case. Upon receipt of the application, the Director shall, without undue delay, assign an administrative law judge to hear the case. (1989, c. 485, s. 30; 1999‑393, s. 4.)

§ 58‑2‑60.  Restraining orders; criminal convictions.
(a)	Whenever it appears to the Commissioner that any person has violated, is violating, or threatens to violate any provision of Articles 1 through 64, 65 and 66, 67, 69, 70, or 71 of this Chapter, or Article 9A of Chapter 143 of the General Statutes, he may apply to the superior court of any county in which the violation has occurred, is occurring, or may occur for a restraining order and injunction to restrain such violation.  If upon application the court finds that any provision of said statutes has been violated, is being violated, or a violation thereof is threatened, the court shall issue an order restraining and enjoining such violations; and such relief may be granted regardless of whether criminal prosecution is instituted under any provision of law.
(b)	The conviction in any court of competent jurisdiction of any licensee for any criminal violation of the statutes referred to in subsection (a) of this section automatically has the effect of suspending the license of that person until such time that the license is reinstated by the Commissioner.  As used in this subsection, "conviction" includes an adjudication of guilt, a plea of guilty, and a plea of nolo contendere. (1989, c. 485, s. 30.)

§ 58‑2‑65.  License surrenders.
This section applies to persons or entities licensed under Articles 1 through 64, 65 and 66, 67, 69, 70, or 71 of this Chapter, or Article 9A of Chapter 143 of the General Statutes.  When a licensee is accused of any act, omission, or misconduct that would subject the license to suspension or revocation, the licensee, with the consent and approval of the Commissioner, may surrender the license for a period of time established by the Commissioner.  A person or entity who surrenders a license shall not thereafter be eligible for or submit any application for licensure during the period of license surrender. (1989, c. 485, s. 30.)

§ 58‑2‑69.  Notification of criminal convictions and changes of address; service of notice; contracts for online services, administrative services, or regulatory data systems.
(a)	As used in this section:
(1)	"License" includes any license, certificate, registration, or permit issued under this Chapter.
(2)	"Licensee" means any person who holds a license.
(b)	Every applicant for a license shall inform the Commissioner of the applicant's residential address and provide the applicant's e‑mail address to which the Commissioner can send electronic notifications and other messages. Every licensee shall give written notification to the Commissioner of any change of the licensee's residential or e‑mail address within 10 business days after the licensee moves into the licensee's new residence or obtains a different e‑mail address. This requirement applies if the change of residential address is by governmental action and there has been no actual change of residence location; in which case the licensee shall notify the Commissioner within 10 business days after the effective date of the change. A violation of this subsection is not a ground for revocation, suspension, or nonrenewal of the license or for the imposition of any other penalty by the Commissioner, though a licensee who violates this subsection shall pay an administrative fee of fifty dollars ($50.00) to the Commissioner.
(c)	If a licensee is convicted in any court of competent jurisdiction for any crime or offense other than a motor vehicle infraction, the licensee shall notify the Commissioner in writing of the conviction within 10 days after the date of the conviction. As used in this subsection, "conviction" includes an adjudication of guilt, a plea of guilty, or a plea of nolo contendere.
(d)	Notwithstanding any other provision of law, whenever the Commissioner is authorized or required to give any notice under this Chapter to a licensee, the notice may be given personally or by sending the notice by first‑class mail to the licensee at the address that the licensee has provided to the Commissioner under subsection (b) of this section.
(e)	The giving of notice by mail under subsection (d) of this section is complete upon the expiration of four days after the deposit of the notice in the post office. Proof of the giving of notice by mail may be made by the certificate of any employee of the Department.
(f)	Notification by licensees under subsection (b) of this section may be accomplished by submitting written notification directly to the Commissioner or by using any online services approved by the Commissioner for this purpose.
(g)	The Commissioner may contract with the NAIC or other persons for the provision of online services to applicants and licensees, for the provision of administrative services, for the provision of license processing and support services, and for the provision of regulatory data systems to the Commissioner. The NAIC or other person with whom the Commissioner contracts may charge applicants and licensees a reasonable fee for the provision of online services, the provision of administrative services, the provision of license processing and support services, and the provision of regulatory data systems to the Commissioner. The fee shall be agreed to by the Commissioner and the other contracting party and shall be stated in the contract. The fee is in addition to any applicable license application and renewal fees. Contracts for the provision of online services, contracts for the provision of administrative services, and contracts for the provision of regulatory data systems shall not be subject to Article 3, 3C, or 8 of Chapter 143 of the General Statutes or to Article 15 of Chapter 143B of the General Statutes. However, the Commissioner shall: (i) submit all proposed contracts for supplies, materials, printing, equipment, and contractual services that exceed one million dollars ($1,000,000) authorized by this subsection to the Attorney General or the Attorney General's designee for review as provided in G.S. 114‑8.3; and (ii) include in all contracts to be awarded by the Commissioner under this subsection a standard clause which provides that the State Auditor and internal auditors of the Commissioner may audit the records of the contractor during and after the term of the agreement or contract to verify accounts and data affecting fees and performance. The Commissioner shall not award a cost plus percentage of cost agreement or contract for any purpose.  (1998‑211, s. 16; 2007‑507, s. 15; 2009‑566, s. 20; 2010‑194, s. 6; 2011‑196, s. 1; 2011‑326, s. 15(f); 2015‑241, s. 7A.4(d).)

§ 58‑2‑70.  Civil penalties or restitution for violations; administrative procedure.
(a)	This section applies to any person who is subject to licensure or certification under this Chapter.
(b)	Whenever the Commissioner has reason to believe that any person has violated any of the provisions of this Chapter, and the violation subjects the license or certification of that person to suspension or revocation, the Commissioner may, after notice and opportunity for a hearing, proceed under the appropriate subsections of this section.
(c)	If, under subsection (b) of this section, the Commissioner finds a violation of this Chapter, the Commissioner may, in addition to or instead of suspending or revoking the license or certification, order the payment of a monetary penalty as provided in subsection (d) of this section or petition the Superior Court of Wake County for an order directing payment of restitution as provided in subsection (e) of this section, or both. Each day during which a violation occurs constitutes a separate violation.
(d)	If the Commissioner orders the payment of a monetary penalty pursuant to subsection (c) of this section, the penalty shall not be less than one hundred dollars ($100.00) nor more than one thousand dollars ($1,000). In determining the amount of the penalty, the Commissioner shall consider the degree and extent of harm caused by the violation, the amount of money that inured to the benefit of the violator as a result of the violation, whether the violation was committed willfully, and the prior record of the violator in complying or failing to comply with laws, rules, or orders applicable to the violator. The clear proceeds of the penalty shall be remitted to the Civil Penalty and Forfeiture Fund in accordance with G.S. 115C‑457.2. Payment of the civil penalty under this section shall be in addition to payment of any other penalty for a violation of the criminal laws of this State.
(e)	Upon petition of the Commissioner the court may order the person who committed a violation specified in subsection (c) of this section to make restitution in an amount that would make whole any person harmed by the violation. The petition may be made at any time and also in any appeal of the Commissioner's order.
(f)	Restitution to any State agency for extraordinary administrative expenses incurred in the investigation and hearing of the violation may also be ordered by the court in such amount that would reimburse the agency for the expenses.
(g)	Nothing in this section prevents the Commissioner from negotiating a mutually acceptable agreement with any person as to the status of the person's license or certificate or as to any civil penalty or restitution.
(h)	Unless otherwise specifically provided for, all administrative proceedings under this Chapter are governed by Chapter 150B of the General Statutes. Appeals of the Commissioner's orders under this section shall be governed by G.S. 58‑2‑75. (1985, c. 666, s. 35; 1987, c. 752, ss. 3‑5; c. 864, s. 1; 1989, c. 485, s. 46; 1998‑211, s. 15; 1998‑215, s. 83(a).)

§ 58‑2‑75.  Court review of orders and decisions.
(a)	Any order or decision made, issued or executed by the Commissioner, except an order to make good an impairment of capital or surplus or a deficiency in the amount of admitted assets and except an order or decision that the premium rates charged or filed on all or any class of risks are excessive, inadequate, unreasonable, unfairly discriminatory or are otherwise not in the public interest or that a classification assignment is unwarranted, unreasonable, improper, unfairly discriminatory, or not in the public interest, shall be subject to review in the Superior Court of Wake County on petition by any person aggrieved filed within 30 days from the date of the delivery of a copy of the order or decision made by the Commissioner upon such person.  A copy of such petition for review as filed with and certified to by the clerk of said court shall be served upon the Commissioner or in his absence upon someone in active charge of the Department within five days after the filing thereof.  If such petition for review is not filed within the said 30 days, the parties aggrieved shall be deemed to have waived the right to have the merits of the order or decision reviewed and there shall be no trial of the merits thereof by any court to which application may be made by petition or otherwise, to enforce or restrain the enforcement of the same.
(b)	The Commissioner shall within 30 days, unless the time be extended by order of court, after the service of the copy of the petition for review as provided in subsection (a) of this section, prepare and file with the clerk of the Superior Court of Wake County a complete transcript of the record of the hearing, if any, had before him, and a true copy of the order or decision duly certified.  The order or decision of the Commissioner if supported by substantial evidence shall be presumed to be correct and proper.  The court may change the place of hearing,
(1)	Upon consent of the parties; or
(2)	When the convenience of witnesses and the ends of justice would be promoted by the change; or
(3)	When the judge has at any time been interested as a party or counsel.
The cause shall be heard by the trial judge as a civil case upon transcript of the record for review of findings of fact and errors of law only.  It shall be the duty of the trial judge to hear and determine such petition with all convenient speed and to this end the cause shall be placed on the calendar for the next succeeding term for hearing ahead of all other cases except those already given priority by law.  If on the hearing before the trial judge it shall appear that the record filed by the Commissioner is incomplete, he may by appropriate order direct the Commissioner to certify any or all parts of the record so omitted.
(c)	The trial judge shall have jurisdiction to affirm or to set aside the order or decision of the Commissioner and to restrain the enforcement thereof.
(d)	Appeals from all final orders and judgments entered by the superior court in reviewing the orders and decisions of the Commissioner may be taken to the appellate division of the General Court of Justice by any party to the action as in other civil cases.
(e)	The commencement of proceedings under this section shall not operate as a stay of the Commissioner's order or decision, unless otherwise ordered by the court. (1945, c. 383; 1947, c. 721; 1969, c. 44, s. 55; 1971, c. 703, s. 1.)

§ 58‑2‑80.  Court review of rates and classification.
Any order or decision of the Commissioner that the premium rates charged or filed on all or any class of risks are excessive, inadequate, unreasonable, unfairly discriminatory or are otherwise not in the public interest or that a classification or classification assignment is unwarranted, unreasonable, improper, unfairly discriminatory or not in the public interest may be appealed to the North Carolina Court of Appeals by any party aggrieved thereby.  Any such order shall be based on findings of fact, and if applicable, findings as to trends related to the matter under investigation, and conclusions of law based thereon.  Any order or decision of the Commissioner, if supported by substantial evidence, shall be presumed to be correct and proper.  For the purposes of the appeal the Insurance Commissioner, who shall be represented by his general counsel, shall be deemed an aggrieved party. (1971, c. 703, s. 2.)

§ 58‑2‑85.  Procedure on appeal under § 58‑2‑80.
Appeals to the North Carolina Court of Appeals pursuant to G.S. 58‑2‑80 shall be subject to the following provisions:
(1)	No party to a proceeding before the Commissioner may appeal from any final order or decision of the Commissioner unless within 30 days after the entry of such final order or decision, or within such time thereafter as may be fixed by the Commissioner, by order made within 30 days, the party aggrieved by such decision or order shall file with the Commissioner notice of appeal.
(2)	Any party may appeal from all or any portion of any final order or decision of the Commissioner in the manner herein provided. Copy of the notice of appeal shall be mailed by the appealing party at the time of filing with the Commissioner, to each party to the proceeding to the addresses as they appear in the files of the Commissioner in the proceeding. The failure of any party, other than the Commissioner, to be served with or to receive a copy of the notice of appeal shall not affect the validity or regularity of the appeal.
(3)	Repealed by Session Laws 2009‑566, s. 26, effective October 1, 2009, and applicable to appeals filed on or after that date.
(4)	The appeal shall lie to the Court of Appeals as provided in G.S. 7A‑29. The procedure for the appeal shall be as provided by the rules of appellate procedure.
(5),	(6)  Repealed by Session Laws 1975, c. 391, s. 11.
(7)	The Court of Appeals shall hear and determine all matters arising on such appeal, as in this Article provided, and may in the exercise of its discretion assign the hearing of said appeal to any panel of the Court of Appeals.
(8)	Unless otherwise provided by the rules of appellate procedure, the cause on appeal from the Commissioner of Insurance shall be entitled "State of North Carolina ex rel. Commissioner of Insurance (here add any additional parties in support of the Commissioner's order and their capacity before the Commissioner). Appellee(s) v. (here insert name of appellant and his capacity before the Commissioner), Appellant." Appeals from the Insurance Commissioner pending in the superior courts on January 1, 1972, shall remain on the civil issue docket of such superior court and shall have priority over other civil actions. Appeals to the Court of Appeals under G.S. 7A‑29 shall be docketed in accordance with the rules of appellate procedure.
(9)	In any appeal to the Court of Appeals, the complainant in the original complaint before the Commissioner shall be a party to the record and each of the parties to the proceeding before the Commissioner shall have a right to appear and participate in said appeal.
(10)	An appeal under this section shall operate as a stay of the Commissioner's order or decision until said appeal has been dismissed or the questions raised by the appeal determined according to law.  (1971, c. 703, s. 3; 1975, c. 391, s. 11; 2009‑566, s. 26.)

§ 58‑2‑90.  Extent of review under § 58‑2‑80.
(a)	On appeal the court shall review the record in accordance with the rules of the Court of Appeals, and any alleged irregularities in procedures before the Commissioner, not shown in the record, shall be considered under the rules of the Court of Appeals.
(b)	So far as necessary to the decision and where presented, the court shall decide all relevant questions of law, interpret constitutional and statutory provisions, and determine the meaning and applicability of the terms of any action of the Commissioner. The court may affirm or reverse the decision of the Commissioner, declare the same null and void, or remand the case for further proceedings; or it may reverse or modify the decision if the substantial rights of the appellants have been prejudiced because the Commissioner's findings, inferences, conclusions or decisions are:
(1)	In violation of constitutional provisions, or
(2)	In excess of statutory authority or jurisdiction of the Commissioner, or
(3)	Made upon unlawful proceedings, or
(4)	Affected by other errors of law, or
(5)	Unsupported by material and substantial evidence in view of the entire record as submitted, or
(6)	Arbitrary or capricious.
(c)	In making the foregoing determinations, the court shall review the whole record or such portions thereof as may be cited by any party and due account shall be taken of the rule of prejudicial error.
(d)	The court shall also compel action of the Commissioner unlawfully withheld or unlawfully or unreasonably delayed.
(e)	Upon any appeal, the rates fixed or any rule, regulation, finding, determination, or order made by the Commissioner under the provisions of Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter shall be prima facie correct.  (1971, c. 703, s. 4; 2009‑566, s. 27.)

§ 58‑2‑95.  Commissioner to supervise local inspectors.
The Commissioner shall exercise general supervision over local investigators of fires and fire prevention inspectors. Whenever the Commissioner has reason to believe that the local inspectors are not doing their duty, he or his deputy shall make special trips of inspection and take proper steps to have all the provisions of the law relative to the investigation of fires and the prevention of fire waste enforced. (1905, c. 506, s. 6; Rev., s. 4690; C.S., s. 6270; 1925, c. 89; 1969, c. 1063, s. 2.)

§ 58‑2‑100.  Office of Commissioner a public office; records, etc., subject to inspection.
The office of the Commissioner shall be a public office and the records, reports, books and papers thereof on file therein shall be accessible to the inspection of the public, except that the records compiled as a part of an investigation for the crime of arson, that of unlawful burning, or of fraud, shall not be considered as public records and may be made available to the public only upon an order of court of competent jurisdiction. Provided that such records shall upon request be made available to the district attorney of any district if the same concerns persons or investigations in his district. (1899, c. 54, ss. 9, 77; Rev., s. 4683; 1907, c. 1000, s. 1; C.S., s. 6271; 1945, c. 383; 1951, c. 781, s. 11; 1955, c. 456; 1973, c. 47, s. 2.)

§ 58‑2‑105.  Confidentiality of medical and credentialing records.
(a)	All patient medical records in the possession of the Department are confidential and are not public records pursuant to G.S. 58‑2‑100 or G.S. 132‑1. As used in this section, "patient medical records" includes personal information that relates to an individual's physical or mental condition, medical history, or medical treatment, and that has been obtained from the individual patient, a health care provider, or from the patient's spouse, parent, or legal guardian.
(b)	Under Part 4 of Article 50 of this Chapter, the Department may disclose patient medical records to an independent review organization, and the organization shall maintain the confidentiality of those records as required by this section, except as allowed by G.S. 58‑39‑75 and G.S. 58‑39‑76.
(c)	Under Part 4 of Article 50 of this Chapter, all information related to the credentialing of medical professionals that is in the possession of the Commissioner is confidential and is a public record neither under this section nor under Chapter 132 of the General Statutes. (1989 (Reg. Sess., 1990), c. 1021, s. 4; 1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 678, s. 3; 2001‑446, s. 5(a); 2002‑187, s. 3.4.)

§ 58‑2‑110.  Original documents and certified copies as evidence.
Every certificate, assignment, or conveyance executed by the Commissioner, in pursuance of any authority conferred on him by law and sealed with his seal of office, may be used as evidence and may be recorded in the proper recording offices, in the same manner and with like effect as a deed regularly acknowledged or proved before an officer authorized by law to take the probate of deeds; and all copies of papers in the office of the Commissioner, certified by him and authenticated by his official seal, shall be evidence as the original. (1899, c. 54, s. 11; Rev., s. 4684; C.S., s. 6272.)

§ 58‑2‑115.  Admissibility of certificate as evidence of agent's authority.
In any case or controversy arising in any court of original jurisdiction within this State wherein it is necessary to establish the question as to whether any insurance or other corporation or agent thereof is or has been licensed by the Department to do business in this State, the certificate of the Commissioner under the seal of his office shall be admissible in evidence as proof of such corporation or agent's authority as conferred by the Department. (1929, c. 289, s. 1; 1991, c. 720, ss. 4, 5.)

§ 58‑2‑120.  Reports of Commissioner to the Governor and General Assembly.
The Commissioner shall, from time to time, report to the Governor and the Joint Legislative Oversight Committee on General Government any change or changes that in the Commissioner's opinion should be made in the laws relating to insurance and other subjects pertaining to the Department.  (1899, c. 54, ss. 6, 7, 10; 1901, c. 391, s. 2; Rev., ss. 4687, 4688; 1911, c. 211, s. 2; C.S., s. 6273; 1927, c. 217, s. 5; 1945, c. 383; 1999‑219, s. 8; 2021‑180, s. 37.7(a).)

§ 58‑2‑121.  Report of Department to General Assembly committees on various relief funds.
Beginning on April 1, 2016, and each year thereafter, the Department of Insurance shall report to the House Appropriations Subcommittee on General Government and the Senate Appropriations Committee on General Government and Information Technology the following information about each local firefighters' relief fund board, the North Carolina State Firefighters' Association, and the North Carolina Association of Rescue and Emergency Medical Services, Inc.:
(1)	The total amount of money disbursed from the relief funds controlled by each of the entities.
(2)	The amount of money spent by each entity for each of the statutorily permissible uses.
(3)	Each entity's ending fund balance.
The report also should describe any problems with data collection and quality and, if applicable, make recommendations on actions the General Assembly could take to resolve any data issues.  (2014‑64, s. 1(h); 2016‑51, s. 6.)

§ 58‑2‑125.  Authority over all insurance companies; no exemptions from license.
Every insurance company must be licensed and supervised by the Commissioner, and must pay all licenses, taxes, and fees as prescribed in the insurance laws of the State for the class of company, association, or order to which it belongs. No provision in any statute, public or private, may relieve any company, association, or order from the supervision prescribed for the class of companies, associations, or orders of like character, or release it from the payment of the licenses, taxes, and fees prescribed for companies, associations, and orders of the same class; and all such special provisions or exemptions are hereby repealed. It is unlawful for the Commissioner to grant or issue a license to any company, association, or order, or agent for them, claiming such exemption from supervision by his Department and release for the payment of license, fees, and taxes. (1903, c. 594, ss. 1, 2, 3; Rev., s. 4691; C.S., s. 6274; 1945, c. 383; 1991, c. 720, s. 4.)

§ 58‑2‑128.  Interagency consultation.
(a)	Purpose. – It is the stated intention of the Congress in P.L. 106‑102, the Gramm‑Leach‑Bliley Act, that the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as the umbrella supervisor for financial holding companies, and the Commissioner, as the functional regulator of persons engaged in insurance activities, coordinate efforts to supervise persons that control both a depository institution and a person engaged in insurance activities regulated under State law. In particular, Congress believes that the Board and the Commissioner should share, on a confidential basis, information relevant to the supervision of persons that control both a depository institution and a person engaged in insurance activities, including information regarding the financial health of the consolidated organization and information regarding transactions and relationships between persons engaged in insurance activities and affiliated depository institutions. The purpose of this section is to encourage this coordination and confidential sharing of information and to thereby improve both the efficiency and the quality of the supervision of financial holding companies and their affiliated depository institutions and persons engaged in insurance activities.
(b)	Commissioner's Authority. – Upon the request of the Board or the appropriate federal banking agency, the North Carolina Secretary of State, or the North Carolina Commissioner of Banks, the Commissioner may provide any examination or other reports, records, or other information to which the Commissioner has access with respect to a person that:
(1)	Is engaged in insurance activities and regulated by the Commissioner.
(2)	Is an affiliate of a depository institution or financial holding company.
Upon the request of the Board or the appropriate federal banking agency, the North Carolina Secretary of State, or the North Carolina Commissioner of Banks, the Commissioner may provide any examination or other reports, records, or other information to which the Commissioner has access with respect to any insurance producer.
(c)	Privilege. – The provision of information or material under this section by the Commissioner does not constitute a waiver of, or otherwise affect, any privilege to which the information or material is otherwise subject.
(d)	Definitions. – As used in this section, the terms:
(1)	"Appropriate federal banking agency" and "depository institution" have the same meanings as in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. § 1813.
(2)	"Board" and "financial holding company" have the same meanings as in section 2 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, 12 U.S.C. § 1841, et seq.
(3)	"Insurance producer" or "producer" means a person required to be licensed under this Article to sell, solicit, or negotiate insurance. "Insurance producer" or "producer" includes an agent and a broker.  (2001‑215, s. 1; 2022‑46, s. 14(b).)

§ 58‑2‑130: Repealed by Session Laws 1991, c.  681, s. 3.

§ 58‑2‑131.  Examinations to be made; authority, scope, scheduling, and conduct of examinations.
(a)	This section and G.S. 58‑2‑132 through G.S. 58‑2‑134 shall be known and may be cited as the Examination Law. The purpose of the Examination Law is to provide an effective and efficient system for examining the activities, operations, financial condition, and affairs of all persons transacting the business of insurance in this State and all persons otherwise subject to the Commissioner's jurisdiction; and to enable the Commissioner to use a flexible system of examinations that directs resources that are appropriate and necessary for the administration of the insurance statutes and rules of this State.
(b)	As used in this section and G.S. 58‑2‑132 through G.S. 58‑2‑134, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise:
(1)	"Commissioner" includes an authorized representative or designee of the Commissioner.
(2)	"Examination" means an examination conducted under the Examination Law.
(3)	"Examiner" means any person authorized by the Commissioner to conduct an examination.
(4)	"Insurance regulator" means the official or agency of another jurisdiction that is responsible for the regulation of a foreign or alien insurer.
(5)	"Person" includes a trust or any affiliate of a person.
(c)	Before licensing any person to write insurance in this State, the Commissioner shall be satisfied, by such examination and evidence as the Commissioner decides to make and require, that the person is otherwise duly qualified under the laws of this State to transact business in this State.
(d)	The Commissioner may conduct an examination of any entity whenever the Commissioner deems it to be prudent for the protection of policyholders or the public, but shall at a minimum conduct a financial examination of every domestic insurer not less frequently than once every five years. In scheduling and determining the nature, scope, and frequency of examinations, the Commissioner shall consider such matters as the results of financial statement analyses and ratios, changes in management or ownership, actuarial opinions, reports of independent certified public accountants, and other criteria as set forth in the NAIC Examiners' Handbook.
(e)	To complete an examination of any entity, the Commissioner may authorize an examination or investigation of any person, or the business of any person, insofar as the examination or investigation is necessary or material to the entity under examination.
(f)	Instead of examining any foreign or alien insurer licensed in this State, the Commissioner may accept an examination report on that insurer prepared by the insurer's domiciliary insurance regulator. In making a determination to accept the domiciliary insurance regulator's report, the Commissioner may consider whether (i) the insurance regulator was at the time of the examination accredited under NAIC Financial Regulation Standards and Accreditation Program, or (ii) the examination is performed under the supervision of an NAIC‑accredited insurance regulator or with the participation of one or more examiners who are employed by the regulator and who, after a review of the examination work papers and report, state under oath that the examination was performed in a manner consistent with the standards and procedures required by the regulator.
(g)	If it appears that the insurer is of good financial and business standing and is solvent, and it is certified in writing and attested by the seal, if any, of the insurer's insurance regulator that it has been examined by the regulator in the manner prescribed by its laws, and was by the examination found to be in sound condition, that there is no reason to doubt its solvency, and that it is still permitted under the laws of such jurisdiction to do business therein, then, in the Commissioner's discretion, further examination may be dispensed with, and the obtained information and the furnished certificate may be accepted as sufficient evidence of the solvency of the insurer.
(h)	Upon determining that an examination should be conducted, the Commissioner shall issue a notice of examination appointing one or more examiners to perform the examination and instructing them about the scope of the examination. In conducting the examination, an examiner shall observe the guidelines and procedures in the NAIC Examiners' Handbook. The Commissioner may also use such other guidelines or procedures as the Commissioner deems to be appropriate.
(i)	Every person from whom information is sought and its officers, directors, and agents must provide to the Commissioner timely, convenient, and free access, at all reasonable hours at its offices, to all data relating to the property, assets, business, and affairs of the entity being examined. The officers, directors, employees, and agents of the entity must facilitate and aid in the examination. The refusal of any entity, by its officers, directors, employees, or agents, to submit to examination or to comply with any reasonable written request of the Commissioner or to knowingly or willfully make any false statement in regard to the examination or written request, is grounds for revocation, suspension, refusal, or nonrenewal of any license or authority held by the entity to engage in an insurance or other business subject to the Commissioner's jurisdiction.
(j)	The Commissioner may issue subpoenas, administer oaths, and examine under oath any person about any matter pertinent to the examination. Upon the failure or refusal of any person to obey a subpoena, the Commissioner may petition the Superior Court of Wake County, and upon proper showing the Court may enter any order compelling the witness to appear and testify or produce documentary evidence. Failure to obey the Court order is punishable as contempt of court.
(k)	When making an examination, the Commissioner may retain attorneys, appraisers, independent actuaries, independent certified public accountants, or other professionals and specialists as examiners. In the case of an examination of an insurer, the insurer shall bear the cost of retaining those persons.
(l)	Pending, during, and after the examination of any entity, the Commissioner shall not make public the financial statement, findings, or examination report, or any report affecting the status or standing of the entity examined, until the entity examined has either accepted and approved the final examination report or has been given a reasonable opportunity to be heard on the report and to answer or rebut any statements or findings in the report. The hearing, if requested, shall be informal and private.
(m)	Nothing in the Examination Law limits the Commissioner's authority to terminate or suspend any examination in order to pursue other legal or regulatory action under the laws and rules of this State and to use any final or preliminary examination report, any examiner or insurer work papers or other documents, or any other information discovered or developed during any examination in the furtherance of any legal or regulatory action that the Commissioner may consider to be appropriate. Findings of fact and conclusions made pursuant to any examination are prima facie evidence in any legal or regulator action. (1991, c. 681, s. 2; 1995, c. 360, s. 2(c); c. 517, s. 1; 1998‑212, s. 26B(b), (c), (f); 2001‑180, ss. 1, 2, 3; 2002‑144, s. 6; 2002‑187, ss. 2.1, 2.2; 2003‑284, s. 22.2; 2004‑124, s. 21.1.)

§ 58‑2‑132.  Examination reports.
(a)	All examination reports shall comprise only facts appearing upon the books, records, or other documents of the entity, its agents or other persons examined, or as ascertained from the testimony of its officers or agents or other persons examined concerning its affairs, and conclusions and recommendations that the examiners find reasonably warranted from the facts.
(b)	No later than 60 days following completion of an examination, the examiners shall file with the Department a verified written examination report under oath. Upon receipt of the verified report, the Department shall send the report to the entity examined, together with a notice that affords the entity examined a reasonable opportunity of not more than 30 days to make a written submission or rebuttal with respect to any matters contained in the examination report. Within 30 days after the date of the examination report, the entity examined shall file affidavits executed by each of its directors stating under oath that they have received and read a copy of the report.
(c)	At the end of the 30 days provided for the receipt of written submissions or rebuttals, the Commissioner shall fully consider and review the report, together with any written submissions or rebuttals and any relevant parts of the examiners' work papers and enter an order:
(1)	Adopting the examination report as filed or with modifications or corrections. If the examination report reveals that the entity examined is operating in violation of any law, rule, or prior order of the Commissioner, the Commissioner may order the entity examined to take any action the Commissioner considers necessary and appropriate to cure the violation; or
(2)	Rejecting the examination report with directions to the examiners to reopen the examination to obtain additional data, documentation of the information, and refiling under subdivision (1) of this subsection; or
(3)	Calling for an investigatory hearing with no less than 20 days' notice to the insurer for purposes of obtaining additional documentation, data, and testimony.
(d)	All orders entered under subdivision (c)(1) of this section shall be accompanied by findings and conclusions resulting from the Commissioner's consideration and review of the examination report, relevant examiner work papers, and any written submissions or rebuttals. Any such order shall be considered a final administration decision and shall be served upon the entity examined by certified mail. Any hearing conducted under subdivision (c)(3) of this section shall be conducted as a nonadversarial confidential investigatory proceeding as necessary for the resolution of any inconsistencies, discrepancies, or disputed issues apparent on the face of the filed examination report or raised by or as a result of the Commissioner's review of relevant work papers or by the written submission or rebuttal of the entity examined. Within 20 days after the conclusion of any such hearing, the Commissioner shall enter an order under subdivision (c)(1) of this section. The Commissioner may not appoint a member of the Department's examination staff as an authorized representative to conduct the hearing. The hearing shall proceed expeditiously with discovery by the entity examined limited to the examiner's work papers that tend to substantiate any assertions set forth in any written submission or rebuttal. The Commissioner may issue subpoenas for the attendance of any witnesses or the production of any documents the Commissioner considers to be relevant to the investigation, whether they are under the control of the Department, the entity examined, or other persons. The documents produced shall be included in the record, and testimony taken by the Commissioner shall be under oath and preserved for the record. Nothing in this section requires the Department to disclose any information or records that would show the existence or content of any investigation or activity of any federal or state criminal justice agency. In the hearing, the Commissioner shall question the persons subpoenaed. Thereafter the entity examined and the Department may present testimony relevant to the investigation. Cross‑examination shall be conducted only by the Commissioner. The entity examined and the Department may make closing statements and may be represented by counsel of their choice.
(e)	Upon completion of the examination report under subdivision (c)(1) of this section, the Commissioner shall hold the content of the examination report as private and confidential information for the 30‑day period provided for written submissions or rebuttals. If after 30 days after the examination report has been submitted to it, the entity examined has neither notified the Commissioner of its acceptance and approval of the report nor requested to be heard on the report, the report shall then be filed as a public document and shall be open to public inspection, as long as no court of competent jurisdiction has stayed its publication. Nothing in the Examination Law prohibits the Commissioner from disclosing the content of the examination report, preliminary examination report or results, or any related matter, to an insurance regulator or to law enforcement officials of this or any other state or country or of the United States government at any time, as long as the person or agency receiving the report or related matters agrees in writing and is authorized by law to hold it confidential and in a manner consistent with this section. If the Commissioner determines that further regulatory action is appropriate as a result of any examination, the Commissioner may initiate such proceedings or actions as provided by law.
(f)	All working papers, information, documents, and copies thereof produced by, obtained by, or disclosed to the Commissioner or any other person in connection with an examination, market analysis, market conduct action, or financial analysis shall be given confidential treatment, are not subject to subpoena, and shall not be made public by the Commissioner or any other person. The Commissioner may use the documents, materials, or other information in the furtherance of any regulatory or legal action brought as part of the Commissioner's official duties.
(g)	In order to assist in the performance of the Commissioner's duties, the Commissioner may:
(1)	Share documents, materials, or other information, including the confidential and privileged documents, materials, or information subject to subsection (f) of this section, with other state, federal, and international regulatory agencies, with the NAIC, and with state, federal, and international law enforcement authorities, provided that the recipient agrees to maintain the confidentiality and privileged status of the document, material, communication, or other information.
(2)	Receive documents, materials, communications, or information, including otherwise confidential and privileged documents, materials, or information, from the NAIC, and from regulatory and law enforcement officials of other foreign or domestic jurisdictions, and shall maintain as confidential or privileged any document, material, or information received with notice or the understanding that it is confidential or privileged under the laws of the jurisdiction that is the source of the document, material, or information.
(3)	Enter into agreements governing sharing and use of information consistent with this section.
(h)	No waiver of an existing privilege or claim of confidentiality in the documents, materials, or information shall occur as a result of disclosure to the Commissioner under this section or as a result of sharing as authorized in subsection (g) of this section.
(i)	A privilege established under the law of any state or jurisdiction that is substantially similar to the privilege established under this section shall be available and enforced in any proceeding in, and in any court of, this State.
(j)	In this section, "department," "insurance regulator," "law enforcement official or authority," "NAIC," and "regulatory official or agency" include employees, agents, consultants, and contractors of those entities. (1991, c. 681, s. 2; 2001‑180, s. 4; 2005‑206, s. 2.)

§ 58‑2‑133.  Conflict of interest; cost of examinations; immunity from liability.
(a)	No person may be appointed as an examiner by the Commissioner if that person, either directly or indirectly, has a conflict of interest or is affiliated with the management of or owns a pecuniary interest in any person subject to examination. This section does not preclude an examiner from being:
(1)	A policyholder or claimant under an insurance policy;
(2)	A grantor of a mortgage or similar instrument on the examiner's residence to an insurer if done under customary terms and in the ordinary course of business;
(3)	An investment owner in shares of regulated diversified investment companies; or
(4)	A settler or beneficiary of a blind trust into which any otherwise nonpermissible holdings have been placed.
(b)	Notwithstanding the requirements of G.S. 58‑2‑131, the Commissioner may retain from time to time, on an individual basis, qualified actuaries, certified public accountants, or other similar individuals who are independently practicing their professions, even though they may from time to time be similarly employed or retained by persons subject to examination under the Examination Law. In the case of an examination of an insurer, the insurer shall bear the cost of retaining those persons.
(c)	The refusal of any insurer to submit to examination is grounds for the revocation, suspension, or refusal of a license. The Commissioner may make public any such revocation, suspension, or refusal of license and may give reasons for that action.
(d)	The provisions of G.S. 58‑2‑160 apply to examinations conducted under the Examination Law. (1991, c. 681, s. 2; 1995, c. 360, s. 2(d); 2002‑144, s. 7; 2003‑284, s. 22.2; 2004‑124, s. 21.1.)

§ 58‑2‑134.  Cost of certain examinations.
(a)	An insurer shall reimburse the State Treasurer for the actual expenses incurred by the Department in any examination of those records or assets conducted under G.S. 58‑2‑131, 58‑2‑132, or 58‑2‑133 under any of the following circumstances:
(1)	The insurer maintains part of its records or assets outside this State under G.S. 58‑7‑50 or G.S. 58‑7‑55 and the examination is of the records or assets outside this State.
(2)	The insurer requests an examination of its records or assets.
(3)	The Commissioner examines an insurer that is impaired or insolvent or is unlikely to be able to meet obligations with respect to known or anticipated claims or to pay other obligations in the normal course of business.
(4)	The examination involves analysis of the company's investment portfolio, a material portion of which comprises a sophisticated derivatives program, material holdings of collateralized mortgage obligations with high flux scores, unusual real estate or limited partnership holdings, high or unusual portfolio turnover, material asset movement between related parties, or unusual securities lending activities.
(b)	The amount paid by an insurer for an examination of records or assets under this section shall not exceed one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), unless the insurer and the Commissioner agree on a higher amount. The State Treasurer shall deposit all funds received under this section in the Insurance Regulatory Fund established under G.S. 58‑6‑25. Funds received under this section shall be used by the Department for offsetting the actual expenses incurred by the Department for examinations under this section. (1998‑212, s. 26B(d); 1999‑435, s. 7; 2002‑187, s. 2.3.)

§ 58‑2‑135:  Repealed by Session Laws 1991, c.  681, s. 3. 

§ 58‑2‑136.  Insurer records sent to Department for examination; expenses.
(a)	As used in this section, "records" means all data relating to the property, assets, business, and affairs of the insurer being examined.
(b)	In addition to the Commissioner's authority in G.S. 58‑2‑185 through G.S. 58‑2‑200 to compel the production of records, in lieu of sending examiners to the location of an insurer's records to conduct an examination under the Examination Law, the Commissioner may require the insurer to send copies of its records to the Department. The chief executive or financial officer of the insurer shall certify under oath that the copies are true and accurate copies of the insurer's records. The insurer being examined shall pay all expenses associated with the examination. The insurer is not liable for the salaries and benefits of Department employees. The refusal by an insurer to pay for expenses under this subsection is grounds for the suspension, revocation, or refusal of a license.
(c)	If the Commissioner sends examiners to the location of an insurer's records to conduct an examination under the Examination Law, the insurer shall pay for the travel and subsistence expenses and other administrative expenses associated with the examination. The insurer is not liable for the salaries and benefits of Department employees. The refusal by an insurer to pay for expenses under this subsection is grounds for the suspension, revocation, or refusal of a license. (2002‑144, s. 8; 2003‑284, s. 22.2; 2004‑124, s. 21.1.)

§ 58‑2‑140:  Repealed by Session Laws 1991, c.  681, s. 3. 

§ 58‑2‑145:  Repealed by Session Laws 1997‑362, s.  7.

§ 58‑2‑150.  Oath required for compliance with law.
Before issuing a license to any insurance company to transact the business of insurance in this State, the Commissioner shall require, in every case, in addition to the other requirements provided for by law, that the company file with the Commissioner the affidavit of its president or other chief officer that it accepts the terms and obligations of this Chapter as a part of the consideration of the license. (1899, c. 54, s. 110; 1901, c. 391, s. 8; Rev., s. 4693; C.S., s. 6276; 1991, c. 720, s. 4; 2004‑199, s. 20(a); 2005‑215, s. 1; 2006‑105, s. 1.1.)

§ 58‑2‑155.  Investigation of charges.
Upon his own motion or upon complaint being filed by a citizen of this State that a company authorized to do business in the State has violated any of the provisions of Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter, the Commissioner shall investigate the matter, and, if necessary, examine, under oath, by himself or his accredited representatives the president and such other officer or agents of such companies as may be deemed proper; also all books, records, and papers of the same. In case the Commissioner shall find upon substantial evidence that any complaint against a company is justified, said company, in addition to such penalties as are imposed for violation of any of the provisions of Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter, shall be liable for the expenses of the investigation, and the Commissioner shall promptly present said company with a statement of such expenses. If the company refuses or neglects to pay, the Commissioner is authorized to bring a civil action for the collection of these expenses. (1899, c. 54, s. 111; 1903, c. 438, s. 11; Rev., s. 4694; C.S., s. 6277; 1921, c. 136, s. 4; 1925, c. 275, s. 6; 1945, c. 383.)

§ 58‑2‑160.  Reporting and investigation of insurance and reinsurance fraud and the financial condition of licensees; immunity from liability.
(a)	As used in this section, "Commissioner" includes an employee, agent, or designee of the Commissioner.  A person, or an employee or agent of that person, acting without actual malice, is not subject to civil liability for libel, slander, or any other cause of action by virtue of furnishing to the Commissioner under the requirements of law or at the direction of the Commissioner reports or other information relating to (i) any known or suspected fraudulent insurance or reinsurance claim, transaction, or act or (ii) the financial condition of any licensee.  In the absence of actual malice, members of the NAIC, their duly authorized committees, subcommittees, task forces, delegates, and employees, and all other persons charged with the responsibility of collecting, reviewing, analyzing, or disseminating the information developed from filings of financial statements or examinations of licensees are not subject to civil liability for libel, slander, or any other cause of action by virtue of their collection, review, analysis, or dissemination of the data and information collected from such filings or examinations.
(b)	The Commissioner, acting without actual malice, is not subject to civil liability for libel or slander by virtue of an investigation of (i) any known or suspected fraudulent insurance or reinsurance claim, transaction, or act or (ii) the financial condition of any licensee; or by virtue of the publication or dissemination of any official report related to any such investigation, which report is published or disseminated in the absence of fraud, bad faith, or actual malice on the part of the Commissioner.  The Commissioner is not subject to civil liability in relation to the collecting, reviewing, analyzing, or dissemination of information that is developed by the NAIC from the filing of financial statements with the NAIC or from the examination of insurers by the NAIC and that is communicated to the Commissioner, including any investigation or publication or dissemination of any report or other information in relation thereto, which report is published or disseminated in the absence of fraud, bad faith, negligence, or actual malice on the part of the Commissioner.
(c)	During the course of an investigation of (i) a known or suspected fraudulent insurance or reinsurance claim, transaction, or act or (ii) the financial condition of any licensee, the Commissioner may request any person to furnish copies of any information relative to the (i) known or suspected claim, transaction, or act or (ii) financial condition of the licensee.  The person shall release the information requested and cooperate with the Commissioner pursuant to this section. (1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1013, s. 3; 1987, c. 864, s. 43; 1987 (Reg. Sess., 1988), c. 975, s. 3; 1989 (Reg. Sess., 1990), c. 1054, s. 1.)

§ 58‑2‑161.  False statement to procure or deny benefit of insurance policy or certificate.
(a)	For the purposes of this section:
(1)	"Insurer" has the same meaning as in G.S. 58‑1‑5(3) and also includes:
a.	Any hull insurance and protection and indemnity club operating under Article 20 of this Chapter.
b.	Any surplus lines insurer operating under Article 21 of this Chapter.
c.	Any risk retention group or purchasing group operating under Article 22 of this Chapter.
d.	Any local government risk pool operating under Article 23 of this Chapter.
e.	Any risk‑sharing plan operating under Article 42 of this Chapter.
f.	The North Carolina Insurance Underwriting Association operating under Article 45 of this Chapter.
g.	The North Carolina Joint Insurance Underwriting Association operating under Article 46 of this Chapter.
h.	The North Carolina Insurance Guaranty Association operating under Article 48 of this Chapter.
i.	Any multiple employer welfare arrangement operating under Article 50A of this Chapter.
j.	The North Carolina Life and Health Insurance Guaranty Association operating under Article 62 of this Chapter.
k.	Any service corporation operating under Article 65 of this Chapter.
l.	Any health maintenance organization operating under Article 67 of this Chapter.
m.	The State Health Plan for Teachers and State Employees and any optional plans or programs operating under Part 2 of Article 3 of Chapter 135 of the General Statutes.
n.	A group of employers self‑insuring their workers' compensation liabilities under Article 47 of this Chapter.
o.	An employer self‑insuring its workers' compensation liabilities under Article 5 of Chapter 97 of the General Statutes.
p.	The North Carolina Self‑Insurance Security Association under Article 4 of Chapter 97 of the General Statutes.
q.	Any reinsurer licensed or accredited under this Chapter.
(2)	"Statement" includes any application, notice, statement, proof of loss, bill of lading, receipt for payment, invoice, account, estimate of property damages, bill for services, diagnosis, prescription, hospital or doctor records, X rays, test result, or other evidence of loss, injury, or expense.
(b)	Any person who, with the intent to injure, defraud, or deceive an insurer or insurance claimant:
(1)	Presents or causes to be presented a written or oral statement, including computer‑generated documents as part of, in support of, or in opposition to, a claim for payment or other benefit pursuant to an insurance policy, knowing that the statement contains false or misleading information concerning any fact or matter material to the claim, or
(2)	Assists, abets, solicits, or conspires with another person to prepare or make any written or oral statement that is intended to be presented to an insurer or insurance claimant in connection with, in support of, or in opposition to, a claim for payment or other benefit pursuant to an insurance policy, knowing that the statement contains false or misleading information concerning a fact or matter material to the claim
is guilty of a Class H felony. Each claim shall be considered a separate count. Upon conviction, if the court imposes probation, the court may order the defendant to pay restitution as a condition of probation. In determination of the amount of restitution pursuant to G.S. 15A‑1343(d), the reasonable costs and attorneys' fees incurred by the victim in the investigation of, and efforts to recover damages arising from, the claim, may be considered part of the damage caused by the defendant arising out of the offense.
In a civil cause of action for recovery based upon a claim for which a defendant has been convicted under this section, the conviction may be entered into evidence against the defendant. The court may award the prevailing party compensatory damages, attorneys' fees, costs, and reasonable investigative costs. If the prevailing party can demonstrate that the defendant has engaged in a pattern of violations of this section, the court may award treble damages.  (1899, c. 54, s. 60; Rev., s. 3487; 1913, c. 89, s. 28; C.S., s. 4369; 1937, c. 248; 1967, c. 1088, s. 1; 1979, c. 760, s. 5; 1989 (Reg. Sess., 1990), c. 1054, s. 2; 1995, c. 43, s. 1; 1999‑294, s. 3; 2005‑400, s. 17; 2007‑298, s. 8.1; 2007‑323, s. 28.22A(o); 2007‑345, s. 12; 2019‑202, s. 8.)

§ 58‑2‑162.  Embezzlement by insurance producers or administrators.
If any insurance producer or administrator embezzles or fraudulently converts to his own use, or, with intent to use or embezzle, takes, secretes, or otherwise disposes of, or fraudulently withholds, appropriates, lends, invests, or otherwise uses or applies any money, negotiable instrument, or other consideration received by him in his performance as a producer or administrator, he shall be guilty of a felony. If the value of the money, negotiable instrument, or other consideration is one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000) or more, violation of this section is a Class C felony. If the value of the money, negotiable instrument, or other consideration is less than one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), violation of this section is a Class H felony.  (1889, c. 54, s. 103; Rev., s. 3489; 1911, c. 196, s. 8; C.S., s. 4274; 1989 (Reg. Sess., 1990), c. 1054, s. 2; 1997‑443, s. 19.25(n); 2022‑46, s. 14(c).)

§ 58‑2‑163.  Report to Commissioner.
Whenever any insurance company, or employee or representative of such company, or any other person licensed or registered under Articles 1 through 67 of this Chapter knows or has reasonable cause to believe that any other person has violated G.S. 58‑2‑161, 58‑2‑162, 58‑2‑164, 58‑2‑180, 58‑8‑1, 58‑24‑180(e), or whenever any insurance company, or employee or representative of such company, or any other person licensed or registered under Articles 1 through 67 of this Chapter knows or has reasonable cause to believe that any entity licensed by the Commissioner is financially impaired, it is the duty of such person, upon acquiring such knowledge, to notify the Commissioner and provide the Commissioner with a complete statement of all of the relevant facts and circumstances. Such report is a privileged communication, and when made without actual malice does not subject the person making the same to any liability whatsoever. The Commissioner may suspend, revoke, or refuse to renew the license of any licensee who willfully fails to comply with this section. (1945, c. 382; 1987, c. 752, s. 2; 1989 (Reg. Sess., 1990), c. 1054, s. 2; 2007‑443, s. 4.)

§ 58‑2‑164.  Rate evasion fraud; prevention programs.
(a)	The following definitions apply in this section:
(1)	"Applicant" means one or more persons applying for the issuance or renewal of an auto insurance policy on which the person or persons will be a named insured.
(2)	"Auto insurance" means both nonfleet and other than nonfleet private passenger motor vehicle insurance.
(3)	"Eligible risk" means a person who is an eligible risk as defined in either G.S. 58‑37‑1(4) or G.S. 58‑37‑1(4a).
(4)	"Insurer" means an insurance company that is licensed to write and is writing auto insurance in this State.
(5)	"Nonfleet" means a motor vehicle as defined in G.S. 58‑40‑10(2).
(5a)	"Principal place of business" means the single physical location from which the majority of the essential operations of the applicant's business are directed and controlled. The location of a consultant, service agent, or attorney of the applicant shall not be sufficient to establish an applicant's principal place of business.
(6)	"Private passenger motor vehicle" means a motor vehicle as defined in G.S. 58‑40‑10(1).
(b)	It shall be a Class 3 misdemeanor for any person who, with the intent to deceive an insurer, does any of the following:
(1)	Presents or causes to be presented a written or oral statement in support of an application for issuance of or amendment to a policy of auto insurance, knowing that the application contains false or misleading information that states the applicant is an eligible risk when the applicant is not an eligible risk.
(2)	Assists, abets, solicits, or conspires with another person to prepare or make any written or oral statement that is intended to be presented to an insurer in connection with or in support of an application for issuance of or amendment to a policy of auto insurance, if the person knows that the statement contains false or misleading information that states the applicant is an eligible risk when the applicant is not an eligible risk.
In addition to any other penalties authorized by law, a violation of this subsection may be punishable by a fine of not more than one thousand dollars ($1,000) for each violation.
(b1)	It shall be a Class H felony for any applicant who, with the intent to deceive an insurer, knowingly violates G.S. 58‑2‑164(b) for the purpose of obtaining auto insurance covering one or more vehicles, the operation of which requires a Commercial Drivers License pursuant to G.S. 20‑4.01(3c).
In addition to any other penalties authorized by law, a violation of this subsection may be punishable by a fine of not more than ten thousand dollars ($10,000) for each violation.
(c)	The insurer and its agent shall also take reasonable steps to verify that the information provided by an applicant regarding the applicant's address and the place the motor vehicle is garaged is correct. The insurer may take its own reasonable steps to verify residency or eligible risk status or may rely upon the agent verification of residency or eligible risk status to meet the insurer's verification obligations under this section. The agent shall retain copies of any items obtained under this section as required under the record retention rules adopted by the Commissioner and in accordance with G.S. 58‑2‑185. The insurer and its agent may satisfy the requirements of this section by, within 25 days of coverage binding, obtaining from the applicant reliable proof of North Carolina residency and the applicant's status as an eligible risk.
(c1)	To the extent relevant to a particular criterion for eligible risk status and for the purpose of obtaining nonfleet private passenger motor vehicle insurance, reliable proof of North Carolina residency or eligible risk status includes one or more of the following:
(1)	Repealed by Session Laws 2016‑78, s. 3.2(a), effective December 1, 2016.
(2)	A utility bill in the name of the applicant showing the applicant's current North Carolina address, including, but not limited to, a utility bill accessed electronically by the applicant.
(3)	Repealed by Session Laws 2016‑78, s. 3.2(a), effective December 1, 2016.
(4)	A receipt for personal property taxes paid by the applicant within the preceding 12‑month period and showing the applicant's current North Carolina address, including, but not limited to, proof of personal property taxes paid accessed electronically by the applicant.
(5)	A receipt for real property taxes paid by the applicant to a North Carolina locality within the preceding 12‑month period and showing the applicant's current North Carolina address, including, but not limited to, proof of real property taxes paid accessed electronically by the applicant.
(6)	Repealed by Session Laws 2016‑78, s. 3.2(a), effective December 1, 2016.
(7)	A valid unexpired North Carolina driver's license issued to the applicant and showing the applicant's current North Carolina address.
(8), (9) Repealed by Session Laws 2015‑294, s. 13, effective January 1, 2016, and applicable to insurance policies entered into on or after that date.
(10)	A valid North Carolina vehicle registration issued to the applicant and showing the applicant's current North Carolina address.
(11)	A valid military ID.
(12)	A valid student ID of the applicant for a North Carolina school or university.
(13)	A federal Income Tax Return filed by the applicant for the most recent prior filing period showing the applicant's name and current North Carolina address.
(14)	A homeowner's or renter's declarations page showing the applicant's current North Carolina address.
(c2)	To the extent relevant to a particular criterion for eligible risk status and for the purpose of obtaining other than nonfleet private passenger motor vehicle insurance, reliable proof of North Carolina residency or eligible risk status includes two or more of the following:
(1)	A utility bill in the name of the applicant showing a North Carolina address for the principal place of business of the applicant, including, but not limited to, a utility bill accessed electronically by the applicant.
(2)	A receipt for real property taxes paid by the applicant to a North Carolina locality within the preceding 12‑month period and showing the applicant's current North Carolina address.
(3)	A valid North Carolina vehicle registration issued to the applicant and showing the applicant's current North Carolina address.
(4)	A federal Income Tax Return filed by the applicant for the most recent prior filing period showing the applicant's name and current North Carolina address.
(5)	The valid North Carolina driver's license of an owner of an applicant that is a corporation or an LLC, provided that the person holds at least twenty (20%) percent ownership interest in the applicant corporation or LLC.
(6)	If the principal place of business of a corporation or LLC is the primary residence of the sole owner, any of the documents identified in subdivisions (1) through (5) of this subsection, whether in the name of the corporation or LLC or in the name of the sole owner. For purposes of this subsection, "sole owner" shall mean an individual or a husband and wife.
For purposes of subdivisions (5) and (6) of this subsection, on policies to be ceded to the North Carolina Reinsurance Facility, proof of ownership is established through the execution by the owner of the corporation or LLC, of a form promulgated by the North Carolina Reinsurance Facility. The execution of this form shall constitute a written statement in support of an application for insurance or amendment to a policy of auto insurance under subsections (b) and (b1) of this section.
(d)	In the absence of actual malice, neither an insurer, the authorized representative of the insurer, a producer, the Commissioner, an organization of which the Commissioner is a member, the North Carolina Reinsurance Facility, nor the respective employees and agents of such persons acting on behalf of such persons shall be subject to civil liability as a result of any statement or information provided or action taken pursuant to this section.
(e)	In any action brought against a person that may have immunity under subsection (d) of this section for making any statement required by this section or for providing any information relating to any statement that may be requested by the Commissioner, the party bringing the action shall plead specifically in any allegation that subsection (d) of this section does not apply because the person making the statement or providing the information did so with actual malice. Subsections (d) and (e) of this section do not abrogate or modify any existing statutory or common law privileges or immunities.
(f)	Every insurer shall maintain safeguards within its auto insurance business at the point of sale, renewal, and claim to identify misrepresentations by applicants regarding their addresses, their principal places of business, and the places their motor vehicles are garaged. Identified misrepresentations are subject to the requirements of Article 2 of this Chapter.
(g)	If an applicant provides false or misleading information material to the applicant's or any named insured's status as an eligible risk and that fraudulent information makes the applicant or any named insured appear to be an eligible risk when that person is in fact not an eligible risk, the insurer may do any or all of the following:
(1)	Refuse to issue, amend, or endorse a policy.
(2)	Cancel or refuse to renew a policy that has been issued.
(3)	Deny coverage for any claim by the applicant for auto liability, comprehensive, or collision coverage. This subdivision does not apply to bodily injury or property damage claims of innocent third parties to the extent of any minimum financial responsibility requirement of State or federal law.
(g1)	Any motor vehicle liability policy may provide that the insured shall reimburse the insurer for any payment made under a policy of insurance if the issuance of the policy was induced by a knowing and material misrepresentation of facts relating to the insured's status as an eligible risk. For purposes of this subsection, a payment made shall include any sums paid for satisfaction, in whole or in part, of any judgment against the insured or for a reasonable settlement of a claim against the insured for bodily injury or property damage. A payment made shall further include any costs or attorneys' fees incurred by the insurer in the adjustment, investigation, or defense of a claim.
(h)	In a civil cause of action for recovery under subsection (g1) of this section, a conviction of the defendant for a violation of G.S. 58‑2‑164(b) or (b1) may be entered into evidence against the defendant and shall establish the liability of the defendant as a matter of law for damages, fees, or costs as may be proven. If the prevailing party can demonstrate that the defendant has engaged in a pattern of violations of this section, the court may award treble damages.  (2007‑443, s. 3; 2015‑294, s. 13; 2016‑78, s. 3.2(a); 2017‑69, s. 2(c); 2018‑120, s. 4.10; 2021‑177, s. 1.)

§ 58‑2‑165.  Annual, semiannual, monthly, or quarterly statements to be filed with Commissioner.
(a)	Except as provided in subsection (a1) of this section, every insurance company shall file in the Commissioner's office, on or before March 1 of each year, a statement showing the business standing and financial condition of the company, association, or order on the preceding December 31, signed and sworn to by the chief managing agent or officer thereof, before the Commissioner or some officer authorized by law to administer oaths. Provided, the Commissioner may, for good and sufficient cause shown by an applicant company, extend the filing date of the company's annual statement, for a reasonable period of time, not to exceed 30 days. In addition, except as provided in subsection (a1) of this section, the Commissioner may require any insurance company, association, or order to file its statement semiannually, quarterly, or monthly.
(a1)	A town or county mutual, organized under G.S. 58‑7‑75(5)d., is required to file only an annual statement or an audited financial statement that was prepared by a certified public accountant if for the preceding year it had a direct written premium of less than one hundred fifty thousand dollars ($150,000) and fewer than 400 policyholders. The Commissioner shall not require those mutuals to file statements semiannually, quarterly, or monthly.
(b)	The Commissioner may require statements under this section and G.S. 58‑2‑190 to be filed in a format that can be read by electronic data processing equipment, provided that this subsection does not apply to an audited financial statement prepared by a certified public accountant that is submitted by a town or county mutual pursuant to subsection (a1) of this section.
(c)	Except as provided herein, all statements filed under this section must be prepared in accordance with the appropriate NAIC Annual Statement Instructions Handbook and pursuant to the NAIC Accounting Practices and Procedures Manual and on the NAIC Model Financial Statement Blank, unless further modified by the Commissioner as the Commissioner considers to be appropriate. This subsection does not apply to statements filed by a town or county mutual organized under G.S. 58‑7‑75(5)d. if for the preceding year it had a direct written premium of less than one hundred fifty thousand dollars ($150,000) and fewer than 400 policyholders.  (1899, c. 54, ss. 72, 73, 83, 90, 97; 1901, c. 706, s. 2; 1903, c. 438, s. 9; Rev., s. 4698; C.S., s. 6280; 1945, c. 383; 1957, c. 407; 1985, c. 666, ss. 50, 51; 1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1013, s. 11; 1991, c. 681, s. 7; 1993, c. 504, s. 1; 1998‑211, s. 22; 1999‑192, s. 1; 2015‑92, s. 1.)

§ 58‑2‑170: Repealed by Session Laws 2015‑92, s. 2, effective June 19, 2015.

§ 58‑2‑171.  Qualifications of actuaries.
The Commissioner may adopt rules setting forth requisite qualifications of consulting actuaries for the sole purpose of qualifying them to certify financial statements filed and rate filings made by entities under this Chapter as to the actuarial validity of those filings. The qualifications shall be commensurate with the degree of complexity of the actuarial principles applicable to the various statements filed or rate filings made. Nothing in this section affects the scope of practice or the professional qualifications of actuaries. (1995, c. 517, s. 2.)

§ 58‑2‑175:  Repealed by Session Laws 1993, c.  452, s. 65.

§ 58‑2‑180.  Punishment for making false statement.
If any person in any financial or other statement required by this Chapter willfully misstates information, that person making oath to or subscribing the statement is guilty of a Class I felony; and the entity on whose behalf the person made the oath or subscribed the statement is subject to a fine imposed by the court of not less than two thousand dollars ($2,000) nor more than ten thousand dollars ($10,000). (1899, c. 54, s. 97; Rev., s. 3493; C.S., s. 6281; 1985, c. 666, s. 13; 1989 (Reg. Sess., 1990), c. 1054, s. 5; 1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 767, s. 23.)

§ 58‑2‑185.  Record of business kept by companies and insurance producers; Commissioner may inspect.
All companies, insurance producers, or their agents doing any kind of insurance business in this State must make and keep a full and correct record of the business done by them, showing the number, date, term, amount insured, premiums, and the persons to whom issued, of every policy or certificate or renewal. Information from these records must be furnished to the Commissioner on demand, and the original books of records shall be open to the inspection of the Commissioner when demanded.  (1899, c. 54, s. 108; 1903, c. 438, s. 11; Rev., s. 4696; C.S., s. 6284; 1945, c. 383; 1991, c. 720, s. 4; 2022‑46, s. 14(d).)

§ 58‑2‑190.  Commissioner may require special reports.
The Commissioner may also address to any authorized insurer, statistical organization, joint underwriting or joint reinsurance organization, or the North Carolina Rate Bureau or Motor Vehicle Reinsurance Facility, or its officers any inquiry in relation to its transactions or condition or any matter connected therewith. Every corporation or person so addressed shall reply in writing to the inquiry promptly and truthfully, and the reply shall be verified, if required by the Commissioner, by such individual, or by such officer or officers of a corporation, as he shall designate. (1945, c. 383; 1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1027, s. 8; 2005‑210, s. 1.)

§ 58‑2‑195.  Commissioner may require records, reports, etc., for agencies, insurance producers, and others.
(a)	The Commissioner is empowered to make and promulgate reasonable rules and regulations governing the recording and reporting of insurance business transactions by insurance agencies, insurance producers, and producers of record, any of which agencies, insurance producers, or producers of record are licensed in this State or are transacting insurance business in this State to the end that such records and reports will accurately and separately reflect the insurance business transactions of such agency, insurance producer, or producer of record in this State. Information from records required to be kept pursuant to the provisions of this section must be furnished the Commissioner on demand and the original records required to be kept pursuant to the provisions of this section shall be open to the inspection for the Commissioner or any other authorized employee described in G.S. 58‑2‑25 when demanded.
(b)	Every insurance agency transacting insurance business in this State shall at all times have appointed some person employed or associated with such agency who shall have the responsibility of seeing that such records and reports as are required pursuant to the provisions of this section are kept and maintained.
(c)	Any person subject to the provisions of subsection (a) of this section who violates the provisions of this section or the rules and regulations prescribed by the Commissioner pursuant to the provisions of this section may after notice and hearing: for the first offense have his license or licenses (in case license be issued for more than one company in such person's case) suspended or revoked for not less than one month nor more than six months and for the second offense shall have his license or licenses (in case license be issued from more than one company in his case) suspended or revoked for the period of one year and such person shall not thereafter be licensed for one year from the date said revocation or suspension first became effective.
(d)	For the purpose of enforcing the provisions of this section the Commissioner or any other authorized employee described in G.S. 58‑2‑25 is authorized and empowered to examine persons, administer oaths and require production of papers and records relative to this section.
(e)	Whenever the Commissioner deems it to be prudent for the protection of policyholders in this State, he or any other authorized employee described in G.S. 58‑2‑25 shall visit and examine any insurance agency, insurance producer, adjuster, motor vehicle damage appraiser, or producer of record. The refusal of any agency, insurance producer, adjuster, motor vehicle damage appraiser, or producer of record to submit to examination is grounds for the revocation or refusal of a license.  (1971, c. 948, s. 1; 1987, c. 629, ss. 14, 15; c. 752, s. 1; 1995, c. 360, s. 2(e); 2022‑46, s. 14(e).)

§ 58‑2‑200.  Books and papers required to be exhibited.
It is the duty of any person having in his possession or control any books, accounts, or papers of any company licensed under Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter, to exhibit the same to the Commissioner or to any deputy, actuary, accountant, or persons acting with or for the Commissioner.  Any person who shall refuse, on demand, to exhibit the books, accounts, or papers, as above provided, or who shall knowingly or willfully make any false statement in regard to the same, shall be subject to suspension or revocation of his license under Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter; and shall be deemed guilty of a Class 1 misdemeanor. (1899, c. 54, s. 76; Rev., ss. 3494, 4697; 1907, c. 1000, s. 3; C.S., s. 6286; 1945, c. 383; 1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1013, s. 6; 1991, c. 720, s. 4; 1993, c. 539, s. 445; 1994, Ex. Sess., c. 24, s. 14(c).)

§ 58‑2‑205.  CPA audits of financial statements.
The Commissioner may adopt rules to provide for audits and opinions of insurers' financial statements by certified public accountants. These rules shall be substantially similar to the NAIC model rule that requires audited financial reports, as amended. The Commissioner may adopt, amend, or repeal provisions of these rules under G.S. 150B‑21.1 in order to keep these rules current with the NAIC model rule. (1989, c. 485, s. 38; 1998‑212, s. 26B(g).)

§ 58‑2‑210.  Rules for mortgage insurance consolidations.
The Commissioner is authorized to adopt rules governing mortgage insurance consolidations and related rules concerning unfair rate discrimination.  In the event the Commissioner adopts such rules, while such rules are in effect the unfair rate discrimination provisions of G.S. 58‑58‑35 and G.S. 58‑63‑15(7) will not apply to mortgage insurance consolidations to the extent those provisions are inconsistent with such rules.  For purposes of this section, "mortgage insurance consolidation" means any transaction in which a mortgage loan servicer makes its premium collection services available to mortgage debtors in connection with an insurer's offer of mortgage insurance, which offer is made to debtors who, immediately prior to the offer, had mortgage insurance with another insurer and were paying premiums for that insurance with their monthly mortgage payments. (1989, c, 341, s. 1.)

§ 58‑2‑215.  Consumer Protection Fund.
(a)	A special fund is created in the Office of the State Treasurer, to be known as the Department of Insurance Consumer Protection Fund. The Fund shall be placed in an interest bearing account and any interest or other income derived from the Fund shall be credited to the Fund. Moneys in the Fund shall only be spent pursuant to warrants drawn by the Commissioner on the Fund through the State Treasurer. The Fund shall be subject to the provisions of the Executive Budget Act; except that the provisions of Article 3C of Chapter 143 of the General Statutes do not apply to subdivision (b)(1) of this section.
(b)	All moneys credited to the Fund shall be used only to pay the following expenses incurred by the Department:
(1)	For the purpose of retaining outside actuarial and economic consultants, legal counsel, and court reporting services in the review and analysis of rate filings and any other insurance regulatory matters, in conducting all hearings, and through any final adjudication.
(2)	In connection with any delinquency proceeding under Article 30 of this Chapter, for the purpose of locating and recovering the assets of or any other obligations or liabilities owed to or due an insurer that has been placed under such proceeding.
(3)	In connection with any civil litigation, other than under Chapter 150B of the General Statutes or any appeal from an order of the Commissioner or his deputies, that is commenced against the Commissioner or his deputies and that arises out of the performance of their official duties, for the purpose of retaining outside consultants, legal counsel, and court reporting services to defend such litigation.
(c)	Moneys appropriated by the General Assembly shall be deposited in the Fund and shall become a part of the base budget of the Department of Insurance. Such base budget amount shall equal the actual expenditures drawn from the Fund during the prior fiscal year plus the official inflation rate designated by the Director of the Budget in the preparation of the State Budget for each ensuing fiscal year; provided that if interest income on the Fund exceeds the amount yielded by the application of the official inflation rate, such base budget amount shall be the actual expenditures drawn from the Fund. In the event the amount in the Fund exceeds two hundred fifty thousand dollars ($250,000) at the end of any fiscal year, such excess shall revert to the General Fund.
(d)	Repealed by Session Laws 1996, c. 507, s. 11A(a), (b).  (1989 (Reg. Sess., 1990), c. 1069, s. 22; 1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 769, s. 14.1; 1995, c. 507, s. 11A(a), (b), (c); 2005‑215, s. 21; 2012‑142, s. 20.2; 2013‑360, s. 20.1; 2014‑100, s. 6.4(d).)

§ 58‑2‑220.  Insurance Regulatory Information System and similar program test data not public records.
Except as provided in G.S. 58‑4‑25, financial test ratios, data, or information generated by the Commissioner pursuant to the NAIC Insurance Regulatory Information System, any successor program, or any similar program developed by the Commissioner, are not public records and are not subject to Chapter 132 of the General Statutes or G.S. 58‑2‑100. (1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1013, s. 9; 1989 (Reg. Sess., 1990), c. 1021, s. 7; 1991, c. 681, s. 14.)

§ 58‑2‑225:  Repealed by Session Laws 1995, c.  193, s. 8.

§ 58‑2‑230.  Commissioner to share information with Department of Labor.
	The Commissioner shall provide or cause to be provided to the Department of Labor, on an annual basis, the name and business address of every employer that is self‑insured for workers' compensation. Information provided or caused to be provided by the Commissioner to the Department of Labor under this section is confidential and not open for public inspection under G.S. 132‑6. (1991 (Reg. Sess., 1992), c. 894, s. 5.)

§ 58‑2‑235:  Expired.

§ 58‑2‑240.  Market conduct analysis, financial analysis, and related information not public record.
(a)	Notwithstanding Chapter 132 of the General Statutes, all market analysis, documents arising from market conduct action, and financial statement analysis work papers are confidential, are not open for public inspection, and are not discoverable or admissible in evidence in a civil action brought by a party other than the Department against a person regulated by the Department, its directors, officers, or employees, unless the court finds that the interests of justice require that the documents be discoverable or admissible in evidence or except as provided in G.S. 58‑2‑128 and G.S. 58‑2‑132(g) through (j). The Commissioner, however, may use market analysis, documents arising from market conduct action, and financial statement analysis work papers in the furtherance of any regulatory or legal action brought as part of the Commissioner's official duties.
(b)	As used in this Article:
(1)	"Financial statement analysis" means a set of systems and procedures designed to provide relevant information derived from basic sources of data for the purpose of evaluating the risk of an insurer's insolvency.
(1a)	"Financial statement analysis work papers" means:
a.	Documents, programs, findings, and other information produced by persons employed or contracted by the Commissioner during and as part of the financial statement analysis of an insurer.
b.	Documents, programs, findings, and other information disclosed by an entity to persons employed or contracted by the Commissioner in response to an inquiry from the Commissioner during and as part of the financial statement analysis of the insurer.
c.	Documents, programs, findings, and other information obtained, during and as part of the financial statement analysis of an insurer, by persons employed or contracted by the Commissioner from or through any regulatory or law enforcement agency or the NAIC when the receipt of that information is conditioned upon the Commissioner maintaining the confidentiality of the information shared with the Commissioner.
"Financial statement analysis work papers" includes financial analysis programs and procedures; correspondence between persons employed or contracted by the Commissioner and the insurer during and as part of the financial statement analysis; memos, e‑mails, and other correspondence, in any form, produced by persons employed or contracted by the Commissioner detailing findings or recommendations of the financial statement analysis; and the Actuarial Opinion Summary filed by an insurer as required by and in accordance with NAIC Annual Statement Instructions. "Financial statement analysis work papers" does not mean statements filed with the Commissioner under G.S. 58‑2‑165, CPA audit reports filed with the Commissioner under G.S. 58‑2‑205, or documents that constitute an initial filing and any supplemental filing necessary to complete a filing made by an insurer, independent of financial statement analysis.
(1b)	"Market analysis" means work product arising from a process whereby persons employed or contracted by the Commissioner collect and analyze information from filed schedules, surveys, required reports other than periodic reports specifically required by statute, and other sources in order to develop a baseline understanding of the marketplace and to identify patterns or practices of insurers that deviate significantly from the norm or that may pose a potential risk to the insurance consumer.
(2)	"Market conduct action" means any of the full range of activities, other than an examination that the Commissioner may initiate to assess and address the market practices of insurers, beginning with market analysis. Additional market conduct actions, including those taken subsequent to market analysis as a result of the findings of or indications from market analysis include: correspondence with an insurer; insurer interviews; information gathering; policy and procedure reviews; interrogatories; and review of insurer self‑evaluation and compliance programs, including membership in a best‑practice organization. The Commissioner's activities to resolve an individual consumer complaint or other report of a specific instance of misconduct are not market conduct actions for purposes of this section.
(c)	For purposes of subdivisions (b)(1) and (b)(1a) of this section only, the term "insurer" has the same meaning as in G.S. 58‑30‑10(14) and includes a:
(1)	Reciprocal that is or should be licensed under Article 15 of this Chapter.
(2)	Local government risk pool that chooses to operate under Article 23 of this Chapter.
(3)	Fraternal benefit society that is or should be licensed under Article 24 of this Chapter.
(4)	Self‑insurer that is or should be licensed under Article 5 of Chapter 97 of the General Statutes.
(d)	Nothing in this section limits public access to financial or actuarial information or calculations filed by an insurer or other entity for rating purposes, including rate filings, deviation filings, and loss cost filings. (2005‑206, s. 1; 2006‑105, s. 2.4; 2007‑127, s. 10.)

§ 58‑2‑245.  Access to employer taxpayer identification numbers contained in public documents.
Notwithstanding G.S. 132‑1.10(b)(5), the Department is not required to redact an employer taxpayer identification number on documents that may be made available to the general public. (2006‑105, s. 2.5.)

§ 58‑2‑250.  Electronic filings.
(a)	As used in this section:
(1)	"Commissioner's designee" includes the National Insurance Producer Registry of the NAIC.
(2)	"License" includes any license, certificate, registration, or permit issued under this Chapter.
(3)	"Licensee" means any person who holds a license.
(b)	Notwithstanding any other provision of this Chapter, the Commissioner may adopt rules that require an applicant for a license or a licensee to file documents electronically with the Commissioner or the Commissioner's designee. The rules adopted under this section may contain procedures for the electronic payment of any fee required under this Chapter and the electronic filing of documents, including:
(1)	Any document required as part of an application for a license under this Chapter.
(2)	Any document required to be filed by an applicant for a license or a licensee to maintain the license in good standing.
(3)	Any other document required or permitted to be filed.
(c)	The Commissioner or the Commissioner's designee may charge an administrative fee for electronic filing. Fees charged for the processing of an electronic filing are in addition to any other fee imposed for the filing. Fees charged for an electronic filing are limited to the actual cost of the electronic transaction.
(d)	This section does not supersede any other provision of law that requires the electronic filing of a document or requires an applicant for a license or a licensee to make any other filing electronically.  (2009‑383, s. 2.)

§ 58‑2‑255.  Electronic insurance communications and records.
(a)	Definitions. – As used in this section:
(1)	"Communications" means notices, offers, disclosures, documents, forms, information, and correspondence required or permitted to be provided to a party in writing under the insurance laws of this State or that are otherwise provided by an insurer, including, but not limited to, notices pertaining to the cancellation, termination, or nonrenewal of insurance.
(2)	"Delivered by electronic means" includes any of the following:
a.	Delivery to an electronic mail address or an electronic account at which a party has consented to receive electronic communications.
b.	Displaying information, or a link to information, as an essential step to completing the transaction to which such information relates.
c.	Providing notice to a party at the electronic mail address or an electronic account at which the party has consented to receive notice of the posting of a communication on an electronic network or site.
(3)	"Insurer" has the same meaning as in G.S. 58‑1‑5(3).
(4)	"Party" means a recipient of any communications defined in this section. "Party" includes an applicant, policyholder, insured, claimant, member, provider, or beneficiary.
(b)	When any insurance law of this State requires a communication to be provided to a party in writing, signed by a party, provided by means of a specific delivery method, or retained by an insurer, those requirements are satisfied if the insurer complies with Article 40 of Chapter 66 of the General Statutes.
(c)	Verification of communications delivered by electronic means shall constitute proof of mailing in civil and administrative proceedings and under the insurance laws of this State.
(d)	Nothing in this section affects requirements related to the content or timing of any communication required under the insurance laws of this State.
(e)	A recording of an oral communication between an insurer and a party that is reliably stored and reproduced by an insurer shall constitute an electronic communication or record. When a communication is required under the insurance laws of this State to be provided in writing, the communication provided in accordance with this subsection shall satisfy the requirement that the communication be in writing. When a communication is required under the insurance laws of this State to be signed, a recorded oral communication in which a party agrees to the terms stated in the oral communication shall satisfy the requirement.  (2013‑413, s. 13(b); 2017‑150, s. 2.)

Article 3.
General Regulations for Insurance.
§ 58‑3‑1.  State law governs insurance contracts.
All contracts of insurance on property, lives, or interests in this State shall be deemed to be made therein, and all contracts of insurance the applications for which are taken within the State shall be deemed to have been made within this State and are subject to the laws thereof. (1899, c. 54, s. 2; 1901, c. 705, s. 1; Rev., s. 4806; C.S., s. 6287.)

§ 58‑3‑5.  No insurance contracts except under Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter.
Except as provided in G.S. 58‑3‑6, it is unlawful for any company to make any contract of insurance upon or concerning any property or interest or lives in this State, or with any resident thereof, or for any person as an insurance producer to make, negotiate, solicit, or in any manner aid in the transaction of such insurance, unless and except as authorized under the provisions of Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter.  (1899, c. 54, s. 2; Rev., s. 4807; C.S., s. 6288; 1998‑211, s. 1(a); 2022‑46, s. 14(f).)

§ 58‑3‑6.  Charitable gift annuities.
(a)	A charitable organization as described in section 501(c)(3) or section 170(c) of the Internal Revenue Code or an educational institution may receive a transfer of property from a donor in exchange for an annuity payable over one or two lives, under which the actuarial value of the annuity is less than the value of the property transferred and the difference in value constitutes a charitable deduction for federal tax purposes.  The issuance of the annuity by a charitable organization does not constitute engaging in the business of insurance if the organization, when the annuity agreement is issued:
(1)	Has a minimum of $100,000 in unrestricted cash, cash equivalents, or publicly‑traded securities, exclusive of the assets contributed by the donor in return for the annuity agreement;
(2)	Has been in active, continuous operation for at least three years or is a successor to or affiliate of a charitable organization that has been in active operation for at least three years; and
(3)	Includes the following disclosure clause in each annuity agreement issued on or after November 1, 1998: "This annuity is not issued by an insurance company, is not subject to regulation by the State of North Carolina, and is not protected or otherwise guaranteed by any government agency or insurance guaranty fund."
Subdivisions (1) and (2) of this subsection do not apply to an educational institution that was issuing annuity agreements prior to October 30, 1998 nor to an organization formed solely to support an educational institution in active operation at least three years prior to October 30, 1998.
(b)	A charitable organization or educational institution that issues a charitable annuity shall notify the Department by January 1, 1999, or within 90 days of issuing its first annuity, whichever is later.  The notice shall be signed by an officer or director of the organization or educational institution, identify the organization or institution, and certify that the organization or institution is a charitable organization or educational institution and that its annuities are issued in compliance with the applicable provisions of subsection (a) of this section. 
(c)	A charitable organization that issues charitable annuities must make available to the Commissioner, upon request, a copy of its Internal Revenue Service Form 990 or Form 990‑EZ for the most recent fiscal year for which the due date has passed.  If the organization was not required to file either form with the Internal Revenue Service for the preceding fiscal year, or was allowed to submit the form in abbreviated format, it shall make available to the Commissioner, upon request, the same information that would have been required to have been filed under the Form 990, in a similar format as specified by the Commissioner.  A copy of the Form 990, or corresponding substitute information as authorized by the Commissioner, shall be made available to the prospective annuitant at the time of the initial solicitation of the contribution, and updated information shall be made available at the time of execution of the annuity agreement.
(d)	The Department may enforce performance of the requirements of this section by notifying the organization or institution and demanding that it comply with the requirements of this section.  The Department may fine an organization or educational institution, up to $1,000 per annuity agreement, for failure to comply after notice and demand from the Commissioner.
(e)	A charitable gift annuity issued by a charitable organization or educational institution prior to October 30, 1998 does not constitute engaging in the business of insurance.
(f)	For purposes of this section, an "educational institution" means a public or private college, university, or community college that maintains a faculty to provide instruction to students.  (1998‑211, s. 1(b).)

§ 58‑3‑7.  Certain accountable care organizations not subject to this Chapter.
This Chapter shall not apply to any accountable care organization approved by the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) to participate in Medicare programs established under 42 U.S.C. § 1315a or 42 U.S.C. § 1395jjj. This exemption is limited to the activities performed by the accountable care organization pursuant to its agreement with CMS for participation in Medicare programs established under 42 U.S.C. § 1315a or 42 U.S.C. § 1395jjj.  (2016‑78, s. 5.)

§ 58‑3‑8.  Medical direct primary care agreements not subject to this Chapter.
(a)	Definitions. – The following definitions apply in this section:
(1)	Medical direct primary care agreement. – A contract between a primary care provider and an individual patient, a family, or an individual patient's legal representative in which the primary care provider agrees to provide primary care services to the individual patient or family for a specified fee and a specified period of time. Under a medical direct primary care agreement, a direct primary care provider charges a specified periodic fee for health care services and does not bill any third parties on a fee‑for‑service basis.
(2)	Primary care provider. – An individual or other legal entity that is licensed, registered, or otherwise authorized to provide primary health care services in this State under Chapter 90 of the General Statutes. This includes an individual or other legal entity alone or with others professionally associated with the individual or other legal entity.
(3)	Primary care service. – Includes, but is not limited to, the screening, assessment, diagnosis, and treatment of a patient for the promotion of health or the detection and management of disease or injury within the scope of practice of the primary care provider.
(b)	A medical direct primary care agreement is not insurance and is not subject to the provisions of this Chapter. Entering into a medical direct primary care agreement is not the business of insurance and is not subject to the provisions of this Chapter.
(c)	Primary care providers and their agents shall not be required to be licensed or certified under this Chapter to market, sell, or offer to sell direct primary care agreements.
(d)	A medical direct primary care agreement under this section must do all of the following:
(1)	Be in writing.
(2)	Be signed by the primary care provider, or the provider's agent, and the individual patient, an adult member of the family, or the individual patient's legal representative.
(3)	Allow either party to terminate the agreement with written notice to the other party.
(4)	Specify the periodic fee for the agreement.
(5)	Specify the primary care services that are included in the agreement and covered by the specified periodic fee.
(6)	Specify the duration of the agreement and any automatic renewal periods.
(7)	Prominently state in writing that the agreement is not health insurance.  (2020‑85, s. 1.)

§ 58‑3‑10.  Statements in application not warranties.
All statements or descriptions in any application for a policy of insurance, or in the policy itself, shall be deemed representations and not warranties, and a representation, unless material or fraudulent, will not prevent a recovery on the policy.  (1901, c. 705, s. 2; Rev., s. 4808; C.S., s. 6289.)

§ 58‑3‑15.  Additional or coinsurance clause.
No insurance company or insurance producer licensed to do business in this State may issue any policy or contract of insurance covering property in this State that contains any clause or provision requiring the insured to take or maintain a larger amount of insurance than that expressed in the policy, nor in any way provide that the insured shall be liable as a coinsurer with the company issuing the policy for any part of the loss or damage to the property described in the policy, and any such clause or provision shall be null and void, and of no effect: Provided, the coinsurance clause or provision may be written in or attached to a policy or policies issued when there is printed or stamped on the declarations page of the policy or on the form containing the clause the words "coinsurance contract," and the Commissioner may, in the Commissioner's discretion, determine the location of the words "coinsurance contract" and the size of the type to be used. If there is a difference in the rate for the insurance with and without the coinsurance clause, the rates for each shall be furnished the insured upon request.  (1915, c. 109, s. 5; C.S., s. 6441; 1925, c. 70, s. 4; 1945, c. 377; 1947, c. 721; 1999‑132, s. 7.1; 2022‑46, s. 14(g).)

§ 58‑3‑20.  Group plans other than life, annuity or accident and health.
No policy of insurance other than life, annuity or accident and health may be written in North Carolina on a group plan which insures a group of individuals under a master policy at rates lower than those charged for individual policies covering similar risks.  The master policy and certificates, if any, shall be first approved by the Commissioner and the rate, premiums or other essential information shall be shown on the certificate. (1945, c. 377.)

§ 58‑3‑25.  Discriminatory practices prohibited.
(a)	No insurer shall after September 1, 1975, base any standard or rating plan for private passenger automobiles or motorcycles, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, upon the age or sex of the persons insured.
(b)	No insurer shall refuse to insure or refuse to continue to insure an individual, limit the amount, extent, or kind of coverage available to an individual, or charge an individual a different rate for the same coverage, solely because of blindness or partial blindness or deafness or partial deafness.  With respect to all other physical conditions, including the underlying cause of the blindness or partial blindness or deafness or partial deafness, individuals who are blind or partially blind shall be subject to the same standards of sound actuarial principles or actual or reasonably anticipated experience as are sighted individuals or individuals whose hearing is not impaired.  Refusal to insure or refusal to continue to insure includes denial by an insurer providing disability insurance on the grounds that the policy defines disability as being presumed in the event that the insured loses his eyesight or hearing:  Provided that an insurer providing disability insurance may except disability coverage for blindness, partial blindness, deafness, or partial deafness when those conditions existed at the time the application was made for the disability insurance policy.  The provisions of this subsection shall be construed to supplement the provisions of G.S. 58‑63‑15(7) and G.S. 168‑10.  This subsection shall apply only to the underwriting of life insurance, accident, health, or accident and health insurance under Articles 1 through 66 of this Chapter, and annuities.
(c)	No insurer shall refuse to insure or refuse to continue to insure an individual; limit the amount, extent, or kind of coverage available to an individual; or charge an individual a different rate for the same coverage, because of the race, color, or national or ethnic origin of that individual.  This subsection supplements the provisions of G.S. 58‑3‑120, 58‑33‑80, 58‑58‑35, and 58‑63‑15(7). (1975, c. 666, s. 1; 1985, c. 267, s. 1; 1989, c. 485, s. 22; 1991, c. 720, s. 67.)

§ 58‑3‑30.  Meaning of terms "accident", "accidental injury", and "accidental means".
(a)	This section applies to the provisions of all group life, group accident, group health, and group accident and health insurance policies and group annuities under Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter that are issued on or after October 1, 1989, and preferred provider arrangements under Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter that are entered into on or after October 1, 1989.
(b)	"Accident", "accidental injury", and "accidental means" shall be defined to imply "result" language and shall not include words that establish an accidental means test. (1989, c. 485, s. 10.)

§ 58‑3‑33.  Insurer conditionally required to provide information.
(a)	A person who claims to have been physically injured or to have incurred property damage where such injury or damage is subject to a policy of nonfleet private passenger automobile insurance may request by certified mail directed to the insurance adjuster or to the insurance company (Attention Corporate Secretary) at its last known principal place of business that the insurance company provide information regarding the policy's limits of coverage under the applicable policy. Upon receipt of such a request, which shall include the policyholder's name, and, if available, policy number, the insurance company shall notify that person within 15 business days, on a form developed by the Department, that the insurer is required to provide this information prior to litigation only if the person seeking the information satisfies all of the following conditions:
(1)	The person seeking the information submits to the insurer the person's written consent to all of the person's medical providers to release to the insurer the person's medical records for the three years prior to the date on which the claim arose, as well as all medical records pertaining to the claimed injury.
(2)	The person seeking the information submits to the insurer the person's written consent to participate in mediation of the person's claim under G.S. 7A‑38.3A.
(3)	The person seeking the information submits to the insurer a copy of the accident report required under G.S. 20‑166.1 and a description of the events at issue with sufficient particularity to permit the insurer to make an initial determination of the potential liability of its insured.
(b)	Within 30 days of receiving the person's written documents required under subsection (a) of this section, the insurer shall provide the policy limits.
(c)	Disclosure of the policy limits under this section shall not constitute an admission that the alleged injury or damage is subject to the policy.
(d)	This section does not apply to claims seeking recovery for medical malpractice or claims for which an insurer intends to deny coverage under any policy of insurance. (2003‑307, s. 1; 2004‑199, s. 21.)

§ 58‑3‑35.  Stipulations as to jurisdiction and limitation of actions.
(a)	No insurer, self‑insurer, service corporation, HMO, MEWA, continuing care provider, viatical settlement provider, or professional employer organization licensed under this Chapter shall make any condition or stipulation in its contracts concerning the court or jurisdiction in which any suit or action on the contract may be brought.
(b)	No insurer, self‑insurer, service corporation, HMO, MEWA, continuing care provider, viatical settlement provider, or professional employer organization licensed under this Chapter shall limit the time within which any suit or action referred to in subsection (a) of this section may be commenced to less than the period prescribed by law.
(c)	All conditions and stipulations forbidden by this section are void. (1899, c. 54, ss. 23, 106; 1901, c. 391, s. 8; Rev., s. 4809; C.S., s. 6290; 2001‑334, s. 1; 2007‑298, s. 7.1; 2007‑484, s. 43.5.)

§ 58‑3‑40.  Proof of loss forms required to be furnished.
When any company under any insurance policy requires a written proof of loss after notice of such loss has been given by the insured or beneficiary, the company or its representative shall furnish a blank to be used for that purpose.  If such forms are not so furnished within 15 days after the receipt of such notice the claimant shall be deemed to have complied with the requirements of this policy as to proof of loss, upon submitting within the time fixed in the policy for filing proofs of loss, written proof covering the occurrence, character, and extent of the loss for which claim is made. (1945, c. 377.)

§ 58‑3‑45.  Insurance as security for a loan by the company.
Where an insurance company, as a condition for a loan by such company, of money upon mortgage or other security, requires that the borrower insure either his life or that of another, or his property, or the title to his property, with the company, and assign or cause to be assigned to it a policy of insurance as security for the loan, and agree to pay premiums thereon during the continuance of the loan, whether the premium is paid annually, semiannually, quarterly, or monthly, such premiums shall not be considered as interest on such loans, nor will any loan be rendered usurious by reason of any such requirements, where the rate of interest charged for the loan does not exceed the legal rate and where the premiums charged for the insurance do not exceed the premiums charged to other persons for similar policies who do not obtain loans. (1915, c. 8; 1917, c. 61; C.S., s. 6291.)

§ 58‑3‑50.  Companies must do business in own name; emblems, insignias, etc.
Every insurance company or group of companies must conduct its business in the State in, and the policies and contracts of insurance issued by it shall be headed or entitled only by, its proper or corporate name or names. There shall not appear on the policy anything that would indicate that it is the obligation of any other than the company or companies responsible for the payment of losses under the policy, though it will be permissible to stamp or print on the policy, the name or names of the department or general agency issuing the same, and the group of companies with which the company is financially affiliated. The use of any emblem, insignia, or anything other than the true and proper corporate name of the company or group of companies shall be permitted only with the approval of the Commissioner; provided that, with the exception of policies subject to the provisions of Article 36 of this Chapter, a coverage within a policy may be issued by more than one company, so long as the policy clearly identifies the company responsible for each coverage.  (1899, c. 54, s. 18; Rev., s. 4811; C.S., s. 6292; 1945, c. 377; 1951, c. 781, s. 10; 1995, c. 193, s. 9; 2015‑281, s. 10.)

§ 58‑3‑55.  Must not pay death benefits in services.
No insurance company now doing business in this State or that may hereafter be authorized to do business in this State issuing contracts providing benefits in the event of death shall issue any contract providing for the payment of benefits in merchandise or service to be rendered to such policyholder or his beneficiary. (1945, c. 377.)

§ 58‑3‑60.  Publication of assets and liabilities; penalty for failure.
When any company publishes its assets, it must in the same connection and with equal conspicuousness publish its liabilities computed on the basis allowed for its annual statements; and any publications purporting to show its capital must exhibit only the amount of such capital as has been actually paid in cash.  Any company or agent thereof who violates this section shall be guilty of a Class 3 misdemeanor and, upon conviction, shall be punished only by a fine of not less than five hundred dollars ($500.00) nor more than one thousand dollars ($1,000). (1899, c. 54, ss. 18, 96; Rev., ss. 3492, 4812; C.S., s. 6293; 1985, c. 666, s. 14; 1993, c. 539, s. 446; 1994, Ex. Sess., c. 24, s. 14(c).)

§ 58‑3‑65.  Publication of financial information.
Notwithstanding any other provision of the laws of this State an insurer may, subject to requirements set forth by regulation promulgated by the Commissioner, publish financial statements or information based on financial statements prepared on a basis which is in accordance with requirements of a competent authority and which differs from the basis of the statements which have been filed with the Commissioner.  Such differing financial statements or information based on financial statements shall not be made the basis for the application of provisions of any laws of this State not relating solely to the publication of financial information unless such provisions specifically so require. (1973, c. 1130; 1991, c. 720, s. 5.)

§ 58‑3‑70:  Repealed by Session Laws 1993, c.  452, s. 65.

§ 58‑3‑71.  Unearned premium reserves.
(a)	Every insurance company, other than a life or real estate title insurance company, shall maintain reserves equal to the unearned portions of the gross premiums charged on unexpired or unterminated risks and policies.
(b)	No deductions may be made from the gross premiums in force except for original premiums canceled on risks terminated or reduced before expiration, or except for premiums paid or credited for risks reinsured with other solvent assuming insurers authorized to transact business in this State.
(c)	Premiums charged for bulk or portfolio reinsurance assumed from other insurers shall be included as premiums in force on the basis of the original premiums and original terms of the policies of the ceding insurer.
(d)	Reinsurance ceded to an authorized assuming insurer may be deducted on the basis of original premiums and original terms, except in the case of excess loss or catastrophe reinsurance, which may be deducted only on the basis of actual reinsurance premiums and actual reinsurance terms.
(e)	The reserve for unearned premiums shall be computed on an actual basis or may be computed on the monthly pro rata fractional basis if in the opinion of the Commissioner this method produces an adequate reserve.
(f)	With respect to marine insurance, premiums on trip risks not terminated shall be deemed unearned; and the Commissioner may require a reserve to be carried thereon equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the premiums on trip risks written during the month ended as of the statement date.
(g)	The Commissioner may adopt rules for the unearned premium reserve computation for premiums covering indefinite terms. (1993, c. 452, s. 1.)

§ 58‑3‑72.  Premium deficiency reserves.
(a)	In determining the financial condition of any casualty, fidelity, and surety company and any fire and marine company referred to in G.S. 58‑7‑75, and in any financial statement or report of the company, there shall be included in the liabilities of the company premium deficiency reserves at least equal to the amounts required under this section. The date as of which the determination, statement, or report is made is known as the "date of determination."
(b)	For all recorded unearned premium reserves, a premium deficiency reserve shall be calculated to include the amount by which the anticipated losses, loss adjustment expenses, commissions and other acquisition costs, and maintenance costs exceed the sum of those unearned premium reserves and any related expected future installment premiums as of the date of determination.
(c)	Except as provided in subsection (f) of this section, commissions, other acquisition costs, and premium taxes do not have to be considered in the determination of the premium deficiency reserve, to the extent that they have previously been incurred.
(d)	Except as provided in subsection (f) of this section, no reduction shall be taken for anticipated investment income in the determination of the premium deficiency reserve.
(e)	For purposes of determining if a premium deficiency exists, insurance contracts shall be grouped in a manner consistent with the way in which such policies are marketed or serviced.
(f)	If the Commissioner determines that the premium deficiency reserves of any company that have been calculated in accordance with this section are inadequate or excessive, the Commissioner may prescribe any other basis that will produce adequate and reasonable reserves. (2001‑223, s. 1.1.)

§ 58‑3‑75.  Loss and loss expense reserves of fire and marine insurance companies.
In any determination of the financial condition of any fire or marine or fire and marine insurance company authorized to do business in this State, such company shall be charged, in addition to its unearned premium liability as prescribed in G.S. 58‑3‑71, with a liability for loss reserves in an amount equal to the aggregate of the estimated amounts payable on all outstanding claims reported to it which arose out of any contract of insurance or reinsurance made by it, and in addition thereto an amount fairly estimated as necessary to provide for unreported losses incurred on or prior to the date of such determination, as defined in G.S. 58‑3‑81(a), and including, both as to reported and unreported claims, an amount estimated as necessary to provide for the expense of adjusting such claims, and there shall be deducted, in determining such liability for loss reserves, the amount of reinsurance recoverable by such company, in respect to such claims, from assuming insurers in accordance with G.S. 58‑7‑21. Such loss and loss expense reserves shall be calculated in accordance with any method adopted or approved by the NAIC, unless the Commissioner determines that another more conservative method is appropriate. (1945, c. 377; 1993, c. 452, s. 2; 1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 678, s. 4.)

§ 58‑3‑80:  Repealed by Session Laws 1993, c.  452, s. 65.

§ 58‑3‑81.  Loss and loss expense reserves of casualty insurance and surety companies.
(a)	In determining the financial condition of any casualty insurance or surety company and in any financial statement or report of any such company, there shall be included in the liabilities of that company loss reserves and loss expense reserves at least equal to the amounts required under this section. The amount of those reserves shall be diminished by an allowance or credit for reinsurance recoverable from assuming reinsurers in accordance with G.S. 58‑7‑21 or G.S. 58‑7‑26. The date as of which the determination, statement, or report is made is known as the date of determination.
(b)	For all outstanding losses and loss expenses, the reserves shall be valued as of the date of determination and shall include the following:
(1)	The aggregate estimated amounts due for losses and loss adjustment expenses on account of all known claims.
(2)	The aggregate estimated amounts due for losses and loss adjustment expenses on account of all unknown, incurred but not reported claims.
(c)	Except as provided in subsection (e) of this section, the minimum loss and loss expense reserves for workers' compensation insurance shall be determined as follows:
(1)	In the case of indemnity benefits where tabular reserves are prescribed for the reporting of such benefits under the Workers' Compensation Statistical Plan (WCSP) of the National Council on Compensation Insurance, the minimum reserve shall be the result obtained by the application of the appropriate pension table in the WCSP, unless the reserve required by any method adopted or approved by the NAIC is greater, in which case that greater reserve shall be used.
(2)	In all other cases, including other indemnity benefits, medical benefits, and loss adjustment expense, the reserve shall be determined by subsection (b) of this section, unless the reserve required by any method adopted or approved by the NAIC is greater, in which case that greater reserve shall be used.
(d)	Repealed by Session Laws 2001‑223, s. 1.2.
(e)	Whenever in the judgment of the Commissioner the loss and loss expense reserves of any casualty or surety company doing business in this State calculated in accordance with the foregoing provisions are inadequate or excessive, he may prescribe any other basis that will produce adequate and reasonable reserves.
(f)	Every casualty insurance and every surety company doing business in this State shall keep a complete and itemized record showing all losses and claims on which it has received notices, including all notices received by it of the occurrence of any event that may result in a loss. (1993, c. 452, s. 3; 2001‑223, s. 1.2.)

§ 58‑3‑85.  Corporation or association maintaining office in State required to qualify and secure license.
Any corporation or voluntary association, other than an association of companies, the members of which are licensed in this State, issuing contracts of insurance and maintaining a principal, branch, or other office within this State, whether soliciting business in this State or in foreign states, shall qualify under the insurance laws of this State applicable to the type of insurance written by such corporation or association and secure license from the Commissioner as provided under Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter on insurance, as amended, and the officers and agents of any such corporation or association maintaining offices within this State and failing to qualify and secure license as herein provided shall be deemed guilty of a Class 1 misdemeanor. (1937, c. 39; 1991, c. 720, s. 4; 1993, c. 539, s. 447; 1994, Ex. Sess., c. 24, s. 14(c).)

§ 58‑3‑90: Repealed by Session Laws 2001‑223, s. 2.1.

§ 58‑3‑95:  Repealed by Session Laws 1991, c.  720, s. 71.

§ 58‑3‑100.  Insurance company licensing provisions.
(a)	The Commissioner may, after notice and opportunity for a hearing, revoke, suspend, or restrict the license of any insurer if:
(1)	The insurer fails or refuses to comply with any law, order or rule applicable to the insurer.
(2)	After considering the standards under G.S. 58‑30‑60(b), the Commissioner determines that the continued operation of the insurer is hazardous to its policyholders, to its creditors, or to the general public.
(3)	The insurer has published or made to the Department or to the public any false statement or report.
(4)	The insurer or any of the insurer's officers, directors, employees, or other representatives refuse to submit to any examination authorized by law or refuse to perform any legal obligation in relation to an examination.
(5)	The insurer is found to make a practice of unduly engaging in litigation or of delaying the investigation of claims or the adjustment or payment of valid claims.
(b)	Any suspension, revocation or refusal to renew an insurer's license under this section may also be made applicable to the license or registration of any individual regulated under this Chapter who is a party to any of the causes for licensing sanctions listed in subsection (a) of this section.
(c)	The Commissioner may impose a civil penalty under G.S. 58‑2‑70 if an HMO, service corporation, MEWA, or insurer fails to acknowledge a claim within 30 days after receiving written or electronic notice of the claim, but only if the notice contains sufficient information for the insurer to identify the specific coverage involved. Acknowledgement of the claim shall be one of the following:
(1)	A statement made to the claimant or to the claimant's legal representative advising that the claim is being investigated.
(2)	Payment of the claim.
(3)	A bona fide written offer of settlement.
(4)	A written denial of the claim.
A claimant includes an insured, a beneficiary of a life or annuity contract, a health care provider, or a health care facility that is responsible for directly making the claim with an insurer, HMO, service corporation, or MEWA. With respect to a claim under an accident, health, or disability policy, if the acknowledgement sent to the claimant indicates that the claim remains under investigation, within 45 days after receipt by the insurer of the initial claim, the insurer shall send a claim status report to the insured and every 45 days thereafter until the claim is paid or denied. The report shall give details sufficient for the insured to understand why processing of the claim has not been completed and whether the insurer needs additional information to process the claim. If the claim acknowledgement includes information about why processing of the claim has not been completed and indicates whether additional information is needed, it may satisfy the requirement for the initial claim status report. This subsection does not apply to HMOs, service corporations, MEWAs or insurers subject to G.S. 58‑3‑225.
(d)	If a foreign insurance company's license is suspended or revoked, the Commissioner shall cause written notification of the suspension or revocation to be given to all of the company's insurance producers in this State. Until the Commissioner restores the company's license, the company shall not write any new business in this State.
(e)	The Commissioner may, after considering the standards under G.S. 58‑30‑60(b), restrict an insurer's license by prohibiting or limiting the kind or amount of insurance written by that insurer. For a foreign insurer, this restriction relates to the insurer's business conducted in this State. The Commissioner shall remove any restriction under this subsection once the Commissioner determines that the operations of the insurer are no longer hazardous to the public or the insurer's policyholders or creditors. As used in this subsection, "insurer" includes an HMO, service corporation, and MEWA.  (1899, c. 54, ss. 66, 75, 112; 1901, c. 391, s. 5; Rev., ss. 4703, 4705; C.S., s. 6297; 1947, c. 721; 1963, c. 1234; 1993, c. 409, s. 1; 1995, c. 193, s. 10; 1999‑294, s. 9; 2000‑162, s. 4(b); 2001‑223, s. 2.2; 2001‑334, s. 15; 2003‑212, s. 26(a); 2005‑215, s. 2; 2005‑223, s. 7; 2022‑46, s. 14(h).)

§ 58‑3‑102: Repealed by Session Laws 2021‑64, s. 3(c), effective October 1, 2021.

§ 58‑3‑105.  Limitation of risk.
Except as otherwise provided in Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter, no insurer doing business in this State shall expose itself to any loss on any one risk in an amount exceeding ten percent (10%) of its surplus to policyholders. Any risk or portion of any risk which shall have been reinsured shall be deducted in determining the limitation of risk prescribed in this section. This section shall not apply to (i) life insurance, (ii) accident and health insurance, (iii) the insurance of marine risks, or marine protection and indemnity risks, (iv) workers' compensation or employer's liability risks, and (v) certificates of title, guaranties of title or policies of title insurance. For the purpose of determining the limitation of risk under any provision of Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter, "surplus to policyholders" shall
(1)	Be deemed to include any voluntary reserves, or any part thereof, which are not required by or pursuant to law, and
(2)	Be determined from the last sworn statement of such insurer on file with the Commissioner pursuant to law, or by the last report on examination filed by the Commissioner, whichever is more recent at the time of assumption of such risk.
In applying the limitation of risk under any provision of Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter to alien insurers, such provision shall be deemed to refer to the exposure to risk and to the surplus to policyholders of the United States branch of such alien insurer.  (1945, c. 377; 1991, c. 636, s. 3; 2013‑199, s. 1.)

§ 58‑3‑110.  Limitation of liability assumed.
(a)	No company transacting fidelity or surety business in this State shall expose itself to any loss on any one fidelity or surety risk or hazard in an amount exceeding ten per centum (10%) of its policyholders' surplus, unless it shall be protected in excess of that amount by:
(1)	Reinsurance in such form as to enable the obligee or beneficiary to maintain an action thereon against the company reinsured jointly with such reinsurer and, upon recovering judgment against such reinsured, to have recovery against such reinsurer for payment to the extent in which it may be liable under such reinsurance and in discharge thereof; or
(2)	The cosuretyship of such a company similarly authorized; or
(3)	By deposit with it in pledge or conveyance to it in trust for its protection of property; or
(4)	By conveyance or mortgage for its protection; or
(5)	In case a suretyship obligation was made on behalf or on account of a fiduciary holding property in a trust capacity, by deposit or other disposition of a portion of the property so held in trust that no future sale, mortgage, pledge or other disposition can be made thereof without the consent of such company; except by decree or order of a court of competent jurisdiction;
(b)	Provided:
(1)	That such company may execute what are known as transportation or warehousing bonds for United States internal revenue taxes to an amount equal to fifty per centum (50%) of its policyholders' surplus;
(2)	That, when the penalty of the suretyship obligation exceeds the amount of a judgment described therein as appealed from and thereby secured, or exceeds the amount of the subject matter in controversy or of the estate in the hands of the fiduciary for the performance of whose duties it is conditioned, the bond may be executed if the actual amount of the judgment or the subject matter in controversy or estate not subject to the supervision or control of the surety is not in excess of such limitation; and
(3)	That, when the penalty of the suretyship obligation executed for the performance of a contract exceeds the contract price, the latter shall be taken as the basis for estimating the limit of risk within the meaning of this section.
(c)	No such company shall, anything to the contrary in this section notwithstanding, execute suretyship obligations guaranteeing the deposits of any single financial institution in an aggregate amount in excess of ten per centum (10%) of the policyholders' surplus of such surety, unless it shall be protected in excess of that amount by credits in accordance with subdivisions (1), (2), (3) or (4) of subsection (a) of this section: Provided, nothing in this section shall be construed to make invalid any contract entered into by such company with another person, firm, corporation or municipal corporation, notwithstanding any provisions of this section. (1911, c. 28; C.S., s. 6382; 1931, c. 285; 1945, c. 377.)

§ 58‑3‑115.  Twisting with respect to insurance policies; penalties.
No insurer shall make or issue, or cause to be issued, any written or oral statement that willfully misrepresents or willfully makes an incomplete comparison as to the terms, conditions, or benefits contained in any policy of insurance for the purpose of inducing or attempting to induce a policyholder in any way to terminate or surrender, exchange, or convert any insurance policy. Any person who violates this section is subject to the provisions of G.S. 58‑2‑70 or G.S. 58‑3‑100. (1961, c. 823; 1987, c. 629, s. 4; c. 787, s. 2; c. 864, ss. 3(a), 74; 1989, c. 485, s. 25; 1999‑132, s. 1.3.)

§ 58‑3‑120.  Discrimination forbidden.
(a)	No company doing the business of insurance as defined in G.S. 58‑7‑15 shall make any discrimination in favor of any person.
(b)	Discrimination between individuals of the same class in the amount of premiums or rates charged for any policy of insurance covered by Articles 50 through 55 of this Chapter, or in the benefits payable thereon, or in any of the terms or conditions of such policy, or in any other manner whatsoever, is prohibited. (1903, c. 488, s. 2; 1905, c. 170, s. 2; Rev., s. 4766; C.S., s. 6430; 1923, c. 4, s. 70; 1925, c. 70, s. 6; 1945, c. 458; 1987, c. 629, s. 5; 2001‑297, s. 4.)

§ 58‑3‑121.  Discrimination against coverage of certain bones and joints prohibited.
(a)	Discrimination against coverage of procedures involving bones or joints of the jaw, face, or head is prohibited in any health benefit plan. Whenever a health benefit plan provides coverage on a group or individual basis for diagnostic, therapeutic, or surgical procedures involving bones or joints of the human skeletal structure, that plan may not exclude or deny the same coverage for procedures involving any bone or joint of the jaw, face, or head, so long as the procedure is medically necessary to treat a condition which prevents normal functioning of the particular bone or joint involved and the condition is caused by congenital deformity, disease, or traumatic injury. The coverage required by this section involving bones or joints of the jaw, face, or head shall be subject to the same conditions and limitations as are applicable to coverage of procedures involving other bones and joints of the human skeletal structure.
(b)	For purposes of this section, in providing coverage for the treatment of conditions of the jaw (temporomandibular joint), authorized therapeutic procedures shall include splinting and use of intraoral prosthetic appliances to reposition the bones. Payment for these therapeutic procedures, and for procedures involved in any other nonsurgical treatment of temporomandibular joint dysfunction, may be subjected to a reasonable lifetime maximum dollar amount. Nothing in this subsection shall require a health benefit plan to cover orthodontic braces, crowns, bridges, dentures, treatment for periodontal disease, dental root form implants, or root canals.
(c)	For purposes of this section, "health benefit plan" means accident and health insurance policies or certificates; nonprofit hospital or medical service corporation contracts; health, hospital, or medical service corporation plan contracts; health maintenance (HMO) subscriber contracts; and plans provided by a MEWA or plans provided by other benefit arrangements, to the extent permitted by ERISA. (1995, c. 483, s. 1.)

§ 58‑3‑122.  Anesthesia and hospital charges necessary for safe and effective administration of dental procedures for young children, persons with serious mental or physical conditions, and persons with significant behavioral problems; coverage in health benefit plans.
(a)	All health benefit plans shall provide coverage for payment of anesthesia and hospital or facility charges for services performed in a hospital or ambulatory surgical facility in connection with dental procedures for children below the age of nine years, persons with serious mental or physical conditions, and persons with significant behavioral problems, where the provider treating the patient involved certifies that, because of the patient's age or condition or problem, hospitalization or general anesthesia is required in order to safely and effectively perform the procedures. The same deductibles, coinsurance, network requirements, medical necessity provisions, and other limitations as apply to physical illness benefits under the health benefit plan shall apply to coverage for anesthesia and hospital or facility charges required to be covered under this section.
(b)	As used in this section, the term:
(1)	"Health benefit plan" means an accident and health insurance policy or certificate; a nonprofit hospital or medical service corporation contract; a health maintenance organization subscriber contract; a plan provided by a multiple employer welfare arrangement; or a plan provided by another benefit arrangement, to the extent permitted by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or by any waiver of or other exception to that Act provided under federal law or regulation. "Health benefit plan" does not mean any plan implemented or administered by the North Carolina Department of Health and Human Services or the United States Department of Health and Human Services, or any successor agency, or its representatives. "Health benefit plan" also does not mean any of the following kinds of insurance:
a.	Accident.
b.	Credit.
c.	Disability income.
d.	Long‑term care or nursing home care.
e.	Medicare supplement.
f.	Specified disease.
g.	Dental or vision.
h.	Coverage issued as a supplement to liability insurance.
i.	Workers' compensation.
j.	Medical payments under automobile or homeowners.
k.	Hospital income or indemnity.
l.	Insurance under which benefits are payable with or without regard to fault and that is statutorily required to be contained in any liability policy or equivalent self‑insurance.
(2)	"Insurer" includes an insurance company subject to this Chapter, a service corporation organized under Article 65 of this Chapter, a health maintenance organization organized under Article 67 of this Chapter, or a multiple employer welfare arrangement subject to Article 50A of this Chapter.  (1999‑134, s. 1; 2019‑202, s. 8.)

§ 58‑3‑125.  Repealed by Session Laws 1999‑132, s. 1.1.

§ 58‑3‑130.  Insurance producer, adjuster, etc., acting without a license or violating insurance law.
If any person shall assume to act either as principal, insurance producer, limited representative, adjuster or motor vehicle damage appraiser without license as is required by law or, pretending to be a principal, insurance producer, limited representative, adjuster or licensed motor vehicle damage appraiser, shall solicit, examine or inspect any risk, or shall examine into, adjust, or aid in adjusting any loss, investigate or advise relative to the nature and amount of damages to motor vehicles or the amount necessary to effect repairs thereto, or shall receive, collect, or transmit any premium of insurance, or shall do any other act in the soliciting, making or executing any contract of insurance of any kind otherwise than the law permits, or as principal or agent shall violate any provision of law contained in Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter, the punishment for which is not elsewhere provided for, he shall be deemed guilty of a Class 1 misdemeanor.  (1899, c. 54, s. 115; Rev., s. 3490; C.S., s. 6310; 1945, c. 458; 1949, c. 958, s. 1; 1951, c. 105, s. 1; 1971, c. 757, s. 7; 1985, c. 666, s. 20; 1987, c. 629, s. 9; 1993, c. 539, s. 448; 1994, Ex. Sess., c. 24, s. 14(c); 2022‑46, s. 14(i).)

§ 58‑3‑135.  Certain insurance activities by lenders with customers prohibited.
No lender shall require the purchase of insurance from such lender or subsidiary or affiliate of such lender as a condition to the making, renewing or refinancing of any loan or to the establishing of any of the terms or conditions of such loan. Lenders shall not include organizations of the Farm Credit System. (1985, c. 679, s. 1.)

§ 58‑3‑137.  Prohibition on provisions relating to replacement cost estimators.
(a)	No person may require an insurance company or their designated agent to provide the replacement cost estimator or other underwriting or related proprietary business information of an insurer underwriting an insurance policy covering real property, as a condition precedent or condition subsequent to the lending of money or extension of credit to be secured by real property. For purposes of this section, "proprietary business information of an insurer" means information, regardless of form or characteristics, which is owned or controlled by an insurer, or a person or an affiliated person who seeks acquisition of controlling stock in a domestic stock insurer or controlling company, and which (i) is intended to be and is treated by the insurer or the person as private in that the disclosure of the information would cause harm to the insurer, the person, or the company's business operations and that the information has not been disclosed unless disclosed pursuant to a statutory requirement, an order of a court or administrative body, or a private agreement that provides that the information will not be released to the public and (ii) is not otherwise readily ascertainable or publicly available by proper means by other persons from another source in the same configuration as requested by the office. This subsection does not apply to sales of insurance regulated under Articles 35, 57, and 58 of this Chapter or under 12 U.S.C. §§ 4901‑4910.
(b)	The Department of Insurance may investigate the affairs of any person to whom this section applies to determine whether such person has violated this section. If a violation of this section is found to have been committed knowingly, the person in violation shall be subject to the same procedures and penalties as provided in Articles 3 and 63 of this Chapter.  (2022‑46, s. 16(a).)

§ 58‑3‑140.  Temporary contracts of insurance permitted.
A lender engaged in making or servicing real estate mortgage or deed of trust loans on one to four family residences shall accept as evidence of insurance a temporary written contract of insurance meeting the requirements of G.S. 58‑44‑20(4) and issued by any duly licensed insurance producer or insurance company.
Nothing herein prohibits the lender from refusing to accept a binder or from disapproving such insurer or insurance producer provided such refusal or disapproval is reasonable.
Such lender need not accept a binder unless such binder:
(1)	Includes:
a.	The name and address of the insured;
b.	The name and address of the mortgagee;
c.	A description of the insured collateral;
d.	A provision that it may not be cancelled within a term of the binder except upon 10 days' written notice to the mortgagee; and
e.	The amount of insurance bound.
(2)	Is accompanied by a paid receipt for one year's premium, except in the case of the renewal of a policy subsequent to the closing of a loan; and
(3)	Includes an undertaking of insurance producer to use his best efforts to have the insurance company issue a policy.
The Department may require binders to contain any additional information to permit the binders to comply with the reasonable requirements of Fannie Mae, the Government National Mortgage Association, or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation for purchase of mortgage loans.  (1989, c. 459, s. 1; 1991, c. 720, s. 4; 2001‑487, s. 14(f); 2022‑46, s. 14(j).)

§ 58‑3‑145.  Solicitation, negotiation or payment of premiums on insurance policies.
An insurer or insurance producer may accept payment of an insurance premium by credit card or debit card if the insurer accepting payment by credit card or debit card meets the following conditions:
(1)	The insurer complies with the prohibition against unfair discrimination contained in G.S. 58‑63‑15(7).
(2)	The insurer pays the fees charged by the credit card company or debit card issuer for the payment of premiums by credit card or debit card.  (1967, c. 1245; 1979, c. 528; 1991, c. 720, s. 7; 1999‑365, s. 1; 2011‑215, s. 1; 2022‑46, s. 14(k).)

§ 58‑3‑147.  Credit card guaranty or collateral prohibited.
No insurer, representative of any insurer, or insurance producer shall enter into any arrangement that involves the sale of insurance or the pledging of existing insurance as guaranty or collateral for the issuance of any credit card.  (1993, c. 226, s. 9; c. 504, s. 40; 2022‑46, s. 14(l).)

§ 58‑3‑149.  Certificates of insurance.
(a)	For the purposes of this section, the following definitions apply:
(1)	Certificate of insurance. – A document prepared or issued exclusively by an insurance company or licensed producer that is used to verify or evidence the existence of property or casualty insurance coverage, including a document submitted or created electronically. Certificate of insurance shall not include a document prepared or issued by an insurance company or producer that is used to verify or evidence the existence of property insurance provided to a lender covering real or personal property which serves as the lender's security for commercial mortgages.
(2)	Commercial mortgages. – Mortgages or other instruments given for the purpose of creating a lien encumbering office, multiunit residential, apartments, commercial, or industrial properties. Commercial mortgages shall not include a lien encumbering one‑ to four‑family residential properties.
(b)	A certificate of insurance is not a policy of insurance and does not amend, extend, or alter the coverage afforded by the policy to which the certificate of insurance makes reference. A certificate of insurance shall not confer to a certificate of insurance holder new or additional rights beyond what the referenced policy of insurance expressly provides.
(c)	It is unlawful for any person to knowingly prepare, issue, request, or require a certificate of insurance that meets any of the following criteria:
(1)	Has not been filed with and approved by the Commissioner.
(2)	Contains any false or misleading information concerning the policy of insurance to which the certificate of insurance makes reference.
(3)	Purports to alter, amend, or extend the coverage provided by the policy of insurance to which the certificate of insurance makes reference.
(d)	Any person not otherwise subject to regulation under Chapter 58 of the General Statutes who prepares, issues, requests, or requires a certificate of insurance that meets the criteria of subdivision (2) or (3) of subsection (c) of this section is subject to a civil penalty of up to five thousand dollars ($5,000). The clear proceeds of the penalty shall be remitted to the Civil Penalty and Forfeiture Fund in accordance with G.S. 115C‑457.2. Payment of the civil penalty under this section shall be in addition to payment of any other penalty for a violation of the criminal laws of this State.
(e)	A holder of a certificate of insurance shall have a legal right to notice of cancellation, nonrenewal, or any material change, or any similar notice concerning a policy of insurance, only if the holder is named within the policy or any endorsement and the policy or endorsement requires notice to be provided to the holder. The terms and conditions of the notice, including the required timing of the notice, are governed by the policy of insurance and cannot be altered by a certificate of insurance.  (2011‑196, s. 3; 2021‑177, s. 2.)

§ 58‑3‑150.  Forms to be approved by Commissioner.
(a)	It is unlawful for any insurance company licensed and admitted to do business in this State to issue, sell, or dispose of any policy, contract, certificate, or certificate of insurance, or use applications in connection therewith, until the forms of the same have been submitted to and approved by the Commissioner, and copies filed in the Department. If a policy form filing is disapproved by the Commissioner, the Commissioner may return the filing to the filer. As used in this section, "policy form" includes endorsements, riders, or amendments to policies that have already been approved by the Commissioner.
(b)	With respect to group and blanket accident and health insurance, group life insurance, and group annuity policies issued and delivered to a trust or to an association outside of this State and covering persons resident in this State, the group certificates to be delivered or issued for delivery in this State shall be filed with and approved by the Commissioner pursuant to subsection (a) of this section.
(c)	If not submitted electronically, all contracts, literature, advertising materials, letters, and other documents submitted to the Department to comply with the filing requirements of this Chapter or an administrative rule adopted pursuant to this Chapter shall be submitted on paper eight and one‑half inches by eleven inches. Brochures and pamphlets shall not be stapled or bound.
(d)	through (g) Recodified as G.S. 58‑3‑149 by Session Laws 2021‑177, s. 2, effective January 1, 2022.  (1907, c. 879; 1913, c. 139; C.S., s. 6312; 1945, c. 377; 1987, c. 752, s. 7; 1989, c. 485, s. 9; 1991, c. 720, ss. 5, 51; 1993, c. 506, s. 1; 1998‑211, s. 37.3(a); 2003‑290, s. 3; 2011‑196, s. 3; 2021‑177, s. 2.)

§ 58‑3‑151.  Deemer provisions.
No entity subject to the Commissioner's jurisdiction and regulation shall be fined or penalized by the Commissioner for using forms, contracts, schedules of premiums, or other documents required to be filed and approved under this Chapter or for executing contracts required to be filed and approved under this Chapter if those forms, contracts, schedules of premiums, or other documents have been by law deemed to have been approved, and the entity has notified the Commissioner before using the filing or executing the contract that the law has deemed the filing or the contract to be approved. (2001‑334, s. 14.)

§ 58‑3‑152.  Excess liability policies; uninsured and underinsured motorist coverages.
With respect to policy forms that provide excess liability coverage, an insurer may limit or exclude coverage for uninsured motorists as provided in G.S. 20‑279.21(b)(3) and for underinsured motorists as provided in G.S. 20‑279.21(b)(4). (1997‑396, s. 1.)

§ 58‑3‑155.  Business transacted with insurer‑controlled brokers.
(a)	As used in this section:
(1)	"Broker" has the same meaning as defined in G.S. 58‑33‑10(3).
(2)	"Control" or "controlled" means the direct or indirect possession of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract other than a commercial contract for goods or nonmanagement services, or otherwise, unless the power is the result of an official position with or a corporate office held by the person. Control is presumed to exist if any person directly or indirectly owns, controls, holds with the power to vote, or holds proxies representing ten percent (10%) or more of the voting securities of any other person.
(b)	The Commissioner may determine, after furnishing all persons in interest notice and opportunity to be heard and making specific findings of fact to support that determination, that control exists in fact, notwithstanding the absence of a presumption to that effect. The Commissioner may determine upon application that any person does not or will not upon the taking of some proposed action control another person. The Commissioner may prospectively revoke or modify that determination, after notice and opportunity to be heard whenever in the Commissioner's judgment revocation or modification is consistent with this section.
(c)	No licensed property or casualty insurer that has control of a broker may accept insurance from the broker in any transaction in which the broker, when the insurance is placed, is acting as such on behalf of the insured for any compensation, commission, or thing of value unless the broker, before the effective date of the coverage, delivers written notice to the prospective insured disclosing the relationship between the insurer and broker. The disclosure must be signed by the insured and must be retained in the insurer's underwriting file until the completion and release of the examination report under G.S. 58‑2‑131 through G.S. 58‑2‑134 for the period in which the coverage is in effect. If the insurance is placed through a subbroker that is not a controlled broker, the controlling insurer shall retain in its records a signed commitment from the subbroker that the subbroker is aware of the relationship between the insurer and the broker and that the subbroker has notified or will notify the insured.
(d)	This section does not affect the rights of policyholders, claimants, creditors, or other third parties.  (1991, c. 681, s. 9; 1999‑132, s. 11.1; 2022‑46, s. 14(m).)

§ 58‑3‑160.  Sale of company or major reorganization; license to be restricted.
The Commissioner shall restrict the license by prohibiting new or renewal insurance business transacted in this State by any licensed insurer that, in anticipation of a sale of the insurer to new owners or a major reorganization of the business or management of the insurer, transfers all of its existing insurance business to another insurer through an assumption reinsurance agreement or does not write any new insurance business for over one year.  The restriction shall remain in force until after the insurer has filed the following information with the Commissioner and the Commissioner has granted approval:
(1)	Biographical information in a form acceptable to the Commissioner for each new owner, director, or management person;
(2)	A detailed and complete plan of operation describing the kinds of insurance to be written and the method in which the reorganized insurer will perform its various functions;
(3)	Financial projections of the anticipated operational results of the reorganized insurer for the succeeding three years based on the capitalization of the reorganized insurer and its plan of operation, which must be prepared by a properly qualified individual, be in sufficient detail for a complete analysis to be performed, and be accompanied by a list of the assumptions used in making the projections; and
(4)	Any other information the Commissioner considers to be pertinent for a proper analysis of the reorganized insurer. (1991, c. 681, s. 10.)

§ 58‑3‑165.  Business transacted with producer‑controlled property or casualty insurers.
(a)	As used in this section:
(1)	"Accredited state" means a state in which the insurance department or regulatory agency has qualified as meeting the minimum financial regulatory standards promulgated and established from time to time by the NAIC.
(2)	"Captive insurer" means an insurance company that is owned by another organization and whose exclusive purpose is to insure risks of the parent organization and affiliated companies. In the case of groups and associations, "captive insurer" means an insurance organization that is owned by the insureds, and whose exclusive purpose is to insure risks of member organizations or group members and their affiliates. "Captive insurer" does not include a risk retention group licensed under Part 9 of Article 10 of this Chapter.
(3)	"Control" and its cognates mean the direct or indirect possession of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract other than a commercial contract for goods or nonmanagement services, or otherwise, unless the power is the result of an official position with or corporate office held by the person. Control is presumed to exist if any person directly or indirectly owns, controls, holds with the power to vote, or holds proxies representing ten percent (10%) or more of the voting securities of any other person.
(4)	"Controlled insurer" means an insurer that is controlled, directly or indirectly, by a producer.
(5)	"Controlling producer" means a producer who, directly or indirectly, controls an insurer.
(6)	"Insurer" means any person licensed to write property or casualty insurance in this State. "Insurer" includes a risk retention group licensed under Part 9 of Article 10 of this Chapter but excludes a residual market mechanism, a joint underwriting authority, and a captive insurer.
(7)	"Producer" means an insurance broker or brokers or any other person, when, for any compensation, commission, or other thing of value, that person acts or aids in any manner in soliciting, negotiating, or procuring the making of any insurance contract on behalf of an insured other than that person. "Producer" does not mean an exclusive agent or any independent agent acting on behalf of a controlled insurer, including any subagent or representative of the agent, who acts as such in the solicitation of, negotiation for, or procurement or making of an insurance contract, if the agent is not also acting in the capacity of an insurance broker in the transaction in question.
(b)	The Commissioner may determine, after furnishing all persons in interest notice and opportunity to be heard and making specific findings of fact to support the determination, that control exists in fact, notwithstanding the absence of a presumption to that effect. The Commissioner may determine upon application that any person does not or will not upon the taking of some proposed action control another person. The Commissioner may prospectively revoke or modify that determination, after notice and opportunity to be heard, whenever in the Commissioner's judgment revocation or modification is consistent with this section.
(c)	This section applies to insurers that are either domiciled in this State or domiciled in a state that is not an accredited state having in effect a substantially similar law. The provisions of Article 19 of this Chapter, to the extent they are not superseded by this section, apply to all parties within holding company systems subject to this section.
(d)	The provisions of this section apply if, in any calendar year, the aggregate amount of gross written premiums on business placed with a controlled insurer by a controlling producer is equal to or greater than five percent (5%) of the admitted assets of the controlled insurer, as reported in the controlled insurer's most recent annual statement or its quarterly statement filed as of September 30 of the prior year. The provisions of this section do not apply if:
(1)	The controlling producer places insurance only with the controlled insurer, or only with the controlled insurer and a member or members of the controlled insurer's holding company system, or the controlled insurer's parent, affiliate, or subsidiary and receives no compensation based upon the amount of premiums written in connection with that insurance; and the controlling producer accepts insurance placements only from nonaffiliated subproducers, and not directly from insureds; and
(2)	The controlled insurer, except for insurance business written through a residual market mechanism, accepts insurance business only from a controlling producer, a producer controlled by the controlled insurer, or a producer that is a subsidiary of the controlled insurer.
(e)	A controlled insurer shall not accept business from a controlling producer and a controlling producer shall not place business with a controlled insurer unless there is a written contract between the producer and the insurer specifying the responsibilities of each party, and unless the contract has been approved by the board of directors of the insurer and contains all of the following minimum provisions:
(1)	The insurer may terminate the contract for cause, upon written notice to the producer. The insurer shall suspend the producer's authority to write business during the pendency of any dispute regarding the cause for the termination.
(2)	The producer shall render accounts to the insurer detailing all material transactions, including information necessary to support all commissions, charges, and other fees received by, or owing to, the producer.
(3)	The producer shall remit all funds due under the contract terms to the insurer on at least a monthly basis. The due date shall be fixed so that premiums or installments of premiums collected shall be remitted no later than 90 days after the effective date of any policy placed with the insurer under this contract.
(4)	The producer shall hold all funds collected for the insurer's account in a fiduciary capacity, in one or more appropriately identified bank accounts in banks that are members of the Federal Reserve System, in accordance with the provisions of this Chapter as applicable. Funds of a producer who is not required to be licensed in this State shall be maintained in compliance with the requirements of the producer's domiciliary jurisdiction.
(5)	The producer shall maintain separately identifiable records of business written for the insurer.
(6)	The producer shall not assign the contract in whole or in part.
(7)	The insurer shall provide the producer with its underwriting standards, rules and procedures, the manual setting forth the rates to be charged, and the conditions for the acceptance or rejection of risks. The producer shall adhere to the standards, rules, procedures, rates, and conditions. The standards, rules, procedures, rates, and conditions shall be the same as those applicable to comparable business placed with the insurer by a producer other than a controlling producer.
(8)	The rates and terms of the producer's commissions, charges, or other fees and the purposes for the charges or fees. The rates of the commissions, charges, and other fees shall be no greater than those applicable to comparable business placed with the insurer by producers other than controlling producers. For the purposes of this subdivision and subdivision (7) of this subsection, "comparable business" includes the same lines of insurance, same kinds of insurance, same kinds of risks, similar policy limits, and similar quality of business.
(9)	If the contract provides that the producer, on insurance business placed with the insurer, is to be compensated contingent upon the insurer's profits on that business, then the compensation shall not be determined and paid until at least five years after the premiums on liability insurance are earned and at least one year after the premiums are earned on any other insurance. In no event shall the commissions be paid until the adequacy of the insurer's reserves on remaining claims has been independently verified under subsection (g) of this section.
(10)	A limit on the producer's writings in relation to the insurer's surplus and total writings. The insurer may establish a different limit for each line or subline of business. The insurer shall notify the producer when the applicable limit is approached and shall not accept business from the producer if the limit is reached. The producer shall not place business with the insurer if it has been notified by the insurer that the limit has been reached.
(11)	The producer may negotiate but shall not bind reinsurance on behalf of the insurer on business the producer places with the insurer; however, the producer may bind facultative reinsurance contracts under obligatory facultative agreements if the producer's contract with the insurer contains underwriting guidelines including, for both reinsurance assumed and ceded, a list of reinsurers with which the automatic agreements are in effect, the coverages and amounts or percentages that may be reinsured, and commission schedules.
(f)	Every controlled insurer shall have an audit committee, consisting of independent directors, of the insurer's board of directors. The audit committee shall meet annually with the insurer's management, the insurer's independent certified public accountants, and an independent casualty actuary or another independent loss reserve specialist acceptable to the Commissioner, to review the adequacy of the insurer's loss reserves.
(g)	In addition to any other required loss reserve certification, the controlled insurer shall, on or before April 1 of each year, file with the Commissioner an opinion of an independent casualty actuary or of another independent loss reserve specialist acceptable to the Commissioner, reporting loss ratios for each kind of insurance written and attesting to the adequacy of loss reserves established for losses incurred and outstanding and for incurred but not reported losses as of the end of the prior calendar year on business placed by the producer.
(h)	The controlled insurer shall report annually to the Commissioner the amount of commissions paid to the controlling producer, the percentage that amount represents of the net premiums written, and comparable amounts and percentages paid to noncontrolling producers for placements of the same kinds of insurance.
(i)	The controlling producer, before the effective date of any policy, shall deliver written notice to the prospective insured disclosing the relationship between the producer and the controlled insurer: However, if the business is placed through a subproducer who is not a controlling producer, the controlling producer shall retain in the controlling producer's records a signed commitment from the subproducer that the subproducer is aware of the relationship between the insurer and the producer and that the subproducer has or will notify the prospective insured.
(j)	If the Commissioner believes that a controlling producer or any other person has not materially complied with this section or with any rule adopted or order issued under this section, after notice and opportunity to be heard, the Commissioner may order the controlling producer to stop placing business with the controlled insurer. If it is found that, because of the material noncompliance, the controlled insurer or any policyholder of the controlled insurer has suffered any loss or damage, the Commissioner may maintain a civil action or intervene in an action brought by or on behalf of the insurer or policyholder for recovery of compensatory damages for the benefit of the insurer or policyholder or other appropriate relief.
(k)	If an order for liquidation or rehabilitation of the controlled insurer has been entered under Article 30 of this Chapter, and the receiver appointed under that order believes that the controlling producer or any other person has not materially complied with this section or any rule adopted or order issued under this section, and the insurer suffered any loss or damage therefrom, the receiver may maintain a civil action for recovery of damages or other appropriate sanctions for the benefit of the insurer.
(l)	In addition to any other remedies provided in this section, whenever the Commissioner believes that a person has not materially complied with this section, the Commissioner may institute a proceeding under G.S. 58‑2‑60 or under G.S. 58‑2‑70. In addition to the civil penalty or restitution proceedings provided for in G.S. 58‑2‑70, the Commissioner may issue a cease and desist order against the person.
(m)	This section does not affect the Commissioner's right to impose any other penalties provided for in this Chapter nor the rights of policyholders, claimants, creditors, or other third parties.
(n)	Controlled insurers and controlling producers who are not in compliance with subsection (e) of this section on October 1, 1991, have until December 1, 1991, to come into compliance and shall comply with subsection (i) of this section beginning with all policies written or renewed on or after December 1, 1991.  (1991, c. 681, s. 28; c. 720, s. 92; 2014‑65, s. 20.)

§ 58‑3‑167.  Applicability of acts of the General Assembly to health benefit plans.
(a)	As used in this section:
(1)	"Health benefit plan" means an accident and health insurance policy or certificate; a nonprofit hospital or medical service corporation contract; a health maintenance organization subscriber contract; a plan provided by a multiple employer welfare arrangement; or a plan provided by another benefit arrangement, to the extent permitted by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or by any waiver of or other exception to that act provided under federal law or regulation. "Health benefit plan" does not mean any plan implemented or administered by the North Carolina or United States Department of Health and Human Services, or any successor agency, or its representatives. "Health benefit plan" does not mean any plan implemented or administered by the State Health Plan for Teachers and State Employees. "Health benefit plan" does not mean any plan consisting of one or more of any combination of benefits described in G.S. 58‑68‑25(b).
(2)	"Insurer" includes an insurance company subject to this Chapter, a service corporation organized under Article 65 of this Chapter, a health maintenance organization organized under Article 67 of this Chapter, and a multiple employer welfare arrangement subject to Article 50A of this Chapter.
(b)	Whenever a law is enacted by the General Assembly on or after October 1, 1999 that applies to a health benefit plan, the term "health benefit plan" shall be defined for purposes of that law as provided in subsection (a) of this section unless that law provides a different definition or otherwise expressly provides that the definition in this section is not applicable.
(c)	Whenever a law is enacted by the General Assembly that applies to health benefit plans that are delivered, issued for delivery, or renewed on and after a certain date, the renewal of a health benefit plan is presumed to occur on each anniversary of the date on which coverage was first effective on the person or persons covered by the health benefit plan.  (1999‑294, s. 5; 1999‑456, s. 16; 2007‑298, s. 7.2; 2007‑484, s. 43.5; 2016‑104, s. 8; 2019‑202, s. 8.)

§ 58‑3‑168.  Coverage for postmastectomy inpatient care.
(a)	Every entity providing a health benefit plan that provides coverage for mastectomy, including coverage for postmastectomy inpatient care, shall ensure that the decision whether to discharge the patient following mastectomy is made by the attending physician in consultation with the patient, and shall further ensure that the length of postmastectomy hospital stay is based on the unique characteristics of each patient taking into consideration the health and medical history of the patient.
(b)	As used in this section, "health benefit plans" means accident and health insurance policies or certificates; nonprofit hospital or medical service corporation contracts; health, hospital, or medical service corporation plan contracts; health maintenance organization (HMO) subscriber contracts; and plans provided by a MEWA or plans provided by other benefit arrangements, to the extent permitted by ERISA.
(c)	As used in this section, "mastectomy" means the surgical removal of all or part of a breast as a result of breast cancer or breast disease. (1997‑440, s. 1.)

§ 58‑3‑169.  Required coverage for minimum hospital stay following birth.
(a)	Definitions. – As used in this section:
(1)	"Attending providers" includes:
a.	The obstetrician‑gynecologists, pediatricians, family physicians, and other physicians primarily responsible for the care of a mother and newborn; and
b.	The nurse midwives and nurse practitioners primarily responsible for the care of a mother and her newborn child in accordance with State licensure and certification laws.
(2)	"Health benefit plan" means an accident and health insurance policy or certificate; a nonprofit hospital or medical service corporation contract; a health maintenance organization subscriber contract; a plan provided by a multiple employer welfare arrangement; or a plan provided by another benefit arrangement, to the extent permitted by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or by any waiver of or other exception to that Act provided under federal law or regulation. "Health benefit plan" does not mean any of the following kinds of insurance:
a.	Accident,
b.	Credit,
c.	Disability income,
d.	Long‑term or nursing home care,
e.	Medicare supplement,
f.	Specified disease,
g.	Dental or vision,
h.	Coverage issued as a supplement to liability insurance,
i.	Workers' compensation,
j.	Medical payments under automobile or homeowners, and
k.	Insurance under which benefits are payable with or without regard to fault and that is statutorily required to be contained in any liability policy or equivalent self‑insurance.
l.	Hospital income or indemnity.
(3)	"Insurer" means an insurance company subject to this Chapter, a service corporation organized under Article 65 of this Chapter, a health maintenance organization organized under Article 67 of this Chapter, and a multiple employer welfare arrangement subject to Article 50A of this Chapter.
(b)	In General. – Except as provided in subsection (c) of this section, an insurer that provides a health benefit plan that contains maternity benefits, including benefits for childbirth, shall ensure that coverage is provided with respect to a mother who is a participant, beneficiary, or policyholder under the plan and her newborn child for a minimum of 48 hours of inpatient length of stay following a normal vaginal delivery, and a minimum of 96 hours of inpatient length of stay following a cesarean section, without requiring the attending provider to obtain authorization from the insurer or its representative.
(c)	Exception. – Notwithstanding subsection (b) of this section, an insurer is not required to provide coverage for postdelivery inpatient length of stay for a mother who is a participant, beneficiary, or policyholder under the insurer's health benefit plan and her newborn child for the period referred to in subsection (b) of this section if:
(1)	A decision to discharge the mother and her newborn child before the expiration of the period is made by the attending provider in consultation with the mother; and
(2)	The health benefit plan provides coverage for postdelivery follow‑up care as described in subsections (d) and (e) of this section.
(d)	Postdelivery Follow‑Up Care. – In the case of a decision to discharge a mother and her newborn child from the inpatient setting before the expiration of 48 hours following a normal vaginal delivery or 96 hours following a cesarean section, the health benefit plan shall provide coverage for timely postdelivery care. This health care shall be provided to a mother and her newborn child by a registered nurse, physician, nurse practitioner, nurse midwife, or physician assistant experienced in maternal and child health in:
(1)	The home, a provider's office, a hospital, a birthing center, an intermediate care facility, a federally qualified health center, a federally qualified rural health clinic, or a State health department maternity clinic; or
(2)	Another setting determined appropriate under federal regulations promulgated under Title VI of Public Law 104‑204.
The attending provider in consultation with the mother shall decide the most appropriate location for follow‑up care.
(e)	Timely Care. – As used in subsection (d) of this section, "timely postdelivery care" means health care that is provided:
(1)	Following the discharge of a mother and her newborn child from the inpatient setting; and
(2)	In a manner that meets the health care needs of the mother and her newborn child, that provides for the appropriate monitoring of the conditions of the mother and child, and that occurs not later than the 72‑hour period immediately following discharge.
(f)	Prohibitions. – An insurer shall not:
(1)	Deny enrollment, renewal, or continued coverage with respect to its health benefit plan to a mother and her newborn child who are participants, beneficiaries, or policyholders, based on compliance with this section;
(2)	Provide monetary payments or rebates to mothers to encourage the mothers to request less than the minimum coverage required under this section;
(3)	Penalize or otherwise reduce or limit the reimbursement of an attending provider because the provider provided treatment to an individual policyholder, participant, or beneficiary in accordance with this section; or
(4)	Provide monetary or other incentives to an attending provider to induce the provider to provide treatment to an individual policyholder, participant, or beneficiary in a manner inconsistent with this section.
(g)	Effect on Mother. – Nothing in this section requires that a mother who is a participant, beneficiary, or policyholder covered under this section:
(1)	Give birth in a hospital; or
(2)	Stay in the hospital for a fixed period of time following the birth of her child.
(h)	Level and Type of Reimbursements. – Nothing in this section prevents an insurer from negotiating the level and type of reimbursement with an attending provider for care provided in accordance with this section.  (1997‑259, s. 19; 2019‑202, s. 8.)

§ 58‑3‑170.  Requirements for maternity coverage.
(a)	Every entity providing a health benefit plan that provides maternity coverage in this State shall provide benefits for the necessary care and treatment related to maternity that are no less favorable than benefits for physical illness generally.
(a1)	Repealed by Session Laws 1997‑259, s. 20.
(b)	As used in this section, "health benefit plans" means accident and health insurance policies or certificates; nonprofit hospital or medical service corporation contracts; health, hospital, or medical service corporation plan contracts; health maintenance organization (HMO) subscriber contracts; and plans provided by a MEWA or plans provided by other benefit arrangements, to the extent permitted by ERISA. (1993, c. 506, s. 2; 1995, c. 517, s. 3.1; 1997‑259, s. 20.)

§ 58‑3‑171.  Uniform claim forms.
(a)	All claims submitted by health care providers to health benefit plans shall be submitted on a uniform form or format that shall be developed by the Department and approved by the Commissioner. Additional information beyond that contained on the uniform form or format may be collected subject to rules adopted by the Commissioner. This section applies to the submission of claims in writing and by electronic means.
(b)	After consultation with the North Carolina Industrial Commission, the Commissioner may include workers' compensation insurance policies as "health benefit plans" for the purpose of administering the provisions of this section.
(c)	For purposes of this section, "health benefit plans" means accident and health insurance policies or certificates; nonprofit hospital or medical service corporation contracts; health maintenance organization (HMO) subscriber contracts and other plans provided by managed‑care organizations; plans provided by a MEWA or plans provided by other benefit arrangements, to the extent permitted by ERISA; the State Health Plan for Teachers and State Employees and any optional plans or programs operating under Part 2 of Article 3 of Chapter 135 of the General Statutes; and medical payment coverages under homeowners and automobile insurance policies. (1993, c. 529, s. 4.2; 2007‑298, s. 8.2; 2007‑323, s. 28.22A(o); 2007‑345, s. 12.)

§ 58‑3‑172.  Notice of claim denied.
(a)	For all claims denied for health care provider services under health benefit plans, written notification of the denied claim shall be given to the insured and to the health care provider submitting the claim if the health care provider would otherwise be eligible for payment. This subsection does not apply to insurers subject to G.S. 58‑3‑225.
(b)	For purposes of this section, "health benefit plans" means accident and health insurance policies or certificates; nonprofit hospital or medical service corporation contracts; health, hospital, or medical service corporation plan contracts; health maintenance organization (HMO) subscriber contracts and other plans provided by managed‑care organizations; plans provided by a MEWA or plans provided by other benefit arrangements, to the extent permitted by ERISA; and the State Health Plan for Teachers and State Employees and any optional plans or programs operating under Part 2 of Article 3 of Chapter 135 of the General Statutes. (1993, c. 529, s. 4.2; 1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 678, s. 6; 2000‑162, s. 4(c); 2007‑298, s. 8.3; 2007‑323, s. 28.22A(o); 2007‑345, s. 12.)

§ 58‑3‑173:  Repealed by Session Laws 1997‑259, s.  24.

§ 58‑3‑174.  Coverage for bone mass measurement for diagnosis and evaluation of osteoporosis or low bone mass.
(a)	Every entity providing a health benefit plan shall provide coverage for a qualified individual for scientifically proven and approved bone mass measurement for the diagnosis and evaluation of osteoporosis or low bone mass. The same deductibles, coinsurance, and other limitations as apply to similar services covered under the plan shall apply to coverage for bone mass measurement.
(b)	A health benefit plan may provide that bone mass measurement will be covered if at least 23 months have elapsed since the last bone mass measurement was performed, except that a plan must provide coverage for follow‑up bone mass measurement performed more frequently than every 23 months if the follow‑up measurement is medically necessary. Conditions under which more frequent bone mass measurement coverage may be medically necessary include, but are not limited to:
(1)	Monitoring beneficiaries on long‑term glucocorticoid therapy of more than three months.
(2)	Allowing for a central bone mass measurement to determine the effectiveness of adding an additional treatment regimen for a qualified individual who is proven to have low bone mass so long as the bone mass measurement is performed 12 to 18 months from the start date of the additional regimen.
(c)	Nothing in this section shall be construed to require health benefit plans to cover screening for nonqualified individuals.
(d)	As used in this section, the term:
(1)	"Bone mass measurement" means a scientifically proven radiologic, radioisotopic, or other procedure performed on a qualified individual to identify bone mass or detect bone loss for the purpose of initiating or modifying treatment.
(2)	"Health benefit plan" means an accident and health insurance policy or certificate; a nonprofit hospital or medical service corporation contract; a health maintenance organization subscriber contract; a plan provided by a multiple employer welfare arrangement; or a plan provided by another benefit arrangement, to the extent permitted by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or by any waiver of or other exception to that act provided under federal law or regulation. "Health benefit plan" does not mean any plan implemented or administered by the North Carolina Department of Health and Human Services or the United States Department of Health and Human Services, or any successor agency, or its representatives. "Health benefit plan" also does not mean any of the following kinds of insurance:
a.	Accident
b.	Credit
c.	Disability income
d.	Long‑term care or nursing home care
e.	Medicare supplement
f.	Specified disease
g.	Dental or vision
h.	Short‑term limited duration coverage
i.	Coverage issued as a supplement to liability insurance
j.	Workers' compensation
k.	Medical payments under automobile or homeowners
l.	Hospital income or indemnity
m.	Insurance under which benefits are payable with or without regard to fault and that is statutorily required to be contained in any liability policy or equivalent self‑insurance.
(3)	"Insurer" includes an insurance company subject to this Chapter, a service corporation organized under Article 65 of this Chapter, a health maintenance organization organized under Article 67 of this Chapter, and a multiple employer welfare arrangement subject to Article 50A of this Chapter.
(4)	"Qualified individual" means any one or more of the following:
a.	An individual who is estrogen‑deficient and at clinical risk of osteoporosis or low bone mass.
b.	An individual with radiographic osteopenia anywhere in the skeleton.
c.	An individual who is receiving long‑term glucocorticoid (steroid) therapy.
d.	An individual with primary hyperparathyroidism.
e.	An individual who is being monitored to assess the response to or efficacy of commonly accepted osteoporosis drug therapies.
f.	An individual who has a history of low‑trauma fractures.
g.	An individual with other conditions or on medical therapies known to cause osteoporosis or low bone mass.  (1999‑197, s. 1; 2019‑202, s. 8.)

§ 58‑3‑175.  Direct payment to government agencies.
(a)	As used in this section, "health benefit plan" has the same meaning as in G.S. 58‑50‑110(11) and includes the State Health Plan for Teachers and State Employees and any optional plans or programs operating under Part 2 of Article 3 of Chapter 135 of the General Statutes.
(b)	Every entity providing or administering a health benefit plan covering persons in this State shall make payment for health care services covered by the health benefit plan that are provided by any State, county, or city agency, directly to the agency providing the services.
(c)	This section does not apply to the extent the agency providing the services has been paid for the services by or on behalf of the person receiving the services.
(d)	Nothing in this section shall require any entity providing or administering a health benefit plan covering persons in this State to pay any agency directly:
(1)	If the agency is outside of the health benefit plan's service area;
(2)	If the entity operates a program by which it only pays the health care provider directly upon the acceptance of certain rates and the agency does not accept said rates; or
(3)	If the entity operates a program by which it provides, authorizes, or arranges for a covered person to receive health care from a designated provider or refers the covered person to a designated provider, and the agency is not a designated provider. (1993, c. 41, s. 1; 2007‑298, s. 8.4; 2007‑323, s. 28.22A(o); 2007‑345, s. 12.)

§ 58‑3‑176.  Treatment discussions not limited.
(a)	An insurer shall not limit either of the following:
(1)	The participating plan provider's ability to discuss with an enrollee the clinical treatment options medically available, the risks associated with the treatments, or a recommended course of treatment.
(2)	The participating plan provider's professional obligations to patients as specified under the provider's professional license.
(b)	Nothing in this section shall be construed to expand or revise the scope of benefits covered by a health benefit plan.
(c)	As used in this section:
(1)	"Health benefit plan" means any of the following if written by an insurer: an accident and health insurance policy or certificate; a nonprofit hospital or medical service corporation contract; a health maintenance organization subscriber contract; or a plan provided by a multiple employer welfare arrangement. "Health benefit plan" does not mean any plan implemented or administered through the Department of Health and Human Services or its representatives. "Health benefit plan" also does not mean any of the following kinds of insurance:
a.	Accident.
b.	Credit.
c.	Disability income.
d.	Long‑term or nursing home care.
e.	Medicare supplement.
f.	Specified disease.
g.	Dental or vision.
h.	Coverage issued as a supplement to liability insurance.
i.	Workers' compensation.
j.	Medical payments under automobile or homeowners insurance.
k.	Hospital income or indemnity.
l.	Insurance under which benefits are payable with or without regard to fault and that is statutorily required to be contained in any liability policy or equivalent self‑insurance.
(2)	"Insurer" means an entity that writes a health benefit plan and that is an insurance company subject to this Chapter, a service corporation under Article 65 of this Chapter, a health maintenance organization under Article 67 of this Chapter, or a multiple employer welfare arrangement under Article 50A of this Chapter.  (1997‑443, s. 11A.122; 1997‑474, s. 1; 2019‑202, s. 8.)

§ 58‑3‑177.  Uniform prescription drug identification cards.
(a)	Every health benefit plan that provides coverage for prescription drugs or devices and that issues a prescription drug card, shall issue to its insureds a uniform prescription drug identification card. The uniform prescription drug identification card shall contain the information listed in subdivisions (1) through (7) of this subsection in the following order beginning at the top left margin of the card:
(1)	The health benefit plan's name and/or logo.
(2)	The American National Standards Institute assigned Issuer Identification Number.
(3)	The processor control number.
(4)	The insured's group number.
(5)	The health benefit plan's card issuer identifier.
(6)	The insured's identification number.
(7)	The insured's name.
(b)	In addition to the information required under subsection (a), the uniform prescription drug card shall contain, in one of the lower‑most elements on the back side of the card, the following information:
(1)	The health benefit plan's claims submission name and address.
(2)	The health benefit plan's help desk telephone number and name.
Nothing in this section shall require a health benefit plan to violate a contractual agreement, service mark agreement, or trademark agreement.
(c)	A new uniform prescription drug identification card as required under subsection (a) of this section shall be issued annually by a health benefit plan if there has been any change in the insured's coverage in the previous 12 months. A change in the insured's coverage shall include, but is not limited to, the addition or deletion of a dependent of the insured covered by a health benefit plan.
(d)	Not later than January 1, 2003, the uniform prescription drug identification card provided under subsection (a) of this section shall contain one of the following mediums capable of the processing or adjudicating of a claim through electronic verification:
(1)	A magnetic strip.
(2)	A bar code.
(3)	Any new technology available that is capable of processing or adjudicating a claim by electronic verification.
(e)	As used in this section, "health benefit plan" means an accident and health insurance policy or certificate; a nonprofit hospital or medical service corporation contract; a health maintenance organization subscriber contract; a plan provided by a multiple employer welfare arrangement; or a plan provided by another benefit arrangement, to the extent permitted by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or by any waiver of or other exception to that Act provided under federal law or regulation. "Health benefit plan" does not mean any of the following kinds of insurance:
(1)	Accident.
(2)	Credit.
(3)	Disability income.
(4)	Long‑term or nursing home care.
(5)	Medicare supplement.
(6)	Specified disease.
(7)	Dental or vision.
(8)	Coverage issued as a supplement to liability insurance.
(9)	Workers' compensation.
(10)	Medical payments under automobile or homeowners.
(11)	Insurance under which benefits are payable with or without regard to fault and that is statutorily required to be contained in any liability policy or equivalent self‑insurance.
(12)	Hospital income or indemnity.
(f)	This section shall not apply to an entity that has its own facility and employs or contracts with physicians, pharmacists, nurses, and other health care personnel, to the extent that the entity dispenses prescription drugs or devices from its own pharmacies to its employees and to enrollees of its health benefit plan. This section does not apply to a health benefit plan that issues a single identification card to its insureds for all services covered under the plan. (1999‑343, s. 1.)

§ 58‑3‑178.  Coverage for prescription contraceptive drugs or devices and for outpatient contraceptive services; exemption for religious employers.
(a)	Except as provided in subsection (e) of this section, every insurer providing a health benefit plan that provides coverage for prescription drugs or devices shall provide coverage for prescription contraceptive drugs or devices. Coverage shall include coverage for the insertion or removal of and any medically necessary examination associated with the use of the prescribed contraceptive drug or device. Except as otherwise provided in this subsection, the same deductibles, coinsurance, and other limitations as apply to prescription drugs or devices covered under the health benefit plan shall apply to coverage for prescribed contraceptive drugs or devices. A health benefit plan may require that the total coinsurance, based on the useful life of the drug or device, be paid in advance for those drugs or devices that are inserted or prescribed and do not have to be refilled on a periodic basis.
(b)	Every insurer providing a health benefit plan that provides coverage for outpatient services provided by a health care professional shall provide coverage for outpatient contraceptive services. The same deductibles, coinsurance, and other limitations as apply to outpatient services covered under the health benefit plan shall apply to coverage for outpatient contraceptive services.
(c)	As used in this section, the term:
(1)	"Health benefit plan" means an accident and health insurance policy or certificate; a nonprofit hospital or medical service corporation contract; a health maintenance organization subscriber contract; a plan provided by a multiple employer welfare arrangement; or a plan provided by another benefit arrangement, to the extent permitted by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or by any waiver of or other exception to that Act provided under federal law or regulation. "Health benefit plan" does not mean any plan implemented or administered by the North Carolina Department of Health and Human Services or the United States Department of Health and Human Services, or any successor agency, or its representatives. "Health benefit plan" also does not mean any of the following kinds of insurance:
a.	Accident.
b.	Credit.
c.	Disability income.
d.	Long‑term care or nursing home care.
e.	Medicare supplement.
f.	Specified disease.
g.	Dental or vision.
h.	Coverage issued as a supplement to liability insurance.
i.	Workers' compensation.
j.	Medical payments under automobile or homeowners.
k.	Hospital income or indemnity.
l.	Insurance under which benefits are payable with or without regard to fault and that is statutorily required to be contained in any liability policy or equivalent self‑insurance.
m.	Short‑term limited duration health insurance policies as defined in Part 144 of Title 45 of the Code of Federal Regulations.
(2)	"Insurer" includes an insurance company subject to this Chapter, a service corporation organized under Article 65 of this Chapter, a health maintenance organization organized under Article 67 of this Chapter, and a multiple employer welfare arrangement subject to Article 50A of this Chapter.
(3)	"Outpatient contraceptive services" means consultations, examinations, procedures, and medical services provided on an outpatient basis and related to the use of contraceptive methods to prevent pregnancy.
(4)	"Prescribed contraceptive drugs or devices" means drugs or devices that prevent pregnancy and that are approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration for use as contraceptives and obtained under a prescription written by a health care provider authorized to prescribe medications under the laws of this State. Prescription drugs or devices required to be covered under this section shall not include:
a.	The prescription drug known as "RU‑486" or any "equivalent drug product" as defined in G.S. 90‑85.27.
b.	The prescription drug marketed under the name "Preven" or any "equivalent drug product" as defined in G.S. 90‑85.27.
(d)	A health benefit plan subject to this section shall not do any of the following:
(1)	Deny eligibility or continued eligibility to enroll or to renew coverage under the terms of the health benefit plan, solely for the purpose of avoiding the requirements of this section.
(2)	Provide monetary payments or rebates to an individual participant or beneficiary to encourage the individual participant or beneficiary to accept less than the minimum protections available under this section.
(3)	Penalize or otherwise reduce or limit the reimbursement of an attending provider because the provider prescribed contraceptive drugs or devices, or provided contraceptive services in accordance with this section.
(4)	Provide incentives, monetary or otherwise, to an attending provider to induce the provider to withhold from an individual participant or beneficiary contraceptive drugs, devices, or services.
(e)	A religious employer may request an insurer providing a health benefit plan to provide to the religious employer a health benefit plan that excludes coverage for prescription contraceptive drugs or devices that are contrary to the employer's religious tenets. Upon request, the insurer shall provide the requested health benefit plan. An insurer providing a health benefit plan requested by a religious employer pursuant to this section shall provide written notice to each person covered under the health benefit plan that prescription contraceptive drugs or devices are excluded from coverage pursuant to this section at the request of the employer. The notice shall appear, in not less than 10‑point type, in the health benefit plan, application, and sales brochure for the health benefit plan. Nothing in this subsection authorizes a health benefit plan to exclude coverage for prescription drugs ordered by a health care provider with prescriptive authority for reasons other than contraceptive purposes, or for prescription contraception that is necessary to preserve the life or health of a person covered under the plan. As used in this subsection, the term "religious employer" means an entity for which all of the following are true:
(1)	The entity is organized and operated for religious purposes and is tax exempt under section 501(c)(3) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code.
(2)	The inculcation of religious values is one of the primary purposes of the entity.
(3)	The entity employs primarily persons who share the religious tenets of the entity.  (1999‑231, s. 1; 1999‑456, s. 15(a); 2015‑27, s. 4; 2019‑202, s. 8.)

§ 58‑3‑179.  Coverage for colorectal cancer screening.
(a)	Every health benefit plan, as defined in G.S. 58‑3‑167, shall provide coverage for colorectal cancer examinations and laboratory tests for cancer, in accordance with the most recently published American Cancer Society guidelines or guidelines adopted by the North Carolina Advisory Committee on Cancer Coordination and Control for colorectal cancer screening, for any nonsymptomatic covered individual who is:
(1)	At least 50 years of age, or
(2)	Less than 50 years of age and at high risk for colorectal cancer according to the most recently published colorectal cancer screening guidelines of the American Cancer Society or guidelines adopted by the North Carolina Advisory Committee on Cancer Coordination and Control.
The same deductibles, coinsurance, and other limitations as apply to similar services covered under the plan apply to coverage for colorectal examinations and laboratory tests required to be covered under this section.
(b)	Reserved for future codification purposes. (2001‑116, s. 1.)

§ 58‑3‑180.  Motor vehicle repairs; selection by claimant.
(a)	A policy covering damage to a motor vehicle shall allow the claimant to select the repair service or source for the repair of the damage.
(b)	The amount determined by the insurer to be payable under a policy covering damage to a motor vehicle shall be paid regardless of the repair service or source selected by the claimant.
(b1)	No insurer or insurer representative shall recommend the use of a particular motor vehicle repair service without clearly informing the claimant that (i) the claimant is under no obligation to use the recommended repair service, (ii) the claimant may use the repair service of the claimant's choice, (iii) the amount determined by the insurer to be payable under the policy will be paid regardless of whether or not the claimant uses the recommended repair service, and (iv) that the insurer or insurer representative has, at the time the recommendations are made, a financial interest in the recommended motor vehicle repair service. No insurer shall require that the insured or claimant must have a damaged vehicle repaired at an insurer‑owned motor vehicle repair service.
(b2)	The provisions of subsection (b1) of this section shall be included in nonfleet private passenger motor vehicle insurance policy forms promulgated by the Bureau and approved by the Commissioner.
(c)	Any person who violates this section is subject to the applicable provisions of G.S. 58‑2‑70 and G.S. 58‑33‑46, provided that the maximum civil penalty that can be assessed under G.S. 58‑2‑70(d) for a violation of this section is two thousand dollars ($2,000).
(d)	As used in this section, "insurer representative" includes an insurance producer, limited representative, adjuster, and appraiser.  (1993, c. 525, s. 2; 2001‑203, s. 26; 2001‑451, s. 1; 2003‑395, s. 1; 2022‑46, s. 14(n).)

§ 58‑3‑181.  Synchronization of prescription refills.
(a)	Every health benefit plan that provides coverage for prescription drugs shall provide for synchronization of medication when it is agreed among the insured, the provider, and a pharmacist that synchronization of multiple prescriptions for the treatment of a chronic illness is in the best interest of the insured for the management or treatment of a chronic illness, provided all of the following apply:
(1)	The medications are covered by the clinical coverage policy.
(2)	The medications are used for treatment and management of chronic conditions, and the medications are subject to refills.
(3)	The medications are not a Schedule II controlled substance or a Schedule III controlled substance containing hydrocodone.
(4)	The medications meet all prior authorization criteria specific to the medications at the time of the synchronization request.
(5)	The medications are of a formulation that can be effectively split over required short‑fill periods to achieve synchronization.
(6)	The medications do not have quantity limits or dose optimization criteria or requirements that would be violated in fulfilling synchronization.
(b)	When applicable to permit synchronization, the health benefit plan shall apply a prorated daily cost‑sharing rate to any medication dispensed by a network pharmacy pursuant to this section. Any dispensing fee shall not be prorated and shall be based on an individual prescription filled or refilled.
(c)	The following definitions apply in this section:
(1)	Health benefit plan. – As defined in G.S. 58‑3‑167. The phrase also applies to limited‑scope dental and vision insurance.
(2)	Health care provider or provider. – As defined in G.S. 58‑3‑225(a)(4).
(3)	Insured. – An individual who is eligible to receive benefits from the health benefit plan.
(4)	Insurer. – As defined in G.S. 58‑3‑225(a)(5).  (2015‑241, s. 20.2(a).)

§ 58‑3‑185.  Lien created for payment of past‑due child support obligations.
(a)	In the event that the Department of Health and Human Services or any other obligee, as defined in G.S. 110‑129, provides written notification to an insurance company authorized to issue policies of insurance pursuant to this Chapter that a claimant or beneficiary under a contract of insurance owes past‑due child support and accompanies this information with a certified copy of the court order ordering support together with proof that the claimant or beneficiary is past due in meeting this obligation, there is created a lien upon any insurance proceeds in favor of the Department or obligee. This section shall apply only in those instances in which there is a nonrecurring payment of a lump‑sum amount equal to or in excess of three thousand dollars ($3,000) or periodic payments with an aggregate amount that equals or exceeds three thousand dollars ($3,000).
(b)	Liens arising under this section shall be subordinate to liens upon insurance proceeds for personal injuries arising under Article 9 of Chapter 44 of the General Statutes and valid health care provider claims covered by health benefit plans as defined in G.S. 58‑3‑172. As used in this section, the term health benefit plans does not include disability income insurance. (1995, c. 538, s. 6(a); 1995 (Reg. Sess., 1996), c. 674, ss. 1, 2; 1997‑443, s. 11A.118(a).)

§ 58‑3‑190.  Coverage required for emergency care.
(a)	Every insurer shall provide coverage for emergency services to the extent necessary to screen and to stabilize the person covered under the plan and shall not require prior authorization of the services if a prudent layperson acting reasonably would have believed that an emergency medical condition existed. Payment of claims for emergency services shall be based on the retrospective review of the presenting history and symptoms of the covered person.
(b)	With respect to emergency services provided by a health care provider who is not under contract with the insurer, the services shall be covered if:
(1)	A prudent layperson acting reasonably would have believed that a delay would worsen the emergency, or
(2)	The covered person did not seek services from a provider under contract with the insurer because of circumstances beyond the control of the covered person.
(c)	An insurer that has given prior authorization for emergency services shall cover the services and shall not retract the authorization after the services have been provided unless the authorization was based on a material misrepresentation about the covered person's health condition made by the provider of the emergency services or the covered person.
(d)	Coverage of emergency services shall be subject to coinsurance, co‑payments, and deductibles applicable under the health benefit plan. An insurer shall not impose cost‑sharing for emergency services provided under this section that differs from the cost‑sharing that would have been imposed if the physician or provider furnishing the services were a provider contracting with the insurer.
(e)	Both the emergency department and the insurer shall make a good faith effort to communicate with each other in a timely fashion to expedite postevaluation or poststabilization services in order to avoid material deterioration of the covered person's condition within a reasonable clinical confidence, or with respect to a pregnant woman, to avoid material deterioration of the condition of the unborn child within a reasonable clinical confidence.
(f)	Insurers shall provide information to their covered persons on all of the following:
(1)	Coverage of emergency medical services.
(2)	The appropriate use of emergency services, including the use of the "911" system and other telephone access systems utilized to access prehospital emergency services.
(3)	Any cost‑sharing provisions for emergency medical services.
(4)	The process and procedures for obtaining emergency services, so that covered persons are familiar with the location of in‑plan emergency departments and with the location and availability of other in‑plan settings at which covered persons may receive medical care.
(g)	As used in this section, the term:
(1)	"Emergency medical condition" means a medical condition manifesting itself by acute symptoms of sufficient severity, including, but not limited to, severe pain, or by acute symptoms developing from a chronic medical condition that would lead a prudent layperson, possessing an average knowledge of health and medicine, to reasonably expect the absence of immediate medical attention to result in any of the following:
a.	Placing the health of an individual, or with respect to a pregnant woman, the health of the woman or her unborn child, in serious jeopardy.
b.	Serious impairment to bodily functions.
c.	Serious dysfunction of any bodily organ or part.
(2)	"Emergency services" means health care items and services furnished or required to screen for or treat an emergency medical condition until the condition is stabilized, including prehospital care and ancillary services routinely available to the emergency department.
(3)	"Health benefit plan" means any of the following if written by an insurer: an accident and health insurance policy or certificate; a nonprofit hospital or medical service corporation contract; a health maintenance organization subscriber contract; or a plan provided by a multiple employer welfare arrangement. "Health benefit plan" does not mean any plan implemented or administered through the Department of Health and Human Services or its representatives. "Health benefit plan" also does not mean any of the following kinds of insurance:
a.	Accident.
b.	Credit.
c.	Disability income.
d.	Long‑term or nursing home care.
e.	Medicare supplement.
f.	Specified disease.
g.	Dental or vision.
h.	Coverage issued as a supplement to liability insurance.
i.	Workers' compensation.
j.	Medical payments under automobile or homeowners insurance.
k.	Hospital income or indemnity.
l.	Insurance under which benefits are payable with or without regard to fault and that is statutorily required to be contained in any liability policy or equivalent self‑insurance.
(4)	"Insurer" means an entity that writes a health benefit plan and that is an insurance company subject to this Chapter, a service corporation under Article 65 of this Chapter, a health maintenance organization under Article 67 of this Chapter, or a multiple employer welfare arrangement under Article 50A of this Chapter.
(5)	"To stabilize" means to provide medical care that is appropriate to prevent a material deterioration of the person's condition, within reasonable medical probability, in accordance with the HCFA (Health Care Financing Administration) interpretative guidelines, policies and regulations pertaining to responsibilities of hospitals in emergency cases (as provided under the Emergency Medical Treatment and Labor Act, section 1867 of the Social Security Act, 42 U.S.C.S. 1395dd), including medically necessary services and supplies to maintain stabilization until the person is transferred.  (1997‑443, s. 11A.122; 1997‑474, s. 2; 2019‑202, s. 8)

§ 58‑3‑191.  Managed care reporting and disclosure requirements.
(a)	Repealed by Session Laws 2015‑92, s. 6, effective June 19, 2015.
(b)	Disclosure requirements. – Each health benefit plan shall provide the following applicable information to plan participants and bona fide prospective participants upon request:
(1)	The evidence of coverage (G.S. 58‑67‑50), subscriber contract (G.S. 58‑65‑60, 58‑65‑140), health insurance policy (G.S. 58‑51‑80, 58‑50‑125, 58‑50‑126, 58‑50‑55), or the contract and benefit summary of any other type of health benefit plan;
(2)	An explanation of the utilization review criteria and treatment protocol under which treatments are provided for conditions specified by the prospective participant. This explanation shall be in writing if so requested;
(3)	If denied a recommended treatment, written reasons for the denial and an explanation of the utilization review criteria or treatment protocol upon which the denial was based;
(4)	The plan's formularies, restricted access drugs or devices as defined in G.S. 58‑3‑221, or prior approval requirements for obtaining prescription drugs, whether a particular drug or therapeutic class of drugs is excluded from its formulary, and the circumstances under which a nonformulary drug may be covered; and
(5)	The plan's procedures and medically based criteria for determining whether a specified procedure, test, or treatment is experimental.
(b1)	Repealed by Session Laws 2015‑92, s. 6, effective June 19, 2015.
(c)	For purposes of this section, "health benefit plan" or "plan" means (i) health maintenance organization (HMO) subscriber contracts and (ii) insurance company or hospital and medical service corporation preferred provider benefit plans as defined in G.S. 58‑50‑56.  (1997‑480, s. 1; 1997‑519, s. 1.1; 2001‑334, s. 2.2; 2001‑446, s. 2.1; 2006‑154, s. 13; 2008‑124, s. 10.1; 2015‑92, s. 6.)

§ 58‑3‑192.  Coverage for autism spectrum disorder.
(a)	As used in this section, the following definitions apply:
(1)	Adaptive behavior treatment. – Behavioral and developmental interventions that systematically manage instructional and environmental factors or the consequences of behavior that have been shown to be clinically effective through research published in peer reviewed scientific journals and based upon randomized, quasi‑experimental, or single subject designs. Both of the following requirements must be met:
a.	The intervention must be necessary to (i) increase appropriate or adaptive behaviors, (ii) decrease maladaptive behaviors, or (iii) develop, maintain, or restore, to the maximum extent practicable, the functioning of an individual.
b.	The treatment must be ordered by a licensed physician or licensed psychologist and the treatment must be provided or supervised by one of the following professionals, so long as the services or supervision provided is commensurate with the professional's training, experience, and scope of practice:
1.	A licensed psychologist or psychological associate.
2.	A licensed psychiatrist or developmental pediatrician.
3.	A licensed speech and language pathologist.
4.	A licensed occupational therapist.
5.	A licensed clinical social worker.
6.	A licensed clinical mental health counselor.
7.	A licensed marriage and family therapist.
8.	A board certified behavior analyst.
(2)	Autism spectrum disorder. – As defined by the most recent edition of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM) or the most recent edition of the International Statistical Classification of Diseases and Related Health Problems. Autism spectrum disorder is not considered a mental illness as defined in G.S. 58‑3‑220, 58‑51‑55, 58‑65‑90, or 58‑67‑75.
(3)	Diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder. – Any medically necessary assessments, evaluations, or tests to determine whether an individual has autism spectrum disorder.
(4)	Health benefit plan. – As defined in G.S. 58‑3‑167.
(5)	Pharmacy care. – Medications prescribed by a licensed health care provider.
(6)	Psychiatric care. – Direct or consultative services provided by a licensed psychiatrist.
(7)	Psychological care. – Direct or consultative services provided by a licensed psychologist or licensed psychological associate.
(8)	Therapeutic care. – Direct or consultative services provided by a licensed speech therapist, licensed occupational therapist, licensed physical therapist, licensed clinical social worker, licensed clinical mental health counselor, or licensed marriage and family therapists.
(9)	Treatment for autism spectrum disorder. – Any of the following care for an individual diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder, or equipment related to that care, ordered by a licensed physician or a licensed psychologist who determines the care to be medically necessary:
a.	Adaptive behavior treatment.
b.	Pharmacy care.
c.	Psychiatric care.
d.	Psychological care.
e.	Therapeutic care.
(b)	Except as provided in subsection (c) of this section, health benefit plans shall provide coverage for the screening, diagnosis, and treatment of autism spectrum disorder. No insurer shall terminate coverage or refuse to issue, amend, or renew coverage to an individual solely because the individual is diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder or has received treatment for autism spectrum disorder.
(c)	Coverage for adaptive behavior treatment under this section may be subject to a maximum benefit of up to forty thousand dollars ($40,000) per year and may be limited to individuals 18 years of age or younger. Beginning in 2017 and for subsequent years, the amount shall be indexed using the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers for the South Region and shall be rounded to the nearest whole thousand dollars. The index factor shall be the index as of March of the year preceding the change divided by the index as of March 2015. This amount shall be posted by the Commissioner no later than April 1 of each year and shall apply to policies renewed or purchased the following calendar year.
(d)	Coverage under this section may not be denied on the basis that the treatments are habilitative or educational in nature.
(e)	Coverage under this section may be subject to co‑payment, deductible, and coinsurance provisions of a health benefit plan that are not less favorable than the co‑payment, deductible, and coinsurance provisions that apply to substantially all medical services covered by the health benefit plan.
(f)	This section shall not be construed as limiting benefits that are otherwise available to an individual under a health benefit plan.
(g)	Nothing in this section shall apply to non‑grandfathered health plans in the individual and small group markets that are subject to the requirement to cover the essential health benefit package under 45 C.F.R. § 147.150(a).
(h)	This section shall not be construed as affecting any obligation to provide services to an individual under an individualized family service plan, an individualized education program, or an individualized service plan.
(i)	Except as provided in subsection (c) of this section, health benefit plans shall provide coverage for the screening, diagnosis, and treatment of autism spectrum disorder in accordance with the standards contained in Subtitle B of Title V of Public Law 110‑343, known as the Paul Wellstone and Pete Domenici Mental Health Parity and Addiction Equity Act of 2008, and the applicable regulations, as amended.  (2015‑271, s. 2; 2017‑57, s. 22.3(a); 2019‑240, s. 3(e).)

§ 58‑3‑200.  Miscellaneous insurance and managed care coverage and network provisions.
(a)	Definitions. – As used in this section:
(1)	"Health benefit plan" means any of the following if written by an insurer: an accident and health insurance policy or certificate; a nonprofit hospital or medical service corporation contract; a health maintenance organization subscriber contract; or a plan provided by a multiple employer welfare arrangement. "Health benefit plan" does not mean any plan implemented or administered through the Department of Health and Human Services or its representatives. "Health benefit plan" also does not mean any of the following kinds of insurance:
a.	Accident.
b.	Credit.
c.	Disability income.
d.	Long‑term or nursing home care.
e.	Medicare supplement.
f.	Specified disease.
g.	Dental or vision.
h.	Coverage issued as a supplement to liability insurance.
i.	Workers' compensation.
j.	Medical payments under automobile or homeowners insurance.
k.	Hospital income or indemnity.
l.	Insurance under which benefits are payable with or without regard to fault and that is statutorily required to be contained in any liability policy or equivalent self‑insurance.
(2)	"Insurer" means an entity that writes a health benefit plan and that is an insurance company subject to this Chapter, a service corporation under Article 65 of this Chapter, a health maintenance organization under Article 67 of this Chapter, or a multiple employer welfare arrangement under Article 50A of this Chapter.
(b)	Medical Necessity. – An insurer that limits its health benefit plan coverage to medically necessary services and supplies shall define "medically necessary services or supplies" in its health benefit plan as those covered services or supplies that are:
(1)	Provided for the diagnosis, treatment, cure, or relief of a health condition, illness, injury, or disease; and, except as allowed under G.S. 58‑3‑255, not for experimental, investigational, or cosmetic purposes.
(2)	Necessary for and appropriate to the diagnosis, treatment, cure, or relief of a health condition, illness, injury, disease, or its symptoms.
(3)	Within generally accepted standards of medical care in the community.
(4)	Not solely for the convenience of the insured, the insured's family, or the provider.
For medically necessary services, nothing in this subsection precludes an insurer from comparing the cost‑effectiveness of alternative services or supplies when determining which of the services or supplies will be covered.
(c)	Coverage Determinations. – If an insurer or its authorized representative determines that services, supplies, or other items are covered under its health benefit plan or dental plan, including any determination under G.S. 58‑50‑61, the insurer shall not subsequently retract its determination after the services, supplies, or other items have been provided, or reduce payments for a service, supply, or other item furnished in reliance on such a determination, unless the determination was based on a material misrepresentation about the insured's health condition that was knowingly made by the insured or the provider of the service, supply, or other item. For purposes of this subsection, a pretreatment estimate means a voluntary request for a projection of dental benefits or payment that does not require authorization and a pretreatment estimate for dental services shall not be considered a coverage determination.
(d)	Services Outside Provider Networks. – No insurer shall penalize an insured or subject an insured to the out‑of‑network benefit levels offered under the insured's approved health benefit plan, including an insured receiving an extended or standing referral under G.S. 58‑3‑223, unless contracting health care providers able to meet health needs of the insured are reasonably available to the insured without unreasonable delay.
(e)	Nondiscrimination Against High‑Risk Populations. – No insurer shall establish provider selection or contract renewal standards or procedures that are designed to avoid or otherwise have the effect of avoiding enrolling high‑risk populations by excluding providers because they are located in geographic areas that contain high‑risk populations or because they treat or specialize in treating populations that present a risk of higher‑than‑average claims or health care services utilization. This subsection does not prohibit an insurer from declining to select a provider or from not renewing a contract with a provider who fails to meet the insurer's selection criteria.
(f)	Continuing Care Retirement Community Residents. – As used in this subsection, "Medicare benefits" means medical and health products, benefits, and services used in accordance with Title XVIII of the Social Security Act. If an insured with coverage for Medicare benefits or similar benefits under a plan for retired federal government employees is a resident of a continuing care retirement community regulated under Article 64 of this Chapter, and the insured's primary care physician determines that it is medically necessary for the insured to be referred to a skilled nursing facility upon discharge from an acute care facility, the insurer shall not require that the insured relocate to a skilled nursing facility outside the continuing care retirement community if the continuing care retirement community:
(1)	Is a Medicare‑certified skilled nursing facility.
(2)	Agrees to be reimbursed at the insurer's contract rate negotiated with similar providers for the same services and supplies.
(3)	Agrees not to bill the insured for fees over and above the insurer's contract rate.
(4)	Meets all guidelines established by the insurer related to quality of care, including:
a.	Quality assurance programs that promote continuous quality improvement.
b.	Standards for performance measurement for measuring and reporting the quality of health care services provided to insureds.
c.	Utilization review, including compliance with utilization management procedures.
d.	Confidentiality of medical information.
e.	Insured grievances and appeals from adverse treatment decisions.
f.	Nondiscrimination.
(5)	Agrees to comply with the insurer's procedures for referral authorization, risk assumption, use of insurer services, and other criteria applicable to providers under contract for the same services and supplies.
A continuing care retirement community that satisfies subdivisions (1) through (5) of this subsection shall not be obligated to accept, as a skilled nursing facility, any patient other than a resident of the continuing care retirement community, and neither the insurer nor the retirement community shall be allowed to list or otherwise advertise the skilled nursing facility as a participating network provider for Medicare benefits for anyone other than residents of the continuing care retirement community.  (1997‑443, s. 11A.122; 1997‑519, s. 2.1; 2001‑446, ss. 5(b), 1.2A; 2019‑26, s. 3; 2019‑202, s. 8.)

§ 58‑3‑215.  Genetic information in health insurance.
(a)	Definitions. – As used in this section:
(1)	"Genetic information" means information about genes, gene products, or inherited characteristics that may derive from an individual or a family member. "Genetic information" does not include the results of routine physical measurements, blood chemistries, blood counts, urine analyses, tests for abuse of drugs, and tests for the presence of human immunodeficiency virus.
(2)	"Health benefit plan" means an accident and health insurance policy or certificate; a nonprofit hospital or medical service corporation contract; a health maintenance organization subscriber contract; a plan provided by a multiple employer welfare arrangement; or a plan provided by another benefit arrangement, to the extent permitted by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or by any waiver of or other exception to that Act provided under federal law or regulation. "Health benefit plan" does not mean any plan implemented or administered through the Department of Health and Human Services or its representatives. "Health benefit plan" also does not mean any of the following kinds of insurance:
a.	Accident
b.	Credit
c.	Disability income
d.	Long‑term or nursing home care
e.	Medicare supplement
f.	Specified disease
g.	Dental or vision
h.	Coverage issued as a supplement to liability insurance
i.	Workers' compensation
j.	Medical payments under automobile or homeowners
k.	Hospital income or indemnity
l.	Insurance under which benefits are payable with or without regard to fault and that is statutorily required to be contained in any liability policy or equivalent self‑insurance
m.	Blanket accident and sickness.
(3)	"Insurer" means an insurance company subject to this Chapter; a service corporation organized under Article 65 of this Chapter; a health maintenance organization organized under Article 67 of this Chapter; or a multiple employer welfare arrangement subject to Article 50A of this Chapter.
(b)	For the purpose of this section, routine physical measurements, blood chemistries, blood counts, urine analyses, tests for abuse of drugs, and tests for the presence of human immunodeficiency virus are not to be considered genetic tests.
(c)	No insurer shall:
(1)	Raise the premium or contribution rates paid by a group for a group health benefit plan on the basis of genetic information obtained about an individual member of the group.
(2)	Refuse to issue or deliver a health benefit plan because of genetic information obtained about any person to be insured by the health benefit plan.
(3)	Charge a higher premium rate or charge for a health benefit plan because of genetic information obtained about any person to be insured by the health benefit plan.
(d)	Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, a health benefit plan, as defined in G.S. 58‑3‑167, and insurers, as defined in G.S. 58‑3‑167, shall comply with all applicable standards of Public Law 110‑233, known as the Genetic Information Nondiscrimination Act of 2008, as amended by Public Law 110‑343, and as further amended.  (1997‑350, s. 1; 1997‑443, s. 11A.118(b); 2009‑382, s. 18; 2019‑202, s. 8.)

§ 58‑3‑220.  Mental illness benefits coverage.
(a)	Mental Health Equity Requirement. – Except as provided in subsection (b), an insurer shall provide in each group health benefit plan benefits for the necessary care and treatment of mental illnesses that are no less favorable than benefits for physical illness generally, including application of the same limits. For purposes of this subsection, mental illnesses are as diagnosed and defined in the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, DSM‑5, or a subsequent edition published by the American Psychiatric Association, except those mental disorders coded in the DSM‑5 or subsequent edition as autism spectrum disorder (299.00), substance‑related disorders (291.0 through 292.2 and 303.0 through 305.9), those coded as sexual dysfunctions not due to organic disease (302.70 through 302.79), and those coded as "V" codes. For purposes of this subsection, "limits" includes deductibles, coinsurance factors, co‑payments, maximum out‑of‑pocket limits, annual and lifetime dollar limits, and any other dollar limits or fees for covered services.
(b)	Minimum Required Benefits. – Except as provided in subsection (c), a group health benefit plan may apply durational limits to mental illnesses that differ from durational limits that apply to physical illnesses. A group health benefit plan shall provide at least the following minimum number of office visits and combined inpatient and outpatient days for all mental illnesses and disorders not listed in subsection (c), as diagnosed and defined in the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, DSM‑5, or a subsequent edition published by the American Psychiatric Association, except those mental disorders coded in the DSM‑5 or subsequent edition as autism spectrum disorder (299.00), substance‑related disorders (291.0 through 292.2 and 303.0 through 305.9), those coded as sexual dysfunctions not due to organic disease (302.70 through 302.79), and those coded as "V" codes:
(1)	Thirty combined inpatient and outpatient days per year.
(2)	Thirty office visits per year.
(c)	Durational limits for the following mental illnesses shall be subject to the same limits as benefits for physical illness generally:
(1)	Bipolar Disorder.
(2)	Major Depressive Disorder.
(3)	Obsessive Compulsive Disorder.
(4)	Paranoid and Other Psychotic Disorder.
(5)	Schizoaffective Disorder.
(6)	Schizophrenia.
(7)	Post‑Traumatic Stress Disorder.
(8)	Anorexia Nervosa.
(9)	Bulimia.
(d)	Nothing in this section prevents an insurer from offering a group health benefit plan that provides greater than the minimum required benefits, as set forth in subsection (b).
(e)	Nothing in this section requires an insurer to cover treatment or studies leading to or in connection with sex changes or modifications and related care.
(f)	Weighted Average. – If a group health benefit plan contains annual limits, lifetime limits, co‑payments, deductibles, or coinsurance only on selected physical illness and injury benefits, and these benefits do not represent substantially all of the physical illness and injury benefits under the group health benefit plan, then the insurer may impose limits on the mental health benefits based on a weighted average of the respective annual, lifetime, co‑payment, deductible, or coinsurance limits on the selected physical illness and injury benefits. The weighted average shall be calculated in accordance with rules adopted by the Commissioner.
(g)	Nothing in this section prevents an insurer from applying utilization review criteria to determine medical necessity as defined in G.S. 58‑50‑61 as long as it does so in accordance with all requirements for utilization review programs and medical necessity determinations specified in that section, including the offering of an insurer appeal process and, where applicable, health benefit plan external review as provided for in Part 4 of Article 50 of Chapter 58 of the General Statutes.
(h)	Definitions. – As used in this section:
(1)	"Health benefit plan" has the same meaning as in G.S. 58‑3‑167.
(2)	"Insurer" has the same meaning as in G.S. 58‑3‑167.
(3)	"Mental illness" has the same meaning as in G.S. 122C‑3(21), with a mental disorder defined in the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, DSM‑5, or subsequent editions published by the American Psychiatric Association, except those mental disorders coded in the DSM‑5 or subsequent editions as autism spectrum disorder (299.00), substance‑related disorders (291.0 through 292.9 and 303.0 through 305.9), those coded as sexual dysfunctions not due to organic disease (302.70 through 302.79), and those coded as "V" codes.
(i)	Notwithstanding any other provisions of this section, a group health benefit plan that covers both medical and surgical benefits and mental health benefits shall, with respect to the mental health benefits, comply with all applicable standards of Subtitle B of Title V of Public Law 110‑343, known as the Paul Wellstone and Pete Domenici Mental Health Parity and Addiction Equity Act of 2008, and the applicable regulations, as amended.
(j)	Subsection (i) of this section applies only to a group health benefit plan covering a large employer as defined in G.S. 58‑68‑25(a)(10).  (2007‑268, s. 2; 2009‑382, s. 19; 2015‑271, s. 1.)

§ 58‑3‑221.  Access to nonformulary and restricted access prescription drugs.
(a)	If an insurer (i) maintains one or more closed formularies for or restricts access to covered prescription drugs or devices or (ii) requires an enrollee in a plan with an open or closed formulary to use a prescription drug or sequence of prescription drugs, other than the drug the enrollee's health care provider recommends, before the insurer provides coverage for the recommended prescription drug, then the insurer shall do all of the following:
(1)	Develop the formularies or protocols and any restrictions on access to covered prescription drugs or devices in consultation with and with the approval of a pharmacy and therapeutics committee.
(2)	Make available to participating providers, pharmacists, and enrollees the complete drugs or devices formulary or formularies maintained by the insurer including a list of the devices and prescription drugs on the formulary by major therapeutic category that specifies whether a particular drug or device is preferred over other drugs or devices, as well as any utilization management program indicators.
(3)	Update protocols based on a review of new evidence, research, and newly developed treatments.
(4)	An insurer, or a pharmacy benefits manager under contract with an insurer, shall require that its pharmacy and therapeutics committee either meet the requirements for conflict of interest set by the Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services or meet the accreditation standards of the National Committee for Quality Assurance or another independent accrediting organization.
(b)	An insurer may not void a contract or refuse to renew a contract between the insurer and a prescribing provider because the prescribing provider has prescribed a medically necessary and appropriate nonformulary or restricted access drug or device as provided in this section.
(b1)	Exception Process. – Each insurer shall establish and maintain an expeditious process or procedure, published on either the insurer's Web site or in policies provided to health care providers, that allows an enrollee or the enrollee's prescribing provider acting on behalf of the enrollee to obtain, without penalty or additional cost‑sharing beyond that provided for in the health benefit plan, coverage for a specific nonformulary drug or device or the drug requested by the prescribing provider, if it is determined to be medically necessary and appropriate by the enrollee's prescribing provider and the prescription drug is covered under the current health benefit plan. [The following provisions apply:]
(1)	An insurer shall grant an exception request if the prescribing provider's submitted justification and supporting clinical documentation are sufficient to demonstrate any of the following:
a.	The enrollee has tried the alternate drug or drugs while covered by the current or the previous health benefit plan.
b.	The formulary or alternate drug or drugs has been ineffective in the treatment of the enrollee's disease or condition.
c.	The formulary or alternate drug or drugs causes or is reasonably expected by the prescribing provider to cause a harmful or adverse clinical reaction in the enrollee.
d.	Either (i) the drug is prescribed in accordance with any applicable clinical protocol of the insurer for the prescribing of the drug or (ii) the drug has been approved as an exception to the clinical protocol pursuant to the insurer's exception procedure.
e.	The enrollee's prescribing provider certifies in writing that the enrollee has previously used an alternative nonrestricted access drug or device and the alternative drug or device has been detrimental to the enrollee's health or has been ineffective in treating the same condition and, in the opinion of the prescribing health care provider, is likely to be detrimental to the enrollee's health or ineffective in treating the condition again.
(2)	Nothing in this section shall preclude an insurer from requiring prior authorization for the coverage of a prescribed drug that was covered by the enrollee's previous health benefit plan.
(b2)	Pharmaceutical drug samples or patient incentive programs, including coupons or debit cards, shall not be considered trial and failure of a preferred prescription drug in lieu of trying the formulary‑preferred prescription drug.
(b3)	Exception Process Requirements. –
(1)	The insurer, health benefit plan, or utilization review organization may request relevant documentation from the patient or health care provider to support the exception request. Relevant information includes the results of any patient examination, clinical evaluation, or second opinion that may be required.
(2)	A licensed physician or licensed pharmacist shall evaluate the clinical appropriateness of the exception request.
(3)	For nonurgent exception requests for a prospective or concurrent review:
a.	The insurer shall communicate to the enrollee's health care provider if additional information is required within 72 hours after the insurer receives the exception request.
b.	The insurer shall communicate an exception request determination to the enrollee's providers within 72 hours after receiving all relevant information.
(4)	In the case of an urgent review:
a.	The insurer shall communicate to the enrollee's health care provider if additional information is required within 24 hours after the insurer receives the exception request.
b.	The insurer shall communicate an exception request determination to the enrollee's providers within 24 hours after receiving all relevant information.
(c)	As used in this section:
(1)	"Closed formulary" means a list of prescription drugs and devices reimbursed by the insurer that excludes coverage for drugs and devices not listed.
(1a)	"Health benefit plan" has definition provided in G.S. 58‑3‑167.
(2)	"Insurer" has the meaning provided in G.S. 58‑3‑167.
(3)	"Restricted access drug or device" means those covered prescription drugs or devices for which reimbursement by the insurer is conditioned on the insurer's prior approval to prescribe the drug or device or on the provider prescribing one or more alternative drugs or devices before prescribing the drug or device in question.
(d)	Nothing in this section requires an insurer to pay for drugs or devices or classes of drugs or devices related to a benefit that is specifically excluded from coverage by the insurer.
(e)	This section shall not be construed to prevent the health benefit plan from requiring an enrollee to try an A‑rated generic equivalent drug, or a biosimilar, as defined under 42 U.S.C. § 262(i)(2), prior to providing coverage for the equivalent branded prescription drug.  (1999‑178, s. 1; 1999‑294, s. 14(a), (b); 2001‑446, s. 1.5; 2020‑82, s. 4(a).)

§ 58‑3‑223.  Managed care access to specialist care.
(a)	Each insurer offering a health benefit plan that does not allow direct access to all in‑plan specialists shall develop and maintain written policies and procedures by which an insured may receive an extended or standing referral to an in‑plan specialist. The insurer shall provide for an extended or standing referral to a specialist if the insured has a serious or chronic degenerative, disabling, or life‑threatening disease or condition, which in the opinion of the insured's primary care physician, in consultation with the specialist, requires ongoing specialty care. The extended or standing referral shall be for a period not to exceed 12 months and shall be made under a treatment plan coordinated with the insurer in consultation with the primary care physician, the specialist, and the insured or the insured's designee.
(b)	As used in this section:
(1)	"Health benefit plan" has the meaning applied in G.S. 58‑3‑167.
(2)	"Insurer" has the meaning applied in G.S. 58‑3‑167.
(3)	"Serious or chronic degenerative, disabling, or life‑threatening disease or condition" means a disease or condition, which in the opinion of the patient's treating primary care physician and specialist, requires frequent and periodic monitoring and consultation with the specialist on an ongoing basis.
(4)	"Specialist" includes a subspecialist. (1999‑168, s. 1; 2001‑446, s. 1.2.)

§ 58‑3‑225.  Prompt claim payments under health benefit plans.
(a)	As used in this section:
(1)	"Claimant" includes a health care provider or facility that is responsible or permitted under contract with the insurer or by valid assignment of benefits for directly making the claim with an insurer.
(2)	"Health benefit plan" means an accident and health insurance policy or certificate; a nonprofit hospital or medical service corporation contract; a health maintenance organization subscriber contract; a plan provided by a multiple employer welfare arrangement; or a plan provided by another benefit arrangement, to the extent permitted by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or by any waiver of or other exception to that act provided under federal law or regulation. "Health benefit plan" does not mean any plan implemented or administered by the North Carolina or United States Department of Health and Human Services, or any successor agency, or its representatives. "Health benefit plan" also does not mean any of the following kinds of insurance:
a.	Credit.
b.	Disability income.
c.	Coverage issued as a supplement to liability insurance.
d.	Hospital income or indemnity.
e.	Insurance under which benefits are payable with or without regard to fault and that is statutorily required to be contained in any liability policy or equivalent self‑insurance.
f.	Long‑term or nursing home care.
g.	Medical payments under motor vehicle or homeowners' insurance policies.
h.	Medicare supplement.
i.	Short‑term limited duration health insurance policies as defined in Part 144 of Title 45 of the Code of Federal Regulations.
j.	Workers' compensation.
(3)	"Health care facility" means a facility that is licensed under Chapter 131E or Chapter 122C of the General Statutes or is owned or operated by the State of North Carolina in which health care services are provided to patients.
(4)	"Health care provider" means an individual who is licensed, certified, or otherwise authorized under Chapter 90 or 90B of the General Statutes or under the laws of another state to provide health care services in the ordinary course of business or practice of a profession or in an approved education or training program.
(5)	"Insurer" includes an insurance company subject to this Chapter, a service corporation organized under Article 65 of this Chapter, a health maintenance organization organized under Article 67 of this Chapter, or a multiple employer welfare arrangement subject to Article 50A of this Chapter, that writes a health benefit plan.
(b)	An insurer shall, within 30 calendar days after receipt of a claim, send by electronic or paper mail to the claimant:
(1)	Payment of the claim.
(2)	Notice of denial of the claim.
(3)	Notice that the proof of loss is inadequate or incomplete.
(4)	Notice that the claim is not submitted on the form required by the health benefit plan, by the contract between the insurer and health care provider or health care facility, or by applicable law.
(5)	Notice that coordination of benefits information is needed in order to pay the claim.
(6)	Notice that the claim is pending based on nonpayment of fees or premiums.
For purposes of this section, an insurer is presumed to have received a written claim five business days after the claim has been placed first‑class postage prepaid in the United States mail addressed to the insurer or an electronic claim transmitted to the insurer or a designated clearinghouse on the day the claim is electronically transmitted. The presumption may be rebutted by sufficient evidence that the claim was received on another day or not received at all.
(c)	If the claim is denied, the notice shall include all of the specific good faith reason or reasons for the denial, including, without limitation, coordination of benefits, lack of eligibility, or lack of coverage for the services provided. If the claim is contested or cannot be paid because the proof of loss is inadequate or incomplete, or not paid pending receipt of requested coordination of benefits information, the notice shall contain the specific good faith reason or reasons why the claim has not been paid and an itemization or description of all of the information needed by the insurer to complete the processing of the claim. If all or part of the claim is contested or cannot be paid because of the application of a specific utilization management or medical necessity standard is not satisfied, the notice shall contain the specific clinical rationale for that decision or shall refer to specific provisions in documents that are made readily available through the insurer which provide the specific clinical rationale for that decision; however, if a notice of noncertification has already been provided under G.S. 58‑50‑61(h), then the specific clinical rationale for the decision is not required under this subsection. If the claim is contested or cannot be paid because of nonpayment of premiums, the notice shall contain a statement advising the claimant of the nonpayment of premiums. If a claim is not paid pending receipt of requested coordination of benefits information, the notice shall so specify. If a claim is denied or contested in part, the insurer shall pay the undisputed portion of the claim within 30 calendar days after receipt of the claim and send the notice of the denial or contested status within 30 days after receipt of the claim. If a claim is contested or cannot be paid because the claim was not submitted on the required form, the notice shall contain the required form, if the form is other than a UB or HCFA form, and instructions to complete that form. Upon receipt of additional information requested in its notice to the claimant, the insurer shall continue processing the claim and pay or deny the claim within 30 days after receiving the additional information.
(d)	If an insurer requests additional information under subsection (c) of this section and the insurer does not receive the additional information within 90 days after the request was made, the insurer shall deny the claim and send the notice of denial to the claimant in accordance with subsection (c) of this section. The insurer shall include the specific reason or reasons for denial in the notice, including the fact that information that was requested was not provided. The insurer shall inform the claimant in the notice that the claim will be reopened if the information previously requested is submitted to the insurer within one year after the date of the denial notice closing the claim.
(e)	Health benefit plan claim payments that are not made in accordance with this section shall bear interest at the annual percentage rate of eighteen percent (18%) beginning on the date following the day on which the claim should have been paid. If additional information was requested by the insurer under subsection (b) of this section, interest on health benefit claim payments shall begin to accrue on the 31st day after the insurer received the additional information. A payment is considered made on the date upon which a check, draft, or other valid negotiable instrument is placed in the United States Postal Service in a properly addressed, postpaid envelope, or, if not mailed, on the date of the electronic transfer or other delivery of the payment to the claimant. This subsection does not apply to claims for benefits that are not covered by the health benefit plan; nor does this subsection apply to deductibles, co‑payments, or other amounts for which the insurer is not liable.
(f)	Insurers may require that claims be submitted within 180 days after the date of the provision of care to the patient by the health care provider and, in the case of health care provider facility claims, within 180 days after the date of the patient's discharge from the facility. However, an insurer may not limit the time in which claims may be submitted to fewer than 180 days. Unless otherwise agreed to by the insurer and the claimant, failure to submit a claim within the time required does not invalidate or reduce any claim if it was not reasonably possible for the claimant to file the claim within that time, provided that the claim is submitted as soon as reasonably possible and in no event, except in the absence of legal capacity of the insured, later than one year from the time submittal of the claim is otherwise required.
(g)	If a claim for which the claimant is a health care provider or health care facility has not been paid or denied within 60 days after receipt of the initial claim, the insurer shall send a claim status report to the insured. Provided, however, that the claims status report is not required during the time an insurer is awaiting information requested under subsection (c) of this section. The report shall indicate that the claim is under review and the insurer is communicating with the health care provider or health care facility to resolve the matter. While a claim remains unresolved, the insurer shall send a claim status report to the insured with a copy to the provider 30 days after the previous report was sent.
(h)	Subject to the time lines required under this section, the insurer may recover overpayments made to the health care provider or health care facility by making demands for refunds and by offsetting future payments. Any such recoveries may also include related interest payments that were made under the requirements of this section. Not less than 30 calendar days before an insurer seeks overpayment recovery or offsets future payments, the insurer shall give written notice to the health care provider or health care facility, which notice shall be accompanied by adequate specific information to identify the specific claim and the specific reason for the recovery. The recovery of overpayments or offsetting of future payments shall be made within the two years after the date of the original claim payment unless the insurer has reasonable belief of fraud or other intentional misconduct by the health care provider or health care facility or its agents, or the claim involves a health care provider or health care facility receiving payment for the same service from a government payor. The health care provider or health care facility may recover underpayments or nonpayments by the insurer by making demands for refunds. Any such recoveries by the health care provider or health care facility of underpayments or nonpayment by the insurer may include applicable interest under this section. The recovery of underpayments or nonpayments shall be made within the two years after the date of the original claim adjudication, unless the claim involves a health provider or health care facility receiving payment for the same service from a government payor.
(i)	Every insurer shall maintain written or electronic records of its activities under this section, including records of when each claim was received, paid, denied, or pended, and the insurer's review and handling of each claim under this section, sufficient to demonstrate compliance with this section.
(j)	A violation of this section by an insurer subjects the insurer to the sanctions in G.S. 58‑2‑70. The authority of the Commissioner under this subsection does not impair the right of a claimant to pursue any other action or remedy available under law. With respect to a specific claim, an insurer paying statutory interest in good faith under this section is not subject to sanctions for that claim under this subsection.
(k)	An insurer is not in violation of this section nor subject to interest payments under this section if its failure to comply with this section is caused in material part by (i) the person submitting the claim, or (ii) by matters beyond the insurer's reasonable control, including an act of God, insurrection, strike, fire, or power outages. In addition, an insurer is not in violation of this section or subject to interest payments to the claimant under this section if the insurer has a reasonable basis to believe that the claim was submitted fraudulently and notifies the claimant of the alleged fraud.
(l)	Expired January 1, 2003.
(m)	Nothing in this section limits or impairs the patient's liability under existing law for payment of medical expenses.  (2000‑162, s. 4(a); 2001‑417, s. 1; 2007‑362, s. 1; 2009‑382, s. 16; 2019‑202, s. 8.)

§ 58‑3‑227.  Health plans fee schedules.
(a)	Definitions. – As used in this section, the following terms mean:
(1)	Claim submission policy. – The procedure adopted by an insurer and used by a provider or facility to submit to the insurer claims for services rendered and to seek reimbursement for those services.
(2)	Health care facility or facility. – A facility that is licensed under Chapter 131E or Chapter 122C of the General Statutes or is owned or operated by the State of North Carolina in which health care services are provided to patients.
(3)	Health care provider or provider. – An individual who is licensed, certified, or otherwise authorized under Chapter 90 or Chapter 90B of the General Statutes or under the laws of another state to provide health care services in the ordinary course of business or practice of a profession or in an approved education or training program.
(4)	Insurer. – An entity that writes a health benefit plan and that is an insurance company subject to this Chapter, a service corporation under Article 65 of this Chapter, a health maintenance organization under Article 67 of this Chapter, or a multiple employer welfare arrangement under Article 50A of this Chapter.
(5)	Reimbursement policy. – Information relating to payment of providers and facilities including policies on the following:
a.	Claims bundling and other claims editing processes.
b.	Recognition or nonrecognition of CPT code modifiers.
c.	Downcoding of services or procedures.
d.	The definition of global surgery periods.
e.	Multiple surgical procedures.
f.	Payment based on the relationship of procedure code to diagnosis code.
(6)	Schedule of fees. – CPT, HCPCS, ICD‑9‑CM codes, ICD‑10‑CM codes, ASA codes, modifiers, and other applicable codes for the procedures billed for that class of provider.
(b)	Purpose. – The purpose of this section is to establish the minimum required provisions for the disclosure and notification of an insurer's schedule of fees, claims submission, and reimbursement policies to health care providers and health care facilities. Nothing in this section shall supercede (i) the schedule of fees, claim submission, and reimbursement policy terms in an insurer's contract with a provider or facility that exceed the minimum requirements of this section nor (ii) any contractual requirement for mutual written consent of changes to reimbursement policies, claims submission policies, or fees. Nothing in this section shall prevent an insurer from requiring that providers and facilities keep confidential, and not disclose to third parties, the information that an insurer must provide under this section.
(c)	Disclosure of Fee Schedules. – An insurer shall make available to contracted providers the following information:
(1)	The insurer's schedule of fees associated with the top 30 services or procedures most commonly billed by that class of provider, and, upon request, the full schedule of fees for services or procedures billed by that class of provider, in accordance with subdivision (3) of this subsection.
(2)	In the case of a contract incorporating multiple classes of providers, the insurer's schedule of fees associated with the top 30 services or procedures most commonly billed for each class of provider, and, upon request, the full schedule of fees for services or procedures billed for each class of provider, in accordance with subdivision (3) of this subsection.
(3)	If a provider requests fees for more than 30 services and procedures, the insurer may require the provider to specify the additional requested services and procedures and may limit the provider's access to the additional schedule of fees to those associated with services and procedures performed by or reasonably expected to be performed by the provider. The insurer may also limit the frequency of requests for the additional codes by each provider, provided that such additional codes will be made available upon request at least annually and at any time there are changes for which notification is required pursuant to subsection (f) of this section.
(d)	Disclosure of Policies. – An insurer shall make available to contracted providers and facilities a description of the insurer's claim submission and reimbursement policies.
(e)	Availability of Information. – Insurers shall notify contracted providers and facilities in writing of the availability of information required or authorized to be provided under this section. An insurer may satisfy this requirement by indicating in the contract with the provider the availability of this information or by providing notice in a manner authorized under subsection (f) of this section for notification of changes.
(f)	Notification of Changes. – Insurers shall provide advance notice to providers and facilities of changes to the information that insurers are required to provide under this section. The notice period for a change in the schedule of fees, reimbursement policies, or submission of claims policies shall be the contractual notice period, but in no event shall the notices be given less than 30 days prior to the change. An insurer is not required to provide advance notice of changes to the information required under this section if the change has the effect of increasing fees, expanding health benefit plan coverage, or is made for patient safety considerations, in which case, notification of the changes may be made concurrent with the implementation of the changes. Information and notice of changes may be provided in the medium selected by the insurer, including an electronic medium. However, the insurer must inform the affected contracted provider or facility of the notification method to be used by the insurer and, if the insurer uses an electronic medium to provide notice of changes required under this section, the insurer shall provide clear instructions regarding how the provider or facility may access the information contained in the notice.
(g)	Reference Information. – If an insurer references source information that is the basis for a schedule of fees, reimbursement policy, or claim submission policy, and the source information is developed independently of the insurer, the insurer may satisfy the requirements of this section by providing clear instructions regarding how the provider or facility may readily access the source information or by providing for actual access if agreed to in the contract between the insurer and the provider.
(h)	Contract Negotiations. – When an insurer offers a contract to a provider, the insurer shall also make available its schedule of fees associated with the top 30 services or procedures most commonly billed by that class of provider. Upon the request of a provider, the insurer shall also make available the full schedule of fees for services or procedures billed by that class of provider or for each class of provider in the case of a contract incorporating multiple classes of providers. If a provider requests fees for more than 30 services and procedures, the insurer may require the provider to specify the additional requested services and procedures and may limit the provider's access to the additional schedule of fees to those associated with services and procedures performed by or reasonably expected to be performed by the provider.
(i)	Expired pursuant to Session Laws 2003‑364, s. 3, effective January 1, 2005.  (2003‑369, s. 1; 2017‑205, s. 1; 2019‑202, s. 8.)

§ 58‑3‑228.  Coverage for extra prescriptions during a state of emergency or disaster.
(a)	All health benefit plans as defined in G.S. 58‑3‑167, the State Health Plan for Teachers and State Employees, and any optional plans or programs operating under Part 2 of Article 3 of Chapter 135 of the General Statutes, and other stand‑alone prescription medication plans issued by entities that are licensed by the Department shall have, when an event described in subdivision (b)(1) of this section occurs and the requirements of subdivisions (b)(2) and (b)(3) of this section are satisfied, a procedure in place to waive time restrictions on filling or refilling prescriptions for medication if requested by the covered person or subscriber. The procedure shall include waiver or override of electronic "refill too soon" edits to pharmacies and shall include provision for payment to the pharmacy in accordance with the prescription benefit plan and applicable pharmacy provider agreement. The procedure shall enable covered persons or subscribers to:
(1)	Obtain one refill on a prescription if there are authorized refills remaining, or
(2)	Fill one replacement prescription for one that was recently filled, as prescribed or approved by the prescriber of the prescription that is being replaced and not contrary to the dispensing authority of the dispensing pharmacy.
(b)	All entities subject to this section shall authorize payment to pharmacies for any prescription dispensed in accordance with subsection (a) of this section regardless of the date upon which the prescription had most recently been filled by a pharmacist, if all of the following conditions apply:
(1)	The Commissioner issues a Bulletin Advisory notifying all insurance carriers licensed in this State of a declared state of disaster or state of emergency in North Carolina. The Department shall provide a copy of the Bulletin to the North Carolina Board of Pharmacy.
(2)	The covered person requesting coverage of the refill or replacement prescription resides in a county that:
a.	Is covered under a state of emergency issued by the Governor or General Assembly under G.S. 166A‑19.20, or a declaration of major disaster issued by the President of the United States under the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act, 42 U.S.C. § 5121, et seq., as amended; or
b.	Repealed by Session Laws 2012‑12, s. 2(k), effective October 1, 2012.
(3)	The prescription medication is requested within 29 days after the origination date of the conditions stated in subdivision (b)(1) of this section.
(c)	The time period for the waiver of prescription medication refills may be extended in 30‑day increments by an order issued by the Commissioner. Additional refills still remaining on a prescription shall be covered by the insurer as long as consistent with the orders of the prescriber or authority of the dispensing pharmacy.
(d)	This section does not excuse or exempt an insured or subscriber from any other terms of the policy or certificate providing coverage for prescription medications.
(e)	Quantity limitations shall be consistent with the original prescription and the extra or replacement fill may recognize proportionate dosage use prior to the disaster.
(f)	No requirements additional to those under the pharmacy provider agreement or the prescription benefit plan may be placed upon the provider for coverage of the replacement fill or extra fill.
(g)	Nothing in this section is intended to affect the respective authority or scope of practice of prescribers or pharmacies.  (2007‑133, s. 1; 2007‑323, s. 28.22A(o); 2007‑345, s. 12; 2012‑12, s. 2(k).)

§ 58‑3‑230.  Uniform provider credentialing.
(a)	An insurer that provides a health benefit plan and that credentials providers for its networks shall maintain a process to assess and verify the qualifications of a licensed health care practitioner within 60 days of receipt of a completed provider credentialing application form approved by the Commissioner. If the insurer has not approved or denied the provider credentialing application form within 60 days of receipt of the completed application, upon receipt of a written request from the applicant and within five business days of its receipt, the insurer shall issue a temporary credential to the applicant if the applicant has a valid North Carolina professional or occupational license to provide the health care services to which the credential would apply. The insurer shall not issue a temporary credential if the applicant has reported on the application a history of medical malpractice claims, a history of substance abuse or mental health issues, or a history of Medical Board disciplinary action. The temporary credential shall be effective upon issuance and shall remain in effect until the provider's credentialing application is approved or denied by the insurer. When a health care practitioner joins a practice that is under contract with an insurer to participate in a health benefit plan, the effective date of the health care practitioner's participation in the health benefit plan network shall be the date the insurer approves the practitioner's credentialing application.
(b)	The Commissioner shall by rule adopt a uniform provider credentialing application form that will provide health benefit plans with the information necessary to adequately assess and verify the qualifications of an applicant. The Commissioner may update the uniform provider credentialing application form, as necessary. No insurer that provides a health benefit plan may require an applicant to submit information that is not required by the uniform provider credentialing application form.
(c)	As used in this section, the terms "health benefit plan" and "insurer" shall have the meaning provided under G.S. 58‑3‑167.  (2001‑172, s. 1; 2002‑126, s. 6.9(a); 2005‑223, s. 9; 2009‑487, s. 1.)

§ 58‑3‑231.  Payment under locum tenens arrangements.
(a)	As used in this section, the following definitions apply:
(1)	Covered visit services. – All office visits, emergency visits, and any related service performed by a physician that is covered by the insurer.
(2)	Insurer. – Defined in G.S. 58‑3‑167(a).
(3)	Locum tenens agency. – A company authorized to conduct business in North Carolina that provides, through contract, locum tenens placement and administrative services for regular physicians, locum tenens physicians, medical groups, and hospitals.
(4)	Locum tenens physician. – A physician who substitutes for a regular physician on a temporary basis and is not an employee of the regular physician.
(5)	Regular physician. – The physician that is normally scheduled to see a patient, including physician specialists and a physician who has left a group practice for whom a locum tenens physician is retained.
(b)	An insurer that provides a health benefit plan shall establish and maintain a process to allow a patient's regular physician to submit a claim and, if the claim is accepted, receive payment for covered visit services that the regular physician or a locum tenens agency arranges to be provided by a locum tenens physician, provided the following are true:
(1)	The regular physician is unavailable to provide the covered visit services or the locum tenens physician is assisting the regular physician in providing covered visit services.
(2)	The insured patient has arranged or seeks to receive the covered visit services from the regular physician.
(3)	The locum tenens physician does not provide the covered visit services to insured patients of a single regular physician for more than 90 consecutive days.
(4)	The regular physician identifies the covered visit services as locum tenens physician services meeting the requirements of this section by entering the proper code required by the insurer after the procedure code.
(5)	The regular physician pays for the locum tenens physician's covered visit services on a per diem or similar fee‑for‑time basis.
(6)	The regular physician maintains a record of each covered visit service provided by the locum tenens physician and makes this record available to the insurer upon request.
(c)	A medical group or hospital may submit claims for the covered visit services of a locum tenens physician substituting for a regular physician who is a member of the group or an employee of the hospital if the requirements of subsection (b) of this section are met. For purposes of these requirements, per diem or similar fee‑for‑time compensation that the group or hospital pays for the locum tenens physician is considered paid by the regular physician. A physician who has left the group and for whom the group has engaged a locum tenens physician as a temporary replacement may bill for the temporary physician for up to 90 consecutive days.
(d)	An insurer shall allow a locum tenens physician credentialed with that insurer to substitute for a regular physician in accordance with this section without a statement of supervision if (i) the regular physician is a solo practitioner or (ii) there is not otherwise a regular physician who is able to provide a statement of supervision.
(e)	Locum tenens agencies may contract with regular physicians, medical groups, hospitals, and locum tenens physicians to provide placement and administrative services related to the locum tenens substitution, provided the following are true:
(1)	The locum tenens agency charges fees that are reasonably related to the value of the services that the locum tenens agency provides.
(2)	The locum tenens agency does not interfere with or attempt to influence the clinical judgment of a physician providing locum tenens services.  (2011‑315, s. 1.)

§ 58‑3‑235.  Selection of specialist as primary care provider.
(a)	Each insurer that offers a health benefit plan shall have a procedure by which an insured diagnosed with a serious or chronic degenerative, disabling, or life‑threatening disease or condition, either of which requires specialized medical care may select as his or her primary care physician a specialist with expertise in treating the disease or condition who shall be responsible for and capable of providing and coordinating the insured's primary and specialty care. If the insurer determines that the insured's care would not be appropriately coordinated by that specialist, the insurer may deny access to that specialist as a primary care provider.
(b)	The selection of the specialist shall be made under a treatment plan approved by the insurer, in consultation with the specialist and the insured or the insured's designee and after notice to the insured's primary care provider, if any. The specialist may provide ongoing care to the insured and may authorize such referrals, procedures, tests, and other medical services as the insured's primary care provider would otherwise be allowed to provide or authorize, subject to the terms of the treatment plan. Services provided by a specialist who is providing and coordinating primary and specialty care remain subject to utilization review and other requirements of the insurer, including its requirements for primary care providers. (2001‑446, s. 1.3.)

§ 58‑3‑240.  Direct access to pediatrician for minors.
Each insurer offering a health benefit plan that uses a network of contracting health care providers shall allow an insured to choose a contracting pediatrician in the network as the primary care provider for the insured's children under the age of 18 and covered under the policy. (2001‑446, s. 1.4.)

§ 58‑3‑245.  Provider directories; cost tools for insured.
(a)	Every health benefit plan utilizing a provider network shall maintain a provider directory that includes a listing of network providers available to insureds and shall update the listing no less frequently than once a year. In addition, every health benefit plan shall maintain a telephone system and may maintain an electronic or on‑line system through which insureds can access up‑to‑date network information. The health benefit plan shall ensure that a patient is provided accurate and current information on each provider's network status through the telephone system and any electronic or online system. If the health benefit plan produces printed directories, the directories shall contain language disclosing the date of publication, frequency of updates, that the directory listing may not contain the latest network information, and contact information for accessing up‑to‑date network information.
(b)	Each directory listing shall include the following network information:
(1)	The provider's name, address, telephone number, and, if applicable, area of specialty.
(2)	Whether the provider may be selected as a primary care provider.
(3)	To the extent known to the health benefit plan, an indication of whether the provider:
a.	Is or is not currently accepting new patients.
b.	Has any other restrictions that would limit an insured's access to that provider.
(c)	The directory listing shall include all of the types of participating providers. Upon a participating provider's written request, the insurer shall also list in the directory, as part of the participating provider's listing, the names of any allied health professionals who provide primary care services under the supervision of the participating provider and whose services are covered by virtue of the insurer's contract with the supervising participating provider and whose credentials have been verified by the supervising participating provider. These allied health professionals shall be listed as a part of the directory listing for the participating provider upon receipt of a certification by the supervising participating provider that the credentials of the allied health professional have been verified consistent with the requirements for the type of information required to be verified under G.S. 58‑3‑230.
(d)	A health care provider shall provide to a patient or prospective patient, upon request, information on that provider's network status with a particular health benefit plan.  (2001‑446, s. 2.2; 2013‑382, s. 13.4.)

§ 58‑3‑247.  Insurance identification card.
(a)	Every insurer offering a health benefit plan as defined under G.S. 58‑3‑167 shall provide the health benefit plan subscriber or members with an insurance identification card. The card shall contain, at a minimum, all of the following information:
(1)	The subscriber's name and identification number.
(2)	The member's name and identification number, if applicable and different from the subscriber's name and identification number.
(3)	The group number.
(4)	The name of the organization issuing the policy, the name of the organization administering the policy, and the name of the network, whichever applies.
(5)	The effective date of health benefits plan coverage or the date the card is issued if it is after the effective date.
(6)	The address where claims are to be filed and, if applicable, the electronic claims filing payor identification number.
(7)	The policyholder's obligations with regard to copayments, if applicable, for at least all of the following:
a.	Primary care office visit.
b.	Specialty care office visit.
c.	Urgent care visit.
d.	Emergency room visit.
(8)	The phone number or website address whereby the subscriber, member, or service provider, in compliance with privacy rules under the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act may readily obtain the following:
a.	Confirmation of eligibility.
b.	Benefits verification in order to estimate patient financial responsibility.
c.	Prior authorization for services and procedures.
d.	The list of participating providers in the network.
e.	The employer group number.
f.	Special mental health medical benefits under the health plan, if applicable.
(9)	An indication of whether the health benefit plan is a fully insured or self‑funded plan. Plans that are fully insured shall be noted by using the phrase "fully insured" to indicate to the consumer that the Department is able to provide assistance regarding the regulation of the plan.
(b)	The insurance identification card must be designed such that if the card is photocopied or electronically scanned, the resulting image is clearly legible. The identification card must present the information in a readily identifiable manner or, alternatively, the information may be embedded on the card and available through magnetic stripe or smart card. The information may also be provided through other electronic technology.  (2007‑362, s. 2; 2021‑30, s. 1(a).)

§ 58‑3‑250.  Payment obligations for covered services.
(a)	If an insurer calculates a benefit amount for a covered service under a health benefit plan through a method other than a fixed dollar co‑payment, the insurer shall clearly explain in its evidence of coverage and plan summaries how it determines its payment obligations and the payment obligations of the insured. The explanation shall include:
(1)	An example of the steps the insurer would take in calculating the benefit amount and the payment obligations of each party.
(2)	Whether the insurer has obtained the agreement of health care providers not to bill an insured for any amounts by which a provider's charge exceeds the insurer's recognized charge for a covered service and whether the insured may be liable for paying any excess amount.
(3)	Which party is responsible for filing a claim or bill with the insurer.
(b)	If an insured is liable for an amount that differs from a stated fixed dollar co‑payment or may differ from a stated coinsurance percentage because the coinsurance amount is based on a plan allowance or other such amount rather than the actual charges and providers are permitted to balance bill the insured, the evidence of coverage, plan summaries, and marketing and advertising materials that include information on benefit levels shall contain the following statement: "NOTICE: Your actual expenses for covered services may exceed the stated [coinsurance percentage or co‑payment amount] because actual provider charges may not be used to determine [plan/insurer or similar term] and [insured/member/enrollee or similar term] payment obligations." (2001‑446, s. 2.3.)

§ 58‑3‑255.  Coverage of clinical trials.
(a)	As used in this section:
(1)	"Covered clinical trials" means phase II, phase III, and phase IV patient research studies designed to evaluate new treatments, including prescription drugs, and that: (i) involve the treatment of life‑threatening medical conditions, (ii) are medically indicated and preferable for that patient compared to available noninvestigational treatment alternatives, and (iii) have clinical and preclinical data that shows the trial will likely be more effective for that patient than available noninvestigational alternatives. Covered clinical trials must also meet the following requirements:
a.	Must involve determinations by treating physicians, relevant scientific data, and opinions of experts in relevant medical specialties.
b.	Must be trials approved by centers or cooperative groups that are funded by the National Institutes of Health, the Food and Drug Administration, the Centers for Disease Control, the Agency for Health Care Research and Quality, the Department of Defense, or the Department of Veterans Affairs. The health benefit plan may also cover clinical trials sponsored by other entities.
c.	Must be conducted in a setting and by personnel that maintain a high level of expertise because of their training, experience, and volume of patients.
(2)	"Health benefit plan" is defined by G.S. 58‑3‑167.
(3)	"Insurer" is defined by G.S. 58‑3‑167.
(b)	Each health benefit plan shall provide coverage for participation in phase II, phase III, and phase IV covered clinical trials by its insureds or enrollees who meet protocol requirements of the trials and provide informed consent.
(c)	Only medically necessary costs of health care services, as defined in G.S. 58‑50‑61, associated with participation in a covered clinical trial, including those related to health care services typically provided absent a clinical trial, the diagnosis and treatment of complications, and medically necessary monitoring, are required to be covered by the health benefit plan and only to the extent that such costs have not been or are not funded by national agencies, commercial manufacturers, distributors, or other research sponsors of participants in clinical trials. Nothing in this section shall be construed to require a health benefit plan to pay or reimburse for non‑FDA approved drugs provided or made available to a patient who received the drug during a covered clinical trial after the clinical trial has been discontinued.
(d)	Clinical trial costs not required to be covered by a health benefit plan include the costs of services that are not health care services, those provided solely to satisfy data collection and analysis needs, those related to investigational drugs and devices, and those that are not provided for the direct clinical management of the patient. In the event a claim contains charges related to services for which coverage is required under this section, and those charges have not been or cannot be separated from costs related to services for which coverage is not required under this section, the health benefit plan may deny the claim. (2001‑446, s. 3.1.)

§ 58‑3‑256.  Coverage related to organ transplants.
(a)	For the purposes of this section, the following definitions apply:
(1)	Anatomical gift. – The donation of all or part of a human body to take effect after the donor's death for the purpose of a transplant.
(2)	Disability. – As defined in the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, 42 U.S.C. § 12102 et seq., as amended.
(3)	Health benefit plan. – As defined in G.S. 58‑3‑167.
(4)	Insurer. – As defined in G.S. 58‑3‑167.
(5)	Transplant. – The transplantation or transfusion of a part of a human body into the body of another human for the purpose of treating or curing a medical condition.
(b)	No insurer offering a health benefit plan in this State that provides coverage for anatomical gifts, organ transplants, or treatment and services related to anatomical gifts or transplants shall do any of the following:
(1)	Deny coverage to an insured solely on the basis of that individual's disability.
(2)	Deny to an individual eligibility, or continued eligibility, to enroll or to renew coverage under the terms of a health benefit plan solely for the purpose of avoiding the requirements of this section.
(3)	Attempt to induce a health care provider to provide care to an insured in a manner inconsistent with this section by doing either of the following:
a.	Penalizing, or otherwise reducing or limiting the reimbursement of, a health care provider.
b.	Providing monetary or nonmonetary incentives to a health care provider.
(4)	Reduce or limit health benefit plan coverage benefits to an insured for any services related to organ transplantation performed determined to be necessary in consultation with the attending physician and the insured.
(c)	When a person or that person's health care provider or representative requests that person's insurer to determine whether a transplant is eligible for benefits under that person's health benefit coverage, the insurer shall, within 10 business days after receipt of the request and medical documentation necessary to determine if there is coverage, inform the requesting person as to whether there is coverage; provided coverage exists at the time of the transplant.
(d)	In the case of a health benefit plan maintained pursuant to one or more collective bargaining agreements between employee representatives and one or more employers, any amendment to the health benefit plan made pursuant to a collective bargaining agreement solely to conform to this section shall not be treated as a termination of the collective bargaining agreement.
(e)	Nothing in this section shall be deemed to require an insurer to provide coverage for a medically inappropriate organ transplant.  (2021‑64, s. 3(a); 2021‑64, s. 3(b).)

§ 58‑3‑260.  Insurance coverage for newborn hearing screening mandated.
(a)	As used in this section, the terms "health benefit plan" and "insurer" have the meanings applied under G.S. 58‑3‑167.
(b)	Each health benefit plan shall provide coverage for newborn hearing screening ordered by the attending physician pursuant to G.S. 130A‑125. The same deductibles, coinsurance, reimbursement methodologies, and other limitations and administrative procedures as apply to similar services covered under the health benefit plan shall apply to coverage for newborn hearing screening. (2001‑446, s. 3.2.)

§ 58‑3‑265.  Prohibition on managed care provider incentives.
An insurer offering a health benefit plan may not offer or pay any type of material inducement, bonus, or other financial incentive to a participating provider to deny, reduce, withhold, limit, or delay specific medically necessary and appropriate health care services covered under the health benefit plan to a specific insured or enrollee. This section does not prohibit insurers from paying a provider on a capitated basis or withholding payment or paying a bonus based on the aggregate services rendered by the provider or the insurer's financial performance. (2001‑446, s. 1.8.)

§ 58‑3‑270.  Coverage for surveillance tests for women at risk for ovarian cancer.
(a)	Every health benefit plan, as defined in G.S. 58‑3‑167, shall provide coverage for surveillance tests for women age 25 and older at risk for ovarian cancer. As used in this section:
(1)	"At risk for ovarian cancer" means either:
a.	Having a family history:
1.	With at least one first‑degree relative with ovarian cancer; and
2.	A second relative, either first‑degree or second‑degree, with breast, ovarian, or nonpolyposis colorectal cancer; or
b.	Testing positive for a hereditary ovarian cancer syndrome.
(2)	"Surveillance tests" mean annual screening using:
a.	Transvaginal ultrasound; and
b.	Rectovaginal pelvic examination.
(b)	The same deductibles, coinsurance, and other limitations as apply to similar services covered under the plan apply to coverage for transvaginal ultrasound and rectovaginal pelvic examinations required to be covered under this section. (2003‑223, s. 1.)

§ 58‑3‑275.  Closure of a block of business.
(a)	An insurer that determines to create a closed block of business in this State shall no later than 60 days prior to the closure date:
(1)	Notify the Commissioner in writing of the insurer's decision to cease sales of the policy form(s) and provide a reasonable estimate, based on sound actuarial principles, of the expected impact on future premiums of ceasing sales of the policy form(s). If the insurer's qualified actuary estimates that the expected impact on future annual premiums of ceasing sales of the policy form(s) exceeds five percent (5%) per annum, then the insurer shall comply with the requirements of subdivision (3) of this subsection. If each subsequent annual premium rate filing results in an approved annual premium rate increase no greater than the last premium rate increase approved when the block of insurance was open, plus five percent (5%) per annum, then the insurer shall not be required to comply with the requirements of subdivision (3) of this subsection. If any subsequent annual premium rate filing results in an approved premium rate increase in excess of five percent (5%) per annum more than the last premium rate increase approved while the block of insurance was open, then the insurer shall comply with the requirements of subdivision (3) of this subsection at the time the filing is approved, unless the insurer can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Commissioner that the portion of the increase that is due to the closing of the block is not more than five percent (5%) per annum.
(2)	Inform each insurance producer selling the product of the decision and the date of closure.
(3)	If required pursuant to subdivision (1) of this subsection, notify all affected policyholders of the determination and provide a statement of the general effect that might be expected to result from the closure of the block. Notice shall comply with any rules adopted pursuant to subsection (b) of this section.
(b)	The Commissioner may adopt rules to carry out the purposes and provisions of this section, including rules establishing the language, content, format, and methods of distribution of the notices required by this section.
(c)	As used in this section, the term:
(1)	"Accident and health insurance" means insurance against death or injury resulting from accident or from accidental means and insurance against disablement, disease, or sickness of the insured. This includes Medicare supplemental insurance, long‑term care, nursing home, or home health care insurance, or any combination thereof, specified disease or illness insurance, hospital indemnity or other fixed indemnity insurance, short‑term limited duration health insurance, dental insurance, vision insurance, and medical, hospital, or surgical expense insurance or any combination thereof.
(2)	"Block of business" means a particular policy form or contract of individual accident and health insurance issued by an insurer.
(3)	"Closed block of business" means a block of business for which an insurer ceases to actively market, sell, and issue new contracts under a particular policy form in this State.
(4)	"Closure date" means the effective date that no new insureds will be issued coverage of the particular policy form(s).
(5)	"Insurer" includes an insurance company subject to this Chapter, a service corporation organized under Article 65 of this Chapter, a health maintenance organization organized under Article 67 of this Chapter, or a multiple employer welfare arrangement subject to Article 50A of this Chapter.
(6)	"Policyholders" includes those applicants for the particular policy form that is being closed and for which the policy is not yet issued.
(d)	This section does not apply when an insurer makes a decision to discontinue a particular policy form or contract of accident and health insurance coverage subject to Article 68 of this Chapter, cancels or nonrenews the coverage, and offers replacement coverage pursuant to G.S. 58‑68‑65(c)(1).  (2005‑412, s. 2; 2019‑202, s. 8; 2022‑46, s. 14(o).)

§ 58‑3‑276: Repealed by Session Laws 2013‑410, s. 28.5(e), effective August 23, 2013.

§ 58‑3‑280.  Coverage for the diagnosis and treatment of lymphedema.
(a)	Every health benefit plan, as defined in G.S. 58‑3‑167, shall provide coverage for the diagnosis, evaluation, and treatment of lymphedema. The coverage required by this section shall include benefits for equipment, supplies, complex decongestive therapy, gradient compression garments, and self‑management training and education, if the treatment is determined to be medically necessary and is provided by a licensed occupational or physical therapist or licensed nurse that has experience providing this treatment, or other licensed health care professional whose treatment of lymphedema is within the professional's scope of practice.
(b)	The same deductibles, coinsurance, and other limitations as apply to similar services covered under the health benefit plan apply to coverage for the diagnosis, evaluation, and treatment of lymphedema required to be covered under this section. Nothing in this section requires a health benefit plan to provide a separate set of benefit limitations or maximums for the diagnosis, evaluation, or treatment of lymphedema.
(c)	As used in this section, gradient compression garments:
(1)	Require a prescription;
(2)	Are custom‑fit for the covered individual; and
(3)	Do not include disposable medical supplies such as over‑the‑counter compression or elastic knee‑high or other stocking products.  (2009‑313, s. 1.)

§ 58‑3‑285.  Coverage for hearing aids.
(a)	Every health benefit plan, including the State Health Plan for Teachers and State Employees, shall provide coverage for one hearing aid per hearing‑impaired ear up to two thousand five hundred dollars ($2,500) per hearing aid every 36 months for covered individuals under the age of 22 years subject to subsection (b) of this section. The coverage shall include all medically necessary hearing aids and services that are ordered by a physician or an audiologist licensed in this State. Only those persons authorized by law to fit hearing aids, including individuals licensed under Chapter 93D of the General Statutes, are eligible to fit a hearing aid under this section. Coverage shall be as follows:
(1)	Initial hearing aids and replacement hearing aids not more frequently than every 36 months.
(2)	A new hearing aid when alterations to the existing hearing aid cannot adequately meet the needs of the covered individual.
(3)	Services, including the initial hearing aid evaluation, fitting, and adjustments, and supplies, including ear molds.
(b)	The same deductibles, coinsurance, and other limitations as apply to similar services covered under the health benefit plan apply to hearing aids and related services and supplies required to be covered under this section.
(c)	Nothing in this section prevents an insurer from applying utilization review criteria to determine medical necessity as defined by G.S. 58‑50‑61 as long as it does so in accordance with all requirements for utilization review programs and medical necessity determinations specified in that section, including the offering of an insurer appeal process and where applicable, health benefit plans external review as provided in Part 4 of Article 50 of Chapter 58 of the General Statutes.  (2010‑2, s. 1; 2010‑97, s. 7.)

§ 58‑3‑290.  Nondependent child coverage defined; open enrollment.
(a)	As used in this section, the following definitions apply:
(1)	"Health benefit plan" has the same meaning as G.S. 58‑3‑167(a)(1).
(2)	"Individual market" has the same meaning as G.S. 58‑68‑25(a)(9).
(3)	"Insurer" has the same meaning as G.S. 58‑3‑167(a)(2).
(4)	"Nondependent child coverage" or "nondependent child policy" means an individual health benefit plan which provides coverage to an individual under age 19. This shall not include health benefit plans that cover children under age 19 as dependents.
(5)	"Open enrollment" means, with respect to "nondependent child coverage," the period of time during which any individual under age 19 has the opportunity to apply for coverage under a health benefit plan offered by an insurer and shall not be denied eligibility for coverage under the plan due to factors relating to the individual's health status.
(b)	An insurer who offers nondependent child coverage shall offer open enrollment either continuously throughout the year or for the months of January and July of each year. Coverage issued under this section shall be issued without any riders based on the health status of the child. Nothing in this section shall require an insurer to offer nondependent child coverage or maternity coverage within an offer of nondependent child coverage.
(c)	The Commissioner shall adopt rules as necessary or proper to implement the provisions of this section.
(d)	Nothing in this section shall prohibit an insurer from adjusting the initial premium charged an individual afforded coverage under this section based upon medical underwriting to the extent that such an adjustment is in compliance with the applicable product's current rate filing approved by the Commissioner.  (2011‑196, s. 5.)

§ 58‑3‑295: Reserved for future codification purposes.

§ 58‑3‑300.  Health insurance issuers subject to certain requirements of federal law.
Pursuant to the authority granted to the states under 42 U.S.C. § 300gg‑22(a)(1), health insurance issuers that issue, sell, renew, or offer health benefit plans, as defined in G.S. 58‑3‑167(a)(1), in the State in the individual or group market shall meet the requirements of Part A of Subchapter XXV of Chapter 6A of Title 42 of the United States Code and regulations issued thereunder.  (2013‑199, s. 24.)

Article 4.
NAIC Filing Requirements.
§ 58‑4‑1.  Scope.
The provisions of this Article shall apply to all domestic, foreign, and alien insurers who are authorized to transact business in this State. (1985, c. 305, s. 1.)

§ 58‑4‑5.  Filing requirements.
(a)	Each domestic, foreign, and alien insurer that is authorized to transact insurance in this State shall file with the NAIC a copy of its financial statements required by G.S. 58‑2‑165, applicable rules, and legal directives and bulletins issued by the Department.  The statements shall, in the Commissioner's discretion, be filed annually, semiannually, quarterly, or monthly and shall be filed in a form or format prescribed or permitted by the Commissioner.  The Commissioner may require the statements to be filed in a format that can be read by electronic data processing equipment.  Any amendments and addenda to the financial statement that are subsequently filed with the Commissioner shall also be filed with the NAIC.
(b)	Foreign insurers that are domiciled in a state that has a law or regulation substantially similar to this Article shall be deemed to be in compliance with this section. (1985, c. 305, s. 1; 1991, c. 681, s. 11; 1993, c. 504, s. 2.)

§ 58‑4‑10.  Immunity.
In the absence of actual malice, or gross negligence, members of the NAIC, their duly authorized committees, subcommittees, and task forces, their delegates, NAIC employees, and all others charged with the responsibility of collecting, reviewing, analyzing, and disseminating the information developed from the filings made pursuant to G.S. 58‑4‑10 shall be acting as agents of the Commissioner under the authority of this Article and shall not be subject to civil liability for libel, slander, or any other cause of action by virtue of their collection, review, and analysis or dissemination of the data and information collected from the filings required under this Article. (1985, c. 305, s. 1.)

§ 58‑4‑15.  Revocation or suspension of license.
The Commissioner may suspend or revoke the license of any insurer failing to file its financial statement when due or within any extension of time that the Commissioner, for good cause, may have granted. (1985, c. 305, s. 1; 1991, c. 681, s. 12; 1999‑132, s. 9.1; 2003‑212, s. 26(b).)

§ 58‑4‑20:  Recodified as § 58‑2‑220 pursuant to Session Laws 1989 (Regular Session, 1990), c. 0121, s. 7.

§ 58‑4‑25.  Insurance Regulatory Information System and similar program test data records.
Financial test ratios, data, or information generated by the NAIC Insurance Regulatory Information System, any successor program, or any similar program shall be disseminated by the Commissioner consistent with procedures established by the NAIC. (1991, c. 681, s. 13.)

Article 5.
Deposits and Bonds by Insurance Companies.
§ 58‑5‑1.  Deposits; use of master trust.
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the Commissioner is authorized to select a bank or trust company as master trustee to hold cash or securities to be pledged to the State when deposited with him pursuant to statute. Securities may be held by the master trustee in any form which, in fact, perfects the security interest of the State in the securities. The Commissioner shall by rule establish the manner in which the master trust shall operate. The master trustee may charge the person making the deposit reasonable fees for services rendered in connection with the operation of the trust. (1985, c. 666, s. 55; 1987, c. 864, s. 23.)

§ 58‑5‑5.  Amount of deposits required of foreign or alien fire and/or marine insurance companies.
Unless otherwise provided in this Article, every fire, marine, or fire and marine insurance company chartered by any other state or foreign government shall make and maintain deposits of securities with the Commissioner in the amount of one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000) market value. (1909, c. 923, s. 1; 1911, c. 164, s. 1; Ex. Sess. 1913, c. 62, ss. 1, 2, 3; 1915, c. 166, s. 6; C.S., s. 6442; 1933, c. 60; 1945, c. 384; 1991, c. 681, s. 15; 2003‑212, s. 1.)

§ 58‑5‑10.  Amount of deposits required of foreign or alien fidelity, surety and casualty insurance companies.
Unless otherwise provided in this Article, every fidelity, surety or casualty insurance company chartered by any other state or foreign government shall make and maintain deposits of securities with the Commissioner in the amount of two hundred thousand dollars ($200,000) market value. (1945, c. 384; 1991, c. 681, s. 16; 2003‑212, s. 2.)

§ 58‑5‑15.  Minimum deposit required upon admission.
Upon admission to do business in the State of North Carolina every foreign or alien fire, marine, or fire and marine, fidelity, surety or casualty company shall deposit with the Commissioner securities in the amounts required under G.S. 58‑5‑5 and G.S. 58‑5‑10. (1945, c. 384; 1991, c. 681, s. 17; 2001‑487, s. 18.)

§ 58‑5‑20.  Type of deposits.
The deposits required to be made under G.S. 58‑5‑5, 58‑5‑10, and 58‑5‑50 shall be composed of:
(a)	Interest‑bearing bonds of the United States of America;
(b)	Interest‑bearing bonds of the State of North Carolina, or of its cities or counties; or
(c)	Certificates of deposit issued by any solvent bank domesticated in the State of North Carolina. (1945, c. 384; 1989, c. 485, s. 34; 1991, c. 681, s. 18.)

§ 58‑5‑25.  Replacements upon depreciation of securities.
Whenever any of the securities deposited by companies under the provisions of G.S. 58‑5‑5, 58‑5‑10, and 58‑5‑50 shall be depreciated or reduced in value, such company shall forthwith increase the deposit in order to maintain the required deposit in accordance with the amounts required by the said sections. (1945, c. 384; 1989, c. 485, s. 34.)

§ 58‑5‑30.  Power of attorney.
With the securities deposited in accordance with G.S. 58‑5‑5, 58‑5‑10, and 58‑5‑50 the company shall at the same time deliver to the Commissioner a power of attorney executed by its president and secretary or other proper officers authorizing the sale or transfer of said securities or any part thereof for the purpose of paying any of the liabilities provided for in this Article. (1945, c. 384; 1989, c. 485, s. 34; 1991, c. 720, s. 4.)

§ 58‑5‑35.  Securities held by Treasurer; faith of State pledged therefor; nontaxable.
Unless a master trustee is selected by the Commissioner pursuant to G.S. 58‑5‑1, the securities required to be deposited by each insurance company in this Article shall be delivered for safekeeping by the Commissioner to the Treasurer of the State who shall receipt him therefor.  For the securities so deposited the faith of the State is pledged that they shall be returned to the companies entitled to receive them or disposed of as herein provided for.  The securities deposited by any company under this Article shall not, on account of such securities being in this State, be subjected to taxation but shall be held exclusively and solely for the protection of contract holders. (1945, c. 384; 1985, c. 666, s. 56.)

§ 58‑5‑40.  Authority to increase deposit.
When, in the Commissioner's opinion, it is necessary for the protection of the public interest to increase the amount of deposits specified in G.S. 58‑5‑5, 58‑5‑10, 58‑5‑50, and 58‑5‑55, the companies described in those sections shall, upon demand, make additional deposits in such sums as the Commissioner may require, and those additional deposits shall be held in accordance with and for the purposes set out in this Article, and shall comprise:
(a)	Interest‑bearing bonds of the United States of America;
(b)	Interest‑bearing bonds of the State of North Carolina or of its cities or counties;
(c)	Certificates of deposit issued by any solvent bank domesticated in the State of North Carolina;
(d)	Interest‑bearing AA or better rated corporate bonds and classified as investment grade in the latest NAIC Securities Valuation Manual; or
(e)	Other interest‑bearing bonds or notes considered to be acceptable by the Commissioner on a case by case basis. (1945, c. 384; 1989, c. 485, s. 34; 1991, c. 681, s. 19.)

§ 58‑5‑45:  Repealed by Session Laws 1991, c.  681, s. 21.

§ 58‑5‑50.  Deposits of foreign life insurance companies.
In addition to other requirements of this Chapter, all foreign life insurance companies shall deposit securities, as specified in G.S. 58‑5‑20, that have a market value of four hundred thousand dollars ($400,000) as a prerequisite of doing business in this State. All foreign life insurance companies shall deposit an additional two hundred thousand dollars ($200,000) where such companies cannot show three years of net income before being licensed in this State.  (1989, c. 485, s. 35; 2003‑212, s. 3; 2005‑215, s. 3; 2008‑124, s. 2.1.)

§ 58‑5‑55.  Deposits of capital and surplus by domestic insurance companies.
(a)	In addition to other requirements of Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter, all domestic stock insurance companies shall deposit their required statutory capital with the Commissioner, and all domestic nonstock insurance companies shall deposit their required statutory surplus with the Commissioner. Such deposits shall be under the exclusive control of the Commissioner for the protection of policyholders.
(b)	In addition to other requirements of Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter, all domestic mutual insurance companies shall deposit at least fifty percent (50%) of their minimum required surplus with the Commissioner, with the amount of the deposit to be determined by the Commissioner. Such deposits shall be under the exclusive control of the Commissioner for the protection of policyholders.
(c)	Deposits fulfilling the requirements of this section shall comprise:
(1)	Interest‑bearing bonds of the United States of America;
(2)	Interest‑bearing bonds of the State of North Carolina or of its cities or counties; or
(3)	Certificates of deposit issued by any solvent bank domesticated in the State of North Carolina.  (1989, c. 485, s. 35; 1991, c. 681, s. 20; 1993, c. 504, s. 3; 2008‑124, s. 2.5; 2015‑281, s. 7.)

§ 58‑5‑60:  Repealed by Session Laws 1995, c.  193, s. 8.

§ 58‑5‑63.  Interest; liquidation of deposits for liabilities.
(a)	All insurance companies making deposits under this Article are entitled to interest on those deposits. The right to interest is subject to a company paying its insurance policy liabilities. If any company fails to pay those liabilities, interest accruing after the failure is payable to the Commissioner for the payment of those liabilities under subsection (b) of this section.
(b)	If any company fails to pay its insurance policy liabilities after those liabilities have been established by settlement or final adjudication, the Commissioner may liquidate the amount of the company's deposit and accrued interest specified in subsection (a) of this section that will satisfy the company's policy liabilities and make payment to the person to whom the liability is owed. After payment has been made, the Commissioner may require the company to deposit the amount paid out under this subsection. As used in this section, "insurance policy" includes a policy written by a surety bondsman under Article 71 of this Chapter.
(c)	Notwithstanding the provisions of G.S. 58‑5‑70, if any company that is or has been the subject of supervision or rehabilitation proceedings fails to pay its liabilities for temporary disability payments or emergency medical expenses under policies of workers' compensation insurance, the Commissioner shall liquidate the company's deposits and accrued interest and shall use the proceeds to pay such liabilities until that company becomes the subject of a final order of liquidation with a finding of insolvency that has not been stayed or been the subject of a writ of supersedeas or other comparable order. The Commissioner also may enter into one or more contracts to handle the administration of the identification and payment of such liabilities, and to the extent such a contract is entered into, the contractor and its employees, agents, and attorneys, shall have immunity of the same scope and extent as an employee of the State acting in the course and scope of the public duties of such employment. After an order of liquidation with a finding of insolvency has been entered by a court of competent jurisdiction that has not been stayed or been the subject of a writ of supersedeas or other comparable order, then the balance of the proceeds, if any, shall be delivered to the North Carolina Insurance Guaranty Association in accordance with G.S. 58‑48‑95. To the extent that any payment made hereunder reduces the ratable amount payable to policyholders under G.S. 58‑5‑70, the liens obtained by the North Carolina Insurance Guaranty Association pursuant to Article 48 of this Chapter shall be reduced to such extent as necessary to permit the policyholders to be paid the ratable share that would have been due but for such payments. (1995, c. 193, s. 11; 1999‑294, s. 8; 2001‑223, s. 23.2; 2002‑185, s. 8.)

Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter may be cited and shall be known as the Insurance Law. (1899, c. 54; Rev., s. 4677; C.S., s. 6260.)
§ 58‑5‑65:  Repealed by Session Laws 1995, c.  193, s. 8.

§ 58‑5‑70.  Lien of policyholders; action to enforce.
Upon the securities deposited with the Commissioner by any foreign or alien insurance company, the holders of all contracts of the company who are citizens or residents of this State at the time, or who hold policies issued upon property in the State, shall have a lien for amounts in excess of fifty dollars ($50.00) due them, respectively, under or in consequence of the contracts for losses, equitable values, return premiums, or otherwise, and shall be entitled to be paid ratably out of the proceeds of the securities, if the proceeds are not sufficient to pay all of the contract holders. When any foreign or alien insurance company depositing securities under this Article becomes insolvent or bankrupt or makes an assignment for the benefit of its creditors, any holder of the contract may begin an action in the Superior Court of the County of Wake to enforce the lien for the benefit of all the holders of the contracts. The Commissioner shall be a party to the suit, and the funds shall be distributed by the court, but the cost of the action shall not be adjudged against the Commissioner. (1909, c. 923, s. 4; C.S., s. 6445; 1991, c. 720, s. 4; 1995, c. 193, s. 12; 2001‑223, s. 24.1; 2001‑487, s. 103(a).)

§ 58‑5‑71.  Liens of policyholders; subordination.
Liens against the deposit of a foreign insurer under G.S. 58‑5‑70 shall be subordinated to the reasonable and necessary expenses of the Commissioner in liquidating the deposit and paying the special deposit claims. "Special deposit claims" has the same meaning set forth in G.S. 58‑30‑10(19).  (1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 678, s. 7; 2008‑124, s. 2.4.)

§ 58‑5‑75.  Substitution for securities paid.
Where the principal of any of the securities so deposited is paid to the Commissioner, he shall notify the company or its agent in this State, and pay the money so received to the company upon receiving other securities of the character named in this Article to an equal amount, or, upon the failure of the company for 30 days after receiving notice to deliver such securities to an equal amount to the Commissioner, he may invest the money in any such securities and hold the same as he held those which were paid. (1909, c. 923, s. 5; C.S., s. 6446; 1991, c. 720, s. 4.)

§ 58‑5‑80.  Return of deposits.
If such company ceases to do business in this State and its liabilities, whether fixed or contingent upon its contracts, to persons residing in this State or having policies upon property situated in this State have been satisfied or have been terminated, or have been fully reinsured, with the approval of the Commissioner, in a solvent company licensed to do an insurance business in North Carolina approved by the Commissioner, upon satisfactory evidence of this fact to the Commissioner the State Treasurer or the trustee selected pursuant to G.S. 58‑5‑1 shall deliver to such company, upon the order of the Commissioner, the securities in his possession belonging to it, or such of them as remain after paying the liabilities aforesaid. (1909, c. 923, s. 6; C.S., s. 6447; 1951, c. 781, s. 1; 1985, c. 666, s. 57; 1991, c. 720, s. 4.)

§ 58‑5‑85:  Repealed by Session Laws 1991, c.  681, s. 21.

§ 58‑5‑90.  Deposits held in trust by Commissioner or Treasurer.
(a)	Deposits by Domestic Company. – The Commissioner or the Treasurer, in that officer's official capacity, shall take and hold in trust deposits made by any domestic insurance company for the benefit of all of the insurer's policyholders and for the purpose of complying with the laws of any other state to enable the company to do business in that state. The company making the deposits is entitled to the income thereof, and may, from time to time, with the consent of the Commissioner or Treasurer, and when not forbidden by the law under which the deposit was made, change in whole or in part the securities which compose the deposit for other solvent securities of equal par value. Upon request of any domestic insurance company the Commissioner or the Treasurer may return to the company the whole or any portion of the securities of the company held by the officer on deposit, when the officer is satisfied that the deposits are subject to no liability and are no longer required to be held by any provision of law or purpose of the original deposit.
(b)	Deposits by Foreign or Alien Company. – The Commissioner or Treasurer, in that respective officer's official capacity, shall take and hold in trust deposits made by any foreign or alien insurance company for the benefit of the holders of all insurance contracts of the company who are citizens or residents of this State or who hold policies issued upon property in this State in accordance with G.S. 58‑5‑70. The Commissioner or Treasurer may return to the trustees or other representatives authorized for that purpose any deposit made by a foreign or alien insurance company, when it appears that the company has ceased to do business in the State and is under no obligation to policyholders or other persons in the State for whose benefit the deposit was made.
(c)	Action to Enforce or Terminate the Trust. – An insurance company which has made a deposit in this State pursuant to Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter, or its trustees or resident managers in the United States, or the Commissioner, or any creditor of the company, may at any time bring an action in the Superior Court of Wake County against the State and other parties properly joined therein, to enforce, administer, or terminate the trust created by the deposit. The process in this action shall be served on the officer of the State having the deposit, who shall appear and answer in behalf of the State and perform such orders and judgments as the court may make in such action. (1899, c. 54, s. 17; 1901, c. 391, s. 2; 1903, c. 438, s. 1; c. 536, s. 4; Rev., s. 4709; C.S., s. 6313; 1945, c. 384; 1991, c. 720, s. 4; 2005‑215, s. 4.)

§ 58‑5‑95.  Deposits subject to approval and control of Commissioner.
The deposits of securities required to be made by any insurance company of this State shall be approved by the Commissioner of the State, and he may examine them at all times, and may order all or any part thereof changed for better security, and no change or transfer of the same may be made without his assent. (1903, c. 536, s. 5; Rev., s. 4710; C.S., s. 6314; 1945, c. 384; 1991, c. 720, s. 4.)

§ 58‑5‑100.  Deposits by alien companies required and regulated.
An alien company, other than life, shall not be admitted to do business in this State until, in addition to complying with the conditions by law prescribed for the licensing and admission of such companies to do business in this State, it has made a deposit with the Treasurer or Commissioner, or with the financial officer of some other state of the United States, of a sum not less than the capital required of like companies under Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter.  This deposit must be in exclusive trust for the benefit and security of all the company's policyholders and creditors in the United States, and may be made in the securities, but subject to the limitations, specified in Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter with regard to the investment of the capital of domestic companies formed and organized under the provisions of Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter.  The deposit shall be deemed for all purposes of the insurance law the capital of the company making it. (1899, c. 54, s. 64; 1903, c. 438, s. 6; Rev., s. 4711; C.S., s. 6315; 1945, c. 384; 1991, c. 720, s. 52.)

§ 58‑5‑105.  Deposits by life companies not chartered in United States.
Every alien life insurance company organized under the laws of any other country than the United States must have and keep on deposit with some state insurance department or in the hands of trustees, in exclusive trust for the security of its contracts with policyholders in the United States, funds of an amount equal to the net value of all its policies in the United States and not less than three hundred thousand dollars ($300,000). (1899, c. 54, s. 56; Rev., s. 4712; C.S., s. 6316; 1945, c. 384.)

§ 58‑5‑110.  Registration of bonds deposited in name of Treasurer or Commissioner.
The Commissioner is hereby empowered, upon the written consent of any insurance company depositing with the Commissioner or the State Treasurer under any law of this State, any state, county, city, or town bonds or notes which are payable to bearer, to cause such bonds or notes to be registered as to the principal thereof in lawful books of registry kept by or in behalf of the issuing state, county, city or town, such registration to be in the name of the Treasurer of North Carolina or the Commissioner in trust for the company depositing the notes or bonds and the State of North Carolina, as their respective interest may appear, and is further empowered to require of any and all such companies the filing of written consent to such registration as a condition precedent to the right of making any such deposit or right to continue any such deposit heretofore made. (1925, c. 145, s. 2; 1945, c. 384; 1985, c. 666, s. 58; 1991, c. 720, s. 4.)

§ 58‑5‑115.  Notation of registration; release.
Bonds or notes so registered shall bear notation of such registration on the reverse thereof, signed by the registering officer or agent, and may be released from such registration and may be transferred on such books of registry by the signature of the State Treasurer or Commissioner. (1925, c. 145, s. 3; 1945, c. 384; 1985, c. 666, s. 59.)

§ 58‑5‑120.  Expenses of registration.
The necessary expenses of procuring such registration and any transfer thereof shall be paid by the company making the deposits. (1925, c. 145, s. 4; 1945, c. 384.)

§ 58‑5‑125:  Repealed by Session Laws 1991, c.  681, s. 21.

Article 6.
License Fees and Taxes.
§ 58‑6‑1.  Commissioner to report taxes and fees and pay monthly.
On or before the 10th day of each month the Commissioner shall furnish to the Auditor a statement in detail of the taxes and fees received during the previous month, and shall pay the amounts received to the Treasurer. Except as otherwise provided, the amounts shall be credited to the General Fund. The Auditor may examine the accounts of the Commissioner and check them up with said statement. (1899, c. 54, s. 82; 1901, c. 391, s. 7; 1905, c. 430, s. 4; Rev., s. 4714; C.S., s. 6317; 1991, c. 720, s. 4; 1991 (Reg. Sess., 1992), c. 1014, s. 4; 1998‑215, s. 83(b).)

§ 58‑6‑5.  Schedule of fees and charges.
The Commissioner shall collect and pay into the State treasury fees and charges as follows:
(1)	For filing and examining an insurance company application for admission, a nonrefundable fee of one thousand dollars ($1,000), to be submitted with the filing; for each certification or confirmation of an insurance company deposit held by the Commissioner pursuant to this Chapter, twenty‑five dollars ($25.00).
(2)	Repealed by Session Laws 1977, c. 376, s. 2.
(3)	The Commissioner shall receive for copy of any record or paper in his office fifty cents (50¢) per copy sheet.
(4)	He shall collect all other fees and charges due and payable into the State treasury by any company, association, order, or individual under his Department.
(5)	Repealed by Session Laws 1999‑435, s. 1.  (1899, c. 54, ss. 50, 68, 80, 81, 82, 87, 90, 92; 1901, c. 391, s. 7; c. 706, s. 2; 1903, c. 438, ss. 7, 8; c. 536, s. 4; cc. 680, 774; 1905, c. 588, s. 68; Rev., s. 4715; 1913, c. 140, s. 1; 1919, c. 186, s. 6; C.S., s. 6318; 1921, c. 218; 1935, c. 334; 1939, c. 158, s. 208; 1945, c. 386; 1947, c. 721; 1957, cc. 133, 1047; 1959, c. 911; 1963, c. 692; 1977, c. 376, s. 2; c. 802, s. 50; 1983, c. 790, s. 6; 1989 (Reg. Sess., 1990), c. 1069, s. 2; 1991, c. 720, s. 4; 1995, c. 360, s. 2(f); c. 507, s. 11A(c); 1999‑435, s. 1; 2005‑424, s. 1.1; 2009‑451, s. 21.11(a).)

§ 58‑6‑7.  Licenses; perpetual licensing; annual license continuation fees for insurance companies.
(a)	In order to do business in this State, an insurance company shall apply for and obtain a license from the Commissioner. The license shall be perpetual and shall continue in full force and effect, subject to timely payment of the annual license continuation fee in accordance with this Chapter and subject to any other applicable provision of the insurance laws of this State. The insurance company shall pay a fee for each year the license is in effect, as follows:
For each domestic farmer's mutual assessment fire insurance company	$	25.00
For each fraternal order		500.00
For each of all other insurance companies, except domestic mutual burial associations		2,500.00
The fees levied in this subsection are in addition to those specified in G.S. 58‑6‑5.
(b)	Repealed by Session Laws 2005‑424, s. 1.2, effective January 1, 2006, and applicable to applications filed, licenses issued, and licenses continued on or after that date.
(c)	Upon payment of the fee specified above and the fees and taxes elsewhere specified, each insurance company, exchange, bureau, or agency, shall be entitled to do the types of business specified in Chapter 58, of the General Statutes of North Carolina as amended, to the extent authorized therein. All fees and charges collected by the Commissioner under this Chapter are nonrefundable.
(d)	Any rating bureau established by action of the General Assembly of North Carolina shall be exempt from the fees in this section.  (1945, c. 752, s. 2; 1947, c. 501, s. 8; 1955, c. 179, s. 5; 1989 (Reg. Sess., 1990), c. 1069, s. 4; 1993, c. 495, s. 4; 1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 745, s. 12; 1995, c. 193, s. 65; c. 360, s. 1(c); c. 507, s. 11A(c); 1999‑435, s. 2; 2003‑212, s. 26(c); 2005‑424, s. 1.2; 2009‑451, s. 21.11(b); 2016‑5, s. 1.1(b).)

§ 58‑6‑10.  Repealed by Session Laws 1999‑132, s 1.1.

§ 58‑6‑15.  Annual license continuation fee definition; requirements.
For purposes of this Chapter only, "annual license continuation fee" means the fee specified in G.S. 58‑6‑7 submitted to the Commissioner for each year the license is in effect after the company's year of initial licensing. The annual license continuation fee must be submitted annually on or before the first day of March for as long as the license is to remain in effect. If the Commissioner is satisfied that the company has met all requirements of law and appears to be financially solvent, the Commissioner shall not revoke or suspend the license of the company, and the company shall be authorized to do business in this State, subject to all other applicable provisions of the insurance laws of this State. Nothing contained in this section shall be interpreted as applying to licenses issued to individual representatives of insurance companies. (1899, c. 54, s. 78; Rev., s. 4718; C.S., s. 6321; 1955, c. 179, s. 1; 1987, c. 629, s. 16; 1989 (Reg. Sess., 1990), c. 1069, s. 3; 1995, c. 507, s. 11A(c); 2003‑212, s. 26(d); 2005‑215, s. 5.)

§ 58‑6‑20.  Policyholders to furnish information.
Every corporation, firm, or individual doing business in the State shall, upon request of the Commissioner, furnish the Commissioner any information the Commissioner considers necessary to enable the Commissioner to enforce the payment of a tax levied in this Chapter. (1899, c. 54, s. 79; 1901, c. 391, s. 7; 1903, c. 438, s. 8; Rev., s. 4720; C.S., s. 6323; 1987, c. 864, s. 38; 1991, c. 720, s. 4; 1995 (Reg. Sess., 1996), c. 747, s. 11.)

§ 58‑6‑25.  Insurance regulatory charge.
(a)	Charge Levied. – There is levied on each insurance company, other than a captive insurance company, an annual charge for the purposes stated in subsection (d) of this section. The charge levied in this section is in addition to all other fees and taxes. The percentage rate of the charge is established pursuant to subsection (b) of this section and is applied to the company's premium tax liability for the taxable year. In determining an insurance company's premium tax liability for a taxable year, the following shall be disregarded:
(1)	Additional taxes imposed by G.S. 105‑228.8.
(2)	Repealed by Session Laws 2008‑134, s. 67(a), as amended by Session Laws 2009‑445, s. 44, effective for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2008.
(3)	Any tax credits for guaranty or solvency fund assessments under G.S. 105‑228.5A or G.S. 97‑133(a).
(4)	Any tax credits allowed under Chapter 105 of the General Statutes other than tax payments made by or on behalf of the taxpayer.
(b)	Rates. – The rate of the charge for each taxable year shall be six and one‑half percent (6.5%). When the Department prepares its budget request for each upcoming fiscal year, the Department shall propose a percentage rate of the charge levied in this section. The Governor shall submit that proposed rate to the General Assembly each fiscal year. It is the intent of the General Assembly (i) that the percentage rate not exceed the rate necessary to generate funds sufficient to defray the estimated cost of the operations of the Department for each upcoming fiscal year, including a reasonable margin for a reserve fund, and (ii) that the amount of the reserve not exceed one‑third of the estimated cost of operating the Department for each upcoming fiscal year. In calculating the amount of the reserve, the General Assembly shall consider all relevant factors that may affect the cost of operating the Department or a possible unanticipated increase or decrease in North Carolina premiums or other charge revenue.
(c)	Returns; When Payable. – The charge levied on each insurance company is payable at the time the insurance company remits its premium tax. If the insurance company is required to remit installment payments of premiums tax under G.S. 105‑228.5 for a taxable year, it shall also remit installment payments of the charge levied in this section for that taxable year at the same time and on the same basis as the premium tax installment payments. Each installment payment shall be equal to at least thirty‑three and one‑third percent (33.3%) of the insurance company's regulatory charge liability incurred in the immediately preceding taxable year.
Every insurance company shall, on or before the date the charge levied in this section is due, file a return on a form prescribed by the Secretary of Revenue. The return shall state the company's total North Carolina premiums or presumed premiums for the taxable year and shall be accompanied by any supporting documentation that the Secretary of Revenue may by rule require.
(d)	Use of Proceeds. – The Insurance Regulatory Fund is created in the State treasury, under the control of the Office of State Budget and Management. The proceeds of the charge levied in this section and all fees collected under Articles 69 through 71 of this Chapter and under Articles 9 and 9C of Chapter 143 of the General Statutes shall be credited to the Fund. The Fund shall be placed in an interest‑bearing account and any interest or other income derived from the Fund shall be credited to the Fund. Moneys in the Fund may be spent only pursuant to appropriation by the General Assembly and in accordance with the line item budget enacted by the General Assembly. The Fund is subject to the provisions of the State Budget Act, except that no unexpended surplus of the Fund shall revert to the General Fund. All money credited to the Fund shall be used to reimburse the General Fund for the following:
(1)	Money appropriated to the Department of Insurance to pay its expenses incurred in regulating the insurance industry, including the captive insurance industry, and other industries in this State.
(2)	Money appropriated to State agencies to pay the expenses incurred in regulating the insurance industry, in certifying statewide data processors under Article 11A of Chapter 131E of the General Statutes, and in purchasing reports of patient data from statewide data processors certified under that Article.
(3)	Money appropriated to the Department of Revenue to pay the expenses incurred in collecting and administering the taxes on insurance companies levied in Article 8B of Chapter 105 of the General Statutes.
(4)	Money appropriated for the office of Health Insurance Smart NC under G.S. 143‑730 to pay the actual costs of administering the program.
(5)	Money appropriated to the Department of Insurance for the implementation and administration of independent external review procedures required by Part 4 of Article 50 of this Chapter.
(6)	Money appropriated to the Department of Justice to pay its expenses incurred in representing the Department of Insurance in its regulation of the insurance industry and other related programs and industries in this State that fall under the jurisdiction of the Department of Insurance.
(7)	Money appropriated to the Department of Insurance to pay its expenses incurred in connection with providing staff support for State boards and commissions, including the North Carolina Manufactured Housing Board, State Fire and Rescue Commission, North Carolina Building Code Council, North Carolina Code Officials Qualification Board, Public Officers and Employees Liability Insurance Commission, North Carolina Home Inspector Licensure Board, and the Volunteer Safety Workers' Compensation Board.
(8)	Money appropriated to the Department of Insurance to pay its expenses incurred in connection with continuing education programs under Article 33 of this Chapter and in connection with the purchase and sale of copies of the North Carolina State Building Code.
(9)	Money appropriated to the Department of Insurance for the regulation of the professional employer organization industry pursuant to Article 89A of Chapter 58 of the General Statutes.
(10)	Money appropriated to the Department of Insurance to pay its expenses incurred in promoting North Carolina's captive insurance industry.
(11)	Money appropriated to the North Carolina Industrial Commission for support of the Commission's duties excepted from its statutory fee authority as set forth in G.S. 97‑73(e).
(e)	Definitions. – The following definitions apply in this section:
(1)	Repealed by Session Laws 2003‑284, s. 43.2, effective for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2004.
(1a)	Captive insurance company. – Defined in G.S. 105‑228.3.
(2)	Insurance company. – A company or prepaid health plan, as defined in G.S. 58‑93‑5, that pays the gross premiums tax levied in G.S. 105‑228.5 and G.S. 105‑228.8.
(3)	Insurer. – Defined in G.S. 105‑228.3.  (1991, c. 689, s. 289; 1991 (Reg. Sess., 1992), c. 812, s. 6(e); 1995, c. 360, ss. 1(i), 3(a); c. 517, s. 39(f), (g); 1995 (Reg. Sess., 1996), c. 646, s. 19; c. 747, s. 3; 1997‑443, s. 26.1; 1997‑475, s. 2.2; 1998‑212, s. 29A.7(b); 1999‑413, s. 4; 2000‑140, s. 93.1(a); 2001‑424, ss. 12.2(b), 14E.1(a), 34.22(b), 34.22(c); 2001‑489, s. 2(d); 2002‑72, s. 9(a); 2002‑126, s. 15.5; 2002‑144, s. 1; 2002‑159, s. 66.5; 2003‑284, ss. 22.2, 43.2; 2004‑124, s. 21.1; 2005‑124, s. 7; 2005‑276, s. 38.4(b); 2008‑134, s. 67(a); 2009‑445, s. 44; 2013‑116, s. 7; 2013‑199, s. 12; 2014‑100, s. 20.2(b); 2020‑58, s. 8; 2020‑88, s. 16(d).)

Article 7.
General Domestic Companies.
§ 58‑7‑1.  Application of this Chapter and general laws.
The general provisions of law relative to the powers, duties, and liabilities of corporations apply to all incorporated domestic insurance companies where pertinent and not in conflict with other provisions of law relative to such companies or with their charters. All insurance companies of this State shall be governed by this Chapter, notwithstanding anything in their special charters to the contrary, provided notice of the acceptance of this Chapter is filed with the Commissioner. (1899, c. 54, s. 19; Rev., s. 4721; C.S., s. 6324; 1991, c. 720, s. 4; 2006‑105, s. 1.2.)

§ 58‑7‑5.  Extension of existing charters.
Domestic insurance companies incorporated by special acts, whose charters are subject to limitation of time, shall, after the limitation expires, and upon filing statement and paying the taxes and fees required for an amendment of the charter, continue to be bodies corporate, subject to all general laws applicable to such companies. (1899, c. 54, s. 20; Rev., s. 4722; C.S., s. 6325.)

§ 58‑7‑10.  Certificate required before issuing policies.
No domestic insurance company may issue policies until upon examination of the Commissioner, his deputy or examiner, it is found to have complied with the laws of the State, and until it has obtained from the Commissioner a certificate setting forth that fact and authorizing it to issue policies. The issuing of policies in violation of this section renders the company liable to the forfeiture prescribed by law, but such policies are binding upon the company. (1899, c. 54, ss. 21, 99; 1903, c. 438, s. 10; Rev., s. 4723; C.S., s. 6326; 1991, c. 720, s. 4.)

§ 58‑7‑15.  Kinds of insurance authorized.
The kinds of insurance that may be authorized in this State, subject to the other provisions of Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter, are set forth in this section. Except to the extent an insurer participates in a risk sharing plan under Article 42 of this Chapter, nothing in this section requires any insurer to insure every kind of risk that it is authorized to insure. Except to the extent an insurer participates in a risk sharing plan under Article 42 of this Chapter, no insurer may transact any other business than that specified in its charter and articles of association or incorporation. The power to do any kind of insurance against loss of or damage to property includes the power to insure all lawful interests in the property and to insure against loss of use and occupancy and rents and profits resulting therefrom; but no kind of insurance includes life insurance or insurance against legal liability for personal injury or death unless specified in this section. In addition to any power to engage in any other kind of business than an insurance business that is specifically conferred by the provisions of Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter, any insurer authorized to do business in this State may engage in such other kinds of business to the extent necessarily or properly incidental to the kinds of insurance business that it is authorized to do in this State. Each of the following indicates the scope of the kind of insurance business specified:
(1)	"Life insurance", meaning every insurance upon the lives of human beings and every insurance appertaining thereto. The business of life insurance includes the granting of endowment benefits; additional benefits in the event of death by accident or accidental means; additional benefits operating to safeguard the contract from lapse, or to provide a special surrender value, in the event of total and permanent disability of the insured, including industrial sick benefit; and optional modes of settlement of proceeds.
(2)	"Annuities", meaning all agreements to make periodical payments, whether in fixed or variable dollar amounts, or both, at specified intervals.
(3)	"Accident and health insurance", meaning:
a.	Insurance against death or personal injury by accident or by any specified kinds of accident and insurance against sickness, ailment or bodily injury except as specified in paragraph b following; and
b.	"Noncancelable disability insurance," meaning insurance against disability resulting from sickness, ailment or bodily injury (but not including insurance solely against accidental injury), under any contract that does not give the insurer the option to cancel or otherwise terminate the contract at or after one year from its effective date or renewal date.
(4)	"Fire insurance", meaning insurance against loss of or damage to any property resulting from fire, including loss or damage incident to the extinguishment of a fire or to the salvaging of property in connection therewith.
(5)	"Miscellaneous property insurance", meaning loss of or damage to property resulting from:
a.	Lightning, smoke or smudge, windstorm, tornado, cyclone, earthquake, volcanic eruption, rain, hail, frost and freeze, weather or climatic conditions, excess or deficiency of moisture, flood, the rising of the waters of the ocean or its tributaries, or
b.	Insects, or blights, or from disease of such property other than animals, or
c.	Electrical disturbance causing or concomitant with a fire or an explosion in public service or public utility property, or
d.	Bombardment, invasion, insurrection, riot, civil war or commotion, military or usurped power, any order of a civil authority made to prevent the spread of a conflagration, epidemic or catastrophe, vandalism or malicious mischief, strike or lockout, or explosion; but not including any kind of insurance specified in subdivision (9), except insurance against loss or damage to property resulting from:
1.	Explosion of pressure vessels (except steam boilers of more than 15 pounds pressure) in buildings designed and used solely for residential purposes by not more than four families,
2.	Explosion of any kind originating outside of the insured building or outside of the building containing the property insured,
3.	Explosion of pressure vessels that do not contain steam or that are not operated with steam coils or steam jackets,
4.	Electrical disturbance causing or concomitant with an explosion in public service or public utility property.
(6)	"Water damage insurance," meaning insurance against loss or damage by water or other fluid or substance to any property resulting from the breakage or leakage of sprinklers, pumps, or other apparatus erected for extinguishing fires or of water pipes or other conduits or containers; or resulting from casual water entering through leaks or openings in buildings or by seepage through building walls; but not including loss or damage resulting from flood or the rising of the waters of the ocean or its tributaries; and including insurance against accidental injury of such sprinklers, pumps, fire apparatus, conduits, or containers.
(7)	"Burglary and theft insurance," meaning:
a.	Insurance against loss of or damage to any property resulting from burglary, theft, larceny, robbery, forgery, fraud, vandalism, malicious mischief, confiscation, or wrongful conversion, disposal or concealment by any person or persons, or from any attempt at any of the foregoing, and
b.	Insurance against loss of or damage to moneys, coins, bullion, securities, notes, drafts, acceptances, or any other valuable papers or documents, resulting from any cause, except while in the custody or possession of and being transported by any carrier for hire or in the mail.
(8)	"Glass insurance," meaning insurance against loss of or damage to glass and its appurtenances resulting from any cause.
(9)	"Boiler and machinery insurance," meaning insurance against loss of or damage to any property of the insured, resulting from the explosion of or injury to:
a.	Any boiler, heater or other fired pressure vessel;
b.	Any unfired pressure vessel;
c.	Pipes or containers connected with any of said boilers or vessels;
d.	Any engine, turbine, compressor, pump or wheel;
e.	Any apparatus generating, transmitting or using electricity;
f.	Any other machinery or apparatus connected with or operated by any of the previously named boilers, vessels or machines;
and including the incidental power to make inspections of and to issue certificates of inspection upon, any such boilers, apparatus, and machinery, whether insured or otherwise.
(10)	"Elevator insurance," meaning insurance against loss of or damage to any property of the insured, resulting from the ownership, maintenance or use of elevators, except loss or damage by fire.
(11)	"Animal insurance," meaning insurance against loss of or damage to any domesticated or wild animal resulting from any cause.
(12)	"Collision insurance," meaning insurance against loss of or damage to any property of the insured resulting from collision of any other object with the property, but not including collision to or by elevators or to or by vessels, craft, piers or other instrumentalities of ocean or inland navigation.
(13)	"Personal injury liability insurance," meaning insurance against legal liability of the insured, and against loss, damage, or expense incident to a claim of such liability; including personal excess liability or personal "umbrella" insurance; and including an obligation of the insurer to pay medical, hospital, surgical, or funeral benefits; and in the case of motor vehicle liability insurance including also disability and death benefits to injured persons, irrespective of legal liability of the insured, arising out of the death or injury of any person, or arising out of injury to the economic interests of any person as a result of negligence in rendering expert, fiduciary, or professional service; but not including any kind of insurance specified in subdivision (15) of this section.
(14)	"Property damage liability insurance," meaning insurance against legal liability of the insured, and against loss, damage or expense incident to a claim of such liability, arising out of the loss or destruction of, or damage to, the property of any other person, but not including any kind of insurance specified in subdivision (13) or (15).
(15)	"Workers' compensation and employer's liability insurance," meaning insurance against the legal liability, whether imposed by common law or by statute or assumed by contract, of any employer for the death or disablement of, or injury to, the employer's employee.
(16)	"Fidelity and surety insurance," meaning:
a.	Guaranteeing the fidelity of persons holding positions of public or private trust;
b.	Becoming surety on, or guaranteeing the performance of, any lawful contract except the following:
1.	A contract of indebtedness secured by title to, or mortgage upon, or interest in, real or personal property;
2.	Any insurance contract except reinsurance;
c.	Becoming surety on, or guaranteeing the performance of, bonds and undertakings required or permitted in all judicial proceedings or otherwise by law allowed, including surety bonds accepted by states and municipal authorities in lieu of deposits as security for the performance of insurance contracts;
d.	Guaranteeing contracts of indebtedness secured by any title to, or interest in, real property, only to the extent required for the purpose of refunding, extending, refinancing, liquidating or salvaging obligations heretofore lawfully made and guaranteed;
e.	Indemnifying banks, bankers, brokers, financial or moneyed corporations or associations against loss resulting from any cause of bills of exchange, notes, bonds, securities, evidences of debts, deeds, mortgages, warehouse receipts, or other valuable papers, documents, money, precious metals and articles made therefrom, jewelry, watches, necklaces, bracelets, gems, precious and semiprecious stones, including any loss while the same are being transported in armored motor vehicles, or by messenger; but not including any other risks of transportation or navigation; also against loss or damage to such an insured's premises, or to the insured's furnishings, fixtures, equipment, safes and vaults therein, caused by burglary, robbery, theft, vandalism or malicious mischief, or any attempt thereat.
(17)	"Credit insurance," meaning indemnifying merchants or other persons extending credit against loss or damage resulting from the nonpayment of debts owed to them; and including the incidental power to acquire and dispose of debts so insured, and to collect any debts owed to the insurer or to any person so insured by the insurer; and also including insurance where the debt is secured by either (a) a junior lien on real estate or (b) a first lien on real estate as long as (i) the purpose of the debt being insured is not for the purchase of the real estate and the insurance is limited to twenty‑five percent (25%) of the insurer's aggregate insured risk outstanding, before reinsurance ceded or assumed or (ii) the insurance is not included within the definition of mortgage guaranty insurance.
(18)	"Title insurance," meaning insuring the owners of real property and chattels real and other persons lawfully interested therein against loss by reason of defective titles and encumbrances thereon and insuring the correctness of searches for all instruments, liens or charges affecting the title to that property, including the power to procure and furnish information relative thereto, and other incidental powers that are specifically granted in Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter.
(19)	"Motor vehicle or aircraft insurance," meaning insurance against loss of or damage resulting from any cause to motor vehicles or aircraft and their equipment, and against legal liability of the insured for loss or damage to another's property resulting from the ownership, maintenance or use of motor vehicles or aircraft and against loss, damage or expense incident to a claim of such liability. This subdivision does not apply to commercial aircraft as defined in G.S. 58‑1‑5.
(20)	"Marine insurance," meaning insurance against any and all kinds of loss or damage to:
a.	Vessels, craft, aircraft, cars, automobiles and vehicles of every kind, as well as all goods, freights, cargoes, merchandise, effects, disbursements, profits, moneys, bullion, precious stones, securities, choses in action, evidences of debt, valuable papers, bottomry and respondentia interests and all other kinds of property and interests therein, in respect to, appertaining to or in connection with any and all risks or perils of navigation, transit, or transportation, including war risks, on or under any seas or other waters, on land or in the air, or while being assembled, packed, crated, baled, compressed or similarly prepared for shipment or while awaiting the same or during any delays, storage, transshipment, or reshipment incident thereto, including marine builder's risks and all personal property floater risks, and
b.	Person or to property in connection with or appertaining to a marine, inland marine, transit or transportation insurance, including liability for loss of or damage to either, arising out of or in connection with the construction, repair, operation, maintenance or use of the subject matter of the insurance (but not including life insurance or surety bonds nor insurance against loss because of bodily injury to the person arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of automobiles), and
c.	Precious stones, jewels, jewelry, gold, silver and other precious metals, whether used in business or trade or otherwise and whether the same be in course of transportation or otherwise, and
d.	Bridges, tunnels and other instrumentalities of transportation and communication (excluding buildings, their furniture and furnishings, fixed contents and supplies held in storage) unless fire, tornado, sprinkler leakage, hail, explosion, earthquake, riot and/or civil commotion are the only hazards to be covered; piers, wharves, docks and slips, excluding the risks of fire, tornado, sprinkler leakage, hail, explosion, earthquake, riot and/or civil commotion; other aids to navigation and transportation, including dry docks and marine railways against all risks.
(21)	"Marine protection and indemnity insurance," meaning insurance against, or against legal liability of the insured for, loss, damage or expense arising out of, or incident to, the ownership, operation, chartering, maintenance, use, repair or construction of any vessel, craft or instrumentality in use in ocean or inland waterways, including liability of the insured for personal injury, illness or death or for loss of or damage to the property of another person.
(22)	"Miscellaneous insurance," meaning insurance against any other casualty authorized by the charter of the company, not included in this section, which is a proper subject of insurance.
(23)	"Mortgage guaranty insurance," meaning insurance against financial loss by reason of nonpayment of principal, interest, or other sums agreed to be paid under the terms of any note or bond or other evidence of indebtedness which constitutes, or is equivalent to, a first lien or charge on the real estate, provided the improvement on the real estate is a residential building or a condominium unit or buildings designed for occupancy by not more than four families.  (1899, c. 54, ss. 24, 26; 1903, c. 438, s. 1; Rev., s. 4726; 1911, c. 111, s. 1; C.S., s. 6327; 1945, c. 386; 1947, c. 721; 1953, c. 992; 1967, c. 624, s. 1; 1969, c. 616, s. 1; 1979, c. 714, s. 2; 1986, Ex. Sess., c. 7, ss. 2, 3; 1987, c. 731, s. 1, c. 864, ss. 39, 40; 1991, c. 644, s. 7; 1999‑219, s. 5.1; 2001‑236, s. 3; 2001‑423, s. 3; 2007‑127, ss. 1‑3; 2008‑124, s. 2.3.)

§ 58‑7‑16.  Funding agreements authorized.
(a)	As used in this section, "funding agreement" means an agreement that authorizes a licensed life insurer to accept funds and that provides for an accumulation of funds for the purpose of making one or more payments at future dates in amounts that are not based on mortality or morbidity contingencies. A "funding agreement" is not an "annuity" as defined in G.S. 58‑7‑15; and is not a "security" as defined in G.S. 78A‑2.
(b)	Any insurer that is licensed to write life insurance or annuities in this State may deliver, or issue for delivery, funding agreements in this State.
(c)	Funding agreements may be issued to persons authorized by a state or foreign country to engage in an insurance business or to their affiliates, including affiliates of the issuer. Issuance to an affiliate of an issuer is not subject to the provisions of Article 19 of this Chapter. Funding agreements may be issued to persons other than those licensed to write life insurance and annuities or their affiliates in order to fund one or more of the following:
(1)	Benefits under any employee benefit plan as defined in the federal Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, 29 U.S.C. § 1001 et seq., maintained in the United States or in a foreign country.
(2)	The activities of an organization exempt from taxation under section 501(c) of the Internal Revenue Code or of any similar organization in a foreign country.
(3)	A program of the government of the United States, the government of a state, foreign country, or political subdivision, agency, or instrumentality thereof.
(4)	An agreement providing for one or more payments in satisfaction of a claim or liability.
(5)	A program of an institution that has assets in excess of twenty‑five million dollars ($25,000,000).
(d)	Amounts shall not be guaranteed or credited under a funding agreement except upon reasonable assumptions as to investment income and expenses and on a basis equitable to all holders of funding agreements of a given class.
(e)	Amounts paid to the insurer and proceeds applied under optional modes of settlement under funding agreements may be allocated by the insurer to one or more separate accounts pursuant to G.S. 58‑7‑95.
(f)	The Commissioner has sole authority to regulate the issuance and sale of funding agreements on behalf of insurers. In addition to the authority in G.S. 58‑2‑40, the Commissioner may adopt rules relating to:
(1)	Standards to be followed in the approval of forms of funding agreements.
(2)	Reserves to be maintained by and valuation rules for insurers issuing funding agreements.
(3)	Accounting and reporting of funds credited under funding agreements.
(4)	Disclosure of information to be given to holders and prospective holders of funding agreements.
(5)	Qualification and compensation of persons selling funding agreements on behalf of insurers.
In determining minimum valuation reserves to be maintained by and valuation rules for insurers issuing funding agreements, the Commissioner may use any relevant actuarial guideline, regulation, interpretation, or paper published by the Society of Actuaries or the American Academy of Actuaries that the Commissioner considers reasonable. (1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 600, s. 1; 1998‑212, s. 26B(e); 2001‑334, s. 17.2.)

§ 58‑7‑20:  Repealed by Session Laws 1991, c.  681, s. 23.

§ 58‑7‑21.  Credit allowed a domestic ceding insurer.
(a)	The purpose of this section and G.S. 58‑7‑26 is to protect the interest of insureds, claimants, ceding insurers, assuming insurers, and the public generally. The General Assembly declares its intent is to ensure adequate regulation of insurers and reinsurers and adequate protection for those to whom they owe obligations. In furtherance of that interest, the General Assembly provides a mandate that upon the insolvency of an alien insurer or reinsurer that provides security to fund its United States obligations in accordance with this section and G.S. 58‑7‑26, the assets representing the security shall be maintained in the United States and claims shall be filed with and valued by the state insurance commissioner with regulatory oversight, and the assets shall be distributed, in accordance with the insurance laws of the state in which the trust is domiciled that are applicable to the liquidation of domestic United States insurance companies. The General Assembly declares that the matters contained in this section and G.S. 58‑7‑26 are fundamental to the business of insurance in accordance with 15 U.S.C. §§ 1011‑1012.
(b)	Credit for reinsurance shall be allowed a domestic ceding insurer as either an asset or a reduction from liability on account of reinsurance ceded only when the reinsurer meets the requirements of subdivisions (1), (2), (3), (4), (4a), (4b), or (5) of this subsection. Credit shall be allowed under subdivision (1), (2), or (3) of this subsection only with regard to cessions of those kinds or classes of business in which the assuming insurer is licensed or otherwise permitted to write or assume in its state of domicile or, in the case of a United States branch of an alien assuming insurer, in the state through which it is entered and licensed to transact insurance or reinsurance. Credit shall be allowed under subdivision (3) or (4) of this subsection only if the applicable requirements of subdivision (6) of this subsection have been satisfied. The following applies:
(1)	Credit for reinsurance – Reinsurer licensed in this State. – Credit shall be allowed when the reinsurance is ceded to an assuming insurer that is licensed to transact insurance or reinsurance in this State.
(2)	Credit for reinsurance – Accredited reinsurer. – Credit shall be allowed when the reinsurance is ceded to an assuming insurer that is accredited by the Commissioner as a reinsurer in this State. In order to be eligible for accreditation, a reinsurer shall do all of the following:
a.	File with the Commissioner evidence of its submission to this State's jurisdiction.
b.	Submit to this State's authority to examine its books and records.
c.	Be licensed to transact insurance or reinsurance in at least one state, or in the case of a United States branch of an alien assuming insurer, be entered through and licensed to transact insurance or reinsurance in at least one state.
d.	File annually with the Commissioner a copy of its annual statement filed with the insurance regulator of its state of domicile, a copy of its most recent audited financial statement, and a fee of seven hundred fifty dollars ($750.00) and either:
1.	Maintains a policyholders' surplus in an amount that is not less than twenty million dollars ($20,000,000) and whose accreditation has not been denied by the Commissioner within 90 days after its submission; or
2.	Maintains a policyholders' surplus in an amount less than twenty million dollars ($20,000,000) and whose accreditation has been approved by the Commissioner.
(3)	Credit for reinsurance – Reinsurer domiciled in another state. – Credit shall be allowed when the reinsurance is ceded to an assuming insurer that is domiciled in, or in the case of a United States branch of an alien assuming insurer is entered through, a state that uses standards regarding credit for reinsurance substantially similar to those applicable under this section and the assuming insurer or United States branch of an alien assuming insurer:
a.	Maintains a policyholders' surplus in an amount not less than twenty million dollars ($20,000,000); and
b.	Submits to the authority of this State to examine its books and records.
The requirement in sub‑subdivision (3)a. of this subsection does not apply to reinsurance ceded and assumed under pooling arrangements among insurers in the same holding company system.
(4)	Credit for reinsurance – Reinsurer maintaining trust funds.
a.	Credit shall be allowed when the reinsurance is ceded to an assuming insurer that maintains a trust fund in a qualified United States financial institution, as defined in G.S. 58‑7‑26(b), for the payment of the valid claims of its United States ceding insurers, their assigns and successors in interest. The assuming insurer shall report annually to the Commissioner information substantially the same as that required to be reported on the NAIC Annual Statement form by licensed insurers to enable the Commissioner to determine the sufficiency of the trust fund. The assuming insurer shall submit to examination of its books and records by the Commissioner and bear the expense of examination.
b.	Repealed by Session Laws 2001‑223, s. 3.1.  For applicability, see note.
b1.	Credit for reinsurance shall not be granted under this subdivision unless the form of the trust and any amendments to the trust have been approved by:
1.	The insurance regulator of the state where the trust is domiciled; or
2.	The insurance regulator of another state who, pursuant to the terms of the trust instrument, has accepted principal regulatory oversight of the trust.
b2.	The form of the trust and any trust amendments also shall be filed with the insurance regulator of every state in which the ceding insurer beneficiaries of the trust are domiciled. The trust instrument shall provide that contested claims shall be valid and enforceable upon the final order of any court of competent jurisdiction in the United States. The trust shall vest legal title to its assets in its trustees for the benefit of the assuming insurer's United States ceding insurers, their assigns, and successors in interest. The trust and the assuming insurer shall be subject to examination as determined by the Commissioner.
b3.	The trust shall remain in effect for as long as the assuming insurer has outstanding obligations due under the reinsurance agreements subject to the trust. No later than February 28 of each year, the trustees of the trust shall report to the Commissioner in writing the balance of the trust, shall list the trust's investments at the end of the preceding year, and shall certify the date of termination of the trust, if so planned, or shall certify that the trust will not expire before the following December 31.
c.	The following requirements apply to the following categories of assuming insurer:
1.	The trust fund for a single assuming insurer shall consist of funds in trust in an amount not less than the assuming insurer's liabilities attributable to reinsurance ceded by United States ceding insurers, and, in addition, the assuming insurer shall maintain a surplus in trust of not less than twenty million dollars ($20,000,000), except as provided in sub‑sub‑subdivision c.1a. of this subdivision.
1a.	At any time after the assuming insurer has permanently discontinued underwriting new business secured by the trust for at least three full years, the insurance regulator of the state with principal regulatory oversight of the trust may authorize a reduction in the required trusteed surplus, but only after a finding, based on an assessment of the risk, that the new required surplus level is adequate for the protection of United States ceding insurers, policyholders, and claimants in light of reasonably foreseeable adverse loss development. The risk assessment may involve an actuarial review, including an independent analysis of reserves and cash flows, and shall consider all material risk factors, including, when applicable, the lines of business involved, the stability of the incurred loss estimates, and the effect of the surplus requirements on the assuming insurer's liquidity or solvency. The minimum required trusteed surplus may not be reduced to an amount less than thirty percent (30%) of the assuming insurer's liabilities attributable to reinsurance ceded by United States ceding insurers covered by the trust.
2.	In the case of a group including incorporated and individual unincorporated underwriters:
I.	For reinsurance ceded under reinsurance agreements with an inception, amendment, or renewal date on or after August 1, 1995, the trust shall consist of an account in trust in an amount not less than the respective underwriters' several liabilities attributable to business ceded by United States domiciled ceding insurers to any underwriter of the group.
II.	For reinsurance ceded under reinsurance agreements with an inception date on or before July 31, 1995, and not amended or renewed after that date, notwithstanding the other provisions of this section and G.S. 58‑7‑26, the trust shall consist of an account in trust in an amount not less than the respective underwriters' several insurance and reinsurance liabilities attributable to business written in the United States.
In addition to these trusts, the group shall maintain in trust a surplus of which one hundred million dollars ($100,000,000) shall be held jointly for the benefit of the United States domiciled ceding insurers of any member of the group for all years of account. Each incorporated member of the group shall not be engaged in any business other than underwriting as a member of the group and shall be subject to the same level of regulation and solvency control by the group's domiciliary insurance regulator as are the unincorporated members. Within 90 days after its financial statements are due to be filed with the group's domiciliary insurance regulator, the group shall provide to the Commissioner an annual certification by the group's domiciliary insurance regulator of the solvency of each underwriter member or, if a certification is unavailable, financial statements prepared by independent public accountants of each underwriter member of the group.
3.	The trust fund for a group of incorporated insurers under common administration, whose members possess aggregate policyholders surplus of ten billion dollars ($10,000,000,000), calculated and reported in substantially the same manner as prescribed by the annual statement instructions and Accounting Practices and Procedures Manual of the NAIC, and which has continuously transacted an insurance business outside the United States for at least three years immediately prior to making application for accreditation, shall do all of the following:
I.	Consist of funds in trust in an amount not less than the assuming insurers' several liabilities attributable to business ceded by United States domiciled ceding insurers to any members of the group pursuant to reinsurance contracts issued in the name of such group;
II.	Maintain a joint trusteed surplus of which one hundred million dollars ($100,000,000) shall be held jointly for the benefit of United States domiciled ceding insurers of any member of the group; and
III.	File a properly executed NAIC Form AR‑1 as evidence of the submission to this State's authority to examine the books and records of any of its members and shall certify that any member examined will bear the expense of any such examination.
Within 90 days after the statements are due to be filed with the group's domiciliary regulator, the group shall file with the Commissioner an annual certification of each underwriter member's solvency by the member's domiciliary regulators, and financial statements, prepared by independent public accountants, of each underwriter member of the group.
d.	Repealed by Session Laws 2001‑223, s. 3.1. For applicability, see note.
(4a)	Credit for reinsurance – Certified reinsurers. – Credit shall be allowed when the reinsurance is ceded to an assuming insurer that has been certified by the Commissioner as a reinsurer in this State and secures its obligations in accordance with the requirements of this subdivision:
a.	In order to be eligible for certification, the assuming insurer shall meet the following requirements:
1.	The assuming insurer must be domiciled and licensed to transact insurance or reinsurance in a qualified jurisdiction, as determined by the Commissioner pursuant to sub‑subdivision f. of this subdivision;
2.	The assuming insurer must maintain capital and surplus, or its equivalent, of no less than two hundred fifty million dollars ($250,000,000) calculated in accordance with sub‑sub‑subdivision d.8. of this subdivision. This requirement may also be satisfied by an association including incorporated and individual unincorporated underwriters having minimum capital and surplus equivalents, net of liabilities, of at least two hundred fifty million dollars ($250,000,000) and a central fund containing a balance of at least two hundred fifty million dollars ($250,000,000);
3.	The assuming insurer must maintain financial strength ratings from two or more rating agencies deemed acceptable by the Commissioner. These ratings shall be based on interactive communication between the rating agency and the assuming insurer and shall not be based solely on publicly available information. These financial strength ratings will be one factor used by the Commissioner in determining the rating that is assigned to the assuming insurer. Acceptable rating agencies include the following:
I.	Standard & Poor's;
II.	Moody's Investors Service;
III.	Fitch Ratings;
IV.	A.M. Best Company; or
V.	Any other nationally recognized statistical rating organization.
4.	The assuming insurer must submit a properly executed NAIC Form CR‑1 as evidence of its submission to the jurisdiction of this State, appointment of the Commissioner as an agent for service of process in this State, and agreement to provide security for one hundred percent (100%) of the assuming insurer's liabilities attributable to reinsurance ceded by United States ceding insurers if it resists enforcement of a final United States judgment. The Commissioner shall not certify any assuming insurer that is domiciled in a jurisdiction that the Commissioner has determined does not adequately and promptly enforce final United States judgments or arbitration awards;
5.	The certified reinsurer must agree to meet applicable information filing requirements, as determined by the Commissioner, both with respect to an initial application for certification and on an ongoing basis. All information submitted by certified reinsurers which is not otherwise public information subject to disclosure shall be exempted from disclosure under the North Carolina Public Records Act, Chapter 132 of the General Statutes, and shall be withheld from public disclosure. The applicable information filing requirements are as follows:
I.	Notification within 10 days of any regulatory actions taken against the certified reinsurer, any change in the provisions of its domiciliary license, or any change in rating by an approved rating agency, including a statement describing such changes and the reasons therefore;
II.	Annually, NAIC Form CR‑F or CR‑S, as applicable;
III.	Annually, the report of the independent auditor on the financial statements of the insurance enterprise, on the basis described in sub‑sub‑sub‑subdivision a.5.IV. of this subdivision;
IV.	Annually, the most recent audited financial statements, regulatory filings, and actuarial opinion, as filed with the certified reinsurer's supervisor, with a translation into English. Upon the initial certification, audited financial statements for the last two years filed with the certified reinsurer's supervisor;
V.	At least annually, an updated list of all disputed and overdue reinsurance claims regarding reinsurance assumed from United States domestic ceding insurers;
VI.	A certification from the certified reinsurer's domestic regulator that the certified reinsurer is in good standing and maintains capital in excess of the jurisdiction's highest regulatory action level; and
VII.	Any other information that the Commissioner may reasonably require.
6.	Any other requirements for certification deemed relevant by the Commissioner.
b.	An association, including incorporated and individual unincorporated underwriters, may be a certified reinsurer. In order to be eligible for certification, in addition to satisfying requirements of sub‑subdivision a. of this subdivision:
1.	The association shall satisfy its minimum capital and surplus requirements through the capital and surplus equivalents, net of liabilities, of the association and its members, which shall include a joint central fund that may be applied to any unsatisfied obligation of the association or any of its members, in an amount determined by the Commissioner to provide adequate protection;
2.	The incorporated members of the association shall not be engaged in any business other than underwriting as a member of the association and shall be subject to the same level of regulation and solvency control by the association's domiciliary regulator as are the unincorporated members; and
3.	Within 90 days after its financial statements are due to be filed with the association's domiciliary regulator, the association shall provide to the Commissioner an annual certification by the association's domiciliary regulator of the solvency of each underwriter member or, if a certification is unavailable, financial statements, prepared by independent public accountants, of each underwriter member of the association.
c.	Certification procedure. –
1.	The Commissioner shall post notice on the Department's Web site promptly upon receipt of any application for certification, including instructions on how members of the public may respond to the application. The Commissioner may not take final action on the application until at least 30 days after posting the notice required by this sub‑subdivision.
2.	The Commissioner shall issue written notice to an assuming insurer that has made application and been approved as a certified reinsurer. Included in such notice shall be the rating assigned to the certified reinsurer in accordance with sub‑subdivision d. of this subdivision.
3.	Any other requirements reasonably imposed by the Commissioner.
d.	Certified reinsurer rating. – The Commissioner shall assign a rating to each certified reinsurer on a legal entity basis, with due consideration being given to the group rating where appropriate, except that an association, including incorporated and individual unincorporated underwriters, that has been approved to do business as a single certified reinsurer may be evaluated on the basis of its group rating. The Commissioner shall publish a list of all certified reinsurers and their ratings. Factors that may be considered as part of the evaluation process include the following:
1.	The certified reinsurer's financial strength rating from an acceptable rating agency. The maximum rating that a certified reinsurer may be assigned will correspond to its financial strength rating as outlined in the table below. The Commissioner shall use the lowest financial strength rating received from an approved rating agency in establishing the maximum rating of a certified reinsurer. A failure to obtain or maintain at least two financial strength ratings from acceptable rating agencies will result in loss of eligibility for certification;
Ratings	Best	S&P	Moody's	Fitch
Secure – 1	A++	AAA	Aaa	AAA
Secure – 2	A+	AA+, AA, AA‑	Aa1, Aa2, Aa3	AA+,AA, AA‑
Secure – 3	A	A+, A	A1, A2	A+, A
Secure – 4	A‑	A‑	A3	A‑
Secure – 5	B++, B+	BBB+, BBB,	Baa1, Baa2,	BBB+, BBB,
	BBB‑	Baa3	BBB‑
Vulnerable	B, B‑,	BB+, BB,	Ba1, Ba2,	BB+, BB,
– 6	C++, C+,	BB‑,	Ba3,	BB‑,
	C, C‑, D,	B+, B, B‑,	B1, B2, B3,	B+, B, B‑,
	E, F	CCC, CC, C,	Caa, Ca, C	CCC+, CC,
	D, R	CCC‑, DD
2.	The business practices of the certified reinsurer in dealing with its ceding insurers, including its record of compliance with reinsurance contractual terms and obligations;
3.	For certified reinsurers domiciled in the United States, a review of the most recent applicable NAIC Annual Statement Blank, either Schedule F for property/casualty reinsurers or Schedule S for life and health reinsurers;
4.	For certified reinsurers not domiciled in the United States, a review annually of NAIC Form CR‑F for property/casualty reinsurers or NAIC Form CR‑S for life and health reinsurers;
5.	The reputation of the certified reinsurer for prompt payment of claims under reinsurance agreements, based on an analysis of the ceding insurers' in the NAIC Annual Statement Blank Schedule F reporting of overdue reinsurance recoverables, including the proportion of obligations that are more than 90 days past due or are in dispute, with specific attention given to obligations payable to companies that are in administrative supervision or receivership. Based on the analysis conducted, the Commissioner may make appropriate adjustments in the security the certified reinsurer is required to post to protect its liabilities to United States ceding insurers, provided that the Commissioner shall, at a minimum, increase the security the certified reinsurer is required to post by one rating level if the Commissioner finds that:
I.	More than fifteen percent (15%) of the certified reinsurer's ceding insurance clients have overdue reinsurance recoverables on paid losses of 90 days or more which are not in dispute and which exceed one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000) for each cedent; or
II.	The aggregate amount of reinsurance recoverables on paid losses which are not in dispute that are overdue by 90 days or more exceeds fifty million dollars ($50,000,000).
6.	Regulatory actions against the certified reinsurer;
7.	The report of the independent auditor on the financial statements of the insurance enterprise, on the basis described in sub‑sub‑subdivision d.8. of this subdivision;
8.	For certified reinsurers not domiciled in the United States, audited financial statements, regulatory filings, and actuarial opinion as filed with the non‑United States jurisdiction supervisor, with a translation into English. Upon the initial application for certification, the Commissioner will consider audited financial statements for the last two years filed with its non‑United States jurisdiction supervisor;
9.	The liquidation priority of obligations to a ceding insurer in the certified reinsurer's domiciliary jurisdiction in the context of an insolvency proceeding;
10.	A certified reinsurer's participation in any solvent scheme of arrangement, or similar procedure, which involves United States ceding insurers. The Commissioner shall receive prior notice from a certified reinsurer that proposes participation by the certified reinsurer in a solvent scheme of arrangement; and
11.	Any other information deemed relevant by the Commissioner.
e.	Credit allowed a ceding insurer. – The Commissioner shall allow credit for reinsurance ceded by a domestic insurer to an assuming insurer that has been certified as a reinsurer in this State at all times for which statutory financial statement credit for reinsurance is claimed under this subdivision. The credit allowed a ceding insurer shall be based upon the security held by or on behalf of the ceding insurer in accordance with the rating assigned to the certified reinsurer by the Commissioner pursuant to sub‑subdivision d. of this subdivision. The security shall be maintained and in a form consistent with the provisions of G.S. 58‑7‑26. The amount of security required in order for full credit to be allowed shall correspond with the following requirements:
1.	Ratings	Security Required
	Secure – 1	0%
	Secure – 2	10%
	Secure – 3	20%
	Secure – 4	50%
	Secure – 5	75%
	Vulnerable – 6	100%
2.	If a certified reinsurer maintains a trust to fully secure its obligations subject to subdivision (4) of this subsection, and chooses to secure its obligations incurred as a certified reinsurer in the form of a multibeneficiary trust, the certified reinsurer shall maintain separate trust accounts for its obligations incurred under reinsurance agreements issued or renewed as a certified reinsurer with reduced security, as permitted by this subdivision or comparable laws of other United States jurisdictions, and for its obligations subject to subdivision (4) of this subsection. It shall be a condition to the grant of certification under this subdivision that the certified reinsurer shall have bound itself, by the language of the trust and agreement with the insurance regulator with principal regulatory oversight of each such trust account, to fund, upon termination of any such trust account, out of the remaining surplus of such trust any deficiency of any other such trust account.
3.	The minimum trusteed surplus requirements provided in subdivision (4) of this subsection are not applicable with respect to a multibeneficiary trust maintained by a certified reinsurer for the purpose of securing obligations incurred under this subdivision, except that such trust shall maintain a minimum trusteed surplus of ten million dollars ($10,000,000).
4.	With respect to obligations incurred by a certified reinsurer under this subdivision, if the security is insufficient, the Commissioner shall reduce the allowable credit by an amount proportionate to the deficiency and has the discretion to impose further reductions in allowable credit upon finding that there is a material risk that the certified reinsurer's obligations will not be paid in full when due.
5.	For purposes of this subdivision, a certified reinsurer whose certification has been terminated for any reason shall be treated as a certified reinsurer required to secure one hundred percent (100%) of its obligations. As used in this sub‑sub‑subdivision, the term "terminated" refers to revocation, suspension, voluntary surrender, and inactive status. If the Commissioner continues to assign a higher rating as permitted by other provisions of this subdivision, this requirement does not apply to a certified reinsurer in inactive status or to a reinsurer whose certification has been suspended.
6.	Affiliated reinsurance transactions shall receive the same opportunity for reduced security requirements as all other reinsurance transactions.
7.	The Commissioner shall require the certified reinsurer to post one hundred percent (100%), for the benefit of the ceding insurer or its estate, security upon the entry of an order of rehabilitation or liquidation or conservation against the ceding insurer.
8.	In order to facilitate the prompt payment of claims, a certified reinsurer shall not be required to post security for catastrophe recoverables for a period of one year from the date of the first instance of a liability reserve entry by the ceding company insurer as a result of a loss from a catastrophic occurrence as recognized by the Commissioner. The one‑year deferral period is contingent upon the certified reinsurer continuing to pay claims in a timely manner. Reinsurance recoverables for only the following lines of business as reported on the NAIC annual financial statement related specifically to the catastrophic occurrence will be included in the deferral:
I.	Line 1: Fire.
II.	Line 2: Allied lines.
III.	Line 3: Farmowners multiple peril.
IV.	Line 4: Homeowners multiple peril.
V.	Line 5: Commercial multiple peril.
VI.	Line 9: Inland marine.
VII.	Line 12: Earthquake.
VIII.	Line 21: Auto physical damage.
9.	Credit for reinsurance under this sub‑subdivision shall apply only to reinsurance contracts entered into or renewed on or after the effective date of the certification of the assuming insurer. Any reinsurance contract entered into prior to the effective date of the certification of the assuming insurer that is subsequently amended after the effective date of the certification of the assuming insurer, or a new reinsurance contract, covering any risk for which collateral was provided previously, shall only be subject to this sub‑subdivision with respect to losses incurred and reserves reported from and after the effective date of the amendment or new contract.
10.	Nothing in this sub‑subdivision shall prohibit the parties to a reinsurance agreement from agreeing to provisions establishing security requirements that exceed the minimum security requirements established for certified reinsurers under this sub‑subdivision.
f.	Qualified jurisdictions. –
1.	The Commissioner shall create and publish a list of qualified jurisdictions under which an assuming insurer licensed and domiciled in such jurisdiction is eligible to be considered for certification by the Commissioner as a certified reinsurer.
2.	In order to determine whether the domiciliary jurisdiction of a non‑United States assuming insurer is eligible to be recognized as a qualified jurisdiction, the Commissioner shall evaluate the appropriateness and effectiveness of the reinsurance supervisory system of the jurisdiction, both initially and on an ongoing basis, and consider the rights, benefits, and the extent of reciprocal recognition afforded by the non‑United States jurisdiction to reinsurers licensed and domiciled in the United States. A qualified jurisdiction must agree to share information and cooperate with the Commissioner with respect to all certified reinsurers domiciled within that jurisdiction. Additional factors to be considered in determining whether to recognize a qualified jurisdiction, in the discretion of the Commissioner, include, but are not limited to, the following:
I.	The framework under which the assuming insurer is regulated.
II.	The structure and authority of the domiciliary regulator with regard to solvency regulation requirements and financial surveillance.
III.	The substance of financial and operating standards for assuming insurers in the domiciliary jurisdiction.
IV.	The form and substance of financial reports required to be filed or made publicly available by reinsurers in the domiciliary jurisdiction and the accounting principles used.
V.	The domiciliary regulator's willingness to cooperate with United States regulators in general and the Commissioner in particular.
VI.	The history of performance by assuming insurers in the domiciliary jurisdiction.
VII.	Any documented evidence of substantial problems with the enforcement of final United States judgments in the domiciliary jurisdiction. A jurisdiction will not be considered to be a qualified jurisdiction if the Commissioner has determined that it does not adequately and promptly enforce final United States judgments or arbitration awards.
VIII.	Any relevant international standards or guidance with respect to mutual recognition of reinsurance supervision adopted by the International Association of Insurance Supervisors or successor organization.
IX.	Any other matters deemed relevant by the Commissioner.
3.	The Commissioner shall consider the list of qualified jurisdictions published by the NAIC in determining qualified jurisdictions. If the Commissioner approves a jurisdiction as qualified that does not appear on the NAIC's list of qualified jurisdictions, the Commissioner shall provide thoroughly documented justification with respect to the criteria provided under sub‑sub‑sub‑subdivision f.2.I. through IX. of this subdivision.
4.	United States jurisdictions that meet the requirement for accreditation under the NAIC financial standards and accreditation program shall be recognized as qualified jurisdictions.
5.	If a certified reinsurer's domiciliary jurisdiction ceases to be a qualified jurisdiction, the Commissioner has the discretion to suspend the reinsurer's certification indefinitely, in lieu of revocation.
g.	Recognition of certification issued by an NAIC accredited jurisdiction. – If an applicant for certification has been certified as a reinsurer in an NAIC accredited jurisdiction, the Commissioner has the discretion to defer to that jurisdiction's certification and has the discretion to defer to the rating assigned by that jurisdiction, if the assuming insurer submits a properly executed NAIC Form CR‑1 and such additional information as the Commissioner requires. The assuming insurer shall be considered to be a certified reinsurer in this State. Any change in the certified reinsurer's status or rating in the other jurisdiction shall apply automatically in this State as of the date it takes effect in the other jurisdiction. The certified reinsurer shall notify the Commissioner of any change in its status or rating within 10 days after receiving notice of the change. The Commissioner may withdraw recognition of the other jurisdiction's rating at any time and assign a new rating in accordance with sub‑subdivision d. of this subdivision. The Commissioner may withdraw recognition of the other jurisdiction's certification at any time, with written notice to the certified reinsurer. Unless the Commissioner suspends or revokes the certified reinsurer's certification in accordance with sub‑subdivision j. of this subdivision, the certified reinsurer's certification shall remain in good standing in this State for a period of three months, which shall be extended if additional time is necessary to consider the assuming insurer's application for certification in this State.
h.	Inactive certified reinsurer. – A certified reinsurer that ceases to assume new business in this State may request to maintain its certification in inactive status in order to continue to qualify for a reduction in security for its in‑force business. An inactive certified reinsurer shall continue to comply with all applicable requirements of this subdivision, and the Commissioner shall assign a rating that takes into account, if relevant, the reasons why the reinsurer is not assuming new business.
i.	Change in rating or revocation of certification. –
1.	In the case of a downgrade by a rating agency or other disqualifying circumstance, the Commissioner shall, upon written notice, assign a new rating to the certified reinsurer in accordance with the requirements of sub‑subdivision d. of this subdivision.
2.	The Commissioner shall have the authority to suspend, revoke, or otherwise modify a certified reinsurer's certification at any time if the certified reinsurer fails to meet its obligations or security requirements under this subdivision or, if other financial or operating results of the certified reinsurer, or documented significant delays in payment by the certified reinsurer, lead the Commissioner to reconsider the certified reinsurer's ability or willingness to meet its contractual obligations.
3.	If the rating of a certified reinsurer is upgraded by the Commissioner, the certified reinsurer may meet the security requirements applicable to its new rating on a prospective basis, but the Commissioner shall require the certified reinsurer to post security under the previously applicable security requirements as to all contracts in force on or before the effective date of the upgraded rating. If the rating of a certified reinsurer is downgraded by the Commissioner, the Commissioner shall require the certified reinsurer to meet the security requirements applicable to its new rating for all business it has assumed as a certified reinsurer.
4.	Upon revocation of the certification of a certified reinsurer by the Commissioner, the assuming insurer shall be required to post security in accordance with G.S. 58‑7‑26 in order for the ceding insurer to continue to take credit for reinsurance ceded to the assuming insurer. If funds continue to be held in trust, in accordance with subdivision (4) of this subsection, the Commissioner may allow additional credit equal to the ceding insurer's pro rata share of such funds, discounted to reflect the risk of uncollectibility and anticipated expenses of trust administration. Notwithstanding the change of a certified reinsurer's rating or revocation of its certification, a domestic insurer that has ceded reinsurance to that certified reinsurer may not be denied credit for reinsurance for a period of three months for all reinsurance ceded to that certified reinsurer, unless the reinsurance is found by the Commissioner to be at high risk of uncollectibility.
j.	Mandatory funding clause. – In addition to the clauses required by rule, reinsurance contracts entered into or renewed under this subdivision shall include a proper funding clause, which requires the certified reinsurer to provide and maintain security in an amount sufficient to avoid the imposition of any financial statement penalty on the ceding insurer under this subdivision for reinsurance ceded to the certified reinsurer.
k.	NAIC reporting and notification requirements. – The Commissioner shall comply with all reporting and notification requirements that may be established by the NAIC with respect to certified reinsurers and qualified jurisdictions.
(4b)	Credit for reinsurance – Reciprocal jurisdiction. –
a.	The following definitions apply in this subdivision:
1.	Covered agreement. – An agreement entered into pursuant to Dodd‑Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, 31 U.S.C. §§ 313 and 314, that is currently in effect or in a period of provisional application and addresses the elimination, under specified conditions, of collateral requirements as a condition for entering into any reinsurance agreement with a ceding insurer domiciled in this State or for allowing the ceding insurer to recognize credit for reinsurance.
2.	Reciprocal jurisdiction. – A jurisdiction as designated by the Commissioner pursuant to sub‑subdivision c. of this subdivision that meets one of the following:
I.	A non‑United States jurisdiction that is subject to an in‑force covered agreement with the United States, each within its legal authority, or, in the case of a covered agreement between the United States and the European Union, is a member state of the European Union;
II.	A United States jurisdiction that meets the requirements for accreditation under the NAIC financial standards and accreditation program; or
III.	A qualified jurisdiction, as determined by the Commissioner pursuant to sub‑subdivision f. of subdivision (4a) of this subsection, which is not otherwise described in sub‑sub‑sub‑subdivisions I. or II. of sub‑sub‑subdivision 2. of sub‑subdivision a. of this subdivision and which the Commissioner determines meets all of the following additional requirements, consistent with the terms and conditions of in‑force covered agreements:
A.	Provides that an insurer which has its head office or is domiciled in such qualified jurisdiction shall receive credit for reinsurance ceded to a United States domiciled assuming insurer in the same manner as credit for reinsurance is received for reinsurance assumed by insurers domiciled in such qualified jurisdiction;
B.	Does not require a United States domiciled assuming insurer to establish or maintain a local presence as a condition for entering into a reinsurance agreement with any ceding insurer subject to regulation by the non‑United States jurisdiction or as a condition to allow the ceding insurer to recognize credit for such reinsurance;
C.	Recognizes the United States, state regulatory approach to group supervision and group capital by providing written confirmation by a competent regulatory authority in such qualified jurisdiction that insurers and insurance groups that are domiciled or maintain their headquarters in this State or another jurisdiction accredited by the NAIC shall be subject only to worldwide prudential insurance group supervision, including worldwide group governance, solvency and capital, and reporting, as applicable, by the Commissioner or the commissioner of the domiciliary state and will not be subject to group supervision at the level of the worldwide parent undertaking of the insurance or reinsurance group by the qualified jurisdiction; and
D.	Provides written confirmation by a competent regulatory authority in such qualified jurisdiction that information regarding insurers and their parent, subsidiary, or affiliated entities, if applicable, shall be provided to the Commissioner in accordance with a memorandum of understanding or similar document between the Commissioner and such qualified jurisdiction, including, but not limited to, the International Association of Insurance Supervisors Multilateral Memorandum of Understanding or other multilateral memoranda of understanding coordinated by the NAIC.
3.	Solvent scheme of arrangement. – A foreign or alien statutory or regulatory compromise procedure subject to requisite majority creditor approval and judicial sanction in the assuming insurer's home jurisdiction either to finally commute liabilities of duly noticed classed members or creditors of a solvent debtor, or to reorganize or restructure the debts and obligations of a solvent debtor on a final basis, and which may be subject to judicial recognition and enforcement of the arrangement by a governing authority outside the ceding insurer's home jurisdiction.
b.	Credit shall be allowed when the reinsurance is ceded from an insurer domiciled in this State to an assuming insurer meeting each of the following conditions:
1.	The assuming insurer must be licensed to transact reinsurance by, and have its head office or be domiciled in, a reciprocal jurisdiction.
2.	The assuming insurer must have and maintain, on an ongoing basis, minimum capital and surplus, or its equivalent, calculated on at least an annual basis as of the preceding December 31 or at the annual date otherwise statutorily reported to the reciprocal jurisdiction, and confirmed as set forth in sub‑sub‑subdivision 7. of this sub‑subdivision, according to the methodology of its domiciliary jurisdiction, in the following amounts:
I.	No less than two hundred fifty million dollars ($250,000,000); or
II.	If the assuming insurer is an association, including incorporated and individual unincorporated underwriters:
A.	Minimum capital and surplus equivalents, net of liabilities, or own funds of the equivalent of at least two hundred fifty million dollars ($250,000,000); and
B.	A central fund containing a balance of the equivalent of at least two hundred fifty million dollars ($250,000,000).
3.	The assuming insurer must have and maintain, on an ongoing basis, a minimum solvency or capital ratio, as applicable, as follows:
I.	If the assuming insurer has its head office or is domiciled in a reciprocal jurisdiction as defined in sub‑sub‑sub‑subdivision I. of sub‑sub‑subdivision 2. of sub‑subdivision a. of this subdivision, the ratio specified in the applicable covered agreement;
II.	If the assuming insurer is domiciled in a reciprocal jurisdiction as defined in sub‑sub‑sub‑subdivision II. of sub‑sub‑subdivision 2. of sub‑subdivision a. of this subdivision, a risk‑based capital ratio of three hundred percent (300%) of the authorized control level, calculated in accordance with the formula developed by the NAIC;
III.	If the assuming insurer is domiciled in a reciprocal jurisdiction as defined in sub‑sub‑sub‑subdivision III. of sub‑sub‑subdivision 2. of sub‑subdivision a. of this subdivision, after consultation with the reciprocal jurisdiction and considering any recommendations published through the NAIC committee process, such solvency or capital ratio as the Commissioner determines to be an effective measure of solvency; or
IV.	If the assuming insurer is an association, including incorporated and individual unincorporated underwriters, a minimum solvency or capital ratio in the reciprocal jurisdiction where the assuming insurer has its head office or is domiciled, as applicable, and is also licensed.
4.	The assuming insurer must agree to and provide adequate assurance to the Commissioner, in the form of a properly executed NAIC Form RJ‑1, of its agreement to the following:
I.	The assuming insurer must provide prompt written notice and explanation to the Commissioner if it falls below the minimum requirements set forth in sub‑sub‑subdivision 2. or 3. of sub‑subdivision b. of this subdivision, or if any regulatory action is taken against it for serious noncompliance with applicable law;
II.	The assuming insurer must consent in writing to the jurisdiction of the courts of this State and to the appointment of the Commissioner as agent for service of process. The Commissioner may require that consent for service of process be provided to the Commissioner and included in each reinsurance agreement under the Commissioner's jurisdiction. Nothing in this provision shall limit, or in any way alter, the capacity of parties to a reinsurance agreement to agree to alternative dispute resolution mechanisms, except to the extent such agreements are unenforceable under applicable insolvency or delinquency laws;
III.	The assuming insurer must consent in writing to pay all final judgments, wherever enforcement is sought, obtained by a ceding insurer or its legal successor, that have been declared enforceable in the jurisdiction where the judgment was obtained;
IV.	Each reinsurance agreement must include a provision requiring the assuming insurer to provide security in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the assuming insurer's liabilities attributable to reinsurance ceded pursuant to that agreement if the assuming insurer resists enforcement of a final judgment that is enforceable under the law of the jurisdiction in which it was obtained or a properly enforceable arbitration award, whether obtained by the ceding insurer or by its legal successor on behalf of its resolution estate, if applicable;
V.	The assuming insurer must confirm that it is not presently participating in any solvent scheme of arrangement, which involves this State's ceding insurers, and agree to notify the ceding insurer and the Commissioner and to provide one hundred percent (100%) security to the ceding insurer consistent with the terms of the scheme, should the assuming insurer enter into such a solvent scheme of arrangement. Such security shall be in a form consistent with the provisions of subdivision (4a) of subsection (b) of this section, G.S. 58‑7‑26(a), and as specified by the Commissioner in regulation; and
VI.	The assuming insurer must agree in writing to meet the applicable information filing requirements as set forth in sub‑sub‑subdivision 5. of sub‑subdivision b. of this subdivision.
5.	The assuming insurer or its legal successor must provide, if requested by the Commissioner, on behalf of itself and any legal predecessors, the following documentation to the Commissioner:
I.	For the two years preceding entry into the reinsurance agreement and on an annual basis thereafter, the assuming insurer's annual audited financial statements, in accordance with the applicable law of the jurisdiction of its head office or domiciliary jurisdiction, as applicable, including the external audit report;
II.	For the two years preceding entry into the reinsurance agreement, the solvency and financial condition report or actuarial opinion, if filed with the assuming insurer's supervisor;
III.	Prior to entry into the reinsurance agreement and not more than semiannually thereafter, an updated list of all disputed and overdue reinsurance claims outstanding for 90 days or more, regarding reinsurance assumed from ceding insurers domiciled in the United States; and
IV.	Prior to entry into the reinsurance agreement and not more than semiannually thereafter, information regarding the assuming insurer's assumed reinsurance by ceding insurer, ceded reinsurance by the assuming insurer, and reinsurance recoverable on paid and unpaid losses by the assuming insurer to allow for the evaluation of the criteria set forth in sub‑sub‑subdivision 6. of sub‑subdivision b. of this subdivision.
6.	The assuming insurer must maintain a practice of prompt payment of claims under reinsurance agreements. The lack of prompt payment will be evidenced if any of the following criteria is met:
I.	More than fifteen percent (15%) of the reinsurance recoverables from the assuming insurer are overdue and in dispute as reported to the Commissioner;
II.	More than fifteen percent (15%) of the assuming insurer's ceding insurers or reinsurers have overdue reinsurance recoverable on paid losses of 90 days or more which are not in dispute and which exceed for each ceding insurer one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), or as otherwise specified in a covered agreement; or
III.	The aggregate amount of reinsurance recoverable on paid losses which are not in dispute, but are overdue by 90 days or more, exceeds fifty million dollars ($50,000,000), or as otherwise specified in a covered agreement.
7.	The assuming insurer's supervisory authority must confirm to the Commissioner on an annual basis, as of the preceding December 31 or at the annual date otherwise statutorily reported to the reciprocal jurisdiction, that the assuming insurer complies with the requirements set forth in sub‑sub‑subdivisions 2. and 3. of sub‑subdivision b. of this subdivision.
Nothing in this sub‑subdivision shall preclude an assuming insurer from providing the Commissioner with information on a voluntary basis.
c.	The Commissioner shall timely create and publish a list of reciprocal jurisdictions [as follows]:
1.	A list of reciprocal jurisdictions is published through the NAIC committee process. The Commissioner's list shall include any reciprocal jurisdiction, as defined under sub‑sub‑sub‑subdivisions I. and II. of sub‑sub‑subdivision 2. of sub‑subdivision a. of this subdivision, and shall consider any other reciprocal jurisdiction included on the NAIC list. The Commissioner may approve a jurisdiction that does not appear on the NAIC list of reciprocal jurisdictions as provided by applicable law, regulation, or in accordance with criteria published through the NAIC committee process.
2.	The Commissioner may remove a jurisdiction from the list of reciprocal jurisdictions upon a determination that the jurisdiction no longer meets one or more of the requirements of a reciprocal jurisdiction, as provided by applicable law, regulation, or in accordance with a process published through the NAIC committee process, except that the Commissioner shall not remove from the list a reciprocal jurisdiction as defined under sub‑sub‑sub‑subdivisions I. and II. of sub‑sub‑subdivision 2. of sub‑subdivision a. of this subdivision. Upon removal of a reciprocal jurisdiction from this list, credit for reinsurance ceded to an assuming insurer which has its home office or is domiciled in that jurisdiction shall be allowed if otherwise allowed pursuant to this section or G.S. 58‑7‑26.
d.	The Commissioner shall timely create and publish a list of assuming insurers that have satisfied the conditions set forth in this subdivision and to which cessions shall be granted credit in accordance with this subdivision. The Commissioner may add an assuming insurer to such list if an NAIC accredited jurisdiction has added such assuming insurer to a list of such assuming insurers or if, upon initial eligibility, the assuming insurer submits the information to the Commissioner as required under sub‑sub‑subdivision 4. of sub‑subdivision b. of this subdivision and complies with any additional requirements that the Commissioner may impose by law or regulation, except to the extent that they conflict with an applicable covered agreement. [The following applies:]
1.	If an NAIC accredited jurisdiction has determined that the conditions set forth in sub‑subdivision b. of this subdivision have been met, the Commissioner has the discretion to defer to that jurisdiction's determination and add such assuming insurer to the list of assuming insurers to which cessions shall be granted credit in accordance with this sub‑subdivision. The Commissioner may accept financial documentation filed with another NAIC accredited jurisdiction or with the NAIC in satisfaction of the requirements of sub‑subdivision b. of this subdivision.
2.	When requesting that the Commissioner defer to another NAIC accredited jurisdiction's determination, an assuming insurer must submit a properly executed NAIC Form RJ‑1 and additional information as the Commissioner may require. A state that has received such a request will notify other states through the NAIC committee process and provide relevant information with respect to the determination of eligibility.
e.	If the Commissioner determines that an assuming insurer no longer meets one or more of the requirements under this subdivision, the Commissioner may revoke or suspend the eligibility of the assuming insurer for recognition under this subdivision. [The following applies:]
1.	While an assuming insurer's eligibility is suspended, no reinsurance agreement issued, amended, or renewed after the effective date of the suspension qualifies for credit except to the extent that the assuming insurer's obligations under the contract are secured in accordance with G.S. 58‑7‑26.
2.	If an assuming insurer's eligibility is revoked, no credit for reinsurance may be granted after the effective date of the revocation with respect to any reinsurance agreements entered into by the assuming insurer, including reinsurance agreements entered into prior to the date of revocation, except to the extent that the assuming insurer's obligations under the contract are secured in a form acceptable to the Commissioner and consistent with the provisions of G.S. 58‑7‑26.
f.	Before denying statement credit or imposing a requirement to post security with respect to sub‑subdivision e. of this subdivision, or adopting any similar requirement that will have substantially the same regulatory impact as security, the Commissioner shall:
1.	Communicate with the ceding insurer, the assuming insurer, and the assuming insurer's supervisory authority that the assuming insurer no longer satisfies one of the conditions listed in sub‑subdivision b. of this subdivision;
2.	Provide the assuming insurer with 30 days from the initial communication to submit a plan to remedy the defect, and 90 days from the initial communication to remedy the defect, except in exceptional circumstances in which a shorter period is necessary for policyholder and other consumer protection;
3.	After the expiration of 90 days or less, as set out in sub‑sub‑subdivision 2. of sub‑subdivision f. of this subdivision, if the Commissioner determines that no or insufficient action was taken by the assuming insurer, the Commissioner may impose any of the requirements as set out in sub‑subdivision f. of this subdivision; and
4.	Provide a written explanation to the assuming insurer of any of the requirements set out in sub‑subdivision f. of this subdivision.
g.	If subject to a legal process of rehabilitation, liquidation, or conservation, as applicable, the ceding insurer, or its representative, may seek and, if determined appropriate by the court in which the proceedings are pending, may obtain an order requiring that the assuming insurer post security for all outstanding ceded liabilities.
h.	Nothing in this subdivision shall limit or in any way alter the capacity of parties to a reinsurance agreement to agree on requirements for security or other terms in that reinsurance agreement, except as expressly prohibited by this section, or other applicable law or regulation.
i.	Credit may be taken under this subdivision only for reinsurance agreements entered into, amended, or renewed on or after September 1, 2021, and only with respect to losses incurred and reserves reported on or after the later of (i) the date on which the assuming insurer has met all eligibility requirements pursuant to sub‑subdivision b. of this subdivision and (ii) the effective date of the new reinsurance agreement, amendment, or renewal. [The following applies:]
1.	This sub‑subdivision does not alter or impair a ceding insurer's right to take credit for reinsurance, to the extent that credit is not available under this subdivision, as long as the reinsurance qualifies for credit under any other applicable provision of this section or G.S. 58‑7‑26.
2.	Nothing in this subdivision shall authorize an assuming insurer to withdraw or reduce the security provided under any reinsurance agreement except as permitted by the terms of the agreement.
3.	Nothing in this subdivision shall limit, or in any way alter, the capacity of parties to any reinsurance agreement to renegotiate the agreement.
(5)	Exception for noncompliant assuming insurer. – Credit shall be allowed when the reinsurance is ceded to an assuming insurer not meeting the requirements of subdivisions (1), (2), (3), (4), (4a), or (4b) of this subsection, but only with respect to the insurance of risks located in jurisdictions where the reinsurance is required by applicable law or regulation of that jurisdiction.
(6)	Curative contract terms for assuming insurer. – If the assuming insurer is not licensed, accredited, or certified to transact insurance or reinsurance in this State, the credit permitted by subdivisions (3) and (4) of this subsection shall not be allowed unless the assuming insurer agrees in the reinsurance agreements:
a.	That if the assuming insurer fails to perform its obligations under the terms of the reinsurance agreement, the assuming insurer, at the ceding insurer's request, shall submit to the jurisdiction of any court of competent jurisdiction in any state of the United States, shall comply with all requirements necessary to give the court jurisdiction, and shall abide by the final decision of the court or of any appellate court if there is an appeal; and
b.	To designate the Commissioner or a designated attorney as its true and lawful attorney upon whom may be served any lawful process in any action, suit, or proceeding begun by or on behalf of the ceding insurer.
This subdivision does not affect the obligation of the parties to a reinsurance agreement to arbitrate their disputes, if the obligation is created in the agreement.
(7)	Required trust agreement provisions. – If the assuming insurer does not meet the requirements of subdivision (1), (2), (3), or (4b) of this subsection, the credit permitted by subdivision (4) or (4a) of this subsection shall not be allowed unless the assuming insurer agrees in the trust agreements to the following conditions:
a.	Notwithstanding any other provisions in the trust instrument, if the trust fund is inadequate because it contains an amount less than the amount required by sub‑subdivision (4)c. of this subsection, or if the grantor of the trust has been declared insolvent or placed into receivership, rehabilitation, liquidation, or similar proceedings under the laws of its state or country of domicile, the trustee shall comply with an order of the public official with regulatory oversight over the trust or with an order of a court of competent jurisdiction directing the trustee to transfer to the public official with regulatory oversight all of the assets of the trust fund.
b.	The assets shall be distributed by, and claims shall be filed with and valued by, the public official with regulatory oversight in accordance with the laws of the state in which the trust is domiciled that are applicable to the liquidation of domestic insurance companies.
c.	If the public official with regulatory oversight determines that the assets of the trust fund or any part thereof are not necessary to satisfy the claims of the United States ceding insurers of the grantor of the trust, those assets shall be returned by the public official with regulatory oversight to the trustee for distribution in accordance with the trust agreement.
d.	The grantor shall waive any right otherwise available to it under United States law that is inconsistent with this provision.
(8)	Failure to meet requirements. –
a.	If an accredited or certified reinsurer ceases to meet the requirements for accreditation or certification, the Commissioner may suspend or revoke the reinsurer's accreditation or certification.
b.	The Commissioner must give the reinsurer notice and opportunity for hearing. The suspension or revocation may not take effect until after the Commissioner's order on hearing, unless:
1.	The reinsurer waives its right to hearing;
2.	The Commissioner's order is based on regulatory action by the reinsurer's domiciliary jurisdiction or the voluntary surrender or termination of the reinsurer's eligibility to transact insurance or reinsurance business in its domiciliary jurisdiction or in the primary certifying state of the reinsurer under sub‑subdivision (4a)f. of this subsection; or
3.	The Commissioner finds that an emergency requires immediate action, and a court of competent jurisdiction has not stayed the Commissioner's action.
c.	While a reinsurer's accreditation or certification is suspended, no reinsurance contract issued or renewed after the effective date of the suspension qualifies for credit except to the extent that the reinsurer's obligations under the contract are secured in accordance with G.S. 58‑7‑26. If a reinsurer's accreditation or certification is revoked, no credit for reinsurance may be granted after the effective date of the revocation except to the extent that the reinsurer's obligations under the contract are secured in accordance with sub‑subdivision (4a)e. of this subsection or G.S. 58‑7‑26.
(9)	Concentration risk. –
a.	A ceding insurer shall take steps to manage its reinsurance recoverables proportionate to its own book of business. A domestic ceding insurer shall notify the Commissioner within 30 days after reinsurance recoverables from any single assuming insurer, or group of affiliated assuming insurers, exceeds fifty percent (50%) of the domestic ceding insurer's last reported surplus to policyholders, or after it is determined that reinsurance recoverables from any single assuming insurer, or group of affiliated assuming insurers, is likely to exceed this limit. The notification shall demonstrate that the exposure is safely managed by the domestic ceding insurer.
b.	A ceding insurer shall take steps to diversify its reinsurance program. A domestic ceding insurer shall notify the Commissioner within 30 days after ceding to any single assuming insurer, or group of affiliated assuming insurers, more than twenty percent (20%) of the ceding insurer's gross written premium in the prior calendar year, or after it has determined that the reinsurance ceded to any single assuming insurer, or group of affiliated assuming insurers, is likely to exceed this limit. The notification shall demonstrate that the exposure is safely managed by the domestic ceding insurer.
(c)	This section applies to all reinsurance cessions made on or after January 1, 1992, under reinsurance agreements that have an inception, anniversary, or renewal date on or after January 1, 1992.  (1991, c. 681, s. 22; 1993, c. 452, s. 42; 1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 678, s. 8; 1995, c. 193, s. 13; c. 360, s. 2(g); 2001‑223, s. 3.1; 2009‑451, s. 21.15(a); 2017‑136, s. 2; 2019‑57, s. 5; 2021‑114, s. 1.)

§ 58‑7‑22.  Term and universal life insurance reserve financing.
(a)	Purpose and Intent. – The purpose and intent of this section is to establish uniform, national standards governing reserve financing arrangements pertaining to life insurance policies containing guaranteed nonlevel gross premiums or guaranteed nonlevel benefits and universal life insurance policies with secondary guarantees, and to ensure that, with respect to those financing arrangements, funds consisting of primary security and other security are held by or on behalf of ceding insurers in the forms and amounts required by this section. In general, for reinsurance ceded for reserve financing purposes, some or all of the assets used to secure the reinsurance treaty or to capitalize the reinsurer meet one of the following:
(1)	Are issued by the ceding insurer or its affiliates.
(2)	Are not unconditionally available to satisfy the general account obligations of the ceding insurer.
(3)	Create a reimbursement, indemnification, or other similar obligation on the part of the ceding insurer or any of its affiliates, other than a payment obligation under a derivative contract acquired in the normal course and used to support and hedge liabilities pertaining to the actual risks in the policies ceded pursuant to the reinsurance treaty.
(b)	Definitions. – The following definitions apply in this section:
(1)	Actuarial method. – The methodology used to determine the required level of primary security, as described in subsection (e) of this section.
(2)	Covered policies. – Subject to the exemptions described in subsection (d) of this section and, other than grandfathered policies, policies of the following policy types:
a.	Life insurance policies with guaranteed nonlevel gross premiums or guaranteed nonlevel benefits, except for flexible premium universal life insurance policies; or
b.	Flexible premium universal life insurance policies with provisions resulting in the ability of a policyholder to keep a policy in force over a secondary guarantee period.
(3)	Grandfathered policies. – Policies of the types described in sub‑subdivisions a. and b. of subdivision (2) of subsection (b) of this section that were both:
a.	Issued prior to January 1, 2015.
b.	Ceded, as of December 31, 2014, as part of a reinsurance treaty that would not have met one of the exemptions set forth in subsection (d) of this section had that subsection then been in effect.
(4)	Noncovered policies. – Any policy that does not meet the definition of covered policies, including grandfathered policies.
(5)	Other security. – Any security other than security meeting the definition of primary security that is acceptable to the Commissioner.
(6)	Primary security. – All of the following forms of security:
a.	Cash.
b.	Securities listed by the Securities Valuation Office of the NAIC meeting the requirements of G.S. 58‑7‑26(a)(2), but excluding any synthetic letter of credit, contingent note, credit‑linked note, or other similar security that operates in a manner similar to a letter of credit, and excluding any securities issued by the ceding insurer or any of its affiliates.
c.	For security held in connection with funds withheld and modified coinsurance reinsurance treaties, any of the following forms of security:
1.	Commercial loans in good standing of CM3 quality and higher.
2.	Policy loans.
3.	Derivatives acquired in the normal course and used to support and hedge liabilities pertaining to the actual risks in the policies ceded pursuant to the reinsurance treaty.
(7)	Required level of primary security. – The dollar amount determined by applying the actuarial method to the risks ceded with respect to covered policies, but not more than the total reserve ceded.
(8)	Valuation manual. – The valuation manual adopted by the NAIC as described in G.S. 58‑58‑51 with all amendments adopted by the NAIC that are effective for the financial statement date on which credit for reinsurance is claimed.
(9)	VM‑20. – The requirements for principle‑based reserves for life products, including all relevant definitions, as outlined in the valuation manual.
(c)	Applicability. – This section shall apply to reinsurance treaties that cede liabilities pertaining to covered policies issued by any life insurance company domiciled in this State. This section, G.S. 58‑7‑21, and G.S. 58‑7‑26 shall apply to those reinsurance treaties. If there is a direct conflict between the provisions of this section and G.S. 58‑7‑21, or G.S. 58‑7‑26, then the provisions of this section shall apply, but only to the extent of the conflict.
(d)	Exemptions from this Section. – This section does not apply to any of the following situations:
(1)	Reinsurance of any of the following:
a.	Policies that satisfy the criteria for exemption for attained age‑based yearly renewable term life insurance policies set forth in 11 NCAC 11F.0404(f) or for unitary reserves for certain n‑year renewable term life insurance policies set forth in 11 NCAC 11F.0404(g) and that are issued before the later of the following dates:
1.	September 1, 2021.
2.	The date on which the ceding insurer begins to apply the provisions of VM‑20 to establish the ceded policies' statutory reserves, but in no event later than January 1, 2020.
b.	Portions of policies that satisfy the criteria for exemption for yearly renewable term reinsurance set forth in 11 NCAC 11F.0404(e) and which are issued before the later of the following dates:
1.	September 1, 2021.
2.	The date on which the ceding insurer begins to apply the provisions of VM‑20 to establish the ceded policies' statutory reserves, but in no event later than January 1, 2020.
c.	Any universal life policy that meets all of the following requirements:
1.	The secondary guarantee period, if any, is five years or less.
2.	The specified premium for the secondary guarantee period is not less than the net level reserve premium for the secondary guarantee period based on the Commissioners Standard Ordinary valuation tables and valuation interest rate applicable to the issue year of the policy.
3.	The initial surrender charge is not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the first year annualized specified premium for the secondary guarantee period.
d.	Credit life insurance.
e.	Any variable life insurance policy that provides for life insurance, the amount or duration of which varies according to the investment experience of any separate account or accounts.
f.	Any group life insurance certificate unless the certificate provides for a stated or implied schedule of maximum gross premiums required in order to continue coverage in force for a period in excess of one year.
(2)	Reinsurance ceded to an assuming insurer that meets the applicable requirements of G.S. 58‑7‑21(b)(4).
(3)	Reinsurance ceded to an assuming insurer that meets the applicable requirements of subdivision (1), (2), or (3) of G.S. 58‑7‑21(b) and that also meets all of the following criteria:
a.	Prepares statutory financial statements in compliance with the NAIC Accounting Practices and Procedures Manual, without any departures from NAIC statutory accounting practices and procedures pertaining to the admissibility or valuation of assets or liabilities that increase the assuming insurer's reported surplus and are material enough that they need to be disclosed in the financial statement of the assuming insurer pursuant to the NAIC's Statement of Statutory Accounting Principles No. 1.
b.	Is not in a company action level event, regulatory action level event, authorized control level event, or mandatory control level event, as those terms are defined in Article 12 of Chapter 58 of the General Statutes, when its risk‑based capital is calculated in accordance with the life risk‑based capital report, including overview and instructions for companies, as the same may be amended by the NAIC, without deviation.
(4)	Reinsurance ceded to an assuming insurer that meets the applicable requirements of subdivision (1), (2), or (3) of G.S. 58‑7‑21(b) and that also meets all of the following criteria:
a.	Is not an affiliate, as defined in G.S. 58‑19‑5, of either of the following:
1.	The insurer ceding the business to the assuming insurer.
2.	Any insurer that directly or indirectly ceded the business to that ceding insurer.
b.	Prepares statutory financial statements in compliance with the NAIC Accounting Practices and Procedures Manual.
c.	Is licensed or accredited in at least 10 states, including its state of domicile.
d.	Is not licensed in any state as a captive, special purpose vehicle, special purpose financial captive, special purpose life reinsurance company, limited purpose subsidiary, or any other similar licensing regime.
e.	Is not, or would not be, below five hundred percent (500%) of the authorized control level risk‑based capital, as defined in G.S. 58‑12‑2, when its risk‑based capital is calculated in accordance with the life risk‑based capital report, including overview and instructions for companies, as the same may be amended by the NAIC, without deviation, and without recognition of any departures from NAIC statutory accounting practices and procedures pertaining to the admission or valuation of assets or liabilities that increase the assuming insurer's reported surplus.
(5)	Reinsurance ceded to an assuming insurer that meets any of the following criteria:
a.	Meets the requirements specified under G.S. 58‑7‑21(b)(4b) in this State.
b.	Is certified in this State.
c.	Maintains at least two hundred fifty million dollars ($250,000,000) in capital and surplus when determined in accordance with the NAIC Accounting Practices and Procedures Manual, including all amendments adopted by the NAIC and excluding the impact of any permitted or prescribed practices and is either:
1.	Licensed in at least 26 states.
2.	Licensed in at least 10 states, and licensed or accredited in a total of at least 35 states.
(6)	Reinsurance not otherwise exempt under subdivisions (1) through (5) of this subsection if the Commissioner, after consulting with the NAIC Financial Analysis Working Group or other applicable group of regulators designated by the NAIC, determines under all the facts and circumstances that all of the following apply:
a.	The risks are clearly outside of the intent and purpose of this section.
b.	The risks are included within the scope of this section only as a technicality.
c.	The application of this section to those risks is not necessary to provide appropriate protection to policyholders.
The Commissioner shall publicly disclose any decision made pursuant to this subdivision to exempt a reinsurance treaty from this section and the general basis of that decision, including a summary description of the treaty.
(e)	The Actuarial Method and Valuation Used for Purposes of Calculation. – The following applies to this section:
(1)	The actuarial method to establish the required level of primary security for each reinsurance treaty subject to this section shall be VM‑20, applied on a treaty‑by‑treaty basis, including all relevant definitions, from the valuation manual then in effect, applied as follows:
a.	For covered policies described in sub‑subdivision a. of subdivision (2) of subsection (b) of this section, the actuarial method is the greater of the deterministic reserve or the net premium reserve regardless of whether the criteria for exemption testing can be met. However, if the covered policies do not meet the requirements of the stochastic reserve exclusion test in the valuation manual, then the actuarial method is the greatest of the deterministic reserve, the stochastic reserve, or the net premium reserve. In addition, if those covered policies are reinsured in a reinsurance treaty that also contains covered policies described in sub‑subdivision b. of subdivision (2) of subsection (b) of this section, then the ceding insurer may elect to instead use sub‑subdivision b. of this subdivision as the actuarial method for the entire reinsurance agreement. Whether this sub‑subdivision or sub‑subdivision b. of this subdivision is used, the actuarial method must comply with any requirements or restrictions that the valuation manual imposes when aggregating these policy types for purposes of principle‑based reserve calculations.
b.	For covered policies described in sub‑subdivison b. of subdivision (2) of subsection (b) of this section, the actuarial method is the greatest of the deterministic reserve, the stochastic reserve, or the net premium reserve, regardless of whether the criteria for exemption testing can be met.
c.	Except as provided in sub‑subdivision d. of this subdivision, the actuarial method is to be applied on a gross basis to all risks with respect to the covered policies as originally issued or assumed by the ceding insurer.
d.	If the reinsurance treaty cedes less than one hundred percent (100%) of the risk with respect to the covered policies, then the required level of primary security may be reduced as follows:
1.	If a reinsurance treaty cedes only a quota share of some or all of the risks pertaining to the covered policies, then the required level of primary security, as well as any adjustment under sub‑subdivision c. of this subdivision, may be reduced to a pro rata portion in accordance with the percentage of the risk ceded.
2.	If the reinsurance treaty in a non‑exempt arrangement cedes only the risks pertaining to a secondary guarantee, then the required level of primary security may be reduced by an amount determined by applying the actuarial method on a gross basis to all risks, other than risks related to the secondary guarantee, pertaining to the covered policies, except that for covered policies for which the ceding insurer did not elect to apply the provisions of VM‑20 to establish statutory reserves, the required level of primary security may be reduced by the statutory reserve retained by the ceding insurer on those covered policies, where the retained reserve of those covered policies should be reflective of any reduction pursuant to the cession of mortality risk on a yearly renewable term basis in an exempt arrangement.
3.	If a portion of the covered policy risk is ceded to another reinsurer on a yearly renewable term basis in an exempt arrangement, then the required level of primary security may be reduced by the amount resulting by applying the actuarial method including the reinsurance section of VM‑20 to the portion of the covered policy risks ceded in the exempt arrangement, except that for covered policies issued prior to January 1, 2017, this adjustment is not to exceed the value of cx divided by double the number of reinsurance premiums per year, where cx is calculated using the same mortality table used in calculating the net premium reserve.
4.	For any other treaty ceding a portion of risk to a different reinsurer, including stop loss, excess of loss, and other nonproportional reinsurance treaties, there will be no reduction in the required level of primary security.
It is possible for any combination of sub‑sub‑subdivisions in this sub‑subdivision to apply. In this case, the adjustments to the required level of primary security will be done in the sequence that accurately reflects the portion of the risk ceded via the treaty. The ceding insurer shall document the rationale and steps taken to accomplish the adjustments to the required level of primary security due to the cession of less than one hundred percent (100%) of the risk.
The adjustments for other reinsurance will be made only with respect to reinsurance treaties entered into directly by the ceding insurer. The ceding insurer will make no adjustment as a result of a retrocession treaty entered into by the assuming insurers.
e.	In no event will the required level of primary security resulting from application of the actuarial method exceed the amount of statutory reserves ceded.
f.	If the ceding insurer cedes risks with respect to covered policies, including any riders, in more than one reinsurance treaty subject to this section, then in no event will the aggregate required level of primary security for those reinsurance treaties be less than the required level of primary security calculated using the actuarial method as if all risks ceded in those treaties were ceded in a single treaty subject to this section.
g.	If a reinsurance treaty subject to this section cedes risk on both covered and noncovered policies, then credit for the ceded reserves shall be determined as follows:
1.	The actuarial method shall be used to determine the required level of primary security for the covered policies, and subsections (f), (g), and (h) of this section shall be used to determine the reinsurance credit for the covered policy reserves.
2.	Credit for the noncovered policy reserves shall be granted only to the extent that, in addition to the security held to satisfy the requirements of sub‑subdivision a. of this subdivision, security is held by or on behalf of the ceding insurer, in accordance with G.S. 58‑7‑21(b) and G.S. 58‑7‑26(a). Any primary security used to meet the requirements of this sub‑subdivision may not be used to satisfy the required level of primary security for the covered policies.
(2)	Valuation used for purposes of calculations. – For the purposes of both calculating the required level of primary security pursuant to the actuarial method under subsection (e) of this section and determining the amount of primary security and other security, as applicable, held by or on behalf of the ceding insurer, both of the following shall apply:
a.	For assets, including any assets held in trust, that would be admitted under the NAIC Accounting Practices and Procedures Manual if they were held by the ceding insurer, the valuations are to be determined according to statutory accounting procedures as if those assets were held in the ceding insurer's general account and without taking into consideration the effect of any prescribed or permitted practices.
b.	For all other assets, the valuations are to be those that were assigned to the assets for the purpose of determining the amount of reserve credit taken. In addition, the asset spread tables and asset default cost tables required by VM‑20 shall be included in the actuarial method if adopted by the NAIC's Life Actuarial (A) Task Force no later than the December 31 on or immediately preceding the valuation date for which the required level of primary security is being calculated. The tables of asset spreads and asset default costs shall be incorporated into the actuarial method in the manner specified in VM‑20.
(f)	Requirements Applicable to Covered Policies to Obtain Credit for Reinsurance; Opportunity for Remediation. – Subject to the exemptions described in subsection (d) of this section and the provisions of subsections (g) and (h) of this section, credit for reinsurance shall be allowed with respect to ceded liabilities pertaining to covered policies pursuant to G.S. 58‑7‑21(b) or G.S. 58‑7‑26(a) if, in addition to all other requirements imposed by law or regulation, all the following requirements are met on a treaty‑by‑treaty basis:
(1)	The ceding insurer's statutory policy reserves with respect to the covered policies are established in full and in accordance with the applicable requirements of G.S. 58‑58‑50 and related regulations and actuarial guidelines, and credit claimed for any reinsurance treaty subject to this section does not exceed the proportionate share of those reserves ceded under the contract.
(2)	The ceding insurer determines the required level of primary security with respect to each reinsurance treaty subject to this section and provides support for its calculation, as determined to be acceptable to the Commissioner.
(3)	Funds consisting of primary security, in an amount at least equal to the required level of primary security, are held by or on behalf of the ceding insurer as security under the reinsurance treaty within the meaning of G.S. 58‑7‑26(a) on a funds withheld, trust, or modified coinsurance basis.
(4)	Funds consisting of other security, in an amount at least equal to any portion of the statutory reserves as to which primary security is not held pursuant to subdivision (3) of this subsection, are held by or on behalf of the ceding insurer as security under the reinsurance treaty within the meaning of G.S. 58‑7‑26(a).
(5)	Any trust used to satisfy the requirements of this subsection shall comply with all of the conditions and qualifications of 11 NCAC 11C.0504, except for the following:
a.	Funds consisting of primary security or other security held in trust shall, for the purposes identified in subdivision (2) of subsection (e) of this section, be valued according to the valuation rules set forth by that subdivision, as applicable.
b.	There are no affiliate investment limitations with respect to any security held in such trust if that security is not needed to satisfy the requirements of subdivision (3) of this subsection.
c.	The reinsurance treaty must prohibit withdrawals or substitutions of trust assets that would leave the fair market value of the primary security within the trust, when aggregated with primary security outside the trust that is held by or on behalf of the ceding insurer in the manner required by subdivision (3) of this subsection, below one hundred two percent (102%) of the level required by subdivision (3) of this section at the time of the withdrawal or substitution.
d.	The determination of reserve credit under 11 NCAC 11C.0504(d)(3) shall be determined according to the valuation rules set forth in subdivision (2) of subsection (e) of this section, as applicable.
(6)	The reinsurance treaty has been approved by the Commissioner.
(g)	The requirements of subsection (f) of this section must be satisfied as of the date that risks under covered policies are ceded, if that date is on or after the effective date of this section, and on an ongoing basis thereafter. Under no circumstances shall a ceding insurer take or consent to any action or series of actions that would result in a deficiency under subdivision (3) or (4) of subsection (f) of this section with respect to any reinsurance treaty under which covered policies have been ceded. If a ceding insurer becomes aware at any time that a deficiency under subdivision (3) or (4) of subsection (f) of this section exists, then it shall use its best efforts to arrange for the deficiency to be eliminated as expeditiously as possible.
(h)	Prior to the due date of each quarterly or annual statement, each life insurance company that has ceded reinsurance within the scope of subsection (c) of this section shall perform an analysis, on a treaty‑by‑treaty basis, to determine, as to each reinsurance treaty under which covered policies have been ceded, whether, as of the end of the immediately preceding calendar quarter, the valuation date, the requirements of subdivisions (3) and (4) of subsection (f) of this section were satisfied. The ceding insurer shall establish a liability equal to the excess of the credit for reinsurance taken over the amount of primary security actually held pursuant to subdivision (3) of subsection (f) of this section, unless either of the following applies:
(1)	The requirements of subdivisions (3) and (4) of subsection (f) of this section were fully satisfied as of the valuation date as to such reinsurance treaty.
(2)	Any deficiency has been eliminated before the due date of the quarterly or annual statement to which the valuation date relates through the addition of primary security or other security, as applicable, in an amount and in a form as would have caused the requirements of subdivisions (3) and (4) of subsection (f) of this section to be fully satisfied as of the valuation date.
Nothing in this subsection shall be construed to allow a ceding company to maintain any deficiency under subdivisions (3) and (4) of subsection (f) of this section for any period of time longer than is reasonably necessary to eliminate it.
(i)	Severability. – If any provision of this section is held invalid, the remainder shall not be affected.
(j)	Prohibition Against Avoidance. – No insurer that has covered policies to which this section applies, as set forth in subsection (c) of this section, shall take any action or series of actions, or enter into any transaction or arrangement or series of transactions or arrangements if the purpose of such action, transaction or arrangement, or series thereof is to avoid the requirements of this section, or to circumvent its purpose and intent.
(k)	Effective Date. – This section shall become effective September 1, 2021, and apply to all covered policies in force on or after that date.  (2021‑114, s. 2.)

§ 58‑7‑25:  Repealed by Session Laws 1991, c.  681, s. 23.

§ 58‑7‑26.  Asset or reduction from liability for reinsurance ceded by a domestic insurer to an assuming insurer not meeting the requirements of G.S. 58‑7‑21.
(a)	An asset or a reduction from liability for reinsurance ceded by a domestic insurer to an assuming insurer not meeting the requirements of G.S. 58‑7‑21 shall be allowed in an amount not exceeding the liabilities carried by the ceding insurer. The reduction shall be in the amount of funds held by or on behalf of the ceding insurer, including funds held in trust for the ceding insurer, under a reinsurance contract with the assuming insurer as security for the payment of obligations thereunder, if the security is held in the United States subject to withdrawal solely by, and under the exclusive control of, the ceding insurer; or, in the case of a trust, held in a qualified United States financial institution as defined in subsection (c) of this section. This security may be in the form of:
(1)	Cash;
(2)	Securities that are listed by the Securities Valuation Office of the NAIC, including those deemed exempt from filing as defined by the Purposes and Procedures Manual of the Securities Valuation Office, and qualifying as admitted assets;
(3)	Clean, irrevocable, unconditional letters of credit, issued or confirmed by a qualified United States financial institution, as defined in subsection (b) of this section, effective no later than December 31 of the year for which the filing is being made, and in the possession of, or in trust for, the ceding insurer on or before the filing date of its annual statement. Letters of credit meeting applicable standards of issuer acceptability as of the dates of their issuance (or confirmation) shall, notwithstanding the issuing (or confirming) institution's subsequent failure to meet applicable standards of issuer acceptability, continue to be acceptable as security until their expiration, extension, renewal, modification or amendment, whichever occurs first; or
(4)	Any other form of security acceptable to the Commissioner.
(b)	For purposes of subdivision (a)(3) of this section, a "qualified United States financial institution" means an institution that:
(1)	Is organized, or in the case of a United States office of a foreign banking organization licensed, under the laws of the United States or any of its states;
(2)	Is regulated, supervised, and examined by United States federal or state authorities having regulatory authority over banks and trust companies; and
(3)	Has been determined by either the Commissioner or the Securities Valuation Office of the NAIC to meet such standards of financial condition and standing as are considered necessary and appropriate to regulate the quality of financial institutions whose letters of credit will be acceptable to the Commissioner.
(c)	A "qualified United States financial institution" means, for purposes of those provisions of this section specifying those institutions that are eligible to act as a fiduciary of a trust, an institution that:
(1)	Is organized, or in the case of a United States branch or agency office of a foreign banking organization licensed, under the laws of the United States or any of its states and has been granted authority to operate with fiduciary powers; and
(2)	Is regulated, supervised, and examined by federal or state authorities having regulatory authority over banks and trust companies.
(d)	This section applies to all reinsurance cessions made on or after January 1, 1992, under reinsurance agreements that have an inception, anniversary, or renewal date on or after January 1, 1992.  (1991, c. 681, s. 22; 2001‑223, s. 3.2; 2006‑105, s. 1.3; 2017‑136, s. 3.)

§ 58‑7‑30.  Insolvent ceding insurer.
(a)	Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article, no credit shall be allowed, as an admitted asset or as a reduction from liability, to any ceding insurer for reinsurance, unless the reinsurance is payable by the assuming insurer, on the basis of reported claims allowed by the court overseeing the liquidation against the ceding insurer under the contract or contracts reinsured without diminution because of the insolvency of the ceding insurer, directly to the ceding insurer or to its domiciliary receiver except (1) where the contract or other written agreement specifically provides for another payee of the reinsurance in the event of the insolvency of the ceding insurer or (2) where the assuming insurer, with the consent of the direct insured or insureds, has assumed the policy obligations of the ceding insurer as direct obligations of the assuming insurer to the payees under the policies and in substitution of the obligations of the ceding insurer to the payees.
(b)	No credit shall be allowed, as an admitted asset or as a reduction from liability, to any ceding insurer for reinsurance, unless the reinsurance is documented by a policy, certificate, treaty, or other form of agreement that is properly executed by an authorized officer of the assuming insurer. If the reinsurance is ceded through an underwriting manager or agent, the manager or agent shall provide to the domestic ceding insurer evidence of the manager or agent's authority to assume reinsurance for and on behalf of the assuming insurer. The evidence shall consist of either an acceptable letter of authority executed by an authorized officer of the assuming insurer or a copy of the actual agency agreement between the underwriting manager or agent and the assuming insurer; and the evidence shall be specific as to the classes of business within the authority and as to the term of the authority. If there is any conflict between this subsection and Article 9 of this Chapter, the provisions of Article 9 govern.
(c)	The reinsurance agreement may provide that the domiciliary liquidator of an insolvent ceding insurer shall give written notice to the assuming insurer of the pendency of a claim against the ceding insurer on the contract reinsured within a reasonable time after the claim is filed in the liquidation proceeding. During the pendency of the claim, any assuming insurer may investigate the claim and interpose at its own expense in the proceeding where the claim is to be adjudicated, any defenses which it deems available to the ceding insurer or its liquidator. The expense may be filed as a claim against the insolvent ceding insurer to the extent of a proportionate share of the benefit which may accrue to the ceding insurer solely as a result of the defense undertaken by the assuming insurer. Where two or more assuming insurers are involved in the same claim and a majority in interest elect to interpose a defense to the claim, the expense shall be apportioned in accordance with the terms of the reinsurance agreement as though the expense had been incurred by the ceding insurer. (1985, c. 572, s. 1; 1995, c. 193, s. 14; c. 517, s. 4; 2001‑223, s. 3.3.)

§ 58‑7‑31.  Life and health reinsurance agreements.
(a)	Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article, this section applies to every domestic life and accident and health insurer, to every other licensed life and accident and health insurer that is not subject to a substantially similar statute or administrative rule in its domiciliary state, and to every licensed property and casualty insurer with respect to its accident and health business. This section does not apply to assumption reinsurance, yearly renewable term reinsurance, nor to certain nonproportional reinsurance, such as stop loss or catastrophe reinsurance.
(b)	No insurer shall, for reinsurance ceded, reduce any liability or establish any asset in any financial statement filed with the Commissioner if, by the terms of the reinsurance agreement, in substance or effect, any of the following conditions exist:
(1)	Renewal expense allowances provided or to be provided to the ceding insurer by the reinsurer in any accounting period, are not sufficient to cover anticipated allocable renewal expenses of the ceding insurer on the portion of the business reinsured, unless a liability is established for the present value of the shortfall, using assumptions equal to the applicable statutory reserve basis on the business reinsured. Those expenses include commissions, premium taxes, and direct expenses including, but not limited to, billing, valuation, claims, and maintenance expected by the company at the time the business is reinsured.
(2)	The ceding insurer can be deprived of surplus or assets at the reinsurer's option or automatically upon the occurrence of some event, such as the insolvency of the ceding insurer; except that termination of the reinsurance agreement by the reinsurer for nonpayment of reinsurance premiums or other amounts due, such as modified coinsurance reserve adjustments, interest, and adjustments on funds withheld, and tax reimbursements, are not a deprivation of surplus or assets.
(3)	The ceding insurer is required to reimburse the reinsurer for negative experience under the reinsurance agreement; except that neither offsetting experience refunds against current and prior years' losses under the reinsurance agreement nor payment by the ceding insurer of an amount equal to the current and prior years' losses under the reinsurance agreement upon voluntary termination of in‑force reinsurance by the ceding insurer are a reimbursement to the reinsurer for negative experience. Voluntary termination does not include situations where termination occurs because of unreasonable provisions that allow the reinsurer to reduce its risk under the reinsurance agreement.
(4)	The ceding insurer must, at specific points in time scheduled in the reinsurance agreement, terminate or automatically recapture all or part of the reinsurance ceded.
(5)	The reinsurance agreement involves the possible payment by the ceding insurer to the reinsurer of amounts other than from income realized from the reinsured policies. No ceding company shall pay reinsurance premiums or other fees or charges to a reinsurer that are greater than the direct premiums collected by the ceding company.
(6)	The treaty does not transfer all of the significant risk inherent in the business being reinsured. The following table identifies for a representative sampling of products or type of business, the risks that are considered to be significant. For products not specifically included, the risks determined to be significant shall be consistent with this table.
Risk Categories:
a.= 	Morbidity. 
b.= 	Mortality. 
c.= 	Lapse. (This is the risk that a policy will voluntarily terminate before the recoupment of a statutory surplus strain experienced at issue of the policy.) 
d.= 	Credit Quality (C1). (This is the risk that invested assets supporting the reinsured business will decrease in value. The main hazards are that assets will default or that there will be a decrease in earning power. It excludes market value declines due to changes in interest rate.) 
e.= 	Reinvestment (C3). (This is the risk that interest rates will fall and funds reinvested [coupon payments or monies received upon asset maturity or call] will therefore earn less than expected. If asset durations are less than liability durations, the mismatch will increase.) 
f.= 	Disintermediation (C3). (This is the risk that interest rates will rise and policy loans and surrenders increase or maturing contracts do not renew at anticipated rates of renewal. If asset durations are greater than the liability durations, the mismatch will increase. Policyholders will move their funds into new products offering higher rates. The company may have to sell assets at a loss to provide for these withdrawals.) 
+= 	Significant  0 = Insignificant

		RISK CATEGORY	a	b	c	d	e	f 
	Health Insurance – other than LTC/LTD* 	+ 	0 	+ 	0 	0 	0 
	Health Insurance – LTC/LTD* 	+ 	0 	+ 	+ 	+ 	0 
	Immediate Annuities 	0 	+ 	0 	+ 	+ 	0 
	Single Premium Deferred Annuities 	0 	0 	+ 	+ 	+ 	+ 
	Flexible Premium Deferred Annuities 	0 	0 	+	+ 	+ 	+ 
	Guaranteed Interest Contracts 	0 	0 	0 	+ 	+ 	+ 
	Other Annuity Deposit Business 	0 	0 	+ 	+ 	+ 	+ 
	Single Premium Whole Life 	0 	+ 	+ 	+ 	+ 	+ 
	Traditional Non‑Par Permanent 	0 	+ 	+ 	+ 	+ 	+ 
	Traditional Non‑Par Term 	0 	+ 	+ 	0 	0 	0 
	Traditional Par Permanent 	0 	+ 	+ 	+ 	+ 	+ 
	Traditional Par Term 	0 	+ 	+ 	0 	0 	0 
	Adjustable Premium Permanent 	0 	+	+ 	+ 	+ 	+ 
	Indeterminate Premium Permanent 	0 	+ 	+	+ 	+ 	+ 
	Universal Life Flexible Premium 	0 	+ 	+ 	+	+ 	+ 
	Universal Life Fixed Premium 	0 	+ 	+ 	+ 	+ 	+ 
	Universal Life Fixed Premium 	0 	+ 	+ 	+ 	+ 	+ 
	(dump‑in premiums allowed) 						
	*LTC = Long‑Term Care Insurance 						
	*LTD = Long‑Term Disability Insurance 						
(7)	a.	The credit quality, reinvestment, or disintermediation risk is significant for the business reinsured and the ceding company does not (other than for the classes of business excepted in subdivision (7)b. of this section) either transfer the underlying assets to the reinsurer or legally segregate such assets in a trust or escrow account or otherwise establish a mechanism satisfactory to the Commissioner that legally segregates, by contract or contractual provisions, the underlying assets.
b.	Notwithstanding the requirements of subdivision (7)a. of this section, the assets supporting the reserves for the following classes of business and any classes of business that do not have a significant credit quality, reinvestment, or disintermediation risk may be held by the ceding company without segregation of those assets:
– Health Insurance – LTC/LTD
– Traditional Non‑Par Permanent
– Traditional Par Permanent
– Adjustable Premium Permanent
– Indeterminate Premium Permanent
– Universal Life Fixed Premium
(no dump‑in premiums allowed)
The associated formula for determining the reserve interest rate adjustment must use a formula that reflects the ceding company's investment earnings and incorporates all realized and unrealized gains and losses reflected in the statutory statement. The following is an acceptable formula:
Rate  =  2  (I + CG)
    X  +  Y – I – CG
Where: I is the net investment income.
CG is capital gains less capital losses.
X is the current year cash and invested assets plus investment income due and accrued less borrowed money.
Y is the same as X but for the prior year.
(8)	Settlements are made less frequently than quarterly or payments due from the reinsurer are not made in cash within 90 days after the settlement date.
(9)	The ceding insurer is required to make representations or warranties not reasonably related to the business being reinsured.
(10)	The ceding insurer is required to make representations or warranties about future performance of the business being reinsured.
(11)	The reinsurance agreement is entered into for the principal purpose of producing significant surplus aid for the ceding insurer, typically on a temporary basis, while not transferring all of the significant risks inherent in the business reinsured and, in substance or effect, the expected potential liability to the ceding insurer remains basically unchanged.
(c)	Notwithstanding subsection (b) of this section, an insurer may, with the prior approval of the Commissioner, take such reserve credit or establish such asset as the Commissioner deems to be consistent with the insurance laws or rules of this State, including actuarial interpretations or standards adopted by the Commissioner.
(d)	(1)	Reinsurance agreements entered into after October 1, 1993, that involve the reinsurance of business issued prior to the effective date of the reinsurance agreements, along with any subsequent amendments thereto, shall be filed by the ceding company with the Commissioner within 30 days after its date of execution. Each filing shall include data detailing the financial impact of the transaction. The ceding insurer's actuary who signs the financial statement actuarial opinion with respect to valuation of reserves shall consider this statute and any applicable actuarial standards of practice when determining the proper credit in financial statements filed with the Commissioner. The actuary should maintain adequate documentation and be prepared upon request to describe the actuarial work performed for inclusion in the financial statements and to demonstrate that such work conforms to this statute.
(2)	Any increase in surplus net of federal income tax resulting from arrangements described in subdivision (d)(1) of this section shall be identified separately on the insurer's statutory financial statement as a surplus item (aggregate write‑ins for gains and losses in surplus in the Capital and Surplus Account, page 4 of the Annual Statement) and recognition of the surplus increase as income shall be reflected on a net of tax basis in the "Reinsurance Ceded" line, page 4 of the Annual Statement as earnings emerge from the business reinsured.
(e)	No reinsurance agreement or amendment to any reinsurance agreement may be used to reduce any liability or to establish any asset in any financial statement filed with the Commissioner, unless the reinsurance agreement, amendment, or a binding letter of intent has been duly executed by both parties no later than the "as of date" of the financial statement.
(f)	In the case of a letter of intent, a reinsurance agreement or an amendment to a reinsurance agreement must be executed within a reasonable period of time, not exceeding 90 days after the execution date of the letter of intent, in order for credit to be granted for the reinsurance ceded.
(g)	The reinsurance agreement shall contain provisions that provide that:
(1)	The reinsurance agreement shall constitute the entire reinsurance agreement between the parties with respect to the business being reinsured thereunder and that there are no understandings between the parties other than as expressed in the reinsurance agreement; and
(2)	Any change or modification to the reinsurance agreement shall be null and void unless made by amendment to the reinsurance agreement and signed by both parties.
(h)	Insurers subject to this section shall reduce to zero by December 31, 1994, any reserve credits or assets established with respect to reinsurance agreements entered into prior to October 1, 1993, that, under the provisions of this section, would not be entitled to recognition of such reserve credits or assets; provided, however, that such reinsurance agreements shall have been in compliance with laws or regulations in existence immediately preceding October 1, 1993. (1993, c. 452, s. 4; 1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 678, s. 9; 1995, c. 193, ss. 15, 16; 2001‑223, ss. 3.4, 3.5.)

§ 58‑7‑32:  Repealed by Session Laws 1993, c.  452, s. 65.

§ 58‑7‑33.  Minimum policyholders' surplus to assume property or casualty reinsurance.
(a)	Notwithstanding any other provision of law, no domestic property or casualty insurer with less than ten million dollars ($10,000,000) in policyholders' surplus may, without the Commissioner's prior written approval, assume reinsurance on any risk that it is otherwise permitted to assume except where the reinsurance is:
(1)	Required by applicable law or regulation; or
(2)	Assumed under pooling arrangement among members of the same holding company system.
(b)	This section applies to reinsurance contracts entered into or renewed on or after July 13, 1991.
(c)	This section does not invalidate any reinsurance contract that was entered into before July 13, 1991, as between the parties to the contract. (1991, c. 681, s. 26.)

§ 58‑7‑35.  Manner of creating such corporations.
The procedure for organizing such corporations is as follows: The proposed incorporators, not less than 10 in number, a majority of whom must be residents of the State, shall subscribe articles of association setting forth their intention to form a corporation; its proposed name, which must not so closely resemble the name of an existing corporation doing business under the laws of this State as to be likely to mislead the public, and must be approved by the Commissioner; the class of insurance it proposes to transact and on what business plan or principle; the place of its location within the State, and if on the stock plan, the amount of its capital stock.  The words "insurance company," "insurance association," or "insurance society" or "life" or "casualty" or "indemnity," or an acceptable alternative approved by the Commissioner, must be a part of the title of any such corporation.  The certificate of incorporation must be subscribed and sworn to by the incorporators before an officer authorized to take acknowledgment of deeds, who shall forthwith certify the certificate of incorporation, as so made out and signed, to the Commissioner at his office in the City of Raleigh.  The Commissioner shall examine the certificate, and if he approves of it and finds that the requirements of the law have been complied with, shall certify such facts, by certificate on such articles, to the Secretary of State.  Upon the filing in the office of the Secretary of State of the certificate of incorporation and attached certificates, and the payment of a charter fee in the amount required for private corporations, and the same fees to the Secretary of State, the Secretary of State shall cause the certificate and accompanying certificates to be recorded in his office, and shall issue a certificate in the following form:
Be it known that, whereas (here the names of the subscribers to the articles of association shall be inserted) have associated themselves with the intention of forming a corporation under the name of (here the name of the corporation shall be inserted), for the purpose (here the purpose declared in the articles of association shall be inserted), with a capital (or with a permanent fund) of (here the amount of capital or permanent fund fixed in the articles of association shall be inserted), and have complied with the provisions of the statute of this State in such case made and provided, as appears from the following certified articles of association: (here copy articles of association and accompanying certificates).  Now, therefore, I (here the name of the Secretary shall be inserted), Secretary of State, hereby certify that (here the names of the subscribers to the articles of association shall be inserted), their associates and successors, are legally organized and established as, and are hereby made, an existing corporation under the name of (here the name of the corporation shall be inserted), with such articles of association, and have all the powers, rights, and privileges and are subject to the duties, liabilities, and restrictions which by law appertain thereto.
Witness my official signature hereunto subscribed, and the seal of the State of North Carolina hereunto affixed, this the ______ day of______, in the year ____ (in these blanks the day, month, and year of execution of this certificate shall be inserted; and in the case of purely mutual companies, so much as relates to capital stock shall be omitted).
The Secretary of State shall sign the certificate and cause the seal of the State to be affixed to it, and such certificate of incorporation and certificate of the Secretary of State has the effect of a special charter and is conclusive evidence of the organization and establishment of the corporation.  The Secretary of State shall also cause a record of his certificate to be made, and a certified copy of this record may be given in evidence with the same effect as the original certificate.
Subject to G.S. 58‑8‑5, any proposed change in the articles of incorporation shall be filed with the Commissioner, who shall examine the change.  If the Commissioner approves the change, the Commissioner shall place a certificate of approval on the change, and forward it to the Secretary of State. (1899, c. 54, s. 25; 1903, c. 438, ss. 2, 3; Rev., s. 4727; C.S., s. 6328; 1957, c. 98; 1987 (Reg. Sess., 1988), c. 975, s. 15; 1989, c. 485, s. 50; 1991, c. 720, ss. 4, 53; 1993, c. 504, s. 4.)

§ 58‑7‑37.  Background of incorporators and proposed management personnel.
(a)	Before a license is issued to a new domestic insurance company, each key person must furnish the Commissioner a complete set of the applicant's fingerprints. The applicant's fingerprints shall be certified by an authorized law enforcement officer. The fingerprints of every applicant shall be forwarded to the State Bureau of Investigation for a search of the applicant's criminal history record file, if any. If warranted, the State Bureau of Investigation shall forward a set of the fingerprints to the Federal Bureau of Investigation for a national criminal history record check. An applicant shall pay the cost of the State and any national criminal history record check of the applicant.
(b)	As used in this section, "key person" means a proposed officer, director, or any other individual who will be in a position to influence the operating decisions of a domestic insurance company.
(c)	The Commissioner may refuse to approve the formation or initial license of a new domestic insurance company under this Article if, after notice to the applicant and an opportunity for a hearing, the Commissioner finds as to the incorporators or other key person any one or more of the following conditions:
(1)	Any untrue material statement regarding the background or experience of any incorporator or other key person;
(2)	Violation of, or noncompliance with, any insurance laws, or of any rule or order of the Commissioner or of a commissioner of another state by any incorporator or other key person;
(3)	Obtaining or attempting to obtain the license through misrepresentation or fraud;
(4)	An incorporator or other key person has been convicted of a felony;
(5)	An incorporator or other key person has been found to have committed any unfair trade practice or fraud;
(6)	An incorporator or other key person has used fraudulent, coercive, or dishonest practices, or has acted in a manner that is incompetent, untrustworthy, or financially irresponsible; or
(7)	An incorporator or other key person has held such a position in another insurance company that has had its license suspended or revoked by any state.
(d)	If the Commissioner disapproves of the formation or initial license, the Commissioner shall notify the applicant and advise the applicant in writing of the reasons for the disapproval. Within 30 days after receipt of notification, the applicant may make written demand upon the Commissioner for a hearing to determine the reasonableness of the Commissioner's action. The hearing shall be scheduled within 30 days after the date of receipt of the written demand.
(e)	For the purposes of investigation under this section, the Commissioner shall have all the power conferred by G.S. 58‑2‑50 and other applicable provisions of this Chapter.
(f)	The Commissioner may adopt rules to set standards for obtaining background information on each incorporator or other key person of a proposed new domestic insurance company.  (2001‑223, s. 4.1; 2013‑199, s. 2.)

§ 58‑7‑40.  First meeting; organization; license.
The first meeting for the purpose of organization under such charter shall be called by a notice signed by one or more of the subscribers to the certificate of incorporation, stating the time, place, and purpose of the meeting; and at least seven days before the appointed time a copy of this notice shall be given to each subscriber, left at his usual place of business or residence, or duly mailed to his post‑office address, unless the signers waive notice in writing. Whoever gives the notice must make affidavit thereof, which affidavit shall include a copy of the notice and be entered upon the records of the corporation. At the first meeting, or any adjournment thereof, an organization shall be effected by the choice of a temporary clerk, who shall be sworn; by the adoption of bylaws; and by the election of directors and such other officers as the bylaws require; but at this meeting no person may be elected director who has not signed the certificate of incorporation. The temporary clerk shall record the proceedings until the election and qualification of the secretary. The directors so chosen shall elect a president, secretary, and other officers which under the bylaws they are so authorized to choose. The president, secretary, and a majority of the directors shall forthwith make, sign, and swear to a certificate setting forth a copy of the certificate of incorporation, with the names of the subscribers thereto, the date of the first meeting and of any adjournments thereof, and shall submit such certificate and the records of the corporation to the Commissioner of Insurance, who shall examine the same, and who may require such other evidence as he deems necessary. If upon his examination the Commissioner of Insurance approves of the bylaws and finds that the requirements of the law have been complied with, he shall issue a license to the company to do business in the State, as is provided for in this Chapter. (1899, c. 54, s. 25; 1903, c. 438, ss. 2, 3; Rev., s. 4728; C.S., s. 6329.)

§ 58‑7‑45.  Bylaws; classification and election of directors; amendments.
(a)	A domestic company may adopt bylaws for the conduct of its business that are not repugnant to law or its articles of incorporation and therein provide for the division of its board of directors into two, three, or four classes, and the election thereof at its annual meetings so that the members of one class only shall retire and their successors be chosen each year.  Vacancies in any such class may be filled by election by the board for the unexpired term.
(b)	Any change in the bylaws of a domestic company shall be promptly filed with the Commissioner. (1899, c. 54, s. 22; Rev., s. 4724; C.S., s. 6330; 1993, c. 504, s. 5.)

§ 58‑7‑46.  Notification to Commissioner for president or chief executive officer changes.
All domestic insurers organized under the laws of this Chapter shall provide the Commissioner written notice of any change that occurs in the position of president or chief executive officer of the insurer no later than 30 days after the change. Notice shall include the name of the insurer, the name of the person previously holding the position of president or chief executive officer, the name of the person currently holding the position, and the date the position change took place. (2005‑215, s. 6.)

§ 58‑7‑50.  Maintenance and removal of records and assets.
(a)	Every domestic insurer shall maintain its home or principal office in this State and keep therein complete records of its assets, transactions, and affairs, specifically including:
(1)	Financial records;
(2)	Corporate records;
(3)	Reinsurance documents;
(4)	All accounting transactions;
(5)	Claim files; and
(6)	Payment of claims, in accordance with such methods and systems as are customary or suitable as to the kind or kinds of insurance transacted.
(b)	Every domestic insurer shall have and maintain its assets in this State, except as to:
(1)	Real property and personal property appurtenant thereto lawfully owned by the insurer and located outside this State; and
(2)	Such property of the insurer as may be customary, necessary, and convenient to enable and facilitate the operation of its branch offices, regional home offices, and operations offices, located outside this State as referred to in G.S. 58‑7‑55.
(c)	The removal from this State of all or a part of the records or assets of a domestic insurer except pursuant to a plan of merger or consolidation approved by the Commissioner or for such reasonable purposes and periods of time as may be approved by the Commissioner in writing in advance of such removal, or concealment of such records or assets or part thereof from the Commissioner is prohibited. Any person who, without the prior approval of the Commissioner, removes or attempts to remove such records or assets or part thereof from the office or offices in which they are required to be kept and maintained under subsection (a) of this section or who conceals or attempts to conceal such records from the Commissioner, in violation of this subsection, shall be guilty of a Class I felony. Upon any removal or attempted removal of such records or assets or upon retention of such records or assets or part thereof outside this State, beyond the period therefor specified in the consent of the Commissioner under which consent the records were so removed thereat, or upon concealment of or attempt to conceal records or assets in violation of this section, the Commissioner may institute delinquency proceedings against the insurer pursuant to the provisions of Article 30 of this Chapter.
(d)	This section is subject to the exceptions provided in G.S. 58‑7‑55. The Commissioner may allow a domestic insurer to maintain certain records or assets outside this State.
(e)	Every domestic insurer that has its home or principal office in a location outside this State on October 1, 1993, shall petition the Commissioner for approval to continue to operate in that manner. The Commissioner, in determining whether to approve or disapprove the petition, shall consider the exceptions of G.S. 58‑7‑55, as well as any other factors that might affect the Commissioner's ability to regulate the insurer, or that might affect the insurer's ability to service or protect its policyholders. (1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1013, s. 7; 1989, c. 452, s. 3; 1993, c. 452, s. 5; c. 539, s. 1270; 1994, Ex. Sess., c. 24, s. 14(c); 1998‑212, s. 26B(a).)

§ 58‑7‑55.  Exceptions to requirements of G.S. 58‑7‑50.
The provisions of G.S. 58‑7‑50 shall not be deemed to prohibit or prevent an insurer from:
(1)	Establishing and maintaining branch offices or regional home offices in other states where necessary or convenient to the transaction of its business and keeping therein the detailed records and assets customary and reasonably necessary for the servicing of its insurance in force and affairs in the territory served by such an office, as long as such records and assets are made readily available at such office for examination by the Commissioner at his request.
(2)	Having, depositing, or transmitting funds and assets of the insurer in or to jurisdictions outside this State as required by other jurisdictions as a condition of transacting insurance in such jurisdictions reasonably and customarily required in the regular course of its business.
(3)	Establishing and maintaining its principal operations offices, its usual operations records, and such of its assets as may be necessary or convenient for the purpose, in another state in which the insurer is authorized to transact insurance in order that general administration of its affairs may be combined with that of an affiliated insurer or insurers, but subject to the following conditions:
a.	That the Commissioner consents in writing to such removal of offices, records, and assets from this State upon evidence satisfactory to him that the same will facilitate and make more economical the operations of the insurer, and will not unreasonably diminish the service or protection thereafter to be given the insurer's policyholders in this State and elsewhere;
b.	That the insurer will continue to maintain in this State its principal corporate office or place of business, and maintain therein available to the inspection of the Commissioner complete records of its corporate proceedings and a copy of each financial statement of the insurer current within the preceding five years, including a copy of each interim financial statement prepared for the information of the insurer's officers or directors;
c.	That, upon the written request of the Commissioner, the insurer will with reasonable promptness produce at its principal corporate offices in this State for examination or for subpoena, its records or copies thereof relative to a particular transaction or transactions of the insurer as designated by the Commissioner in his request; and
d.	That if at any time the Commissioner finds that the conditions justifying the maintenance of such offices, records, and assets outside of this State no longer exist, or that the insurer has willfully and knowingly violated any of the conditions stated in sub‑subdivisions b. and c., the Commissioner may order the return of such offices, records, and assets to this State within such reasonable time, not less than six months, as may be specified in the order; and that for failure to comply with such order, as thereafter modified or extended, if any, the Commissioner shall suspend or revoke the insurer's license.
(4)	Placing its investment assets in one or more custodial accounts inside or outside of this State with banks, trust companies, or other similar institutions pursuant to custodial agreements approved by the Commissioner.
(5)	Permitting policyholder and certificate holder records and claims and other information to be kept and maintained by insurance producers, agents, general agents, third‑party administrators, creditors, employers, associations, and others in the ordinary course of business in a manner customary or suitable to the kind or kinds of insurance transacted; provided, however, that the insurer shall, upon reasonable notice, make available to the Commissioner or his designee any records or other information permitted by this subsection to be maintained outside this State.  (1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1013, s. 7; 1999‑132, s. 9.1; 2022‑46, s. 14(p).)

§ 58‑7‑60.  Approval as a domestic insurer.
Any insurer that is organized under the laws of any other state and is licensed to transact the business of insurance in this State may become a domestic insurer by (i) complying with laws and regulations regarding the organization and licensing of a domestic insurer of the same type; (ii) designating its principal place of business at a place in this State; and (iii) obtaining the approval of the Commissioner.  Such domestic insurer shall be entitled to like certificates of authority to transact business in this State and shall be subject to the authority and jurisdiction of this State.  Articles of Incorporation of such domestic insurer may be amended to provide that the corporation is a continuation of the corporate existence of the original foreign corporation through adoption of this State as its corporate domicile and that the original date of incorporation in its original domicilliary state is the date of incorporation of such domestic insurer.  (1987, c. 752, s. 10.)

§ 58‑7‑65.  Conversion to foreign insurer.
Any domestic insurer may, upon the approval of the Commissioner, transfer its domicile to any other state in which it is licensed to transact the business of insurance.  Upon such a transfer such insurer shall cease to be a domestic insurer and shall be licensed in this State, if qualified, as a foreign insurer.  The Commissioner shall approve any such proposed transfer unless he determines that such transfer is not in the interest of the policyholders of this State. (1987, c. 752, s. 10.)

§ 58‑7‑70.  Effects of redomestication.
The license, agent appointments and licenses, rates, and other items that the Commissioner authorizes or grants, in his discretion, that are in existence at the time any insurer licensed by the Commissioner transfers its corporate domicile to this or any other state by merger, consolidation, or any other lawful method, shall continue in full force and effect upon the transfer if the insurer remains duly licensed by the Commissioner. All outstanding policies of any transferring insurer shall remain in full force and effect and need not be endorsed as to any new name of the insurer or its new location unless so ordered by the Commissioner. Every transferring insurer shall file new policy forms with the Commissioner on or before the effective date of the transfer, but may use existing policy forms with appropriate endorsements if allowed by, and under such conditions as approved by, the Commissioner: Provided, however, every such transferring insurer shall (i) notify the Commissioner of the details of the proposed transfer and (ii) promptly file any resulting amendments to corporate documents filed or required to be filed with the Commissioner. (1987, c. 752, s. 10; 1999‑132, s. 9.1; 2000‑140, s. 11; 2001‑223, s. 4.2.)

§ 58‑7‑73.  Dissolutions of insurers.
Upon reaching a determination of intent to dissolve and before filing articles of dissolution with the Office of the Secretary of State, a domestic insurer organized under this Chapter shall file a plan of dissolution for approval by the Commissioner. At such time the Commissioner may restrict the license of the insurer. In order to proceed with a dissolution, the plan must be approved by the Commissioner. (2002‑187, s. 2.4.)

§ 58‑7‑75.  Amount of capital and/or surplus required; impairment of capital or surplus.
The amount of capital and/or surplus requisite to the formation and organization of companies under the provisions of Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter shall be as follows:
(1)	Stock Life Insurance Companies. – A stock corporation may be organized in the manner prescribed in this Chapter and licensed to do the business of life insurance, only when it has paid‑in capital of at least six hundred thousand dollars ($600,000) and a paid‑in initial surplus of at least nine hundred thousand dollars ($900,000), and it may in addition do the kind of business specified in G.S. 58‑7‑15(2), without having additional capital or surplus. Every such company shall at all times thereafter maintain a minimum capital of not less than six hundred thousand dollars ($600,000) and a minimum surplus of at least one hundred fifty thousand dollars ($150,000). Provided that, any such corporation may do either or both of the kinds of insurance authorized for stock accident and health insurance companies, as set out in G.S. 58‑7‑15(3)a. and b., where its charter so permits, and only as long as it maintains a minimum capital and surplus equal to the sum of the minimum capital and surplus requirements of this subdivision and the minimum capital and surplus requirements of subdivision (2) of this section.
(1a)	Non‑Stock Life Insurance Companies. – A nonstock corporation, not inclusive of a corporation organized pursuant to subdivision (6) of this section, may be organized in the manner prescribed in this Chapter and licensed to do the business of life insurance, only when it has a paid in initial surplus of at least one million five hundred thousand dollars ($1,500,000) and it may in addition do the kind of business specified in G.S. 58‑7‑15(2), without having additional surplus. Every such corporation shall at all times thereafter maintain a minimum surplus of at least seven hundred fifty thousand dollars ($750,000). Provided that, any such corporation may conduct the kind of insurance authorized for stock accident and health insurance companies, as set out in G.S. 58‑7‑15(3)a. and b., where its charter so permits, and only as long as it maintains a minimum surplus equal to the sum of the minimum surplus requirements of this subdivision and the minimum surplus requirements of subdivision (2a) of this section.
(2)	Stock Accident and Health Insurance Companies.
a.	A stock corporation may be organized in the manner prescribed in this Chapter and licensed to do only the kind of insurance specified in G.S. 58‑7‑15(3)a, when it has paid‑in capital of not less than four hundred thousand dollars ($400,000), and a paid‑in initial surplus of at least six hundred thousand dollars ($600,000). Every such company shall at all times thereafter maintain a minimum capital of not less than four hundred thousand dollars ($400,000) and a minimum surplus of at least one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000).
b.	Any company organized under the provisions of paragraph a of this subdivision may, by the provisions of its original charter or any amendment thereto, acquire the power to do the kind of business specified in G.S. 58‑7‑15(3)b, if it has a paid‑in capital of at least six hundred thousand dollars ($600,000) and a paid‑in initial surplus of at least nine hundred thousand dollars ($900,000). Every such company shall at all times maintain a minimum capital of not less than six hundred thousand dollars ($600,000) and a minimum surplus of at least one hundred fifty thousand dollars ($150,000).
(2a)	Non‑Stock Accident and Health Insurance Companies.
a.	A non‑stock corporation, not inclusive of a corporation organized pursuant to subdivision (6) of this section, may be organized in the manner prescribed in this Chapter and licensed to do only the kind of insurance specified in G.S. 58‑7‑15(3)a. when it has a paid in initial surplus of at least one million dollars ($1,000,000). Every such corporation shall at all times thereafter maintain a minimum surplus of at least five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000).
b.	Any non‑stock corporation organized under the provisions of sub‑subdivision a. of this subdivision may, by the provisions of its original charter or any amendment thereto, acquire the power to do the kind of business specified in G.S. 58‑7‑15(3)b., if it has a paid‑in initial surplus of at least one million five hundred thousand dollars ($1,500,000). Every such corporation shall at all times maintain a minimum surplus of at least seven hundred fifty thousand dollars ($750,000).
(3)	Stock Fire and Marine Companies. – A stock corporation may be organized in the manner prescribed in this Chapter and licensed to do one or more of the kinds of insurance specified in G.S. 58‑7‑15 (4), (5), (6), (7), (8), (11), (12), (19), (20), (21) and (22) only when it has a paid‑in capital of not less than eight hundred thousand dollars ($800,000) and a paid‑in initial surplus of not less than one million two hundred thousand dollars ($1,200,000). Every such company shall at all times thereafter maintain a minimum capital of not less than eight hundred thousand dollars ($800,000) and a minimum surplus of at least two hundred thousand dollars ($200,000). Provided that, any such corporation may do all the kinds of insurance authorized for casualty, fidelity and surety companies, as set out in subdivision (4) of this section where its charter so permits, and when and so long as it meets and thereafter maintains a minimum capital and surplus equal to the sum of the minimum capital and surplus requirements of this subdivision and the minimum capital and surplus requirements of subdivision (4) of this section.
(4)	Stock Casualty and Fidelity and Surety Companies. – A stock corporation may be organized in the manner prescribed in this Chapter and licensed to do one or more of the kinds of insurance specified in G.S. 58‑7‑15 (3), (6), (7), (8), (9), (10), (11), (12), (13), (14), (15), (16), (17), (18), (19), (21), (22), and (23) only when it has a paid‑in capital of not less than one million dollars ($1,000,000) and a paid‑in initial surplus of not less than one million five hundred thousand dollars ($1,500,000). Every such company shall at all times thereafter maintain a minimum capital of not less than one million dollars ($1,000,000) and a minimum surplus of at least two hundred fifty thousand dollars ($250,000).
(5)	Mutual Fire and Marine Companies.
a.	Limited assessment companies. – A limited assessment mutual company may be organized in the manner prescribed in this Chapter and licensed to do one or more kinds of insurance specified in G.S. 58‑7‑15 (4), (5), (6), (7), (8), (11), (12), (19), (20), (21) and (22) only when it has no less than five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000) of insurance in not fewer than 500 separate risks subscribed with a paid‑in initial surplus of at least three hundred thousand dollars ($300,000), which surplus shall at all times be maintained. The assessment liability of a policyholder of a company organized in accordance with the provisions of this sub‑subdivision shall not be limited to less than five annual premiums; provided, the limited assessment company may reduce the assessment liability of its policyholders from such five annual premiums to one additional annual premium when the free surplus of the company amounts to not less than three hundred thousand dollars ($300,000), which surplus shall at all times be maintained.
b.	Assessable mutual companies. – An assessable mutual company may be organized in the manner prescribed in this Chapter and licensed to do one or more of the kinds of insurance specified in G.S. 58‑7‑15 (4), (5) and (6), with an unlimited assessment liability of its policyholders only when it has not less than five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000) of insurance in not fewer than 500 separate risks subscribed with a paid‑in initial surplus equal to twice the amount of the maximum net retained liability under the largest policy of insurance issued by the company; but not less than sixty thousand dollars ($60,000); which surplus shall at all times be maintained. Provided the company, when its charter so permits, in addition may be licensed to do one or more of the kinds of insurance specified in G.S. 58‑7‑15 (7), (8), (11), (12), (19), (20), (21) and (22), with an unlimited assessment liability of its policyholders, when its free surplus amounts to not less than sixty thousand dollars ($60,000), which surplus shall at all times be maintained.
c.	Nonassessable mutual companies. – A nonassessable mutual company may be organized in the manner prescribed in this Chapter and licensed to do one or more of the kinds of insurance specified in G.S. 58‑7‑15 (4), (5), (6), (7), (8), (11), (12), (19), (20), (21) and (22) and may be authorized to issue policies under the terms of which a policyholder is not liable for any assessments in addition to the premium set out in the policy only when it has not less than five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000) of insurance in not fewer than 500 separate risks subscribed with a paid‑in initial surplus of not less than eight hundred thousand dollars ($800,000), which surplus shall at all times be maintained.
d.	Town or county mutual insurance companies. – A town or county mutual insurance company with unlimited assessment liability may be organized in the manner prescribed in this Chapter and licensed to do the kinds of insurance specified in G.S. 58‑7‑15(4) only when it has not less than fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) of insurance in force in not fewer than 50 separate risks subscribed with a paid‑in initial surplus of not less than fifteen thousand dollars ($15,000), which surplus shall at all times be maintained. A town or county mutual insurance company may, in addition to writing the business specified in G.S. 58‑7‑15(4) cover in the same policy the hazards usually insured against under an extended coverage endorsement when the company has not less than five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000) of insurance in force in not fewer than 500 separate risks and maintains a surplus at all times of not less than one hundred twenty thousand dollars ($120,000): Provided, that the company may not operate in more than six adjacent counties in this State. Any company authorized under this section before July 1, 1991, shall be permitted to continue to do the same kinds of business that it was authorized to do prior to July 1, 1991, without being required to increase its surplus; however, the insurer shall increase its surplus to the required amounts on or before July 1, 1992. The requirements of this sub‑subdivision as to surplus shall apply to such companies as a prerequisite to writing additional lines of business, and to such companies as a prerequisite to commencing business if unlicensed prior to July 1, 1991.
(6)	Mutual Life, Accident and Health Insurance Companies. – A nonassessable mutual insurance company may be organized in the manner prescribed in this Chapter, and licensed to do only one or more of the kinds of insurance specified in G.S. 58‑7‑15 (1), (2) and (3) when it has complied with the requirements of this Chapter and with those set forth in sub‑subdivisions a through d of this subdivision, inclusive, whichever shall be applicable.
a.	If organized to do only the kinds of insurance specified in G.S. 58‑7‑15 (1) and (2) the company shall have not less than 500 bona fide applications for life insurance in an aggregate amount not less than five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000), and shall have received from each such applicant in cash the full amount of one annual premium on the policy for which the applicant applied, in an aggregate amount at least equal to ten thousand dollars ($10,000), and shall in addition have a paid‑in initial surplus of two hundred thousand dollars ($200,000), and shall have and maintain at all times a minimum surplus of one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000).
b.	If organized to do only the kind of insurance specified in paragraph a of G.S. 58‑7‑15(3) the company shall have not less than 250 bona fide applications for that insurance, and shall have received from each applicant in cash the full amount of one annual premium on the policy for which the applicant applied, in an aggregate amount of at least ten thousand dollars ($10,000), and shall have a paid‑in initial surplus of two hundred thousand dollars ($200,000) and shall have and maintain at all times a minimum surplus of one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000).
c.	If organized to do the kinds of insurance specified in G.S. 58‑7‑15 (1) and (3)a, the company shall have complied with the provisions of sub‑subdivisions a and b of this subdivision.
d.	If organized to do the kind of insurance specified in G.S. 58‑7‑15(3)b, in addition to the kind or kinds of insurance designated in any one of the preceding sub‑subdivisions of this subdivision, the company shall have a paid‑in initial surplus of at least five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000) and shall maintain a minimum surplus of at least three hundred thousand dollars ($300,000).
(7)	Organization of Mutual Casualty, Fidelity and Surety Companies.
a.	Nonassessable, mutual companies. – A mutual insurance company with no assessment liability provided for its policyholders may be organized in the manner prescribed in this Chapter and licensed to do one or more of the kinds of insurance specified in G.S. 58‑7‑15 (3), (6), (7), (8), (9), (10), (11), (12), (13), (14), (15), (16), (17), (18), (19), (21) and (22) when it has a minimum paid‑in initial surplus of one million dollars ($1,000,000) and not less than five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000) in insurance subscribed in not less than 500 separate risks. The surplus of the company shall at all times be maintained at or above that amount.
b.	Assessable mutual companies. – A mutual insurance company with assessment liability provided for its policyholders may be organized in the manner prescribed in this Chapter and licensed to do one or more of the kinds of insurance specified in G.S. 58‑7‑15 (3), (6), (7), (8), (9), (10), (11), (12), (13), (14), (15), (16), (17), (18), (19), (21) and (22) when it has a minimum paid‑in initial surplus of four hundred thousand dollars ($400,000) and not less than five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000) of insurance subscribed in not less than 500 separate risks. The company shall at all times maintain a surplus in an amount not less than four hundred thousand dollars ($400,000). The assessment liability of a policyholder of the company shall not be limited to less than one annual premium.
(8)	Organization of Mutual Multiple Line Companies.
a.	Assessable mutual companies. – A company may do all the kinds of insurance authorized to be done by a company organized under the provisions of sub‑subdivision (5)a, and sub‑subdivision (7)b of this subdivision, where its charter so permits when and if it meets the combined minimum requirements of those sub‑subdivisions. The assessment liability of policyholders of such a company shall not be limited to less than one annual premium within any one policy year.
b.	Nonassessable mutual companies. – A company may do all the kinds of insurance authorized to be done by a company organized under the provisions of sub‑subdivision (5)c, and sub‑subdivision (7)a of this subdivision, where its charter so permits when and if it meets the combined minimum requirements of those paragraphs. The policyholders of such a company shall not be subject to any assessment liability.
(9)	Repealed by Session Laws 1991, c. 644, s. 32.
(10)	Impairment of Capital and/or Surplus. – Whenever the Commissioner finds from a financial statement made by any company, or from a report of examination of any company, that its admitted assets are less than the aggregate amount of its liabilities and its outstanding capital stock, required minimum surplus, or both, the Commissioner shall determine, in accordance with G.S. 58‑2‑165 and other applicable provisions of this Chapter, the amount of the impairment of capital, surplus, or both and issue an order in writing requiring the company to eliminate the impairment within such period of not more than 90 days as the Commissioner shall designate. The Commissioner may, by order served upon the company, prohibit the company from issuing any new policies while the impairment exists. If at the expiration of the designated period the company has not satisfied the Commissioner that the impairment has been eliminated, an order for the rehabilitation or liquidation of the company may be entered as provided in Article 30 of this Chapter.
(11)	The Commissioner may require an insurer to have and maintain a larger amount of capital or surplus than prescribed in this section, based upon the volume and kinds of insurance transacted by the insurer and on the principles of risk‑based capital as determined by the NAIC or the Commissioner.  (1899, c. 54, s. 26; 1903, c. 438, s. 4; Rev., s. 4729; 1907, c. 1000, s. 5; 1913, c. 140, s. 2; C.S., s. 6332; 1929, c. 284, s. 1; 1945, c. 386; 1947, c. 721; 1963, c. 943; 1965, c. 947; 1967, c. 300; 1971, c. 536; 1973, c. 686; 1979, c. 421, s. 1; 1983, c. 472; 1985, c. 666, s. 75; 1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1013, s. 10; 1989, c. 485, s. 53; 1991, c. 644, s. 32; c. 681, s. 27; 1995, c. 193, s. 17; 2001‑223, s. 5.1; 2007‑127, s. 4; 2008‑124, s. 2.6.)

§ 58‑7‑80.  Capital stock fully paid in cash. 
The capital stock shall be paid in cash within 12 months from the date of the charter or certificate of organization, and no certificate of full shares and no policies may be issued until the whole capital is paid in. A majority of the directors shall certify on oath that the money has been paid by the stockholders for their respective shares and is held as the capital of the company invested or to be invested as required by G.S. 58‑7‑75. (1899, c. 54, s. 27; Rev., s. 4730; C.S., s. 6333; 1945, c. 386.)

§§ 58‑7‑85 through 58‑7‑90:  Repealed by Session Laws 1991, c.  681, s. 30.

§ 58‑7‑95.  Establishment of separate accounts by life insurance companies.
(a)	When used in this section, "variable contract" shall mean any individual or group contract issued by an insurance company providing for life insurance or annuity benefits or contractual payments or values which vary so as to reflect investment results of any segregated portfolio of investments or of a designated separate account or accounts in which amounts received or retained in connection with any of such contracts have been placed.
(b)	Any domestic life insurance company may, pursuant to resolution of its board of directors, establish one or more separate accounts and may allocate to such account or accounts amounts (including without limitation proceeds applied under optional modes of settlement or under dividend options) to provide for life insurance, guaranteed investment contracts, or annuities (and benefits incidental thereto) payable in fixed or variable amounts or both.
(c)	In addition to the amounts allocated under subsection (b), such company may allocate from its general accounts to such separate account or accounts additional amounts, which may include an initial allocation to establish such account; provided, that such company shall be entitled to withdraw at any time, in whole or in part, its participation in any separate account to which funds have been allocated as provided in this subsection (c), and to receive, upon withdrawal, its proportionate share of the value of the assets of the separate account at the time of withdrawal.
(d)	Except as hereinafter provided, the amounts allocated to any separate account and accumulations thereon may be invested and reinvested without regard to any requirements or limitations prescribed by the laws of this State governing the investments of life insurance companies; provided, that to the extent that the company's reserve liability with regard to (i) benefits guaranteed as to amount and duration, and (ii) funds guaranteed as to principal amount or stated rate of interest is maintained in any separate account, a portion of the assets of such separate account at least equal to such reserve liability shall be, except as the Commissioner may otherwise approve, invested in accordance with the laws of this State governing the investments of life insurance companies. The investments in such separate account or accounts shall not be taken into account in applying the investment limitations applicable to other investments of the company.
(e)	Repealed by Session Laws 2001‑223, s. 6.3, effective June 15, 2001.
(f)	Repealed by Session Laws 2001‑223, s. 6.3, effective June 15, 2001.
(g)	The life insurance company shall maintain in each separate account assets with a value at least equal to the reserves and other contract liabilities with respect to the account, except as may otherwise be approved by the Commissioner.
(h)	The income, if any, and gains and losses, realized or unrealized, from assets allocated to each account shall be credited to or charged against the account without regard to other income, gains or losses of the company.
(i)	Unless otherwise approved by the Commissioner, assets allocated to a separate account shall be valued at their market value on the date of valuation, or if there is no readily available market, then as provided under the terms of the contract or the rules or other written agreement applicable to such separate account; provided, that unless otherwise approved by the Commissioner that portion of the assets of such separate account equal to the company's reserve liability with regard to the guaranteed benefits and funds referred to in subsection (d) hereof, if any, shall be valued in accordance with the rules otherwise applicable to the company's assets. The reserve liability for variable contracts shall be determined in accordance with actuarial procedures that recognize the variable nature of the benefits provided and any mortality guarantees.
(j)	If and to the extent so provided under the applicable contracts, that portion of the assets of any such separate account equal to the reserves and other contract liabilities with respect to such account shall not be chargeable with liabilities arising out of any other business the company may conduct.
(k)	The life insurance company shall have the power and the company's charter shall be deemed amended to authorize such company to do all things necessary under any applicable state or federal law in order that variable contracts may be lawfully sold or offered for sale. To the extent such company deems it necessary to comply with any applicable federal or state laws, such company, with respect to any separate account, including without limitation any separate account which is a management investment company or a unit investment trust, may provide, for persons having an interest therein, appropriate voting and other rights and special procedures for the conduct of the business of such account, including without limitation special rights and procedures relating to investment policy, investment advisory services, selection of independent public accountants, and the selection of a committee, the members of which need not be otherwise affiliated with such company, to manage the business of such account. This provision shall not affect existing laws pertaining to the voting rights of the life insurance company's policyholders.
(l)	Amounts allocated to a separate account in the exercise of the power granted by this section shall be owned by the company, and the company shall not be, or hold itself out to be, a trustee with respect to such amounts.
(m)	The company shall not, in connection with the allocation of investments or expenses, or in any other respect, discriminate unfairly between separate accounts or between separate and other accounts, but this provision shall not require the company to follow uniform investment policies for its accounts.
(n)	No sale, exchange or other transfer of assets may be made by a company between any of its separate accounts or between any other investment account and one or more of its separate accounts unless, in case of a transfer into a separate account, such transfer is made solely to establish the account or to support the operation of the contracts with respect to the separate account to which the transfer is made, and unless such transfer, whether into or from a separate account, is made (i) by a transfer of cash, or (ii) by a transfer of securities having a readily determinable market value, provided that such transfer of securities is approved by the Commissioner. The Commissioner may approve other transfers among such accounts if, in his opinion, such transfers would not be inequitable.
(o)	Any contract providing benefits payable in variable amounts delivered or issued for delivery in this State shall contain a statement of the essential features of the procedure to be followed by the company in determining the dollar amount of such variable benefits. Any such contract under which the benefits vary to reflect investment experience, including a group contract and any certificate in evidence of variable benefits issued thereunder, shall state that such dollar amount will so vary and shall contain on its first page a statement to the effect that the benefits thereunder are on a variable basis.
(p)	Any variable annuity contract providing benefits payable in variable amounts issued under this section may include as an incidental benefit provision for payment on death during the deferred period of an amount not in excess of the greater of the sum of the premiums or stipulated payments paid under the contract or the value of the contract at time of death or any other incidental amount approved by the Commissioner; such contracts will be deemed not to be contracts of life insurance and therefore not subject to the provisions of the insurance law governing life insurance contracts. Provision for any other benefit on death during the deferred period will be subject to such insurance provisions.
(q)	No domestic life insurance company and no other life insurance company shall deliver or issue for delivery within this State any contracts under this section unless it is licensed or organized to do a life insurance or annuity business in this State, and the Commissioner is satisfied that its financial condition and its methods of operation in connection with the issuance of such contracts will not render its operation hazardous to the public or its policyholders in this State. In determining the qualification of a company requesting authority to deliver such contracts within this State, the Commissioner shall consider, among other things:
(1)	The history and financial condition of the company;
(2)	The character, responsibility and general fitness of the officers and directors of the company; and
(3)	The law and regulations under which the company is authorized in the state of domicile to issue variable annuity contracts. The state of entry of an alien company shall be deemed its place of domicile for this purpose.
If the company is a subsidiary of an admitted life insurance company, or affiliated with such company through common management or ownership, it may be deemed by the Commissioner to have met the provisions of this subsection if either it or the parent or affiliated company meets the requirements hereof.
(r)	The Commissioner shall have sole and exclusive authority to regulate the issuance by life insurance companies and the sale of such contracts and to issue such reasonable rules and regulations as may be necessary to carry out the purposes and provisions of this section, and such contracts and the life insurance companies which issue them shall not be subject to the Securities Law of North Carolina nor to the jurisdiction of the Secretary of State thereunder.
(s)	Except for G.S. 58‑58‑61 and G.S. 58‑58‑120 in the case of a variable annuity contract, G.S. 58‑58‑55, 58‑58‑120, and 58‑58‑140(1) in the case of a variable life insurance policy, and except as otherwise provided in this section, all pertinent provisions of this Chapter apply to separate accounts and contracts issued in connection with separate accounts. Any individual variable life insurance contract, delivered or issued for delivery within this State, shall contain reinstatement and nonforfeiture provisions appropriate to that contract. Any group variable life insurance contract, delivered or issued for delivery within this State, shall contain grace provisions appropriate to that contract. Any individual variable annuity contract, delivered or issued for delivery within this State, shall contain reinstatement provisions appropriate to that contract. (1965, c. 166; 1969, c. 616, s. 2; 1971, c. 831, s. 2; 1973, c. 490; 1979, c. 409, s. 10; 1991, c. 720, s. 4; 1991 (Reg. Sess., 1992), c. 837, s. 7; 2001‑223, ss. 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4; 2003‑144, s. 3.)

§ 58‑7‑100:  Repealed by Session Laws 1991, c.  681, s. 30.

§ 58‑7‑105.  Authority to increase or reduce capital stock.
The Commissioner shall, upon application, examine the proceedings of domestic companies to increase or reduce their capital stock, and when found conformable to law shall issue certificates of authority to such companies to transact business upon such increased or reduced capital: Provided, that in no event shall the said capital stock be reduced to an amount less than that required upon organization of such company in G.S. 58‑7‑75.  He shall not allow stockholders' obligations of any description as part of the assets or capital of any stock insurance company unless the same are secured by competent collateral. (1899, c. 54, s. 15; Rev., s. 4732; C.S., s. 6335; 1945, c. 386; 1991, c. 720, s. 4.)

§ 58‑7‑110.  Assessment of shares; revocation of license.
When the net assets of a company organized under this Article do not amount to more than the amount required in G.S. 58‑7‑75 for its original capital, it may make good its capital to the original amount by assessment of its stock.  Shares on which such an assessment is not paid within 60 days after demand shall be forfeitable and may be canceled by vote of the directors and new shares issued to make up the deficiency.  If such company does not, within three months after notice from the Commissioner to that effect, make good its capital or reduce the same, as allowed by this Article, its authority to transact new business of insurance shall be revoked by the Commissioner. (1899, c. 54, s. 28; 1903, c. 438, s. 4; Rev., s. 4733; C.S., s. 6336; 1945, c. 386; 1991, c. 720, s. 4.)

§ 58‑7‑115.  Increase of capital stock.
Any company organized under the provisions of Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter may issue pro rata to its stockholders certificates of any portion of its surplus which shall be considered an increase of its capital to the amount of such certificates.  As used in this section, "surplus" means earned surplus; provided, however, issuance of certificates out of paid‑in and contributed surplus will be permitted on a case‑by‑case basis, with the prior approval of the Commissioner.  The issuance of those certificates shall not lower the total surplus of the insurer to an amount less than that required to be maintained by G.S. 58‑7‑75.  The company may, at a meeting called for the purpose, vote to increase the amount and number of shares of its capital stock, and to issue certificates therefor when paid for in full.  In whichever method the increase is made, the company shall, within 30 days after the issue of such certificates, submit to the Commissioner a certificate setting forth the amount of the increase and the facts of the transaction, signed and sworn to by its president and secretary and a majority of its directors.  If the Commissioner finds that the facts conform to the law, he shall endorse his approval thereof; and upon filing such certificate so endorsed with the Secretary of State, and the payment of a fee of five dollars ($5.00) for filing the same, the company may transact business upon the capital as increased, and the Commissioner shall issue his certificate to that effect. (1899, c. 54, s. 29; Rev., s. 4734; C.S., s. 6337; 1945, c. 386; 1991, c. 720, s. 4; 1993, c. 452, s. 6.)

§ 58‑7‑120.  Reduction of capital stock.
When the capital stock of a company organized under this Article is impaired, the company may, upon a vote of the majority of the stock represented at a meeting legally called for that purpose, reduce its capital stock and the number of shares thereof to an amount not less than the minimum sum required by law, but no part of its assets and property shall be distributed to its stockholders.  Within 10 days after such meeting the company must submit to the Commissioner a certificate setting forth the proceedings thereof and the amount of the reduction and the assets and liabilities of the company, signed and sworn to by its president, secretary, and a majority of its directors.  The Commissioner shall examine the facts in the case, and if they conform to law, and in his judgment the proposed reduction may be made without prejudice to the public, he shall endorse his approval upon the certificate.  Upon filing the certificate so endorsed with the Secretary of State and paying a filing fee of five dollars ($5.00), the company may transact business upon the basis of the reduced capital as though it were original capital, and its charter shall be deemed to be amended to conform thereto, and the Commissioner shall issue his certificate to that effect.  The company may, by a majority vote of its directors, after the reduction, require the return of the original certificates of stock held by each stockholder in exchange for new certificates it may issue in lieu thereof for such number of shares as each stockholder is entitled to in the proportion that the reduced capital bears to the original capital. (1899, c. 54, s. 30; Rev., s. 4735; C.S., s. 6338; 1991, c. 720, s. 4.)

§ 58‑7‑125.  Dividends not payable when capital stock impaired; liability of stockholders for unlawful dividends. 
No dividend shall be paid by any company incorporated in this State when its capital stock is impaired, or when such payment would have the effect of impairing its capital stock; and any dividend so paid subjects the stockholders receiving it to a joint and several liability to the creditors of said company to the extent of the dividend so paid. (1899, c. 54, s. 31; 1903, c. 536, s. 3; Rev., s. 4736; C.S., s. 6339; 1945, c. 386.)

§ 58‑7‑130.  Dividends and distributions to stockholders.
(a)	Each domestic insurance company in North Carolina shall be restricted by the Commissioner from the payment of any dividends or other distributions to its stockholders whenever the Commissioner determines from examination of the company's financial condition that the payment of future dividends or other distributions would cause a hazardous financial condition, impair the financial soundness of the company or be detrimental to its policyholders, and those restrictions shall continue in force until the Commissioner specifically permits the payment of dividends or other distributions to stockholders by the company through a written authorization.
(b)	A domestic stock insurance company shall not declare or pay dividends or other distributions to its stockholders from any source other than unassigned surplus without the Commissioner's prior written approval. For purposes of this section, "unassigned surplus" means an amount equal to the unassigned funds of a company as reflected in the company's most recent financial statement filed with the Commissioner under G.S. 58‑2‑165, including all or part of the surplus arising from unrealized capital gains or revaluation of assets.
(c)	A transfer out of paid‑in and contributed surplus to common or preferred capital stock will be permitted on a case‑by‑case basis, with the Commissioner's prior approval, depending on the necessity for a company to make the transfer.
(d)	Nothing in this section and no action taken by the Commissioner in any way restricts the liability of stockholders under G.S. 58‑7‑125.
(e)	Dividends and other distributions paid to stockholders are subject to the requirements and limitations of G.S. 58‑19‑25(d) and G.S. 58‑19‑30(c). (1945, c. 386; 1991, c. 720, s. 9; 2001‑223, s. 5.2; 2002‑187, s. 2.5; 2006‑105, s. 3.1.)

§ 58‑7‑135:  Repealed by Session Laws 1993, c.  452, s. 65.

§ 58‑7‑140.  Certain officers debarred from commissions. 
No officer or other person whose duty it is to determine the character of the risk, and upon whose decision the application shall be accepted or rejected by an insurance company, shall receive as any part of his compensation a commission upon the premiums, but his compensation shall be a fixed salary and such share in the net profits as the directors may determine. Nor shall such officer or person be an employee of any officer or agent of the company. (1899, c. 54, s. 32; 1903, c. 438, s. 4; Rev., s. 4738; C.S., s. 6347; 1945,  c. 386.)

§ 58‑7‑145.  Restrictions on purchase and sale of equity securities of domestic companies. 
(a)	Statement of Ownership of Equity Securities. – Every person who is directly or indirectly the beneficial owner of more than ten percent (10%) of any class of any equity security of a domestic stock insurance company or who is a director or an officer of such company shall file in the office of the Commissioner on or before the first day of June, 1966, or within 10 days after he becomes such beneficial owner, director or officer, a statement, in such form as the Commissioner may prescribe, of the amount of all equity securities of such company of which he is the beneficial owner, and within 10 days after the close of each calendar month thereafter if there has been a change in such ownership during such month, shall file in the office of the Commissioner a statement, in such form as the Commissioner may prescribe, indicating his ownership at the close of the calendar month and such changes in his ownership as have occurred during such calendar month.
(b)	Profit Made from Sale of Equity Security Held Less than Six Months. – For the purpose of preventing the unfair use of information which may have been obtained by such beneficial owner, director, or officer by reason of his relationship to such company, any profit realized by him from any purchase and sale, or any sale and purchase, of any equity security of such company within a period of less than six months, unless such security was acquired in good faith in connection with a debt previously contracted, shall inure to and be recoverable by the company, irrespective of any intention on the part of such beneficial owner, director or officer in entering into such transaction of holding the security purchased or of not repurchasing the security sold for a period exceeding six months. Suit to recover such profit may be instituted at law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction by the company, or by the owner of any equity security of the company in the name and in behalf of the company, if the company shall fail or refuse to bring such suit within 60 days after request or shall fail diligently to prosecute the same thereafter; but no such suit shall be brought more than two years after the date such profit was realized. This section shall not be construed to cover any transaction where such beneficial owner was not such both at the time of the purchase and sale, or the sale and purchase, of the equity security involved, or any transaction or transactions which the Commissioner by rules and regulations may exempt as not comprehended within the purpose of this section.
(c)	Delivery of Security Sold. – It shall be unlawful for any such beneficial owner, director or officer, directly or indirectly, to sell any equity security of such company if the person selling the security or his principal (i) does not own the security sold, or (ii) if owning the security, does not deliver it against such sale within 20 days thereafter, or does not within five days after such sale deposit it in the mails or other usual channels of transportation; but no person shall be deemed to have violated this section if he proves that notwithstanding the exercise of good faith he was unable to make such delivery or deposit within such time, or that to do so would cause undue inconvenience or expense.
(d)	Sales by Dealers. – The provisions of subsection (b) shall not apply to any purchase and sale, or sale and purchase, and the provisions of subsection (c) shall not apply to any sale, of an equity security of a domestic stock insurance company not then or theretofore held by him in an investment account, by a dealer in the ordinary course of his business and incident to the establishment or maintenance by him of a primary or secondary market (otherwise than on an exchange as defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) for such security.  The Commissioner may, by such rules and regulations as he deems necessary or appropriate in the public interest, define and prescribe terms and conditions with respect to securities held in an investment account and transactions made in the ordinary course of business and incident to the establishment or maintenance of a primary or secondary market.
(e)	Arbitrage Transactions. – The provisions of subsections (a), (b) and (c) of this section shall not apply to foreign or domestic arbitrage transactions unless made in contravention of such rules and regulations as the Commissioner may adopt in order to carry out the purposes of this section.
(f)	"Equity Security" Defined. – The term "equity security" when used in this section means any stock or similar security; or any security convertible, with or without consideration, into such a security, or carrying any warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase such a security; or any such warrant or right; or any other security which the Commissioner shall deem to be of similar nature and consider necessary or appropriate, by such rules and regulations as he may prescribe in the public interest or for the protection of investors, to treat as an equity security.
(g)	Exemptions from Requirements of Section. – The provisions of subsections (a), (b) and (c) hereof shall not apply to equity securities of a domestic stock insurance company if
(1)	Such securities shall be registered, or shall be required to be registered, pursuant to section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or if
(2)	Such domestic stock insurance company shall not have any class of its equity securities held of record by 100 or more persons on the last business day of the year next preceding the year in which equity securities of the company would be subject to the provisions of subsections (a), (b) and (c) hereof except for the provisions of this subdivision (2).
(h)	Rules and Regulations of Commissioner. – The Commissioner shall have the power to make such rules and regulations as may be necessary for the execution of the functions vested in him by subsections (a) through (g) hereof, and may for such purpose classify domestic stock insurance companies, securities, and other persons or matters within his jurisdiction.  No provision of subsections (a), (b) and (c) hereof imposing any liability shall apply to any act done or omitted in good faith in conformity with any rule or regulation of the Commissioner, notwithstanding that such rule or regulation may, after such act or omission, be amended or rescinded or determined by judicial or other authority to be invalid for any reason.
(i)	Severability. – If any part or provision of this section or the application thereof to any person or circumstance be adjudged invalid by any court of competent jurisdiction, such judgment shall be confined in its operation to the part, provision or application directly involved in the controversy in which such judgment shall have been rendered and shall not affect or impair the validity of the remainder of this section or the application thereof to other persons or circumstances. (1965, c. 127, s. 2.)

§ 58‑7‑150.  Consolidation.
(a)	A domestic insurer may consolidate with another insurer, subject to the following conditions:
(1)	The plan of consolidation must be submitted to and be approved by the Commissioner before the consolidation.
(2)	The Commissioner shall not approve the plan unless the Commissioner finds that it is fair, equitable to policyholders, consistent with law, and will not conflict with the public interest. If the Commissioner disapproves the plan, the Commissioner shall state the reasons for the disapproval and call for a hearing.
(3)	No director, officer, member or subscriber of any such insurer, except as is expressly provided by the plan of consolidation, shall receive any fee, commission, other compensation or valuable consideration whatever, for in any manner aiding, promoting or assisting in the consolidation.
(4)	Any consolidation as to an incorporated domestic insurer shall in other respects be governed by the general laws of this State relating to business corporations. The consolidation of a domestic mutual insurer may be effected by vote of two thirds of the members voting thereon pursuant to such notice and procedure as the Commissioner may prescribe.
(b)	Reinsurance of all or substantially all of the insurance obligations or risks of existing or in‑force policies of a domestic insurer by another insurer under an assumption reinsurance agreement, as defined in G.S. 58‑10‑25(a)(2), shall be deemed a consolidation for the purposes of this section. This section does not apply to consolidations to the extent regulated by Article 19 or other Articles of this Chapter.
(c)	Repealed by Session Laws 2005‑424, s. 1.3, effective January 1, 2006, and applicable to applications filed, licenses issued, and licenses continued on or after that date. (1947, c. 923; 1955, c. 905; 1985, c. 572, s. 4; 1989 (Reg. Sess., 1990), c. 1069, s. 10; 1993, c. 452, s. 7; 1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 678, s. 10; 1995, c. 193, s. 18; c. 507, s. 11A(c); 2001‑223, ss. 7.1, 7.2; 2005‑424, s. 1.3.)

§ 58‑7‑155: Repealed by Session Laws 2005‑424, s. 1.3, effective January 1, 2006, and applicable to applications filed, licenses issued, and licenses continued on or after that date.

§ 58‑7‑160.  Investments unlawfully acquired.
Whenever it appears by examination as authorized by law that a domestic insurer has acquired any assets in violation of the law in force on the date of the acquisition, the Commissioner shall disallow the amount of the assets, if wholly ineligible, or the amount of the value thereof in excess of any limitation prescribed by this Chapter and shall deduct that amount as a nonadmitted asset of the insurer. (1991, c. 681, s. 29.)

§ 58‑7‑162.  Allowable or admitted assets.
In any determination of the financial condition of an insurer, there shall be allowed as assets only those assets owned by an insurer and that consist of:
(1)	Cash in the possession of the insurer, or in transit under its control, and including the true balance of any deposit in a solvent United States bank, savings and loan association, credit union, or trust company, and the balance of any such deposit in an insolvent United States bank, savings and loan association, credit union, or trust company, to the extent insured by a federal agency.
(2)	Investments, securities, properties, and loans acquired or held in accordance with this Chapter.
(3)	Premium notes, policy loans, and other policy assets and liens on policies and certificates of life insurance and annuity contracts and accrued interest thereon, in an amount not exceeding the legal reserve and other policy liabilities carried on each individual policy.
(4)	The net amount of uncollected and deferred premiums and annuity considerations in the case of a life insurer.
(5)	Repealed by Session Laws 2003‑212, s. 5, effective October 1, 2003.
(6)	All premiums in the course of collection not more than 90 days past due, excluding commissions payable thereon, due from any person that solely or in combination with the person's affiliates owes the insurer an amount that equals or exceeds five percent (5%) of the insurer's surplus as regards policyholders, but only if:
a.	The premiums collected by the person or affiliates and not remitted to the insurer are held in a trust account with a bank or other depository approved by the Commissioner. The funds shall be held as trust funds and may not be commingled with any other funds of the person or affiliates. Disbursements from the trust account may be made only to the insurer, the insured, or, for the purpose of returning premiums, a person that is entitled to returned premiums on behalf of the insured. A written copy of the trust agreement shall be filed with and approved by the Commissioner before becoming effective. The Commissioner shall disapprove any trust agreement filed under this sub‑subdivision that does not assure the safety of the premiums collected. The investment income derived from the trust may be allocated as the parties consider to be proper. The person or affiliates shall deposit premiums collected into the trust account within 15 business days after collection; or
b.	The person or affiliates shall provide to the insurer, and the insurer shall maintain in its possession, an unexpired, clean, irrevocable letter of credit, payable to the insurer, issued for a term of no less than one year and in conformity with the requirements set forth in this sub‑subdivision, the amount of which equals or exceeds the liability of the person or affiliates to the insurer, at all times during the period that the letter of credit is in effect, for premiums collected by the person or affiliates. The letter of credit shall be issued under arrangements satisfactory to the Commissioner and the letter shall be issued by a banking institution that is a member of the Federal Reserve System and that has a financial standing satisfactory to the Commissioner; or
c.	The person or affiliates shall provide to the insurer, and the insurer shall maintain in its possession, evidence that the person or affiliates have purchased and have currently in effect a financial guaranty bond, payable to the insurer, issued for a term of not less than one year and that is in conformity with the requirements set forth in this sub‑subdivision, the amount of which equals or exceeds the liability of the person or affiliates to the insurer, at all times during which the financial guaranty bond is in effect, for the premiums collected by the person or persons. The financial guaranty bond shall be issued under an arrangement satisfactory to the Commissioner and the financial guaranty bond shall be issued by an insurer that is authorized to transact that business in this State, that has a financial standing satisfactory to the Commissioner, and that is neither controlled nor controlling in relation to either the insurer or the person or affiliates for whom the bond is purchased.
Premiums receivable under this subdivision will not be allowed as an admitted asset if a financial evaluation by the Commissioner indicates that the person or affiliates are unlikely to be able to pay the premiums as they become due. The financial evaluation shall be based on a review of the books and records of the controlling or controlled person.
(7)	Repealed by Session Laws 2003‑212, s. 5, effective October 1, 2003.
(8)	Notes and like written obligations not past due, taken for premiums other than life insurance premiums, on policies permitted to be issued on that basis, to the extent of the unearned premium reserves carried thereon.
(9)	The full amount of reinsurance which is recoverable by a ceding insurer from a solvent reinsurer and is authorized under G.S. 58‑7‑21.
(10)	Amounts receivable by an assuming insurer representing funds withheld by a solvent ceding insurer under a reinsurance treaty.
(11)	Deposits or equities recoverable from underwriting associations, syndicates, and reinsurance funds, or from any suspended banking institution, to the extent considered by the Commissioner to be available for the payment of losses and claims and at values to be determined by the Commissioner.
(12)	Electronic and mechanical machines, including operating and system software constituting a management information system.
(13)	Other assets, not inconsistent with the provisions of this section, considered by the Commissioner to be available for the payment of losses and claims, at values to be determined by the Commissioner.  (1991, c. 681, s. 29; 1993, c. 452, s. 8; 1995 (Reg. Sess., 1996), c. 659, s. 1; 2003‑212, ss. 4‑6; 2011‑221, s. 4.)

§ 58‑7‑163.  Assets not allowed.
In addition to assets impliedly excluded by the provisions of G.S. 58‑7‑162, the following expressly shall not be allowed as assets in any determination of the financial condition of an insurer:
(1)	Repealed by Session Laws 2003‑212, s. 7, effective October 1, 2003.
(2)	Advances (other than policy loans) to officers, directors, and controlling stockholders, whether secured or not, and advances to employees, agents, and other persons on personal security only.
(3)	Stock of the insurer or any material equity therein or loans secured thereby, or any material proportionate interest in the stock acquired or held through the ownership by the insurer of an interest in another firm, corporation, or business unit.
(4)	Repealed by Session Laws 2003‑212, s. 7, effective October 1, 2003.
(5)	The amount, if any, by which the aggregate book value of investments as carried in the ledger assets of the insurer exceeds the aggregate value of the investments as determined under this Chapter.
(6)	Bonds, notes, or other evidences of indebtedness that are secured by mortgages or deeds of trust that are in default, to the extent of the cost or carrying value that is in excess of the value as determined pursuant to other provisions of this Chapter.
(7)	Repealed by Session Laws 2003‑212, s. 7, effective October 1, 2003.
(8)	Certificates of contribution, surplus notes, or other similar evidences of indebtedness, to the extent that admission of these investments results in the double counting of these investments in the reporting entity's balance sheet.
(9)	Any asset that is encumbered in any manner unless the asset is authorized under G.S. 58‑7‑187 or G.S. 58‑7‑162(13); provided that an asset that is used as collateral to secure access to advances from a federal home loan bank, as defined by G.S. 58‑30‑10(9a), shall not be disallowed under the provisions of this section.  (1991, c. 681, s. 29; 1993, c. 452, s. 9; 1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 678, s. 11; 2003‑212, s. 7; 2017‑164, s. 2; 2018‑120, s. 4.1.)

§ 58‑7‑165.  Eligible investments.
(a)	Insurers shall invest in or lend their funds on the security of, and shall hold as invested assets, only eligible investments as prescribed in this Chapter.
(b)	Any particular investment held by an insurer on December 31, 1991, that was a legal investment when it was made, and that the insurer was legally entitled to possess immediately before January 1, 1992, is an eligible investment.
(c)	Eligibility of an investment shall be determined as of the date of its making or acquisition, except as stated otherwise in this Chapter.
(d)	Any investment limitation based upon the amount of the insurer's assets or particular funds shall relate to those assets or funds shown by the insurer's annual statement as of the December 31 preceding the date of acquisition of the investment by the insurer, or, if applicable, as shown by the most current quarterly financial statement filed by the insurer. (1991, c. 681, s. 29.)

§ 58‑7‑167.  General qualifications.
(a)	No security or investment, other than real or personal property acquired under G.S. 58‑7‑187, is eligible for acquisition unless it is interest‑bearing or interest‑accruing, is entitled to receive dividends if and when declared and paid, or is otherwise income‑producing, is not then in default in any respect, and the insurer is entitled to receive for its exclusive account and benefit the interest or income accruing thereon.
(b)	No security or investment shall be eligible for purchase at a price above its market value unless it is approved by the Commissioner and is valued in accordance with valuation procedures of the NAIC that have been adopted by the Commissioner.
(c)	This Chapter does not prohibit the acquisition by an insurer of other or additional securities or property if received as a dividend, as a lawful distribution of assets, or under a lawful and bona fide agreement of bulk reinsurance, merger, or consolidation.  Any investment so acquired that is not otherwise eligible under this Chapter shall be disposed of under G.S. 58‑7‑188 if the investment is in property or securities. (1991, c. 681, s. 29.)

§ 58‑7‑168.  Authorization of investment.
An insurer shall not make any investment or loan, other than a policy loan or annuity contract loan of a life insurer, unless the investment or loan is authorized or approved by the insurer's board of directors or by a committee authorized by the board and charged with the supervision or making of the investment or loan.  The minutes of any such committee shall be recorded and regular reports of the committee shall be submitted to the board of directors. (1991, c. 681, s. 29.)

§ 58‑7‑170.  Diversification.
(a)	Every insurer must maintain an amount equal to its entire policyholder‑related liabilities and the minimum capital and surplus required to be maintained by the insurer under this Chapter invested in coin or currency of the United States and in investments authorized under this Chapter, other than the investments authorized under G.S. 58‑7‑183 or G.S. 58‑7‑187, except G.S. 58‑7‑187(b)(1).
(b)	Investments eligible under subsection (a), except investments acquired under G.S. 58‑7‑183, are subject to the following limitations, other limitations of this section, and any other limitations that are expressly provided for in any provision under which the investment is authorized:
(1)	The cost of investments made by insurers in stock authorized by G.S. 58‑7‑173 shall not exceed twenty‑five percent (25%) of the insurer's admitted assets, provided that no more than twenty percent (20%) of the insurer's admitted assets shall be invested in common stock; and the cost of an investment in stock of any one corporation shall not exceed three percent (3%) of the insurer's admitted assets. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Chapter, the financial statement carrying value of all stock investments shall be used for the purpose of determining the asset value against which the percentage limitations are to be applied. Investments in the voting securities of a depository institution, or any company that controls a depository institution, shall not exceed five percent (5%) of the insurer's admitted assets. As used in this subdivision, "depository institution" has the same meaning as in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. § 1813; and includes any foreign bank that maintains a branch, an agency, or a commercial lending company in the United States.
(2)	The cost of Canadian investments authorized by G.S. 58‑7‑173 shall not exceed forty percent (40%) of the insurer's admitted assets in the aggregate, provided that no more than twenty‑five percent (25%) of the insurer's admitted assets shall be invested in Canadian investments authorized by G.S. 58‑7‑173(11).
(c)	The cost of investments made by an insurer in mortgage loans authorized by G.S. 58‑7‑179 with any one person, or in mortgage‑backed securities authorized by G.S. 58‑7‑173(1), (2), (8), or (17), and backed by a single collateral pool, shall not exceed three percent (3%) of the insurer's admitted assets. An insurer shall not invest in additional mortgage loans or mortgage‑backed securities without the Commissioner's consent if the admitted value of all those investments held by the insurer exceeds an aggregate of sixty percent (60%) of the admitted assets of the insurer. Within the aggregate sixty percent (60%) limitation, the admitted value of all mortgage‑backed securities permitted by G.S. 58‑7‑173(17) shall not exceed thirty‑five percent (35%) of the admitted assets of the insurer. The admitted value of other mortgage loans permitted by G.S. 58‑7‑179 shall not exceed forty percent (40%) of the admitted assets of the insurer. Mortgage‑backed securities authorized by G.S. 58‑7‑173(1), (2), or (8) shall only be subject to the single collateral pool limitation and the sixty percent (60%) aggregate limitation. No later than January 31, 1999, an insurer that has mortgage investments that exceed the limitations specified in this subsection shall submit to the Commissioner a plan to bring the amount of mortgage investments into compliance with the specified limitations by January 1, 2004.
(d)	Without the Commissioner's prior written approval, the cost of investments permitted under G.S. 58‑7‑173 and G.S. 58‑7‑178, and that are classified as medium to lower quality obligations shall be limited to:
(1)	No more than twenty percent (20%) of an insurer's admitted assets;
(2)	No more than ten percent (10%) of an insurer's admitted assets in obligations designated a 4, 5, or 6 in accordance with the Purposes and Procedures Manual of the NAIC Securities Valuation Office;
(3)	No more than three percent (3%) of an insurer's admitted assets in obligations designated a 5 or 6 in accordance with the Purposes and Procedures Manual of the NAIC Securities Valuation Office; and
(4)	No more than one percent (1%) of an insurer's admitted assets in obligations designated a 6 in accordance with the Purposes and Procedures Manual of the NAIC Securities Valuation Office.
(5),(6)	Repealed by Session Laws 1993, c. 452, s. 11.
(e)	As used in subsections (d), (f), (g), and (h) of this section, "medium to lower quality obligations" means obligations designated a 3, 4, 5, or 6 in accordance with the Purposes and Procedures Manual of the NAIC Securities Valuation Office.
(f)	Each insurer shall possess and maintain adequate documentation to establish that its investments in medium to lower quality obligations do not exceed the limitations under subsection (d) of this section.
(g), (h)	Repealed by Session Laws 2005‑215, s. 7, effective July 20, 2005.
(i)	Failure to obtain the Commissioner's prior written approval shall result in any investments in excess of those permitted by subsection (d) of this section not being allowed as an asset of the insurer.
(j)	The Commissioner may limit the extent of an insurer's deposits with any financial institution if the Commissioner determines that the financial solvency of the insurer is threatened by a deposit in excess of insured limits.
(k)	The provisions of this section supersede any inconsistent provision of section 106 of the Secondary Mortgage Market Enhancement Act of 1984, 15 U.S.C. § 77r‑1, to the extent permitted by that Act.  (1991, c. 681, s. 29; 1993, c. 452, ss. 10‑13; c. 504, s. 43; 1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 678, s. 12; 1998‑212, s. 26B(i); 2001‑215, s. 3; 2001‑223, ss. 8.1, 8.2; 2005‑215, s. 7; 2022‑46, s. 2(a).)

§ 58‑7‑172.  Cash and deposits.
An insurer may have funds in coin or currency of the United States on hand or on deposit in any solvent national or state bank, savings and loan association, credit union, or trust company.  (1991, c. 681, s. 29; 2011‑221, s. 5.)

§ 58‑7‑173.  Permitted insurer investments.
An insurer may invest in:
(1)	Bonds, notes, warrants, and other evidences of indebtedness that are direct obligations of the U.S. Government or for which the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government is pledged for the payment of principal and interest.
(2)	Loans insured or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the U.S. Government or by any agency or instrumentality of the U.S. Government to the extent of the insurance or guaranty.
(3)	Student loans insured or guaranteed as to principal by the U.S. Government or by any agency or instrumentality of the U.S. Government to the extent of the insurance or guaranty.
(4)	Bonds, notes, warrants, and other securities not in default that are the direct obligations of any state or United States territory or the government of Canada or any Canadian province, or for which the full faith and credit of such state, government, or province has been pledged for the payment of principal and interest.
(5)	Bonds, notes, warrants, and other securities not in default of any county, district, incorporated city, or school district in any state of the United States, or the District of Columbia, or in any Canadian province, that are the direct obligations of the county, district, city, or school district and for payment of the principal and interest of which the county, district, city, or school district has lawful authority to levy taxes or make assessments.
(6)	Bonds, notes, certificates of indebtedness, warranties, or other evidences of indebtedness that are payable from revenues or earnings specifically pledged therefor of any public toll bridge, structure, or improvement owned by any state, incorporated city, or legally constituted public corporation or commission, all within the United States or Canada, for the payment of the principal and interest of which a lawful sinking fund has been established and is being maintained and if no default by the issuer in payment of principal or interest has occurred on any of its bonds, notes, warrants, or other securities within five years prior to the date of investment therein.
(7)	Bonds, notes, certificates of indebtedness, warrants, or other evidences of indebtedness that are valid obligations issued, assumed, or guaranteed by the United States, any state, any county, city, district, political subdivision, civil division, or public instrumentality of any such government or unit thereof, or in any province of Canada; if by statute or other legal requirements the obligations are payable as to both principal and interest from revenues or earnings from the whole or any part of any utility supplying water, gas, a sewage disposal facility, electricity, or any other public service, including but not limited to a toll road or toll bridge.
(8)	Bonds, debentures, or other securities of the following agencies, whether or not those obligations are guaranteed by the U.S. Government:
a.	Fannie Mae, and stock thereof when acquired in connection with the sale of mortgage loans to the Association.
b.	Any federal land bank, when the securities are issued under the Farm Loan Act;
c.	Any federal home loan bank, when the securities are issued under the Home Loan Bank Act;
d.	The Home Owners' Loan Corporation, created by the Home Owners' Loan Act of 1933;
e.	Any federal intermediate credit bank, created by the Agricultural Credits Act;
f.	The Central Bank for Cooperatives and regional banks for cooperatives organized under the Farm Credit Act of 1933, or by any of such banks; and any notes, bonds, debentures, or other similar obligations, consolidated or otherwise, issued by farm credit institutions under the Farm Credit Act of 1971;
g.	Any other similar agency of the U.S. Government that is of similar financial quality.
(9)	Bonds, debentures, or other securities of public housing authorities, issued under the Housing Act, of 1949, the Municipal Housing Commission Act, or the Rural Housing Commission Act, or issued by any public housing authority or agency in the United States, if the bonds, debentures, or other securities are secured by a pledge of annual contributions to be paid by the United States or any United States agency.
(10)	Obligations issued, assumed, or guaranteed by the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the International Finance Corporation, the Inter‑American Development Bank, the Asian Development Bank, or the African Development Bank; and the cost of investments made under this subdivision in any one institution shall not exceed three percent (3%) of the insurer admitted assets.
(11)	Bonds, notes, or other interest‑bearing or interest‑accruing obligations of any solvent institution organized under the laws of the United States, of any state, Canada or any Canadian province; provided the instruments are designated and valued in accordance with the Purposes and Procedures Manual of the NAIC Securities Valuation Office. The cost of investments made under this subdivision in any one issuer shall not exceed three percent (3%) of an insurer's admitted assets.
(12)	Secured obligations of duly constituted churches and of church‑holding companies; and the cost of investments made under this subdivision shall not exceed three percent (3%) of the insurer's admitted assets.
(13)	Equipment trust obligations or certificates adequately secured and evidencing an interest in transportation equipment, wholly or in part within the United States, and the right to receive determined portions of rental, purchase, or other fixed obligatory payments for the use or purchase of that transportation equipment; and the cost of investments made under this subdivision shall not exceed twenty percent (20%) of the insurer's admitted assets.
(14)	Share or savings accounts of credit unions, savings and loan associations or building and loan associations.
(15)	Loans with a maturity not in excess of 12 years from the date thereof that are secured by the pledge of securities eligible for investment under this Chapter or by the pledge or assignment of life insurance policies issued by other insurers authorized to transact insurance in this State. On the date made, no such loan shall exceed in amount seventy‑five percent (75%) of the market value of the collateral pledged, except that loans upon the pledge of U.S. Government bonds and loans upon the pledge or assignment of life insurance policies shall not exceed ninety‑five percent (95%) of the market value of the bonds or the cash surrender value of the policies pledged. The market value of the collateral pledge shall at all times during the continuance of the loans meet or exceed the minimum percentages herein. Loans made under this section shall not be renewable beyond a period of 12 years from the date of the loan.
(16)	Stocks, common or preferred, of any corporation created or existing under the laws of the United States, any U.S. territory, Canada or any Canadian province, or of any state. An insurer may invest in stocks, common or preferred, of any corporation created or existing under the laws of any foreign country other than Canada subject to the provisions of G.S. 58‑7‑178.
(17)	Mortgage‑backed securities that are designated a 1 or 2 in accordance with the Purposes and Procedures Manual of the NAIC Securities Valuation Office including, without limitation, collateral mortgage obligations backed by a pool of mortgages of the kind, class, and investment quality as those eligible for investment under G.S. 58‑7‑179.  (1991, c. 681, s. 29; 1993, c. 105, s. 1; c. 452, s. 14; c. 504, s. 44; 2001‑223, ss. 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.6, 8.7, 8.8; 2001‑487, s. 14(g); 2005‑215, ss. 8, 9; 2011‑221, s. 6.)

§ 58‑7‑175.  Policy loans.
A life insurer may lend to its policyholder, upon pledge of the policy as collateral security, any sum not exceeding the cash loan value of the policy; or may lend against pledge or assignment of any of its supplementary contracts or other contracts or obligations, as long as the loan is adequately secured by the pledge or assignment.  Loans so made are eligible investments of the insurer. (1991, c. 681, s. 29.)

§ 58‑7‑177: Repealed by Session Laws 2001‑223, s. 8.9.

§ 58‑7‑178.  Foreign or territorial investments.
(a)	An insurer authorized to transact insurance in a foreign country or any U.S. territory may have funds invested in securities that may be required for that authority and for the transaction of that business, provided the funds and securities are substantially of the same kinds, classes, and investment grades as those otherwise eligible for investment under this Chapter. The aggregate amount of investments under this subsection shall not exceed the amount that the insurer is required by law to invest in the foreign country or United States territory, or one and one‑half times the amount of reserves and other obligations under the contracts, whichever is greater.
(b)	An insurer, whether or not it is authorized to do business or has outstanding insurance contracts on lives or risks in any foreign country, may invest in bonds, notes, or stocks of any foreign country or alien corporation that are substantially of the same kinds, classes, and investment grades as those otherwise eligible for investment under this Chapter. The aggregate cost of investments under this subsection shall not exceed ten percent (10%) of the insurer's admitted assets, provided that the cost of investments in any one foreign country under this subsection shall not exceed three percent (3%) of the insurer's admitted assets.
(c)	Canadian securities eligible for investment under other provisions of this Chapter are not subject to this section. (1991, c. 681, s. 29; 2001‑223, s. 8.11; 2001‑487, s. 103(b); 2002‑187, s. 2.6; 2005‑215, s. 10.)

§ 58‑7‑179.  Mortgage loans.
(a)	An insurer may invest any of its funds in bonds, notes, or other evidences of indebtedness that are secured by first mortgages or deeds of trust upon improved real property located in the United States, any U.S. territory, or Canada, or that are secured by first mortgages or deeds of trust upon leasehold estates having an unexpired term of not less than 30 years, inclusive of the terms that may be provided by enforceable options of renewal, as long as the loan matures at least 20 years before the expiration of such lease, in improved real property located in the United States, any U.S. territory, or Canada. In all cases the security for the loan must be a first lien upon the real property, and there must not be any condition or right of reentry or forfeiture not insured against under which, in the case of real property other than leaseholds, the lien can be cut off or subordinated or otherwise disturbed, or under which, in the case of leaseholds, the insurer cannot continue the lease in force for the duration of the loan. Nothing herein prohibits any investment because of the existence of any prior lien for ground rents, taxes, assessments, or other similar charges not yet delinquent. This section does not prohibit investment in mortgages or similar obligations when made under G.S. 58‑7‑180.
(b)	"Improved real property" means all farmlands used for tillage, crops, or pasture; timberlands; and all real property on which permanent improvements, and improvements under construction or in process of construction, suitable for residential, institutional, commercial, or industrial use are situated.
(c)	No such mortgage loan or loans made or acquired by an insurer on any one property shall, at the time of investment by the insurer, exceed the larger of the following amounts, as applicable:
(1)	Ninety‑five percent (95%) of the value of the real property or leasehold securing the real property in the case of a mortgage on a dwelling primarily intended for occupancy by not more than four families if they insure down to eighty percent (80%) with a licensed mortgage insurance company, or eighty percent (80%) of the value in the case of other real estate mortgages;
(2)	The amount of any insurance or guaranty of the loan by the United States or by an agency or instrumentality thereof; or
(3)	The percentage‑of‑value limit on the amount of the loan applicable under subdivision (1) of this subsection, plus the amount by which the excess of the loan over the percentage‑of‑value limit is insured or guaranteed by the United States or by any agency or instrumentality thereof.
(d)	In the case of a purchase money mortgage given to secure the purchase price of real estate sold by the insurer, the amount lent or invested shall not exceed the unpaid part of the purchase price.
(e)	Nothing in this section prohibits an insurer from renewing or extending a loan for the original or a lesser amount where a shrinkage in value of the real estate securing the loan would cause its value to be less than the amount otherwise required in relation to the amount of the loan.  (1991, c. 681, s. 29; 2003‑212, s. 11; 2018‑120, s. 4.2.)

§ 58‑7‑180.  Chattel mortgages.
(a)	In connection with a mortgage loan on the security of real estate designed and used primarily for residential purposes only, where the mortgage loan was acquired under G.S. 58‑7‑179, an insurer may lend or invest an amount not exceeding twenty percent (20%) of the amount lent on or invested in such real estate mortgage on the security of a chattel mortgage to be amortized by regular periodic payments with a term of not more than five years, and representing a first and prior lien, except for taxes not then delinquent, on personal property constituting durable equipment owned by the mortgagor and kept and used in the mortgaged premises.
(b)	For the purposes of this section, the term "durable equipment" includes only mechanical refrigerators, air‑conditioning equipment, mechanical laundering machines, heating and cooking stoves and ranges, and, in addition, in the case of apartment houses and hotels, room furniture and furnishings.
(c)	Before the acquisition of a chattel mortgage under this section, items of property to be included therein shall be separately appraised by a qualified appraiser and the fair market value determined.  No such chattel mortgage loan shall exceed in amount the same ratio of loan to the value of the property as is applicable to the companion loan on the real property.
(d)	This section does not prohibit an insurer from taking liens on personal property as additional security for any investment otherwise eligible under this Chapter. (1991, c. 681, s. 29.)

§ 58‑7‑182.  Special investments by title insurers.
In addition to other investments eligible under this Chapter, a title insurer may invest and have invested an amount not exceeding the greater of three hundred thousand dollars ($300,000) or fifty percent (50%) of that part of its policyholders' surplus that exceeds the minimum surplus required by G.S. 58‑7‑75 in its abstract plant and equipment, in loans secured by mortgages on abstract plants and equipment, and, with the Commissioner's consent, in stocks of abstract companies. (1991, c. 681, s. 29.)

§ 58‑7‑183.  Special consent investments.
(a)	After satisfying the requirements of this Chapter, any funds of an insurer in excess of its reserves and policyholders' surplus required to be maintained may be invested:
(1)	Without limitation in any investments otherwise authorized by this Chapter; or
(2)	In such other investments not specifically authorized by this Chapter as long as any single interest investment does not exceed two percent (2%) of admitted assets and the aggregate of the investments does not exceed the lesser of five percent (5%) of the insurer's total admitted assets or sixty percent (60%) of the amount by which the insurer's policyholders' surplus exceeds the minimum required to be maintained.
The limitations in subdivision (2) of this subsection may be exceeded if approved in writing by the Commissioner.
(b)	In no case shall the investments authorized under this section being held by an insurer be greater than the amount by which the insurer's policyholders' surplus exceeds the minimum required to be maintained.
(c)	Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, an insurer may not invest in investments prohibited by this Chapter. (1991, c. 681, s. 29; 1993, c. 452, s. 14.1, c. 504, s. 6.)

§ 58‑7‑185.  Prohibited investments and investment underwriting.
(a)	In addition to investments excluded under other provisions of this Chapter, except with prior approval by the Commissioner, an insurer shall not directly or indirectly invest in or lend its funds upon the security of:
(1)	Issued shares of its own capital stock, except in connection with a plan for purchase of the shares by the insurer's officers, employees, or agents. No such stock shall, however, constitute an asset of the insurer in any determination of its financial condition.
(2)	Except with the Commissioner's consent, securities issued by any corporation or enterprise, the controlling interest of which is or will after acquisition by the insurer be held directly or indirectly by the insurer or any combination of the insurer and the insurer's directors, officers, parent corporation, subsidiaries, or controlling stockholders. Investments in subsidiaries under G.S. 58‑19‑10 are not subject to this provision.
(3)	Repealed by Session Laws 2001‑223, s. 8.13.
(b)	No insurer shall underwrite or participate in the underwriting of an offering of securities or property by any other person. (1991, c. 681, s. 29; 2001‑223, ss. 8.12, 8.13.)

§ 58‑7‑187.  Real estate, in general.
(a)	An insurer shall not directly or indirectly acquire or hold real estate except as authorized in this section.
(b)	An insurer may acquire and hold:
(1)	Land and buildings thereon used or acquired for use as its principal home office and branch offices, or used in conjunction with such offices, for the convenient transaction of its own business.
(2)	Real property acquired in satisfaction in whole or in part of loans, mortgages, liens, judgments, decrees, or debts previously owing to the insurer, in the course of its business.
(3)	Real property acquired in part payment of the consideration on the sale of other real property owned by it, if the transaction effects a net reduction in the insurer's investment in real estate.
(4)	Real property acquired by gift or devise or through merger, consolidation, or bulk reinsurance of another insurer under this Chapter.
(5)	Additional real property and equipment incident to real property, if necessary or convenient for the enhancement of the marketability or sale value of real property previously acquired or held by it under subdivisions (2) through (4) of this subsection.
(c)	An insurer may acquire and hold real property for investment, subject to the following conditions:
(1)	The amount shall not exceed in the aggregate the lesser of five percent (5%) of the insurer's admitted assets or fifteen percent (15%) of the insurer's capital and surplus.
(2)	The amount in any one property shall not exceed one percent (1%) of the insurer's admitted assets.
(3)	The amount in unimproved land shall not exceed one‑half of one percent (0.5%) of the insurer's admitted assets.
(4)	There shall be no time limit for the disposal of investment real estate.
(d)	The amount in real property acquired and held by an insurer shall not exceed fifteen percent (15%) of the insurer's admitted assets; but the Commissioner may permit an insurer to invest in real property in such increased amount as the Commissioner considers to be proper. (1991, c. 681, s. 29.)

§ 58‑7‑188.  Time limit for disposal of ineligible property and securities; effect of failure to dispose.
(a)	Any property or securities lawfully acquired by an insurer that it could not otherwise have invested in or lent its funds upon at the time of the acquisition shall be disposed of within three years from the date of acquisition, unless within that period the security has attained to the standard of eligibility; except that any security or property acquired under any agreement of bulk reinsurance, merger, or consolidation may be retained for a longer period if so provided in the plan for the reinsurance, merger, or consolidation as approved by the Commissioner under this Chapter.  Upon application by the insurer and proof that forced sale of any such property or security would materially injure the insurer's interests, the Commissioner may extend the disposal period for an additional reasonable time.
(b)	Any property or securities lawfully acquired and held by an insurer after expiration of the period for their disposal or any extension of the period granted by the Commissioner shall not be allowed as an asset of the insurer. (1991, c. 681, s. 29.)

§ 58‑7‑190:  Repealed by Session Laws 1993, c.  452, s. 65.

§ 58‑7‑192.  Valuation of securities and investments.
(a) through (c) Repealed by Session Laws 2003‑212, s. 8, effective October 1, 2003.
(d)	No valuations shall be greater than any applicable valuation or method contained in the latest edition of the NAIC publications entitled "Purposes and Procedures Manual of the NAIC Securities Valuation Office" or the "Accounting Practices and Procedures Manual", unless the Commissioner determines that another valuation method is appropriate when it results in a more conservative valuation.
(e)	Repealed by Session Laws 2003‑212, s. 8, effective October 1, 2003. (1991, c. 681, s. 29; 1993, c. 452, ss. 15, 16; 2001‑223, s. 8.14; 2003‑212, s. 8.)

§ 58‑7‑193.  Valuation of property.
(a),	(b) Repealed by Session Laws 2003‑212, s. 9, effective October 1, 2003.
(c)	Personal property acquired pursuant to chattel mortgages made in accordance with G.S. 58‑7‑180 shall not be valued at an amount greater than the unpaid balance of principal on the defaulted loan at the date of acquisition, or the fair market value of the property, whichever amount is less.
(d)	If the Commissioner and an insurer do not agree on the value of real or personal property of an insurer, in carrying out the Commissioner's responsibilities under this section, the Commissioner may retain the services of a qualified real or personal property appraiser. The insurer shall reimburse the Commissioner for the costs of the services of any appraiser incurred with respect to the Commissioner's responsibilities under this section. (1991, c. 681, s. 29; 2003‑212, s. 9.)

§ 58‑7‑195: Repealed by Session Laws 2003‑212, s. 10, effective October 1, 2003.

§ 58‑7‑197.  Replacing certain assets; reporting certain liabilities.
(a)	The Commissioner, upon determining that an insurer's asset has not been valued according to this Chapter or that it does not qualify as an asset, shall require the insurer to properly revalue an improperly valued asset or replace a nonadmitted asset with an asset suitable to the Commissioner within 90 days after the determination.
(b)	The Commissioner, upon determining that an insurer has failed to report certain liabilities that should have been reported, shall require that the insurer report those liabilities to the Commissioner within 90 days after notice to the insurer.
(c)	When the Commissioner determines that an admitted asset held by any insurer is of doubtful value or is without ascertainable value on a public exchange, unless the insurer establishes a value by placing the asset upon the market and obtaining a bona fide offer for the asset, the Commissioner may have the asset appraised, and the appraisal shall be the true value of the asset.  No asset may be carried in an insurer's financial statement under G.S. 58‑2‑165 at an appraised value established by the insurer unless the Commissioner's prior written approval is obtained.
(d)	When any admitted asset defaults as to principal or in the payment of interest or dividends after it has been purchased by an insurer, the asset shall subsequently be carried at its market value or, after notice and opportunity for hearing, at a value determined by the Commissioner.
(e)	Whenever it appears to the Commissioner that an insurer has acquired any asset in violation of this Chapter, the Commissioner shall disallow, in whole or in part, the amount of the asset that is prohibited by this Chapter.  In any determination of the financial position of the insurer, that amount shall be deducted as a nonadmitted asset of the insurer. (1991, c. 681, s. 29.)

§ 58‑7‑198.  Assets of foreign or alien insurers.
The Commissioner may refuse a new or renewal license to any foreign or alien insurer upon finding that its assets do not comply in substance with the investment requirements and limitations imposed by this Chapter upon like domestic insurers whenever authorized to do the same kinds of insurance business. (1991, c. 681, s. 29.)

§ 58‑7‑200.  Investment transactions.
(a)	The transactions specified in subsections (b) through (e) of this section are expressly allowed or prohibited as provided in this section and to the extent they are not in conflict with other provisions of this Chapter.
(b)	An insurer may engage in derivative transactions under the provisions and limitations of G.S. 58‑7‑205.
(c)	No insurer shall directly or indirectly invest in, or lend its funds to, any of its directors, officers, controlling stockholders, or any other person in which an officer, director, or controlling stockholder is substantially interested, nor shall any director, officer, or controlling stockholder directly or indirectly accept the funds.
(d)	No director, officer, or controlling stockholder of any insurer shall receive any money or valuable thing, either directly or indirectly or through any substantial interest in any other person, for negotiating, procuring, recommending, or aiding in any purchase or sale of property or loan from the insurer; or be monetarily interested either as principal, corporation, agent, or beneficiary, in any such purchase, sale, or loan; and no financial obligation of any such director, officer, or stockholder shall be guaranteed by the insurer. "Substantial interest in any other person" means an interest equivalent to ownership or control by a director, officer, or controlling stockholder or the aggregate ownership or control by all directors, officers, and controlling stockholders of the same insurer of those percentages or more of the stock of the person, as defined under "control" in G.S. 58‑19‑5(2).
(e)	Nothing in this section prohibits:
(1)	A director or officer of any insurer from receiving the usual salary, compensation, or emoluments for services rendered in the ordinary course of that person's duties as a director or officer, if the salary, compensation, or emolument is authorized by vote of the board of directors of the insurer;
(2)	Any insurer in connection with the relocation of the place of employment of an officer, including any relocation in connection with the initial employment of the officer, from (i) making, or the officer from accepting therefrom, a mortgage loan to the officer on real property owned by the officer that is to serve as the officer's residence or (ii) acquiring, or the officer from selling thereto, at not more than its fair market value, the officer's prior residence;
(3)	The payment to a director or officer of any such insurer who is a licensed attorney‑at‑law of fees in connection with loans made by the insurer if and when the fees are paid by the borrower and do not constitute a charge against the insurer;
(4)	An insurer from making a loan upon a policy held therein by the borrower not in excess of the policy's net value; or
(5)	Subject to G.S. 58‑19‑30 and G.S. 58‑7‑163, an insurer from advancing funds to directors, officers, or controlling stockholders, for expenses reasonably expected to be incurred in the ordinary course of the insurer's business, as authorized or approved by the insurer's board of directors or by individuals authorized by the board and charged with the supervision or making of the advances. (1991, c. 681, s. 29; 2001‑223, ss. 8.15, 8.16; 2007‑127, s. 8.)

§ 58‑7‑205.  Derivative transactions.
(a)	As used in this section, the following terms have the following meanings:
(1)	"Business entity" includes a sole proprietorship, corporation, limited liability company, association, partnership, joint stock company, joint venture, mutual fund, trust, joint tenancy or other similar form of business organization, whether for‑profit or not‑for‑profit.
(2)	"Counterparty exposure" amount means:
a.	The amount of credit risk attributable to a derivative instrument entered into with a business entity other than through a qualified exchange, qualified foreign exchange, or cleared through a qualified clearinghouse ("over‑the‑counter derivative instrument"). The amount of credit risk equals:
1.	The market value of the over‑the‑counter derivative instrument if the liquidation of the derivative instrument would result in a final cash payment to the insurer; or
2.	Zero if the liquidation of the derivative instrument would not result in a final cash payment to the insurer.
b.	If over‑the‑counter derivative instruments are entered into under a written master agreement which provides for netting of payments owed by the respective parties and the domicile of the counterparty is either within the United States or, if not within the United States, within a foreign jurisdiction listed in the Purposes and Procedures of the Securities Valuation Office of the NAIC as eligible for netting, the net amount of credit risk shall be the greater of zero or the net sum of:
1.	The market value of the over‑the‑counter derivative instruments entered into under the agreement, the liquidation of which would result in a final cash payment to the insurer; and
2.	The market value of the over‑the‑counter derivative instruments entered into under the agreement, the liquidation of which would result in a final cash payment by the insurer to the business entity.
c.	For open transactions, market value shall be determined at the end of the most recent quarter of the insurer's fiscal year and shall be reduced by the market value of acceptable collateral held by the insurer or placed in escrow by one or both parties.
(3)	"Derivative instrument" means an agreement, option, instrument, or a series or combination thereof:
a.	To make or take delivery of, or assume or relinquish, a specified amount of one or more underlying interests, or to make a cash settlement in lieu thereof; or
b.	That has a price, performance, value, or cash flow based primarily upon the actual or expected price level, performance, value, or cash flow of one or more underlying interests.
Derivative instruments include options, warrants used in a hedging transaction and not attached to another financial instrument, caps, floors, collars, swaps, forwards, futures, and any other agreements, options, or instruments substantially similar thereto or any series or combination thereof. Derivative instruments shall additionally include any agreements, options, or instruments permitted under rules adopted under subsection (c) of this section. Derivative instruments shall not include an investment authorized by G.S. 58‑7‑173, 58‑7‑175, 58‑7‑178, 58‑7‑179, 58‑7‑180, and 58‑7‑187.
(4)	"Derivative transaction" means any transaction involving the use of one or more derivative instruments.
(5)	"Qualified clearinghouse" means a clearinghouse for, and subject to the rules of, a qualified exchange or a qualified foreign exchange. The clearinghouse provides clearing services, including acting as a counterparty to each of the parties to a transaction such that the parties no longer have credit risk as to each other.
(6)	"Qualified exchange" means:
a.	A securities exchange registered as a national securities exchange, or a securities market regulated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. §§ 78, et seq.), as amended;
b.	A board of trade or commodities exchange designated as a contract market by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, or any successor thereof;
c.	Private Offerings, Resales and Trading through Automated Linkages (PORTAL);
d.	A designated offshore securities market as defined in Securities Exchange Commission Regulation S, 17 C.F.R. Part 230, as amended; or
e.	A qualified foreign exchange.
(7)	"Qualified foreign exchange" means a foreign exchange, board of trade, or contract market located outside the United States, its territories or possessions:
a.	That has received regulatory comparability relief under Commodity Futures Trading Commission Rule 30.10 (as set forth in Appendix C to Part 30 of the CFTC's Regulations, 17 C.F.R. Part 30);
b.	That is, or its members are, subject to the jurisdiction of a foreign futures authority that has received regulatory comparability relief under Commodity Futures Trading Commission Rule 30.10 (as set forth in Appendix C to Part 30 of the CFTC's Regulations, 17 C.F.R. Part 30) as to futures transactions in the jurisdiction where the exchange, board of trade, or contract market is located; or
c.	Upon which foreign stock index futures contracts are listed that are the subject of no‑action relief issued by the CFTC's Office of General Counsel, but an exchange, board of trade, or contract market that qualifies as a "qualified foreign exchange" only under this paragraph shall only be a "qualified foreign exchange" as to foreign stock index futures contracts that are the subject of the no‑action relief under this paragraph.
(8)	"Replication transaction" means a derivative transaction that is intended to replicate the investment in one or more assets that an insurer is authorized to acquire or sell under this section or G.S. 58‑7‑165. A derivative transaction that is entered into as a hedging transaction shall not be considered a replication transaction.
(b)	An insurer may, directly or indirectly through an investment subsidiary, engage in derivative transactions under this section under the following conditions:
(1)	An insurer may use derivative instruments under this section to engage in hedging transactions and certain income generation transactions as may be further defined by rules adopted by the Commissioner.
(2)	An insurer shall be able to demonstrate to the Commissioner the intended hedging characteristics and the ongoing effectiveness of the derivative transaction or combination of the transactions through cash flow testing or other appropriate analyses.
(c)	The Commissioner may adopt reasonable rules for investments and transactions under this section including, but not limited to, rules which impose financial solvency standards, valuation standards, and reporting requirements.
(d)	An insurer may enter into hedging transactions under this section if, as a result of and after giving effect to the transaction:
(1)	The aggregate statement value of options, caps, floors, and warrants not attached to another financial instrument purchased and used in hedging transactions then engaged in by the insurer does not exceed seven and one‑half percent (7.5%) of its admitted assets;
(2)	The aggregate statement value of options, caps, and floors written in hedging transactions then engaged in by the insurer does not exceed three percent (3%) of its admitted assets; and
(3)	The aggregate potential exposure of collars, swaps, forwards, and futures used in hedging transactions then engaged in by the insurer does not exceed six and one‑half percent (6.5%) of its admitted assets.
(e)	An insurer may enter into the following types of income generation transactions if, as a result of and after giving effect to the transactions, the aggregate statement value of the fixed income assets that are subject to call or that generate the cash flows for payments under the caps or floors, plus the face value of fixed income securities underlying a derivative instrument subject to call, plus the amount of the purchase obligations under the puts, does not exceed ten percent (10%) of its admitted assets:
(1)	Sales of covered call options on noncallable fixed‑income securities, callable fixed‑income securities if the option expires by its terms before the end of the noncallable period, or derivative instruments based on fixed income securities;
(2)	Sales of covered call options on equity securities, if the insurer holds in its portfolio, or can immediately acquire through the exercise of options, warrants, or conversion rights already owned, the equity securities subject to call during the complete term of the call option sold;
(3)	Sales of covered puts on investments that the insurer is permitted to acquire under this Chapter, if the insurer has escrowed or entered into a custodian agreement segregating cash or cash equivalents with a market value equal to the amount of its purchase obligations under the put during the complete term of the put option sold; or
(4)	Sales of covered caps or floors, if the insurer holds in its portfolio the investments generating the cash flow to make the required payments under the caps or floors during the complete term that the cap or floor is outstanding.
(f)	An insurer shall include all counterparty exposure amounts in determining compliance with the limitations of G.S. 58‑7‑170.
(g)	Under rules that may be adopted by the Commissioner, additional transactions involving the use of derivative instruments in excess of the limits of subsection (d) of this section or for other risk management purposes may be approved by the Commissioner.
(h)	An insurer shall establish guidelines and internal procedures as follows:
(1)	Before engaging in a derivative transaction, an insurer shall establish written guidelines that shall be used for effecting and maintaining the transactions. The guidelines shall:
a.	Address investment or, if applicable, underwriting objectives, and risk constraints such as credit risk limits;
b.	Address permissible transactions and the relationship of those transactions to its operations, such as a precise identification of the risks being hedged by a derivative transaction; and
c.	Require compliance with internal control procedures.
(2)	An insurer shall have a system for determining whether a derivative instrument used for hedging has been effective.
(3)	An insurer shall have a credit risk management system for over‑the‑counter derivative transactions that measures credit risk exposure using the counterparty exposure amount.
(4)	An insurer's board of directors shall, in accordance with G.S. 58‑7‑168:
a.	Approve the guidelines required by subdivision (1) of this subsection and the systems required by subdivisions (2) and (3) of this subsection; and
b.	Determine whether the insurer has adequate professional personnel, technical expertise and systems to implement investment practices involving derivatives.
(i)	An insurer shall maintain documentation and records relating to each derivative transaction, such as:
(1)	The purpose or purposes of the transaction;
(2)	The assets or liabilities to which the transaction relates;
(3)	The specific derivative instrument used in the transaction;
(4)	For over‑the‑counter derivative instrument transactions, the name of the counterparty and counterparty exposure amount; and
(5)	For exchange‑traded derivative instruments, the name of the exchange and the name of the firm that handled the trade.
(j)	Each derivative instrument shall be:
(1)	Traded on a qualified exchange;
(2)	Entered into with, or guaranteed by, a business entity;
(3)	Issued or written by or entered into with the issuer of the underlying interest on which the derivative instrument is based; or
(4)	Entered into with a qualified foreign exchange. (2001‑223, s. 8.17.)

Article 8.
Mutual Insurance Companies.
§ 58‑8‑1.  Mutual insurance companies organized; requisites for doing business.
No policy may be issued by a mutual company until the president and the secretary of the company have certified under oath that every subscription for insurance in the list presented to the Commissioner for approval is genuine, and made with an agreement with every subscriber for insurance that he will take the policies subscribed for by him within 30 days after the granting of a license to the company by the Commissioner to issue policies. Any person making a false oath in respect to the certificate is guilty of a Class I felony. (1899, c. 54, ss. 25, 32, 34; 1901, c. 391, s. 3; 1903, c. 438, s. 4; Rev., s. 4738; 1911, c. 93; C.S., s. 6346; 1945, c. 386; 1989 (Reg. Sess., 1990), c. 1054, s. 4; 1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 767, s. 24.)

§ 58‑8‑5.  Manner of amending charter.
(a)	A domestic mutual insurance company may hereafter amend its charter in the following manner only:
(1)	A meeting of the board of directors shall be called in accordance with the bylaws, specifying the amendment to be voted upon at such meeting;
(2)	If at such meeting two thirds of the directors present vote in favor of the proposed amendment, then the president and secretary shall under oath make a certificate to this effect, which certificate shall set forth the call for such meeting, the service of such call upon all directors, and the minutes of the meeting relating to the adoption of the proposed amendment;
(3)	If the meeting at which the proposed amendment is to be considered is a special meeting, rather than a regular annual meeting of policyholders, such special meeting can be called only after the Commissioner has given his approval in writing;
(4)	If at such policyholders' meeting two thirds of those voting in person or by proxy shall vote in favor of any proposed amendment, the president and secretary shall make a certificate under oath setting forth such fact together with the full text of the amendment thus approved. Said certificate shall, within 30 days after such meeting, be submitted to the Commissioner for his approval as conforming to the requirements of law, and it shall be the duty of the Commissioner to act upon all proposed amendments within 10 days after the filing of such certificate with him.
(b)	All charter amendments heretofore issued upon application of the board of directors of any domestic mutual insurance company are hereby validated, if otherwise legally adopted. (1943, c. 170; 1947, c. 721; 1991, c. 720, s. 4; 2001‑223, s. 9.1.)

§ 58‑8‑10.  Policyholders are members of mutual companies.
(a)	Every person insured by a mutual insurance company is a member while that person's policy is in force, entitled to one vote for each policy that person holds, and shall be notified of the (i) time and (ii) place or method of remote communication, or both, for holding the company's meetings by a written notice or by an imprint upon the back of each policy, receipt, or certificate of renewal, as follows:
(1)	If the meetings are to be held at a place, as follows: The insured is hereby notified that by virtue of this policy the insured is a member of the ______ insurance company, and that the annual meetings of the company are held at its home office on the ______ day of ______, in each year, at ______ o'clock.
(2)	If the meetings are to be held solely by remote communication, as follows: The insured is hereby notified that by virtue of this policy the insured is a member of the ______ insurance company, and that the annual meetings of the company are held by means of remote communication, which can be accessed by ______ on the ______ day of ______, in each year, at ______ o'clock.
(3)	If the meetings are to be held at a place and by remote communication, as follows: The insured is hereby notified that by virtue of this policy the insured is a member of the ______ insurance company, and that the annual meetings of the company are held at its home office and by means of remote communication, which can be accessed by ______ on the ______ day of ______, in each year, at ______ o'clock.
(b)	The blanks in subsection (a) of this section shall be duly filled in print and are a sufficient notice. A corporation that becomes a member of a mutual insurance company may authorize any person to represent the corporation; and this representative has all the rights of an individual member. A person holding property in trust may insure it in a mutual insurance company, and as trustee assume the liability and be entitled to the rights of a member; but is not personally liable upon the contract of insurance. Members may vote by proxies, dated and executed within one year after receipt, and returned and recorded on the books of the company three days or more before the meeting at which they are to be used.
(c)	Participation by means of remote communication shall be subject to such guidelines and procedures as the board of directors adopts and shall be in conformity with subsection (d) of this section.
(d)	Members participating in meetings by means of remote communication shall be deemed (i) present and (ii) voting in person at the meeting if the mutual insurance company has implemented reasonable measures to do all of the following:
(1)	Verify that each person participating remotely is a member.
(2)	Provide each member participating remotely a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the members, including an opportunity to communicate and read or hear the proceedings of the meeting, substantially concurrently with the proceedings.
(e)	The board of directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that any meeting of members shall not be held at any place and shall instead be held solely by means of remote communication, but only if the mutual insurance company implements the measures specified in subsection (d) of this section.  (1899, c. 54, s. 33; Rev., s. 4739; C.S., s. 6348; 1945, c. 386; 1947, c. 721; 1998‑211, s. 37.1(a); 2021‑162, s. 3.)

§ 58‑8‑15.  Directors in mutual companies.
Every mutual insurance company shall elect by ballot a board of not less than seven directors, who shall manage and conduct its business and hold office for one year or for such term as the bylaws provide and until their successors are qualified. The directors need not be residents of this State or members of the company. In companies with a guaranty capital, no more than one‑half of the directors shall be elected by the holders of guaranty capital, except where guaranty capital holders are policyholders. Policyholders which are holders of guaranty capital shall be entitled to one vote for each policy that person holds and one vote for each unit of guaranty capital that person holds. (1899, c. 54, s. 33; Rev., s. 4739; C.S., s. 6349; 1945, c. 386; 1971, c. 751; 2003‑212, s. 14.)

§ 58‑8‑20.  Mutual companies with a guaranty capital.
(a)	A mutual insurance company formed as provided in Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter, in lieu of the contributed surplus required for the organization of mutual companies under the provisions of G.S. 58‑7‑75, or a mutual insurance company now existing, may, with the prior approval of the Commissioner, tender a guaranty capital offering of not less than fifty thousand dollars ($50,000), divided into units of one hundred dollars ($100.00) each, which shall be invested in the same manner as is provided in this Chapter for the investment of the capital stock of insurance companies.
(a1)	Guaranty capital may be issued by an existing domestic mutual insurance company only under the following terms and conditions:
(1)	To aid and assist a financially troubled domestic mutual insurance company which otherwise faces rehabilitation or liquidation by this Department; or
(2)	For any other reason as presented in a petition to the Commissioner and which is found by the Commissioner to be reasonable, justifiable, and in the best interest of all the policyholders of the company.
Guaranty capital issued under subdivision (2) of this subsection shall require written notification of the action proposed by the board of directors of the company to be mailed to the policyholders of the company not less than 30 days before the meeting when the action may be taken. The written notification shall be advertised in two newspapers of general circulation, approved by the Commissioner, not less than three times a week for a period of not less than four weeks before the meeting. The written notification to policyholders shall include a proxy statement to allow policyholders to vote on the proposed action without personal attendance at the meeting, and the Commissioner shall approve both the written notification and the proxy statement. The proposed action shall be effected by a vote of two‑thirds of the policyholders voting thereon in person or by proxy.
(b)	The board of directors of a company may distribute interest to the holders of guaranty capital in accordance with the guaranty capital filing approved by the Department.
(c)	Guaranty capital shall be applied to the payment of losses only when the company has exhausted its cash in hand and the invested assets, exclusive of uncollected premiums, and when thus impaired, the directors may make good the whole or any part of it by assessments upon the contingent funds of the company at the date of such impairment.
(d)	Guaranty capital holders are entitled to one vote per unit of guaranty capital. Guaranty capital holders who are not policyholders are not entitled to participate in the policyholder votes prescribed under subdivision (a1)(2) and subsection (e) of this section.
(e)	Guaranty capital may be reduced or retired by vote of the policyholders of the company and the assent of the Commissioner, if the net assets of the company above its reserve and all other claims and obligations, exclusive of guaranty capital, for two years immediately preceding and including the date of its last annual statement, is not less than twenty‑five percent (25%) of the guaranty capital. Written notice of the proposed action on the part of the company must be mailed to each policyholder of the company not less than 30 days before the meeting when the action may be taken, and must also be advertised in two papers of general circulation, approved by the Commissioner, not less than three times a week for a period of not less than four weeks before the meeting. The written notification to policyholders shall include a proxy statement to allow policyholders to vote on the proposed action without personal attendance at the meeting, and the Commissioner shall approve both the written notification and the proxy statement. An affirmative vote of at least two‑thirds of the policyholders voting in person or by proxy is required to adopt the proposed action.
(f)	No insurance company with guaranty capital shall distribute to its holders of guaranty capital its assets, except as provided in the guaranty capital filing as approved by the Commissioner.
(g)	In the event of a merger, demutualization, or other event where the entity ceases to exist, guaranty capital shall only be returned or repaid to the holders of guaranty capital to the extent that the guaranty capital has been contributed together with accrued interest as specified in the filing approved by the Commissioner. (1899, c. 54, s. 34; Rev., s. 4740; 1911, c. 196, s. 3; C.S., s. 6350; 1945, c. 386; 1971, c. 752; 1981, c. 723; 1989, c. 320; 1991, c. 720, s. 10; 1993, c. 452, s. 17; 2003‑212, s. 15; 2005‑215, s. 26.)

§ 58‑8‑25.  Dividends to policyholders.
(a)	Any participating or dividend‑paying company, stock or mutual or foreign or domestic, that writes other than life insurance or workers' compensation insurance and employers' liability insurance in connection therewith, may declare and pay a dividend to policyholders from its unassigned surplus, as reflected in the company's most recent annual or quarterly statement filed with the Commissioner under G.S. 58‑2‑165, which shall include only its surplus in excess of any required minimum surplus. No such dividend shall be paid unless it is fair and equitable and for the best interest of the company and its policyholders. In declaring any dividend to its policyholders, any such company may make reasonable classifications of policies expiring during a fixed period, upon the basis of each general kind of insurance covered by those policies and by territorial divisions of the location of risks by states, except that in fixing the amount of dividends to be paid on each general kind of insurance, the dividends shall be uniform in rate and applicable to the majority of risks within that general kind of insurance, and exceptions may be made as to any class or classes of risk and a different rate or amount of dividends paid on the class or classes if the conditions applicable to the class or classes differ substantially from the condition applicable to the kind of insurance as a whole. Every such company shall have an equal rate of dividend for the same term on all policies insuring risks in the same classification. The payment of dividends to policyholders shall not be contingent upon the maintenance or renewal of the policy. All dividends shall be paid to the policyholder unless a written assignment of those dividends is executed. Neither the payment of dividends nor the rate of the dividends may be guaranteed by any company, or its agent, before the declaration of the dividend by the board of directors of the company. The holders of policies of insurance issued by a company in compliance with the orders of any public official, bureau or committee, in conformity with any statutory requirement or voluntary arrangement, for the issuance of insurance to risks not otherwise acceptable to the company, may be established as a separate class of risks.
(b)	Any participating or dividend‑paying company, stock or mutual or foreign or domestic, that writes workers' compensation insurance and employers' liability insurance in connection therewith may declare and pay a dividend to policyholders from its unassigned surplus, as reflected in the company's most recent statement filed with the Commissioner under G.S. 58‑2‑165, which shall include only its surplus in excess of any required minimum surplus. No such dividend shall be paid unless it is fair and equitable and for the best interest of the company and its policyholders. In declaring any dividend to its policyholders, any such company may make reasonable classifications of policies expiring during a fixed period. The payment of dividends to policyholders shall not be contingent upon the maintenance or renewal of the policy. All dividends shall be paid to the policyholder unless a written assignment of those dividends is executed. Neither the payment of dividends nor the rate of the dividends may be guaranteed by any company, or its agent, before the declaration of the dividend by the board of directors of the company. The holders of policies of insurance issued by a company in compliance with the orders of any public official, bureau, or committee, in conformity with any statutory requirement or voluntary arrangement, for the issuance of insurance to risks not otherwise acceptable to the company, may be established as a separate class of risks. (1899, c. 54, s. 35; Rev., s. 4741; C.S., s. 6351; 1935, c. 89; 1945, c. 386; 1947, c. 721; 1955, c. 645; 1983, c. 374, ss. 2, 3; 2001‑223, s. 9.2.)

§ 58‑8‑30.  Contingent liability of policyholders. 
Every insurance company shall in its bylaws and policies prescribe the contingent liability, if any, of its members for the payment of losses, reserves and expenses not provided for by its assets, which contingent liability shall be in accordance with the provisions of G.S. 58‑7‑75. Each member is liable for the payment of his proportionate share of any assessments made by the company in accordance with the law, his contract and the bylaws of the company on account of losses incurred while he was a member, if he is notified of such assessment within one year after the expiration of his policy. When any reduction is made in the contingent liability of members, it shall apply proportionately to all policies in force. (1945, c. 386.)

§ 58‑8‑35.  Contingent liability printed on policy.
Every insurance company licensed to do business in this State shall print on each policy in clear and explicit language the full contingent liability of its members. (1945, c. 386; 1991, c. 644, s. 1; 1991 (Reg. Sess., 1992), c. 837, s. 2.)

§ 58‑8‑36.  Administrative fees.
Statewide multiline limited assessable mutual insurance companies are not subject to the provisions of G.S. 58‑33‑85(b).  (2011‑196, s. 12.)

§ 58‑8‑40.  Nonassessable policies; foreign or alien companies. 
No foreign or alien insurance company shall be licensed to issue in this State nonassessable policies unless it has a free surplus equal in amount to that required of a domestic insurance company, writing the same kind or kinds of insurance, and in addition thereto has fully complied with the requirements of the government under which it was organized; and no foreign or alien insurance company may be licensed to do business in this State to issue assessable policies if it issues nonassessable policies in any other state or country unless all policies shall state that any assessment shall be for the exclusive benefit of holders of policies which provide for such contingent liability and the holders of policies subject to assessment shall not be liable to assessment in an amount greater in proportion to the total deficiency than the ratio that the deficiency attributable to the assessable business bears to the total deficiency. (1945, c. 386.)

§ 58‑8‑45.  Waiver of forfeiture in policies assigned or pledged; notice of assignment; payment of assessment or premium by assignee or mortgagee. 
When any policy of insurance is issued by any mutual insurance company or association other than life, organized under the laws of this State and such policy is assigned or pledged as collateral security for the payment of a debt, such company or association, by its president and secretary or other managing officers, may insert in such policy so assigned or pledged, or attach thereto as a rider thereon, a provision or provisions to be approved by the Commissioner, whereby any or all conditions of the policy which work a suspension or forfeiture and especially the provisions of the statute which limits such corporation to insure only property of its members, may be waived in such case for the benefit of the assignee or mortgagee. In case any such company or association shall consent to such assignment of any policy or policies, or the proceeds thereof, it may nevertheless at any time thereafter, by its president and secretary or such other officer as may be authorized by the board of directors, cancel such policy by giving the assignee or mortgagee not less than 10 days' notice in writing: Provided, however, a longer period may be agreed upon by the company or association and such assignee or mortgagee. And the president and secretary of such company or association, with the approval of the Commissioner, may agree with the assignee or mortgagee upon an assessment or premium to be paid to the insurer in case the insured shall not pay the same, which shall not be less than such a rate or sum of money as may be produced by the average assessments or premiums made or charged by like company or association during a period of five years next preceding the year of such agreement and assignment. When an assignment is made as herein provided the policy or policies so assigned or pledged, subject to the conditions herein, shall remain in full force and effect for the benefit of the assignee or mortgagee, notwithstanding the title or ownership of the assured to the property insured, or to any interest therein, shall be in any manner changed, transferred or encumbered. (Ex. Sess., 1920, c. 79; C.S. s. 6351(a); 1945, c. 386; 1991, c. 720, s. 4.)

§ 58‑8‑50.  Guaranty against assessments prohibited.
If any director, officer, or agent of a mutual insurance company, either officially or privately, gives a guarantee to a policyholder of the company against an assessment to which that policyholder would otherwise be liable, the director, officer, or agent shall be punished by a fine not exceeding one thousand dollars ($1,000) for each offense. (1899, c. 54, s. 100; Rev., s. 3496; C.S., s. 6352; 1945, c. 386; 2003‑212, s. 16.)

§ 58‑8‑55.  Manner of making assessments; rights and liabilities of policyholders.
When a mutual insurance company is not possessed of cash funds above its reserve sufficient for the payment of insured losses and expenses, it must make an assessment for the amount needed to pay such losses and expenses upon its members liable to assessment therefor in proportion to their several liabilities. The company shall cause to be recorded in a book kept for that purpose the order for the assessment, together with a statement which must set forth the condition of the company at the date of the order, the amount of its cash assets and deposits, notes, or other contingent funds liable to the assessment, the amount the assessment calls for, and the particular losses or liabilities it is made to provide for. This record must be made and signed by the directors who voted for the order before any part of the assessment is collected, and any person liable to the assessment may inspect and take a copy of the same. When, by reason of depreciation or loss of its funds or otherwise, the cash assets of such company, after providing for its other debts, are less than the required premium reserve upon its policies, it must make good the deficiency by assessment in the manner above provided. If the directors are of the opinion that the company is liable to become insolvent they may, instead of such assessment, make two assessments, the first determining what each policyholder must equitably pay or receive in case of withdrawal from the company and having his policy canceled; the second, what further sum each must pay in order to reinsure the unexpired term of his policy at the same rate as the whole was insured at first. Each policyholder must pay or receive according to the first assessment, and his policy shall be cancelled unless he pays the sum further determined by the second assessment, in which case his policy continues in force; but in neither case may a policyholder receive or have credited to him more than he would have received on having his policy canceled by a vote of the directors under the bylaws. (1899, c. 54, ss. 36, 37; Rev., s. 4742; C.S., s. 6353; 1945, c. 386.)

§ 58‑8‑60.  Independent charters for members of the Farmers Mutual Fire Insurance Association of North Carolina.
(a)	Each branch of the Farmers Mutual Fire Insurance Association of North Carolina ("Association"), created by Chapter 343 of the 1893 Private Laws of North Carolina, as amended, shall adopt articles of incorporation by a majority vote of its board of directors.
(b)	The articles of incorporation shall provide for the name of the corporation, to be approved by the Commissioner; the kinds of insurance it proposes to transact and on what business plan or principle; and the place of its location in the State. The certificate of incorporation must be subscribed and sworn to by a majority of the board of directors before an officer authorized to take acknowledgement of deeds, who shall certify the certificate to the Commissioner. The Commissioner shall review the certificate and articles of incorporation and file them with the Secretary of State in accordance with G.S. 58‑7‑35.
(c)	The independently chartered former branches of the Association shall transact the same kinds of insurance and operate under the same business plan as they did as members of the Association. The assets of each independently chartered former branch shall remain the assets of the corporation to which the branch is converted pursuant to this section.
(d)	The independently chartered former branches of the Association may change their methods of operation upon compliance with G.S. 58‑8‑5 and applicable provisions of this Chapter.
(e)	The corporations created under this section are subject to applicable provisions of this Chapter.
(f)	The corporations created under this section shall enjoy the same rights, privileges, and exemptions as enjoyed by the former Association.
(g)	No officer nor member of the board of directors of an independently chartered former branch shall incur any liability for actions taken in good faith pursuant to this section. (1993, c. 495, s. 1; 2005‑424, s. 1.4.)

Article 9.
Reinsurance Intermediaries.
§ 58‑9‑1:  Repealed by Session Laws 1993, c.  452, s. 65.

§ 58‑9‑2.  Reinsurance intermediaries.
(a)	As used in this Article:
(1)	"Actuary" means a person who meets the standards of a qualified actuary, as specified in the NAIC Annual Statement Instructions, as amended or clarified by rule or order of the Commissioner, for the type of insurer for which an intermediary is establishing loss reserves.
(2)	"Broker" means any person, other than an officer or employee of a ceding insurer, who solicits, negotiates, or places reinsurance cessions or retrocessions on behalf of a ceding insurer without the authority or power to bind reinsurance on behalf of the ceding insurer.
(3)	"Commissioner" includes the Commissioner's authorized deputies and employees.
(4)	"Controlling person" means any person who directly or indirectly has the power to direct or cause to be directed the management, control, or activities of an intermediary.
(5)	"Intermediary" means any person who acts as a broker, as defined in G.S. 58‑33‑10(3), in soliciting, negotiating, or procuring the making of any reinsurance contract or binder on behalf of a ceding insurer; or acts as a broker, as defined in G.S. 58‑33‑10(3), in accepting any reinsurance contract on behalf of an assuming insurer. "Intermediary" includes a broker or a manager, as those terms are defined in this section.
(6)	"Manager" means any person who has authority to bind or manages all or part of the assumed reinsurance business of a reinsurer (including the management of a separate division, department, or underwriting office) and acts as an agent for the reinsurer. The following persons are not managers, with respect to a reinsurer:
a.	An employee of a reinsurer;
b.	A United States manager of the United States branch of an alien reinsurer;
c.	An underwriting manager who, pursuant to contract, manages all the reinsurance operations of a reinsurer, is under common control with the reinsurer under Article 19 of this Chapter, and whose compensation is not based on the volume of premiums written;
d.	The manager of a group, association, pool, or organization of insurers that engages in joint underwriting or joint reinsurance and that is subject to examination by the insurance regulator of the state in which the manager's principal business office is located.
(7)	"Producer" means an insurance producer licensed under Article 33 of this Chapter or an intermediary licensed under this Article.
(8)	"Qualified United States financial institution" means a bank that:
a.	Is organized, or in the case of a United States office of a foreign banking organization is licensed, under the laws of the United States or any state;
b.	Is regulated, supervised, and examined by federal or state authorities having regulatory authority over banks and trust companies; and
c.	Has been determined by the Securities Valuation Office of the NAIC to meet its standards of financial condition and standing in order to issue letters of credit.
(9)	"Reinsurer" means any insurer that is licensed by the Commissioner and that is authorized to assume reinsurance.
(b)	No person shall act as a broker in this State if the broker maintains an office either directly, as a member or employee of a noncorporate entity, or as an officer, director, or employee of a corporation:
(1)	In this State, unless the broker is a producer in this State; or
(2)	In another state, unless the broker is a producer in this State or another state having a law or rule substantially similar to this Article or unless the broker is licensed under this Article as a nonresident intermediary.
(c)	No person shall act as a manager:
(1)	For a reinsurer domiciled in this State, unless the manager is a producer in this State;
(2)	In this State, if the manager maintains an office directly, as a member or employee of a noncorporate entity, or as an officer, director, or employee of a corporation in this State, unless the manager is a producer in this State;
(3)	In another state for a foreign insurer, unless the manager is a producer in this State or another state having a law or rule substantially similar to this Article, or the manager is licensed in this State as a nonresident intermediary.
(d)	Every manager subject to subsection (c) of this section shall demonstrate to the Commissioner that he has evidence of financial responsibility in the form of fidelity bonds or liability insurance to cover the manager's contractual obligations. If any manager cannot demonstrate this evidence, the Commissioner shall require the manager to:
(1)	Maintain a separate fidelity bond in favor of each reinsurer represented in an amount that will cover those obligations and which bond is issued by an authorized insurer; or
(2)	Maintain an errors and omissions liability insurance policy in an amount that will cover those obligations and which policy is issued by a licensed insurer.  (1993, c. 452, s. 19; 1995, c. 193, s. 20; 2001‑203, s. 27; 2002‑187, s. 2.7; 2022‑46, s. 14(q).)

§ 58‑9‑5:  Repealed by Session Laws 1993, c.  452, s. 65.

§ 58‑9‑6.  Licensing.
(a)	The Commissioner shall issue an intermediary license or an exemption from the license, subject to G.S. 58‑9‑2(b)(2) or G.S. 58‑9‑2(c)(3), to any person who has complied with the requirements of this Article. A license issued to a non corporate entity authorizes all of the members of the entity and any designated employees to act as intermediaries under the license, and those persons shall be named in the application and any supplements. A license issued to a corporation authorizes all of the officers and any designated employees and directors of the corporation to act as intermediaries on behalf of the corporation, and those persons shall be named in the application and any supplements.
(b)	If an applicant for an intermediary license is a nonresident, the applicant, before receiving a license, shall designate the Commissioner as his agent for service of legal process and shall furnish the Commissioner with the name and address of a resident of this State upon whom notices or orders of the Commissioner or process affecting the nonresident intermediary may be served. The licensee shall notify the Commissioner in writing of every change in his designated agent for service of process within five business days after the change, and the change shall not become effective until acknowledged by the Commissioner.
(c)	The Commissioner shall refuse to issue an intermediary license if:
(1)	The applicant, anyone named on the application, or any member, principal, officer, or director of the applicant is not trustworthy;
(2)	Any controlling person of the applicant is not trustworthy to act as an intermediary; or
(3)	Any of the persons in subdivisions (1) and (2) of this subsection has given cause for revocation or suspension of the license or has failed to comply with any prerequisite for the issuance of the license.
Upon written request, the Commissioner shall furnish a summary of the basis for refusal to issue a license.
(d)	Attorneys‑at‑law licensed by this State are exempt from this section when they are acting in their professional capacities. (1993, c. 452, s. 20; 2001‑223, s. 10.1.)

§ 58‑9‑10:  Repealed by Session Laws 1993, c.  452, s. 65.

§ 58‑9‑11.  Broker and insurer transactions.
(a)	Transactions between a broker and the insurer it represents as a broker shall only be entered into pursuant to a written authorization, specifying the responsibilities of each party. The authorization shall include provisions to the effect that:
(1)	The insurer may terminate the broker's authority at any time.
(2)	The broker will render accounts to the insurer that accurately detail all material transactions, including information necessary to support all commissions, charges, and other fees received by or owing to the broker and will remit all funds due to the insurer within 30 days after receipt by the broker.
(3)	All funds collected for the insurer's account will be held by the broker in a fiduciary capacity in a qualified United States financial institution.
(4)	The broker will comply with this Article.
(5)	The broker will comply with the written standards established by the insurer for the cession or retrocession of all risks.
(6)	The broker will disclose to the insurer any relationship with any reinsurer to which business will be ceded or retroceded.
(7)	The broker will annually provide the insurer with an audited statement of the broker's financial condition, which statement will be prepared by an independent certified public accountant.
(8)	The insurer will have access and the right to copy and audit all accounts and records maintained by the broker related to its business, in a form usable by the insurer.
(9)	For at least 10 years after the expiration of each contract of reinsurance transacted by the broker, the broker will keep a complete record for each transaction showing:
a.	The type of contract, limits, underwriting restrictions, classes or risks, and territory;
b.	Period of coverage, including effective and expiration dates, cancellation provisions, and notice required of cancellation;
c.	Reporting and settlement requirements of balances;
d.	Rate or rates used to compute the reinsurance premium;
e.	Names and addresses of assuming reinsurers;
f.	Rates of all reinsurance commissions, including the commissions on any retrocession handled by the broker;
g.	Related correspondence and memoranda;
h.	Proof of placement;
i.	Details regarding retrocessions handled by the broker, including the identity of retrocessionaires and percentage of each contract assumed or ceded;
j.	Financial records, including premium and loss accounts; and
k.	When the broker procures a reinsurance contract on behalf of a licensed ceding insurer:
1.	Directly from any assuming reinsurer, written evidence that the assuming reinsurer has agreed to assume the risk; or
2.	If placed through a representative of the assuming reinsurer, other than an employee, written evidence that the reinsurer has delegated binding authority to the representative.
(b)	An insurer shall not engage the services of any person to act as a broker on its behalf unless the person is licensed under G.S. 58‑9‑6 or exempted under this Article. An insurer shall not employ an individual who is employed by a broker with which it transacts business, unless the broker is under common control with the insurer under Article 19 of this Chapter. (1993, c. 452, s. 21; 2001‑223, s. 10.2.)

§ 58‑9‑15:  Repealed by Session Laws 1993, c.  452, s. 65.

§ 58‑9‑16.  Manager and reinsurer transactions.
(a)	Transactions between a manager and the reinsurer it represents as a manager shall only be entered into pursuant to a written contract, specifying the responsibilities of each party, which shall be approved by the reinsurer's board of directors.  At least 30 days before the reinsurer assumes or cedes business through the manager, a certified copy of the approved contract shall be filed with the Commissioner for approval.  The contract shall include provisions to the effect that:
(1)	The reinsurer may terminate the contract for cause upon written notice to the manager.  The reinsurer may immediately suspend the authority of the manager to assume or cede business during the pendency of any dispute regarding the cause for termination.
(2)	The manager will render accounts to the reinsurer accurately detailing all material transactions, including information necessary to support all commissions, charges, and other fees received by or owing to the manager and will remit all funds due under the contract to the reinsurer at least once every month.
(3)	All funds collected for the reinsurer's account will be held by the manager in a fiduciary capacity in a qualified United States financial institution.  The manager may retain no more than three months' estimated claims payments and allocated loss adjustment expenses.  The manager shall maintain a separate bank account for each reinsurer that it represents.
(4)	For at least 10 years after the expiration of each contract of reinsurance transacted by the manager, the manager will keep a complete record for each transaction showing:
a.	The type of contract, limits, underwriting restrictions, classes or risks, and territory;
b.	Period of coverage, including effective and expiration dates, cancellation provisions and notice required of cancellation, and disposition of outstanding reserves on covered risk;
c.	Reporting and settlement requirements of balances;
d.	Rate used to compute the reinsurance premium;
e.	Names and addresses of reinsurers;
f.	Rates of all reinsurance commissions, including the commissions on any retrocessions handled by the manager;
g.	Related correspondence and memoranda;
h.	Proof of placement;
i.	Details regarding retrocessions handled by the manager, as permitted by G.S. 58‑9‑21, including the identity of retrocessionaires and percentage of each contract assumed or ceded;
j.	Financial records, including, but not limited to, premium and loss accounts; and
k.	When the manager places a reinsurance contract on behalf of a ceding insurer:
1.	Directly from any assuming reinsurer, written evidence that the assuming reinsurer has agreed to assume the risk; or
2.	If placed through a representative of the assuming reinsurer, other than an employee, written evidence that the reinsurer has delegated binding authority to the representative.
(5)	The reinsurer will have access and the right to copy all accounts and records maintained by the manager related to its business in a form usable by the reinsurer.
(6)	The contract cannot be assigned in whole or in part by the manager.
(7)	The manager will comply with the written underwriting and rating standards established by the insurer for the acceptance, rejection, or cession of all risks.
(8)	The rates, terms, and purposes of commissions, charges, and other fees that the manager may levy against the reinsurer shall be set forth.
(9)	If the contract permits the manager to settle claims on behalf of the reinsurer:
a.	All claims will be reported to the reinsurer in a timely manner;
b.	A copy of the claim file will be sent to the reinsurer at its request or as soon as it becomes known that the claim:
1.	Has the potential to exceed an amount set by the reinsurer and approved by the Commissioner;
2.	Involves a coverage dispute;
3.	May exceed the manager's claims settlement authority;
4.	Is open for more than six months; or
5.	Is closed by payment of an amount set by the reinsurer and approved by the Commissioner.
c.	All claim files will be the joint property of the reinsurer and manager.  However, upon an order of liquidation of the reinsurer, the files shall become the sole property of the reinsurer or its estate; the manager shall have reasonable access to and the right to copy the files on a timely basis; and
d.	Any settlement authority granted to the manager may be terminated for cause upon the reinsurer's written notice to the manager or upon the termination of the contract.  The reinsurer may suspend the settlement authority during the pendency of the dispute regarding the cause of termination.
(10)	If the contract provides for a sharing of interim profits by the manager, the interim profits will not be paid until one year after the end of each underwriting period for property business and five years after the end of each underwriting period for casualty business and not until the adequacy of reserves on remaining claims has been verified pursuant to G.S. 58‑9‑21.
(11)	The manager will annually provide the reinsurer with an audited statement of its financial condition prepared by an independent certified public accountant.
(12)	The reinsurer shall at least semiannually conduct an on‑site review of the underwriting and claims processing operations of the manager.
(13)	The manager will disclose to the reinsurer any relationship it has with any insurer before ceding or assuming any business with the insurer pursuant to this contract.
(14)	Within the scope of its actual or apparent authority, the acts of the manager shall be deemed to be the acts of the reinsurer on whose behalf it is acting.
(b)	A manager shall not:
(1)	Cede retrocessions on behalf of the reinsurer, except that the manager may cede facultative retrocessions pursuant to obligatory facultative agreements if the contract with the reinsurer contains reinsurance underwriting guidelines for the retrocessions.  The guidelines shall include a list of reinsurers with which the automatic agreements are in effect, and for each reinsurer, the coverages and amounts or percentages that may be reinsured, and commission schedules.
(2)	Commit the reinsurer to participate in reinsurance syndicates.
(3)	Appoint any producer without assuring that the producer is duly licensed to transact the type of reinsurance for which he is appointed.
(4)	Without prior approval of the reinsurer, pay or commit the reinsurer to pay a claim settlement with a retrocessionaire, without prior approval of the reinsurer.  If prior approval is given, a report must be promptly forwarded to the reinsurer.
(5)	Collect any payment from a retrocessionaire or commit the reinsurer to any claim settlement with a retrocessionaire, without prior approval of the reinsurer.  If prior approval is given, a report must be promptly forwarded to the reinsurer.
(6)	Jointly employ an individual who is employed by the reinsurer unless the manager is under common control with the reinsurer under Article 19 of this Chapter.
(7)	Appoint a submanager. (1993, c. 452, s. 22.)

§ 58‑9‑20:  Repealed by Session Laws 1993, c.  452, s. 65.

§ 58‑9‑21.  Miscellaneous provisions.
(a)	A reinsurer shall not engage the services of any person to act as a manager on its behalf unless the person is licensed under G.S. 58‑9‑6 or exempted under this Article.
(b)	If a manager establishes loss reserves, the reinsurer shall annually obtain the opinion of an actuary attesting to the adequacy of loss reserves established for losses incurred and outstanding on business produced by the manager. This opinion shall be in addition to any other required loss reserve certification.
(c)	Binding authority for all retrocessional contracts or participation in reinsurance syndicates shall be given to an officer of the reinsurer who is not affiliated with the manager.
(d)	Within 30 days after termination of a contract with a manager, the reinsurer shall provide written notification of the termination to the Commissioner.
(e)	A reinsurer shall not appoint to its board of directors any officer, director, employee, controlling person, or subproducer of its manager. This Article does not apply to relationships governed by Article 19 of this Chapter or G.S. 58‑3‑165.
(f)	An intermediary is subject to examination by the Commissioner. The Commissioner shall have access to all books, bank accounts, and records of an intermediary in a form usable to the Commissioner. A manager may be examined as if it were the reinsurer. (1993, c. 452, s. 23; 2001‑223, s. 10.3.)

§ 58‑9‑22.  Compliance with orders.
An intermediary shall comply with any order of a court of competent jurisdiction or a duly constituted arbitration panel requiring the production of nonprivileged documents by the intermediary or the testimony of an employee or other individual otherwise under the control of the intermediary with respect to any reinsurance transaction for which it acted as an intermediary.  (2009‑172, s. 1.)

§ 58‑9‑25:  Repealed by Session Laws 1993, c.  452, s. 65.

§ 58‑9‑26.  Sanctions.
	(a)  If the Commissioner determines that any person has not materially complied with this Article or with any rule adopted or order issued under this Article, after notice and opportunity to be heard, the Commissioner may order:
(1)	For each separate violation, a civil penalty under the procedures in G.S. 58‑2‑70(d); or
(2)	Revocation or suspension of the person's license.
If the Commissioner finds that because of a material noncompliance that an insurer or reinsurer has suffered any loss or damage, the Commissioner may maintain a civil action brought by or on behalf of the insurer or reinsurer and its policyholders and creditors for recovery of compensatory damages for the benefit of the insurer or reinsurer and its policyholders and creditors or for other appropriate relief.
(b)	If an order of rehabilitation or liquidation of the insurer has been entered under Article 30 of this Chapter, and the receiver appointed under that order determines that any person has not materially complied with this Article, or any rule adopted or order issued under this Article, and the insurer suffered any loss or damage from the material noncompliance, the receiver may maintain a civil action for recovery of damages or other appropriate sanctions for the benefit of the insurer. (1993, c. 452, s. 24.)

§ 58‑9‑30:  Repealed by Session Laws 1993, c.  452, s. 65.

Article 10.
Miscellaneous Insurer Financial Provisions.
Part 1. Conversion of Stock and Mutual Insurers.
§ 58‑10‑1.  Stock to mutual insurer conversion.
Any domestic stock life insurance corporation may become a mutual life insurance corporation, and to that end may carry out a plan for the acquisition of shares of its capital stock: Provided, however, that such plan (i) shall have been adopted by a vote of a majority of the directors of such corporation; (ii) shall have been approved by a vote of the holders of two thirds of the stock outstanding at the time of issuing the call for a meeting for that purpose; (iii) shall have been submitted to the Commissioner and shall have been approved by him in writing, and (iv) shall have been approved by a majority vote of the policyholders (including, for the purpose of this Part, the employer or the president, secretary or other executive officer of any corporation or association to which a master group policy has been issued, but excluding the holders of certificates or policies issued under or in connection with a master group policy) voting at said meeting, called for that purpose, at which meeting only such policyholders whose insurance shall then be in force and shall have been in force for at least one year prior to such a meeting shall be entitled to vote; notice of such a meeting shall be given by mailing such notice, postage prepaid, from the home office of such corporation at least 30 days prior to such meeting to such policyholders at their last known post‑office addresses: Provided, that personal delivery of such written notice to any policyholder may be in lieu of mailing the same; and such meeting shall be otherwise provided for and conducted in such a manner as shall be provided in such plan: Provided, however, that policyholders may vote in person, by proxy, or by mail; that all such votes shall be cast by ballot, and a representative of the Commissioner shall supervise and direct the methods and procedure of said meeting and appoint an adequate number of inspectors to conduct the voting at said meeting who shall have power to determine all questions concerning the verification of the ballots, the ascertainment of the validity thereof, the qualifications of the voters, and the canvass of the vote, and who shall certify to the said representative and to the corporation the results thereof, and with respect thereto shall act under such rules and regulations as shall be prescribed by the Commissioner; that all necessary expenses incurred by the Commissioner or his representative shall be paid by the corporation as certified to by said Commissioner. Every payment for the acquisition of any shares of the capital stock of such corporation, the purchase price of which is not fixed by such plan, shall be subject to the approval of the Commissioner: Provided, that neither such plan, nor any payment thereunder, nor any payment not fixed by such plan, shall be approved by the Commissioner, if the making of such payment shall reduce the assets of the corporation to an amount less than the entire liabilities of the corporation, including therein the net values of its outstanding contracts according to the standard adopted by the Commissioner, and also all other funds, contingent reserves and surplus which the corporation is required by order or direction of the Commissioner to maintain, save so much of the surplus as shall have been appropriated or paid under such plan. (1937, c. 231, s. 1; 1991, c. 720, s. 4; 1995, c. 318, s. 1; 2001‑223, s. 9.3.)

§ 58‑10‑5.  Stock acquired to be turned over to voting trust until all stock acquired; dividends repaid to corporation for beneficiaries.
If a domestic stock life insurance corporation shall determine to become a mutual life insurance corporation it may, in carrying out any plan to that end under the provisions of G.S. 58‑10‑1, acquire any shares of its own stock by gift, devise, or purchase. And until all such shares are acquired, any shares so acquired shall be acquired in trust for the policyholders of the corporation as hereinafter provided, and shall be assigned and transferred on the books of the corporation to not less than three nor more than five trustees, and be held by them in trust and be voted by such trustees at all corporate meetings at which stockholders have the right to vote until all of the capital stock of such corporation is acquired, when the entire capital stock shall be retired and canceled; and thereupon, unless sooner incorporated as such, the corporation shall be and become a mutual life insurance corporation without capital stock. Said trustees shall be appointed and vacancies shall be filled as provided in the plan adopted under G.S. 58‑10‑1. Said trustees shall file with the corporation and with the Commissioner a verified acceptance of their appointments and declaration that they will faithfully discharge their duties as such trustees. After the payment of such dividends to stockholders or former stockholders as may have been provided in the plan adopted under G.S. 58‑10‑1, all dividends and other sums received by said trustees on said shares of stock so acquired, after paying the necessary expenses of executing said trust, shall be immediately repaid to said corporation for the benefit of all who are or may become policyholders of said corporation and entitled to participate in the profits thereof, and shall be added to and become a part of the surplus earned by said corporation, and be apportionable accordingly as a part of said surplus among said policyholders.  (1937, c. 231, s. 2; 1991, c. 720, s. 4; 2011‑284, s. 55.)

§ 58‑10‑10.  Mutual to stock insurer conversion.
(a)	A domestic mutual insurer may convert to a domestic stock insurer under a plan that is approved in advance by the Commissioner.
(b)	The Commissioner shall not approve the plan unless:
(1)	It is fair and equitable to the insurer's policyholders.
(2)	It is adopted by the insurer's board of directors in accordance with the insurer's bylaws and approved by a vote of not less than two‑thirds of the insurer's members voting on it in person, by proxy, or by mail at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on the plan, pursuant to reasonable notice and procedure as approved by the Commissioner. If the company is a life insurer, the right to vote may be limited, as its bylaws provide, to members whose policies are other than term or group policies and have been in effect for more than one year.
(3)	Each policyholder's equity in the insurer is determinable under a fair and reasonable formula approved by the Commissioner. The equity shall be based upon the insurer's entire statutory surplus after deducting certificates of contribution, guaranty capital certificates, and similar evidences of indebtedness included in an insurer's statutory surplus.
(4)	The policyholders entitled to vote on the plan and participate in the purchase of stock and distribution of assets include all policyholders on the date the plan was adopted by the insurer's board of directors.
(5)	The plan provides that each policyholder specified in subdivision (4) of this subsection receives a preemptive right to acquire a proportionate part of all of the proposed capital stock of the insurer or of all of the stock of a corporation affiliated with the insurer within a designated reasonable period as the part is determinable under the plan of conversion; and to apply toward the purchase of the stock the amount of the policyholder's equity in the insurer under subdivision (3) of this subsection. The plan must provide for an equitable distribution of fractional interests.
(6)	The plan provides for payment to each policyholder of the policyholder's entire equity in the insurer; with that payment to be applied toward the purchase of stock to which the policyholder is entitled preemptively or to be made in cash, or both. The cash payment may not exceed fifty percent (50%) of each policyholder's equity. The stock purchased, together with the cash payment, if any, shall constitute full payment and discharge of the policyholder's equity as an owner of the mutual insurer.
(7)	Shares are to be offered to policyholders at a price not greater than that of shares to be subsequently offered to others.
(8)	The Commissioner finds that the insurer's management has not, through reduction of volume of new business written, through policy cancellations, or through any other means, sought to (i) reduce, limit, or affect the number or identity of the insurer's members entitled to participate in the plan or (ii) secure for the individuals constituting management any unfair advantage through the plan.
(9)	The plan, when completed, provides that the insurer's capital and surplus are not less than the minimum required of a domestic stock insurer transacting the same kinds of insurance, are reasonable in relation to the insurer's outstanding liabilities, and are adequate to meet its financial needs.
(c)	With respect to an insurer with a guaranty capital, the conversion plan shall be approved by a vote of not less than two‑thirds of the insurer's guaranty capital shareholders and policyholders as provided for in subdivision (b)(2) of this section. The plan may provide for the issuance of stock in exchange for outstanding guaranty capital shares at their redemption value subject to the conditions in subsection (b) of this section.
(d)	The Commissioner may schedule a public hearing on the proposed conversion plan.
(e)	The Commissioner may retain, at the mutual insurer's expense, any attorneys, actuaries, economists, accountants, or other experts not otherwise a part of the Commissioner's staff as may be reasonably necessary to assist the Commissioner in reviewing the proposed conversion plan.
(f)	The corporate existence of the mutual company continues in the stock company created under this section. All assets, rights, franchises, and interests of the former mutual insurer, in and to real or personal property, are deemed to be transferred to and vested in the stock insurer, without any other deed or transfer; and the stock insurer simultaneously assumes all of the obligations and liabilities of the former mutual insurer.
(g)	No director, officer, or employee of the insurer shall receive:
(1)	Any fee, commission, compensation, or other valuable consideration for aiding, promoting, or assisting in the conversion of the mutual insurer to a domestic stock insurer, other than compensation paid to any director, officer, or employee of the insurer in the ordinary course of business; or
(2)	Any distribution of the assets, surplus, or capital of the insurer as part of a conversion.
(h)	The Commissioner may adopt rules to carry out the provisions of this section. (1999‑369, s. 6; 2001‑223, s. 9.5.)

§ 58‑10‑12.  Conversion plan requirements.
(a)	As used in this section:
(1)	"Closed block" means an allocation of assets for a defined group of in‑force policies which, together with the premiums of those policies and related investment earnings, are expected to be sufficient to maintain the payments of guaranteed benefits, certain expenses, and continuation of the current dividend scale on the closed block, if experience does not change.
(2)	"Converting mutual" means a domestic mutual insurance company that has adopted a plan of conversion and an amendment to its articles of incorporation under this section that will, upon consummation, result in the domestic mutual insurance company converting into a domestic stock insurance company.
(3)	"Eligible member" means a person who:
a.	Is a member of the converting mutual on the date the converting mutual's board of directors adopts a resolution proposing a plan of conversion and an amendment to the articles of incorporation; and
b.	Continues to be a member of the converting mutual on the effective date of the conversion.
(4)	"Former mutual" means the domestic stock insurance company resulting from the conversion of a converting mutual to a stock insurance company under a plan of conversion and an amendment to its articles of incorporation under this section.
(5)	"Member" means a person that, according to the records, articles of incorporation, and bylaws of a converting mutual, is a member of the converting mutual.
(6)	"Membership interests" means:
a.	The voting rights of members of a domestic mutual insurance company as provided by law and by the company's articles of incorporation and bylaws; and
b.	The rights of members of a domestic mutual insurance company to receive cash, stock, or other consideration in the event of a conversion to a stock insurance company under this section or a dissolution as provided by the company's articles of incorporation and bylaws.
(7)	"Parent company" means a corporation that, upon the effective date of a conversion, owns all of the stock of the former mutual.
(8)	"Plan of conversion" means the plan of conversion described in subsection (b) of this section.
(b)	The plan of conversion under G.S. 58‑10‑10 shall:
(1)	Describe the manner in which the proposed conversion will occur and the insurance and any other companies that will result from or be directly affected by the conversion, including the former mutual and any parent company.
(2)	Provide that the membership interests in the converting mutual will be extinguished as of the effective date of the conversion.
(3)	Require the distribution to the eligible members, upon the extinguishing of their membership interests, of aggregate consideration equal to the fair value of the converting mutual.
(4)	Describe the manner in which the fair value of the converting mutual has been or will be determined.
(5)	Describe the form or forms and amount, if known, of consideration to be distributed to the eligible members.
(6)	Specify relevant classes, categories, or groups of eligible members and describe and explain any differences in the form or forms and amount of consideration to be distributed to or among the eligible members.
(7)	Require and describe the method or formula for the fair and equitable allocation of the consideration among the eligible members.
(8)	Provide for the determination and preservation of the reasonable dividend expectations of eligible members and other policyholders with policies that provide for the distribution of policy dividends, through establishment of a closed block or other method acceptable to the Commissioner.
(9)	Provide that each member and other policyholder of the converting mutual will receive notification of the address and telephone number of the converting mutual and the former mutual, if different, along with the notice of hearing as approved by the Commissioner.
(10)	Include other provisions as the converting mutual determines to be necessary.
(c)	After the adoption by the board of directors of the resolution proposing the plan of conversion under G.S. 58‑10‑10 and the amendment to its articles of incorporation, the converting mutual shall file with the Commissioner an application for approval of the plan and amendment. The application must contain the following information, together with any additional information as the Commissioner may require:
(1)	The plan of conversion and a certificate of the secretary of the converting mutual certifying the adoption of the plan by the board of directors.
(2)	A statement of the reasons for the proposed conversion and why the conversion is in the best interests of the converting mutual, the eligible members, and the other policyholders. The statement must include an analysis of the risks and benefits to the converting mutual and its members of the proposed conversion and a comparison of the risks and benefits of the conversion with the risks and benefits of reasonable alternatives to a conversion.
(3)	A five‑year business plan and at least two years of financial forecasts of the former mutual and any parent company.
(4)	Any plans that the former mutual or any parent company may have to:
a.	Raise additional capital through the issuance of stock or otherwise;
b.	Sell or issue stock to any person, including any compensation or benefit plan for directors, officers, or employees under which stock may be issued;
c.	Liquidate or dissolve any company or sell any material assets;
d.	Merge or consolidate or pursue any other form of reorganization with any person; or
e.	Make any other material change in investment policy, business, corporate structure, or management.
(5)	Any plans for a delayed distribution of consideration to eligible members or restrictions on sale or transfer of stock or other securities.
(6)	A copy of the form of trust agreement, if a distribution of consideration is to be delayed by more than six months after the effective date of the conversion.
(7)	A plan of operation for a closed block, if a closed block is used for the preservation of the reasonable dividend expectations of eligible members and other policyholders with policies that provide for the distribution of policy dividends.
(8)	Copies of the amendment to the articles of incorporation proposed by the board of directors and proposed bylaws of the former mutual and copies of the existing and any proposed articles of incorporation and bylaws of any parent company.
(9)	A list of all individuals who are or have been selected to become directors or officers of the former mutual and any parent company, or the individuals who perform or will perform duties customarily performed by a director or officer, and the following information concerning each individual on the list unless the information is already on file with the Commissioner:
a.	The individual's principal occupation.
b.	All offices and positions the individual has held in the preceding five years.
c.	Any crime of which the individual has been convicted (other than traffic violations) in the preceding 10 years.
d.	Information concerning any personal bankruptcy of the individual or the individual's spouse during the previous seven years.
e.	Information concerning the bankruptcy of any corporation or other entity of which the individual was an officer or director during the previous seven years.
f.	Information concerning allegations of state or federal securities law violations made against the individual that within the previous 10 years resulted in (i) a determination that the individual violated state or federal securities laws; (ii) a plea of nolo contendere; or (iii) a consent decree.
g.	Information concerning the suspension, revocation, or other disciplinary action during the previous 10 years of any state or federal license issued to the individual.
h.	Information as to whether the individual was refused a bond during the previous 10 years.
(10)	A fairness opinion addressed to the board of directors of the converting mutual from a qualified, independent financial adviser asserting:
a.	That the provision of stock, cash, policy benefits, or other forms of consideration upon the extinguishing of the converting mutual's membership interests under the plan of conversion and the amendment to the articles of incorporation is fair to the eligible members, as a group, from a financial point of view; and
b.	Whether the total consideration under sub‑subdivision a. of this subdivision is equal to or greater than the surplus of the converting mutual.
The Commissioner may waive the fairness opinion in situations involving a straightforward issuance of stock to members of the former mutual.
(11)	An actuarial opinion as to the following:
a.	The reasonableness and appropriateness of the methodology or formulas used to allocate consideration among eligible members, consistent with this Article.
b.	The reasonableness of the plan of operation and sufficiency of the assets allocated to the closed block, if a closed block is used for the preservation of the reasonable dividend expectations of eligible members and other policyholders with policies that provide for the distribution of policy dividends.
(12)	If any of the consideration to be distributed to eligible members consists of stock or other securities, subject to the limitations of G.S. 58‑10‑10(b)(6), a description of the plans made by the former mutual or its parent company to assure that an active public trading market for the stock or other securities will develop within a reasonable amount of time after the effective date of the plan of conversion and that eligible members who receive stock or other securities will be able to sell their stock or other securities, subject to any delayed distribution or transfer restrictions, at reasonable cost and effort.
(13)	Any additional information, documents, or materials that the converting mutual determines to be necessary.
(d)	Distribution of all or part of the consideration to some or all of the eligible members may be delayed, or restrictions on sale or transfer of any stock or other securities to be distributed to eligible members may be required, for a reasonable period of time following the effective date of the conversion. However, the period of time shall not exceed six months unless otherwise approved by the Commissioner.
(e)	Except as specifically provided in a plan of conversion, for five years following the effective date of the conversion, no person or persons acting in concert (other than the former mutual, any parent company, or any employee benefit plans or trusts sponsored by the former mutual or a parent company) shall directly or indirectly acquire, or agree or offer to acquire, in any manner the beneficial ownership of five percent (5%) or more of the outstanding shares of any class of a voting security of the former mutual or any parent company without the prior approval of the Commissioner of a statement filed by that person with the Commissioner. The statement shall contain the information required by G.S. 58‑19‑15(b) and any other information required by the Commissioner. The Commissioner shall not approve an acquisition under this subsection unless the Commissioner finds that:
(1)	None of the conditions set forth in G.S. 58‑19‑15(d) will exist.
(2)	The acquisition will not impede the plan of conversion or the amendment to the articles of incorporation as approved by the members and the Commissioner.
(3)	The boards of directors of the former mutual and any parent company have approved the acquisition.
(4)	The acquisition would be in the best interest of the present and future policyholders of the former mutual without regard to any interest of policyholders as shareholders of the former mutual or any parent company.  (2001‑223, s. 9.6; 2015‑146, s. 1.12; 2015‑281, s. 13.)

Part 2. Assumption Reinsurance.
§ 58‑10‑20.  Scope.
(a)	This Part applies to any licensed insurer that either assumes or transfers the obligations or risks on policies under an assumption reinsurance agreement that is entered into on or after January 1, 1996.
(b)	This Part does not apply to:
(1)	Any reinsurance agreement or transaction in which the ceding insurer continues to remain directly liable for its insurance obligations or risks under the policies subject to the reinsurance agreement.
(2)	The substitution of one insurer for another upon the expiration of insurance coverage under statutory or contractual requirements and the issuance of a new policy by another insurer.
(3)	The transfer of policies under mergers or consolidations of two or more insurers to the extent that those transactions are regulated by statute.
(4)	Except as provided in G.S. 58‑10‑45, any insurer subject to a judicial order of liquidation or rehabilitation.
(5)	Any reinsurance agreement or transaction to which a state insurance guaranty association is a party, provided that policyholders do not lose any rights or claims afforded under their original policies under Articles 48 or 62 of this Chapter.
(6)	The transfer of liabilities from one insurer to another under a single group policy upon the request of the group policyholder. (1995, c. 318, s. 1; 2004‑199, s. 20(b).)

§ 58‑10‑25.  Definitions.
(a)	As used in this Part:
(1)	Assuming insurer. – The insurer that acquires an insurance obligation or risk from the transferring insurer under an assumption reinsurance agreement.
(2)	Assumption reinsurance agreement. – Any contract, arrangement, or plan that:
a.	Transfers insurance obligations or risks of existing or in‑force policies from a transferring insurer to an assuming insurer.
b.	Is intended to effect a novation of transferred policies with the result that the assuming insurer becomes directly liable to the policyholders of the transferring insurer and the transferring insurer's insurance obligations or risks under the policies are extinguished.
(3)	Home service business. – Insurance business on which premiums are collected on a weekly or monthly basis by an agent of the insurer.
(4)	Policy. – A contract of insurance as defined in G.S. 58‑1‑10.
(5)	Policyholder. – Any person that has the right to terminate or otherwise alter the terms of a policy. It includes any group policy certificate holder whose certificate is in force on the proposed effective date of the assumption, if the certificate holder has the right to keep the certificate in force without any change in benefits after termination of the group policy. The right to keep the certificate in force referred to in this subdivision does not include the right to elect individual coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act ("COBRA"), section 601, et seq., of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, 29 U.S.C. § 1161, et seq.
(6)	Transferring insurer. – The insurer that transfers an insurance obligation or risk to an assuming insurer under an assumption reinsurance agreement.
(b)	For the purposes of this Part, a "novation" does not require the formation of a new policy or the amendment of an existing policy between the assuming insurer and the policyholder. (1995, c. 318, s. 1; 1995 (Reg. Sess., 1996), c. 752, s. 2.)

§ 58‑10‑30.  Notice requirements.
(a)	The transferring insurer shall provide or cause to be provided to each policyholder a notice of transfer by first‑class mail, addressed to the policyholder's last known address or to the address to which premium notices or other policy documents are sent; or with respect to home service business, by personal delivery with acknowledged receipt. A notice of transfer shall also be sent to the transferring insurer's insurance producers of record on the affected policies.
(b)	The notice of transfer shall be in a form identical or substantially similar to Appendix A of the NAIC Assumption Reinsurance Model Act, as amended by the NAIC and shall state or provide:
(1)	The date on which the transfer and novation of the policyholder's policy is proposed to take place.
(2)	The names, addresses, and telephone numbers of the assuming and transferring insurers.
(3)	That the policyholder has the right to either consent to or reject the transfer and novation.
(4)	The procedures and time limit for consenting to or rejecting the transfer and novation.
(5)	A summary of any effect that consenting to or rejecting the transfer and novation will have on the policyholder's rights.
(6)	A statement that the assuming insurer is licensed to write the type of business being assumed in the state where the policyholder resides, or is otherwise authorized, as provided in this Part, to assume that business.
(7)	The name and address of the person at the transferring insurer to whom the policyholder should send the policyholder's written statement of acceptance or rejection of the transfer and novation.
(8)	The address and telephone number of the insurance department where the policyholder resides so that the policyholder may write or call that insurance department for further information about the financial condition of the assuming insurer.
(9)	The following financial data for both insurers:
a.	Ratings for the last five years, if available, or for any shorter period that is available, from two nationally recognized insurance rating services acceptable to the Commissioner, including the rating services' explanations of the meanings of their ratings. If ratings are unavailable for any year of the five‑year period, this shall also be disclosed.
b.	A balance sheet as of December 31 for the previous three years, if available, or for any shorter period that is available, and as of the date of the most recent quarterly statement.
c.	A copy of the Management's Discussion and Analysis that was filed as a supplement to the previous year's annual statement.
d.	An explanation of the reason for the transfer.
(c)	The notice of transfer shall include a preaddressed, postage‑paid response card that the policyholder may return as the policyholder's written statement of acceptance or rejection of the transfer and novation.
(d)	The notice of transfer shall be filed as part of the prior approval requirement set forth in subsection (e) of this section.
(e)	Prior approval by the Commissioner is required for any transaction in which a domestic insurer assumes or transfers obligations or risks on policies under an assumption reinsurance agreement. No insurer licensed in this State shall transfer obligations or risks on policies issued to or owned by residents of this State to any insurer that is not licensed in this State. A domestic insurer shall not assume obligations or risks on policies issued to or owned by policyholders residing in any other state unless it is licensed in the other state, or the insurance regulator of that state has approved the assumption.
(f)	Any licensed foreign insurer that enters into an assumption reinsurance agreement that transfers the obligations or risks on policies issued to or owned by residents of this State shall file with the Commissioner the assumption certificate, a copy of the notice of transfer, and an affidavit that the transaction is subject to substantially similar requirements in the states of domicile of both the transferring and assuming insurers. If those requirements do not exist in the state of domicile of either the transferring or assuming insurer, the requirements of subsection (g) of this section apply.
(g)	Any licensed foreign insurer that enters into an assumption reinsurance agreement that transfers the obligations or risks on policies issued to or owned by residents of this State shall obtain prior approval of the Commissioner and be subject to all other requirements of this Part with respect to residents of this State, unless the transferring and assuming insurers are subject to assumption reinsurance requirements adopted by statute or administrative rule in the states of their domicile that are substantially similar to those contained in this Part and in any administrative rules adopted under this Part.
(h)	The following factors, along with any other factors the Commissioner deems to be appropriate under the circumstances, shall be considered by the Commissioner in reviewing a request for approval:
(1)	The financial condition of the transferring and assuming insurers and the effect the transaction will have on the financial condition of each company.
(2)	The competence, experience, and integrity of those persons who control the operation of the assuming insurer.
(3)	The plans or proposals the assuming insurer has with respect to the administration of the policies subject to the proposed transfer.
(4)	Whether the transfer is fair and reasonable to the policyholders of both insurers.
(5)	Whether the notice of transfer to be provided by the insurer is fair, adequate, and not misleading.  (1995, c. 318, s. 1; 2022‑46, s. 14(r).)

§ 58‑10‑35.  Policyholder rights.
(a)	Policyholders may reject the transfer and novation of their policies by indicating on the response card that the assumption is rejected and returning the card to the transferring insurer.
(b)	Payment of any premium to the assuming company during the 24‑month period after the notice of transfer has been received indicates the policyholder's acceptance of the transfer to the assuming insurer; and a novation shall occur only if the premium notice clearly states that payment of the premium to the assuming insurer constitutes acceptance of the transfer. The premium notice shall also provide a method for the policyholder to pay the premium while reserving the right to reject the transfer. With respect to any home service business or any other business not using premium notices, the disclosures and procedural requirements of this subsection are to be set forth in the notice of transfer required by G.S. 58‑10‑30 and in the assumption certificate.
(c)	After no fewer than 24 months after the mailing of the initial notice of transfer required under G.S. 58‑10‑30, if positive consent to, or rejection of, the transfer and assumption has not been received or consent has not been deemed to have occurred under subsection (b) of this section, the transferring insurer shall send to the policyholder a second and final notice of transfer as specified in G.S. 58‑10‑30. If the policyholder does not accept or reject the transfer during the one‑month period immediately after the date on which the transferring insurer mailed the second and final notice of transfer, the policyholder's consent and novation of the contract will occur. With respect to the home service business, or any other business not using premium notices, the 24‑month and one‑month periods shall be measured from the date of delivery of the notice of transfer under G.S. 58‑10‑30.
(d)	The transferring insurer shall be deemed to have received the response card on the date it is postmarked. A policyholder may also send the response card by facsimile, other electronic transmission, registered mail, express delivery, or courier service; in which case the response card shall be deemed to have been received by the transferring insurer on the date of actual receipt by the transferring insurer. (1995, c. 318, s. 1; 2007‑298, s. 7.3; 2007‑484, s. 43.5.)

§ 58‑10‑40.  Effect of consent.
If a policyholder consents to the transfer under G.S. 58‑10‑35 or if the transfer is effected under G.S. 58‑10‑45, there shall be a novation of the policy, subject to the assumption reinsurance agreement, with the result that the transferring insurer is thereby relieved of all insurance obligations or risks transferred under the assumption reinsurance agreement and the assuming insurer is directly and solely liable to the policyholder for those insurance obligations or risks. (1995, c. 318, s. 1.)

§ 58‑10‑45.  Commissioner's discretion.
If a domestic insurer or a foreign insurer from a state having a substantially similar law is deemed by its domiciliary insurance regulator to be in hazardous financial condition or a proceeding has been instituted against it for the purpose of reorganizing or conserving the insurer, and the transfer of the policies is in the best interest of the policyholders, as determined by the domiciliary insurance regulator, a transfer and novation may be effected notwithstanding the provisions of this Part. This may include a form of implied consent and adequate notification to the policyholders of the circumstances requiring the transfer as approved by the Commissioner. (1995, c. 318, s. 1.)

Part 3. Disclosure of Material Transactions.
§ 58‑10‑55.  Report.
(a)	This Part applies only to domestic insurers. Effective October 1, 1995, every insurer shall file a report with the Commissioner disclosing material acquisitions and dispositions of assets or material nonrenewals, cancellations, or revisions of ceded reinsurance agreements, unless the acquisitions and dispositions of assets or material nonrenewals, cancellations, or revisions of ceded reinsurance agreements have been submitted to the Commissioner for review, approval, or informational purposes under any other provisions of this Chapter or the North Carolina Administrative Code. This report is due within 15 days after the end of the calendar month in which any of these transactions occurred. A copy of the report, including any filed exhibits or other attachments, shall also be filed with the NAIC.
(b)	All reports obtained by or disclosed to the Commissioner under this Part are confidential and are not subject to subpoena. No report shall be made public by the Commissioner, the NAIC, or any other person, except to insurance regulators of other states, without the prior written consent of the reporting insurer, unless the Commissioner, after giving the insurer notice and an opportunity to be heard, determines that the interest of policyholders, shareholders, or the public will be served by the publication of the report. In that event, the Commissioner may publish all or any part of the report in a manner the Commissioner considers appropriate. (1995, c. 318, s. 1.)

§ 58‑10‑60.  Acquisitions and dispositions of assets.
(a)	Insurers do not have to report acquisitions or dispositions under G.S. 58‑10‑55 if they are not material. For the purposes of this Part, a material acquisition or the aggregate of any series of related acquisitions during any 30‑day period, or a material disposition or the aggregate of any series of related dispositions during any 30‑day period, is one that is nonrecurring, not in the ordinary course of business, and involves more than five percent (5%) of the insurer's total admitted assets as reported in its most recent financial statement filed with the Department.
(b)	Asset acquisitions subject to this Part include every purchase, lease, exchange, merger, consolidation, succession, or other acquisition, other than the construction or development of real property by or for the insurer or the acquisition of materials for that purpose. Asset dispositions subject to this Part include every sale, lease, exchange, merger, consolidation, mortgage, hypothecation, assignment for the benefit of creditors or otherwise, abandonment, destruction, or other disposition.
(c)	The following information shall be disclosed in any report under this section:
(1)	Date of the transaction.
(2)	Manner of acquisition or disposition.
(3)	Description of the assets involved.
(4)	Nature and amount of the consideration given or received.
(5)	Purpose of, or reason for, the transaction.
(6)	Manner by which the amount of consideration was determined.
(7)	Gain or loss recognized or realized as a result of the transaction.
(8)	Name of each person from whom the assets were acquired or to whom they were disposed.
(d)	Every insurer shall report material acquisitions and dispositions on a nonconsolidated basis unless the insurer is part of a consolidated group of insurers that uses a pooling arrangement or one hundred percent (100%) reinsurance agreement that affects the solvency and integrity of the insurer's reserves and the insurer ceded substantially all of its direct and assumed business to the pool. An insurer cedes substantially all of its direct and assumed business to a pool if the insurer has less than one million dollars ($1,000,000) total direct plus assumed written premiums during a calendar year that are not subject to a pooling arrangement and the net income of the business not subject to the pooling arrangement represents less than five percent (5%) of the insurer's capital and surplus. (1995, c. 318, s. 1.)

§ 58‑10‑65.  Nonrenewals, cancellations, or revisions of ceded reinsurance agreements.
(a)	Insurers do not have to report nonrenewals, cancellations, or revisions of ceded reinsurance agreements under G.S. 58‑10‑55 if they are not material. For the purposes of this Part, a nonrenewal, cancellation, or revision of a ceded reinsurance agreement is considered material and must be reported if:
(1)	It is for property and casualty business, including accident and health business written by a property and casualty insurer and affects:
a.	More than fifty percent (50%) of the insurer's total ceded written premium; or
b.	More than fifty percent (50%) of the insurer's total ceded indemnity and loss adjustment reserves.
(2)	It is for life, annuity, and accident and health business and affects more than fifty percent (50%) of the total reserve credit taken for business ceded, on an annualized basis, as indicated in the insurer's most recent annual statement.
(3)	It is for either property and casualty, or life, annuity, and accident and health business, and:
a.	An authorized reinsurer representing more than ten percent (10%) of a total cession is replaced by one or more unauthorized reinsurers; or
b.	Previously established collateral requirements have been reduced or waived with respect to one or more unauthorized reinsurer's representing collectively more than ten percent (10%) of a total cession.
(b)	No filing is required if:
(1)	For property and casualty business, including accident and health business written by a property and casualty insurer, the insurer's total ceded written premium represents, on an annualized basis, less than ten percent (10%) of its total written premium for direct and assumed business.
(2)	For life, annuity, and accident and health business, the total reserve credit taken for business ceded represents, on an annualized basis, less than ten percent (10%) of the statutory reserve requirement before any cession.
(c)	The following information shall be disclosed in any report under this section:
(1)	Effective date of the nonrenewal, cancellation, or revision.
(2)	Description of the transaction, with an identification of the initiator of the transaction.
(3)	Purpose of, or reason for, the transaction.
(4)	If applicable, identity of the replacement reinsurers.
(d)	Every insurer shall report all material nonrenewals, cancellations, or revisions of ceded reinsurance agreements on a nonconsolidated basis unless the insurer is part of a consolidated group of insurers that uses a pooling arrangement or one hundred percent (100%) reinsurance agreement that affects the solvency and integrity of the insurer's reserves and the insurer ceded substantially all of its direct and assumed business to the pool. An insurer cedes substantially all of its direct and assumed business to a pool if the insurer has less than one million dollars ($1,000,000) total direct plus assumed written premiums during a calendar year that are not subject to the pooling arrangement and the net income of the business not subject to the pooling arrangement represents less than five percent (5%) of the insurer's capital and surplus. (1995, c. 318, s. 1.)

Part 4. Protected Cell Companies.
§ 58‑10‑75.  Purpose and legislative intent.
This Part provides a basis for the creation of protected cells by a domestic insurer as one means of accessing alternative sources of capital and achieving the benefits of insurance securitization. Investors in fully funded insurance securitization transactions provide funds that are available to pay the insurer's insurance obligations or to repay the investors or both. The creation of protected cells is intended to be a means to achieve more efficiencies in conducting insurance securitizations. (2001‑223, s. 25.)

§ 58‑10‑80.  Definitions.
As used in this Part, unless the context requires otherwise, the following terms have the following meanings:
(1)	"Domestic insurer" means an insurer domiciled in the State of North Carolina.
(2)	"Fair value" means the amount at which that asset (or liability) could be bought (or incurred) or sold (or settled) in a current transaction between willing parties, that is, other than in a forced or liquidation sale. Quoted marked prices in active markets are the best evidence of fair value and shall be used as the basis for the measurement, if available. If a quoted market price is available, the fair value is the product of the number of trading units times market price. If quoted market prices are not available, the estimate of fair value shall be based on the best information available. The estimate of fair value shall consider prices for similar assets and liabilities and the results of valuation techniques to the extent available in the circumstances. Examples of valuation techniques include the present value of estimated expected future cash flows using a discount rate commensurate with the risks involved, option‑pricing models, matrix pricing, option‑adjusted spread models, and fundamental analysis. Valuation techniques for measuring financial assets and liabilities and servicing assets and liabilities shall be consistent with the objective of measuring fair value. Those techniques shall incorporate assumptions that market participants would use in their estimates of values, future revenues, and future expenses, including assumptions about interest rates, default, prepayment, and volatility. In measuring financial liabilities and servicing liabilities at fair value by discounting estimated future cash flows, an objective is to use discount rates at which those liabilities could be settled in an arm's‑length transaction. Estimates of expected future cash flows, if used to estimate fair value, shall be the best estimate based on reasonable and supportable assumptions and projections. All available evidence shall be considered in developing estimates of expected future cash flows. The weight given to the evidence shall be commensurate with the extent to which the evidence can be verified objectively. If a range is estimated for either the amount or timing of possible cash flows, the likelihood of possible outcomes shall be considered in determining the best estimate of future cash flows.
(3)	"Fully funded" means that, with respect to any exposure attributed to a protected cell, the market value of the protected cell assets, on the date on which the insurance securitization is effected, equals or exceeds the maximum possible exposure attributable to the protected cell with respect to the exposures.
(4)	"General account" means the assets and liabilities of a protected cell company other than protected cell assets and protected cell liabilities.
(5)	"Indemnity trigger" means a transaction term by which relief of the issuer's obligation to repay investors is triggered by its incurring a specified level of losses under its insurance or reinsurance contracts.
(6)	"Nonindemnity trigger" means a transaction term by which relief of the issuer's obligation to repay investors is triggered solely by some event or condition other than the individual protected cell company incurring a specified level of losses under its insurance or reinsurance contracts.
(7)	"Protected cell" means an identified pool of assets and liabilities of a protected cell company segregated and insulated by means of this Chapter from the remainder of the protected cell company's assets and liabilities.
(8)	"Protected cell account" means a specifically identified bank or custodial account established by a protected cell company for the purpose of segregating the protected cell assets of one protected cell from the protected cell assets of other protected cells and from the assets of the protected cell company's general account.
(9)	"Protected cell assets" means all assets, contract rights, and general intangibles, identified with and attributable to a specific protected cell of a protected cell company.
(10)	"Protected cell company" means a domestic insurer that has one or more protected cells.
(11)	"Protected cell company insurance securitization" means the issuance of debt instruments, the proceeds from which support the exposures attributed to the protected cell, by a protected cell company where repayment of principal or interest, or both, to investors under the transaction terms is contingent upon the occurrence or nonoccurrence of an event with respect to which the protected cell company is exposed to loss under insurance or reinsurance contracts it has issued.
(12)	"Protected cell liabilities" means all liabilities and other obligations identified with and attributable to a specific protected cell of a protected cell company. (2001‑223, s. 25.)

§ 58‑10‑85.  Establishment of protected cells.
(a)	A protected cell company may establish one or more protected cells with the prior written approval of the Commissioner of a plan of operation or amendments submitted by the protected cell company with respect to each protected cell in connection with an insurance securitization. Upon the Commissioner's written approval of the plan of operation, which plan shall include the specific business objectives and investment guidelines of the protected cell, the protected cell company, in accordance with the approved plan of operation, may attribute to the protected cell insurance obligations with respect to its insurance business and obligations relating to the insurance securitization and assets to fund the obligations. A protected cell shall have its own distinct name or designation, which shall include the words "protected cell." The protected cell company shall transfer all assets attributable to a protected cell to one or more separately established and identified protected cell accounts bearing the name or designation of that protected cell. Protected cell assets must be held in the protected cell accounts for the purpose of satisfying the obligations of that protected cell.
(b)	All attributions of assets and liabilities between a protected cell and the general account must be in accordance with the plan of operation approved by the Commissioner. A protected cell company may make no other attribution of assets or liabilities between the protected cell company's general account and its protected cells. Any attribution of assets and liabilities between the general account and a protected cell, or from investors in the form of principal on a debt instrument issued by a protected cell company in connection with a protected cell company securitization, must be in cash or in readily marketable securities with established market values.
(c)	The creation of a protected cell does not create, with respect to that protected cell, a legal person separate from the protected cell company. Amounts attributed to a protected cell under this Chapter, including assets transferred to a protected cell account, are owned by the protected cell company, and the protected cell company may not be, or may not hold itself out to be, a trustee with respect to those protected cell assets of that protected cell account. Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection, the protected cell company may allow for a security interest to attach to protected cell assets or a protected cell account when in favor of a creditor of the protected cell and otherwise allowed under applicable law.
(d)	This Part does not prohibit the protected cell company from contracting with or arranging for an investment advisor, commodity trading advisor, or other third party to manage the protected cell assets of a protected cell, if all remuneration, expenses, and other compensation of the third‑party advisor or manager are payable from the protected cell assets of that protected cell and not from the protected cell assets of other protected cells or the assets of the protected cell company's general account.
(e)	A protected cell company shall establish administrative and accounting procedures necessary to properly identify the one or more protected cells of the protected cell company and the protected cell assets and protected cell liabilities attributable to the protected cells. It shall be the duty of the directors of a protected cell company to keep protected cell assets and protected cell liabilities:
(1)	Separate and separately identifiable from the assets and liabilities of the protected cell company's general account; and
(2)	Attributable to one protected cell separate and separately identifiable from protected cell assets and protected cell liabilities attributable to other protected cells. Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection, if this subsection is violated, the remedy of tracing is applicable to protected cell assets when commingled with protected cell assets of other protected cells or the assets of the protected cell company's general account. The remedy of tracing is not an exclusive remedy.
(f)	When establishing a protected cell, the protected cell company shall attribute to the protected cell assets a value at least equal to the reserves and other insurance liabilities attributed to that protected cell. (2001‑223, s. 25.)

§ 58‑10‑90.  Use and operation of protected cells.
(a)	The protected cell assets of a protected cell may not be charged with liabilities arising out of any other business the protected cell company may conduct. All contracts or other documentation reflecting protected cell liabilities shall clearly indicate that only the protected cell assets are available for the satisfaction of those protected cell liabilities.
(b)	The income, gains and losses, realized or unrealized, from protected cell assets and protected cell liabilities must be credited to or charged against the protected cell without regard to other income, gains or losses of the protected cell company, including income, gains or losses of other protected cells. Amounts attributed to any protected cell and accumulations on the attributed amounts may be invested and reinvested without regard to any requirements or limitations of this Chapter and the investments in a protected cell or cells may not be taken into account in applying the investment limitations otherwise applicable to the investments of the protected cell company.
(c)	Assets attributed to a protected cell must be valued at their fair value on the date of valuation.
(d)	A protected cell company, with respect to any of its protected cells, shall engage in fully funded indemnity triggered insurance securitization to support in full the protected cell exposures attributable to that protected cell. A protected cell company insurance securitization that is nonindemnity triggered shall qualify as an insurance securitization under the terms of this Chapter only after the Commissioner adopts rules addressing the methods of funding of the portion of this risk that is not indemnity based and addressing accounting, disclosure, risk‑based capital treatment, and assessing risks associated with the securitizations. A protected cell company insurance securitization that is not fully funded, whether indemnity triggered or nonindemnity triggered, is prohibited. Protected cell assets may be used to pay interest or other consideration on any outstanding debt or other obligation attributable to that protected cell, and nothing in this subsection may be construed or interpreted to prevent a protected cell company from entering into a swap agreement or other transaction for the account of the protected cell that has the effect of guaranteeing interest or other consideration.
(e)	In all protected cell company insurance securitizations, the contracts or other documentation effecting the transaction shall contain provisions identifying the protected cell to which the transaction will be attributed. In addition, the contracts or other documentation shall clearly disclose that the assets of that protected cell, and only those assets, are available to pay the obligations of that protected cell. Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection and subject to the provisions of this Chapter and any other applicable law or rule, the failure to include such language in the contracts or other documentation may not be used as the sole basis by creditors, reinsurers, or other claimants to circumvent the provisions of this Part.
(f)	A protected cell company shall only be authorized to attribute to a protected cell account the insurance obligations relating to the protected cell company's general account. Under no circumstances may a protected cell be authorized to issue insurance or reinsurance contracts directly to policyholders or reinsureds or have any obligation to the policyholders or reinsureds of the protected cell company's general account.
(g)	At the cessation of business of a protected cell in accordance with the plan approved by the Commissioner, the protected cell company voluntarily shall close out the protected cell account. (2001‑223, s. 25.)

§ 58‑10‑95.  Reach of creditors and other claimants.
(a)	Protected cell assets shall only be available to the creditors of the protected cell company that are creditors with respect to that protected cell and, accordingly, are entitled, in conformity with this Chapter, to have recourse to the protected cell assets attributable to that protected cell and are absolutely protected from the creditors of the protected cell company that are not creditors with respect to that protected cell and who, accordingly, are not entitled to have recourse to the protected cell assets attributable to that protected cell. Creditors with respect to a protected cell are not entitled to have recourse against the protected cell assets of other protected cells or the assets or the protected cell company's general account. Protected cell assets are only available to creditors of a protected cell company after all protected cell liabilities have been extinguished or otherwise provided for in accordance with the plan of operation relating to that protected cell.
(b)	When an obligation of a protected cell company to a person arises from a transaction, or is otherwise imposed, with respect to a protected cell:
(1)	That obligation of the protected cell company extends only to the protected cell assets attributable to that protected cell, and the person, with respect to that obligation, is entitled to have recourse only to the protected cell assets attributable to that protected cell; and
(2)	That obligation of the protected cell company does not extend to the protected cell assets of any other protected cell or the assets of the protected cell company's general account, and that person, with respect to that obligation, is not entitled to have recourse to the protected cell assets of any other protected cell or the assets of the protected cell company's general account.
(c)	When an obligation of a protected cell company relates solely to the general account, the obligation of the protected cell company extends only to, and that creditor, with respect to that obligation, is entitled to have recourse only to the assets of the protected cell company's general account.
(d)	The activities, assets, and obligations relating to a protected cell are not subject to the provisions of Articles 48 and 62 of this Chapter, and neither a protected cell nor a protected cell company may be assessed by, or otherwise be required to contribute to, any guaranty fund or guaranty association in this State with respect to the activities, assets, or obligations of a protected cell. Nothing in this subsection affects the activities or obligations of an insurer's general account.
(e)	The establishment of one or more protected cells alone does not constitute a fraudulent conveyance, an intent by the protected cell company to defraud creditors, or the carrying out of business by the protected cell company for any other fraudulent purpose. (2001‑223, s. 25.)

§ 58‑10‑100.  Conservation, rehabilitation, or liquidation of protected cell companies.
(a)	Notwithstanding any other provision of law or rule, upon an order of conservation, rehabilitation, or liquidation of a protected cell company, the receiver shall deal with the protected cell company's assets and liabilities, including protected cell assets and protected cell liabilities, in accordance with the requirements set forth in this Part.
(b)	With respect to amounts recoverable under a protected cell company insurance securitization, the amount recoverable by the receiver may not be reduced or diminished as a result of the entry of an order of conservation, rehabilitation, or liquidation with respect to the protected cell company, notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary in the contracts or other documentation governing the protected cell company insurance securitization. (2001‑223, s. 25.)

§ 58‑10‑105.  No transaction of an insurance business.
A protected cell company insurance securitization may not be deemed to be an insurance or reinsurance contract. An investor in a protected cell company insurance securitization, by sole means of this investment, may not be deemed to be conducting an insurance business in this State. The underwriters or selling agents and their partners, directors, officers, members, managers, employees, agents, representatives, and advisors involved in a protected cell company insurance securitization may not be deemed to be conducting an insurance or reinsurance agency, brokerage, intermediary, advisory, or consulting business by virtue of their activities in connection with that business. (2001‑223, s. 25.)

§ 58‑10‑110.  Authority to adopt rules.
The Commissioner may adopt rules necessary to effectuate the purposes of this Part. (2001‑223, s. 25.)

Part 5. Mortgage Guaranty Insurance.
§ 58‑10‑120.  Definitions.
As used in this Part:
(1)	"Mortgage guaranty insurers report of policyholders position" means the supplementary report required by the Commissioner.
(2)	"Policyholders position" means the contingency reserve established under G.S. 58‑10‑135 and policyholders' surplus. "Minimum policyholders position" is calculated as described in G.S. 58‑10‑125.
(3)	"Policyholders surplus" means an insurer's net worth; the difference between its assets and liabilities, as reported in its annual statement. (2001‑223, s. 11; 2005‑215, s. 11.)

§ 58‑10‑125.  Policyholders position and capital and surplus requirements.
(a)	For the purpose of complying with G.S. 58‑7‑75, a mortgage guaranty insurer shall maintain at all times a minimum policyholders position of not less than one twenty‑fifth of the insurer's aggregate insured risk outstanding. The policyholders position shall be net of reinsurance ceded but shall include reinsurance assumed.
(b)	Subject to the provisions of subsections (i) through (l) of this section, if a mortgage guaranty insurer does not have the minimum amount of policyholders position required by this section it shall cease transacting new business until the time that its policyholders position is in compliance with this section.
(c)	A mortgage guaranty insurer shall at all times maintain capital and surplus in the greater of the amount required by G.S. 58‑7‑75 or subsection (a) of this section, unless a waiver is obtained by the mortgage guaranty insurer pursuant to subsection (i) of this section.
(d)	through (h) Repealed by Session Laws 2007‑127, s. 5, effective July 1, 2007.
(i)	The Commissioner may waive the requirement found in subsection (a) of this section at the written request of a mortgage guaranty insurer upon a finding that the mortgage guaranty insurer's policyholders position is reasonable in relationship to the mortgage guaranty insurer's aggregate insured risk and adequate to its financial needs. The request must be made in writing at least 90 days in advance of the date that the mortgage guaranty insurer expects to exceed the requirement of subsection (a) of this section and shall, at a minimum, address the factors specified in subsection (j) of this section.
(j)	In determining whether a mortgage guaranty insurer's policyholders position is reasonable in relation to the mortgage guaranty insurer's aggregate insured risk and adequate to its financial needs, all of the following factors, among others, shall be considered:
(1)	The size of the mortgage guaranty insurer as measured by its assets, capital and surplus, reserves, premium writings, insurance in force, and other appropriate criteria.
(2)	The extent to which the mortgage guaranty insurer's business is diversified across time, geography, credit quality, origination, and distribution channels.
(3)	The nature and extent of the mortgage guaranty insurer's reinsurance program.
(4)	The quality, diversification, and liquidity of the mortgage guaranty insurer's assets and its investment portfolio.
(5)	The historical and forecasted trend in the size of the mortgage guaranty insurer's policyholders position.
(6)	The policyholders position maintained by other comparable mortgage guaranty insurers in relation to the nature of their respective insured risks.
(7)	The adequacy of the mortgage guaranty insurer's reserves.
(8)	The quality and liquidity of investments in affiliates. The Commissioner may treat any such investment as a nonadmitted asset for purposes of determining the adequacy of surplus as regards policyholders.
(9)	The quality of the mortgage guaranty insurer's earnings and the extent to which the reported earnings of the mortgage guaranty insurer include extraordinary items.
(10)	An independent actuary's opinion as to the reasonableness and adequacy of the mortgage guaranty insurer's historical and projected policyholders position.
(11)	The capital contributions which have been infused or are available for future infusion into the mortgage guaranty insurer.
(12)	The historical and projected trends in the components of the mortgage guaranty insurer's aggregate insured risk, including, but not limited to, the quality and type of the risks included in the aggregate insured risk.
(k)	The Commissioner may retain accountants, actuaries, or other experts to assist the Commissioner in the review of the mortgage guaranty insurer's request submitted pursuant to subsection (i) of this section. The mortgage guaranty insurer shall bear the Commissioner's cost of retaining those persons.
(l)	Any waiver shall be (i) for a specified period of time not to exceed two years and (ii) subject to any terms and conditions that the Commissioner shall deem best suited to restoring the mortgage guaranty insurer's minimum policyholders position required by subsection (a) of this section.  (2001‑223, s. 11; 2007‑127, s. 5; 2009‑254, s. 1; 2010‑40, ss. 1, 2; 2013‑199, s. 3(a), (b).)

§ 58‑10‑130.  Unearned premium reserve.
(a)	The unearned premium reserve shall be computed as follows:
(1)	The unearned premium reserve for premiums paid in advance annually shall be calculated on the monthly pro rata fractional basis.
(2)	Premiums paid in advance for 10‑year coverage shall be placed in the unearned premium reserve and shall be released from this reserve as follows:
a.	1st month – 1/132;
b.	2nd through 12th month – 2/132 each month;
c.	13th month – 3/264;
d.	14th through 120th month – 1/132 per month;
e.	121st month – 1/264
(3)	Premiums paid in advance for periods in excess of 10 years. During the first 10 years of coverage the unearned portion of the premium shall be the premium collected minus an amount equal to the premium that would have been earned had the applicable premium for 10 years of coverage been received. The premium remaining after 10 years shall be released from the unearned premium reserve monthly pro rata over the remaining term of coverage.
(b)	Repealed by Session Laws 2001‑334, s. 16.1.
(c)	The case basis method shall be used to determine the loss reserve which shall include a reserve for claims reported and unpaid and a reserve for claims incurred but not reported. (2001‑223, s. 11; 2001‑334, s. 16.1.)

§ 58‑10‑135.  Contingency reserve for mortgage guaranty insurers.
(a)	Subject to G.S. 58‑7‑21, a mortgage guaranty insurer shall make an annual contribution to the contingency reserve which in the aggregate shall be fifty percent (50%) of the net earned mortgage guaranty premium reported in the annual statement.
(b)	Repealed by Session Laws 2007‑127, s. 6, effective July 1, 2007.
(c)	The contingency reserve established by this section shall be maintained for 120 months and reported in the financial statements as a liability. That portion of the contingency reserve established and maintained for more than 120 months shall be released and shall no longer constitute part of the contingency reserve.
(d)	With the approval of the Commissioner, withdrawals may be made from the contingency reserve when incurred losses and incurred loss expenses exceed thirty‑five percent (35%) of the net earned premium. On a quarterly basis, provisional withdrawals may be made from the contingency reserve in an amount not to exceed seventy‑five percent (75%) of the withdrawal calculated in accordance with this subsection.
(e)	With the approval of the Commissioner, a mortgage guaranty insurer may withdraw from the contingency reserve any amounts which are in excess of the minimum policyholders position as filed with the most recently filed annual statement. In reviewing a request for withdrawal pursuant to this subsection, the Commissioner may consider loss development and trends. If any portion of the contingency reserve for which withdrawal is requested pursuant to this subsection is maintained by a reinsurer, the Commissioner may also consider the financial condition of the reinsurer. If any portion of the contingency reserve for which withdrawal is requested pursuant to this subsection is maintained in a segregated account or segregated trust and such withdrawal would result in funds being removed from the segregated account or segregated trust, the Commissioner may also consider the financial condition of the reinsurer.
(f)	Releases and withdrawals from the contingency reserve shall be accounted for on a first‑in‑first‑out basis as prescribed by the Commissioner.
(g)	The calculations to develop the contingency reserve shall be made in the following sequence:
(1)	The additions required by  subsection (a) of this section;
(2)	The releases permitted by subsection (c) of this section;
(3)	The withdrawals permitted by subsection (d) of this section; and
(4)	The withdrawals permitted by subsection (e) of this section.
(h)	Whenever the laws or regulations of another jurisdiction in which a mortgage guaranty insurer, subject to the requirements of this Part is licensed, require a larger unearned premium reserve or a larger contingency reserve in the aggregate than that set forth in this Part, the establishment and maintenance of the larger unearned premium reserve or contingency reserve shall be deemed to be in compliance with this Part. (2001‑223, s. 11; 2001‑334, ss. 16.2, 16.3; 2007‑127, s. 6.)

§ 58‑10‑140.  Report of policyholder's position.
Each mortgage guaranty insurance company doing business in this State must file on a form prescribed by the Commissioner a Mortgage Guaranty Insurers Report of Policyholders Position. The supplemental reports shall be filed with the annual and quarterly statements pursuant to G.S. 58‑2‑165. (2005‑215, s. 12.)

§ 58‑10‑145.  Monoline requirement for mortgage guaranty insurers.
A mortgage guaranty insurance company that transacts any kind of insurance other than mortgage guaranty insurance is not eligible to transact business in this State. Provided, however, that a mortgage guaranty insurance company may, until December 31, 2012, assume reinsurance for "credit insurance," as defined in G.S. 58‑7‑15(17).  (2007‑127, s. 7; 2008‑124, s. 2.2.)

Part 6. Property and Casualty Actuarial Opinions.
§ 58‑10‑150.  Statement of actuarial opinion.
Every property and casualty insurance company doing business in this State, unless otherwise exempted by the Commissioner, shall annually submit the opinion of an appointed actuary entitled, "statement of actuarial opinion." This opinion shall be filed in accordance with the appropriate NAIC Property and Casualty Annual Statement Instructions. (2007‑127, s. 15.)

§ 58‑10‑155.  Actuarial opinion summary.
(a)	Every property and casualty insurance company domiciled in this State that is required to submit a statement of actuarial opinion shall annually submit an actuarial opinion summary, written by the company's appointed actuary. This actuarial opinion summary shall be filed in accordance with the appropriate NAIC Property and Casualty Annual Statement Instructions and shall be considered as a document supporting the statement of actuarial opinion required in G.S. 58‑10‑150.
(b)	A company licensed but not domiciled in this State, and a company writing business in this State although not specifically licensed to do so or otherwise authorized, shall provide the actuarial opinion summary upon request. (2007‑127, s. 15.)

§ 58‑10‑160.  Actuarial report and work papers.
(a)	An actuarial report and underlying work papers as required by the appropriate NAIC Property and Casualty Annual Statement Instructions shall be prepared to support each statement of actuarial opinion and actuarial opinion summary.
(b)	If an insurance company fails to provide a supporting actuarial report or work papers at the request of the Commissioner or if the Commissioner determines that the supporting actuarial report or work papers provided by an insurance company are unsatisfactory to the Commissioner, the Commissioner may engage an independent, qualified actuary at the expense of the company to (i) review the opinion and the basis for the opinion and (ii) prepare an actuarial report or work papers. (2007‑127, s. 15.)

§ 58‑10‑165.  Monetary penalties for failure to provide documents.
A company that fails to provide a statement of actuarial opinion, actuarial opinion summary, actuarial report, or work papers within the time frame provided in the Commissioner's written request, is subject to the monetary penalties set forth in G.S. 58‑2‑70. (2007‑127, s. 15.)

§ 58‑10‑170.  Qualified immunity of appointed actuary.
The appointed actuary shall not be liable for damages to any person other than the insurance company or the Commissioner for any act, error, omission, decision, or conduct with respect to the appointed actuary's opinion, except in cases of fraud or willful misconduct by the appointed actuary. (2007‑127, s. 15.)

§ 58‑10‑175.  Confidentiality.
(a)	The statement of actuarial opinion shall be treated as a public record.
(b)	Documents, materials, or other information in the possession or control of the Department that are considered an actuarial opinion summary, actuarial report, or work papers provided in support of the opinion, and any other material provided by the company to the Commissioner in connection with the actuarial opinion summary, actuarial report, or work papers shall be confidential by law and privileged, in accord with G.S. 58‑2‑240, shall not be subject to G.S. 58‑2‑100, shall not be subject to subpoena, and shall not be subject to discovery or admissible as evidence in any private civil action.
(c)	Subsection (b) of this section shall not be construed to limit the Commissioner's authority to release documents to the Actuarial Board for Counseling and Discipline if the documents are required for the purpose of professional disciplinary proceedings and if the Actuarial Board for Counseling and Discipline establishes procedures satisfactory to the Commissioner for preserving the confidentiality of the documents. In addition, this section shall not be construed to limit the Commissioner's authority to use any documents, materials, or other information in furtherance of any regulatory or legal action brought as part of the Commissioner's official duties.
(d)	Neither the Commissioner nor any person who received documents, materials, or other information while acting under the authority of the Commissioner shall be permitted or required to testify in any private civil action concerning any confidential documents, materials, or information subject to subsection (b) of this section.
(e)	In order to assist in the performance of the Commissioner's duties, the Commissioner:
(1)	May share documents, materials, or other information, including the confidential and privileged documents, materials, or information subject to subsection (b) of this section with other state, federal, and international regulatory agencies, with the NAIC and its affiliates and subsidiaries, and with state, federal, and international law enforcement authorities, provided that the recipient agrees to maintain the confidentiality and privileged status of the document, material, or other information and has the legal authority to maintain confidentiality.
(2)	May receive documents, materials, or information, including otherwise confidential and privileged documents, materials, or information, from the NAIC and its affiliates and subsidiaries, and from regulatory and law enforcement officials of other foreign or domestic jurisdictions, and shall maintain as confidential or privileged any document, material, or information received with notice or the understanding that it is confidential or privileged under the laws of the jurisdiction that is the source of the document, material, or information.
(3)	May enter into agreements governing the sharing and use of information consistent with this section.
(f)	No waiver of any applicable privilege or claim of confidentiality in the documents, materials, or information shall occur as a result of disclosure to the Commissioner under this section or as a result of sharing as authorized in subsection (e) of this section. (2007‑127, s. 15.)

Part 7. Annual Financial Reporting.
§ 58‑10‑185.  Purpose and scope.
(a)	The purpose of this Part is to improve the Commissioner's ability to monitor the financial condition of insurers by requiring (i) an annual audit of financial statements reporting the financial position and the results of operations of insurers by independent certified public accountants, (ii) communication of internal control related matters noted in an audit, and (iii) management's report of internal control over financial reporting.
(b)	Every insurer, as defined in G.S. 58‑10‑190, shall be subject to this Part. Insurers having direct premiums written in this State of less than one million dollars ($1,000,000) in any calendar year and fewer than 1,000 policyholders or certificate holders of direct written policies nationwide at the end of the calendar year shall be exempt from this Part for the year, unless the Commissioner makes a specific finding that compliance is necessary for the Commissioner to carry out statutory responsibilities, except that insurers having assumed premiums pursuant to contracts of reinsurance of one million dollars ($1,000,000) or more will not be exempt.
(c)	Foreign or alien insurers filing the audited financial report in another state, pursuant to that state's requirement for filing of audited financial reports, which has been found by the Commissioner to be substantially similar to the requirements in this Part, are exempt from G.S. 58‑10‑195 through G.S. 58‑10‑240 if:
(1)	A copy of the audited financial report, communication of internal control related matters noted in an audit, and the accountant's letter of qualifications that are filed with the other state are filed with the Commissioner in accordance with the filing dates specified in G.S. 58‑10‑195, 58‑10‑230, and 58‑10‑235, respectively. Canadian insurers may submit accountants' reports as filed with the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions, Canada.
(2)	A copy of any notification of adverse financial condition report filed with the other state is filed with the Commissioner within the time specified in G.S. 58‑10‑225.
(d)	Foreign or alien insurers required to file management's report of internal control over financial reporting in another state are exempt from filing the report in this State provided the other state has substantially similar reporting requirements and the report is filed with the Commissioner of the other state within the time specified.
(e)	This Part shall not prohibit, preclude, or in any way limit the Commissioner from ordering, conducting, or performing examinations of insurers in accordance with G.S. 58‑2‑131 through G.S. 58‑2‑134, known as the Examination Law.  (2009‑384, s. 1.)

§ 58‑10‑190.  Definitions.
As used in this Part:
(1)	"Accountant" or "independent certified public accountant" means an independent certified public accountant or accounting firm in good standing with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (AICPA) and in all states in which he or she is licensed to practice; for Canadian and British companies, it means a Canadian‑chartered or British‑chartered accountant.
(2)	An "affiliate" of, or person "affiliated" with, a specific person has the same meaning set forth in G.S. 58‑19‑5.
(3)	"Audit committee" means a committee, or equivalent body, established by the board of directors of an entity for the purpose of overseeing the accounting and financial reporting processes of an insurer or group of insurers, any internal audit function of the insurer or group of insurers, and external audits of financial statements of the insurer or group of insurers. The audit committee of any entity that controls a group of insurers may be deemed to be the audit committee for one or more of these controlled insurers at the election of the controlling person as provided in G.S. 58‑10‑245(f). If an audit committee is not designated by the insurer, the insurer's entire board of directors shall constitute the audit committee.
(4)	"Audited financial report" means and includes those items specified in G.S. 58‑10‑200.
(5)	"Controlling person" has the same meaning set forth in G.S. 58‑19‑5.
(6)	"Group of insurers" means those licensed insurers included in the reporting requirements of Article 19 of this Chapter, or a set of insurers as identified by management, for the purpose of assessing the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting.
(7)	"Indemnification" means an agreement of indemnity or a release from liability where the intent or effect is to shift or limit in any manner the potential liability of the person or firm for failure to adhere to applicable auditing or professional standards, whether or not resulting from other known misrepresentations made by the insurer or its representatives.
(8)	"Insurer" means any insurance entity as identified in Articles 7, 8, 11, 15, 17, 23, 24, 25, 26, 65, and 67 of this Chapter and regulated by the Commissioner.
(8a)	"Internal audit function" means a person or persons that provide independent, objective, and reasonable assurance designed to add value and improve an organization's operations and accomplish its objectives by bringing a systematic, disciplined approach to evaluate and improve the effectiveness of risk management, control, and governance processes.
(9)	"Internal control over financial reporting" means a process effected by an entity's board of directors, management, and other personnel designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of the financial statements, that is, those items specified in G.S. 58‑10‑200(b)(2) through G.S. 58‑10‑200(b)(6) and includes those policies and procedures that meet all of the following criteria:
a.	Pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of assets.
b.	Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of the financial statements, that is, those items specified in G.S. 58‑10‑200(b)(2) through G.S. 58‑10‑200(b)(6) and that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors.
c.	Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements, including those items specified in G.S. 58‑10‑200(b)(2) through G.S. 58‑10‑200(b)(6).
(10)	"SEC" means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or any successor agency.
(11)	"Section 404" means Section 404 of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act of 2002 and the SEC's rules and regulations promulgated under that act.
(12)	"Section 404 report" means management's report on "internal control over financial reporting" as defined by the SEC and the related attestation report of the independent certified public accountant as described in Section 3A of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act of 2002.
(13)	"SOX‑compliant entity" means an entity that either is required to be compliant with, or voluntarily is compliant with, all of the following provisions of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act of 2002: (i) Section 202. Preapproval requirements of Title II, Auditor Independence; (ii) Section 301. Audit Committees independence requirements of Title III, Corporate Responsibility; and (iii) Section 404. Management assessment of internal controls requirements of Title IV, Enhanced Financial Disclosures.  (2009‑384, s. 1; 2019‑57, s. 2(a), (b).)

§ 58‑10‑195.  General requirements related to filing and extensions for filing of annual audited financial reports and audit committee appointment.
(a)	All insurers shall have an annual audit by an independent certified public accountant and shall file an audited financial report with the Commissioner on or before June 1 for the year ended December 31 immediately preceding. The Commissioner may require an insurer to file an audited financial report earlier than June 1 with 90 days' advance notice to the insurer.
(b)	Extensions of the June 1 filing date may be granted by the Commissioner for 30‑day periods upon a showing by the insurer and its independent certified public accountant of the reasons for requesting an extension and determination by the Commissioner of good cause for an extension. The request for extension must be received in writing not less than 10 days before the due date and in sufficient detail to permit the Commissioner to make an informed decision with respect to the requested extension.
(c)	If an extension is granted in accordance with the provisions in subsection (b) of this section, a similar extension of 30 days is granted to the filing of management's report of internal control over financial reporting.
(d)	Every insurer required to file an annual audited financial report pursuant to this Part shall designate a group of individuals as constituting its audit committee, as defined in G.S. 58‑10‑190. The audit committee of an entity that controls an insurer may be deemed to be the insurer's audit committee at the election of the controlling person.  (2009‑384, s. 1.)

§ 58‑10‑200.  Contents of annual audited financial report.
(a)	The annual audited financial report shall report the financial position of the insurer as of the end of the most recent calendar year and the results of its operations, cash flows, and changes in capital and surplus for the year then ended in conformity with G.S. 58‑2‑165(c). The financial statements included in the audited financial report shall be prepared in a form and using language and groupings substantially the same as the relevant sections of the annual statement of the insurer filed with the Commissioner, and the financial statement shall be comparative, presenting the amounts as of December 31 of the current year and the amounts as of the immediately preceding December 31. However, in the first year in which an insurer is required to file an audited financial report, the comparative data may be omitted.
(b)	The annual audited financial report shall include the following:
(1)	Report of independent certified public accountant.
(2)	Balance sheet reporting admitted assets, liabilities, capital, and surplus.
(3)	Statement of operations.
(4)	Statement of cash flows.
(5)	Statement of changes in capital and surplus.
(6)	Notes to financial statements, which shall be those required by the appropriate NAIC Annual Statement Instructions and the NAIC Accounting Practices and Procedures Manual. The notes shall include a reconciliation of differences, if any, between the audited statutory financial statements and the annual statement filed pursuant to G.S. 58‑2‑165(c) with a written description of the nature of these differences.  (2009‑384, s. 1.)

§ 58‑10‑205.  Designation of independent certified public accountant.
(a)	Each insurer required by this Part to file an annual audited financial report must, within 60 days after becoming subject to the requirement, register with the Commissioner in writing the name and address of the independent certified public accountant or accounting firm retained to conduct the annual audit. Insurers not retaining an independent certified public accountant on July 31, 2009, shall register the name and address of their retained independent certified public accountant not less than six months before the date when the first audited financial report is to be filed.
(b)	The insurer shall obtain a letter from the accountant and file a copy with the Commissioner stating that the accountant is aware of the provisions of the insurance laws and the regulations of the State of North Carolina that relate to accounting and financial matters and affirming that the accountant will express his or her opinion on the financial statement in terms of its conformity to the statutory accounting practices prescribed or otherwise permitted by the Commissioner, specifying such exceptions as he or she may believe appropriate.
(c)	If an accountant for the immediately preceding filed audited financial report is dismissed or resigns, the insurer shall within five business days notify the Commissioner of this event. The insurer shall also furnish the Commissioner with a separate letter within 10 business days after the notification stating whether in the 24 months preceding such event there were any disagreements with the former accountant on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure; which disagreements, if not resolved to the satisfaction of the former accountant, would have caused him or her to make reference to the subject matter of the disagreement in connection with his or her opinion. The disagreements required to be reported in response to this section include both those resolved to the former accountant's satisfaction and those not resolved to the former accountant's satisfaction. Disagreements contemplated by this section could include, but are not limited to, disagreements between personnel of the insurer responsible for presentation of its financial statements and personnel of the accounting firm responsible for rendering its report. The insurer shall also in writing request the former accountant to furnish a letter addressed to the insurer stating whether the accountant agrees with the statements contained in the insurer's letter and, if not, stating the reasons for which he or she does not agree; and the insurer shall furnish the responsive letter from the former accountant to the Commissioner together with its own.  (2009‑384, s. 1.)

§ 58‑10‑210.  Qualifications of independent certified public accountant.
(a)	The Commissioner shall not recognize a person or firm as a qualified independent certified public accountant if the person or firm:
(1)	Is not in good standing with the North Carolina State Board of Certified Public Accountant Examiners and in all other states in which the accountant is licensed to practice, or, for a Canadian or British company, that is not a chartered accountant; or
(2)	Has either directly or indirectly entered into an agreement of indemnity or release from liability, collectively referred to as indemnification, with respect to the audit of the insurer.
(b)	Except as otherwise provided in this Part, the Commissioner shall recognize an independent certified public accountant as qualified as long as he or she conforms to the standards of his or her profession, as contained in the Code of Professional Ethics of the AICPA and Rules and Regulations and Code of Ethics and Rules of Professional Conduct of the North Carolina State Board of Certified Public Accountant Examiners or similar code.
(c)	A qualified independent certified public accountant may enter into an agreement with an insurer to have disputes relating to an audit resolved by mediation or arbitration. However, in the event of a delinquency proceeding commenced against the insurer under Article 30 of this Chapter, the mediation or arbitration provisions shall operate at the option of the statutory successor.
(d)	Lead Audit Partner Rotation Required.
(1)	The lead or coordinating audit partner, having primary responsibility for the audit, may not act in that capacity for more than five consecutive years. The person shall be disqualified from acting in that or a similar capacity for the same company or its insurance subsidiaries or affiliates for a period of five consecutive years. An insurer may apply to the Commissioner for relief from the rotation requirement on the basis of unusual circumstances. This application shall be made at least 30 days before the end of the calendar year. The Commissioner may consider any of the following factors in determining if the relief should be granted:
a.	The number of partners, expertise of the partners, or the number of insurance clients in the currently registered firm.
b.	The premium volume of the insurer.
c.	The number of jurisdictions in which the insurer transacts business.
(2)	The insurer shall file, with its annual statement filing, the approval for relief granted pursuant to subdivision (1) of this subsection with the states in which it is licensed or doing business and with the NAIC. If the nondomestic state accepts electronic filing with the NAIC, the insurer shall file the approval in an electronic format.
(e)	The Commissioner shall neither recognize as a qualified independent certified public accountant, nor accept an annual audited financial report prepared, in whole or in part, by a natural person who meets any of the following criteria:
(1)	The person has been convicted of fraud, bribery, a violation of the Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act, 18 U.S.C. §§ 1961 to 1968k, or any dishonest conduct or practices under federal or state law.
(2)	The person has been found to have violated the insurance laws of this State with respect to any previous reports submitted under this Part.
(3)	The person has demonstrated a pattern or practice of failing to detect or disclose material information in previous reports filed under the provisions of this Part.
(f)	The Commissioner may, as provided in G.S. 58‑2‑50, hold a hearing to determine whether an independent certified public accountant is qualified and, considering the evidence presented, may rule that the accountant is not qualified for purposes of expressing his or her opinion on the financial statements in the annual audited financial report made pursuant to this Part and require the insurer to replace the accountant with another whose relationship with the insurer is qualified within the meaning of this Part.
(g)	Independence of Services.
(1)	The Commissioner shall not recognize as a qualified independent certified public accountant nor accept an annual audited financial report prepared, in whole or in part, by an accountant who provides to an insurer, contemporaneously with the audit, any of the following nonaudit services:
a.	Bookkeeping or other services related to the accounting records or financial statements of the insurer.
b.	Financial information systems design and implementation.
c.	Appraisal or valuation services, fairness opinions, or contribution‑in‑kind reports.
d.	Actuarially oriented advisory services involving the determination of amounts recorded in the financial statements. The accountant may assist an insurer in understanding the methods, assumptions, and inputs used in the determination of amounts recorded in the financial statement only if it is reasonable to conclude that the services provided will not be subject to audit procedures during an audit of the insurer's financial statements. An accountant's actuary may also issue an actuarial opinion or certification on an insurer's reserves if all of the following conditions have been met:
1.	Neither the accountant nor the accountant's actuary has performed any management functions or made any management decisions.
2.	The insurer has competent personnel, or engages a third‑party actuary to estimate the reserves for which management takes responsibility.
3.	The accountant's actuary tests the reasonableness of the reserves after the insurer's management has determined the amount of the reserves.
e.	Internal audit outsourcing services.
f.	Management functions or human resources.
g.	Broker or dealer, investment adviser, or investment banking services.
h.	Legal services or expert services unrelated to the audit.
i.	Any other services that the Commissioner determines, by administrative rule, are impermissible.
(2)	In general, the principles of independence with respect to services provided by the qualified independent certified public accountant are largely predicated on three basic principles, violations of which would impair the accountant's independence. The principles are that the accountant cannot function in the role of management, cannot audit his or her own work, and cannot serve in an advocacy role for the insurer.
(h)	Insurers having direct written and assumed premiums of less than one hundred million dollars ($100,000,000) in any calendar year may request an exemption from subdivision (1) of subsection (g) of this section. The insurer shall file with the Commissioner a written statement discussing the reasons why the insurer should be exempt from these provisions. If the Commissioner finds, upon review of this statement, that compliance with this Part would constitute a financial or organizational hardship upon the insurer, an exemption may be granted.
(i)	A qualified independent certified public accountant who performs the audit may engage in other nonaudit services, including tax services, that are not described in subdivision (1) of subsection (g) of this section or that do not conflict with the principles set forth in subdivision (2) of subsection (g) of this section, only if the activity is approved in advance by the audit committee, in accordance with subsection (j) of this section.
(j)	All auditing services and nonaudit services provided to an insurer by the qualified independent certified public accountant of the insurer shall be preapproved by the audit committee. The preapproval requirement is waived with respect to nonaudit services if the insurer is a SOX‑compliant entity or is a direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of a SOX‑compliant entity or all of the following apply:
(1)	The aggregate amount of all such nonaudit services provided to the insurer constitutes not more than five percent (5%) of the total amount of fees paid by the insurer to its qualified independent certified public accountant during the fiscal year in which the nonaudit services are provided.
(2)	The services were not recognized by the insurer at the time of the engagement to be nonaudit services.
(3)	The services are promptly brought to the attention of the audit committee and approved before the completion of the audit by the audit committee or by one or more members of the audit committee who are the members of the board of directors to whom authority to grant such approvals has been delegated by the audit committee.
(k)	The audit committee may delegate to one or more designated members of the audit committee the authority to grant the preapprovals required by subsection (j) of this section. The decisions of any member to whom this authority is delegated shall be presented to the full audit committee at each of its scheduled meetings.
(l)	Cooling‑Off Period.
(1)	The Commissioner shall not recognize an independent certified public accountant as qualified for a particular insurer if a member of the board, president, chief executive officer, controller, chief financial officer, chief accounting officer, or any person serving in an equivalent position for that insurer was employed by the independent certified public accountant and participated in the audit of that insurer during the one‑year period preceding the date that the most current statutory opinion is due. This section shall only apply to partners and senior managers involved in the audit. An insurer may apply to the Commissioner for relief from this requirement on the basis of unusual circumstances.
(2)	The insurer shall file, with its annual statement filing, the approval for relief granted pursuant to subdivision (1) of this subsection with the states in which it is licensed or doing business and the NAIC. If the nondomestic state accepts electronic filing with the NAIC, the insurer shall file the approval in an electronic format.  (2009‑384, s. 1.)

§ 58‑10‑215.  Consolidated or combined audits.
An insurer may make written application to the Commissioner for approval to file audited consolidated or combined financial statements in lieu of separate annual audited financial statements if the insurer is part of a group of insurance companies that utilizes a pooling or one hundred percent (100%) reinsurance agreement that affects the solvency of the insurer and affects the integrity of the insurer's reserves and the insurer cedes all of its direct and assumed business to the pool. In such cases, a columnar consolidating or combining worksheet that meets all of the following criteria shall be filed with the report:
(1)	Amounts shown on the consolidated or combined audited financial report shall be shown on the worksheet.
(2)	Amounts for each insurer subject to this section shall be stated separately.
(3)	Noninsurance operations may be shown on the worksheet on a combined or individual basis.
(4)	Explanations of consolidating and eliminating entries shall be included.
(5)	A reconciliation shall be included of any differences between the amounts shown in the individual insurer columns of the worksheet and comparable amounts shown on the annual statements of the insurers.  (2009‑384, s. 1.)

§ 58‑10‑220.  Scope of audit and report of independent certified public accountant.
Financial statements furnished pursuant to G.S. 58‑10‑200 shall be examined by the independent certified public accountant. The audit of the insurer's financial statements shall be conducted in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. In accordance with AU Section 319 of the Professional Standards of the AICPA, Consideration of Internal Control in a Financial Statement Audit, the independent certified public accountant should obtain an understanding of internal control sufficient to plan the audit. To the extent required by AU Section 319, for those insurers required to file a management's report of internal control over financial reporting pursuant to G.S. 58‑10‑255, the independent certified public accountant should consider, as that term is defined in "Statement on Auditing Standards No. 102 of the AICPA Professional Standards, Defining Professional Requirements in Statements on Auditing Standards" or its replacement, the most recently available report in planning and performing the audit of the statutory financial statements. Consideration shall be given to the procedures illustrated in the Financial Condition Examiners Handbook promulgated by the NAIC as the independent certified public accountant deems necessary.  (2009‑384, s. 1.)

§ 58‑10‑225.  Notification of adverse financial condition.
(a)	The insurer required to furnish the annual audited financial report shall require the independent certified public accountant to report, in writing, within five business days to the board of directors or its audit committee any determination by the independent certified public accountant that the insurer has materially misstated its financial condition as reported to the Commissioner as of the balance sheet date currently under audit or that the insurer does not meet the minimum capital and surplus requirement of G.S. 58‑7‑75 as of that date. An insurer that has received a report pursuant to this subsection shall forward a copy of the report to the Commissioner within five business days after receipt of the report and shall provide the independent certified public accountant making the report with evidence of the report being furnished to the Commissioner. If the independent certified public accountant fails to receive the evidence within the required five‑business‑day period, the independent certified public accountant shall furnish to the Commissioner a copy of its report within the next five business days.
(b)	No independent certified public accountant shall be liable in any manner to any person for any statement made in connection with subsection (a) of this section if the statement is made in good faith in compliance with that subsection.
(c)	If the accountant, subsequent to the date of the audited financial report filed pursuant to this Part, becomes aware of facts that might have affected his or her report, the Commissioner notes the obligation of the accountant to take such action as prescribed in Volume 1, Section AU 561 of the Professional Standards of the AICPA.  (2009‑384, s. 1.)

§ 58‑10‑230.  Communication of internal control related matters noted in an audit.
(a)	In addition to the annual audited financial report, each insurer shall furnish the Commissioner with a written communication as to any unremediated material weaknesses in its internal control over financial reporting noted during the audit. Such communication shall be prepared by the accountant within 60 days after the filing of the annual audited financial report and shall contain a description of any unremediated material weakness, as the term "material weakness" is defined by "Statement on Auditing Standards No. 112 of the AICPA Professional Standards, Communication of Internal Control Related Matters Noted in an Audit," or its replacement, as of December 31 immediately preceding, so as to coincide with the audited financial report described in G.S. 58‑10‑195(a) in the insurer's internal control over financial reporting noted by the accountant during the course of their audit of the financial statements. If no unremediated material weaknesses are noted, the communication should so state.
(b)	The insurer shall provide a description of remedial actions taken or proposed to correct unremediated material weaknesses, if the actions are not described in the accountant's communication.  (2009‑384, s. 1.)

§ 58‑10‑235.  Accountant's letter of qualifications.
The accountant shall furnish the insurer, in connection with, and for inclusion in, the filing of the annual audited financial report, a letter stating all of the following:
(1)	That the accountant is independent with respect to the insurer and conforms to the standards of his or her profession as contained in the Code of Professional Ethics and pronouncements of the AICPA and the Rules of Professional Conduct of the North Carolina State Board of Certified Public Accountant Examiners Board of Public Accountancy, or similar code.
(2)	The background and experience in general and the experience in audits of insurers of the staff assigned to the engagement and whether each is an independent certified public accountant. Nothing within this Part shall be construed as prohibiting the accountant from utilizing such staff as he or she deems appropriate where their use is consistent with the standards prescribed by generally accepted auditing standards.
(3)	That the accountant understands the annual audited financial report and his opinion thereon will be filed in compliance with this Part and that the Commissioner will be relying on this information in the monitoring and regulation of the financial position of insurers.
(4)	That the accountant consents to the requirements of G.S. 58‑10‑240 and that the accountant consents and agrees to make available for review by the Commissioner, or the Commissioner's designee or appointed agent, the work papers, as described in G.S. 58‑10‑240.
(5)	A representation that the accountant is properly licensed by an appropriate state licensing authority and is a member in good standing in the AICPA.
(6)	A representation that the accountant is in compliance with the requirements of G.S. 58‑10‑210.  (2009‑384, s. 1.)

§ 58‑10‑240.  Definition, availability, and maintenance of independent certified public accountants' work papers.
(a)	Work papers are the records kept by the independent certified public accountant of the procedures followed, the tests performed, the information obtained, and the conclusions reached pertinent to the accountant's audit of the financial statements of an insurer. Work papers, accordingly, may include audit planning documentation, work programs, analyses, memoranda, letters of confirmation and representation, abstracts of company documents, and schedules or commentaries prepared or obtained by the independent certified public accountant in the course of his or her audit of the financial statements of an insurer and which support the accountant's opinion.
(b)	Every insurer required to file an audited financial report pursuant to this Part shall require the accountant to make available for review by the Commissioner all work papers prepared in the conduct of the accountant's audit and any communications related to the audit between the accountant and the insurer at the offices of the insurer, at the offices of the Commissioner, or at any other reasonable place designated by the Commissioner. The insurer shall require that the accountant retain the audit work papers and communications until the Commissioner has filed a report on examination covering the period of the audit but no longer than seven years after the date of the audit report.
(c)	In the conduct of the periodic review by the Commissioner's examiners in subsection (b) of this section, copies of pertinent audit work papers may be made and retained by the Commissioner. Such reviews by the Commissioner's examiners shall be considered investigations, and all working papers and communications obtained during the course of such investigations shall be confidential.  (2009‑384, s. 1.)

§ 58‑10‑245.  Requirements for audit committees.
(a)	This section shall not apply to foreign or alien insurers licensed in this State or an insurer that is a SOX‑compliant entity or a direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of a SOX‑compliant entity.
(b)	The audit committee shall be directly responsible for the appointment, compensation, and oversight of the work of any accountant, including resolution of disagreements between management and the accountant regarding financial reporting, for the purpose of preparing or issuing the audited financial report or related work. Each accountant shall report directly to the audit committee.
(b1)	The audit committee of an insurer or group of insurers shall be responsible for overseeing the insurer's internal audit function and granting the person or persons performing the function suitable authority and resources to fulfill the requirements of G.S. 58‑10‑246.
(c)	Each member of the audit committee shall be a member of the board of directors of the insurer or a member of the board of directors of an entity elected pursuant to subsection (f) of this section and G.S. 58‑10‑190(3).
(d)	In order to be considered independent for purposes of this section, a member of the audit committee shall not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors, or any other board committee, accept any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee from the entity or be an affiliated person of the entity or any subsidiary of the entity. However, if North Carolina law requires board participation by otherwise nonindependent members, that law shall prevail and such members may participate in the audit committee and be designated as independent for audit committee purposes, unless they are an officer or employee of the insurer or one of its affiliates.
(e)	If a member of the audit committee ceases to be independent for reasons outside the member's reasonable control, that person, with notice by the responsible entity to the Commissioner, may remain an audit committee member of the responsible entity until the earlier of the next annual meeting of the responsible entity or one year from the occurrence of the event that caused the member to be no longer independent.
(f)	To exercise the election of the controlling person to designate the audit committee, the ultimate controlling person shall provide written notice of the affected insurers to the Commissioner. Notification shall be made timely before the issuance of the statutory audit report and include a description of the basis for the election. The election can be changed through notice to the Commissioner by the insurer, which shall include a description of the basis for the change. The election shall remain in effect for perpetuity, until rescinded.
(g)	Reports From Accountant.
(1)	The audit committee shall require the accountant that performs for an insurer any audit required by this Part to timely report to the audit committee in accordance with the requirements of "Statement on Auditing Standards No. 61 of the AICPA Professional Standards, Communication with Audit Committees," or its replacement, including all of the following:
a.	All significant accounting policies and material permitted practices.
b.	All material alternative treatments of financial information within statutory accounting principles that have been discussed with management officials of the insurer, ramifications of the use of the alternative disclosures and treatments, and the treatment preferred by the accountant.
c.	Other material written communications between the accountant and the management of the insurer, such as any management letter or schedule of unadjusted differences.
(2)	If an insurer is a member of an insurance holding company system, the reports required by subdivision (1) of subsection (g) of this section may be provided to the audit committee on an aggregate basis for insurers in the holding company system, provided that any substantial differences among insurers in the system are identified to the audit committee.
(h)	The proportion of independent audit committee members shall meet or exceed the following criteria:
Prior Calendar Year Direct Written and Assumed Premiums
$0 – $300,000,000	Over $300,000,000 –	Over $500,000,000
$500,000,000
No minimum	Majority (50% or more)	Supermajority of members
requirements.	of members shall be	(75% or more) shall be
independent.	independent.
The Commissioner shall require the entity's board to enact improvements to the independence of the audit committee membership if the insurer is in a risk‑based capital action level event, meets one or more of the standards of an insurer deemed to be in hazardous financial condition, or otherwise exhibits qualities of a troubled insurer. The Commissioner may order any insurer with less than five hundred million dollars ($500,000,000) in prior year direct written and assumed premiums to structure its audit committee with at least a supermajority of independent audit committee members. Prior calendar year direct written and assumed premiums shall be the combined total of direct premiums and assumed premiums from nonaffiliates for the reporting entities.
(i)	An insurer with direct written and assumed premiums, excluding premiums reinsured with the Federal Crop Insurance Corporation and Federal Flood Program, of less than five hundred million dollars ($500,000,000) may apply to the Commissioner for a waiver from the requirements in this section based upon hardship. The insurer shall file, with its annual statement filing, the approval for relief from this section with the states in which it is licensed or doing business and with the NAIC. If the nondomestic state accepts electronic filing with the NAIC, the insurer shall file the approval in an electronic format.  (2009‑384, s. 1; 2019‑57, s. 2(c).)

§ 58‑10‑246.  Internal audit function requirements.
(a)	Exemption. – An insurer is exempt from the requirements of this section if both of the following apply:
(1)	The insurer has annual direct written and unaffiliated assumed premium, including international direct and assumed premium, but excluding premiums reinsured with the Federal Crop Insurance Corporation and Federal Flood Program, less than five hundred million dollars ($500,000,000).
(2)	If the insurer is a member of a group of insurers, the group has annual direct written and unaffiliated assumed premium including international direct and assumed premium, but excluding premiums reinsured with the Federal Crop Insurance Corporation and Federal Flood Program, less than one billion dollars ($1,000,000,000).
(b)	Function. – The insurer or group of insurers shall establish an internal audit function providing independent, objective, and reasonable assurance to the audit committee and insurer management regarding the insurer's governance, risk management, and internal controls. This assurance shall be provided by performing general and specific audits, reviews, and tests and by employing other techniques deemed necessary to protect assets, evaluate control effectiveness and efficiency, and evaluate compliance with policies and regulations.
(c)	Independence. – In order to ensure that internal auditors remain objective, the internal audit function must be organizationally independent. For purposes of this section, "organizationally independent" means that the internal audit function (i) shall not defer ultimate judgment on audit matters to others and (ii) shall appoint an individual to head the internal audit function who will have direct and unrestricted access to the board of directors of the insurer or group of insurers. Organizational independence does not preclude dual‑reporting relationships.
(d)	Reporting. – The head of the internal audit function shall report to the audit committee with a frequency no less than annually on the periodic audit plan, factors that may adversely impact the internal audit function's independence or effectiveness, material findings from completed audits, and the appropriateness of corrective actions implemented by management as a result of audit findings.
(e)	Additional Requirements. – If an insurer is a member of an insurance holding company system or included in a group of insurers, the insurer may satisfy the internal audit function requirements set forth in this section at the ultimate controlling parent level, an intermediate holding company level, or the individual legal entity level.  (2019‑57, s. 2(d).)

§ 58‑10‑250.  Conduct of insurer in connection with the preparation of required reports and documents.
(a)	No director or officer of an insurer shall, directly or indirectly, do any of the following:
(1)	Make or cause to be made a materially false or misleading statement to an accountant in connection with any audit, review, or communication required under this Part.
(2)	Omit to state, or cause another person to omit to state, any material fact necessary in order to make statements made, in light of the circumstances under which the statements were made, not misleading to an accountant in connection with any audit, review, or communication required under this Part.
(b)	No officer or director of an insurer, or any other person acting under the direction thereof, shall directly or indirectly take any action to coerce, manipulate, mislead, or fraudulently influence any accountant engaged in the performance of an audit pursuant to this Part if that person knew or should have known that the action, if successful, could result in rendering the insurer's financial statements materially misleading.
(c)	For purposes of subsection (b) of this section, actions that, "if successful, could result in rendering the insurer's financial statements materially misleading" include, but are not limited to, actions taken at anytime with respect to the professional engagement period to coerce, manipulate, mislead, or fraudulently influence an accountant to do any of the following:
(1)	Issue or reissue a report on an insurer's financial statements that is not warranted in the circumstances, due to material violations of statutory accounting principles prescribed by the Commissioner, generally accepted auditing standards, or other professional or regulatory standards.
(2)	Not perform audit, review, or other procedures required by generally accepted auditing standards or other professional standards.
(3)	Not withdraw an issued report.
(4)	Not communicate matters to an insurer's audit committee.  (2009‑384, s. 1.)

§ 58‑10‑255.  Management's report of internal control over financial reporting.
(a)	Every insurer required to file an audited financial report pursuant to this Part that has annual direct written and assumed premiums, excluding premiums reinsured with the Federal Crop Insurance Corporation and Federal Flood Program, of five hundred million dollars ($500,000,000) or more shall prepare a report of the insurer's or group of insurers' internal control over financial reporting, as these terms are defined in G.S. 58‑10‑190. The report shall be filed with the Commissioner along with the communication of internal control related matters noted in an audit described under G.S. 58‑10‑230. Management's report of internal control over financial reporting shall be as of December 31 immediately preceding.
(b)	Notwithstanding the premium threshold in subsection (a) of this section, the Commissioner may require an insurer to file management's report of internal control over financial reporting if the insurer is in any risk‑based capital level event, or meets any one or more of the standards of an insurer deemed to be in hazardous financial condition as defined in G.S. 58‑30‑60(b).
(c)	An insurer or a group of insurers that is:
(1)	Directly subject to Section 404;
(2)	Part of a holding company system whose parent is directly subject to Section 404;
(3)	Not directly subject to Section 404 but is a SOX‑compliant entity; or
(4)	A member of a holding company system whose parent is not directly subject to Section 404 but is a SOX‑compliant entity may file its or its parent's Section 404 report and an addendum in satisfaction of this subsection's requirement provided that those internal controls of the insurer or group of insurers having a material impact on the preparation of the insurer's or group of insurers' audited statutory financial statements for items included in G.S. 58‑10‑200(b)(2) through G.S. 58‑10‑200(b)(6) were included in the scope of the Section 404 report. The addendum shall be a positive statement by management that there are no material processes with respect to the preparation of the insurer's or group of insurers' audited statutory financial statements for items included in G.S. 58‑10‑200(b)(2) through G.S. 58‑10‑200(b)(6) that were excluded from the Section 404 report. If there are internal controls of the insurer or group of insurers that have a material impact on the preparation of the insurer's or group of insurers' audited statutory financial statements and those internal controls were not included in the scope of the Section 404 report, the insurer or group of insurers may either file (i) a G.S. 58‑10‑255 report, or (ii) the Section 404 report and a G.S. 58‑10‑255 report for those internal controls that have a material impact on the preparation of the insurer's or group of insurers' audited statutory financial statements not covered by the Section 404 report.
(d)	Management's report of internal control over financial reporting shall include all of the following:
(1)	A statement that management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting.
(2)	A statement that management has established internal control over financial reporting and an assertion, to the best of management's knowledge and belief, after diligent inquiry, as to whether its internal control over financial reporting is effective to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial statements in accordance with statutory accounting principles.
(3)	A statement that briefly describes the approach or processes by which management evaluated the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting.
(4)	A statement that briefly describes the scope of work that is included and whether any internal controls were excluded.
(5)	Disclosure of any unremediated material weaknesses in the internal control over financial reporting identified by management as of December 31 immediately preceding. Management is not permitted to conclude that the internal control over financial reporting is effective to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial statements in accordance with statutory accounting principles if there are one or more unremediated material weaknesses in its internal control over financial reporting.
(6)	A statement regarding the inherent limitations of internal control systems.
(7)	Signatures of the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer, or equivalent positionitle.
(e)	Management shall document and make available upon a financial condition examination the basis upon which its assertions, required in subsection (d) of this section, are made. Management may base its assertions, in part, upon its review, monitoring, and testing of internal controls undertaken in the normal course of its activities. Management shall have discretion as to the nature of the internal control framework used, and the nature and extent of documentation, in order to make its assertion in a cost‑effective manner and, as such, may include assembly of or reference to existing documentation. Management's report on internal control over financial reporting, required by subsection (a) of this section, and any documentation provided in support thereof during the course of a financial condition examination, shall be kept confidential by the Commissioner.  (2009‑384, s. 1.)

§ 58‑10‑260.  Exemptions and effective dates.
(a)	Upon written application of any insurer, the Commissioner may grant an exemption from compliance with any and all provisions of this Part if the Commissioner finds, upon review of the application, that compliance with this Part would constitute a financial or organizational hardship upon the insurer. An exemption may be granted at anytime and from time to time for a specified period or periods. Within 10 days after a denial of an insurer's written request for an exemption, the insurer may request in writing a hearing on its application for an exemption. The hearing shall be held in accordance with Article 3A of Chapter 150B of the General Statutes.
(b)	Domestic insurers retaining a certified public accountant on July 31, 2009, who qualify as independent shall comply with this Part for the year ending December 31, 2010, and each year thereafter unless the Commissioner permits otherwise.
(c)	Foreign insurers shall comply with this Part for the year ending December 31, 2010, and each year thereafter unless the Commissioner permits otherwise.
(d)	The requirements of G.S. 58‑10‑210(d) shall become effective for audits of the year beginning January 1, 2010, and each year thereafter.
(e)	The requirements of G.S. 58‑10‑245 shall become effective on January 1, 2010. An insurer or group of insurers that is not required to have independent audit committee members or only a majority of independent audit committee members, as opposed to a supermajority, because the total written and assumed premium is below the threshold and subsequently becomes subject to one of the independence requirements due to changes in premium shall have one year following the year the threshold is exceeded, but not earlier than January 1, 2010, to comply with the independence requirements. Likewise, an insurer that becomes subject to one of the independence requirements as a result of a business combination shall have one calendar year following the date of acquisition or combination to comply with the independence requirements.
(f)	The requirements of G.S. 58‑10‑255 become effective beginning with the reporting period ending December 31, 2010, and each year thereafter. An insurer or group of insurers that is not required to file a report because the total written premium is below the threshold and subsequently becomes subject to the reporting requirements shall have two years following the year the threshold is exceeded, but not earlier than December 31, 2010, to file a report. An insurer acquired in a business combination shall have two calendar years after the date of acquisition or combination to comply with the reporting requirements.
(g)	The requirements of G.S. 58‑10‑246 become effective January 1, 2020. An insurer or group of insurers exempt from G.S. 58‑10‑246 that no longer meets the threshold for exemption shall have one calendar year after the year the threshold is exceeded to comply with the requirements of that section.  (2009‑384, s. 1; 2019‑57, s. 2(e).)

§ 58‑10‑265.  Canadian and British companies.
(a)	In the case of Canadian and British insurers, the annual audited financial report shall be defined as the annual statement of total business on the form filed by such companies with their supervision authority duly audited by an independent chartered accountant.
(b)	For such insurers, the letter required in G.S. 58‑10‑205(b) shall state that the accountant is aware of the requirements relating to the annual audited financial report filed with the Commissioner pursuant to G.S. 58‑10‑195 and shall affirm that the opinion expressed is in conformity with those requirements.  (2009‑384, s. 1.)

Part 8. Mutual Insurance Holding Companies.
§ 58‑10‑275.  Definitions.
The following definitions apply in this Part:
(1)	Affiliated. – Defined in G.S. 58‑19‑5.
(2)	Control. – Defined in G.S. 58‑19‑5.
(3)	Domestic mutual insurance company. – An insurance company organized on a mutual plan and incorporated under the laws of North Carolina.
(4)	Interested person. – With respect to another person, includes any of the following:
a.	Any affiliated person.
b.	Any member of the immediate family of any natural person who is an affiliated person of such company.
c.	Any person or partner or employee of any person who at any time since the beginning of the last two completed fiscal years of such company has acted as legal counsel for such company.
d.	Any natural person whom the Commissioner by order shall have determined to be an interested person by reason of having had, at any time since the beginning of the last two completed fiscal years of such company, a material business or professional relationship with such company or with the principal executive officer of such company.
(5)	Intermediate holding company. – A holding company that is a subsidiary of a mutual insurance holding company or part of a holding company system controlled by a mutual insurance holding company subject to the terms and conditions of Article 19 of this Chapter and that either directly or through a subsidiary intermediate holding company has one or more subsidiary reorganized insurance companies of which a majority of the voting shares of the capital stock would otherwise have been required by this section to be at all times owned by the mutual insurance holding company.
(6)	Limited application. – An application by a domestic mutual insurance company for reorganization to a mutual insurance holding company which will hold, at all times, one hundred percent (100%) of the stock of its insurance subsidiaries.
(7)	Majority of the voting shares of the capital stock of the reorganized insurance company. – Shares of the capital stock of a reorganized insurance company which carry the right to cast a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by all of the outstanding shares of the capital stock of the reorganized insurance company for the election of directors and on all other matters submitted to a vote of the shareholders of the reorganized insurance company.
(8)	Member of the immediate family. – Any parent, spouse of a parent, child, spouse of a child, spouse, brother, or sister, including step and adoptive relationships.
(9)	Mutual insurance holding company. – A holding company organized on a mutual plan and incorporated under the laws of North Carolina, resulting from the reorganization of a domestic mutual insurance company pursuant to this Part, with one or more stock insurance holding company subsidiaries or stock insurance company subsidiaries.
(10)	Plan of reorganization. – A plan to reorganize a domestic mutual insurance company by forming a mutual insurance holding company.
(11)	Standard application. – An application by a domestic mutual insurance company for reorganization to a mutual insurance holding company which may sell interests in its subsidiaries to third parties.
(12)	Stock. – Any security evidencing an equity interest in the issuing entity.
(13)	Stock offering. – Any proposed sale, exchange, transfer, or other change of ownership of stock or of securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for stock. For the purposes of this Article, "stock offering" shall not include any of the following:
a.	An offering of preferred stock which is not convertible or exchangeable into common stock and which has no ordinary voting rights.
b.	A transfer of stock among any of the following:
1.	A mutual insurance holding company.
2.	An insurance company subsidiary of a mutual insurance holding company.
3.	An intermediate holding company subsidiary of a mutual insurance holding company.
4.	An insurance company subsidiary of an intermediate holding company subsidiary to a mutual insurance holding company.
(14)	Subsidiary. – Defined in G.S. 58‑19‑5.  (2012‑161, s. 1.)

§ 58‑10‑280.  General provisions.
(a)	A domestic mutual insurance company, upon approval of the Commissioner, may reorganize by forming an insurance holding company based upon a mutual plan and by continuing the corporate existence of the reorganizing insurance company as a stock insurance company. If the Commissioner, after a public comment period as provided in G.S. 58‑10‑285, or, if applicable, a public hearing, is satisfied that the interests of the policyholders are properly protected and that the plan of reorganization is fair and equitable to the policyholders, the Commissioner may approve the proposed plan of reorganization and may require as a condition of approval such modifications of the proposed plan of reorganization as the Commissioner finds necessary for the protection of the policyholders' interests. The Commissioner may retain consultants as provided in G.S. 58‑10‑285 to assist in the review of the proposed plan. The Commissioner shall retain jurisdiction over a mutual insurance holding company organized under this Part to assure that policyholder interests are protected. All of the initial shares of the capital stock of the reorganized insurance company shall be issued to the mutual insurance holding company. The membership interests of the policyholders of the reorganized insurance company shall become membership interests in the mutual insurance holding company, pursuant to the terms and conditions of the plan of reorganization approved by the Commissioner. Policyholders of the reorganized insurance company shall be members of the mutual insurance holding company in accordance with the articles of incorporation and bylaws of the mutual insurance holding company. The mutual insurance holding company shall at all times own a majority of the voting shares of the capital stock of the reorganized insurance company.
(b)	A domestic mutual insurance company, after approval by the Commissioner, may reorganize by merging its policyholders' membership interests into a mutual insurance holding company formed under subsection (a) of this section and continuing the corporate existence of the reorganizing insurance company as a stock insurance company subsidiary of the mutual insurance holding company. If the Commissioner is satisfied that the interests of the policyholders are properly protected and that the merger of interests is fair and equitable to the policyholders, the Commissioner may approve the proposed merger of interests and may require as a condition of approval such modifications of the proposed merger of interests as the Commissioner finds necessary for the protection of the policyholders' interests. The Commissioner may retain consultants as provided in G.S. 58‑10‑285. The Commissioner has jurisdiction over the mutual insurance holding company organized under this Part to assure that policyholder interests are protected. All of the initial shares of the capital stock of the reorganized insurance company shall be issued to the mutual insurance holding company. The membership interests of the policyholders of the reorganized insurance company shall, pursuant to the terms and conditions of the plan of reorganization approved by the Commissioner, become membership interests in the mutual insurance holding company. Policyholders of the reorganized insurance company shall be members of the mutual insurance holding company in accordance with subsection (a) of this section and the articles of incorporation and bylaws of the mutual insurance holding company. The mutual insurance holding company shall at all times own a majority of the voting shares of the capital stock of the reorganized insurance company.
(c)	A mutual insurance holding company resulting from the reorganization of a domestic mutual insurance company that was organized under Articles 7 and 8 and other applicable provisions of this Chapter shall be incorporated under this Chapter. The articles of incorporation and any amendments to such articles of the mutual insurance holding company shall be subject to approval of the Commissioner in the same manner as those of a mutual insurance company.
(d)	A mutual insurance holding company is an insurer subject to Article 30 of this Chapter and shall automatically be a party to any proceeding under Article 30 of this Chapter involving an insurance company which, as a result of a reorganization under subsection (a) or (b) of this section, is a subsidiary of the mutual insurance holding company. In any proceeding under Article 30 of this Chapter involving the reorganized insurance company, the assets of the mutual insurance holding company are deemed to be assets of the estate of the reorganized insurance company for purposes of satisfying the claims of the reorganized insurance company's policyholders. A mutual insurance holding company shall not dissolve or liquidate without the approval of the Commissioner or as ordered by the court pursuant to Article 30 of this Chapter.
(e)	G.S. 58‑10‑10 and G.S. 58‑10‑12 are not applicable to a reorganization or merger of interests under this Part. G.S. 58‑10‑10 and G.S. 58‑10‑12 are applicable to demutualization of a mutual insurance holding company that resulted from the reorganization of a domestic mutual insurance company organized under this Chapter as if the mutual insurance holding company was a mutual insurance company.
(f)	A membership interest in a domestic mutual insurance holding company shall not constitute a security as defined in Chapter 78A of the General Statutes.
(g)	The majority of the voting shares of the capital stock of the reorganized insurance company, which is required by this section to be at all times owned by a mutual insurance holding company, shall not be conveyed, transferred, assigned, pledged, subjected to a security interest or lien, encumbered, or otherwise hypothecated or alienated by the mutual insurance holding company or intermediate holding company. Any conveyance, transfer, assignment, pledge, security interest, lien, encumbrance, or hypothecation or alienation of, in, or on the majority of the voting shares of the reorganized insurance company is a violation of this section and shall be void in inverse chronological order of the date of such conveyance, transfer, assignment, pledge, security interest, lien, encumbrance, or hypothecation or alienation, as to the shares necessary to constitute a majority of such voting shares. The majority of the voting shares of the capital stock of the reorganized insurance company shall not be subject to execution and levy as provided in Chapter 1 of the General Statutes. The shares of the capital stock of the surviving or new company resulting from a merger or consolidation of two or more reorganized insurance companies or two or more intermediate holding companies that were subsidiaries of the same mutual insurance holding company are subject to the same requirements, restrictions, and limitations to which the shares of the merging or consolidating reorganized insurance companies or intermediate holding companies were subject by this section prior to the merger or consolidation. The ownership of a majority of the voting shares of the capital stock of the reorganized insurance company that are required by this section to be at all times owned by a parent mutual insurance holding company includes indirect ownership through one or more intermediate holding companies in a corporate structure approved by the Commissioner. However, indirect ownership through one or more intermediate holding companies shall not result in the mutual insurance holding company owning less than the equivalent of a majority of the voting shares of the capital stock of the reorganized insurance company. The Commissioner shall have jurisdiction over an intermediate holding company as if it were a mutual insurance holding company.
(h)	The applicant's articles of incorporation or bylaws, as appropriate, shall require a policyholder vote of approval of the reorganization by a two‑thirds majority of the domestic mutual insurance company's policyholders voting on it in person, by proxy, or by mail at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on the reorganization.  (2012‑161, s. 1.)

§ 58‑10‑285.  Application; contents; process.
(a)	An application shall be designated as either a limited application or a standard application. The filing of a limited application shall not preclude the subsequent filing of an application for approval of an initial sale of stock as provided in G.S. 58‑10‑315.
(b)	The application shall be filed in triplicate with the Commissioner and shall include the following items:
(1)	Designation as a limited or standard application.
(2)	A plan of reorganization as set forth in G.S. 58‑10‑290.
(3)	A plan to obtain the approval of the policyholders in accordance with this Part and the applicant's articles of incorporation and bylaws.
(4)	A copy of the mutual insurance holding company's proposed articles of incorporation and bylaws specifying all membership rights.
(5)	The names, addresses, and occupational information of all corporate officers and members of the initial mutual insurance holding company board of directors.
(6)	Information sufficient to demonstrate that the financial condition of the applicant will not be diminished upon reorganization.
(7)	A copy of the proposed articles of incorporation and bylaws for any insurance company subsidiary or intermediate holding company subsidiary.
(8)	A "Form A" filing as described in Chapter 11 of Title 11 of the North Carolina Administrative Code.
(9)	A statement that the application is in compliance with all pertinent North Carolina General Statutes and Administrative Rules and that the requirements for a plan of reorganization have been fulfilled.
(10)	An index demonstrating wherein the application information supplied in compliance with this subsection is found.
(11)	The applicable fee required by subsection (f) of this section.
(12)	Any other information requested by the Commissioner at any time during the course of proceedings.
(c)	Upon receipt and review by the Commissioner of all information provided pursuant to subsection (b) of this section, the Commissioner may establish a period during which the Department will receive and consider public comments on the proposed reorganization. The Commissioner may inform the public of the limited or standard application in a manner deemed appropriate by the Commissioner and may hold a public hearing concerning the application.
(d)	The Commissioner may contract, at the expense of the person filing the application, with any attorneys, actuaries, economists, accountants, consultants, or other professional advisors not otherwise a part of the Commissioner's staff to assist the Commissioner in reviewing the application. These contracts are personal professional service contracts exempt from Articles 3 and 3C of Chapter 143 of the General Statutes.
(e)	The expenses of mailing any notices and other materials required by this section shall be borne by the person filing the application.
(f)	An applicant filing a limited application under this section shall submit with the application under subsection (b) of this section an application fee of two hundred fifty dollars ($250.00). An applicant filing a standard application under this section shall submit with the application under subsection (b) of this section an application fee of five hundred dollars ($500.00).  (2012‑161, s. 1.)

§ 58‑10‑290.  Plan of reorganization.
(a)	A limited application plan of reorganization shall include the following provisions:
(1)	Establishing a mutual insurance holding company with at least one stock insurance company subsidiary or one intermediary stock holding company with a stock insurance company subsidiary, the shares of which shall be held exclusively by the mutual insurance holding company.
(2)	Protecting the interests of existing policyholders.
(3)	Ensuring immediate membership in the mutual insurance holding company of all existing policyholders of the reorganizing domestic mutual insurance company.
(4)	Describing a plan providing for membership interests of future policyholders.
(5)	Describing the number of members of the board of directors of the mutual insurance holding company required to be policyholders.
(6)	Demonstrating that, in the event of proceedings under Article 30 of this Chapter involving a stock insurance company subsidiary of the mutual insurance holding company which resulted from the reorganization of a domestic mutual insurance company, the assets of the mutual insurance holding company will be available to satisfy the policyholder obligations of the stock insurance company.
(7)	Describing how any accumulation or prospective accumulation of earnings by the mutual insurance holding company in excess of that determined by the board of directors of the mutual insurance holding company to be necessary shall inure to the exclusive benefit of the policyholders of its insurance company subsidiaries who are members.
(8)	Describing the nature and content of the annual report and financial statement to be sent to each member.
(9)	Describing any other relevant matters the applicant deems appropriate.
(b)	A standard application plan of reorganization shall include the following provisions:
(1)	Establishing a mutual insurance holding company with at least one stock insurance company subsidiary or one wholly owned intermediate stock holding company with a stock insurance company subsidiary, the shares of which shall be held exclusively by the wholly owned intermediate holding company.
(2)	Protecting the interests of existing policyholders.
(3)	Ensuring immediate membership in the mutual insurance holding company of all existing policyholders of the reorganizing domestic mutual insurance company.
(4)	Providing for membership interests of future policyholders.
(5)	Describing the number of members of the board of directors of the mutual insurance holding company required to be policyholders.
(6)	Demonstrating that, in the event of proceedings under Article 30 of this Chapter involving a stock insurance company subsidiary of the mutual insurance holding company which resulted from the reorganization of a domestic mutual insurance company, the assets of the mutual insurance holding company will be available to satisfy the policyholder obligations of the stock insurance company.
(7)	Describing how any accumulation or prospective accumulation of earnings by the mutual insurance holding company in excess of that determined by the board of directors of the mutual insurance holding company to be necessary shall inure to the exclusive benefit of the policyholders of its insurance company subsidiaries who are members.
(8)	Describing the nature and content of the annual report and financial statement to be sent to each member.
(9)	Describing the applicant's plan for a stock offering in accordance with the provisions of G.S. 58‑10‑315.
(10)	Describing any other relevant matters the applicant deems appropriate.
(c)	With regard to either a limited or standard application, the plan of reorganization submitted to the Commissioner shall demonstrate the following:
(1)	Policyholder interests are properly preserved and protected.
(2)	The plan is fair and equitable to policyholders.
(3)	The financial condition of the applicant will not be diminished.  (2012‑161, s. 1.)

§ 58‑10‑295.  Powers of the Commissioner.
(a)	The Commissioner shall at all times retain jurisdiction over the mutual insurance holding company, its intermediate holding company subsidiaries with stock insurance company subsidiaries, and its stock insurance company subsidiaries.
(b)	Following any public comment period or hearing pursuant to G.S. 58‑10‑285, the Commissioner by order shall approve, conditionally approve, or deny an application. The Commissioner may require, as a condition of approval of the proposed reorganization, modifications of the proposed plan of reorganization that the Commissioner finds necessary. The applicant shall accept the required modifications by filing appropriate amendments to the proposed plan of reorganization with the Commissioner within 30 days of the date of the Commissioner's order requiring the modifications. If the applicant does not accept the required modifications by failing to file the required amendments to the proposed plan of reorganization within 30 days, the proposed reorganization shall be deemed denied.
(c)	An approval or conditional approval of a plan of reorganization shall expire if the reorganization is not completed within 210 days after the approval or conditional approval unless the time period is extended by the Commissioner upon a showing of good cause.
(d)	The Commissioner may revoke approval or conditional approval of an applicant's plan of reorganization in the event the Commissioner finds the applicant has failed to comply with the plan of reorganization. The Commissioner may compel completion of a plan of reorganization unless the plan is abandoned in its entirety, in accordance with the applicant's provisions for governance.
(e)	Upon completion of all elements of a plan of reorganization, the applicant shall provide a notice of completion to the Commissioner.  (2012‑161, s. 1.)

§ 58‑10‑300.  Special financial requirements.
(a)	Mutual insurance holding companies and their insurance company subsidiaries and affiliates shall comply with the provisions of Article 19 of this Chapter except as expressly provided in this Part. Mutual insurance holding companies' investments in subsidiaries, including intermediate holding companies, shall not be subject to any of the restrictions on investment activities set forth in G.S. 58‑19‑10.
(b)	When a mutual insurance holding company acquires or plans to acquire more than fifty percent (50%) of a stock insurance company, the mutual insurance holding company shall submit to the Commissioner a plan describing any membership interests of policyholders.
(c)	Each mutual insurance holding company shall supply to the Commissioner, by April 1 of each year, an annual statement consisting of the following:
(1)	An income statement.
(2)	A balance sheet.
(3)	A cash flow statement.
(4)	Complete information on the status of any closed block formed as a part of a plan of reorganization.
(5)	An investment plan covering all assets.
(6)	A statement disclosing any intention to pledge, borrow against, alienate, hypothecate, or in any way encumber the assets of the mutual insurance holding company.
(d)	At least fifty percent (50%) of the net worth of the mutual insurance holding company, based upon generally accepted accounting practices, shall be invested in insurance company subsidiaries. The Commissioner may waive the fifty percent (50%) limitation upon a showing of good cause.
(e)	No policyholder who is a member of a mutual insurance holding company shall receive on account of such membership interest any payment of a policy credit, dividend, or other distribution unless the payment has been approved by the Commissioner. The Commissioner, if satisfied the proposed payment is fair and equitable to policyholders who are members, may approve the proposed payment and may require as a condition of the approval modification of the proposed payment that the Commissioner finds necessary for the protection of the policyholders.
(f)	Mutual insurance holding companies shall comply with Part 3 of this Article and shall be considered a domestic insurer for the purposes of compliance with Part 3 of this Article.  (2012‑161, s. 1.)

§ 58‑10‑305.  Reorganization of domestic mutual insurer with mutual insurance holding company.
A domestic mutual insurance company may apply to reorganize by merging its policyholders' membership interests into a mutual insurance holding company by filing with the Commissioner a joint application with the mutual insurance holding company complying with the provisions of G.S. 58‑10‑285.  (2012‑161, s. 1.)

§ 58‑10‑310.  Mergers of mutual insurance holding companies.
A mutual insurance holding company may apply to merge with another mutual insurance holding company by filing with the Commissioner a plan of merger and complying with the provisions of Article 19 of this Chapter.  (2012‑161, s. 1.)

§ 58‑10‑315.  Stock offerings.
(a)	No stock offering by a mutual insurance holding company, an insurance company subsidiary of a mutual insurance holding company, an intermediate holding company subsidiary of a mutual insurance holding company, or an insurance company subsidiary of an intermediate holding company subsidiary to a mutual insurance holding company shall occur without the prior approval of the Commissioner.
(b)	Every application for approval of a stock offering shall contain the following information:
(1)	A description of the stock intended to be offered by the applicant, including a description of all shareholder rights.
(2)	The total number of shares authorized to be issued, the estimated number the applicant requests permission to offer, and the intended date or range of dates for the offer.
(3)	A justification for a uniform planned offering price or a justification of the method by which the offering price will be determined.
(4)	The name or names of any underwriter, syndicate member, or placement agent involved and, if known, the name or names of each entity, person, or group of persons to whom the stock offering is to be made who will control five percent (5%) of the total outstanding class of shares, and the manner in which the offer is to be tendered. If any such entity or person is a corporation or business organization, the name of each member of its board of directors or equivalent management team shall be provided along with the name of each member of the board of directors of the offeror. Copies of any filings with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission disclosing intended acquisitions of the stock shall be included in the application.
(5)	A description of stock subscription rights to be afforded members of the mutual insurance holding company in conjunction with the stock offering.
(6)	A detailed description of all expenses to be incurred in conjunction with the stock offering.
(7)	An explanation of how funds raised by the stock offering are to be used.
(8)	Any other information requested by the Commissioner.
(c)	No application regarding a planned stock offering shall be approved unless the plan contains the following provisions:
(1)	Prohibiting officers, directors, and insiders of the mutual insurance holding company and its subsidiaries and affiliates from purchase or ownership of shares of the stock offering, or issuance of stock options to or for the benefit of such officers, directors, and insiders, in excess of five percent (5%) of the stock offering. The Commissioner may waive this requirement upon a showing of good cause. This subdivision does not limit the rights of officers, directors, and insiders from exercising subscription rights that are generally accorded members of the mutual insurance holding company. However, pursuant to those subscription rights, the officers, directors, and insiders of the mutual insurance holding company and its subsidiaries and affiliates may not purchase or own, in the aggregate, more than five percent (5%) of the stock offering.
(2)	Requiring that, after the initial stock offering, a majority of the board of directors of the mutual insurance holding company be persons who are not interested persons of the mutual insurance holding company or of an affiliated person of the company. For purposes of this subdivision, a member of the mutual insurance holding company or a policyholder of any of its insurance company subsidiaries shall not be considered an "interested person" or an "affiliated person." The Commissioner may waive this requirement upon a showing of good cause.
(3)	For the mutual insurance holding company to adopt articles of incorporation prohibiting any waiver of dividends from stock subsidiaries except under conditions specified in its articles of incorporation and after approval of the waiver by the board of directors of the mutual insurance holding company and the Commissioner.
(4)	Requiring that, after the initial stock offering by an insurance company subsidiary of a mutual insurance holding company, an intermediate holding company subsidiary of a mutual insurance holding company, or an insurance company subsidiary of an intermediate holding company subsidiary of a mutual insurance holding company, the boards of directors of each insurance company or intermediate holding company include at least three directors who are not interested persons of the mutual insurance holding company. The Commissioner may waive this requirement upon a showing of good cause.
(5)	Establishing, within the board of directors of the corporation offering stock, a pricing committee consisting exclusively of directors who are not members of management of the insurance company subsidiary whose responsibility is to evaluate and approve the price of any stock offering.
(d)	An insurance company subsidiary of a mutual insurance holding company, an intermediate holding company subsidiary of a mutual insurance holding company, or an insurance company subsidiary of an intermediate holding company subsidiary to a mutual insurance holding company may issue more than one class of stock, provided, however, that the issuer complies with all of the following requirements:
(1)	At all times a majority of the voting stock is held by the mutual insurance holding company or its subsidiary.
(2)	No class of common stock may possess greater dividend or other rights than the class held by the mutual insurance holding company or its subsidiary.
(e)	The Commissioner may retain, at the expense of the person filing the application, any attorneys, actuaries, economists, accountants, consultants, or other professional advisors not otherwise a part of the Commissioner's staff to assist the Commissioner in reviewing the application. These contracts are personal professional service contracts exempt from Articles 3 and 3C of Chapter 143 of the General Statutes.
(f)	The expenses of mailing any notices and other materials required by this section shall be borne by the person filing the application.
(g)	Upon receipt and review by the Commissioner of all information provided under this section, the Commissioner may establish a period during which the Department will receive and consider public comments about the proposed offering. The Commissioner shall inform the public of the offering by posting information about the application in a manner deemed appropriate by the Commissioner. The Commissioner may hold a public hearing concerning the application or the proposed offering. Following any public comment period or hearing, if applicable, the Commissioner may approve, conditionally approve, or deny the application. The Commissioner may approve the application if the following apply:
(1)	The offering complies with this Part and other provisions of law.
(2)	The method for establishing the price of a stock offering is consistent with generally accepted market or industry practices for establishing stock offering prices in similar transactions.
(3)	The plan and offering will not unfairly impact the interests of members of the mutual insurance holding company.
Nothing in this subsection shall be deemed to prohibit the filing of a registration statement with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission before or concurrently with the giving of notice to members.
(h)	Notwithstanding the provisions of subsections (a) through (g) of this section, stock offerings which are not an initial stock offering, and which are proposed by entities with a class of securities regularly traded on the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange, or another exchange approved by the Commissioner, or designated on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotations national market system (NASDAQ), may be sold in accordance with the following procedure: if a mutual insurance holding company, an insurance company subsidiary of a mutual insurance holding company, an intermediate holding company, or an insurance company subsidiary of an intermediate holding company intends to make a stock offering which would be governed by the provisions of this subsection, that entity shall deliver to the Commissioner, not less than 60 days prior to the offering, a notice of the planned stock offering and all of the following information:
(1)	The total number of shares intended to be offered.
(2)	The intended date of sale.
(3)	Evidence the stock is regularly traded on one of the public exchanges specified in this subsection.
(4)	A record of the trading price and trading volume of the stock during the prior 52 weeks.
The Commissioner shall be deemed to have approved the sale unless, within 60 days following receipt of such notice, the Commissioner issues an objection to the sale. If the Commissioner issues an objection to the sale, the application process set forth in subsections (a) through (g) of this section shall be followed to determine whether the Commissioner approves of the proposed sale.
(i)	Approval of a stock offering obtained under either subsection (g) or (h) of this section shall expire 120 days following the date of the approval or deemed approval, except as otherwise provided by order of the Commissioner.
(j)	No prospectus, information, sales material, or sales presentation by the applicant, or by any representative, agent, or affiliate of the applicant, shall contain a representation that the Commissioner has endorsed the price, price range, or any other information relating to the stock.
(k)	No company making a stock offering under this section shall engage in any of the following practices:
(1)	Borrow funds from the mutual insurance holding company, or its subsidiaries and affiliates, to finance the purchase of any portion of a stock offering.
(2)	Pay any commissions, "special fees," or any other special payments or extraordinary compensation to officers, directors, interested persons, and affiliates for arranging, promoting, aiding, or assisting in reorganization to a mutual insurance holding company or for arranging, promoting, aiding, assisting, or participating in the structuring and placement of a stock offering.
(3)	Enter into an understanding or agreement transferring legal or beneficial ownership of stock to another person to avoid the requirements of this Part.  (2012‑161, s. 1.)

§ 58‑10‑320.  Regulation of holding company system.
(a)	All material transactions, as that term is defined under Part 3 of this Article, between or among subsidiaries and affiliates of the mutual insurance holding company, must, after review and exercise of director duties by the directors of the mutual insurance holding company, be approved by a majority of the directors of the mutual insurance holding company as being fair and reasonable.
(b)	If the Commissioner determines that activities within a mutual insurance holding company system have violated provisions of the General Statutes of North Carolina or the North Carolina Administrative Code or acted to circumvent requirements or prohibitions contained in the General Statutes or Administrative Code, the Commissioner may prohibit or order rescission of any transaction relating to those activities.  (2012‑161, s. 1.)

§ 58‑10‑325.  Reporting of stock ownership and transactions.
(a)	Any director or officer of a mutual insurance holding company, its subsidiary, or affiliate, who acquires directly or indirectly the beneficial ownership of any security issued by any intermediate holding company or any insurance company subsidiary of an intermediate holding company or mutual insurance holding company shall, within 15 days following the transaction, file with the Commissioner a statement of the transaction on the form prescribed by the Commissioner.
(b)	A mutual insurance holding company, and its subsidiaries and affiliates, shall file with the Commissioner, within 15 days of receipt, copies of Form 3, Form 4, and Schedule 13D, or any equivalent filings, such filings made under the federal Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.  (2012‑161, s. 1.)

Part 9. Captive Insurance Companies.
Subpart 1. General Provisions.
§ 58‑10‑335.  Purpose.
(a)	This Part shall be known and may be cited as the "North Carolina Captive Insurance Act."
(b)	The purpose of this Part is to establish the procedures for the organization and regulation of the operations of captive insurance companies transacting insurance business within this State and thereby promote the general welfare of the people of this State.  (2013‑116, s. 1.)

§ 58‑10‑340.  Definitions.
The following definitions apply in this Part:
(1)	An "affiliate" of or person "affiliated" with a specific person. – Defined in G.S. 58‑19‑5.
(2)	Alien. – An alien company as defined in G.S. 58‑1‑5.
(3)	Alien captive insurance company. – Any insurance company formed to write insurance business for its parents and affiliates and licensed pursuant to the laws of an alien jurisdiction which imposes statutory or regulatory standards in a form acceptable to the Commissioner on companies transacting the business of insurance in such jurisdiction.
(4)	Association. – Any legal association of individuals, corporations, limited liability companies, partnerships, associations, or other entities that meets the criteria set forth in either sub‑subdivision a. or b. of this subdivision:
a.	The member organizations of the association or the association itself, either alone or in conjunction with some or all of the member organizations, are described by any of the following:
1.	Owning, controlling, or holding with power to vote all of the outstanding voting securities of an association captive insurance company incorporated as a stock insurer.
2.	Having complete voting control over an association captive insurance company incorporated as a mutual insurer.
3.	Constituting all of the subscribers of an association captive insurance company formed as a reciprocal insurer.
4.	Having complete voting control over an association captive insurance company formed as a limited liability company.
b.	Each member organization of the association is one of the following:
1.	A not‑for‑profit corporation, nonprofit association, or similar nonprofit organization.
2.	An entity or organization exempt from taxation under Section 501(c) of the Internal Revenue Code, 26 U.S.C. § 501(c).
3.	A municipality, metropolitan government, county, authority, utility district, or other public body generally classified as a governmental body or governmental entity, whether organized by local act or public act of the General Assembly, or any agency, board, or commission of any municipality, metropolitan government, county, authority, utility district or other public body generally classified as a governmental body or governmental entity. This sub‑sub‑subdivision shall be liberally construed.
(5)	Association captive insurance company. – Any company that insures risks of the member organizations of an association, and that also may insure the risks of affiliated companies of the member organizations and the risks of the association itself.
(6)	Branch business. – Any insurance business transacted by a branch captive insurance company in this State.
(7)	Branch captive insurance company. – Any alien captive insurance company licensed by the Commissioner to transact the business of insurance in this State through a business unit with a principal place of business in this State. A branch captive insurance company is a pure captive insurance company with respect to operations in this State, unless otherwise permitted by the Commissioner.
(8)	Branch operations. – Any business operations of a branch captive insurance company in this State.
(9)	Captive insurance company. – Any pure captive insurance company, association captive insurance company, industrial insured captive insurance company, risk retention group, protected cell captive insurance company, special purpose captive insurance company, or special purpose financial captive insurance company formed or licensed under this Part.
(10)	Commissioner. – Defined in G.S. 58‑1‑5.
(11)	Control. – Defined in G.S. 58‑19‑5. Notwithstanding this definition, for purposes of this Part, the fact that an SPFC exclusively provides reinsurance to a ceding insurer under an SPFC contract is not by itself sufficient grounds for a finding that the SPFC and ceding insurer are under common control.
(12)	Repealed by Session Laws 2016‑78, s. 4.1(a), effective June 30, 2016.
(12a)	Core. – A protected cell captive insurance company, excluding its protected cells.
(13)	Counterparty. – An SPFC's parent or affiliated company or a ceding insurer to the SPFC contract. A nonaffiliated company may be designated a counterparty, but that designation is subject to the prior approval of the Commissioner.
(14)	Court. – Defined in G.S. 58‑30‑10.
(15)	Department. – Defined in G.S. 58‑1‑5.
(16)	General account. – All assets and liabilities of a protected cell captive insurance company not attributable to a protected cell.
(16a)	Governing board. – The board of directors or officials possessing similar authority.
(17)	Incorporated protected cell. – A protected cell that is organized as a corporation or other legal entity separate from the protected cell captive insurance company of which it is a part.
(17a)	Impairment. – When the assets of a captive insurance company or protected cell are less than the sum of its liabilities and required minimum capital and surplus.
(18)	Repealed by Session Laws 2015‑99, s. 1, effective June 19, 2015.
(19)	Industrial insured. – An insured that meets all of the following:
a.	It procures the insurance of any risk or risks by use of the services of a full‑time employee acting as an insurance manager or buyer.
b.	Its aggregate annual premiums for insurance on all risks total at least twenty‑five thousand dollars ($25,000).
c.	It has at least 25 full‑time employees.
(20)	Industrial insured captive insurance company. – Any company that insures risks of the industrial insureds that comprise the industrial insured group and that may insure the risks of the affiliated companies of the industrial insureds.
(21)	Industrial insured group. – Any group of industrial insureds that collectively are described by any of the following:
a.	Own, control, or hold with power to vote all of the outstanding voting securities of an industrial insured captive insurance company incorporated as a stock insurer.
b.	Have complete voting control over an industrial insured captive insurance company incorporated as a mutual insurer.
c.	Constitute all of the subscribers of an industrial insured captive insurance company formed as a reciprocal insurer.
d.	Have complete voting control over an industrial insured captive insurance company formed as a limited liability company.
(22)	Insurance securitization or securitization. – A transaction or a group of related transactions which meet the requirements of sub‑subdivisions a. and b. of this subdivision:
a.	The transactions include capital market offerings that are effected through related risk transfer instruments and facilitating administrative agreements where all or part of the result of such transactions is used to fund the SPFC's obligations under a reinsurance contract with a ceding insurer and by which one of the following occur:
1.	Proceeds are obtained by a SPFC, directly or indirectly, through the issuance of securities by the SPFC or any other person.
2.	All of the following occur: (i) a person provides one or more letters of credit or other assets for the benefit of the SPFC; (ii) the Commissioner authorizes the SPFC to treat such letters of credit or other assets as admitted assets for purposes of the SPFC's annual report; and (iii) all or any part of such proceeds, letters of credit, or assets, as applicable, are used to fund the SPFC's obligations under a reinsurance contract with a ceding insurer.
b.	The transactions do not include the issuance of a letter of credit for the benefit of the Commissioner to satisfy all or part of the SPFC's capital and surplus requirements under G.S. 58‑10‑575.
(23)	Member organization. – Any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association, or other entity that belongs to an association.
(24)	Mutual corporation. – A corporation organized without stockholders and includes a nonprofit corporation with members.
(25)	Mutual insurer. – A company owned by its policyholders where no stock is available for purchase.
(26)	NAIC. – Defined in G.S. 58‑1‑5.
(27)	Organizational documents. – The documents that must be submitted pursuant to North Carolina law in order to legally form a business in this State or to obtain a license to transact business in this State.
(28)	Parent. – A person that directly or indirectly controls a captive insurance company.
(29)	Participant. – Any person and any affiliate of such person that is insured by a protected cell captive insurance company, where the losses of the participant are limited through a participant contract.
(30)	Participant contract. – A contract by which a protected cell captive insurance company insures the risks of a participant and limits the losses of each such participant to its pro rata share of the assets of one or more protected cells identified in such participant contract.
(31)	Person. – Defined in G.S. 58‑1‑5.
(32)	Protected cell. – Either of the following:
a.	A separate account established by a protected cell captive insurance company licensed under this Part, in which assets and liabilities are segregated and insulated by means of this Part from the remainder of the protected cell captive insurance company's assets and liabilities, in accordance with the terms of one or more participant contracts to fund the liability of the protected cell captive insurance company, with respect to the participants as set forth in the participant contracts.
b.	A separate account established and maintained by an SPFC for one SPFC contract and the accompanying insurance securitization with a counterparty.
(33)	Protected cell assets. – All assets, contract rights, and general intangibles identified with and attributable to a specific protected cell of a protected cell captive insurance company.
(34)	Protected cell captive insurance company. – Any captive insurance company meeting all of the following:
a.	The minimum capital and surplus required by this Part are provided by one or more sponsors.
b.	The company is licensed under this Part.
c.	The company insures the risks of separate participants through participant contracts.
d.	The company funds its liability to each participant through one or more protected cells and segregates the assets of each protected cell from the assets of other protected cells and from the assets of the protected cell captive insurance company's general account.
(35)	Protected cell liabilities. – All liabilities and other obligations identified with and attributed to a specific protected cell of a protected cell captive insurance company.
(36)	Pure captive insurance company. – Any company that insures risks of its parent or affiliated companies.
(37)	Risk retention group. – A captive insurance company organized under the laws of this State pursuant to the Liability Risk Retention Act of 1986, 15 U.S.C. § 3901, et seq., as amended, as a stock or mutual corporation or as a reciprocal or other limited liability entity. Risk retention groups formed under this Part are subject to all applicable insurance laws including, but not limited to, any applicable provisions in Articles 1, 2, 3, 7, 9, 10, 12, 19, 22, 33, and 34 of this Chapter.
(38)	Securities. – Those different types of debt obligations, equity, surplus certificates, surplus notes, funding agreements, derivatives, and other legal forms of financial instruments.
(38a)	Special purpose captive insurance company. – A captive insurance company that is formed or licensed under this Part that does not meet the definition of any other type of captive insurance company defined in this section and is designated as a special purpose captive insurance company by the Commissioner.
(39)	SPFC or Special Purpose Financial Captive. – A captive insurance company that has received a license from the Commissioner for the limited purposes provided for in this Part.
(40)	SPFC contract. – A contract between the SPFC and the counterparty pursuant to which the SPFC agrees to provide insurance or reinsurance protection to the counterparty for risks associated with the counterparty's insurance or reinsurance business.
(41)	SPFC securities. – The securities issued by an SPFC.
(42)	Sponsor. – Any person that is approved by the Commissioner to provide all or part of the capital and surplus required by this Part and to organize and operate a protected cell captive insurance company.
(43)	Surplus note. – An unsecured subordinated debt obligation deemed to be a surplus certificate under this Part and otherwise possessing characteristics consistent with paragraph 3 of the NAIC's Statement of Statutory Accounting Principles No. 41, as amended.  (2013‑116, s. 1; 2014‑65, s. 1; 2015‑99, s. 1; 2016‑78, s. 4.1(a); 2022‑7, s. 4(a).)

§ 58‑10‑345.  Licensing; authority; confidentiality.
(a)	Any business entity, when permitted by its organizational documents, may apply to the Commissioner for a license to do any insurance comprised in G.S. 58‑7‑15; provided, however, that:
(1)	No pure captive insurance company shall insure any risks other than those of its parent and affiliated companies.
(2)	No association captive insurance company shall insure any risks other than those of its association, those of the member organizations of its association, and those of a member organization's affiliated companies.
(3)	No industrial insured captive insurance company shall insure any risks other than those of the industrial insureds that comprise the industrial insured group, [and] those of their affiliated companies.
(4)	No risk retention group shall insure any risks other than those of its members and owners.
(5)	No captive insurance company shall provide personal motor vehicle or homeowner's insurance coverage or any component of those coverages on a direct basis.
(6)	No captive insurance company shall accept or cede reinsurance except as provided in G.S. 58‑10‑445 and G.S. 58‑10‑605.
(7)	No captive insurance company shall provide accident and health insurance on a direct basis.
(8)	No captive insurance company shall provide workers' compensation and employer's liability insurance on a direct basis.
(9)	No captive insurance company shall provide life insurance or annuities on a direct basis.
(10)	A special purpose captive insurance company may provide insurance or reinsurance or both for risks as approved by the Commissioner.
(11)	No captive insurance company shall provide fidelity and surety insurance for the purpose of becoming surety on or guaranteeing the performance of bail bonds, as defined in G.S. 58‑71‑1(2).
(b)	No captive insurance company shall transact any insurance business in this State unless:
(1)	It obtains a license from the Commissioner pursuant to subsection (c) of this section authorizing it to do insurance business in this State.
(2)	Its governing board holds at least one meeting each year in this State. A captive insurance company will be exempt from this board meeting requirement if the captive insurance company utilizes the services of at least two of the following North Carolina‑based service providers:
a.	Legal.
b.	Accounting.
c.	Actuarial.
d.	Investment advisor.
e.	Captive manager.
f.	Other service providers acceptable to the Commissioner.
(3)	It maintains its principal place of business in this State.
(4)	It appoints a registered agent to accept service of process and to otherwise act on its behalf in this State, provided that whenever such registered agent cannot with reasonable diligence be found at the registered office of the captive insurance company, the Commissioner shall be an agent of such captive insurance company upon whom any process, notice, or demand may be served and such service shall be done in accordance with G.S. 58‑16‑30.
(c)	In order to receive a license to issue policies of insurance as a captive insurance company in this State, an applicant business entity shall meet all of the following requirements:
(1)	The applicant business entity shall submit its organizational documents to the Commissioner. If the Commissioner approves the organizational documents, then the Commissioner shall issue a certificate to the applicant business entity business entity certifying the Commissioner's approval. The applicant business entity shall submit the organizational documents, along with a copy of the certificate of approval issued by the Commissioner, and the required filing fees for organizational documents prescribed by North Carolina law to the Secretary of State for filing. Upon filing the organizational documents, the Secretary of State shall issue a certificate of filing to the applicant business entity. The applicant business entity shall submit a copy of the certificate of filing relative to the applicant business entity's organizational documents issued by the Secretary of State to the Commissioner.
(2)	The applicant business entity shall file a statement under oath of its president and secretary showing its financial condition.
(3)	The applicant business entity shall file its plan of operation.
(4)	The applicant business entity shall file other documents as required by the Commissioner.
(5)	The applicant business entity shall also file with the Commissioner evidence of all of the following:
a.	The liquidity of the captive insurance company is sufficient relative to the risks to be insured.
b.	The adequacy of the expertise, experience, and character of the person or persons who will manage it.
c.	The overall soundness of its plan of operation.
d.	The adequacy of the loss prevention programs of its insureds.
e.	Such other factors deemed relevant by the Commissioner in ascertaining whether the applicant business entity will be able to meet its policy obligations.
(6)	No less than the amount required by G.S. 58‑10‑370, in a form acceptable to the Commissioner, shall be paid into the applicant business entity.
(7)	The applicant business entity shall submit to the Commissioner for approval a description of the coverages, deductibles, coverage limits, and rates, together with such additional information as the Commissioner may require.
(d)	Whenever a captive insurance company desires to amend the organizational documents submitted pursuant to subdivision (c)(1) of this section, the company shall submit the amended organizational documents to the Commissioner. If the Commissioner approves the amendment, then the Commissioner shall issue a certificate to the company certifying the Commissioner's approval. The company shall submit the organizational documents, along with a copy of the certificate of approval issued by the Commissioner, and the required filing fees for organizational documents prescribed in North Carolina law to the Secretary of State for filing. Upon filing the organizational documents, the Secretary of State shall issue a certificate of filing to the company. The company shall submit a copy of the certificate of filing relative to the company's organizational documents issued by the Secretary of State to the Commissioner.
(e)	If a captive insurance company makes any subsequent material change to any item in the description submitted pursuant to subdivision (c)(7) of this section, then the captive insurance company shall submit an appropriate revision to the Commissioner for approval and shall not offer any additional kinds of insurance until a revision of such description is approved by the Commissioner. The captive insurance company shall inform the Commissioner of any material change in rates within 30 days of the adoption of such change.
(f)	Information submitted pursuant to this section is confidential and may be made public by the Commissioner or the Commissioner's designee only upon an order of a court of competent jurisdiction except:
(1)	This subsection shall not apply to any risk retention group.
(2)	The Commissioner shall have the discretion to disclose such information to a public official having jurisdiction over the regulation of insurance in another state, provided that:
a.	The public official agrees in writing to maintain the confidentiality of such information; and
b.	The laws of the state in which the public official serves require the information to be and to remain confidential.
(3)	Organizational documents filed with the Secretary of State shall continue to be nonconfidential public records in the Secretary of State's office.
(g)	The Commissioner is authorized to retain legal, financial, and audit services from outside the Department, the costs of which shall be reimbursed by the business entity. G.S. 58‑2‑160 shall apply to audits and processing conducted under the authority of this section.
(h)	If the Commissioner is satisfied that the documents and statements filed by an applicant business entity comply with this section, then the Commissioner shall grant a license authorizing it to do insurance business in this State.
(i)	A business entity incorporated, formed, or organized under the laws of another jurisdiction that is licensed as a captive insurance company under the provisions of this Part shall have the privileges and be subject to the provisions of the laws of this State or the laws of such other jurisdiction, as applicable, under which such business entity is incorporated, formed, or organized. In the event of a conflict between the provisions of the laws of this State and the laws of such other jurisdiction under which such business entity is incorporated, formed, or organized, the provisions of this Part shall control.  (2013‑116, s. 1; 2014‑65, s. 2; 2015‑99, s. 1; 2016‑78, s. 4.1(b); 2018‑120, s. 5.1(a); 2022‑7, ss. 4(b), 8.)

§ 58‑10‑347.  Provisional approval for a license.
(a)	At the Commissioner's discretion, provisional approval for a license may be granted to an applicant business entity for a period not to exceed 90 days.
(b)	An applicant business entity may petition the Commissioner to extend the provisional time provided the petition is received in writing not less than 10 days before expiration of the provisional time and provides sufficient detail to permit the Commissioner to make an informed decision.
(c)	Extensions may be granted by the Commissioner for 30‑day periods upon a showing by the applicant business entity of the reasons for requesting an extension and a determination by the Commissioner of good cause for the extension.
(d)	As a condition precedent to provisionally approving a license under this section, the applicant business entity shall have filed an application required by this Part and the Commissioner shall have made a preliminary finding that the expertise, experience, and character of the person or persons who will control and manage the applicant business entity are acceptable.
(e)	The Commissioner may limit the authority of any provisional licensee in any way deemed necessary.
(f)	The Commissioner may rescind the provisional approval at any time if the Commissioner determines that the interests of insureds or the public are at risk.
(g)	If the applicant business entity fails to complete the license application process, the provisional approval shall terminate automatically.  (2016‑78, s. 4.1(c).)

§ 58‑10‑350.  Commissioner use of consultants and other professionals.
The Commissioner may contract with consultants and other professionals to expedite and complete the application process, audits, and other regulatory activities required pursuant to this Part. Such contracts for financial, legal, audits, and other services shall not be subject to any of the following:
(1)	G.S. 114‑2.3.
(2)	G.S. 147‑17.
(3)	Articles 3, 3C, and 8 of Chapter 143 of the General Statutes, together with rules and procedures adopted under those Articles concerning procurement, contracting, and contract review.  (2013‑116, s. 1; 2016‑78, s. 4.1(d).)

§ 58‑10‑355.  Organizational audit.
In addition to the processing of the application, an organizational audit may be performed before an applicant business entity is licensed. Such investigation or audit shall consist of a general review of the applicant business entity's corporate records, including charters, bylaws, and minute books; verification of capital and surplus; verification of principal place of business; determination of assets and liabilities; and a review of such other factors as the Commissioner deems necessary.  (2013‑116, s. 1; 2015‑99, s. 1; 2016‑78, s. 4.1(e); 2018‑120, s. 5.1(b).)

§ 58‑10‑360.  Designation of captive manager.
Before licensing, the applicant business entity shall report in writing to the Commissioner the name and address of the captive manager designated to manage the captive insurance company. The Commissioner shall approve the captive manager and may require the submission of additional information regarding the proposed captive manager in a form and manner as the Commissioner may designate. All licensed captive insurance companies shall, at all times, be managed by a captive manager approved by the Commissioner.  (2013‑116, s. 1; 2014‑65, s. 3; 2015‑99, s. 1; 2022‑7, s. 6.)

§ 58‑10‑365.  Names of companies.
No applicant business entity or captive insurance company shall adopt a name that is the same, deceptively similar, or likely to be confused with or mistaken for any other existing business name registered in this State nor any name likely to mislead the public. Any name adopted by an applicant business entity or a captive insurance company shall comply with the requirements of State law.  (2013‑116, s. 1; 2014‑65, s. 4.)

§ 58‑10‑370.  Capital and surplus requirements.
(a)	No applicant business entity shall be issued a license unless it possesses and maintains unimpaired paid‑in capital and surplus of:
(1)	In the case of a pure captive insurance company, not less than two hundred fifty thousand dollars ($250,000) or such other amount determined by the Commissioner.
(2)	In the case of an association captive insurance company, not less than five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000).
(3)	In the case of an industrial insured captive insurance company, not less than five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000).
(4)	In the case of a risk retention group, not less than one million dollars ($1,000,000).
(5)	In the case of a protected cell captive insurance company, not less than two hundred fifty thousand dollars ($250,000) or such other amount determined by the Commissioner.
(6)	In the case of a special purpose captive insurance company, not less than two hundred fifty thousand dollars ($250,000) or such other amount determined by the Commissioner.
(b)	The Commissioner may prescribe additional capital and surplus based upon the type, volume, and nature of insurance business to be transacted.
(c)	Capital and surplus required by subsections (a) and (b) of this section shall be in the form of cash, securities approved by the Commissioner, a clean irrevocable letter of credit issued by a bank approved by the Commissioner, or other form approved by the Commissioner.  (2013‑116, s. 1; 2014‑65, s. 5; 2015‑99, s. 1; 2016‑78, s. 4.1(f).)

§ 58‑10‑375.  Dividends and distributions.
No captive insurance company shall pay a dividend or other distribution from capital or surplus without the prior approval of the Commissioner. Approval of an ongoing plan for the payment of dividends or other distributions shall be conditioned upon the retention, at the time of each payment, of capital or surplus in excess of amounts specified by or determined in accordance with formulas approved by the Commissioner. A captive insurance company may otherwise make such distributions as are in conformity with its purposes and approved by the Commissioner. G.S. 58‑10‑345(f) shall apply to all information filed pursuant to this section.  (2013‑116, s. 1; 2022‑7, s. 1(a).)

§ 58‑10‑380.  Formation of captive insurance companies.
(a)	A pure captive insurance company may be incorporated as a stock insurer with its capital divided into shares and held by the stockholders, as a nonprofit corporation with one or more members, or as a manager‑managed limited liability company.
(b)	An association captive insurance company, an industrial insured captive insurance company, or a risk retention group may be any of the following:
(1)	Incorporated as a stock insurer with its capital divided into shares and held by the stockholders.
(2)	Incorporated as a mutual corporation.
(3)	Organized as a reciprocal insurer in accordance with Article 15 of this Chapter.
(4)	Organized as a manager‑managed limited liability company.
(b1)	A special purpose captive insurance company may be organized and operated in any form of business organization authorized by the Commissioner.
(c)	Repealed by Session Laws 2015‑99, s. 1, effective June 19, 2015.
(d)	The capital stock of a captive insurance company incorporated as a stock insurer may be authorized with no par value.
(e)	At least one member of the governing board shall be a resident of this State.
(f)	Captive insurance companies formed as corporations, limited liability companies, partnerships, or as nonprofit corporations under this Part shall have the privileges provided in and be subject to all State statutes and laws, as applicable, provided that this Part shall control in the event of a conflict.
(g)	Mergers, consolidations, conversions, mutualizations, acquisitions, redomestications, or other similar transactions of captive insurance companies shall be subject to the same provisions of this Chapter applicable to traditional insurance companies, except:
(1)	The Commissioner may, upon request of an insurer party to a merger authorized under this subsection, waive such applicable requirements.
(2)	The Commissioner may waive or modify the requirements for public notice and hearing.
(3)	An alien insurer may be a party to a merger authorized under this subsection, provided that the requirements for a merger between a captive insurance company and a foreign insurer under this Chapter shall apply to a merger between a captive insurance company and an alien insurer under this subsection. For the purposes of this subdivision, an alien insurer shall be treated as a foreign insurer under this Chapter, and the domicile of the alien shall be the equivalent to that of another state.
(h)	Captive insurance companies formed as reciprocal insurers under this Part shall have the privileges provided in and be subject to Article 15 of this Chapter in addition to this Part, provided that this Part shall control in the event of a conflict. To the extent a reciprocal insurer is made subject to other provisions of this Chapter pursuant to Article 15 of this Chapter, such provisions shall not be applicable to a reciprocal insurer formed under this Part unless such provisions are expressly made applicable to captive insurance companies under this Part.
(i)	The organizational documents of a captive insurance company may authorize a quorum of its governing board to consist of no fewer than one‑third of the fixed or prescribed number of board members.
(j)	The subscribers' agreement or other organizing document of a captive insurance company formed as a reciprocal insurer may authorize a quorum of its subscribers' advisory committee to consist of no fewer than one‑third of the number of its members.
(k)	With the Commissioner's approval, a captive insurance company organized as a stock insurer may convert to a nonprofit corporation with one or more members by filing with the Secretary of State an election for such conversion, provided that:
(1)	The election shall certify that, at the time of the company's original organization and at all times thereafter, the company has conducted its business in a manner not inconsistent with a nonprofit purpose.
(2)	At the time of the filing of its election, the company shall file with both the Commissioner and the Secretary of State articles of conversion, including articles of incorporation consistent with this Part and with all other applicable State statutes and laws.
(l)	In the case of a captive insurance company formed as a limited liability company, a reciprocal insurance company, or mutual insurance company, any proxy executed by the members, subscribers, and policyholders of each shall be valid if executed and transmitted in compliance with all applicable State statutes and laws.
(m)	With the Commissioner's prior written approval, a captive insurance company may establish one or more separate accounts and may allocate to them amounts to provide for the insurance of risks of certain of its parents, affiliates, or members, as the case may be, subject to the following:
(1)	The income, gains, and losses, realized or unrealized, from assets allocated to a separate account shall be credited to or charged against the account, without regard to other income, gains, or losses of the captive insurance company.
(2)	Amounts allocated to a separate account in the exercise of the power granted by this subsection are owned by the captive insurance company, and the captive insurance company may not be nor hold itself out to be a trustee with respect to such amounts.
(3)	Unless otherwise approved by the Commissioner, assets allocated to a separate account shall be valued in accordance with the laws or rules otherwise applicable to the captive insurance company's assets.
(4)	If and to the extent so provided under the applicable contracts, that portion of the assets of any such separate account equal to the reserves and other contract liabilities with respect to such account shall not be chargeable with liabilities arising out of any other business the captive insurance company may conduct.
(5)	No sale, exchange, or other transfer of assets may be made by a captive insurance company between any of its separate accounts or between any other investment account and one or more of its separate accounts unless (i) in the case of a transfer into a separate account, the transfer is made solely to establish the account or to support the operation of the contracts with respect to the separate account to which the transfer is made; and (ii) such transfer, whether into or from a separate account, is made by a transfer of cash or by a transfer of securities having a readily determinable market value, provided that such transfer of securities is approved by the Commissioner. The Commissioner may approve other transfers among such accounts, if, in the Commissioner's opinion, such transfers would be equitable.
(6)	To the extent deemed necessary by a captive insurance company in order to comply with any applicable federal or State laws, the captive insurance company, with respect to any separate account, including any separate account which is a management investment company or a unit investment trust, may provide for persons having an interest in the separate account appropriate voting and other rights and special procedures for the conduct of the business of such account, including special rights and procedures relating to investment policy, investment advisory services, selection of independent public accountants, and the selection of a committee, the members of which need not be otherwise affiliated with such company, to manage the business of such account.  (2013‑116, s. 1; 2015‑99, s. 1; 2016‑78, s. 4.1(g); 2022‑7, s. 4(c).)

§ 58‑10‑385.  Governing board members, officers, and employees.
(a)	Every captive insurance company shall report to the Commissioner within 30 days after any change in its executive officers or governing board members, including in its report a biographical affidavit for each new executive officer or governing board member. The change shall be deemed approved unless it is disapproved within 30 days from the completion of the Commissioner's review of the biographical affidavit.
(b)	No governing board member, officer, or employee of a captive insurance company shall, except on behalf of the captive insurance company, accept or be the beneficiary of, any fee, brokerage, gift, or other compensation because of any investment, loan, deposit, purchase, sale, payment, or exchange made by or for the captive insurance company unless otherwise approved in advance by the Commissioner, but such person may receive reasonable compensation for necessary services rendered to the captive insurance company in his or her usual private, professional, or business capacity.
(c)	Any profit or gain received by or on behalf of any person in violation of this section shall inure to and be recoverable by the captive insurance company.  (2013‑116, s. 1; 2015‑99, s. 1; 2018‑120, s. 5.1(c); 2022‑7, s. 4(d).)

§ 58‑10‑390.  Conflict of interest.
(a)	Each captive insurance company licensed in this State is required to adopt a conflict of interest statement for officers, governing board members, and key employees. Such statement shall disclose that the individual has no outside commitments, personal or otherwise, that would divert him or her from his or her duty to further the interests of the captive insurance company he or she represents, but this shall not preclude such person from being a governing board member or officer in more than one insurance company.
(b)	Each officer, governing board member, and key employee shall file such disclosure with the governing board of the captive insurance company annually.  (2013‑116, s. 1; 2015‑99, s. 1; 2016‑78, s. 4.1(h); 2022‑7, s. 4(e).)

§ 58‑10‑395.  Plan of operation change.
(a)	Any material change in a captive insurance company's plan of operation that was filed with the Commissioner at the time of initial application and any subsequent amendment of the plan requires prior approval from the Commissioner.
(b)	Any change in any other information filed with the application must be filed with the Commissioner within 60 days but does not require prior approval.
(c)	G.S. 58‑10‑345(f) shall apply to all information filed pursuant to this section.  (2013‑116, s. 1; 2014‑65, s. 6; 2016‑78, s. 4.1(i); 2022‑7, s. 1(b).)

§ 58‑10‑400.  Insurance manager and intermediaries.
No person shall act in or from this State as a managing general agent, producer, or reinsurance intermediary for captive insurance company business without the authorization of the Commissioner.  (2013‑116, s. 1; 2014‑65, s. 7; 2016‑78, s. 4.1(j).)

§ 58‑10‑405.  Annual reports.
(a)	No captive insurance company shall be required to make any annual report to the Commissioner except as provided in this Part.
(b)	Prior to March 15 of each year, each captive insurance company shall submit to the Commissioner a report of its financial condition on the preceding December 31, verified by oath of two of its executive officers. Each captive insurance company shall report using generally accepted accounting principles, unless the Commissioner requires, approves, or accepts the use of other comprehensive basis of accounting. The Commissioner may require, approve, or accept any appropriate or necessary modifications of the other comprehensive basis of accounting for the type of insurance and kinds of insurers to be reported upon. The Commissioner may require additional information to supplement such report. Except as otherwise provided, each risk retention group and association captive insurance company shall file its report in the form required by G.S. 58‑2‑165, and each risk retention group shall comply with the requirements set forth in G.S. 58‑4‑5. All other captive insurance companies shall report on forms adopted by the Commissioner. G.S. 58‑10‑345(f) shall apply to each report filed pursuant to this section. Branch captive insurance companies shall file the report required by this section unless otherwise required by G.S. 58‑10‑545. Special Purpose Financial Captive insurance companies shall report in accordance with G.S. 58‑10‑625.
(c)	A pure captive insurance company, a special purpose captive insurance company, or an industrial insured captive insurance company may make written application to the Commissioner for filing the required report on an alternative reporting date based on the company's fiscal year‑end. If an alternative reporting date is granted by the Commissioner, then the annual report is due 75 days after the fiscal year‑end.
(d)	The Commissioner may require any captive insurance company to file a report on its financial condition semiannually, quarterly, monthly, or any other frequency determined by the Commissioner.
(e)	The Commissioner may waive the filing of the annual report required by this section subject to the filing of the annual audit required by G.S. 58‑10‑415. A captive insurance company must make a written request for exemption from the annual report at least 30 days prior to the annual report due date. The Commissioner may not simultaneously exempt a captive insurance company from both the annual report and the annual audit requirements.
(f)	Extensions of the due date for filings required by this section may be granted by the Commissioner for 30‑day periods upon a showing by the captive insurance company of the reasons for requesting an extension and determination by the Commissioner of good cause for the extension. The request for extension must be received in writing not less than 10 days before the due date and in sufficient detail to permit the Commissioner to make an informed decision with respect to the requested extension.  (2013‑116, s. 1; 2014‑65, s. 8; 2015‑99, s. 1; 2016‑78, s. 4.1(k).)

§ 58‑10‑410: Reserved for future codification purposes.

§ 58‑10‑415.  Annual audit and statement of actuarial opinion.
(a)	All captive insurance companies with the exception of risk retention groups shall have an annual audit by an independent certified public accountant and shall file such audited financial report with the Commissioner on or before June 30 for the prior calendar year. Risk retention groups shall comply with Parts 6 and 7 of Article 10 of this Chapter instead of this section.
(b)	Captive insurance companies that have received approval to report on other than a calendar year basis pursuant to G.S. 58‑10‑405 shall file such statements within 180 days after the end of their fiscal year.
(c)	Upon written request by any captive insurance company, the Commissioner may grant an exemption from compliance with any or all provisions of this section if the Commissioner finds that compliance would cause the insurer a financial or organizational hardship. Such request must be made at least 90 days prior to the captive insurance company's fiscal year‑end or as otherwise required by the Commissioner. Requests will be considered on a case‑by‑case basis and may be subject to the Commissioner receiving an annual audit of the captive insurance company's parent in lieu of the annual audit of the captive insurance company.
(c1)	Extensions of the due dates for filings required by this section may be granted by the Commissioner for 30‑day periods upon a showing by the captive insurance company of the reasons for requesting an extension and determination by the Commissioner of good cause for the extension. The request for extension must be received in writing not less than 10 days before the due date and in sufficient detail to permit the Commissioner to make an informed decision with respect to the requested extension.
(c2)	G.S. 58‑10‑345(f) shall apply to all information filed pursuant to this section.
(d)	The annual audit shall consist of the following:
(1)	Annual audited financial report. – The annual audited financial report shall include the following:
a.	Financial statements. – Financial statements shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, unless the Commissioner requires, approves, or accepts the use of other comprehensive basis of accounting, with useful or necessary modifications or adaptations required, approved, or accepted by the Commissioner, and shall be audited by an independent certified public accountant in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards as determined by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. The Commissioner may require that the financial statements be supplemented by additional information.
b.	Notes to financial statements. – The notes to financial statements shall be those required by generally accepted accounting principles, or as otherwise approved by the Commissioner, and shall also include a reconciliation of differences, if any, between the audited financial report and the report of the captive insurance company's financial condition filed with the Commissioner in accordance with G.S. 58‑10‑405(b).
c.	Related required auditor communications. – Copies of related required auditor communications in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.
(2)	Certified public accountant's affirmation. – The certified public accountant shall furnish a written statement in the engagement letter or other document submitted to the captive insurance company that the certified public accountant is aware of, and will comply with, the responsibilities imposed by G.S. 58‑10‑420(b) and G.S. 58‑10‑420(c).
(3), (4)	Repealed by Session Laws 2014‑65, s. 9, effective July 1, 2014.
(5)	Repealed by Session Laws 2015‑99, s. 1, effective June 19, 2015.
(e)	Every captive insurance company, unless otherwise exempted by the Commissioner, shall annually submit with the annual audited financial report the opinion of an appointed actuary entitled, "Statement of Actuarial Opinion," evaluating the captive insurance company's loss reserves and loss expense reserves. The individual who prepares the Statement of Actuarial Opinion shall be a Fellow of the Casualty Actuarial Society, a member in good standing of the American Academy of Actuaries, or an individual who has demonstrated to the Commissioner competence in loss reserve evaluation.  (2013‑116, s. 1; 2014‑65, s. 9; 2015‑99, s. 1; 2016‑78, s. 4.1(l); 2022‑7, s. 2.)

§ 58‑10‑420.  Independent certified public accountants.
(a)	A captive insurance company, after becoming subject to this Part, shall within 60 days, if not already disclosed at the time of application, report to the Commissioner in writing, the name and address of the independent certified public accountant retained to conduct the annual audit set forth in G.S. 58‑10‑415.
(b)	A captive insurance company shall require its independent certified public accountant to immediately notify in writing an officer and all members of the governing board of the captive insurance company of any determination by the independent certified public accountant that the captive insurance company has materially misstated its financial condition in its report to the Commissioner as required in G.S. 58‑10‑405. A captive insurance company receiving a notification pursuant to this subsection shall forward a copy of the notification to the Commissioner within five business days after receipt of the notification and shall provide the independent certified public accountant with proof that the notification was forwarded to the Commissioner. If the independent certified public accountant fails to receive the proof within the five‑day period required by this subsection, the independent certified public accountant shall within the next five business days submit a copy of the notification to the Commissioner.
(c)	A captive insurance company shall require its independent certified public accountant to make available for review by the Commissioner or his or her appointed agent the work papers prepared in the conduct of the audit of the captive insurance company. The captive insurance company shall require that the independent certified public accountant retain the audit work papers for a period of not less than five years after the period reported upon. The aforementioned review by the Commissioner shall be considered an audit, and all working papers obtained during the course of such audit shall be confidential. The captive insurance company shall require that the independent certified public accountant provide copies, in such form as the Commissioner deems appropriate, of any of the working papers which the Commissioner considers relevant. Such working papers may be retained by the Commissioner. "Work papers" as referred to in this section include, but are not necessarily limited to, schedules, analyses, reconciliations, abstracts, memoranda, narratives, flow charts, copies of captive insurance company records, or other documents prepared or obtained by the independent certified public accountant and the independent certified public accountant's employees in the conduct of their audit of the captive insurance company.
(d)	The lead audit partner may not act in that capacity for more than five consecutive years. For purposes of this subsection, lead audit partner means the partner having primary responsibility for the audit. The person shall be disqualified from acting in that or similar capacity for the captive insurance company for a period of five consecutive years. A captive insurance company may make application to the Commissioner for relief from the above rotation requirement on the basis of unusual circumstances. This application should be made at least 30 days before the end of the fiscal year. The Commissioner may consider the following factors in determining if the relief should be granted:
(1)	Number of partners, expertise of the partners, or the number of insurance clients in the firm; and
(2)	Premium volume of the captive insurance company.
(3)	Repealed by Session Laws 2016‑78, s. 4.1(m), effective June 30, 2016.
(e)	Risk retention groups shall comply with Part 7 of Article 10 of this Chapter instead of this section.  (2013‑116, s. 1; 2014‑65, s. 10; 2015‑99, s. 1; 2016‑78, s. 4.1(m); 2022‑7, s. 4(f).)

§ 58‑10‑425.  Deposit requirement.
(a)	The Commissioner may require a captive insurance company to maintain a deposit with the Commissioner in a form and amount as the Commissioner may specify.
(b)	A captive insurance company may receive interest or dividends from deposits held by the Commissioner or exchange the deposits for others of equal value with the approval of the Commissioner.
(c)	If a captive insurance company discontinues business, the Commissioner shall return deposits held by the Commissioner only after being satisfied that all obligations of the captive insurance company have been discharged.  (2013‑116, s. 1; 2014‑65, s. 11.)

§ 58‑10‑430.  Audits and Financial Analysis.
(a)	Whenever the Commissioner determines it to be prudent, the Commissioner shall audit a captive insurance company's affairs to ascertain its financial condition, its ability to fulfill its obligations, and whether it has complied with this Part. The expenses and charges of the audit shall be paid by the captive insurance company.
(a1)	Whenever the Commissioner determines it to be prudent, the Commissioner shall conduct a financial analysis of information submitted to or obtained by the Commissioner pursuant to this Part. Except as otherwise provided in this Part, the captive insurance company is not required to pay the expense and charges of the financial analysis.
(b)	G.S. 58‑2‑160 shall apply to audits and financial analyses conducted under this section.
(c)	All audit reports, preliminary audit reports or results, working papers, recorded information, documents, and copies thereof produced by, obtained by, or disclosed to the Commissioner or any other person in the course of an audit or financial analysis made under this section are confidential, are not subject to subpoena, and may not be made public by the Commissioner or an employee or agent of the Commissioner. Nothing in this subsection shall prevent the Commissioner from using such information in furtherance of the Commissioner's regulatory authority under this Chapter. The Commissioner shall have the discretion to grant access to such information to public officials having jurisdiction over the regulation of insurance in any other state or country or to law enforcement officers of this State or any other state or agency of the federal government at any time only if the officials receiving the information agree in writing to maintain the confidentiality of the information in a manner consistent with this subsection.
(d)	Risk retention groups are not subject to this section and shall instead be audited in accordance with the Examination Law, G.S. 58‑2‑131 through G.S. 58‑2‑134.  (2013‑116, s. 1; 2014‑65, s. 12; 2015‑99, s. 1; 2016‑78, s. 4.1(n); 2022‑7, s. 3.)

§ 58‑10‑435.  License suspension or revocation.
(a)	The license of a captive insurance company may be suspended or revoked if the Commissioner finds, upon audit, hearing, or other evidence, that a captive insurance company has committed one or more of the violations described in subdivisions (1) through (7a) of this subsection, or met any of the criteria in subdivisions (8) through (10) of this subsection, and that the suspension or revocation is in the best interest of the public and the policyholders of such captive insurance company, notwithstanding any other provision of this Chapter:
(1)	Insolvency or impairment of capital or surplus.
(2)	Failure to meet the requirements of G.S. 58‑10‑370.
(3)	Refusal or failure to submit an annual report or audit report, as required by this Part, or any other report or statement required by law or by lawful order of the Commissioner.
(4)	Failure to comply with its own charter, bylaws, or other organizational document.
(5)	Failure to submit to or pay the cost of an audit or any legal obligation relative to an audit, as required by this Part.
(6)	Use of methods that, although not otherwise specifically prohibited by law, nevertheless render its operation detrimental or its condition unsound with respect to the public or to its policyholders.
(7)	Failure otherwise to comply with the laws of this State.
(7a)	Failure to operate in accordance with the plan of operation approved by the Commissioner.
(8)	Failure to commence business according to its plan of operation within two years of being licensed.
(9)	Failure to carry on insurance business in or from this State.
(10)	By request of the captive insurance company.
(b)	Before the Commissioner suspends or revokes the license of a captive insurance company under subdivisions (a)(7) or (a)(8) of this section, the Commissioner shall give the captive insurance company notice in writing of the grounds on which the Commissioner proposes to suspend or revoke the license and shall afford the captive insurance company an opportunity to make objection in writing within the period of 30 days after receipt of notice. The Commissioner shall take into consideration any objection received by the Commissioner within that period and, if the Commissioner decides to suspend or revoke the license, cause the order of suspension or revocation to be served on the captive insurance company.  (2013‑116, s. 1; 2016‑78, s. 4.1(o); 2022‑7, s. 7.)

§ 58‑10‑440.  Investment requirements.
(a)	Except as may be otherwise authorized by the Commissioner, association captive insurance companies and risk retention groups shall comply with the investment requirements contained in G.S. 58‑7‑167, 58‑7‑170, 58‑7‑172, 58‑7‑173, 58‑7‑178, 58‑7‑179, 58‑7‑180, 58‑7‑183, 58‑7‑185, 58‑7‑187, 58‑7‑188, 58‑7‑192, 58‑7‑193, 58‑7‑197, 58‑7‑200, and 58‑7‑205, as applicable. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Chapter, the Commissioner may approve the use of alternative reliable methods of valuation and rating.
(b)	No pure captive insurance company, industrial insured captive insurance company, protected cell captive insurance company, special purpose captive insurance company, or special purpose financial captive insurance company shall be subject to any restrictions on allowable investments, provided that the Commissioner may prohibit or limit any investment that threatens the solvency or liquidity of any such company.
(c)	No captive insurance company or protected cell shall make a loan to or an investment in an affiliate or a participant without prior written approval of the Commissioner, and any such loan or investment shall be evidenced by documentation approved by the Commissioner. Loans of minimum capital and surplus funds required by G.S. 58‑10‑370 are prohibited. G.S. 58‑10‑345(f) shall apply to all information filed pursuant to this section.
(d)	Notwithstanding this section or G.S. 58‑7‑167, 58‑7‑170, 58‑7‑172, 58‑7‑173, 58‑7‑178, 58‑7‑179, 58‑7‑180, 58‑7‑183, 58‑7‑185, 58‑7‑187, 58‑7‑188, 58‑7‑192, 58‑7‑193, 58‑7‑197, 58‑7‑200, and 58‑7‑205, an association captive insurance company of an association described in G.S. 58‑10‑340(4)(b) [G.S. 58‑10‑340(4)b.] may hold any interest in qualified headquarters property, and the qualified headquarters property shall be admitted assets and authorized investments of the association captive insurance company. The net book value of the qualified headquarters property deemed admitted and authorized under this subsection may not exceed two million five hundred thousand dollars ($2,500,000), and an association captive insurance company holding qualified headquarters property pursuant to this subsection shall at all times maintain total surplus, without regard to the qualified headquarters property, of at least the sum of (i) fifty percent (50%) of the net book value of the qualified headquarters property and (ii) the minimum capital and surplus requirements. For purposes of this subsection, "qualified headquarters property" includes the real property and the building in which the principal office of the association captive insurance company is located and also includes any improved and unimproved real property of the association captive insurance company that is located within 1,500 feet of the company's principal office.  (2013‑116, s. 1; 2014‑65, s. 13; 2015‑99, s. 1; 2016‑78, s. 4.1(p); 2022‑7, s. 1(c).)

§ 58‑10‑445.  Reinsurance.
(a)	Any captive insurance company may provide reinsurance as authorized by this Chapter on risks ceded by any other insurer.
(b)	Any captive insurance company may take credit for the reinsurance of risks or portions of risks ceded to reinsurers complying with this Chapter. If the reinsurer is licensed as a risk retention group, then the ceding risk retention group or its members must qualify for membership with the reinsurer. The Commissioner shall have the discretion to allow a captive insurance company to take credit for the reinsurance of risks or portions of risks ceded to an unauthorized reinsurer, after review, on a case‑by‑case basis. The Commissioner may require any documents, financial information, or other evidence that will allow an unauthorized reinsurer to demonstrate adequate security for its financial obligations.
(c)	In addition to reinsurers authorized by this Chapter, a captive insurance company may take credit for the reinsurance of risks or portions of risks ceded to a pool, exchange, or association to the extent authorized by the Commissioner. The Commissioner may require any documents, financial information, or other evidence that such a pool, exchange, or association will be able to provide adequate security for its financial obligations. The Commissioner may deny authorization or impose any limitations on the activities of a reinsurance pool, exchange, or association that in the Commissioner's judgment are necessary and proper to provide adequate security for the ceding captive insurance company and for the protection and benefit of the public at large.
(d)	Insurance by a captive insurance company of any workers' compensation or accident and health‑qualified self‑insured plan shall only be in the form of reinsurance.
(e)	No credit shall be allowed for reinsurance where the reinsurance contract does not result in the complete transfer of the risk or liability to the reinsurer.
(f)	No credit shall be allowed, as an asset or a deduction from liability, to any ceding insurer for reinsurance unless the reinsurance is payable by the assuming insurer on the basis of the liability of the ceding insurer under the contract reinsured without diminution because of the insolvency of the ceding insurer.
(g)	Reinsurance under this section shall be effected through a written agreement of reinsurance setting forth the terms, provisions, and conditions governing such reinsurance. The Commissioner may require that complete copies of all reinsurance treaties and contracts be filed and approved by the Commissioner.  (2013‑116, s. 1; 2014‑65, s. 14.)

§ 58‑10‑450.  Membership in rating organizations; exemption from compulsory associations.
(a)	No captive insurance company shall be required to join a rating organization.
(b)	No captive insurance company shall be permitted to join or contribute financially to any plan, pool, association, or guaranty or insolvency fund in this State, nor shall any such captive insurance company, or any insured or affiliate thereof, receive any benefit from any such plan, pool, association, or guaranty or insolvency fund for claims arising out of the operations of such captive insurance company.  (2013‑116, s. 1.)

§ 58‑10‑455.  Taxation.
A captive insurance company is taxed in accordance with Article 8B of Chapter 105 of the General Statutes.  (2013‑116, s. 1.)

§ 58‑10‑460.  Adoption and amendment of rules by Commissioner.
The Commissioner may adopt and, from time to time, amend such rules relating to captive insurance companies as are necessary to enable the Commissioner to carry out the provisions of this Part.  (2013‑116, s. 1.)

§ 58‑10‑465.  Applicable provisions.
(a)	No provisions of this Chapter, other than those contained in this Part or as expressly provided in this Part, shall apply to captive insurance companies. Risk retention groups shall have the privileges and be subject to Article 22 of this Chapter in addition to the applicable provisions of this Part.
(b)	The Commissioner may exempt special purpose captive insurance companies, on a case‑by‑case basis, from provisions of this Chapter and any rules established under this Chapter that the Commissioner determines to be inappropriate given the nature of the risks to be insured.  (2013‑116, s. 1; 2014‑65, s. 15; 2015‑99, s. 1.)

§ 58‑10‑470: Repealed by Session Laws 2016‑78, s. 4.1(q), effective June 30, 2016.

§ 58‑10‑475.  Supervision; rehabilitation; liquidation.
Except as otherwise provided in this Part, the terms and conditions set forth in Article 30 of this Chapter shall apply in full to captive insurance companies licensed under this Part.  (2013‑116, s. 1; 2015‑99, s. 1.)

§ 58‑10‑480.  Authority for expenditure of public funds.
Any municipality, county, authority, utility district, or other public body generally classified as a governmental body or governmental entity whether chartered or organized by local act or public act of the General Assembly, or otherwise, or any agency, board, or commission of any municipality, metropolitan government, county, authority, utility district, or other public body generally classified as a governmental body or governmental entity may expend public funds for the purchase of capital stock in a captive insurance company or to provide guaranty capital in a mutual captive insurance company, provided that at the time of authorization of expenditure of public funds adequate insurance markets in the United States are not available to cover the risks, hazards, and liabilities of the public body or that the needed coverage is only available at excessive rates or with unreasonable deductibles.  (2013‑116, s. 1.)

§ 58‑10‑485.  Violations and penalties.
(a)	If, after providing the opportunity for a contested case hearing held in accordance with the provisions of Article 3A of Chapter 150B of the General Statutes, the Commissioner finds that any insurer, person, or entity required to be licensed or authorized to transact the business of insurance under this Part has violated any provision of this Part or any rule or regulation authorized by this Part, the Commissioner may order:
(1)	The insurer, person, or entity to cease and desist from engaging in the act or practice giving rise to the violation.
(2)	Payment of a monetary penalty pursuant to G.S. 58‑2‑70.
(3)	The suspension or revocation of the insurer's, person's, or entity's license.
(b)	Whenever the Commissioner has evidence that any person has violated or is violating any provisions of this Part, or has violated or is violating any order or requirement of the Commissioner issued by the Commissioner under this Part, and that the interests of policyholders, creditors, or the public may be irreparably harmed by delay, the Commissioner may issue an emergency cease and desist order that shall become effective on the date specified in the order. The emergency cease and desist order shall also include a notice of hearing, which shall be conducted as provided under Article 3A of Chapter 150B of the General Statutes. However, the person ordered to cease and desist under this subsection may request and shall be granted an expedited review of the order. The emergency order shall remain in effect prior to and during the proceedings, unless modified by the Commissioner.  (2013‑116, s. 1; 2015‑99, s. 1.)

§ 58‑10‑490.  Inactive captive insurance companies.
(a)	As used in this section, unless the context requires otherwise, "inactive captive insurance company" means a captive insurance company which meets all of the following criteria:
(1)	The company has ceased transacting the business of insurance.
(2)	There are no remaining liabilities associated with policies written or assumed by the company.
(3)	The Commissioner declares the company inactive.
(b)	The Commissioner may declare a captive insurance company, other than a risk retention group, an inactive captive insurance company, if such captive insurance company meets the criteria of subdivisions (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this section.
(c)	An inactive captive insurance company shall possess and maintain unimpaired capital and surplus in an amount determined by the Commissioner.
(d)	An inactive captive insurance company shall not be subject to or liable for the payment of any tax under Article 8B of Chapter 105 of the General Statutes for any full year the captive insurance company is inactive.
(e)	The Commissioner may exempt an inactive captive insurance company from any of the filing and reporting requirements of this Part.
(f)	G.S. 58‑10‑496 is inapplicable to subsection (a) of this section unless the captive insurance company has been placed into supervision, receivership, or liquidation pursuant to Article 30 of Chapter 58 of the General Statutes and the Commissioner has determined that the payment of the minimum tax required by G.S. 105‑228.4A(f) will result in the captive insurance company's inability to meet its insurance obligations.  (2015‑99, s. 1; 2022‑7, s. 9.)

§ 58‑10‑495.  Captive insurance companies reinsuring life insurance policies.
(a)	A captive insurance company that reinsures life insurance policies, including term, universal, and variable life policies, and related guarantees and riders, shall maintain reserves that are actuarially sufficient to support the liabilities incurred by the captive insurance company in reinsuring life insurance policies.
(b)	For purposes of the annual report required pursuant to G.S. 58‑10‑405, a captive insurance company described by subsection (a) of this section shall comply with the following requirements:
(1)	If the company uses statutory accounting principles, it shall submit the annual report in the form of the annual statement approved by the NAIC for life insurers, as modified or supplemented by the Commissioner, unless the Commissioner requires or approves a different form of annual report.
(2)	If the company uses generally accepted accounting principles, including any appropriate modifications or adaptations thereto approved by the Commissioner, it shall submit the annual report in a form approved by the Commissioner.  (2013‑116, s. 1.)

§ 58‑10‑496.  Waiver or modification.
The Commissioner may waive or modify any provision of this Part if such waiver or modification, in the Commissioner's opinion, is justified, based on sound actuarial, accounting, or business principles, and does not diminish the solvency prospects of the captive insurance company. No waiver or modification granted by the Commissioner pursuant to this section shall result in a greater regulatory burden than imposed by this Part prior to the exercise of such waiver or modification.  (2016‑78, s. 4.1(r).)

Subpart 2. Protected Cell Captive Insurance Companies.
§ 58‑10‑500.  Forming a protected cell captive insurance company.
(a)	One or more sponsors may form a protected cell captive insurance company under this Subpart.
(b)	A protected cell captive insurance company shall be incorporated as a stock insurer with its capital divided into shares and held by the stockholders, as a mutual corporation, as a nonprofit corporation with one or more members, or as a manager‑managed limited liability company.  (2013‑116, s. 1.)

§ 58‑10‑505.  Additional filing requirements for applicant protected cell captive insurance companies.
In addition to the information required by G.S. 58‑10‑345(c), each applicant protected cell captive insurance company shall file with the Commissioner all of the following:
(1)	Materials demonstrating how the applicant will account for the loss and expense experience of each protected cell at a level of detail found to be sufficient by the Commissioner, and how it will report such experience to the Commissioner.
(2)	A statement acknowledging that all records of the applicant, including records pertaining to any protected cells, shall be made available for inspection or audit by the Commissioner or the Commissioner's designated agent.
(3)	All contracts or sample contracts between the applicant business entity and any participants.
(4)	A statement describing how expenses shall be allocated to each protected cell in a fair and equitable manner.  (2013‑116, s. 1; 2015‑99, s. 1; 2016‑78, s. 4.1(s).)

§ 58‑10‑510.  Establishment of protected cells.
(a)	A protected cell captive insurance company licensed under this Part may establish and maintain one or more incorporated or unincorporated protected cells, to insure risks of one or more participants, subject to the following conditions:
(1)	A protected cell captive insurance company may establish one or more protected cells if the Commissioner has approved in writing a plan of operation or amendments to a plan of operation submitted by the protected cell captive insurance company with respect to each protected cell. A plan of operation shall include, but is not limited to, the specific business objectives and investment guidelines of the protected cell, provided that the Commissioner may require additional information in the plan of operation.
(2)	Upon the Commissioner's written approval of the plan of operation, the protected cell captive insurance company may attribute insurance obligations with respect to its insurance business to the protected cell in accordance with the approved plan of operation.
(3)	A protected cell shall have its own distinct name or designation that shall include the words "protected cell" or "incorporated cell."
(4)	The protected cell captive insurance company shall transfer all assets attributable to a protected cell to one or more separately established and identified protected cell accounts bearing the name or designation of that protected cell. Protected cell assets must be held in the protected cell accounts for the purpose of satisfying the obligations of that protected cell.
(5)	Repealed by Session Laws 2015‑99, s. 1, effective June 19, 2015.
(6)	All attributions of assets and liabilities between a protected cell and the general account shall be in accordance with the plans of operation and participant contracts approved by the Commissioner. Any attribution of assets between the general account and a protected cell shall be in cash or in readily marketable securities with established market values unless otherwise approved by the Commissioner.
(b)	The creation of a protected cell does not create, with respect to that protected cell, a legal person separate from the protected cell captive insurance company, unless the protected cell is an incorporated cell. Amounts attributed to a protected cell under this Part, including assets transferred to a protected cell account, are owned by the protected cell. No protected cell captive insurance company shall be, or hold itself out to be, a trustee with respect to those protected cell assets of that protected cell account. Notwithstanding this subsection, the protected cell captive insurance company may allow for a security interest to attach to protected cell assets or a protected cell account when the security interest is in favor of a creditor of the protected cell and otherwise allowed under applicable law.
(c)	This Part shall not be construed to prohibit the protected cell captive insurance company from contracting with or arranging for an investment advisor, commodity trading advisor, or other third party to manage the protected cell assets of a protected cell, if all remuneration, expenses, and other compensation of the third‑party advisor or manager are payable from the protected cell assets of that protected cell and not from the protected cell assets of other protected cells or the assets of the protected cell captive insurance company's general account.
(d)	A protected cell captive insurance company shall establish administrative and accounting procedures necessary to properly identify (i) the one or more protected cells of the protected cell captive insurance company and (ii) the assets and liabilities attributable to each protected cell. The governing board of a protected cell captive insurance company shall keep protected cell assets and liabilities:
(1)	Separate and separately identifiable from the assets and liabilities of the protected cell captive insurance company's general account.
(2)	Attributable to one protected cell separate and separately identifiable from protected cell assets and protected cell liabilities attributable to other protected cells.
If this subsection is violated, then the remedy of tracing is applicable to protected cell assets when commingled with protected cell assets of other protected cells or the assets of the protected cell captive insurance company's general account. The remedy of tracing shall not be construed as an exclusive remedy.
(e)	When establishing a protected cell, the protected cell captive insurance company shall attribute to the protected cell assets a value at least equal to the reserves and other insurance liabilities attributed to that protected cell.
(f)	Each protected cell shall be accounted for separately on the books and records of the protected cell captive insurance company to reflect (i) the financial condition and results of operations of such protected cell, (ii) net income or loss, (iii) dividends or other distributions to participants, and (iv) such other factors as may be provided in the participant contract or required by the Commissioner.
(g)	No asset of a protected cell shall be chargeable with liabilities arising out of any other insurance business the protected cell captive insurance company may conduct.
(h)	No sale, exchange, or other transfer of assets shall be made by such protected cell captive insurance company between or among any of its protected cells without the consent of such protected cells.
(i)	No sale, exchange, transfer of assets, dividend, or distribution shall be made from a protected cell to a protected cell captive insurance company or participant without the Commissioner's approval. In no event shall the Commissioner's approval be given if the sale, exchange, transfer, dividend, or distribution would result in the insolvency or impairment of a protected cell.
(j)	The protected cell captive insurance company shall attribute all insurance obligations, assets, and liabilities relating to a reinsurance contract entered into with respect to a protected cell to such protected cell. The performance under such reinsurance contract and any tax benefits, losses, refunds, or credits allocated pursuant to a tax allocation agreement to which the protected cell captive insurance company is a party, including any payments made by or due to be made to the protected cell captive insurance company pursuant to the terms of such agreement, shall reflect the insurance obligations, assets, and liabilities relating to the reinsurance contract that are attributed to such protected cell.
(k)	In connection with the rehabilitation or liquidation of a protected cell or a protected cell captive insurance company, the assets and liabilities of a protected cell shall, to the extent the Commissioner determines they are separable, at all times be kept separate from and shall not be commingled with those of other protected cells and the protected cell captive insurance company's general account.
(l)	Each protected cell captive insurance company shall annually file with the Commissioner such financial reports as required by the Commissioner. Any such financial report shall include without limitation a consolidating schedule detailing the financial experience of each protected cell.
(l1)	In lieu of filing a separate Statement of Actuarial Opinion for a protected cell captive insurance company and each protected cell, a protected cell captive insurance company may file a combined Statement of Actuarial Opinion which shall include a statement of actuarial opinion for each protected cell, and the core, if the core is retaining risk. The combined Statement of Actuarial Opinion shall include a supplemental schedule showing the loss and loss expense reserves for each protected cell, and the core, if the core is retaining risk. The loss and loss expense reserve reported in the supplemental schedule must equal the loss and loss expense reserve amount reported in the audited financial statement and the annual report submitted pursuant to this Part.
(m)	Each protected cell captive insurance company shall notify the Commissioner in writing within 10 business days if the protected cell captive insurance company or any of its protected cells are impaired, insolvent, or otherwise unable to meet its claim or expense obligations.
(n)	No participant contract shall take effect without the Commissioner's prior written approval. The addition of each new protected cell, the withdrawal of any participant, or the termination of any existing protected cell shall constitute a change in the plan of operation requiring the Commissioner's prior written approval.
(o)	If required by the Commissioner, the business written by a protected cell captive insurance company, with respect to each protected cell shall be:
(1)	Fronted by an insurance company approved by the Commissioner.
(2)	Reinsured by a reinsurer approved by the Commissioner.
(3)	Secured by a trust fund in the United States for the benefit of policyholders and claimants, funded by an irrevocable letter of credit, or other arrangement that is acceptable to the Commissioner. The Commissioner may require the protected cell captive insurance company to increase the funding of any security arrangement established under this subdivision. If the form of security is a letter of credit, the letter of credit shall be issued by a bank approved by the Commissioner. A trust maintained pursuant to this subdivision shall be established in a form and upon such terms approved by the Commissioner.
(p)	Notwithstanding this Chapter or other laws of this State, and in addition to G.S. 58‑10‑525, in the event of an insolvency of a protected cell captive insurance company where the Commissioner determines that one or more protected cells remain solvent, the Commissioner may separate such cells from the protected cell captive insurance company and may allow, on application of the protected cell captive insurance company or a protected cell's participant, for the conversion or transfer of such protected cells into one or more new or existing protected cell captive insurance companies, or one or more other captive insurance companies, pursuant to such plan or plans of operation as the Commissioner deems acceptable.
(q)	A protected cell of a protected cell captive insurance company may be transferred to another protected cell captive insurance company or may be converted into another captive insurance company upon the approval of a transfer agreement or conversion plan by the Commissioner. All assets and liabilities of the protected cell immediately before the transfer or conversion shall remain the assets and liabilities after the transfer or conversion. All actions and other legal proceedings which were pending by or against the protected cell immediately prior to the transfer or conversion may be continued by or against the protected cell or the captive insurance company into which the protected cell converts.
(r)	A protected cell of a protected cell captive insurance company may enter into a contract with its protected cell captive insurance company or with another protected cell of the protected cell captive insurance company that shall be enforceable as if each protected cell of the protected cell captive insurance company were a separate legal entity, even if the protected cell is not organized as an incorporated protected cell.  (2013‑116, s. 1; 2014‑65, s. 16; 2015‑99, s. 1; 2016‑78, s. 4.1(t); 2022‑7, s. 4(g).)

§ 58‑10‑512.  Incorporated protected cells.
(a)	A protected cell of a protected cell captive insurance company may be formed as an incorporated protected cell.
(b)	The articles of incorporation or articles of organization of an incorporated protected cell shall refer to the protected cell captive insurance company for which it is a protected cell and shall state that the protected cell is incorporated or organized for the limited purposes authorized by the protected cell captive insurance company's license.
(c)	An incorporated protected cell may be organized and operated in any form of business organization authorized by the Commissioner. Unless otherwise permitted by the organizational documents of a protected cell captive insurance company, each incorporated protected cell of the protected cell captive insurance company must have the same governing board members, secretary, and registered office as the protected cell captive insurance company.
(d)	In addition to the information required to be filed pursuant to G.S. 58‑10‑510(a)(1), a protected cell captive insurance company shall meet the requirements of G.S. 58‑10‑345(c)(1) for each incorporated protected cell. Other documents related to the incorporated protected cell shall be filed with the Commissioner as required before issuing policies of insurance.
(e)	It is the intent of the General Assembly under this section to provide protected cell captive insurance companies with the option to establish one or more protected cells as a separate corporation or other legal entity. This section shall not be construed to limit any rights or protections applicable to protected cells that are not incorporated protected cells.
(f)	Subject to the prior written approval of the protected cell captive insurance company and of the Commissioner, an incorporated protected cell shall be entitled to enter into contracts and undertake obligations in its own name and for its own account. In the case of a contract or obligation to which the protected cell captive insurance company is not a party, either in its own name and for its own account or on behalf of a protected cell, the counterparty to the contract or obligation shall have no right or recourse against the protected cell captive insurance company and its assets other than against assets properly attributable to the incorporated protected cell that is a party to the contract or obligation.  (2015‑99, s. 1; 2022‑7, s. 4(h).)

§ 58‑10‑513.  Cell shares and cell dividends.
(a)	A protected cell captive insurance company may create and issue shares from any of its protected cells, the proceeds of which shall be included in the assets attributable to the cell from which the cell shares were issued.
(b)	The proceeds of the issue of shares other than cell shares created and issued by a protected cell captive insurance company shall be included in the protected cell captive insurance company's general account.
(c)	A protected cell captive insurance company may pay dividends to cell shareholders from assets attributable to such cell in accordance with the provisions of G.S. 58‑10‑375.  (2015‑99, s. 1.)

§ 58‑10‑515.  Participants in a protected cell captive insurance company.
(a)	Any person may be a participant in a protected cell captive insurance company formed or licensed under this Part.
(b)	A sponsor may be a participant in a protected cell captive insurance company.
(c)	A participant need not be a shareholder of the protected cell captive insurance company or any affiliate thereof.
(d)	Except as otherwise approved by the Commissioner, a participant shall insure only its own risks and the risks of its affiliates through a protected cell captive insurance company.  (2013‑116, s. 1; 2015‑99, s. 1; 2016‑78, s. 4.1(u).)

§ 58‑10‑517.  Company to inform persons they are dealing with protected cell captive insurance company.
A protected cell captive insurance company shall inform any person with whom it transacts business that it is a protected cell captive insurance company, and for the purposes of that transaction, identify or specify the protected cell with which that person is transacting, unless that transaction is not a transaction with a particular protected cell, in which case it shall specify that the transaction is with the protected cell captive insurance company's core.  (2015‑99, s. 1.)

§ 58‑10‑520.  Combining assets of protected cells.
Notwithstanding G.S. 58‑10‑510, the assets of two or more protected cells may be combined for purposes of investment and such combination shall not be construed as defeating the segregation of such assets for accounting or other purposes.  (2013‑116, s. 1; 2014‑65, s. 17.)

§ 58‑10‑525.  Application of supervision, rehabilitation, and liquidation provisions to protected cell captive insurance companies.
(a)	Except as otherwise provided in this Part, Article 30 of this Chapter shall apply to a protected cell captive insurance company and to each protected cell of a protected cell captive insurance company.
(b)	Upon any order of supervision, rehabilitation, or liquidation of a protected cell or a protected cell captive insurance company, the Commissioner or receiver shall manage the assets and liabilities of the protected cell captive insurance company, including assets and liabilities attributed to protected cells, pursuant to this Part.
(c)	Notwithstanding Article 30 of this Chapter:
(1)	No assets of a protected cell shall be used to pay any expenses or claims other than those attributable to such protected cell.
(2)	Subject to G.S. 58‑10‑512(f), a protected cell captive insurance company's capital and surplus shall at all times be available to pay any expenses of, or claims against, the protected cell captive insurance company.  (2013‑116, s. 1; 2015‑99, s. 1; 2016‑78, s. 4.1(v).)

Subpart 3. Branch Captive Insurance Companies.
§ 58‑10‑530.  Establishment of branch captive insurance companies.
(a)	A branch captive insurance company may be established in this State, in accordance with this Subpart, to write in this State any insurance or reinsurance of the employee benefit business of its parent and affiliated companies that is subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or any insurance or reinsurance permitted to be written by captive insurance companies pursuant to this Part.
(b)	No branch captive insurance company shall do any insurance business in this State unless it maintains the principal place of business for its branch operations in this State.  (2013‑116, s. 1.)

§ 58‑10‑535.  Security for payment of branch captive insurance company liabilities.
(a)	No branch captive insurance company shall be issued a license by the Commissioner unless it possesses and maintains as security for the payment of liabilities attributable to the branch operations:
(1)	An amount equal to the amount set forth in G.S. 58‑10‑370 as the minimum capital requirement for a pure captive insurance company.
(2)	Reserves on such insurance policies or such reinsurance contracts as may be issued or assumed by the branch captive insurance company through its branch operations, including reserves for losses, allocated loss adjustment expenses, incurred but not reported losses, and unearned premiums with regard to business written through the branch operations; provided, however, that the Commissioner may permit a branch captive insurance company to credit against any such reserve requirement any security for loss reserves that the branch captive insurance company may post with a ceding insurer or that may be posted by a reinsurer with the branch captive insurance company, and in either case if such security remains posted.
(b)	Subject to the prior approval of the Commissioner, the amounts required in subsection (a) of this section may be held in the form of:
(1)	A trust formed under a trust agreement and funded by assets acceptable to the Commissioner.
(2)	An irrevocable letter of credit issued by a bank approved by the Commissioner.
(3)	With respect to the amounts required in subdivision (a)(1) of this section only, cash on deposit with the Commissioner.
(4)	Any combination of subdivisions (b)(1) through (3) of this section.  (2013‑116, s. 1; 2015‑99, s. 1.)

§ 58‑10‑540: Repealed by Session Laws 2015‑99, s. 1, effective June 19, 2015.

§ 58‑10‑545.  Filing of reports and statements.
Prior to March 1 of each year, or with the approval of the Commissioner within 60 days after its fiscal year‑end, a branch captive insurance company shall file with the Commissioner a copy of all reports and statements required to be filed under the laws of the jurisdiction in which the alien captive insurance company is formed, verified by oath of two of its executive officers. If the Commissioner is satisfied that the annual report filed by the alien captive insurance company in its domiciliary jurisdiction provides adequate information concerning the financial condition of the alien captive insurance company, the Commissioner may waive the requirement for completion of the captive annual statement for business written in the alien jurisdiction.  (2013‑116, s. 1.)

§ 58‑10‑550.  Audit of a branch captive insurance company.
(a)	Any audit of a branch captive insurance company pursuant to G.S. 58‑10‑430 shall be of branch business and branch operations only so long as the branch captive insurance company files annually with the Commissioner a certificate of compliance, or its equivalent, issued by or filed with the licensing authority of the jurisdiction in which the branch captive insurance company is formed, and demonstrates to the Commissioner's satisfaction that it is operating in sound financial condition in accordance with all applicable laws and regulations of such jurisdiction.
(b)	As a condition of licensure, an alien captive insurance company shall grant authority to the Commissioner for audit of the affairs of the alien captive insurance company in the jurisdiction in which the alien captive insurance company is formed.  (2013‑116, s. 1; 2016‑78, s. 4.1(w).)

Subpart 4. Special Purpose Financial Captives.
§ 58‑10‑555.  Creation of special purpose financial captives.
Special purpose financial captives (SPFCs) are provided by this Subpart exclusively to facilitate the securitization of one or more risks as a means of accessing alternative sources of capital and achieving the benefits of securitization. SPFCs are created for the limited purpose of entering into SPFC contracts and insurance securitization transactions and into related agreements to facilitate the accomplishment and execution of those transactions. The creation of SPFCs is intended to achieve greater efficiencies in structuring and executing insurance securitizations, to diversify and broaden sources of capital for insurers, to facilitate access for many insurers to insurance securitization and capital markets financing technology, and to further the economic development and expand the interest of this State through its captive insurance program.  (2013‑116, s. 1.)

§ 58‑10‑560.  Controlling provisions when conflict exists; exemptions.
(a)	No provisions of this Chapter, other than those expressly provided in this Part, shall apply to an SPFC. If any conflict occurs in this Part related to an SPFC, the provisions of this Subpart shall control.
(b)	The Commissioner may exempt an SPFC or its protected cells, on a case‑by‑case basis, from this Part if the Commissioner determines regulation under this Part to be inappropriate given the nature of the risks to be insured.  (2013‑116, s. 1; 2015‑99, s. 1.)

§ 58‑10‑565.  Application requirements.
(a)	An SPFC, when permitted by its organizational documents, may apply to the Commissioner for a certificate of authority to transact insurance or reinsurance business as authorized by this Part. An SPFC shall only insure or reinsure the risks of its counterparty. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Part, an SPFC may purchase reinsurance to cede the risks assumed under the SPFC contract as approved by the Commissioner.
(b)	To transact business in this State, an SPFC shall:
(1)	Comply with the procedures established in G.S. 58‑10‑345(c).
(2)	Obtain from the Commissioner a certificate of authority authorizing it to conduct insurance or reinsurance business, or both, in this State.
(3)	Hold at least one management meeting each year in this State. For the purposes of this section, management is defined as the governing board or other individual or individuals vested with overall responsibility for the management of the affairs of the SPFC, including the election and appointment of officers or other of those agents to act on behalf of the SPFC.
(4)	Maintain its principal place of business in this State.
(5)	Appoint a resident registered agent to accept service of process and to otherwise act on its behalf in this State. If the registered agent, with reasonable diligence, is not found at the registered office of the SPFC, the Commissioner shall be an agent of the SPFC upon whom any process, notice, or demand may be served.
(6)	Provide such documentation of the insurance securitization as requested by the Commissioner immediately upon closing of the transaction, including:
a.	An opinion of a duly licensed North Carolina legal counsel with respect to compliance with this Part and any other applicable laws as of the effective date of the transaction.
b.	A statement under oath of its president and secretary demonstrating its financial condition.
(7)	Provide a complete set of the documentation of the insurance securitization to the Commissioner immediately following closing of the transaction.
(c)	A complete SPFC application shall include the following:
(1)	A certified copy of the SPFC's organizational documents.
(2)	Evidence of:
a.	The amount and liquidity of its assets relative to the risks to be assumed.
b.	The adequacy of the expertise, experience, and character of the person or persons who manage the SPFC.
c.	The overall soundness of the SPFC's plan of operation.
d.	Other factors considered relevant by the Commissioner in ascertaining whether the proposed SPFC is able to meet its policy obligations.
e.	The applicant SPFC's financial condition, including the source and form of the minimum capital to be contributed to the SPFC.
(3)	A plan of operation consisting of a description of or statement of intent with respect to the contemplated insurance securitization, the SPFC contract, and related transactions, which shall include:
a.	Draft documentation or, at the discretion of the Commissioner, a written summary of all material agreements that are entered into to effectuate the SPFC contract and, before the effectuation of the SPFC contract, the insurance securitization, to include the names of the counterparty, the nature of the risks being assumed, the proposed use of protected cells, if any, and the maximum amounts, purpose, and nature and the interrelationships of the various transactions required to effectuate the insurance securitization.
b.	The source and form of additional capital to be contributed to the SPFC.
c.	The proposed investment strategy of the SPFC.
d.	A description of the underwriting, reporting, and claims payment methods by which losses covered by the SPFC contract are reported, accounted for, and settled.
e.	A pro forma balance sheet and income statement illustrating various stress case scenarios for the performance of the SPFC under the SPFC contract.
(4)	Biographical affidavits in NAIC format of all of the prospective SPFC's officers and governing board members, providing the officers' and governing board members' legal names, any names under which they have or are conducting their affairs, and any other biographical information as the Commissioner may request.
(5)	An affidavit from the applicant SPFC verifying:
a.	The applicant SPFC complies with this Part.
b.	The applicant SPFC operates only pursuant to this Part.
c.	The applicant SPFC's investment strategy reflects and takes into account the liquidity of assets and the reasonable preservation, administration, and asset management of such assets relative to the risks associated with the SPFC contract and the insurance securitization transaction.
d.	The securities proposed to be issued, if any, are valid legal obligations that are either properly registered or constitute an exempt security or form part of an exempt transaction.
(6)	Any other statements or documents required by the Commissioner to evaluate and complete the licensing of the SPFC.
(d)	In addition to the information required by subsection (c) of this section and by G.S. 58‑10‑585, when a protected cell is used, an applicant SPFC shall file with the Commissioner:
(1)	A business plan demonstrating how the applicant SPFC accounts for the loss and expense experience of each protected cell at a level of detail found to be sufficient by the Commissioner and how the applicant will report the experience to the Commissioner.
(2)	A statement acknowledging that all records of the SPFC, including records pertaining to any protected cells, must be made available for inspection or audit by the Commissioner.
(3)	All contracts or sample contracts between the SPFC and any counterparty related to each protected cell.
(4)	A description of the expenses allocated to each protected cell.
(e)	Information submitted pursuant to this section shall be and remain confidential, and shall not be made public by the Commissioner or the Commissioner's designee unless disclosure is ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction. In addition, the Commissioner shall have the discretion to disclose such information to a public official having jurisdiction over the regulation of insurance in another state, provided that:
(1)	Such public official shall agree in writing to maintain the confidentiality of such information.
(2)	The laws of the state in which such public official serves require such information to be and to remain confidential.
(f)	G.S. 58‑10‑430 applies to SPFCs.
(g)	SPFCs are subject to any rules or regulations promulgated pursuant to G.S. 58‑10‑460.
(h)	The Commissioner may retain legal, financial, and audit services from outside the Department to audit and investigate the application, the cost of which may be charged against the applicant. The Commissioner also may use internal resources to audit and investigate the application based upon an hourly rate for the services performed or the usual and customary fee charged by the financial services industry for similar work subject to a minimum fee of twelve thousand dollars ($12,000), six thousand dollars ($6,000) of which is payable upon filing of the application and the remainder upon licensure.
(i)	An SPFC shall be subject to payment of premium taxes as required by G.S. 58‑10‑455.
(j)	The Commissioner shall grant a certificate of authority authorizing the SPFC to transact insurance or reinsurance business as an SPFC in this State, upon a finding by the Commissioner that:
(1)	The SPFC's proposed plan of operation provides a reasonable and expected successful operation.
(2)	The terms of the SPFC contract and related transactions comply with this Part.
(3)	The proposed plan of operation is not hazardous to any counterparty.
(4)	To the extent required by law or regulation, the Commissioner or an equivalent regulatory authority of the state of domicile of each counterparty has notified the Commissioner in writing or otherwise provided assurance satisfactory to the Commissioner that it has approved or not disapproved the transaction.
(5)	The certificate of authority authorizing the SPFC to transact business is limited only to the insurance or reinsurance activities that the SPFC is authorized to conduct pursuant to this Part.
(k)	In evaluating the expectation of a successful operation, factors the Commissioner shall consider include whether the proposed SPFC and its management are of known good character and reasonably believed not to be affiliated, directly or indirectly, through ownership, control, management, reinsurance transactions, or other insurance or business relations, with a person known to have been involved in the improper manipulation of assets, accounts, or reinsurance.
(l)	To minimize the likelihood that the proposed plan of operation is hazardous to any counterparty, the Commissioner may require reasonable safeguards in the SPFC's plan of operation where applicable and appropriate in the circumstance, including, without limitation, that certain assets of the SPFC be held in a trust to secure the obligations of the SPFC to a counterparty under an SPFC contract.
(m)	A foreign or alien corporation or limited liability company, upon approval of the Commissioner, may become a domestic SPFC after complying with G.S. 58‑10‑345(c)(1). After such documents are successfully filed, the foreign or alien corporation or limited liability company is entitled to the necessary or appropriate certificates or licenses to transact business as an SPFC in this State and is subject to the authority and jurisdiction of this State. In connection with this redomestication, the Commissioner may waive any requirements for public hearings. It is not necessary for a corporation or limited liability company redomesticating into this State to merge, consolidate, transfer assets, or otherwise engage in another reorganization, other than as specified in this section.  (2013‑116, s. 1; 2014‑65, s. 18; 2015‑99, s. 1; 2016‑78, s. 4.1(x); 2022‑7, s. 4(i).)

§ 58‑10‑570.  Organization of an SPFC.
(a)	An SPFC may be established as a stock corporation, limited liability company, mutual, partnership, or other form of organization approved by the Commissioner.
(b)	The SPFC's organizational documents shall limit the SPFC's authority to transact the business of insurance or reinsurance to those activities the SPFC conducts to accomplish its purpose as expressed in this Part.
(c)	The SPFC shall not adopt a name that is the same as, deceptively similar to, or likely to be confused with or mistaken for another existing business name registered in this State. Any name adopted by an SPFC shall comply with State law.
(d)	An SPFC shall have at least three incorporators or organizers, of whom at least two shall be residents of this State.
(e)	At least one of the members of the management of the SPFC shall be a resident of this State.
(f)	An SPFC formed pursuant to this Part has the privileges of and is subject to all other requirements of this State's law applicable to its formation, as well as the applicable provisions contained in this Part, provided that this Part controls if a conflict exists in this State's law.  (2013‑116, s. 1.)

§ 58‑10‑575.  Minimum capital.
(a)	An SPFC shall initially possess and maintain minimum capital of not less than two hundred and fifty thousand dollars ($250,000). All of the minimum initial capitalization shall be in cash. All other funds of the SPFC in excess of its minimum initial capitalization shall be in the form of cash, cash equivalent, or securities invested as approved by the Commissioner.
(b)	Additional capitalization for the SPFC shall be determined, if so required, by the Commissioner after giving due consideration to the SPFC's plan of operation, feasibility study, pro formas, and the nature of the risks being insured or reinsured, which may be prescribed in formulas approved by the Commissioner.  (2013‑116, s. 1.)

§ 58‑10‑580.  Authorized activities.
(a)	An SPFC shall only insure the risks of a counterparty.
(b)	No SPFC shall issue a contract for assumption of risk or indemnification of loss other than an SPFC contract. However, the SPFC may cede risks assumed through an SPFC contract to third‑party reinsurers through the purchase of reinsurance or retrocession protection on terms approved by the Commissioner.
(c)	An SPFC may enter into contracts and conduct other commercial activities related or incidental to and necessary to fulfill the purposes of the SPFC contract, insurance securitization, and this Part. Those activities may include, but are not limited to:
(1)	Entering into SPFC contracts.
(2)	Issuing SPFC securities in accordance with applicable securities law.
(3)	Complying with the terms of such contracts or securities.
(4)	Entering into trust, guaranteed investment contract, letter of credit, swap, tax, administration, reimbursement, or fiscal agent transactions.
(5)	Complying with trust indenture, reinsurance, or retrocession, and agreements necessary or incidental to effectuate an insurance securitization in compliance with this Part or the plan of operation approved by the Commissioner.
(d)	An SPFC shall do all of the following:
(1)	Discount its reserves at discount rates as approved by the Commissioner.
(2)	Maintain reserves that are actuarially sufficient to support the liabilities incurred by an SPFC in reinsuring life insurance policies.
(3)	File annually with the Commissioner an actuarial opinion on reserves provided by an approved independent actuary.  (2013‑116, s. 1.)

§ 58‑10‑585.  Establishment of protected cell accounts.
(a)	This section and G.S. 58‑10‑590 provide a basis for the creation and use of protected cells by an SPFC as a means of accessing alternative sources of capital, lowering formation and administrative expenses, and generally making insurance securitizations more efficient. If a conflict exists between other provisions of this Part and either this section or G.S. 58‑10‑590, then this section or G.S. 58‑10‑515 shall control as applicable.
(b)	An SPFC may establish and maintain one or more protected cells with prior written approval of the Commissioner and subject to compliance with the applicable provisions of this Part and all of the following conditions:
(1)	A protected cell shall be established only for the purpose of insuring or reinsuring risks of one or more SPFC contracts with a counterparty with the intent of facilitating an insurance securitization.
(2)	Each protected cell shall be accounted for separately on the books and records of the SPFC to reflect the financial condition and results of operations of the protected cell, net income or loss, dividends, or other distributions to the counterparty for the SPFC contract with each cell, and other factors as may be provided in the SPFC contract, insurance securitization transaction documents, plan of operation, or business plan, or as required by the Commissioner.
(3)	Amounts attributed to a protected cell under this Part, including assets transferred to a protected cell account, are owned by the SPFC, and no SPFC shall be or hold itself out to be a trustee with respect to those protected cell assets of that protected cell account.
(4)	All attributions of assets and liabilities between a protected cell and the general account shall be in accordance with the plan of operation approved by the Commissioner, and no other attribution of assets or liabilities by an SPFC between the SPFC's general account and its protected cell or cells is permitted. The SPFC shall attribute all insurance obligations, assets, and liabilities relating to an SPFC contract and the related insurance securitization transaction, including any securities issued by the SPFC as part of the insurance securitization, to a particular protected cell. The insurance obligations, assets, and liabilities relating to the SPFC contract and the insurance securitization transaction that are attributed to a particular protected cell shall be consistent with:
a.	The rights, benefits, obligations, and liabilities of any securities attributable to that protected cell.
b.	The performance under an SPFC contract and the related securitization transaction and any tax benefits, losses, refunds, or credits allocated, at any point in time pursuant to a tax allocation agreement between the SPFC and the SPFC's counterparty, parent, or company or group company, or any of them, in common control with them, as the case may be, including any payments made by or due to be made to the SPFC pursuant to the terms of the agreement.
(5)	No assets of a protected cell shall be chargeable with liabilities arising out of an SPFC contract related to or associated with another protected cell. However, one or more SPFC contracts may be attributed to a protected cell only if the SPFC contracts are intended to be and ultimately are part of a single securitization transaction.
(6)	No sale, exchange, or other transfer of assets shall be made by the SPFC between or among any of the SPFC's protected cells without the consent of the Commissioner, counterparty, and each protected cell.
(7)	Except as otherwise contemplated in the SPFC contract or related insurance securitization transaction documents, or both, no sale, exchange, transfer of assets, dividend, or distribution shall be made from a protected cell to a counterparty or parent without the Commissioner's approval and the sale, exchange, transfer, dividend, or distribution shall not be approved if the sale, exchange, transfer, dividend, or distribution would result in a protected cell's insolvency or impairment.
(8)	An SPFC may pay interest or repay principal, or both, and make distributions or repayments with respect to any securities attributed to a particular protected cell from assets or cash flows relating to or emerging from the SPFC contract and the insurance securitization transactions that are attributable to that particular protected cell in accordance with this Part, or as otherwise approved by the Commissioner.
(c)	No SPFC contract with or attributable to a protected cell shall take effect without the Commissioner's prior written approval, and the addition of each new protected cell constitutes a change in the business plan requiring the Commissioner's prior written approval. The Commissioner may retain legal, financial, and audit services from outside the Department to audit and investigate the application for a protected cell, the cost of which may be charged against the applicant, or the Commissioner may use internal resources to audit and investigate the application, the cost of which may be charged against the applicant, or both.
(d)	An SPFC utilizing protected cells shall possess and maintain minimum capitalization separate and apart from the capitalization of its protected cell or cells in an amount determined by the Commissioner after giving due consideration of the SPFC's business plan, feasibility study, and pro formas, including the nature of the risks to be insured or reinsured. For purposes of determining the capitalization of each protected cell, an SPFC shall initially capitalize and maintain capitalization in each protected cell in the amount and manner required for an SPFC in G.S. 58‑10‑575.
(e)	The establishment of one or more protected cells alone shall not constitute and shall not be deemed to be a fraudulent conveyance, an intent by the SPFC to defraud creditors, or the carrying out of business by the SPFC for any other fraudulent purpose.  (2013‑116, s. 1; 2016‑78, s. 4.1(y).)

§ 58‑10‑590.  Protected cell accounts.
(a)	All of the following shall apply to a protected cell:
(1)	The creation of a protected cell shall not create, with respect to that protected cell, a legal person separate from the SPFC.
(2)	Notwithstanding subdivision (a)(1) of this subsection, a protected cell shall have its own distinct name or designation that includes the words "protected cell." The SPFC shall transfer all assets attributable to the protected cell to one or more separately established and identified protected cell accounts bearing the name or designation of that protected cell.
(3)	Although a protected cell is not a separate legal person, the property of an SPFC in a protected cell is subject to orders of the court by name as the property would have been if the protected cell were a separate legal person.
(4)	The property of an SPFC in a protected cell shall be served with process in its own name in all civil actions or proceedings involving or relating to the activities of that protected cell or a breach by the SPFC of a duty to the protected cell or to a counterparty to a transaction linked or attributed to it by serving the SPFC.
(5)	A protected cell exists only at the pleasure of the SPFC. At the cessation of business of a protected cell in accordance with the plan approved by the Commissioner, the SPFC shall close out the protected cell account.
(b)	Nothing in this section shall be construed to prohibit an SPFC from contracting with or arranging for an investment advisor, commodity trading advisor, or other third party to manage the assets of a protected cell, if all remuneration, expenses, and other compensation of the third‑party advisor or manager are payable from the assets of that protected cell and not from the assets of other protected cells or the assets of the SPFC's general account, unless approved by the Commissioner.
(c)	Creditors with respect to a protected cell are not entitled to have recourse against the protected cell assets of other protected cells or the assets of the SPFC's general account. If an obligation of an SPFC relates only to the general account, the obligation of the SPFC extends only to that creditor with respect to that obligation, and the creditor is entitled to have recourse only to the assets of the SPFC's general account.
(d)	The assets of the protected cell shall not be used to pay expenses or claims other than those attributable to the protected cell. Protected cell assets are available only to the SPFC contract counterparty and other creditors of the SPFC that are creditors only with respect to that protected cell and, accordingly, are entitled in conformity with this Part, to have recourse to the protected cell assets attributable to that protected cell. The assets of the protected cell are protected from the creditors of the SPFC that are not creditors with respect to that protected cell and who, accordingly, are not entitled to have recourse to the protected cell assets attributable to that protected cell. If an obligation of an SPFC to a person or counterparty arises from an SPFC contract or related insurance securitization transaction, or is otherwise incurred with respect to a protected cell, then the obligation shall:
(1)	Extend only to the protected cell assets attributable to that protected cell, and the person or counterparty, with respect to that obligation, is entitled to have recourse only to the protected cell assets attributable to that protected cell.
(2)	Not extend to the protected cell assets of another protected cell or the assets of the SPFC's general account, and the person or counterparty, with respect to that obligation, is not entitled to have recourse to the protected cell assets of another protected cell or the assets of the SPFC's general account. The SPFC's capitalization held separate and apart from the capitalization of its protected cell or cells must be available at all times to pay expenses of or claims against the SPFC and may not be used to pay expenses or claims attributable to any protected cell.
(e)	Notwithstanding any other provision of law, an SPFC may allow for a security interest in accordance with applicable law to attach to protected cell assets or a protected cell account when in favor of a creditor of the protected cell or to facilitate an insurance securitization, including, without limitation, the issuance of the SPFC contract, to the extent those protected cell assets are not required at all times to support the risk, but without otherwise affecting the discharge of liabilities under the SPFC contract, or as otherwise approved by the Commissioner.
(f)	An SPFC shall establish administrative and accounting procedures necessary to properly identify the one or more protected cells of the SPFC and the protected cell assets and protected cell liabilities to each protected cell. An SPFC shall keep protected cell assets and protected cell liabilities:
(1)	Separate and separately identifiable from the assets and liabilities of the SPFC's general account.
(2)	Attributable to one protected cell separate and separately identifiable from protected cell assets and protected cell liabilities attributable to other protected cells.
(g)	All contracts or other documentation reflecting protected cell liabilities shall clearly indicate that only the protected cell assets are available for the satisfaction of those protected cell liabilities. In all SPFC insurance securitizations involving a protected cell, the contracts or other documentation effecting the transaction shall contain provisions identifying the protected cell to which the transaction is attributed. In addition, the contracts or other documentation shall clearly disclose that the assets of that protected cell, and only those assets, are available to pay the obligations of that protected cell. Notwithstanding this subsection, and subject to this Part and other applicable laws or regulations, the failure to include this language in the contracts or other documentation shall not be used as the sole basis by creditors, insureds or reinsureds, insurers or reinsurers, or other claimants to circumvent the provisions of this section.
(h)	An SPFC with protected cells shall annually file with the Department accounting statements and financial reports required by this Part, which shall:
(1)	Detail the financial experience of each protected cell and the SPFC separately.
(2)	Provide the combined financial experience of the SPFC and all protected cells.
(i)	An SPFC with protected cells shall notify the Commissioner in writing within 10 business days of a protected cell becoming insolvent.  (2013‑116, s. 1.)

§ 58‑10‑595.  Issuing securities.
(a)	An SPFC may issue securities, including surplus notes and other forms of financial instruments, subject to and in accordance with applicable law, its approved plan of operation, and its organizational documents.
(b)	An SPFC, in connection with the issuance of securities, may enter into and perform all of its obligations under any required contracts to facilitate the issuance of these securities.
(c)	Subject to the approval of the Commissioner, an SPFC may lawfully:
(1)	Account for the proceeds of surplus notes as surplus and not as debt for purposes of statutory accounting.
(2)	Submit for prior approval of the Commissioner periodic written requests for payments of interest on and repayments of principal of surplus notes. In lieu of approval of periodic written requests for authorization to make payments of interest on and repayments of principal of surplus notes and other debt obligations issued by the SPFC, the Commissioner may approve a formula or plan, which shall be included in the SPFC's plan of operation as amended from time to time, for payment of interest, principal, or both, with respect to such surplus notes and debt obligations.
(d)	The Commissioner, without otherwise prejudicing the Commissioner's authority, may approve formulas for an ongoing plan of interest payments or principal repayments, or both, to provide guidance in connection with the Commissioner's ongoing reviews of requests to approve the payments on and principal repayments of the surplus notes.
(e)	The obligation to repay principal or interest, or both, on the securities issued by the SPFC must reflect the risk associated with the obligations of the SPFC to the counterparty under the SPFC contract.  (2013‑116, s. 1.)

§ 58‑10‑600.  Asset management agreements.
An SPFC may enter into swap agreements, or other forms of asset management agreements, including guaranteed investment contracts, or other transactions that have the objective of leveling timing differences in funding of up‑front or ongoing transaction expenses, or managing asset, credit, or interest rate risk of the investments to minimize the likelihood that the investments are not sufficient to assure payment or repayment of the securities, and related interest or principal payments, issued pursuant to an SPFC insurance securitization transaction, or the obligations of the SPFC under the SPFC contract.  (2013‑116, s. 1; 2015‑99, s. 1.)

§ 58‑10‑605.  Reinsurance.
(a)	An SPFC may reinsure only the risks of a ceding insurer pursuant to a reinsurance contract. No SPFC shall issue a contract of insurance or a contract for assumption of risk or indemnification of loss other than such reinsurance contract.
(b)	Unless otherwise approved in advance by the Commissioner, no SPFC shall assume or retain exposure to insurance or reinsurance losses for its own account that are not funded by:
(1)	Proceeds from an insurance securitization, letters of credit, or other assets described in G.S. 58‑10‑340(22).
(2)	Premium and other amounts payable by the ceding insurer to the SPFC pursuant to the reinsurance contract.
(3)	Any return on investment of the items described in subdivisions (1) and (2) of this subsection.
(c)	The reinsurance contract shall contain all provisions required or approved by the Commissioner, which requirements shall take into account the laws applicable to the ceding insurer regarding the ceding insurer taking credit for the reinsurance provided under such reinsurance contract.
(d)	An SPFC may cede risks assumed through a reinsurance contract to one or more reinsurers through the purchase of reinsurance, subject to the prior approval of the Commissioner.
(e)	An SPFC may enter into contracts and conduct other commercial activities related or incidental to and necessary to fulfill the purposes of the reinsurance contract, the insurance securitization, and this Part, provided such contracts and activities are included in the SPFC's plan of operation or are otherwise approved in advance by the Commissioner. Such contracts and activities may include the following:
(1)	Entering into SPFC contracts.
(2)	Issuing SPFC securities in accordance with applicable securities law.
(3)	Complying with the terms of such contracts or securities.
(4)	Entering into trust, guaranteed investment contract, letter of credit, swap, tax, administration, reimbursement, or fiscal agent transactions.
(5)	Complying with trust indenture, reinsurance, or retrocession and other agreements necessary or incidental to effectuate an insurance securitization in compliance with this Part or the plan of operation approved by the Commissioner.
(f)	Unless otherwise approved in advance by the Commissioner, a reinsurance contract shall not contain any provision for payment by the SPFC in discharge of its obligations under the reinsurance contract to any person other than the ceding insurer or any receiver of the ceding insurer.
(g)	An SPFC shall notify the Commissioner immediately of any action by a ceding insurer or any other person to foreclose on or otherwise take possession of collateral provided by the SPFC to secure any obligation of the SPFC.
(h)	In the SPFC insurance securitization, the contracts or other relating documentation shall contain provisions identifying the SPFC.
(i)	Unless otherwise approved by the Commissioner, no SPFC shall enter into an SPFC contract with a person that is not licensed or otherwise authorized to transact the business of insurance or reinsurance in at least its state or country of domicile.
(j)	No SPFC shall:
(1)	Have any direct obligation to the policyholders or reinsureds of the counterparty.
(2)	Perform any of the following activities with anyone convicted of a felony, anyone who is untrustworthy or of known bad character, or anyone convicted of a criminal offense involving the conversion or misappropriation of fiduciary funds or insurance accounts, theft, deceit, fraud, misrepresentation, or corruption:
a.	Lend or otherwise invest assets.
b.	Place any assets in custody, trust, or under management.
c.	Borrow money or receive a loan or advance, other than by issuance of the securities pursuant to an insurance securitization.  (2013‑116, s. 1.)

§ 58‑10‑610.  No securities considered to be insurance or reinsurance contracts.
No securities issued by an SPFC pursuant to an insurance securitization shall be considered to be insurance or reinsurance contracts. No investor in these securities or a holder of these securities, by sole means of this investment or holding, shall be considered to be transacting the business of insurance in this State. The underwriter's placement or selling agents and their partners, directors, officers, members, managers, employees, agents, representatives, and advisors involved in an insurance securitization pursuant to this Part shall not be considered to be insurance producers or brokers or conducting business as an insurance or reinsurance company or agency, brokerage, intermediary, advisory, or consulting business only by virtue of their activities in connection with an insurance securitization.  (2013‑116, s. 1.)

§ 58‑10‑615.  Disposition of assets; investment limitations.
(a)	The assets of an SPFC shall be preserved and administered by or on behalf of the SPFC to satisfy the liabilities and obligations of the SPFC incident to the reinsurance contract, the insurance securitization, and other related agreements.
(b)	In the insurance securitization, the security offering memorandum or other document issued to prospective investors regarding the offer and sale of a surplus note or other security shall include a disclosure that all or part of the proceeds of such insurance securitization will be used to fund the SPFC's obligations to the ceding insurer.
(c)	No SPFC shall be subject to any restriction on investments other than the following:
(1)	The Commissioner may limit investments by an SPFC to those categories and amounts of authorized investments delineated in G.S. 58‑7‑167, 58‑7‑170, 58‑7‑172, 58‑7‑173, 58‑7‑178, 58‑7‑179, 58‑7‑180, 58‑7‑183, 58‑7‑185, 58‑7‑187, 58‑7‑188, 58‑7‑192, 58‑7‑193, 58‑7‑197, 58‑7‑200, and 58‑7‑205, as applicable and as amended from time to time.
(2)	No SPFC shall make a loan to any person other than as permitted under its plan of operation or as otherwise approved in advance by the Commissioner.
(3)	The Commissioner may prohibit or limit any investment that threatens the solvency or liquidity of the SPFC unless the investment is otherwise approved by the Commissioner in writing.  (2013‑116, s. 1.)

§ 58‑10‑620.  Dividends.
(a)	No SPFC shall declare or pay dividends in any form to its owners other than in accordance with the insurance securitization transaction agreements, and in no extent shall the dividends decrease the capital of the SPFC below two hundred fifty thousand dollars ($250,000). After giving effect to the dividends, the assets of the SPFC, including assets held in trust pursuant to the terms of the insurance securitization, shall be sufficient to satisfy the Commissioner that the SPFC can meet its obligations. Approval by the Commissioner of an ongoing plan for the payment of dividends or other distribution by an SPFC must be conditioned upon the retention at the time of each payment of capital or surplus equal to or in excess of amounts specified by or determined in accordance with formulas approved for the SPFC by the Commissioner.
(b)	The dividends may be declared by the management of the SPFC if the dividends do not violate this Part or jeopardize the fulfillment of the obligations of the SPFC or the trustee pursuant to the SPFC insurance securitization agreements, the SPFC contract, or any related transaction and other provisions of this Part.  (2013‑116, s. 1.)

§ 58‑10‑625.  Changes in plan of operation; filing of audit and statement of operation; audits.
(a)	Any material change of the SPFC's plan of operation, whether or not through an SPFC protected cell, shall require prior approval of the Commissioner. The following transactions do not constitute material change for purposes of this section:
(1)	If initially approved in the plan of operation, securities subsequently issued to continue the securitization activities of the SPFC either during or after expiration, redemption, or satisfaction of all of these, of part or all of the securities issued pursuant to initial insurance securitization transactions.
(2)	A change and substitution in a counterparty to a swap transaction for an existing insurance securitization as allowed pursuant to this Part if the replacement swap counterparty carries a similar or higher rating to its predecessor with two or more nationally recognized rating agencies.
(b)	No later than six months after the fiscal year‑end of the SPFC, the SPFC shall file with the Commissioner an audit by a certified public accounting firm of the financial statements of the SPFC and the trust accounts.
(c)	Repealed by Session Laws 2014‑65, s. 19, effective July 1, 2014.
(d)	Each SPFC shall file by March 1 a report of its financial condition, using either generally accepted accounting principles or, if approved, accepted, or required by the Commissioner, statutory accounting principles with useful or necessary modifications or adaptations for the type of insurance and kinds of insurers to be reported upon, and as supplemented by additional information required by the Commissioner. The report shall include a statement of income, a balance sheet, and may include a detailed listing of invested assets, including identification of assets held in trust to secure the obligations of the SPFC under the SPFC contract. The SPFC also may include with the filing risk‑based capital calculations and other adjusted capital calculations to assist the Commissioner with evaluating the levels of the surplus of the SPFC for the year ending on December 31 of the previous year. The report shall be prepared on forms required by the Commissioner. In addition, the Commissioner may require the filing of performance assessments of the SPFC contract.
(e)	An SPFC shall maintain the SPFC's records in this State unless otherwise approved by the Commissioner and shall make its records available for audit by the Commissioner at any time. The SPFC shall keep its books and records in such manner that its financial condition, affairs, and operations can be ascertained and so that the Commissioner may readily verify its financial statements and determine its compliance with this Part.
(f)	All original books, records, documents, accounts, and vouchers shall be preserved and kept available in this State for the purpose of audit and until authority to destroy or otherwise dispose of the records is secured from the Commissioner. The original records, however, may be kept and maintained outside this State if, according to a plan adopted by the management of the SPFC and approved by the Commissioner, the SPFC maintains suitable copies instead of the originals. The books or records may be photographed, reproduced on film, or stored and reproduced electronically.  (2013‑116, s. 1; 2014‑65, s. 19; 2016‑78, s. 4.1(z).)

§ 58‑10‑630.  Cessation of business.
At the cessation of business of an SPFC following termination or cancellation of an SPFC contract and the redemption of any related securities issued in connection with the SPFC contract, the authority granted by the Commissioner expires or, in the case of retiring and surviving protected cells, is modified, the SPFC is no longer authorized to conduct activities unless and until a new or modified certificate of authority is issued pursuant to a new filing under this Part or as agreed by the Commissioner.  (2013‑116, s. 1.)

§ 58‑10‑635.  Supervision, rehabilitation, or liquidation of SPFC.
(a)	Except as otherwise provided in this section, the terms and conditions set forth in Article 30 of this Chapter pertaining to supervision, rehabilitation, and liquidation of insurers apply in full to SPFCs or each of the SPFC's protected cells, independently, or both, without causing or otherwise effecting a supervision, rehabilitation, or liquidation of the SPFC or another protected cell.
(b)	Notwithstanding the provisions of Article 30 of this Chapter, and without causing or otherwise effecting a rehabilitation or liquidation of an otherwise solvent protected cell of an SPFC and subject to the provisions of subdivision (g)(5) of this section, the Commissioner may apply by petition to the court for an order authorizing the Commissioner to rehabilitate or liquidate an SPFC domiciled in this State on one or more of the following grounds:
(1)	There has been embezzlement, wrongful sequestration, dissipation, or diversion of the assets of the SPFC intended to be used to pay amounts owed to the counterparty or the holders of SPFC securities.
(2)	The SPFC is insolvent and the holders of a majority in outstanding principal amount of each class of SPFC securities request or consent to rehabilitation or liquidation pursuant to the provisions of this Part.
(c)	Notwithstanding the provisions of Article 30 of this Chapter, the Commissioner may apply by petition to the Court for an order authorizing the Commissioner to rehabilitate or liquidate one or more of an SPFC's protected cells independently, without causing or otherwise effecting a rehabilitation or liquidation of the SPFC generally or another of its protected cells on one or more of the following grounds:
(1)	There has been embezzlement, wrongful sequestration, dissipation, or diversion of the assets of the SPFC attributable to the affected protected cell or cells intended to be used to pay amounts owed to the counterparty or the holders of SPFC securities of the affected protected cell or cells.
(2)	The affected protected cell is insolvent and the holders of a majority in outstanding principal amount of each class of SPFC securities attributable to that particular protected cell request or consent to rehabilitation or liquidation pursuant to the provisions of this Part.
(d)	The Court may not grant relief provided by subdivision (b)(1) or (c)(1) of this section, unless after notice and a hearing, the Commissioner, who shall have the burden of proof, establishes by preponderance of the evidence that relief must be granted. The court's order may be made with respect to one or more protected cells by name, rather than the SPFC generally.
(e)	Notwithstanding another provision in this Chapter, rules adopted under this Chapter, or another applicable law or regulation, upon any order of rehabilitation or liquidation of a SPFC, or one or more of the SPFC's protected cells, the receiver shall manage the assets and liabilities of the SPFC pursuant to the provisions of this Part. The receiver shall ascertain that the assets linked to one protected cell are not applied to the liabilities linked to another protected cell or to the SPFC generally, unless an asset or liability is linked to more than one protected cell, in which case the receiver shall deal with the asset or liability in accordance with the terms of any relevant governing instrument or contract.
(f)	With respect to amounts recoverable under an SPFC contract, the amount recoverable by the receiver must not be reduced or diminished as a result of the entry of an order of rehabilitation or liquidation with respect to the counterparty, notwithstanding another provision in the contracts or other documentation governing the SPFC insurance securitization.
(g)	Notwithstanding the provisions of Article 30 of this Chapter or other laws of this State:
(1)	An application or petition, or a temporary restraining order or injunction issued pursuant to the provisions of Article 30 of this Chapter, with respect to a counterparty does not prohibit the transaction of a business by an SPFC, including any payment by an SPFC made pursuant to an SPFC security, or any action or proceeding against an SPFC or its assets.
(2)	The commencement of a summary proceeding or other interim proceeding commenced before a delinquency proceeding with respect to an SPFC, and any order issued by the court does not prohibit the payment by an SPFC made pursuant to an SPFC security, SPFC contract, or the SPFC from taking any action required to make the payment.
(3)	A receiver of a counterparty may not void a nonfraudulent transfer by a counterparty to an SPFC of money or other property made pursuant to an SPFC contract.
(4)	A receiver of an SPFC may not void a nonfraudulent transfer by the SPFC of money or other property made to a counterparty pursuant to an SPFC contract or made to or for the benefit of any holder of an SPFC security on account of the SPFC security.
(5)	The Commissioner may not seek to have an SPFC with protected cells declared insolvent as long as at least one of the SPFC's protected cells remains solvent, and in the case of such an insolvency, the receiver shall handle the SPFC's assets in compliance with subsection (e) of this section and other laws of this State.
(h)	Subsection (g) of this section does not prohibit the Commissioner from taking any action permitted under Article 30 of this Chapter with respect only to the rehabilitation of an SPFC with protected cell or cells, provided the Commissioner would have had sufficient grounds to seek to declare the SPFC insolvent, subject to and without otherwise affecting the provisions of subdivision (5) of subsection (g) of this section. In this case, with respect to the solvent protected cell or cells, the Commissioner may not prohibit payments made by the SPFC pursuant to the SPFC security, SPFC contract, or otherwise made under the insurance securitization transaction that are attributable to these protected cell or cells or prohibit the SPFC from taking any action required to make these payments.
(i)	With the exception of the fulfillment of the obligations under an SPFC contract, and notwithstanding another provision of this Part or other laws of this State, the assets of an SPFC, including assets held in trust, must not be consolidated with or included in the estate of a counterparty in any delinquency proceeding against the counterparty, pursuant to the provisions of this Part for any purpose including, without limitation, distribution to creditors of the counterparty.  (2013‑116, s. 1; 2015‑99, s. 1.)

Subpart 5. Other Provisions.
§ 58‑10‑650.  Other laws applicable to captive insurance companies.
In addition to the statutes and laws previously referred to in this Part, the following provisions of this Chapter are applicable to all captive insurance companies subject to this Part:
(1)	G.S. 58‑2‑45. – Orders of Commissioner; when writing required.
(2)	G.S. 58‑2‑160. – Reporting and investigation of insurance and reinsurance fraud and the financial condition of licensees; immunity from liability.
(3)	G.S. 58‑2‑162. – Embezzlement by insurance producers, or administrators.
(4)	G.S. 58‑2‑185. – Record of business kept by companies and insurance producers; Commissioner may inspect.
(5)	G.S. 58‑2‑190. – Commissioner may require special reports.
(6)	G.S. 58‑2‑195. – Commissioner may require records, reports, etc., for agencies, insurance producers, and others.
(7)	G.S. 58‑2‑200. – Books and papers required to be exhibited.
(8)	G.S. 58‑5‑1. – Deposits; use of master trust.
(9)	G.S. 58‑7‑50. – Maintenance and removal of records and assets.
(10)	G.S. 58‑7‑55. – Exceptions to requirements of G.S. 58‑7‑50.  (2013‑116, s. 1; 2022‑46, s. 14(s).)

§ 58‑10‑655.  Commissioner to share information with Department of Revenue.
Notwithstanding any other provisions of Chapter 58 of the General Statutes, the Commissioner may share confidential and privileged documents, materials, or information with the Department of Revenue. The documents, materials, or information shared shall be considered tax information and subject to the provisions of G.S. 105‑259.  (2015‑99, s. 1.)

Part 10. Risk Management and Own Risk and Solvency Assessment.
§ 58‑10‑700.  Purpose and scope.
(a)	The purpose of this Part is to establish the requirements for maintaining a risk management framework and completing an Own Risk and Solvency Assessment (ORSA) and to establish guidance and instructions for filing an ORSA Summary Report with the Commissioner.
(b)	The requirements of this Part shall apply to all insurers domiciled in this State unless exempt pursuant to G.S. 58‑10‑725.  (2017‑136, s. 1.)

§ 58‑10‑705.  Definitions.
The following definitions apply in this Part:
(1)	Enterprise risk. – Defined in G.S. 58‑19‑5.
(2)	Insurance group. – Those insurers and affiliates included within an insurance holding company system as defined in G.S. 58‑19‑5.
(3)	Insurer. – Shall have the same meaning as set forth in G.S. 58‑1‑5 and includes a person subject to Article 65 or 67 of this Chapter. Insurer does not include an agency, authority, or instrumentality of the United States; any of its possessions and territories; the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico; the District of Columbia; nor a state or political subdivision of a state.
(4)	ORSA Guidance Manual. – The current version of the Own Risk and Solvency Assessment Guidance Manual developed and adopted by the NAIC and as amended from time to time. A change in the ORSA Guidance Manual shall be effective on January 1 of the year following the calendar year in which the changes have been adopted by the NAIC.
(5)	ORSA Summary Report. – A confidential high‑level summary of an insurer or insurance group's ORSA, or a combination of reports, that contains the information described in the ORSA Guidance Manual.
(6)	Own Risk and Solvency Assessment or ORSA. – A confidential internal assessment, appropriate to the nature, scale, and complexity of an insurer or insurance group, conducted by that insurer or insurance group of the material and relevant risks associated with the insurer or insurance group's current business plan, and the sufficiency of capital resources to support those risks.  (2017‑136, s. 1.)

§ 58‑10‑710.  Risk management framework.
An insurer shall maintain a risk management framework to assist the insurer with identifying, assessing, monitoring, managing, and reporting on its material and relevant risks. This requirement may be satisfied if the insurance group of which the insurer is a member maintains a risk management framework applicable to the operations of the insurer.  (2017‑136, s. 1.)

§ 58‑10‑715.  ORSA requirement.
Subject to G.S. 58‑10‑725, an insurer, or the insurance group of which the insurer is a member, shall regularly conduct an ORSA consistent with a process comparable to the ORSA Guidance Manual. The ORSA shall be conducted no less than annually but also at any time when there are significant changes to the risk profile of the insurer or the insurance group of which the insurer is a member.  (2017‑136, s. 1.)

§ 58‑10‑720.  ORSA Summary Report.
(a)	No more than once each year, an insurer shall submit to the Commissioner an ORSA Summary Report under the following circumstances:
(1)	If the insurer is a member of an insurance group, and the Commissioner is the lead state Commissioner of that insurance group as determined following the procedures within the Financial Analysis Handbook adopted by the NAIC, then the insurer shall submit the ORSA Summary Report to the Commissioner.
(2)	If subdivision (1) of this subsection does not apply to the insurer, then the insurer shall submit the ORSA Summary Report upon the Commissioner's request.
(b)	The reports shall include a signature of the insurer or insurance group's chief risk officer or other executive having responsibility for the oversight of the insurer's enterprise risk management process attesting to the best of their belief and knowledge that the insurer applies the enterprise risk management process described in the ORSA Summary Report and that a copy of the report has been provided to the insurer's board of directors or to the appropriate committee of the board of directors.
(c)	An insurer may comply with subsection (a) of this section by providing the most recent and substantially similar reports provided by the insurer or another member of an insurance group of which the insurer is a member to the commissioner of another state or to a supervisor or regulator of a foreign jurisdiction, if that report provides information that is comparable to the information described in the ORSA Guidance Manual. Any such report in a language other than English must be accompanied by a translation of that report into the English language.  (2017‑136, s. 1.)

§ 58‑10‑725.  Exemption.
(a)	An insurer shall be exempt from the requirements of this Part if it meets both of the following standards:
(1)	The insurer has annual direct written and unaffiliated assumed premium, including international direct and assumed premium, but excluding premiums reinsured with the Federal Crop Insurance Corporation and Federal Flood Program, less than five hundred million dollars ($500,000,000).
(2)	The insurance group of which the insurer is a member has annual direct written and unaffiliated assumed premium, including international direct and assumed premium, but excluding premiums reinsured with the Federal Crop Insurance Corporation and Federal Flood Program, less than one billion dollars ($1,000,000,000).
(b)	If an insurer qualifies for exemption pursuant to subdivision (1) of subsection (a) of this section, but the insurance group of which the insurer is a member does not qualify for exemption pursuant to subdivision (2) of subsection (a) of this section, then the ORSA Summary Report that may be required pursuant to G.S. 58‑10‑720 shall include every insurer within the insurance group, regardless of whether an insurer meets the standard of subdivision (1) of subsection (a) of this section. This requirement may be satisfied by the submission of more than one ORSA Summary Report for any combination of insurers within the group, provided that the reports, taken together, include every insurer within the insurance group.
(c)	If an insurer does not qualify for exemption pursuant to subdivision (1) of subsection (a) of this section, but the insurance group of which it is a member qualifies for exemption pursuant to subdivision (2) of subsection (a) of this section, then the only ORSA Summary Report that may be required pursuant to G.S. 58‑10‑720 shall be the report applicable to that insurer.
(d)	An insurer that does not qualify for exemption pursuant to subsection (a) of this section may apply to the Commissioner for a waiver from the requirements of this Part based upon unique circumstances. In deciding whether to grant the insurer's request for waiver, the Commissioner may consider the type and volume of business written, ownership and organizational structure, and any other factor the Commissioner considers relevant to the insurer or insurance group of which the insurer is a member. If the insurer is part of an insurance group with insurers domiciled in more than one state, the Commissioner shall coordinate with the lead state commissioner and with the other domiciliary commissioners in considering whether to grant the insurer's request for a waiver.
(e)	Notwithstanding the exemptions stated in this section:
(1)	The Commissioner may require that an insurer maintain a risk management framework, conduct an ORSA, and file an ORSA Summary Report based on unique circumstances, including, but not limited to, the type and volume of business written, ownership and organizational structure, federal agency requests, and international supervisor requests.
(2)	The Commissioner may require that an insurer maintain a risk management framework, conduct an ORSA, and file an ORSA Summary Report if the insurer has a risk‑based capital company action level event as set forth in G.S. 58‑12‑11, meets one or more of the standards of an insurer deemed to be in hazardous financial condition as defined in G.S. 58‑30‑60, or otherwise exhibits qualities of a troubled insurer as determined by the Commissioner.
(f)	If an insurer that qualifies for an exemption pursuant to subsection (a) of this section subsequently no longer qualifies for that exemption due to changes in premium as reflected in the insurer's most recent annual statement or in the most recent annual statements of the insurers within the insurance group of which the insurer is a member, the insurer shall have one year following the year the threshold is exceeded to comply with the requirements of this Part.  (2017‑136, s. 1.)

§ 58‑10‑730.  Contents of ORSA Summary Report.
(a)	The ORSA Summary Report shall be prepared consistent with the ORSA Guidance Manual, subject to the requirements of subsection (b) of this section. Documentation and supporting information shall be maintained and made available upon examination or upon request of the Commissioner.
(b)	The review of the ORSA Summary Report, and any additional requests for information, shall be made using procedures similar to those currently used in the analysis and examination of multistate or global insurers and insurance groups.  (2017‑136, s. 1.)

§ 58‑10‑735.  Confidentiality.
(a)	Documents, materials, or other information, including the ORSA Summary Report, in the possession of or control of the Commissioner that are obtained by, created by, or disclosed to the Commissioner or any other person under this Part, is recognized by this State as being proprietary and to contain trade secrets. All such documents, materials, or other information shall be confidential by law and privileged, shall not be considered a public record under either G.S. 58‑2‑100 or Chapter 132 of the General Statutes, shall not be subject to subpoena, and shall not be subject to discovery or admissible in evidence in any private civil action. However, the Commissioner is authorized to use the documents, materials, or other information in the furtherance of any regulatory or legal action brought as a part of the Commissioner's official duties. The Commissioner shall not otherwise make the documents, materials, or other information public without the prior written consent of the insurer.
(b)	Neither the Commissioner nor any person who received documents, materials, or other ORSA‑related information, through examination or otherwise, while acting under the authority of the Commissioner or with whom such documents, materials, or other information are shared pursuant to this Part shall be permitted or required to testify in any private civil action concerning any confidential documents, materials, or information subject to subsection (a) of this section.
(c)	In order to assist in the performance of the Commissioner's regulatory duties, the Commissioner:
(1)	May, upon request, share documents, materials, or other ORSA‑related information, including the confidential and privileged documents, materials, or information subject to subsection (a) of this section and any proprietary and trade secret documents and materials, with other state, federal, and international financial regulatory agencies. For purposes of this subdivision, financial regulatory agencies shall include members of any supervisory college as defined in G.S. 58‑19‑37, the NAIC, and any third‑party consultants designated by the Commissioner. Recipients of information under this subdivision must agree in writing to maintain the confidentiality and privileged status of the ORSA‑related documents, materials, or other information and verify in writing the recipient's legal authority to maintain confidentiality.
(2)	May receive documents, materials, or other ORSA‑related information, including otherwise confidential and privileged documents, materials, or information and proprietary and trade secret information or documents, from regulatory officials of other foreign or domestic jurisdictions, including members of any supervisory college as defined in G.S. 58‑19‑37, and from the NAIC. The Commissioner shall maintain as confidential or privileged any documents, materials, or information received pursuant to this subdivision with notice or the understanding that it is confidential or privileged under the laws of the jurisdiction that is the source of the document, material, or information.
(3)	Shall enter into a written agreement with the NAIC or a third‑party consultant governing sharing and use of information provided pursuant to this Part, consistent with this subsection, that shall do all of the following:
a.	Specify procedures and protocols regarding the confidentiality and security of information shared with the NAIC or a third‑party consultant pursuant to this Part, including procedures and protocols for sharing by the NAIC with other state regulators from states in which the insurance group has domiciled insurers. The agreement shall provide that the recipient agrees in writing to maintain the confidentiality and privileged status of the ORSA‑related documents, materials, or other information and has verified in writing the legal authority to maintain confidentiality.
b.	Specify that ownership of information shared with the NAIC or a third‑party consultant pursuant to this Part remains with the Commissioner, and the NAIC's or a third‑party consultant's use of the information is subject to the direction of the Commissioner.
c.	Prohibit the NAIC or third‑party consultant from storing the information shared pursuant to this Part in a permanent database after the underlying analysis is completed.
d.	Require prompt notice be given to an insurer whose confidential information in the possession of the NAIC or a third‑party consultant pursuant to this Part is subject to a request or subpoena to the NAIC or a third‑party consultant for disclosure or production.
e.	Require the NAIC or a third‑party consultant to consent to intervention by an insurer in any judicial or administrative action in which the NAIC or a third‑party consultant may be required to disclose confidential information about the insurer shared with the NAIC or a third‑party consultant pursuant to this Part.
f.	In the case of an agreement involving a third‑party consultant, provide for the insurer's written consent.
(d)	The sharing of information and documents by the Commissioner pursuant to this Part shall not constitute a delegation of regulatory authority or rule making, and the Commissioner is solely responsible for the administration, execution, and enforcement of the provisions of this Part.
(e)	No waiver of any applicable privilege or claim of confidentiality in the documents, proprietary and trade secret materials, or other ORSA‑related information shall occur as a result of disclosure of such ORSA‑related information or documents to the Commissioner under this section or as a result of sharing as authorized in this Part.
(f)	Documents, materials, or other information in the possession or control of the NAIC or a third‑party consultant pursuant to this Part shall be confidential by law and privileged, shall not be considered a public record under either G.S. 58‑2‑100 or Chapter 132 of the General Statutes, shall not be subject to subpoena, and shall not be subject to discovery or admissible in evidence in any private civil action.  (2017‑136, s. 1.)

§ 58‑10‑740.  Sanctions.
(a)	Any insurer failing, without just cause, to timely file the ORSA Summary Report as required in this Part shall be subject to a civil penalty of one hundred dollars ($100.00) for each day's delay, not to exceed a total penalty of one thousand dollars ($1,000).
(b)	Notice and Opportunity to Be Heard Required. – After providing notice and opportunity to be heard in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 150B of the General Statutes, the Commissioner may order the respondent to pay the assessment and civil penalty imposed by this section.
(c)	The clear proceeds of civil penalties provided for in this section shall be remitted to the Civil Penalty and Forfeiture Fund in accordance with G.S. 115C‑457.2.  (2017‑136, s. 1.)

§ 58‑10‑745.  Severability clause.
If any provision of this Part or the application thereof to any person or circumstance is held invalid, such determination shall not affect the provisions or applications of this Part which can be given effect without the invalid provision or application, and, to that end, the provisions of this Part are severable.  (2017‑136, s. 1.)

Part 11. Corporate governance annual disclosure.
§ 58‑10‑755.  Purpose and scope.
(a)	The purpose of this Part is to:
(1)	Provide the Commissioner a summary of an insurer or insurance group's corporate governance structure, policies, and practices to permit the Commissioner to gain and maintain an understanding of the insurer's corporate governance framework.
(2)	Outline the requirements for completing a corporate governance annual disclosure with the Commissioner.
(3)	Provide for the confidential treatment of the corporate governance annual disclosure and related information that will contain confidential and sensitive information related to an insurer or insurance group's internal operations and proprietary and trade‑secret information which, if made public, could potentially cause the insurer or insurance group competitive harm or disadvantage.
(4)	Set forth the procedures for filing and the required contents of the Corporate Governance Annual Disclosure.
(b)	Nothing in this Part shall be construed to prescribe or impose corporate governance standards and internal procedures beyond that which is required under applicable state corporate law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Part shall be construed to limit the Commissioner's authority, or the rights or obligations of third parties, under G.S. 58‑2‑131 through G.S. 58‑2‑134.
(c)	The requirements of this Part shall apply to all insurers domiciled in this State.  (2019‑57, s. 3(a).)

§ 58‑10‑760.  Definitions.
The following definitions apply in this Part:
(1)	CGAD or Corporate Governance Annual Disclosure. – A confidential report filed by an insurer or insurance group made in accordance with the requirements of this Part.
(2)	Insurance group. – Those insurers and affiliates included within an insurance holding company system as defined in G.S. 58‑19‑5.
(3)	Insurer. – Defined in G.S. 58‑1‑5 and includes a person subject to Articles 65 or 67 of this Chapter. Insurer does not include an agency, authority, or instrumentality of the United States; any of its possessions and territories; the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico; the District of Columbia; a state, or a political subdivision of a state.
(4)	Senior management. – Any corporate officer responsible for reporting information to the board of directors at regular intervals or providing this information to shareholders or regulators and shall include the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, chief operations officer, chief procurement officer, chief legal officer, chief information officer, chief technology officer, chief revenue officer, and chief visionary officer.  (2019‑57, s. 3(a).)

§ 58‑10‑765.  Disclosure requirement and filing procedures.
(a)	An insurer, or the insurance group of which the insurer is a member, shall, no later than June 1 of each calendar year, submit to the Commissioner a CGAD that contains the information described in G.S. 58‑10‑775. Notwithstanding any request from the Commissioner made pursuant to subsection (c) of this section, if the insurer is a member of an insurance group, the insurer shall submit the report required by this section to the Commissioner of the lead state for the insurance group, in accordance with the laws of the lead state, as determined by the procedures outlined in the most recent Financial Analysis Handbook adopted by the NAIC. In these instances, a copy of the CGAD must also be provided, upon request, to the chief regulatory official of any state in which the insurance group has a domestic insurer.
(b)	The CGAD must include a signature of the insurer's or insurance group's chief executive officer or corporate secretary attesting to the best of that individual's belief and knowledge that the insurer or insurance group has implemented the corporate governance practices and that a copy of the disclosure has been provided to the insurer's or insurance group's board of directors or the appropriate committee thereof.
(c)	An insurer not required to submit a CGAD under this section shall do so upon the Commissioner's request.
(d)	The insurer or insurance group shall have discretion regarding the appropriate format for providing the required information and may customize the CGAD to provide the most relevant information necessary to permit the Commissioner to gain an understanding of the corporate governance structure, policies, and practices utilized by the insurer or insurance group.
(e)	For purposes of completing the CGAD, the insurer or insurance group may provide information regarding corporate governance at the ultimate controlling parent level, an intermediate holding company level, or the individual legal entity level, depending upon how the insurer or insurance group has structured its system of corporate governance. The insurer or insurance group is encouraged to make the CGAD disclosures (i) at the level at which the insurer's or insurance group's risk appetite is determined, (ii) at the level at which the earnings, capital, liquidity, operations, and reputation of the insurer are overseen collectively and at which the supervision of those factors are coordinated and exercised, or (iii) at the level at which legal liability for failure of general corporate governance duties would be placed. If the insurer or insurance group determines the level of reporting based on these criteria, it shall indicate which of the three criteria was used to determine the level of reporting and explain any subsequent changes in level of reporting.
(f)	The review of the CGAD and any additional requests for information shall be made through the lead state as determined by the procedures within the most recent Financial Analysis Handbook adopted by the NAIC.
(g)	An insurer or insurance group providing information substantially similar to the information required by this Part in other documents provided to the Commissioner, including proxy statements filed in conjunction with Form B requirements, or other state or federal filings provided to the Commissioner, shall not be required to duplicate that information in the CGAD, but shall only be required to cross reference the document in which the information is included. The insurer or insurance group shall clearly reference the location of the relevant information within the CGAD and attach the referenced document if it is not already filed or available to the Commissioner.
(h)	Each year following the initial filing of the CGAD, the insurer or insurance group shall file an amended version of the previously filed CGAD indicating where changes have been made. If no changes were made in the information or activities reported by the insurer or insurance group, the filing shall so state.  (2019‑57, s. 3(a).)

§ 58‑10‑770.  Rules and regulations.
The Commissioner may adopt such rules and issue such orders as shall be necessary to carry out the provisions of this Part.  (2019‑57, s. 3(a).)

§ 58‑10‑775.  Contents of corporate governance annual disclosure.
(a)	The insurer or insurance group shall have discretion over the responses to the CGAD inquiries, provided the CGAD shall contain the material information necessary to permit the Commissioner to gain an understanding of the insurer's or insurance group's corporate governance structure, policies, and practices. The Commissioner may request additional information that he or she deems material and necessary to provide the Commissioner with a clear understanding of the corporate governance policies, the reporting or information system, or controls implementing those policies.
(b)	Notwithstanding subsection (a) of this section, the CGAD shall be prepared consistent with this Part. Documentation and supporting information shall be maintained and made available upon examination or upon request of the Commissioner.
(c)	The insurer or insurance group shall be as descriptive as possible in completing the CGAD, with inclusion of attachments or example documents that are used in the governance process that may provide a means to demonstrate the strengths of their governance framework and practices.
(d)	The CGAD shall describe the insurer's or insurance group's corporate governance framework and structure, including consideration of all of the following:
(1)	The board of directors and various committees thereof ultimately responsible for overseeing the insurer or insurance group and the level at which that oversight occurs, such as the ultimate control level, intermediate holding company level, or legal entity level. The insurer or insurance group shall describe and discuss the rationale for the current board of directors' size and structure.
(2)	The duties of the board of directors and each of its significant committees and how they are governed, such as by bylaws, charters, or informal mandates.
(3)	How the board of directors' leadership is structured, including a discussion of the roles of chief executive officer and chairman of the board of directors within the organization.
(e)	The insurer or insurance group shall describe the policies and practices of the most senior governing entity and significant committees thereof, including a discussion of each of the following factors:
(1)	How the qualifications, expertise, and experience of each board of directors member meet the needs of the insurer or insurance group.
(2)	How an appropriate amount of independence is maintained on the board of directors and its significant committees.
(3)	The number of meetings held by the board of directors and its significant committees over the past year as well as information on director attendance.
(4)	How the insurer or insurance group identifies, nominates, and elects members to the board of directors and its committees, including information on all of the following:
a.	Whether a nomination committee is in place to identify and select individuals for consideration.
b.	Whether term limits are placed on directors.
c.	How the election and reelection processes function.
d.	Whether a board of directors' diversity policy is in place and, if so, how it functions.
(5)	The processes in place for the board of directors to evaluate its performance and the performance of its committees, as well as any recent measures taken to improve performance, including any board of directors or committee training programs that have been put in place.
(f)	The insurer or insurance group shall describe the policies and practices for directing senior management, including a description of each of the following factors:
(1)	Any processes or practices, such as suitability standards, to determine whether officers and key persons in control functions have the appropriate background, experience, and integrity to fulfill their prospective roles, including both of the following:
a.	Identification of the specific positions for which suitability standards have been developed and a description of the standards employed.
b.	Any changes in an officer's or key person's suitability as outlined by the insurer's or insurance group's standards and procedures to monitor and evaluate those changes.
(2)	The insurer's or insurance group's code of business conduct and ethics, including information regarding compliance with laws, rules, and regulations as well as proactive reporting of any illegal or unethical behavior.
(3)	The insurer's or insurance group's processes for performance evaluation, compensation, and corrective action to ensure effective senior management throughout the organization, including a description of the general objectives of significant compensation programs and what the programs are designed to reward. The description shall include sufficient detail to allow the Commissioner to understand how the organization ensures that compensation programs do not encourage or reward excessive risk taking. Elements to be discussed include the following:
a.	The board of directors' role in overseeing management compensation programs and practices.
b.	The various elements of compensation awarded in the insurer's or insurance group's compensation programs and how the insurer or insurance group determines and calculates the amount of each element of compensation paid.
c.	How compensation programs are related to both company and individual performance over time.
d.	Whether compensation programs include risk adjustments and how those adjustments are incorporated into the programs for employees at different levels.
e.	Any clawback provisions built into the programs to recover awards or payments if the performance measures upon which they are based are restated or otherwise adjusted.
f.	Any other factors relevant in understanding how the insurer or insurance group monitors its compensation policies to determine whether its risk management objectives are met by incentivizing its employees.
(4)	The insurer's or insurance group's plans for chief executive officer and senior management succession.
(g)	The insurer or insurance group shall describe the processes by which the board of directors, its committees, and senior management ensure an appropriate amount of oversight to the critical risk areas impacting the insurer's business activities, including a discussion of all of the following:
(1)	How oversight and management responsibilities are delegated between the board of directors, its committees, and senior management.
(2)	How the board of directors is kept informed of the insurer's strategic plans, the associated risks, and steps that senior management is taking to monitor and manage those risks.
(3)	How reporting responsibilities are organized for each critical risk area. The description should allow the Commissioner to understand the frequency at which information on each critical risk area is reported to and reviewed by senior management and the board of directors. This description may include any of the following critical risk areas of the insurer:
a.	Risk management processes.
b.	Actuarial function.
c.	Investment decision‑making processes.
d.	Reinsurance decision‑making processes.
e.	Business strategy/finance decision‑making processes.
f.	Compliance function.
g.	Financial reporting/internal auditing.
h.	Market conduct decision‑making processes.  (2019‑57, s. 3(a).)

§ 58‑10‑780.  Confidentiality.
(a)	Documents, materials, or other information, including the CGAD, in the possession or control of the Department that are obtained by, created by, or disclosed to the Commissioner or any other person under this Part, are recognized as proprietary and to contain trade secrets. All such documents, materials, or other information shall be confidential by law and privileged, shall not be considered a public record under either G.S. 58‑2‑100 or Chapter 132 of the General Statutes, shall not be subject to subpoena, and shall not be subject to discovery or admissible in evidence in any private civil action. However, the Commissioner is authorized to use the documents, materials, or other information in the furtherance of any regulatory or legal action brought as a part of the Commissioner's official duties. The Commissioner shall not otherwise make the documents, materials, or other information public without the prior written consent of the insurer. Nothing in this section shall be construed to require written consent of the insurer before the Commissioner may share or receive confidential documents, materials, or other CGAD‑related information pursuant to subsection (c) of this section to assist in the performance of the Commissioner's duties.
(b)	Neither the Commissioner nor any person who received documents, materials, or other CGAD‑related information, through examination or otherwise, while acting under the authority of the Commissioner, or with whom such documents, materials, or other information are shared pursuant to this Part shall be permitted or required to testify in any private civil action concerning any confidential documents, materials, or information subject to subsection (a) of this section.
(c)	In order to assist in the performance of the Commissioner's regulatory duties, the Commissioner may do all of the following:
(1)	Upon request, share documents, materials, or other CGAD‑related information including the confidential and privileged documents, materials, or information subject to subsection (a) of this section, including proprietary and trade secret documents and materials, with other state, federal, and international financial regulatory agencies, including members of any supervisory college as described in G.S. 58‑19‑37, with the NAIC, and with third‑party consultants pursuant to G.S. 58‑10‑785, provided that the recipient agrees in writing to maintain the confidentiality and privileged status of the CGAD‑related documents, material, or other information and has verified in writing the legal authority to maintain confidentiality.
(2)	Receive documents, materials, or other CGAD‑related information, including otherwise confidential and privileged documents, materials, or information, including proprietary and trade‑secret information or documents, from regulatory officials of other state, federal, and international financial regulatory agencies, including members of any supervisory college as described in G.S. 58‑19‑37, and from the NAIC, and shall maintain as confidential or privileged any documents, materials, or information received with notice or the understanding that it is confidential or privileged under the laws of the jurisdiction that is the source of the document, material, or information.
(d)	The sharing of information and documents by the Commissioner pursuant to this Part shall not constitute a delegation of regulatory authority or rule making, and the Commissioner is solely responsible for the administration, execution, and enforcement of the provisions of this Part.
(e)	No waiver of any applicable privilege or claim of confidentiality in the documents, proprietary and trade‑secret materials or other CGAD‑related information shall occur as a result of disclosure of CGAD‑related information or documents to the Commissioner under this section or as a result of sharing as authorized in this Part.  (2019‑57, s. 3(a).)

§ 58‑10‑785.  NAIC and third‑party consultants.
(a)	The Commissioner may retain, at the insurer's expense, third‑party consultants, including attorneys, actuaries, accountants, and other experts not otherwise a part of the Commissioner's staff as may be reasonably necessary to assist the Commissioner in reviewing the CGAD‑related information or the insurer's compliance with this Part.
(b)	Any persons retained under subsection (a) of this section shall be under the direction and control of the Commissioner and shall act in a purely advisory capacity.
(c)	The NAIC and third‑party consultants shall be subject to the same confidentiality standards and requirements as the Commissioner.
(d)	As part of the retention process, a third‑party consultant shall verify to the Commissioner, with notice to the insurer, that it is free of a conflict of interest and that it has internal procedures in place to monitor compliance with a conflict and to comply with the confidentiality standards and requirements of this Part.
(e)	A written agreement with the NAIC or a third‑party consultant governing sharing and use of information provided pursuant to this Part shall contain all of the following provisions and expressly require the written consent of the insurer prior to making public information provided under this Part:
(1)	Specific procedures and protocols for maintaining the confidentiality and security of CGAD‑related information shared with the NAIC or a third‑party consultant pursuant to this Part.
(2)	Procedures and protocols for sharing by the NAIC only with other state regulators from states in which the insurance group has domiciled insurers. The agreement shall provide that the recipient agrees in writing to maintain the confidentiality and privileged status of the CGAD‑related documents, materials, or other information and has verified in writing the legal authority to maintain confidentiality.
(3)	A provision specifying that ownership of the CGAD‑related information shared with the NAIC or a third‑party consultant remains with the Department and the NAIC's or third‑party consultant's use of the information is subject to the direction of the Commissioner.
(4)	A provision that prohibits the NAIC or a third‑party consultant from storing the information shared pursuant to this Part in a permanent database after the underlying analysis is completed.
(5)	A provision requiring the NAIC or third‑party consultant to provide prompt notice to the Commissioner and to the insurer or insurance group regarding any subpoena, request for disclosure, or request for production of the insurer's CGAD‑related information.
(6)	A requirement that the NAIC or a third‑party consultant to consent to intervention by an insurer in any judicial or administrative action in which the NAIC or a third‑party consultant may be required to disclose confidential information about the insurer shared with the NAIC or a third‑party consultant pursuant to this Part.  (2019‑57, s. 3(a).)

§ 58‑10‑790.  Sanctions.
(a)	Civil Penalties. – Any insurer failing, without just cause, to timely file the CGAD as required in this Part shall be subject to a civil penalty of one hundred dollars ($100.00) for each day's delay, not to exceed a total penalty of one thousand dollars ($1,000).
(b)	Notice and Opportunity to Be Heard Required. – After providing notice and opportunity to be heard in accordance with the provisions of Article 3A of Chapter 150B of the General Statutes, the Commissioner may order the respondent to pay the assessment and civil penalty imposed by this section.
(c)	Disposition of Civil Penalties. – The clear proceeds of civil penalties provided for in this section shall be remitted to the Civil Penalty and Forfeiture Fund in accordance with G.S. 115C‑457.2.
(d)	Reduction of Civil Penalties. – The Commissioner may reduce the penalty if the insurer demonstrates to the Commissioner that the imposition of the penalty would constitute a financial hardship to the insurer.  (2019‑57, s. 3(a).)

Article 11.
Assessment Companies.
§ 58‑11‑1.  Copies of charter and bylaws filed.
Every corporation, society, or organization of this or any other state or country, transacting business upon the cooperative or assessment plan, must file with the Commissioner, before beginning to do business in this State, a copy of its charter or articles of association, and the bylaws, rules, or regulations referred to in its policies or certificates and made a part of such contract.  Bylaws or regulations not so filed with the Commissioner will not avoid or affect any policy or certificate issued by such company or association. (1899, c. 54, s. 86; Rev., s. 4790; C.S., s. 6356; 1991, c. 720, ss. 4, 66.)

§ 58‑11‑5.  Contracts must accord with charter and bylaws.
Every policy or certificate or renewal receipt issued to a resident of this State by any corporation, association, or order transacting therein the business of insurance upon the assessment plan must be in accord with the provisions of the charter and bylaws of such corporation, association, or order, as filed with the Commissioner.  It is unlawful for any such domestic or foreign insurance company or fraternal order to transact or offer to transact any business not authorized by the provisions of its charter and terms of its bylaws, or, through an agent or otherwise, to offer or issue any policy, renewal certificate, or other contract whose terms are not in clear accord with the powers, terms, and stipulations of its charter and bylaws. (1899, c. 54, s. 84; 1903, c. 438, s. 9; Rev., s. 4791; C.S., s. 6357; 1991, c. 720, s. 4.)

§ 58‑11‑10.  "Assessment plan" printed on application and policy.
Every policy or certificate issued to a resident of the State by any corporation transacting in the State the business of life insurance upon the assessment plan, or admitted to do business in this State on the assessment plan, shall print in bold type near the top of the front page of the policy, upon every policy or certificate issued upon the life of any such resident of the State, the words "issued upon the assessment plan"; and the words "assessment plan" shall be printed conspicuously upon every application, circular, card, and any and all printed documents issued, circulated, or caused to be circulated by such corporation within the State. (1913, c. 159, s. 1; C.S., s. 6358; 1929, c. 93, s. 1; 1933, c. 34; 1945, c. 386.)

§ 58‑11‑15.  Revocation for noncompliance.
If any corporation or association transacting insurance business in this State on the assessment plan or issuing any policy upon the life of a resident of North Carolina upon the assessment plan shall fail or refuse to comply with G.S. 58‑11‑10, the Commissioner shall forthwith suspend or revoke all authority of such corporation or association and of its agents to do business in this State. (1913, c. 159, s. 2; C.S., s. 6359; 1991, c. 720, ss. 4, 13.)

§ 58‑11‑20.  Deposits and advance assessments required.
Every domestic insurance company, association, order, or fraternal benefit society doing business on the assessment plan shall collect and keep at all times in its treasury one regular loss assessment sufficient to pay one regular average loss; and no such company, association, order, or fraternal benefit society shall be licensed by the Commissioner unless it makes and maintains with him for the protection of its obligations at least five thousand dollars ($5,000) in United States or North Carolina bonds, in farm loan bonds issued by federal loan banks, or in the bonds of some city, county, or town of North Carolina to be approved by the Commissioner, or deposit with him a good and sufficient bond , secured by a deed of trust on real estate situated in North Carolina and approved by him, or by depositing with the Commissioner a bond in an amount of not less than five thousand dollars ($5,000), issued by any corporate surety company authorized to do business in this State.  The Commissioner may increase the amount of deposit to the amount of reserve on the contracts of the association or society.  The provisions of this section shall not apply to the farmers mutual fire insurance associations now doing business in the State and restricting their activities to not more than six adjacent counties. (Rev., s. 4792; 1913, c. 119, s. 1; 1917, c. 191, s. 2; C.S., s. 6360; 1933, c. 47; 1945, c. 386; 1991, c. 720, ss. 4, 87.)

§ 58‑11‑25.  Deposits by foreign assessment companies or orders.
Each foreign insurance company, association, order, or fraternal benefit society doing business in this State on the assessment plan shall keep at all times deposited with the Commissioner or in its head office in this State, or in some responsible banking or trust company, one regular assessment sufficient to pay the average loss or losses occurring among its members in this State during the time allowed by it for the collection of assessments and payment of losses.  It shall notify the Commissioner of the place of deposit and furnish him at all times such information as he requires in regard thereto; and no such company, association, order, or fraternal benefit society shall be licensed by the Commissioner unless it makes and maintains with him for the protection of its obligations at least five thousand dollars ($5,000) in United States or North Carolina bonds, in farm loan bonds issued by federal land banks, or in the bonds of some county, city, or town in North Carolina to be approved by the Commissioner, or a good and sufficient bond or note, secured by deed of trust on real estate situate in North Carolina, and approved by the Commissioner. (1899, c. 54, s. 84; 1903, c. 438, s. 9; Rev., s. 4713; 1913, c. 119, ss. 2, 3; 1917, c. 191, s. 2; C.S., s. 6361; 1945, c. 386; 1991, c. 720, s. 4.)

§ 58‑11‑30.  Revocation of license.
If any such corporation, association, or order at any time fails to comply with the provisions of G.S. 58‑11‑20 and 58‑11‑25 or shall issue policies or certificates not in accord with its charter and bylaws, as provided in this Article, the Commissioner shall forthwith suspend or revoke all authority to it, and of all its agents or officers, to do business in this State, and shall publish such revocation in some newspaper published in this State. (1899, c. 54, s. 85; Rev., s. 4793; C.S., s. 6362; 1991, c. 720, s. 4.)

§ 58‑11‑35.  Mutual life insurance companies; assessments prohibited.
No domestic mutual life insurance company shall, after March 6, 1945, be organized to issue any policy of life insurance or any annuity contract which provides for the payment of any assessment by any policyholder or member in addition to the regular premium charged for such insurance; nor shall any such company have power to levy or collect any such assessment.  No foreign or alien life insurance company shall be permitted to do business in this State if it does business, in this State or elsewhere, on such or any other assessment plan. (1945, c. 386.)

Article 12.
Risk‑Based Capital Requirements.
§ 58‑12‑1:  Repealed by Session Laws 1993, c.  452, s. 65.

§ 58‑12‑2.  Definitions.
As used in this Article, the following terms have the following meanings:
(1)	Adjusted risk‑based capital report. – A risk‑based capital report that has been adjusted by the Commissioner under G.S. 58‑12‑6.
(2)	Corrective order. – An order issued by the Commissioner specifying corrective actions that the Commissioner has determined are required.
(3)	Domestic insurer. – Any insurance company or health organization organized in this State under Article 7 of this Chapter as specified in subdivisions (4b) and (5a) of this section or under Article 15, 65, or 67 of this Chapter or any risk retention group organized in this State under Part 9 of Article 10 of this Chapter.
(4)	Foreign insurer. – Any insurance company or health organization that is admitted to do business in this State under Article 16 or 67 of this Chapter but is not domiciled in this State.
(4a)	Health organization. – Any insurer which is required by the Commissioner to use the NAIC Health Annual Statement Blank when filing the annual statement prescribed by G.S. 58‑2‑165 or any health maintenance organization, limited health service organization, dental or vision plan, hospital, medical, or dental indemnity or service corporation, or other organization licensed under Article 65 or 67 of this Chapter. "Health organization" does not include an insurer that is licensed as either a life or health insurer or a property or casualty insurer under this Chapter and that is otherwise subject to either the life or property and casualty risk‑based capital requirements.
(4b)	Life or health insurer. – Any insurance company licensed to write the kinds of insurance specified in G.S. 58‑7‑15(1), (2), or (3); or a licensed property and casualty insurer writing only the kinds of insurance specified in G.S. 58‑7‑15(3). "Life or health insurer" does not mean any insurer that is required by the Commissioner to use the NAIC Health Annual Statement Blank when it files the annual statement prescribed by G.S. 58‑2‑165.
(5)	Negative trend. – A negative trend, with respect to a life or health insurer, over a period of time, as determined in accordance with the "trend test calculation" included in the risk‑based capital instructions.
(5a)	Property or casualty insurer. – Any insurance company licensed to write the kinds of insurance specified in G.S. 58‑7‑15(4) through (22); but not monoline mortgage guaranty insurers, financial guaranty insurers, or title insurers; nor any insurer that is required by the Commissioner to use the NAIC Health Annual Statement Blank when filing the annual statement prescribed by G.S. 58‑2‑165.
(6)	Risk‑based capital instructions. – The risk‑based capital report including risk‑based capital instructions adopted by the NAIC, as those risk‑based capital instructions may be amended by the NAIC from time to time in accordance with the procedures adopted by the NAIC.
(7)	Risk‑based capital level. – An insurer's company action level risk‑based capital, regulatory action level risk‑based capital, authorized control level risk‑based capital, or mandatory control level risk‑based capital where:
a.	"Company action level risk‑based capital" means, with respect to any insurer, the product of 2.0 and its authorized control level risk‑based capital.
b.	"Regulatory action level risk‑based capital" means the product of 1.5 and its authorized control level risk‑based capital.
c.	"Authorized control level risk‑based capital" means the number determined under the risk‑based capital formula in accordance with the risk‑based capital instructions.
d.	"Mandatory control level risk‑based capital" means the product of .70 and the authorized control level risk‑based capital.
(8)	Risk‑based capital plan. – A comprehensive financial plan containing the elements specified in G.S. 58‑12‑11(b). If the Commissioner rejects the risk‑based capital plan, and it is revised by the insurer, with or without the Commissioner's recommendation, the plan shall be called the "revised risk‑based capital plan".
(9)	Risk‑based capital report. – The report required in G.S. 58‑12‑6.
(10)	Total adjusted capital. – The sum of:
a.	An insurer's statutory capital and surplus, as determined in accordance with the statutory accounting applicable to the annual financial statements required under G.S. 58‑2‑165; and
b.	Such other items, if any, as the risk‑based capital instructions may provide.  (1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 678, s. 1; 1995, c. 318, s. 2; 2001‑223, ss. 12.1, 12.2, 12.3; 2011‑196, s. 6; 2014‑65, s. 21.)

§ 58‑12‑4.  Finding; endorsement of additional capital.
The General Assembly finds that an excess of capital over the amount produced by the risk‑based capital requirements contained in this Article and in the formulas, schedules, and instructions referenced in this Article is desirable in the business of insurance. Accordingly, the General Assembly encourages insurers to seek to maintain capital above the risk‑based capital levels required by this Article. Additional capital is used and useful in the insurance business and helps to secure an insurer against various risks inherent in or affecting the business of insurance but not accounted for or only partially measured by the risk‑based capital requirements contained in this Article. (1995, c. 318, s. 3.)

§ 58‑12‑5.  Repealed by Session Laws 1993, c. 452, s. 65.

§ 58‑12‑6.  Risk‑based capital reports.
(a)	Every domestic insurer shall, on or before each March 1 (the "filing date"), prepare and submit to the Commissioner a report of its risk‑based capital levels as of the end of the calendar year just ended, in a form and containing such information as is required by the risk‑based capital instructions. In addition, every domestic insurer shall file its risk‑based capital report:
(1)	With the NAIC in accordance with the risk‑based capital instructions; and
(2)	With the insurance regulator in any state in which the insurer is authorized to do business, if the Commissioner has notified the insurer of its request in writing, in which case the insurer shall file its risk‑based capital report not later than the later of:
a.	Fifteen days after the receipt of notice to file its risk‑based capital report with that state; or
b.	The filing date.
(b)	A life or health insurer's risk‑based capital shall be determined in accordance with the formula set forth in the risk‑based capital instructions. The formula shall take into account (and may adjust for the covariance between):
(1)	The risk with respect to the insurer's assets;
(2)	The risk of adverse insurance experience with respect to the insurer's liabilities and obligations;
(3)	The interest rate risk with respect to the insurer's business; and
(4)	All other business risks and such other relevant risks as are set forth in the risk‑based capital instructions.
These risks shall be determined in each case by applying the factors in the manner set forth in the risk‑based capital instructions.
(c)	If a domestic insurer files a risk‑based capital report that in the judgment of the Commissioner is inaccurate, the Commissioner shall adjust the risk‑based capital report to correct the inaccuracy and shall notify the insurer of the adjustment. The notice shall contain a statement of the reason for the adjustment. A risk‑based capital report as adjusted is referred to as an "adjusted risk‑based capital report".
(d)	A property or casualty insurer's risk‑based capital and a health organization's risk‑based capital shall be determined in accordance with the formula set forth in the risk‑based capital instructions. The formula shall take into account (and may adjust for the covariance between):
(1)	Asset risk;
(2)	Credit risk;
(3)	Underwriting risk; and
(4)	All business and other relevant risks set forth in the risk‑based capital instructions, determined in each case by applying the factors in the manner set forth in the risk‑based capital instructions. (1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 678, s. 1; 1995, c. 318, s. 4; 2001‑223, s. 12.4.)

§ 58‑12‑10.  Repealed by Session Laws 1993, c. 452, s. 65.

§ 58‑12‑11.  Company action level event.
(a)	"Company action level event" means any of the following events:
(1)	The filing of a risk‑based capital report by an insurer that indicates any of the following:
a.	The insurer's total adjusted capital is greater than or equal to its regulatory action level risk‑based capital but less than its company action level risk‑based capital.
b.	In the case of a life or health insurer, the insurer has total adjusted capital that (i) is greater than or equal to its company action level risk‑based capital but less than three times its authorized control level risk‑based capital and (ii) has a negative trend.
c.	In the case of a property or casualty insurer or a health organization, the insurer has total adjusted capital that is greater than or equal to its company action level risk‑based capital but less than the product of its authorized control level risk‑based capital and 3.0 and triggers the trend test determined in accordance with the trend test calculation included in the property and casualty or health organization risk‑based capital instructions.
(2)	The notification by the Commissioner to the insurer of an adjusted risk‑based capital report that indicates the event in sub‑subdivision (1)a., (1)b., or (1)c. of this subsection if the insurer does not challenge the adjusted risk‑based capital report under G.S. 58‑12‑30.
(3)	If the insurer challenges an adjusted risk‑based capital report that indicates the event in sub‑subdivision (1)a., (1)b., or (1)c. of this subsection under G.S. 58‑12‑30, the notification by the Commissioner to the insurer that the Commissioner has rejected the insurer's challenge.
(b)	In the event of a company action level event, the insurer shall prepare and submit to the Commissioner a comprehensive financial plan that:
(1)	Identifies the conditions in the insurer that contribute to the company action level event.
(2)	Contains proposals of corrective actions that the insurer intends to take and would be expected to result in the elimination of the company action level event.
(3)	Provides forecasts of the insurer's financial results in the current year and at least the four succeeding years (except for health organizations, which must provide forecasts in the current year and at least the two succeeding years), both in the absence of proposed corrective actions and giving effect to the proposed corrective actions, including forecasts of statutory balance sheets, operating income, net income, capital and surplus, and risk‑based capital levels (the forecasts for both new and renewal business should include separate forecasts for each major line of business and separately identify each significant income, expense, and benefit component).
(4)	Identifies the key assumptions affecting the insurer's forecasts and the sensitivity of the forecasts to the assumptions.
(5)	Identifies the quality of, and problems associated with, the insurer's business, including its assets, anticipated business growth and associated surplus strain, extraordinary exposure to risk, mix of business, and use of reinsurance in each case, if any.
(c)	The risk‑based capital plan shall be submitted:
(1)	Within 45 days after the company action level event; or
(2)	If the insurer challenges an adjusted risk‑based capital report pursuant to G.S. 58‑12‑30, within 45 days after notification to the insurer that the Commissioner has rejected the insurer's challenge.
(d)	Within 60 days after the submittal by an insurer of a risk‑based capital plan to the Commissioner, the Commissioner shall notify the insurer whether the risk‑based capital plan shall be implemented or is, in the judgment of the Commissioner, unsatisfactory. If the Commissioner determines the risk‑based capital plan is unsatisfactory, the notification to the insurer shall set forth the reasons for the determination, and may set forth proposed revisions that will render the risk‑based capital plan satisfactory, in the judgment of the Commissioner. Upon notification from the Commissioner, the insurer shall prepare a revised risk‑based capital plan, which may incorporate by reference any revisions proposed by the Commissioner, and shall submit the revised risk‑based capital plan to the Commissioner:
(1)	Within 45 days after notification from the Commissioner; or
(2)	If the insurer challenges the notification from the Commissioner under G.S. 58‑12‑30, within 45 days after a notification to the insurer that the Commissioner has rejected the insurer's challenge.
(e)	In the event of a notification by the Commissioner to an insurer that the insurer's risk‑based capital plan or revised risk‑based capital plan is unsatisfactory, the Commissioner may, subject to the insurer's right to a hearing under G.S. 58‑12‑30, specify in the notification that the notification constitutes a regulatory action level event.
(f)	Every domestic insurer that files a risk‑based capital plan or revised risk‑based capital plan with the Commissioner shall file a copy of the risk‑based capital plan or revised risk‑based capital plan with the insurance regulator in any state in which the insurer is authorized to do business if:
(1)	That state has a risk‑based capital provision substantially similar to G.S. 58‑12‑21(a); and
(2)	The insurance regulator of that state has notified the insurer of its request for the filing in writing, in which case the insurer shall file a copy of the risk‑based capital plan or revised risk‑based capital plan in that state no later than the later of:
a.	Fifteen days after the receipt of notice to file a copy of its risk‑based capital plan or revised risk‑based capital plan with the state; or
b.	The date on which the risk‑based capital plan or revised risk‑based capital plan is filed under subsection (c) or (d) of this section.  (1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 678, s. 1; 1995, c. 193, s. 21; c. 318, s. 5; 2001‑223, ss. 12.5, 12.6; 2011‑196, s. 7; 2013‑199, s. 4; 2015‑146, s. 2.)

§ 58‑12‑15.  Repealed by Session Laws 1993, c. 452, s. 65.

§ 58‑12‑16.  Regulatory action level event.
(a)	"Regulatory action level event" means, with respect to any insurer, any of the following events:
(1)	The filing of a risk‑based capital plan report by the insurer that indicates that the insurer's total adjusted capital is greater than or equal to its authorized control level risk‑based capital but less than its regulatory action level risk‑based capital.
(2)	The notification by the Commissioner to an insurer of an adjusted risk‑based capital report that indicates the event in subdivision (1) of this subsection, if the insurer does not challenge the adjusted risk‑based capital report under G.S. 58‑12‑30.
(3)	If the insurer challenges an adjusted risk‑based capital report that indicates the event in subdivision (1) of this subsection under G.S. 58‑12‑30, the notification by the Commissioner to the insurer that the Commissioner has rejected the insurer's challenge.
(4)	The failure of the insurer to file a risk‑based capital report by the filing date, unless the insurer has provided an explanation for the failure that is satisfactory to the Commissioner and has cured the failure within 10 days after the filing date.
(5)	The failure of the insurer to submit a risk‑based capital plan to the Commissioner within the time period set forth in G.S. 58‑12‑11(c).
(6)	Notification by the Commissioner to the insurer that:
a.	The risk‑based capital plan or revised risk‑based capital plan submitted by the insurer is, in the judgment of the Commissioner, unsatisfactory; and
b.	The notification constitutes a regulatory action level event with respect to the insurer, provided the insurer has not challenged the determination under G.S. 58‑12‑30.
(7)	If the insurer challenges a determination by the Commissioner under subdivision (6) of this subsection pursuant to G.S. 58‑12‑30, the notification by the Commissioner to the insurer that the Commissioner has rejected the challenge.
(8)	Notification by the Commissioner to the insurer that the insurer has failed to adhere to its risk‑based capital plan or revised risk‑based capital plan; but only if the failure has a substantial adverse effect on the ability of the insurer to eliminate the company action level event in accordance with its risk‑based capital plan or revised risk‑based capital plan and the Commissioner has so stated in the notification, provided the insurer has not challenged the determination under G.S. 58‑12‑30.
(9)	If the insurer challenges a determination by the Commissioner under subdivision (8) of this subsection pursuant to G.S. 58‑12‑30, the notification by the Commissioner to the insurer that the Commissioner has rejected the challenge (unless the failure of the insurer to adhere to its risk‑based capital plan or revised risk‑based capital plan has no substantial adverse effect on the ability of the insurer to eliminate the regulatory action level event with respect to the insurer).
(b)	In the event of a regulatory action level event the Commissioner shall:
(1)	Require the insurer to prepare and submit a risk‑based capital plan or, if applicable, a revised risk‑based capital plan.
(2)	Perform such examination or analysis, as the Commissioner deems necessary, of the assets, liabilities, and operations of the insurer, including a review of its risk‑based capital plan or revised risk‑based capital plan.
(3)	After the examination or analysis, issue an order specifying such corrective actions as the Commissioner shall determine are required (a "Corrective Order").
(c)	In determining corrective actions, the Commissioner may take into account such factors as are deemed relevant with respect to the insurer based upon the Commissioner's examination or analysis of the assets, liabilities, and operations of the insurer, including, but not limited to, the results of any sensitivity tests undertaken pursuant to risk‑based capital instructions. The risk‑based capital plan or revised risk‑based capital plan shall be submitted:
(1)	Within 45 days after the occurrence of the regulatory action level event;
(2)	If the insurer challenges an adjusted risk‑based capital report pursuant to G.S. 58‑12‑30 and the challenge is not in the judgment of the Commissioner frivolous, within 45 days after the notification to the insurer that the Commissioner has, after a hearing, rejected the insurer's challenge; or
(3)	If the insurer challenges a revised risk‑based capital plan under G.S. 58‑12‑30, within 45 days after notification to the insurer that the Commissioner has rejected the challenge.
(d)	The Commissioner may retain actuaries and investment experts and other consultants as may be necessary in the judgment of the Commissioner to review the insurer's risk‑based capital plan or revised risk‑based capital plan, examine or analyze the assets, liabilities, and operations of the insurer and formulate the Corrective Order with respect to the insurer. The fees, costs, and expenses relating to consultants shall be borne by the affected insurer or such other party as directed by the Commissioner. (1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 678, s. 1.)

§ 58‑12‑20.  Repealed by Session Laws 1993, c. 452, s. 65.

§ 58‑12‑21.  Authorized control level event.
(a)	"Authorized control level event" means any of the following events:
(1)	The filing of a risk‑based capital report by the insurer that indicates that the insurer's total adjusted capital is greater than or equal to its mandatory control level risk‑based capital but less than its authorized control level risk‑based capital.
(2)	The notification by the Commissioner to the insurer of an adjusted risk‑based capital report that indicates the event in subdivision (1) of this subsection if the insurer does not challenge the adjusted risk‑based capital report under G.S. 58‑12‑30.
(3)	If the insurer challenges an adjusted risk‑based capital report that indicates the event in subdivision (1) of this subsection under G.S. 58‑12‑30, notification by the Commissioner to the insurer that the Commissioner has rejected the challenge.
(4)	The failure of the insurer to respond, in a manner satisfactory to the Commissioner, to a Corrective Order if the insurer has not challenged the Corrective Order under G.S. 58‑12‑30.
(5)	If the insurer has challenged a Corrective Order under G.S. 58‑12‑30 and the Commissioner has rejected the challenge or modified the Corrective Order, the failure of the insurer to respond, in a manner satisfactory to the Commissioner, to the Corrective Order after the rejection or modification by the Commissioner.
(b)	In the event of an authorized control level event with respect to an insurer, the Commissioner shall:
(1)	Take such actions as are required under G.S. 58‑12‑30 regarding an insurer with respect to which a regulatory action level event has occurred; or
(2)	If the Commissioner deems it to be in the best interests of the policyholders and creditors of the insurer and of the public, take such actions as are necessary to cause the insurer to be placed under regulatory control under Article 30 of this Chapter. If the Commissioner takes such actions, the authorized control level event shall be deemed sufficient grounds for the Commissioner to take action under Article 30 of this Chapter, and the Commissioner shall have the rights, powers, and duties with respect to the insurer as are set forth in Article 30 of this Chapter. If the Commissioner takes actions under this subdivision pursuant to an adjusted risk‑based capital report, the insurer shall be entitled to such protections as are afforded to insurers under the provisions of Article 30 of this Chapter pertaining to summary proceedings. (1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 678, s. 1.)

§ 58‑12‑25.  Mandatory control level event.
(a)	"Mandatory control level event" means any of the following events:
(1)	The filing of a risk‑based capital report that indicates that the insurer's total adjusted capital is less than its mandatory control level risk‑based capital.
(2)	Notification by the Commissioner to the insurer of an adjusted risk‑based capital report that indicates the event in subdivision (1) of this subsection if the insurer does not challenge the adjusted risk‑based capital report under G.S. 58‑12‑30.
(3)	If the insurer challenges an adjusted risk‑based capital report that indicates the event in subdivision (1) of this subsection under G.S. 58‑12‑30, notification by the Commissioner to the insurer that the Commissioner has rejected the challenge.
(b)	In the event of a mandatory control level event with respect to a life insurer or a health organization, the Commissioner shall take actions as are necessary to cause the insurer to be placed under regulatory control under Article 30 of this Chapter. The mandatory control level event is sufficient grounds for the Commissioner to take action under Article 30 of this Chapter, and the Commissioner shall have the rights, powers, and duties with respect to the insurer as are set forth in Article 30 of this Chapter. If the Commissioner takes actions pursuant to an adjusted risk‑based capital report, the insurer shall be entitled to such protections as are afforded to insurers under the provisions of Article 30 of this Chapter pertaining to summary proceedings. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, the Commissioner may forego action for up to 90 days after the mandatory control level event if the Commissioner finds there is a reasonable expectation that the mandatory control level event may be eliminated within the 90‑day period.
(c)	In the event of a mandatory control level event with respect to a property and casualty insurer, the Commissioner shall take actions as are necessary to cause the insurer to be placed under regulatory control under Article 30 of this Chapter, or, in the case of an insurer which is writing no business and which is running off its existing business, may allow the insurer to continue its runoff under the supervision of the Commissioner. In either event, the mandatory control level event is sufficient grounds for the Commissioner to take action under Article 30 of this Chapter, and the Commissioner shall have the rights, powers, and duties with respect to the insurer as are set forth in Article 30 of this Chapter. If the Commissioner takes actions under an adjusted risk‑based capital report, the insurer shall be entitled to such protections as are afforded to insurers under the provisions of Article 30 of this Chapter pertaining to summary proceedings. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, the Commissioner may forego action for up to 90 days after the mandatory control level event if the Commissioner finds there is a reasonable expectation that the mandatory control level event may be eliminated within the 90‑day period. (1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 678, s. 1; 2001‑223, ss. 12.7, 12.8.)

§ 58‑12‑30.  Hearings.
Upon (i) notification to an insurer by the Commissioner of an adjusted risk‑based capital report; or (ii) notification to an insurer by the Commissioner that the insurer's risk‑based capital plan or revised risk‑based capital plan is unsatisfactory, and the notification constitutes a regulatory action level event with respect to the insurer; or (iii) notification to any insurer by the Commissioner that the insurer has failed to adhere to its risk‑based capital plan or revised risk‑based capital plan and that the failure has a substantial adverse effect on the ability of the insurer to eliminate the company action level event with respect to the insurer in accordance with its risk‑based capital plan or revised risk‑based capital plan; or (iv) notification to an insurer by the Commissioner of a corrective order with respect to the insurer, the insurer has a right to a confidential hearing, at which the insurer may challenge any determination or action by the Commissioner. The insurer shall notify the Commissioner of its request for a hearing within five days after the notification by the Commissioner under this section. Upon receipt of the insurer's request for a hearing, the Commissioner shall set a date for the hearing; the date shall be no less than 10 days nor more than 30 days after the date of the insurer's request. (1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 678, s. 1; 1995, c. 517, s. 5.)

§ 58‑12‑35.  Confidentiality and prohibition on announcements.
(a)	All risk‑based capital reports, to the extent the information therein is not required to be set forth in a publicly available annual statement schedule, and the risk‑based capital plans, including the results or report of any examination or analysis of an insurer performed pursuant hereto and any corrective order issued by the Commissioner pursuant to examination or analysis, with respect to any domestic insurer or foreign insurer that are filed with the Commissioner constitute information that shall be kept confidential by the Commissioner. This information shall not be made public and shall not be subject to subpoena, discovery, or admissible in evidence in any private civil action, other than by the Commissioner, and then only for the purpose of enforcement actions taken by the Commissioner under this Article or any other provision of this Chapter. In order to assist in the performance of the Commissioner's duties, the Commissioner may share and receive confidential and privileged risk‑based capital information in a manner consistent with that information shared and received pursuant to G.S. 58‑2‑132(g) and (h). Neither the Commissioner nor any person who received documents, materials, or other information while acting under the authority of the Commissioner shall be permitted or required to testify in any private civil action concerning any confidential documents, materials, or information subject to this subsection.
(b)	The General Assembly finds that the comparison of an insurer's total adjusted capital to any of its risk‑based capital levels is a regulatory tool that may indicate the need for possible corrective action with respect to the insurer, and is not intended as a means to rank insurers generally. Therefore, except as otherwise required under this Article, the making, publishing, disseminating, circulating, or placing before the public, or causing, directly or indirectly, to be made, published, disseminated, circulated, or placed before the public, in a newspaper, magazine, or other publication, or in the form of a notice, circular, pamphlet, letter, or poster, or over any radio or television station, or in any other way, an advertisement, announcement, or statement containing an assertion, representation, or statement with regard to the risk‑based capital levels of any insurer, or of any component derived in the calculation by any insurer, agent, broker, or other person engaged in any manner in the insurance business is prohibited; provided, however, that if any materially false statement with respect to the comparison regarding an insurer's total adjusted capital to its risk‑based capital levels (or any of them) or an inappropriate comparison of any other amount to the insurers' risk‑based capital levels is published in any written publication and the insurer is able to demonstrate to the Commissioner, with substantial proof, the falsity of the statement, or the inappropriateness, as the case may be, then the insurer may publish an announcement in a written publication if the sole purpose of the announcement is to rebut the materially false statement.  (1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 678, s. 1; 1995, c. 193, s. 22; 2013‑199, s. 5.)

§ 58‑12‑40.  Supplemental provisions; rules; exemptions.
(a)	The provisions of this Article are supplemental to any other provisions of the laws of this State, and do not preclude or limit any other powers or duties of the Commissioner under those laws, including Article 30 of this Chapter.
(b)	Risk‑based capital instructions, risk‑based capital reports, adjusted risk‑based capital reports, risk‑based capital plans, and revised risk‑based capital plans are solely for use by the Commissioner in monitoring the solvency of insurers and the need for possible corrective action with respect to insurers. The Commissioner shall not use any of these reports or plans for rate making nor consider or introduce them as evidence in any rate proceeding. The Commissioner shall not use these reports or plans to calculate or derive any elements of an appropriate premium level or rate of return for any kind of insurance that an insurer or any affiliate is authorized to write.
(c)	The Commissioner may exempt from the application of this Article any domestic property or casualty insurer that:
(1)	Writes direct business only in this State.
(2)	Writes direct annual premiums of two million dollars ($2,000,000) or less.
(3)	Assumes no reinsurance in excess of five percent (5%) of direct written premiums.
(d)	The Commissioner may, in the Commissioner's discretion, exempt from the application of this Article:
(1)	Any domestic town or county mutual insurance company organized under G.S. 58‑7‑75(5)d.
(2)	Any domestic life or health insurer that:
a.	Has no direct or assumed annual premiums; and
b.	Has no direct or assumed policyholder obligations.
(3)	Any domestic health maintenance organization that:
a.	Writes only direct business in this State;
b.	Assumes no reinsurance in excess of five percent (5%) of direct written premiums; and
c.	Writes direct annual premiums for a comprehensive medical business of two million dollars ($2,000,000) or less, or is a single service health maintenance organization that covers less than 2,000 lives. (1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 678, s. 1; 1995, c. 318, s. 6; 2005‑215, s. 22.)

§ 58‑12‑45.  Foreign insurers.
(a)	Any foreign insurer shall, upon written request of the Commissioner, submit to the Commissioner a risk‑based capital report as of the end of the calendar year just ended the later of:
(1)	The date a risk‑based capital report would be required to be filed by a domestic insurer under this Article; or
(2)	Fifteen days after the request is received by the foreign insurer.
Any foreign insurer shall, at the written request of the Commissioner, promptly submit to the Commissioner a copy of any risk‑based capital plan that is filed with the insurance regulator of any other state.
(b)	In the event of a company action level event, regulatory action level event, or authorized control level event with respect to any foreign insurer as determined under the risk‑based capital statute or rule applicable in the state of domicile of the insurer, or if no risk‑based capital statute or rule is in force in that state under the provisions of this Article, if the insurance regulator of the state of domicile of the foreign insurer fails to require the foreign insurer to file a risk‑based capital plan in the manner specified under the risk‑based capital statute or, if no risk‑based capital provision is in force in that state, under G.S. 58‑12‑11, the Commissioner may require the foreign insurer to file a risk‑based capital plan with the Commissioner. In that event the failure of the foreign insurer to file a risk‑based capital plan with the Commissioner is grounds to order the insurer to cease and desist from writing new insurance business in this State.
(c)	In the event of a mandatory control level event with respect to any foreign insurer, if no domiciliary receiver has been appointed with respect to the foreign insurer under the rehabilitation or liquidation statutes of the state of domicile of the foreign insurer, the Commissioner may make application to the Superior Court of Wake County as permitted under Article 30 of this Chapter with respect to the liquidation of property of foreign insurers found in this State; and the occurrence of the mandatory control level event is an adequate ground for the application. (1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 678, s. 1; 1995, c. 193, s. 23.)

§ 58‑12‑50.  Notices.
All notices by the Commissioner to an insurer that may result in regulatory action under this Article are effective upon dispatch if transmitted by registered or certified mail; or in the case of any other transmission are effective upon the insurer's receipt of the notice. (1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 678, s. 1.)

§ 58‑12‑55.  Phase‑in provision.
For risk‑based capital reports required to be filed with respect to 1994, the following requirements apply in lieu of the provisions of G.S. 58‑12‑11:
(1)	In the event of a company action level event with respect to a domestic insurer, the Commissioner shall take no regulatory action hereunder.
(2)	In the event of a regulatory action level event under G.S. 58‑12‑16(a)(1), (2), or (3) the Commissioner shall take the actions required under G.S. 58‑12‑11.
(3)	In the event of a regulatory action level event under G.S. 58‑12‑16(a)(4), (5), (6), (7), (8), or (9) or an authorized control level event, the Commissioner shall take the actions required under G.S. 58‑12‑16 with respect to the insurer.
(4)	In the event of a mandatory control level event with respect to an insurer, the Commissioner shall take the actions required under G.S. 58‑12‑21 with respect to the insurer. (1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 678, s. 1.)

§ 58‑12‑60.  Property or casualty phase‑in provision.
For risk‑based capital reports required to be filed by property or casualty insurers with respect to 1995, the following requirements apply in lieu of the provisions of G.S. 58‑12‑11, 58‑12‑16, 58‑12‑21, and 58‑12‑25:
(1)	In the event of a company action level event with respect to a domestic insurer, the Commissioner shall take no regulatory action under this Article.
(2)	In the event of a regulatory action level event under G.S. 58‑12‑16(a)(1), (2), or (3), the Commissioner shall take the actions required under G.S. 58‑12‑11.
(3)	In the event of a regulatory action level event under G.S. 58‑12‑16(a)(4), (5), (6), (7), (8), or (9), or an authorized control level event, the Commissioner shall take the actions required under G.S. 58‑12‑16 with respect to the insurer.
(4)	In the event of a mandatory control level event with respect to an insurer, the Commissioner shall take the actions required under G.S. 58‑12‑21 with respect to the insurer. (1995, c. 318, s. 7.)

§ 58‑12‑65.  Health organization phase‑in provision.
For risk‑based capital reports required to be filed by health organizations with respect to calendar year 2001, the following requirements apply in lieu of the provisions of G.S. 58‑12‑11, 58‑12‑16, 58‑12‑21, and 58‑12‑25:
(1)	In the event of a company action level event with respect to a domestic insurer, the Commissioner shall take no regulatory action under this Article.
(2)	In the event of a regulatory action level event under G.S. 58‑12‑16(a)(1), (2), or (3), the Commissioner shall take the actions required under G.S. 58‑12‑11.
(3)	In the event of a regulatory action level event under G.S. 58‑12‑16(a)(4), (5), (6), (7), (8) or (9), or an authorized control level event, the Commissioner shall take the actions required under G.S. 58‑12‑16 with respect to the insurer.
(4)	In the event of a mandatory control level event with respect to an insurer, the Commissioner shall take the actions required under G.S. 58‑12‑21 with respect to the insurer. (2001‑223, s. 12.9.)

§ 58‑12‑70.  HMO net worth requirements.
The Commissioner may require an HMO to have and maintain a larger amount of net worth than prescribed in G.S. 58‑67‑110, based upon the principles of risk‑based capital as determined by the NAIC or the Commissioner. (2001‑223, s. 12.10.)

Article 13.
Asset Protection Act.
§ 58‑13‑1.  Title.
This Article shall be known and may be cited as the "Asset Protection Act." (1985, c. 327, s. 1.)

§ 58‑13‑5.  Purposes.
The purposes of this Article are to require insurers to maintain unencumbered assets in amounts equal to policyholder‑related liabilities and minimum required capital and minimum required surplus; to provide preferential claims against insurers' assets in favor of owners, beneficiaries, assignees, and holders of insurance policies and certificates; and to prevent the pledging, hypothecation, or encumbrance of assets without a prior written order of the Commissioner. (1985, c. 327, s. 1; 1991, c. 681, s. 30.1; 1993, c. 504, s. 7.)

§ 58‑13‑10.  Scope.
This Article applies to all domestic insurers and to all kinds of insurance written by those insurers under Articles 1 through 68 of this Chapter. Foreign insurers shall comply in substance with the requirements and limitations of this Article. This Article does not apply to the following:
(1)	Variable contracts or guaranteed investment contracts for which separate accounts are required to be maintained.
(2)	Statutory deposits that are required by insurance regulatory agencies to be maintained as a requirement for doing business in such jurisdictions.
(3)	Real estate, authorized under G.S. 58‑7‑187, encumbered by a mortgage loan with a first lien. (1985, c. 327, s. 1; 1991, c. 681, s. 30.2; 1993, c. 452, s. 25; 1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 678, s. 13; 1999‑244, s. 4; 2001‑223, s. 13.1; 2002‑187, s. 2.8.)

§ 58‑13‑15.  Definitions.
As used in this Article:
(1)	"Assets" means all property, real or personal, tangible or intangible, legal or equitable, owned by an insurer.
(2)	"Claimants" means any owners, beneficiaries, assignees, certificate holders, or third‑party beneficiaries of any insurance benefit or right arising out of and within the coverage of an insurance policy covered by this Article.
(3)	"Reserve assets" means those assets of an insurer that are authorized investments for policy reserves in accordance with this Chapter.
(4)	"Policyholder‑related liabilities" means those liabilities that are required to be established by an insurer for all of its outstanding insurance policies in accordance with this Chapter. (1985, c. 327, s. 1; 1993, c. 504, s. 8; 2001‑223, ss. 13.2, 13.3.)

§ 58‑13‑20.  Exception.
(a)	This Article does not apply to those reserve assets of an insurer that are held, deposited, pledged, hypothecated, or otherwise encumbered as provided in this section to secure, offset, protect, or meet those policyholder‑related liabilities of the insurer that are established, incurred, or required under the provisions of a reinsurance agreement whereby the insurer has reinsured the insurance policy liabilities of a ceding insurer, provided:
(1)	The ceding insurer and the reinsurer are both licensed to transact business in this State;
(2)	Pursuant to a written agreement between the ceding insurer and the reinsurer, reserve assets substantially equal to the policyholder‑related liabilities required to be established by the reinsurer on the reinsured business are either (i) deposited by or are withheld from the reinsurer and are in the custody of the ceding insurer as security for the payment of the reinsurer's obligations under the reinsurance agreement, and such assets are held subject to withdrawal by and under the separate or joint control of the ceding insurer, or (ii) deposited and held in trust account for that purpose and under those conditions with a qualified United States financial institution.
(b)	The Commissioner has the right to examine any of such assets, reinsurance agreements, or deposit arrangements at any time in accordance with his authority to make examinations of insurers as conferred by other provisions of this Chapter.
(c)	For purposes of subdivision (a)(2) of this section, "qualified United States financial institution" means an institution that:
(1)	Is organized or, in the case of a United States office of a foreign banking organization, licensed under the laws of the United States or any of its states;
(2)	Is regulated, supervised, and examined by United States federal or state authorities having regulatory authority over banks and trust companies; and
(3)	Has been determined by either the Commissioner or the Securities Valuation Office of the NAIC to meet the standards of financial condition and standing considered necessary and appropriate to regulate the quality of financial institutions who serve as trustees. (1985, c. 327, s. 1; 1993, c. 504, s. 9; 2001‑223, s. 13.4; 2005‑215, s. 25.)

§ 58‑13‑25.  Prohibition of hypothecation.
(a)	Every insurer subject to this Article shall at all times have and maintain free and unencumbered reserve assets equal to an amount that is the total of its policyholder‑related liabilities and its required minimum capital and minimum surplus and shall not pledge, hypothecate, or otherwise encumber those reserve assets. The Commissioner, upon application made to the Commissioner, may issue a written order approving the pledging, hypothecation, or encumbrance of any of the assets of an insurer not otherwise prohibited upon a finding that the pledging, hypothecation, or encumbrance will not adversely affect the insurer's solvency.
(b)	Every insurer shall file, along with any statement filed under G.S. 58‑2‑165, a statement sworn to by the chief executive officer of the insurer that: (i) Title to assets in an amount equal to the policyholder‑related liabilities and minimum required capital and minimum required surplus of the insurer that are not pledged, hypothecated, or otherwise encumbered is vested in the insurer; (ii) the only assets of the insurer that are pledged, hypothecated, or otherwise encumbered are as identified and reported in the sworn statement and no other assets of the insurer are pledged, hypothecated, or otherwise encumbered; and (iii) the terms and provisions of the transaction of the pledge, hypothecation, or encumbrance are as reported in the sworn statement.
(c)	Any person that accepts a pledge, hypothecation, or encumbrance of any asset of an insurer, as security for a debt or other obligation of the insurer, not in accordance with this Article, is deemed to have accepted the asset subject to a superior, preferential, and automatically perfected lien in favor of claimants: Provided, that said lien does not apply to the assets of an insurer in a delinquency proceeding under Article 30 of this Chapter if the Commissioner or the court, whichever is appropriate, approves the pledge, hypothecation, or encumbrance of the assets.
(d)	In the event of the liquidation of any insurer subject to this Article, claimants of the insurer shall have a prior and preferential claim against all assets of the insurer except those that have been pledged, hypothecated, or encumbered in accordance with this Article. Subject to Article 30 of this Chapter, all claimants have equal status; and their prior and preferential claims are superior to any claim or cause of action against the insurer by any other person. (1985, c. 327, s. 1; 1989, c. 452, s. 4; 1991, c. 681, s. 30.3; 1993, c. 504, s. 10; 2002‑187, s. 2.9.)

Article 14.
Unauthorized Insurance by Domestic Companies.
§ 58‑14‑1.  Purpose of Article.
It is the purpose of this Article to effectively control and regulate the activities of domestic insurance companies so as to prevent them from engaging in and transacting insurance business in states and jurisdictions in which they are not authorized to do a business of insurance. The General Assembly recognizes that insofar as domestic companies of this State engage in transacting insurance business in states and jurisdictions in which they are not authorized to do business that such activity subjects the domestic companies of this State to the penalties for such unlawful activities in other states and jurisdictions, and that such activities tend to substantially impair the effectiveness of the domestic companies in this State. The General Assembly also recognizes that the practices of unauthorized insurers could be largely corrected if each state would effectively regulate the activities of its domestic companies. The provisions of this Article are in addition to all other statutory provisions designed to control the activities of domestic companies and nothing herein shall be construed to amend, modify or repeal the provisions of existing laws. (1967, c. 935, s. 1.)

§ 58‑14‑5.  Domestic insurers prohibited from transacting business in foreign states without authorization; exceptions.
Except as hereinafter provided, no domestic insurer organized under the laws of this State shall transact or attempt to transact or solicit business in any manner or accept risks in any jurisdiction in which such insurer is not licensed in accordance with the laws of such jurisdiction. There is excepted from the terms of this section the following acts and transactions:
(1)	Contracts entered into by a domestic company insuring a risk within a foreign state or jurisdiction, where the law of the foreign state or jurisdiction permits an unauthorized insurer to so contract;
(2)	Contracts entered into where the prospective insured is personally present in the state in which the insurer is authorized to transact business when he signs the application;
(3)	Contracts of reinsurance between a licensed insurer of the foreign state or jurisdiction and a domestic company;
(4)	The issuance of certificates under a lawfully transacted group life or group disability policy, where the master policy was entered into in a state in which the insurer was then authorized to transact business;
(5)	The renewal or continuance in force, with or without modification, of contracts otherwise lawful and which were not originally executed in violation of this section. (1967, c. 935, s. 1.)

§  58‑14‑10.  Domestic insurers; advertising; exceptions.
No domestic insurer shall knowingly solicit or advertise its insurance business in a state or jurisdiction in which it is not licensed as an authorized insurer. Provided, however, that this section shall not prohibit a domestic insurer from advertising through publications, radio or television if such advertising is not expressly directed toward the residents or subjects of insurance in a foreign state or other jurisdiction. Nor shall this section apply to trade journals or directories. (1967, c. 935, s. 1.)

§ 58‑14‑15.  Penalties provided for unauthorized acts.
When any domestic insurer knowingly engages in the practice of soliciting, advertising or making contracts for insurance in states or jurisdictions in which it is not licensed, the Commissioner may issue an order requiring the company to cease and desist from engaging in such activities and, for the purposes of this section, the acts prohibited by G.S. 58‑14‑10 and the foregoing sections, are declared to be an unfair trade practice within the meaning of G.S. 58‑63‑15 and G.S. 58‑63‑40. When the Commissioner has reason to believe that any domestic company has been engaged or is engaging in the practice of knowingly soliciting, advertising or writing contracts of insurance on risks within a state or jurisdiction in which it is not licensed, the Commissioner shall serve the company with notice of hearing and the hearing shall conform with the hearing procedure set forth in G.S. 58‑63‑25. Any action taken by the Commissioner after the hearing shall comply with G.S. 58‑63‑32, and any company aggrieved by an order of the Commissioner is entitled to the judicial review provided in G.S. 58‑63‑35. (1967, c. 935, s. 1; 1991, c. 720, ss. 4, 54; 1995, c. 193, s. 24; 1995 (Reg. Sess., 1996), c. 742, s. 23.)

Article 15.
Reciprocal Insurance.
Part 1. General Provisions.
§ 58‑15‑1.  Scope.
This Article applies to all reciprocals and reciprocal insurance. (1989, c. 425, s. 1.)

§ 58‑15‑5.  Definitions.
As used in this Article:
(1)	"Attorney" means the person designated and authorized by subscribers as the attorney‑in‑fact having authority to obligate them on reciprocal and other insurance contracts.
(2)	"License" means a license to transact the business of insurance in this State, issued by the Commissioner.
(3)	In addition to the meaning of the term as defined in G.S. 12‑3(6) and G.S. 58‑1‑5(9), "person" means any county, city, school board, hospital authority, or any other local governmental authority or local agency or public service corporation owned, operated or controlled by a local government or local government authority, that has the power to enter into contractual undertakings within or without the State.
(4)	"Reciprocal" means an aggregation of subscribers under a common name.
(5)	"Reciprocal insurance" means insurance resulting from the mutual exchange of insurance contracts among persons in an unincorporated association under a common name through an attorney‑in‑fact having authority to obligate each person both as insured and insurer.
(6)	"Subscriber" means a person obligated under a reciprocal insurance agreement. (1989, c. 425, s. 1; 1991, c. 720, s. 15; 1999‑132, s. 9.1.)

§ 58‑15‑10.  Kinds of insurance.
A reciprocal licensed in this State may write the kinds of insurance enumerated in G.S. 58‑7‑15, except life insurance, annuities, and title insurance. (1989, c. 425, s. 1.)

§ 58‑15‑15.  Risk limitations.
(a)	Except for Article 11 of this Chapter and as otherwise specifically provided, all the provisions of Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter relating to insurers generally, and those relating to insurers writing the same kinds of insurance that reciprocals are permitted to write, are applicable to reciprocals.
(b)	A reciprocal shall be deemed to comply with G.S. 58‑3‑105 if:
(1)	It issues policies containing a contingent assessment liability, provided for in G.S. 58‑15‑60; and
(2)	It maintains reinsurance in an amount that the Commissioner considers adequate to reasonably limit the reciprocal's aggregate losses to the lesser of:
a.	Ten percent (10%) of the surplus to policyholders of the reciprocal multiplied by the number of subscribers;
b.	The surplus to policyholders of the reciprocal multiplied by three; or
c.	Five million dollars ($5,000,000). (1989, c. 425, s. 1.)

§ 58‑15‑20.  Eligible contracting persons.
(a)	Persons of this State may enter into reciprocal insurance contracts with each other and with persons of other states and countries.
(b)	For any corporation now existing or subsequently organized under the laws of this State, the authority to enter into reciprocal insurance contracts is in addition to the authority conferred upon it in its charter and is incidental to the purposes for which the corporation is organized. (1989, c. 425, s. 1.)

§ 58‑15‑25.  Business name.
Every reciprocal shall have and use an appropriate business name that includes the word or words "reciprocal," "interinsurer," "interinsurance," or "exchange". (1989, c. 425, s. 1.)

§ 58‑15‑30.  License, surplus, and deposit requirements.
(a)	No reciprocal shall engage in any insurance transaction in this State until it has obtained a license to do so in accordance with the applicable provisions of Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter. The license shall continue in full force and effect, subject to timely payment of an annual license continuation fee in accordance with G.S. 58‑6‑7 and subject to any other applicable provision of the insurance laws of this State.
(b)	No domestic or foreign reciprocal shall be licensed in this State unless it has a surplus to policyholders of at least eight hundred thousand dollars ($800,000); and no alien reciprocal shall be licensed unless it has a trusteed surplus of at least eight hundred thousand dollars ($800,000).
(c)	Each domestic, foreign, or alien reciprocal licensed in this State shall deposit and maintain deposits with the Commissioner of at least four hundred thousand dollars ($400,000) in cash or in value of securities of the kind specified in G.S. 58‑5‑15, which shall be subject to Article 5 of this Chapter. (1989, c. 425, s. 1; 2003‑212, s. 26(e); 2004‑203, s. 74(a); 2005‑215, s. 24.)

§ 58‑15‑35.  Continuation of business under prior requirements.
(a)	Notwithstanding other provisions of Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter regarding minimum required surplus, any reciprocal that was licensed to write and was writing any kind of insurance in this State on January 1, 1990 may continue to write that kind of insurance under the appropriate license from the Commissioner.  Such reciprocal shall maintain at all times the minimum surplus, and the minimum trusteed surplus if an alien reciprocal, that was required before January 1, 1990.
(b)	Before any reciprocal obtains a license to write in this State any kind of insurance that it was not licensed to write and writing in this State on January 1, 1990, it shall comply with all the requirements of this Part regarding surplus. (1989, c. 425, s. 1.)

§ 58‑15‑40.  Certification of foreign and alien reciprocals.
No foreign reciprocal shall be licensed in this State until it files with the Commissioner a certificate of the insurance regulator of the state in which it is organized.  The certificate shall show that the foreign reciprocal is licensed to write and is writing actively in that state the kind of insurance it proposes to write in this State.  No alien reciprocal shall be licensed in this State until it files with the Commissioner a certificate of the insurance regulator of (i) the state through which it entered the United States or (ii) the alien reciprocal's domiciliary country.  The certificate shall show that the alien reciprocal is licensed to write and is writing actively in that state or country the kind of insurance it proposes to write in this State.  Foreign and alien reciprocals must also satisfy the appropriate provisions of Article 16 of this Chapter pertaining to admission requirements. (1989, c. 425, s. 1.)

§ 58‑15‑45.  Attorney's domicile.
Nothing in Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter regarding the admission and licensing of foreign and alien insurers requires that the attorney of a foreign or alien reciprocal be resident or domiciled in this State, or that the principal office of the attorney be maintained in this State.  The office or offices of the attorney shall be determined by the subscribers through the power of attorney. (1989, c. 425, s. 1.)

§ 58‑15‑50.  Contracts and property.
A reciprocal may enter into contracts and acquire, hold title to, and convey property in its business name.  All contracts of a reciprocal, including its insurance contracts, shall be executed on behalf of the reciprocal by the attorney of the reciprocal. (1989, c. 425, s. 1.)

§ 58‑15‑55.  Insurance producer license.
No person shall act in this State as an agent of a reciprocal in the solicitation or procurement of applications for insurance, subscriber's agreements, or powers of attorney, or in the collection of premiums in connection with the reciprocal, without first procuring an insurance producer license from the Commissioner pursuant to Article 33 of this Chapter. An agent shall be appointed by each reciprocal the agent represents.  (1989, c. 425, s. 1; 2022‑46, s. 14(t).)

§ 58‑15‑60.  Subscribers' contingent liability.
(a)	Each subscriber insured under an assessable policy has a contingent assessment liability for payment of actual losses and expenses incurred by the reciprocal while his policy was in force.  This liability is in the amount provided for in the power of attorney or subscriber's agreement.
(b)	The contingent assessment liability on any one policy in any one calendar year equals the premiums earned, as defined in G.S. 58‑15‑135, on the policy for that year multiplied by not more than ten.
(c)	The contingent assessment liability is several and not joint.
(d)	Each assessable policy issued by the reciprocal shall plainly set forth a statement of the contingent assessment liability on the front of the policy in capital letters, in contrasting color, and in no less than ten‑point type. (1989, c. 425, s. 1.)

§ 58‑15‑65.  Nonassessable policies.
(a)	The Commissioner may issue a certificate authorizing the reciprocal to reduce or extinguish the contingent assessment liability of subscribers under its policies then in force in this State and to omit provisions imposing contingent assessment liability in all policies delivered or issued for delivery in this State for as long as all such surplus to policyholders remains unimpaired.  The certificate may be issued if (i) a reciprocal has surplus to policyholders of at least two million dollars ($2,000,000), and (ii) an application of the attorney has been approved by the subscribers' advisory committee.
(b)	The Commissioner shall issue this certificate if the conditions of subsection (a) of this section are met and if he determines that the reciprocal's surplus to policyholders is reasonable in relation to the reciprocal's outstanding liabilities and is adequate to meet its financial needs.  In making that determination the following factors, among others, shall be considered:
(1)	The size of the reciprocal as measured by its assets, capital and surplus, reserves, premium writings, insurance in force, and other appropriate criteria;
(2)	The extent to which the reciprocal's business is diversified among different kinds of insurance;
(3)	The number and size of risks insured in each kind of insurance;
(4)	The extent of the geographic dispersion of the reciprocal's insured risks;
(5)	The nature and extent of the reciprocal's reinsurance program;
(6)	The quality, diversification, and liquidity of the reciprocal's investment portfolio;
(7)	The recent past and trend in the size of the reciprocal's surplus to policyholders;
(8)	The surplus to policyholders maintained by other comparable insurers; and 
(9)	The adequacy of the reciprocal's reserves.
(c)	Upon impairment of the surplus to policyholders as described in subsection (a) of this section, the Commissioner shall revoke the certificate.  After revocation, the reciprocal shall not issue or renew any policy without providing for the contingent assessment liability of subscribers.
(d)	The Commissioner shall not authorize a domestic reciprocal to extinguish the contingent assessment liability of any of its subscribers or in any of its policies to be issued, unless it has the required surplus to policyholders and extinguishes the contingent assessment liability of all of its subscribers and in all policies to be issued for all kinds of insurance it writes. However, if required by the laws of another state in which the domestic reciprocal is transacting the business of insurance as a licensed insurer, it may issue policies providing for the contingent assessment liability of its subscribers that acquire policies in that state and need not extinguish the contingent assessment liability applicable to policies already in force in that state. (1989, c. 425, s. 1.)

§ 58‑15‑70.  Distribution to subscribers.
A reciprocal may return to its subscribers any savings or credits accruing to their accounts.  Any such distribution shall not unfairly discriminate between classes of risks or policies or between subscribers.  However, the distribution may vary for classes of subscribers based upon the experience of those classes. (1989, c. 425, s. 1.)

§ 58‑15‑75.  Reserves.
Each reciprocal shall maintain the same unearned premium and loss or claim reserves required for stock and mutual companies writing the same kinds of insurance. (1989, c. 425, s. 1.)

§ 58‑15‑80:  Reserved for future codification purposes.

§ 58‑15‑85.  Service of process.
(a)	Each attorney of a domestic reciprocal who files the declaration required by G.S. 58‑15‑100, and each attorney of a foreign or alien reciprocal that applies for a license, shall file with the Commissioner a written power of attorney executed in duplicate by the attorney that appoints the Commissioner as agent of the reciprocal.  Upon the appointment, the Commissioner may be served all legal process against such reciprocal pursuant to G.S. 58‑16‑30.  A copy of the power of attorney, duly certified by the Commissioner, is admissible as evidence in the courts of this State. 
(b)	Whenever any such process is served upon the Commissioner, G.S. 58‑16‑45 is applicable, except that the process shall be directed to the attorney at the address shown on the power of attorney.  Nothing in this section limits the right to serve any process upon any reciprocal in any other manner permitted by law. (1989, c. 425, s. 1.)

§ 58‑15‑90.  Legal proceedings.
(a)	Any reciprocal doing business in this State may sue or be sued in its business name.
(b)	Any action or suit against a reciprocal may be brought in any county (i) where its principal office is located, or (ii) where the cause of action or any part of the cause of action arose.  If the action or suit is to recover a loss under a policy of property insurance, it may also be brought in the county where the property insured was situated at the date of the policy.  Any action or suit against a foreign or alien reciprocal may also be brought in any county of this State in which it has any debts owed to it.
(c)	In an action against a reciprocal, process against the reciprocal may be served upon the Commissioner.  If the defendant in the action is a domestic reciprocal, process against that domestic reciprocal shall be served upon the attorney for that domestic reciprocal unless service upon that attorney is not feasible. (1989, c. 425, s. 1.)

§ 58‑15‑95.  Liability on judgments.
Any judgment against a reciprocal based upon legal process duly served as provided in this Article is binding upon the reciprocal and upon each of the reciprocal's subscribers as their respective interests may appear, in an amount not exceeding their respective contingent assessment liabilities.  There is no derivative liability on the part of the attorney, officers, employees, agents, or subscribers' advisory committee of the reciprocal arising merely by reason of the status of such persons. (1989, c. 425, s. 1.)

Part 2. Domestic Reciprocals.
§ 58‑15‑100.  Declaration for license.
(a)	One hundred or more persons domiciled in this State and designated as subscribers may organize a domestic reciprocal and apply to the Commissioner for a license to transact the business of insurance.  The Commissioner may authorize such a reciprocal to form with a lesser number of subscribers upon being satisfied that the risks are adequately spread and financial projections indicate that such a reciprocal will have a reasonable potential to succeed in its business with such a lesser number of subscribers.  The original subscribers and the proposed attorney shall execute and file with the Commissioner a declaration setting forth:
(1)	The name of the attorney and the business name of the reciprocal;
(2)	The location of the reciprocal's principal office, which shall be the same as that of the attorney and shall be in this State;
(3)	The kinds of insurance proposed to be written;
(4)	The names and addresses of the original subscribers;
(5)	The designation and appointment of the attorney, and a copy of the power of attorney and subscriber's agreement;
(6)	The names and addresses of the officers and directors of the attorney, if a corporation, or of its members if not a corporation;
(7)	The powers of the subscribers' advisory committee, and the names and terms of office of its members;
(8)	A statement that each of the original subscribers has in good faith applied for insurance of the kind proposed to be written and that the reciprocal has received from each original subscriber the anticipated premium or premium deposit for a term of not less than six months for the policy for which application is made;
(9)	A statement of the financial condition of the reciprocal, including a schedule of its assets;
(10)	A statement that the reciprocal has the surplus to policyholders required by G.S. 58‑15‑30;
(11)	A copy of each policy, endorsement, and application form it proposes to issue or use; and
(12)	Financial projections of the anticipated operational results of the reciprocal for a five‑year period based upon the initial surplus of the proposed reciprocal and its plan of operation.
(b)	The declaration shall be acknowledged by each original subscriber and by the attorney. (1989, c. 425, s. 1.)

§ 58‑15‑105.  Attorney's bond.
(a)	Concurrent with the filing of the declaration provided for in G.S. 58‑15‑100, the attorney of a domestic reciprocal shall file with the Commissioner a fidelity bond payable to this State.  The bond shall be executed by the attorney and by a licensed insurer and is subject to the approval of the Commissioner.
(b)	The bond shall be in an amount established in the discretion of the Commissioner, which amount shall be at least fifty thousand dollars ($50,000).  The bond shall be on the condition that the attorney faithfully accounts for all moneys and other property of the reciprocal coming into the attorney's control and that the attorney does not withdraw or appropriate for his own use from the funds of the reciprocal any moneys or property to which he is not entitled under the power of attorney.
(c)	The bond is not subject to cancellation unless 30‑days' written notice of intent to cancel is given to the attorney and the Commissioner. (1989, c. 425, s. 1.)

§ 58‑15‑110.  Deposit in lieu of bond.
Instead of filing the bond required by G.S. 58‑15‑105, the attorney may maintain on deposit with the Commissioner an equal amount in cash or in value of securities of the kind specified in G.S. 58‑5‑20 and subject to the same conditions as the bond. (1989, c. 425, s. 1.)

§ 58‑15‑115.  Advisory committee.
The advisory committee exercising the subscribers' rights in a domestic reciprocal shall be selected under rules adopted by the subscribers.  At least three‑fourths of the committee shall comprise subscribers or their representatives other than the attorney or any person employed by, representing, or having a financial interest in the attorney.  The committee shall supervise the finances of the reciprocal and the reciprocal's operations to the extent required to assure their conformity with the subscriber's agreement and power of attorney and shall exercise any other powers conferred on it by the subscriber's agreement. (1989, c. 425, s. 1.)

§ 58‑15‑120.  Subscriber's agreement and power of attorney.
(a)	Every subscriber of a domestic reciprocal shall execute a subscriber's agreement and power of attorney setting forth the rights, privileges, and obligations of the subscriber as an underwriter and as a policyholder, and the powers and duties of the attorney.  The subscriber's agreement and power of attorney shall contain in substance the following provisions:
(1)	A designation and appointment of the attorney to act for and bind the subscriber in all transactions relating to or arising out of the operations of the reciprocal;
(2)	A provision empowering the attorney (i) to accept service of legal process on behalf of the reciprocal and (ii) to appoint the Commissioner agent of the reciprocal upon whom may be served all legal process against the reciprocal;
(3)	Except for nonassessable policies, a provision for a contingent assessment liability of each subscriber in a specified amount in accordance with G.S. 58‑15‑60; and
(4)	The maximum amount to be deducted from advance premiums or deposits to be paid the attorney, and the items of expense, in addition to losses, to be paid by the reciprocal.
(b)	The subscriber's agreement may:
(1)	Provide for the right of substitution of the attorney and revocation of the power of attorney;
(2)	Impose any restrictions upon the exercise of the power agreed upon by the subscribers;
(3)	Provide for the exercise of any right reserved to the subscribers directly or through an advisory committee;
(4)	Provide for indemnification of the attorney, officers, employees, agents, and subscribers' advisory committee of the reciprocal against liability and litigation expenses to the extent permitted in the case of domestic business corporations; or
(5)	Contain other lawful provisions considered advisable. (1989, c. 425, s. 1.)

§ 58‑15‑125.  Modification of subscriber's agreement and power of attorney.
Modification of the terms of the subscriber's agreement and the power of attorney of a domestic reciprocal shall be made jointly by the attorney and the subscriber's advisory committee.  No modification is retroactive nor does it affect any insurance contract issued prior to the modification. (1989, c. 425, s. 1.)

§ 58‑15‑130.  Advance of funds.
The attorney or other interested persons may advance to a domestic reciprocal any funds required for its operations.  The funds advanced shall not be treated as a liability of the reciprocal and shall not be withdrawn or repaid except out of the reciprocal's earned surplus in excess of its minimum required surplus.  This section does not apply to loans made by commercial lenders in the ordinary course of their businesses. (1989, c. 425, s. 1.)

§ 58‑15‑135.  Assessments.
(a)	Assessments may be levied upon the subscribers of a domestic reciprocal by the attorney in accordance with G.S. 58‑15‑60.  The assessments shall be approved in advance by the subscribers' advisory committee.
(b)	Each domestic reciprocal subscriber's share of an assessment shall be computed by multiplying the premiums earned on the subscriber's policies during the period to be covered by the assessment by the ratio of the total assessment to the total premiums earned during the period upon all policies subject to the assessment.  However, no assessment shall exceed the aggregate contingent assessment liability computed in accordance with G.S. 58‑15‑60.  For the purposes of this section, the premiums earned on the subscriber's policies are the gross premiums charged by the reciprocal for the policies minus any charges not recurring upon the renewal or extension of the policies.  No subscriber shall have an offset against any assessment for which he is liable on account of any claim for unearned premium or losses payable. (1989, c. 425, s. 1.)

§ 58‑15‑140.  Duration of liability for assessment.
Every subscriber of a domestic reciprocal having contingent assessment liability shall be liable for and shall pay his share of any assessment computed in accordance with this Part, if, while the policy is in force or for such period after its termination as the Commissioner may establish by rule, the subscriber is notified (i) by the attorney of his intention to levy the assessment or (ii) that delinquency proceedings have been commenced against the reciprocal under the provisions of Article 30 of this Chapter, and the Commissioner or receiver intends to levy an assessment.  In adopting such rules the Commissioner may take into account factors including the kinds of insurance issued by such reciprocals. (1989, c. 425, s. 1, c. 770, s. 70; 1989 (Reg. Sess., 1990), c. 1021, s. 1.)

§ 58‑15‑145.  Distribution of assets after liquidation.
Upon the liquidation of a domestic reciprocal, the assets remaining after (i) discharge of its indebtedness and policy obligations, (ii) the return of any contributions of the attorney or other person made as provided in G.S. 58‑15‑130, and (iii) the return of any unused deposits, savings, or credits, shall be distributed.  The distribution shall be according to a formula approved by the Commissioner or the Court to the persons who were its subscribers within the 12 months prior to the final termination of its license. (1989, c. 425, s. 1.)

§ 58‑15‑150.  Financial impairment; assessment; liquidation.
(a)	If (i) the assets of a domestic reciprocal are at any time insufficient to settle the sum of its liabilities, except those on account of funds contributed by the attorney or other parties, and its required surplus to policyholders, and (ii) the deficiency is not cured from other sources, its attorney shall levy an assessment upon subscribers made subject to assessment by the terms of their policies for the amount needed to make up the deficiency.  However, the assessment shall be subject to G.S. 58‑15‑60.
(b)	If the attorney fails to make the assessment within 30 days after the Commissioner orders him to do so, or if the deficiency is not fully made up within 60 days after the date the assessment is made, delinquency proceedings may be instituted and conducted against the insurer as provided in Article 30 of this Chapter.
(c)	If liquidation of the reciprocal is ordered, an assessment shall be levied upon the subscribers for the amount the Commissioner or the Court, as the case may be, determines to be necessary to discharge all liabilities of the reciprocal.  This assessment shall exclude any funds contributed by the attorney or other persons, but shall include the reasonable cost of the liquidation.  However, the assessment is subject to G.S. 58‑15‑60. (1989, c. 425, s. 1; c. 770, s. 71.)

Article 16.
Foreign or Alien Insurance Companies.
§ 58‑16‑1.  Admitted to do business.
Foreign or alien insurance companies, upon complying with the conditions of Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter applicable to them, may be admitted to transact in this State any class of insurance authorized by the laws in force relative to the duties, obligations, prohibitions, and penalties of insurance companies, and subject to all laws applicable to the transaction of such business by foreign or alien insurance companies and their agents. (1899, c. 54, s. 61; Rev., s. 4746; C.S., s. 6410; 1945, c. 384; 1987, c. 629, s. 17.)

§ 58‑16‑5.  Conditions of licensure.
A foreign or alien insurance company may be licensed to do business when it:
(1)	Deposits with the Commissioner a certified copy of its charter or certificate of organization and a statement of its financial condition and business, in the form and detail that the Commissioner requires, signed and sworn to by its president and secretary or other proper officer, and pays for the filing of this statement the sum required by law.
(2)	Satisfies the Commissioner that it is fully and legally organized under the laws of its state or government to do the business it proposes to transact as direct insurance or assumed reinsurance; that it has, if a stock company, a free surplus and a fully paid‑up and unimpaired capital, exclusive of stockholders' obligations of any description of an amount not less than that required for the organization of a domestic company writing the same kinds of business; and if a mutual company that its free surplus is not less than that required for the organization of a domestic company writing the same kind of business, and that the capital, surplus, and other funds are invested substantially in accordance with the requirements of this Chapter.
(3)	Repealed by Session Laws 1995, c. 517, s. 6.
(4)	Repealed by Session Laws 1987, c. 629, s. 20.
(5)	Files with the Commissioner a certificate that it has complied with the laws of the state or government under which it was organized and is authorized to make contracts of insurance.
(6)	Satisfies the Commissioner that it is in substantial compliance with G.S. 58‑7‑21, 58‑7‑26, 58‑7‑30, and 58‑7‑31 and Article 13 of this Chapter.
(7)	Satisfies the Commissioner that it is in compliance with the company name requirements of G.S. 58‑7‑35.
(8)	Satisfies the Commissioner that the operation of the company in this State would not be hazardous to prospective policyholders, creditors, or the general public.
(9)	Satisfies the Commissioner that it is in substantial compliance with the requirements of G.S. 58‑7‑37 pertaining to the background of its officers and directors.
(10)	Files with the Commissioner an instrument appointing the Commissioner as the company's agent on whom any legal process under G.S. 58‑16‑30 may be served. This appointment is irrevocable as long as any liability of the company remains outstanding in this State. A copy of this instrument, certified by the Commissioner, is sufficient evidence of this appointment; and service upon the Commissioner is sufficient service upon the company.  (1899, c. 54, s. 62; 1901, c. 391, s. 5; 1903, c. 438, s. 6; Rev., s. 4747; C.S., s. 6411; 1945, c. 384; 1951, c. 781, s. 3; 1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1027, s. 32; 1987, c. 629, s. 20; 1987 (Reg. Sess., 1988), c. 975, s. 16; 1991, c. 681, s. 24; 1995, c. 193, s. 25; c. 517, s. 6; 1999‑294, s. 7; 2001‑223, s. 14.1; 2009‑172, s. 8.)

§ 58‑16‑6.  Conditions of continued licensure.
In order for a foreign insurance company to continue to be licensed, it shall report any changes in the documents filed under G.S. 58‑16‑5(1) or G.S. 58‑16‑5(5); maintain the amounts of capital and surplus specified in G.S. 58‑16‑5(2); and remain in compliance with G.S. 58‑16‑5(6), (7), and (8) and with G.S. 58‑7‑46. (1995, c. 517, s. 7; 2001‑223, s. 14.2; 2005‑215, s. 13.)

§ 58‑16‑10.  Limitation as to kinds of insurance.
Any foreign or alien company admitted to do business in this State shall be limited with respect to doing kinds of insurance in this State in the same manner and to the same extent as are domestic companies, provided that any foreign insurance company which has been licensed to do the business of life insurance in this State continuously during a period of 20 years next preceding March 6, 1945, may continue to be licensed, in the discretion of the Commissioner, to do the kind or kinds of insurance business which it was authorized to do immediately prior to March 6, 1945. (1899, c. 44, s. 65; 1901, c. 391, s. 5; 1903, c. 438, s. 6; Rev., s. 4748; 1911, c. 111, s. 2; C.S., s. 6412; 1945, c. 384; 1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1027, s. 53; 1987 (Reg. Sess., 1988), c. 975, s. 17.)

§ 58‑16‑15.  Foreign companies; requirements for admission. 
A company organized under the laws of any other of these United States for the transaction of life insurance may be admitted to do business in this State if it complies with the other provisions of Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter regulating the terms and conditions upon which foreign life insurance companies may be admitted and authorized to do business in this State, and, in the opinion of the Commissioner, is in sound financial condition and has policies in force upon not less than 500 lives for an aggregate amount of not less than five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000). Any life company organized under the laws of any other country than the United States, in addition to the above requirements, must make and maintain the deposit required of such companies by Article 5 of this Chapter. (1899, c. 54, s. 56; Rev., s. 4774; C.S., s. 6456; 1945, c. 379; 1991, c. 720, ss. 4, 16.)

§ 58‑16‑20.  Company owned or controlled by foreign government prohibited from doing business.
(a)	Any insurance company or other insurance entity that is owned or controlled by any foreign government outside the continental limits of the United States or the territories of the United States is prohibited from doing any kind of insurance business in the State of North Carolina. For the purposes of this section, "foreign government" means any foreign government or any state, province, municipality, or political subdivision of any foreign government, and shall not be construed to apply to any insurance company organized under the laws of a foreign nation that is owned or controlled by the private citizens or private business interest of that foreign nation.
(b)	The Commissioner shall not license any insurance company or other insurance entity that is owned or controlled by any foreign government outside the continental limits of the United States or the territories of the United States, nor shall the Commissioner authorize any such company or entity to transact any kind of insurance business in the State of North Carolina.
(c)	Any insurance company or other insurance entity that is owned or controlled by any foreign government outside the continental limits of the United States or the territories of the United States, or any representative or agent of any such company or entity that violates the provisions of this section, is guilty of a Class 3 misdemeanor.
(d)	This section does not apply to the operating subsidiary of any insurance company or other insurance entity, where the company or entity is owned or controlled by any foreign government outside the continental limits of the United States or the territories of the United States, as long as the operating subsidiary is domesticated in and licensed by another state of the United States as an insurer or reinsurer and as a separate subsidiary. (1955, c. 449; 1991, c. 720, s. 4; 1993, c. 539, s. 449; 1994, Ex. Sess., c. 24, s. 14(c); 1997‑179, s. 1.)

§ 58‑16‑25.  Retaliatory laws.
When, by the laws of any other state or nation, any fines, penalties, licenses, fees, deposits of money or of securities, or other obligations or prohibitions are imposed upon insurance companies of this State doing business in such other state or nation or upon their agents therein greater than those imposed by this State upon insurance companies of such other state, then, so long as such laws continue in force, the same fines, penalties, licenses, fees, deposits, obligations and prohibitions, of whatever kind, may in the discretion of the Commissioner be imposed upon all such insurance companies of such other state or nation doing business within this State and upon their agents here.  Nothing herein repeals or reduces the license, fees, taxes, and other obligations now imposed by the laws of this State or to go into effect with the companies of any other state or nation unless some company of this State is actually doing or seeking to do business in such state or nation.  When an insurance company organized under the laws of any state or country is prohibited by the laws of such state or country or by its charter from investing its assets other than capital stock in the bonds of this State, then and in such case the Commissioner is authorized and directed to refuse to grant a license to transact business in this State to such insurance company. (1899, c. 54, s. 71; 1903, c. 536, s. 11; Rev., s. 4749; C.S., s. 6413; 1927, c. 32; 1945, c. 384; 1987, c. 814, s. 3; 1991, c. 720, s. 4.)

§ 58‑16‑30.  Service of legal process upon Commissioner.
As an alternative to service of legal process under G.S. 1A‑1, Rule 4, the service of such process upon any insurance company or any foreign or alien entity licensed or admitted and authorized to do business in this State under the provisions of this Chapter may be made by the sheriff or any other person delivering and leaving a copy of the process in the office of the Commissioner with a deputy or any other person duly appointed by the Commissioner for that purpose; or acceptance of service of the process may be made by the Commissioner or a duly appointed deputy or person. Service may also be made by mailing a copy of the summons and of the complaint, registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to the Commissioner. As a condition precedent to a valid service of process under this section, the party obtaining such service shall pay to the Commissioner at the time of service or acceptance of service the sum of ten dollars ($10.00), which the party shall recover as part of the taxable costs if the party prevails in the action. (1899, c. 54, ss. 16, 62; 1903, c. 438, s. 6; Rev., s. 4750; C.S., s. 6414; 1927, c. 167, s. 1; 1931, c. 287; 1951, c. 781, s. 9; 1971, c. 421, s. 1; 1985, c. 666, s. 5; 1989, c. 645, s. 2; 1991, c. 720, s. 4; 1995, c. 517, s. 8.)

§ 58‑16‑35.  Unauthorized Insurers Process Act.
(a)	Purpose of Section. – The purpose of this section is to subject certain insurers to the jurisdiction of courts of this State in suits by or on behalf of insureds or beneficiaries under insurance contracts. The General Assembly declares that it is a subject of concern that many residents of this State hold policies of insurance issued by insurers not authorized to do business in this State, thus presenting to such residents the often insuperable obstacle of resorting to distant forums for the purpose of asserting legal rights under such policies. In furtherance of such State interest, the General Assembly herein provides a method of substituted service of process upon such insurers and declares that in so doing it exercises its power to protect its residents and to define, for the purpose of this statute, what constitutes doing business in this State, and also exercises powers and privileges available to the State by virtue of Public Law 15, 79th Congress of the United States, Chapter 20, 1st Session, s. 340, as amended, which declares that the business of insurance and every person engaged therein shall be subject to the laws of the several states.
(b)	Service of Process upon Unauthorized Insurer. – 
(1)	Any of the following acts in this State, effected by mail or otherwise, by an unauthorized foreign or alien insurer:
a.	The issuance or delivery of contracts of insurance to residents of this State or to corporations authorized to do business therein,
b.	The solicitation of applications for such contracts,
c.	The collection of premiums, membership fees, assessments or other considerations for such contracts, or
d.	Any other transaction of business,
	is equivalent to and shall constitute an appointment by such insurer of the Commissioner and his successor or successors in office, to be its true and lawful attorney, upon whom may be served all lawful process in any action, suit, or proceeding instituted by or on behalf of an insured or beneficiary arising out of any such contract of insurance, and any such act shall be signification of its agreement that such service of process is of the same legal force and validity as personal service of process in this State upon such insurer.
(2)	Such service of process shall be made by delivering to and leaving with the Commissioner or some person in apparent charge of his office two copies thereof and the payment to him of ten dollars ($10.00). The Commissioner shall within four business days mail by certified or registered mail one of the copies of such process to the defendant at its last known principal place of business, and shall keep a record of all process so served upon him. Such service of process is sufficient, provided notice of such service and a copy of the process are sent within 10 days thereafter by certified or registered mail by plaintiff or plaintiff's attorney to the defendant at its last known principal place of business, and the defendant's receipt, or receipt issued by the transmitting post office, showing the name of the sender of the letter and the name and address of the person to whom the letter is addressed, and the affidavit of the plaintiff or plaintiff's attorney showing a compliance herewith are filed with the clerk of the court in which such action is pending on or before the date the defendant is required to appear, or within such further time as the court may allow.
(3)	Service of process in any such action, suit or proceeding shall in addition to the manner provided in subdivision (2) of this subsection be valid if:
a.	It is served on a person within this State who is in the State on behalf of the insurer to solicit insurance, make, issue, or deliver a contract of insurance, or collect or receive a premium, membership fee, assessment, or other consideration for insurance;
b.	A copy of the process is sent within 10 days after service by certified or registered mail by the plaintiff or plaintiff's attorney to the defendant at the defendant's last known principal place of business; and
c.	The defendant's receipt, or the receipt issued by the transmitting post office, showing the name of the sender of the letter and the name and address of the person to whom the letter is addressed, and the affidavit of the plaintiff or plaintiff's attorney showing a compliance herewith are filed with the clerk of the court in which such action is pending on or before the date the defendant is required to appear, or within such further time as the court may allow.
(4)	No plaintiff or complainant shall be entitled to a judgment by default under this section until the expiration of 30 days from the date of the filing of the affidavit of compliance.
(5)	Nothing in this section contained shall limit or abridge the right to serve any process, notice or demand upon any insurer in any other manner now or hereafter permitted by law.
(c)	Defense of Action by Unauthorized Insurer. – 
(1)	Before any unauthorized foreign or alien insurer shall file or cause to be filed any pleading in any action, suit or proceeding instituted against it, such unauthorized insurer shall either
a.	Deposit with the clerk of the court in which such action, suit or proceeding is pending cash or securities or file with such clerk a bond with good and sufficient sureties, to be approved by the court, in an amount to be fixed by the court sufficient to secure the payment of any final judgment which may be rendered in such action; or
b.	Procure a license to transact the business of insurance in this State.
(2)	The court in any action, suit, or proceeding, in which service is made in the manner provided in subdivisions (2) or (3) of subsection (b) may, in its discretion, order such postponement as may be necessary to afford the defendant reasonable opportunity to comply with the provisions of subdivision (1) of this subsection and to defend such action.
(3)	Nothing in subdivision (1) of this subsection is to be construed to prevent an unauthorized foreign or alien insurer from filing a motion to quash a writ or to set aside service thereof made in the manner provided in subdivisions (2) or (3) of subsection (b) on the ground either
a.	That such unauthorized insurer has not done any of the acts enumerated in subdivision (1) of subsection (b), or
b.	That the person on whom service was made pursuant to subdivision (3) of subsection (b) was not doing any of the acts therein enumerated.
(d)	Attorney Fees. – In any action against an unauthorized foreign or alien insurer upon a contract of insurance issued or delivered in this State to a resident thereof or to a corporation authorized to do business therein, if the insurer has failed for 30 days after demand prior to the commencement of the action to make payment in accordance with the terms of the contract, and it appears to the court that such refusal was vexatious and without reasonable cause, the court may allow to the plaintiff a reasonable attorney fee and include such fee in any judgment that may be rendered in such action; providing, however, that the fee or portion of fee included in the judgment shall be not less than twenty‑five dollars ($25.00) nor more than twelve and one‑half percent (12  1/2%) of the amount which the court or jury finds the plaintiff is entitled to recover against the insurer. Failure of an insurer to defend any such action shall be deemed prima facie evidence that its failure to make payment was vexatious and without reasonable cause.
(e)	Short Title. – This section may be cited as the Unauthorized Insurers Process Act. (1955, c. 1040; 1985, c. 666, ss. 5, 8; 1987, c. 752, s. 11; 1989, c. 645, s. 3; 1991, c. 720, s. 4; 1999‑132, s. 9.1.)

§ 58‑16‑40.  Alternative service of process on insurers.
In addition to the procedures set out in Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter, insurers may be served with process and subjected to the jurisdiction of the courts of this State pursuant to applicable provisions of Chapter 1 and Chapter 1A of the General Statutes. (1967, c. 954, s. 3.)

§ 58‑16‑45.  Commissioner to notify company of service or acceptance of service of process.
When service of legal process is made in the manner provided in G.S. 58‑16‑30, the Commissioner or his duly appointed deputy shall within four business days thereafter notify the company served of such service or acceptance of service by registered or certified mail directed to its secretary, or its resident manager in the case of a foreign company having no secretary in the United States.  Such notification shall be accompanied by a copy of the process served or accepted and any pleading or order accompanying the process.  The Commissioner shall keep a record which shall show the day and hour of such service or acceptance of service of process and whether any pleading or order accompanied the process.  When service is made under the provisions of G.S. 58‑16‑30, the time within which to file a responsive pleading, as provided by Chapter 1A of the General Statutes, shall be deemed extended by 12 days. (1899, c. 54, s. 16; Rev., s. 4751; C.S., s. 6415; 1927, c. 167, s. 2; 1971, c. 421, s. 2; 1985, c. 666, s. 7; 1987, c. 752, s. 11; 1991, c. 720, s. 4.)

§ 58‑16‑50.  Action to enforce compliance with this Chapter.
Compliance with the provisions of Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter as to deposits, obligations, and prohibitions, and the payment of taxes, fines, fees, and penalties by foreign or alien insurance companies, may be enforced in the ordinary course of legal procedure by action brought in the Superior Court of Wake County by the Attorney General in the name of the State upon the relation of the Commissioner of Insurance. (1899, c. 54, s. 102; 1903, c. 438, s. 10; Rev., s. 4752; C.S., s. 6416; 1945, c. 384.)

§ 58‑16‑55.  Amendments to documents.
Any change in or amendment to any document required to be filed under G.S. 58‑16‑5 shall be promptly filed with the Commissioner. (1989, c. 485, s. 49.)

Article 17.
"Lloyds" Insurance Associations.
§ 58‑17‑1.  "Lloyds" insurance associations may transact business of insurance other than life, on certain conditions.
Associations of individuals, whether organized within the State or elsewhere, formed upon the plan known as "Lloyds" – whereby each associate underwriter becomes liable for a proportionate part of the whole amount insured by policy – may be authorized to transact business of insurance, other than life, in this State, in like manner and upon the same terms and conditions as are required of and imposed upon insurance companies regularly organized; but all such "Lloyds" whether organized within the State or elsewhere, shall make the same deposit, and upon the same terms and conditions as required by Articles 5 and 16 of this Chapter for foreign or alien insurance companies incorporated under the laws of any government or state other than the United States or one of the several states of the Union.  Provided, such associations shall be subject to all of the laws and regulations of the State of North Carolina relating to the transaction of insurance business within this State. (1967, c. 844.)

Article 18.
Promoting and Holding Companies.
§§ 58‑18‑1 through 58‑18‑25: Repealed by Session Laws 2001‑223, s. 15, effective June 15, 2001.

Article 19.
Insurance Holding Company System Regulatory Act.
§ 58‑19‑1.  Findings; purpose; legislative intent.
(a)	The General Assembly finds that the public interest and the interests of policyholders are or may be adversely affected when any of the following occur:
(1)	Control of an insurer is sought by persons who would utilize such control adversely to the interests of policyholders.
(2)	Acquisition of control of an insurer would substantially lessen competition or create a monopoly in the insurance business in this State.
(3)	An insurer that is part of an insurance holding company system is caused to enter into transactions or relationships with affiliated companies on terms that are not fair and reasonable.
(4)	An insurer pays dividends to shareholders that jeopardize the financial condition of such insurer.
(b)	The General Assembly declares that the policies and purposes of this Article are to promote the public interest by doing all of the following:
(1)	Requiring disclosure of pertinent information relating to changes in control of an insurer.
(2)	Requiring disclosure by an insurer of material transactions and relationships between the insurer and its affiliates, including certain dividends to shareholders paid by the insurer.
(3)	Providing standards governing material transactions between an insurer and its affiliates.  (1989, c. 722, s. 1; 2015‑146, s. 1.1; 2015‑281, s. 13.)

§ 58‑19‑2.  Compliance with federal law.
(a)	As used in this section, "depository institution" has the same meaning as in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. § 1813, and includes any foreign bank that maintains a branch, an agency, or a commercial lending company in the United States.
(b)	With respect to affiliations between a depository institution or any affiliate of a depository institution and any insurer, the provisions of section 104(c) of the Gramm‑Leach‑Bliley Act, P.L. 106‑102, shall apply to this Article. (2001‑215, s. 2.)

§ 58‑19‑5.  Definitions.
As used in this Article, unless the context requires otherwise, the following terms have the following meanings:
(1)	An "affiliate" of or person "affiliated" with a specific person. – A person that indirectly through one or more intermediaries or directly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the person specified.
(2)	"Control", including the terms "controlling", "controlled by", and "under common control with." – The direct or indirect possession of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract other than a commercial contract for goods or nonmanagement services, or otherwise. Control is presumed to exist if any person directly or indirectly owns, controls, holds with the power to vote, or holds proxies representing, ten percent (10%) or more of the voting securities of any other person. This presumption may be rebutted by a showing made in the manner provided by G.S. 58‑19‑25(j) that control does not exist in fact. The Commissioner may determine, after furnishing all persons in interest notice and opportunity to be heard and making specific findings of fact to support such determination, that control exists in fact, notwithstanding the absence of a presumption to that effect.
(3)	Enterprise risk. – Any activity, circumstance, event, or series of events involving one or more affiliates of an insurer that, if not remedied promptly, is likely to have a material adverse effect upon the financial condition or liquidity of the insurer or its insurance holding company system as a whole, including, but not limited to, anything that would cause the insurer's risk‑based capital to fall into company action level as set forth in Article 12 of this Chapter or would cause the insurer to be in a hazardous financial condition as set forth in G.S. 58‑30‑60.
(4)	Executive officer. – A chief executive officer, chief operating officer, chief financial officer, treasurer, secretary, controller, and any other individual performing functions corresponding to those performed by the foregoing officers under whatever title.
(5)	Form A. – The statement regarding the acquisition of control of or merger with a domestic insurer that is required to be filed with the Commissioner pursuant to G.S. 58‑19‑15.
(6)	Form B. – The insurance holding company system annual registration statement that is required to be filed with the Commissioner pursuant to G.S. 58‑19‑25.
(7)	Form C. – The summary of changes to the insurance company system annual registration statement that is required to be filed with the Commissioner pursuant to G.S. 58‑19‑25.
(8)	Form D. – The prior notice of a transaction that is required to be filed with the Commissioner pursuant to G.S. 58‑19‑30(b).
(9)	Form E. – The pre‑acquisition notification that is required to be filed with the Commissioner pursuant to G.S. 58‑19‑15(a5).
(10)	Form F. – The annual enterprise risk report required to be filed with the Commissioner pursuant to G.S. 58‑19‑25(l).
(10a)	Group‑wide supervisor. – The regulatory official authorized to engage in conducting and coordinating group‑wide supervision activities who is determined or acknowledged by the Commissioner under G.S. 58‑19‑38 to have sufficient significant contacts with the internationally active insurance group.
(11)	Insurance holding company system. – An entity comprising two or more affiliated persons, one or more of which is an insurer.
(12)	Insurer. – As defined in G.S. 58‑1‑5(3), and includes a person subject to Articles 65 and 66 or 67 of this Chapter. "Insurer" does not include (1) an agency, authority, or instrumentality of the United States; any of its possessions and territories; the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico; the District of Columbia; nor a state or political subdivision of a state; nor (2) fraternal benefit societies or fraternal orders.
(12a)	Internationally active insurance group. – An insurance holding company system that includes an insurer registered under G.S. 58‑19‑25 and that meets all of the following criteria:
a.	The insurance holding company system writes premiums in at least three countries.
b.	The percentage of gross premiums of the insurance holding company system written outside the United States is at least ten percent (10%) of the insurance holding company system's total gross written premiums.
c.	Based on a three‑year rolling average, the total assets of the insurance holding company system are at least fifty billion dollars ($50,000,000,000) or the total gross written premiums of the insurance holding company system are at least ten billion dollars ($10,000,000,000).
(13)	Person. – An individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or any similar entity or any combination of the foregoing acting in concert.
(14)	A "security holder" of a specified person. – One who owns any security of such person, including common stock, preferred stock, debt obligations, or any other security convertible into or evidencing the right to acquire any of the foregoing.
(15)	A "subsidiary" of a specified person. – An affiliate controlled by such person indirectly through one or more intermediaries or directly.
(16)	Ultimate controlling person. – A person not controlled by any other person.
(17)	Voting security. – Includes any security convertible into or evidencing a right to acquire a voting security.  (1989, c. 722, s. 1; 1995, c. 517, ss. 9, 10; 2001‑223, s. 16.1; 2015‑146, s. 1.2(a), (b); 2015‑281, s. 13; 2019‑57, s. 1(a), (b).)

§ 58‑19‑10.  Affiliates or subsidiaries of insurers.
(a)	Any domestic insurer, either by itself or in cooperation with one or more persons, may organize or acquire one or more subsidiaries engaged in the following kinds of business:
(1)	Any kind of insurance business authorized by the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated.
(2)	Acting as an insurance producer for its parent or for any of its parent's insurer subsidiaries.
(3)	Investing, reinvesting, or trading in securities for its own account, that of its parent, any subsidiary of its parent, or any affiliate or subsidiary.
(4)	Management of any investment company subject to or registered pursuant to the federal Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, including related sales and services.
(5)	Acting as a broker‑dealer subject to or registered pursuant to the federal Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
(6)	Rendering investment advice to governments, government agencies, corporations, or other organizations or groups.
(7)	Rendering other services related to the operations of an insurance business, including actuarial, loss prevention, safety engineering, data processing, accounting, claims, appraisal, and collection services.
(8)	Ownership and management of assets that the parent corporation could itself own or manage.
(9)	Acting as an administrative agent for a governmental instrumentality that is performing an insurance function.
(10)	Financing of insurance premiums, agents, and other forms of consumer financing.
(11)	Any other business activity that is reasonably ancillary to an insurance business.
(12)	Owning a corporation or corporations engaged or organized to engage exclusively in one or more of the businesses specified in this section.
(b)	In addition to investments in common stock, preferred stock, debt obligations, and other securities permitted under this Chapter, a domestic insurer may also:
(1)	Invest, in common stock, preferred stock, debt obligations, and other securities of one or more affiliates or subsidiaries, amounts that do not exceed the lesser of ten percent (10%) of the insurer's admitted assets or fifty percent (50%) of the insurer's policyholders' surplus, provided that after those investments, the insurer's policyholders' surplus will be reasonable in relation to the insurer's outstanding liabilities and adequate to its financial needs. In calculating the amount of the investments, investments in domestic or foreign insurance affiliates or subsidiaries and health maintenance organizations shall be excluded, and there shall be included: (i) total net monies or other consideration expended and obligations assumed in the acquisition or formation of an affiliate or subsidiary, including all organizational expenses and contributions to capital and surplus of the affiliate or subsidiary whether or not represented by the purchase of capital stock or issuance of other securities; and (ii) all amounts expended in acquiring additional common stock, preferred stock, debt obligations, and other securities, and all contributions to the capital or surplus, of an affiliate or subsidiary subsequent to its acquisition or formation;
(2)	Invest any amount in common stock, preferred stock, debt obligations and other securities of one or more subsidiaries engaged or organized to engage exclusively in the ownership and management of assets authorized as investments for the insurer; provided that such subsidiary agrees to limit its investments in any asset so that such investments will not cause the amount of the total investment of the insurer to exceed any of the investment limitations specified in subdivision (b)(1) of this section or in Article 7 of this Chapter applicable to the insurer. For the purposes of this section, "the total investment of the insurer" includes: (i) any direct investment by the insurer in an asset; and (ii) the insurer's proportionate share of any investment in an asset by any subsidiary of the insurer, which shall be calculated by multiplying the amount of the subsidiary's investment by the percentage of the ownership of such subsidiary.
(3)	With the approval of the Commissioner, invest any greater amount in common stock, preferred stock, debt obligations, or other securities of one or more affiliates or subsidiaries; provided that after such investment the insurer's policyholders' surplus will be reasonable in relation to the insurer's outstanding liabilities and adequate to its financial needs.
(c)	Investments in common stock, preferred stock, debt obligations, or other securities of subsidiaries made pursuant to subsection (b) of this section are not subject to any of the otherwise applicable restrictions or prohibitions contained in this Chapter applicable to such investments of insurers except the medium to lower quality obligation limitations under G.S. 58‑7‑170(d).
(d)	Whether any investment pursuant to subsection (b) of this section meets the applicable requirements of that subsection is to be determined, before such investment is made, by calculating the applicable investment limitations as though the investment had already been made, taking into account the then outstanding principal balance on all previous investments in debt obligations, and the value of all previous investments in equity securities as of the day they were made, net of any return of capital invested, not including dividends.
(e)	If an insurer ceases to control a subsidiary, it shall dispose of any investment therein made pursuant to this section within three years from the time of the cessation of control or within such further time as the Commissioner may prescribe, (i) unless after cessation of control such investment meets the requirements for investment under any other provision of Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter, or (ii) unless the Commissioner authorizes the insurer to continue the investment.  (1989, c. 722, s. 1; 1993, c. 504, s. 11; 2001‑223, ss. 16.2, 16.3, 16.4; 2019‑179, s. 1; 2022‑46, ss. 2(b), 14(u).)

§ 58‑19‑15.  Acquisition of control of or merger with domestic insurer.
(a)	No person other than the issuer shall make a tender offer for or a request or invitation for tenders of, or enter into any agreement to exchange securities, or seek to acquire, or acquire, in the open market or otherwise, any voting security of a domestic insurer, if, after the consummation thereof, the person would, directly or indirectly (or by conversion or by exercise of any right to acquire), be in control of the insurer, and no person shall enter into an agreement to merge with or otherwise to acquire control of a domestic insurer or any person controlling a domestic insurer unless the offer, request, invitation, agreement entered into, or acquisition is conditioned upon the approval of the Commissioner, and furnished on a Form A as prescribed by the Commissioner under this section. No such merger or other acquisition of control is effective until a statement containing the information required by this section has been filed with the Commissioner and all other provisions of this section have been complied with and the merger or acquisition of control has been approved by the Commissioner under this section. The statement containing the information required by this section shall also be filed with the domestic insurer when it is filed with the Commissioner.
(a1)	For the purposes of this section a "domestic insurer" includes any person controlling a domestic insurer, unless the person, as determined by the Commissioner, is either directly or through its affiliates primarily engaged in business other than insurance. Further, for the purposes of this section, "person" does not include any securities broker holding, in the usual and customary broker's function, less than twenty percent (20%) of the voting securities of an insurance company or of any person that controls an insurance company.
(a2)	Any acquisition of control of a domestic insurer must be completed not later than 90 days after the date of the Commissioner's order approving the acquisition under this section, unless the Commissioner grants an extension in writing on a showing of good cause for the delay. Any increase in a company's capital and surplus required under this Article as a result of the change of control of a domestic insurer must be completed not later than 90 days after the date of the Commissioner's order approving the change of control and before the company writes any new insurance business.
(a3)	If the deadlines for completion in subsection (a2) of this section are not met, the person seeking to acquire control of the domestic insurer must resubmit the statement required by subsection (b) of this section, and the Commissioner may reconsider approval of acquisition of control under this section.
(a4)	For purposes of this section, any controlling person of the domestic insurer seeking to divest its controlling interest in the domestic insurer, in any manner, shall file with the Commissioner, with a copy to the insurer, confidential notice of its proposed divesture at least 30 days prior to the cessation of control. The Commissioner shall determine those instances in which the party or parties seeking to divest or to acquire a controlling interest in an insurer, will be required to file for and obtain approval of the transaction. The information shall remain confidential until the conclusion of the transaction unless the Commissioner, in his discretion determines that confidential treatment will interfere with enforcement of this section. If the statement referred to in subsection (a) of this section is otherwise filed, this subsection shall not apply.
(a5)	With respect to a transaction subject to this section, the acquiring person must also file a pre‑acquisition notification with the Commissioner on a Form E as prescribed by the Commissioner. In addition to the information required by the Form E, the Commissioner may require an expert opinion as to the competitive impact of the proposed acquisition at the acquiring person's expense. A failure to file the pre‑acquisition notification may subject the insurer or other person who fails to make the filing and who also fails to demonstrate a good‑faith effort to comply with this requirement to a fine of not more than fifty thousand dollars ($50,000).
(b)	The statement to be filed with the Commissioner under subsection (a) of this section shall be furnished on a Form A as prescribed by the Commissioner, made under oath or affirmation, and shall contain the following information:
(1)	The name and address of each person by whom or on whose behalf the merger or other acquisition of control referred to in subsection (a) of this section is to be effected (hereinafter called "acquiring party"), and: (i) if such person is an individual, his principal occupation and all offices and positions held during the past five years, and any conviction of crimes other than minor traffic violations during the past 10 years; (ii) if such person is not an individual, a report of the nature of its business operations during the past five years or for such lesser period as such person and any predecessors thereof shall have been in existence; an informative description of the business intended to be done by such person and such person's subsidiaries; and a list of all individuals who are or who have been selected to become directors or executive officers of such person, or who perform or will perform functions appropriate to such positions. Such list shall include for each such individual the information required by sub‑subdivision (1)(i) of this subsection.
(2)	The source, nature, and amount of the consideration used or to be used in effecting the merger or other acquisition of control; a description of any transaction wherein funds were or are to be obtained for any such purpose, including any pledge of the insurer's stock, or the stock of any of its subsidiaries or controlling affiliates; and the identity of persons furnishing such consideration; provided, however, that where a source of such consideration is a loan made in the lender's ordinary course of business, the identity of the lender shall remain confidential, if the person filing such statement so requests.
(3)	Fully audited financial information as to the earnings and financial condition of each acquiring party for the preceding five fiscal years of each such acquiring party, or for such lesser period as such acquiring party and any predecessors thereof have been in existence; and similar unaudited information as of a date not earlier than 90 days prior to the filing of the statement.
(4)	Any plans or proposals that each acquiring party may have to liquidate such insurer, to sell its assets or merge or consolidate it with any person, or to make any other material change in its business or corporate structure or management.
(5)	The number of shares of any security referred to in subsection (a) of this section that each acquiring party proposes to acquire; the terms of the offer, request, invitation, agreement, or acquisition referred to in subsection (a) of this section; and a statement as to the method by which the fairness of the proposal was arrived at.
(6)	The amount of each class of any security referred to in subsection (a) of this section that is beneficially owned or concerning which there is a right to acquire beneficial ownership by each acquiring party.
(7)	A full description of any contracts, arrangements, or understandings with respect to any security referred to in subsection (a) of this section in which any acquiring party is involved, including transfer of any of the securities, joint ventures, loan or option arrangements, puts or calls, guarantees of loans, guarantees against loss or guarantees of profits, division of losses or profits, or the giving or withholding of proxies. Such description shall identify the persons with whom such contracts, arrangements, or understandings have been entered into.
(8)	A description of the purchase of any security referred to in subsection (a) of this section during the 12 calendar months preceding the filing of the statement, by any acquiring party, including the dates of purchase, names of the purchasers, and consideration paid or agreed to be paid therefor.
(9)	A description of any recommendations to purchase any security referred to in subsection (a) of this section made during the 12 calendar months preceding the filing of the statement, by any acquiring party, or by anyone based upon interviews or at the suggestion of such acquiring party.
(10)	Copies of all tender offers for, requests, or invitations for tenders of, exchange offers for, and agreements to acquire or exchange any securities referred to in subsection (a) of this section, and any related additional soliciting material that has been distributed.
(11)	The term of any agreement, contract, or understanding made with or proposed to be made with any third party in connection with any acquisition of control of or merger with a domestic insurer, and the amount of any fees, commissions, or other compensation to be paid to the third party with regard thereto.
(11a)	An agreement by the person required to file the statement referred to in subsection (a) of this section that it will provide the annual report, specified in G.S. 58‑19‑25, for so long as control exists.
(11b)	An acknowledgement by the person required to file the statement referred to in subsection (a) of this section that the person and all subsidiaries within its control in the insurance holding company system will provide information to the Commissioner upon request as necessary to evaluate enterprise risk to the insurer.
(12)	Such additional information as the Commissioner may by rule prescribe as necessary or appropriate for the protection of policyholders of the insurer or in the public interest.
If the person required to file the statement referred to in subsection (a) of this section is a partnership, limited partnership, syndicate, or other group, the Commissioner shall require that the information called for by subdivisions (1) through (12) of this subsection be given with respect to each partner of such partnership or limited partnership, each member of such syndicate or group, and each person who controls such partner or member. If any such partner, member, or person is a corporation or the person required to file the statement referred to in subsection (a) of this section is a corporation, the Commissioner shall require that the information called for by subdivisions (1) through (12) of this subsection be given with respect to such corporation, each officer and director of such corporation, and each person who is, directly or indirectly, the beneficial owner of more than ten percent (10%) of the outstanding voting securities of such corporation.
If any material change occurs in the facts set forth in the statement filed with the Commissioner and sent to such insurer pursuant to this section, an amendment setting forth such change, together with copies of all documents and other material relevant to such change, shall be filed with the Commissioner and sent to such insurer by the filer within two business days after the person learns of such change.
(c)	If any offer, request, invitation, agreement, or acquisition referred to in subsection (a) of this section is proposed to be made by means of a registration statement under the Federal Securities Act of 1933, in circumstances requiring the disclosure of similar information under the Federal Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or under any State law requiring similar registration or disclosure, the person required to file the statement referred to in subsection (a) may utilize such documents in furnishing the information called for by that statement.
(d)	The Commissioner shall approve any merger or other acquisition of control referred to in subsection (a) of this section unless, after a public hearing thereon, he finds any of the following:
(1)	After the change of control, the domestic insurer referred to in subsection (a) of this section would not be able to satisfy the requirements for the issuance of a license to write the kind or kinds of insurance for which it is presently licensed.
(2)	The effect of the merger or other acquisition of control would be substantially to lessen competition in insurance or tend to create a monopoly in this State.
(3)	The financial condition of any acquiring party might jeopardize the financial stability of the insurer or prejudice the interest of its policyholders.
(4)	Any plans or proposals that the acquiring party has to liquidate the insurer, sell its assets or consolidate or merge it with any person, or to make any other material change in its business or corporate structure or management, are unfair and unreasonable to policyholders of the insurer and not in the public interest.
(5)	The competence, experience, and integrity of those persons who would control the operation of the insurer are such that it would not be in the interests of policyholders of the insurer and of the public to permit the merger or other acquisition of control.
(6)	The acquisition is likely to be hazardous or prejudicial to the insurance‑buying public.
(e)	The public hearing referred to in subsection (d) of this section shall be held within 120 days after the statement required by subsection (a) of this section is filed, and the Commissioner shall give at least 30 days notice of the hearing to the person filing the statement, to the insurer, and to such other persons as may be designated by the Commissioner. The Commissioner shall make a determination as expeditiously as is reasonably practicable after the conclusion of the hearing. At the hearing, the person filing the statement, the insurer, any person to whom notice of hearing was sent, and any other person whose interest may be affected by the hearing shall have the right to present evidence, examine and cross‑examine witnesses, and offer oral or written arguments; and in connection therewith shall be entitled to conduct discovery proceedings at any time after the statement is filed with the Commissioner under this section and in the same manner as is presently allowed in the superior courts of this State. In connection with discovery proceedings authorized by this section, the Commissioner may issue such protective orders and other orders governing the timing and scheduling of discovery proceedings as might otherwise have been issued by a superior court of this State in connection with a civil proceeding. If any party fails to make reasonable and adequate response to discovery on a timely basis or fails to comply with any order of the Commissioner with respect to discovery, the Commissioner on the Commissioner's own motion or on motion of any other party or person may order that the hearing be postponed, recessed, convened, or reconvened, as the case may be, following proper completion of discovery and reasonable notice to the person filing the statement, to the insurer, and to such other persons as may be designated by the Commissioner.
If the proposed acquisition of control will require the approval of the insurance commissioners of more than one state, the public hearing referred to in this subsection may be held on a consolidated basis upon request of the person filing the statement referred to in subsection (a) of this section. Such person shall file the statement referred to in subsection (a) of this section with the NAIC within five days of making the request for a public hearing. A commissioner may opt out of a consolidated hearing and shall provide notice to the applicant of the opt out within 10 days of the receipt of the statement referred to in subsection (a) of this section. A hearing conducted on a consolidated basis shall be public and shall be held within the United States before the commissioners of the states in which the insurers are domiciled. Such commissioners shall hear and receive evidence. A commissioner may attend such hearing, in person or by telecommunication.
(f)	The Commissioner may retain, at the acquiring person's expense, any attorneys, actuaries, economists, accountants, or other experts not otherwise a part of the Commissioner's staff as may be reasonably necessary to assist the Commissioner in reviewing the proposed acquisition of control.
(g)	The expenses of mailing any notices and other materials required by this section shall be borne by the person making the filing. As security for the payment of such expenses, such person shall file with the Commissioner an acceptable bond or other deposit in an amount to be determined by the Commissioner.
(h)	The provisions of this section do not apply to any offer, request, invitation, agreement, or acquisition that the Commissioner by order exempts therefrom as (i) not having been made or entered into for the purpose and not having the effect of changing or influencing the control of a domestic insurer, or (ii) as otherwise not comprehended within the purposes of this section. Any acquisition of stock of a former domestic mutual insurer by a parent company that occurs in connection with the conversion of a mutual insurer to a stock insurer under G.S. 58‑10‑10 is not subject to this section, provided that no person acquires control of the parent company.
(i)	Each of the following are violations of this section:
(1)	The failure to file any statement, amendment, or other material required to be filed pursuant to subsection (a) or (b) of this section.
(2)	The effectuation or any attempt to effectuate an acquisition of control of, divestiture of, or merger with a domestic insurer, unless the Commissioner has given his approval of the acquisition, divestiture, or merger.
(j)	The courts of this State are vested with jurisdiction over every person not resident, domiciled, or authorized to do business in this State who files a statement with the Commissioner under this section; and the overall actions involving such person arising out of violations of this section and each such person is deemed to have performed acts equivalent to and constituting an appointment by such person of the Commissioner to be his true and lawful attorney upon whom may be served all legal process in any action, suit, or proceeding arising out of violations of this section. Copies of all such process shall be handled in accordance with the provisions of G.S. 58‑16‑30, 58‑16‑35, and 58‑16‑45.  (1989, c. 722, s. 1; 1991, c. 681, ss. 31, 32; c. 720, s. 17; 1993, c. 452, ss. 26‑29; c. 504, s. 12; c. 553, s. 16; 1995, c. 517, ss. 11, 12; 2001‑223, s. 16.5; 2015‑146, s. 1.3(a), (b); 2015‑281, s. 13.)

§ 58‑19‑17.  Foreign or alien insurer's report of change of control.
(a)	As used in this section, "controlling capital stock" means enough of an insurer's shares of the issued and outstanding stock, as defined in G.S. 58‑19‑5(2), to give its owner the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of the insurer.
(b)	If there is a change in the controlling capital stock or a change of twenty‑five percent (25%) or more of the assets of a foreign or alien insurer, the insurer shall report the change in writing to the Commissioner within 30 days after the effective date of the change.  The report shall be in a form prescribed by the Commissioner and shall contain the name and address of the new owners of the controlling stock or assets, the nature and value of the new assets, and other relevant information that the Commissioner requires. (1991, c. 681, s. 38.)

§ 58‑19‑20:  Repealed by Session Laws 1993, c.  452, s. 65.

§ 58‑19‑25.  Registration of insurers.
(a)	Every insurer that is authorized to do business in this State and that is a member of an insurance holding company system shall register with the Commissioner pursuant to G.S. 58‑19‑25(b), except a foreign insurer subject to the registration requirements and standards adopted by statute or regulation in the jurisdiction of its domicile that are substantially similar to those contained in:
(1)	This section.
(2)	G.S. 58‑19‑30(a), G.S. 58‑19‑30(c), and G.S. 58‑19‑30(d).
(3)	G.S. 58‑19‑30(b) or a statutory or regulatory provision such as the following: Each registered insurer shall keep current the information required to be disclosed in its registration statement by reporting all material changes or additions within 15 days after the end of the month in which it learns of each change or addition. The insurer shall also file a copy of its registration statement and any amendments to the statement in each state in which that insurer is authorized to do business, if requested by the insurance regulator of that state.
Any insurer that is subject to registration under this section shall register within 30 days after it becomes subject to registration, and an amendment to the registration statement shall be filed by April 1 of each year for the previous calendar year; unless the Commissioner for good cause shown extends the time for registration or filing, and then within the extended time. All registration statements shall contain a summary, on a Form C as prescribed by the Commissioner, outlining all items in the current registration statement representing changes from the prior registration statement. The Commissioner may require any insurer that is an insurance member of a holding company system that is not subject to registration under this section to furnish a copy of the registration statement or other information filed by the insurance company with the insurance regulator of its domiciliary jurisdiction.
(b)	Every insurer subject to registration shall file the registration statement on a Form B prescribed by the Commissioner, which shall contain the following current information:
(1)	The bylaws, capital structure, general financial condition, ownership, and management of the insurer and any person controlling the insurer.
(2)	The identity and relationship of every member of the insurance holding company system.
(3)	The following agreements in force, and transactions currently outstanding or that have occurred during the last calendar year between such insurer and its affiliates:
a.	Loans, other investments, or purchases, sales or exchanges of securities of the affiliates by the insurer or of the insurer by its affiliates.
b.	Purchases, sales, or exchange of assets.
c.	Transactions not in the ordinary course of business.
d.	Guarantees or undertakings for the benefit of an affiliate that result in an actual contingent exposure of the insurer's assets to liability, other than insurance contracts entered into in the ordinary course of the insurer's business.
e.	All management agreements, service contracts, and cost‑sharing arrangements.
f.	Reinsurance agreements.
g.	Dividends and other distributions to shareholders.
h.	Consolidated tax allocation agreements.
(4)	Any pledge of the insurer's stock, including stock of any subsidiary or controlling affiliate, for a loan made to any member of the insurance holding company system.
(5)	Other matters concerning transactions between registered insurers and any affiliates as may be included from time to time in any registration forms adopted or approved by the Commissioner.
(6)	If requested by the Commissioner, the insurer shall include financial statements of or within an insurance holding company system, including all affiliates. Financial statements may include, but are not limited to, annual audited financial statements filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. An insurer required to file financial statements pursuant to this subdivision may satisfy the request by providing the Commissioner with the most recently filed parent corporation financial statements that have been filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
(7)	Statements that the insurer's board of directors oversees corporate governance and internal controls and that the insurer's officers or senior management have approved, implemented, and continue to maintain and monitor corporate governance and internal control procedures.
(8)	Any other information required by the Commissioner by rule or regulation.
(c)	No information need be disclosed on the registration statement filed pursuant to subsection (b) of this section if such information is not material for the purposes of this section. Unless the Commissioner by rule or order provides otherwise, all sales, purchases, exchanges, loans or extensions of credit, investments, or guarantees involving one‑half of one percent ( 1//s2%) or less of an insurer's admitted assets as of the preceding December 31 are not material for the purposes of this section.
(d)	Subject to G.S. 58‑7‑130(b) and G.S. 58‑19‑30(c), each domestic insurer shall report to the Commissioner all dividends and other distributions to shareholders within five business days following the declaration thereof and at least 30 days before the payment of the dividend or distribution by providing the information set forth in G.S. 58‑19‑30(e). A prior notification of an ordinary dividend or any other ordinary distribution required under this subsection shall be deemed to be incomplete unless all of the information required by G.S. 58‑19‑30(e) has been included. The Commissioner shall consider the factors set forth in G.S. 58‑19‑30(d) in his review of dividends or other distributions to shareholders pursuant to this subsection. The Commissioner may adopt rules to further the requirements of this section.
(e)	Any person within an insurance holding company system subject to registration shall provide complete and accurate information to an insurer, where such information is reasonably necessary to enable the insurer to comply with the provisions of this Article.
(f)	The Commissioner shall terminate the registration of any insurer that demonstrates that it no longer is a member of an insurance holding company system. A termination of registration shall include the information set forth in subdivision (j)(1) of this section and shall be deemed to have been granted unless the Commissioner, within 30 days after receipt of the request, notifies the registrant otherwise.
(g)	The Commissioner may require or allow two or more affiliated insurers subject to registration under this section to file a consolidated or alternative registration statement as provided in subsection (h) of this section. The Commissioner, however, reserves the right to require individual filings if he deems such filings necessary in the interest of clarity, ease of administration, or the public good.
(h)	Any authorized insurer may file a registration statement on behalf of any affiliated insurer or insurers that are required to register under subsection (a) of this section. A registration statement may include information not required by Article 19 of this Chapter regarding any insurer in the insurance holding company system even if the insurer is not authorized to do business in this State. In lieu of filing a registration statement on a Form B, the authorized insurer may file a copy of the registration statement or similar report that it is required to file in its state of domicile, provided all of the following apply:
(1)	The statement or report contains substantially similar information required to be furnished on Form B.
(2)	The filing insurer is the principal insurance company in the insurance holding company system.
The question of whether the filing insurer is the principal insurance company in the insurance holding company system is a question of fact, and an insurer filing a registration statement or report in lieu of Form B on behalf of an affiliated insurer shall set forth a brief statement of facts which will substantiate the filing insurer's claim that it, in fact, is the principal insurer in the insurance holding company system.
(i)	The provisions of this section do not apply to any insurer, information, or transaction if and to the extent that the Commissioner by rule or order exempts the same from the provisions of this section.
(j)	Any person may file with the Commissioner a disclaimer of affiliation, which includes the information outlined in G.S. 58‑19‑25(j)(2), with any authorized insurer, or such a disclaimer of affiliation may be filed by such insurer or any member of an insurance holding company system as set forth in this subsection:
(1)	A disclaimer of affiliation shall be deemed to have been granted unless the Commissioner, within 30 days following the receipt of a complete disclaimer of affiliation, notifies the filing party that the disclaimer of affiliation is disallowed. In the event of disallowance, the disclaiming party may request an administrative hearing, which shall be granted. The disclaiming party shall be relieved of its duty to register under this section if approval of the disclaimer of affiliation has been granted by the Commissioner, or if the disclaimer of affiliation is deemed to have been approved.
(2)	A disclaimer of affiliation pursuant to this subsection or a request for termination of registration pursuant to G.S. 58‑19‑25(f) claiming that a person does not, or will not upon the taking of some proposed action, control another person (hereinafter "subject") shall contain the following information:
a.	The number of authorized, issued, and outstanding voting securities of the subject.
b.	With respect to the person whose control is denied and all affiliates of such person, the number and percentage of shares of the subject's voting securities, which are held of record or known to be beneficially owned, and the number of shares concerning which there is a right to acquire, directly or indirectly.
c.	All material relationships and bases for affiliation between the subject and the person whose control is denied and all affiliates of such person.
d.	A statement explaining why the person should not be considered to control the subject.
(k)	The failure to file a registration statement or any summary of the registration statement or enterprise risk filing thereto required by this section within the time specified for such filing is a violation of this section.
(l)	Effective January 1, 2016, the ultimate controlling person of every insurer subject to registration shall also file an annual enterprise risk report on Form F as prescribed by the Commissioner. The report shall, to the best of the ultimate controlling person's knowledge and belief, identify the material risks within the insurance holding company system that could pose enterprise risk to the insurer. The report shall be filed with the lead state commissioner of the insurance holding company system as determined by the procedures within the Financial Analysis Handbook adopted by the NAIC.  (1989, c. 722, s. 1; 1991, c. 681, ss. 33, 34; 1993, c. 452, ss. 30‑32; c. 504, s. 13; 1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 678, s. 14; 1995, c. 193, s. 26; 2001‑223, s. 16.6; 2006‑105, s. 3.2; 2015‑146, s. 1.4; 2015‑281, s. 13.)

§ 58‑19‑30.  Standards and management of an insurer within an insurance holding company system.
(a)	Transactions within an insurance holding company system to which an insurer subject to registration is a party are subject to all of the following standards:
(1)	The terms shall be fair and reasonable.
(2)	Charges or fees for services performed shall be reasonable.
(3)	Expenses incurred and payment received shall be allocated to the insurer in conformity with customary insurance accounting practices consistently applied.
(4)	The books, accounts, and records of each party to all such transactions shall be so maintained as to clearly and accurately disclose the nature and details of the transactions, including such accounting information as is necessary to support the reasonableness of the charges or fees to the respective parties.
(5)	The insurer's surplus as regards policyholders following any dividends or distributions to shareholder affiliates shall be reasonable in relation to the insurer's outstanding liabilities and adequate to its financial needs.
(6)	Agreements for cost‑sharing services and management services shall include such provisions as required by this Article or rule and regulation issued by the Commissioner.
(b)	The following transactions involving a domestic insurer and any person in its holding company system, including amendments or modifications of affiliated agreements that were previously filed pursuant to this section and that are subject to any materiality standards contained in subdivision (1) through (7) of this section [subdivisions (1) through (6) of this subsection], may not be entered into unless the insurer has notified the Commissioner in writing of its intention to enter into the transaction at least 30 days before the transaction, or such shorter period as the Commissioner permits, and the Commissioner has not disapproved it within that period. The notice for amendments or modifications shall include the reason for the change and the financial impact on the domestic insurer. Informal notice shall be given to the Commissioner, within 30 days after termination of a previously filed agreement, so that the Commissioner may determine the type of filing required, if any. An insurer required to give notice of a proposed transaction pursuant to this subsection shall furnish the required information on a Form D, as prescribed by the Commissioner:
(1)	Sales, purchases, exchanges, loans or extensions of credit, or investments, provided the transactions equal or exceed: (i) with respect to nonlife insurers, the lesser of three percent (3%) of the insurer's admitted assets or twenty‑five percent (25%) of surplus as regards policyholders; (ii) with respect to life insurers, three percent (3%) of the insurer's admitted assets; each as of the preceding December 31.
(2)	Loans or extensions of credit to any person who is not affiliated, where the insurer makes the loans or extensions of credit with the agreement or understanding that the proceeds of the transactions, in whole or in substantial part, are to be used to make loans or extensions of credit to, to purchase assets of, or to make investments in, any affiliate of the insurer making the loans or extensions of credit provided the transactions equal or exceed: (i) with respect to nonlife insurers, the lesser of three percent (3%) of the insurer's admitted assets or twenty‑five percent (25%) of surplus as regards policyholders; (ii) with respect to life insurers, three percent (3%) of the insurer's admitted assets; each as of the preceding December 31.
(3)	Reinsurance agreements or modifications to the agreements, including the following:
a.	Reinsurance pooling agreements.
b.	Agreements in which either (i) the reinsurance premium or a change in the insurer's liabilities or (ii) the projected reinsurance premium or a change in the insurer's liabilities in any of the next three years equals or exceeds five percent (5%) of the insurer's surplus as regards policyholders, as of the preceding December 31.
c.	Agreements that may require as consideration the transfer of assets from an insurer to a nonaffiliate, if an agreement or understanding exists between the insurer and nonaffiliate that any portion of the assets will be transferred to one or more affiliates of the insurer.
(4)	All management agreements, service contracts, tax allocation agreements, or cost‑sharing arrangements. Management agreements, service contracts, and cost‑sharing arrangements shall at a minimum and as applicable:
a.	Identify the person providing services and the nature of such services.
b.	Set forth the methods to allocate costs.
c.	Require timely settlement, not less frequently than on a quarterly basis, and compliance with the requirements in the NAIC Accounting Practices and Procedures Manual.
d.	Prohibit advancement of funds by the insurer to the affiliate except to pay for services defined in the agreement.
e.	State that the insurer will maintain oversight for functions provided to the insurer by the affiliate and that the insurer will monitor services annually for quality assurance.
f.	Define books and records of the insurer to include all books and records developed or maintained under or related to the agreement.
g.	Specify that all books and records of the insurer are and remain the property of the insurer and are subject to the control of the insurer.
h.	State that all funds and invested assets of the insurer are the exclusive property of the insurer, held for the benefit of the insurer and are subject to the control of the insurer.
i.	Include standards for termination of the agreement with and without cause.
j.	Include provisions for indemnification of the insurer in the event of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the affiliate providing the services.
k.	Specify that, if the insurer is placed in receivership or seized by the Commissioner under Article 30 of this Chapter:
1.	All of the rights of the insurer under the agreement extend to the receiver or Commissioner.
2.	All books and records will immediately be made available to the receiver or the Commissioner and shall be turned over to the receiver or Commissioner immediately upon the receiver's or the Commissioner's request.
l.	Specify that the affiliate has no automatic right to terminate the agreement if the insurer is placed in receivership pursuant to Article 30 of this Chapter.
m.	Specify that the affiliate will continue to maintain any systems, programs, or other infrastructure notwithstanding a seizure by the Commissioner under Article 30 of this Chapter, and will make them available to the receiver, for so long as the affiliate continues to receive timely payment for services rendered.
(5)	Guarantees when made by a domestic insurer; provided, however, that a guarantee which is quantifiable as to amount is not subject to the notice requirements of this subdivision unless it exceeds the lesser of one‑half percent (0.5%) of the insurer's admitted assets or ten percent (10%) of surplus as regards policyholders as of the preceding December 31. Further, all guarantees which are not quantifiable as to amount are subject to the notice requirements of this subdivision.
(6)	Any material transactions, specified by rule, that the Commissioner determines may adversely affect the interests of the insurer's policyholders.
Nothing in this section authorizes or permits any transactions that, in the case of an insurer, not a member of the same insurance holding company system, would be otherwise contrary to law. A domestic insurer may not enter into transactions that are part of a plan or series of like transactions with persons within the insurance holding company system if the purpose of those separate transactions is to avoid the statutory threshold amount and thus avoid the review that would otherwise occur. If the Commissioner determines that such separate transactions were entered into over any 12‑month period for that purpose, the Commissioner may exercise the Commissioner's authority under G.S. 58‑19‑50. The Commissioner, in reviewing transactions pursuant to this subsection, shall consider whether the transactions comply with the standards set forth in subsection (a) of this section and whether they may adversely affect the interests of policyholders. The Commissioner shall be notified within 30 days after any investment of a domestic insurer in any one corporation if, as a result of the investment, the total investment in the corporation by the insurance holding company system exceeds ten percent (10%) of the corporation's voting securities.
(c)	No domestic insurer shall pay any extraordinary dividend or make any other extraordinary distribution to its shareholders until (i) 30 days after the Commissioner has received notice of the declaration thereof and has not within that period disapproved the payment or (ii) the Commissioner has approved the payment within the 30‑day period.
For the purposes of this section, an "extraordinary dividend" or "extraordinary distribution" includes any dividend or distribution of cash or other property, whose fair market value together with that of other dividends or distributions made within the preceding 12 months exceeds the greater of (i) ten percent (10%) of the insurer's surplus as regards policyholders as of the preceding December 31, or (ii) the net gain from operations of the insurer, if the insurer is a life insurer, or the net income, if the insurer is not a life insurer, not including realized capital gains, for the 12‑month period ending the preceding December 31; but does not include pro rata distributions of any class of the insurer's own securities.
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, an insurer may declare an extraordinary dividend or distribution that is conditional upon the Commissioner's approval, and the declaration shall confer no rights upon shareholders until (i) the Commissioner has approved the payment of the dividend or distribution or (ii) the Commissioner has not disapproved the payment within the 30‑day period referred to above.
(d)	For the purposes of this Article, in determining whether an insurer's surplus as regards policyholders is reasonable in relation to the insurer's outstanding liabilities and adequate to its financial needs, the factors set forth in subdivisions (1) through (11) of this subsection, among others, shall be considered. In determining the adequacy of an insurer's surplus, no single factor is controlling. The Commissioner will consider the net effect of all of the factors in subdivisions (1) through (11) of this subsection, plus other factors bearing on the financial condition of the insurer. [The factors are:]
(1)	The size of the insurer as measured by its assets, capital and surplus, reserves, premium writings, insurance in force, and other appropriate criteria.
(2)	The extent to which the insurer's business is diversified among the several kinds of insurance.
(3)	The number and size of risks insured in each kind of insurance.
(4)	The extent of the geographic dispersion of the insurer's insured risks.
(5)	The nature and extent of the insurer's reinsurance program.
(6)	The quality, diversification, and liquidity of the insurer's investment portfolio. In determining the quality and liquidity of investments in subsidiaries, the Commissioner will consider the individual subsidiary and may discount or disallow its valuation to the extent that the individual investments so warrant.
(7)	The recent past and projected future trend in the size of the insurer's surplus as regards policyholders.
(8)	The surplus as regards policyholders maintained by other comparable insurers. In comparing the surplus maintained by other insurers, the Commissioner will consider the extent to which each of these factors varies from company to company.
(9)	The adequacy of the insurer's reserves.
(10)	The quality and liquidity of investments in affiliates. The Commissioner may treat any such investment as a disallowed asset for purposes of determining the adequacy of surplus as regards policyholders whenever in his judgment such investment so warrants.
(11)	The quality of the insurer's earnings and the extent to which the reported earnings of the insurer include extraordinary items.
(e)	Requests for approval of extraordinary dividends or any other extraordinary distribution to shareholders made pursuant to subsection (c) of this section and prior notice of an ordinary dividend or any other ordinary distribution to shareholders under G.S. 58‑19‑25(d) shall include the following:
(1)	The amount of the proposed dividend or distribution.
(2)	The date established for payment of the dividend or distribution.
(3)	A statement as to whether the dividend or distribution is to be in cash or other property and, if in property, a description thereof, its cost, and its fair market value together with an explanation of the basis for valuation.
(4)	A statement identifying the dividend or distribution as an ordinary dividend or other ordinary distribution subject to G.S. 58‑19‑25(d) or as an extraordinary dividend or other extraordinary distribution as defined in subsection (c) of this section.
(5)	A copy of the calculations determining whether the proposed dividend or distribution is an ordinary dividend or other ordinary distribution subject to G.S. 58‑19‑25(d), or an extraordinary dividend or other extraordinary distribution as defined in subsection (c) of this section. The work paper shall include the following information:
a.	The amounts, dates, and form of payment of all dividends or distributions (including regular dividends but excluding distributions of the insurer's own securities) paid within the period of 12 consecutive months ending on the date fixed for payment of the proposed dividend for which notification is being given or approval is sought and commencing on the day after the same day of the same month in the last preceding year.
b.	Surplus as regards policyholders as of the preceding December 31.
c.	If the insurer is a life insurer, the net gain from operations for the 12‑month period ending the preceding December 31.
d.	If the insurer is not a life insurer, the net income less realized capital gains for the 12‑month period ending the preceding December 31.
(6)	A balance sheet and statement of income for the period between the last annual statement filed with the Commissioner and the end of the month preceding the month in which the request for approval or the prior notification of a dividend or distribution is submitted. The insurer shall indicate the amount of all unrealized capital gains included in unassigned funds.
(7)	A brief statement as to the effect of the proposed dividend or distribution upon the insurer's surplus and the reasonableness of surplus in relation to the insurer's outstanding liabilities and the adequacy of surplus relative to the insurer's financial needs.
(8)	A brief statement as to the intended use or uses of the proposed dividend or distribution by the parent, and if applicable, any upstream parent of the insurer.
A request for approval of an extraordinary dividend or any other extraordinary distribution shall be deemed to be incomplete unless all of the information required by this subsection has been included.  (1989, c. 722, s. 1; 1991, c. 681, ss. 35, 36; c. 720, s. 18; 1993, c. 452, s. 33; 2001‑223, s. 16.7; 2005‑215, s. 14; 2006‑105, ss. 3.3, 3.4; 2015‑146, ss. 1.5(a), 1.5(b); 2015‑281, s. 13.)

§ 58‑19‑35.  Examination.
(a)	Subject to the limitation contained in this section and in addition to the powers that the Commissioner has under other provisions of Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter relating to the examination of insurers, the Commissioner also has the power to examine any insurer registered under G.S. 58‑19‑25, its affiliates, or any acquiring party to ascertain the financial condition of such insurer, its affiliates, or acquiring party, including the enterprise risk to the insurer by the ultimate controlling person, by any entity or combination of entities within the insurance holding company system, or by the insurance holding company system on a consolidated basis.
(b)	The Commissioner may retain, at the expense of the registered insurer or acquiring party that is being examined, such attorneys, actuaries, economists, accountants, and other experts not otherwise a part of the Commissioner's staff as are reasonably necessary to assist in the conduct of the examination under subsection (a) of this section. Any persons so retained shall be under the direction and control of the Commissioner and shall act in a purely advisory capacity.
(c)	Repealed by Session Laws 1995, c. 360, s. 2(h).
(d)	Repealed by Session Laws 2015‑146, s. 1.6, as amended by Session Laws 2015‑281, s. 13, effective July 1, 2015.
(e)	The Commissioner may order any insurer registered under G.S. 58‑19‑25 or any acquiring party to produce such records, books, or other information in the possession of the insurer, its affiliates, or acquiring party as reasonably necessary to determine compliance with this Chapter.
(f)	To determine compliance with this Chapter, the Commissioner may order any insurer registered under G.S. 58‑19‑25 to produce information not in the possession of the insurer if the insurer can obtain access to such information pursuant to contractual relationships, statutory obligations, or other method. In the event the insurer cannot obtain the information requested by the Commissioner, the insurer shall provide the Commissioner a detailed explanation of the reason that the insurer cannot obtain the information and the identity of the holder of that information. Whenever it appears to the Commissioner that the detailed explanation is without merit, the Commissioner may require, after notice and hearing, the insurer to pay a penalty of one thousand dollars ($1,000) for each day's delay or may suspend or revoke the insurer's license.
(g)	In the event the insurer fails to comply with an order, the Commissioner shall have the power to examine the affiliates to obtain the information. The Commissioner shall also have the power to issue subpoenas, to administer oaths, and to examine under oath any person for purposes of determining compliance with this section. Upon the failure or refusal of any person to obey a subpoena, the Commissioner may petition a court of competent jurisdiction, and upon proper showing, the court may enter an order compelling the witness to appear and testify or produce documentary evidence. Failure to obey the court order shall be punishable as contempt of court. Every person shall be obligated to attend as a witness at the place specified in the subpoena, when subpoenaed, anywhere within the state. He or she shall be entitled to the same fees and mileage, if claimed, as a witness in the courts of the county specified in the subpoena as the site of the examination. Any fees, mileage, and actual expense necessarily incurred in securing the attendance of witnesses, and their testimony, shall be itemized and charged against, and be paid by, the company being examined.  (1989, c. 722, s. 1; 1995, c. 193, s. 27; c. 360, s. 2(h); 2015‑146, s. 1.6; 2015‑281, s. 13.)

§ 58‑19‑37.  Supervisory colleges.
(a)	With respect to any insurer registered under G.S. 58‑19‑25, and in accordance with subsection (c) of this section, the Commissioner shall also have the power to participate in a supervisory college for any domestic insurer that is part of an insurance holding company system with international operations in order to determine compliance by the insurer with this Chapter. The powers of the Commissioner with respect to supervisory colleges include, but are not limited to, the following:
(1)	Initiating the establishment of a supervisory college.
(2)	Clarifying the membership and participation of other supervisors in the supervisory college.
(3)	Clarifying the functions of the supervisory college and the role of other regulators, including the establishment of a group‑wide supervisor.
(4)	Coordinating the ongoing activities of the supervisory college, including planning meetings, supervisory activities, and processes for information sharing.
(5)	Establishing a crisis management plan.
(b)	Each registered insurer subject to this section shall be liable for and shall pay the reasonable expenses of the Commissioner's participation in a supervisory college in accordance with subsection (c) of this section, including reasonable travel expenses. For purposes of this section, a supervisory college may be convened as either a temporary or permanent forum for communication and cooperation between the regulators charged with the supervision of the insurer or its affiliates, and the Commissioner may establish a regular assessment to the insurer for the payment of these expenses.
(c)	In order to assess the business strategy, financial position, legal and regulatory position, risk exposure, risk management, and governance processes, and as part of the examination of individual insurers in accordance with G.S. 58‑19‑35, the Commissioner may participate in a supervisory college with other regulators charged with supervision of the insurer or its affiliates, including other state, federal, and international regulatory agencies. The Commissioner may enter into agreements in accordance with G.S. 58‑19‑40 providing the basis for cooperation between the Commissioner and the other regulatory agencies and the activities of the supervisory college. Nothing in this section shall delegate to the supervisory college the authority of the Commissioner to regulate or supervise the insurer or its affiliates within its jurisdiction.  (2015‑146, s. 1.7; 2015‑281, s. 13.)

§ 58‑19‑38.  Group‑wide supervision of internationally active insurance groups.
(a)	In cooperation with other state, federal, and international regulatory agencies, the Commissioner will identify a single group‑wide supervisor for an internationally active insurance group in accordance with the provisions of this section. The Commissioner is authorized to act as the group‑wide supervisor for any internationally active insurance group. However, the Commissioner may otherwise acknowledge another regulatory official as the group‑wide supervisor where the internationally active insurance group meets any of the following criteria:
(1)	It does not have substantial insurance operations in the United States.
(2)	It has substantial insurance operations in the United States, but not in this State.
(3)	It has substantial insurance operations in the United States and this State, but the Commissioner has determined pursuant to the factors set forth in subsections (b) and (f) of this section that the other regulatory official is the appropriate group‑wide supervisor.
An insurance holding company system that does not otherwise qualify as an internationally active insurance group may request that the Commissioner make a determination or acknowledgment as to a group‑wide supervisor pursuant to this section.
(b)	The Commissioner shall consider all of the following factors when determining that the Commissioner is the appropriate group‑wide supervisor for an internationally active insurance group that conducts substantial insurance operations concentrated in this State or acknowledges that a regulatory official from another jurisdiction is the appropriate group‑wide supervisor for the internationally active insurance group:
(1)	The place of domicile of the insurers within the internationally active insurance group that holds the largest share of the group's written premiums, assets, or liabilities.
(2)	The place of domicile of the top‑tiered insurer(s) in the insurance holding company system of the internationally active insurance group.
(3)	The location of the executive offices or largest operational offices of the internationally active insurance group.
(4)	Whether another regulatory official is acting or is seeking to act as the group‑wide supervisor under a regulatory system that the Commissioner determines to have either of the following characteristics:
a.	The system is substantially similar to the system of regulation provided under the laws of this State.
b.	The system is otherwise sufficient in terms of providing for group‑wide supervision, enterprise risk analysis, and cooperation with other regulatory officials.
(5)	Whether another regulatory official acting or seeking to act as the group‑wide supervisor provides the Commissioner with reasonably reciprocal recognition and cooperation.
A regulatory official identified under this section as the group‑wide supervisor may determine that it is appropriate to acknowledge another regulatory official to serve as the group‑wide supervisor. The acknowledgment of the group‑wide supervisor shall be made (i) after consideration of the factors listed in subdivisions (1) through (5) of this subsection, (ii) in cooperation with and subject to the acknowledgment of other regulatory officials involved with supervision of members of the internationally active insurance group, and (iii) in consultation with the internationally active insurance group.
(c)	Notwithstanding any other provision of law, when another regulatory official is acting as the group‑wide supervisor of an internationally active insurance group, the Commissioner shall acknowledge that regulatory official as the group‑wide supervisor. However, the Commissioner shall make a determination or acknowledgment as to the appropriate group‑wide supervisor for such an internationally active insurance group pursuant to subsection (b) of this section when there is a material change in the internationally active insurance group that results in either of the following:
(1)	The internationally active insurance group's insurers domiciled in this State holding the largest share of the group's premiums, assets, or liabilities.
(2)	This State being the place of domicile of the top‑tiered insurers in the insurance holding company system of the internationally active insurance group.
(d)	Pursuant to G.S. 58‑19‑35, the Commissioner is authorized to collect from any insurer registered pursuant to G.S. 58‑19‑25 all information necessary to determine whether the Commissioner may act as the group‑wide supervisor of an internationally active insurance group or if the Commissioner may acknowledge another regulatory official to act as the group‑wide supervisor. Prior to issuing a determination that an internationally active insurance group is subject to group‑wide supervision by the Commissioner, the Commissioner shall notify the insurer registered pursuant to G.S. 58‑19‑25 and the ultimate controlling person within the internationally active insurance group. The internationally active insurance group shall have 30 days to provide the Commissioner with additional information pertinent to the pending determination.
(e)	If the Commissioner is the group‑wide supervisor for an internationally active insurance group, the Commissioner is authorized to engage in the following group‑wide supervision activities:
(1)	Assess the enterprise risks within the internationally active insurance group to ensure all of the following:
a.	That the material financial condition and liquidity risks to the members of the internationally active insurance group, that are engaged in the business of insurance, are identified by management.
b.	That reasonable and effective mitigation measures are in place.
(2)	Request, from any member of an internationally active insurance group subject to the Commissioner's supervision, information necessary and appropriate to assess enterprise risk. This information includes information about the governance, risk assessment and management, capital adequacy, and material intercompany transactions of the members of the internationally active insurance group.
(3)	Coordinate and, in reliance on the authority of the regulatory officials of the jurisdictions where members of the internationally active insurance group are domiciled, compel development and implementation of reasonable measures designed to ensure that the internationally active insurance group is able to timely recognize and mitigate enterprise risks to members of the internationally active insurance group that are engaged in the business of insurance.
(4)	Communicate with other state, federal, and international regulatory agencies with jurisdiction over members within the internationally active insurance group and share relevant information through supervisory colleges as set forth in G.S. 58‑19‑37 or otherwise subject to the confidentiality provisions of G.S. 58‑19‑40.
(5)	Enter into agreements with or obtain documentation from any insurer registered under G.S. 58‑19‑25, any member of the internationally active insurance group, and any other state, federal, and international regulatory agencies for members of the internationally active insurance group, providing the basis for or otherwise clarifying the Commissioner's role as group‑wide supervisor, including provisions for resolving disputes with other regulatory officials. Such agreements or documentation shall not serve as evidence in any proceeding that any insurer or person within an insurance holding company system not domiciled or incorporated in this State is doing business in this State or is otherwise subject to jurisdiction in this State.
(6)	Other group‑wide supervision activities, consistent with the authorities and purposes enumerated above, as considered necessary by the Commissioner.
(f)	If the Commissioner acknowledges that another regulatory official from a jurisdiction that is not accredited by the NAIC is the group‑wide supervisor, the Commissioner is authorized to reasonably cooperate, through supervisory colleges or otherwise, with group‑wide supervision undertaken by the group‑wide supervisor, provided that both of the following conditions are met:
(1)	The Commissioner's cooperation is in compliance with the laws of this State.
(2)	The regulatory official acknowledged as the group‑wide supervisor recognizes and cooperates with the Commissioner's activities as a group‑wide supervisor for other internationally active insurance groups where applicable.
Where recognition and cooperation are not reasonably reciprocal, the Commissioner is authorized to refuse recognition and cooperation.
(g)	The Commissioner may enter into agreements with or obtain documentation from any insurer registered under G.S. 58‑19‑25, any affiliate of the insurer, and other state, federal, and international regulatory agencies for members of the internationally active insurance group that provide the basis for or otherwise clarify a regulatory official's role as group‑wide supervisor.
(h)	The Commissioner may adopt rules necessary for the administration of this section.
(i)	A registered insurer subject to this section shall be liable for and shall pay the reasonable expenses of the Commissioner's participation in the administration of this section, including the engagement of attorneys, actuaries, and any other professionals and reasonable travel expenses.  (2019‑57, s. 1(c).)

§ 58‑19‑40.  Confidential treatment.
(a)	Documents, materials, or other information in the possession or control of the Department that are obtained by or disclosed to the Commissioner or any other person in the course of an examination or investigation made pursuant to G.S. 58‑19‑35, and all information reported or provided to the Department pursuant to subdivisions (11a) and (11b) of G.S. 58‑19‑15(b), G.S. 58‑19‑25, G.S. 58‑19‑30 and G.S. 58‑19‑38 shall be confidential by law and privileged, shall not be considered a public record under either G.S. 58‑2‑100 or Chapter 132 of the General Statutes, shall not be subject to subpoena, and shall not be subject to discovery or admissible in evidence in any private civil action. However, the Commissioner is authorized to use the documents, materials, or other information in the furtherance of any regulatory or legal action brought as a part of the Commissioner's official duties. The Commissioner shall not otherwise make the documents, materials, or other information public without the prior written consent of the insurer to which it pertains unless the Commissioner, after giving the insurer and its affiliates who would be affected thereby notice and opportunity to be heard, determines that the interest of policyholders, shareholders, or the public will be served by the publication thereof, in which event the Commissioner may publish all or any part of the information in such manner as may be deemed appropriate.
(b)	Neither the Commissioner nor any person who received documents, materials, or other information while acting under the authority of the Commissioner or with whom such documents, materials, or other information are shared pursuant to this Article shall be permitted or required to testify in any private civil action concerning any confidential documents, materials, or information subject to subsection (a) of this section.
(c)	In order to assist in the performance of the duties imposed by this Article, the Commissioner:
(1)	May share documents, materials, or other information, including the confidential and privileged documents, materials, or information subject to subsection (a) of this section, with other state, federal, and international regulatory agencies, with the NAIC and its affiliates and subsidiaries, and with state, federal, and international law enforcement authorities, including members of any supervisory college described in G.S. 58‑19‑37, provided that the recipient agrees in writing to maintain the confidentiality and privileged status of the document, material, or other information and has verified in writing the legal authority to maintain confidentiality.
(2)	Notwithstanding subdivision (1) of this subsection, may only share confidential and privileged documents, material, or information reported pursuant to G.S. 58‑19‑25 with Commissioners of states having statutes or regulations substantially similar to subsection (a) of this section and who have agreed in writing not to disclose such information.
(3)	May receive documents, materials, or information, including otherwise confidential and privileged documents, materials, or information from the NAIC and its affiliates and subsidiaries and from regulatory and law enforcement officials of other foreign or domestic jurisdictions, and shall maintain as confidential or privileged any document, material, or information received with notice or the understanding that it is confidential or privileged under the laws of the jurisdiction that is the source of the document, material, or information.
(4)	Shall enter into written agreements with the NAIC governing sharing and use of information provided pursuant to this Article consistent with this subsection that shall:
a.	Specify procedures and protocols regarding the confidentiality and security of information shared with the NAIC and its affiliates and subsidiaries pursuant to this Article, including procedures and protocols for sharing by the NAIC with other state, federal, or international regulators;
b.	Specify that ownership of information shared with the NAIC and its affiliates and subsidiaries pursuant to this Article remains with the Commissioner, and the NAIC's use of the information is subject to the direction of the Commissioner;
c.	Require prompt notice to be given to an insurer whose confidential information in the possession of the NAIC pursuant to this Article is subject to a request or subpoena to the NAIC for disclosure or production; and
d.	Require the NAIC and its affiliates and subsidiaries to consent to intervention by an insurer in any judicial or administrative action in which the NAIC and its affiliates and subsidiaries may be required to disclose confidential information about the insurer shared with the NAIC and its affiliates and subsidiaries pursuant to Article 19 of this Chapter.
(d)	The sharing of information by the Commissioner pursuant to this Article shall not constitute a delegation of regulatory authority or rule making, and the Commissioner is solely responsible for the administration, execution, and enforcement of the provisions of Article 19 of this Chapter.
(e)	No waiver of any applicable privilege or claim of confidentiality in the documents, materials, or information shall occur as a result of disclosure to the Commissioner under this section or as a result of sharing as authorized in subsection (c) of this section.
(f)	Documents, materials, or other information in the possession or control of the NAIC pursuant to a requirement of this Article shall be confidential by law and privileged, shall not be considered a public record under G.S. 58‑2‑100 or Chapter 132 of the General Statutes, shall not be subject to subpoena, and shall not be subject to discovery or admissible in evidence in any private civil action.  (1989, c. 722, s. 1; 2015‑146, s. 1.8; 2015‑281, s. 13; 2019‑57, s. 1(d).)

§ 58‑19‑45.  Injunctions; prohibitions against the voting of securities; sequestration of voting securities.
(a)	Whenever it appears to the Commissioner that any person has committed or is about to commit a violation of this Article or of any rule or order of the Commissioner under this Article, the Commissioner may apply to the Superior Court of Wake County for an order enjoining such person from violating or continuing to violate this Article or any such rule or order; and for such other equitable relief as the nature of the case and the interest of the domestic insurer's policyholders or the public may require.
(b)	No security that is the subject of any agreement or arrangement regarding acquisition, or that is acquired or to be acquired, in contravention of the provisions of this Article or of any rule or order of the Commissioner under this Article, may be voted at any shareholder's meeting nor may be counted for quorum purposes; and any action of shareholders requiring the affirmative vote of a percentage of shares may be taken as though such securities were not issued and outstanding.  No action taken at any such meeting shall be invalidated by the voting of such securities, unless the action would materially affect control of the insurer or unless the courts of this State have so ordered.  If an insurer or the Commissioner has reason to believe that any security of the insurer has been or is about to be acquired in contravention of the provisions of this Article or of any rule or order issued by the Commissioner under this Article, the insurer or the Commissioner may apply to the Superior Court of Wake County to enjoin any offer, request, invitation, agreement, or acquisition made in contravention of G.S. 58‑19‑15 or any rule or order of the Commissioner under that section to enjoin the voting of any security so acquired, to void any vote of such security already cast at any meeting of shareholders, and for such other equitable relief as the nature of the case and the interest of the insurer's policyholders or the public may require.
(c)	In any case where a person has acquired or is proposing to acquire any voting securities in violation of this Article or any rule or order of the Commissioner under this Article, the Superior Court of Wake County may, on such notice as the court considers appropriate and upon the application of the insurer or the Commissioner, seize or sequester any voting securities of the insurer owned directly or indirectly by the person, and issue an order with respect thereto as may be appropriate to effectuate the provisions of this Article.  Notwithstanding any other provision of law, for the purposes of this Article the sites of the ownership of the securities of domestic insurers are in this State. (1989, c. 722, s. 1; 1991, c. 681, s. 37; 1993, c. 452, s. 34.)

§ 58‑19‑50.  Sanctions.
(a)	Any person failing, without just cause, to file any registration statement as required in this Article shall pay, after notice and hearing, a civil penalty of one hundred dollars ($100.00) for each day's delay, not to exceed a total penalty of one thousand dollars ($1,000), to the Commissioner. The clear proceeds of civil penalties provided for in this section shall be remitted to the Civil Penalty and Forfeiture Fund in accordance with G.S. 115C‑457.2.
(b)	Every director or officer of an insurance holding company system who knowingly and willfully violates, participates in, or assents to, or who knowingly and willfully permits any of the officers or agents of the insurer to engage in transactions or make investments that have not been properly reported or submitted pursuant to G.S. 58‑19‑25(a), 58‑19‑30(b), or 58‑19‑30(c), or that violate this Article, shall pay, in his individual capacity, after notice and hearing, a civil penalty of one hundred dollars ($100.00) per violation, not to exceed a total penalty of one thousand dollars ($1,000), to the Commissioner, who shall forward the clear proceeds to the General Fund of this State.
(c)	Whenever it appears to the Commissioner that any insurer subject to this Article or any director, officer, employee, or agent thereof has engaged in any transaction or entered into a contract that is subject to G.S. 58‑19‑30 and that would not have been approved had such approval been requested, the Commissioner may order the insurer to immediately cease and desist from any further activity under that transaction or contract. After notice and hearing the Commissioner may also order the insurer to void any such contracts and restore the status quo if such action is in the best interest of the policyholders, creditors, or the public.
(d)	Whenever it appears to the Commissioner that any insurer or any director, officer, employee, or agent thereof has knowingly and willfully committed a violation of this Article, the Commissioner may cause criminal proceedings to be instituted by the Superior Court of Wake County against such insurer or the responsible director, officer, employee, or agent thereof. Any insurer that knowingly and willfully violates this Article may be fined not more than one thousand dollars ($1,000). Any individual who knowingly and willfully violates this Article is guilty of a Class I felony.
(e)	Any officer, director, or employee of an insurance holding company system who knowingly and willfully subscribes to or makes or causes to be made any false statements or false reports or false filings with the intent to deceive the Commissioner in the performance of his duties under this Article, is guilty of a Class I felony. Any fines imposed shall be paid by the officer, director, or employee in his individual capacity.
(f)	Whenever it appears to the Commissioner that any person has committed a violation of G.S. 58‑19‑15, and which prevents the full understanding of the enterprise risk to the insurer by the affiliates or by the insurance holding company system, the violation may serve as an independent basis for disapproving dividends or distributions and for placing the insurer under an order of supervision in accordance with Article 30 of this Chapter.  (1989, c. 722, s. 1; 1993, c. 504, s. 14; c. 539, ss. 1271, 1272; 1994, Ex. Sess., c. 24, s. 14(c); 1998‑215, s. 84; 2015‑146, s. 1.9; 2015‑281, s. 13.)

§ 58‑19‑55.  Receivership.
Whenever it appears to the Commissioner that any person has committed a violation of this Article that so impairs the financial condition of a domestic insurer as to threaten insolvency or make the further transaction of business by it hazardous to its policyholders, creditors, shareholders, or the public, then the Commissioner may proceed as provided in Article 30 of this Chapter. (1989, c. 722, s. 1.)

§ 58‑19‑60.  Recovery.
(a)	If an order for liquidation or rehabilitation of a domestic insurer has been entered, the receiver appointed under such order has a right to recover on behalf of the insurer, (i) from any parent corporation or insurance holding company or person or affiliate who otherwise controlled the insurer, the amount of distributions (other than distributions of shares of the same class of stock) paid by the insurer on its capital stock, or (ii) any payment in the form of a bonus, termination settlement, or extraordinary lump sum salary adjustment made by the insurer or its subsidiary or subsidiaries to a director, officer, or employee, where the distribution or payment pursuant to (i) or (ii) above is made at any time during the one year preceding the petition for liquidation or rehabilitation, as the case may be, subject to the limitations of subsections (b), (c), and (d) of this section.
(b)	No such distribution is recoverable if the parent or affiliate shows that when paid such distribution was lawful and reasonable, and that the insurer did not know and could not reasonably have known that such distribution might adversely affect the ability of the insurer to fulfill its contractual obligations.
(c)	Any person that was a parent corporation or insurance holding company or a person that otherwise controlled the insurer or affiliate at the time such distributions were paid is liable up to the amount of distributions or payments under subsection (a) of this section such person received. Any person who otherwise controlled the insurer at the time such distributions were declared is liable up to the amount of distributions he would have received if they had been paid immediately. If two or more persons are liable with respect to the same distributions, they are jointly and severally liable.
(d)	The maximum amount recoverable under this section is the amount needed in excess of all other available assets of the insurer to pay its contractual obligations and to reimburse any guaranty funds.
(e)	To the extent that any person liable under subsection (c) of this section is insolvent or otherwise fails to pay claims due from it pursuant to that subsection, its parent corporation, insurance holding company, or person who otherwise controlled it at the time that the distribution was paid, are jointly and severally liable for any resulting deficiency in the amount recovered from such parent corporation or insurance holding company or person who otherwise controlled it.  (1989, c. 722, s. 1; 2015‑146, s. 1.10; 2015‑281, s. 13.)

§ 58‑19‑65.  Revocation or suspension of insurer's license.
Whenever it appears to the Commissioner that any person has committed a violation of this Article that makes the continued operation of an insurer contrary to the interests of policyholders or the public, the Commissioner may, after giving notice and an opportunity to be heard, suspend or revoke such insurer's license to do business in this State for such period as he finds is required for the protection of policyholders or the public. Any such determination shall be accompanied by specific findings of fact and conclusions of law. (1989, c. 722, s. 1; 2003‑212, s. 26(f).)

§ 58‑19‑70.  Judicial review; mandatory injunction or writ of mandamus.
(a)	Any person aggrieved by any order made by the Commissioner pursuant to this Article may appeal in accordance with G.S. 58‑2‑75.
(b)	Any person aggrieved by any failure of the Commissioner to act or make a determination required by this Article may petition the Superior Court of Wake County for a mandatory injunction or a writ of mandamus directing the Commissioner to act or make such determination forthwith. (1989, c. 722, s. 1.)

§ 58‑19‑75.  Forms – general requirements.
(a)	Forms A, B, C, D, E, and F are intended to be guides in the preparation of the statements required by G.S. 58‑19‑15, 58‑19‑25, and 58‑19‑30. They are not intended to be fill‑in‑the‑blank forms. The statements filed shall contain the numbers and captions of all items, but the text of the items may be omitted, provided the answers are prepared in such a manner as to indicate clearly the scope and coverage of the items. All instructions, whether appearing under the items of the form or elsewhere, are to be omitted. Unless expressly provided otherwise, if any item is inapplicable or the answer to the item is in the negative, an appropriate statement to that effect shall be made.
(b)	A complete copy of each statement, including exhibits and all other papers and documents filed as a part of the statement, shall be filed with the Commissioner by mail addressed to the Commissioner and shall be signed in the manner prescribed on the form. Unsigned copies shall be conformed. If the signature of any person is affixed pursuant to a power of attorney or other similar authority, a copy of the power of attorney or other authority shall also be filed with the statement.
(c)	If an applicant requests a hearing on a consolidated basis under G.S. 58‑19‑15, in addition to filing the Form A with the Commissioner, the applicant shall file a copy of the Form A with the NAIC in electronic form.
(d)	Statements should be prepared electronically. Statements shall be easily readable and suitable for review and reproduction. Debits in credit categories and credits in debit categories shall be designated so as to be clearly distinguishable as such on photocopies. Statements shall be in the English language and monetary values shall be stated in United States dollars. If any exhibit or other paper or document filed with the statement is in a foreign language, it shall be accompanied by a translation into the English language and any monetary value shown in a foreign currency normally shall be converted into United States dollars.  (2015‑146, s. 1.11; 2015‑281, s. 13; 2022‑46, s. 1.)

§ 58‑19‑80.  Forms – incorporation by reference, summaries and omissions.
(a)	Information required by any item of Form A, Form B, Form D, Form E, or Form F may be incorporated by reference in answer or partial answer to any other item. Information contained in any financial statement, annual report, proxy statement, statement filed with a governmental authority, or any other document may be incorporated by reference in answer or partial answer to any item of Form A, Form B, Form D, Form E, or Form F provided the document is filed as an exhibit to the statement. Excerpts of documents may be filed as exhibits if the documents are extensive. Documents currently on file with the Commissioner which were filed within three years need not be attached as exhibits. References to information contained in exhibits or in documents already on file shall clearly identify the material and shall specifically indicate that such material is to be incorporated by reference in answer to the item. Such materials shall not be incorporated by reference in any case where the incorporation would render the statement incomplete, unclear, or confusing.
(b)	Where an item requires a summary or outline of the provisions of any document, only a brief statement shall be made as to the pertinent provisions of the document. In addition to the statement, the summary or outline must incorporate by reference particular parts of any exhibit or document currently on file with the Commissioner which was filed within three years and may be qualified in its entirety by such reference. In any case where two or more documents required to be filed as exhibits are substantially identical in all material respects except as to the parties thereto, the dates of execution, or other details, a copy of only one of the documents need be filed with a schedule identifying the omitted documents and setting forth the material details in which those documents differ from the documents, a copy of which is filed.  (2015‑146, s. 1.11; 2015‑281, s. 13.)

§ 58‑19‑85.  Forms – information unknown or unavailable and extension of time to furnish.
If it is impractical to furnish any required information, document, or report at the time it is required to be filed, there shall be filed with the Commissioner a separate document:
(1)	Identifying the information, document, or report in question.
(2)	Stating why the filing thereof at the time required is impractical.
(3)	Requesting an extension of time for filing the information, document, or report to a specified date. The request for extension shall be deemed granted unless the Commissioner after receipt of the request denies the request prior to the time the information, document, or report is required.  (2015‑146, s. 1.11; 2015‑281, s. 13.)

§ 58‑19‑90.  Forms – additional information and exhibits.
In addition to the information expressly required to be included in Form A, Form B, Form C, Form D, Form E, and Form F, the Commissioner may request such further material information, if any, as may be necessary to make the information contained therein not misleading. The person filing may also file such exhibits as it may desire in addition to those expressly required by the statement. The exhibits shall be so marked as to indicate clearly the subject matters to which they refer. Changes to Form A, B, C, D, or F shall include on the top of the cover page the phrase: "Change No. [insert number] to" and shall indicate the date of the change and not the date of the original filing.  (2015‑146, s. 1.11; 2015‑281, s. 13.)

Article 20.
Hull Insurance, and Protection and Indemnity Clubs.
§ 58‑20‑1.  Short title.
This Article may be cited as the "Commercial Fishermen's Hull Insurance, and Protection and Indemnity Club Act". (1987, c. 330.)

§ 58‑20‑5.  Definitions.
For purposes of this Article:
(1)	"Association" means a trade or professional association that has been in existence for at least five years, and has adopted a written constitution, and a written set of bylaws, and was created for purposes other than for participating in a club.
(2)	"Club" means a commercial fishermen's hull insurance and protection and indemnity club created under this Article.
(3)	"Commercial fisherman" means any individual, corporation, or other business entity whose earned income is at least fifty percent (50%) derived from taking and selling food resources living in any ocean, bay, river, gulf, estuary, tidal wetlands, spoil area, estuation exit or entrance, or any other body of water or tidal wetlands from which a commercial harvest of fish may be taken.
(4)	"Hull Insurance and Protection and Indemnity" means:
a.	Insurance against loss or damage to a vessel's hull, lifeboats, rafts, and other operating equipment of the vessel other than its electrical machinery; and
b.	Insurance against loss of life, personal injury, or illness to the master, the crew, and other third parties, and against damage to any other vessel or property, such as cargo, for which the insured is legally liable. (1987, c. 330.)

§ 58‑20‑10.  Commercial Fishermen Hull Insurance, and Protection and Indemnity Clubs authorized.
In addition to other authority granted under Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter, ten or more commercial fishermen who are members of an association may enter into contracts or agreements under this Article for the joint protection and retention of their risk for Hull Insurance, and Protection and Indemnity, and for the payment of losses or claims made against any member.  Any group of commercial fishermen intending to organize and operate a Club under this Article shall give the Commissioner 30 days' advance written notification of its intention in a form prescribed by the Commissioner. (1987, c. 330.)

§ 58‑20‑15.  Board of trustees.
(a)	A Club shall be operated by a board of trustees. Each trustee shall also be a member of an association.  The trustees shall be selected by the Club members under the rules of organization of the Club.  The board of trustees shall:
(1)	Establish the terms and conditions of hull insurance and protection and indemnity coverage within the Club, including underwriting and exclusions of coverage;
(2)	Ensure that all valid claims are paid promptly;
(3)	Take all necessary precautions to safeguard the assets of the Club;
(4)	Maintain minutes of its meeting and make those minutes available to the Commissioner;
(5)	Designate an administrator to carry out the policies established by the trustees; and
(6)	Establish guidelines for membership in the Club.
(b)	The board of trustees shall not:
(1)	Extend credit to an individual member for payment of a premium, except under a payment plan approved by the Commissioner; or
(2)	Borrow money from the Club, or in the name of the Club, except in the ordinary course of business.
Whenever the board of trustees borrow money from the Club as authorized by this subdivision it shall first advise the Commissioner of the nature and purpose of the loan, and shall obtain his prior approval of such loan. (1987, c. 330.)

§ 58‑20‑20.  Mutual agreement for indemnification.
(a)	An agreement made under this Article shall contain provisions for:
(1)	A system or program of loss control;
(2)	The termination of membership;
(3)	The payment by the Club of all claims for which a member incurred liability during the period of his membership;
(4)	The non‑payment of claims where a member has individually retained the risk, or where the risk is not specifically covered, or where the amount of the claim exceeds the coverage provided by the Club;
(5)	The assessment of members;
(6)	The payment of contributions from members to satisfy deficiencies;
(7)	The maintenance of claim reserves equal to known incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses and to an estimate of incurred but not reported losses; and
(8)	Final accounting and settlement of the obligations or refunds to a terminating member when all incurred claims are settled.
(b)	The agreement required by this section may also include provisions authorizing the Club to:
(1)	To establish offices where necessary in this State, and employ necessary staff to carry out its purposes;
(2)	Retain legal counsel, actuaries, claims adjusters, auditors, engineers, private consultants, and advisors, and other persons as the board of trustees or the administrator deem to be necessary;
(3)	Amend or repeal its bylaws;
(4)	Purchase, lease, or rent real and personal property as it deems necessary; and
(5)	Enter into agreements with financial institutions that permit it to issue checks or other negotiable instruments in its own name. (1987, c. 330.)

§ 58‑20‑25.  Termination of Club membership; notice.
If a member fails to pay his contributions calls, or assessment, or other property required by the board of trustees as authorized by this Article, he shall not be entitled to any hull insurance and protection and indemnity coverage under this Article, and the Club may terminate his membership upon giving the member at least 10 days' notice.  The Club may terminate a membership for any other reason upon giving the member at least 90 days' written notice of the termination.  A member may terminate his membership with the Club upon giving at least 90 days' written notice of the termination. (1987, c. 330.)

§ 58‑20‑30.  Financial monitoring and evaluation of clubs.
Each club shall be audited annually, at the Club's expense, by a certified public accounting firm. A copy of the audit report shall be furnished to each member, and to the Commissioner. The trustees shall obtain an appropriate actuarial evaluation of the loss and loss adjustment expenses reserves of the Club, including estimate of losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred but not reported. The provisions of G.S. 58‑2‑131 through G.S. 58‑2‑134, G.S. 58‑2‑150, 58‑2‑160, 58‑2‑165, 58‑2‑180, 58‑2‑185, 58‑2‑190, 58‑2‑200, and G.S. 58‑6‑5 apply to each Club and to persons that administer the Clubs. (1987, c. 330, s. 1; 1991, c. 681, s. 5; 1999‑132, s. 11.2.)

§ 58‑20‑35.  Insolvency or impairment of Club.
(a)	If an annual audit or an examination by the Commissioner reveals that the assets of a Club are insufficient to discharge its legal liabilities and other obligations, the Commissioner shall notify the administrator and board of trustees of the Club's deficiency; and he shall recommend the measures to be taken in order to abate the deficiency.  He may recommend that the Club refrain from adding new members until the deficiency is abated.  If the Club fails to comply with the recommendations within 30 days after the date of the notice, the Commissioner may apply to the Superior Court of Wake County for an order requiring the Club to abate the deficiency and authorizing the Commissioner to appoint one or more special deputy commissioners, counsel, clerks, or assistants to oversee the implementation of the Court's order.  The compensation and expenses of such persons shall be fixed by the Commissioner, subject to the approval of the Court, and shall be paid out of the funds or assets of the Club.
(b)	If a Club is determined to be insolvent, financially impaired, or is otherwise unable to discharge its legal liabilities and other obligations, each member shall be assessed on a pro rata basis as provided under G.S. 58‑20‑15. (1987, c. 330.)

§ 58‑20‑40.  Immunity of administrators and boards of trustees.
There is no liability on the part of and no cause of action arises against any board of trustees established under this Article, or against any administrator appointed as their representative, or any Club, its members or its employees, agents, contractors, or subcontractors for any good faith action taken by them in the performance of their powers and duties in creating or administering any Club under this Article. (1987, c. 330.)

Article 21.
Surplus Lines Act.
§ 58‑21‑1.  Short title.
This Article shall be known and may be cited as the "Surplus Lines Act". (1985, c. 688, s. 1.)

§ 58‑21‑2.  Relationship to other insurance laws.
Except as provided in G.S. 58‑21‑21(c) and (g), unless surplus lines insurance, surplus lines licensees, nonadmitted domestic surplus lines insurers, or nonadmitted insurers are specifically referenced in a particular section of this Chapter, no sections contained in Articles of this Chapter other than this Article apply to surplus lines insurance, surplus lines licensees, nonadmitted domestic surplus lines insurers, or nonadmitted insurers.  (1999‑219, s. 6.2; 2018‑120, s. 2.1(a).)

§ 58‑21‑4.  Nonadmitted and Reinsurance Reform Act duties.
(a)	For the purposes of carrying out the provisions of the Nonadmitted and Reinsurance Reform Act of 2010, the Commissioner is authorized to utilize the national insurance producer database of the NAIC, or any other equivalent uniform national database, for the licensure of an individual or an entity as a surplus lines producer and for renewal of such license.
(b)	In order to assist in the performance of the Commissioner's duties, under the Nonadmitted and Reinsurance Reform Act of 2010, the Commissioner may contract with nongovernmental entities, including the NAIC or any affiliates or subsidiaries that the NAIC oversees, to perform any ministerial functions that the Commissioner and the nongovernmental entity may deem to be appropriate, including (i) the collection of fees related to producer licensing and (ii) the collection of the premium tax under G.S. 58‑21‑85. The NAIC or other entity with whom the Commissioner contracts may charge a reasonable fee to the insurer, insured, or other appropriate person for the functions performed.  (2011‑120, s. 1.1.)

§ 58‑21‑5.  Purposes; necessity for regulation.
This Article shall be liberally construed and applied to promote its underlying purposes, which include all of the following:
(1)	Protecting persons in this State seeking insurance.
(2)	Permitting surplus lines insurance to be placed with reputable and financially sound nonadmitted domestic surplus lines insurers, nonadmitted insurers and exported from this State pursuant to this Article.
(3)	Establishing a system of regulation that will permit orderly access to surplus lines insurance in this State and encourage admitted insurers to provide new and innovative types of insurance available to consumers in this State.
(4)	Protecting revenues of this State.  (1985, c. 688, s. 1; 2018‑120, s. 2.1(b).)

§ 58‑21‑10.  Definitions.
As used in this Article:
(1)	"Admitted insurer" means an insurer licensed to engage in the business of insurance in this State.
(1a)	"Affiliate" means, with respect to an insured, any entity that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the insured.
(1b)	"Affiliated group" means any group of entities that are all affiliated.
(2)	"Capital", as used in the financial requirements of G.S. 58‑21‑20, means funds paid in for stock or other evidence of ownership.
(2a)	"Control" means an entity that has 'control' over another entity if either of the following occurs:
a.	The entity directly or indirectly or acting through one or more other persons owns, controls, or has the power to vote twenty‑five percent (25%) or more of any class of voting securities of the other entity.
b.	The entity controls in any manner the election of a majority of the directors or trustees of the other entity.
(3)	"Eligible surplus lines insurer" means an alien insurer as defined in G.S. 58‑21‑17, a nonadmitted domestic surplus lines insurer, or a nonadmitted insurer with which a surplus lines licensee may place surplus lines insurance under G.S. 58‑21‑20.
(4)	"Export" means to place surplus lines insurance with a nonadmitted domestic surplus lines insurer or a nonadmitted insurer.
(4a)	"Nonadmitted domestic surplus lines insurer" means an insurer that is domiciled in and authorized pursuant to G.S. 58‑21‑21 to transact surplus lines insurance in this State.
(5)	"Nonadmitted insurer" means an insurer not licensed to do an insurance business in this State. "Nonadmitted insurer" includes insurance exchanges authorized under the laws of various states. "Nonadmitted insurer" does not include a risk retention group, as defined in G.S. 58‑22‑10(10).
(6)	"Producing broker" means an insurance producer licensed under Article 33 of this Chapter who deals directly with the party seeking insurance and who may also be a surplus lines licensee.
(6a)	"Salary protection insurance" means insurance against financial loss caused by the cessation of earned income because of disability from sickness, ailment, or bodily injury.
(7)	"Surplus", as used in the financial requirements of G.S. 58‑21‑20, means funds over and above liabilities and capital of the company for the protection of policyholders.
(8)	"Surplus lines insurance" means any insurance in this State of risks resident, located, or to be performed in this State, permitted to be placed through a surplus lines licensee with a nonadmitted domestic surplus lines insurer or a nonadmitted insurer eligible to accept such insurance, including salary protection insurance. The term does not include reinsurance, commercial aircraft insurance, wet marine and transportation insurance, insurance independently procured pursuant to G.S. 58‑28‑5, life and accident or health insurance, and annuities.
(9)	"Surplus lines licensee" means a person licensed under G.S. 58‑21‑65 to place insurance on risks resident, located, or to be performed in this State with a nonadmitted domestic surplus lines insurer or with nonadmitted insurers eligible to accept such insurance.
(10)	"Wet marine and transportation insurance" means any of the following:
a.	Insurance upon vessels, crafts, hulls and of interests therein or with relation thereto.
b.	Insurance of marine builder's risks, marine war risks and contracts of marine protection and indemnity insurance.
c.	Insurance of freights and disbursements pertaining to a subject of insurance coming within this subsection.
d.	Insurance of personal property and interests therein, in the course of exportation from or importation into any country, or in the course of transportation coastwise or on inland waters including transportation by land, water, or air from point of origin to final destination, in connection with any and all risks or perils of navigation, transit or transportation, and while being prepared for and while awaiting shipment, and during any delays, transshipment, or reshipment incident thereto.  (1985, c. 688, s. 1; 1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1027, s. 45; 1987, c. 629, s. 19; c. 727, s. 6; c. 864, s. 73; 1998‑211, s. 3; 1999‑219, s. 5.3; 2011‑120, s. 2; 2011‑370, s. 1; 2015‑101, s. 1; 2018‑120, s. 2.1(c); 2022‑46, s. 14(v).)

§ 58‑21‑11.  Home state.
(a)	The provisions of this Article shall apply to those transactions in which North Carolina is the home state of the insured.
(b)	Except as provided in subsection (c) of this section, the term "home state" means, with respect to an insured, either of the following:
(1)	The state in which an insured maintains its principal place of business or, in the case of an individual, the individual's principal residence.
(2)	If one hundred percent (100%) of the insured risk is located out of the state referred to in subdivision (1) of this subsection, the state to which the greatest percentage of the insured's taxable premium for that insurance contract is allocated.
(c)	Affiliated Groups. – If two or more insureds from an affiliated group are named insureds on a single nonadmitted insurance contract, the term "home state" means the home state, as determined pursuant to subsection (b) of this section, of the member of the affiliated group that has the largest percentage of premium attributed to it under that insurance contract.  (2011‑120, s. 3.)

§ 58‑21‑15.  Placement of surplus lines insurance.
Surplus lines may be placed by a surplus lines licensee if all of the following apply:
(1)	Each insurer is an eligible surplus lines insurer.
(1a)	Each insurer is authorized to write the kind of insurance in its domiciliary jurisdiction.
(2)	The full amount or kind of insurance cannot be obtained from insurers who are admitted to do business in this State. Such full amount or kind of insurance may be procured from eligible surplus lines insurers, provided that a diligent search is made among the insurers who are admitted to transact and are actually writing the particular kind and class of insurance in this State.
(3)	All other requirements of this Article are met.  (1985, c. 688, s. 1; 1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1013, s. 5; 2011‑120, s. 4.)

§ 58‑21‑16.  Streamlined application for commercial purchasers.
(a)	A surplus lines licensee seeking to procure or place nonadmitted insurance in this State for an exempt commercial purchaser shall not be required to satisfy any requirement under G.S. 58‑21‑15 to make a due diligence search to determine whether the full amount or type of insurance sought by such exempt commercial purchaser can be obtained from admitted insurers if all of the following apply:
(1)	The licensee procuring or placing the surplus lines insurance has disclosed to the exempt commercial purchaser that such insurance may or may not be available from the admitted market that may provide greater protection with more regulatory oversight.
(2)	The exempt commercial purchaser has subsequently requested in writing the licensee to procure or place such insurance from a nonadmitted domestic surplus lines insurer or a nonadmitted insurer.
(b)	As used in this section, the following definitions apply:
(1)	"Exempt commercial purchaser" means any person purchasing commercial insurance that, at the time of placement, meets all of the following requirements:
a.	The person employs or retains a qualified risk manager to negotiate insurance coverage.
b.	The person has paid aggregate nationwide commercial property and casualty insurance premiums in excess of one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000) in the immediately preceding 12 months.
c.	The person meets at least one of the following criteria:
1.	The person possesses a net worth in excess of twenty million dollars ($20,000,000), as such amount is adjusted pursuant to subsection (c) of this section.
2.	The person generates annual revenues in excess of fifty million dollars ($50,000,000), as such amount is adjusted pursuant to subsection (c) of this section.
3.	The person employs more than 500 full‑time or full‑time equivalent employees per individual insured or is a member of an affiliated group employing more than 1,000 employees in the aggregate.
4.	The person is a not‑for‑profit organization or public entity generating annual budgeted expenditures of at least thirty million dollars ($30,000,000), as such amount is adjusted pursuant to subsection (c) of this section.
5.	The person is a municipality with a population in excess of 50,000 persons.
(2)	"Qualified risk manager" means, with respect to a policyholder of commercial insurance, a person who meets all of the following requirements:
a.	Is an employee of, or third‑party consultant retained by, the commercial policyholder.
b.	Provides skilled services in loss prevention, loss reduction, or risk and insurance coverage analysis, and purchase of insurance.
c.	Has one of the following:
1.	A bachelor's degree or higher from an accredited college or university in risk management, business administration, finance, economics, or any other field determined by the Commissioner to demonstrate minimum competence in risk management and one of the following:
I.	Three years of experience in risk financing, claims, administration, loss prevention, risk and insurance analysis, or purchasing commercial lines of insurance.
II.	One of the following designations:
A.	Chartered Property and Casualty Underwriter (CPCU) issued by the American Institute for CPCU/Insurance Institute of America.
B.	Associate in Risk Management (ARM) issued by the American Institute for CPCU/Insurance Institute of America.
C.	Certified Risk Manager (CRM) issued by the National Alliance for Insurance Education & Research.
D.	RIMS Fellow (RF) issued by the Global Risk Management Institute.
E.	A designation, certification, or license determined by the Commissioner to demonstrate minimum competency in risk management.
2.	Seven years of experience in risk financing, claims administration, loss prevention, risk and insurance coverage analysis, or purchasing commercial lines of insurance; and has any one of the designations specified in sub‑sub‑sub‑sub‑subdivisions A. through E. of sub‑sub‑sub‑subdivision II. of this sub‑subdivision.
3.	Ten years of experience in risk financing, claims administration, loss prevention, risk and insurance coverage analysis, or purchasing commercial lines of insurance.
4.	A graduate degree from an accredited college or university in risk management, business administration, finance, economics, or any other field determined by the Commissioner to demonstrate minimum competence in risk management.
(c)	Effective on the fifth January 1 occurring after the date of the enactment of this section [July 21, 2011] and each fifth January 1 occurring thereafter, the dollar amounts in sub‑sub‑subdivisions (b)(1)c.1., 2., 3., and 4. of this section shall be adjusted to reflect the percentage change for such five‑year period in the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the U.S. Department of Labor.  (2011‑120, s. 5; 2018‑120, s. 2.1(d).)

§ 58‑21‑17.  Placement with alien insurers.
Nothing in this Article prohibits a surplus lines licensee from placing surplus lines insurance with, or procuring surplus lines insurance from, a nonadmitted insurer domiciled outside the United States that is listed on the Quarterly Listing of Alien Insurers maintained by the International Insurers Department of the NAIC.  (2011‑120, s. 5.)

§ 58‑21‑20.  Eligible surplus lines insurer required.
(a)	A surplus lines licensee shall not place coverage with a nonadmitted insurer unless, at the time of placement, the surplus lines licensee has determined that the nonadmitted insurer satisfies the following:
(1)	Repealed by Session Laws 2011‑120, s. 6, effective July 21, 2011.
(2)	Qualifies under one of the following subdivisions:
a.	Has capital and surplus or its equivalent under the laws of its domiciliary jurisdiction, which equals the greater of either:
1.	This State's minimum capital and surplus requirements under G.S. 58‑7‑75.
2.	Fifteen million dollars ($15,000,000).
The requirements of this sub‑subdivision may be satisfied by an insurer's possessing less than the minimum capital and surplus upon an affirmative finding of acceptability by the Commissioner. The finding shall be based upon such factors as quality of management, capital and surplus of any parent company, company underwriting profit and investment income trends, market availability, and company record and reputation within the industry. In no event shall the Commissioner make an affirmative finding of acceptability when the nonadmitted insurer's capital and surplus is less than four million five hundred thousand dollars ($4,500,000).
b.	In the case of any Lloyd's plans or other similar group of insurers, which consists of unincorporated individual insurers, or a combination of both unincorporated and incorporated insurers, maintains a trust fund in an amount of not less than one hundred million dollars ($100,000,000) as security to the full amount thereof for all policyholders and creditors in the United States of each member of the group, and the trust shall likewise comply with the terms and conditions established in subdivision (2)a. of this section for alien insurers.
c.	In the case of an "insurance exchange" created by the laws of individual states, maintain capital and surplus, or the substantial equivalent thereof, of not less than seventy‑five million dollars ($75,000,000) in the aggregate. For insurance exchanges which maintain funds in an amount of not less than fifteen million dollars ($15,000,000) for the protection of all insurance exchange policyholders, each individual syndicate shall maintain minimum capital and surplus, or the substantial equivalent thereof, of not less than five million dollars ($5,000,000). If the insurance exchange does not maintain funds in an amount of not less than fifteen million dollars ($15,000,000) for the protection of all insurance exchange policyholders, each individual syndicate shall meet the minimum capital and surplus requirements of subdivision (2)a. of this section.
d.	In the case of a group of incorporated insurers under common administration, which has continuously transacted an insurance business outside the United States for at least three years immediately before this time, and which submits to this State's authority to examine its books and records and bears the expense of the examination, and maintains an aggregate policyholders' surplus of not less than ten billion dollars ($10,000,000,000), and maintains in trust a surplus of not less than one hundred million dollars ($100,000,000) for the benefit of United States surplus lines policyholders of any member of the group, and each insurer maintains capital and surplus of not less than twenty‑five million dollars ($25,000,000) per company.
(3)	Has caused to be provided to the Commissioner a copy of its current annual statement certified by such insurer; such statement to be provided no more than two months, and for alien insurers six months, after the close of the period reported upon and that is either:
a.	Filed with and approved by the regulatory authority in the domicile of the nonadmitted insurer; or
b.	Certified by an accounting or auditing firm licensed in the jurisdiction of the insurer's domicile; or
c.	In the case of an insurance exchange, the statement may be an aggregate combined statement of all underwriting syndicates operating during the period reported.
(a1)	A surplus lines licensee shall not place coverage with a nonadmitted domestic surplus lines insurer unless, at the time of placement, the surplus lines licensee has verified that the insurer is a nonadmitted domestic surplus lines insurer as defined in G.S. 58‑21‑10.
(b)	In addition to meeting the requirements in subdivisions (a)(1) through (a)(3) of this section, an insurer shall be an eligible surplus lines insurer if it appears on the most recent list of eligible surplus lines insurers published by the Commissioner. Nothing in this subsection shall require the Commissioner to place or maintain the name of any nonadmitted insurer on the list of eligible surplus lines insurers. There shall be no liability on the part of, and no cause of action of any nature shall arise against, the Commissioner or his employees or representatives for any action taken or not taken by them in the performance of their powers and duties under this subsection.
(c)	Every surplus lines insurer that applies for eligibility under this section shall pay a nonrefundable fee of five hundred dollars ($500.00). In order to renew eligibility, such insurer shall pay a nonrefundable renewal fee of one thousand dollars ($1,000) on or before January 1 of each year thereafter. Such fees shall not be prorated.  (1985, c. 688, s. 1; c. 793; 1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1027, s. 46; 1989 (Reg. Sess., 1990), c. 1069, s. 13; 1991, c. 681, s. 39; 1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 678, s. 15; 1995, c. 507, s. 11A(c); 2001‑223, s. 17.1; 2009‑451, s. 21.14(a); 2011‑120, s. 6; 2018‑120, s. 2.1(e).)

§ 58‑21‑21.  Nonadmitted domestic surplus lines insurer.
(a)	Notwithstanding any other law, a domestic insurer possessing minimum capital and surplus of at least fifteen million dollars ($15,000,000), pursuant to a resolution by its board of directors and on the written approval of the Commissioner, may be designated as a nonadmitted domestic surplus lines insurer.
(b)	A nonadmitted domestic surplus lines insurer shall only write surplus lines insurance in this State procured pursuant to the requirements of this Article. A nonadmitted domestic surplus lines insurer may write surplus lines insurance in any other jurisdiction in which the insurer is eligible to write surplus lines insurance if the nonadmitted domestic surplus lines insurer complies with any requirements of that jurisdiction.
(c)	Insurance written by a nonadmitted domestic surplus lines insurer is subject to the premium receipts tax required by G.S. 58‑21‑85.
(d)	For the purposes of the federal Nonadmitted and Reinsurance Act of 2010 (15 U.S.C. § 8206), a domestic nonadmitted surplus lines insurer shall be considered a nonadmitted insurer as the term is defined in the Act with respect to risks insured in this State.
(e)	Surplus lines insurance policies issued in this State by a nonadmitted domestic surplus lines insurer are not subject to the protection of or other provisions of Article 48 or 62 of this Chapter.
(f)	Surplus lines insurance policies issued in this State by a nonadmitted domestic surplus lines insurer are not subject to and are exempt from all statutory requirements relating to insurance rating and rating plans, policy forms, policy cancellation, and nonrenewal in the same manner and to the same extent as a surplus lines insurer domiciled in another state.
(g)	All financial and solvency requirements imposed upon domestic admitted insurers including the following, shall apply to nonadmitted domestic surplus lines insurers unless nonadmitted domestic surplus lines insurers are otherwise specifically exempted:

G.S. 58‑1‑5.	Definitions.
G.S. 58‑2‑125.	Authority over all insurance companies; no exemptions
	from license.
G.S. 58‑2‑131.	Examinations to be made; authority, scope, scheduling,
	and conduct of examinations.
G.S. 58‑2‑132.	Examination Reports.
G.S. 58‑2‑133.	Conflict of interest; cost of examinations; immunity from liability.
G.S. 58‑2‑134.	Cost of certain examinations.
G.S. 58‑2‑150.	Oath required for compliance with law.
G.S. 58‑2‑155.	Investigation of charges.
G.S. 58‑2‑160.	Reporting and investigation of insurance and reinsurance fraud
	and the financial condition of licensees; immunity from liability.
G.S. 58‑2‑162.	Embezzlement by insurance producers or administrators.
G.S. 58‑2‑165.	Annual, semiannual, monthly, or quarterly statements to be filed
	with Commissioner.
G.S. 58‑2‑185.	Record of business kept by companies and insurance producers;
	Commissioner may inspect.
G.S. 58‑2‑190.	Commissioner may require special reports.
G.S. 58‑2‑195.	Commissioner may require records, reports, etc., for agencies,
	insurance producers, and others.
G.S. 58‑2‑200.	Books and papers required to be exhibited.
G.S. 58‑7‑21.	Credit allowed a domestic ceding insurer.
G.S. 58‑7‑26.	Asset or reduction from liability for reinsurance ceded by a
	domestic insurer to an assuming insurer not meeting the
	requirements of G.S. 58‑7‑121.
G.S. 58‑7‑30.	Insolvent ceding insurer.
G.S. 58‑7‑31.	Life and health reinsurance agreements.
G.S. 58‑7‑46.	Notification to Commissioner for president or chief executive
	officer changes.
G.S. 58‑7‑73.	Dissolution of insurers.
G.S. 58‑7‑160.	Investments unlawfully acquired.
G.S. 58‑7‑162.	Allowed or admitted assets.
G.S. 58‑7‑163.	Assets not allowed.
G.S. 58‑7‑165.	Eligible investments.
G.S. 58‑7‑167.	General qualifications.
G.S. 58‑7‑168.	Authorization of investment.
G.S. 58‑7‑170.	Diversification.
G.S. 58‑7‑172.	Cash and deposits.
G.S. 58‑7‑173.	Permitted insurer investments.
G.S. 58‑7‑179.	Mortgage loans.
G.S. 58‑7‑180.	Chattel mortgages.
G.S. 58‑7‑183.	Special consent investments.
G.S. 58‑7‑185.	Prohibited investments and investment underwriting.
G.S. 58‑7‑188.	Time limit for disposal of ineligible property and securities; effect
	of failure to dispose.
G.S. 58‑7‑190.	Valuation of securities and investments.
G.S. 58‑7‑193.	Valuation of property.
G.S. 58‑7‑197.	Replacing certain assets; reporting certain liabilities.
G.S. 58‑7‑200.	Investment transactions.
G.S. 58‑7‑205.	Derivative transactions.
Part 7 of Article 10.	Risk Management and Own Risk and Solvency Assessment.
Article 12.	Risk‑Based Capital Requirements.
Article 13.	Asset Protection Act.
Article 19.	Insurance Holding Company System Regulatory Act.
Article 30.	Insurers Supervision, Rehabilitation, and Liquidation.  (2018‑120, s. 2.1(f); 2022‑46, s. 14(w).)

§ 58‑21‑22.  Limitation on amount of salary protection insurance.
When salary protection insurance benefits are payable to an individual or an individual's beneficiary, the amount of salary protection insurance plus the amount of any in‑force disability income insurance, if the individual can obtain disability insurance from an admitted insurer, shall not exceed seventy‑five percent (75%) of the individual's annual earned income. As used in this section, "disability income insurance" has the same meaning as "accident and health insurance" in G.S. 58‑7‑15(3).  (2011‑370, s. 2.)

§ 58‑21‑25.  Other nonadmitted insurers.
Only that portion of any risk eligible for export for which the full amount of coverage is not procurable from eligible surplus lines insurers may be placed with any other nonadmitted insurer that does not appear on the list of eligible surplus lines insurers published by the Commissioner pursuant to G.S. 58‑21‑20(b), but nonetheless meets the requirements set forth in G.S. 58‑21‑20(a)(1) through (a)(3) and any regulations of the Commissioner. The surplus lines licensee seeking to provide coverage through an unlisted nonadmitted insurer shall make a filing specifying the amount and percentage of each risk to be placed, and naming the nonadmitted insurer with which placement is intended. Within 30 days after the coverage has been placed, the producing broker or surplus lines licensee shall send written notice to the insured that the insurance, or a portion thereof, has been placed with such nonadmitted insurer. (1985, c. 688, s. 1.)

§ 58‑21‑30.  Withdrawal of eligibility from a surplus lines insurer.
If at any time the Commissioner has reason to believe that an eligible surplus lines insurer:
(1)	Is in unsound financial condition or has acted in an untrustworthy manner,
(2)	Is no longer eligible under G.S. 58‑21‑20,
(3)	Has willfully violated the laws of this State, or
(4)	Does not make reasonably prompt payment of just losses and claims in this State or elsewhere, the Commissioner may declare it ineligible. The Commissioner shall promptly mail notice of all such declarations to each surplus lines licensee. (1985, c. 688, s. 1; 2001‑223, s. 17.2.)

§ 58‑21‑35.  Duty to file and retain reports.
(a)	Within 30 days after the placing of any surplus lines insurance, the surplus lines licensee shall file with the Commissioner or the stamping office, as appropriate, a report in a format prescribed by the Commissioner regarding the insurance and including the following information:
(1)	The name of the insured.
(2)	The identity of the insurer or insurers.
(3)	A description of the subject and location of the risk.
(4)	The amount of premium charged for the insurance.
(5)	The amount of premium tax for the insurance.
(6)	The policy period.
(7)	The policy number.
(7a)	An acknowledged statement that the surplus lines licensee has complied with G.S. 58‑21‑15 or G.S. 58‑21‑16, whichever is applicable.
(8)	The name, address, telephone number, facsimile telephone number, and electronic mail address of the licensee, as applicable.
(9)	Any other relevant information the Commissioner may reasonably require.
(b)	The licensee shall complete and retain a copy of the report in paper or electronic form as required by the Commissioner. The report required by this section is not a public record under G.S. 132‑1 or G.S. 58‑2‑100.  (1985, c. 688, s. 1; 1987, c. 864, s. 35; 1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 678, s. 16; 1999‑219, s. 6.1; 2006‑105, s. 2.6; 2011‑120, s. 7; 2015‑101, s. 2; 2019‑179, s. 2(a).)

§ 58‑21‑40.  Surplus lines regulatory support organization.
(a)	The North Carolina Surplus Lines Association (NCSLA) shall serve as the regulatory support organization of surplus lines licensees and shall carry out the following functions:
(1)	Facilitate and encourage compliance by resident and nonresident surplus lines licensees with the laws of this State and the rules and regulations of the Commissioner relative to surplus lines insurance.
(2)	Communicate with organizations of admitted insurers with respect to the proper use of the surplus lines market.
(3)	Receive and disseminate to surplus lines licensees information about surplus lines insurance, including, without limitation, new electronic filing procedures approved by the Commissioner, changes in the list of eligible surplus lines insurers, and modifications in coverages, procedures, and requirements as may be requested by the Commissioner.
(4)	Establish and operate a stamping office to process all surplus lines insurance and remit premium taxes for those coverages under G.S. 58‑21‑85 by means satisfactory to the Commissioner, and charge surplus lines licensees a fee for such processing.
(b)	The NCSLA shall file with the Commissioner all of the following:
(1)	A copy of its constitution, articles of agreement or association, or certificate of incorporation.
(2)	A copy of its bylaws and rules governing its activities.
(3)	Repealed by Session Laws 2019‑179, s. 2(b), effective July 26, 2019.
(4)	The name and address of a resident of this State upon whom notices or orders of the Commissioner or processes issued at his direction may be served.
(5)	An agreement that the Commissioner may examine the NCSLA in accordance with subsection (c) of this section.
(c)	The Commissioner may, at times deemed appropriate, make or cause to be made an examination of the NCSLA in which case the provisions of G.S. 58‑2‑131, 58‑2‑132, 58‑2‑133, 58‑2‑134, 58‑2‑150, 58‑2‑155, 58‑2‑180, 58‑2‑185, 58‑2‑190, 58‑2‑195, and 58‑2‑200 shall apply. If the Commissioner finds the NCSLA or any surplus lines licensee to be in violation of this Article, the Commissioner may issue an order requiring the discontinuance of the violation.
(d)	Each surplus lines licensee shall maintain active membership in the NCSLA as a condition of continued licensure under this Article.  (1985, c. 688, s. 1; 1987 (Reg. Sess., 1988), c. 975, s. 13; 1995, c. 193, s. 28; 1999‑132, s. 11.3; 2001‑203, s. 28; 2001‑451, ss. 2.1, 2.2; 2001‑487, s. 63; 2015‑101, s. 3; 2018‑120, s. 2.1(g); 2019‑179, s. 2(b).)

§ 58‑21‑45.  Evidence of the insurance; changes; penalty.
(a)	As soon as surplus lines insurance has been placed, the producing broker or surplus lines licensee shall promptly deliver the policy to the insured. If the policy is not then available, the broker or licensee shall promptly deliver to the insured a certificate described in subsection (d) of this section, cover note, binder, or other evidence of insurance. The certificate described in subsection (d), cover note, binder, or other evidence of insurance shall be executed by the surplus lines licensee and shall show the description and location of the subject of the insurance, coverages including any material limitations other than those in standard forms, a general description of the coverages of the insurance, the premium and rate charged and taxes to be collected from the insured, and the name and address of the insured and surplus lines insurer or insurers and proportion of the entire risk assumed by each, and the name of the surplus lines licensee and the licensee's license number.
(b)	No producing broker or surplus lines licensee shall issue or deliver any evidence of insurance or purport to insure or represent that insurance will be or has been written by any eligible surplus lines insurer, or a nonadmitted insurer pursuant to G.S. 58‑21‑25, unless he has authority from the insurer to cause the risk to be insured, or has received information from the insurer in the regular course of business that such insurance has been granted.
(c)	If, after delivery of any such evidence of insurance there is any change in the identity of the insurers, or the proportion of the risk assumed by any insurer, or any other material change in coverage as stated in the producing broker's or surplus lines licensee's original evidence of insurance, or in any other material as to the insurance coverage so evidenced, the producing broker or surplus lines licensee shall promptly issue and deliver to the insured an appropriate substitute for or endorsement of the original document, accurately showing the current status of the coverage and the insurers responsible thereunder.
(d)	As soon as reasonably possible after the placement of any such insurance the producing broker or surplus lines licensee shall deliver a copy of the policy or, if not available, a certificate of insurance to the insured to replace any evidence of insurance previously issued. Each certificate or policy of insurance shall contain or have attached thereto a complete record of all policy insuring agreements, conditions, exclusions, clauses, endorsements, or any other material facts that would regularly be included in the policy.
(e)	Any surplus lines licensee or producing broker who fails to comply with the requirements of this section shall be subject to the penalties provided in G.S. 58‑21‑105.
(f)	Every evidence of insurance negotiated, placed, or procured under the provisions of this Article issued by the surplus lines licensee shall bear the name of the licensee and one of the following legends, whichever is applicable, in 12 point type and in contrasting color or in 12 point type and underlined and in bold print:
(1)	For nonadmitted insurers: "The insurance company with which this coverage has been placed is not licensed by the State of North Carolina and is not subject to its supervision. In the event of the insolvency of the insurance company, losses under this policy will not be paid by any State insurance guaranty or solvency fund."
(2)	For nonadmitted domestic surplus lines insurers: "The insurance company with which this coverage has been placed is domiciled and authorized by the State of North Carolina and is subject to its supervision. However, in the event of the insolvency of the insurance company, losses under this policy will not be paid by any State insurance guaranty or solvency fund."  (1985, c. 688, s. 1; 2006‑105, s. 2.7; 2018‑120, s. 2.1(h).)

§ 58‑21‑50.  Duty to notify insured.
No contract of insurance placed by a surplus lines licensee under this Article shall be binding upon the insured and no premium charged therefor shall be due and payable until the producing broker or surplus lines licensee notifies the insured in writing, a copy of which shall be maintained by the broker or licensee with the records of the contract and available for possible examination, that:
(1)	For surplus lines insurers that are not a nonadmitted domestic surplus lines insurer, the insurer with which the coverage has been placed is not licensed by this State and is not subject to its supervision and in the event the insurer who issued this policy becomes insolvent, losses will not be paid by any State guaranty or solvency fund.
(2)	For nonadmitted domestic surplus lines insurers, in the event of the insolvency of the surplus lines insurer with which the coverage has been placed, losses will not be paid by any State insurance guaranty or solvency fund.
Nothing in this section shall nullify any agreement by any insurer to provide insurance.  (1985, c. 688, s. 1; 2018‑120, s. 2.1(i).)

§ 58‑21‑55.  Valid surplus lines insurance.
Insurance contracts procured under this Article shall be valid and enforceable as to all parties. (1985, c. 688, s. 1.)

§ 58‑21‑60.  Effect of payment to surplus lines licensee.
A payment of premium to a surplus lines licensee acting for a person other than himself in negotiating, continuing, or reviewing any policy of insurance under this Article shall be deemed to be payment to the insurer, notwithstanding any conditions or stipulations inserted in the policy or contract. (1985, c. 688, s. 1.)

§ 58‑21‑65.  Licensing of surplus lines license.
(a)	For insureds whose home state is this State, no insurance producer licensed by the Commissioner shall directly procure any contract of surplus lines insurance with any nonadmitted domestic surplus lines insurer or nonadmitted insurer, unless he possesses a current surplus lines insurance license issued by the Commissioner.
(b)	The Commissioner shall issue a surplus lines license to any qualified holder of a current insurance producer license with property and casualty lines of authority, but only when the agent has done all of the following:
(1)	Remitted the fifty dollars ($50.00) annual fee to the Commissioner.
(2)	Submitted a completed license application on a form supplied by the Commissioner, and the application has been approved by the Commissioner.
(3)	Passed a qualifying examination approved by the Commissioner; except that all holders of a license prior to July 11, 1985 shall be deemed to have passed such an examination.
(4)	Repealed by Session Laws 2004‑199, s. 20(c), effective August 17, 2004.
(c)	Corporations shall be eligible to be surplus lines licensees, upon the following conditions:
(1)	The corporate licensee shall list individuals within the corporation who have satisfied all requirements of this Article to become surplus lines licensees; and
(2)	Only those individuals listed on the corporate license and who are surplus lines licensees shall transact surplus lines business.
(d)	Each surplus lines license shall be issued on September 1 of each year and expire August 31 of the following year unless renewed. Application for renewal shall be made 30 days before the expiration date. The license shall be renewed upon payment of the annual license fee and compliance with the other applicable provisions of this section. Any person who places surplus lines insurance without a valid surplus lines license in effect shall pay a penalty of one thousand dollars ($1,000) and be subject to such other penalties as provided by law.
The clear proceeds of civil penalties provided for in this subsection shall be remitted to the Civil Penalty and Forfeiture Fund in accordance with G.S. 115C‑457.2.
(e)	Any person who does not renew a surplus lines license and applies for another surplus lines license more than two years after the expiration date of the previous license shall be required to satisfy every condition in this section, including the written exam, before the Commissioner issues another surplus lines license to that person.
(f)	Repealed by Session Laws 2011‑120, s. 8, effective July 21, 2011.  (1985, c. 688, s. 1; 1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 928, s. 6; c. 1013, ss. 4, 16; 1987, c. 629, s. 18; c. 752, s. 6; 1987 (Reg. Sess., 1988), c. 975, s. 14; 1991, c. 212, s. 1; c. 644, s. 41; 1998‑215, s. 85; 2004‑199, s. 20(c); 2008‑124, s. 10.2; 2009‑566, s. 11; 2011‑120, s. 8; 2015‑101, s. 4; 2015‑281, s. 14; 2018‑120, s. 2.1(j); 2022‑46, s. 14(x).)

§ 58‑21‑70.  Surplus lines licensees may accept business from other agents or brokers.
(a)	A surplus lines licensee may originate surplus lines insurance or accept such insurance from any other duly licensed insurance producer, and the surplus lines licensee may compensate such insurance producer therefor.
(b), (c)	Repealed by Session Laws 2015‑101 s. 5, effective January 1, 2017.  (1985, c. 688, s. 1; 2001‑451, s. 2; 2015‑101, s. 5; 2015‑281, s. 14; 2022‑46, s. 14(y).)

§ 58‑21‑75.  Records of surplus lines licensee.
Each surplus lines licensee shall keep in his or her office a full and true record of each surplus lines insurance contract placed by or through the licensee, including a copy of the policy, certificate, cover note, or other evidence of insurance. The record shall include the following items:
(1)	Amount of the insurance and perils insured;
(2)	Brief description of the property insured and its location;
(3)	Gross premium charged;
(4)	Any return premium paid;
(5)	Rate of premium charged upon the several items of property;
(6)	Effective date of the contract, and the terms of the contract;
(7)	Name and address of the insured;
(8)	Name and address of the insurer;
(9)	Amount of tax and other sums to be collected from the insured;
(10)	Identity of the producing broker, any confirming correspondence from the insurer or its representative, and the application; and
(11)	Copy of the compliance agreement.
The record of each contract shall be kept open at all reasonable times to examination by the Commissioner without notice for a period not less than five years following termination of the contract.  (1985, c. 688, s. 1; 1991, c. 644, s. 42; 2018‑120, s. 2.1(k); 2019‑179, s. 2(c).)

§ 58‑21‑80.  Repealed by Session Laws 2019‑179, s. 2(d), effective July 26, 2019.

§ 58‑21‑85.  Surplus lines tax.
(a)	Gross premiums charged, less any return premiums, for surplus lines insurance on insureds for whom North Carolina is the home state are subject to a premium receipts tax of five percent (5%), which shall be collected in a manner approved by the Commissioner, in addition to the full amount of the gross premium charged by the insurer for the insurance. The tax on any portion of the premium unearned at termination of insurance having been credited by the State to the licensee shall be returned by the licensee directly to the policyholder. The surplus lines licensee is prohibited from absorbing such tax and from rebating for any reason, any part of such tax. To the extent that other states in which portions of the properties, risks, or exposures reside have failed to enter into a compact or reciprocal allocation procedure with this State, the premium tax collected shall be retained by this State.
(b)	At the same time that he files his quarterly report as set forth in G.S. 58‑21‑80, each surplus lines licensee shall pay the premium receipts tax due for the period covered by the report.
(c)	This section does not apply to risks of State government agencies nor to risks of local government risk pools created and operating under Article 23 of this Chapter.
(d)	The surplus lines licensee placing the insurance and claiming the exemption in subsection (c) of this section shall affirmatively show in writing to the Commissioner that the risk qualifies for the exemption.  (1985, c. 688, s. 1; 1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 928, s. 11; 1987, c. 727, ss. 2, 3; c. 864, s. 37; 2011‑120, s. 9; 2015‑101, s. 6; 2015‑281, s. 14; 2018‑120, s. 2.1(l).)

§ 58‑21‑90.  Collection of tax.
All provisions of Chapter 105 of the General Statutes, not inconsistent with this Article, relating to administration, auditing and making returns, the imposition and collection of tax and the lien thereon, assessments, refunds, and penalties, shall be applicable to the tax imposed by this Article; and with respect thereto, the Commissioner has the same power and authority as is given to the Secretary of Revenue under the provisions of Chapter 105 of the General Statutes. (1985, c. 688, s. 1; 1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 928, s. 7.)

§ 58‑21‑95.  Suspension, revocation or nonrenewal of surplus lines licensee's license.
The Commissioner may suspend, revoke, or refuse to renew the license of a surplus lines licensee after notice and hearing as provided under G.S. 58‑2‑70 upon any one or more of the following grounds:
(1)	Repealed by Session Laws 2019‑179, s. 2(e), effective July 26, 2019.
(2)	Removal of the surplus lines licensee's office accounts and records during the period during which such accounts and records are required to be maintained under G.S. 58‑21‑75;
(3)	Closing of the surplus lines licensee's office for a period of more than 30 business days, unless permission is granted by the Commissioner;
(4)	Failure to make and file required reports;
(5)	Failure to transmit the required tax on surplus lines premiums;
(6)	Failure to pay the stamping fee to the stamping office;
(7)	Violation of any provision of this Article; or
(8)	For any other cause for which an insurance license could be denied, revoked, suspended, or renewal refused under the Insurance Law.  (1985, c. 688, s. 1; 2019‑179, s. 2(e).)

§ 58‑21‑100.  Actions against surplus lines insurer; service of process.
(a)	A surplus lines insurer may be sued upon any cause of action arising in this State, under any surplus lines insurance contract made by it or evidence of insurance issued or delivered by the surplus lines licensee, pursuant to the procedure provided in G.S. 58‑16‑30.  Any such policy issued by the surplus lines licensee shall contain a provision stating the substance of this section and designating the person to whom the Commissioner shall mail process.
(b)	Each surplus lines insurer engaging in surplus lines insurance shall be deemed thereby to have subjected itself to this Article.
(c)	The remedies and procedures provided in this section are in addition to any other methods provided by law for service of process upon insurers. (1985, c. 688, s. 1; 1991, c. 720, s. 43.)

§ 58‑21‑105.  Penalties.
(a)	Any surplus lines licensee who in this State represents or aids a nonadmitted domestic surplus lines insurer or a nonadmitted insurer in violation of this Article shall be guilty of a Class 1 misdemeanor.
(b)	In addition to any other penalty provided for in this section or otherwise provided by law, including any suspension, revocation, or refusal to renew a license, any person violating any provision of this Article shall be subject to a civil penalty, payment of restitution, or both, in accordance with G.S. 58‑2‑70.  (1985, c. 688, s. 1; 1993, c. 539, s. 450; 1994, Ex. Sess., c. 24, s. 14(c); 2018‑120, s. 2.1(m).)

Article 22.
Liability Risk Retention.
§ 58‑22‑1.  Purpose.
The purpose of this Article is to regulate the formation and operation of risk retention and purchasing groups in this State that are formed pursuant to the provisions of the Product Liability Risk Retention Act of 1981, as amended by the Risk Retention Amendments of 1986 (15 U.S.C. §3901 et seq.). (1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1013, s. 8; 1987, c. 310, s. 1.)

§ 58‑22‑5:  Reserved for future codification purposes.

§ 58‑22‑10.  Definitions.
As used in this Article:
(1)	"Completed operations liability" means liability arising out of the installation, maintenance, or repair of any product at a site that is not owned or controlled by:
a.	Any person who performs that work; or
b.	Any person who hires an independent contractor to perform that work;
but includes liability for activities that are completed or abandoned before the date of the occurrence giving rise to the liability.
(2)	"Domicile", for purposes of determining the state in which a purchasing group is domiciled, means:
a.	For a corporation, the state in which the purchasing group is incorporated; and
b.	For an unincorporated entity, the state of its principal place of business.
(3)	"Hazardous financial condition" means that, based on its present or reasonably anticipated financial condition, a risk retention group is insolvent or, although not yet financially impaired or insolvent, is unlikely to be able:
a.	To meet obligations to policyholders with respect to known claims and reasonably anticipated claims; or
b.	To pay other obligations in the normal course of business.
(4)	"Insurance" means primary insurance, excess insurance, reinsurance, surplus lines insurance, and any other arrangement for shifting and distributing risk that is determined to be insurance under the laws of this State.
(5)	"Liability" means legal liability for damages, including costs of defense, legal costs and fees, and other claims expenses, because of injuries to other persons, damage to their property, or other damage or loss to such other persons resulting from or arising out of any profit or nonprofit business, trade, product, professional or other services, premises, or operations; or any activity of any state or local government, or any agency or political subdivision thereof. Liability does not include personal risk liability or an employer's liability with respect to its employees other than legal liability under the Federal Employers' Liability Act (45 U.S.C. § 51 et seq.).
(6)	"Personal risk liability" means liability for damage because of injury to any person, damage to property, or other loss or damage resulting from any personal, familial, or household responsibilities or activities. Personal risk liability does not include liability as defined in subdivision (5) of this section.
(7)	"Plan of operation" or "feasibility study" means an analysis that presents the expected activities and results of a risk retention group including, at a minimum:
a.	For each state in which the group intends to do business, the coverages, deductibles, coverage limits, rates, and rating classification systems for each kind of insurance the group intends to offer;
b.	Historical and expected loss experience of the proposed members and national experience of similar exposures;
c.	Prospective financial statements and projections;
d.	Appropriate opinions by a qualified, independent casualty actuary, including a determination of minimum premium or participation levels required to commence operations and to prevent a hazardous financial condition;
e.	Identification of management, underwriting and claim procedures, marketing methods, managerial oversight methods, reinsurance agreements, and investment policies;
f.	Identification of each state in which the group has obtained, or sought to obtain, a charter and license, and a description of its status in each such state;
g.	Information sufficient to verify that the group's members are engaged in businesses or activities similar or related with respect to the liability to which those members are exposed by virtue of any related, similar, or common business, trade, product, services, premises, or operations; and
h.	Such other matters that are prescribed by the Commissioner for liability insurance companies authorized by this Chapter.
(8)	"Product liability" means liability for damages because of any personal injury, death, emotional harm, consequential economic damage, or property damage, including damages resulting from the loss of use of property, arising out of the manufacture, design, importation, distribution, packaging, labeling, lease, or sale of a product; but does not include the liability of any person for those damages if the product involved was in the possession of such person when the incident giving rise to the claim occurred.
(9)	"Purchasing group" means any group that:
a.	Has as one of its purposes the purchase of liability insurance on a group basis;
b.	Purchases such insurance only for its group members and only to cover their similar or related liability exposure, as described in sub‑subdivision c. of this subdivision;
c.	Is composed of members whose businesses or activities are similar or related with respect to the liability to which the members are exposed by virtue of any related, similar, or common business, trade, product, services, premises, or operations; and
d.	Is domiciled in any state.
(10)	"Risk retention group" means any corporation or other limited liability association:
a.	Whose primary activity consists of assuming and spreading all or any portion of the liability exposure of its group members;
b.	That is organized for the primary purpose of conducting the activity described under sub‑subdivision a. of this subdivision;
c.	That
1.	Is chartered and licensed as a liability insurance company and authorized to engage in the business of insurance under the laws of any state; or
2.	Before January 1, 1985, was chartered or licensed and authorized to engage in the business of insurance under the laws of Bermuda or the Cayman Islands and, before that date, had certified to the insurance regulator of at least one state that it satisfied the capitalization requirements of such state; except that any such group shall be considered to be a risk retention group only if it has been engaged in business continuously since that date and only for the purpose of continuing to provide insurance to cover product liability or completed operations liability, as such terms were defined in the Product Liability Risk Retention Act of 1981 before the effective date of the Risk Retention Act of 1986;
d.	That does not exclude any person from membership in the group solely to provide for members of such a group a competitive advantage over such person;
e.	That
1.	Has as it [its] owners only persons who comprise the membership of the risk retention group and who are provided insurance by such group; or
2.	Has as its sole owner an organization that meets all of the following:
I.	Its members are only persons who comprise the membership of the risk retention group; and
II.	Its owners are only persons who comprise the membership of the risk retention group and who are provided insurance by such group;
f.	Whose members are engaged in businesses or activities similar or related with respect to the liability of which such members are exposed by virtue of any related, similar, or common business trade, product, services, premises, or operations;
g.	Whose activities do not include the provision of insurance other than:
1.	Liability insurance for assuming and spreading all or any portion of the similar or related liability exposure of its group members; and
2.	Reinsurance with respect to the similar or related liability exposure of any other risk retention group, or any member of such other group, that is engaged in businesses or activities so that such group or member meets the requirement described in sub‑subdivision f. of this subdivision from membership in the risk retention group that provides such reinsurance; and
h.	The name of which includes the phrase "Risk Retention Group".  (1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1013, s. 8; 1987, c. 310, s. 1; 1993, c. 452, s. 35; 2001‑223, s. 18; 2011‑120, s. 10.)

§ 58‑22‑15.  Risk retention groups chartered in this State.
(a)	General Requirements. – A risk retention group shall, pursuant to the provisions of Part 9 of Article 10 of this Chapter, be chartered and licensed to write only liability insurance pursuant to this Article and, except as provided elsewhere in this Article, must comply with all of the laws and rules applicable to such insurers chartered and licensed in this State and with G.S. 58‑22‑20 to the extent such requirements are not a limitation on laws, administrative rules, or requirements of this State.
(b)	Plan of Operation. – Before it may offer insurance in any state, each risk retention group shall also submit for approval to the Commissioner of this State a plan of operation or feasibility study. The Commissioner may limit the net amount of risk retained by a risk retention group for any individual risk. The risk retention group shall submit an appropriate revision in the event of any subsequent material change in any item of the plan of operation or feasibility study, within 10 days after any such change. The group shall not offer any additional kinds of liability insurance, in this State or in any other state, until a revision of such plan or study is approved by the Commissioner.
(c)	Required Information. – At the time of filing its application for a charter, the risk retention group shall provide to the Commissioner in summary form the following information: the identity of the initial members of the group, the identity of those individuals who organized the group or who will provide administrative services or otherwise influence or control the activities of the group, the amount and nature of initial capitalization, the coverages to be afforded, and the states in which the group intends to operate. Upon receipt of this information, the Commissioner shall forward such information to the NAIC. Providing notification to the NAIC is in addition to and shall not be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of G.S. 58‑22‑20 or any other sections of this Article.
(d)	Governance Standards. – Risk retention groups shall comply with the following governance standards:
(1)	Board of directors. – The following standards apply to the board of directors of the risk retention group:
a.	Definitions. – The following definitions apply in this subdivision:
1.	Board of directors or board. – The governing body of the risk retention group elected by the shareholders or members to establish policy, elect or appoint officers and committees, and make other governing decisions.
2.	Director. – A natural person designated in the articles of the risk retention group, or designated, elected, or appointed by any other manner, name, or title to act as a director.
b.	Independent directors. – The board of directors of the risk retention group shall have a majority of independent directors. If the risk retention group is a reciprocal, then the attorney‑in‑fact would be required to adhere to the same standards regarding independence of operation and governance as imposed on the risk retention group's board of directors or subscribers advisory committee under these standards; and, to the extent permissible under State law, service providers of a reciprocal risk retention group should contract with the risk retention group and not the attorney‑in‑fact.
c.	Determination of independence. – No director qualifies as independent unless the board of directors affirmatively determines that the director has no material relationship, as partially specified in sub‑subdivision d. of this subdivision, with the risk retention group. Each risk retention group shall disclose these determinations to the Commissioner at least annually. For the purpose of this subdivision, any person that is a direct or indirect owner of or subscriber in the risk retention group (or is an officer, director, or employee of such an owner and insured, unless some other position of such officer, director, or employee constitutes a material relationship), as contemplated by Section 3901(a)(4)(E)(ii) of the federal Liability Risk Retention Act, is considered to be "independent."
d.	Material relationship. – "Material relationship" of a person with the risk retention group includes, but is not limited to, the following:
1.	The receipt in any one 12‑month period of compensation or payment of any other item of value by such person, a member of such person's immediate family, or any business with which such person is affiliated from the risk retention group or a consultant or service provider to the risk retention group is greater than or equal to five percent (5%) of the risk retention group's gross written premium for such 12‑month period or two percent (2%) of its surplus, whichever is greater, as measured at the end of any fiscal quarter falling in such a 12‑month period. Such person or immediate family member of such person is not independent until one year after his/her compensation from the risk retention group falls below the threshold.
2.	A relationship with an auditor as follows: a director or an immediate family member of a director who is affiliated with or employed in a professional capacity by a present or former internal or external auditor of the risk retention group is not independent until one year after the end of the affiliation, employment, or auditing relationship.
3.	A relationship with a related entity as follows: a director or immediate family member of a director who is employed as an executive officer of another company where any of the risk retention group's present executives serve on that other company's board of directors is not independent until one year after the end of such service or the employment relationship.
(2)	Service provider contracts. –
a.	The term of any material service provider contract with the risk retention group shall not exceed five years. Any such contract, or its renewal, shall require the approval of the majority of the risk retention group's independent directors. The risk retention group's board of directors shall have the right to terminate any service provider, audit, or actuarial contracts at any time for cause after providing adequate notice as defined in the contract. The service provider contract is deemed material if the amount to be paid for such contract is more than or equal to the greater of five percent (5%) of the risk retention group's annual gross written premium or two percent (2%) of its surplus.
b.	For purposes of this standard, "service providers" shall include captive managers, auditors, accountants, actuaries, investment advisors, lawyers, managing general underwriters, or other party responsible for underwriting, determination of rates, collection of premium, adjusting and settling claims, or the preparation of financial statements. Any reference to "lawyers" in the prior sentence of this sub‑subdivision does not include defense counsel retained by the risk retention group to defend claims, unless the amount of fees paid to such lawyers are "material" under the standard set forth in this subdivision for a service provider contract.
c.	No service provider contract shall be entered into with a person meeting the definition of "material relationship" contained in sub‑subdivision (1)d. of this subsection unless the risk retention group has notified the Commissioner in writing of its intention to enter into such transaction at least 30 days prior thereto and the Commissioner has not disapproved it within such period.
(3)	Written policy. – The risk retention group's board of directors shall adopt a written policy in the plan of operation as approved by the board that requires the board to do all of the following:
a.	Assure that all owner/insureds of the risk retention group receive evidence of ownership interest.
b.	Develop a set of governance standards applicable to the risk retention group.
c.	Oversee the evaluation of the risk retention group's management including, but not limited to, the performance of the captive manager, managing general underwriter, or other party or parties responsible for underwriting, determination of rates, collection of premium, adjusting or settling claims, or the preparation of financial statements.
d.	Review and approve the amount to be paid for all material service providers.
e.	Review and approve, at least annually, all of the following:
1.	Risk retention group's goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of officers and service providers.
2.	The officers' and service providers' performance in light of those goals and objectives.
3.	The continued engagement of the officers and material service providers.
(4)	Governance standards. – The board of directors shall adopt and disclose governance standards. For purposes of this subdivision, "disclose" means making such information available through electronic or other means, such as posting on the risk retention group's Web site, and providing such information to members or insureds upon request. The standards to be disclosed shall include all of the following:
a.	A process by which the directors are elected by the owner/insureds.
b.	Director qualification standards.
c.	Director responsibilities.
d.	Director access to management and, as necessary and appropriate, independent advisors.
e.	Director compensation.
f.	Director orientation and continuing education.
g.	The policies and procedures that are followed for management succession.
h.	The policies and procedures that are followed for annual performance evaluation of the board.
(5)	Business conduct and ethics. – The board of directors shall adopt and disclose a code of business conduct and ethics for directors, officers, and employees and promptly disclose to the board of directors any waivers of the code for directors or executive officers. The code of business conduct and ethics shall include the following topics:
a.	Conflicts of interest.
b.	Matters covered under the corporate opportunities doctrine as that doctrine has been interpreted by the courts of this State.
c.	Confidentiality.
d.	Fair dealing.
e.	Protection and proper use of risk retention group assets.
f.	Duty of compliance with all applicable laws, rules, and regulations.
g.	A requirement to report any illegal or unethical behavior which affects the operation of the risk retention group.
(6)	Reporting noncompliance. – The captive manager or the president or chief executive officer of the risk retention group shall promptly notify the Commissioner in writing if either becomes aware of any material noncompliance with the governance standards set forth in this subsection.  (1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1013, s. 8; 1987, c. 310, s. 1; c. 727, s. 13; 1993, c. 452, s. 36; 1995 (Reg. Sess., 1996), c. 747, s. 8; 2013‑116, s. 2; 2014‑65, s. 22; 2015‑146, s. 3.)

§ 58‑22‑20.  Risk retention groups not chartered in this State.
Risk retention groups that have been chartered in states other than this State and that seek to do business as risk retention groups in this state must observe and abide by the laws of this State as follows:
(1)	Notice of Operations and Designation of Commissioner as Agent. – Before offering insurance in this State, a risk retention group shall submit to the Commissioner:
a.	A statement identifying the state or states in which the risk retention group is chartered and licensed as a liability insurance company, date of chartering, its principal place of business, and such other information including information on its membership, as the Commissioner may require to verify that the risk retention group is qualified under G.S. 58‑22‑10(10);
b.	A copy of its plan of operations or a feasibility study and revisions of such plan or study submitted to its state of domicile; provided, however, that the provision relating to the submission of a plan of operation or a feasibility study shall not apply with respect to any line or classification of liability insurance that (i) was defined in the Product Liability Risk Retention Act of 1981 before October 27, 1986, and (ii) was offered before that date by any risk retention group that had been chartered and operating for not less than three years before that date;
c.	The risk retention group shall submit a copy of any revision to its plan of operation or feasibility study required by G.S. 58‑22‑15(b) at the same time that such revision is submitted to the Commissioner of its chartering state; and
d.	A statement of registration that designates the Commissioner as its agent for the purpose of receiving service of legal process.
(2)	Financial Condition. – A risk retention group doing business in this State shall file with the Commissioner:
a.	A copy of the group's financial statement submitted to its state of domicile, which shall be certified by an independent public accountant and contain a statement of opinion on loss and loss adjustment expense reserves made by a member of the American Academy of Actuaries or a qualified loss reserve specialist, under criteria established by the NAIC or by the Commissioner;
b.	A copy of each examination of the risk retention group as certified by the State insurance regulator or public official conducting the examination;
c.	Upon request by the Commissioner, a copy of any audit performed with respect to the risk retention group; and
d.	Such information as may be required to verify its continuing qualification as a risk retention group under G.S. 58‑22‑10(10).
(3)	Taxation. –
a.	All premiums paid for coverages within this State to risk retention groups shall be subject to taxation at the same rate and subject to the same payment procedures and to the same interest, fines, and penalties for nonpayment as those applicable to surplus lines insurance under Article 21 of this Chapter. Premiums paid by purchasing groups are, however, taxed as provided in G.S. 58‑22‑35(b).
b.	To the extent licensed insurance producers are utilized pursuant to G.S. 58‑22‑60, they shall report and pay the taxes for the premiums for risks that they have placed with or on behalf of a risk retention group not chartered in this State. Such insurance producer shall keep a complete and separate record of all policies procured from each such risk retention group, which record shall be open to examination by the Commissioner, as provided in G.S. 58‑2‑185. These records shall, for each policy and each kind of insurance provided thereunder, include the following:
1.	The limit of liability;
2.	The time period covered;
3.	The effective date;
4.	The name of the risk retention group that issued the policy;
5.	The gross premium charged; and
6.	The amount of return premiums, if any.
c.	To the extent that insurance producers are not utilized or fail to pay the tax, each risk retention group shall pay the tax for risks insured within the State. Each risk retention group shall report to the Commissioner all premiums paid to it for risks insured within the State.
(4)	Compliance With Unfair Claims Settlement Practices Law. – A risk retention group and its agents and representatives shall comply with G.S. 58‑3‑100(a)(5) and G.S. 58‑63‑15(11).
(5)	Deceptive, False, or Fraudulent Practices. – A risk retention group shall comply with the provisions of Article 63 of this Chapter and Chapter 75 of the General Statutes regarding deceptive, false, or fraudulent acts or practices.
(6)	Examination Regarding Financial Condition. – A risk retention group must submit to an examination by the Commissioner to determine its financial condition if the insurance regulator of the jurisdiction in which the group is chartered has not initiated an examination or does not initiate an examination within 60 days after a request by the Commissioner. This examination shall be coordinated to avoid unjustified repetition and conducted in an expeditious manner and in accordance with the Examiner Handbook of the NAIC.
(7)	Notice to Purchasers. – Any policy issued by a risk retention group shall contain in 10 point type and contrasting color on the front page and the declaration page, the following notice:
	"NOTICE
	
	This policy is issued by your risk retention group. Your risk retention group is not subject to all of the insurance laws and regulations of your state. In the event of the insolvency of your risk retention group, losses under this policy will not be paid by any insurance insolvency or guaranty fund in this State."
(8)	Prohibited Acts Regarding Solicitation or Sale. – The following acts by a risk retention group are prohibited:
a.	The solicitation or sale of insurance by a risk retention group to any person who is not eligible for membership in such group; and
b.	The solicitation or sale of insurance by, or operation of, a risk retention group that is in a hazardous financial condition or is financially impaired.
(9)	Prohibition of Ownership By An Insurance Company. – No risk retention group shall be allowed to do business in this State if an insurance company is directly or indirectly a member or owner of such risk retention group, other than in the case of a risk retention group all of whose members are insurance companies.
(10)	Prohibited Coverage. – No risk retention group may offer insurance policy coverage prohibited or not authorized by this Chapter or declared unlawful by the appellate courts of this State.
(11)	Delinquency Proceedings. – A risk retention group not chartered in this State and doing business in this State must comply with a lawful order issued in a voluntary dissolution proceeding or in a delinquency proceeding commenced by a state insurance commissioner if there has been a finding of financial impairment after an examination under G.S. 58‑22‑20(6).
(12)	Penalties. – A risk retention group that violates any provision of this Article is subject to G.S. 58‑2‑70.  (1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1013, s. 8; 1987, c. 310, s. 1; c. 727, ss. 1, 2; 1993, c. 452, s. 37; 1995 (Reg. Sess., 1996), c. 747, s. 9; 2004‑199, s. 20(d); 2022‑46, s. 14(z).)

§ 58‑22‑25.  Compulsory association.
(a)	No risk retention group is required to join or contribute financially to any insurance insolvency or guaranty fund or similar mechanism in this State; nor shall any risk retention group or its insureds receive any benefit from any such fund for claims arising out of the operations of such risk retention group.
(b)	A risk retention group may be required to participate in residual market mechanisms under Articles 37 and 42 of this Chapter. (1987, c. 310.)

§ 58‑22‑30.  Countersignature not required.
A policy of insurance issued to a risk retention group or any member of that group is not required to be countersigned as otherwise provided in Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter. (1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1013, s. 8; 1987, c. 310.)

§ 58‑22‑35.  Purchasing groups; exemption from certain laws relating to the group purchase of insurance.
(a)	Any purchasing group meeting the criteria established under the provisions of 15 U.S.C. § 3901 et seq. is exempt from any law of this State relating to the creation of groups for the purchase of insurance, prohibition of group purchasing, or any law that discriminates against a purchasing group or its members. In addition, an insurer is exempt from any law of this State that prohibits providing, or offering to provide, to a purchasing group or its members, advantages based on their loss and expense experience not afforded to other persons with respect to rates, policy forms, coverages, or other matters. A purchasing group is subject to all other applicable laws of this State.
(b)	Taxes on premiums paid for coverage of risks resident or located in this State by a purchasing group or any members of the purchasing group shall be:
(1)	Imposed at the same rate and subject to the same interest, fines, and penalties as those applicable to premium taxes on similar coverage from a similar insurance source by other insureds. For example, coverage provided by a surplus lines licensee is taxed under Article 21 of this Chapter, coverage provided by an insurance company is taxed under Article 8B of Chapter 105 of the General Statutes, and coverage provided by an unlicensed insurer is taxed under G.S. 58‑28‑5(b).
(2)	Paid first by such insurance source, and if not by such source then by the insurance producer for the purchasing group, and if not by such insurance producer then by the purchasing group, and if not by such group then by each of its members."  (1987, c. 310, s. 1; c. 727, s. 9; 1995 (Reg. Sess., 1996), c. 747, s. 10; 2022‑46, s. 14(aa).)

§ 58‑22‑40.  Notice and registration requirements of purchasing groups.
(a)	A purchasing group that intends to do business in this State shall, before doing business, furnish notice to the Commissioner that shall:
(1)	Identify the state in which the group is domiciled;
(2)	Specify the lines and classifications of liability insurance that the purchasing group intends to purchase;
(3)	Identify the insurer from which the group intends to purchase its insurance and the domicile of such insurer;
(4)	Identify the principal place of business of the group;
(5)	Provide such other information as may be required by the Commissioner to verify that the purchasing group is qualified under G.S. 58‑22‑10(9);
(6)	Specify the method by which and the person or persons, if any, through whom insurance will be offered to its members whose risks are resident or located in this State; and furnish such information as may be required by the Commissioner to determine the appropriate premium tax treatment; and
(7)	Identify all other states in which the group intends to do business.
(b)	The purchasing group shall register with and designate the Commissioner as its agent solely for the purpose of receiving service of legal documents or process, except that such requirement does not apply in the case of a purchasing group:
(1)	That
a.	Was domiciled before April 2, 1986, in any state of the United States; and
b.	Is domiciled on and after October 27, 1986, in any state of the United States;
(2)	That before October 27, 1986, purchased insurance from an insurer licensed in any state; and since October 27, 1986, purchased its insurance from an insurer licensed in any state;
(3)	That was a purchasing group under the requirements of the Product Liability Retention Act of 1981 before October 27, 1986; and
(4)	That does not purchase insurance that was not authorized for purposes of an exemption under that act, as in effect before October 27, 1986.
(c)	A purchasing group shall notify the Commissioner of any changes in any of the items in subsection (a) of this section within 10 days after those changes.
(d)	Each purchasing group that is required to give notice under subsection (a) of this section shall also furnish such information as may be required by the Commissioner to:
(1)	Verify that the entity qualifies as a purchasing group;
(2)	Determine where the purchasing group is located; and
(3)	Determine appropriate tax treatment. (1987, c. 310, c. 727, s. 10; 1993, c. 452, s. 38.)

§ 58‑22‑45.  Restriction on insurance purchased by purchasing groups.
(a)	A purchasing group may not purchase insurance from a risk retention group that is not chartered in a state nor from an insurer not admitted in the state in which the purchasing group is located, unless the purchase is effected through a licensed producer acting pursuant to the surplus lines laws and regulations of such state.
(b)	A purchasing group that obtains liability insurance from a nonadmitted insurer or from a risk retention group shall provide each member of the purchasing group that has a risk resident or located in this State with the notice specified in G.S. 58‑21‑45(f) or G.S. 58‑22‑20(7), whichever is applicable.
(c)	No purchasing group may purchase insurance that provides for a deductible or for a self‑insured retention applicable to the group as a whole; provided, however, that coverage may provide for a deductible or for self‑insured retention applicable to members of the group.  (1987, c. 310, s. 1; c. 727, s. 11; 2022‑46, s. 14(bb).)

§ 58‑22‑50.  Administrative and procedural authority regarding risk retention groups and purchasing groups.
The Commissioner is authorized to make use of any of the powers established under Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter to enforce the laws of this State as long as those powers are not specifically preempted by the Product Liability Risk Retention Act of 1981, as amended by the Risk Retention Act of 1986.  This includes, but is not limited to, the Commissioner's administrative authority to investigate, issue subpoenas, conduct depositions and hearings, issue orders, and seek or impose penalties.  With regard to any investigation, administrative proceeding, or litigation, the Commissioner can rely on the procedural law and regulations of the State.  The injunctive authority of the Commissioner in regard to risk retention groups is restricted by the requirement that any injunction be issued by a court of competent jurisdiction. (1987, c. 310.)

§ 58‑22‑55.  Penalties.
A risk retention group that violates any provision of this Article is subject to G.S. 58‑2‑70. (1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1013, s. 8; 1987, c. 310.)

§ 58‑22‑60.  Duty of agents or brokers to obtain license.
Any person acting, or offering to act, as an agent or broker for a risk retention group or purchasing group, that solicits members, sells insurance coverage, purchases coverage for its members located within the State, or otherwise does business in this State shall, before commencing any such activity, obtain an insurance producer license from the Commissioner.  (1987, c. 310, s. 1; 2022‑46, s. 14(cc).)

§ 58‑22‑65.  Binding effect of orders issued in U.S. District Court.
An order issued by any district court of the United States enjoining a risk retention group from soliciting or selling insurance, or operating, in any state, or in all states or in any territory or possession of the United States, upon a finding that such a group is in a hazardous financial condition, is enforceable in the courts of this State. (1987, c. 310.)

§ 58‑22‑70.  Registration and renewal fees.
Every risk retention group and purchasing group that registers with the Commissioner under this Article shall pay the following fees:
Risk retention group registration	$	500.00
Purchasing group registration		500.00
Risk retention group renewal		1,500.00
Purchasing group renewal		100.00
Registration fees shall not be prorated and must be submitted with the application for registration. Renewal fees shall not be prorated and shall be paid on or before January 1 of each year.  (1989 (Reg. Sess., 1990), c. 1069, s. 12; 1995, c. 507, s. 11A(c); 1999‑435, s. 3; 2009‑451, s. 21.12(a).)

Article 23.
Local Government Risk Pools.
§ 58‑23‑1.  Short title; definition.
This Article shall be known and may be cited as the Local Government Risk Pool Act. As used in this Article, "local government" means any county, city, or housing authority located in this State. (1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1027, s. 26; 1987, c. 864, s. 30.)

§ 58‑23‑5.  Local government pooling of property, liability and workers' compensation coverages.
(a)	In addition to other authority granted to local governments under Chapters 153A and 160A of the General Statutes to jointly purchase insurance or pool retention of their risks, two or more local governments may enter into contracts or agreements under this Article for the joint purchasing of insurance or to pool retention of their risks for property losses and liability claims and to provide for the payment of such losses of or claims made against any member of the pool on a cooperative or contract basis with one another, or may enter into a trust agreement to carry out the provisions of this Article.
(b)	In addition to other authority granted to local governments under Chapters 153A and 160A of the General Statutes or under G.S. 97‑7 to jointly purchase insurance or pool retention of their risks, two or more local governments may enter into contracts or agreements pursuant to this Article to establish a separate workers' compensation pool to provide for the payment of workers' compensation claims under Chapter 97 of the General Statutes.
(c)	In addition to other authority granted to local governments under Chapters 153A and 160A of the General Statutes to pool retention of their risks, two or more local governments may enter into contracts or agreements under this Article to establish pools providing for life or accident and health insurance for their employees on a cooperative or contract basis with one another; or may enter into a trust agreement to carry out the provisions of this Article.
(d)	A workers' compensation pool established under this Article may only provide coverage for workers' compensation, employers' liability, and occupational disease claims.
(e)	Local governments that intend to operate under this Article shall give the Commissioner 30 days' advance written notification, in a form prescribed by the Commissioner, that they intend to organize and operate risk pools pursuant to this Article. Local governments that jointly purchase insurance or pool retention of their risks under authority granted to them in Chapters 153A and 160A of the General Statutes or under G.S. 97‑7 and that do not provide the Commissioner with the notification prescribed by this subsection shall not be subject to regulation by the Commissioner and shall not be under the jurisdiction of the Commissioner. (1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1027, s. 26; 1987, c. 441, s. 14; 2001‑334, s. 18.3.)

§ 58‑23‑10.  Board of trustees.
(a)	Each pool will be operated by a board of trustees consisting of at least five persons who are elected officials or employees of local governments within this State. The board of trustees of each pool will:
(1)	Establish terms and conditions of coverage within the pool, including underwriting criteria and exclusions of coverage;
(2)	Ensure that all valid claims are paid promptly;
(3)	Take all necessary precautions to safeguard the assets of the pool;
(4)	Maintain minutes of its meeting and make those minutes available to the Commissioner;
(5)	Designate an administrator to carry out the policies established by the board of trustees and to provide day to day management of the group and delineate in written minutes of its meetings the areas of authority it delegates to the administrator; and
(6)	Establish guidelines for membership in the pool.
(b)	The board of trustees may not:
(1)	Extend credit to individual members for payment of a premium, except pursuant to payment plans approved by the Commissioner.
(2)	Borrow any moneys from the pool or in the name of the pool, except in the ordinary course of business, without first advising the Commissioner of the nature and purpose of the loan and obtaining prior approval from the Commissioner. (1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1027, s. 26.)

§ 58‑23‑15.  Contract.
A contract or agreement made pursuant to this Article must contain provisions:
(1)	For a system or program of loss control;
(2)	For termination of membership including either:
a.	Cancellation of individual members of the pool by the pool; or
b.	Election by an individual member of the pool to terminate its participation;
(3)	Requiring the pool to pay all claims for which each member incurs liability during each member's period of membership, except where a member has individually retained the risk, where the risk is not covered, and except for amount of claims above the coverage provided by the pool.
(4)	For the maintenance of claim reserves equal to known incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses and to an estimate of incurred but not reported losses;
(5)	For a final accounting and settlement of the obligations of or refunds to a terminating member to occur when all incurred claims are concluded, settled, or paid;
(6)	That the pool may establish offices where necessary in this State and employ necessary staff to carry out the purposes of the pool;
(7)	That the pool may retain legal counsel, actuaries, claims adjusters, auditors, engineers, private consultants, and advisors, and other persons as the board of trustees or the administrator deem to be necessary;
(8)	That the pool may make and alter bylaws and rules pertaining to the exercise of its purpose and powers;
(9)	That the pool may purchase, lease, or rent real and personal property it deems to be necessary; and
(10)	That the pool may enter into financial services agreements with financial institutions and that it may issue checks in its own name. (1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1027, s. 26.)

§ 58‑23‑20.  Termination.
A pool or a terminating member must provide at least 90 days' written notice of the termination or cancellation. A workers' compensation pool must notify the Commissioner of the termination or cancellation of a member within 10 days after notice of termination or cancellation is received or issued. (1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1027, s. 26.)

§ 58‑23‑25:  Repealed by Session Laws 1993, c.  452, s. 65.

§ 58‑23‑26.  Financial monitoring and evaluation of pools.
(a)	Each pool shall have an annual audit by an independent certified public accountant, pursuant to Part 7 of Article 10 of this Chapter, at the expense of the pool, and shall make a copy of the audit available to the governing body or chief executive officer of each member of the pool. A copy of the audit shall be filed with the Commissioner within 130 days after the end of the pool's fiscal year, unless that time is extended by the Commissioner. The annual audit shall report the financial position of the pool in conformity with statutory accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the Commissioner.
(b)	Each pool shall have an actuarial evaluation of its loss and loss adjustment expense reserves, including reserves for loss and loss adjustment expenses incurred but not reported, performed annually by a qualified actuary. A copy of the evaluation shall be filed with the Commissioner along with the annual audit submitted pursuant to subsection (a) of this section. A "qualified actuary" shall be as defined or prescribed by the Commissioner.
(c)	Each pool is subject to G.S. 58‑2‑131, 58‑2‑132, 58‑2‑133, 58‑2‑134, 58‑2‑150, 58‑2‑155, 58‑2‑165, 58‑2‑180, 58‑2‑185, 58‑2‑190, 58‑2‑200, 58‑3‑71, 58‑3‑75, 58‑3‑81, 58‑3‑105, 58‑6‑5, 58‑7‑21, 58‑7‑26, 58‑7‑30, 58‑7‑31, 58‑7‑50, 58‑7‑55, 58‑7‑140, 58‑7‑160, 58‑7‑162, 58‑7‑163, 58‑7‑165, 58‑7‑167, 58‑7‑168, 58‑7‑170, 58‑7‑172, 58‑7‑173, 58‑7‑175, 58‑7‑179, 58‑7‑180, 58‑7‑183, 58‑7‑185, 58‑7‑187, 58‑7‑188, 58‑7‑192, 58‑7‑193, 58‑7‑197, 58‑7‑200, Part 7 of Article 10, and Articles 13, 19, and 34 of this Chapter. Annual financial statements required by G.S. 58‑2‑165 shall be filed by each pool within 60 days after the end of the pool's fiscal year, subject to extension by the Commissioner.  (1993, c. 452, s. 39; c. 504, s. 45; 1999‑132, s. 11.4; 2001‑223, s. 8.10; 2003‑212, s. 12; 2009‑384, s. 2.)

§ 58‑23‑30.  Insolvency or impairment of pool.
(a)	If, as a result of the annual audit or an examination by the Commissioner, it appears that the assets of a pool are insufficient to enable the pool to discharge its legal liabilities and other obligations, the Commissioner must notify the administrator and the board of trustees of the pool of the deficiency and his list of recommendations to abate the deficiency, including a recommendation not to add any new members until the deficiency is abated.  If the pool fails to comply with the recommendations within 30 days after the date of the notice, the Commissioner may apply to the Superior Court of Wake County for an order requiring the pool to abate the deficiency and authorizing the Commissioner to appoint one or more special deputy commissioners, counsel, clerks, or assistants to oversee the implementation of the Court's order.  The compensation and expenses of such persons shall be fixed by the Commissioner, subject to the approval of the Court, and shall be paid out of the funds or assets of the pool.
(b)	If a pool is determined to be insolvent, financially impaired, or is otherwise found to be unable to discharge its legal liabilities and other obligations, each pool contract will provide that the members of the pool shall be assessed on a pro rata basis as calculated by the amount of each member's average annual contribution in order to satisfy the amount of deficiency.  Members of a pool may, by contract, agree to limit the assessment to the amount of each member's annual contribution to the pool.  Such a contractual agreement shall not impair the authority granted the Commissioner by this section. (1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1027, s. 26; 1987, c. 441, ss. 16, 17.)

§ 58‑23‑35.  Immunity of administrators and boards of trustees.
There is no liability on the part of and no cause of action arises against any board of trustees established or administrator appointed pursuant to G.S. 58‑23‑10, their representatives, or any pool, its members, or its employees, agents, contractors, or subcontractors for any good faith action taken by them in the performance of their powers and duties in creating or administering any pool under this Article. (1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1027, s. 26.)

§ 58‑23‑40.  Pools not covered by guaranty associations.
The provisions of Articles 48 and 62 of this Chapter and of Article 4 of Chapter 97 of the General Statutes do not apply to any risks retained by local governments pursuant to this Article. (1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1027, s. 26; 1987, c. 441, s. 18; 1993, c. 504, s. 16.)

§ 58‑23‑45.  Relationship to other insurance laws.
Unless local government risk pools are specifically referenced in a particular section of this Chapter, no provisions in this Chapter other than this Article apply to local government risk pools. (1999‑351, s. 6.)

Article 24.
Fraternal Benefit Societies.
§ 58‑24‑1.  Fraternal benefit societies.
Any incorporated society, order or supreme lodge, without capital stock, including one exempted under the provisions of G.S. 58‑24‑185(a)(2) whether incorporated or not, conducted solely for the benefit of its members and their beneficiaries and not for profit, operated on a lodge system with ritualistic form of work, having a representative form of government, and which provides benefits in accordance with this Article, is hereby declared to be a fraternal benefit society. (1987, c. 483, s. 2.)

§ 58‑24‑5.  Lodge system.
(a)	A society is operating on the lodge system if it has a supreme governing body and subordinate lodges into which members are elected, initiated or admitted in accordance with its laws, rules and ritual.  Subordinate lodges shall be required by the laws of the society to hold regular meetings periodically in futherance of the purposes of the society.
(b)	A society may, at its option, organize and operate lodges for children under the minimum age for adult membership.  Membership and initiation in local lodges shall not be required of such children, nor shall they have a voice or vote in the management of the society. (1987, c. 483, s. 2.)

§ 58‑24‑10.  Representative form of government.
A society has a representative form of government when:
(a)	It has a supreme governing body constituted in one of the following ways:
(1)	Assembly. – The supreme governing body is an assembly composed of delegates elected directly by the members or at intermediate assemblies or conventions of members or their representatives, together with other delegates as may be prescribed in the society's laws.  A society may provide for election of delegates by mail.  The elected delegates shall constitute a majority in number and shall not have less than two‑thirds of the votes and not less than the number of votes required to amend the society's laws.  The assembly shall be elected and shall meet at least once every four years and shall elect a board of directors to conduct the business of the society between meetings of the assembly.  Vacancies on the board of directors between elections may be filled in the manner prescribed by the society's laws.
(2)	Direct Election. – The supreme governing body is a board composed of persons elected by the members, either directly or by their representatives in intermediate assemblies, and any other persons prescribed in the society's laws.  A society may provide for election of the board by mail.  Each term of a board member may not exceed four years.  Vacancies on the board between elections may be filled in the manner prescribed by the society's laws.  Those persons elected to the board shall constitute a majority in number and not less than the number of votes required to amend the society's laws.  A person filling the unexpired term of an elected board member shall be considered to be an elected member.  The board shall meet at least quarterly to conduct the business of the society.
(b)	The officers of the society are elected either by the supreme governing body or by the board of directors;
(c)	Only benefit members are eligible for election to the supreme governing body, the board of directors or any intermediate assembly; and
(d)	Each voting member shall have one vote; no vote may be cast by proxy. (1987, c. 483, s. 2; 1989, c. 364, s. 1.)

§ 58‑24‑15.  Terms used.
Whenever used in this Article:
(a)	"Benefit contract" shall mean the agreement for provision of benefits authorized by G.S. 58‑24‑75, as that agreement is described in G.S. 58‑24‑90(a).
(b)	"Benefit member" shall mean an adult member who is designated by the laws or rules of the society to be a benefit member under a benefit contract.
(c)	"Certificate" shall mean the document issued as written evidence of the benefit contract.
(d)	"Premiums" shall mean premiums, rates, dues or other required contributions by whatever name known, which are payable under the certificate.
(e)	"Laws" shall mean the society's articles of incorporation, constitution and bylaws, however designated.
(f)	"Rules" shall mean all rules, regulations or resolutions adopted by the supreme governing body or board of directors which are intended to have general application to the members of the society.
(g)	"Society" shall mean fraternal benefit society, unless otherwise indicated.
(h)	"Lodge" shall mean subordinate member units of the society, known as camps, courts, councils, branches or by any other designation. (1987, c. 483, s. 2.)

§ 58‑24‑20.  Purposes and powers.
(a)	A society shall operate for the benefit of members and their beneficiaries by:
(1)	Providing benefits as specified in G.S. 58‑24‑75; and
(2)	Operating for one or more social, intellectual, educational, charitable, benevolent, moral, fraternal, patriotic or religious purposes for the benefit of its members, which may also be extended to others.
Such purposes may be carried out directly by the society, or indirectly through subsidiary corporations or affiliated organizations.
(b)	Every society shall have the power to adopt laws and rules for the government of the society, the admission of its members, and the management of its affairs.  It shall have the power to change, alter, add to or amend such laws and rules and shall have such other powers as are necessary and incidental to carrying into effect the objects and purposes of the society. (1987, c. 483, s. 2.)

§ 58‑24‑25.  Qualifications for membership.
(a)	A society shall specify in its laws or rules:
(1)	Eligibility standards for each and every class of membership, provided that if benefits are provided on the lives of children, the minimum age for adult membership shall be set at not less than age 15 and not greater than age 21;
(2)	The process for admission to membership for each membership class; and
(3)	The rights and privileges of each membership class, provided that only benefit members shall have the right to vote on the management of the insurance affairs of the society.
(b)	A society may also admit social members who shall have no voice or vote in the management of the insurance affairs of the society.
(c)	Membership rights in the society are personal to the member and are not assignable. (1987, c. 483, s. 2.)

§ 58‑24‑30.  Location of office, meetings, communications to members, grievance procedures.
(a)	The principal office of any domestic society shall be located in this State.  The meetings of its supreme governing body may be held in any state, district, province or territory wherein such society has at least one subordinate lodge, or in such other location as determined by the supreme governing body, and all business transacted at such meetings shall be as valid in all respects as if such meetings were held in this State.  The minutes of the proceedings of the supreme governing body and of the board of directors shall be in the English language.
(b)	A society may provide in its laws for an official publication in which any notice, report, or statement required by law to be given to members, including notice of election, may be published.  Such required reports, notices and statements shall be printed conspicuously in the publication.  If the records of a society show that two or more members have the same mailing address, an official publication mailed to one member is deemed to be mailed to all members at the same address unless a member requests a separate copy.
(c)	Not later than June 1 of each year, a synopsis of the society's annual statement providing an explanation of the facts concerning the condition of the society thereby disclosed shall be printed and mailed to each benefit member of the society or, in lieu thereof, such synopsis may be published in the society's official publication.
(d)	A society may provide in its laws or rules for grievance or complaint procedures for members. (1987, c. 483, s. 2.)

§ 58‑24‑35.  No personal liability.
(a)	The officers and members of the supreme governing body or any subordinate body of a society shall not be personally liable for any benefits provided by a society.
(b)	Any person may be indemnified and reimbursed by any society for expenses reasonably incurred by, and liabilities imposed upon, such person in connection with or arising out of any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, or threat thereof, in which the person may be involved by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the society or of any firm, corporation or organization which he or she served in any capacity at the request of the society.  A person shall not be so indemnified or reimbursed (1) in relation to any matter in such action, suit or proceeding as to which he or she shall finally be adjudged to be or have been guilty of breach of a duty as a director, officer, employee or agent of the society or (2) in relation to any matter in such action, suit or proceeding, or threat thereof, which has been made the subject of a compromise settlement; unless in either such case the person acted in good faith for a purpose the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the society and, in a criminal action or proceeding, in addition, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.  The determination whether the conduct of such person met the standard required in order to justify indemnification and reimbursement in relation to any matter described in subpoints (1) or (2) of the preceding sentence may only be made by the supreme governing body or board of directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of persons who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding or by a court of competent jurisdiction.  The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of no contest, as to such person shall not in itself create a conclusive presumption that the person did not meet the standard of conduct required in order to justify indemnification and reimbursement.  The foregoing right of indemnification and reimbursement shall not be exclusive of other rights to which such person may be entitled as a matter of law and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators.
(c)	A society shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the society, or who is or was serving at the request of the society as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other firm, corporation, or organization against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by him or her in any such capacity or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the society would have the power to indemnify the person against such liability under this section.
(d)	A person serving as an officer or a member of a supreme governing body of a society shall be immune individually from civil liability for monetary damages, except to the extent covered by insurance, for any act or failure to act, except where the person:
(1)	Is compensated for his services beyond reimbursement for expenses,
(2)	Was not acting within the scope of his official duties,
(3)	Was not acting in good faith,
(4)	Committed gross negligence or willful or wanton misconduct that resulted in the damage or injury,
(5)	Derived an improper personal financial benefit from the transaction,
(6)	Incurred the liability from the operation of a motor vehicle, or
(7)	Is sued in an action that would qualify as a derivative action if the organization were a for‑profit corporation or as a member's or director's derivative action under G.S. 55A‑28.1 or G.S. 55A‑28.2 if the organization were a nonprofit corporation.
The immunity in this subsection is personal to the individual officers and members of the supreme governing body and does not immunize the organization for the acts or omissions of those officers or members. (1987, c. 483, s. 2, c. 799, s. 2.)

§ 58‑24‑40.  Waiver.
The laws of the society may provide that no subordinate body, nor any of its subordinate officers or members shall have the power or authority to waive any of the provisions of the laws of the society.  Such provision shall be binding on the society and every member and beneficiary of a member. (1987, c. 483, s. 2.)

§ 58‑24‑45.  Organization.
A domestic society organized on or after January 1, 1988 shall be formed as follows:
(a)	Ten or more citizens of the United States, a majority of whom are citizens of this State, who desire to form a fraternal benefit society, may make, sign and acknowledge before some officer competent to take acknowledgement of deeds, articles of incorporation, in which shall be stated:
(1)	The proposed corporate name of the society, which shall not so closely resemble the name of any society or insurance company as to be misleading or confusing;
(2)	The purposes for which it is being formed and the mode in which its corporate powers are to be exercised. Such purposes shall not include more liberal powers than are granted by this Article;
(3)	The names and residences of the incorporators and the names, residences and official titles of all the officers, trustees, directors, or other persons who are to have and exercise the general control of the management of the affairs and funds of the society for the first year or until the ensuing election at which all such officers shall be elected by the supreme governing body, which election shall be held not later than one year from the date of issuance of the permanent license.
(b)	Such articles of incorporation, duly certified copies of the society's bylaws and rules, copies of all proposed forms of certificates, applications therefor, and circulars to be issued by the society and a bond conditioned upon the return to applicants of the advanced payments if the organization is not completed within one year shall be filed with the Commissioner, who may require such further information as the Commissioner deems necessary. The bond with sureties approved by the Commissioner shall be in such amount, not less than three hundred thousand dollars ($300,000) nor more than one million five hundred thousand dollars ($1,500,000), as required by the Commissioner. All documents filed are to be in the English language. If the purposes of the society conform to the requirements of this chapter and all provisions of the law have been complied with, the Commissioner shall so certify, retain and file the articles of incorporation and furnish the incorporators a preliminary license authorizing the society to solicit members as hereinafter provided.
(c)	No preliminary license granted under the provisions of this section shall be valid after one year from its date or after such further period, not exceeding one year, as may be authorized by the Commissioner upon cause shown, unless the 500 applicants hereinafter required have been secured and the organization has been completed as herein provided. The articles of incorporation and all other proceedings thereunder shall become null and void in one year from the date of the preliminary license, or at the expiration of the extended period, unless the society shall have completed its organization and received a license to do business as hereinafter provided.
(d)	Upon receipt of a preliminary license from the Commissioner, the society may solicit members for the purpose of completing its organization, shall collect from each applicant the amount of not less than one regular monthly premium in accordance with its table of rates, and shall issue to each such applicant a receipt for the amount so collected. No society shall incur any liability other than for the return of such advance premium, nor issue any certificate, nor pay, allow, or offer or promise to pay or allow, any benefit to any person until:
(1)	Actual bona fide applications for benefits have been secured on not less than 500 applicants, and any necessary evidence of insurability has been furnished to and approved by the society;
(2)	At least 10 subordinate lodges have been established into which the 500 applicants have been admitted;
(3)	There has been submitted to the Commissioner, under oath of the president or secretary, or corresponding officer of the society, a list of such applicants, giving their names, addresses, date each was admitted, name and number of the subordinate lodge of which each applicant is a member, amount of benefits to be granted and premiums therefor; and
(4)	It shall have been shown to the Commissioner, by sworn statement of the treasurer, or corresponding officer of such society, that at least 500 applicants have each paid in cash at least one regular monthly premium as herein provided, which premiums in the aggregate shall amount to at least one hundred and fifty thousand dollars ($150,000). Said advance premiums shall be held in trust during the period of organization and if the society has not qualified for a license within one year, as herein provided, such premiums shall be returned to said applicants.
(e)	The Commissioner may make such examination and require such further information as the Commissioner deems advisable. Upon presentation of satisfactory evidence that the society has complied with all the provisions of law, the Commissioner shall issue to the society a license to that effect and that the society is authorized to transact business pursuant to the provisions of this Article. The license shall be prima facie evidence of the existence of the society at the date of such certificate. The Commissioner shall cause a record of such license to be made. A certified copy of such record may be given in evidence with like effect as the original license.
(f)	Any incorporated society authorized to transact business in this State at the time this Article becomes effective shall not be required to reincorporate. (1987, c. 483, s. 2; 1991, c. 720, s. 4; 1999‑132, s. 9.1.)

§ 58‑24‑50.  Amendments to laws.
(a)	A domestic society may amend its laws in accordance with the provisions thereof by action of its supreme governing body at any regular or special meeting thereof or, if its laws so provide, by referendum.  Such referendum may be held in accordance with the provisions of its laws by the vote of the voting members of the society, by the vote of delegates or representatives of voting members or by the vote of local lodges.  A society may provide for voting by mail.  No amendment submitted for adoption by referendum shall be adopted unless, within six months from the date of submission thereof, a majority of the members voting shall have signified their consent to such amendment by one of the methods herein specified.
(b)	No amendment to the laws of any domestic society shall take effect unless approved by the Commissioner who shall approve such amendment if the Commissioner finds that it has been duly adopted and is not inconsistent with any requirement of the laws of this State or with the character, objects and purposes of the society.  Unless the Commissioner shall disapprove any such amendment within 60 days after the filing of same, such amendment shall be considered approved.  The approval or disapproval of the Commissioner shall be in writing and mailed to the secretary or corresponding officer of the society at its principal office.  In case the Commissioner disapproves such amendment, the reasons therefor shall be stated in such written notice.
(c)	Within 90 days from the approval thereof by the Commissioner, all such amendments, or a synopsis thereof, shall be furnished to all members of the society either by mail or by publication in full in the official publication of the society.  The affidavit of any officer of the society or of anyone authorized by it to mail any amendments or synopsis thereof, stating facts which show that same have been duly addressed and mailed, shall be prima facie evidence that such amendments or synopsis therof, have been furnished the addressee.
(d)	Every foreign or alien society authorized to do business in this State shall file with the Commissioner a duly certified copy of all amendments of, or additions to, its laws within 90 days after the enactment of same.
(e)	Printed copies of the laws as amended, certified by the secretary or corresponding officer of the society shall be prima facie evidence of the legal adoption thereof. (1987, c. 483, s. 2; 1991, c. 720, s. 4.)

§ 58‑24‑55.  Institutions.
A society may create, maintain and operate, or may establish organizations to operate, not for profit institutions to further the purposes permitted by G.S. 58‑24‑20(a)(2).  Such institutions may furnish services free or at a reasonable charge.  Any real or personal property owned, held or leased by the society for this purpose shall be reported in every annual statement. (1987, c. 483, s. 2.)

§ 58‑24‑60.  Reinsurance.
(a)	A domestic society may, by a reinsurance agreement, cede any individual risk or risks in whole or in part to an insurer (other than another fraternal benefit society) having the power to make such reinsurance and authorized to do business in this State, or if not so authorized, one which is approved by the Commissioner, but no such society may reinsure substantially all of its insurance in force without the written permission of the Commissioner.  It may take credit for the reserves on such ceded risks to the extent reinsured, but no credit shall be allowed as an admitted asset or as a deduction from liability, to a ceding society for reinsurance made, ceded, renewed, or otherwise becoming effective after January 1, 1988, unless the reinsurance is payable by the assuming insurer on the basis of the liability of the ceding society under the contract or contracts reinsured without diminution because of the insolvency of the ceding society.
(b)	Notwithstanding the limitation in subsection (a), a society may reinsure the risks of another society in a consolidation or merger approved by the Commissioner under G.S. 58‑24‑65. (1987, c. 483, s. 2; 1991, c. 720, s. 4.)

§ 58‑24‑65.  Consolidations and mergers.
(a)	A domestic society may consolidate or merge with any other society by complying with the provisions of this section.  It shall file with the Commissioner:
(1)	A certified copy of the written contract containing in full the terms and conditions of the consolidation or merger;
(2)	A sworn statement by the president and secretary or corresponding officers of each society showing the financial condition thereof on a date fixed by the Commissioner but not earlier than December 31, next preceding the date of the contract;
(3)	A certificate of such officers, duly verified by their respective oaths, that the consolidation or merger has been approved by a two‑thirds vote of the supreme governing body of each society, such vote being conducted at a regular or special meeting of each such body, or, if the society's laws so permit, by mail; and
(4)	Evidence that at least 60 days prior to the action of the supreme governing body of each society, the text of the contract has been furnished to all members of each society either by mail or by publication in full in the official publication of each society.
(b)	If the Commissioner finds that the contract is in conformity with the provisions of this section, that the financial statements are correct and that the consolidation or merger is just and equitable to the members of each society, the Commissioner shall approve the contract and issue a certificate to such effect.  Upon such approval, the contract shall be in full force and effect unless any society which is a party to the contract is incorporated under the laws of any other state or territory.  In such event the consolidation or merger shall not become effective unless and until it has been approved as provided by the laws of such state or territory and a certificate of such approval filed with the Commissioner of this State or, if the laws of such state or territory contain no such provision, then the consolidation or merger shall not become effective unless and until it has been approved by the Commissioner of such state or territory and a certificate of such approval filed with the Commissioner of this State.  In case such contract is not approved it shall be inoperative, and the fact of the submission and its contents shall not be disclosed by the Commissioner.
(c)	Upon the consolidation or merger becoming effective as herein provided, all the rights, franchises and interests of the consolidated or merged societies in and to every species of property, real, personal or mixed, and things in action thereunto belonging shall be vested in the society resulting from or remaining after the consolidation or merger without any other instrument, except that conveyances of real property may be evidenced by proper deeds, and the title to any real estate or interest therein, vested under the laws of this State in any of the societies consolidated or merged, shall not revert or be in any way impaired by reason of the consolidation or merger, but shall vest absolutely in the society resulting from or remaining after such consolidation or merger.
(d)	The affidavit of any officer of the society or of anyone authorized by it to mail any notice or document, stating that such notice or document has been duly addressed and mailed, shall be prima facie evidence that such notice or document has been furnished the addressees.
(e)	All necessary and actual expenses and compensation incident to the proceedings provided in this section shall be paid as provided by such contract of consolidation or merger:  Provided, however, that no brokerage or commission shall be included in such expenses and compensation or shall be paid to any person by either of the parties to any such contract in connection with the negotiation therefor or execution thereof, nor shall any compensation be paid to any officer or employee of either of the parties to such contract for directly or indirectly aiding in effecting such contract of consolidation or merger.  An itemized statement of all such expenses shall be filed with the Commissioner, subject to approval, and when approved the same shall be binding on the parties thereto. Except as fully expressed in the contract of consolidation or merger, or itemized statement of expenses, as approved by the Commissioner, or commissioners, as the case may be, no compensation shall be paid to any person or persons, and no officer or employee of the State shall receive any compensation, directly or indirectly, for in any manner aiding, promoting, or assisting any such consolidation or merger. (1987, c. 483, s. 2; 1991, c. 720, s. 4.)

§ 58‑24‑70.  Conversion of fraternal benefit society into mutual life insurance company.
Any domestic fraternal benefit society may be converted and licensed as a mutual life insurance company by compliance with all the requirements of the general insurance laws for mutual life insurance companies.  A plan of conversion shall be prepared in writing by the board of directors setting forth in full the terms and conditions of conversion.  The affirmative vote of two‑thirds of all members of the supreme governing body at a regular or special meeting shall be necessary for the approval of such plan.  No such conversion shall take effect unless and until approved by the Commissioner who may give such approval if the Commissioner finds that the proposed change is in conformity with the requirements of law and not prejudicial to the certificateholders of the society. (1987, c. 483, s. 2; 1991, c. 720, s. 4.)

§ 58‑24‑75.  Benefits.
(a)	A society may provide the following contractual benefits in any form:
(1)	Death benefits;
(2)	Endowment benefits;
(3)	Annuity benefits;
(4)	Temporary or permanent disability benefits;
(5)	Hospital, medical or nursing benefits;
(6)	Monument or tombstone benefits to the memory of deceased members; and
(7)	Such other benefits as authorized for life insurers and which are not inconsistent with this Article.
(b)	A society shall specify in its rules those persons who may be issued, or covered by, the contractual benefits in subsection (a), consistent with providing benefits to members and their dependents.  A society may provide benefits on the lives of children under the minimum age for adult membership upon application of an adult person. (1987, c. 483, s. 2.)

§ 58‑24‑80.  Beneficiaries.
(a)	The owner of a benefit contract shall have the right at all times to change the beneficiary or beneficiaries in accordance with the laws or rules of the society unless the owner waives this right by specifically requesting in writing that the beneficiary designation be irrevocable.  A society may, through its laws or rules, limit the scope of beneficiary designations and shall provide that no revocable beneficiary shall have or obtain any vested interest in the proceeds of any certificate until the certificate has become due and payable in conformity with the provisions of the benefit contract.
(b)	A society may make provision for the payment of funeral benefits to the extent of such portion of any payment under a certificate as might reasonably appear to be due to any person equitably entitled thereto by reason of having incurred expense occasioned by the burial of the member.
(c)	If, at the death of any person insured under a benefit contract, there is no lawful beneficiary to whom the proceeds shall be payable, the amount of such benefit, except to the extent that funeral benefits may be paid as hereinbefore provided, shall be payable to the personal representative of the deceased insured, provided that if the owner of the certificate is other than the insured, such proceeds shall be payable to such owner. (1987, c. 483, s. 2.)

§ 58‑24‑85.  Benefits not attachable.
No money or other benefit, charity, relief or aid to be paid, provided or rendered by any society, shall be liable to attachment, garnishment or other process, or to be seized, taken, appropriated or applied by any legal or equitable process or operation of law to pay any debt or liability of a member or beneficiary, or any other person who may have a right thereunder, either before or after payment by the society. (1987, c. 483, s. 2.)

§ 58‑24‑90.  The benefit contract.
(a)	Every society authorized to do business in this State shall issue to each owner of a benefit contract a certificate specifying the amount of benefits provided thereby.  The certificate, together with any riders or endorsements attached thereto, the laws of the society, the application for membership, the application for insurance and declaration of insurability, if any, signed by the applicant, and all amendments to each thereof, shall constitute the benefit contract, as of the date of issuance, between the society and the owner, and the certificate shall so state.  A copy of the application for insurance and declaration of insurability, if any, shall be endorsed upon or attached to the certificate.  All statements on the application shall be representations and not warranties.  Any waiver of this provision shall be void.
(b)	Any changes, additions or amendments to the laws of the society duly made or enacted subsequent to the issuance of the certificate, shall bind the owner and the beneficiaries, and shall govern and control the benefit contract in all respects the same as though such changes, additions or amendments had been made prior to and were in force at the time of the application for insurance, except that no change, addition or amendment shall destroy or diminish benefits which the society contracted to give the owner as of the date of issuance.
(c)	Any person upon whose life a benefit contract is issued prior to attaining the age of majority shall be bound by the terms of the application and certificate and by all the laws and rules of the society to the same extent as though the age of majority had been attained at the time of application.
(d)	A society shall provide in its laws that if its reserves as to all or any class of certificates become impaired its board of directors or corresponding body may require that there shall be paid by the owner to the society the amount of the owner's equitable proportion of such deficiency as ascertained by its board, and that if the payment is not made either (1) it shall stand as an indebtedness against the certificate and draw interest not to exceed the rate specified for certificate loans under the certificates; or (2) in lieu of or in combination with (1), the owner may accept a proportionate reduction in benefits under the certificate.  The society may specify the manner of the election and which alternative is to be presumed if no election is made.
(e)	Copies of any of the documents mentioned in this section, certified by the secretary or corresponding officer of the society, shall be received in evidence of the terms and conditions thereof.
(f)	No certificate shall be delivered or issued for delivery in this State unless a copy of the form has been filed with and approved by the Commissioner in the manner provided for like policies issued by life insurers in this State.  Every life, accident, health, or disability insurance certificate and every annuity certificate issued on or after one year from the effective date of this Article shall meet the standard contract provision requirements not inconsistent with this Article for like policies issued by life insurers in this State, except that a society may provide for a grace period for payment of premiums of one full month in its certificates.  The certificate shall also contain a provision stating the amount of premiums which are payable under the certificate and a provision reciting or setting forth the substance of any sections of the society's laws or rules in force at the time of issuance of the certificate which, if violated, will result in the termination or reduction of benefits payable under the certificate.  If the laws of the society provide for expulsion or suspension of a member, the certificate shall also contain a provision that any member so expelled or suspended, except for nonpayment of a premium or within the contestable period for material misrepresentation in the application for membership or insurance, shall have the privilege of maintaining the certificate in force by continuing payment of the required premium.
(g)	Benefit contracts issued on the lives of persons below the society's minimum age for adult membership may provide for transfer of control of ownership to the insured at an age specified in the certificate.  A society may require approval of an application for membership in order to effect this transfer, and may provide in all other respects for the regulation, government and control of such certificates and all rights, obligations and liabilities incident thereto and connected therewith.  Ownership rights prior to such transfer shall be specified in the certificate.
(h)	A society may specify the terms and conditions on which benefit contracts may be assigned. (1987, c. 483, s. 2; 1991, c. 720, s. 4.)

§ 58‑24‑95.  Nonforfeiture benefits, cash surrender values, certificate loans and other options.
(a)	For certificates issued prior to one year after January 1, 1988, the value of every paid‑up nonforfeiture benefit and the amount of any cash surrender value, loan or other option granted shall comply with the provisions of law applicable immediately prior to January 1, 1988.
(b)	For certificates issued on or after one year from January 1, 1988 for which reserves are computed on the Commissioner's 1941 Standard Ordinary Mortality Table, the Commissioner's 1941 Standard Industrial Table or the Commissioner's 1958 Standard Ordinary Mortality Table, or the Commissioner's 1980 Standard Mortality Table, or any more recent table made applicable to life insurers, every paid‑up nonforfeiture benefit and the amount of any cash surrender value, loan or other option granted shall not be less than the corresponding amount ascertained in accordance with the laws of this State applicable to life insurers issuing policies containing like benefits based upon such tables. (1987, c. 483, s. 2.)

§ 58‑24‑100.  Investments.
A society shall invest its funds only in investments that are authorized by the laws of this State for the investment of assets of life insurers and subject to the limitations thereon. Any foreign or alien society permitted or seeking to do business in this State must comply in substance with the investment requirements and limitations imposed by Article 7 of this Chapter and applicable to life insurers; provided, that any society that invests its funds in accordance with the laws of the state, district, territory, country, or province in which it is incorporated, shall thereby be deemed to be in compliance with the investment requirements and limitations for a period of two years from January 1, 1988. (1987, c. 483, s. 2; 1995, c. 193, s. 29.)

§ 58‑24‑105.  Funds.
(a)	All assets shall be held, invested and disbursed for the use and benefit of the society and no member or beneficiary shall have or acquire individual rights therein or become entitled to any apportionment on the surrender of any part thereof, except as provided in the benefit contract.
(b)	A society may create, maintain, invest, disburse and apply any special fund or funds necessary to carry out any purpose permitted by the laws of such society.
(c)	A society may, pursuant to resolution of its supreme governing body, establish and operate one or more separate accounts and issue contracts on a variable basis, subject to the provisions of law regulating life insurers establishing such accounts and issuing such contracts.  To the extent the society deems it necessary in order to comply with any applicable federal or State laws, or any rules issued thereunder, the society may adopt special procedures for the conduct of the business and affairs of a separate account, may, for persons having beneficial interests therein, provide special voting and other rights, including without limitation special rights and procedures relating to investment policy, investment advisory services, selection of certified public accountants, and selection of a committee to manage the business and affairs of the account, and may issue contracts on a variable basis to which G.S. 58‑24‑90(b) and G.S. 58‑24‑90(d) shall not apply. (1987, c. 483, s. 2.)

§ 58‑24‑110.  Exemptions.
Except as herein provided, societies shall be governed by this Article and shall be exempt from all other provisions of the general insurance laws of this State unless they be expressly designated therein, or unless it is specifically made applicable by this Article. (1987, c. 483, s. 2.)

§ 58‑24‑115.  Taxation.
Every society organized or licensed under this Article is hereby declared to be a charitable and benevolent institution, and all of its funds shall be exempt from all and every State, county, district, municipal and school tax other than taxes on real estate not occupied by such society in carrying on its business. (1987, c. 483, s. 2.)

§ 58‑24‑120.  Valuation.
(a)	Standards of valuation for certificates issued prior to one year after the effective date of this Article shall be those provided by the laws applicable immediately prior to January 1, 1988.
(b)	The minimum standards of valuation for certificates issued on or after one year from January 1, 1988, shall be based on the following tables:
(1)	For certificates of life insurance – the Commissioner's 1941 Standard Ordinary Mortality Table, the Commissioner's 1941 Standard Industrial Mortality Table, the Commissioner's 1958 Standard Ordinary Mortality Table, the Commissioner's 1980 Standard Ordinary Mortality Table or any more recent table made applicable to life insurers;
(2)	For annuity and pure endowment certificates, for total and permanent disability benefits, for accidental death benefits and for non‑cancellable accident and health benefits – such tables as are authorized for use by life insurers in this State.
All of the above shall be under valuation methods and standards (including interest assumptions) in accordance with the laws of this State applicable to life insurers issuing policies containing like benefits.
(c)	The Commissioner may, in his or her discretion, accept other standards for valuation if the Commissioner finds that the reserves produced thereby will not be less in the aggregate than reserves computed in accordance with the minimum valuation standard herein prescribed.  The Commissioner may, in his or her discretion, vary the standards of mortality applicable to all benefit contracts on substandard lives or other extra hazardous lives by any society authorized to do business in this State.
(d)	Any society, with the consent of the Commissioner of the state of domicile of the society and under such conditions, if any, which the Commissioner may impose, may establish and maintain reserves on its certificates in excess of the reserves required thereunder, but the contractual rights of any benefit member shall not be affected thereby. (1987, c. 483, s. 2; 1991, c. 720, s. 4.)

§ 58‑24‑125.  Reports.
Reports shall be filed in accordance with the provisions of this section.
(a)	Every society transacting business in this State shall annually, on or before the first day of March, unless for cause shown such time has been extended by the Commissioner, file with the Commissioner a true statement of its financial condition, transactions and affairs for the preceding calendar year and pay the fee specified in G.S. 58‑6‑5 for filing same.  The statement shall be in general form and context as approved by the NAIC for fraternal benefit societies and as supplemented by additional information required by the Commissioner.
(b)	As part of the annual statement herein required, each society shall, on or before the first day of March, file with the Commissioner a valuation of its certificates in force on December 31st last preceding, provided the Commissioner may, in his or her discretion for cause shown, extend the time for filing such valuation for not more than two calendar months.  Such valuation shall be done in accordance with the standards specified in G.S. 58‑24‑120.  Such valuation and underlying data shall be certified by a qualified actuary or, at the expense of the society, verified by the actuary of the Department of the state of domicile of the society.
(c)	A society neglecting to file the annual statement in the form and within the time provided by this section shall forfeit one hundred dollars ($100.00) for each day during which such neglect continues, and, upon notice by the Commissioner to that effect, its authority to do business in this State shall cease while such default continues. (1987, c. 483, s. 2; 1991, c. 720, ss. 4, 19.)

§ 58‑24‑130.  Perpetual license.
Subject to timely payment of the annual license continuation fee and subject to any other applicable provisions of the insurance laws of this State, a license, other than a preliminary license, to a fraternal benefit society under this Article shall continue in full force and effect. For each license the society shall pay the Commissioner the fee specified in G.S. 58‑6‑5. The society shall pay the Commissioner, as an annual license continuation fee and a condition of the continuation of the license, the fee specified in G.S. 58‑6‑7 on or before the first day of March on a form to be supplied by the Commissioner. A duly certified copy or duplicate of the license shall be prima facie evidence that the licensee is a fraternal benefit society within the meaning of Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter. (1987, c. 483, s. 2; 1991, c. 720, s. 4; 2003‑212, s. 26(g).)

§ 58‑24‑135.  Examination of societies; no adverse publications.
(a)	The Commissioner, or any person he or she may appoint, may examine any domestic, foreign or alien society transacting or applying for admission to transact business in this State in the same manner as authorized for examination of domestic, foreign or alien insurers. Requirements of notice and an opportunity to respond before findings are made public as provided in the laws regulating insurers shall also be applicable to the examination of societies.
(b)	Repealed by Session Laws 1995, c. 360, s. 2(i). (1987, c. 483, s. 2; 1991, c. 720, s. 4; 1995, c. 360, s. 2(i).)

§ 58‑24‑140.  Foreign or alien society – Admission.
No foreign or alien society shall transact business in this State without a license issued by the Commissioner.  Any such society desiring admission to this State shall comply substantially with the requirements and limitations of this Article applicable to domestic societies.  Any such society may be licensed to transact business in this State upon filing with the Commissioner:
(a)	A duly certified copy of its Articles of Incorporation;
(b)	A copy of its bylaws, certified by its secretary or corresponding officer;
(c)	A power of attorney to the Commissioner as prescribed in G.S. 58‑24‑170;
(d)	A statement of its business under oath of its president and secretary or corresponding officers in a form prescribed by the Commissioner, duly verified by an examination made by the supervising insurance official of its home state or other state, territory, province or country, satisfactory to the Commissioner of this State;
(e)	Certification from the proper official of its home state, territory, province or country that the society is legally incorporated and licensed to transact business therein;
(f)	Copies of its certificate forms; and
(g)	Such other information as the Commissioner may deem necessary;
and upon a showing that its assets are invested in accordance with the provisions of Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter. (1987, c. 483, s. 2; 1991, c. 720, ss. 4, 20.)

§ 58‑24‑145.  Injunction – Liquidation – Receivership of domestic society.
(a)	When the Commissioner upon investigation finds that a domestic society:
(1)	Has exceeded its powers;
(2)	Has failed to comply with any provision of this Article;
(3)	Is not fulfilling its contracts in good faith;
(4)	Has a membership of less than 400 after an existence of one year or more; or
(5)	Is conducting business fraudulently or in a manner hazardous to its members, creditors, the public or the business;
the Commissioner shall notify the society of such deficiency or deficiencies and state in writing the reasons for his or her dissatisfaction. The Commissioner shall at once issue a written notice to the society requiring that the deficiency or deficiencies which exist are corrected. After such notice the society shall have a 30 day period in which to comply with the Commissioner's request for correction, and if the society fails to comply the Commissioner shall notify the society of such findings of noncompliance and require the society to show cause on a date named why it should not be enjoined from carrying on any business until the violation complained of shall have been corrected, or why an action under Article 41 of Chapter 1 of the General Statutes (quo warranto) should not be commenced against the society.
(b)	If on such date the society does not present good and sufficient reasons why it should not be so enjoined or why such action should not be commenced, the Commissioner may present the facts relating thereto to the Attorney General who shall, if he or she deems the circumstances warrant, commence an action to enjoin the society from transacting business or under Article 41 of Chapter 1 of the General Statutes (quo warranto).
(c)	The court shall thereupon notify the officers of the society of a hearing. If after a full hearing it appears that the society should be so enjoined or liquidated or a receiver appointed, the court shall enter the necessary order. No society so enjoined shall have the authority to do business until:
(1)	The Commissioner finds that the violation complained of has been corrected;
(2)	The costs of such action shall have been paid by the society if the court finds that the society was in default as charged;
(3)	The court has dissolved its injunction; and
(4)	The Commissioner has reinstated the license.
(d)	If the court orders the society liquidated, it shall be enjoined from carrying on any further business, whereupon the receiver of the society shall proceed at once to take possession of the books, papers, money and other assets of the society and, under the direction of the court, proceed forthwith to close the affairs of the society and to distribute its funds to those entitled thereto.
(e)	No action under this section shall be recognized in any court of this State unless brought by the Attorney General upon request of the Commissioner. Whenever a receiver is to be appointed for a domestic society, the court shall appoint the Commissioner as such receiver.
(f)	The provisions of this section relating to hearing by the Commissioner, action by the Attorney General at the request of the Commissioner, hearing by the court, injunction and receivership shall be applicable to a society which shall voluntarily determine to discontinue business. (1987, c. 483, s. 2; 1991, c. 720, s. 4; 1999‑132, s. 9.1.)

§ 58‑24‑150.  Suspension, revocation or refusal of license of foreign or alien society.
(a)	When the Commissioner upon investigation finds that a foreign or alien society transacting or applying to transact business in this State:
(1)	Has exceeded its powers;
(2)	Has failed to comply with any of the provisions of this Article;
(3)	Is not fulfilling its contracts in good faith; or
(4)	Is conducting its business fraudulently or in a manner hazardous to its members or creditors or the public;
the Commissioner shall notify the society of such deficiency or deficiencies and state in writing the reasons for his or her dissatisfaction.  The Commissioner shall at once issue a written notice to the society requiring that the deficiency or deficiencies which exist are corrected.  After such notice the society shall have a 30 day period in which to comply with the Commissioner's request for correction, and if the society fails to comply the Commissioner shall notify the society of such findings of noncompliance and require the society to show cause on a date named why its license should not be suspended, revoked or refused.  If on such date the society does not present good and sufficient reason why its authority to do business in this State should not be suspended, revoked or refused, the Commissioner may suspend or refuse the license of the society to do business in this State until satisfactory evidence is furnished to the Commissioner that such suspension or refusal should be withdrawn or the Commissioner may revoke the authority of the society to do business in this State.
(b)	Nothing contained in this section shall be taken or construed as preventing any such society from continuing in good faith all contracts made in this State during the time such society was legally authorized to transact business herein. (1987, c. 483, s. 2; 1991, c. 720, s. 4.)

§ 58‑24‑155.  Injunction.
No application or petition for injunction against any domestic, foreign or alien society, or lodge thereof, shall be recognized in any court of this State unless made by the Attorney General upon request of the Commissioner. (1987, c. 483, s. 2; 1991, c. 720, s. 4.)

§ 58‑24‑160.  Licensing of agents.
(a)	Agents of societies shall be licensed in accordance with the provisions of the general insurance laws regulating the licensing, revocation, suspension or termination of license of resident and nonresident insurance producers; provided that agents licensed pursuant to former G.S. 58‑268 as of July 1, 1977, shall be exempt from examination.
(b)	No examination or license shall be required of any regular salaried officer, employee or member of a licensed society who devotes substantially all of his or her services to activities other than the solicitation of fraternal insurance contracts from the public, and who receives for the solicitation of such contracts no commission or other compensation directly dependent upon the amount of business obtained.  (1987, c. 483, s. 2; 2022‑46, s. 14(dd).)

§ 58‑24‑165.  Unfair methods of competition and unfair and deceptive acts and practices.
Every society authorized to do business in this State shall be subject to the provisions of Article 63 of this Chapter relating to unfair methods of competition and unfair or deceptive acts or practices; provided, however, that nothing in such provisions shall be construed as applying to or affecting the right of any society to determine its eligibility requirements for membership, or be construed as applying to or affecting the offering of benefits exclusively to members or persons eligible for membership in the society by a subsidiary corporation or affiliated organization of the society. (1987, c. 483, s. 2.)

§ 58‑24‑170.  Service of process.
(a)	Every society authorized to do business in this State shall appoint in writing the Commissioner and each successor in office to be its true and lawful attorney upon whom all lawful process in any action or proceeding against it shall be served, and shall agree in such writing that any lawful process against it which is served on said attorney shall be of the same legal force and validity as if served upon the society, and that the authority shall continue in force so long as any liability remains outstanding in this State.  Copies of such appointment, certified by said Commissioner, shall be deemed sufficient evidence thereof and shall be admitted in evidence with the same force and effect as the original thereof might be admitted. 
(b)	Service shall only be made upon the Commissioner, or if absent, upon the person in charge of the Commissioner's office.  It shall be made in duplicate and shall constitute sufficient service upon the society.  When legal process against a society is served upon the Commissioner, the Commissioner shall forthwith forward one of the duplicate copies by certified or registered mail, prepaid, directed to the secretary or corresponding officer.  No such service shall require a society to file its answer, pleading or defense in less than 30 days from the date of mailing the copy of the service to a society.  Legal process shall not be served upon a society except in the manner herein provided.  At the time of serving any process upon the Commissioner, the plaintiff or complainant in the action shall pay to the Commissioner a fee in the amount set in G.S. 58‑16‑30. (1987, c. 483, s. 2; 1989, c. 645, s. 4; 1991, c. 720, s. 4.)

§ 58‑24‑175.  Review.
All decisions and findings of the Commissioner made under the provisions of this Article shall be subject to review under G.S. 58‑2‑75. (1987, c. 483, s. 2; 1991, c. 720, ss. 4, 21.)

§ 58‑24‑180.  Penalties.
(a)	Any person, officer, member, or examining physician of any society authorized to do business under this Article who shall knowingly or willfully make any false or fraudulent statement or representation in or with reference to any application for membership, or for the purpose of obtaining money from or benefit in any society transacting business under this Article, shall be guilty of a Class 1 misdemeanor.
(b)	Any person who shall solicit membership for, or in any manner assist in procuring membership in any fraternal benefit society not licensed to do business in this State, or who shall solicit membership for, or in any manner assist in procuring membership in any such society not authorized as herein provided to do business as herein defined in this State, shall be guilty of a Class 3 misdemeanor and upon conviction thereof shall be punished only by a fine of not less than one thousand dollars ($1,000) nor more than five thousand dollars ($5,000).
(c)	Any society, or any officer, agent, or employee thereof, neglecting or refusing to comply with, or violating, any of the provisions of this Article, the penalty for which neglect, refusal, or violation is not specified in this section, shall be guilty of a Class 3 misdemeanor, and upon conviction shall be punished only by a fine not to exceed five thousand dollars ($5,000).
(d)	Any person violating the provisions of G.S. 58‑24‑65 shall be guilty of a Class I felony.
(e)	Any person who willfully makes any false statement under oath in any verified report or declaration that is required by law from fraternal benefit societies, is guilty of a Class I felony. (1987, c. 483, s. 2; 1989 (Reg. Sess., 1990), c. 1054, s. 3; 1993, c. 539, ss. 451, 1273; 1994, Ex. Sess., c. 24, s. 14(c); 1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 767, s. 25.)

§ 58‑24‑185.  Exemption of certain societies, orders, and associations.
(a)	Nothing contained in this Article shall be so construed as to affect or apply to:
(1)	Grand or subordinate lodges of societies, orders or associations now doing business in this State which provide benefits exclusively through local or subordinate lodges;
(2)	Orders, societies or associations which admit to membership only persons engaged in one or more crafts or hazardous occupations, in the same or similar lines of business, insuring only their own members and their families, and the ladies' societies or ladies' auxiliaries to such orders, societies or associations;
(3)	Domestic societies which limit their membership to employees of a particular city or town, designated firm, business house or corporation which provide for a death benefit of not more than five hundred dollars ($500.00) or disability benefits of not more than three hundred fifty dollars ($350.00) to any person in any one year, or both;
(4)	Domestic societies or associations of a purely religious, charitable or benevolent description, which provide for a death benefit of not more than five hundred dollars ($500.00) or for disability benefits of not more than three hundred fifty dollars ($350.00) to any one person in any one year, or both;
(5)	An association of local lodges of a society now doing business in this State which provides death benefits not exceeding five hundred dollars ($500.00) to any one person, provided, that the Commissioner may authorize the payment of death benefits not exceeding three thousand dollars ($3,000) to any one person, or may authorize disability benefits not exceeding three hundred dollars ($300.00), or may authorize both payments, in any one year to any one person; or
(6)	Any association, whether a fraternal benefit society or not, which was organized before 1880 and whose members are officers or enlisted, regular or reserve, active, retired, or honorably discharged members of the Armed Forces or Sea Services of the United States, and a principal purpose of which is to provide insurance and other benefits to its members and their dependents or beneficiaries.
(b)	Any such society or association described in subsections (a)(3) or (a)(4) supra which provides for death or disability benefits for which benefit certificates are issued, and any such society or association included in subsection (a)(4) which has more than 1000 members, shall not be exempted from the provisions of this Article but shall comply with all requirements thereof.
(c)	No society which, by the provisions of this section, is exempt from the requirements of this Article, except any society described in subsection (a)(2) supra, shall give or allow, or promise to give or allow to any person any compensation for procuring new members.
(d)	Every society which provides for benefits in case of death or disability resulting solely from accident, and which does not obligate itself to pay natural death or sick benefits shall have all of the privileges and be subject to all the applicable provisions and regulations of this Article except that the provisions thereof relating to medical examination, valuations of benefit certificates, and incontestability, shall not apply to the society.
(e)	The Commissioner may require from any society or association, by examination or otherwise, such information as will enable the Commissioner to determine whether the society or association is exempt from the provisions of this Article.
(f)	Societies, orders, or associations exempted under the provisions of this section shall also be exempt from all other provisions of the general insurance laws of this State.  (1987, c. 483, s. 2; 1989, c. 364, s. 2; c. 485, s. 2; 1991, c. 476, s. 1; c. 720, ss. 4, 45, 55; 2007‑27, s. 1; 2008‑187, s. 12.)

§ 58‑24‑190.  Severability.
If any provision of this Article or the application of such provision to any circumstance is held invalid, the remainder of the Article or the application of the provision to other circumstances, shall not be affected thereby. (1987, c. 483, s. 2.)

Article 25.
Fraternal Orders.
§ 58‑25‑1.  General insurance law not applicable.
Nothing in the general insurance laws, except such as apply to fraternal orders shall be construed to extend to benevolent associations incorporated under the laws of this State that only levy an assessment on the members to create a fund to pay the family of a deceased member and make no profit therefrom, and do not solicit business through agents. (1987, c. 483, s. 2.)

§ 58‑25‑5.  Fraternal orders defined.
Every incorporated association, order, or society doing business in this State on the lodge system, with ritualistic form of work and representative form of government, for the purpose of making provision for the payment of benefits of three hundred dollars ($300.00) or less in case of death, sickness, temporary or permanent physical disability, either as the result of disease, accident, or old age, formed and organized for the sole benefit of its members and their beneficiaries, and not for profit, is hereby declared to be a "fraternal order".  Societies and orders which do not make insurance contracts or collect dues or assessments therefor, but simply pay burial or other benefits out of the treasury of their orders, and use their funds for the purpose of building homes or asylums for the purpose of caring for and educating orphan children and aged and infirm people in this State, shall not be considered as "fraternal orders"; and such order or association paying death or disability benefits may also create, maintain, apply, or disburse among its membership a reserve or emergency fund as may be provided in its constitution or bylaws; but no profit or gain may be added to the payments made by a member. (1987, c. 483, s. 2.)

§ 58‑25‑10.  Funds derived from assessments and dues.
The fund from which the payment of benefits, as provided for in G.S. 58‑25‑5, shall be made, and the fund from which the expenses of such association, order or society shall be defrayed, shall be derived from assessments or dues collected from its members.  Such societies or associations shall be governed by the laws of the State governing fraternal orders or societies, and are exempt from the provisions of all general insurance laws of this State, and no law hereafter passed shall apply to such orders or societies unless fraternal orders or societies are designated therein. (1987, c. 483, s. 2.)

§ 58‑25‑15.  Appointment of member as receiver or collector; appointee as agent for order or society; rights of members.
Assessments and dues referred to in G.S. 58‑25‑5 and G.S. 58‑25‑10 may be collected, receipted, and remitted by a member or officer of any local or subordinate lodge of any fraternal order or society when so appointed or designated by any grand, district, or subordinate lodge or officer, deputy, or representative of the same, there being no regular licensed agent or deputy of said grand lodge charged with said duties; but any person so collecting said dues or assessments shall be the agent or representative of such fraternal order or society, or any department thereof, and shall bind them by their acts in collecting and remitting said amounts so collected.  Under no circumstances, regardless of any agreement, bylaws, contract, or notice, shall said officer or collector be the agent or representative of the individual member from whom any such collection is made; nor shall said member be responsible for the failure of such officer or collector to safely keep, handle, or remit said dues or assessments so collected, in accordance with the rules, regulations, or bylaws of said order or society; nor shall said member, regardless of any rules, regulations, or bylaws to the contrary, forfeit any rights under his certificate of membership in said fraternal order or society by reason of any default or misconduct of any said officer or member so acting. (1987, c. 483, s. 2.)

§ 58‑25‑20.  Meetings of governing body; principal office.
Any such order or society incorporated and organized under the laws of this State may provide for the meeting of its supreme legislative or governing body in any other state, province, or territory wherein such order or society has subordinate lodges, and all business transacted at such meetings is as valid in all respects as if the meetings were held in this State; but the principal business office of such order or society shall always be kept in this State. (1987, c. 483, s. 2.)

§ 58‑25‑25.  Conditions precedent to doing business.
Any such fraternal order, society, or association as defined by this Article, chartered and organized in this State or organized and doing business under the laws of any other state, district, province, or territory, having the qualifications required of domestic societies of like character, upon satisfying the Commissioner that its business is proper and legitimate and so conducted, may be admitted to transact business in this State upon the same conditions as are prescribed by Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter for admitting and authorizing foreign insurance companies to do business in this State, except that such fraternal orders shall not be required to have the capital required of such insurance companies. Organizers or agents shall be licensed without requiring an examination; provided, organizers or agents who are engaged in or intend to engage in the sale of individual policies of life insurance shall take the examination required of life insurance producers. Those organizers or agents licensed for the sale of insurance pursuant to former G.S. 58‑268 as of July 1, 1977, shall be exempt from examination.  (1987, c. 483, s. 2; 1991, c. 720, s. 4; 2022‑46, s. 14(ee).)

§ 58‑25‑30.  Certain lodge systems exempt.
The following beneficial orders or societies shall be exempt from the requirements of this Article, and shall not be required to pay any license tax or fees nor make any report to the Commissioner, unless the assessments collected for death benefits by the supreme lodge amount to at least three hundred dollars ($300.00) in one year:  Beneficial fraternal orders, or societies incorporated under the laws of this State, which are conducted under the lodge system which have the supreme lodge or governing body located in this State, and which are so organized that the membership consists of members of subordinate lodges; that the subordinate lodges accept for membership only residents of the county in which such subordinate lodge is located; that each subordinate lodge issues certificates, makes assessments, and collects a fund to pay benefits to the widows and orphans of its own deceased members and their families, each lodge independently of the others, for itself and independently of the supreme lodge; that each lodge controls the fund for this purpose; that in addition to the benefits paid by each subordinate lodge to its own members, the supreme lodge provides for an additional benefit for such of the members of the subordinate lodges as are qualified, at the option of the subordinate lodge members; that such organization is not conducted for profit, has no capital stock, and has been in operation for 10 years in this State.
The Commissioner may require the chief or presiding officer, or the secretary, to file annually an affidavit that such organization is entitled to this exemption. (1987, c. 483, s. 2; 1991, c. 720. s. 4.)

§ 58‑25‑35.  Insurance on children.
Any fraternal order or society authorized pursuant to this Article to do business in this State and operating on the lodge plan may provide in its constitution and bylaws, in addition to other benefits provided for therein, for the payment of death or annuity benefits upon the lives of children between the ages of one and 16 years at next birthday, for whose support and maintenance a member of such order or society is responsible.  The order or society may at its option organize and operate branches for such children and membership in local lodges, and initiation therein shall not be required of such children, nor shall they have any voice in the management of the order or society.  The total benefits payable as above provided shall in no case exceed the following amounts at ages at next birthday at time of death, respectively, as follows:  one year, twenty dollars ($20.00); two years, fifty dollars ($50.00); three years, seventy‑five dollars ($75.00); four years, one hundred dollars ($100.00); five years, one hundred twenty‑five dollars ($125.00); six years, one hundred fifty dollars ($150.00); seven years, two hundred dollars ($200.00); eight years, two hundred fifty dollars ($250.00); nine years, three hundred dollars ($300.00); 10 years, four hundred dollars ($400.00); 11 years, five hundred dollars ($500.00); 12 years, six hundred dollars ($600.00); 13 years, seven hundred dollars ($700.00); 14 years, eight hundred dollars ($800.00); 15 years, nine hundred dollars ($900.00); 16 years, one thousand dollars ($1,000). (1987, c. 483, s. 2.)

§ 58‑25‑40.  Medical examination; certificates and contributions.
No benefit certificate as to any child shall take effect until after medical examination or inspection by a licensed medical practitioner, in accordance with the laws of the order or society, nor shall any such benefit certificate be issued unless the order or society shall simultaneously put in force at least 500 such certificates, on each of which at least one assessment has been paid, nor where the number of lives represented by such certificate falls below 500.  The death benefit contributions to be made upon such certificate shall be based upon the "Standard Mortality Table" or the "English Life Table Number Six," and a rate of interest not greater than four percent (4%) per annum, upon a higher standard or upon such mortality, morbidity, and interest standards permitted by the laws of this State for use by life insurance companies; but contributions may be waived or returns may be made from any surplus held in excess of reserve and other liabilities, as provided in the bylaws; and extra contributions shall be made if the reserves hereafter provided for become impaired. (1987, c. 483, s. 2.)

§ 58‑25‑45.  Reserve fund; exchange of certificates.
Any order or society entering into such insurance agreements shall maintain on all such contracts the reserve required by the standard of mortality and interest adopted by the order or society for computing contributions as provided in G.S. 58‑25‑35, and the funds representing the benefit contributions and all accretions thereon shall be kept as separate and distinct funds, independent of the other funds of the order or society, and shall not be liable for nor used for the payment of the debts and obligations of the order or society other than the benefits herein authorized.  An order or society may provide that when a child reaches the minimum age for initiation into membership in such order or society, any benefit certificate issued hereunder may be surrendered for cancellation and exchanged for any other form of certificate issued by the order or society:  Provided, that such surrender will not reduce the number of lives insured below 500; and upon the issuance of such new certificate any reserve upon the original certificate herein provided for shall be transferred to the credit of the new certificate.  Neither the person who originally made application for benefits on account of such child, nor the beneficiary named in such original certificate, nor the person who paid the contributions, shall have any vested right in such new certificate, the free nomination of a beneficiary under the new certificate being left to the child so admitted to benefit membership. (1987, c. 483, s. 2.)

§ 58‑25‑50.  Separation of funds.
An entirely separate financial statement of the business transactions and of assets and liabilities arising therefrom shall be made in its annual report to the Commissioner by an order or society availing itself of the provisions hereof.  The separation of assets, funds, and liabilities required hereby shall not be terminated, rescinded, or modified, nor shall the funds be diverted for any use other than as specified in the preceding section, as long as any certificates issued hereunder remain in force, and this requirement shall be recognized and enforced in any liquidation, reinsurance, merger, or other change in the condition or the status of the order or society. (1987, c. 483, s. 2; 1991, c. 720, s. 4.)

§ 58‑25‑55.  Payments to expense or general fund.
Any order or society shall have the right to provide in its laws and the certificate issued hereunder for specified payments on account of the expense or general fund, which payments shall or shall not be mingled with the general fund of the order or society, as its constitution and bylaws may provide. (1987, c. 483, s. 2.)

§ 58‑25‑60.  Continuation of certificates.
In the event of the termination of membership in the order or society by the person responsible for the support of any child on whose account a certificate may have been issued as provided herein, the certificate may be continued for the benefit of the estate of the child, provided the contributions are continued, or for the benefit of any other person responsible for the support and maintenance of such child who shall assume the payment of the required contributions. (1987, c. 483, s. 2.)

§ 58‑25‑65.  Appointment of trustees to hold property.
The lodges of Masons, Odd Fellows, Knights of Pythias, camps of Woodmen of the World, councils of the Junior Order of United American Mechanics, orders of the Elks, Young Men's Christian Associations, Young Women's Christian Associations and other benevolent or fraternal orders and societies may appoint from time to time suitable persons trustees of their bodies or societies, in such manner as they deem proper, which trustees, and their successors, shall have power to receive, purchase, take, and hold property, real and personal, in trust for such society or body.  The trustees shall have power, when instructed so to do by resolution adopted by the order, society or body which they represent, to mortgage or sell and convey in fee simple any real or personal property owned by the order, society or body; and the conveyances so made by the trustees shall be effective to pass the property in fee simple to the purchaser or to the mortgagee or trustee for the purposes in such conveyance or mortgage expressed.  If there shall be no trustee, then any real or personal property which could be held by such trustees shall vest in and be held by such charitable, benevolent, religious, or fraternal orders and societies, respectively, according to such intent. (1987, c. 483, s. 2.)

§ 58‑25‑70.  Unauthorized wearing of badges, etc.
Any person who fraudulently and willfully wears the badge or button of any fraternal organization or society, either in the identical form or in such near resemblance thereto as to be a colorable imitation thereof, or who fraudulently and willfully uses the name of any such order, society or organization, the titles of its officers, or its insignia, ritual, or ceremonies, unless entitled to wear or use the same under the constitution and bylaws, rules and regulations of such fraternal organization, society, or order, shall be deemed guilty of a Class 3 misdemeanor. (1987, c. 483, s. 2; 1993, c. 539, s. 452; 1994, Ex. Sess., c. 24, s. 14(c).)

Article 26.
Real Estate Title Insurance Companies.
§ 58‑26‑1.  Purpose of organization; formation; insuring closing services; premium rates; combined premiums for lenders' coverages.
(a)	Companies may be formed in the manner provided in this Article for the purpose of furnishing information in relation to titles to real estate and of insuring owners and others interested therein against loss by reason of encumbrances and defective title; provided, however, that no such information shall be so furnished nor shall such insurance be so issued as to North Carolina real property unless and until the title insurance company has obtained the opinion of an attorney, licensed to practice law in North Carolina and not an employee or agent of the company, who has conducted or caused to be conducted under the attorney's direct supervision a reasonable examination of the title. The company shall cause to be made a determination of insurability of title in accordance with sound underwriting practices for title insurance companies. A company may also insure the proper performance of services necessary to conduct a real estate closing performed by an approved attorney licensed to practice in North Carolina. Provided, however, nothing in this section shall be construed to prohibit or preclude a title insurance company from insuring proper performance by its issuing agents.
(b)	Repealed by Session Laws 2002‑187, s. 7.1.
(b1)	Domestic and foreign title insurance companies are subject to the same capital, surplus, deposit, and investment requirements that govern the formation and operation of stock casualty companies.
(c)	This Article shall not be interpreted so as to imply the repeal or amendment of any of the provisions of Chapter 84 of the General Statutes of North Carolina nor of any other provisions of common law or statutory law governing the practice of law.
(d)	The premium rates charged for insuring against loss by reason of encumbrances and defective title and for insuring real estate closing services shall be based on the purchase price of the real estate being conveyed or the loan amount and shall not be established as flat fees. If a title insurer has also issued title insurance protecting a lender or owner against loss by reason of encumbrances and defective title, the insurer shall charge one undivided premium for the combination of the title insurance and the closing services insurance.
(e)	If the premium stated upon a policy of title insurance has been understated or overstated due to inadvertence, mistake, or miscalculation of the closing attorney or his employees, and the incident is not purposeful or part of a pattern, the Commissioner of Insurance shall not be required to impose a civil penalty or other sanction for the inadvertence, mistake, or miscalculation.  (1899, c. 54, s. 38; 1901, c. 391, s. 3; Rev., s. 4745; C.S., s. 6395; 1923, c. 71; 1973, c. 128; 1985, c. 666, s. 43; 1987, c. 625, ss. 1‑3; 1993, c. 129, s. 1; c. 504, s. 15; 2002‑187, ss. 7.1, 7.2; 2018‑38, s. 2.1.)

§ 58‑26‑5.  Certificate of authority to do business.
Before any such company may issue any policy or make any contract or guarantee of insurance, it shall file with the Commissioner a certified copy of the record or the certificate of its organization in the office of the Secretary of State, and obtain from the Commissioner his certificate that it has complied with the laws applicable to it and that it is authorized to do business. (1899, c. 54, s. 38; 1901, c. 391, s. 3; Rev., s. 4745; C.S., s. 6396; 1991, c. 720, s. 4.)

§ 58‑26‑6.  Exemption for policies issued on property affected by boundary certification.
The Commissioner of Insurance shall not take any of the following actions with respect to a real estate title insurance company that previously operated only in South Carolina and issued a policy of title insurance in compliance under South Carolina law for a parcel of real estate now determined to be located wholly or partially in North Carolina:
(1)	Require a certificate of authority to do business as a real estate title insurance company under Article 26 of Chapter 58 of the General Statutes.
(2)	Take enforcement action against any title insurance company for failure to comply with the requirements of Article 26, 27, or 28 of Chapter 58 of the General Statutes applicable to real estate title insurance companies in North Carolina or any other statutory or regulatory requirements applicable to all insurance companies in North Carolina.
Nothing in this section is intended to prevent the Commissioner of Insurance from entering into a memorandum of agreement with the South Carolina Department of Insurance with respect to enforcement of South Carolina law against real estate title insurance companies subject to this section.  (2016‑23, s. 3(e).)

§ 58‑26‑10.  Financial statements and licenses required.
Title insurance companies are subject to G.S. 58‑2‑131, 58‑2‑132, 58‑2‑133, 58‑2‑134, 58‑2‑165, 58‑2‑180, and 58‑6‑5. The Commissioner may require title insurance companies to separately report their experience in insuring titles and in insuring closing services. The license to do business in this State issued to a title insurance company shall continue in full force and effect, subject to timely payment of the annual license continuation fee in accordance with G.S. 58‑6‑7 and subject to any other applicable provisions of the insurance laws of this State. The Commissioner shall annually license the agents of title insurance companies. (1899, c. 54, s. 38; 1901, c. 391, s. 3; Rev., s. 4745; C.S., s. 6397; 1987, c. 625, ss. 4, 5; 1991, c. 720, s. 4; 1993, c. 504, s. 17; 1999‑132, s. 11.5; 2003‑212, s. 26(h).)

§ 58‑26‑15.  Limitation of risk.
No real estate title insurance company shall guarantee or insure in any one risk on real property located in North Carolina more than forty percent (40%) of its combined capital and surplus without first having the approval of the Commissioner, which approval shall be endorsed upon the policy. (1945, c. 386; 1967, c. 936; 1993, c. 504, s. 18.)

§ 58‑26‑20.  Statutory premium reserve.
Every domestic title insurance company shall, in addition to other reserves, establish and maintain a reserve to be known as the "statutory premium reserve" for title insurance, which shall at all times and for all purposes be considered and constitute a reserve liability of the title insurance company in determining its financial condition. (1969, c. 897; 1973, c. 1035, s. 1; 1993, c. 504, s. 19; 2002‑187, s. 7.3.)

§ 58‑26‑25.  Amount of unearned statutory premium reserve.
(a)	Repealed by Sessions Laws 2018‑38, s. 2.2, effective October 1, 2018.
(a1)	A domestic title insurance company shall establish and maintain a statutory premium reserve in an amount equal to $0.17 per $1,000 of net retained liability for each title insurance policy which is defined as the total liability retained by a title insurer for a single risk after taking into account any ceded liability. The net retained liability of a simultaneous issue of an owner's policy and a loan policy shall be calculated on the greater coverage amount of the two policies. The amount set aside in the statutory premium reserve shall be released over a period of 20 years, pursuant to the following formula: 30% of the aggregate sum in the year next succeeding the year of addition; 15% of the aggregate sum in the next succeeding year; 10% of the aggregate sum in each of the next succeeding two years; 5% of the aggregate sum in each of the next succeeding two years; 3% of the aggregate sum in each of the next succeeding two years; 2% of the aggregate sum in each of next succeeding seven years; and 1% of the aggregate sum in each of the next succeeding five years. The title insurer shall make authorized releases under this section in equal quarterly amounts on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 annually.
(b)	Repealed by Sessions Laws 2018‑38, s. 2.2, effective October 1, 2018.
(b1)	All amounts held as of December 31, 2018, which are in excess of the requirements of subsection (a1) of this section, shall be released on December 31, 2018, to net profits.
(c)	Repealed by Sessions Laws 2018‑38, s. 2.2, effective October 1, 2018.
(d)	Repealed by Sessions Laws 2018‑38, s. 2.2, effective October 1, 2018.
(e)	A supplemental reserve shall be established in accordance with the instructions of the annual statement required by G.S. 58‑2‑165 and G.S. 58‑26‑10 consisting of the reserves necessary, when taken in combination with the reserve required by subsection (a1) of this section to cover the company's liabilities with respect to all losses, claims, and loss adjustment expenses.
(f)	Each title insurer subject to the provisions of this Article shall file with its annual statement required by G.S. 58‑2‑165 and G.S. 58‑26‑10 a certification of a member in good standing of the American Academy of Actuaries. The actuarial certification required of a title insurer must conform to the annual statement instructions for title insurers of the National Association of Insurance Commissioners.  (1969, c. 897; 1973, c. 1035, ss. 2‑4; 1999‑383, s. 1; 2002‑187, ss. 7.4, 7.5, 7.6; 2018‑38, s. 2.2.)

§ 58‑26‑30: Repealed by Session Laws 2002‑187, s. 7.7, effective October 31, 2002.

§ 58‑26‑31: Repealed by Session Laws 2018‑38, s. 2.3, effective October 1, 2018.

§ 58‑26‑35: Repealed by Session Laws 2018‑38, s. 2.4, effective October 1, 2018.

§ 58‑26‑40: Repealed by Session Laws 2002‑187, s. 7.10, effective October 31, 2002.

§ 58‑26‑45.  Registration as a lien agent.
(a)	A title insurance company or title insurance agency authorized to do business in this State that consents to serve as a lien agent upon designation by any owner pursuant to G.S. 44A‑11.1 shall register with the Department by providing the following information:
(1)	Name of the title insurance company or title insurance agency consenting to serve as a lien agent pursuant to G.S. 44A‑11.1.
(2)	Physical and mailing address, facsimile number and electronic mail address to which notices may be delivered to the lien agent pursuant to G.S. 44A‑11.2.
(3)	Telephone number of the lien agent.
(b)	Upon receipt of the notice of designation by the owner pursuant to G.S. 44A‑11.1, a lien agent shall have the duty to do all of the following:
(1)	Provide written notice acknowledging its designation as a lien agent to the owner within three business days of receipt of the owner's written notice of designation, by the same method of delivery used by the owner in delivering the notice of designation to the lien agent.
(2)	Receive notices to lien agent delivered by potential lien claimants pursuant to G.S. 44A‑11.2.
(3)	Maintain a record of the date and time of delivery and the information contained in each notice to lien agent received.
(4)	Within three business days of receipt of a notice to lien agent by a potential lien claimant relating to improvements to real property for which the lien agent has been designated as the lien agent, provide written notice confirming receipt of the notice to the person providing such notice, by the same method used by the potential lien claimant in delivering the notice to lien agent. If the notice is received by email, the acknowledgment sent by the lien agent must include the email received, including the header showing the date and time of receipt.
(5)	Within three business days of receipt of any notice to lien agent by a potential lien claimant relating to improved real property for which the lien agent has not been designated as the lien agent, provide written notice to the potential lien claimant that it is not the designated lien agent for the improved property, by the same method used by the potential lien claimant in delivering the notice to lien agent.
(6),	(6a) Repealed by Session Laws 2013‑117, s. 3, effective June 22, 2013, and applicable to improvements to real property affected hereby for which the first furnishing of labor or materials at the site of the improvements is on or after that date.
(7)	Provide written notice of the potential lien claimants having delivered notice to lien agent pursuant to G.S. 44A‑11.2, including the information relating to any contractor identified by the owner pursuant to G.S. 44A‑11.2(g), and relating to any design professional identified by the owner pursuant to G.S. 44A‑11.2(h), within one business day of receiving a request from any of the following persons or their authorized agents:
a.	An owner of the improved property.
b.	A title insurance company or title insurance agency issuing a policy of title insurance on the improved property.
c.	A contracted purchaser of the improved property.
d.	A potential lien claimant.
e.	A closing attorney, lender, or settlement agent as defined in G.S. 45A‑3(15) involved in a transaction involving the improved property.
In responding to a request pursuant to this subdivision, the lien agent shall include the information provided by each potential lien claimant pursuant to G.S. 44A‑11.2(i)(1) and G.S. 44A‑11.2(i)(2) and, if specifically requested, a copy of each notice to lien agent received by the lien agent.
(8)	Transfer all notices received and other documentation thereof to any successor lien agent designated by the owner upon termination under G.S. 44A‑11.1(d).
(9)	Receive cancellations of notices to lien agent and renewals of notices to lien agent pursuant to G.S. 44A‑11.2.
(c)	A registered lien agent may revoke its consent and be removed from the list of lien agents by providing written notification of its revocation of consent to the Department of Insurance and to all owners by whom the lien agent has been designated pursuant to G.S. 44A‑11.1 at least 30 days in advance of the effective date of its revocation of consent.
(d)	For services rendered pursuant to each designation as a lien agent for improvements to real property comprising one‑ or two‑family dwellings, a lien agent shall collect a fee of thirty dollars ($30.00) from the owner. For services rendered pursuant to each designation as a lien agent for all other improvements to real property, the lien agent shall collect a fee of fifty‑eight dollars ($58.00) from the owner.
(e)	The Department shall publish on its Web site a current list of lien agents registered pursuant to this section.  (2012‑158, s. 3; 2013‑16, s. 7; 2013‑117, s. 3; 2017‑168, s. 3.)

Article 27.
Title Insurance Companies and Land Mortgage Companies Issuing Collateral Loan Certificates.
§ 58‑27‑1.  Issuance of collateral loan certificates; security.
Any domestic land mortgage company or title insurance company having a paid‑in capital and surplus of at least two hundred thousand dollars ($200,000), may, under the supervision and control of the Commissioner, issue collateral loan certificates, or other certificates of indebtedness secured by the deposit of first mortgages on real estate with the Commissioner, or under his direction, or secured by the deposit with the Commissioner, or under his direction, of collateral trust bonds secured by first mortgages, the principal and interest of which said mortgages is guaranteed by a surety company having assets of at least ten million dollars ($10,000,000), upon a basis not to exceed one hundred dollars ($100.00) for each one hundred dollars ($100.00) of liability under the collateral loan certificates or other certificates of indebtedness outstanding and secured by such first mortgages or collateral trust bonds. (1927, c. 204, s. 1; 1991, c. 720, s. 4.)

§ 58‑27‑5.  Prohibition against payment or receipt of title insurance kickbacks, rebates, commissions and other payments.
(a)	No person or entity selling real property, or performing services as a real estate agent, attorney or lender, which services are incident to or a part of any real estate settlement or sale, shall pay or receive, directly or indirectly, any kickback, rebate, commission or other payment in connection with the issuance of title insurance for any real property which is a part of such sale or settlement; nor shall any title insurance company, agency or agent make any such payment.
(b)	Any person or entity violating the provisions of this section shall be guilty of a Class 2 misdemeanor which may include a fine of not more than five thousand dollars ($5,000).
(c)	No persons or entity shall be in violation of this section solely by reason of ownership of stock in a bona fide title insurance company, agency, or agent.  For purposes of this section, and in addition to any other statutory or regulatory requirements, a bona fide title insurance company, agency or agent is defined to be a company, agency or agent that passes upon and makes title insurance underwriting decisions on title risks, including the issuance of title insurance policies, binders and endorsements, and that maintains a separate and distinct staff and office or offices for such purposes. (1973, c. 1336, s. 1; 1985, c. 666, s. 24; 1993, c. 504, s. 41, c. 539, s. 453; 1994, Ex. Sess., c. 24, s. 14(c).)

§ 58‑27‑10.  Licenses.
Any domestic land mortgage company, or title insurance company, wishing to do business under the provisions of this Article upon making written application and submitting proof satisfactory to the Commissioner that its business, capital and other qualifications comply with the provisions of this Article, upon paying to the Commissioner, the sum of five hundred dollars ($500.00) as a license fee and all other fees assessed against such company may be licensed to do business in this State under the provisions of this Article until the first day of the following July, and may have its license renewed for each year thereafter so long as it complies with the provisions of this Article and such rules adopted by the Commissioner. For each such renewal such company shall pay to the Commissioner the sum of one thousand dollars ($1,000), and all other fees assessed against such company and such renewal shall continue in force and effect until a new license be issued or specifically refused, unless revoked for good cause. The Commissioner, or any person appointed by him, shall have the power and authority to make such rules and regulations and examinations not inconsistent with the provisions of this Article, as may be in his discretion necessary or proper to enforce the provisions hereof and secure compliance with the terms of this Article. For any examination made hereunder the Commissioner shall charge the land mortgage companies or title insurance companies examined with the actual expense of such examination. (1927, c. 204, s. 2; 1955, c. 179, s. 3; 1991, c. 720, s. 4; c. 721, s. 1; 1999‑435, s. 4.)

§ 58‑27‑15.  Annual statements furnished.
Every such domestic land mortgage company or title insurance company doing business in this State under this Article shall annually file with the Commissioner on or before the first day of March in each year a full and complete sworn statement of its financial condition on the thirty‑first day of December next preceding.  Such statement shall plainly exhibit all real and contingent assets and liabilities and a complete account of its income and disbursements during the year, and shall also exhibit the amount of real estate mortgages deposited by such land mortgage company or title insurance company for the protection of the certificates issued under this Article.  The Commissioner is hereby empowered to require such further information as may be reasonably necessary to satisfy him that the statements contained in the sworn statements are true and correct. (1927, c. 204, s. 3; 1991, c. 720, s. 4.)

Article 28.
Unauthorized Insurers.
§ 58‑28‑1.  Purpose of Article.
It is the purpose of this Article to abate and prevent the practices of unauthorized insurers within the State of North Carolina, and to provide methods for effectively enforcing the laws of this State against such practices.  The General Assembly finds that there is within this State a substantial amount of insurance business being transacted by insurers who have not complied with the laws of this State and have not been authorized by the Commissioner to do business.  These practices by unauthorized insurers are deemed to be harmful and contrary to public welfare of the citizens of this State.  The difficulties which arise from the acts and practices of unauthorized insurers are compounded by the fact that such companies may be licensed in foreign jurisdictions and conduct a long‑range business without having personal representatives or agents in proximity to insureds.  The General Assembly further declares that it is a subject of vital public interest to the State that unlicensed and unauthorized companies have been and are now engaged in soliciting by way of direct mail and other advertising media, insurance risks within this State, and that such companies enjoy the many benefits and privileges provided by the State as well as the protection afforded to citizens under exercise of the police powers of the State, without themselves being subject to the laws designed to protect the insurance consuming public.  The provisions of this Article are in addition to all other statutory provisions of Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter relating to unauthorized insurers and do not replace, alter, modify or repeal such existing provisions. (1967, c. 909, s. 1; 1987, c. 864, s. 46; 1991, c. 720, s. 4.)

§ 58‑28‑5.  Transacting business without a license prohibited; exceptions.
(a)	Except as otherwise provided in this section, it is unlawful for any company to enter into a contract of insurance as an insurer or to transact insurance business in this State as set forth in G.S. 58‑28‑13 without a license issued by the Commissioner. This section does not apply to the following acts or transactions:
(1)	The procuring of a policy of insurance upon a risk within this State where the applicant is unable to procure coverage in the open market with admitted companies and is otherwise in compliance with Article 21 of this Chapter.
(2)	Contracts of reinsurance; but not including assumption reinsurance transactions, whereby the reinsuring company succeeds to all of the liabilities of and supplants the ceding company on the insurance contracts that are the subject of the transaction, unless prior approval has been obtained from the Commissioner.
(3)	Transactions in this State involving a policy lawfully solicited, written and delivered outside of this State covering only subjects of insurance not resident, located or expressly to be performed in this State at the time of issuance, and which transactions are subsequent to the issuance of such policy.
(4)	Transactions in this State involving group life insurance, group annuities, or group, blanket, or franchise accident and health insurance where the master policy for the insurance was lawfully issued and delivered in a state in which the company was authorized to transact business, unless the company has had its license to conduct business in this State suspended or revoked.
(5)	Transactions in this State involving all policies of insurance issued before July 1, 1967.
(6)	The procuring of contracts of insurance issued to a nuclear insured. As used in this subdivision, "nuclear insured" means a public utility procuring insurance against radioactive contamination and other risks of direct physical loss at a nuclear electric generating plant.
(7)	Insurance independently procured, as specified in subsection (b) of this section.
(8)	Insurance on vessels or craft, their cargoes, marine builders' risks, marine protection and indemnity, or other risks commonly insured under marine insurance policies, as distinguished from inland marine insurance policies.
(9)	Transactions in this State involving commercial aircraft insurance, meaning insurance against (i) loss of or damage resulting from any cause to commercial aircraft and its equipment, (ii) legal liability of the insured for loss or damage to another person's property resulting from the ownership, maintenance, or use of commercial aircraft, and (iii) loss, damage, or expense incident to a liability claim.
(10)	An activity in this State by or on the sole behalf of a captive insurer licensed and subject to regulation in another jurisdiction other than this State that insures solely the risks of the company's parent and affiliated companies or the risks of a controlled unaffiliated business.
(b)	Any person in this State may directly procure or directly renew insurance with an eligible surplus lines insurer, as defined in G.S. 58‑21‑10(3), without the involvement of an agent, broker, or surplus lines licensee, on a risk located or to be performed, in whole or in part, in this State. The person shall, within 30 days after the date the insurance is procured or renewed, file a written report with the Commissioner on forms prescribed by the Commissioner. The report must contain the name and address of the insured; name and address of the insurer; the subject of insurance; a general description of the coverage; the amount of premium currently charged; and any additional information requested by the Commissioner. The report must also contain an affidavit of the insured that states that the full amount or kind of insurance cannot be obtained from insurers that are licensed to do business in this State; and that the insured has made a diligent search among the insurers that are licensed to transact and are actually writing the particular kind and class of insurance in this State. Gross premiums charged for the insurance, less any return premiums, are subject to a tax at the rate of five percent (5%). At the time of filing the report required by this subsection, the insured shall pay the tax to the Commissioner. The Commissioner has the powers specified in G.S. 58‑21‑90 with respect to the tax levied by this subsection.
(c)	This section does not apply to any surviving nonprofit corporation that results from a merger between the nonprofit corporation established by the North Carolina State Bar Council pursuant to Chapter 707 of the 1975 Session Laws of North Carolina and another domestic nonprofit corporation; provided, however, that any such surviving corporation shall register with the North Carolina State Bar Council under G.S. 84‑23.1.  (1967, c. 909, s. 1; 1971, c. 510, s. 3; 1985, c. 688, s. 2; 1987, c. 727, ss. 4, 5; c. 864, ss. 47, 70; 1991, c. 644, s. 6; 1993, c. 409, s. 26; c. 504, s. 20; 1995, c. 193, s. 30; 1999‑219, s. 5.4; 2004‑166, s. 4; 2007‑305, s. 4; 2008‑124, ss. 3.1, 3.2; 2013‑116, s. 3; 2022‑46, s. 9.)

§ 58‑28‑10:  Repealed by Session Laws 2008‑124, s. 3.5, effective July 28, 2008, and applicable to violations that occur on or after that date.

§ 58‑28‑12.  Transacting insurance business in this State.
Definitions. – As used in this section, G.S. 58‑28‑13, and G.S. 58‑28‑14:
(1)	"Admitted insurer" means an insurer that is licensed to write insurance in this State.
(2)	"Kind of insurance" means one of the types of insurance specified in G.S. 58‑7‑15.
(3)	"Nonadmitted insurer" means an insurer that is not licensed to write insurance in this State.
(4)	"Transacting insurance business" or "transact insurance business" means:
a.	The making of or proposing to make, as an insurer, an insurance contract.
b.	The making of or proposing to make, as guarantor or surety, any contract of guaranty or suretyship as a vocation and not merely incidental to any other legitimate business or activity of the guarantor or surety.
c.	The solicitation, taking, or receiving of an application for insurance.
d.	The receiving or collection of any premium, commission, membership fees, assessments, dues, or other consideration for a contract of insurance or any part of the contract of insurance.
e.	The issuance or delivery in this State of a contract of insurance to a resident of this State or to a person authorized to do business in this State.
f.	The solicitation, negotiation, procurement, effectuation, or renewal of a contract of insurance.
g.	The dissemination of information as to coverage or rates; forwarding of an application; delivery of a contract of insurance; inspection of a risk; the fixing of rates; the investigation or adjustment of a claim or loss; the transaction of matters after effectuation of a contract of insurance and arising out of the contract; or any other manner of representing or assisting a person or insurer in transacting insurance business with respect to properties, risks, or exposures located or to be performed in this State.
h.	The transaction of any kind of insurance business specifically recognized as transacting an insurance business within the meaning of this Chapter.
i.	The offering of insurance or the transacting of insurance business.
j.	The offering of an agreement or contract which purports to alter, amend, or void coverage of an insurance contract.
k.	The transaction of any matters before or after the execution of contracts of insurance in contemplation of or arising out of the execution.
l.	The maintaining of any agency or office in this State where any acts in furtherance of an insurance business are transacted, including the execution of contracts of insurance with citizens of this State or any other state.
m.	The maintaining of files or records of contracts of insurance in this State.  (2008‑124, s. 3.4.)

§ 58‑28‑13.  Placement of insurance business.
(a)	An insurer shall not transact insurance business in this State unless it is an admitted insurer, is exempted by this Article, or is otherwise exempted by this Chapter.
(b)	A person shall not transact insurance business or in this State directly or indirectly act as agent for, or otherwise represent or aid on behalf of another, a nonadmitted insurer in the solicitation, negotiation, procurement, or effectuation of insurance, or renewals of insurance; forwarding of applications; delivery of policies or contracts; inspection of risks; fixing of rates; investigation or adjustment of claims or losses; collection or forwarding of premiums; or in any other manner represent or assist the insurer in transacting insurance business.
(c)	A person who represents or aids a nonadmitted insurer in violation of this section is subject to penalties or restitution, or both, as set forth in this section.
(d)	This section does not prohibit employees, officers, directors, or partners of a commercial insured from acting in the capacity of an insurance manager or buyer in placing insurance on behalf of the employer, provided that the person's compensation is not based on buying insurance.
(e)	The venue of an act committed by mail or any other medium is at the point where the matter transmitted by mail or other medium is delivered or issued for delivery or takes effect.
(f)	The remedies prescribed in this section are not exclusive. Penalties may also be assessed under Article 63 of this Chapter or G.S. 58‑2‑161, or both.
(g)	If the Commissioner finds a violation of this section, the Commissioner may order the payment of a monetary penalty after considering the factors in G.S. 58‑28‑14; or petition the Superior Court of Wake County for an order directing payment of restitution as provided in subsection (i) of this section; or both. The monetary penalty shall not exceed five thousand dollars ($5,000) for the first offense and shall not exceed ten thousand dollars ($10,000) for each succeeding offense. Each day during which a violation occurs constitutes a separate violation. The clear proceeds of the penalty shall be remitted to the Civil Penalty and Forfeiture Fund in accordance with G.S. 115C‑457.2. Payment of the civil penalty under this section shall be in addition to payment of any other penalty for a violation of the criminal laws of this State.
(h)	Upon petition of the Commissioner, the Superior Court of Wake County may order the person who committed a violation specified in this section to make restitution in an amount that would make whole any person harmed by the violation. The petition may be made at any time and also in any appeal of any order issued by the Commissioner.
(i)	Restitution to the Department for extraordinary administrative expenses incurred in the investigation and hearing of the violation may also be ordered by the court in such amount that would reimburse the Department for the expenses.
(j)	Nothing in this section prevents the Commissioner from negotiating a mutually acceptable agreement with any person as to any civil penalty or restitution.
(k)	The Attorney General of the State of North Carolina at the request of and upon information from the Commissioner shall initiate a civil action in behalf of the Commissioner in any county of the State in which a violation under this section occurs to recover the penalty provided. Service of process upon the nonadmitted insurer shall be made under G.S. 58‑28‑40.  (2008‑124, s. 3.4.)

§ 58‑28‑14.  Monetary penalty; factors to be considered.
In determining the amount of the penalty under G.S. 58‑28‑13, the Commissioner shall consider:
(1)	The amount of money that inured to the benefit of the violator as a result of the violation,
(2)	Whether the violation was committed willfully.
(3)	The prior record of the violator in complying or failing to comply with laws, rules, or orders applicable to the violator.
(4)	The failure of the violator to provide timely and complete responses to the Department's inquiries about the violator's insurance activities in North Carolina.
(5)	The extent and degree to which the violator marketed its insurance product in this State.
(6)	The extent to which the violator's marketing materials, including fax solicitations, Internet Web sites, circulars, or other forms of advertisement or solicitations through any medium, were deceptive or misleading to residents of this State.
(7)	The number of residents of this State who enrolled in the violator's insurance plan.
(8)	The number of policies and amount of insurance coverage issued by the violator to residents of this State.
(9)	The failure of the violator to promptly refund premiums and other consideration paid by residents of this State for insurance coverage issued by the violator upon requests by the residents of this State or the Department.
(10)	The extent and degree of harm to residents of this State. In assessing the extent and degree of harm, the Commissioner shall consider, among other things, the amount of premiums and other consideration paid by residents of this State for coverage issued by the violator, the failure of the violator to pay claims made by residents of this State, and number and dollar amount of claims made by residents of this State that the violator has failed to pay.
(11)	Whether the violator has a prior record of violating this Article or the unauthorized insurance laws of any other state. "Prior record" includes final administrative orders issued by the Commissioner or insurance regulator of any other state; federal or state criminal convictions, including pleas of guilty or nolo contendere; civil judgments; and written settlement agreements of state administrative proceedings, state or federal criminal proceedings, or civil lawsuits against the violator or any entity of which the violator was either a principal or owner.  (2008‑124, s. 3.4.)

§ 58‑28‑15.  Validity of acts or contracts of unauthorized company shall not impair obligation of contract as to the company; maintenance of suits; right to defend.
The failure of a company to obtain a license shall not impair the validity of any acts or contracts of the company. Any person or insured holding contracts of insurance of an unauthorized insurer may bring an action in the courts of this State under the provisions of G.S. 58‑16‑35 for the enforcement of any rights pursuant to the contract of insurance. The failure of the insurance company to obtain a license shall not prevent such company from defending any action at law or suit in equity in any court of this State so long as the said company fully complies with the provisions of G.S. 58‑16‑35(c), but no company transacting insurance business in this State without a license shall be permitted to maintain an action at law or in equity in any court of this State to enforce any right, claim or demand arising out of the transaction of such business until such company shall have obtained a license. Nor shall an action at law or in equity be maintained in any court of this State by any successor or assignee of such company on any such right, claim or demand originally held by such company until a license shall have been obtained by the company or by a company which has acquired all or substantially all of its assets. Nothing in this section shall be construed to abrogate the conditions of admission into this State nor to impair the authority of the Commissioner with respect to the issuance of licenses. The Commissioner in considering the issuance of a license shall take into consideration the acts or transactions which an unauthorized company has engaged in in this State prior to its application for a license. (1967, c. 909, s. 1; 1991, c. 720, ss. 4, 56; 1999‑132, s. 9.1; 2000‑140, s. 12.)

§ 58‑28‑20.  Cease and desist orders; judicial review.
(a)	Whenever the Commissioner has reasonable grounds to believe that any person is violating or is about to violate G.S. 58‑28‑5, 58‑28‑45, or 58‑33‑95, the Commissioner may, after notice and opportunity for hearing, make written findings and issue and cause to be served upon the person an order to cease and desist violating G.S. 58‑28‑5, 58‑28‑45, or 58‑33‑95.
(b)	Until the expiration of the time allowed under G.S. 58‑2‑75 for filing a petition for review, the Commissioner may at any time, upon notice and in a manner the Commissioner considers proper, modify or set aside in whole or in part any order issued by the Commissioner under this section as follows:
(1)	Any time before the expiration of the time allowed for seeking judicial review, if no petition for review has been filed; or
(2)	If a petition for review has been timely filed, until the transcript of the record in the proceeding has been filed with the Court.
(c)	If no petition for judicial review has been filed within the time provided under G.S. 58‑2‑75, the Commissioner may at any time, after notice and opportunity for hearing, reopen and alter, modify, or set aside, in whole or in part, any order issued by the Commissioner under this section, whenever in the Commissioner's opinion conditions of fact or of law have so changed as to require such action or if the public interest requires.
(d)	Whenever the Commissioner has evidence that any person has or is violating G.S. 58‑28‑5 or G.S. 58‑28‑45, or has or is violating any order or requirement of the Commissioner issued by the Commissioner under this Article, and that the interests of policyholders, creditors, or the public may be irreparably harmed by delay, the Commissioner may issue an emergency cease and desist order that shall become effective on the date specified in the order or upon service of a certified copy of the order upon the person ordered to cease and desist, whichever is later. The emergency cease and desist order shall also include a notice of hearing, which shall be conducted as provided under Article 3A of Chapter 150B of the General Statutes. However, the person ordered to cease and desist under this subsection may request and shall be granted an expedited review of the order. The emergency order shall remain in effect prior to and during the proceedings, unless modified by the Commissioner as provided under subsection (b) of this section.
(e)	Any person required to cease and desist violating G.S. 58‑28‑5 by an order issued after notice and a hearing under subsection (a) or (d) of this section may seek judicial review of that order under G.S. 58‑2‑75. (1967, c. 909, s. 1; 1987, c. 864, s. 61; 1989, c. 485, s. 14; 1999‑294, s. 6; 2005‑217, s. 1; 2007‑305, ss. 2, 3.)

§ 58‑28‑25: Repealed by Session Laws 2005‑217, s. 2, effective October 1, 2005, and applicable to orders issued on or after that date.

§ 58‑28‑30.  Penalty.
Any person who willfully violates a cease and desist order of the Commissioner under G.S. 58‑28‑20, after it has become final, and while such order is in effect, is subject to the provisions of G.S. 58‑2‑70. (1989, c. 485, s. 15.)

§ 58‑28‑35.  Provisions of Article additional to existing law; application.
The powers vested in the Commissioner by this Article are additional to any other powers to enforce any penalties, fines, or forfeitures authorized by law with respect to transacting the business of insurance without authority. This Article applies to all kinds of insurance, including service corporations that would be subject to Article 65 of this Chapter, HMOs that would be subject to Article 67 of this Chapter, MEWAs that would be subject to Article 50A of this Chapter, and self‑insured workers' compensation operations that would be subject to Article 47 of this Chapter or Article 4 of Chapter 97 of the General Statutes.  (1989, c. 485, s. 15; 1999‑244, s. 9; 2019-202, s. 8.)

§ 58‑28‑40.  Service of process on Secretary of State as agent for unauthorized company.
(a)	Any act of entering into a contract of insurance as an insurer or transacting insurance business in this State, as set forth in G.S. 58‑28‑12 by an unauthorized, foreign or alien company, shall be equivalent to and shall constitute an appointment by such company of the Secretary of State to be its true and lawful attorney upon whom may be served all lawful process in any action or proceeding against it arising out of a violation of G.S. 58‑28‑5, and any of said acts shall be a signification of its agreement that any such process against it, which is so served, shall be of the same legal force and validity as if in fact served upon the company.
(b)	Service of process on the Secretary of State shall be made by the sheriff delivering to and leaving with the Secretary of State duplicate copies of such process, notice or demand. Service shall be deemed complete when the Secretary of State is so served. The Secretary of State shall endorse upon both copies the time of receipt and shall forthwith send one of such copies by registered mail, with return receipt requested, to such insurer at its last known principal place of business as shown on the process, notice or demand served on the Secretary of State. The Commissioner and the Attorney General shall see that such address is included on the process, notice or demand which is served upon the Secretary of State. A copy of the complaint or order of the clerk extending the time for filing the complaint must be mailed to the insurer with the copy of the summons. When a copy of the complaint is not mailed with the summons, the Secretary of State shall mail a copy of the complaint when it is served on him in the same manner as the copy of summons is required to be mailed.
(c)	Upon the return to the Secretary of State of the requested return receipt showing delivery and acceptance of such registered mail, or upon the return of such registered mail showing refusal thereof by such unauthorized insurer, the Secretary of State shall note thereon the date of such return to him and shall attach either the return receipt or such refused mail including the envelope, as the case may be, to the copy of the process, notice or demand theretofore retained by him and shall mail the same to the clerk of the court in which such action or proceeding is pending and in respect of which such process, notice or demand was issued. Such mailing, in addition to the return by the sheriff, shall constitute the due return required by law. The clerk of the court shall thereupon file the same as a paper in such action or proceeding.
(d)	Service made under this section shall have the same legal force and validity as if the service had been made personally in this State. The refusal of any such unauthorized insurer to accept delivery of the registered mail provided for in subsection (b) of this section or the refusal to sign the return receipt shall not affect the validity of such service; and any foreign or alien insurer refusing to accept delivery of such registered mail shall be charged with knowledge of the contents of any process, notice or demand contained therein.
(e)	Whenever service of process is made upon the Secretary of State as herein provided the defendant unauthorized insurer shall have 30 days from the date when the defendant receives or refuses to accept the registered mail containing the copy of the complaint sent as in this section provided in which to appear and answer the complaint in the action or proceeding so instituted. Entries on the defendant's return receipt or the refused registered mail shall be sufficient evidence of such date. If the date of acceptance or refusal to accept the registered mail cannot be determined from the entries on the return receipt or from notations of the postal authorities on the envelope, then the date when the defendant accepted or refused to accept the registered mail shall be deemed to be the date that the return receipt or the registered mail was received back by the Secretary of State.
(f)	The court in any action or proceeding in which service is made in the manner provided in the above paragraph may, in its discretion, order such postponement as may be necessary to afford such company reasonable opportunity to defend such action or proceeding.
(g)	The Secretary of State shall keep a summarized record of all processes, notices and demands served upon him under this section, and shall record therein the time of such service and his action with reference thereto.
(h)	Nothing herein contained shall limit or affect the right to serve any process, notice or demand to be served upon an insurer in any other manner now or hereafter permitted by law.
(i)	No judgment by default shall be entered in any such action or proceeding until the expiration of 30 days from the date of the filing of the affidavit of compliance.  (1967, c. 909, s. 1; 1987, c. 864, ss. 62‑64; 1991, c. 720, s. 4; 2008‑124, s. 3.3.)

§ 58‑28‑45.  Unauthorized Insurers; prohibited acts.
(a)	No  person shall in this State act as agent for any insurer not authorized to transact business in this State, or negotiate for or place or aid in placing insurance coverage in this State for another with any such insurer.
(b)	No  person shall in this State aid any unauthorized insurer in effecting insurance or in transacting insurance business in this State, either by fixing rates, by adjusting or investigating losses, by inspecting or examining risks, by acting as attorney‑in‑fact or as attorney for service for process, or otherwise, except as provided in this section or in G.S. 58‑16‑35.
(c)	No  person shall make, negotiate for or place, or aid in negotiating or placing any insurance contract in this State for another who is an applicant for insurance covering any property or risk in another state, territory or district of the United States with any insurer not authorized to transact insurance business in the state, territory or district wherein such property or risk or any part thereof is located.
(d)	Subsections (a), (b), and (c) of this section do not apply to contracts of reinsurance, or to contracts of insurance made through surplus lines licensees as provided in Article 21 of this Chapter, nor do they apply to any insurer not authorized in this State, or its representatives, in investigating, adjusting losses or otherwise complying in this State with the terms of its insurance contracts made in a state wherein the insurer was authorized; provided, the property or risk insured under such contracts at the time such contract was issued was located in such other state. A motor vehicle used and kept garaged principally in another state shall be deemed to be located in such state.
(e)	(1)	Repealed by Session Laws 1985, c. 666, s. 40.
(2)	Such service of process shall be made by delivering and leaving with the Commissioner or to some person in apparent charge of his office two copies thereof and the payment to him of such fees as may be prescribed by law. The Commissioner shall forthwith mail by registered mail one of the copies of such process to the defendant at its last known principal place of business, and shall keep a record of all such process so served upon him. Such service of process is sufficient provided notice of such service and a copy of the process are sent within 10 days thereafter by registered mail by plaintiff's attorney to the defendant at its last known principal place of business, and the defendant's receipt, or receipt issued by the post office with which the letter is registered, showing the name of the sender of the letter and the name and address of the person to whom the letter is addressed, and the affidavit of plaintiff's attorney showing a compliance herewith are filed with the clerk of the court in which such action is pending on or before the date the defendant is required to appear, or within such further time as the court may allow. However, no plaintiff or complainant shall be entitled to a judgment by default under this subdivision (2) until the expiration of 30 days from the date of the filing of the affidavit of compliance.
(3)	Service of process in any such action, suit or proceeding shall be in addition to the manner provided in the preceding subdivision (2) be valid if served upon any person within this State who, in this State on behalf of such insurer, is
a.	Soliciting insurance, or
b.	Making any contract of insurance or issuing or delivering any policies or written contracts of insurance, or
c.	Collecting or receiving any premium for insurance; and a copy of such process is sent within 10 days thereafter by registered mail by plaintiff's attorney to the defendant at the last known principal place of business of the defendant, and the defendant's receipt, or the receipt issued by the post office with which the letter is registered, showing the name of the sender of the letter and the name and address of the person to whom the letter is addressed, and the affidavit of plaintiff's attorney showing a compliance herewith are filed with the clerk of the court in which such action is pending on or before the date the defendant is required to appear, or within such further time as the court may allow.
d.	Nothing in this subsection (e) shall limit or abridge the right to serve process, notice or demand upon any insurer in any other manner now or hereafter permitted by law.
(f)	No unauthorized insurer shall institute or file, or cause to be instituted or filed, any suit, action or proceeding in this State to enforce any right, claim or demand arising out of the transaction of business in this State until such insurer shall have obtained a license to transact insurance business in this State. Nothing in this subsection shall be construed to require an unauthorized insurance company to obtain a license before instituting or filing, or causing to be instituted or filed, any suit, action or proceeding either in connection with any of its investments in this State or in connection with any contract issued by it at a time when it was authorized to do business in the state where such contract was issued.
(g)	(1)	Before any unauthorized insurer shall file or cause to be filed any pleading in any action, suit or proceeding instituted against it, such unauthorized insurer shall either
a.	File with the clerk of the court in which such action, suit or proceeding is pending a bond with good and sufficient sureties, to be approved by the court, in an amount to be fixed by the court sufficient to secure the payment of any final judgment which may be rendered in such action or
b.	Procure a license to transact the business of insurance in this State.
(2)	The court in any action, suit or proceeding in which service is made in the manner prescribed in subdivisions (2) and (3) of subsection (e) may order such postponement as may be necessary to afford the defendant reasonable opportunity to comply with the provisions of subdivision (1) of this subsection (g) and to defend such action.
(3)	Nothing in subdivision (1) of this subsection (g) shall be construed to prevent an unauthorized insurer from filing a motion to quash a writ or to set aside service thereof made in the manner provided in subdivisions (2) and (3) of subsection (e) on the ground either
a.	That no policy or contract of insurance has been issued or delivered to a citizen or resident of this State or to a corporation authorized to do business therein, or
b.	That such insurer has not been transacting business in this State, or
c.	That the person on whom service was made pursuant to subdivision (3) of subsection (e) was not doing any of the acts enumerated therein.
(h)	Except as provided in G.S. 58‑33‑95, any person violating subsection (a), (b), (c), or (k) of this section shall be guilty of a Class H felony and shall be fined not less than one thousand dollars ($1,000) nor more than five thousand dollars ($5,000). Any person violating subsections (e), (f), and (g) of this section shall be guilty of a Class 1 misdemeanor and shall only be fined not less than one thousand dollars ($1,000) nor more than five thousand dollars ($5,000). For the purposes of the fine imposed by this subsection, each day during which a violation occurs constitutes a separate violation.
(i), (j)	Repealed by Session Laws 2007‑305, s. 1, effective December 1, 2007, and applicable to offenses or acts committed on or after that date.
(k)	No person shall act as an officer, director, or controlling person for a person who is engaged in a violation of subsection (a), (b), or (c) of this section. As used in this subsection, "controlling" has the same meaning as in G.S. 58‑19‑5(2).
(l)	In addition to any other penalties or remedies provided by law, any person who violates this section shall be strictly liable for any losses or unpaid claims if an unauthorized insurer fails to pay in full or in part any claim or loss within the provisions of any insurance contract issued by or on behalf of the unauthorized insurer in violation of this Article. The liability imposed by this subsection shall be joint and several if more than one person violates this section.
(m)	A civil action may be filed under this section regardless of whether a criminal action is brought or a criminal conviction is obtained for the act alleged in the civil action. (1899, c. 54, s. 105; Rev., s. 4763; C.S., s. 6424; 1945, c. 386; 1985, c. 666, ss. 20, 40; 1987, c. 864, s. 17; 1993, c. 539, s. 454; 1994, Ex. Sess., c. 24, s. 14(c); 1999‑132, s. 9.1; 2004‑166, s. 3; 2007‑305, s. 1.)

Article 29.
Unauthorized Insurers False Advertising Process Act.
§ 58‑29‑1.  Purpose; construction.
(a)	The purpose of this Article is to subject to the jurisdiction of the Commissioner and to the jurisdiction of the courts of this State, insurers not authorized to transact business in this State which place in or send into this State any false advertising designed to induce residents of this State to purchase insurance from insurers not authorized to transact business in this State.  The General Assembly declares it is in the interest of the citizens of this State who purchase insurance from insurers which solicit insurance business in this State in the manner set forth in the preceding sentence that such insurers be subject to the provisions of this Article.  In furtherance of such interest, the General Assembly in this Article provides a method of substituted service of process upon such insurers and declares in so doing, it exercises its power to protect its residents and also exercises powers and privileges available to the State by virtue of Public Law 15, 79th Congress of the United States, Chapter 20, 1st Session, section 340, which declares that the business of insurance and every person engaged therein shall be subject to the laws of the several states; the authority provided herein to be in addition to any existing powers of this State.
(b)	The provisions of this Article shall be liberally construed. (1965, c. 910; 1991, c. 720, s. 4.)

§ 58‑29‑5.  Definitions.
As used in this Article:
(1)	"Residents" shall mean and include person, partnership or corporation, domestic, alien or foreign.
(2)	"Unfair Trade Practice Act" shall mean Article 63 of this Chapter. (1965, c. 910.)

§ 58‑29‑10.  Unlawful advertising; notice to unauthorized insurer and domiciliary insurance supervisory official.
No unauthorized foreign or alien insurer shall make, issue, circulate or cause to be made, issued or circulated, to residents of this State any estimate, illustration, circular, pamphlet, or letter, or cause to be made in any newspaper, magazine or other publication or over any radio or television station, any announcement or statement to such residents misrepresenting its financial condition or the terms of any contracts issued or to be issued or the benefits or advantages promised thereby, or the dividends or share of the surplus to be received thereon in violation of the Unfair Trade Practice Act, and whenever the Commissioner shall have reason to believe that any such insurer is engaging in such unlawful advertising, it shall be his duty to give notice of such fact by registered mail to such insurer and to the insurance supervisory official of the domiciliary state of such insurer. For the purpose of this section, the domiciliary state of an alien insurer shall be deemed to be the state of entry or the state of the principal office in the United States. (1965, c. 910.)

§ 58‑29‑15.  Action by Commissioner under Unfair Trade Practice Act.
If after 30 days following the giving of the notice mentioned in G.S. 58‑29‑10 such insurer has failed to cease making, issuing, or circulating such false misrepresentations or causing the same to be made, issued or circulated in this State, and if the Commissioner has reason to believe that a proceeding by him in respect to such matters would be to the interest of the public, and that such insurer is issuing or delivering contracts of insurance to residents of this State or collecting premiums on such contracts or doing any of the acts enumerated in G.S. 58‑29‑20, he shall take action against such insurer under the Unfair Trade Practice Act. (1965, c. 910.)

§ 58‑29‑20.  Acts appointing Commissioner as attorney for service of statement of charges, notices and process; manner of service; limitation on entry of order or judgment.
(a)	Any of the following acts in this State, effected by mail or otherwise, by any such unauthorized foreign or alien insurer:
(1)	The issuance or delivery of contracts of insurance to residents of this State,
(2)	The solicitation of applications for such contracts,
(3)	The collection of premiums, membership fees, assessments or other considerations for such contracts, or
(4)	Any other transaction of insurance business,
Is equivalent to and shall constitute an appointment by such insurer of the Commissioner and his successor or successors in office, to be its true and lawful attorney, upon whom may be served all statements of charges, notices and lawful process in any proceeding instituted in respect to the misrepresentations set forth in G.S. 58‑29‑10 under the provisions of the Unfair Trade Practice Act, or in any action, suit or proceeding for the recovery of any penalty therein provided, and any such act shall be signification of its agreement that such service of statement of charges, notices or process is of the same legal force and validity as personal service of such statement of charges, notices or process in this State, upon such insurer.
(b)	Service of a statement of charges and notices under said Unfair Trade Practice Act shall be made by any deputy or employee of the Department delivering to and leaving with the Commissioner or some person in apparent charge of his office, two copies thereof.  Service of process issued by any court in any action, suit or proceeding to collect any penalty under said act provided, shall be made by delivering and leaving with the Commissioner, or some person in apparent charge of his office, two copies thereof.  The Commissioner shall forthwith cause to be mailed by registered mail one of the copies of such statement of charges, notices or process to the defendant at its last known principal place of business, and shall keep a record of all statements, charges, notices and process so served.  Such service of statement of charges, notices or process shall be sufficient provided they shall have been so mailed and the defendant's receipt or receipt issued by the post office with which the letter is registered, showing the name of the sender of the letter and the name and address of the person to whom the letter is addressed, and the affidavit of the person mailing such letter showing a compliance herewith are filed with the Commissioner in the case of any statement of charges or notices, or with the clerk of the court in which such action is pending in the case of any process, on or before the date the defendant is required to appear or within such further time as may be allowed.
(c)	Service of statement of charges, notices and process in any such proceeding, action or suit shall in addition to the manner provided in subsection (b) of this section be valid if served upon any person within this State who on behalf of such insurer is
(1)	Soliciting insurance, or
(2)	Making, issuing or delivering any contract of insurance, or
(3)	Collecting or receiving in this State any premium for insurance;
And a copy of such statement of charges, notices or process is sent within 10 days thereafter by registered mail by or on behalf of the Commissioner to the defendant at the last known principal place of business of the defendant, and the defendant's receipt, or the receipt issued by the post office with which the letter is registered, showing the name of the sender of the letter, the name and address of the person to whom the letter is addressed, and the affidavit of the person mailing the same showing a compliance herewith, are filed with the Commissioner in the case of any statement of charges or notices, or with the clerk of the court in which such action is pending in the case of any process, on or before the date the defendant is required to appear or within such further time as the court may allow.
(d)	No cease or desist order or default judgment under this section shall be entered until the expiration of 30 days from the date of the filing of the affidavit of compliance.
(e)	Service of process and notice under the provisions of this Article shall be in addition to all other methods of service provided by law, and nothing in this Article shall limit or prohibit the right to serve any statement of charges, notices or process upon any insurer in any other manner now or hereafter permitted by law. (1965, c. 910; 1991, c. 720, ss. 4, 5, 57.)

§ 58‑29‑25.  Short title.
This Article may be cited as the Unauthorized Insurers False Advertising Process Act. (1965, c. 910.)

Article 30.
Insurers Supervision, Rehabilitation, and Liquidation.
§ 58‑30‑1.  Construction and purpose.
(a)	This Article does not limit powers granted to the Commissioner by any other provision of law.  To the extent practicable, the Commissioner may supplement the provisions of this Article with those of Part 2 of Article 38 of Chapter 1 of the General Statutes.
(b)	This Article shall be liberally construed to effect the purpose stated in subsection (c) of this section.
(c)	The purpose of this Article is to protect the interests of policyholders, claimants, creditors, and the public generally with minimum interference with the normal prerogatives of the owners and managers of insurers, through:
(1)	Early detection of any potentially dangerous condition in an insurer, and prompt application of appropriate corrective measures;
(2)	Improved methods for rehabilitating insurers, involving the cooperation and management expertise of the insurance industry;
(3)	Enhanced efficiency and economy of liquidation, through clarification of the law, to minimize legal uncertainty and litigation;
(4)	Equitable apportionment of any unavoidable loss;
(5)	Lessening the problems of interstate rehabilitation and liquidation by facilitating cooperation between states in the liquidation process, and by extending the scope of personal jurisdiction over debtors of the insurer outside this State; and
(6)	Regulation of the insurance business by the impact of the law relating to delinquency procedures and substantive rules on the entire insurance business. (1989, c. 452, s. 1.)

§ 58‑30‑5.  Persons covered.
The proceedings authorized by this Article may be applied to:
(1)	All insurers that are doing, or have done, an insurance business in this State, and against whom claims arising from that business may exist now or in the future.
(2)	All insurers that purport to do an insurance business in this State.
(3)	All insurers that have insureds resident in this State.
(4)	All persons organized or in the process of organizing with the intent to do an insurance business in this State.
(5)	All persons subject to Articles 64, 65 and 66, or 67 of this Chapter; except to the extent there is a conflict between the provisions of this Article and the provisions of those Articles, in which case those Articles will govern.
(6)	Self‑insured group workers' compensation funds subject to Article 47 of this Chapter. (1989, c. 452, s. 1; 1995, c. 471, s. 3; 1995 (Reg. Sess., 1996), c. 582, s. 1; 1999‑132, s. 7.2.)

§ 58‑30‑10.  Definitions.
For the purposes of this Article only:
(1)	Alien country. – Any other jurisdiction not in any state.
(2)	Ancillary state. – Any state other than a domiciliary state.
(3)	Court. – The Superior Court of Wake County.
(4)	Creditor. – A person having any claim, whether matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, secured or unsecured, absolute, fixed, or contingent.
(5)	Delinquency proceeding. – Any proceeding instituted against an insurer for the purpose of supervising, rehabilitating, conserving, or liquidating such insurer.
(6)	Doing business. – Includes any of the following acts by insurers, whether effected by mail or otherwise:
a.	The issuance or delivery of contracts of insurance to persons resident in this State;
b.	The solicitation of applications for such contracts, or other negotiations preliminary to the execution of such contracts;
c.	The collection of premiums, membership fees, assessments, or other consideration for such contracts;
d.	The transaction of matters subsequent to execution of such contracts and arising out of them;
e.	Operating as an insurer under a license issued by the Department; or
f.	The purchase of contracts of insurance issued to persons in this State by an assumption agreement.
(7)	Domestic guaranty association. – The Postassessment Insurance Guaranty Association in Article 48 of this Chapter, as amended; the North Carolina Self‑Insurance Security Association in Article 4 of Chapter 97 of the General Statutes; the Life and Accident and Health Insurance Guaranty Association in Article 62 of this Chapter, as amended; or any other similar entity hereafter created by the General Assembly for the payment of claims of insolvent insurers.
(8)	Domiciliary state. – The state in which an insurer is incorporated or organized; or, in the case of an alien insurer, its state of entry.
(9)	Fair consideration. – When given for property or obligation means either of the following:
a.	In exchange for such property or obligation, as a fair equivalent therefor, and in good faith, property is conveyed or services are rendered or an obligation is incurred or an antecedent debt is satisfied.
b.	Such property or obligation is received in good faith to secure a present advance or antecedent debt in amount not disproportionately small as compared to the value of the property or obligation obtained.
(9a)	Federal home loan bank. – A federal home loan bank as defined and established under the federal Home Loan Bank Act, 12 U.S.C. § 1421, et seq.
(10)	Foreign guaranty association. – A guaranty association now in existence in or hereafter created by the legislature of any other state.
(11)	Formal delinquency proceeding. – Any liquidation or rehabilitation proceeding.
(12)	General assets. – All real, personal, or other property that is not specifically mortgaged, pledged, hypothecated, deposited, or otherwise encumbered for the security or benefit of specified persons or classes of persons. As to specifically encumbered property, "general assets" includes all such property or its proceeds in excess of the amount necessary to discharge the sum or sums secured thereby. Assets that are held in trust and on deposit for the security or benefit of all policyholders in more than one state or all policyholders and creditors in more than one state shall be treated as "general assets". No person shall have a claim against general assets unless that claim is in an amount in excess of fifty dollars ($50.00).
(13)	Insolvency or insolvent. – An insurer is unable to pay its obligations when they are due, or that its admitted assets do not exceed its liabilities plus the greater of (i) any capital and surplus required by law for its organization; or (ii) the total par or stated value of its authorized and issued capital stock. For the purposes of this subdivision, "liabilities" includes reserves required by statute, by Department rules, or by specific requirements imposed by the Commissioner upon a subject company at the time of admission or subsequent thereto, except those reserves that are an allocation of surplus as specified in G.S. 58‑65‑95.
(14)	Insurer. – An entity that is or should be licensed under Articles 7, 16, 26, 47, 49, 64, 65, or 67 of this Chapter.
(14a)	Insurer‑member. – An insurer that is a member of a federal home loan bank.
(15)	Preferred claim. – Any claim with respect to which the provisions of this Article accord priority of payment from the general assets of the insurer.
(16)	Receiver. – Includes a liquidator, rehabilitator, or conservator, as the context requires.
(17)	Reciprocal state. – Any state other than this State in which in substance and effect the provisions of G.S. 58‑30‑105(a), 58‑30‑270, 58‑30‑275, and 58‑30‑285 through 58‑30‑295 are in force, and in which provisions are in force requiring that the insurance regulator of that state be the receiver of a delinquent insurer; and in which provisions exist for the avoidance of fraudulent conveyances and preferential transfers.
(18)	Secured claim. – Any claim secured by mortgage, trust deed, pledge, deposit as security, escrow, or otherwise; and includes any claim that has become a lien upon specific assets by reason of judicial process. "Secured claim" does not include a special deposit claim or a claim against general assets.
(19)	Special deposit claim. – Any claim in excess of fifty dollars ($50.00) secured by a deposit made pursuant to statute for the security or benefit of a limited class or classes of persons, but does not include any claim secured by general assets.
(20)	Transfer. – Includes the sale and every other and different mode, whether direct or indirect, of disposing of or of parting with property, an interest therein, or the possession thereof; or of voluntarily fixing a lien upon property or an interest therein, whether absolutely or conditionally, by or without judicial proceedings. The retention of a security title to property delivered to a debtor is a transfer suffered by the debtor.  (1989, c. 452, s. 1; 1995, c. 471, ss. 4, 5; 1995 (Reg. Sess., 1996), c. 582, s. 2; c. 742, s. 24; 1999‑132, ss. 2.1, 7.3, 9.1; 1999‑294, s. 11(a), (b); 2000‑140, s. 13; 2001‑223, ss. 24.2, 24.3; 2001‑487, s. 103(a); 2005‑400, s. 18; 2007‑127, s. 9; 2017‑164, s. 1(a).)

§ 58‑30‑12.  Duty to report insurer impairment; violations; penalties.
(a)	As used in this section:
(1)	"Chief executive officer", as used in subsection (b) of this section, means the person, irrespective of title, designated by the board of directors or trustees of an insurer as the person charged with administering and implementing an insurer's policies and procedures.
(2)	"Impaired", as used in subsections (b) and (c) of this section, means a financial condition in which the assets of an insurer are less than the sum of the insurer's minimum required capital, minimum required surplus, and all liabilities as determined in accordance with the requirements for the preparation and filing of a financial statement under G.S. 58‑2‑165 and under other provisions of this Chapter.
(3)	"Insolvent", as used in subsection (c) of this section, has the same meaning as set forth in G.S. 58‑30‑10(13).
(b)	Whenever an insurer is impaired, its chief executive officer shall, as soon as is reasonably possible, notify the Commissioner in writing of the impairment and shall at the same time notify in writing all of the members of the board of directors or trustees of the insurer, if the chief executive officer knows or has reason to know of the impairment.  An officer, director, or trustee of an insurer shall notify the chief executive officer of the impairment of the insurer if the officer, director, or trustee knows or has reason to know that the insurer is impaired.  Any person who knowingly violates this subsection shall, upon conviction, be guilty of a Class 1 misdemeanor.
(c)	Any person who willfully:
(1)	Conceals any property belonging to an insurer; or
(2)	Transfers or conceals in contemplation of a delinquency proceeding the person's own property or property belonging to an insurer; or
(3)	Conceals, destroys, mutilates, alters, or makes a false entry in any document that affects or relates to the property of an insurer or withholds any such document from a receiver, trustee, or other officer of a court entitled to its possession; or
(4)	Gives, obtains, or receives a thing of value for acting or forbearing to act in any court proceedings;
and any such act results in or contributes to an insurer becoming impaired or insolvent; shall be guilty of a Class H felony. (1991, c. 681, s. 40; 1993, c. 539, s. 455; 1994, Ex. Sess., c. 24, s. 14(c).)

§ 58‑30‑15.  Jurisdiction and venue.
(a)	No delinquency proceeding shall be commenced by anyone other than the Commissioner and no other court has jurisdiction to entertain, hear, or determine any proceeding commenced by any other person.
(b)	Except as provided in this Article, no court of this State has jurisdiction to entertain, hear, or determine any complaint praying for the dissolution, liquidation, rehabilitation, sequestration, conservation, or receivership of any insurer; or praying for an injunction or restraining order or other relief preliminary to, incidental to, or relating to such proceedings.
(c)	In addition to other grounds for jurisdiction provided by the laws of this State, the Court has jurisdiction over a person served pursuant to Chapter 1A of the General Statutes or other applicable provisions of law in an action brought by the receiver of a domestic insurer or an alien insurer domiciled in this State:
(1)	If the person served is obligated to the insurer in any way as an incident to any agency or brokerage arrangement that may exist or has existed between the insurer and the agent or broker, in any action on or incident to the obligation; or
(2)	If the person served is a reinsurer who has at any time entered into a contract of reinsurance with an insurer against which a rehabilitation or liquidation order is in effect when the action is commenced, or is an agent or broker of or for the reinsurer, in any action on or incident to the reinsurance contract; or
(3)	If the person served is or has been an officer, manager, trustee, organizer, promoter, or person in a position of comparable authority or influence, in an insurer against which a rehabilitation or liquidation order is in effect when the action is commenced, in any action resulting from such a relationship with the insurer; or
(4)	If the person served is or was, when the delinquency proceeding was begun against the insurer, holding assets in which the receiver claims an interest on behalf of the insurer, in any action concerning the assets; or
(5)	If the person served is obligated to the insurer in any way whatsoever, in any action on or incident to the obligation.
(d)	All actions authorized in this Article shall be brought in the Superior Court of Wake County.
(e)	The provisions of Chapter 150B of the General Statutes do not apply to this Article. (1989, c. 452, s. 1; 1991, c. 681, s. 41.)

§ 58‑30‑20.  Injunctions and orders.
(a)	Any receiver appointed in a proceeding under this Article may at any time apply for, and any court of general jurisdiction may grant, such restraining orders, preliminary and permanent injunctions, and other orders as may be deemed to be necessary and proper to prevent:
(1)	The transaction of further business;
(2)	The transfer of property;
(3)	Interference with the receiver or with a proceeding under this Article;
(4)	Waste of the insurer's assets;
(5)	Dissipation and transfer of bank accounts;
(6)	The institution or further prosecution of any actions or proceedings;
(7)	The obtaining of preferences, judgments, attachments, garnishments, or liens against the insurer, its assets or its policyholders;
(8)	The levying of execution against the insurer, its assets, or its policyholders;
(9)	The making of any sale or deed for nonpayment of taxes or assessments that would lessen the value of the assets of the insurer;
(10)	The withholding from the receiver of books, accounts, documents, or other records relating to the business of the insurer; or
(11)	Any other threatened or contemplated action that might lessen the value of the insurer's assets or prejudice the rights of policyholders, creditors, or shareholders, or the administration of any proceeding under this Article.
(b)	The receiver may apply to any court outside of this State for the relief described in subsection (a) of this section.
(c)	Notwithstanding any provision in subsections (a) and (b) of this section to the contrary, after the seventh day following the filing of a delinquency proceeding, a federal home loan bank shall not be stayed or prohibited from exercising its rights regarding collateral pledged by an insurer‑member. The federal home loan bank exercising its rights regarding collateral pledged by an insurer‑member shall repurchase any outstanding capital stock in excess of the amount of its stock that the insurer‑member is required to hold as a minimum investment to the extent the federal home loan bank determines in good faith the repurchase is (i) permissible under applicable law, regulations, obligations arising under regulations, and the federal home loan bank's capital plan and (ii) consistent with the capital stock practices currently applicable to the federal home loan bank's entire membership.
(d)	Within 10 days of the appointment of a receiver for an insurer‑member in a proceeding under this Article, the federal home loan bank shall provide the receiver with a process and time line for all of the following:
(1)	The release of collateral that exceeds the amount required to support secured obligations remaining after any repayment of loans as determined under applicable agreements between the federal home loan bank and the insurer‑member.
(2)	The release of any collateral of the insurer‑member remaining in the federal home loan bank's possession following repayment in full of all outstanding secured obligations of the insurer‑member.
(3)	The payment of fees owed by the insurer‑member and the operation, maintenance, closure, or disposition of deposits and other accounts of the insurer‑member as mutually agreed upon by the receiver and federal home loan bank.
(4)	Any redemption or repurchase of federal home loan bank stock or excess stock of any class that the insurer‑member is required to own.
(e)	Upon request of a receiver appointed under this Article, the federal home loan bank shall provide any available options for an insurer‑member subject to a delinquency proceeding to renew or restructure a loan. In determining which options to renew or restructure a loan are available, the federal home loan bank may consider market conditions, the terms of any loans outstanding to the insurer‑member, the applicable policies of the federal home loan bank, and the federal laws and regulations applicable to the federal home loan bank.  (1989, c. 452, s. 1; 2017‑164, s. 1(b).)

§ 58‑30‑22.  Powers of Commissioner and receiver to examine or audit books or records.
(a)	As used in this section, "person" includes an agent of the insurer; a broker, ceding or assuming reinsurer, or reinsurance intermediary that has done business with the insurer; or any affiliate of the insurer.
(b)	In addition to other powers granted under this Chapter, the Commissioner in any supervision proceeding under this Article and a receiver in any delinquency proceeding under this Article has the power to examine or audit the books or records of any person insofar as those books or records relate to the business activities of the insurer that is under supervision or subject to a delinquency proceeding.
(c)	Repealed by Session Laws 1995, c. 360, s. 2(a). (1991, c. 681, s. 42; 1995, c. 360, s. 2(a).)

§ 58‑30‑25.  Cooperation of officers, owners and employees.
(a)	Any officer, manager, director, trustee, owner, employee, or agent of any insurer, and any other person with authority over or in charge of any segment of the insurer's affairs, shall cooperate with the Commissioner in any proceeding under this Article or any investigation preliminary to the proceeding.  As used in this section, "person" includes any person who exercises direct or indirect control over activities of an insurer through any holding company or other affiliate of the insurer.  "Cooperate" includes replying promptly in writing to any inquiry from the Commissioner requesting such a reply and making available to the Commissioner any books, accounts, documents, or other records or information or property of or pertaining to the insurer and in his possession, custody, or control.
(b)	No person shall obstruct or interfere with the Commissioner in the conduct of any delinquency proceeding or any investigation preliminary or incidental thereto.
(c)	This section does not abridge otherwise existing legal rights, including the right to resist a petition for any delinquency proceeding or other order.
(d)	Any person described in subsection (a) of this section who fails to cooperate with the Commissioner, or any person who obstructs or interferes with the Commissioner in the conduct of any delinquency proceeding or any investigation preliminary or incidental thereto, or any person who knowingly and willfully violates any order the Commissioner issued validly under this Article is subject to the civil penalty and restitution provisions of G.S. 58‑2‑70 and is subject further to the revocation or suspension of any licenses issued by the Commissioner. (1989, c. 452, s. 1.)

§ 58‑30‑30.  Bonds.
In any proceeding under this Article, the Commissioner and his deputies shall be responsible on their official bonds for the faithful performance of their duties. (1989, c. 452, s. 1.)

§ 58‑30‑35.  Executory contracts and unexpired leases.
(a)	Except as provided in subsections (b), (c), and (d) of this section, the receiver, subject to the Court's approval, may assume or reject any executory contract or unexpired lease of the insurer.
(b)	(1)	If there has been a default in an executory contract or unexpired lease of the insurer, the receiver may not assume such contract or lease unless, at the time of assumption of such contract or lease, the receiver:
a.	Cures, or provides adequate assurance that the receiver will promptly cure, such default;
b.	Compensates, or provides adequate assurance that the receiver will promptly compensate, a party, other than the insurer to such contract or lease, for any actual pecuniary loss to such party resulting from such default; and
c.	Provides adequate assurance of future performance under such contract or lease.
(2)	Subdivision (1) of this subsection does not apply to a default that is a breach of a provision relating to;
a.	The insolvency or financial condition of the insurer at any time before the closing of the case;
b.	The commencement of a proceeding under this Article; or
c.	The appointment of or taking possession by a receiver in a proceeding under this Article or a custodian before such commencement.
(3)	Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, if there has been a default in an unexpired lease of the insurer, other than a default of a kind specified in subdivision (2) of this subsection, the receiver may not require a lessor to provide services or supplies incidental to such lease before assumption of such lease unless the lessor is compensated under the terms of such lease for any services and supplies provided under such lease before assumption of such lease.
(c)	The receiver may not assume or assign an executory contract or unexpired lease of the insurer, whether or not such contract or lease prohibits or restricts assignment of rights or delegation of duties, if:
(1)	a.	Applicable law excuses a party, other than the insurer, to such contract or lease from accepting performance from or rendering performance to the receiver or an assignee of such contract or lease, whether or not such contract or lease prohibits or restricts assignment of rights or delegation of duties; and
b.	Such party does not consent to such assumption or assignment; or
(2)	Such contract is a contract to make a loan, or extend other debt financing or financial accommodations, to or for the benefit of the insurer, or to issue a security of the insurer.
(d)	(1)	In a proceeding under G.S. 58‑30‑105, if the receiver does not assume or reject an executory contract or unexpired lease of the insurer within 60 days after the order for liquidation, or within such additional time as the Court, for cause, within such 60‑day period, fixes, then such contract or lease is deemed to be rejected.
(2)	In a proceeding under G.S. 58‑30‑80 the receiver may assume or reject an executory contract or unexpired lease of the insurer at any time before the order for a plan of rehabilitation, but the Court, on request of any party to such contract or lease, may order the receiver to determine within a specified period of time whether to assume or reject such contract or lease.
(e)	(1)	Notwithstanding a provision in an executory contract or unexpired lease, or in applicable law, an executory contract or unexpired lease of the insurer may not be terminated or modified, and any right or obligation under such contract or lease may not be terminated or modified, at any time after the commencement of the proceeding solely because of a provision in such contract or lease that is conditioned on:
a.	The insolvency or financial condition of the insurer at any time before the closing of the proceeding;
b.	The commencement of a proceeding under this Article; or
c.	The appointment of or taking possession by a receiver in a proceeding under this Article or a custodian before such commencement.
(2)	Subdivision (1) of this subsection does not apply to an executory contract or unexpired lease of the insurer, whether or not such contract or lease prohibits or restricts assignment of rights or delegation of duties, if:
a.	Applicable law excused a party, other than the insurer, to such contract or lease from accepting performance from or rendering performance to the receiver or to an assignee of such contract or lease, whether or not such contract or lease prohibits or restricts assignment of rights or delegation of duties and such party does not consent to such assumption or assignment; or
b.	Such contract is a contract to make a loan, or extend other debt financing or financial accommodations, to or for the benefit of the insurer, or to issue a security of the insurer.
(f)	(1)	Except as provided in subsection (c) of this section, notwithstanding a provision in an executory contract or unexpired lease of the insurer, or in applicable law, that prohibits, restricts, or conditions the assignment of such contract or lease, the receiver may assign such contract or lease under subdivision (2) of this subsection.
(2)	The receiver may assign an executory contract or unexpired lease of the insurer only if:
a.	The receiver assumes such contract or lease in accordance with the provisions of this section; and
b.	Adequate assurance of future performance by the assignee of such contract or lease is provided, whether or not there has been a default in such contract or lease.
(3)	Notwithstanding a provision in an executory contract or unexpired lease of the insurer, or in applicable law that terminates or modifies, or permits a party other than the insurer to terminate or modify, such contract or lease or a right or obligation under such contract or lease on account of an assignment of such contract or lease, such contract, lease, right, or obligation may not be terminated or modified under such provision because of the assumption or assignment of such contract or lease by the receiver.
(g)	Except as provided in subdivisions (h)(2) and (i)(2) of this section, the rejection of an executory contract or unexpired lease of the insurer constitutes a breach of such contract or lease:
(1)	If such contract or lease has not been assumed under this section or under a plan of rehabilitation under G.S. 58‑30‑80, immediately before the date of the filing of the petition; or
(2)	If such contract or lease has been assumed under this section or under a plan of rehabilitation under G.S. 58‑30‑80:
a.	If before such rejection the proceeding has not been converted to a proceeding under G.S. 58‑30‑105 at the time of such rejection; or
b.	If before such rejection the case has been converted to a proceeding under G.S. 58‑30‑105:  (i) immediately before the date of such conversion, if such contract or lease was assumed before such conversion; or  (ii) at the time of such rejection, if such contract or lease was assumed after such conversion.
(h)	(1)	If the receiver rejects an unexpired lease of real property of the insurer under which the insurer is the lessor, the lessee under such lease may treat the lease as terminated by such rejection, or, in the alternative, may remain in possession for the balance of the term of such lease and any renewal or extension of such term that is enforceable by such lessee under applicable provision of law outside of this Article.
(2)	If such lessee remains in possession, such lessee may offset against the rent reserved under such lease for the balance of the term after the date of the rejection of such lease, and any such renewal or extension, any damages occurring after such date caused by the nonperformance of any obligation of the insurer after such date, but such lessee does not have any rights against the estate on account of any damages arising after such date from such rejection, other than such offset.
(i)	(1)	If the receiver rejects an executory contract of the insurer for the sale of real property under which the purchaser is in possession, such purchaser may treat such contract as terminated, or, in the alternative, may remain in possession of such real property.
(2)	If such purchaser remains in possession:
a.	Such purchaser shall continue to make all payments due under such contract but may offset against such payments any damages occurring after the date of the rejection of such contract caused by the nonperformance of any obligation of the insurer after such date, but such purchaser does not have any rights against the estate on account of any damages arising after such date from such rejection, other than such offset; and
b.	The receiver shall deliver title to such purchaser in accordance with the provisions of such contract, but is relieved of all other obligations to perform under such contract.
(j)	A purchaser that treats an executory contract as terminated under subsection (i) of this section, or a party whose executory contract to purchase real property from the insurer is rejected and under which such party is not in possession, has a lien on the interest of the insurer in such property for the recovery of any portion of the purchase price that such purchaser or party has paid.
(k)	Assignment by the receiver to a person of a contract or lease assumed under this section relieves the receiver and the estate from any liability for any breach of such contract or lease occurring after such assignment. (1989, c. 452, s. 1.)

§ 58‑30‑40.  Turnover of property by a custodian.
(a)	As used in this section "custodian" means:
(1)	A receiver or trustee of any of the property of the insurer, appointed in a case or proceeding not under this Article;
(2)	An assignee under a general assignment for the benefit of the insurer's creditors; or
(3)	A trustee, receiver, or agent under applicable law, or under a contract, that is appointed or authorized to take charge of property of the insurer for the purpose of enforcing a lien against such property, or for the purpose of general administration of such property for the benefit of the insurer's creditors.
(b)	A custodian with knowledge of the commencement of a proceeding under this Article may not make any disbursement from, or take any action in the administration of property of the insurer, proceeds of such property, or property of the estate, in the possession, custody, or control of such custodian, except such action as is necessary to preserve such property.
(c)	A custodian shall:
(1)	Deliver to the receiver any property of the insurer transferred to such custodian, or proceeds of such property, that is in such custodian's possession, custody, or control on the date that such custodian acquires knowledge of the commencement of the proceeding; and
(2)	File an accounting of any property of the insurer, or proceeds of such property, that, at any time, came into the possession, custody, or control of such custodian.
(d)	The Court, after notice and a hearing, shall:
(1)	Protect all entities to which a custodian has become obligated with respect to such property;
(2)	Provide for the payment of reasonable compensation for services rendered and costs and expenses incurred by such custodian; and
(3)	Surcharge such custodian, other than an assignee for the benefit of the insurer's creditors that was appointed or took possession more than 120 days before the date of the filing of the petition, for any improper excessive disbursement, other than a disbursement that has been made in accordance with applicable law or approved, after notice and a hearing, by a court of competent jurisdiction before the commencement of the proceeding under this Article.
(e)	The Court may, after notice and a hearing, excuse compliance with subsection (a), (b), or (c) of this section, if the interests of policyholders, creditors, and any equity security holders would be better served by permitting a custodian to continue in possession, custody, or control of such property. (1989, c. 452, s. 1.)

§ 58‑30‑45.  Utility service.
(a)	Except as provided in subsection (b) of this section, a utility may not alter, refuse, or discontinue service to, or discriminate against, the receiver or the insurer solely on the basis that a debt owed by the insurer to such utility for service rendered before an order of rehabilitation or liquidation was not paid when due.
(b)	Such utility may alter, refuse, or discontinue service if neither the receiver nor the insurer, within 20 days after the date of an order of rehabilitation or liquidation, furnishes adequate assurance of payment, in the form of a deposit or other security, for services after such date.  On request of a party in interest and after notice and a hearing, the Court may order reasonable modification of the amount of the deposit or other security necessary to provide adequate assurance of payment. (1989, c. 452, s. 1.)

§ 58‑30‑50.  Continuation of delinquency proceedings.
Every proceeding that was commenced under the laws in effect before June 26, 1989, is deemed to have been commenced under this Article for the purpose of conducting the proceeding; except that in the discretion of the Commissioner the proceeding may be continued, in whole or in part, as it would have been continued had this Article not been enacted. (1989, c. 452, s. 1.)

§ 58‑30‑55.  Condition on release from delinquency proceedings.
No insurer that is subject to any delinquency proceedings, whether formal or informal, administrative or judicial, shall:
(1)	Be released from such proceeding, unless such proceeding is converted into a judicial rehabilitation or liquidation proceeding;
(2)	Be permitted to solicit or accept new business or request or accept the restoration of any suspended or revoked license;
(3)	Be returned to the control of its shareholders or private management; or
(4)	Have any of its assets returned to the control of its shareholders or private management;
until all payments of or on account of the insurer's contractual obligations by all guaranty associations, along with all expenses thereof and interest on all such payments and expenses, have been repaid to the guaranty associations or a plan of repayment by the insurer shall have been approved by the guaranty associations. (1989, c. 452, s. 1; 1999‑132, s. 9.1; 2000‑140, s. 14.)

§ 58‑30‑60.  Commissioner's summary orders and supervision proceedings.
(a)	Whenever the Commissioner has reasonable cause to believe, and determines after a hearing held under subsection (e) of this section, that any domestic insurer has committed or is engaged in, or is about to commit or engage in, any act, practice, or transaction that would subject it to delinquency proceedings under this Article, he may make and serve upon the insurer and any other persons involved, such orders as are reasonably necessary to correct, eliminate, or remedy such conduct, condition, or ground.
(b)	The Commissioner may consider any or all of the following standards to determine whether the continued operation of any licensed insurer is hazardous to its policyholders, creditors, or the general public:
(1)	Adverse findings reported in financial condition and market conduct examination reports, audit reports, and actuarial opinions, reports, or summaries;
(2)	The NAIC Insurance Regulatory Information System and its other financial analysis solvency tools and reports;
(3)	Repealed by Session Laws 2013‑199, s. 6, effective July 1, 2013.
(4)	Whether the insurer has made adequate provision, according to presently accepted actuarial standards of practice, for the anticipated cash flows required by the contractual obligations and related expenses of the insurer, when considered in light of the assets held by the insurer with respect to such reserves and related actuarial items, including, but not limited to, the investment earnings on such assets, and the considerations anticipated to be received and retained under such policies and contracts;
(5)	The ability of an assuming reinsurer to perform and whether the insurer's reinsurance program provides sufficient protection for the insurer's remaining surplus, after taking into account the insurer's cash flow and the classes of business written as well as the financial condition of the assuming reinsurer;
(6)	Whether an insurer's operating loss in the last 12‑month period or any shorter period of time, including, but not limited to, net capital gain or loss, changes in nonadmitted assets, and cash dividends paid to shareholders, is greater than fifty percent (50%) of the insurer's remaining policyholders' surplus in excess of the minimum required;
(6a)	Whether the insurer's operating loss in the last 12‑month period or any shorter period of time, excluding net capital gains, is greater than twenty percent (20%) of the insurer's remaining policyholders' surplus in excess of the minimum required;
(7)	Whether a reinsurer, obligor, or any entity within the insurer's insurance holding company system is insolvent, threatened with insolvency, or delinquent in payment of its monetary or any other obligation and which in the opinion of the Commissioner may affect the solvency of the insurer;
(8)	Contingent liabilities, pledges, or guaranties that either individually or collectively involve a total amount that in the Commissioner's opinion may affect an insurer's solvency;
(9)	Whether any controlling person of an insurer is delinquent in the transmitting to or payment of net premiums to the insurer;
(10)	The age and collectibility of receivables;
(11)	Whether the management of an insurer, including officers, directors, or any other person who directly or indirectly controls the operation of the insurer, fails to possess and demonstrate the competence, fitness, or reputation considered by the Commissioner to be necessary to serve the insurer in that position;
(12)	Whether the management of an insurer has failed to respond to the Commissioner's inquiries about the condition of the insurer or has furnished false and misleading information in response to an inquiry by the Commissioner;
(12a)	Whether the insurer has failed to meet financial and holding company filing requirements in the absence of a reason satisfactory to the Commissioner;
(13)	Whether the management of an insurer has filed any false or misleading sworn financial statement, has released a false or misleading financial statement to a lending institution or to the general public, or has made a false or misleading entry or omitted an entry of material amount in the insurer's books;
(14)	Whether the insurer has grown so rapidly and to such an extent that it lacks adequate financial and administrative capacity to meet its obligations in a timely manner;
(15)	Whether the insurer has experienced or will experience in the foreseeable future cash flow or liquidity problems;
(16)	Whether management has established reserves that do not comply with minimum standards established by State insurance laws, regulations, statutory accounting standards, sound actuarial principles, and standards of practice;
(17)	Whether management persistently engages in material under reserving that results in adverse development;
(18)	Whether transactions among affiliates, subsidiaries, or controlling persons for which the insurer receives assets or capital gains, or both, do not provide sufficient value, liquidity, or diversity to assure the insurer's ability to meet its outstanding obligations as they mature; or
(19)	Any other finding determined by the Commissioner to be hazardous to the insurer's policyholders, creditors, or general public.
To determine an insurer's financial condition under this Article, the Commissioner may: disregard any credit or amount receivable resulting from transactions with a reinsurer that is insolvent, impaired, or otherwise subject to a delinquency proceeding; make appropriate adjustments to asset values attributable to investments in or transactions with parents, subsidiaries, or affiliates of an insurer; refuse to recognize the stated value of accounts receivable if the insurer's ability to collect receivables is highly speculative in view of the age of the account or the financial condition of the debtor; or increase the insurer's liability in an amount equal to any contingent liability, pledge, or guarantee not otherwise included if there is a substantial risk that the insurer will be called upon to meet the obligation undertaken within the next 12‑month period.
If upon examination or at any other time the Commissioner has reasonable cause to believe that any domestic insurer is in such condition as to render the continuance of its business hazardous to the public or to holders of its policies or certificates of insurance, or if the domestic insurer gives its consent, then the Commissioner shall upon the Commissioner's determination:
(1)	Issue an order notifying the insurer of that determination; and
(2)	Furnish to the insurer a written list of the Commissioner's requirements to abate that determination that may include any of the following:
a.	A reduction in the total amount of present and potential liability for policy benefits by reinsurance.
b.	A reduction, suspension, or limitation of the volume of insurance being accepted or renewed.
c.	A reduction in general insurance and commission expenses by specified methods.
d.	An increase in the insurer's capital and surplus.
e.	A suspension or limitation in the insurer's declaration and payment of dividends to its stockholders or policyholders.
f.	The filing of reports in a form acceptable to the Commissioner concerning the market value of its assets.
g.	A limitation or withdrawal from certain investments or the discontinuance of certain investment practices to the extent the Commissioner considers necessary.
h.	Documentation of the adequacy of premium rates in relation to the risks insured.
i.	The filing, in addition to regular annual financial statements, of interim financial reports on the form adopted by the NAIC or on such format prescribed by the Commissioner.
j.	The correction of corporate governance practice deficiencies.
k.	The adoption and utilization of governance practices acceptable to the Commissioner.
l.	The provision of a business plan to the Commissioner in order to continue to transact business in the State.
Notwithstanding any other provision of law limiting the frequency or amount of premium rate adjustments, the Commissioner may adjust rates for any nonlife insurance product written by the insurer that the Commissioner considers necessary to improve the financial condition of the insurer.
(c)	If the Commissioner makes a determination to supervise an insurer subject to an order under subsections (a) or (b) of this section, he shall notify the insurer that it is under the supervision of the Commissioner. During the period of supervision, the Commissioner may appoint a supervisor to supervise such insurer. The order appointing a supervisor shall direct the supervisor to enforce orders issued under subsections (a) and (b) of this section and may also require that the insurer may not do any of the following things during the period of supervision, without the prior approval of the Commissioner or his supervisor:
(1)	Dispose of, convey, or encumber any of its assets or its business in force;
(2)	Withdraw from any of its bank accounts;
(3)	Lend any of its funds;
(4)	Invest any of its funds;
(5)	Transfer any of its property;
(6)	Incur any debt, obligation, or liability;
(7)	Merge or consolidate with another company; or
(8)	Enter into any new reinsurance contract or treaty.
(d)	Any insurer subject to an order under this section shall comply with the lawful requirements of the Commissioner and, if placed under supervision, shall comply with the requirements of the Commissioner within such period of time established by the Commissioner. The Commissioner may in his discretion extend the time for compliance beyond such period of time for cause. In the event of such insurer's failure to comply within such period of time, the Commissioner may institute proceedings under this Article to have a rehabilitator or liquidator appointed, or extend the period of supervision.
(e)	The notice of hearing under subsection (a) of this section and any order issued pursuant to that subsection shall be served upon the insurer pursuant to the applicable rules of civil procedure. The notice of hearing shall state the time and place of hearing, and the conduct, condition, or ground upon which the Commissioner would base his order. Unless mutually agreed upon between the Commissioner and the insurer, the hearing shall occur not less than 10 days nor more than 30 days after notice is served and shall be either in Wake County or in some other place designated by the Commissioner. The Commissioner shall hold all hearings under subsection (a) of this section privately unless the insurer requests a public hearing, in which case the hearing shall be public.
(f)	Any insurer subject to an order under subsection (b) of this section may request an administrative hearing before the Commissioner or his designee to review that order. Such hearing shall be held as provided in subsection (e) of this section, but the request for a hearing shall not stay the effect of the order. If the Commissioner issues an order under subsection (b) of this section, the insurer may, at any time, waive the hearing and apply for immediate judicial relief by means of any remedy afforded by law without first exhausting its administrative remedies. Subsequent to an administrative hearing, any party to the proceedings whose interests are substantially affected is entitled to judicial review of any order issued by the Commissioner.
(g)	During the period of supervision the insurer may request the Commissioner to review any action taken or proposed to be taken by the supervisor, specifying wherein the action complained of is believed not to be in the best interest of the insurer.
(h)	If any person violates any supervision order issued under this section that as to him is then still in effect, he shall be liable to pay a civil penalty imposed by the Court not to exceed ten thousand dollars ($10,000). The clear proceeds of civil penalties imposed pursuant to this subsection shall be remitted to the Civil Penalty and Forfeiture Fund in accordance with G.S. 115C‑457.2.
(i)	The Commissioner may apply for, and any court of general jurisdiction may grant, such restraining orders, preliminary and permanent injunctions, and other orders as may be deemed to be necessary and proper to enforce a supervision order.
(j)	In the event that any person subject to the provisions of this Article, including any person described in G.S. 58‑30‑25(a), knowingly and willfully violates any valid order of the Commissioner issued under the provisions of this section and, as a result of such violation, the net worth of the insurer is reduced or the insurer suffers loss that it would not otherwise have suffered, said person shall become personally liable to the insurer for the amount of any such reduction or loss. The Commissioner or supervisor is authorized to bring an action on behalf of the insurer in the Court to recover the amount of the reduction or loss together with any costs.  (1989, c. 452, s. 1; 1989 (Reg. Sess., 1990), c. 1021, s. 6; 1991, c. 681, s. 43; 1998‑215, s. 86; 2013‑199, s. 6.)

§ 58‑30‑62.  Administrative supervision of insurers.
(a)	As used in this section, an insurer has "exceeded its powers" when it: has refused to permit examination of its books, papers, accounts, records or affairs by the Commissioner; has in violation of G.S. 58‑7‑50 removed from this State books, papers, accounts or records necessary for an examination of the insurer; has failed to comply promptly with applicable financial reporting statutes or rules and related Department requests; continues to transact the business of insurance after its license has been revoked or suspended by the Commissioner; by contract or otherwise, has unlawfully, or has in violation of an order of the Commissioner, or has without first having obtained any legally required written approval of the Commissioner, totally reinsured its entire outstanding business or merged or consolidated substantially its entire property or business with another insurer; has engaged in any transaction in which it is not authorized to engage under the laws of this State; has not complied with G.S. 58‑7‑73; or has refused to comply with a lawful order of the Commissioner. As used in this section, "Commissioner" includes an authorized representative or designee of the Commissioner.
(b)	This section applies to all domestic insurers and any other insurer doing business in this State whose state of domicile has asked the Commissioner to apply the provisions of this section to that insurer.
(c)	An insurer may be subject to administrative supervision by the Commissioner if upon examination or at any other time it appears to the Commissioner that the insurer: has exceeded its powers; has failed to comply with applicable provisions of this Chapter; is conducting its business in a manner that is hazardous to the public or to its insureds; or consents to administrative supervision.
(d)	If the Commissioner determines that the conditions set forth in subsection (c) of this section exist, the Commissioner shall: notify the insurer of that determination; furnish to the insurer a written list of the requirements to abate those conditions; and notify the insurer that it is under the supervision of the Commissioner and that the Commissioner is applying and effectuating the provisions of this section.
(e)	If placed under administrative supervision, the insurer shall have 60 days, or a different period of time determined by the Commissioner, to comply with the requirements of the Commissioner under this section. If the Commissioner determines after notice and hearing that the conditions giving rise to the supervision still exist at the end of the supervision period specified in this subsection, the Commissioner may extend the period; or if the Commissioner determines that none of the conditions giving rise to the supervision exist, the Commissioner shall release the insurer from supervision.
(f)	Notwithstanding any other provision of law and except as set forth in this section, all proceedings, hearings, notices, correspondence, reports, records, and other information in the possession of the Commissioner or the Department relating to the supervision of any insurer are confidential. The Department shall have access to such proceedings, hearings, notices, correspondence, reports, records, or other information as permitted by the Commissioner. The Commissioner may open the proceedings or hearings, or disclose the notices, correspondence, reports, records, or information to a department, agency or instrumentality of this or another state of the United States if the Commissioner determines that the disclosure is necessary or proper for the enforcement of the laws of this or another state of the United States. The Commissioner may open the proceedings or hearings or make public the notices, correspondence, reports, records, or other information if the Commissioner considers that it is in the best interest of the insurer, its insureds or creditors, or the general public. This section does not apply to hearings, notices, correspondence, reports, records, or other information obtained upon the appointment of a receiver for the insurer by a court of competent jurisdiction.
(g)	During the period of supervision, the Commissioner shall serve as the administrative supervisor. The Commissioner may provide that the insurer shall not do any of the following during the period of supervision, without the Commissioner's prior approval: dispose of, convey, or encumber any of its assets or its business in force; withdraw from any of its bank accounts; lend or invest any of its funds; transfer any of its property; incur any debt, obligation, or liability; merge or consolidate with another company; establish new premiums or renew any policies; enter into any new reinsurance contract or treaty; terminate, surrender, forfeit, convert, or lapse any insurance coverage, except for nonpayment of premiums due; release, pay, or refund premium deposits, accrued cash, or loan values, unearned premiums, or other reserves on any insurance coverage; make any material change in management; increase salaries or benefits of officers or directors or make preferential payment of bonuses, dividends, or other payments considered preferential; or make any other change in its operations that the Commissioner considers to be material.
(h)	During the period of supervision the insurer may contest an action taken or proposed to be taken by the Commissioner, specifying why the action being complained of would not result in improving the insurer's condition.
(i)	This section does not limit powers granted to the Commissioner by any other provision of law. This section does not preclude the Commissioner from initiating judicial proceedings to place an insurer in a delinquency proceeding under this Article, regardless of whether the Commissioner has previously initiated administrative supervision proceedings under this section or under G.S. 58‑30‑60 against the insurer. The determination as to actions under this section is in the Commissioner's discretion.
(j)	Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the Commissioner may meet with a supervisor appointed under this section and with the attorney or other representative of the supervisor, without the presence of any other person, at the time of any proceeding or during the pendency of any proceeding held under the authority of this section, to carry out the Commissioner's duties under this section or for the supervisor to carry out the supervisor's duties under this section.
(k)	There is no liability by, and no cause of action of any nature arises against, the Commissioner for any acts or omissions by the Commissioner in the performance of the Commissioner's powers and duties under this section. (1991, c. 681, s. 44; 2002‑187, s. 2.10; 2003‑212, s. 26(i).)

§ 58‑30‑65.  Court's seizure order.
(a)	The Commissioner may file in the Court a petition alleging, with respect to a domestic insurer:
(1)	That there exist grounds that justify a judicial order for a formal delinquency proceeding against an insurer under this Article;
(2)	That the interests of policyholders, creditors, or the public will be endangered by delay; and 
(3)	The contents of an order deemed by the Commissioner to be necessary.
(b)	Upon a filing under subsection (a) of this section, the Court may issue forthwith, ex parte, the requested order, that directs the Commissioner to take possession and control of all or a part of the property, books, accounts, documents, and other records of an insurer, and of the premises occupied by it for transaction of its business, and that, until further order of the Court, enjoins the insurer and its officers, managers, agents, and employees from disposing of its property and from transacting its business except with the written consent of the Commissioner.
(c)	The Court shall specify in the order what its duration shall be, which shall be such time as the Court considers necessary for the Commissioner to ascertain the condition of the insurer.  On motion of either party or on its own motion, the Court may from time to time hold such hearings as it considers desirable after such notice as it considers appropriate; and may extend, shorten, or modify the terms of the seizure order.  The Court shall vacate the seizure order if the Commissioner fails to commence a formal proceeding under this Article after having a reasonable opportunity to do so.  An order of the Court pursuant to a formal proceeding under this Article shall ipso facto vacate the seizure order.
(d)	Entry of a seizure order under this section does not constitute an anticipatory breach of any contract of the insurer.
(e)	An insurer subject to an ex parte order under this section may petition the Court at any time after the issuance of such order for a hearing and review of the order.  The Court shall hold such a hearing and review not more than 15 days after the request.  A hearing under this subsection may be held privately in chambers, and it shall be so held if the insurer proceeded against so requests.
(f)	If, at any time after the issuance of such an order, it appears to the Court that any person whose interest is or will be substantially affected by the order did not appear at the hearing and has not been served, the Court may order that notice be given.  An order that notice be given does not stay the effect of any order previously issued by the Court. (1989, c. 452, s. 1.)

§ 58‑30‑70.  Confidentiality of hearings.
In all proceedings and judicial reviews thereof under G.S. 58‑30‑60 and G.S. 58‑30‑65, all records of the insurer, other documents, and all Department files and Court records and papers, insofar as they pertain to or are a part of the record of the proceedings, shall be and remain confidential except as is necessary to obtain compliance therewith, unless the Court, after hearing arguments from the parties in chambers, orders otherwise; or unless the insurer requests that the matter be made public.  Until such Court order, all papers filed with the clerk of the Court shall be held by him in a confidential file. (1989, c. 452, s. 1.)

§ 58‑30‑71.  Immunity and indemnification of the receiver and employees.
(a)	Persons entitled to protection under this section are:
(1)	All receivers responsible for the conduct of a delinquency proceeding under this Article, including present and former receivers; and
(2)	All of the receiver's employees, meaning all present and former special deputies and assistant special deputies appointed by the Commissioner, staff assigned to the delinquency proceeding employed by the Attorney General's Office, and all persons whom the Commissioner, special deputies, or assistant special deputies have employed to assist in a delinquency proceeding under this Article.
(3)	All of the receiver's contractors, meaning all persons who are retained by the receiver or the receiver's employees as independent contractors to assist in a delinquency proceeding under this Article, including attorneys, accountants, auditors, and other professional persons or firms and their employees.
(b)	The receiver, the receiver's employees, and the receiver's contractors shall have official immunity and are immune from suit and liability, both personally and in their official capacities, for any claim for damage to or loss of property or personal injury or other civil liability caused by or resulting from any alleged act, error, or omission of the receiver or any employee arising out of or by reason of any of the following:
(1)	Their duties or employment.
(2)	Any matters that have been subject to review by the Court after notice and opportunity to be heard, provided that the alleged act, error, or omission was not disapproved or disallowed by the Court.
Provided, however, that nothing in this section holds the receiver, the receiver's employees, or the receiver's contractors immune from suit or liability for any damage, loss, injury, or liability caused by the intentional or willful and wanton misconduct of the receiver, the receiver's employees, or the receiver's contractors or for any bodily injury caused by the operation of a motor vehicle.
(c)	If any legal action is commenced against the receiver or any employee, whether against him personally or in his official capacity, alleging property damage, property loss, personal injury, or other civil liability caused by or resulting from any alleged act, error, or omission of the receiver or any employee arising out of or by reason of their duties or employment, the receiver and any employee shall be indemnified from the assets of the insurer for all expenses, attorneys' fees, judgments, settlements, decrees, or amounts due and owing or paid in satisfaction of or incurred in the defense of such legal action; unless it is determined upon a final adjudication on the merits that the alleged act, error, or omission of the receiver or employee giving rise to the claim did not arise out of or by reason of his duties or employment, or was caused by intentional or willful and wanton misconduct.
(d)	Attorneys' fees and all related expenses incurred in defending a legal action for which immunity or indemnity is available under this section shall be paid from the assets of the insurer, as they are incurred, before the final disposition of the action, upon receipt of any agreement by or on behalf of the receiver or employee to repay the attorneys' fees and expenses if it is ultimately determined upon a final adjudication on the merits that the receiver or employee is not entitled to immunity or indemnity under this section.
(e)	Any indemnification for expense payments, judgments, settlements, decrees, attorneys' fees, surety bond premiums, or other amounts paid or to be paid from the insurer's assets under this section shall be an administrative expense of the insurer.
(f)	In the event of any actual or threatened litigation against a receiver or any employee for which immunity or indemnity may be available under this section, a reasonable amount of funds, that in the judgment of the Commissioner may be needed to provide immunity or indemnity, shall be segregated and reserved from the assets of the insurer as security for the payment of indemnity until all applicable statutes of limitation have run, all actual or threatened actions against the receiver or any employee have been completely and finally resolved, and all obligations of the insurer and the Commissioner under this section have been satisfied.
(g)	In lieu of segregation and reserving of funds, the Commissioner may, in his discretion, obtain a surety bond or make other arrangements that will enable the Commissioner to fully secure the payment of all obligations under this section.
(h)	If any legal action against an employee for which indemnity may be available under this section is settled before final adjudication on the merits, the insurer must pay the settlement amount on behalf of the employee, or indemnify the employee for the settlement amount, unless the Commissioner determines:
(1)	That the claim did not arise out of or by reason of the employee's duties or employment; or
(2)	That the claims were caused by the intentional or willful and wanton misconduct of the employee.
(i)	In any legal action in which the receiver is a defendant, that portion of any settlement relating to the alleged act, error, or omission of the receiver is subject to the approval of the court before which the delinquency proceeding is pending. The court shall not approve that portion of the settlement if it determines:
(1)	That the claim did not arise out of or by reason of the receiver's duties or employment; or
(2)	That the claim was caused by the intentional or willful and wanton misconduct of the receiver.
(j)	Nothing in this section deprives the receiver, the receiver's employees, or the receiver's contractors of any immunity, indemnity, benefits of law, rights, or any defense otherwise available.
(k)	Subsection (b) of this section applies to any suit based in whole or in part on any alleged act, error, or omission that occurs on or after October 1, 1993.
(l)	No legal action shall lie against the receiver or any employee based in whole or in part on any alleged act, error, or omission that occurred before October 1, 1993, unless suit is filed and valid service of process is obtained within 12 months after October 1, 1993.
(m)	Subsections (c), (h), and (i) of this section apply to any suit that is pending on or filed after October 1, 1993, without regard to when the alleged act, error, or omission took place.  (1993, c. 452, s. 40; 2019‑179, s. 3(a)‑(c).)

§ 58‑30‑75.  Grounds for rehabilitation.
The Commissioner may petition the Court for an order authorizing him to rehabilitate a domestic insurer or an alien insurer domiciled in this State on any one or more of the following grounds:
(1)	The insurer is in such condition that the further transaction of business would be hazardous financially to its policyholders, creditors, or the public.
(2)	There is reasonable cause to believe that there has been embezzlement from the insurer, wrongful sequestration or diversion of the insurer's assets, forgery or fraud affecting the insurer, or other illegal conduct in, by, or with respect to the insurer that if established would endanger assets in an amount threatening the solvency of the insurer.
(3)	The insurer has failed to remove any person who in fact has executive authority in the insurer, whether an officer, manager, general agent, employee, or other person; if the person has been found after notice and hearing by the Commissioner to be dishonest or untrustworthy in a way affecting the insurer's business.
(4)	Control of the insurer, whether by stock ownership or otherwise, and whether direct or indirect, is in a person or persons found after notice and hearing to be untrustworthy.
(5)	Any person who in fact has executive authority in the insurer, whether an officer, manager, general agent, director or trustee, employee, or other person, has refused to be examined under oath by the Commissioner concerning its affairs, whether in this State or elsewhere; and after reasonable notice of the fact, the insurer has failed promptly and effectively to terminate the employment and status of the person and all his influence on management.
(6)	After demand by the Commissioner the insurer has failed to promptly make available for examination any of its own property, books, accounts, documents, or other records; those of any subsidiary or related company within the control of the insurer; or those of any person having executive authority in the insurer insofar as they pertain to the insurer.
(7)	Without first obtaining the written consent of the Commissioner, the insurer has (i) transferred, or attempted to transfer, in a manner contrary to Article 19 of this Chapter, substantially its entire property or business, or (ii) has entered into any transaction, the effect of which is to merge, consolidate, or reinsure substantially its entire property or business in or with the property or business of any other person.
(8)	The insurer or its property has been or is the subject of an application for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, or sequestrator or similar fiduciary of the insurer or its property otherwise than as authorized under Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter, and such appointment has been made or is imminent, and such appointment might oust the courts of this State of jurisdiction or might prejudice orderly delinquency proceedings under this Article.
(9)	Within the previous four years the insurer has willfully violated its charter or articles of incorporation, its bylaws, Articles 1 through 67 of this Chapter, or any valid order of the Commissioner under G.S. 58‑30‑60.
(10)	The insurer has failed to pay within 60 days after due any obligation to any state or any subdivision thereof or any judgment entered in any state, if the court in which such judgment was entered has jurisdiction over such subject matter; except that such nonpayment is not a ground until 60 days after any good faith effort by the insurer to contest the obligation has been terminated, whether it is before the Commissioner or in the courts, or the insurer has systematically attempted to compromise or renegotiate previously agreed settlements with its creditors on the ground that it is financially unable to pay its obligations in full.
(11)	The insurer has failed to file its annual report or any other financial report required by statute within the time allowed by law and, after written demand by the Commissioner, has failed to immediately give an adequate explanation.
(12)	The board of directors or the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote, or a majority of those individuals entitled to the control of those persons specified in G.S. 58‑30‑5, request or consent to rehabilitation under this Article. (1989, c. 452, s. 1; c. 770, s. 72.1; 1995, c. 193, s. 31; 2001‑223, s. 19.)

§ 58‑30‑80.  Rehabilitation orders.
(a)	An order to rehabilitate the business of a domestic insurer or an alien insurer domiciled in this State, shall appoint the Commissioner and his successors in office as the rehabilitator, and shall direct the rehabilitator forthwith to take possession of the assets of the insurer and to administer them under the general supervision of the Court.  The filing or recording of the order with the clerk of the Court or register of deeds of the county in which the principal business of the insurer is conducted, or the county in which its principal office or place of business is located, shall impart the same notice as a deed, bill of sale, or other evidence of title duly filed or recorded with that register of deeds would have imparted.  The order to rehabilitate the insurer shall by operation of law vest title to all assets of the insurer in the rehabilitator.
(b)	Any order issued under this section shall require accounting to the Court by the rehabilitator.  Accountings shall be at such intervals as the Court specifies in its order.
(c)	Entry of an order of rehabilitation shall not constitute an anticipatory breach of any contract of the insurer. (1989, c. 452, s. 1.)

§ 58‑30‑85.  Powers and duties of the rehabilitator.
(a)	The rehabilitator has the power:
(1)	To appoint a special deputy to act for him under this Article, and to determine his reasonable compensation. The special deputy has all powers of the rehabilitator granted by this section. The special deputy serves at the pleasure of the rehabilitator.
(2)	To employ employees and agents, legal counsel, actuaries, accountants, appraisers, consultants, and such other personnel as he may deem to be necessary to assist in the rehabilitation.
(3)	To fix the reasonable compensation of employees and agents, legal counsel, actuaries, accountants, appraisers, and consultants, with the approval of the Court.
(4)	To pay reasonable compensation to persons appointed; and to defray from the funds or assets of the insurer all expenses of taking possession of, conserving, conducting, rehabilitating, disposing of, or otherwise dealing with the business and property of the insurer.
(5)	To hold hearings, to subpoena witnesses to compel their attendance, to administer oaths, to examine any person under oath, and to compel any person to subscribe to this testimony after it has been correctly reduced to writing; and in connection therewith to require the production of any books, papers, records, or other documents that he considers relevant to the inquiry.
(6)	To collect all debts and moneys due and claims belonging to the insurer, wherever located, and for this purpose:
a.	To institute timely action in other jurisdictions, in order to forestall garnishment and attachment proceedings against such debts;
b.	To do such other acts that are necessary or expedient to collect, conserve, or protect its assets or property, including the power to sell, compound, compromise, or assign debts for purposes of collection upon such terms and conditions as he deems to be best; and
c.	To pursue any creditor's remedies available to enforce his claims.
(7)	To conduct public and private sales of the property of the insurer.
(8)	To use assets of the estate of an insurer under a rehabilitation order to transfer policy obligations to a solvent assuming insurer, if the transfer can be arranged without prejudice to applicable priorities under G.S. 58‑30‑220.
(9)	To acquire, hypothecate, encumber, lease, improve, sell, transfer, abandon, or otherwise dispose of or deal with, any property of the insurer at its market value or upon such terms and conditions that are fair and reasonable. He also has the power to execute, acknowledge, and deliver any and all deeds, assignments, releases and other instruments necessary or proper to effectuate any sale of property or other transaction in connection with the rehabilitation.
(10)	To borrow money on the security of the insurer's assets or without security and to execute and deliver all documents necessary to that transaction for the purpose of facilitating the rehabilitation.
(11)	To enter into such contracts that are necessary to carry out the order to rehabilitate, and to affirm or disavow any contracts to which the insurer is a party.
(12)	To continue to prosecute and to institute in the name of the insurer or in his own name any and all suits and other legal proceedings, in this State or elsewhere, and to abandon the prosecution of claims he deems unprofitable to pursue further.
(13)	To prosecute any action that may exist in behalf of the creditors, members, policyholders, or shareholders of the insurer against any officer of the insurer or against any other person.
(14)	To remove any or all records and property of the insurer to the offices of the Commissioner or to such other place as may be convenient for the purposes of efficient and orderly execution of the rehabilitation.
(15)	To deposit in one or more banks in this State such sums as are required for meeting current administration expenses and dividend distributions.
(16)	To invest all sums not currently needed, unless the Court orders otherwise.
(17)	To file any necessary documents for recording in the office of any register of deeds in this State or elsewhere where property of the insurer is located.
(18)	To assert all defenses available to the insurer as against third persons, including statutes of limitation, statutes of frauds, and the defense of usury. A waiver of any defense by the insurer after a petition in rehabilitation has been filed shall not bind the rehabilitator.
(19)	To exercise and enforce all rights, remedies, and powers of any creditor, shareholder, policyholder, or member; including any power to avoid any transfer or lien that may be given by law and that is not included within G.S. 58‑30‑140 through 58‑30‑150.
(20)	To intervene in any proceeding wherever instituted that might lead to the appointment of a receiver or trustee, and to act as the receiver or trustee whenever the appointment is offered.
(21)	To enter into agreements with any receiver or insurance regulator of any other state relating to the rehabilitation, liquidation, conservation, or dissolution of an insurer doing business in both states.
(22)	To exercise all powers now held or subsequently conferred upon receivers by laws of this State not inconsistent with the provisions of this Article.
(b)	The enumeration in this section of the powers and authority of the rehabilitator shall not be construed as a limitation upon him, nor shall it exclude in any manner his right to do such other acts not specifically enumerated in this section or otherwise provided for, as may be necessary or appropriate for the accomplishment of or in aid of the purpose of rehabilitation.
(c)	The rehabilitator may take such action as he considers necessary or appropriate to reform and revitalize the insurer. He shall have all the powers of the directors, officers, and managers, whose authority shall be suspended, except to the extent they may be redelegated by the rehabilitator. He shall have full power to direct, manage, hire, and discharge employees, subject to any contract rights they may have, and to deal with the property and business of the insurer.
(d)	If it appears to the rehabilitator that there has been criminal or tortious conduct, or breach of any contractual or fiduciary obligation detrimental to the insurer by any officer, manager, agent, broker, employee or other person, he may pursue all available legal remedies on behalf of the insurer.
(e)	If the rehabilitator determines that reorganization, consolidation, conversion, reinsurance, merger, runoff, or other transformation of the insurer is appropriate, he shall prepare a plan to effect such changes. Upon application of the rehabilitator for approval of the plan, and after such notice and hearings as the Court may prescribe, the Court may either approve or disapprove the plan proposed, or may modify it and approve it as modified. Any plan approved under this section shall be, in the opinion of the Court, fair and equitable to all parties concerned. If the plan is approved, the rehabilitator shall carry out the plan. In the case of a life insurer, the plan proposed may include the imposition of liens upon the policies of the insurer, if all rights of shareholders are first relinquished. A plan for a life insurer may also propose imposition of a moratorium upon loan and cash surrender rights under policies, for such period and to such an extent as may be necessary.
(f)	The rehabilitator shall have the power under G.S. 58‑30‑140 and G.S. 58‑30‑145 to avoid fraudulent transfers.  (1989, c. 452, s. 1; 2009‑172, s. 2.)

§ 58‑30‑90.  Actions by and against rehabilitator.
(a)	When a rehabilitation order against an insurer is entered, every court in this State, before which any pending action or proceeding in which the insurer is a party or is obligated to defend a party, shall stay the action or proceeding for 120 days and such additional time that is necessary for the rehabilitator to obtain proper representation and prepare for further proceedings.  The rehabilitator may take such action respecting pending litigation as he deems necessary in the interests of justice and for the protection of creditors, policyholders, and the public.  The rehabilitator may immediately consider all litigation pending outside this State and may petition the courts having jurisdiction over that litigation for stays whenever necessary to protect the estate of the insurer.
(b)	No statute of limitations or defense of laches shall run with respect to any action by or against an insurer between the filing of a petition for appointment of a rehabilitator for that insurer and the order granting or denying that petition.
(c)	Any domestic or foreign guaranty association has standing to appear in any Court proceeding concerning the rehabilitation of an insurer if such association is or may become liable to act as a result of the rehabilitation. (1989, c. 452, s. 1.)

§ 58‑30‑95.  Termination of rehabilitation.
(a)	Whenever the rehabilitator believes further attempts to rehabilitate an insurer would substantially increase the risk of loss to creditors, policyholders or the public, or would be futile, the rehabilitator may petition the Court for an order of liquidation.  A petition under this subsection shall have the same effect as a petition under G.S. 58‑30‑100.  The Court may make such findings and issue such orders at any time upon its own motion.  The Court shall permit the directors of the insurer to take such actions as are reasonably necessary to defend against the petition and may order payment from the estate of the insurer of such costs and other expenses of defense as justice may require.  The court may allow the payment of costs and expenses incurred in defending against the petition for an order of liquidation only upon a specific finding that the defense was conducted, and the costs and expenses were incurred, in good faith.  The directors shall have the burden of proving good faith.  Evidence of good faith shall be the existence of a reasonable basis to conclude that the insurer is actually solvent or that there exists a viable means to accomplish rehabilitation without jeopardizing the remaining assets of the insurer and that continued operation of the insurer is in the best interest of the policyholders, stockholders, and creditors.
(b)	The rehabilitator may at any time petition the Court for an order terminating rehabilitation of an insurer.  The Court shall also permit the directors of the insurer to petition the Court for an order terminating rehabilitation of the insurer and may order payment from the estate of the insurer of such costs and other expenses of such petition as justice may require. The court may allow the payment of costs and expenses incurred in defending against the petition for an order terminating rehabilitation only upon a specific finding that the defense was conducted, and the costs and expenses were incurred, in good faith.  The directors shall have the burden of proving good faith.  Evidence of good faith shall be the existence of a reasonable basis to conclude that the insurer is actually solvent or that there exists a viable means to accomplish rehabilitation without jeopardizing the remaining assets of the insurer and that continued operation of the insurer is in the best interest of the policyholders, stockholders, and creditors.  If the Court finds that rehabilitation has been accomplished and that grounds for rehabilitation under G.S. 58‑30‑75 no longer exist, it shall order that the insurer be restored to possession of its property and the control of the business.  The Court may also make that finding and issue that order at any time upon its own motion. (1989, c. 452, s. 1; 1993, c. 452, s. 41.)

§ 58‑30‑100.  Grounds for liquidation.
The Commissioner may petition the Court for an order directing him to liquidate a domestic insurer or an alien insurer domiciled in this State on the basis:
(1)	Of any ground for an order of rehabilitation as specified in G.S. 58‑30‑75, whether or not there has been a prior order directing the rehabilitation of the insurer;
(2)	That the insurer is insolvent; or
(3)	That the insurer is in such condition that the further transaction of business would be hazardous, financially or otherwise, to its policyholders, its creditors, or the public. (1989, c. 452, s. 1.)

§ 58‑30‑105.  Liquidation orders.
(a)	An order to liquidate the business of a domestic insurer shall appoint the Commissioner and his successors in office liquidator and shall direct the liquidator forthwith to take possession of the assets of the insurer and to administer them under the general supervision of the Court.  The liquidator is vested by operation of law with the title to all of the property, contracts, and rights of action, and all of the books and records of the insurer ordered liquidated, wherever located, as of the entry of the final order of liquidation.  The filing or recording of the order with the clerk of the superior court and the register of deeds of the county in which its principal office or place of business is located; or, in the case of real estate, with the register of deeds of the county where the property is located, shall impart the same notice as a deed, bill of sale, or other evidence of title duly filed or recorded with that register of deeds would have imparted.
(b)	Upon issuance of the order, the rights and liabilities of any such insurer and of its creditors, policyholders, shareholders, members and all other persons interested in its estate shall become fixed as of the date of entry of the order of liquidation, except as provided in G.S. 58‑30‑110 and G.S. 58‑30‑195.
(c)	An order to liquidate the business of an alien insurer domiciled in this State shall be in the same terms and have the same legal effect as an order to liquidate a domestic insurer; except that the assets and the business in the United States shall be the only assets and business included therein.
(d)	At the time of petitioning for an order of liquidation or at any time thereafter the Commissioner, after making appropriate findings of an insurer's insolvency, may petition the Court for a judicial declaration of such insolvency.  After providing such notice and hearing as it deems to be proper, the Court may make the declaration.
(e)	Any order issued under this section requires accounting to the Court by the liquidator.  Accountings shall be at such intervals as the Court specifies in its order. (1989, c. 452, s. 1.)

§ 58‑30‑110.  Continuance of coverage.
(a)	All policies, other than life or health insurance or annuities, that are in effect at the time of the issuance of an order of liquidation shall continue in force only for the lesser of:
(1)	A period of 30 days from the date of entry of the liquidation orders;
(2)	The expiration of the policy coverage;
(3)	The date when the insured has replaced the insurance coverage with equivalent insurance in another insurer or otherwise terminated the policy; or
(4)	The liquidator has effected a transfer of the policy obligation pursuant to G.S. 58‑30‑120(a)(8).
(b)	An order of liquidation under G.S. 58‑30‑105 terminates coverages at the time specified in subsection (a) of this section for the purposes of any other statute.
(c)	Policies of life or health insurance or annuities shall continue in force for such period and under such terms as is provided for by any applicable domestic or foreign guaranty association.
(d)	Policies of life or health insurance or annuities or any period of coverage of such policies that are not covered by a domestic or foreign guaranty association shall terminate under subsections (a) and (b) of this section. (1989, c. 452, s. 1.)

§ 58‑30‑115.  Dissolution of insurer.
The Commissioner may petition for an order dissolving the corporate existence of a domestic insurer or the United States branch of an alien insurer domiciled in this State at the time he applies for a liquidation order.  The Court shall order dissolution of the corporation upon petition by the Commissioner upon or after the granting of a liquidation order.  If the dissolution has not previously been ordered, it shall be effected by operation of law upon the discharge of the liquidator if the insurer is under a liquidation order for some other reason. (1989, c. 452, s. 1.)

§ 58‑30‑120.  Powers of liquidator.
(a)	The liquidator has the power:
(1)	To appoint a special deputy to act for him under this Article, and to determine his reasonable compensation.  The special deputy has all powers of the liquidator granted by this section.  The special deputy serves at the pleasure of the liquidator.
(2)	To employ employees and agents, legal counsel, actuaries, accountants, appraisers, consultants, and such other personnel as he may deem to be necessary to assist in the liquidation.
(3)	To fix the reasonable compensation of employees and agents, legal counsel, actuaries, accountants, appraisers, and consultants, with the approval of the Court.
(4)	To pay reasonable compensation to persons appointed; and to defray from the funds or assets of the insurer all expenses of taking possession of, conserving, conducting, liquidating, disposing of, or otherwise dealing with the business and property of the insurer.  In the event that the property of the insurer does not contain sufficient cash or liquid assets to defray the costs incurred, the Commissioner may advance the costs so incurred out of any appropriation for the maintenance of the Department.  Any amounts so advanced for expenses of administration shall be repaid to the Commissioner for the use of the Department out of the first available moneys of the insurer.
(5)	To hold hearings, to subpoena witnesses to compel their attendance, to administer oaths, to examine any person under oath, and to compel any person to subscribe to this testimony after it has been correctly reduced to writing; and in connection therewith to require the production of any books, papers, records, or other documents that he considers relevant to the inquiry.
(6)	To collect all debts and moneys due and claims belonging to the insurer, wherever located, and for this purpose:
a.	To institute timely action in other jurisdictions, in order to forestall garnishment and attachment proceedings against such debts;
b.	To do such other acts that are necessary or expedient to collect, conserve, or protect its assets or property, including the power to sell, compound, compromise, or assign debts for purposes of collection upon such terms and conditions as he deems to be best; and
c.	To pursue any creditor's remedies available to enforce his claims.
(7)	To conduct public and private sales of the property of the insurer.
(8)	To use assets of the estate of an insurer under a liquidation order to transfer policy obligations to a solvent assuming insurer, if the transfer can be arranged without prejudice to applicable priorities under G.S. 58‑30‑220.
(9)	To acquire, hypothecate, encumber, lease, improve, sell, transfer, abandon, or otherwise dispose of or deal with, any property of the insurer at its market value or upon such terms and conditions that are fair and reasonable.  He also has the power to execute, acknowledge, and deliver any and all deeds, assignments, releases and other instruments necessary or proper to effectuate any sale of property or other transaction in connection with the liquidation.
(10)	To borrow money on the security of the insurer's assets or without security and to execute and deliver all documents necessary to that transaction for the purpose of facilitating the liquidation.
(11)	To enter into such contracts that are necessary to carry out the order to liquidate, and to affirm or disavow any contracts to which the insurer is a party.
(12)	To continue to prosecute and to institute in the name of the insurer or in his own name any and all suits and other legal proceedings, in this State or elsewhere, and to abandon the prosecution of claims he deems unprofitable to pursue further.  If the insurer is dissolved under G.S. 58‑30‑115, he shall have the power to apply to any court in this State or elsewhere for leave to substitute himself for the insurer as plaintiff.
(13)	To prosecute any action that may exist in behalf of the creditors, members, policyholders, or shareholders of the insurer against any officer of the insurer or against any other person.
(14)	To remove any or all records and property of the insurer to the offices of the Commissioner or to such other place as may be convenient for the purposes of efficient and orderly execution of the liquidation.  Domestic and foreign guaranty associations shall have such reasonable access to the records of the insurer as is necessary for them to carry out their statutory obligations.
(15)	To deposit in one or more banks in this State such sums as are required for meeting current administration expenses and dividend distributions.
(16)	To invest all sums not currently needed, unless the Court orders otherwise.
(17)	To file any necessary documents for recording in the office of any register of deeds in this State or elsewhere where property of the insurer is located.
(18)	To assert all defenses available to the insurer as against third persons, including statutes of limitation, statutes of frauds, and the defense of usury.  A waiver of any defense by the insurer after a petition in liquidation has been filed shall not bind the liquidator.  Whenever a domestic or foreign guaranty association has an obligation to defend any suit, the liquidator shall give precedence to such obligation and may defend only in the absence of a defense by such guaranty associations.
(19)	To exercise and enforce all rights, remedies, and powers of any creditor, shareholder, policyholder, or member; including any power to avoid any transfer or lien that may be given by law and that is not included within G.S. 58‑30‑140 through G.S. 58‑30‑150.
(20)	To intervene in any proceeding wherever instituted that might lead to the appointment of a receiver or trustee, and to act as the receiver or trustee whenever the appointment is offered.
(21)	To enter into agreements with any receiver or insurance regulator of any other state relating to the rehabilitation, liquidation, conservation, or dissolution of an insurer doing business in both states.
(22)	To exercise all powers now held or subsequently conferred upon receivers by laws of this State not inconsistent with the provisions of this Article.
(b)	The enumeration in this section of the powers and authority of the liquidator shall not be construed as a limitation upon him, nor shall it exclude in any manner his right to do such other acts not specifically enumerated in this section or otherwise provided for, as may be necessary or appropriate for the accomplishment of or in aid of the purpose of liquidation. (1989, c. 452, s. 1.)

§ 58‑30‑125.  Notice to creditors and others.
(a)	Unless the Court otherwise directs, the liquidator shall give or cause to be given notice of the liquidation order as soon as possible:
(1)	By first‑class mail and either by facsimile, electronic mail, or telephone to the insurance regulator of each jurisdiction in which the insurer is doing business;
(2)	By first‑class mail to any domestic or foreign guaranty association that is or may become obligated as a result of the liquidation;
(3)	By first‑class mail to all insurance agents of the insurer;
(4)	By first‑class mail to all persons known or reasonably expected to have claims against the insurer, including all policyholders, at their last known addresses indicated by the records of the insurer; and
(5)	By publication in a newspaper of general circulation in the county in which the insurer has its principal place of business and in such other locations as the liquidator deems to be appropriate.
(b)	Notice to potential claimants under subsection (a) of this section shall require claimants to file with the liquidator their claims, together with proper proofs thereof under G.S. 58‑30‑190, on or before a date the liquidator specifies in the notice. All claimants have a duty to keep the liquidator informed of any changes of address. The liquidator need not require the following to file claims under this section:
(1)	Persons claiming cash surrender values or other investment values in life insurance and annuities.
(2)	Persons claiming unearned premiums on property or casualty insurance.
(c)	If notice is given in accordance with this section, the distribution of assets of the insurer under this Article shall be conclusive with respect to all claimants, whether or not they receive notice. (1989, c. 452, s. 1; 2006‑105, s. 1.4.)

§ 58‑30‑127.  Duties of agents.
(a)	Every person who receives notice in the form prescribed in G.S. 58‑30‑125 that an insurer that person represents as an agent is the subject of a liquidation order shall, upon request of the liquidator and within 60 days after receipt of the request, provide to the liquidator the information in the agent's records related to any policy issued by the insurer through the agent; and if the agent is a general agent, the information in the general agent's records related to any policy issued by the insurer through a subagent under contract with the general agent, including the name and address of the subagent.
(b)	For the purpose of this section, a policy is issued through an agent if the agent has a property interest in the expiration of the policy or if the agent has had in the agent's possession a copy of the declarations of the policy at any time during the life of the policy, except where the ownership of the expiration of the policy has been transferred to another person.
(c)	Any agent failing to provide information to the liquidator as required by this section is to be subject to G.S. 58‑2‑70.
(d)	The provisions of this section are in addition to any other duties in this Chapter that are placed on agents. (1991, c. 681, s. 45.)

§ 58‑30‑130.  Actions by and against liquidator.
(a)	Upon the issuance of an order appointing a liquidator of a domestic insurer or of an alien insurer domiciled in this State, no action at law or equity shall be brought against the insurer or liquidator, whether in this State or elsewhere, nor shall any such existing actions be maintained or further presented after issuance of such order. The Court shall give full faith and credit to injunctions against the liquidator or the insurer or the continuation of existing actions against the liquidator or the insurer, when such injunctions are included in an order to liquidate an insurer issued pursuant to corresponding provisions in other states. Whenever, in the liquidator's judgment, protection of the estate of the insurer necessitates intervention in an action against the insurer that is pending outside this State, he may intervene in the action. The liquidator may defend any action in which he intervenes under this section at the expense of the estate of the insurer.
(b)	The liquidator may, upon or after an order for liquidation, within two years or such subsequent time period as applicable law may permit, institute an action or proceeding on behalf of the estate of the insurer upon any cause of action against which the period of limitation fixed by applicable law has not expired at the time of the filing of the petition upon which such order is entered. Where (i) by any agreement, a period of limitation is fixed for instituting a suit or proceeding upon any claim, or for filing any claim, proof of claim, proof of loss, demand, notice, or the like; or (ii) in any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, a period of limitation is fixed, either in the proceeding or by applicable law, for taking any action, filing any claim or pleading, or doing any act; and (iii) in any such case the period had not expired at the date of the filing of the petition; the liquidator may, for the benefit of the estate, take any such action or do any such act, required of or permitted to the insurer, within a period of 180 days subsequent to the entry of an order for liquidation, or within such further period as is shown to the satisfaction of the Court not to be unfairly prejudicial to the other party.
(c)	Any domestic or foreign guaranty association has standing to appear in any Court proceeding concerning the liquidation of an insurer if such association is or may become liable to act as a result of the liquidation.  (1989, c. 452, s. 1; 2009‑570, s. 27.)

§ 58‑30‑135.  Collection and list of assets.
(a)	As soon as practicable after the liquidation order but not later than 120 days thereafter, the liquidator shall prepare in duplicate a list of the insurer's assets.  The list shall be amended or supplemented from time to time as the liquidator determines.  One copy shall be filed in the office of the clerk of the Court and one copy shall be retained for the liquidator's files.  All amendments and supplements shall be similarly filed.
(b)	The liquidator shall reduce the assets to a degree of liquidity that is consistent with the effective execution of the liquidation.
(c)	A submittal to the Court for disbursement of assets in accordance with G.S. 58‑30‑180 fulfills the requirements of subsection (a) of this section. (1989, c. 452, s. 1.)

§ 58‑30‑140.  Fraudulent transfers prior to petition.
(a)	Every transfer made or suffered and every obligation incurred by an insurer within one year prior to the filing of a successful petition for rehabilitation or liquidation under this Article is fraudulent as to then existing and future creditors if made or incurred without fair consideration or if made or incurred with actual intent to hinder, delay, or defraud either existing or future creditors.  A transfer made or an obligation incurred by an insurer ordered to be rehabilitated or liquidated under this Article, that is fraudulent under this section, may be avoided by the receiver, except as to a person who in good faith is a purchaser, lienor, or obligee, for a present fair equivalent value; and except that any purchaser, lienor, or obligee, who in good faith has given a consideration less than fair for such transfer, lien, or obligation, may retain the property, lien, or obligation as security for repayment.  The Court may, on due notice, order any such transfer or obligation to be preserved for the benefit of the estate, and in that event, the receiver shall succeed to and may enforce the rights of the purchaser, lienor, or obligee.
(b)	A transfer of property other than real property is made or suffered when it becomes so far perfected that no subsequent lien obtainable by legal or equitable proceedings on a simple contract could become superior to the rights of the transferee under G.S. 58‑30‑150(c).  A transfer of real property is made or suffered when it becomes so far perfected that no subsequent bona fide purchaser from the insurer could obtain rights superior to the rights of the transferee.  A transfer that creates an equitable lien is not perfected if there are available means by which a legal lien could be created.  Any transfer that is not perfected prior to the filing of a petition for liquidation shall be deemed to be made immediately before the filing of the successful petition.  The provisions of this subsection apply whether or not there are or were creditors who might have obtained any liens or persons who might have become bona fide purchasers.
(c)	Any transaction of the insurer with a reinsurer is fraudulent and may be avoided by the receiver under subsection (a) of this section if:
(1)	The transaction consists of the termination, adjustment, or settlement of a reinsurance contract in which the reinsurer is released from any part of its duty to pay the originally specified share of losses that had occurred prior to the time of the transaction, unless the reinsurer gives a present fair equivalent value for the release; and 
(2)	Any part of the transaction took place within one year prior to the date of filing of the petition through which the receivership was commenced.
(d)	Every person receiving any property from the insurer or any benefit thereof as the result of a fraudulent transfer under subsection (a) of this section is personally liable therefor and is bound to account to the liquidator. (1989, c. 452, s. 1; 1991, c. 681, s. 46.)

§ 58‑30‑145.  Fraudulent transfer after petition.
(a)	After a petition for rehabilitation or liquidation has been filed, a transfer of any of the real property of the insurer made to a person acting in good faith shall be valid against the receiver if made for a present fair equivalent value; or, if not made for a present fair equivalent value, then to the extent of the present consideration actually paid therefor, for which amount the transferee shall have a lien on the property so transferred.  The commencement of a proceeding in rehabilitation or liquidation shall be constructive notice upon the recording of a copy of the petition for or order of rehabilitation or liquidation with the register of deeds in the county in which any real property in question is located.  The exercise by a court of the United States or any state to authorize or effect a judicial sale of real property of the insurer within any county in any state is not impaired by the pendency of such a proceeding unless the copy is recorded in the county prior to the consummation of the judicial sale.
(b)	After a petition for rehabilitation or liquidation has been filed and before either the receiver takes possession of the property of the insurer or an order of rehabilitation or liquidation is granted:
(1)	A transfer of any of the property of the insurer, other than real property, made to a person acting in good faith is valid against the receiver if made for a present fair equivalent value; or, if not made for a present fair equivalent value, then to the extent of the present consideration actually paid therefor, for which amount the transferee shall have a lien on the property so transferred.
(2)	A person indebted to the insurer or holding property of the insurer may, if acting in good faith, pay the indebtedness or deliver the property, or any part thereof, to the insurer or upon his order, with the same effect as if the petition were not pending.
(3)	A person having actual knowledge of the pending rehabilitation or liquidation shall be deemed not to act in good faith.
(4)	A person asserting the validity of a transfer under this section has the burden of proof.  Except as elsewhere provided in this section, no transfer by or on behalf of the insurer after the date of the petition for liquidation by any person other than the liquidator is valid as against the liquidator.
(c)	Nothing in this Article impairs the validity of currency or the negotiability of any instrument. (1989, c. 452, s. 1.)

§ 58‑30‑147.  Voidable transfers for federal home loan banks.
(a)	The receiver for an insurer‑member of a federal home loan bank shall not void any obligation to transfer or transfer of money or other property arising under a federal home loan bank security, pledge, collateral, or guarantee agreement or any other similar arrangement or credit enhancement related to a federal home loan bank security agreement when the agreement or arrangement is made (i) in the ordinary course of business and (ii) in compliance with the applicable federal home loan bank agreement.
(b)	Notwithstanding subsection (a) of this section, a transfer may be avoided if the transfer is made with intent to hinder, delay, or defraud the insurer‑member, the receiver for the insurer‑member, existing creditors, or future creditors.
(c)	Nothing in this section is intended to affect a receiver's rights regarding advances to an insurer‑member in delinquency proceedings under 12 C.F.R. § 1266.4.  (2017‑164, s. 1(c).)

§ 58‑30‑150.  Voidable preferences and liens.
(a)	A preference is a transfer of any of the property of an insurer to or for the benefit of a creditor, for or on account of an antecedent debt, made or suffered by the insurer within one year before the filing of a successful petition for liquidation under this Article, the effect of which transfer may be to enable the creditor to obtain a greater percentage of this debt than another creditor of the same class would receive.  If a liquidation order is entered while the insurer is already subject to a rehabilitation order, then such transfers shall be deemed to be preferences if made or suffered within one year before the filing of the successful petition for rehabilitation, or within two years before the filing of the successful petition for liquidation, whichever time is shorter.  Any preference may be avoided by the liquidator if:
(1)	The insurer was insolvent at the time of the transfer;
(2)	The transfer was made within four months before the filing of the petition;
(3)	The creditor receiving it or to be benefited thereby or his agent acting with reference thereto had, at the time the transfer was made, reasonable cause to believe that the insurer was insolvent or was about to become insolvent; or
(4)	The creditor receiving it was an officer, or any employee, attorney, or other person who was in fact in a position of comparable influence in the insurer to an officer, whether or not he held such position, or any shareholder holding directly or indirectly more than five percent (5%) of any class of any equity security issued by the insurer, or any other person, firm, corporation, association, or aggregation of persons with whom the insurer did not deal at arm's length.
Where the preference is voidable, the liquidator may recover the property or, if it has been converted, its value from any person who has received or converted the property; except where a bona fide purchaser or lienor has given less than fair equivalent value, he shall have a lien upon the property to the extent of the consideration actually given by him.  Where a preference by way of lien or security title is voidable, the Court may on due notice order the lien or title to be preserved for the benefit of the estate, in which event the lien or title shall pass to the liquidator.
(b)	A transfer of property other than real property shall be deemed to be made or suffered when it becomes so far perfected that no subsequent lien obtainable by legal or equitable proceedings on a simple contract could become superior to the rights of the transferee.  A transfer of real property shall be deemed to be made or suffered when it becomes so far perfected that no subsequent bona fide purchaser from the insurer could obtain rights superior to the rights of the transferee.  A transfer that creates an equitable lien shall not be deemed to be perfected if there are available means by which a legal lien could be created.  A transfer not perfected prior to the filing of a petition for liquidation shall be deemed to be made immediately before the filing of the successful petition.  The provisions of this subsection apply whether or not there are or were creditors who might have obtained liens or persons who might have become bona fide purchasers.
(c)	A lien obtainable by legal or equitable proceedings upon a simple contract is one arising in the ordinary course of such proceedings upon the entry or docketing of a judgment or decree, or upon attachment, garnishment, execution, or like process, whether before, upon, or after judgment or decree and whether before or upon levy.  It does not include liens that under applicable law are given a special priority over other liens that are prior in time.  A lien obtainable by legal or equitable proceedings could become superior to the rights of a transferee, or a purchaser could obtain rights superior to the rights of a transferee within the meaning of subsection (b) of this section, if such consequences would follow only from the lien or purchase itself, or from the lien or purchase followed by any step wholly within the control of the respective lienholder or purchaser, with or without the aid of ministerial action by public officials.  Such a lien could not, however, become superior and such a purchase could not create superior rights for the purpose of subsection (b) of this section through any acts subsequent to the obtaining of such a lien or subsequent to such a purchase that require the agreement or concurrence of any third party or that require any further judicial action or ruling.
(d)	A transfer of property for or on account of a new and contemporaneous consideration that is deemed under subsection (b) of this section to be made or suffered after the transfer because of delay in perfecting it does not thereby become a transfer for or on account of any antecedent debt if any acts required by the applicable law to be performed in order to perfect the transfer as against liens or bona fide purchasers' rights are performed within 21 days or any period expressly allowed by the law, whichever is less.  A transfer to secure a future loan, if such a loan is actually made, or a transfer that becomes security for a future loan, shall have the same effect as a transfer for or on account of a new and contemporaneous consideration.
(e)	If any lien deemed to be voidable under subdivision (a)(2) of this section has been dissolved by the furnishing of a bond or other obligation, the surety on which has been indemnified directly or indirectly by the transfer of or the creation of a lien upon any property of an insurer before the filing of a petition under this Article that results in a liquidation order, the indemnifying transfer or lien shall also be deemed to be voidable.
(f)	The property affected by any lien deemed to be voidable under subsections (a) and (e) of this section shall be discharged from such lien, and that property and any of the indemnifying property transferred to or for the benefit of a surety shall pass to the liquidator; except that the Court may on due notice order any such lien to be preserved for the benefit of the estate, and the Court may direct that such conveyance be executed as may be proper or adequate to evidence the title of the liquidator.
(g)	The Court shall have summary jurisdiction of any proceeding by the liquidator to hear and determine the rights of any parties under this section.  Reasonable notice of any hearing in the proceeding shall be given to all parties in interest, including the obligee of a releasing bond or other like obligation.  Where an order is entered for the recovery of indemnifying property in kind or for the avoidance of an indemnifying lien, the Court, upon application of any party in interest, shall in the same proceeding ascertain the value of the property or lien.  If such value is less than the amount for which the property is indemnity or than the amount of the lien, the transferee or lienholder may elect to retain the property or lien upon payment of its value, as ascertained by the Court, to the liquidator, within such reasonable times as the Court shall fix.
(h)	The liability of the surety under a releasing bond or other like obligation shall be discharged to the extent of the value of the indemnifying property recovered or the indemnifying lien nullified and avoided by the liquidator; or where the property is retained under subsection (g) of this section to the extent of the amount paid to the liquidator.
(i)	If a creditor has been preferred and afterward in good faith gives the insurer further credit, without security of any kind, for property that becomes a part of the insurer's estate, the amount of the new credit remaining unpaid at the time of the petition may be set off against the preference that would otherwise be recoverable from him.
(j)	If an insurer, within four months before the filing of a successful petition for liquidation under this Article, or at any time in contemplation of a proceeding to liquidate it, directly or indirectly pays money or transfers property to an attorney at law for services rendered or to be rendered, such transactions may be examined by the Court on its own motion or on petition of the liquidator, and shall be held valid only to the extent of a reasonable amount to be determined by the Court.  Any excess may be recovered by the liquidator for the benefit of the estate; provided that where the attorney is in a position of influence in the insurer or an affiliate thereof, payment of any money or the transfer of any property to the attorney at law for services rendered or to be rendered shall be governed by the provision of subdivision (a)(4) of this section.
(k)	Every officer, manager, employee, shareholder, member, subscriber, attorney, or any other person acting on behalf of the insurer who knowingly participates in giving any preference, when he has reasonable cause to believe the insurer is or is about to become insolvent at the time of the preference, shall be personally liable to the liquidator for the amount of the preference.  It is permissible to infer that there is a reasonable cause to so believe if the transfer was made within four months before the date of filing of the successful petition for liquidation.  Every person receiving any property from the insurer or the benefit thereof as a preference voidable under subsection (a) of this section shall be personally liable therefor and shall be bound to account to the liquidator.  Nothing in this subsection prejudices any other claim by the liquidator against any person. (1989, c. 452, s. 1.)

§ 58‑30‑155.  Claims of holders of void or voidable rights.
(a)	No claims of a creditor who has received or acquired a preference, lien, conveyance, transfer, assignment, or encumbrance voidable under this Article shall be allowed unless he surrenders the preference, lien, conveyance, transfer, assignment or encumbrance.  If the avoidance is effected by a proceeding in which a final judgment has been entered, the claim shall not be allowed unless the money is paid or the property is delivered to the liquidator within 30 days from the date of the entering of the final judgment; except that the Court having jurisdiction over the liquidation may allow further time if there is an appeal or other continuation of the proceeding.
(b)	A claim allowable under subsection (a) of this section by reason of the avoidance, whether voluntary or involuntary, of a preference, lien, conveyance, transfer, assignment, or encumbrance, may be filed as an excused late filing under G.S. 58‑30‑185 if filed within 30 days from the date of the avoidance, or within the further time allowed by the Court under subsection (a) of this section. (1989, c. 452, s. 1.)

§ 58‑30‑160.  Setoffs.
(a)	Mutual debts or mutual credits, whether arising out of one or more contracts between the insurer and another person in connection with any action or proceeding under this Article shall be set off and the balance only shall be allowed or paid, except as provided in subsections (b), (d), and (e) of this section and in G.S. 58‑30‑175.
(b)	No setoff shall be allowed in favor of any person where:
(1)	The obligation of the insurer to the person would not at the date of the filing of a petition for liquidation entitle the person to share as a claimant in the assets of the insurer;
(2)	The obligation of the insurer to the person was purchased by or transferred to the person with a view to its being used as a setoff;
(3)	The obligation of the person is to pay an assessment levied against the members or subscribers of the insurer, or is to pay a balance upon a subscription to the capital stock of the insurer, or is in any other way in the nature of a capital contribution;
(4)	Repealed by Session Laws 1995 (Regular Session, 1996), c. 658, s. 1.
(5)	The obligation of the insurer is owed to an affiliate of the person, or to any other entity or association other than the person;
(6)	The obligation of the person is owed to an affiliate of the insurer, or to any other entity or association other than the insurer;
(7)	The obligations between the person and the insurer arise out of transactions where either the person or the insurer has assumed risks and obligations from the other party and then has ceded back to that party substantially the same risks and obligations;
(8)	The obligation of the person is to pay to the insurer sums held in a fiduciary capacity for the insurer; or 
(9)	The person alone or together with any other member of its insurance company holding system owns fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting stock of the insurer.
(c)	A setoff shall be permitted to local agents against agents' balances otherwise payable to the domiciliary or ancillary receiver for the amount expended by the agents to replace insurance coverage of their insureds and the reasonable expenses incident thereto as a result of any domestic, foreign or alien insurer being placed in delinquency proceedings. Agents claiming a setoff shall within 60 days of replacing coverage provide a verified accounting of the replacement of the insurance to the domiciliary receiver, the ancillary receiver, if any, and the North Carolina Insurance Guaranty Association or similar organization in the state of residence of the policyholder. The verified accounting shall include the name of the agent, the name of the insured, the policy number, the replacement policy number, the cost of the replacement policy, the amount of unearned premium under each policy as to which setoff is claimed, any claimed expenses and a verification that the accounting has been provided to each of the persons and entities described herein. Unearned premiums set off as provided above in any amount shall be deemed paid in full by the insurer and no person shall have a claim for the unearned premiums against the North Carolina Insurance Guaranty Association or similar organization in the state of residence of the policyholder.
(d)	The receiver shall provide persons with accounting statements identifying debts which are currently due and payable. Where a person owes to the insurer currently due and payable balances, against which the person asserts setoff of mutual credits which may become due and payable from the insurer in the future, the person shall promptly pay to the receiver the currently due and payable amount; provided that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Article, the receiver shall promptly and fully refund, to the extent of the person's prior payments, any mutual credits that become due and payable to the person by the insurer.
(e)	Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, a setoff of sums due on obligations in the nature of those set forth in subdivision (b)(7) of this section shall be allowed for those sums accruing from business written where the contracts were entered into, renewed, or extended with the express written approval of the insurance regulator of the state of domicile of the now insolvent insurer, when in the judgment of the regulator it was necessary to provide reinsurance in order to prevent or mitigate a threatened impairment or insolvency of the insurer in connection with the exercise of the regulator's official responsibilities. (1989, c. 452, s. 1; 1991, c. 681, s. 47; 1995 (Reg. Sess., 1996), c. 658, s. 1.)

§ 58‑30‑165.  Assessments.
(a)	As soon as practicable but not more than two years from the date of an order of liquidation under G.S. 58‑30‑105 of an insurer issuing assessable policies, the liquidator shall make a report to the Court setting forth:
(1)	The reasonable value of the assets of the insurer;
(2)	The insurer's probable total liabilities;
(3)	The probable aggregate amount of the assessment necessary to pay all claims of creditors and expenses in full, including expenses of administration and costs of collecting the assessment; and
(4)	A recommendation as to whether an assessment should be made and in what amount.
(b)	Upon the basis of the report provided in subsection (a) of this section, including any supplements and amendments thereto, the Court may levy one or more assessments against all members of the insurer who are subject to assessment. Subject to any applicable legal limits on assessability, the aggregate assessment shall be for the amount that the sum of the probable liabilities, the expenses of administration, and the estimated cost of collection of the assessment, exceeds the value of existing assets, with due regard given to assessments that cannot be collected economically.
(c)	After a levy of assessment under subsection (b) of this section, the liquidator shall issue an order directing each member who has not paid the assessment pursuant to the order, to show cause why the liquidator should not pursue a judgment therefor.
(d)	The liquidator shall give notice of the order to show cause by publication or by certified mail to each member liable thereunder mailed to his last known address as it appears on the insurer's records, at least 20 days before the return day of the order to show cause.
(e)	If a member does not appear and serve duly verified objections upon the liquidator on or before the return day of the order to show cause under subsection (c) of this section, the Court shall make an order adjudging the member liable for the amount of the assessment against him pursuant to subsection (c) of this section, together with costs, and the liquidator shall have a judgment against the member therefor. If on or before such return day, the member appears and serves duly verified objections upon the liquidator, the Commissioner may hear and determine the matter or may appoint a referee to hear it and make such order as the facts warrant. In the event that the Commissioner determines that such objections do not warrant relief from assessment, the member may request the Court to review the matter and vacate the order to show cause.
(f)	The liquidator may enforce any order or collect any judgment under subsection (e) of this section by any lawful means.  (1989, c. 452, s. 1; 2009‑172, s. 3.)

§ 58‑30‑170.  Reinsurer's liability.
The amount recoverable by the liquidator from reinsurers shall not be reduced as a result of the delinquency proceedings, regardless of any provision in the reinsurance contract or other agreement.  Payment made directly to an insured or other creditor does not diminish the reinsurer's obligation to the insurer's estate except;
(1)	Where the contract specifically provides for another payee of the reinsurance in the event of the insolvency of the ceding insurer or
(2)	Where the assuming insurer, with the consent of the direct insured or insureds, has assumed the policy obligations of the ceding insurer as direct obligations of the assuming insurer to the payees under policies and in substitution of the obligations of the ceding insurer to the payees. (1989, c. 452, s. 1.)

§ 58‑30‑175.  Recovery of premiums owed.
(a)	An agent, broker, premium finance company, or any other person, other than the insured, responsible for the payment of a premium is obligated to pay an unpaid premium for the full policy term due the insurer at the time of the declaration of insolvency, whether earned or unearned, as shown on the records of the insurer.  The liquidator also has the right to recover from such person any part of an unearned premium that represents commission of such person.  Except as provided in G.S. 58‑30‑160, credits or setoffs or both are not allowed to an agent, broker, or premium finance company for any amounts advanced to the insurer by the agent, broker, or premium finance company on behalf of, but in the absence of a payment by, the insured.
(b)	An insured is obligated to pay any unpaid premium due the insurer at the time of the declaration of insolvency, as shown on the records of the insurer. (1989, c. 452, s. 1.)

§ 58‑30‑180.  Domiciliary liquidator's proposal to distribute assets.
(a)	Within one year after a final determination of insolvency of an insurer by the Court, the liquidator shall make application to the Court for approval of a proposal to disburse assets out of marshalled assets, from time to time as such assets become available, to a domestic or foreign guaranty association having obligations because of such insolvency. If the liquidator determines that there are insufficient assets to disburse, the application required by this section shall be considered satisfied by a filing by the liquidator stating the reasons for this determination.
(b)	Such proposal shall at least include provisions for:
(1)	Reserving amounts for the payment of expenses of administration and the payment of claims of secured creditors, to the extent of the value of the security held, and claims falling within the priorities established in G.S. 58‑30‑220(1) and (4);
(2)	Disbursement of the assets marshalled to date and subsequent disbursement of assets as they become available;
(3)	Equitable allocation of disbursements to each of the domestic and foreign guaranty associations entitled thereto;
(4)	The securing by the liquidator from each of the associations entitled to disbursements pursuant to this section of an agreement to return to the liquidator such assets, together with income earned on assets previously disbursed, as may be required to pay claims of secured creditors and claims falling within the priorities established in G.S. 58‑30‑220 in accordance with such priorities. No bond shall be required of any such association; and
(5)	A full report to be made by each association to the liquidator accounting for all assets so disbursed to the association, all disbursements made therefrom, any interest earned by the association on such assets and any other matter as the Court directs.
(c)	The liquidator's proposal shall provide for disbursements to the associations in amounts estimated at least equal to the claim payments made or to be made thereby for which such associations could assert a claim against the liquidator; and shall further provide that if the assets available for disbursement from time to time do not equal or exceed the amount of such claim payments made or to be made by the association then disbursements shall be in the amount of available assets.
(d)	The liquidator's proposal shall, with respect to an insolvent insurer writing life or health insurance or annuities, provide for disbursements of assets to any domestic or foreign guaranty association covering life or health insurance or annuities or to any other entity reinsuring, assuming, or guaranteeing policies or contracts of insurance under the acts creating such associations.
(e)	Notice of such application shall be given to the association in and to the insurance regulators of each of the states. Any such notice shall be deemed to have been given when deposited in United States certified mail, first class postage prepaid, at least 30 days prior to submission of such application to the Court. Action on the application may be taken by the Court provided the above required notice has been given and provided further that the liquidator's proposal complies with subdivisions (b)(1) and (b)(2) of this section. (1989, c. 452, s. 1; 1995, c. 517, s. 13; 2006‑105, s. 1.5.)

§ 58‑30‑185.  Filing of claims.
(a)	Proof of all claims shall be filed with the liquidator in the form required by G.S. 58‑30‑190 on or before the last day for filing specified in the notice required under G.S. 58‑30‑125, except that proof of claims for cash surrender values or other investment values in life insurance and annuities need not be filed unless the liquidator expressly so requires.
(b)	The liquidator may permit a claimant making a late filing to share in distributions, whether past or future, as if he were not late, to the extent that any such payment will not prejudice the orderly administration of the liquidation, under the following circumstances:
(1)	The existence of the claim was not known to the claimant and that he filed his claim as promptly thereafter as reasonably possible after learning of it;
(2)	A transfer to a creditor was avoided under G.S. 58‑30‑140 through 58‑30‑150, or was voluntarily surrendered under G.S. 58‑30‑155, and that the filing satisfies the conditions of G.S. 58‑30‑155; and
(3)	The valuation under G.S. 58‑30‑215, of security held by a secured creditor shows a deficiency, that is filed within 30 days after the valuation.
(c)	The liquidator shall permit late filing claims to share in distributions, whether past or future, as if they were not late, if such claims are claims of a guaranty association or foreign guaranty association for reimbursement of covered claims paid or expenses incurred, or both, subsequent to the last day for filing where such payments were made and expenses incurred as provided by law.  Claims of domestic and foreign guaranty associations for reimbursement of covered claims paid or expenses incurred shall be deemed to be absolute.
(d)	The liquidator may consider any claim filed late that is not covered by subsection (b) of this section, and permit it to receive distributions that are subsequently declared on any claims of the same or lower priority if the payment does not prejudice the orderly administration of the liquidation.  The late‑filing claimant shall receive, at each distribution, the same percentage of the amount allowed on his claim as is then being paid to claimants of any lower priority.  This shall continue until his claim has been paid in full. (1989, c. 452, s. 1.)

§ 58‑30‑190.  Proof of claim.
(a)	Proof of claim shall consist of a statement signed by the claimant that includes all of the following that are applicable:
(1)	The particulars of the claim, including the consideration given for it;
(2)	The identity and amount of the security on the claim;
(3)	The payments made on the debt, if any;
(4)	That the sum claimed is justly owing and that there is no setoff, counterclaim, or defense to the claim;
(5)	Any right of priority of payment or other specific right asserted by the claimant;
(6)	A copy of the written instrument that is the foundation of the claim; and
(7)	The name and address of the claimant and any attorney who represents him.
(b)	No claim need be considered or allowed if it does not contain all the information in subsection (a) of this section that may be applicable.  The liquidator may require that a prescribed form be used, and may require that other information and documents be included.
(c)	At any time the liquidator may request the claimant to present information or evidence supplementary to that required under subsection (a) of this section; and may take testimony under oath, require production of affidavits or depositions, or otherwise obtain additional information or evidence.
(d)	No judgment or order against an insured or the insurer entered after the date of filing of a successful petition for liquidation, and no judgment or order against an insured or the insurer entered at any time by default or by collusion, need be considered as evidence of liability or of amount of damages.  No judgment or order against an insured or the insurer entered within four months before the filing of the petition need be considered as evidence of liability or of the amount of damages.
(e)	All claims of a guaranty association or foreign guaranty association shall be in such form and contain such substantiation as may be agreed to by the association and the liquidator; and failing such agreement as ordered by the Court. (1989, c. 452, s. 1.)

§ 58‑30‑195.  Special claims.
(a)	No contingent claim shall share in a distribution of the assets of an insurer that has been adjudicated to be insolvent by an order made pursuant to G.S. 58‑30‑105; except that such claims shall be considered, if properly presented, and may be allowed to share where:
(1)	Such claim becomes absolute against the insurer on or before the last day fixed for filing of proofs of claim against the assets of such insurer, or
(2)	There is a surplus and the liquidation is thereafter conducted upon the basis that such insurer is solvent.
(b)	Where an insurer has been so adjudicated to be insolvent, any person who has a cause of action against an insured of such insurer under a liability insurance policy issued by such insurer, has the right to file a claim in the liquidation proceedings, regardless of the fact that such claim may be contingent, and such claim may be allowed:
(1)	If it may be reasonably inferred from the proof presented upon such claim that such person would be able to obtain a judgment upon such cause of action against such insured; and
(2)	If such person furnishes suitable proof, unless the Court for good cause shown otherwise directs, that no further valid claims against such insurer arising out of his cause of action other than those already presented can be made; and
(3)	If the total liability of such insurer to all claimants arising out of the same act of its insured is no greater than its total liability would be were it not in liquidation.
No judgment against such an insured taken after the date of the entry of the liquidation order shall be considered in the liquidation proceedings as evidence of liability or of the amount of damages, and no judgment against an insured taken by default, inquest, or by collusion prior to the entry of the liquidation order shall be considered as conclusive evidence in the liquidation proceeding, either of the liability of such insured to such person upon such cause of action or of the amount of damages to which such person is therein entitled.
(c)	No claim of any secured claimant shall be allowed at a sum greater than the difference between the value of the claim without security and the value of the security itself as of the date of entry of the order of liquidation or such other date set by the Court for fixation of rights and liabilities as provided in G.S. 58‑30‑105 unless the claimant surrenders his security to the Commissioner, in which event the claim shall be allowed in the full amount for which it is valued.
(d)	Claims that are due but for the passage of time, including any structured settlements or judgments involving periodic payments, shall be treated the same as absolute claims, except that such claims may be discounted at the legal rate of interest.
(e)	Claims made under employment contracts by directors, principal officers, or persons in fact performing similar functions or having similar powers, are limited to payment for services rendered prior to the issuance of any order of rehabilitation or liquidation under this Article. (1989, c. 452, s. 1.)

§ 58‑30‑200.  Special provisions for third party claims.
(a)	Whenever any third party asserts a cause of action against an insured of an insurer in liquidation, the third party may file a claim with the liquidator.
(b)	Whether or not the third party files a claim, the insured may file a claim on his own behalf in the liquidation. If the insured fails to file a claim by the date for filing claims specified in the order of liquidation or within 60 days after mailing of the notice required by G.S. 58‑30‑125, whichever is later, he is an unexcused late filer.
(c)	The liquidator shall make his recommendations to the Court under G.S. 58‑30‑225 for the allowance of an insured's claim under subsection (b) of this section after consideration of the probable outcome of any pending action against the insured on which the claim is based, the probable damages recoverable in the action, and the probable costs and expenses of defense. After allowance by the Court, the liquidator shall withhold any dividends payable on the claim, pending the outcome of litigation and negotiation with the insured. Whenever it seems appropriate, he shall reconsider the claim on the basis of additional information and amend his recommendations to the Court. The insured shall be afforded the same notice and opportunity to be heard on all changes in the recommendation as in its initial determination. The Court may amend its allowance as it thinks appropriate. As claims against the insured are settled or barred, the insured shall be paid from the amount withheld the same percentage dividend as was paid on other claims of like property, based on the lesser of (i) the amount actually recovered from the insured by action or paid by agreement plus the reasonable costs and expense of defense, or (ii) the amount allowed on the claims by the Court. After all claims are settled or barred, any sum remaining from the amount withheld shall revert to the undistributed assets of the insurer. Delay in final payment under this subsection shall not be a reason for unreasonable delay of final distribution and discharge of the liquidator.
(d)	No claim may be presented under this section if it is or may be covered by any domestic or foreign guaranty association. (1989, c. 452, s. 1; 2003‑221, s. 14.)

§ 58‑30‑205.  Disputed claims.
(a)	When a claim is denied in whole or in part by the liquidator, written notice of the determination shall be given to the claimant or his attorney by first class mail at the address shown in the proof of claim.  Within 60 days from the mailing of the notice, the claimant may file his objections with the liquidator.  If no such filing is made, the claimant may not further object to the determination.
(b)	Whenever objections are filed with the liquidator and the liquidator does not alter his denial of the claim as a result of the objections, the liquidator shall ask the Court for a hearing as soon as practicable and give notice of the hearing by first class mail to the claimant or his attorney and to any other persons directly affected, not less than 10 nor more than 30 days before the date of the hearing.  The matter may be heard by the Court or by a court‑appointed referee who shall submit findings of fact along with his recommendation. (1989, c. 452, s. 1.)

§ 58‑30‑210.  Claims of surety.
Whenever a creditor, whose claim against an insurer is secured in whole or in part by the undertaking of another person, fails to prove and file that claim, the other person may do so in the creditor's name and shall be subrogated to the rights of the creditor, whether the claim has been filed by the creditor or by the other person in the creditor's name, to the extent that he discharges the undertaking.  In the absence of an agreement with the creditor to the contrary, the other person shall not be entitled to any distribution until the amount paid to the creditor on the undertaking plus the distributions paid on the claim from the insurer's estate to the creditor equals the amount of the entire claim of the creditor.  Any excess received by the creditor shall be held by him in trust for such other person.  As used in this section, "other person" does not mean a guaranty association or foreign guaranty association. (1989, c. 452, s. 1.)

§ 58‑30‑215.  Secured creditor's claims.
(a)	The value of any security held by a secured creditor shall be determined in one of the following ways, as the Court may direct:
(1)	By converting the same into money according to the terms of the agreement pursuant to which the security was delivered to such creditors; or
(2)	By agreement, arbitration, compromise or litigation between the creditor and the liquidator.
(b)	The determination shall be under the supervision and control of the Court with due regard for the recommendation of the liquidator.  The amount so determined shall be credited upon the secured claim, and any deficiency shall be treated as an unsecured claim.  If the claimant surrenders his security to the liquidator, the entire claim shall be allowed as if unsecured. (1989, c. 452, s. 1; 1991, c. 720, s. 68.)

§ 58‑30‑220.  Priority of distribution.
The priority of distribution of claims from the insurer's estate shall be in accordance with the order in which each class of claims is set forth in this section. Every claim in each class shall be paid in full or adequate funds shall be retained for payment before the members of the next class receive any payment. No subcategories shall be established within the categories in a class. The order of distribution of claims shall be:
(1)	The receiver's expenses for the administration and conservation of assets of the insurer.
(2)	Claims or portions of claims for benefits under policies and for losses incurred, including claims of third parties under liability policies; claims of HMO enrollees and HMO enrollees' beneficiaries; claims for unearned premiums; claims for funds or consideration held under funding agreements, as defined in G.S. 58‑7‑16; claims under life insurance and annuity policies, whether for death proceeds, annuity proceeds, or investment values; and claims of domestic and foreign guaranty associations, including claims for the reasonable administrative expenses of domestic and foreign guaranty associations; but excluding claims of insurance pools, underwriting associations, or those arising out of reinsurance agreements, claims of other insurers for subrogation, and claims of insurers for payments and settlements under uninsured and underinsured motorist coverages.
(2a)	For HMOs, claims of providers and participating providers, as defined in G.S. 58‑67‑5(h) and G.S. 58‑67‑5(1)[(l)], who are obligated by statute, agreement, or court order to hold enrollees harmless from liability for services provided and covered by an HMO.
(2b)	For prepaid health plans licensed under Article 93 of this Chapter, claims of providers who are obligated by statute, agreement, or court order to hold enrollees harmless, except for copayments and deductibles, from liability for health care services provided and covered by a prepaid health plan.
(3)	Claims of the federal or any state or local government or taxing authority, including claims for taxes.
(4)	Compensation actually owing to employees other than officers of the insurer for services rendered within three months before the commencement of a delinquency proceeding against the insurer under this Article, but not exceeding one thousand dollars ($1,000) for each employee. In the discretion of the Commissioner, this compensation may be paid as soon as practicable after the proceeding has been commenced. This priority is in lieu of any other similar priority that may be authorized by law as to wages or compensation of those employees.
(5)	Claims of general creditors, including claims of insurance pools, underwriting associations, or those arising out of reinsurance agreements; claims of other insurers for subrogation; and claims of insurers for payments and settlements under uninsured and underinsured motorist coverages.  (1989, c. 452, s. 1; 1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 600, s. 2; 1995, c. 517, s. 14; 1998‑211, s. 4; 2018‑49, s. 2(a).)

§ 58‑30‑225.  Liquidator's recommendations to the Court.
(a)	The liquidator shall review all claims duly filed in the liquidation and shall make such further investigation as necessary.  He may compound, compromise, or in any other manner negotiate the amount for which claims will be recommended to the Court except where he is required by law to accept claims as settled by any person or organization, including any domestic or foreign guaranty association.  Unresolved disputes shall be determined under G.S. 58‑30‑205.  As soon as practicable, the liquidator shall present to the Court a report of the claims against the insurer with his recommendations.  The report shall include the name and address of each claimant and the amount of any claim finally recommended.  If the insurer has issued annuities or life insurance policies, the liquidator shall report the persons to whom, according to the records of the insurer, amounts are owed as cash surrender values or other investment values and the amounts owed.
(b)	The Court may approve, disapprove, or modify the report on claims by the liquidator.  Such reports that are not modified by the Court within a period of 60 days following submission by the liquidator shall be treated by the liquidator as allowed claims, subject thereafter to later modification or to rulings made by the Court pursuant to G.S. 58‑30‑205.  No claim under a policy of insurance shall be allowed for an amount in excess of the applicable policy benefits. (1989, c. 452, s. 1.)

§ 58‑30‑230.  Distribution of assets.
(a)	Under the direction of the Court, the liquidator shall pay distributions in a manner that will assure the proper recognition of priorities and a reasonable balance between the expeditious completion of the liquidation and the protection of unliquidated and undetermined claims, including third party claims.  Distribution of assets in kind may be made at valuations set by agreement between the liquidator and the creditor and approved by the Court.
(b)	Interest on claims shall be paid only after all claims have been paid under subsection (a) of this section.  This subsection does not apply to interest awarded as part of a judgment. (1989, c. 452, s. 1.)

§ 58‑30‑235.  Unclaimed and withheld funds.
(a)	All unclaimed funds subject to distribution remaining in the liquidator's hands when he is ready to apply to the Court for discharge, including the amount distributable to any creditor, shareholder, member, or other person who is unknown or cannot be found, shall be deposited with the State Treasurer, and shall be paid without interest except in accordance with G.S. 58‑30‑220 to the person entitled thereto or his legal representative upon proof satisfactory to the State Treasurer of his right thereto.  Any amount on deposit not claimed within six years from the discharge of the liquidator shall be considered abandoned and shall be escheated without formal escheat proceedings.
(b)	All funds withheld under G.S. 58‑30‑195 and not distributed shall upon discharge of the liquidator be deposited with the State Treasurer and paid by him in accordance with G.S. 58‑30‑220.  Any sums remaining that under G.S. 58‑30‑220 would revert to the undistributed assets of the insurer shall be transferred to the State Treasurer and become the property of the State under subsection (a) of this section, unless the Commissioner in his discretion petitions the Court to reopen the liquidation under G.S. 58‑30‑245. (1989, c. 452, s. 1.)

§ 58‑30‑240.  Termination of proceedings.
(a)	When all assets justifying the expense of collection and distribution have been collected and distributed under this Article, the liquidator shall apply to the Court for discharge.  The Court may grant the discharge and make any other orders, including an order to transfer any remaining funds that are uneconomic to distribute, as may be deemed appropriate.
(b)	Any other person may apply to the Court at any time for an order under subsection (a) of this section.  If the application is denied, the applicant shall pay the costs and expenses of the liquidator in resisting the application, including reasonable attorney fees. (1989, c. 452, s. 1.)

§ 58‑30‑245.  Reopening liquidation.
After the liquidation proceeding has been terminated and the liquidator discharged, the Commissioner or other interested party may at any time petition the Court to reopen the proceedings for good cause, including the discovery of additional assets.  If the Court is satisfied that there is justification for reopening, it shall so order. (1989, c. 452, s. 1.)

§ 58‑30‑250.  Disposition of records during and after termination of liquidation.
Whenever it appears to the Commissioner that the records of any insurer in process of liquidation or completely liquidated are no longer useful, he may recommend to the Court and the Court shall direct what records should be retained for future reference and what should be destroyed. (1989, c. 452, s. 1.)

§ 58‑30‑255.  External audit of the receiver's books.
The Court may, as it deems to be desirable, cause audits to be made of the books of the Commissioner relating to any receivership established under this Article, and a report of each audit shall be filed with the Commissioner and with the Court.  The books, records, and other documents of the receivership shall be made available to any auditor at any time without notice.  The expense of each audit shall be considered a cost of administration of the receivership. (1989, c. 452, s. 1.)

§ 58‑30‑260.  Conservation of property of foreign or alien insurers found in this State.
(a)	If a domiciliary liquidator has not been appointed, the Commissioner may apply to the Court by verified petition for an order directing him to act as conservator to conserve the property of an alien insurer not domiciled in this State or a foreign insurer on any one or more of the following grounds:
(1)	Any of the grounds in G.S. 58‑30‑75;
(2)	That any of its property has been sequestered by official action in its domiciliary state, or in any other state;
(3)	That enough of its property has been sequestered in an alien country to give reasonable cause to fear that the insurer is or may become insolvent;
(4)	That its license to do business in this State has been revoked or that none was ever issued; and that there are residents of this State with outstanding claims or outstanding policies.
(b)	When an order is sought under subsection (a) of this section, the Court shall cause the insurer to be given such notice and time to respond thereto as is reasonable under the circumstances.
(c)	The Court may issue the order in whatever terms it shall deem appropriate. The filing or recording of the order with the clerk of court or the register of deeds of the county in which the principal business of the company is located, shall impart the same notice as a deed, bill of sale or other evidence of title duly filed or recorded with that register of deeds would have imparted.
(d)	The conservator may at any time petition for and the Court may grant an order under G.S. 58‑30‑265 to liquidate assets of a foreign or alien insurer under conservation, or, if appropriate, for an order under G.S. 58‑30‑275, to be appointed ancillary receiver.
(e)	The conservator may at any time petition the Court for an order terminating conservation of an insurer. If the Court finds that the conservation is no longer necessary, it shall order that the insurer be restored to possession of its property and the control of its business. The Court may also make such finding and issue such order at any time upon motion of any interested party, but if such motion is denied all costs shall be assessed against such party. (1989, c. 452, s. 1; 1999‑132, s. 9.1.)

§ 58‑30‑265.  Liquidation of property of foreign or alien insurers found in this State.
(a)	If no domiciliary receiver has been appointed, the Commissioner may apply to the Court by verified petition for an order directing him to liquidate the assets found in this State of a foreign insurer or an alien insurer not domiciled in this State, on any of the following grounds:
(1)	Any of the grounds in G.S. 58‑30‑75 or G.S. 58‑30‑100; or
(2)	Any of the grounds specified in G.S. 58‑30‑260(a)(2) through (4).
(b)	When an order is sought under subsection (a) of this section, the Court shall cause the insurer to be given such notice and time to respond thereto as is reasonable under the circumstances.
(c)	If it appears to the Court that the best interests of creditors, policyholders, and the public require, the Court may issue an order to liquidate in whatever terms it deems to be appropriate.  The filing or recording of the order with the clerk of the Court or the register of deeds of the county in which the principal business of the insurer is located or the county in which its principal office or place of business is located, shall impart the same notice as a deed, bill of sale, or other evidence of title duly filed or recorded with that register of deeds would have imparted.
(d)	If a domiciliary liquidator is appointed in a reciprocal state while a liquidation is proceeding under this section, the liquidator under this section shall thereafter act as ancillary receiver under G.S. 58‑30‑275.  If a domiciliary liquidator is appointed in a nonreciprocal state while a liquidation is proceeding under this section, the liquidator under this section, may petition the court for permission to act as ancillary receiver under G.S. 58‑30‑275.
(e)	On the same grounds as are specified in subsection (a) of this section, the Commissioner may petition any appropriate federal district court to be appointed receiver to liquidate that portion of the insurer's assets and business over which that court will exercise jurisdiction, or any lesser part thereof that the Commissioner considers desirable for the protection of the policyholders and creditors in this State.
(f)	The Court may order the Commissioner, when he has liquidated the assets of a foreign or alien insurer under this section, to pay claims of residents of this State against the insurer under such rules as to the liquidation of insurers under this Article as are otherwise compatible with the provisions of this section. (1989, c. 452, s. 1.)

§ 58‑30‑270.  Domiciliary liquidators in other states.
(a)	The domiciliary liquidator of an insurer domiciled in a reciprocal state is, except as to special deposits and security on secured claims under G.S. 58‑30‑275(c), vested by operation of law with the title to all of the assets, property, contracts and rights of action, agents' balances, and all of the books, accounts, and other records of the insurer located in this State.  The date of vesting shall be the date of the filing of the petition, if that date is specified by the domiciliary law for the vesting of property in the domiciliary state.  Otherwise, the date of vesting shall be the date of entry of the order directing possession to be taken.  The domiciliary liquidator shall have the immediate right to recover the balances due from agents and to obtain possession of the books, accounts, and other records of the insurer located in this State.  He also shall have the right to recover all other assets of the insurer located in this State, subject to G.S. 58‑30‑275.
(b)	If a domiciliary liquidator is appointed for an insurer not domiciled in a reciprocal state, the Commissioner shall be vested by operation of law with the title to all of the property, contracts, and rights of action, and all of the books, accounts and other records of the insurer located in this State, at the same time that the domiciliary liquidator is vested with title in the domicile.  The Commissioner may petition for a conservation or liquidation order under G.S. 58‑30‑260 and G.S. 58‑30‑265, or for an ancillary receivership under G.S. 58‑30‑275, or after approval by the Court may transfer title to the domiciliary liquidator, as the interests of justice and the equitable distribution of the assets require.
(c)	Claimants residing in this State may file claims with the liquidator or ancillary receiver, if any, in this State or with the domiciliary liquidator, if the domiciliary law permits.  The claims must be filed on or before the last date fixed for the filing of claims in the domiciliary liquidation proceedings. (1989, c. 452, s. 1.)

§ 58‑30‑275.  Ancillary formal proceedings.
(a)	If a domiciliary liquidator has been appointed for an insurer not domiciled in this State, the Commissioner may file a petition with the Court requesting appointment as ancillary receiver in this State:
(1)	If he finds that there are sufficient assets of the insurer located in this State to justify the appointment of an ancillary receiver;
(2)	If the protection of creditors or policyholders in this State so requires.
(b)	The Court may issue an order appointing an ancillary receiver in whatever terms it deems to be appropriate, including provisions for payment of the reasonable and necessary expenses of the proceedings. The filing or recording of the order with a register of deeds in this State imparts the same notice as a deed, bill of sale, or other evidence of title duly filed or recorded with that register of deeds.
(c)	When a domiciliary liquidator has been appointed in a reciprocal state, then the ancillary receiver appointed in this State, may, whenever necessary, aid and assist the domiciliary liquidator in recovering assets of the insurer located in this State. The ancillary receiver shall, as soon as practicable, liquidate from their respective securities those special deposit claims and secured claims which are proved and allowed in the ancillary proceedings in this State, and shall pay the necessary expenses of the proceedings. He shall promptly transfer all remaining assets, books, accounts, and records to the domiciliary liquidator. Subject to this section, the ancillary receiver and his deputies shall have the same powers and be subject to the same duties with respect to the administration of assets as a liquidator of an insurer domiciled in this State.
(d)	When a domiciliary liquidator has been appointed in this State, ancillary receivers appointed in reciprocal states shall have, as to assets and books, accounts, and other records in their respective states, corresponding rights, duties and powers to those provided in subsection (c) of this section for ancillary receivers appointed in this State. (1989, c. 452, s. 1; 1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 678, s. 17.)

§ 58‑30‑280.  Ancillary summary proceedings.
The Commissioner in his sole discretion may institute proceedings under G.S. 58‑30‑60 through 58‑30‑70 at the request of the insurance regulator of the domiciliary state of any foreign or alien insurer having property located in this State. (1989, c. 452, s. 1.)

§ 58‑30‑285.  Claims of nonresidents against insurers domiciled in this State.
(a)	In a liquidation proceeding begun in this State against an insurer domiciled in this State, claimants residing in foreign countries or in states not reciprocal states must file claims in this State, and claimants residing in reciprocal states may file claims either with the ancillary receivers, if any, in their respective states, or with the domiciliary liquidator.  Claims must be filed on or before the last date fixed for the filing of claims in the domiciliary liquidation proceeding.
(b)	Claims belonging to claimants residing in reciprocal states may be proved either in the liquidation proceeding in this State as provided in this Article, or in ancillary proceedings, if any, in the reciprocal states.  If notice of the claims and opportunity to appear and be heard is afforded the domiciliary liquidator of this State as provided in G.S. 58‑30‑290(b) with respect to ancillary proceedings, the final allowance of claims by the courts in ancillary proceedings in reciprocal states shall be conclusive as to amount and as to priority against special deposits or other security located in such ancillary states, but shall not be conclusive with respect to priorities against general assets under G.S. 58‑30‑220. (1989, c. 452, s. 1.)

§ 58‑30‑290.  Claims of residents against insurers domiciled in reciprocal states.
(a)	In a liquidation proceeding in a reciprocal state against an insurer domiciled in that state, claimants against the insurer who reside within this State may file claims either with the ancillary receiver, if any, in this State, or with the domiciliary liquidator.  Claims must be filed on or before the last dates fixed for the filing of claims in the domiciliary proceeding.
(b)	Claims belonging to claimants residing in this State may be proved either in the domiciliary state under the law of that state, or in ancillary proceedings, if any, in this State.  If a claimant elects to prove his claim in this State, he shall file his claim with the liquidator in the manner provided in G.S. 58‑30‑185 and G.S. 58‑30‑190.  The ancillary receiver shall make his recommendation to the Court as under G.S. 58‑30‑225.  He shall also arrange a date for hearing if necessary under G.S. 58‑30‑205 and shall give notice to the liquidator in the domiciliary state, either by certified mail or by personal service at least 40 days prior to the date set for hearing.  If the domicilary liquidator, within 30 days after the giving of such notice, gives notice in writing to the ancillary receiver and to the claimant, either by certified mail or by personal service, of his intention to contest the claim, he shall be entitled to appear or to be represented in any proceedings in this State involving the adjudication of the claim.
(c)	The final allowance of the claim by the courts of this State shall be accepted as conclusive as to amount and as to priority against special deposits or other security located in this State. (1989, c. 452, s. 1.)

§ 58‑30‑295.  Attachment, garnishment and levy of execution.
During the pendency in this or any other state of a liquidation proceeding, whether called by that name or not, no action or proceeding in the nature of an attachment, garnishment, or levy of execution shall be commenced or maintained in this State against the delinquent insurer or its assets. (1989, c. 452, s. 1.)

§ 58‑30‑300.  Interstate priorities.
(a)	In a liquidation proceeding in this State involving one or more reciprocal states, the order of distribution of the domiciliary state shall control as to all claims of residents of this and reciprocal states. All claims of residents of reciprocal states shall be given equal priority of payment from general assets regardless of where such assets are located.
(b)	The owners of special deposit claims against an insurer for which a liquidator is appointed in this or any other state shall be given priority against the special deposits in accordance with the statutes governing the creation and maintenance of the deposits. If there is a deficiency in any deposit, so that the claims secured by it are not fully discharged from it, the claimants may share in the general assets, but the sharing shall be deferred until general creditors, and also claimants against other special deposits who have received smaller percentages from their respective special deposits, have been paid percentages of their claims equal to the percentage paid from the special deposit.
(c)	The owner of a secured claim against an insurer for which a liquidator has been appointed in this or any other state may surrender the owner's security and file the claim as a general creditor, or the claim may be discharged by resort to the security in accordance with G.S. 58‑30‑215 in which case the deficiency, if any, shall be treated as a claim against the general assets of the insurer on the same basis as claims of unsecured creditors. (1989, c. 452, s. 1; 1995, c. 193, s. 32.)

§ 58‑30‑305.  Subordination of claims for noncooperation.
If an ancillary receiver in another state or foreign country, whether called by that name or not, fails to transfer to the domiciliary liquidator in this State any assets within his control other than special deposits, diminished only by the expenses of the ancillary receivership, if any, the claims filed in the ancillary receivership, other than special deposit claims or secured claims shall be placed in the class of claims under G.S. 58‑30‑220(5). (1989, c. 452, s. 1.)

§ 58‑30‑310.  Exemption from filing fees.
As used in this section, "Commissioner" includes the Commissioner's deputies, employees, or attorneys of record.  The Commissioner is not required to pay any fee to any public officer in this State for filing, recording, issuing a transcript or certificate, or authenticating any paper or instrument pertaining to the exercise by the Commissioner of any of the powers or duties conferred upon him under this Article.  This section applies whether or not the paper or instrument is connected with the commencement of an action or proceeding by or against the Commissioner or with the subsequent conduct of an action or proceeding. (1989 (Reg. Sess., 1990), c. 1069, s. 15.)

Article 31.
Insuring State Property, Officials and Employees.
§ 58‑31‑1.  State Property Fire Insurance Fund created.
Upon the expiration of all existing policies of fire insurance upon state‑owned buildings, fixtures, furniture, and equipment, including all such property the title to which may be in any State department, institution, or agency, the State of North Carolina shall not reinsure any of such properties.
There is hereby created a "State Property Fire Insurance Fund," which shall be as a special fund in the State treasury, for the purpose of providing a reserve against loss from fire at State departments and institutions. The State Treasurer shall be the custodian of the "State Property Fire Insurance Fund" and shall invest its assets in accordance with the provisions of G.S. 147‑69.2 and 147‑69.3. The unexpended appropriations of State departments and institutions for fire insurance premiums for the fiscal year 1944‑1945 and the appropriations for fire insurance premiums made for the biennium 1945‑1947 or that may thereafter be made for this purpose shall be transferred to the "State Property Fire Insurance Fund." (1945, c. 1027, s. 1; 1963, c. 462; 1975, c. 519, s. 1; 1979, c. 467, s. 4.)

§ 58‑31‑2.  Certain buildings of North Carolina Global TransPark exempt.
(a)	A building located on State lands that is privately owned or privately leased, and located within the North Carolina Global TransPark, is exempt from application of this Article provided that (i) the North Carolina Global TransPark Authority requires a private owner or private lessee to obtain adequate insurance to cover fire losses to underlying and surrounding real property owned by the State, (ii) the private owner or private lessee obtains and maintains adequate insurance naming the Authority and the Department of Transportation as an additional insured for fire losses, and (iii) the Authority discloses to the private owner or private lessee that the State of North Carolina shall not reinsure that building and the building is exempt from the State Property Fire Insurance Fund coverage for fires losses.
(b)	The minimum amount of insurance that will be required under subsection (a) of this section is one million dollars ($1,000,000) per occurrence and two million dollars ($2,000,000) aggregate per occurrence.
(c)	The North Carolina Global TransPark Authority shall notify the Commissioner of Insurance in writing that the Authority is entering into a contract or modifying a contract for which the exemption under this section would apply at least 30 days prior to entering into or modifying that contract. The Authority shall consult with the Commissioner of Insurance regarding the adequacy of insurance for fire losses required by this section during this period.  (2020‑90, s. 2.1.)

§ 58‑31‑5.  Appropriations; fund to pay administrative expenses.
Upon the expiration of the existing fire insurance policies on said properties and in making appropriations for any biennium after the next biennium, the Commissioner shall file with the Department of Administration his estimate of the appropriations which will be necessary in order to set up and maintain an adequate reserve to provide a fund sufficient to protect the State, its departments, institutions, and agencies from loss or damage to any of said properties up to fifty per centum (50%) of the value thereof. Appropriations made for the creating of such fire insurance reserves against property of the Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services, or the Department of Transportation or any special operating fund shall be charged against the funds of such departments.
The State Property Fire Insurance Fund is authorized and empowered to pay all the administrative expenses occasioned by the administration of Article 31 of Chapter 58 of the General Statutes. (1945, c. 1027, s. 2; 1957, c. 65, s. 11; c. 269, s. 1; 1959, c. 182, s. 1; 1973, c. 507, s. 5; 1977, c. 464, s. 34; 1991, c. 720, s. 4; 1997‑261, s. 109.)

§ 58‑31‑10.  Payment of losses on basis of actual cost of restoration or replacement; rules; insurance and reinsurance; sprinkler leakage insurance.
(a)	In the case of total or partial loss of any property of any State agency or institution, the Commissioner shall determine the amount of loss and certify that amount to the agency or institution concerned and to the Director of the Budget and Council of State.  The Director of the Budget and Council of State may authorize transfers from the Fund to the agency or institution that suffered the loss in amounts that are necessary to pay for the actual cost of restoration or replacement of the property.  In the event there is not a sufficient amount in the Fund to pay for the actual cost of restoration or replacement, the Director of the Budget and the Council of State may supplement the Fund by transferring amounts from the Contingency and Emergency Fund.
(b)	The Commissioner, with the approval of the Council of State, is authorized to adopt rules necessary to carry out the purpose of this Article, which rules shall be binding on all State agencies and institutions.  The Commissioner, with the approval of the Director of the Budget and the Council of State, is authorized to purchase from qualified insurers insurance or reinsurance necessary to protect the Fund against loss on any one building and its contents in excess of fifty thousand dollars ($50,000), and the premiums for this coverage shall be paid from the Fund.
(c)	Upon the request of any State agency or institution, sprinkler leakage insurance shall be provided on designated property of the agency or institution that is insured by the Fund.  Premiums for this coverage shall be paid by the requesting agency or institution in accordance with rates fixed by the Commissioner.  Losses covered by this insurance may be paid out of the Fund in the same manner as other losses.  The Commissioner, with the approval of the Director of the Budget and the Council of State, is authorized to purchase from qualified insurers insurance or reinsurance necessary to protect the Fund against loss with respect to sprinkler leakage insurance coverage. (1945, c. 1027, s. 3; 1951, c. 802; 1959, c. 182, s. 2; 1983, c. 913, s. 7; 1985, c. 786.)

§ 58‑31‑12.  Policy forms.
The Commissioner, with the approval of the Council of State, may adopt insurance forms for coverages provided by the State Property Fire Insurance Fund under this Article. (1993, c. 409, s. 13.)

§ 58‑31‑13.  Hazardous conditions in State‑owned buildings.
If the Commissioner determines that an undue hazard to life, safety, or property exists because of a condition or the use of a building owned by the State, the Commissioner shall advise the proper agency how to limit or prohibit use of the building until the hazard is abated. (1993, c. 409, s. 13.)

§ 58‑31‑15.  Extended coverage insurance.
Upon request of any State department, agency or institution, extended coverage insurance, and other property insurance, may be provided on designated state‑owned property of such department, agency or institution which is insured by the State Property Fire Insurance Fund.  Premiums for such insurance coverage shall be paid by each requesting department, agency or institution in accordance with rates fixed by the Commissioner.  Losses covered by such insurance may be paid for out of the State Property Fire Insurance Fund in the same manner as fire losses.  The Commissioner, with the approval of the Governor and Council of State, is authorized and empowered to purchase from insurers admitted to do business in North Carolina such insurance or reinsurance as may be necessary to protect the State Property Fire Insurance Fund against loss with respect to such insurance coverage.  The words "extended coverage insurance," as used in this section, mean insurance against loss or damage caused by windstorm, hail, explosion, riot, riot attending a strike, civil commotion, aircraft, vehicles or smoke. (1957, c. 67; 1975, c. 519, s. 2; 1991, c. 720, s. 4.)

§ 58‑31‑20.  Use and occupancy and business interruption insurance.
Upon request of any State department, agency or institution, use and occupancy and business interruption insurance shall be provided on state‑owned property of such department, agency or institution which is insured by the State Property Fire Insurance Fund.  Premiums for such insurance coverage shall be paid by each requesting department, agency or institution in accordance with rates fixed by the Commissioner.  Losses covered by such insurance may be paid for out of the State Property Fire Insurance Fund in the same manner as fire losses.  The Commissioner, with the approval of the Governor and Council of State, is authorized and empowered to purchase from insurers admitted to do business in North Carolina such insurance or reinsurance as may be necessary to protect the State Property Fire Insurance Fund against loss with respect to such insurance coverage. (1957, c. 67; 1991, c. 720, s. 4.)

§ 58‑31‑25.  Professional liability insurance for officials and employees of the State.
The Commissioner may acquire professional liability insurance covering the officers and employees of any State department, institution or agency upon the request of such State department, institution or agency.  Premiums for such insurance coverage shall be paid by the requesting department, institution or agency at rates fixed by the Commissioner from funds made available to it for the purpose.  The Commissioner, in placing a contract for such insurance is authorized to place such insurance through the Public Officers and Employees' Liability Insurance Commission, and shall exercise all efforts to place  such insurance through the said commission prior to attempting to procure such insurance through any other source.
The Commissioner, pursuant to this section, may acquire professional liability insurance covering the officers and employees of a department, institution or agency of State government only if the coverage to be provided by such policy is coverage of claims in excess of the protection provided by Articles 31 and 31A of Chapter 143 of the General Statutes.
The purchase, by any State department, institution or agency of professional liability insurance covering the law‑enforcement officers, officers or employees of such department, institution or agency shall not be construed as a waiver of any defense of sovereign immunity by such department, institution or agency.  The purchase of such insurance shall not be deemed a waiver by any employee of the defense of sovereign immunity to the extent that such defense may be available to him.
The payment, by any State department, institution or agency of funds as premiums for professional liability insurance through the plan provided herein, covering the law‑enforcement officers or officials or employees of such department, institution or agency is hereby declared to be for a public purpose. (1979, c. 206, s. 1; 1987, c. 864, s. 53; 1991, c. 720, s. 4.)

§ 58‑31‑26.  Medical liability insurance for certain physicians and dentists.
(a)	The Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services and the Secretary of the Department of Adult Correction may provide medical liability insurance not to exceed one million dollars ($1,000,000) per incident on behalf of employees of these Departments who are licensed to practice medicine or dentistry; on behalf of all licensed physicians who are faculty members of The University of North Carolina who perform work on a contractual basis for the Division of Mental Health, Developmental Disabilities, and Substance Use Services for incidents that occur in Division programs; and on behalf of physicians in all residency training programs from The University of North Carolina who are in training at institutions operated by the Department of Health and Human Services. This coverage may include commercial insurance or self‑insurance and shall cover these individuals for their acts or omissions only while they are engaged in providing medical and dental services pursuant to their State employment or training.
(b)	The coverage provided pursuant to this section shall not cover any individual for any act or omission that the individual knows or reasonably should know constitutes a violation of the applicable criminal laws of any state or the United States, or that arises out of any sexual, fraudulent, criminal, or malicious act or out of any act amounting to willful or wanton negligence.
(c)	The coverage provided pursuant to this section shall not require any additional appropriations and, except as provided in subsection (a) of this section, shall not apply to any individual providing contractual service to the Department of Health and Human Services or the Department of Adult Correction.  (2013‑360, s. 12A.7; 2021‑180, s. 19C.9(n); 2023‑65, s. 5.2(b).)

§ 58‑31‑30:  Expired at the end of the 1993‑94 fiscal year by its own terms.

§ 58‑31‑35.  Information furnished Commissioner by officers in charge.
It is the duty of the different officers or boards having in their custody any property belonging to the State to inform the Commissioner, giving him in detail a full description of same, and to keep him informed of any changes in such property or its location or surroundings. (1901, c. 710, ss. 1, 2; 1903, c. 771, s. 2; Rev., s. 4828; C.S., s. 6452.)

§ 58‑31‑40.  Commissioner to inspect State property.
(a)	The Commissioner shall, as often as is required in the fire code adopted by the North Carolina Building Code Council or more often if the Commissioner considers it necessary, visit, inspect, and thoroughly examine every State property to analyze and determine its protection from fire, including the property's occupants or contents. The Commissioner shall notify in writing the agency or official in charge of the property of any defect noted by the Commissioner or any improvement considered by the Commissioner to be necessary, and a copy of that notice shall be forwarded by the Commissioner to the Department of Administration.
(b)	No agency or person authorized or directed by law to select a plan or erect a building comprising 20,000 square feet or more for the use of any county, city, or school district shall receive and approve of the plan until it is submitted to and approved by the Commissioner as to the safety of the proposed building from fire, including the property's occupants or contents.
(c)	Repealed by Session Laws 2009‑474, s. 1, effective October 1, 2009.  (1901, c. 710, ss. 1, 2; 1903, c. 771, s. 3; Rev., s. 4829; 1909, c. 880; 1919, c. 186, s. 3; C.S., s. 6453; 2000‑122, s. 10; 2001‑487, s. 19; 2001‑496, s. 11.1; 2007‑303, s. 1; 2009‑474, s. 1; 2012‑161, s. 2.)

§ 58‑31‑45.  Report required of Commissioner.
The Commissioner must submit to the Governor a full report of his official action under this Article, with such recommendations as commend themselves to the Commissioner.  (1901, c. 710, ss. 1, 2; 1903, c. 771, s. 4; Rev., s. 4830; C.S., s. 6454; 1945, c. 386; 1991, c. 720, s. 4; 2013‑199, s. 7.)

§ 58‑31‑50.  Liability insurance required for state‑owned vehicles.
Every department, agency or institution of the State shall acquire motor vehicle liability insurance on all state‑owned motor vehicles under its control. (1959, c. 1248; 1983, c. 717, s. 10.)

§ 58‑31‑52.  State motor vehicle safety program.
(a)	Findings, Policy, and Purpose. – Motor vehicle accidents exact a terrible toll of human tragedy and suffering as well as national resources within the United States. The same is true, on a smaller scale, within North Carolina State government. Every year State employees or members of the general public are killed or injured, and a significant portion of the State's financial resources is expended as a direct result of accidents involving State‑owned vehicles. Accordingly, it is North Carolina policy that the State‑owned motor vehicle fleet and vehicles used on behalf of the State be operated and maintained in such a manner as to minimize deaths, injuries, and costs. The purpose of this section is to direct the Commissioner of Insurance to develop a program to provide policy, requirements, procedures, technical information, and standards for administering a State vehicle safety program which will apply to all State personnel involved in the administration and operation of vehicles on behalf of the State.
(b)	The Commissioner shall develop and adopt a State motor vehicle safety program to assure that State‑owned motor vehicles are operated and maintained in a safe manner.
(c)	In developing the program, the Commissioner shall include the following:
(1)	Basic criteria concerning qualifications, screening, and education of drivers.
(2)	Required and prohibited driving practices.
(3)	Safety maintenance requirements.
(4)	Accident reporting and review procedures.
(d)	The requirements and procedures established under the program apply to all agencies and persons operating vehicles on behalf of the State, unless specifically exempted by the Commissioner. Agencies may adopt more stringent requirements and procedures than those adopted by the Commissioner under this section. The administration of the program in each agency is the responsibility of each agency head or that person's designee.
(e)	The provisions of Chapter 150B of the General Statutes do not apply to the program developed and adopted under this section. (1995, c. 517, s. 15.)

§ 58‑31‑55.  Insurance and official fidelity bonds for State agencies to be placed by Department; exception; costs of placement.
Except as provided in G.S. 58‑32‑15, all insurance and all official fidelity and surety bonds authorized for State departments, institutions, and agencies shall be effected and placed by the Department, and the cost of such placement shall be paid by the State department, institution, or agency involved upon bills rendered to and approved by the Commissioner. (1975, c. 875, s. 11; 1981, c. 1109, s. 4; 1993, c. 504, s. 21.)

§ 58‑31‑60.  Competitive selection of payroll deduction insurance products paid for by State employees.
(a)	Employee Insurance Committee. – The head of each State government employee payroll unit offering payroll deduction insurance products to employees shall appoint an Employee Insurance Committee for the following purposes:
(1)	To review insurance products currently offered through payroll deduction to the State employees in the Employee Insurance Committee's payroll unit to determine if those products meet the needs and desires of employees in the Employee Insurance Committee's payroll unit.
(2)	To select the types of insurance products that reflect the needs and desires of employees in the Employee Insurance Committee's payroll unit.
(3)	To competitively select the best insurance products of the types determined by the Employee Insurance Committee to reflect the needs and desires of the employees of that payroll unit.
As used in this section, "insurance product" includes a prepaid legal services plan registered under G.S. 84‑23.1.
(b)	Appointment of Employee Insurance Committee Members. – The members of the Employee Insurance Committee shall be appointed by the head of the payroll unit. The Committee shall consist of not less than five or more than nine individuals a majority of whom have been employed in the payroll unit for at least one year. The committee members shall, except where necessary initially to establish the rotation herein prescribed, serve three‑year terms with approximately one‑third of the terms expiring annually. Committee membership make‑up shall fairly represent the work force in the payroll unit and be selected without regard to any political or other affiliations. It shall be the duty of the payroll unit head to assure that the Employee Insurance Committee is completely autonomous in its selection of insurance products and insurance companies and that no member of the Employee Insurance Committee has any conflict of interest in serving on the Committee. A committee on employee benefits elected or appointed by the faculty representative body of a constituent institution of The University of North Carolina shall be deemed constituted and functioning as an employee insurance committee in accordance with this section. Any decision rendered by the Employee Insurance Committee where the autonomy of the Committee or a conflict of interest is questioned shall be subject to appeal pursuant to the Administrative Procedure Act, or in the case of departments, boards and commissions which are specifically exempt from the Administrative Procedure Act, pursuant to the appeals procedure prescribed for such department, board or commission.
(c)	Payroll Deduction Slots. – Each payroll unit shall be entitled to the number of payroll deduction slots it needs to be used for payment of insurance premiums for products selected by the Employee Insurance Committee and offered to the employees of the payroll unit. The Employee Insurance Committee shall select only one company per payroll deduction slot. The products selected by the Employee Insurance Committee may be offered on a pretax basis if the products qualify as a cafeteria plan under section 125 of the Code. For purposes of this subsection, the term "Code" has the same meaning as defined in G.S. 105‑228.90. The Company selected by an Employee Insurance Committee shall be permitted to sell through payroll deduction only the products specifically approved by the Employee Insurance Committee. The assignment by the Employee Insurance Committee of a payroll deduction slot shall be for a period of not less than two years unless the insurance company shall be in violation of the terms of the written agreement specified in this subsection. The insurance company awarded a payroll deduction slot shall, pursuant to a written agreement setting out the rights and duties of the insurance company, be afforded an adequate opportunity to solicit employees of the payroll unit by making such employees aware that a representative of the company will be available at a specified time and at a location convenient to the employees.
Notwithstanding any other provision of the General Statutes, once an employee has selected an insurance product for payroll deduction, that product may not be removed from payroll deduction for that employee without his or her specific written consent.
When an employee retires from State employment and payroll deduction under this section is no longer available, the insurance company may not terminate life insurance products purchased under the payroll deduction plan without the retiree's specific written consent solely because the premium is no longer deducted from payroll.
(c1)	Procedure for Selection of Insurance Product Proposals. – All insurance product proposals shall be sealed. The Committee shall open all proposals in public and record them in the minutes of the Committee, at which time the proposals become public records open to public inspection.
After the public opening, the Committee shall review the proposals, examining the cost and quality of the products, the reputation and capabilities of the insurance companies submitting the proposals, and other appropriate criteria. The Committee shall determine which proposal, if any, would meet the needs and desires of the employees of that Committee's payroll unit and shall award a payroll deduction slot to the company submitting the proposal that meets those needs and desires. The Committee may reject any or all proposals.
A company may seek to modify or withdraw a proposal only after the public opening and only on the basis that the proposal contains an unintentional clerical error as opposed to an error in judgment. A company seeking to modify or withdraw a proposal shall submit to the Committee a written request, with facts and evidence in support of its position, prior to the award of the payroll deduction slot, but not later than two days after the public opening of the proposals. The Committee shall promptly review the request, examine the nature of the error, and determine whether to permit or deny the request.
(d)	Criminal Penalty. – It shall be a Class 3 misdemeanor for any State employee, who has supervisory authority over any member of the Employee Insurance Committee, to attempt to influence the autonomy of any Employee Insurance Committee either in the appointment of members to such Committee or in the operation of such Committee; or for anyone to open a sealed insurance product proposal or disclose or exhibit the contents of a sealed insurance product proposal, prior to the public opening of the proposal. The Commissioner of Insurance shall have the authority to investigate complaints alleging acts subject to the criminal penalty and shall report his findings to the Attorney General of North Carolina.  (1985, c. 213, s. 1; 1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1013, s. 15; 1987, c. 752, s. 12; c. 864, s. 92; 1989, c. 299; 1991, c. 644, s. 3.1; 1993, c. 539, s. 456; 1994, Ex. Sess., c. 24, s. 14(c); 1995, c. 193, s. 33; 1998‑187, s. 1; 2018‑64, s. 1; 2019‑200, s. 9.)

§ 58‑31‑65.  Owner‑controlled or wrap‑up insurance authorized.
(a)	To the extent it is determined necessary and in the best interest of this State, the Department may obtain design and construction insurance or provide for self‑insurance against property damage caused by this State, its departments, agencies, boards, and commissions and all officers and employees of this State in connection with the construction of public works projects. Workers' compensation and general liability insurance may be purchased to cover both general contractors and subcontractors doing work on a specific contracted work site. In connection with the construction of public works projects, the Department may also use an owner‑controlled or wrap‑up insurance program if all of the following conditions are met:
(1)	The total cost of the project or group of projects is over fifty million dollars ($50,000,000).
(2)	The program maintains completed operations coverage for a term during which coverage is reasonably commercially available as determined by the Commissioner, but in no event for fewer than three years.
(3)	Bid specifications clearly specify for all bidders the insurance coverage provided under the program and the minimum safety requirements that shall be met.
(4)	The program does not prohibit a contractor or subcontractor from purchasing any additional insurance coverage that a contractor believes is necessary for protection from any liability arising out of the contract. The cost of the additional insurance shall not be passed through to this State on a contract bid.
(5)	The program does not include surety insurance.
(6)	The State may purchase an owner‑controlled or wrap‑up policy that has a deductible or self‑insured retention as long as the deductible or self‑insured retention does not exceed one million dollars ($1,000,000).
(b)	For the purposes of subsection (a) of this section:
(1)	"Owner‑controlled or wrap‑up insurance" means a series of insurance policies issued to cover this State and all of the construction managers, contractors, subcontractors, architects, and engineers on a specified contracted work site or work sites for purposes of general liability, property damage, and workers' compensation. A State agency or the State may be a secondary insured under owner‑controlled or wrap‑up insurance.
(2)	"Specific contracted work site" means construction being performed at one site or a series of contiguous sites separated only by a street, roadway, waterway, or railroad right‑of‑way, or along a continuous system for the provision of water and power. (2001‑167, s. 1.)

§ 58‑31‑66.  Public construction contract surety bonds.
(a)	Neither the State nor any county, city, or other political subdivision of the State, or any officer, employee, or other person acting on behalf of any such entity shall, with respect to any public building or construction contract, require any contractor, bidder, or proposer to procure a bid bond, payment bond, or performance bond from a particular surety, agent, producer, or broker.
(b)	(1)	Repealed by Session Laws 2004‑203, s. 74(b), effective October 1, 2004.
(2)	Repealed by Session Laws 2006‑264, s. 7, effective August 27, 2006.
(c)	Repealed by Session Laws 2004‑203, s. 74(b), effective October 1, 2004. (2003‑212, s. 27; 2004‑203, s. 74(b); 2006‑264, s. 7.)

Article 31A.
State Insurance for Public Education.
Part 1. Public Education Property.
§ 58‑31A‑1.  Definitions.
The following definitions shall apply in this Part:
(1)	Insurable hazards. – A minimum list of perils, risks, or hazards which must be insured against loss, which includes the following: fire, lightning, windstorm, hail, explosion, aircraft or vehicles, riot or civil commotion, smoke, vandalism, sprinkler leakage, sinkhole collapse, volcanic action, falling objects, weight of snow, ice or sleet, or water damage.
(2)	Public education board. – A local board of education of a local school administrative unit, as defined in G.S. 115C‑5(5), a board of trustees of a regional school, as defined in G.S. 115C‑238.63, or a board of trustees of a community college, as defined in G.S. 115D‑12.
(3)	Public education property. – Property owned by a local board of education, a regional school board of directors, or a community college board of trustees.  (2019‑176, s. 3(b); 2021‑184, s. 3(a).)

§ 58‑31A‑5.  Duty of the Commissioner to operate insurance system for public education property.
The Commissioner shall have the duty to manage and operate a system of insurance for public education property. The Commissioner may offer a system of property insurance to any charter schools approved pursuant to G.S. 115C‑218.5.  (2019‑176, s. 3(b).)

§ 58‑31A‑10.  Flood insurance.
Premiums for flood insurance coverage for public education buildings shall be paid by each public education board in accordance with rates fixed by the Commissioner, and the Commissioner may purchase from insurers admitted to do business in North Carolina such insurance or reinsurance as may be necessary to protect the State Public Education Insurance Fund against loss with respect to such insurance coverage.  (2019‑176, s. 3(b).)

§ 58‑31A‑15.  Authority and rules for organization of system.
The Commissioner is hereby authorized, directed, and empowered to establish a division to manage and operate a system of insurance for public education property. The Commissioner shall adopt such rules and regulations as may be necessary to provide all details inherent in the insurance of public education property. The Commissioner shall employ any staff necessary, which in his or her opinion is necessary to insure and protect effectively public education property, and he or she shall fix their compensation consistent with the policies of the State Human Resources Commission.  (2019‑176, s. 3(b).)

§ 58‑31A‑20.  State Public Education Property Insurance Fund; decrease of premiums when fund reaches five percent of total insurance in force.
(a)	There is established a State Public Education Property Insurance Fund (Fund) as a special fund in the State treasury for the purpose of providing a reserve against property loss of public education boards. The State Treasurer shall be the custodian of the Fund and shall invest its assets in accordance with the provisions of G.S. 147‑69.2 and G.S. 147‑69.3. All funds paid over to the State Treasurer by the Commissioner for premiums on insurance by public education boards and all money received from interest or from loans and deposits and from any other source connected with the insurance of the property shall be held by the State Treasurer in the Fund for the purpose of paying all insurable hazards for which the Fund shall be liable and the expenses necessary for the proper conduct of the insurance of such property, together with such premiums for reinsurance that the Commissioner may deem necessary to reinsure as provided by this Article.
(b)	When the balance of the Fund reaches the sum of five percent (5%) of the total insurance in force, then annually thereafter the Commissioner shall proportionately decrease the premiums on insurance to an amount which will be sufficient to maintain the Fund at five percent (5%) of the total insurance in force, and in the event in the judgment of the Commissioner the income from the investments of the Fund are sufficient to maintain the same at five percent (5%) of the total insurance in force, no premium shall be charged for the ensuing year. However, no public education board shall cease to pay premiums until five annual payments of premiums have been made on a building or property insured whether or not through such payments the Fund shall be increased beyond five percent (5%) of the total insurance in force, unless such building or property shall cease to be insurable under this Article within such five‑year period.  (2019‑176, s. 3(b).)

§ 58‑31A‑25.  Insurance of property by public education boards; notice of election to insure and information to be furnished; outstanding policies.
All public education boards may insure all public education property titled to that board against the direct loss or damage by insurable hazards in public education buildings and other public education properties in the Fund. Any property covered by an insurance policy in effect on the date when the property of a public education board is insured in the Fund shall be insured by the Fund as of the expiration of the policy. Each public education board shall give notice of its election to insure in the Fund at least 90 days prior to such insurance becoming effective and shall furnish to the Commissioner a full and complete list of all outstanding property insurance policies, giving in complete detail the name of the insurers, the amount of the insurance and expirations thereof. While the said insurance policies remain in effect, the Fund shall act as coinsurer of the properties covered by such insurance to the same extent and in the same manner as is provided for coinsurance under the provisions of the standard form of property insurance as provided by law, and in the event of loss shall have the same rights and duties as required by participating insurance companies.  (2019‑176, s. 3(b).)

§ 58‑31A‑30.  Inspections of insured public education properties.
The Commissioner shall provide for periodic inspections of all public education properties in the State of North Carolina insured under the provisions of this Article, in addition to the inspections required by G.S. 115C‑525(b). The person making inspections required under G.S. 115C‑525(b) shall furnish a copy to the Commissioner, and the local superintendent shall furnish to the Commissioner their corrective action plan. The inspections shall be for safety of buildings and particularly buildings used to provide instruction to students. The inspections shall be the basis for offering such engineering advice as may be thought to be necessary to safeguard students in public education buildings from death and injury from school fires or explosions and to protect the properties from loss, and the public education properties shall be required so far as possible, and reasonable, to carry out and put into effect any recommendations made by the Commissioner.  (2019‑176, s. 3(b).)

§ 58‑31A‑35.  Information to be furnished prior to insuring in Fund; providing for payment of premiums.
Public education boards shall, at least 90 days before insuring in the Fund, furnish to the Commissioner a complete and detailed list of all public education buildings and contents of those buildings and other insurable public education property, together with an estimate of the present value of the property. Valuation for purposes of insuring in the Fund shall be reached by agreement in accordance with the procedure established for adjustment of losses. Public education boards and the tax‑levying authority shall be required to provide for the payment of premiums for insurance on the school properties of each public education board, respectively, to the extent of not less than eighty percent (80%) of the current insurable value of the said properties, including the insurance in property insurance companies and the insurance provided by the Fund.  (2019‑176, s. 3(b).)

§ 58‑31A‑40.  Determination and adjustment of premium rates; certificate as to insurance carried; no lapse; notice as to premiums required, and payments of premiums.
(a)	The Commissioner shall determine the annual premium rate to be charged for insurance of public education properties pursuant to this Article, and rates shall be adjusted from time to time so as to provide insurance against damage or loss resulting from insurable hazards to public education buildings and properties of the public education boards at the lowest cost possible in keeping with the payment of cost of administration under this Article, and the creation of adequate reserves to pay losses which may be incurred. The Commissioner shall furnish to each public education board annually and, at such times as changes may require, a certificate showing the amount of insurance carried on each item of insurable property. This insurance shall not lapse but shall remain in force until the public education board requests that the insurance be canceled or until such property becomes uninsurable in the manner set out in G.S. 58‑31A‑45. From time to time, the public education board shall be notified as to the amount of the premiums required to be paid for insurance and the amounts to be provided for in the annual budget of the public education board. The tax‑levying authorities shall provide by taxation or otherwise a sum sufficient to pay the required premiums.
(b)	The public education board shall, within 30 days from notice of the rate of the premium, pay to the Commissioner the amount of the premiums on the insurance, and in the event that there are no funds available to make a payment on the premiums as required by this subsection, the premium shall be paid out of the first funds available to the public education board. Delayed payments shall bear interest at the rate of six percent (6%) per annum.  (2019‑176, s. 3(b).)

§ 58‑31A‑45.  Adjustment of losses; determination and report of appraisers; payment of amounts to treasurers of local school administrative units; disbursement of funds.
(a)	In the event of loss or damage by insurable hazards to public education buildings and properties for the public education boards, the Fund shall pay the loss (i) in the same proportion as the amount of insurance carried bore to the valuation of the property at the time it was insured, but not exceeding the amount which it would cost to repair or replace the property with material of like kind and quality within a reasonable time after the loss, (ii) not in excess of the amount of insurance provided for the property, and (iii) not in excess of the amount of the loss that the Fund is required to pay in participation with property insurance companies having policies of insurance in force on the properties at the time of the loss or damage. The Fund shall not be liable for a greater proportion of any loss than the amount of insurance shall bear to the whole insurance covering the property against the peril involved.
(b)	In the event of loss or damage by insurable hazards to public education buildings and properties of the public education boards, to the property insured, when an agreement as to the extent of the loss or damage cannot be arrived at between the Commissioner and the public education board with control charge of the property, the amount of the loss or damage shall be determined by three appraisers selected as follows: the Commissioner shall select one appraiser, the public education board in control of the property shall select one appraiser, and the two appraisers selected by the Commissioner and the public education board shall select a third appraiser. The selected appraisers shall be disinterested persons and shall be qualified from experience to appraise and value the property. If the appraisers appointed by the Commissioner and the public education board shall fail to agree upon a third appraiser within 15 days of their selection, then, on request of the Commissioner or the public education board, a third appraiser shall be selected by any regular resident superior court judge of the superior court district or set of districts as defined in G.S. 7A‑41.1 in which the property is located. The selected appraisers shall file their written report with the Commissioner and with the public education board. The costs of the appraisal shall be paid from the Fund. Upon the determination of the loss by the appraisers, the Commissioner shall pay the amount of the loss or damage to the education property to the finance officer of the public education board, upon proper warrant of the Commissioner. The funds shall be paid out by the finance officer for the disbursement of the funds to the public education board.  (2019‑176, s. 3(b).)

§ 58‑31A‑50.  Maintenance of inspection and engineering service; cancellation of insurance.
The Commissioner is authorized and empowered to maintain an inspection and engineering service deemed by it to be appropriate and necessary to reduce the hazards of fire in public education buildings insured in the Fund and to expend for such purpose not in excess of ten percent (10%) of the annual premiums collected from the public education boards. The Commissioner is authorized and empowered to cancel any insurance on any public education property when, in his or her opinion, because of dilapidation and depreciation of the property, the property is no longer insurable. The public education board shall be notified at least 30 days prior to cancellation, and in the event the public education board demonstrates the property can be restored to insurable condition, the Commissioner may continue insurance coverage, provided, that the findings and results of the inspection of public education property by the agents of the Commissioner shall be reported to the public education board and to the tax‑levying authority for that public education board that carry insurance with the Fund at least 30 days prior to finalization of a local budget for that fiscal year to ensure that all public education property shall be properly taken care of and made safe from fire hazards.  (2019‑176, s. 3(b).)

§ 58‑31A‑55.  Other property insurance.
The Commissioner shall adopt rules for providing property insurance on property insured by the Fund against all risks of direct physical loss not otherwise insured against pursuant to this Article. Losses covered by this additional insurance shall be paid out of the Fund in the same manner as fire and extended coverage losses. Each public education board that elects to purchase this additional insurance shall pay a premium in accordance with rates fixed by the Commissioner. This additional insurance shall be subject to the provisions and stipulations on policy forms approved by the Commissioner.  (2019‑176, s. 3(b).)

Part 2. Student‑Athletic Catastrophic Insurance.
§ 58‑31A‑60.  Catastrophic insurance for covered activities.
(a)	For the purposes of this section, the following definitions shall apply:
(1)	Administering organization. – As defined in G.S. 115C‑407.50.
(2)	Covered activities. – Interscholastic athletic activities that are authorized, sanctioned, or scheduled by a participating school or by an administering organization, including school‑supervised practice, game‑related activity, and related travel.
(3)	Covered persons. – Students or school personnel participating in or responsible for supervising covered activities.
(4)	Participating school. – As defined in G.S. 115C‑407.50.
(b)	The Commissioner of Insurance shall have the duty to offer catastrophic insurance coverage for covered persons to participating schools for covered activities.
(c)	Premiums for catastrophic insurance for covered activities shall be paid by each participating school in accordance with rates fixed by the Commissioner, and the Commissioner may purchase from insurers admitted to do business in North Carolina such insurance as may be necessary.  (2021‑184, s. 3(a).)

Article 32.
Public Officers and Employees Liability Insurance Commission.
§ 58‑32‑1.  Commission created; membership.
There is hereby created within the Department a Public Officers and Employees Liability Insurance Commission. The Commission shall consist of 11 members who shall be appointed as follows: the Commissioner shall appoint six members as follows: two members who are members of the insurance industry who may be chosen from a list of six nominees submitted to the Commissioner by the Independent Insurance Agents of North Carolina, Inc.; one member who is employed by a police department who may be chosen from a list of three nominees submitted to the Commissioner jointly by the North Carolina Police Chiefs Association and North Carolina Police Executives Association, and one member who is employed by a sheriff's office who may be chosen from a list of three nominees submitted to the Commissioner by the North Carolina Sheriff's Association; one member representing city government who may be chosen from a list of three nominees submitted to the Commissioner by the North Carolina League of Municipalities; and one member representing county government who may be chosen from a list of three nominees submitted to the Commissioner by the North Carolina Association of County Commissioners; and the General Assembly shall appoint two persons, one upon the recommendation of the Speaker of the House of Representatives, and one upon the recommendation of the President Pro Tempore of the Senate. The Commissioner or the Commissioner's designate shall be an ex officio member. Appointments by the General Assembly shall be made in accordance with G.S. 120‑121, and vacancies in those appointments shall be filled in accordance with G.S. 120‑122. The terms of the initial appointees by the General Assembly shall expire on June 30, 1983. The Secretary of the Department of Public Safety or the Secretary's designate shall be an ex officio member. The Attorney General or the Attorney General's designate shall be an ex officio member. One insurance industry member appointed by the Commissioner shall be appointed to a term of two years and one insurance industry member shall be appointed to a term of four years. The police department member shall be appointed to a term of two years and the sheriff's office member shall be appointed to a term of four years. The representative of county government shall be appointed to a term of two years and the representative of city government to a term of four years. Beginning July 1, 1983, the appointment made by the General Assembly upon the recommendation of the Speaker shall be for two years, and the appointment made by the General Assembly upon the recommendation of the President Pro Tempore of the Senate shall be for four years. Except as provided in this section, if any vacancy occurs in the membership of the Commission, the appointing authority shall appoint another person to fill the unexpired term of the vacating member. After the initial terms established herein have expired, all appointees to the Commission shall be appointed to terms of four years.
The Commission members shall elect the chair and vice‑chair of the Commission. The Commission may, by majority vote, remove any member of the Commission for chronic absenteeism, misfeasance, malfeasance or other good cause.  (1979, c. 325, s. 1; 1981 (Reg. Sess., 1982), c. 1191, ss. 24‑26; 1983, c. 543, ss. 1, 2; 1985, c. 666, ss. 76, 77, 79; 1991, c. 720, s. 4; 1995, c. 490, s. 41; 1999‑132, s. 6.1; 2011‑145, s. 19.1(g); 2021‑182, s. 3(f).)

§ 58‑32‑5.  Meetings of Commission; compensation.
The Commission shall meet at least four times per year, on or about January 15, April 15, July 15, October 15 and upon call of the chairman. The members shall receive no compensation for attendance at meetings, except a per diem expense reimbursement. Members of the Commission who are not officers or employees of the State shall receive reimbursement for subsistence and travel expenses at rates set out in G.S. 138‑5 from funds made available to the Commission. Members of the Commission who are officers or employees of the State shall be reimbursed for travel and subsistence at the rates set out in G.S. 138‑6 from funds made available to the Commission. (1979, c. 325, s.1; 1981 (Reg. Sess., 1982), c. 1191, s. 27; 1985, c. 666, s. 79.)

§ 58‑32‑10.  Powers and duties of Commission.
The Commission may acquire from an insurance company or insurance companies a group plan of professional liability insurance covering the law‑enforcement officers and/or public officers and employees of any political subdivision of the State. The Commission has full authority to negotiate with insurance companies submitting bids or proposals and shall award its group plan master contract on the basis of the company or companies found by it to offer maximum coverage at the most reasonable premium. The Commission may enter into a master policy contract of any term that it finds to be in the best interests of the law‑enforcement officers and/or public officers and employees of the political subdivisions of the State, not to exceed five years. The Commission, in negotiating for the contract, is not authorized to pledge or offer the credit of the State of North Carolina. The insurance premiums shall be paid by the political subdivisions whose employees are covered by the professional liability insurance. Any political subdivision may elect coverage for any or all of its employees on a departmental basis. All employees in a department must be covered if coverage is elected for that department. Nothing in this section requires any political subdivision to participate in any group plan of professional liability insurance.
The Commission may, in its discretion, employ professional and clerical staff whose salaries shall be as established by the State Human Resources Commission.
If the Commission determines that reasonable coverage is not available at a reasonable cost, the Commission may undertake any studies and inquiries into the situation and alternatives, including self‑insurance and State‑administered funds, that the Commission deems appropriate. The Commission shall then bring before the General Assembly any recommendations that it deems appropriate.
The Commission may acquire information regarding loss ratios, loss factors, loss experience, and other such facts and figures from any agency or company issuing professional liability insurance covering public officers, employees, or law‑enforcement officers in this State. This information is not a public record within the meaning of Chapter 132 of the General Statutes where it names the company divulging the information, but the Commission may make public the information to show aggregate statistics in respect to the experience of the State as a whole. The information shall be provided to the Commission upon its written demand and shall be submitted to the Commission by the company or companies upon sworn affidavit. If any agency or company fails or refuses to supply the information to the Commission within a reasonable time following receipt of the demand, the Commission may apply to the Superior Court sitting in Wake County for appropriate orders to enforce the demand.
For purposes of this section, the term "political subdivision" includes any county, city, town, incorporated village, sanitary district, metropolitan water district, county water and sewer district, water and sewer authority, hospital authority, parking authority, local ABC board, special airport district, airport authority, soil and water conservation district created pursuant to G.S. 139‑5, fire district, volunteer or paid fire department, rescue squad, city or county parks and recreation commission, area mental health board, area mental health, developmental disabilities, and substance abuse authority as described in G.S. 122C‑117, domiciliary home community advisory committee, county or district board of health, nursing home advisory committee, county board of social services, local school administrative unit, local board of education, community college, and all other persons, bodies, or agencies authorized or regulated by Chapters 108A, 115C, 115D, 118, 122C, 130A, 131A, 131D, 131E, 153A, 160A, and 160B of the General Statutes.  (1979, c. 325, s. 1; 1983, c. 543, s. 3; 1985, c. 666, s. 79; 1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1027, s. 30; 1987, c. 564, s. 9; 2013‑382, s. 9.1(c); 2018‑47, s. 6(a).)

§ 58‑32‑15.  Professional liability insurance for State officials.
(a)	The Commission may acquire professional liability insurance covering the officers and employees, or any group thereof, of any State department, institution or agency or any community college or technical college.  Premiums for such insurance shall be paid by the requesting department, institution, agency, community college or technical college at rates established by the Commission, from funds made available to such department, institution, agency, community college or technical college for the purpose.
(b)	The Commission, pursuant to this section, may acquire professional liability insurance covering the officers and employees, or any group thereof, of a department, institution or agency of State government or a community college or technical college only if the coverage to be provided by the insurance policy is in excess of the protection provided by Articles 31 and 31A of Chapter 143 of the General Statutes, other than the protection provided by G.S. 143‑300.9.
(c)	The purchase, by any State department, institution, agency, community college or technical college of professional liability insurance covering the law‑enforcement officers, officers or employees of such department, institution, agency, community college or technical college shall not be construed as a waiver of any defense of sovereign immunity by such department, institution, agency, community college or technical college.  The purchase of such insurance shall not be deemed a waiver by any employee of the defense of sovereign immunity to the extent that such defense may be available to him.
(d)	The payment, by any State department, institution, agency, community college or technical college of funds as premiums for professional liability insurance through the plan provided herein, covering the law‑enforcement officers or officials or employees of such department, institution, agency, community college or technical college is hereby declared to be for a public purpose. (1981, c. 1109, s. 3; 1985, c. 666, s. 79; 1987, c. 301; 1991, c. 674, s. 3.)

§ 58‑32‑20.  Commission to act as liaison; meetings of Commission.
The Commission shall act as liaison between the insurance company or companies with which it contracts, their servicing agent and the insureds.  The Commission shall give notice of its meetings to the company or companies and to all insureds.  The Commission shall attempt to resolve such difficulties as arise in the servicing and administration of the program of insurance between the company and insureds. (1979, c. 325, s. 1; 1985, c. 666, s. 79.)

§ 58‑32‑25.  Contract conditions.
The Commission, in procuring and negotiating for the contract of insurance herein described shall include in any procurement document the following conditions, which are not subject to negotiation and which are deemed a part of the said contract when entered into:
(1)	The master policy shall be issued in the name of the Commission and shall include all governmental entities for which coverage was requested in the procurement document.
(2)	The company or companies selected must name a servicing agent resident in North Carolina who shall issue all certificates, collect all premiums, process all claims, and be responsible for all processing, service and administration of the program of insurance provided. (1979, c. 325, s. 1; 1985, c. 666, s. 79.)

§ 58‑32‑30.  Payment a public purpose.
The payment by any county or municipality of funds as premiums for professional liability insurance through the plan provided herein, covering the law‑enforcement officers or public officials or employees of such subdivision of government, is declared to be for a public purpose. (1979, c. 325, s. 1; 1985, c. 666, s. 79.)

Article 33.
Licensing of Insurance Producers, Limited Representatives, and Adjusters.
§ 58‑33‑1.  Scope.
This Article governs the qualifications and procedures for the licensing of insurance producers, limited representatives, adjusters, and motor vehicle damage appraisers. This Article applies to any and all kinds of insurance and insurers under this Chapter. For purposes of this Article, all references to insurance include annuities, unless the context otherwise requires.  (1987, c. 629, s. 1; 2001‑203, s. 1; 2022‑46, s. 13(a).)

§ 58‑33‑5.  License required.
A person shall not sell, solicit, or negotiate insurance in this State for any kind of insurance unless the person is licensed for [that] line of authority in accordance with this Article.  (2001‑203, s. 2; 2022‑46, s. 13(a).)

§ 58‑33‑10.  Definitions.
As used in this Article, the following definitions apply:
(1)	"Agent" means a person licensed to solicit applications for, or to negotiate a policy of, insurance. A person not duly licensed who solicits or negotiates a policy of insurance on behalf of an insurer is an agent within the intent of this Article, and thereby becomes liable for all the duties, requirements, liabilities and penalties to which an agent of such company is subject, and such company by compensating such person through any of its officers, agents or employees for soliciting policies of insurance shall thereby accept and acknowledge such person as its agent in such transaction.
(2)	"Adjuster" means any individual who, for salary, fee, commission, or other compensation of any nature, investigates or reports to his principal relative to claims arising under insurance contracts other than life or annuity. An attorney at law who adjusts insurance losses from time to time incidental to the practice of his profession or an adjuster of marine losses is not deemed to be an adjuster for purposes of this Article.
(3)	"Broker" means a person who, being a licensed insurance producer, procures insurance for a party other than himself through a duly authorized agent of an insurer that is licensed to do business in this State but for which the broker is not authorized to act as agent. A person not duly licensed as an insurance producer who procures insurance for a party other than himself is a broker within the intent of this Article, and thereby becomes liable for all the duties, requirements, liabilities and penalties to which such licensed insurance producers are subject.
(4)	"Business entity" means a corporation, association, partnership, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, or other legal entity. "Business entity" does not mean a sole proprietorship.
(4a)	"FINRA" means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority or any successor entity.
(5)	"Home state" means the District of Columbia and any state or territory of the United States in which an insurance producer maintains his or her principal place of residence or principal place of business and is licensed to act as an insurance producer.
(6)	"Insurance" means any of the kinds of insurance in G.S. 58‑7‑15.
(7)	"Insurance producer" or "producer" means a person required to be licensed under this Article to sell, solicit, or negotiate insurance. "Insurance producer" or "producer" includes an agent and a broker.
(8)	"License" means a document issued by the Commissioner authorizing a person to act as an insurance producer for the lines of authority specified in the document. The license itself does not create any authority, actual, apparent, or inherent, in the holder to represent or commit an insurance carrier.
(9)	"Limited line credit insurance" includes any type of credit insurance written under Article 57 of this Chapter, mortgage life, mortgage guaranty, mortgage disability, automobile dealer gap insurance, and any other form of insurance offered in connection with an extension of credit that is limited to partially or wholly extinguishing that credit obligation and that the Commissioner determines should be designated a form of limited line credit insurance.
(10)	"Limited line credit insurance producer" means a person who sells, solicits, or negotiates one or more forms of limited line credit insurance coverage to individuals through a master, corporate, group, or individual policy.
(11)	"Limited lines insurance" means motor vehicle physical damage insurance and title insurance, or any other kind of insurance that the Commissioner considers necessary to recognize for the purposes of complying with G.S. 58‑33‑32(f).
(12)	"Limited lines producer" means a person authorized by the Commissioner to sell, solicit, or negotiate limited lines insurance.
(13)	"Limited representative" means a person who is authorized by the Commissioner to solicit or negotiate contracts for the particular lines of authority identified in G.S. 58‑33‑26(g) and which kinds of insurance are restricted in the scope of coverage afforded.
(14)	"Motor vehicle damage appraiser" means an individual who, for salary, fee, commission, or other compensation of any nature, regularly investigates or advises relative to the nature and amount of damage to motor vehicles located in this State or the amount of money deemed necessary to effect repairs thereto and who is not:
a.	An adjuster licensed to adjust insurance claims in this State;
b.	An agent for an insurance company who is not required by law to be licensed as an adjuster;
c.	An attorney at law who is not required by law to be licensed as an adjuster; or
d.	An individual who, incident to his regular employment in the business of repairing defective or damaged motor vehicles, investigates and advises relative to the nature and amount of motor vehicle damage or the amount of money deemed necessary to effect repairs thereto.
(15)	"Negotiate" means the act of conferring directly with, or offering advice directly to, a purchaser or prospective purchaser of a particular contract of insurance concerning any of the substantive benefits, terms, or conditions of the contract, only if the person engaged in that act either sells insurance or obtains insurance from insurers for purchasers. "Negotiate" does not mean a referral to a licensed insurance producer that does not include a discussion of specific insurance policy terms and conditions.
(16)	"Person" means an individual or a business entity, but does not mean a county, city, or other political subdivision of the State of North Carolina.
(17)	"Sell" means to exchange a contract of insurance by any means, for money or its equivalent, on behalf of an insurance company. "Sell" does not mean a referral to a licensed insurance producer that does not include a discussion of specific insurance policy terms and conditions.
(18)	"Solicit" means attempting to sell insurance or asking or urging a person to apply for a particular kind of insurance from a particular company. "Solicit" does not mean a referral to a licensed insurance producer that does not include a discussion of specific insurance policy terms and conditions.
(19)	"Terminate" means the cancellation of the relationship between an insurance producer or limited representative and the insurer or the termination of a producer's or limited representative's authority to transact insurance.
(20)	"Uniform Business Entity Application" means the current version of the NAIC Uniform Business Entity Application for resident and nonresident business entities.
(21)	"Uniform Application" means the current version of the NAIC Uniform Application for resident and nonresident producer licensing.  (1987, c. 629, s. 1; c. 864, ss. 76, 77; 1987 (Reg. Sess., 1988), c. 975, s. 8; 2001‑203, s. 3; 2007‑507, s. 2; 2009‑566, s. 1; 2022‑46, s. 13(a).)

§ 58‑33‑15.  Restricted license for overseas military agents.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article, an individual may be licensed by the Commissioner as a foreign military sales agent to represent a life insurance company domiciled in this State, provided the agent represents the insurance company only in a foreign country or territory and either on a United States military installation or with United States military personnel. The Commissioner may, upon request of the insurance company on application forms furnished by the Commissioner and upon payment of the fee specified in G.S. 58‑33‑125, issue to the applicant a restricted license which will be valid only for the representation of the insurance company in a foreign country or territory and either on a United States military installation or with United States military personnel. The insurance company shall certify to the Commissioner that the applicant has the necessary training to hold himself out as a life insurance agent, and that the insurance company is willing to be bound by the acts of the applicant within the scope of his employment.  (1987, c. 629, s. 1; 1987 (Reg. Sess., 1988), c. 975, s. 9; 2022‑46, s. 13(a).)

§ 58‑33‑17.  Limited license for rental car companies.
(a)	As used in this section:
(1)	"Limited licensee" means a person authorized to sell certain coverages relating to the rental of motor vehicles pursuant to the provisions of this section and Article 28 of Chapter 66 of the General Statutes.
(2)	"Rental agreement" means any written agreement setting forth the terms and conditions governing the use of a vehicle provided by the rental car company.
(3)	"Rental car company" means any person in the business of providing vehicles to the public.
(4)	"Renter" means any person obtaining the use of a vehicle from a rental car company under the terms of a rental agreement.
(5)	"Vehicle" means a motor vehicle of the private passenger type including passenger vans and minivans that are primarily intended for the transport of persons.
(b)	The Commissioner may issue to a rental car company, or to a franchisee of a rental car company, that has complied with the requirements of this section, a limited license authorizing the licensee, known as a "limited licensee" for the purpose of this Article, to act as agent, with reference to the kinds of insurance specified in this section, of any insurer authorized to write such kinds of insurance in this State.
(c)	The prerequisites for issuance of a limited license under this section are the filing with the Commissioner of the following:
(1)	A written application, signed by an officer of the applicant, for the limited license in such form or forms, and supplements thereto, and containing such information, as the Commissioner may prescribe; and
(2)	A certificate by the insurer that is to be named in such limited license, stating that it has satisfied itself that the named applicant is trustworthy and competent to act as its agent for this limited purpose and that the insurer will appoint such applicant to act as the agent in reference to the doing of such kind or kinds of insurance as are permitted by this section, if the limited license applied for is issued by the Commissioner. Such certificate shall be subscribed by an officer or managing agent of such insurer and affirmed as true under the penalties of perjury.
(d)	In the event that any provision of this section is violated by a limited licensee, the Commissioner may:
(1)	Revoke or suspend a limited license issued under this section in accordance with the provisions of G.S. 58‑33‑46; or
(2)	After notice and hearing, impose such other penalties, including suspending the transaction of insurance at specific rental locations where violations of this Article have occurred, as the Commissioner deems to be necessary or convenient to carry out the purposes of this section.
(e)	The rental car company or franchisee licensed pursuant to subsection (b) of this section may act as agent for an authorized insurer only in connection with the rental of vehicles and only with respect to the following kinds of insurance:
(1)	Excess liability insurance that provides coverage to the rental car company or franchisee and renters and other authorized drivers of rental vehicles, in excess of the standard liability limits provided by the rental car company in its rental agreement, for liability arising from the negligent operation of the rental vehicle;
(2)	Accident and health insurance that provides coverage to renters and other vehicle occupants for accidental death or dismemberment and for medical expenses resulting from an accident that occurs during the rental period;
(3)	Personal effects insurance that provides coverage to renters and other vehicle occupants for the loss of, or damage to, personal effects that occurs during the rental period; or
(4)	Any other coverage that the Commissioner may approve as meaningful and appropriate in connection with the rental of vehicles.
(f)	No insurance may be issued pursuant to this section unless:
(1)	The rental period of the rental agreement does not exceed 30 consecutive days; and
(2)	At every rental car location where rental car agreements are executed, brochures or other written materials are readily available to the prospective renter that:
a.	Summarize, clearly and correctly, the material terms of insurance coverage, including the identity of the insurer, offered to renters;
b.	Disclose that these policies offered by the rental car company may provide a duplication of coverage already provided by a renter's personal automobile insurance policy, homeowner's insurance policy, personal liability insurance policy, or other source of coverage;
c.	State that the purchase by the renter of the kinds of insurance specified in this section is not required in order to rent a vehicle;
d.	Describe the process for filing a claim in the event the renter elects to purchase coverage and in the event of a claim; and
e.	Contain any additional information on the price, benefits, exclusions, conditions or other limitations of such policies as the Commissioner may by regulation prescribe; and
(3)	Evidence of coverage is provided to every renter who elects to purchase such coverage.
(g)	Any limited license issued under this section shall also authorize any salaried employee of the licensee who, pursuant to subsection (h) of this section, is trained to act individually on behalf, and under the supervision, of the licensee with respect to the kinds of insurance specified in this section.
(h)	Each rental car company or franchisee licensed pursuant to this section shall conduct a training program which shall be submitted to the commissioner for approval prior to use and which shall meet the following minimum standards:
(1)	Each trainee shall receive basic instruction about the kinds of insurance specified in this section offered for purchase by prospective renters of rental vehicles;
(2)	Each trainee shall be instructed to acknowledge to a prospective renter of a rental vehicle that purchase of any such insurance specified in this section is not required in order for the renter to rent a vehicle; and
(3)	Each trainee shall be instructed to acknowledge to a prospective renter of a rental vehicle that the renter may have insurance policies that already provide the coverage being offered by the rental car company pursuant to this section.
(i)	Limited licensees acting pursuant to and under the authority of this section shall comply with all applicable provisions of this Article, except that notwithstanding any other provision of this Article, or any rule adopted by the Commissioner, a limited licensee pursuant to this section shall not be required to treat premiums collected from renters purchasing such insurance when renting vehicles as funds received in a fiduciary capacity, provided that:
(1)	The insurer represented by the limited licensee has consented in writing, signed by the insurer's officer, that premiums need not be segregated from funds received by the rental car company on account of vehicle rental; and
(2)	The charges for insurance coverage are itemized but not billed to the renter separately from the charges for rental vehicles.
(j)	No limited licensee under this section shall advertise, represent, or otherwise hold itself or any of its employees themselves out as licensed insurance producers.  (1991, c. 139, s. 1; 2001‑203, s. 4; 2022‑46, s. 13(a).)

§ 58‑33‑18.  Limited license for self‑service storage companies.
(a)	As used in this section:
(1)	"Limited licensee" means a person authorized to sell certain coverages relating to the rental of self‑service storage units pursuant to the provisions of this section and Article 39 of Chapter 66 of the General Statutes.
(2)	"Rental agreement" means any written agreement setting forth the terms and conditions governing the use of a storage unit provided by the owner of a self‑service storage facility company.
(3)	"Self‑service storage company" means any person in the business of renting storage units to the public.
(4)	"Renter" or "occupant" means any person obtaining the use of a storage unit from a self‑service storage company under the terms of a rental agreement.
(5)	"Storage unit" means a semienclosed or fully enclosed area, room, or space that is primarily intended for the storage of personal property and which shall be accessible by the renter of the unit pursuant to the terms of the rental agreement.
(b)	The Commissioner may issue to a self‑service storage company, or to a franchisee of a self‑service storage company, that has complied with the requirements of this section a limited license authorizing the licensee, known as a "limited licensee" for the purpose of this Article, to act as agent, with reference to the kinds of insurance specified in this section of any insurer authorized to write such kinds of insurance in this State.
(c)	The prerequisites for issuance of a limited license under this section are the filing with the Commissioner of the following:
(1)	A written application, signed by an officer of the applicant, for the limited license in such form or forms, and supplements thereto, and containing such information as the Commissioner may prescribe; and
(2)	A certificate by the insurer that is to be named in such limited license, stating that it has satisfied itself that the named applicant is trustworthy and competent to act as its agent for this limited purpose and that the insurer will appoint such applicant to act as the agent in reference to the doing of such kind or kinds of insurance as are permitted by this section if the limited license applied for is issued by the Commissioner. Such certificate shall be subscribed by an officer or managing agent of such insurer and affirmed as true under the penalties of perjury.
(d)	In the event that any provision of this section is violated by a limited licensee, the Commissioner may:
(1)	Revoke or suspend a limited license issued under this section in accordance with the provisions of G.S. 58‑33‑46; or
(2)	After notice and hearing, impose such other penalties, including suspending the transaction of insurance at specific rental locations where violations of this Article have occurred, as the Commissioner deems to be necessary or convenient to carry out the purposes of this section.
(e)	The self‑service storage company or franchisee licensed pursuant to subsection (b) of this section may act as agent for an authorized insurer only in connection with the rental of storage units and only with respect to the following kinds of insurance:
(1)	Personal effects insurance that provides coverage to renters of storage units at the same facility for the loss of, or damage to, personal effects that occurs at the same facility during the rental period; or
(2)	Any other coverage that the Commissioner may approve as meaningful and appropriate in connection with the rental of storage units.
(f)	No insurance may be issued pursuant to this section unless:
(1)	The rental period of the rental agreement does not exceed two years; and
(2)	At every self‑service storage location where self‑service storage agreements are executed, brochures or other written materials are readily available to the prospective renter that:
a.	Summarize, clearly and correctly, the material terms of insurance coverage, including the identity of the insurer, offered to renters;
b.	Disclose that these policies offered by the self‑service storage company may provide a duplication of coverage already provided by a renter's homeowners' insurance policy, personal liability insurance policy, or other source of coverage;
c.	State that the purchase by the renter of the kinds of insurance specified in this section is not required in order to rent a storage unit;
d.	Describe the process for filing a claim in the event the renter elects to purchase coverage and in the event of a claim; and
e.	Contain any additional information on the price, benefits, exclusions, conditions, or other limitations of such policies as the Commissioner may by regulation prescribe; and
(3)	Evidence of coverage is provided to every renter who elects to purchase such coverage.
(g)	Any limited license issued under this section shall also authorize any employee of the licensee who is trained, pursuant to subsection (h) of this section, to act individually on behalf, and under the supervision, of the licensee with respect to the kinds of insurance specified in this section.
(h)	Each self‑service storage company or franchisee licensed pursuant to this section shall conduct a training program which shall be submitted to the Commissioner for approval prior to use and which shall meet the following minimum standards:
(1)	Each trainee shall receive basic instruction about the kinds of insurance specified in this section offered for purchase by prospective renters of storage units;
(2)	Each trainee shall be instructed to acknowledge to a prospective renter of a storage unit that purchase of any such insurance specified in this section is not required in order for the renter to rent a storage unit; and
(3)	Each trainee shall be instructed to acknowledge to a prospective renter of a storage unit that the renter may have insurance policies that already provide the coverage being offered by the self‑service storage company pursuant to this section.
(i)	Limited licensees acting pursuant to and under the authority of this section shall comply with all applicable provisions of this Article, except that notwithstanding any other provision of this Article, or any rule adopted by the Commissioner, a limited licensee pursuant to this section shall not be required to treat premiums collected from renters purchasing such insurance when renting storage units as funds received in a fiduciary capacity, provided that:
(1)	The insurer represented by the limited licensee has consented in writing, signed by the insurer's officer, that premiums need not be segregated from funds received by the self‑service storage company on account of storage unit rental; and
(2)	The charges for insurance coverage are itemized but not billed to the renter separately from the charges for storage units.
(j)	No limited licensee under this section shall advertise, represent, or otherwise hold itself or any of its employees out as licensed insurance producers. No renter or occupant may be required to obtain insurance under this section as a condition of obtaining a rental agreement for a storage unit. The renter shall be informed that the insurance offered under this section is not required as a condition for obtaining a rental agreement for a storage unit.  (2003‑290, s. 5; 2022‑46, s. 13(a).)

§ 58‑33‑19.  Limited lines travel insurance.
(a)	As used in this section, the following definitions apply:
(1)	Limited lines travel insurance producer. – Any of the following:
a.	A licensed managing general underwriter.
b.	A licensed managing general agent or third‑party administrator.
c.	A licensed insurance producer as defined by G.S. 58‑33‑10(7), including:
1.	A limited lines producer designated by an insurer as the travel insurance supervising entity, as set forth in subsection (h) of this section.
2.	A limited lines producer appointed by an insurer, as set forth in G.S. 58‑33‑40, who acts as a landlord or real estate broker engaged in the rental or management of residential property for vacation rental as defined in Chapter 42A of the General Statutes.
d.	A travel administrator, as defined in G.S. 58‑44B‑5.
(2)	Offer and disseminate. – Providing general information, including a description of the coverage and price, as well as processing the application, collecting premiums, and performing other activities that do not require a license and are permitted by the Department.
(3)	Travel insurance. – Insurance coverage for the personal risks incident to planned travel that may include any of the following:
a.	Interruption or cancellation of a trip or event.
b.	Loss of baggage or personal effects.
c.	Damages to accommodations or rental vehicles.
d.	Sickness, accident, disability, or death occurring during travel.
e.	Emergency evacuation.
f.	Repatriation of remains.
g.	Any other contractual obligations to indemnify or pay a specified amount to the traveler upon determinable contingencies related to travel as approved by the Commissioner.
Travel insurance does not include major medical plans that provide comprehensive medical protection for travelers with trips lasting longer than six months, including, for example, those working or residing overseas as an expatriate, or any other product that requires another specific insurance producer license.
(4)	Travel retailer. – A business entity that makes, arranges, or offers planned travel and may offer and disseminate travel insurance as a service to its customers on behalf of and under the direction of a limited lines travel insurance producer.
(b)	An individual or business entity may apply for a limited lines travel insurance producer license by filing with the Department an application in a form and manner prescribed by the Commissioner. If issued, the license authorizes the limited lines travel insurance producer to sell, solicit, or negotiate travel insurance through a licensed insurer.
(c)	A travel retailer may offer and disseminate travel insurance under a limited lines travel insurance producer business entity license only if the following conditions are met:
(1)	The limited lines producer or travel retailer provides all of the following to purchasers of travel insurance:
a.	A description of the material terms or the actual material terms of the insurance coverage.
b.	A description of the process for filing a claim.
c.	A description of the review or cancellation process for the travel insurance policy.
d.	The identity and contact information of the insurer and limited lines travel insurance producer.
(2)	At the time of licensure, the limited lines travel insurance producer shall establish and maintain a register on a form prescribed by the Commissioner of each travel retailer that offers travel insurance on the limited lines travel insurance producer's behalf. The register shall be maintained and updated annually by the limited lines travel insurance producer and shall include the name, address, and contact information of the travel retailer and an officer or person who directs or controls the travel retailer's operations, and the travel retailer's federal Tax Identification Number. The limited lines travel insurance producer shall submit the register to the Department upon request. The limited lines producer shall also certify that the travel retailer's register complies with 18 U.S.C. § 1033. The grounds for the suspension, revocation, and the penalties applicable to resident insurance producers shall be applicable to the limited lines travel insurance producers and travel retailers.
(3)	The limited lines travel insurance producer has designated one of its employees who is a licensed individual producer as the person responsible for the limited lines travel insurance producer's compliance with this Chapter and administrative rules adopted by the Commissioner.
(4)	The person designated in subdivision (3) of this subsection and the president, secretary, treasurer, and any other officer or person who directs or controls the limited lines travel insurance producer's insurance operations comply with the fingerprinting requirements applicable to insurance producers in the resident state of the limited lines travel insurance producer.
(5)	The limited lines travel insurance producer has paid all applicable insurance producer licensing fees as set forth in applicable State law.
(6)	The limited lines travel insurance producer requires each employee and authorized representative of the travel retailer whose duties include offering and disseminating travel insurance to receive a program of instruction or training, which may be subject to review by the Commissioner. The training material shall, at a minimum, contain instructions on the types of insurance offered, ethical sales practices, and required disclosures to prospective customers.
(7)	Limited lines travel insurance producers, and those registered under its license, are exempt from the examination and continuing education requirements under G.S. 58‑33‑30, 58‑33‑32, and 58‑33‑130.
(d)	Any travel retailer offering or disseminating travel insurance shall make available to prospective purchasers brochures or other written materials that have been approved by the travel insurer and include all of the following:
(1)	The identity and contact information of the insurer and the limited lines travel insurance producer.
(2)	An explanation that the purchase of travel insurance is not required in order to purchase any other product or service from the travel retailer.
(3)	A disclaimer that an unlicensed travel retailer is permitted to provide general information about the insurance offered by the travel retailer, including a description of the coverage and price, but is not qualified or authorized to answer technical questions about the terms and conditions of the insurance offered by the travel retailer or to evaluate the adequacy of the customer's existing insurance coverage.
(e)	A travel retailer's employee or authorized representative who is not licensed as a limited lines travel insurance producer shall not do any of the following:
(1)	Evaluate or interpret the technical terms, benefits, and conditions of the offered travel insurance coverage.
(2)	Evaluate or provide advice concerning a prospective purchaser's existing insurance coverage.
(3)	Hold himself or herself out as a licensed insurer, licensed producer, or insurance expert.
(f)	Notwithstanding any other provision in law, a travel retailer, whose insurance‑related activities and the activities of its employees and authorized representatives are limited to offering and disseminating travel insurance on behalf of and under the direction of a limited lines travel insurance producer meeting the conditions stated in this section, is authorized to do so and receive related compensation upon compliance with subdivision (c)(2) of this section by the limited lines travel insurance producer.
(g)	Travel insurance may be provided in the form of an individual, group, or blanket policy.
(h)	As the travel insurance supervising entity, the limited lines travel insurance producer is responsible for the acts of the travel retailer and shall use reasonable means to ensure compliance by the travel retailer with this section.
(i)	The limited lines travel insurance producer and any travel retailer offering or disseminating travel insurance under the limited lines travel insurance producer license shall be subject to the provisions of Article 63 of this Chapter and to the full enforcement powers of the Commissioner granted by Article 2 of this Chapter.
(j)	Any person licensed in a major line of authority as an insurance producer is authorized to sell, solicit, and negotiate travel insurance. A property and casualty insurance producer is not required to become appointed by an insurer in order to sell, solicit, or negotiate travel insurance.  (2013‑285, s. 1; 2019‑128, s. 1.)

§ 58‑33‑20.  Representation.
(a)	Every insurance producer or limited representative who, on behalf of an insurer, solicits or negotiates an application for insurance of any kind, in any controversy between the insured or his beneficiary and the insurer, is regarded as representing the insurer and not the insured or his beneficiary. This provision does not affect the apparent authority of an agent.
(b)	Every insurance producer who, acting as a broker, solicits an application for insurance of any kind, in any controversy between the insured or his beneficiary and the insurer issuing any policy upon such application, is regarded as representing the insured or his beneficiary and not the insurer; except any insurer that directly or through its agents delivers in this State to any broker a policy of insurance pursuant to the application or request of such broker, acting for an insured other than himself, is deemed to have authorized such broker to receive on its behalf payment of any premium that is due on such policy of insurance at the time of its issuance or delivery.  (1987, c. 629, s. 1; 2022‑46, s. 13(a).)

§ 58‑33‑25: Repealed by Session Laws 2001‑203, s. 5, effective July 1, 2002.

§ 58‑33‑26.  General license requirements.
(a)	No person shall act as or hold himself or herself out to be an insurance producer, limited representative, adjuster, or motor vehicle damage appraiser unless duly licensed.
(b)	No insurance producer or limited representative shall make application for, procure, negotiate for, or place for others, any policies for any lines of authority as to which that person is not then qualified and duly licensed.
(c)	Repealed by Session Laws 2022‑46, s. 13(a), effective July 7, 2022.
(c1)	Effective for licenses issued on or after January 1, 2008, an insurance producer may be licensed for the following lines of authority:
(1)	Accident and health or sickness. – Insurance coverage for sickness, bodily injury, or accidental death and may include benefits for disability income.
(2)	Casualty. – Insurance coverage against legal liability, including that for death, injury, or disability, or damage to real or personal property.
(3)	Limited lines insurance.
(4)	Life. – Insurance coverage on human lives, including benefits in the event of death or dismemberment by accident and benefits for disability income.
(5)	Medicare supplement insurance and long‑term care insurance, as a supplement to a license for the line of authority listed in subdivision (1) of this subsection.
(6)	Personal lines. – Property and casualty insurance coverage sold to individuals and families for primarily noncommercial purposes.
(7)	Property. – Insurance coverage for the direct or consequential loss or damage to property of every kind.
(8)	Variable life and variable annuity products. – Insurance coverage provided under variable life insurance contracts and variable annuities.
(9)	Any other kind of insurance permitted under State laws or administrative rules.
(d)	A person holding a license or licenses for the lines of authority specified in subsection (c1) of this section may sell, solicit, or negotiate only the kind or lines of authority for which that person is licensed.
(e)	A variable life and variable annuity products license authorizes a resident insurance producer to sell, solicit, or negotiate variable contracts if the insurance producer satisfies the Commissioner that the insurance producer has met the FINRA requirements of the Secretary of State of North Carolina.
(f)	An accident and health or sickness license authorizes a resident insurance producer to sell, solicit, or negotiate Medicare supplement and long‑term care insurance policies as defined respectively in Articles 54 and 55 of this Chapter, provided that the licensee takes and passes a supplemental written examination for the insurance as provided in G.S. 58‑33‑30(e) and pays the supplemental registration fee provided in G.S. 58‑33‑125(c).
(g)	The Commissioner may issue one or more licenses without examination to individuals for limited lines insurance per qualifications and application procedures defined in the administrative rules.
(h)	No licensed insurance producer or limited representative shall sell, solicit, or negotiate anywhere in the boundaries of this State, or receive or transmit an application or premium of insurance, for a company not licensed to do business in this State, except as provided in G.S. 58‑28‑5 and Article 21 of this Chapter.
(i)	No insurance producer shall place a policy of insurance with any insurer unless the insurance producer has a current appointment as agent for the insurer in accordance with G.S. 58‑33‑40 or has a valid temporary license issued in accordance with G.S. 58‑33‑66.
(j)	A business entity that sells, solicits, or negotiates insurance shall be licensed in accordance with G.S. 58‑33‑31(b). Every member of the partnership and every officer, director, stockholder, and employee of the business entity personally engaged in this State in selling, soliciting, or negotiating policies of insurance shall qualify as an individual licensee. A business entity license shall expire on March 31 of each year unless the business entity pays the renewal fee.
(k)	The license shall state the name and an identifying number of the licensee, date of issue, line or lines of authority covered by the license, and any other information as the Commissioner deems to be proper.
(l)	A license issued to an insurance producer authorizes him to act until his license is otherwise suspended or revoked. Upon the suspension or revocation of a license, the licensee or any person having possession of such license shall return it to the Commissioner.
(m)	A license of a limited representative, adjuster, or motor vehicle damage appraiser shall be renewed on April 1 each year, and renewal fees shall be paid. The Commissioner is not required to print licenses for the purpose of renewing licenses. The Commissioner may establish for licenses "staggered" license renewal dates that will apportion renewals throughout each calendar year. If the system of staggered licensing is adopted, the Commissioner may extend the licensure period for some licensees. License renewal fees prescribed by G.S. 58‑33‑125 shall be prorated to the extent they are commensurate with extensions.
(n)	A license as an insurance producer or limited representative is not required of the following:
(1)	An officer, director, or employee of an insurer or of an insurance producer or limited representative, provided that the officer, director, or employee does not receive any commission on policies written or sold to insure risks residing, located, or to be performed in this State, except for indirect receipt of proceeds of commissions in the form of salary, benefits, or distributions, and:
a.	The officer, director, or employee's activities are executive, administrative, managerial, clerical, or a combination of these, and are only indirectly related to the sale, solicitation, or negotiation of insurance; or
b.	The officer, director, or employee's function relates to underwriting, loss control, inspection, or the processing, adjusting, investigating, or settling of a claim on a contract of insurance; or
c.	The officer, director, or employee is acting in the capacity of a special agent or agency supervisor assisting insurance producers where the person's activities are limited to providing technical advice and assistance to licensed insurance producers and do not include the sale, solicitation, or negotiation of insurance.
(2)	A person who secures and furnishes information for the purpose of group life insurance, group property and casualty insurance, group annuities, group or blanket accident and health insurance; or for the purpose of enrolling individuals under plans; issuing certificates under plans or otherwise assisting in administering plans; or performs administrative services related to mass‑marketed property and casualty insurance; where no commission is paid to the person for the service.
(3)	An employer or association or its officers, directors, employees, or the trustees of an employee trust plan, to the extent that the employers, officers, employees, director, or trustees are engaged in the administration or operation of a program of employee benefits for the employer's or association's own employees or the employees of its subsidiaries or affiliates, which program involves the use of insurance issued by an insurer, as long as the employers, associations, officers, directors, employees, or trustees are not in any manner compensated, directly or indirectly, by the company issuing the contracts.
(4)	Employees of insurers or organizations employed by insurers who are engaging in the inspection, rating, or classification of risks, or in the supervision of the training of insurance producers and who are not individually engaged in the sale, solicitation, or negotiation of insurance.
(5)	A person whose activities in this State are limited to advertising without the intent to solicit insurance in this State through communications in printed publications or other forms of electronic mass media whose distribution is not limited to residents of this State, provided that the person does not sell, solicit, or negotiate insurance that would insure risks residing, located, or to be performed in this State.
(6)	A person who is not a resident of this State who sells, solicits, or negotiates a contract of insurance for commercial property and casualty risks to an insured with risks located in more than one state insured under that contract, provided that that person is otherwise licensed as an insurance producer to sell, solicit, or negotiate that insurance in the state where the insured maintains its principal place of business and the contract of insurance insures risks located in that state.
(7)	A salaried full‑time employee who counsels or advises his or her employer relative to the insurance interests of the employer or of the subsidiaries or business affiliates of the employer provided that the employee does not sell or solicit insurance or receive a commission.
(8)	Licensed insurers authorized to write the kinds of insurance described in G.S. 58‑7‑15(1) through G.S. 58‑7‑15(3) that do business without the involvement of a licensed agent.
(9)	A person indirectly receiving proceeds of commissions as part of the transfer of insurance business or in the form of retirement or similar benefits.
(o)	Nothing in this Article requires an insurer to obtain an insurance producer license. In this subsection, "insurer" does not include an insurer's officers, directors, employees, subsidiaries, or affiliates.
(p)	An individual shall not simultaneously hold an insurance producer license with casualty, personal lines, or property lines of authority and an adjuster's license in this State. An individual who holds an insurance producer license with casualty, personal lines, or property lines of authority may apply for an adjuster license without having to take the adjuster examination in G.S. 58‑33‑30(e) if the individual applies for the adjuster license within 60 days after surrendering an insurance producer license with casualty, personal lines, or property lines of authority. An individual who holds an adjuster license may apply for an insurance producer license with casualty, personal lines, or property lines of authority without having to take the casualty, personal lines, or property insurance producer examination in G.S. 58‑33‑30(e) if the individual applies for an insurance producer license with casualty, personal lines, or property lines of authority within 60 days after surrendering the adjuster license.  (2001‑203, s. 6; 2007‑507, s. 1; 2009‑383, s. 1; 2009‑566, ss. 2, 3; 2022‑46, s. 13(a).)

§ 58‑33‑27.  Claims handling for portable consumer electronic devices.
(a)	As used in this section, the following definitions apply:
(1)	"Automated claims adjudication system" means a preprogrammed computer system designed for the collection, data entry, calculation, and system‑generated final resolution of claims on insurance policies that cover only portable consumer electronic devices, which system shall meet the following criteria:
a.	Be utilized only by a licensed adjuster, licensed insurance producer, or supervised individuals operating pursuant to this section.
b.	Comply with all claims payment requirements of this Chapter.
c.	Be certified as compliant with this section by a licensed adjuster who is an officer of a licensed business entity under this Chapter.
(2)	"Portable consumer electronic devices" include the following, which must be easily carried or conveyed by hand: smartphones, navigation devices, cellular phones, personal digital assistants, iPads, iPhones, Androids, video games, wireless reading devices, laptops, tablets, netbooks, MP3 players, digital cameras, and other electronic devices that are portable in nature, their accessories, and services related to the use of the device.
(b)	No adjuster license is required for an individual who, in connection with insurance covering only portable consumer electronic devices as defined in subdivision (a)(2) of this section, collects claim information from or furnishes claim information to insureds, who conducts data entry, including entering data into an automated claims adjudication system, and who does not exercise any discretion in the disposition of the portable consumer electronic device claim; provided that the individual is supervised by a licensed adjuster or licensed insurance producer and there are no more than 25 individuals who may adjust claims under the supervision of the licensed adjuster or licensed insurance producer. No insurance producer acting as a supervisor pursuant to this section is required to be licensed as an adjuster.
(c)	If other property losses occur in conjunction with the loss associated with the portable consumer electronic device, the individual who performs duties as described in G.S. 58‑33‑10(2) on the total loss, including the loss associated with the portable consumer electronic device, must hold an adjuster's license.  (2011‑196, s. 8; 2022‑46, s. 13(a).)

§ 58‑33‑30.  License requirements.
The Commissioner shall not issue or continue any license of an insurance producer, limited representative, adjuster, or motor vehicle damage appraiser except as follows:
(a)	Application. – The applicable license application requirements of G.S. 58‑33‑31 shall be satisfied.
(b), (c)	Repealed by Session Laws 2001‑203, s. 7, effective July 1, 2002.
(d)	Education and Training. –
(1)	Each applicant must have had special education, training, or experience of sufficient duration and extent reasonably to satisfy the Commissioner that the applicant possesses the competence necessary to fulfill the responsibilities of an insurance producer, limited representative, adjuster, or motor vehicle damage appraiser.
(2)	All individual applicants for licensing as insurance producers under G.S. 58‑33‑26(c1)(1), (2), (4), (6), or (7) shall furnish evidence satisfactory to the Commissioner of successful completion of at least 20 hours of instruction for each license, which shall in all cases include the general principles of insurance and any other topics relevant to the license that the Commissioner establishes by administrative rules. Any applicant who submits satisfactory evidence of having successfully completed a producer training course that has been approved by the Commissioner and that is offered by or under the auspices of a property, casualty, life or accident and health or sickness insurance company admitted to do business in this State or a professional insurance association shall be deemed to have satisfied the educational requirements of this subdivision.
(3)	Each resident applicant for a Medicare supplement and long‑term care insurance license shall furnish evidence satisfactory to the Commissioner of successful completion of 10 hours of instruction, which shall in all cases include the principles of Medicare supplement and long‑term care insurance and federal and North Carolina law relating to such insurance. A resident applicant who submits satisfactory evidence of having successfully completed a producer training course that has been approved by the Commissioner and that is offered by or under the auspices of a licensed life or health insurer or a professional insurance association satisfies the educational requirements of this subdivision.
(e)	Examination. –
(1)	After completion and filing of the application with the Commissioner, the Commissioner shall require each applicant for license as an insurance producer or an adjuster to take an examination as to the applicant's competence to be licensed. The applicant must take and pass the examination according to requirements prescribed by the Commissioner. This subsection shall not apply to adjusters who adjust only federal crop insurance claims and are certified in accordance with subdivision (2a) of this subsection.
(2)	The Commissioner may require any licensed insurance producer, adjuster, or motor vehicle damage appraiser to take and successfully pass an examination in writing, testing his competence and qualifications as a condition to the continuance or renewal of his license, if the licensee has been found guilty of any violation of any provision of this Chapter. If an individual fails to pass such an examination, the Commissioner shall revoke all licenses issued in his name and no license shall be issued until such individual has passed an examination as provided in this Article.
(2a)	Adjusters who adjust federal crop insurance claims shall be certified as having passed a proficiency examination approved by the federal Risk Management Agency (RMA) as a condition of obtaining an adjuster's license under this Chapter or another proficiency examination approved by the Commissioner. An adjuster who intends to adjust crop insurance claims shall furnish the Commissioner proof that the adjuster is certified as having passed the required examination pursuant to this section.
(3)	Each examination shall be as the Commissioner prescribes and shall be of sufficient scope to test the applicant's knowledge of:
a.	The terms and provisions of the policies or contracts of insurance the applicant proposes to effect; or
b.	The types of claims or losses the applicant proposes to adjust; and
c.	The duties and responsibilities of the license; and
d.	The current laws of this State applicable to the license.
(4)	The answers of the applicant to the examination shall be provided by the applicant under the Commissioner's supervision. The Commissioner shall give examinations at such times and places within this State as the Commissioner considers necessary reasonably to serve the convenience of both the Commissioner and applicants: Provided that the Commissioner may contract directly with persons for the processing of examination application forms and for the administration and grading of the examinations required by this section; the Commissioner may charge a reasonable fee in addition to the registration fee charged under G.S. 58‑33‑125, to offset the cost of the examination contract authorized by this subsection; and such contracts shall not be subject to Article 3 of Chapter 143 of the General Statutes. However, the Commissioner shall: (i) submit all proposed agreements or contracts for supplies, materials, printing, equipment, and contractual services that exceed one million dollars ($1,000,000) authorized by this subdivision to the Attorney General or the Attorney General's designee for review as provided in G.S. 114‑8.3; and (ii) include in all contracts to be awarded by the Commissioner under this subdivision a standard clause which provides that the State Auditor and internal auditors of the Commissioner may audit the records of the contractor during and after the term of the contract to verify accounts and data affecting fees and performance. The Commissioner shall not award a cost plus percentage of cost contract for any purpose.
(5)	The Commissioner shall collect in advance the examination and registration fees provided in G.S. 58‑33‑125 and in subsection (4) of this section. The Commissioner shall make or cause to be made available to all applicants, for a reasonable fee to offset the costs of production, materials that he considers necessary for the applicants' proper preparation for examinations. The Commissioner may contract directly with publishers and other suppliers for the production of the preparatory materials, and contracts so let by the Commissioner shall not be subject to Article 3 of Chapter 143 of the General Statutes. However, the Commissioner shall: (i) submit all proposed contracts for supplies, materials, printing, equipment, and contractual services that exceed one million dollars ($1,000,000) authorized by this subdivision to the Attorney General or the Attorney General's designee for review as provided in G.S. 114‑8.3; and (ii) include in all contracts to be awarded by the Commissioner under this subdivision a standard clause which provides that the State Auditor and internal auditors of the Commissioner may audit the records of the contractor during and after the term of the contract to verify accounts and data affecting fees and performance. The Commissioner shall not award a cost plus percentage of cost contract for any purpose.
(6)	In addition to the examinations for the lines of authority specified in G.S. 58‑33‑26(c1)(1) before any resident may sell Medicare supplement or long‑term care insurance policies defined respectively in Articles 54 and 55 of this Chapter, the resident must take and pass a supplemental written examination according to requirements prescribed by the Commissioner.
(7)	An individual who fails to appear for the examination as scheduled or fails to pass the examination shall reapply for an examination and remit all required fees and forms before being rescheduled for another examination.
(f)	Repealed by Session Laws 2022‑46, s. 13(a), effective July 7, 2022.
(g)	Denial of License. – If the Commissioner finds that the applicant has not fully met the requirements for licensing, the Commissioner shall refuse to issue the license and shall notify in writing the applicant and the appointing insurer, if any, of the denial, stating the grounds for the denial. The application may also be denied for any reason for which a license may be suspended or revoked or not renewed under G.S. 58‑33‑46. In order for an applicant to be entitled to a review of the Commissioner's action to determine the reasonableness of the action, the applicant must make a written demand upon the Commissioner for a review no later than 30 days after service of the notification upon the applicant. The review shall be completed without undue delay, and the applicant shall be notified promptly in writing of the outcome of the review. In order for an applicant who disagrees with the outcome of the review to be entitled to a hearing under Article 3A of Chapter 150B of the General Statutes, the applicant must make a written demand upon the Commissioner for a hearing no later than 30 days after service upon the applicant of the notification of the outcome.
(h)	Resident‑Nonresident Licenses. – The Commissioner shall issue a resident or nonresident license to an insurance producer, limited representative, adjuster, or motor vehicle damage appraiser as follows:
(1)	Resident.
An individual may qualify for a license as a resident if he resides in this State. Any license issued pursuant to an application claiming residency in this State shall be void if the licensee, while holding a resident license in this State, also holds or makes application for a resident license in, or thereafter claims to be a resident of, any other state, or ceases to be a resident of this State; provided, however, if the applicant is a resident of a county in another state, the border of which county is contiguous with the state line of this State, the applicant may qualify as a resident for licensing purposes in this State.
(2)	Nonresident.
a.	An individual may qualify for a license under this Article as a nonresident if he holds a like license in another state or territory of the United States. An individual may qualify for a license as a nonresident motor vehicle damage appraiser or a nonresident adjuster if the applicant's state of residency does not offer such licenses and such applicant meets all other requirements for licensure of a resident. A license issued to a nonresident of this State shall grant the same rights and privileges afforded a resident licensee, except as provided in subsection (i) of this section.
a1.	If a nonresident licensee's license in his or her home state is no longer in good standing for any reason, the nonresident licensee's license issued by the Commissioner shall automatically lapse 30 days after the loss of the nonresident's home state license. Within 30 days following the lapse, the nonresident's lapsed license may be reinstated if (i) the nonresident licensee is otherwise entitled to licensure and (ii) he or she provides proof satisfactory to the Commissioner that his or her home state license has been reinstated or reissued. A lapsed nonresident license may also be reinstated upon proof satisfactory to the Commissioner that the nonresident has relocated to another jurisdiction, obtained a new home state license, and has filed a change of address notice with the Commissioner within 60 days after the issuance of the new home state license. If the lapsed nonresident license is not reinstated as provided herein, the nonresident must submit a new application for licensure to the Commissioner.
b.	Except as provided in G.S. 58‑33‑32, a nonresident of this State may be licensed without taking an otherwise required written examination if the insurance regulator of the state of the applicant's residence certifies that the applicant has passed a similar written examination or has been a continuous holder, prior to the time such written examination was required, of a license like the license being applied for in this State.
c.	Repealed by Session Laws 2022‑46, s. 13(a), effective July 7, 2022.
d.	Process Against Nonresident Licensees. –
1.	Each licensed nonresident insurance producer, adjuster, limited representative, or motor vehicle damage appraiser shall by the act of acquiring such license be deemed to appoint the Commissioner as his attorney to receive service of legal process issued against the insurance producer, adjuster, limited representative, or motor vehicle damage appraiser in this State upon causes of action arising within this State.
2.	The appointment shall be irrevocable for as long as there could be any cause of action against the nonresident arising out of his insurance transactions in this State.
3.	Duplicate copies of such legal process against such nonresident licensee shall be served upon the Commissioner either by a person competent to serve a summons, or through certified or registered mail. At the time of such service the plaintiff shall pay to the Commissioner a fee in the amount set in G.S. 58‑16‑30, taxable as costs in the action to defray the expense of such service.
4.	Upon receiving such service, the Commissioner or his duly appointed deputy shall within three business days send one of the copies of the process, by registered or certified mail, to the defendant nonresident licensee at his last address of record as filed with the Commissioner.
5.	The Commissioner shall keep a record of the day and hour of service upon him of all such legal process. No proceedings shall be had against the defendant nonresident licensee, and such defendant shall not be required to appear, plead or answer until the expiration of 40 days after the date of service upon the Commissioner.
e.	If the Commissioner revokes or suspends any nonresident's license through a formal proceeding under this Article, he shall promptly notify the appropriate Commissioner of the licensee's residence of such action and of the particulars thereof.
(i)	Retaliatory Provision. – Whenever, by the laws or regulations of any other state or jurisdiction, any limitation of rights and privileges, conditions precedent, or any other requirements are imposed upon residents of this State who are nonresident applicants or licensees of such other state or jurisdiction in addition to, or in excess of, those imposed on nonresidents under this Article, the same such requirements shall be imposed upon such residents of such other state or jurisdiction. This subsection does not apply to fees charged to insurance producers.
(j)	Reciprocity Provision. – To the extent that other states that provide for the licensing and regulation of and payment of commissions to insurance producers or limited representatives, waive restrictions on the basis of reciprocity with respect to North Carolina licensees applying for or holding nonresident licenses in those states, the same restrictions on licensees from those states applying for or holding North Carolina nonresident licenses shall be waived.  (1987, c. 629, s. 1; c. 864, ss. 80, 86; 1987 (Reg. Sess., 1988), c. 975, s. 30; 1989, c. 485, s. 21; c. 645, s. 5; c. 657, s. 1.1; 1989 (Reg. Sess., 1990), c. 941, ss. 3, 7; 1991, c. 212, s. 2; c. 476, s. 3; 1993, c. 409, s. 2; c. 504, ss. 26, 37; 1998‑211, s. 18; 2000‑122, s. 3; 2001‑203, ss. 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 29.; 2005‑240, s. 1; 2007‑507, s. 3; 2009‑566, s. 6(b); 2010‑194, s. 7; 2011‑196, s. 9; 2011‑326, s. 15(g); 2018‑120, s. 4.3; 2022‑46, s. 13(a).)

§ 58‑33‑31.  Application for license.
(a)	A person applying for a resident license shall make application to the Commissioner on the Uniform Application and declare under penalty of denial, suspension, or revocation of the license that the statements made in the application are true, correct, and complete to the best of the individual's knowledge and belief. Before approving the application, the Commissioner shall find that the individual:
(1)	Is at least 18 years of age.
(2)	Has not committed any act that is a ground for probation, suspension, nonrenewal, or revocation set forth in G.S. 58‑33‑46.
(3)	Has satisfied any applicable requirements of G.S. 58‑33‑30(d).
(4)	Has paid the applicable fees set forth in G.S. 58‑33‑125.
(5)	Has successfully passed any examinations required by G.S. 58‑33‑30(e).
(b)	A business entity selling, soliciting, or negotiating insurance shall obtain an insurance producer license. Application shall be made using the Uniform Business Entity Application. Before approving the application, the Commissioner shall find that:
(1)	The business entity has paid the applicable fees set forth in G.S. 58‑33‑125.
(2)	The business entity has designated a licensed producer, who is a natural person, responsible for the business entity's compliance with the insurance laws and administrative rules of this State and orders of the Commissioner.
(c)	The Commissioner may require any documents reasonably necessary to verify the information contained in an application.  (2001‑203, s. 12; 2022‑46, s. 13(a).)

§ 58‑33‑32.  Interstate reciprocity in producer licensing.
(a)	The purpose of this section is to make North Carolina insurance producer licensing comply with the reciprocity requirements in the federal Gramm‑Leach‑Bliley Act, Public Law 106‑102. This section does not apply to surplus lines licensees in Article 21 of this Chapter, except as provided in subsections (c) and (d) of this section.
(b)	Repealed by Session Laws 2001‑203, s. 13, effective July 1, 2002.
(c)	Unless denied licensure under G.S. 58‑33‑30 or G.S. 58‑33‑50, a nonresident person shall receive a nonresident producer license if:
(1)	The person is currently licensed as a resident and in good standing in that person's home state;
(2)	The person has submitted the request for licensure in the form prescribed by the Commissioner and has paid the applicable fees required by G.S. 58‑33‑125;
(3)	The person has submitted or transmitted to the Commissioner a copy of the application for licensure that the person submitted to that person's home state, or in lieu of the same, a completed Uniform Application or Uniform Business Entity Application; and
(4)	The person's home state awards nonresident producer licenses to residents of this State on a reciprocal basis.
The Commissioner may verify the producer's licensing status through the producer database maintained by the NAIC or affiliates or subsidiaries of the NAIC.
(d)	A person licensed as a surplus lines producer in that person's home state shall receive a nonresident surplus lines license under subsection (c) of this section. Except for the licensure provisions of this section, nothing in this section otherwise amends or supersedes any provision of Article 21 of this Chapter.
(e)	A person licensed or registered as a viatical settlement broker or provider, as defined in G.S. 58‑58‑205, in that person's home state shall receive a nonresident viatical settlement broker or provider license under subsection (c) of this section. Except for the licensure provisions of this section, nothing in this section otherwise amends or supersedes any provision of Part 5 of Article 58 of this Chapter.
(f)	A person licensed as a limited line credit insurance producer or other type of limited lines producer in that person's home state may, under subsection (c) of this section, receive a nonresident limited lines producer license granting the same scope of authority as granted under the license issued by the producer's home state. For the purposes of this subsection, limited lines insurance is any authority granted by the home state that restricts the authority of the license to less than the total authority prescribed in the associated major lines under G.S. 58‑33‑26(c1)(1), 58‑33‑26(c1)(2), 58‑33‑26(c1)(4), 58‑33‑26(c1)(5), 58‑33‑26(c1)(6), and 58‑33‑26(c1)(7).
(g)	An individual who applies for an insurance producer license in this State who was previously licensed for the same lines of authority in that individual's home state shall not be required to complete any prelicensing education or examination. This exemption is available only if:
(1)	The applicant is currently licensed in the applicant's home state; or
(2)	The application is received within 90 days after the cancellation of the applicant's previous license and the applicant's home state issues a certification that, at the time of cancellation, the applicant was in good standing in that state; or
(3)	The home state's producer database records, maintained by the NAIC or affiliates or subsidiaries of the NAIC, indicate that the producer is or was licensed in good standing for the lines of authority requested.
A person licensed as an insurance producer in another state who moves to this State and who wants to be licensed as a resident under G.S. 58‑33‑31 shall apply within 90 days after establishing legal residence.
(h)	The Commissioner shall not assess a greater fee for an insurance license or related service to a nonresident producer based solely on the fact that the producer does not reside in this State.
(i)	The Commissioner shall waive any license application requirements for a nonresident license applicant with a valid license from the applicant's home state, except the requirements imposed by subsection (c) of this section, if the applicant's home state awards nonresident licenses to residents of this State on the same basis.
(j)	A nonresident producer's satisfaction of the nonresident producer's home state's continuing education requirements for licensed insurance producers shall constitute satisfaction of this State's continuing education requirements if the nonresident producer's home state recognizes the satisfaction of its continuing education requirements imposed upon producers from this State on the same basis.
(k)	A producer shall report to the Commissioner any administrative action taken against the producer in another state or by another governmental agency in this State within 30 days after the final disposition of the matter. As used in this subsection, "administrative action" includes enforcement action taken against the producer by the FINRA. This report shall include a copy of the order or consent order and other information or documents filed in the proceeding necessary to describe the action.
(l)	Within 30 days after the initial pretrial hearing date or similar proceeding, a producer shall report to the Commissioner any criminal prosecution of the producer. The report shall include a copy of the initial complaint filed, the order resulting from the hearing or similar proceeding, and any other information or documents filed in the proceeding necessary to describe the prosecution.  (2000‑122, s. 2; 2001‑203, s. 13; 2001‑436, s. 4; 2007‑507, s. 4; 2009‑566, s. 5; 2022‑46, s. 13(a).)

§ 58‑33‑35:  Repealed by Session Laws 2009‑566, s. 6(a), effective August 28, 2009.

§ 58‑33‑40.  Appointment of agents.
(a)	Except as provided in subsection (b) of this section, no individual who holds a valid insurance producer license issued by the Commissioner shall, either directly or for an insurance agency, solicit, negotiate, or otherwise act as an agent for an insurer by which the individual has not been appointed.
(b)	Any insurer authorized to transact business in this State may appoint as its agent any individual who holds a valid insurance producer license issued by the Commissioner. To appoint an individual as its agent, the appointing insurer shall file, in a format approved by the Commissioner, a notice of appointment within 15 days after the date the first insurance application is submitted. The individual shall be authorized to act as an agent for the appointing insurer for the kinds of insurance for which the insurer is authorized in this State and for which the appointed insurance producer is licensed in this State, unless specifically limited. For purposes of determining the number of appointments for an insurance producer, there shall be one appointment for each line of authority for which the appointed insurance producer is licensed in this State, unless specifically limited.
(c)	Repealed by Session Laws 2009‑566, s. 9, effective August 28, 2009.
(d)	Every insurer shall remit in a manner prescribed by the Commissioner the appointment fee specified in G.S. 58‑33‑125 for each appointed insurance producer.
(e)	An appointment shall continue in effect as long as the appointed insurance producer is properly licensed and the appointing insurer is authorized to transact business in this State, unless the appointment is cancelled.
(f)	Prior to April 1 of each year, every insurer shall remit in a manner prescribed by the Commissioner the renewal appointment fee specified in G.S. 58‑33‑125.
(g)	Repealed by Session Laws 2022‑46, s. 13(a), effective July 7, 2022.
(h)	Repealed by Session Laws 2009‑566, s. 9, effective August 28, 2009.  (1987, c. 629, s. 1; 2001‑203, s. 14; 2009‑383, s. 3; 2009‑566, ss. 7‑9; 2022‑46, s. 13(a).)

§ 58‑33‑45:  Repealed by Session Laws 2001‑203, s. 15.

§ 58‑33‑46.  Suspension, probation, revocation, or nonrenewal of licenses.
(a)	The Commissioner may place on probation, suspend, revoke, or refuse to renew any license issued under this Article, in accordance with the provisions of Article 3A of Chapter 150B of the General Statutes, for any one or more of the following causes:
(1)	Providing materially incorrect, misleading, incomplete, or materially untrue information in the license application.
(2)	Violating any insurance law of this or any other state, violating any administrative rule, subpoena, or order of the Commissioner or of another state's insurance regulator, or violating any rule of the FINRA.
(3)	Obtaining or attempting to obtain a license through misrepresentation or fraud.
(4)	Improperly withholding, misappropriating, or converting any monies or properties received in the course of doing insurance business.
(5)	Intentionally misrepresenting the terms of an actual or proposed insurance contract or application for insurance.
(6)	Having been convicted of a felony or a misdemeanor involving dishonesty, a breach of trust, or moral turpitude.
(7)	Having admitted or been found to have committed any insurance unfair trade practice or fraud.
(8)	Using fraudulent, coercive, or dishonest practices, or demonstrating incompetence, untrustworthiness, or financial irresponsibility in the conduct of business in this State or elsewhere.
(9)	Having an insurance producer license, or its equivalent, denied, suspended, or revoked in any other jurisdiction for reasons substantially similar to those listed in this subsection.
(10)	Forging another's name to an application for insurance or to any document related to an insurance transaction.
(11)	Willfully failing to provide the notification required by subsection (c) of this section.
(12)	Repealed by Session Laws 2022‑46, s. 13(a), effective July 7, 2022.
(12a)	Soliciting, negotiating, or selling insurance in this State for an unauthorized insurer, regardless of whether the licensee or applicant knew that the insurer was unauthorized. As used in this section, the terms "soliciting", "negotiating", and "selling" shall have the meaning of "solicit", "negotiate", and "sell", respectively, set forth in G.S. 58‑33‑10.
(13)	Failing to comply with an administrative or court order imposing a child support obligation, after entry of a final judgment or order finding the violation to have been willful.
(14)	Failing to pay State income tax or comply with any administrative or court order directing payment of State income tax, after entry of a final judgment or order finding the violation to have been willful.
(15)	Cheating on an examination for an insurance license or for a prelicensing or continuing education course, including improperly using notes or any other reference material to complete an examination for an insurance license or for a prelicensing or continuing education course.
(16)	Willfully overinsuring property.
(17)	Any cause for which issuance of the license could have been refused had it then existed and been known to the Commissioner at the time of issuance.
(b)	G.S. 58‑2‑50 applies to any investigation under this section. G.S. 58‑2‑70 applies to any person subject to licensure under this Article.
(c)	Any person licensed under this Article shall notify the Commissioner of the commencement of any bankruptcy, insolvency, or receivership proceeding affecting the person licensed, or upon making an assignment for the benefit of creditors of the person licensed. Each owner, manager, or officer of a business entity that is a licensed person shall be responsible for providing this notification. Any person responsible for notifying the Commissioner shall provide the notice within three business days after the commencement of the proceeding or the making of the assignment.
(d)	If the Commissioner refuses to grant a license, or suspends or revokes a license, any appointment of the applicant or licensee shall likewise be revoked. No individual whose license is revoked shall be issued another license without first complying with all requirements of this Article.
(e)	No person shall be issued a license or appointment to enter the employment of any other person, which other person is at that time found by the Commissioner to be in violation of any of the insurance laws of this State, or which other person has been in any manner disqualified under any state or federal law to engage in the insurance business.
(f)	The Commissioner shall retain the authority to enforce the provisions of, and impose any penalty or remedy authorized by, this Chapter against any person who is under investigation for or charged with a violation of this Chapter even if the person's license or registration has been surrendered or has lapsed by operation of law.  (2001‑203, s. 16; 2004‑166, s. 2; 2007‑507, ss. 5, 6; 2009‑566, s. 10; 2022‑46, s. 13(a).)

§ 58‑33‑48.  Criminal history record checks.
(a)	An applicant for an insurance producer or limited representative license under this Article shall furnish the Commissioner with a complete set of the applicant's fingerprints in a manner prescribed by the Commissioner. The applicant's fingerprints shall be certified by an authorized law enforcement officer. The fingerprints of every applicant shall be forwarded to the State Bureau of Investigation for a search of the applicant's criminal history record file, if any. If warranted, the State Bureau of Investigation shall forward a set of the fingerprints to the Federal Bureau of Investigation for a national criminal history record check. An applicant shall pay the cost of the State and any national criminal history record check of the applicant.
(b)	The Commissioner shall keep all information pursuant to this section privileged, in accordance with applicable State law and federal guidelines, and the information shall be confidential and shall not be a public record under Chapter 132 of the General Statutes.
(c)	This section does not apply to any of the following:
(1)	A person applying for renewal or continuation of a home state insurance producer license or a nonresident insurance producer license.
(2)	A person applying for a limited line credit insurance producer license.  (2009‑566, s. 4; 2019‑85, s. 1; 2022‑46, s. 13(a).)

§ 58‑33‑50.  Notices; loss of residency; duplicate licenses.
(a)	The Commissioner shall notify every appointing insurer about any suspension, revocation, or nonrenewal of a license by the Commissioner and about any surrender of a license by a licensee, whether by consent order or otherwise.
(b)	Upon suspension, revocation, nonrenewal, surrender, or reinstatement of any license, the Commissioner shall notify the Central Office of the NAIC.
(c)	Any licensee who ceases to maintain his residency in this State shall deliver his insurance license or licenses to the Commissioner by personal delivery or by mail within 30 days after terminating residency.
(d)	The Commissioner may issue a duplicate license for any lost, stolen, or destroyed license issued pursuant to this Article upon a written request from the licensee and payment of appropriate fees. (1987, c. 629, s. 1; 1993, c. 504, s. 29.)

§ 58‑33‑55:  Repealed by Session Laws 2001‑203, s. 17.

§ 58‑33‑56.  Notification to Commissioner of termination.
(a)	An insurer or authorized representative of the insurer that terminates the appointment, employment, contract, or other insurance business relationship with a producer or limited representative shall notify the Commissioner within 30 days after the effective date of the termination, using a form prescribed by the Commissioner, if the reason for termination is for or related to one of the causes listed in G.S. 58‑33‑46(a) or the insurer has knowledge the producer or a limited representative was found by a court, government body, or self‑regulatory organization authorized by law to have engaged in any of the activities in G.S. 58‑33‑46(a). Upon the written request of the Commissioner, the insurer shall provide additional information, documents, records, or other data pertaining to the termination or activity of the producer or limited representative.
(b)	An insurer or authorized representative of the insurer that terminates the appointment, employment, or contract with a producer or limited representative for any reason that is not for or related to one of the causes listed in G.S. 58‑33‑46(a) shall notify the Commissioner within 30 days after the effective date of the termination, using a form prescribed by the Commissioner. Upon written request of the Commissioner, the insurer shall provide additional information, documents, records, or other data pertaining to the termination.
(c)	The insurer or the authorized representative of the insurer shall promptly notify the Commissioner in a form acceptable to the Commissioner if, upon further review or investigation, the insurer discovers additional information that would have been reportable to the Commissioner in accordance with subsection (a) of this section had the insurer then known of its existence.
(d)	Within 15 days after making the notification required by subsections (a), (b), and (c) of this section, the insurer shall notify the producer or limited representative using a form prescribed by the Commissioner. If the producer or limited representative is terminated for cause for any of the reasons listed in G.S. 58‑33‑46(a), the insurer shall provide a copy of the notification to the producer or limited representative at the producer's or limited representative's last known address by certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or by overnight delivery using a nationally recognized carrier.
(e)	Within 30 days after the producer or limited representative has received the original or additional notification, the producer or limited representative may file written comments concerning the substance of the notification with the Commissioner. The producer or limited representative shall, by the same means, simultaneously send a copy of the comments to the reporting insurer, and the comments shall become a part of the Commissioner's file and accompany every copy of a report distributed or disclosed for any reason about the producer or limited representative as permitted under subsection (h) of this section.
(f)	In the absence of actual malice, neither an insurer, the authorized representative of the insurer, a producer, a limited representative, the Commissioner, an organization of which the Commissioner is a member, nor the respective employees and agents of such persons acting on behalf of such persons shall be subject to civil liability as a result of any statement or information provided pursuant to this section.
(g)	In any action brought against a person that may have immunity under subsection (f) of this section for making any statement required by this section or for providing any information relating to any statement that may be requested by the Commissioner, the party bringing the action shall plead specifically in any allegation that subsection (f) of this section does not apply because the person making the statement or providing the information did so with actual malice. Subsections (f) and (g) of this section do not abrogate or modify any existing statutory or common law privileges or immunities.
(h)	Notwithstanding any other provision of this Chapter, any documents, materials, or other information in the control or possession of the Commissioner or any organization of which the Commissioner is a member that is (i) furnished by an insurer, producer, limited representative, or an employee or agent thereof acting on behalf of the insurer, producer, or limited representative under this section, or (ii) obtained by the Commissioner in an investigation under this section shall be confidential by law and privileged, shall not be subject to or public records under G.S. 58‑2‑100 or Chapter 132 of the General Statutes, shall not be subject to subpoena, and shall not be subject to discovery in any civil action other than a proceeding brought by the Commissioner against a person to whom such documents, materials, or other information relate. However, the Commissioner is authorized to use the documents, materials, or other information in the furtherance of any regulatory or legal action brought as a part of the Commissioner's duties. Neither the Commissioner nor any person who received documents, materials, or other information while acting under the authority of the Commissioner shall be permitted or required to testify in any civil action other than a proceeding brought by the Commissioner against a person to whom such documents, materials, or other information relate concerning any such documents, materials, or information.
(i)	In order to assist in the performance of the Commissioner's duties under this Article, the Commissioner may:
(1)	Share documents, materials, or other information, including the confidential documents, materials, or information described in this section, with other state, federal, and international regulatory agencies, with the NAIC, its affiliates or subsidiaries, and with state, federal, and international law enforcement authorities. The Commissioner may condition such sharing on an agreement by the recipient to maintain the confidentiality and privileged status of the document, material, or other information;
(2)	Receive documents, materials, or information, including otherwise confidential and privileged documents, materials, or information from other state, federal, and international regulatory agencies, from the NAIC, its affiliates or subsidiaries, and from state, federal, and international law enforcement authorities, and may agree to maintain the confidential and privileged status of the document, material, or other information received under the laws of the jurisdiction that is the source of the document, material, or information; and
(3)	Enter into agreements governing sharing and use of information consistent with this subsection.
(j)	No waiver of any applicable privilege or claim of confidentiality in the documents, materials, or information shall occur as a result of disclosure to the Commissioner under this section or as a result of sharing as authorized in subsection (i) of this section.
(k)	Nothing in this Article prohibits the Commissioner from releasing final, adjudicated actions including for cause terminations that are open to public inspection under G.S. 58‑2‑100, to a database or other clearinghouse service maintained by the NAIC, its affiliates, or subsidiaries of the NAIC.
(l)	An insurer, the authorized representative of the insurer, producer, or limited representative that fails to report as required under this section or that is found to have reported with actual malice by a court of competent jurisdiction may, after notice and hearing, have its license suspended or revoked and may be fined in accordance with G.S. 58‑2‑70.  (2001‑203, s. 18; 2018‑120, s. 4.4; 2022‑46, s. 13(a).)

§ 58‑33‑60.  Countersignature and related laws.
Subject to the retaliatory provisions of G.S. 58‑33‑30(i), there shall be no requirement that a licensed resident insurance producer must countersign, solicit, transact, take, accept, deliver, record, or process in any manner an application, policy, contract, or any other form of insurance on behalf of a nonresident insurance producer or an authorized insurer; or share in the payment of commissions, if any, related to such business.  (1987, c. 629, s. 1; 2022‑46, s. 13(a).)

§ 58‑33‑65:  Repealed by Session Laws 2001‑203, s. 19.

§ 58‑33‑66.  Temporary licensing.
(a)	The Commissioner may issue a temporary insurance producer license for a period not to exceed 180 days or longer, for good cause, without requiring an examination if the Commissioner deems that the temporary license is necessary for the servicing of an insurance business in any of the following cases:
(1)	To the spouse or surviving spouse or court‑appointed personal representative or guardian of a licensed insurance producer who dies or becomes mentally or physically disabled to allow adequate time for the transfer of the insurance business owned by the producer, for the recovery or return of the producer to the business, or for the training and licensing of new personnel to operate the producer's business.
(2)	To a member or employee of a business entity licensed as an insurance producer, upon the death or disability of an individual designated in the business entity application or the license.
(3)	To the designee of a licensed insurance producer entering active service in the Armed Forces of the United States.
(4)	In any other circumstance where the Commissioner deems that the public interest will be served best by the issuance of this license.
(b)	The Commissioner may by order limit the authority of any temporary licensee in any way deemed necessary to protect insureds and the public. The Commissioner may require the temporary licensee to have a suitable sponsor who is a licensed producer or insurer and who assumes responsibility for all acts of the temporary licensee and may impose other similar requirements designed to protect insureds and the public. The Commissioner may by order revoke a temporary license if the interest of insureds or the public are endangered. A temporary license terminates upon the transfer of the business.
(c)	An individual requesting a temporary license on account of death or disability of a licensed insurance producer shall be licensed to represent only those insurers that had appointed such insurance producer at the time of death or commencement of disability.  (2001‑203, s. 20; 2011‑183, s. 42; 2022‑46, s. 13(a).)

§ 58‑33‑70.  Special provisions for adjusters and motor vehicle damage appraisers.
(a)	It shall be unlawful and cause for revocation of license for a licensed adjuster to engage in the practice of law.
(b)	On behalf and on request of an insurer by which an insurance producer or limited representative is appointed, the insurance producer or limited representative may from time to time act as an adjuster and investigate and report upon claims without being licensed as an adjuster. No insurance producer or limited representative shall adjust any losses where the insurance producer's or limited representative's remuneration for the sale of insurance is in any way dependent upon the adjustment of those losses.
(c)	Upon the filing of the application for an adjuster's license, the advance payment of the examination fee, and the filing with the Commissioner of a certificate signed by the applicant's employer, the Commissioner may issue a learner's permit authorizing the applicant to act as an adjuster for a learning period of 90 days without a requirement of any other license. Not more than one learner's permit shall ever be issued to one individual. The employer's certificate required by this subsection shall certify that:
(1)	The applicant is an individual of good character.
(2)	The applicant is employed by the signer of the certificate.
(3)	The applicant will operate as a student or learner under the instruction and general supervision of a licensed adjuster.
(4)	The employer will be responsible for the adjustment acts of the applicant during the learning period.
(d)	Repealed by Session Laws 1998‑211, s. 19, effective November 1, 1998.
(e)	The Commissioner may permit an experienced adjuster, who regularly adjusts in another state and who is licensed in the other state (if that state requires a license), to act as an adjuster in this State without a North Carolina license only for an insurance company authorized to do business in this State, for emergency insurance adjustment work, for a period to be determined by the Commissioner, done for an employer who is an adjuster licensed by this State or who is a regular employer of one or more adjusters licensed by this State; provided that the employer shall furnish to the Commissioner a notice in writing immediately upon the beginning of any such emergency insurance adjustment work. As used in this subsection, "emergency insurance adjustment work" includes, but is not limited to, (i) adjusting of a single loss or losses arising out of an event or catastrophe common to all of those losses or (ii) adjusting losses in any area declared to be a state of emergency or disaster by the Governor under G.S. 166A‑19.20 or G.S. 166A‑19.21 or by the President of the United States under applicable federal law.
(f)	The Commissioner may permit an experienced motor vehicle damage appraiser who is regularly appraising in another state and who is licensed in such other state (if that state requires a license) to act as a motor vehicle damage appraiser in this State without a North Carolina license for emergency motor vehicle damage appraisal work for a period not exceeding 30 days done for an employer who notifies the Commissioner, in writing, at the beginning of the period of emergency appraisal work and who is:
(1)	An insurance adjuster licensed by this State;
(2)	A motor vehicle damage appraiser licensed by this State;
(3)	A regular employer of one or more insurance adjusters licensed by this State; or
(4)	A regular employer of one or more motor vehicle damage appraisers licensed by this State.  (1987, c. 629, s. 1; 1998‑211, s. 19; 2012‑12, s. 2(l); 2013‑199, s. 22(c); 2022‑46, s. 13(a).)

§ 58‑33‑75.  Twisting with respect to insurance policies; penalties.
No licensee shall make or issue, or cause to be issued, any written or oral statement that willfully misrepresents or willfully makes an incomplete comparison as to the terms, conditions, or benefits contained in any policy of insurance for the purpose of inducing or attempting to induce a policyholder in any way to terminate or surrender, exchange, or convert any insurance policy. Any person who violates this section is subject to the provisions of G.S. 58‑2‑70 and G.S. 58‑33‑46. (1987, c. 629, s. 1; c. 864, s. 75; 2001‑203, s. 21.)

§ 58‑33‑76.  Referral of business to repair source; prohibitions.
(a)	No insurance company, insurance producer, adjuster or appraiser or any person employed to perform their service shall recommend the use of a particular service or source for the repair of property damage without clearly informing the claimant that the claimant is under no obligation to use the recommended repair service.
(b)	No insurance company, insurance producer, adjuster or appraiser or any person employed to perform their service shall accept any gratuity or other form of remuneration from a repair service for recommending that repair service to a claimant. Provided, however, discounts agreed to by repair services shall not violate this section.
(c)	Any person who violates this section is subject to the provisions of G.S. 58‑2‑70 and G.S. 58‑33‑46.  (1991, c. 386, s. 1; 1993, c. 525, s. 1; 2001‑203, s. 22; 2022‑46, s. 13(a).)

§ 58‑33‑80.  Discrimination forbidden.
No insurance producer or representative of any company doing the business of insurance as defined in G.S. 58‑7‑15 shall make any discrimination in favor of any person.  (1987, c. 629, s. 1; 2022‑46, s. 13(a).)

§ 58‑33‑82.  Commissions.
(a)	An insurance company, insurance producer, or limited representative shall not pay a commission, service fee, or other valuable consideration to a person for selling, soliciting, or negotiating insurance in this State if that person is required to be licensed under this Article and is not so licensed.
(b)	A person shall not accept a commission, service fee, brokerage, or other valuable consideration for selling, soliciting, or negotiating insurance in this State if that person is required to be licensed under this Article and is not so licensed.
(c)	Renewal or other deferred commissions may be paid to a person for selling, soliciting, or negotiating insurance in this State if the person was required to be licensed under this Article at the time of the sale, solicitation, or negotiation and was so licensed at that time.
(d)	Except as provided in subsection (e) of this section, only insurance producers who are duly licensed with appropriate company appointments, licensed limited lines producers, or licensed limited representatives may directly accept any commission, fee, or other valuable consideration for the sale, solicitation, or negotiation of insurance.
(d1)	Insurance producers may indirectly accept any commission, fee, or other valuable consideration for business brokered through an insurance producer that is appropriately appointed.
(e)	Commissions, fees, or other valuable consideration for the sale, solicitation, or negotiation of insurance may be assigned or directed to be paid in the following circumstances:
(1)	To a business entity by a person who is an owner, shareholder, member, partner, director, employee, or agent of that business entity.
(2)	To a producer or limited representative, in connection with renewals of insurance business originally sold by or through the licensed person or for other deferred commissions.
(3)	In connection with the indirect receipt of commissions in circumstances in which a license is not required under G.S. 58‑33‑26(n).  (2001‑203, s. 23; 2004‑199, s. 20(e); 2022‑46, s. 13(a).)

§ 58‑33‑83.  Assumed names.
An insurance producer doing business under any name other than the producer's legal name shall notify the Commissioner before using the assumed name. (2001‑203, s. 24; 2003‑221, s. 13.)

§ 58‑33‑85.  Rebates and charges in excess of premium prohibited; exceptions.
(a)	No insurer, insurance producer, or limited representative shall knowingly charge, demand or receive a premium for any policy of insurance except in accordance with the applicable filing approved by the Commissioner. No insurer, insurance producer, or limited representative shall pay, allow, or give, or offer to pay, allow, or give, directly or indirectly, as an inducement to insurance, or after insurance has been effected, any rebate, discount, abatement, credit, or reduction of the premium named in a policy of insurance, or any special favor or advantage in the dividends or other benefits to accrue thereon, or any valuable consideration or inducement whatever, not specified in the policy of insurance. No insured named in a policy of insurance, nor any employee of such insured, shall knowingly receive or accept, directly or indirectly, any such rebate, discount, abatement or reduction of premium, or any special favor or advantage or valuable consideration or inducement. Nothing herein contained shall be construed as prohibiting the payment of commissions or other compensation to duly licensed insurance producers and limited representatives, nor as prohibiting any participating insurer from distributing to its policyholders dividends, savings or the unused or unabsorbed portion of premiums and premium deposits. As used in this section the word "insurance" includes suretyship and the word "policy" includes bond.
(b)	No insurer, insurance producer, or limited representative shall knowingly charge to or demand or receive from an applicant for insurance any money or other consideration in return for the processing of applications or other forms or for the rendering of services associated with a contract of insurance, which money or other consideration is in addition to the premium for such contract, unless the applicant consents in writing before any services are rendered. This subsection does not apply to the charging or collection of any fees otherwise provided for by law.  (1987, c. 629, s. 1; c. 864, ss. 49, 89; 1989, c. 485, s. 52; 1991, c. 720, s. 4; 2001‑203, s. 25; 2022‑46, s. 13(a).)

§ 58‑33‑90.  Rebate of premiums on credit life and credit accident and health insurance; retention of funds by insurance producer.
It shall be unlawful for any insurance carrier, or officer, agent or representative of an insurance company writing credit life and credit accident and health insurance, as defined in G.S. 58‑58‑10 and G.S. 58‑51‑100, or combination credit life, accident and health, hospitalization and disability insurance in connection with loans, to permit any agent or representative of such company to retain any portion of funds received for the payment of losses incurred, or to be incurred, under such policies of insurance issued by such company, or to pay, allow, permit, give or offer to pay, allow, permit or give, directly, or indirectly, as an inducement to insurance, or after insurance has been effected, any rebate, discount, abatement, credit or reduction of the premium, to any loan agency, insurance agency or insurance producer, or to any creditor of the debtor on whose account the insurance was issued, or to any person, firm or corporation which received a commission or fee in connection with the issuance of such insurance: Provided, that this section shall not prohibit the payment of commissions to a licensed insurance producer or agency or limited representative on the sale of a policy of credit life and credit accident and health insurance, or combination credit life, accident and health, hospitalization and disability insurance in connection with loans.
It shall be unlawful for any agency, insurance producer, limited representative, or insured named in any such policy, or for any loan agency or broker, or any agent, officer or employee of any loan agency or broker to receive or accept, directly or indirectly, any such rebate, discount, abatement, credit or reduction of the premium as set out in this section.  (1987, c. 629, s. 1; 2022‑46, s. 13(a).)

§ 58‑33‑95.  Agents personally liable; representing unlicensed company prohibited; penalty.
(a)	Any person or entity who solicits, negotiates, or sells insurance or acts as a third‑party administrator in this State for an unauthorized insurer:
(1)	Is the representative of that insurer and shall be strictly liable for any losses or unpaid claims if an unauthorized insurer fails to pay in full or in part any claim or loss within the provisions of any insurance contract sold, directly or indirectly, by or through that person or entity on behalf of the unauthorized insurer. The liability imposed by this subsection shall be joint and several if more than one person violates this section.
(2)	Shall be guilty of a Class 1 misdemeanor if the person or entity does not know that the insurer is an unauthorized insurer. Each solicitation, negotiation, or sale shall constitute a separate offense.
(3)	Shall be guilty of a Class H felony if the person or entity knew or should have known that the insurer is an unauthorized insurer. Each solicitation, negotiation, or sale shall constitute a separate offense.
(b)	A civil action may be filed or a license revocation proceeding may be initiated under this section regardless of whether a criminal action is brought or a criminal conviction is obtained for the act alleged in the civil action or revocation proceeding.
(c)	For the purposes of this section, the status of an entity or person as an "unauthorized insurer" shall be determined in accordance with Article 28 of this Chapter and, if applicable, Article 49 of this Chapter.
(d)	As used in this section, "third‑party administrator" means a person who performs administrative functions, including claims administration and payment, marketing, premium accounting, premium billing, coverage verification, underwriting authority, or certificate issuance in regard to any kind of insurance; but does not include the persons specified in G.S. 58‑56‑2(5)a. through (5)l. (1987, c. 629, s. 1; 1993, c. 539, s. 457; 1994, Ex. Sess., c. 24, s. 14(c); 2004‑166, s. 1; 2006‑105, s. 2.8; 2007‑305, s. 5.)

§ 58‑33‑100.  Payment of premium to insurance producer valid; obtaining by fraud a crime.
(a)	Any insurance producer or limited representative who acts for a person other than himself negotiating a contract of insurance is, for the purpose of receiving the premium therefor, the company's agent, whatever conditions or stipulations may be contained in the policy or contract. This subsection does not apply to the Insurance Underwriting Association established under Article 45 of this Chapter or the Joint Underwriting Association established under Article 46 of this Chapter.
(b)	Any insurance producer or limited representative knowingly procuring by fraudulent representations payment, or the obligation for the payment, of a premium of insurance, shall be guilty of a Class 1 misdemeanor.  (1987, c. 629, s. 1; 1993, c. 539, s. 458; 1994, Ex. Sess., c. 24, s. 14(c); 1997‑498, s. 4; 2022‑46, s. 13(a).)

§ 58‑33‑105.  False statements in applications for insurance.
If any insurance producer, examining physician, applicant, or other person shall knowingly or willfully make any false or fraudulent statement or representation in or with reference to any application for insurance, or shall make any such statement for the purpose of obtaining any fee, commission, money or benefit from any company engaged in the business of insurance in this State, he shall be guilty of a Class 1 misdemeanor. This section shall also apply to contracts and certificates issued under Articles 65 through 67 of this Chapter.  (1987, c. 629, s. 1; 1993, c. 539, s. 459; 1994, Ex. Sess., c. 24, s. 14(c); 2022‑46, s. 13(a).)

§ 58‑33‑110.  Insurance producers signing certain blank policies.
Any insurance producer or limited representative who signs any blank contract or policy of insurance is guilty of a Class 3 misdemeanor and, upon conviction, shall be punished only by a fine of not less than one thousand dollars ($1,000) nor more than five thousand dollars ($5,000); provided, however, that transportation ticket policies of accident insurance and baggage insurance policies may be countersigned in blank for issuance only through coin‑operated machines, subject to regulations prescribed by the Commissioner.  (1987, c. 629, s. 1; 1993, c. 539, s. 460; 1994, Ex. Sess., c. 24, s. 14(c); 2022‑46, s. 13(a).)

§ 58‑33‑115.  Adjuster acting for unauthorized company.
If any person shall act as adjuster on a contract made otherwise than as authorized by the laws of this State, or by any insurance company or other person not regularly licensed to do business in this State, or shall adjust or aid in the adjustment, either directly or indirectly, of a claim arising under a contract of insurance not authorized by the laws of the State, he shall be deemed guilty of a Class 1 misdemeanor. (1987, c. 629, s. 1; 1993, c. 539, s. 461; 1994, Ex. Sess., c. 24, s. 14(c).)

§ 58‑33‑120.  Insurance producer, adjuster, etc., acting without a license or violating insurance law.
If any person shall assume to act either as principal, insurance producer, limited representative, adjuster or motor vehicle damage appraiser without license as is required by law or pretending to be a principal, insurance producer, limited representative, adjuster or licensed motor vehicle damage appraiser, shall solicit, examine or inspect any risk, or shall examine into, adjust, or aid in adjusting any loss, investigate or advise relative to the nature and amount of damages to motor vehicles or the amount necessary to effect repairs thereto, or shall receive, collect, or transmit any premium of insurance, or shall do any other act in the soliciting, making or executing any contract of insurance of any kind otherwise than the law permits, or as principal or insurance producer shall violate any provision of law contained in Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter, the punishment for which is not elsewhere provided for, he shall be deemed guilty of a Class 1 misdemeanor.  (1987, c. 629, s. 1; 1987 (Reg. Sess., 1988), c. 975, s. 11; 1993, c. 539, s. 462; 1994, Ex. Sess., c. 24, s. 14(c); 2022‑46, s. 13(a).)

§ 58‑33‑125.  Fees.
(a)	The following table indicates the annual fees that are required for the respective licenses issued, renewed, or cancelled under this Article and Article 21 of this Chapter:
Adjuster …………………………………………........................... $75.00
Adjuster, crop hail only ....................................................................  20.00
Insurance producer cancellation (paid by insurer) ...........................  10.00
Insurance producer appointment, individual ……............................  11.00
Insurance producer appointment, Medicare
supplement and long‑term care, individual..........................  10.00
Agent, overseas military ...................................................................  20.00
Business entity ................................................................................  100.00
Limited representative ......................................................................  20.00
Limited representative cancellation (paid by insurer) ......................  10.00
Motor vehicle damage appraiser .......................................................  75.00
Surplus lines licensee, corporate .....................................................  100.00
Surplus lines licensee, individual......................................................  50.00
(b)	Whenever a temporary license is issued under this Article, the fee shall be at the same rate as provided in subsection (a) of this section; and any amounts so paid for a temporary license may be credited against the fee required for an appointment by the sponsoring company.
(c)	Any person who is not licensed and who is required by law or administrative rule to secure a license shall, upon application for licensing, pay to the Commissioner a fee of fifty dollars ($50.00). If additional licensing for other lines of authority is requested, a fee of fifty dollars ($50.00) shall be paid to the Commissioner upon application for licensing for each additional kind of insurance.
In addition to the fees prescribed by this subsection, any person applying for a supplemental license to sell Medicare supplement and long‑term care insurance policies shall pay an additional fee of fifty dollars ($50.00) upon application for licensing for that line of authority.
(d)	The requirement for an examination, prelicensing education, continuing education, or a registration fee does not apply to agents for domestic farmers' mutual assessment fire insurance companies or associations who solicit and sell only those kinds of insurance specified in G.S. 58‑7‑75(5)d for those companies or associations.
(e)	Repealed by Session Laws 2022‑46, s. 13(a), effective July 7, 2022.
(f)	Repealed by Session Laws 2007‑507, s. 7, effective January 1, 2008, and applicable to fees or charges due, and actions occurring, on or after that date.
(g)	All fees prescribed by this section are nonrefundable. The fees in subsection (a) of this section are in lieu of any other license fees. The fee for an individual insurance producer appointment under subsection (a) of this section applies to each license.
(h)	Fees paid by an insurer on behalf of a person who is licensed or appointed to represent the insurer are payable to the Commissioner when billed. Billing of insurers for renewal fees must be on an annual basis. The frequency for billing insurers for other licensing and appointment fees is determined by the Commissioner and may be daily, monthly, or quarterly. An electronic payment made through the NAIC or an affiliate of NAIC is considered a payment to the Commissioner.  (1987, c. 629, s. 1; c. 864, ss. 84, 85; 1989 (Reg. Sess., 1990), c. 941, ss. 4‑5; c. 1021, s. 9; c. 1069, s. 14; 1991, c. 476, s. 3; c. 721, s. 7; 1991 (Reg. Sess., 1992), c. 837, s. 3; 2000‑122, s. 1; 2007‑507, s. 7; 2008‑107, s. 29.10(a); 2010‑194, s. 8; 2011‑326, s. 15(h); 2022‑46, s. 13(a).)

§ 58‑33‑130.  Continuing education program for licensees.
(a)	The Commissioner may adopt rules to provide for a program of continuing education requirements for the purpose of enhancing the professional competence and professional responsibility of adjusters and motor vehicle damage appraisers. The rules may include criteria for:
(1)	The content of continuing education courses;
(2)	Accreditation of continuing education sponsors and programs;
(3)	Accreditation of videotape or other audiovisual programs;
(4)	Computation of credit;
(5)	Special cases and exemptions;
(6)	General compliance procedures; and
(7)	Sanctions for noncompliance.
The Commissioner may contract directly with persons for the administration of the program provided for by this section, and those contracts shall not be subject to Article 3 of Chapter 143 of the General Statutes. However, the Commissioner shall: (i) submit all proposed contracts for supplies, materials, printing, equipment, and contractual services that exceed one million dollars ($1,000,000) authorized by this subsection to the Attorney General or the Attorney General's designee for review as provided in G.S. 114‑8.3; and (ii) include in all contracts to be awarded by the Commissioner under this subsection a standard clause which provides that the State Auditor and internal auditors of the Commissioner may audit the records of the contractor during and after the term of the contract to verify accounts and data affecting fees and performance. The Commissioner shall not award a cost plus percentage of cost agreement or contract for any purpose. The Commissioner may charge a reasonable fee to course providers to offset the cost of the program, including costs associated with contracts authorized by this subsection. The fee authorized by this subsection shall be in addition to the fees specified in G.S. 58‑33‑133. As used in this section and in G.S. 58‑33‑132, "administrator" means any person with whom the Commissioner has contracted under this subsection.
(b)	The Commissioner may adopt rules to provide for the continuing professional education of all insurance producers who are licensed to sell, solicit, and negotiate the lines of authority specified in G.S. 58‑33‑26(c1)(1), (2), (4), (6), (7), or (8). In adopting the rules, the Commissioner may use the same criteria as specified in subsection (a) of this section.
(c)	The license of any person who fails to comply with the continuing education requirements under this section shall lapse except that the Commissioner or administrator may either grant an extension of time for good cause shown or charge an administrative fee of seventy‑five dollars ($75.00), or both, in lieu of having the person's license lapse.
(d)	Biennial continuing professional education hour requirements shall be determined by the Commissioner, but shall not be more than 24 credit hours. The Commissioner may by rule establish a staggered system in which the credit hour compliance period is based on the month and year of birth of each individual licensee.
(e)	Repealed by Session Laws 2007‑507, s. 8, effective January 1, 2008, and applicable to fees or charges due, and actions occurring, on or after that date.
(f)	Repealed by Session Laws 1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 678, s. 18, effective July 5, 1994.
(g)	Repealed by Session Laws 2007‑507, s. 8, effective January 1, 2008, and applicable to fees or charges due, and actions occurring, on or after that date.
(h)	Any licensee who, after obtaining an extension under subsection (c) of this section, offers evidence satisfactory to the Commissioner or administrator that the licensee has satisfactorily completed the required continuing professional education courses is in compliance with this section.
(i)	The Commissioner is authorized to approve continuing professional education courses.
(j)	Repealed by Session Laws 2002‑144, s. 3, as amended by Session Laws 2003‑284, s. 22.2, and as amended by Session Laws 2004‑124, s. 21.1, effective July 1, 2002.
(k)	Repealed by Session Laws 1993, c. 409, s. 4, effective July 1, 1993.  (1989, c. 657, s. 1; 1989 (Reg. Sess., 1990), c. 941, s. 6; 1991, c. 476, s. 2; c. 554, s. 1; c. 720, s. 22; 1993, c. 409, s. 4; 1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 678, s. 18; 1998‑211, ss. 20, 21; 2002‑144, s. 3; 2003‑284, s. 22.2; 2004‑124, s. 21.1; 2007‑507, s. 8; 2010‑194, s. 9; 2011‑326, s. 15(i); 2022‑46, s. 13(a).)

§ 58‑33‑132.  Qualifications of instructors.
(a)	The Commissioner may adopt rules to establish requisite qualifications for and issuance, renewal, summary suspension, and termination of provider, presenter, and instructor authority for prelicensing and continuing insurance education courses. During any suspension, the instructor shall not engage in any instruction of prelicensing or continuing insurance education courses prior to an administrative review. No person shall provide, present, or instruct any course unless that person has been qualified and possesses a license from the Commissioner or administrator.
(b)	The Commissioner or administrator may summarily suspend or terminate the authority of an instructor, course provider, or presenter if the course presentation:
(1)	Is determined to be inaccurate; or
(2)	Receives an evaluation of poor from any Department monitor and a majority of attendees responding to Department questionnaires about the presentation. (1995, c. 517, s. 17; 1999‑132, s. 9.1; 2007‑507, s. 9.)

§ 58‑33‑133.  Continuing education course provider fees.
(a)	Each course provider shall pay to the Commissioner a fee of one dollar ($1.00) per approved credit hour per individual who successfully completes a course under G.S. 58‑33‑130.
(b)	At the time a course provider submits an application to the Commissioner for approval of a course under G.S. 58‑33‑130, the provider shall pay to the Commissioner a filing fee of one hundred dollars ($100.00) per course up to a two thousand five hundred dollars ($2,500) per calendar year maximum.
(b1)	Licensees who are required to comply with G.S. 58‑33‑130 shall pay to the Commissioner a fee of one dollar ($1.00) per credit hour earned. These fees also apply to national designation courses and other courses approved by the Commissioner from other State or federal programs.
(c)	Fees collected by the Commissioner under this section and under G.S. 58‑33‑130 shall be credited to the Insurance Regulatory Fund created under G.S. 58‑6‑25 for the purpose of offsetting the cost of administering the program authorized by G.S. 58‑33‑130. (2002‑144, s. 2; 2003‑221, s. 5; 2003‑284, s. 22.2; 2004‑124, s. 21.1; 2007‑507, s. 10.)

§ 58‑33‑135.  Continuing education advisory committee.
(a)	The Commissioner shall appoint, in accordance with G.S. 58‑2‑30, one advisory committee for property and casualty insurance licensees and one advisory committee for life and accident and health or sickness insurance licensees. The advisory committees shall recommend reasonable rules to the Commissioner for promulgation under G.S. 58‑33‑130. The Commissioner may adopt, reject, or modify such recommendations. After the promulgation of rules under G.S. 58‑33‑130, the committees may from time to time make further recommendations to the Commissioner for additional rules or changes in existing rules.
(b)	The property and casualty advisory committee shall comprise:
(1)	Two employees of the Department of Insurance;
(2)	Two representatives from a list of four nominees submitted by the Independent Insurance Agents of North Carolina;
(3)	Repealed by Session Laws 1999‑132, s. 6.3.
(4)	One representative of a licensed property and liability insurance company writing business in this State that operates through an exclusive agency force;
(5)	One representative from a list of two nominees submitted by the North Carolina Adjusters Association;
(6)	One representative of property and liability insurers from a list of two nominees submitted by the Association of North Carolina Property and Casualty Insurance Companies; and
(7)	One representative from a list of two nominees submitted by the Community Colleges System Office.
(c)	The life and accident and health or sickness advisory committee shall comprise:
(1)	Two employees of the Department of Insurance, which may be the same persons appointed under the subsection (b) of this section;
(2)	One representative from a list of two nominees submitted by the North Carolina Association of Life Underwriters;
(3)	One representative of life and health insurers from a list of two nominees submitted by the Association of North Carolina Life Insurance Companies;
(4)	One representative from a list of two nominees submitted by the General Agents and Managers Conference;
(5)	One representative from a licensed medical or hospital service corporation;
(6)	One licensed accident and health or sickness insurance producer from a list of two nominees submitted by the North Carolina Association of Health Underwriters;
(7)	One representative of a licensed life or health insurer writing business in this State that operates through an exclusive agency force;
(8)	One representative from a list of two nominees submitted by the North Carolina Fraternal Congress; and
(9)	One representative from a list of two nominees submitted by the Community Colleges System Office.  (1989, c. 657, s. 1; 1999‑84, ss. 17, 18; 1999‑132, s. 6.3; 2022‑46, s. 13(a).)

Article 33A.
Public Adjusters.
§ 58‑33A‑1.  Purpose and scope.
This Article governs the qualifications and procedures for the licensing of public adjusters. It specifies the duties of and restrictions on public adjusters, which include limiting their licensure to assisting insureds in first‑party claims.  (2009‑565, s. 1.)

§ 58‑33A‑5.  Definitions.
(1)	Business entity. – A corporation, association, partnership, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, or other legal entity.
(2)	Catastrophic incident. – As defined in the National Response Framework, any natural or man‑made incident, including terrorism, that results in extraordinary levels of mass casualties, damage, or disruption severely affecting the population, infrastructure, environment, economy, national morale, and/or government functions. A catastrophic incident shall be declared by the President of the United States or the Governor of the state or district in which the disaster occurred. If state and local resources are insufficient, the Governor may ask the President of the United States to make such a declaration.
(3)	Fingerprints. – An impression of the lines on the finger taken for purpose of identification. The impression may be electronic or in ink converted to electronic format.
(4)	Home state. – The District of Columbia and any state or territory of the United States in which the public adjuster's principal place of residence or principal place of business is located. If neither the state in which the public adjuster maintains the principal place of residence nor the state in which the public adjuster maintains the principal place of business has a substantially similar law governing public adjusters, the public adjuster may declare another state in which it becomes licensed and acts as a public adjuster to be the home state.
(5)	Individual. – A natural person.
(6)	Person. – An individual or a business entity.
(7)	Public adjuster. – Any person who, for compensation or any other thing of value on behalf of the insured, does any of the following:
a.	Acts or aids, solely in relation to first‑party claims arising under insurance contracts that insure the real or personal property of the insured, on behalf of an insured in negotiating for, or effecting the settlement of, a claim for loss or damage covered by an insurance contract.
b.	Advertises for employment as a public adjuster of insurance claims or solicits business or represents himself or herself to the public as a public adjuster of first‑party insurance claims for losses or damages arising out of policies of insurance that insure real or personal property.
c.	Directly or indirectly solicits business, investigates or adjusts losses, or advises an insured about first‑party claims for losses or damages arising out of policies of insurance that insure real or personal property for another person engaged in the business of adjusting losses or damages covered by an insurance policy for the insured.
(8)	Uniform business entity application. – The current version of the NAIC Uniform Business Entity Application for resident and nonresident business entities.
(9)	Uniform individual application. – The current version of the NAIC Uniform Individual Application for resident and nonresident individuals.  (2009‑565, s. 1.)

§ 58‑33A‑10.  License required.
(a)	A person shall not act or hold himself or herself out as a public adjuster in this State unless the person is licensed as a public adjuster in accordance with this Article.
(b)	A person licensed as a public adjuster shall not misrepresent to a claimant that he or she is an adjuster representing an insurer in any capacity, including acting as an employee of the insurer or acting as an independent adjuster unless so appointed by an insurer in writing to act on the insurer's behalf for that specific claim or purpose. A licensed public adjuster is prohibited from charging that specific claimant a fee when appointed by the insurer and the appointment is accepted by the public adjuster.
(c)	A business entity acting as a public adjuster is required to obtain a public adjuster license. Application shall be made using the uniform business entity application. Before approving the application, the Commissioner shall find all of the following:
(1)	The business entity has paid the fees set forth in G.S. 58‑33‑125.
(2)	The business entity has designated a licensed public adjuster responsible for the business entity's compliance with the insurance laws and regulations of this State.
(d)	Notwithstanding subsections (a) through (c) of this section, a license as a public adjuster shall not be required of any of the following:
(1)	An attorney‑at‑law admitted to practice in this State, when acting in his or her professional capacity as an attorney.
(2)	A person who negotiates or settles claims arising under a life or health insurance policy or an annuity contract.
(3)	A person employed only for the purpose of obtaining facts surrounding a loss or furnishing technical assistance to a licensed public adjuster, including photographers, estimators, private investigators, engineers, and handwriting experts.
(4)	A licensed health care provider, or employee of a licensed health care provider, who prepares or files a health claim form on behalf of a patient.
(5)	A person who settles subrogation claims between insurers.  (2009‑565, s. 1.)

§ 58‑33A‑15.  Application for license.
(a)	A person applying for a public adjuster license shall apply to the Commissioner on the appropriate uniform application or other application prescribed by the Commissioner.
(b)	The applicant shall declare under penalty of perjury and under penalty of refusal, suspension, or revocation of the license that the statements made in the application are true, correct, and complete to the best of the applicant's knowledge and belief.
(c)	An applicant for a license under this Article shall furnish the Commissioner with a complete set of the applicant's fingerprints in a manner prescribed by the Commissioner and a recent passport size full‑face photograph of the applicant. The applicant's fingerprints shall be certified by an authorized law enforcement officer. The fingerprints of every applicant shall be forwarded to the State Bureau of Investigation for a search of the applicant's criminal history record file, if any. If warranted, the State Bureau of Investigation shall forward a set of the fingerprints to the Federal Bureau of Investigation for a national criminal history record check. An applicant shall pay the cost of the State and any national criminal history record check of the applicant. This subsection does not apply to a person applying for renewal or continuation of a home state public adjuster license or a nonresident public adjuster license.
(d)	In addition, if an applicant described in subsection (b) of this section is a business entity, each key person must furnish the Commissioner a complete set of the key person's fingerprints and a recent passport size full‑face photograph of the applicant. The key person's fingerprints shall be certified by an authorized law enforcement officer. The fingerprints of every key person shall be forwarded to the State Bureau of Investigation for a search of the applicant's criminal history record file, if any. If warranted, the State Bureau of Investigation shall forward a set of the fingerprints to the Federal Bureau of Investigation for a national criminal history record check. Each key person shall pay the cost of the State and any national criminal history record check of the key person. As used in this subsection, "key person" means a proposed officer, director, or any other individual who will be in a position to influence the operating decisions of the business entity. This subsection does not apply to a person applying for renewal or continuation of a home state public adjuster license or a nonresident public adjuster license.
(e)	The Commissioner shall keep all information received pursuant to subsections (c) and (d) of this section privileged, in accordance with applicable State and federal law, and the information shall be confidential and shall not be a public record under Chapter 132 of the General Statutes.  (2009‑565, s. 1.)

§ 58‑33A‑20.  Resident license.
(a)	Before issuing a public adjuster license to an applicant under this section, the Commissioner shall find that the applicant meets all of the following criteria:
(1)	Is eligible to designate this State as his or her home state or is a nonresident who is not eligible for a license under G.S. 58‑33A‑35.
(2)	Has not committed any act that is a ground for denial, suspension, or revocation of a license as set forth in G.S. 58‑33A‑45.
(3)	Is trustworthy, reliable, and of good reputation, evidence of which may be determined by the Commissioner.
(4)	Is financially responsible to exercise the license and has provided proof of financial responsibility as required in G.S. 58‑33A‑50.
(5)	Has paid the fees set forth in G.S. 58‑33‑125.
(6)	Maintains an office in the home state of residence with public access by reasonable appointment and/or regular business hours. This includes a designated office within a home state of residence.
(b)	In addition to satisfying the requirements of subsection (a) of this section, an individual shall:
(1)	Be at least 18 years of age; and
(2)	Have successfully passed the public adjuster examination.
(c)	The Commissioner may require any documents reasonably necessary to verify the information contained in the application.  (2009‑565, s. 1.)

§ 58‑33A‑25.  Examination.
(a)	An individual applying for a public adjuster license under this act shall pass a written examination unless exempt pursuant to G.S. 58‑33A‑30. The examination shall test the knowledge of the individual concerning the duties and responsibilities of a public adjuster and the insurance laws and regulations of this State. Examinations required by this section shall be developed and conducted under rules and regulations prescribed by the Commissioner.
(b)	The Commissioner may make arrangements, including contracting with an outside testing service, for administering examinations and collecting the nonrefundable fee set forth in G.S. 58‑33‑125.
(c)	Each individual applying for an examination shall remit a nonrefundable fee as prescribed by the Commissioner as set forth in G.S. 58‑33‑125.
(d)	An individual who fails to appear for the examination as scheduled or fails to pass the examination shall reapply for an examination and remit all required fees and forms before being rescheduled for another examination.  (2009‑565, s. 1.)

§ 58‑33A‑30.  Exemptions from examination.
(a)	An individual who applies for a public adjuster license in this State who was previously licensed as a public adjuster in another state based on a public adjuster examination shall not be required to complete any prelicensing examination. This exemption is only available if the person is currently licensed in that state or if the application is received within 12 months of the cancellation of the applicant's previous license and if the prior state issues a certification that, at the time of cancellation, the applicant was in good standing in that state or the state's producer database records or records maintained by the NAIC, its affiliates, or subsidiaries indicate that the public adjuster is or was licensed in good standing.
(b)	A person licensed as a public adjuster in another state based on a public adjuster examination who moves to this State shall apply within 90 days after establishing legal residence to become a resident licensee pursuant to G.S. 58‑33A‑20. No prelicensing examination shall be required of that person to obtain a public adjuster license.
(c)	An individual who applies for a public adjuster license in this State who was previously licensed as a public adjuster in this State shall not be required to complete any prelicensing examination. This exemption is only available if the application is received within 12 months after the cancellation of the applicant's previous license in this State and if, at the time of cancellation, the applicant was in good standing in this State.  (2009‑565, s. 1.)

§ 58‑33A‑35.  Nonresident license reciprocity.
(a)	Unless denied licensure pursuant to G.S. 58‑33A‑45, a nonresident person shall receive a nonresident public adjuster license if the person meets all of the following criteria:
(1)	The person is currently licensed as a resident public adjuster and in good standing in his or her home state.
(2)	The person has submitted the proper request for licensure, has paid the fees required by G.S. 58‑33‑125, and has provided proof of financial responsibility as required in G.S. 58‑33A‑50.
(3)	The person has submitted or transmitted to the Commissioner the appropriate completed application for licensure.
(4)	The person's home state awards nonresident public adjuster licenses to residents of this State on the same basis.
(b)	The Commissioner may verify the public adjuster's licensing status through the producer database maintained by the NAIC, its affiliates, or subsidiaries.
(c)	As a condition to continuation of a public adjuster license issued under this section, the licensee shall maintain a resident public adjuster license in his or her home state. The nonresident public adjuster license issued under this section shall terminate and be surrendered immediately to the Commissioner if the home state public adjuster license terminates for any reason, unless the public adjuster has been issued a license as a resident public adjuster in his or her new home state. Notification to the state or states where nonresident license is issued must be made as soon as possible, yet no later than 30 days after change in new state resident license. Licensee shall include new and old address. A new state resident license is required for nonresident licenses to remain valid. The new state resident license must have reciprocity with the licensing nonresident state(s) for the nonresident license not to terminate.  (2009‑565, s. 1.)

§ 58‑33A‑40.  License.
(a)	Unless denied licensure under this Article, persons who have met the requirements of this Article shall be issued a public adjuster license.
(b)	A public adjuster license shall remain in effect unless revoked, terminated, or suspended as long as the request for renewal and fee set forth in G.S. 58‑33‑125 is paid and any other requirements for license renewal are met by the due date.
(c)	The licensee shall inform the Commissioner by any means acceptable to the Commissioner of a change of address, change of legal name, or change of information submitted on the application within 30 days after the change.
(d)	A licensed public adjuster shall be subject to Article 63 of this Chapter.
(e)	A public adjuster who allows his or her license to lapse may, within 12 months from the due date of the renewal, be issued a new public adjuster license upon the Commissioner's receipt of the request for renewal. However, an administrative fee in the amount of double the unpaid renewal fee shall be required for the issuance of the new public adjuster license. The new public adjuster license shall be effective the date the Commissioner receives the request for renewal and the late payment penalty.
(f)	Any public adjuster licensee that fails to apply for renewal of a license before expiration of the current license shall pay a lapsed license fee of twice the license fee and be subject to other penalties as provided by law before the license will be renewed. If the Department receives the request for reinstatement and the required lapsed license fee within 60 days after the date the license lapsed, the Department shall reinstate the license retroactively to the date the license lapsed. If the Department receives the request for reinstatement and the required lapsed license fee after 60 days but within one year of the date the license lapsed, the Department shall reinstate the license prospectively with the date the license is reinstated. If the person applies for reinstatement more than one year from the date of lapse, the person shall reapply for the license under this Article.
(g)	A licensed public adjuster who is unable to comply with license renewal procedures because of military service, a long‑term medical disability, or some other extenuating circumstance may request a waiver of those procedures. The public adjuster may also request a waiver of any examination requirement, fine, or other sanction imposed for failure to comply with renewal procedures.
(h)	The license shall contain the licensee's name, city and state of business address, personal identification number, the date of issuance, the expiration date, and any other information the Commissioner deems necessary.
(i)	In order to assist in the performance of the Commissioner's duties, the Commissioner may contract with nongovernmental entities, including the NAIC or any affiliates or subsidiaries that the NAIC oversees, to perform any ministerial functions related to licensing, including the collection of fees and data, that the Commissioner may deem appropriate.  (2009‑565, s. 1.)

§ 58‑33A‑45.  License denial, nonrenewal, or revocation.
(a)	The Commissioner may place on probation, suspend, revoke, or refuse to issue or renew a public adjuster's license or may levy a civil penalty in accordance with G.S. 58‑2‑70 or any combination of actions for any one or more of the following causes:
(1)	Providing incorrect, misleading, incomplete, or materially untrue information in the license application.
(2)	Violating any insurance laws or violating any regulation, subpoena, or order of the Commissioner or of another state's insurance regulator.
(3)	Obtaining or attempting to obtain a license through misrepresentation or fraud.
(4)	Improperly withholding, misappropriating, or converting any monies or properties received in the course of doing insurance business.
(5)	Intentionally misrepresenting the terms of an actual or proposed insurance contract or application for insurance.
(6)	Having been convicted of a felony or a misdemeanor involving dishonesty or breach of trust.
(7)	Having admitted or been found to have committed any insurance unfair trade practice or insurance fraud.
(8)	Using fraudulent, coercive, or dishonest practices or demonstrating incompetence, untrustworthiness, or financial irresponsibility in the conduct of business in this State or elsewhere.
(9)	Having an insurance license, or its equivalent, denied, suspended, or revoked in any other state, province, district, or territory.
(10)	Forging another's name to an application for insurance or to any document related to an insurance transaction.
(11)	Cheating, including improperly using notes or any other reference material, to complete an examination for an insurance license.
(12)	Knowingly accepting insurance business from an individual who is not licensed but who is required to be licensed by the Commissioner.
(13)	Failing to comply with an administrative or court order imposing a child support obligation.
(14)	Failing to pay state income tax or comply with any administrative or court order directing payment of state income tax.
(b)	If the action by the Commissioner is to deny an application for or not renew a license, the Commissioner shall notify the applicant or licensee and advise, in writing, the applicant or licensee of the reason for the nonrenewal or denial of the applicant's or licensee's license. The applicant or licensee may make written demand upon the Commissioner in accordance with Article 3A of Chapter 150B of the General Statutes for a hearing before the Commissioner to determine the reasonableness of the Commissioner's action. The hearing shall be held pursuant to Article 3A of Chapter 150B of the General Statutes.
(c)	The license of a business entity may be suspended, revoked, or refused if the Commissioner finds, after hearing, that an individual licensee's violation was known or should have been known by one or more of the partners, officers, or managers acting on behalf of the business entity and the violation was neither reported to the Commissioner nor corrective action taken.
(d)	In addition to or in lieu of any applicable denial, suspension, or revocation of a license, a person may, after hearing, be subject to a civil penalty according to G.S. 58‑2‑70.
(e)	The Commissioner shall retain the authority to enforce the provisions of and impose any penalty or remedy authorized by this Chapter against any person who is under investigation for or charged with a violation of this Chapter, even if the person's license or registration has been surrendered or has lapsed by operation of law.  (2009‑565, s. 1.)

§ 58‑33A‑50.  Bond or letter of credit.
(a)	Before issuance of a license as a public adjuster and for the duration of the license, the applicant shall secure evidence of financial responsibility in a format prescribed by the Commissioner through any of the following instruments:
(1)	A bond executed and issued by an insurer authorized to issue bonds in this State which meets all of the following requirements:
a.	It shall be in the minimum amount of twenty thousand dollars ($20,000).
b.	It shall be in favor of this State and shall specifically authorize recovery by the Commissioner on behalf of any person in this State who sustained damages as the result of erroneous acts, failure to act, conviction of fraud, or conviction of unfair practices in his or her capacity as a public adjuster.
c.	It shall not be terminated unless at least 30 days' prior written notice will have been filed with the Commissioner and given to the licensee.
(2)	An irrevocable letter of credit issued by a qualified financial institution, which meets all of the following requirements:
a.	It shall be in the minimum amount of twenty thousand dollars ($20,000).
b.	It shall be to an account to the Commissioner and subject to lawful levy of execution on behalf of any person to whom the public adjuster has been found to be legally liable as the result of erroneous acts, failure to act, fraudulent acts, or unfair practices in his or her capacity as a public adjuster.
c.	It shall not be terminated unless at least 30 days' prior written notice will have been filed with the Commissioner and given to the licensee.
(b)	The issuer of the evidence of financial responsibility shall notify the Commissioner upon termination of the bond or letter of credit, unless otherwise directed by the Commissioner.
(c)	The Commissioner may ask for the evidence of financial responsibility at any time he or she deems relevant.
(d)	The authority to act as a public adjuster shall automatically terminate if the evidence of financial responsibility terminates or becomes impaired.  (2009‑565, s. 1.)

§ 58‑33A‑55.  Continuing education.
(a)	An individual who holds a public adjuster license and who is not exempt under subsection (b) of this section shall satisfactorily complete a minimum of 24 hours of continuing education courses, including ethics, reported on a biennial basis in conjunction with the license renewal cycle.
(b)	This section shall not apply to any of the following:
(1)	Licensees not licensed for one full year before the end of the applicable continuing education biennium.
(2)	Licensees holding nonresident public adjuster licenses who have met the continuing education requirements of their home state and whose home state gives credit to residents of this State on the same basis.
(c)	Only continuing education courses approved by the Commissioner shall be used to satisfy the continuing education requirement of subsection (a) of this section.  (2009‑565, s. 1.)

§ 58‑33A‑60.  Public adjuster fees.
(a)	A public adjuster shall not pay a commission, service fee, or other valuable consideration to a person for investigating or settling claims in this State if that person is required to be licensed under this Article and is not so licensed.
(b)	A person shall not accept a commission, service fee, or other valuable consideration for investigating or settling claims in this State if that person is required to be licensed under this Article and is not so licensed.
(c)	A public adjuster may pay or assign commission, service fees, or other valuable consideration to persons who do not investigate or settle claims in this State, unless the payment would violate G.S. 58‑33‑85 or G.S. 58‑63‑15(8).
(d)	In the event of a catastrophic incident, there shall be limits on catastrophic fees. No public adjuster shall charge, agree to, or accept as compensation or reimbursement any payment, commission, fee, or other thing of value equal to more than ten percent (10%) of any insurance settlement or proceeds. No public adjuster shall require, demand, or accept any fee, retainer, compensation, deposit, or other thing of value before settlement of a claim.  (2009‑565, s. 1.)

§ 58‑33A‑65.  Contract between public adjuster and insured.
(a)	Public adjusters shall ensure that all contracts for their services are in writing and contain all of the following terms:
(1)	Legible full name of the adjuster signing the contract, as specified in Department records.
(2)	Permanent home state business address and phone number.
(3)	Department license number.
(4)	Title of "Public Adjuster Contract."
(5)	The insured's full name, street address, insurance company name and policy number, if known or upon notification.
(6)	A description of the loss and its location, if applicable.
(7)	Description of services to be provided to the insured.
(8)	Signatures of the public adjuster and the insured.
(9)	Date contract was signed by the public adjuster and date the contract was signed by the insured.
(10)	Attestation language stating that the public adjuster is fully bonded pursuant to State law.
(11)	Full salary, fee, commission, compensation, or other considerations the public adjuster is to receive for services.
(b)	The contract may specify that the public adjuster shall be named as a co‑payee on an insurer's payment of a claim.
(1)	If the compensation is based on a share of the insurance settlement, the exact percentage shall be specified.
(2)	Initial expenses to be reimbursed to the public adjuster from the proceeds of the claim payment shall be specified by type, with dollar estimates set forth in the contract and with any additional expenses first approved by the insured.
(3)	Compensation provisions in a public adjusting contract shall not be redacted in any copy of the contract provided to the Commissioner. Such a redaction shall constitute an omission of material fact in violation of Article 63 of this Chapter.
(c)	If the insurer, not later than 72 hours after the date on which the loss is reported to the insurer, either pays or commits in writing to pay to the insured the policy limit of the insurance policy, the public adjuster shall comply with all of the following:
(1)	Not receive a commission consisting of a percentage of the total amount paid by an insurer to resolve a claim.
(2)	Inform the insured that loss recovery amount might not be increased by insurer.
(3)	Be entitled only to reasonable compensation from the insured for services provided by the public adjuster on behalf of the insured, based on the time spent on a claim and expenses incurred by the public adjuster, until the claim is paid or the insured receives a written commitment to pay from the insurer.
(d)	A public adjuster shall provide the insured a written disclosure concerning any direct or indirect financial interest that the public adjuster has with any other party who is involved in any aspect of the claim, other than the salary, fee, commission, or other consideration established in the written contract with the insured, including, but not limited to, any ownership of, other than as a minority stockholder, or any compensation expected to be received from any construction firm, salvage firm, building appraisal firm, motor vehicle repair shop, or any other firm that provides estimates for work, or that performs any work, in conjunction with damages caused by the insured loss on which the public adjuster is engaged. The word "firm" shall include any corporation, partnership, association, joint‑stock company, or person.
(e)	A public adjuster contract may not contain any contract term that includes any of the following terms:
(1)	Allows the public adjuster's percentage fee to be collected when money is due from an insurance company but not paid, or that allows a public adjuster to collect the entire fee from the first check issued by an insurance company rather than as a percentage of each check issued by an insurance company.
(2)	Requires the insured to authorize an insurance company to issue a check only in the name of the public adjuster.
(3)	Imposes collection costs or late fees.
(4)	Precludes a public adjuster from pursuing civil remedies.
(f)	Before the signing of the contract, the public adjuster shall provide the insured with a separate disclosure document regarding the claim process that states:
(1)	Property insurance policies obligate the insured to present a claim to his or her insurance company for consideration. There are three types of adjusters that could be involved in that process. The definitions of the three types are as follows:
a.	"Company adjuster" means the insurance adjusters who are employees of an insurance company. They represent the interest of the insurance company and are paid by the insurance company. They will not charge you a fee.
b.	"Independent adjuster" means the insurance adjusters who are hired on a contract basis by an insurance company to represent the insurance company's interest in the settlement of the claim. They are paid by your insurance company. They will not charge you a fee.
c.	"Public adjuster" means the insurance adjusters who do not work for any insurance company. They work for the insured to assist in the preparation, presentation, and settlement of the claim. The insured hires them by signing a contract agreeing to pay them a fee or commission based on a percentage of the settlement or other method of compensation.
(2)	The insured is not required to hire a public adjuster to help the insured meet his or her obligations under the policy but has the right to do so.
(3)	The insured has the right to initiate direct communications with the insured's attorney, the insurer, the insurer's adjuster, and the insurer's attorney, or any other person regarding the settlement of the insured's claim.
(4)	The public adjuster is not a representative or employee of the insurer.
(5)	The salary, fee, commission, or other consideration is the obligation of the insured, not the insurer.
(g)	The contracts shall be executed in duplicate to provide an original contract to the public adjuster and an original contract to the insured. The public adjuster's original contract shall be available at all times for inspection without notice by the Commissioner.
(h)	The public adjuster shall provide the insurer a notification letter, which has been signed by the insured, authorizing the public adjuster to represent the insured's interest.
(i)	The insured has the right to rescind the contract within three business days after the date the contract was signed. The rescission shall be in writing and mailed or delivered to the public adjuster at the address in the contract within the three‑business‑day period.
(j)	If the insured exercises the right to rescind the contract, anything of value given by the insured under the contract will be returned to the insured within 15 business days after the receipt by the public adjuster of the cancellation notice.  (2009‑565, s. 1; 2013‑199, s. 21.)

§ 58‑33A‑70.  Escrow or trust accounts.
A public adjuster who receives, accepts, or holds any funds on behalf of an insured, toward the settlement of a claim for loss or damage, shall deposit the funds in a noninterest‑bearing escrow or trust account in a financial institution that is insured by an agency of the federal government in the public adjuster's home state or where the loss occurred.  (2009‑565, s. 1.)

§ 58‑33A‑75.  Record retention.
(a)	A public adjuster shall maintain a complete record of each transaction as a public adjuster. The records required by this section shall include all of the following:
(1)	Name of the insured.
(2)	Date, location, and amount of the loss.
(3)	Copy of the contract between the public adjuster and insured.
(4)	Name of the insurer, amount, expiration date and number of each policy carried with respect to the loss.
(5)	Itemized statement of the insured's recoveries.
(6)	Itemized statement of all compensation received by the public adjuster, from any source whatsoever, in connection with the loss.
(7)	A register of all monies received, deposited, disbursed, or withdrawn in connection with a transaction with an insured, including fees, transfers, and disbursements from a trust account and all transactions concerning all interest‑bearing accounts.
(8)	Name of public adjuster who executed the contract.
(9)	Name of the attorney representing the insured, if applicable, and the name of the claims representatives of the insurance company.
(10)	Evidence of financial responsibility in a format prescribed by the Commissioner.
(b)	Records shall be maintained for at least five years after the termination of the transaction with an insured and shall be open to examination by the Commissioner at all times.
(c)	Records submitted to the Commissioner in accordance with this section that contain information identified in writing as proprietary by the public adjuster shall be treated as confidential by the Commissioner and shall not be subject to Chapter 132 of the General Statutes or G.S. 58‑2‑100.  (2009‑565, s. 1.)

§ 58‑33A‑80.  Standards of conduct of public adjusters.
(a)	A public adjuster shall, under his or her license, serve with objectivity and complete loyalty the interest of his or her client alone and render to the insured such information, counsel, and service, as within the knowledge, understanding, and opinion in good faith of the licensee, as will best serve the insured's insurance claim needs and interest.
(b)	A public adjuster shall not solicit, or attempt to solicit, an insured during the progress of a loss‑producing occurrence, as defined in the insured's insurance contract.
(c)	A public adjuster shall not permit an unlicensed employee or representative of the public adjuster to conduct business for which a license is required under this Article.
(d)	A public adjuster shall not have a direct or indirect financial interest in any aspect of the claim, other than the salary, fee, commission, or other consideration established in the written contract with the insured, unless full written disclosure has been made to the insured as set forth in G.S. 58‑33A‑65.
(e)	A public adjuster shall not acquire any interest in salvage of property subject to the contract with the insured unless the public adjuster obtains written permission from the insured after settlement of the claim with the insurer as set forth in G.S. 58‑33A‑65.
(f)	The public adjuster shall abstain from referring or directing the insured to get needed repairs or services in connection with a loss from any person described by any of the following criteria, unless disclosed to the insured:
(1)	The public adjuster has a financial interest in the person.
(2)	The public adjuster may receive direct or indirect compensation for the referral from the person.
(g)	The public adjuster shall disclose to an insured if the public adjuster has any interest or will be compensated by any construction firm, salvage firm, building appraisal firm, motor vehicle repair shop, or any other firm that performs any work in conjunction with damages caused by the insured loss. The word "firm" includes any corporation, partnership, association, joint‑stock company, or person.
(h)	Any compensation or anything of value in connection with an insured's specific loss that will be received by a public adjuster shall be disclosed by the public adjuster to the insured in writing, including the source and amount of any such compensation.
(i)	Public adjusters shall adhere to all of the following general ethical requirements:
(1)	A public adjuster shall not undertake the adjustment of any claim if the public adjuster is not competent and knowledgeable as to the terms and conditions of the insurance coverage, or which otherwise exceeds the public adjuster's current expertise.
(2)	A public adjuster shall not knowingly make any oral or written material misrepresentations or statements that are false or maliciously critical and intended to injure any person engaged in the business of insurance to any insured client or potential insured client.
(3)	No public adjuster, while so licensed by the Department, may represent or act as a company adjuster or independent adjuster on the same claim.
(4)	The contract shall not be construed to prevent an insured from pursuing any civil remedy after the three‑business‑day revocation or cancellation period.
(5)	A public adjuster shall not enter into a contract or accept a power of attorney that vests in the public adjuster the effective authority to choose the persons who shall perform repair work.
(6)	A public adjuster shall ensure that all contracts for the public adjuster's services are in writing and set forth all terms and conditions of the engagement.
(j)	A public adjuster may not agree to any loss settlement without the insured's knowledge and consent.
(k)	Public adjusters shall not solicit a client for employment between the hours of 9:00 P.M. and 9:00 A.M.  (2009‑565, s. 1.)

§ 58‑33A‑90.  Reporting of actions.
(a)	A public adjuster shall report to the Commissioner any administrative action taken against the public adjuster in another jurisdiction or by another governmental agency in this State within 30 days after the final disposition of the matter. This report shall include a copy of the order, consent order, or other relevant legal documents.
(b)	Within 30 days after the initial pretrial hearing date, the public adjuster shall report to the Commissioner any criminal prosecution of the public adjuster taken in any jurisdiction. The report shall include a copy of the initial complaint filed, the order resulting from the hearing, and any other relevant legal documents.  (2009‑565, s. 1.)

§ 58‑33A‑95.  Rules.
The Commissioner may, in accordance with Chapter 150B of the General Statutes, adopt rules that are necessary or proper to carry out the purposes of this Article.  (2009‑565, s. 1.)

Article 34.
Agency and Management Contracts.
§ 58‑34‑1:  Repealed by Session Laws 1991, c.  681, s. 50.

§ 58‑34‑2.  Managing general agents.
(a)	As used in this Article:
(1)	"Control", including the terms "controlling", "controlled by", and "under common control", means the direct or indirect possession of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract other than a commercial contract for goods or nonmanagement services, or otherwise, unless the power is the result of an official position with or corporate office held by the person.
(1a)	"Custodial agreement" means any agreement or contract under which any person is delegated authority to safekeep assets of the insurer.
(2)	"Insurer" means a domestic insurer but does not mean a reciprocal regulated under Article 15 of this Chapter.
(2a)	"Management contract" means any agreement or contract under which any person is delegated management duties or control of an insurer or transfers a substantial part of any major function of an insurer, such as adjustment of losses, production of business, investment of assets, or general servicing of the insurer's business.
(3)	"Managing general agent" or "MGA" means any person who manages all or part of the insurance business of an insurer (including the management of a separate division, department, or underwriting office) and acts as an agent for the insurer, whether known as a managing general agent, manager, or other similar term, who, with or without the authority, either separately or together with persons under common control, produces, directly or indirectly, and underwrites an amount of gross direct written premium equal to or more than five percent (5%) of the policyholder surplus as reported in the last annual statement of the insurer in any one quarter or year together with one or more of the following activities related to the business produced: (i) adjusts or pays any claims, or (ii) negotiates reinsurance on behalf of the insurer. "MGA" does not mean an employee of the insurer; an underwriting manager who, pursuant to contract, manages all or part of the insurance operations of the insurer, is under common control with the insurer, is subject to Article 19 of this Chapter, and whose compensation is not based on the volume of premiums written; a person who, under Article 15 of this Chapter, is designated and authorized by subscribers as the attorney‑in‑fact for a reciprocal having authority to obligate them on reciprocal and other insurance contracts; or a U.S. Manager of the United States branch of an alien insurer.
(4)	"Qualified actuary" means a person who meets the standards of a qualified actuary as specified in the NAIC Annual Statement Instructions, as amended or clarified by rule, order, directive, or bulletin of the Department, for the type of insurer for which the MGA is establishing loss reserves.
(5)	"Underwrite" means the authority to accept or reject risk on behalf of the insurer.
(b)	Control is presumed to exist if any person directly or indirectly owns, controls, holds with the power to vote, or holds proxies representing ten percent (10%) or more of the voting securities of any other person. The Commissioner may determine, after furnishing all persons in interest notice and opportunity to be heard and making specific findings of fact to support the determination, that control exists in fact, notwithstanding the absence of a presumption to that effect. The Commissioner may determine upon application that any person does not or will not upon the taking of some proposed action control another person. The Commissioner may prospectively revoke or modify that determination, after the notice and opportunity to be heard, whenever, in the Commissioner's judgment, revocation, or modification is consistent with this Article.
(c)	No person shall act as an MGA with respect to risks located in this State for an insurer unless that person is a licensed insurance producer in this State. No person shall act as an MGA representing an insurer with respect to risks located outside of this State unless that person is licensed as an insurance producer in this State; and the license may be a nonresident license. The Commissioner may require a bond in an amount acceptable to the Commissioner for the protection of the insurer. The Commissioner may require the MGA to maintain an errors and omissions policy.
(d)	No person acting as an MGA shall place business with an insurer unless there is in force a written contract between the MGA and the insurer that sets forth the responsibilities of each party and, where both parties share responsibility for a particular function, specifies the division of such responsibilities, and that contains the following minimum provisions:
(1)	The insurer may terminate the contract for cause upon written notice to the MGA. The insurer may suspend the underwriting authority of the MGA during the pendency of any dispute regarding the cause for termination.
(2)	The MGA will render accounts to the insurer detailing all transactions and remit all funds due under the contract to the insurer on not less than a monthly basis.
(3)	All funds collected for the account of an insurer will be held by the MGA in a fiduciary capacity in a bank that is a member of the Federal Reserve System. This account shall be used for all payments on behalf of the insurer. The MGA may retain no more than three months estimated claims payments and allocated loss adjustment expenses.
(4)	Separate records of business written by the MGA will be maintained. The insurer shall have access to and right to copy all accounts related to its business in a form usable by the insurer, and the Commissioner shall have access to all books, bank accounts, and records of the MGA in a form usable to the Commissioner. The records shall be retained according to the provisions of 11 NCAC 11C.0105.
(5)	The contract may not be assigned in whole or part by the MGA.
(6)	Appropriate underwriting guidelines, including: the maximum annual premium volume; the basis of the rates to be charged; the types of risks that may be written; maximum limits of liability; applicable exclusions; territorial limitations; policy cancellation provisions; and the maximum policy period. The insurer shall have the right to cancel or nonrenew any policy of insurance subject to applicable laws and rules.
(7)	If the contract permits the MGA to settle claims on behalf of the insurer:
a.	All claims must be reported to the insurer in a timely manner.
b.	A copy of the claim file will be sent to the insurer at its request or as soon as it becomes known that the claim: has the potential to exceed an amount determined by the insurer and approved by the Commissioner; involves a coverage dispute; may exceed the MGA's claims settlement authority; is open for more than six months; or is closed by payment of an amount set by the insurer and approved by the Commissioner.
c.	All claim files will be the joint property of the insurer and MGA. However, upon an order of liquidation of the insurer the files shall become the sole property of the insurer or its estate; the MGA shall have reasonable access to and the right to copy the files on a timely basis.
d.	Any settlement authority granted to the MGA may be terminated for cause upon the insurer's written notice to the MGA or upon the termination of the contract. The insurer may suspend the settlement authority during the pendency of any dispute regarding the cause for termination.
(8)	Where electronic claims files are in existence, the contract must address the timely transmission of the data.
(9)	If the contract provides for a sharing of interim profits by the MGA, and the MGA has the authority to determine the amount of the interim profits by establishing loss reserves, controlling claim payments, or by any other manner, interim profits will not be paid to the MGA until one year after they are earned for property insurance business and five years after they are earned on casualty business and not until the profits have been verified under subsection (f) of this section.
(10)	The MGA shall not:
a.	Bind reinsurance or retrocessions on behalf of the insurer, except that the MGA may bind facultative reinsurance contracts pursuant to obligatory facultative agreements if the contract with the insurer contains reinsurance underwriting guidelines including, for both reinsurance assumed and ceded, a list of reinsurers with which such automatic agreements are in effect, the coverages and amounts or percentages that may be reinsured, and commission schedules;
b.	Commit the insurer to participate in insurance or reinsurance syndicates;
c.	Appoint any producer without assuring that the producer is lawfully licensed to transact the type of insurance for which the producer is appointed;
d.	Without prior approval of the insurer, pay or commit the insurer to pay a claim over a specified amount, net of reinsurance, which shall not exceed one percent (1%) of the insurer's policyholder's surplus as of the preceding December 31;
e.	Collect any payment from a reinsurer or commit the insurer to any claim settlement with a reinsurer, without the insurer's prior approval. If prior approval is given, a report must be promptly forwarded to the insurer;
f.	Permit its subproducer to serve on the insurer's board of directors;
g.	Jointly employ an individual who is employed with the insurer; or
h.	Appoint a sub‑MGA.
(e)	An insurer shall have on file by June 1 of each year an audited financial report of each MGA with which it is doing business. The report shall include the opinion of an independent certified public accountant, report the financial position of the MGA as of the most recent year‑end and the results of its operations and cash flows, and include appropriate notes to financial statements. The insurer shall provide a copy of the report to the Commissioner within 15 days of receipt by the insurer.
(f)	If an MGA establishes loss reserves, the insurer shall provide with its annual statement, in addition to any other required statement of actuarial opinion, the statement of a qualified actuary attesting to the adequacy of loss reserves established on business produced by the MGA. The statement shall comply in all respects with the NAIC Annual Statement Instructions regarding the Statement of Actuarial Opinion.
(g)	The insurer shall periodically, at least semiannually, conduct an on‑site review of the underwriting and claims processing operations of the MGA. The insurer shall prepare and maintain a written report on the review and make it available to the Commissioner upon the Commissioner's request.
(h)	Binding authority for all reinsurance contracts, except those contracts expressly permitted under sub‑subdivision (d)(10)a. of this section, or participation in insurance or reinsurance syndicates, shall rest with an officer of the insurer, who shall not be affiliated with the MGA.
(i)	Within 15 days after entering into or termination of a contract with an MGA, the insurer shall provide written notification of the appointment or termination to the Commissioner. Notices of appointment of an MGA shall include a copy of the contract, a statement of duties that the MGA is expected to perform on behalf of the insurer, the lines of insurance for which the MGA is to be authorized to act, whether any affiliation exists between the insurer and the MGA and the basis for the affiliation, NAIC biographical affidavit for each officer, director, and each person who owns ten percent (10%) or more of the outstanding voting stock of the MGA, and any other information the Commissioner may request. The Commissioner may prescribe the form to be used for notification of the information required by this item.
(j)	The Commissioner shall disapprove any such contract that:
(1)	Does not contain the required contract provisions specified in subsection (d) of this section;
(2)	Subjects the insurer to excessive charges for expenses or commission;
(3)	Vests in the MGA any control over the management of the affairs of the insurer to the exclusion of the board of directors of the insurer;
(4)	Is entered into with any person if the person or its officers and directors are of known bad character or have been affiliated directly or indirectly through ownership, control, management, reinsurance transactions, or other insurance or business relationships with any person known to have been involved in the improper manipulation of assets, accounts, or reinsurance; or
(5)	Is determined by the Commissioner to contain provisions that are not fair and reasonable to the insurer.
Failure of the Commissioner to disapprove any such contract within 30 days after the contract has been filed with the Commissioner constitutes the Commissioner's approval of the contract. An insurer may continue to accept business from the person until the Commissioner disapproves the contract. Any disapproval shall be in writing. The Commissioner may withdraw approval of any contract the Commissioner has previously approved if the Commissioner determines that the basis of the original approval no longer exists or that the contract has, in actual operation, shown itself to be subject to disapproval on any of the grounds in this subsection. If the Commissioner withdraws approval of a contract, the Commissioner shall give the insurer notice of, and written reasons for, the withdrawal of approval. The Commissioner shall grant any party to the contract a hearing upon request.
(k)	An insurer shall review its books and records each quarter to determine if any agent has become an MGA. If the insurer determines that an agent has become an MGA, the insurer shall promptly notify the agent of that determination and the insurer and agent must fully comply with the provisions of this Article within 15 days.
(l)	An insurer shall not appoint to its board of directors an officer, director, employee, subagent, or controlling shareholder of its MGAs. This subsection does not apply to relationships governed by Article 19 of this Chapter or, if applicable, G.S. 58‑3‑165.
(m)	The acts of an MGA are considered to be the acts of the insurer on whose behalf it is acting. An MGA may be examined by the Commissioner under G.S. 58‑2‑131 through G.S. 58‑2‑134 as if it were an insurer.
(n)	If the Commissioner determines that an MGA or any other person has not materially complied with this section or with any rule adopted or order issued under this section, after notice and opportunity to be heard, the Commissioner may order:
(1)	For each separate violation, a civil penalty under the procedures in G.S. 58‑2‑70(d); or
(2)	Revocation or suspension of the person's license.
(3)	Repealed by Session Laws 1993, c. 452, s. 47.
If the Commissioner finds that because of a material noncompliance that an insurer has suffered any loss or damage, the Commissioner may maintain a civil action brought by or on behalf of the insurer and its policyholders and creditors for recovery of compensatory damages for the benefit of the insurer and its policyholders and creditors or for other appropriate relief.
(o)	Nothing in this section affects the Commissioner's right to impose any other penalties provided for in this Chapter. Nothing in this Article limits or restricts the rights of policyholders, claimants, and creditors.
(p)	If an order of rehabilitation or liquidation of the insurer has been entered under Article 30 of this Chapter, and the receiver appointed under that order determines that the MGA or any other person has not materially complied with this section, or any regulation or order promulgated thereunder, and the insurer suffered any loss or damage therefrom, the receiver may maintain a civil action for recovery of damages or other appropriate sanctions for the benefit of the insurer.  (1991, c. 681, s. 51; 1993, c. 452, ss. 43‑48; 1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 678, s. 19; 1995, c. 193, s. 34; 1999‑132, s. 11.6; 2001‑223, ss. 20.1, 20.2; 2022‑46, s. 14(ff).)

§ 58‑34‑5.  Retrospective compensation agreements.
(a)	Retrospective compensation agreements for business written under Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter must be filed with the Commissioner for his approval.
(b)	"Retrospective compensation agreement" means any such arrangement, agreement, or contract having as its purpose the actual or constructive retention by a domestic insurer of a fixed proportion of the gross premiums, with the balance of the premiums, retained actually or constructively by the agent or the producer of the business, who assumes to pay therefrom all losses, all subordinate commissions, loss adjustment expenses and his profit, if any, with other provisions of such arrangement, agreement, or contract auxiliary or incidental to such purpose.
(c)	The standards for approval shall be as set forth under G.S. 58‑34‑2(d)(5). (1987, c. 752, s. 8; 1989, c. 485, s. 60; 1991, c. 681, s. 52.)

§ 58‑34‑10.  Management contracts.
(a)	Subject to G.S. 58‑19‑30(b)(4), any domestic insurer that enters into a management contract or custodial agreement must file that contract or agreement with the Commissioner on or before its effective date.
(b)	Any domestic insurer that has a management contract or custodial agreement shall file a statement with the initial filing of that contract that discloses (i) criteria on which charges to the insurer are based for that contract; (ii) whether management personnel or other employees of the insurer are to be performing management functions and receiving any remuneration therefor through that contract in addition to the compensation by way of salary received directly from the insurer for their services; (iii) whether the contract transfers substantial control of the insurer or any of the powers vested in the board of directors, by statute, articles of incorporation, or bylaws, or substantially all of the basic functions of the insurer's management; (iv) biographical information for each officer and director of the management firm; and (v) other information concerning the contract or the management or custodian firm as may be included from time to time in any registration forms adopted or approved by the Commissioner. The statement shall be filed on a form prescribed by the Commissioner.
(c)	Any domestic insurer that amends or cancels a management contract or custodial agreement filed under subsection (a) of this section shall notify the Commissioner within 15 business days after the amendment or cancellation. If the contract is amended, the notice shall provide a copy of the amended contract and shall disclose if the amendment affects any of the items in subsection (b) of this section. The Commissioner may prescribe a form to be used to provide notice under this subsection.
(d)	Any domestic insurer that has a management contract or custodial agreement shall file a statement on or before March 1 of each year, for the preceding calendar year, disclosing (i) total charges incurred by the insurer under the contract; (ii) any salaries, commissions, or other valuable consideration paid by the insurer directly to any officer, director, or shareholder of the management or custodian firm; and (iii) other information concerning the contract or the management or custodian firm as may be included from time to time in any registration forms adopted or approved by the Commissioner. The Commissioner may prescribe a form to be used to provide the information required by this subsection.
(e)	Any domestic insurer that has a management contract may request an exemption from the filing requirements of this section if the contract is for a group of affiliated insurers on a pooled funds basis or service company management basis, where costs to the individual member insurers are charged on an actually incurred or closely estimated basis. The request for an exemption must be in writing, must explain the basis for the exemption, and must be received by the Commissioner on or before the effective date of the contract. As used in this subsection, "affiliated" has the same meaning as in G.S. 58‑19‑5(1). Management contracts exempted under this subsection must still be reduced to written form. (1987, c. 752, s. 8; 1989, c. 485, s. 61; 1991, c. 681, s. 53; 1993, c. 452, s. 49; 2001‑223, s. 20.3.)

§ 58‑34‑15.  Grounds for disapproval.
(a)	The Commissioner must disapprove any management contract or custodial agreement filed under G.S. 58‑34‑10 if, at any time, the Commissioner finds:
(1)	That the service or management charges are based upon criteria unrelated either to the managed insurer's profits or to the reasonable customary and usual charges for the services or are based on factors unrelated to the value of the services to the insurer; or
(2)	That management personnel or other employees of the insurer are to be performing management functions and receiving any remuneration for those functions through the management or service contract in addition to the compensation by way of salary received directly from the insurer for their services; or
(3)	That the contract would transfer substantial control of the insurer or any of the powers vested in the board of directors, by statute, articles of incorporation, or bylaws, or substantially all of the basic functions of the insurance company management; or
(4)	That the contract contains provisions that would be clearly detrimental to the best interest of policyholders, stockholders, or members of the insurer; or
(5)	That the officers and directors of the management or custodial firm are of known bad character or have been affiliated, directly or indirectly, through ownership, control, management, reinsurance transactions, or other insurance or business relations with any person known to have been involved in the improper manipulation of assets, accounts, or reinsurance.
(6)	That the custodial agreement is not substantially the same as the form adopted by the Commissioner.
(b)	If the Commissioner disapproves any management contract or custodial agreement, notice of the disapproval shall be given to the insurer stating the reasons for the disapproval in writing. The Commissioner shall grant any party to the contract a hearing if the party requests a hearing. (1987, c. 752, s. 8; 1991, c. 681, s. 54; 1993, c. 452, s. 50; 2001‑223, s. 20.4.)

§ 58‑34‑20:  Repealed by Session Laws 1993, c.  452, s. 65.

Article 35.
Insurance Premium Financing.
§ 58‑35‑1.  Definitions.
When used in this Article:
(1)	An insurance premium finance company is hereby defined to be:
a.	Any person engaged, in whole or in part, in the business of entering into insurance premium finance agreements with insureds; or
b.	Any person engaged, in whole or in part, in the business of acquiring insurance premium finance agreements from other insurance premium finance companies.
(2)	"Insurance premium finance agreement" means a promissory note or other written agreement by which an insured promises or agrees to pay to, or to the order of, an insurance premium finance company the amount advanced or to be advanced under the agreement to an insurer or to an insurance producer, in payment of premiums on an insurance contract, together with a service charge as authorized and limited by this Article.  (1963, c. 1118; 2022‑46, s. 14(gg).)

§ 58‑35‑5.  License required; fees.
(a)	No person except an authorized insurer shall engage in the business of an insurance premium finance company without obtaining a license from the Commissioner, as provided in this Article.
(b)	Application for license required under this Article shall be in writing, and in the form prescribed by the Commissioner.
(c)	When an applicant has more than one office, separate applications for license shall be made for each such office.
(d)	At the time of filing an application for a license, the applicant shall pay to the Commissioner the license fee. Upon original application or upon application subsequent to denial of application, or revocation, suspension or surrender of a license, an examination fee may be required.
(e)	There shall be two types of licenses issued to an insurance premium finance company:
(1)	An "A" type license shall be issued to insurance premium finance companies whose business of insurance premium financing is limited to the financing of insurance premiums of one insurance producer or agency and whose primary function is to finance only the insurance premium of such insurance producer or agency. The license fee for an "A" type license shall be six hundred dollars ($600.00) for each license year or part thereof.
(2)	A "B" type license shall be issued to an insurance premium finance company whose business of insurance premium financing is not limited to the financing of insurance premiums of one insurance producer or agency and whose primary function is to finance the insurance premiums of more than one insurance producer or agency. The license fee for a "B" type license shall be two thousand four hundred dollars ($2,400) for each license year or part thereof.
A branch office license may be issued for either an "A" type or "B" type license to the second and any subsequent locations where the company operates an office. The fee for the branch office license shall be one hundred dollars ($100.00) for each license year or part thereof. The examination fee when required by this section shall be two hundred fifty dollars ($250.00) per application.  (1963, c. 1118; 1967, c. 1232, s. 1; 1989 (Reg. Sess., 1990), c. 1069, s. 7; 1995, c. 507, s. 11A(c); 2009‑451, s. 21.2(a); 2022‑46, s. 14(hh).)

§ 58‑35‑10.  Exceptions to license requirements.
(a)	Any person, firm or corporation doing business under the authority of any law of this State or of the United States relating to banks, trust companies, installment paper dealers, auto finance companies, savings and loan associations, cooperative credit unions, agricultural credit corporations or associations, organized under the laws of North Carolina or any person, firm or corporation subject to the provisions of the North Carolina Consumer Finance Act and the North Carolina Motor Vehicle Dealers and Manufacturers Licensing Law, Article 12, Chapter 20, of the General Statutes of North Carolina are exempt from the provisions of this Article.
(b)	An insurance company duly licensed in this State may make an installment payment charge as set forth in the rate filings and approved by the Commissioner and is thereby exempt from the provisions of this Article.
(c)	An insurance producer with a property and casualty lines of authority duly licensed in this State who extends credit to and only to his own policyholders may charge and collect finance charges or other fees at a periodic (monthly) rate as provided in G.S. 24‑11(a), after said amount has been outstanding for 30 days, and is hereby exempt from the provisions of this Article. Notwithstanding the exceptions set forth in subsections (a), (b) and (c) of this section, when any person, firm, or corporation shall exercise a power of attorney taken in connection with the financing of an insurance premium, such person, firm or corporation shall comply with the requirements of G.S. 58‑35‑85, as if it were an insurance premium financing company.  (1963, c. 1118; 1967, c. 942, s. 1; 1971, c. 1186, ss. 1, 2; 1995 (Reg. Sess., 1996), c. 742, s. 25; 2022‑46, s. 14(ii).)

§ 58‑35‑15.  Issuance or refusal of license; bond; duration of license; renewal; one office per license; display of license; notice of change of location.
(a)	Within 60 days after the filing of an application for a license accompanied by payment of the fees for license and examination, the Commissioner shall issue the license or may refuse to issue the license and so advise the applicant.  The applicant shall submit with such application any and all information which the Commissioner may require to assist him in determining the financial condition, business integrity, method of operation and protection to the public offered by the person filing such application.  The Commissioner may require a bond not to exceed twenty‑five thousand dollars ($25,000) on applications and any renewal thereof.  Such license to engage in business in accordance with the provisions of this Article at the location specified in the application shall be executed in duplicate by the Commissioner and he shall transmit one copy to the applicant and retain a copy on file.  A person required by this subsection to maintain a bond may, in lieu of that bond, deposit with the Commissioner the equivalent amount in cash, in certificates of deposit issued by banks organized under the laws of the State of North Carolina, or any national bank having its principal office in North Carolina, or securities, which shall be held in accordance with Article 5 of this Chapter.  Securities may only be obligations of the United States or of federal agencies listed in G.S. 147‑69.1(c)(2) guaranteed by the United States, obligations of the State of North Carolina, or obligations of a city or county of this State.  Any proposed deposit of an obligation of a city or county of this State is subject to the prior approval of the Commissioner.
(b)	Whenever the Commissioner denies an initial application for a license, he shall notify the applicant and advise, in writing, the applicant of the reasons for the denial of the license.  Within 30 days of receipt of notification the applicant may make written demand upon the Commissioner for a hearing to determine the reasonableness of the Commissioner's action.  Such hearing shall be scheduled within 30 days from the date of receipt of the written demand.
(c)	Each license issued hereunder shall remain in full force and effect until the last day of June unless earlier surrendered, suspended, or revoked pursuant to this Article, and may be renewed for the ensuing license year upon the filing of an application and conforming with G.S. 58‑35‑5, but subject to all of the provisions of this Article.  If an application for a renewal of a license is filed with the Commissioner before July 1 of any year, the license sought to be renewed shall be continued in full force and effect either until the issuance by the Commissioner of the renewal license applied for or until five days after the Commissioner refuses to issue such renewal license under the provisions of this Article.
(d)	Only one office may be maintained under each license, but more than one license may be issued to the same licensee pursuant to this Article.
(e)	Such license shall state the name and address of the licensee and shall at all times be prominently displayed in the office of the licensee and shall not be transferable or assignable.
(f)	Before any licensee changes any office of his to another location, he shall give written notice thereof to the Commissioner. (1963, c. 1118; 1965, c. 1039; 1989, c. 485, s. 47; 1991, c. 212, s. 3.)

§ 58‑35‑20.  Grounds for refusal, suspension or revocation of licenses; surrender of licenses; reinstatement.
(a)	The Commissioner may forthwith deny, suspend, revoke, or refuse to renew or continue any license hereunder if he shall find that:
(1)	The licensee has failed to pay the annual license fee or any sum of money lawfully demanded under authority of any section of this Article or has violated or failed to comply with any demand, ruling, provision or requirement of the Commissioner lawfully made pursuant to or within the authority of this Article.
(2)	Any fact or condition exists which, if it had been known to exist at the time of the original application, would have caused the original license to have been refused.
(b)	The Commissioner may revoke or suspend only the particular license with respect to which grounds for revocation or suspension may occur or exist; or if he shall find that such grounds for revocation or suspension are of general application to all offices, or to more than one office, operated by such licensee, he shall revoke or suspend all of the licenses issued to such licensee or such number of licenses as such grounds apply to, as the case may be.
(1)	Any licensee may surrender any license by delivering to the Commissioner written notice that he thereby surrenders such license, but such surrender shall not affect such licensee's civil or criminal liability for acts committed prior to such surrender.
(2)	No revocation or suspension or surrender of any license shall impair or affect the obligation of any insured under any lawful insurance premium finance agreement previously acquired or held by the licensee.
(3)	Every license issued hereunder shall remain in force and effect until the same shall have been surrendered, revoked, suspended, or expires in accordance with the provisions of this Article; but the Commissioner shall have authority to reinstate suspended licenses or to issue new licenses to a licensee whose license or licenses shall have been revoked, if no fact or condition then exists which clearly would have warranted the Commissioner in refusing originally to issue such license under this Article. (1963, c. 1118.)

§ 58‑35‑22.  Notification of criminal or administrative actions.
(a)	If an individual proprietor, officer, or partner of an insurance premium finance company has been convicted in any court of competent jurisdiction for any crime involving dishonesty or breach of trust, the premium finance company shall notify the Commissioner in writing of the conviction within 10 days after the date of the conviction. As used in this subsection, "conviction" includes an adjudication of guilt, a plea of guilty, or a plea of nolo contendere.
(b)	An insurance premium finance company shall report to the Commissioner any administrative action taken against the premium finance company, including any branch office, by another state or by another governmental agency in this State within 30 days after the final disposition of the matter. This report shall include a copy of the order or consent order and other information or documents filed in the proceeding necessary to describe the action.  (2009‑566, s. 19.)

§ 58‑35‑25.  Investigations; hearings.
For the purpose of conducting investigations and holding hearings on insurance premium finance companies, the Commissioner shall have the same authority as that vested in him by G.S. 58‑2‑50 and 58‑2‑70. (1963, c. 1118; 1987, c. 864, s. 3(b).)

§ 58‑35‑30.  Licensee's books and records; reports; refusing to exhibit records; making false statements.
(a)	The licensee shall keep and use in his business any books, accounts, and records that will enable the Commissioner to determine whether the licensee is complying with the provisions of this Article and with the rules and regulations lawfully made by the Commissioner hereunder. Every licensee shall preserve such books, accounts, and records, including cards used in a card system, if any, for at least three years after making the final entry in respect to any insurance premium finance agreement recorded therein; provided, however, the preservation of photographic reproductions thereof or records in photographic, imaging, microfilm, or microfiche form shall constitute compliance with this requirement by any licensee. The Commissioner may require of licensees under oath and in the form prescribed by him regular or special reports as he may deem necessary to the proper supervision of licensees under this Article.
(b)	Any person who shall refuse, on demand, to exhibit to the Commissioner or to any deputy, or person acting with or for the Commissioner, the books, accounts or records as above provided, or who shall knowingly or willfully make any false statement in regard to the same shall be deemed guilty of a Class 1 misdemeanor. (1963, c. 1118; 1991, c. 720, s. 4; 1993, c. 539, s. 463; 1994, Ex. Sess., c. 24, s. 14(c); 1999‑157, s. 1.)

§ 58‑35‑35.  Excessive insurance premium finance charges; penalty.
The knowingly taking, receiving, reserving, [or] charging a greater insurance premium finance charge than that authorized in this Article shall be held and adjudged a forfeiture of the entire insurance premium finance charge which the insurance premium finance agreement carries with it, or which has been agreed to be paid thereon; and if a greater insurance premium finance charge has been paid, the person paying the same or his legal representative may recover from the insurance premium finance company twice the entire amount of the insurance premium finance thus paid if action therefor is brought within two years from the time of such payment. (1963, c. 1118.)

§ 58‑35‑40.  Rebates and inducements prohibited; assignment of insurance premium finance agreements.
(a)	No insurance premium finance company shall pay, allow, or offer to pay or allow payment to an insurance producer, and no insurance producer shall accept from a company, a rebate as an inducement to the financing of an insurance policy with the company. No insurance premium finance company shall give or offer to give to an insurance producer, and no insurance producer shall accept from a company, any valuable consideration or inducement of any kind, directly or indirectly, other than an article of merchandise not exceeding one dollar ($1.00) in value which shall have thereon the advertisement of the insurance premium finance company. An insurance premium finance company may purchase or otherwise acquire an insurance premium finance agreement from another insurance premium finance company with recourse against the insurance premium finance company on such terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon by the parties, if the agreement complies with the requirements of this Article. The terms and conditions of the agreement shall be subject to the approval of the Commissioner.
(b)	No filing of the assignment or notice thereof to the insured shall be necessary to the validity of the written assignment of an insurance premium finance agreement as against creditors or subsequent purchases, pledges, or encumbrancers of the assignor.
(c)	As used in this section, the term "insurance premium finance company" includes employees of the company; the term "insurance producer" includes employees of the insurance producer; and the word "company" means an insurance premium finance company.  (1963, c. 1118; 1989, c. 485, s. 64; 1991 (Reg. Sess., 1992), c. 837, s. 1; 1999‑157, s. 7; 2022‑46, s. 14(jj).)

§ 58‑35‑45.  Filing and approval of forms and service charges.
(a)	No insurance premium finance agreement form or related form shall be used in this State unless it has been filed with and written approval given by the Commissioner.
(b)	In addition each insurance premium finance company shall file with the Commissioner the service charge rate plan to be used in insurance premium financing including all modifications of service charges to be paid by the insured or others under the insurance premium finance agreement. Such filings shall not be used in this State until written approval has been given by the Commissioner. (1963, c. 1118.)

§ 58‑35‑50.  Form, contents and execution of insurance premium finance agreements.
(a)	An insurance premium finance agreement shall be in writing, dated, signed by the insured, and the printed portion thereof shall be in type that is legible, as determined by rule. It shall contain the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the insurance contract, the premiums for which are advanced or to be advanced under it, and the following:
INSURANCE PREMIUM FINANCE AGREEMENT
NOTICE
a.	Do not sign this agreement before you read it.
b.	You are entitled to a copy of this agreement.
c.	Under the law, you have the right to pay off in advance the full amount due and under certain conditions to obtain a partial refund of the service charge."
(b)	An insurance premium finance agreement shall:
(1)	Contain the following:
a.	The name and place of business of the insurance producer negotiating the related insurance contract;
b.	The name of the insured and the residence, the place of business, or any other mailing address of the insured as specified by the insured;
c.	The name and place of business of the insurance premium finance company to which installments or other payments are to be made;
d.	A brief description of the insurance contract;
e.	The premiums for which are advanced or to be advanced under the agreement; and
f.	The amount of the premiums for such insurance contract; and
(2)	Set forth the following items where applicable:
a.	The total amount of the premiums;
b.	The amount of the down payment;
c.	The principal balance, which is the difference between items a and b;
d.	The amount of the service charge;
e.	The balance payable by the insured, meaning the sum of the amounts stated under items c. and d. of this subdivision.
f.	The number of installments required, the amount of each installment expressed in dollars and the due date or period thereof.
(c)	The items set forth in subsection (b) of this section need not be stated in the sequence or order in which they appear in that subsection, and additional items may be included to explain the computations made in determining the amount to be paid by the insured.
(d)	No insurance premium finance agreement shall be signed by an insured when it contains any blank space to be filled in after it has been signed; however, if the insurance contract, the premiums for which are advanced or to be advanced under the agreement, has not been issued at the time of its signature by the insured and it so provides, the name of the authorized insurer by whom such insurance contract is issued and the policy number and the due date of the first installment may be left blank and later inserted in the original of the agreement after it has been signed by the insured.  (1963, c. 1118; 1999‑157, s. 2; 2022‑46, s. 14(kk).)

§ 58‑35‑55.  Limitations on service charges; computation; minimum charges.
(a)	An insurance premium finance company shall not directly or indirectly except as otherwise provided by law, impose, take, receive from, reserve, contract for, or charge an insured greater service charges than are permitted by this Article. No insurance premium finance company shall be permitted to charge or finance any membership fees, dues, registration fees, or any other charges except the service charges provided for in this Article for financing insurance premiums on policies of insurance lawfully placed in this State.
(b)	An insurance premium finance company may, in an insurance premium finance agreement, contract for, charge, receive, and collect a service charge for financing the premiums under the agreement computed as provided in subsection (c).
(c)	The service charge provided for in this section shall be computed on the principal balance of the insurance premium finance agreement from the inception date of the insurance contract, the premiums for which are advanced or to be advanced under the agreement unless otherwise provided under rules and regulations prescribed by the Commissioner, to and including the date when the final installment of the insurance premium finance agreement is payable, at a rate not exceeding twelve dollars ($12.00) per one hundred dollars ($100.00) per annum; plus a nonrefundable origination fee which shall not exceed fifteen dollars ($15.00) per premium finance agreement.
(d)	The provisions of subsection (c) of this section pertaining to the time from which the service charge is calculated apply if the premiums under only one insurance contract are advanced or are to be advanced under an insurance premium finance agreement. If premiums under more than one insurance contract are advanced or are to be advanced under an insurance premium finance agreement, the service charge shall be computed from the earlier of the following:
(1)	The date that the premium is advanced on behalf of the insured.
(2)	The inception date of any insurance contract financed on the premium finance agreement.
Only one minimum service charge shall apply to each insurance premium finance agreement.
(e)	No insurance producer or insurance premium finance company shall induce an insured to become obligated under more than one insurance premium finance agreement for the purpose of or with the effect of obtaining service charges in excess of those authorized by this Article.
(f)	A premium service agreement may provide for the payment by the insured of a delinquency and collection charge on each installment in default for a period of not less than five days in an amount of one dollar ($1.00) or a maximum of five percent (5%) of such installment, whichever is greater, provided that only one such delinquency and collection charge may be collected on any such installment regardless of the period during which it remains in default.  (1963, c. 1118; 1967, c. 824; 1979, 2nd Sess., c. 1083, ss. 1, 2; 1981, c. 394, s. 1; 1999‑157, s. 3; 2022‑46, s. 14(ll).)

§ 58‑35‑60.  Prohibited provisions in insurance premium finance agreements.
No insurance premium finance agreement shall contain any provisions by which:
(1)	In the absence of default of the insured, the insurance premium finance company holding the agreement may, arbitrarily and without reasonable cause, accelerate the maturity of any part or all of the amount owing thereunder;
(2)	A power of attorney is given to confess judgment in this State; or
(3)	The insured relieves the insurance producer or the insurance premium finance company holding the agreement from liability for any legal rights or remedies which the insured may otherwise have against him.  (1963, c. 1118; 2022‑46, s. 14(mm).)

§ 58‑35‑65.  Delivery of copy of insurance premium finance agreement to insured.
Before the due date of the first installment payable under an insurance premium finance agreement, the insurance premium finance company holding the agreement or the insurance producer shall cause to be delivered to the insured, or mail to the insured at the insured's address as shown in the agreement, a copy of the agreement.  (1963, c. 1118; 1999‑157, s. 4; 2022‑46, s. 14(nn).)

§ 58‑35‑70.  Payments by insured without notice of assignment of agreement.
Unless the insured has notice of actual or intended assignment of the insurance premium finance agreement, payment thereunder by him to the last known holder of the agreement shall be binding upon all subsequent holders or assignees. (1963, c. 1118.)

§ 58‑35‑75.  Statement of account; release on payment in full.
(a)	At any time after its execution, but not later than one year after the last payment thereunder, an insurance premium finance company holding an insurance premium finance agreement shall, upon written request of the insured, give or mail to him a written statement of the dates and amounts of payments and the total amount, if any, unpaid thereunder.
(b)	After the payment of all sums for which an insured is obligated under an insurance premium finance agreement, and upon his written demand, the insurance premium finance company holding the agreement shall deliver, or mail to the insured at his last known address, such one or more good and sufficient instruments as may be necessary to acknowledge payment in full and to release all interest in or rights to the insurance contracts, the premiums for which were advanced or are to be advanced under the agreement. (1963, c. 1118.)

§ 58‑35‑80.  Credit upon anticipation of payments.
(a)	Notwithstanding the provisions of any insurance premium finance agreement to the contrary, any insured may pay it in full at any time before the maturity of the final installment of the balance thereof; and, if he does so and the agreement included an amount for service charge, he shall receive and be entitled to receive for such anticipation a refund credit thereon.
(b)	The amount of any such refund credit shall represent at least as great proportion of the service charge, if any, as the sum of the periodic balances after the month in which prepayment is made bears to the sum of all periodic balances under the schedule of installments in the agreement. Where the amount of the refund credit for anticipation of payment is less than one dollar ($1.00), no refund need be made. This section does not relieve the premium finance company of its duty to report and deliver these unrefunded monies to the State Treasurer in accordance with G.S. 116B‑29(b). (1963, c. 1118; 1981, c. 394, s. 2; 1999‑157, s. 5.)

§ 58‑35‑85.  Procedure for cancellation of insurance contract upon default; return of unearned premiums; collection of cash surrender value.
When an insurance premium finance agreement contains a power of attorney or other authority enabling the insurance premium finance company to cancel any insurance contract or contracts listed in the agreement, the insurance contract or contracts shall not be cancelled unless the cancellation is effectuated in accordance with the following provisions:
(1)	Not less than 10 days' written notice is sent by personal delivery, first‑class mail, electronic mail, or facsimile transmission to the last known address of the insured or insureds shown on the insurance premium finance agreement of the intent of the insurance premium finance company to cancel his or their insurance contract or contracts unless the defaulted installment payment is received. Notification thereof shall also be provided to the insurance producer.
(2)	After expiration of the 10‑day period, the insurance premium finance company shall send the insurer a request for cancellation and shall send notice of the requested cancellation to the insured by personal delivery, first‑class mail, electronic mail, electronic transmission, or facsimile transmission at his last known address as shown on the records of the insurance premium finance company and to the insurance producer. Upon written request of the insurance company, the premium finance company shall furnish a copy of the power of attorney to the insurance company. The written request shall be sent by mail, personal delivery, electronic mail, or facsimile transmission.
(3)	Upon receipt of a copy of the request for cancellation notice by the insurer, the insurance contract shall be cancelled with the same force and effect as if the request for cancellation had been submitted by the insured, without requiring the return of the insurance contract or contracts.
(4)	All statutory, regulatory, and contractual restrictions providing that the insured may not cancel the insurance contract unless the insurer first satisfies the restrictions by giving a prescribed notice to a governmental agency, the insurance carrier, an individual, or a person designated to receive the notice for said governmental agency, insurance carrier, or individual shall apply where cancellation is effected under the provisions of this section.
(4a)	If an insurer receives notification from an insurance producer or premium finance company that the initial down payment for the premium being financed has been dishonored by a financial institution, or otherwise unpaid, there is no valid contract for insurance and the policy will be voided.
(5)	When an insurance contract is cancelled in accordance with this section, the insurer shall promptly return the gross unearned premiums that are due under the contract to the insurance premium finance company effecting the cancellation, for the benefit of the insured or insureds, no later than 30 days after the effective date of cancellation. When the return premium is more than the amount the insured owes the insurance premium finance company under the agreement, the excess shall be promptly remitted to the order of the insured, as provided in subdivision (8) of this section, subject to the minimum service charge provided for in this Article. If a premium is subject to an audit to determine the final premium amount, the amount to be refunded to the premium finance company shall be calculated upon the deposit premium, and the insurer shall return that amount to the premium finance company no later than 90 days after the effective date of cancellation. This subdivision does not limit any other remedies the insurer may have against the insured for additional premiums.
(6)	The provisions of this section relating to request for cancellation by the insurance premium finance company of an insurance contract and the return by an insurer of unearned premiums to the insurance premium finance company, also apply to the surrender by the insurance premium finance company of an insurance contract providing life insurance and the payment by the insurer of the cash value of the contract to the insurance premium finance company, except that the insurer may require the surrender of the insurance contract.
(7)	The insurer shall not deduct from any return premiums any amount owed to the insurer for any other indebtedness owed to the insurer by the insured on any policy or policies other than those being financed under the premium finance agreement.
(8)	In the event that the crediting of return premiums to the account of the insured results in a surplus over the amount due from the insured, the premium finance company shall refund the excess to the insured as soon as possible, but in no event later than 30 days of receipt of the return premium, provided that no refund shall be required if it is in an amount less than one dollar ($1.00). This subdivision does not relieve the premium finance company of its duty to report and deliver these unrefunded monies to the State Treasurer in accordance with G.S. 116B‑29(b).
(9)	In the event that a balance due the premium finance company remains on the account after the cancellation of the agreement, the outstanding balance may earn interest at the rate stated in the agreement until paid in full.
(10)	If a mortgagee or other loss payee is shown on the insurance contract, the insurer shall notify the mortgagee or loss payee of the cancellation. The written notice shall be sent by mail, personal delivery, electronic mail, or facsimile transmission to the designated mortgagee's or loss payee's last known address. Proof of mailing is sufficient proof of notice. Failure to send this notice to any designated mortgagee or loss payee shall not give rise to any claim on the part of the insured.  (1963, c. 1118; 1967, c. 825; 1969, c. 941; 1987, c. 864, s. 22; 1995, c. 121, s. 1; 1999‑157, s. 6; 2002‑187, s. 6; 2022‑46, s. 14(oo).)

§ 58‑35‑90.  Violations; penalties.
Any person who shall engage in the business referred to in this Article without first receiving a license, or who shall fail to secure a renewal of his license upon the expiration of the license year, or shall engage in the business herein referred to after the license has been suspended or revoked as herein provided, or who shall fail or refuse to furnish the information required of the Commissioner, or who shall willfully and knowingly enter false information on an insurance premium finance agreement, or who shall fail to observe the rules and regulations made by the Commissioner pursuant to this Article, shall be deemed guilty of a Class 1 misdemeanor. (1963, c. 1118; 1965, c. 1040; 1985, c. 666, s. 20; 1993, c. 539, s. 464; 1994, Ex. Sess., c. 24, s. 14(c).)

§ 58‑35‑95.  Disposition of fees.
All fees collected hereunder shall be credited to the account of the Commissioner for the specific purpose of providing the personnel, equipment and supplies necessary to enforce this Article, but the Director of the Budget shall have the right to budget the revenues received in accordance with the requirements of the Commissioner for the purposes herein required, and at the end of the fiscal year, if any sum whatever shall remain to the credit of the Commissioner, derived from the sources herein referred to, the same shall revert to the general treasury of the State to be appropriated as other funds. (1963, c. 1118; 1991, c. 720, s. 5.)

§ 58‑35‑100.  Fees are nonrefundable.
All fees that are imposed and collected under this Article are nonrefundable. (1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 678, s. 20.)

Article 36.
North Carolina Rate Bureau.
§ 58‑36‑1.  North Carolina Rate Bureau created.
There is hereby created a Bureau to be known as the "North Carolina Rate Bureau," with the following objects and functions:
(1)	To assume the functions formerly performed by the North Carolina Fire Insurance Rating Bureau, the North Carolina Automobile Rate Administrative Office, and the Compensation Rating and Inspection Bureau of North Carolina, with regard to the promulgation of rates, for insurance against loss to residential real property with not more than four housing units located in this State and any contents thereof and valuable interest therein and other insurance coverages written in connection with the sale of such property insurance; except as provided in G.S. 58‑36‑3(a)(6), for theft of and physical damage to nonfleet private passenger motor vehicles; for liability insurance for such motor vehicles, automobile medical payments insurance, uninsured motorists coverage and other insurance coverages written in connection with the sale of such liability insurance; and for workers' compensation and employers' liability insurance written in connection therewith except for insurance excluded from the Bureau's jurisdiction in G.S. 58‑36‑1(3).
(2)	The Bureau shall provide reasonable means to be approved by the Commissioner whereby any person affected by a rate or loss costs made by it may be heard in person or by the person's authorized representative before the governing committee or other proper executive of the Bureau.
(3)	The Bureau shall promulgate and propose rates for insurance against loss to residential real property with not more than four housing units located in this State and any contents thereof or valuable interest therein and other insurance coverages written in connection with the sale of such property insurance; for insurance against theft of or physical damage to nonfleet private passenger motor vehicles; for liability insurance for such motor vehicles, automobile medical payments insurance, uninsured and underinsured motorists coverage and other insurance coverages written in connection with the sale of such liability insurance; and, as provided in G.S. 58‑36‑100, for loss costs and residual market rate filings for workers' compensation and employers' liability insurance written in connection therewith. This subdivision does not apply to motor vehicles operated under certificates of authority from the Utilities Commission, the Interstate Commerce Commission, or their successor agencies, where insurance or other proof of financial responsibility is required by law or by regulations specifically applicable to such certificated vehicles.
(4)	Agreements may be made between or among members with respect to equitable apportionment among them of insurance which may be afforded applicants who are in good faith entitled to but who are unable to procure such insurance through ordinary methods. The members may agree between or among themselves on the use of reasonable rate modifications for such insurance, agreements, and rate modifications to be subject to the approval of the Commissioner.
(5)	a.	It is the duty of every insurer that writes workers' compensation insurance in this State and is a member of the Bureau, as defined in this section and G.S. 58‑36‑5 to insure and accept any workers' compensation insurance risk that has been certified to be "difficult to place" by any fire and casualty insurance producer with property and casualty lines of authority who is licensed in this State. When any such risk is called to the attention of the Bureau by receipt of an application with an estimated or deposit premium payment and it appears that the risk is in good faith entitled to such coverage, the Bureau will bind coverage for 30 days and will designate a member who must issue a standard workers' compensation policy of insurance that contains the usual and customary provisions found in those policies. Multiple coordinated policies, as defined by the Bureau and approved by the Commissioner, may be used for the issuance of coverage under this subdivision for risks involved in employee leasing arrangements. Coverage will be bound at 12:01 A.M. on the first day following the postmark time and date on the envelope in which the application is mailed including the estimated annual or deposit premium, or the expiration of existing coverage, whichever is later. If there should be no postmark, coverage will be effective 12:01 A.M. on the date of receipt by the Bureau unless a later date is requested. Those applications hand delivered to the Bureau will be effective as of 12:01 A.M. of the date following receipt by the Bureau unless a later date is requested. The Bureau will make and adopt such rules as are necessary to carry this section into effect, subject to final approval of the Commissioner. As a prerequisite to the transaction of workers' compensation insurance in this State, every member of the Bureau that writes such insurance must file with the Bureau written authority permitting the Bureau to act in its behalf, as provided in this section, and an agreement to accept risks that are assigned to the member by the Bureau, as provided in this section.
b.	The Bureau shall maintain a compendium of employers refused voluntary coverage, which shall be made available by the Bureau to all insurers, licensed producers, and self‑insureds' administrators doing business in this State. It shall be stored and indexed to allow access to information by industry, primary classifications of employees, geography, experience modification, and in any other manner the Bureau determines is commercially useful to facilitate voluntary coverage of listed employers. The Bureau shall be immune from civil liability for erroneous information released by the Bureau pursuant to this section, provided that the Bureau acted in good faith and without malicious or willful intent to harm in releasing the erroneous information.
c.	Failure or refusal by any assigned employer risk to make full disclosure to the Bureau, servicing carrier, or insurer writing a policy of information regarding the employer's true ownership, change of ownership, operations, or payroll, or any other failure to disclose fully any records pertaining to workers' compensation insurance shall be sufficient grounds for the termination of the policy of that employer.
(6)	The Bureau shall maintain and furnish to the Commissioner on an annual basis the statistics on earnings derived by member companies from the investment of unearned premium, loss, and loss expense reserves on nonfleet private passenger motor vehicle insurance policies written in this State. Whenever the Bureau proposes rates under this Article, it shall prepare a separate exhibit for the experience years in question showing the combined earnings realized from the investment of such reserves on policies written in this State. The amount of earnings may in an equitable manner be included in the ratemaking formula to arrive at a fair and equitable rate. The Commissioner may require further information as to such earnings and may require calculations of the Bureau bearing on such earnings.
(7)	Member companies shall furnish, upon request of any person carrying nonfleet private passenger motor vehicle insurance in the State upon whose risk a rate has been promulgated, information as to rating, including the method of calculation.  (1977, c. 828, s. 6; 1981, c. 888, ss. 1‑3; 1983, c. 416, s. 5; 1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1027, s. 5.1; 1991, c. 339, s. 1; 1993, c. 409, s. 27; 1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 679, s. 8.5; 1995, c. 505, s. 1; c. 517, s. 18; 1999‑132, ss. 3.1, 3.2; 1999‑219, s. 11; 2001‑236, s. 2; 2001‑389, ss. 1, 2; 2001‑423, s. 3; 2022‑46, s. 14(pp).)

§ 58‑36‑2.  Private passenger motor vehicles; number of nonfleet policies.
Notwithstanding the definition of "nonfleet" in G.S. 58‑40‑10(2), the Bureau shall adopt rules, subject to the Commissioner's approval, that specify the circumstances under which more than four private passenger motor vehicles may be covered under a nonfleet private passenger motor vehicle policy that is subject to this Article. (1995 (Reg. Sess., 1996), c. 730, s. 2.)

§ 58‑36‑3.  Limitation of scope; motorcycle and moped endorsements allowed; Department of Insurance report.
(a)	The Bureau has no jurisdiction over:
(1)	Excess workers' compensation insurance for employers qualifying as self‑insurers as provided in Article 47 of this Chapter or Article 5 of Chapter 97 of the General Statutes.
(2)	Farm buildings, farm dwellings, and their appurtenant structures; farm personal property or other coverages written in connection with farm real or personal property.
(3)	Travel or camper trailers designed to be pulled by private passenger motor vehicles, unless insured under policies covering nonfleet private passenger motor vehicles.
(4)	Mechanical breakdown insurance covering nonfleet private passenger motor vehicles and other incidental coverages written in connection with this insurance, including emergency road service assistance, trip interruption reimbursement, rental car reimbursement, and tire coverage.
(5)	Residential real and personal property insured in multiple line insurance policies covering business activities as the primary insurable interest; and marine, general liability, burglary and theft, glass, and animal collision insurance, except when such coverages are written as an integral part of a multiple line insurance policy for which there is an indivisible premium.
(6)	Insurance against theft of or physical damage to motorcycles, as defined in G.S. 20‑4.01(27)h.
(7)	Personal excess liability or personal "umbrella" insurance.
(8)	Insurance against theft of or physical damage to mopeds, as defined in G.S. 20‑4.01(27)j.
(b)	Member companies writing motorcycle or moped liability insurance under this Article and writing insurance against theft of or physical damage to motorcycles or mopeds under Article 40 of this Chapter may incorporate motorcycle or moped theft and physical damage coverage as an endorsement to the liability policy issued under this Article.
(c)	Repealed by Session Laws 2015‑92, s. 3, effective June 19, 2015.  (2001‑389, ss. 3, 5.1; 2015‑92, s. 3; 2015‑125, s. 4; 2016‑90, s. 12.6(a); 2017‑102, s. 5.2(b).)

§ 58‑36‑4.  Statistical organizations; licensing; recording and reporting; examination; suspension of license; financial disclosure.
(a)	For purposes of this Article:
(1)	"Statistical organization" means every person, other than an admitted insurer, whether located within or outside this State, who performs one or more of the following functions:
a.	Prepares policy forms or makes underwriting rules incident to, but not including, the making of rates, rating plans, or rating systems.
b.	Collects and furnishes to admitted insurers or statistical organizations loss or expense statistics or other statistical information and data and acts in an advisory rather than a rate‑making capacity. No duly authorized attorney‑at‑law acting in the usual course of that person's profession shall be deemed to be a statistical organization.
c.	Makes rates, rating plans or rating systems, or develops loss costs. Two or more insurers that act in concert for the purpose of making rates, rating plans or rating systems, or developing loss costs and that do not operate within the specific authorizations contained in this Article shall be deemed to be a statistical organization.
d.	Collects data and statistics from insurers and provides reports from these statistics to the Commissioner for the purpose of fulfilling the statistical reporting obligations of those insurers.
"Statistical organization" shall not mean the North Carolina Rate Bureau, the North Carolina Motor Vehicle Reinsurance Facility, the North Carolina Insurance Underwriting Association, or the North Carolina Joint Underwriting Association.
(2)	"Statistical plan" means the document used by a statistical organization to set forth which data elements are to be reported to the statistical organization and to describe the format in which the data must be reported.
(b)	No statistical organization shall conduct its operations in this State, and no insurer shall utilize the service of that organization for any purpose enumerated in this Article unless the organization has obtained a license from the Commissioner. No statistical organization shall refuse to supply any services for which it is licensed in this State to any insurer admitted to do business in this State and offering to pay the fair and usual compensation for the services. A statistical organization applying for a license shall include with its application:
(1)	A copy of its constitution, charter, articles of organization, agreement, association, or incorporation, and a copy of its bylaws, plan of operation, and any other rules or regulations governing the conduct of its business, all duly certified by the custodian of the originals thereof;
(2)	A list of its members and subscribers;
(3)	The name and address of one or more residents of this State upon whom notices, process affecting it, or orders of the Commissioner may be served;
(4)	A statement showing its technical qualifications for acting in the capacity for which it seeks a license; and
(5)	Any other relevant information and documents that the Commissioner may require.
If the Commissioner determines that the applicant and the natural persons through whom it acts are qualified to provide the services proposed and that all requirements of law are met, the Commissioner shall issue a license specifying the authorized activity of the applicant. The Commissioner shall not issue a license if the proposed activity would tend to create a monopoly or to lessen or to destroy price competition. Licenses issued pursuant to this section shall remain in effect until the licensee withdraws from the State or until the license is suspended or revoked. Any change in or amendment to any document required to be filed under this section shall be promptly filed with the Commissioner. Every statistical organization shall file a statistical plan with the Commissioner for approval for each line of insurance for which the organization requests to be licensed. The Commissioner may, in the Commissioner's discretion, modify the plan to collect additional types of data. No statistical organization shall engage in any unfair or unreasonable practice with respect to its activities.
(c)	Statistical organizations licensed pursuant to subsection (b) of this section and admitted insurers are authorized to exchange information and experience data between and among themselves in this State and with statistical organizations and insurers in other states and may consult with them with respect to rate making and the application of rating systems.
(d)	The Commissioner shall adopt or approve reasonable rules, including rules providing statistical plans, for use thereafter by all insurers in the recording and reporting of loss and expense experience, in order that the experience of those insurers may be made available to the Commissioner. The Commissioner may designate one or more statistical organizations to assist him or her in gathering and making compilations of the experience. All insurers, for lines of insurance that require data to be reported, shall report their data to one of the designated statistical organizations.
(e)	The Commissioner shall, at least once every three years, make or cause to be made an examination of each statistical organization licensed pursuant to subsection (b) of this section. This examination shall relate only to the activities conducted pursuant to this Article and to the organizations licensed under this Article. The officers, manager, agents, and employees of any statistical organization may be examined at any time under oath and shall exhibit all books, records, accounts, documents, or agreements governing its method of operation. In lieu of any examination, the Commissioner may accept the report of an examination made by the insurance advisory official of another state, pursuant to the laws of that state.
(f)	Subject to the requirements of this Article and of G.S. 58‑2‑70, the Commissioner may suspend or revoke the license of any statistical organization or impose a monetary penalty against any statistical organization where (i) the Commissioner has reason to believe that any statistical organization has violated any provision of this Chapter, or (ii) the statistical organization fails to comply with an order of the Commissioner within the time limited by the order, or within any extension thereof that the Commissioner may grant. The Commissioner shall not suspend the license of any statistical organization for failure to comply with an order until the time prescribed for an appeal from the order has expired or, if an appeal has been taken, until the order has been affirmed. The Commissioner may determine when a suspension of a license shall become effective, and the suspension shall remain in effect for the period fixed by the Commissioner unless the Commissioner modifies or rescinds the suspension, or until the order upon which the suspension is based is modified, rescinded, or reversed. No license shall be suspended or revoked, and no monetary penalty shall be imposed except upon a written order of the Commissioner stating the Commissioner's findings, made after a hearing held upon not less than 10 days' written notice to the person or organization, and specifying the alleged violation.
(g)	A statistical organization is considered an insurance company for purposes of the applicability of G.S. 58‑6‑7. (2005‑210, s. 18; 2006‑264, s. 45(b).)

§ 58‑36‑5.  Membership as a prerequisite for writing insurance; governing committee; rules and regulations; expenses.
(a)	Before the Commissioner shall grant permission to any stock, nonstock, or reciprocal insurance company or any other insurance organization to write in this State insurance against loss to residential real property with not more than four housing units located in this State or any contents thereof or valuable interest therein or other insurance coverages written in connection with the sale of such property insurance; or insurance against theft of or physical damage to private passenger (nonfleet) motor vehicles; or liability insurance for such motor vehicles, automobile medical payments insurance, uninsured motorists coverage or other insurance coverage written in connection with the sale of such liability insurance; or workers' compensation and employers' liability insurance written in connection therewith; except for insurance excluded from the Bureau's jurisdiction in G.S. 58‑36‑1(3); it shall be a requisite that they shall subscribe to and become members of the Bureau.
(b)	Each member of the Bureau writing any one or more of the above lines of insurance in North Carolina shall, as a requisite thereto, be represented in the Bureau and shall be entitled to one representative and one vote in the administration of the affairs of the Bureau.  They shall, upon organization, elect a governing committee which governing committee shall be composed of equal representation by stock and nonstock members.  The governing committee of the Bureau shall also have as nonvoting members two persons who are not employed by or affiliated with any insurance company or the Department and who are appointed by the Governor to serve at his pleasure.
(c)	The Bureau, when created, shall adopt such rules and regulations for its orderly procedure as shall be necessary for its maintenance and operation.  No such rules and regulations shall discriminate against any type of insurer because of its plan of operation, nor shall any insurer be prevented from returning any unused or unabsorbed premium, deposit, savings or earnings to its policyholders or subscribers.  The expense of such Bureau shall be borne by its members by quarterly contributions to be made in advance, such contributions to be made in advance by prorating such expense among the members in accordance with the amount of gross premiums derived from the above lines of insurance in North Carolina during the preceding year and members entering the Bureau since that date to advance an amount to be fixed by the governing committee.  After the first fiscal year of operation of the Bureau the necessary expense of the Bureau shall be advanced by the members in accordance with rules and regulations to be established and adopted by the governing committee.  The Bureau shall be empowered to subscribe for or purchase any necessary service, and employ and fix the salaries of such personnel and assistants as are necessary.
(d)	The Commissioner is hereby authorized to compel the production of all books, data, papers and records and any other data necessary to compile statistics for the purpose of determining the underwriting experience of lines of insurance referred to in this Article, and this information shall be available and for the use of the Bureau for the capitulation and promulgation of rates on lines of insurance as are subject to the ratemaking authority of the Bureau. (1977, c. 828, s. 6; 1981, c. 888, s. 4; 1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1027, s. 6; 1991, c. 720, s. 4.)

§ 58‑36‑10.  Method of rate making; factors considered.
The following standards shall apply to the making and use of rates:
(1)	Rates or loss costs shall not be excessive, inadequate or unfairly discriminatory.
(2)	Due consideration shall be given to actual loss and expense experience within this State for the most recent three‑year period for which that information is available; to prospective loss and expense experience within this State; to the hazards of conflagration and catastrophe; to a reasonable margin for underwriting profit and to contingencies; to dividends, savings, or unabsorbed premium deposits allowed or returned by insurers to their policyholders, members, or subscribers; to investment income earned or realized by insurers from their unearned premium, loss, and loss expense reserve funds generated from business within this State; to past and prospective expenses specially applicable to this State; and to all other relevant factors within this State: Provided, however, that countrywide expense and loss experience and other countrywide data may be considered only where credible North Carolina experience or data is not available.
(3)	In the case of property insurance rates under this Article, consideration may be given to the experience of property insurance business during the most recent five‑year period for which that experience is available. In the case of property insurance rates under this Article, consideration shall be given to the insurance public protection classifications of fire districts established by the Commissioner. The Commissioner shall establish and modify from time to time insurance public protection districts for all rural areas of the State and for cities with populations of 100,000 or fewer, according to the most recent annual population estimates certified by the State Budget Officer. In establishing and modifying these districts, the Commissioner shall use standards at least equivalent to those used by the Insurance Services Office, Inc., or any successor organization, except that fire alarms that are unintentional or the result of malfunction and result in no damage or fire shall not be considered in calculating minimum response requirements for initial rating or classification. The standards developed by the Commissioner are subject to Article 2A of Chapter 150B of the General Statutes. The insurance public protection classifications established by the Commissioner issued pursuant to the provisions of this Article shall be subject to appeal as provided in G.S. 58‑2‑75, et seq. The exceptions stated in G.S. 58‑2‑75(a) do not apply. If the Rate Bureau presents any modeled hurricane losses based upon a commercial hurricane simulation computer model with a property insurance rate filing, the Bureau shall present data from more than one such model. The Commissioner shall consider modeled hurricane losses presented by the Rate Bureau.
(4)	Risks may be grouped by classifications and lines of insurance for establishment of rates, loss costs, and base premiums. Classification rates may be modified to produce rates for individual risks in accordance with rating plans that establish standards for measuring variations in hazards or expense provisions or both. Those standards may measure any differences among risks that can be demonstrated to have a probable effect upon losses or expenses. The Bureau shall establish and implement a comprehensive classification rating plan for motor vehicle insurance under its jurisdiction. No such classification plans shall base any standard or rating plan for private passenger (nonfleet) motor vehicles, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, upon the age or gender of the persons insured. The Bureau shall at least once every three years make a complete review of the filed classification rates to determine whether they are proper and supported by statistical evidence, and shall at least once every 10 years make a complete review of the territories for nonfleet private passenger motor vehicle insurance to determine whether they are proper and reasonable.
(5)	In the case of workers' compensation insurance and employers' liability insurance written in connection therewith, due consideration shall be given to the past and prospective effects of changes in compensation benefits and in legal and medical fees that are provided for in General Statutes Chapter 97.
(6)	To ensure that policyholders in the beach and coastal areas of the North Carolina Insurance Underwriting Association whose risks are of the same class and essentially the same hazard are charged premiums that are commensurate with the risk of loss and premiums that are actuarially correct, the North Carolina Rate Bureau shall revise, monitor, and review the existing territorial boundaries used by the Bureau when appropriate to establish geographic territories in the beach and coastal areas of the Association for rating purposes. In revising these territories, the Bureau shall use statistical data sources available to define such territories to represent relative risk factors that are actuarially sound and not unfairly discriminatory. The new territories and any subsequent amendments proposed by the North Carolina Rate Bureau or Association shall be subject to the Commissioner's approval and shall appear on the Bureau's Web site, the Association's Web site, and the Department's Web site once approved.
(7)	Property insurance rates established under this Article may include a provision to reflect the cost of reinsurance to protect against catastrophic exposure within this State. Amounts to be paid to reinsurers, ceding commissions paid or to be paid to insurers by reinsurers, expected reinsurance recoveries, North Carolina exposure to catastrophic events relative to other states' exposure, and any other relevant information may be considered when determining the provision to reflect the cost of reinsurance.  (1977, c. 828, s. 6; 1979, c. 824, s. 1; 1981, c. 521, s. 5; c. 790; 1987, c. 632, s. 1; 1991, c. 644, s. 39; 1999‑132, s. 3.3; 2000‑176, s. 1; 2004‑203, s. 5(a); 2009‑472, s. 2; 2012‑162, s. 3; 2016‑51, s. 7; 2016‑78, s. 1.3(b).)

§ 58‑36‑15.  Filing loss costs, rates, plans with Commissioner; public inspection of filings.
(a)	The Bureau shall file with the Commissioner copies of the rates, loss costs, classification plans, rating plans and rating systems used by its members. Each rate or loss costs filing shall become effective on the date specified in the filing, but not earlier than 210 days from the date the filing is received by the Commissioner: Provided that (1) rate or loss costs filings for workers' compensation insurance and employers' liability insurance written in connection therewith shall not become effective earlier than 210 days from the date the filing is received by the Commissioner or on the date as provided in G.S. 58‑36‑100, whichever is earlier; and (2) any filing may become effective on a date earlier than that specified in this subsection upon agreement between the Commissioner and the Bureau.
(b)	A filing by the Rate Bureau shall be open to public inspection immediately upon submission to the Commissioner. All property insurance rate filings shall be open to the public except as provided in this Article where necessary to maintain the confidentiality of certain testimony. At least 30 days before a notice of hearing issues, the Department shall receive comments from the public regarding a property insurance rate filing. The comments may be provided to the Department by e‑mail, mail, or in person at a time and place set by the Department. All public comments shall be shared with the Rate Bureau in a timely manner.
(c)	The Bureau shall maintain reasonable records, of the type and kind reasonably adapted to its method of operation, of the experience of its members and of the data, statistics or information collected or used by it in connection with the rates, rating plans, rating systems, loss costs and other data as specified in G.S. 58‑36‑100, underwriting rules, policy or bond forms, surveys or inspections made or used by it.
(d)	With respect to the filing of rates for nonfleet private passenger motor vehicle insurance, the Bureau shall, on or before February 1 of each year, or later with the approval of the Commissioner, file with the Commissioner the experience, data, statistics, and information referred to in subsection (c) of this section and any proposed adjustments in the rates for all member companies of the Bureau. The filing shall include, where deemed by the Commissioner to be necessary for proper review, the data specified in subsections (c), (e), (g) and (h) of this section. Any filing that does not contain the data required by this subsection may be returned to the Bureau and not be deemed a proper filing. Provided, however, that if the Commissioner concludes that a filing does not constitute a proper filing he shall promptly notify the Bureau in writing to that effect, which notification shall state in reasonable detail the basis of the Commissioner's conclusion. The Bureau shall then have a reasonable time to remedy the defects so specified. An otherwise defective filing thus remedied shall be deemed to be a proper and timely filing, except that all periods of time specified in this Article will run from the date the Commissioner receives additional or amended documents necessary to remedy all material defects in the original filing.
(d1)	With respect to property insurance rates, the Bureau shall file no later than May 1, 2010, a schedule of credits for policyholders based on the presence of mitigation and construction features and on the condition of buildings that it insures in the beach and coastal areas of the State. The Bureau shall develop rules applicable to the operation of the schedule and the mitigation program with approval by the Commissioner. The schedule shall not be unfairly discriminatory and shall be reviewed by the Bureau annually, with the results reported annually to the Commissioner.
(d2)	The following supporting data, at a minimum, shall be included in any property insurance rate filing where a catastrophe model is used:
(1)	Any simulated loss from a catastrophe model should include the following:
a.	An event identifier.
b.	The simulation year.
c.	The State and county of first landfall, and the wind speed, based upon the Saffir‑Simpson scale, at landfall.
d.	The gross amount of North Carolina damages before application of any deductible or other applicable policy provisions that impact the coverage, calculated with and without any applicable demand surge adjustments.
e.	The net amount of North Carolina insured loss after application of any deductible or other applicable policy provisions that impact the coverage, calculated with and without any applicable demand surge adjustments.
f.	Any other information required by rules promulgated by the Commissioner.
(2)	Annual historical exposure and hurricane loss data by territory for 2003 and each subsequent year. The Bureau shall also provide annual historical exposure and hurricane loss data by territory for 1987 through 2002 to the extent this data is reasonably available.
(3)	If requested by the Department, a statistical analysis comparing the historic loss data required by subdivision (2) of this subsection with any simulated losses used to support the rate filing.
(4)	Trade secret information provided under this subsection is confidential and shall be handled in accordance with the provisions of G.S. 66‑152 and G.S. 132‑1.2.
(d3)	In all residential property insurance rate filings, the Bureau shall set forth for each territory in the State (i) that portion of the rate based on all risks with the exception of wind and hail and (ii) that portion of the rate based on consideration of risks and the costs of reinsurance for wind and hail. The Department shall post both the filed rate and the final rate for each territory on its Web site, including that portion of the filed rate and the final rate for each territory based on all risks with the exception of wind and hail and that portion based on wind and hail.
(e)	The Commissioner may require the filing of supporting data including:
(1)	The Bureau's interpretation of any statistical data relied upon;
(2)	Descriptions of the methods employed in setting the rates;
(3)	Analysis of the incurred losses submitted on an accident year or policy year basis into their component parts; to wit, paid losses, reserves for losses and loss expenses, and reserves for losses incurred but not reported;
(4)	The total number and dollar amount of paid claims;
(5)	The total number and dollar amount of case basis reserve claims;
(6)	Earned and written premiums at current rates by rating territory;
(7)	Earned premiums and incurred losses according to classification plan categories; and
(8)	Income from investment of unearned premiums and loss and loss expense reserves generated by business within this State.
Provided, however, that with respect to business written prior to January 1, 1980, the Commissioner shall not require the filing of such supporting data which has not been required to be recorded under statistical plans approved by the Commissioner.
(f)	On or before September 1 of each calendar year, or later with the approval of the Commissioner, the Bureau shall submit to the Commissioner the experience, data, statistics, and information referred to in subsection (c) of this section and required under G.S. 58‑36‑100 and a residual market rate or prospective loss costs review based on those data for workers' compensation insurance and employers' liability insurance written in connection therewith. Any rate or loss costs increase for that insurance that is implemented under this Article shall become effective solely to insurance with an inception date on or after the effective date of the rate or loss costs increase.
(g)	The following information must be included in policy form, rule, and rate or loss costs filings under this Article and under Article 37 of this Chapter:
(1)	A detailed list of the rates, loss costs, rules, and policy forms filed, accompanied by a list of those superseded; and
(2)	A detailed description, properly referenced, of all changes in policy forms, rules, prospective loss costs, and rates, including the effect of each change.
(h)	Except to the extent the Commissioner determines that this subsection is inapplicable to filings made under G.S. 58‑36‑100 and except for filings made under G.S. 58‑36‑30, all policy form, rule, prospective loss costs, and rate filings under this Article and Article 37 of this Chapter that are based on statistical data must be accompanied by the following properly identified information:
(1)	North Carolina earned premiums at the actual and current rate level; losses and loss adjustment expenses, each on paid and incurred bases without trending or other modification for the experience period, including the loss ratio anticipated at the time the rates were promulgated for the experience period;
(2)	Credibility factor development and application;
(3)	Loss development factor derivation and application on both paid and incurred bases and in both numbers and dollars of claims;
(4)	Trending factor development and application;
(5)	Changes in premium base resulting from rating exposure trends;
(6)	Limiting factor development and application;
(7)	Overhead expense development and application of commission and brokerage, other acquisition expenses, general expenses, taxes, licenses, and fees;
(8)	Percent rate or prospective loss costs change;
(9)	Final proposed rates;
(10)	Investment earnings, consisting of investment income and realized plus unrealized capital gains, from loss, loss expense, and unearned premium reserves;
(11)	Identification of applicable statistical plans and programs and a certification of compliance with them;
(12)	Investment earnings on capital and surplus;
(13)	Level of capital and surplus needed to support premium writings without endangering the solvency of member companies; and
(14)	Such other information that may be required by any rule adopted by the Commissioner.
Provided, however, that no filing may be returned or disapproved on the grounds that such information has not been furnished if insurers have not been required to collect such information pursuant to statistical plans or programs or to report such information to the Bureau or to statistical agents, except where the Commissioner has given reasonable prior notice to the insurers to begin collecting and reporting such information, or except when the information is readily available to the insurers.
(i)	The Bureau shall file with and at the time of any rate or prospective loss costs filing all testimony, exhibits, and other information on which the Bureau will rely at the hearing on the rate filing. The Department shall file all testimony, exhibits, and other information on which the Department will rely at the hearing on the rate filing 20 days in advance of the convening date of the hearing. Upon the issuance of a notice of hearing the Commissioner shall hold a meeting of the parties to provide for the scheduling of any additional testimony, including written testimony, exhibits or other information, in response to the notice of hearing and any potential rebuttal testimony, exhibits, or other information. This subsection also applies to rate filings made by the North Carolina Motor Vehicle Reinsurance Facility under Article 37 of this Chapter.  (1977, c. 828, s. 6; 1979, c. 824, s. 2; 1981, c. 521, s. 1; 1985, c. 666, s. 3; 1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1027, ss. 2, 3; 1993, c. 409, s. 10; 1995, c. 505, s. 2; 1999‑132, ss. 3.4‑3.6; 2002‑187, s. 4.1; 2009‑472, s. 3; 2012‑162, s. 1; 2016‑78, s. 1.3(c).)

§ 58‑36‑16.  Bureau to share information with Department of Labor and North Carolina Industrial Commission.
The Bureau shall provide to the Department of Labor and the North Carolina Industrial Commission information from the Bureau's records indicating each employer's experience rate modifier established for the purpose of setting premium rates for workers' compensation insurance and the name and business address of each employer whose workers' compensation coverage is provided through the assigned‑risk pool pursuant to G.S. 58‑36‑1. Information provided to the Department of Labor and the North Carolina Industrial Commission with respect to experience rate modifiers shall include the name of the employer and the employer's most current intrastate or interstate experience rate modifier. The information provided to the Department and the Commission under this section shall be confidential and not open for public inspection. The Bureau shall be immune from civil liability for releasing information pursuant to this section, even if the information is erroneous, provided the Bureau acted in good faith and without malicious or wilful intent to harm in releasing the information.  (1991 (Reg. Sess., 1992), c. 894, s. 4; 2012‑135, s. 1(a).)

§ 58‑36‑17.  Bureau to share information with the North Carolina Industrial Commission.
The Bureau shall provide to the North Carolina Industrial Commission information contained in the Bureau's records indicating the status of workers' compensation insurance coverage on North Carolina employers as reported to the Bureau by the Bureau's member companies. The North Carolina Industrial Commission shall take such steps, including obtaining software or software licenses, as are necessary to be able to receive and process such information from the Bureau. The records provided to the North Carolina Industrial Commission under this section shall be confidential and shall not be public records as that term is defined in G.S. 132‑1. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, the North Carolina Industrial Commission may release data showing workers' compensation insurance policy information that includes only employer name and address, carrier name, address, and telephone number; policy number; policy effective dates; policy cancellation dates; and policy reinstatement dates. This data shall not be confidential data and shall be a public record as that term is defined in G.S. 132‑1. The North Carolina Industrial Commission shall use the information provided pursuant to this section only to carry out its statutory duties and obligations under The North Carolina Workers' Compensation Act. The Bureau shall be immune from civil liability for releasing information pursuant to this section, even if the information is erroneous, provided the Bureau acted in good faith and without malicious or willful intent to harm in releasing the information.  (2012‑135, s. 1(b); 2012‑194, s. 65.5; 2013‑20, s. 1.)

§ 58‑36‑20.  Disapproval; hearing, order; adjustment of premium, review of filing.
(a)	At any time within 50 days after the date of any filing, the Commissioner may give written notice to the Bureau specifying in what respect and to what extent the Commissioner contends the filing fails to comply with the requirements of this Article and fixing a date for hearing not less than 30 days from the date of mailing of such notice. Once begun, hearings must proceed without undue delay. At the hearing the burden of proving that the proposed rates are not excessive, inadequate, or unfairly discriminatory is on the Bureau. At the hearing the factors specified in G.S. 58‑36‑10 shall be considered. If the Commissioner after hearing finds that the filing does not comply with the provisions of this Article, he may issue his order determining wherein and to what extent such filing is deemed to be improper and fixing a date thereafter, within a reasonable time, after which the filing shall no longer be effective. In the event the Commissioner finds that the proposed rates are excessive, the Commissioner shall specify the overall rates, between the existing rates and the rates proposed by the Bureau filing, that may be used by the members of the Bureau instead of the rates proposed by the Bureau filing. In any such order, the Commissioner shall make findings of fact based on the evidence presented in the filing and at the hearing. Any order issued after a hearing shall be issued within 45 days after the completion of the hearing. If no order is issued within 45 days after the completion of the hearing, the filing shall be deemed to be approved.
(b)	In the event that no notice of hearing shall be issued within 50 days from the date of any such filing, the filing shall be deemed to be approved. If the Commissioner disapproves such filing pursuant to subsection (a) as not being in compliance with G.S. 58‑36‑10, he may order an adjustment of the premium to be made with the policyholder either by collection of an additional premium or by refund, if the amount exceeds five dollars ($5.00). The Commissioner may thereafter review any filing in the manner provided; but if so reviewed, no adjustment of any premium on any policy then in force may be ordered.
(c)	For workers' compensation insurance and employers' liability insurance written in connection therewith, the period between the date of any filing and the date the Commissioner may give written notice as described in subsection (a) of this section and the period between the date of any filing and the deadline for giving notice of hearing as described in subsection (b) of this section shall be 60 days.  (1977, c. 828, s. 6; 1979, c. 824, s. 3; 1985, c. 666, s. 2; 1993, c. 409, s. 12; 2002‑187, s. 4.2; 2009‑472, s. 4; 2012‑162, s. 2.)

§ 58‑36‑25.  Appeal of Commissioner's order.
(a)	Any order or decision of the Commissioner shall be subject to judicial review as provided in Article 2 of this Chapter.
(b)	Whenever a Bureau rate is held to be unfairly discriminatory or excessive and no longer effective by order of the Commissioner issued under G.S. 58‑36‑20, the members of the Bureau, in accordance with rules and regulations established and adopted by the governing committee, shall have the option to continue to use such rate for the interim period pending judicial review of such order, provided each such member shall place in escrow account the purportedly unfairly discriminatory or excessive portion of the premium collected during such interim period. Upon a final determination by the Court, or upon a consent agreement or consent order between the Bureau and the Commissioner, the Commissioner shall order the escrowed funds to be distributed appropriately. If refunds are to be made to policyholders, the Commissioner shall order that the members of the Bureau refund the difference between the total premium per policy using the rate levels finally determined and the total premium per policy collected during the interim period pending judicial review, except that refund amounts that are five dollars ($5.00) or less per policy shall not be required. The court may also require that purportedly excess premiums resulting from an adjustment of premiums ordered pursuant to G.S. 58‑36‑20(b) be placed in such escrow account pending judicial review. If refunds made to policyholders are ordered under this subsection, the amounts refunded shall bear interest at the rate determined under this subsection. That rate, to be computed by the Bureau, shall be the average of the prime rates on the effective date of the filing and each anniversary of that date occurring prior to the date of the Commissioner's order requiring refunds, with the prime rate on each of the dates being the average of the prime rates of the four largest banking institutions domiciled in this State as of that date, plus three percent (3%). (1977, c. 828, s. 6; 1979, c. 824, s. 4; 1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1027, ss. 3.1, 4; 1995, c. 517, s. 19.)

§ 58‑36‑30.  Deviations.
(a)	Except as permitted by G.S. 58‑36‑100 for workers' compensation loss costs filings, no insurer and no officer, agent, or representative of an insurer shall knowingly issue or deliver or knowingly permit the issuance or delivery of any policy of insurance in this State that does not conform to the rates, rating plans, classifications, schedules, rules and standards made and filed by the Bureau. An insurer may deviate from the rates promulgated by the Bureau if the insurer has filed the proposed deviation with the Bureau and the Commissioner, if the proposed deviation is based on sound actuarial principles, and if the proposed deviation is approved by the Commissioner. Amendments to deviations are subject to the same requirements as initial filings. An insurer may terminate a deviation only if the deviation has been in effect for a period of six months before the effective date of the termination and the insurer notifies the Commissioner of the termination no later than 15 days before the effective date of the termination.
(b)	This subsection applies to insurance against loss to automobile physical damage and related expenses. A rate in excess of that promulgated by the Bureau may be charged by an insurer on any specific risk if the higher rate is charged in accordance with rules adopted by the Commissioner. An insurer shall give notice to the insured that the rates used to calculate the premium for the policy are greater than those rates that are applicable in the State of North Carolina by including the following language in the policy on page one of the declarations page or on a separate page before the declarations page, in at least 14 point type or in a font size larger than the remainder of the document whichever is larger, bolded, and all capitalized:
NOTICE: THE PREMIUM THAT WE ARE CHARGING FOR AUTOMOBILE PHYSICAL DAMAGE AND RELATED EXPENSES THAT COVERS THE DAMAGE TO YOUR COVERED VEHICLE(S) EXCEEDS THE PREMIUM BASED UPON THE APPROVED RATES IN NORTH CAROLINA, IN ACCORDANCE WITH G.S. 58‑36‑30(b).
The disclosure statement noted above in this subsection shall be included on any renewal of or endorsement to the policy when the rates charged exceed the approved manual rate. The insurer shall retain consent to rate information for each insured and make this information available to the Commissioner, upon request of the Commissioner. This subsection may also be used to provide motor vehicle liability coverage limits above those required under Article 9A of Chapter 20 of the General Statutes and above those that could be ceded to the North Carolina Reinsurance Facility under Article 37 of this Chapter to persons whose personal excess liability insurance policies require that they maintain specific higher liability coverage limits. Any data obtained by the Commissioner under this subsection is proprietary and confidential and is not a public record under G.S. 132‑1 or G.S. 58‑2‑100.
(b1)	This subsection applies only to insurance against loss to residential property with not more than four housing units. A rate in excess of that promulgated by the Bureau may be charged by an insurer on any specific risk if the higher rate is charged in accordance with rules adopted by the Commissioner. An insurer shall give notice to the insured that the rates used to calculate the premium for the policy are greater than those rates that are applicable in the State of North Carolina by including the following language in the policy on page one of the declarations page or on a separate page before the declarations page, in at least 14 point type or in a font size larger than the remainder of the document whichever is larger, bolded, and all capitalized:
NOTICE: IN ACCORDANCE WITH G.S. 58‑36‑30(b1), THE PREMIUM BASED UPON THE APPROVED RATES IN NORTH CAROLINA FOR RESIDENTIAL PROPERTY INSURANCE COVERAGE APPLIED FOR WOULD BE $____. OUR PREMIUM FOR THIS COVERAGE IS $____.
The disclosure statement noted above in this subsection shall be included on any renewal of or endorsement to the policy when the rates charged exceed the approved manual rate. The insurer shall retain consent to rate information for each insured and make this information available to the Commissioner, upon request of the Commissioner. Any data obtained by the Commissioner under this subsection is proprietary and confidential and is not a public record under G.S. 132‑1 or G.S. 58‑2‑100.
(b2)	Notwithstanding subsection (b1) of this section, the Commissioner shall collect annually from all insurers and publish on the Department's Web site no later than July 1 the following data aggregated across all insurers for each geographical rate‑making territory:
(1)	The percentage of policies for which a consent to rate has been obtained.
(2)	The average difference between the approved premium and the consented premium.
The Commissioner shall designate the format and manner to collect the data to be published.
Any nonaggregated data obtained by the Commissioner, including data identifying individual insurers or insureds, under this subsection is proprietary and confidential and is not a public record under G.S. 132‑1 or G.S. 58‑2‑100. This subsection applies only to insurance against loss to residential real property with not more than four housing units.
(c)	This subsection applies only to workers' compensation and employers' liability insurance written in connection therewith. A rate in excess of that promulgated by the Bureau may be charged by an insurer on any specific risk if the higher rate is charged in accordance with rules adopted by the Commissioner.
(d)	Notwithstanding any other provision of law prohibiting insurance rate differentials based on age, with respect to nonfleet private passenger motor vehicle insurance under the jurisdiction of the Bureau, any member of the Bureau may apply for and use in this State, subject to the Commissioner's approval, a downward deviation in the rates for insureds who are 55 years of age or older. A member of the Bureau may condition a deviation under this subsection or a deviation under subsection (a) of this section on the successful completion of a motor vehicle accident prevention course that has been approved by the Commissioner of Motor Vehicles, as designated in the deviation.
(e)	Each insurer shall collect the following consent to rate data for nonfleet private passenger motor vehicle physical damage and homeowners residential property with not more than four housing units (all forms, excluding HO4 and HO6) and transmit the data electronically for each policy to the Commissioner on a semi‑annual basis in a format prescribed and designated by the Commissioner:
(1)	NAIC Company Code.
(2)	Company Name.
(3)	Policy Number.
(4)	Amount of Coverage A Insurance (Homeowners).
(5)	Effective Date.
(6)	Expiration Date.
(7)	Zip Code.
(8)	Actual Homeowners Full Term Premium.
(9)	Actual Automobile Physical Damage Full Term Premium.
(10)	NC Rate Bureau Homeowners Full Term Premium.
(11)	NC Rate Bureau Automobile Physical Damage Full Term Premium excluding SDIP charges.
(12)	New Policy or Renewal Policy.
(13)	Such other information that may be required by any rule adopted by the Commissioner.  (1977, c. 828, s. 6; 1983, c. 162, ss. 1, 2; 1985, c. 666, s. 1; 1987, c. 869, s. 1; 1993, c. 409, s. 25; 1995, c. 517, ss. 20, 21; 1995 (Reg. Sess., 1996), c. 668, s. 1; 1999‑132, ss. 3.7, 3.8; 2001‑423, s. 1; 2016‑78, s. 1.3(a); 2018‑120, s. 3.1(a); 2019‑179, s. 4(a)‑(d).)

§ 58‑36‑35.  Appeal to Commissioner from decision of Bureau.
(a)	Any member of the Bureau may appeal to the Commissioner from any decision of the Bureau, except for a decision made under G.S. 58‑36‑1(2). After a hearing held on not fewer than 10 days' written notice to the appellant and to the Bureau, the Commissioner shall issue an order approving the decision or directing the Bureau to reconsider the decision. If the Commissioner directs the Bureau to reconsider the decision and the Bureau fails to take action satisfactory to the Commissioner, the Commissioner shall make such order as the Commissioner may see fit.
(b)	No later than 20 days before the hearing, the appellant shall file with the Commissioner or the Commissioner's designated hearing officer and shall serve on the appellee a written statement of his case and any evidence the appellant intends to offer at the hearing. No later than five days before such hearing, the appellee shall file with the Commissioner or the Commissioner's designated hearing officer and shall serve on the appellant a written statement of the appellee's case and any evidence the appellee intends to offer at the hearing. Each such hearing shall be recorded and transcribed. The cost of the recording and transcribing shall be borne equally by the appellant and appellee; provided that upon any final adjudication the prevailing party shall be reimbursed for his share of such costs by the other party. Each party shall, on a date determined by the Commissioner or the Commissioner's designated hearing officer, but not sooner than 15 days after delivery of the completed transcript to the party, submit to the Commissioner or the Commissioner's designated hearing officer and serve on the other party, a proposed order. The Commissioner or the Commissioner's designated hearing officer shall then issue an order. (1977, c. 828, s. 6; 1989, c. 485, s. 28; 1989 (Reg. Sess., 1990), c. 1069, s. 16; 2001‑232, s. 3.)

§ 58‑36‑40.  Existing rates, rating systems, territories, classifications and policy forms.
Rates, rating systems, territories, classifications and policy forms lawfully in use on September 1, 1977, may continue to be used thereafter, notwithstanding any provision of this Article. (1977, c. 828, s. 6.)

§ 58‑36‑41.  Development of policy endorsement for exclusive use of original equipment manufactured crash parts.
The Rate Bureau shall develop an optional policy endorsement to be filed with the Commissioner for approval that permits policyholders to elect nonfleet private passenger motor vehicle physical damage coverage specifying the exclusive use of original equipment manufactured crash parts. (2003‑395, s. 3.)

§ 58‑36‑42.  Development of policy form or endorsement for residential property insurance that does not include coverage for perils of windstorm or hail.
With respect to residential property insurance under its jurisdiction, the Bureau shall develop an optional policy form or endorsement to be filed with the Commissioner for approval that provides residential property insurance coverage in the coastal and beach areas defined in G.S. 58‑45‑5(2) and (2b) without coverage for the perils of windstorm or hail. Insurers that sell such policies shall comply with the provisions of G.S. 58‑44‑60 and through such compliance shall be deemed to have given notice to all insured and persons claiming benefits under such policies that such policies do not include coverage for the perils of windstorm or hail.  (2012‑162, s. 4; 2013‑199, s. 8.)

§ 58‑36‑43.  Optional program enhancements authorized not altering coverage under Rate Bureau jurisdiction.
(a)	Member companies writing private passenger automobile, homeowners', dwelling, or residential private flood insurance under this Article may incorporate optional enhancements to their automobile, homeowners', dwelling, and residential private flood programs as an endorsement to an automobile, homeowners', dwelling, or residential private flood policy issued under this Article if the insurer has filed the proposed enhancement with the Commissioner and if the proposed enhancement is approved by the Commissioner. Any approved optional enhancements shall be considered outside the authority of the Rate Bureau. If the proposed enhancement will include an additional premium charge, the proposed premium charge shall be included with the proposed program enhancements filed with the Commissioner. The Commissioner shall review the proposed premium charges and approve them if the Commissioner finds that they are based on sound actuarial principles. Amendments to private passenger automobile, homeowners', dwelling, or residential private flood program enhancements are subject to the same requirements as initial filings. Neither the acceptance, renewal of a policy, nor any underwriting rating criteria shall be conditioned by a company upon the acceptance by the policyholder of any optional automobile, homeowners', dwelling, or residential private flood enhancements. A rate amendment authorized by this section is not a rate deviation and is not subject to the requirements for rate deviations set forth in G.S. 58‑36‑30(a).
(b)	Insurers shall utilize statistical codes outlined by their statistical organization in reporting premiums and losses resulting from program enhancements filed under this section. Those statistical codes shall be substantially different than the codes utilized for data collected for rate‑making purposes in order to avoid commingling of the data.  (2015‑146, s. 5; 2022‑46, s. 11.)

§ 58‑36‑44.  Development of policy form or endorsement for personal liability insurance for foster parents.
(a)	The Rate Bureau shall develop an optional policy form or endorsement to be filed with the Commissioner for approval no later than May 1, 2016, that provides liability insurance for foster parents licensed under Article 1A of Chapter 131D of the General Statutes to provide foster care in a family foster home or therapeutic foster home. The policy form or endorsement shall provide coverage for acts or omissions of the foster parent while the parent is acting in the foster parent's capacity as a foster parent in a licensed family foster home or therapeutic foster home licensed under Article 1A of Chapter 131D of the General Statutes.
(b)	Nothing in this section is intended to require that the liability insurance policy or endorsement required by this section cover an act or omission that results from any action or inaction of gross negligence, willful and wanton conduct, or intentional wrongdoing that results in injury to the child.  (2015‑135, s. 3.1.)

§ 58‑36‑45.  Notice of coverage or rate change.
Whenever an insurer changes the coverage other than at the request of the insured or changes the premium rate, it shall give the insured written notice of such coverage change or premium rate change at least 15 days in advance of the effective date of such change or changes with a copy of such notice to the insurance producer. This section shall apply to all policies and coverages subject to the provisions of this Article except workers' compensation insurance and employers' liability insurance written in connection therewith.  (1977, c. 828, s. 6; 1985, c. 666, s. 4; 2022‑46, s. 14(qq).)

§ 58‑36‑50.  Limitation.
Nothing in this Article shall apply to any town or county farmers mutual fire insurance association restricting its operations to not more than six adjacent counties in this State, or to domestic insurance companies, associations, orders or fraternal benefit societies now doing business in this State on the assessment plan. (1977, c. 828, s. 6; 1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1013, s. 10.1; 1989, c. 485, s. 53.)

§ 58‑36‑55.  Policy forms.
No policy form applying to insurance on risks or operations covered by this Article may be delivered or issued for delivery unless it has been filed with the Commissioner by the Bureau and either he has approved it, or 90 days have elapsed and he has not disapproved it. (1979, c. 824, s. 6.)

§ 58‑36‑60.  Payment of dividends not prohibited or regulated; plan for payment into rating system.
Nothing in this Article will be construed to prohibit or regulate the payment of dividends, savings, or unabsorbed premium deposits allowed or returned by insurers to their policyholders, members, or subscribers.  Individual policyholder loss experience may be considered as a factor in determining dividends for workers' compensation insurance and employers' liability insurance written in connection therewith.  A plan for the payment of dividends, savings, or unabsorbed premium deposits allowed or returned by insurers to their policyholders, members, or subscribers will not be deemed a rating plan or system. (1979, c. 824, s. 6; 1983, c. 374, s. 1.)

§ 58‑36‑65.  Classifications and Safe Driver Incentive Plan for nonfleet private passenger motor vehicle insurance.
(a)	The Bureau shall file, subject to review, modification, and promulgation by the Commissioner, such rate classifications, schedules, or rules that the Commissioner deems to be desirable and equitable to classify drivers of nonfleet private passenger motor vehicles for insurance purposes. Subsequently, the Commissioner may require the Bureau to file modifications of the classifications, schedules, or rules. If the Bureau does not file the modifications within a reasonable time, the Commissioner may promulgate the modifications. In promulgating or modifying these classifications, schedules, or rules, the Commissioner may give consideration to the following:
(1)	Uses of vehicles, including without limitation to farm use, pleasure use, driving to and from work, and business use;
(2)	Principal and occasional operation of vehicles;
(3)	Years of driving experience of insureds as licensed drivers;
(4)	The characteristics of vehicles; or
(5)	Any other factors, not in conflict with any law, deemed by the Commissioner to be appropriate.
(b)	The Bureau shall file, subject to review, modification, and promulgation by the Commissioner, a Safe Driver Incentive Plan ("Plan") that adequately and factually distinguishes among various classes of drivers that have safe driving records and various classes of drivers that have a record of at‑fault accidents; a record of convictions of major moving traffic violations; a record of convictions of minor moving traffic violations; or a combination thereof; and that provides for premium differentials among those classes of drivers. Subsequently, the Commissioner may require the Bureau to file modifications of the Plan. If the Bureau does not file the modifications within a reasonable time, the Commissioner may promulgate the modifications. The Commissioner is authorized to structure the Plan to provide for surcharges above and discounts below the rate otherwise charged.
(c)	The classifications and Plan filed by the Bureau shall be subject to the filing, hearing, modification, approval, disapproval, review, and appeal procedures provided by law; provided that the 210‑day disapproval period in G.S. 58‑36‑20(a) and the 50‑day deemer period in G.S. 58‑36‑20(b) do not apply to filings or modifications made under this section. The classifications or Plan filed by the Bureau and promulgated by the Commissioner shall of itself not be designed to bring about any increase or decrease in the overall rate level.
(d)	Whenever any policy loses any safe driver discount provided by the Plan or is surcharged due to an accumulation of points under the Plan, the insurer shall, pursuant to rules adopted by the Commissioner, prior to or simultaneously with the billing for additional premium, inform the named insured of the surcharge or loss of discount by mailing to such insured a notice that states the basis for the surcharge or loss of discount, and that advises that upon receipt of a written request from the named insured it will promptly mail to the named insured a statement of the amount of increased premium attributable to the surcharge or loss of discount. The statement of the basis of the surcharge or loss of discount is privileged, and does not constitute grounds for any cause of action for defamation or invasion of privacy against the insurer or its representatives, or against any person who furnishes to the insurer the information upon which the insurer's reasons are based, unless the statement or furnishing of information is made with malice or in bad faith.
(e)	Records of convictions for moving traffic violations to be considered under this section shall be obtained at least annually from the Division of Motor Vehicles and applied by the Bureau's member companies in accordance with rules to be established by the Bureau. Prior to the sale of a new policy of motor vehicle insurance, records of convictions for moving traffic violations shall be obtained in accordance with rules established by the Bureau. Such rules shall permit a reasonable period for underwriting review following the binding of coverage in the event access to such records of convictions are unavailable at the time of sale or the applicant has provided incorrect or incomplete data necessary to access such records of convictions.
(f)	The Bureau is authorized to establish reasonable rules providing for the exchange of information among its member companies as to chargeable accidents and similar information involving persons to be insured under policies. Neither the Bureau, any employee of the Bureau, nor any company or individual serving on any committee of the Bureau has any liability for defamation or invasion of privacy to any person arising out of the adoption, implementation, or enforcement of any such rule. No insurer or individual requesting, furnishing, or otherwise using any information that such insurer or person reasonably believes to be for purposes authorized by this section has any liability for defamation or invasion of privacy to any person on account of any such requesting, furnishing, or use. The immunity provided by this subsection does not apply to any acts made with malice or in bad faith.
(g)	If an applicant for the issuance or renewal of a nonfleet private passenger motor vehicle insurance policy knowingly makes a material misrepresentation of the years of driving experience or the driving record of any named insured or of any other operator who resides in the same household and who customarily operates a motor vehicle to be insured under the policy, the insurer may:
(1)	Cancel or refuse to renew the policy;
(2)	Surcharge the policy in accordance with rules to be adopted by the Bureau and approved by the Commissioner; or
(3)	Recover from the applicant the appropriate amount of premium or surcharge that would have been collected by the insurer had the applicant furnished the correct information.
(h)	If an insured disputes his insurer's determination that the operator of an insured vehicle was at fault in an accident, such dispute shall be resolved pursuant to G.S. 58‑36‑1(2), unless there has been an adjudication or admission of negligence of such operator.
(i)	As used in this section, "conviction" means a conviction as defined in G.S. 20‑279.1 and means an infraction as defined in G.S. 14‑3.1.
(j)	Subclassification plan surcharges shall be applied to a policy for a period of not less nor more than three policy years.
(k)	The subclassification plan may provide for premium surcharges for insureds having less than three years' driving experience as licensed drivers.
(l)	Except as provided in G.S. 58‑36‑30(d), no classification or subclassification plan for nonfleet private passenger motor vehicle insurance shall be based, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, upon the age or gender of insureds.
(m)	Notwithstanding any other provision of law, with respect to motorcycle insurance under the jurisdiction of the Bureau, any member of the Bureau may apply for and use in this State, subject to the Commissioner's approval, a downward deviation in the rates of insureds who show proof of satisfactory completion of the Motorcycle Safety Instruction Program or a comparable motorcycle safety program provided by federally certified instructors for members of the military.  (1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1027, s. 1; 1987, c. 864, ss. 28, 33; c. 869, s. 9; 1987 (Reg. Sess., 1988), c. 975, ss. 4, 5; 1989, c. 755, s. 3; 1993, c. 320, s. 5; 2002‑187, s. 4.3; 2012‑176, s. 1; 2018‑120, s. 4.9(a).)

§ 58‑36‑70.  Rate filings and hearings for motor vehicle insurance.
(a)	With respect to nonfleet private passenger motor vehicle insurance, except as provided in G.S. 58‑36‑25, a filing made by the Bureau under G.S. 58‑36‑15(d) is not effective until approved by the Commissioner or unless 60 days have elapsed since the making of a proper filing under that subsection and the Commissioner has not called for a hearing on the filing. If the Commissioner calls for a hearing, he must give written notice to the Bureau, specify in the notice in what respect the filing fails to comply with this Article, and fix a date for the hearing that is not less than 30 days from the date the notice is mailed.
(b)	At least 15 days before the date set for the convening of the hearing the respective staffs and consultants of the Bureau and Commissioner shall meet at a prehearing conference to review the filing and discuss any points of disagreement that are likely to be in issue at the hearing. At the prehearing conference, the parties shall list the names of potential witnesses and, where possible, stipulate to their qualifications as expert witnesses, stipulate to the sequence of appearances of witnesses, and stipulate to the relevance of proposed exhibits to be offered by the parties. Minutes of the prehearing conference shall be made and reduced to writing and become part of the hearing record. Any agreements reached as to preliminary matters shall be set forth in writing and consented to by the Bureau and the Commissioner. The purpose of this subsection is to avoid unnecessary delay in the rate hearings.
	(c)  Once begun, hearings must proceed without undue delay. At the hearing the burden of proving that the proposed rates are not excessive, inadequate, or unfairly discriminatory is on the Bureau. The Commissioner may disregard at the hearing any exhibits, judgments, or conclusions offered as evidence by the Bureau that were developed by or available to or could reasonably have been obtained or developed by the Bureau at or before the time the Bureau made its proper filing and which exhibits, judgments, or conclusions were not included and supported in the filing; unless the evidence is offered in response to inquiries made at the hearing by the Department, the notice of hearing, or as rebuttal to the Department's evidence. If relevant data becomes available after the filing has been properly made, the Commissioner may consider such data as evidence in the hearing. The order of presenting evidence shall be (1) by the Bureau; (2) by the Department; (3) any rebuttal evidence by the Bureau regarding the Department's evidence; and (4) any rebuttal evidence by the Department regarding the Bureau's rebuttal evidence. Neither the Bureau nor the Department shall present repetitious testimony or evidence relating to the same issues.
(d)	If the Commissioner finds that a filing complies with the provisions of this Article, either after the hearing or at any other time after the filing has been properly made, he may issue an order approving the filing. If the Commissioner after the hearing finds that the filing does not comply with the provisions of this Article, he may issue an order disapproving the filing, determining in what respect the filing is improper, and specifying the appropriate rate level or levels that may be used by the members of the Bureau instead of the rate level or levels proposed by the Bureau filing, unless there has not been data admitted into evidence in the hearing that is sufficiently credible for arriving at the appropriate rate level or levels. Any order issued after a hearing shall be issued within 45 days after the completion of the hearing. If no order is issued within 45 days after the completion of the hearing, the filing shall be deemed to be approved. The Commissioner may thereafter review any filing in the manner provided; but if so reviewed, no adjustment of any premium on any policy then in force may be ordered.  The escrow provisions of G.S. 58‑36‑25(b) apply to any order of the Commissioner under this subsection.
(e)	No person shall willfully withhold information required by this Article from or knowingly furnish false or misleading information to the Commissioner, any statistical agency designated by the Commissioner, any rating or advisory organization, the Bureau, the North Carolina Motor Vehicle Reinsurance Facility, or any insurer, which information affects the rates, rating plans, classifications, or policy forms subject to this Article or Article 37 of this Chapter. (1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1027, s. 5; 1987, c. 864, s. 65; 1987 (Reg. Sess., 1988), c. 975, s. 6; 1989 (Reg. Sess., 1990), c. 1069, s. 23; 1995, c. 507, s. 11A(c).)

§ 58‑36‑75.  At‑fault accidents and certain moving traffic violations under the Safe Driver Incentive Plan.
(a)	The subclassification plan promulgated pursuant to G.S. 58‑36‑65(b) may provide for separate surcharges for major, intermediate, and minor accidents. A "major accident" is an at‑fault accident that results in either (i) bodily injury or death or (ii) only property damage of three thousand eight hundred fifty dollars ($3,850) or more. An "intermediate accident" is an at‑fault accident that results in only property damage of more than two thousand three hundred dollars ($2,300) but less than three thousand eight hundred fifty dollars ($3,850). A "minor accident" is an at‑fault accident that results in only property damage of two thousand three hundred dollars ($2,300) or less. The subclassification plan may also exempt certain minor accidents from the Facility recoupment surcharge. The Bureau shall assign varying Safe Driver Incentive Plan point values and surcharges for bodily injury in at‑fault accidents that are commensurate with the severity of the injury, provided that the point value and surcharge assigned for the most severe bodily injury shall not exceed the point value and surcharge assigned to a major accident involving only property damage.
(a1)	The subclassification plan shall provide that there shall be no premium surcharge, increase in premium on account of cession to the Reinsurance Facility, or assessment of points against an insured where: (i) the insured is involved and is at fault in a "minor accident," as defined in subsection (a) of this section; (ii) the insured is not convicted of a moving traffic violation in connection with the accident; (iii) neither the vehicle owner, principal operator, nor any licensed operator in the owner's household has a driving record consisting of one or more convictions for a moving traffic violation or one or more at‑fault accidents during the three‑year period immediately preceding the date of the application for a policy or the date of the preparation of the renewal of a policy; and (iv) the insured has been covered by liability insurance with the same company or company group continuously for at least the six months immediately preceding the accident. Notwithstanding (iv) of this subsection, if the insured has been covered by liability insurance with the same company or company group for at least six continuous months, some or all of which were after the accident, the insurance company shall remove any premium surcharge or assessment of points against the insured if requirements (i), (ii), and (iii) of this subsection are met. Also notwithstanding (iv) of this subsection, an insurance company may choose not to assess a premium surcharge or points against an insured who has been covered by liability insurance with that company or with the company's group for less than six months immediately preceding the accident, if requirements (i), (ii), and (iii) are met.
(a2)	The subclassification plan shall provide that there shall be no premium surcharge or assessment of points against an insured where (i) the insured's driver's license has been revoked under G.S. 20‑16.5; and (ii) the insured is subsequently acquitted of the offense involving impaired driving, as defined in G.S. 20‑4.01(24a), that is related to the revocation, or the charge for that offense is dismissed. In addition, no insurer shall use, for rating, underwriting, or classification purposes, including ceding any risk to the Facility or writing any kind of coverage subject to this Article, any license revocation under G.S. 20‑16.5 if the insured is acquitted or the charge is dismissed as described in this subsection.
(b)	Repealed by Session Laws 1999‑294, s. 12(a), effective July 14, 1999.
(c)	Repealed by Session Laws 1999‑132, s. 8.1, effective June 4, 1999.
(d)	There shall be no Safe Driver Incentive Plan surcharges under G.S. 58‑36‑65 for accidents occurring when only operating a firefighting, rescue squad, or law enforcement vehicle in accordance with G.S. 20‑125(b) and in response to an emergency if the operator of the vehicle at the time of the accident was a paid or volunteer member of any fire department, rescue squad, or any law enforcement agency. This exception does not include an accident occurring after the vehicle ceases to be used in response to the emergency and the emergency ceases to exist.
(e)	Repealed by Session Laws 1999‑294, s. 12(a), effective July 14, 1999.
(f)	The subclassification plan shall provide that with respect to a conviction for a "violation of speeding 10 miles per hour or less over the speed limit" there shall be no premium surcharge nor any assessment of points unless there is a driving record consisting of a conviction or convictions for a moving traffic violation or violations, except for a prayer for judgment continued for any moving traffic violation, during the three years immediately preceding the date of application or the preparation of the renewal. The subclassification plan shall also provide that with respect to a prayer for judgment continued for any moving traffic violation, there shall be no premium surcharge nor any assessment of points unless the vehicle owner, principal operator, or any licensed operator in the owner's household has a driving record consisting of a prayer or prayers for judgment continued for any moving traffic violation or violations during the three years immediately preceding the date of application or the preparation of the renewal. For the purpose of this subsection, a "prayer for judgment continued" means a determination of guilt by a jury or a court though no sentence has been imposed. For the purpose of this subsection, a "violation of speeding 10 miles per hour or less over the speed limit" does not include the offense of speeding in a school zone in excess of the posted school zone speed limit.
(f1)	The subclassification plan shall provide that in the event an insured is at fault in an accident and is convicted of a moving traffic violation in connection with the accident, only the higher plan premium surcharge between the accident and the conviction shall be assessed on the policy.
(g)	As used in this section "conviction" means a conviction as defined in G.S. 20‑279.1 and means an infraction as defined in G.S. 14‑3.1.
(h)	The North Carolina Rate Bureau shall assign one insurance point under the Safe Driver Incentive Plan for persons who fail to yield to a pedestrian under G.S. 20‑158(b)(2)b.  (1987, c. 869, s. 6; 1991, c. 101, s. 1; c. 713, s. 1; c. 720, s. 90; 1991 (Reg. Sess., 1992), c. 837, s. 11; c. 997, s. 1; 1993, c. 285, s. 11; 1995 (Reg. Sess., 1996), c. 730, s. 3; 1997‑332, s. 1; 1997‑443, s. 19.26(d); 1999‑132, s. 8.1; 1999‑294, s. 12(a), (b); 2003‑137, s. 1; 2004‑172, s. 4; 2015‑241, s. 20.3(a); 2015‑268, s. 7.1; 2016‑78, s. 1.1.)

§ 58‑36‑80.  Coverage for damage to rental vehicles authorized.
As used in this section, "property damage" means damage or loss to a rented vehicle in excess of two hundred fifty dollars ($250.00), including loss of use and any costs or expenses incident to the damage or loss, for which the renter is legally obligated to pay; and "rented" means rented on a daily rate basis for a period of 21 consecutive days or less.  The Bureau is authorized to promulgate rates and policy forms for insurance against property damage to rented private passenger motor vehicles.  Such coverage may be offered at the option of the individual member companies of the Bureau. (1989, c. 631, s. 1; 1989 (Reg. Sess., 1990), c. 1021, s. 10.)

§ 58‑36‑85.  Termination of a nonfleet private passenger motor vehicle insurance policy.
(a)	Definitions. – The following definitions apply in this section:
(1)	Policy. – A nonfleet private passenger motor vehicle liability insurance policy, including a policy that provides medical payments, uninsured motorist, or underinsured motorist coverage, whose named insured is one individual or two or more individuals who reside in the same household.
(2)	Terminate. – To cancel or refuse to renew a policy.
(b)	Termination Restrictions. – An insurer shall not terminate a policy for a reason that is not specified in G.S. 58‑2‑164(g), 58‑36‑65(g), or 58‑37‑50. A termination of a policy is not effective unless the insurer either has notified a named insured of the termination by sending a written termination notice by first class mail to the insured's last known address or is not required by this subsection to send a written termination notice. Proof of mailing of a written termination notice is proof that the notice was sent.
An insurer is not required to send a written termination notice if any of the following applies:
(1)	The insurer has manifested its willingness to renew the policy by issuing or offering to issue a renewal policy, a certificate, or other evidence of renewal.
(2)	The insurer has manifested its willingness to renew the policy by any means not described in subdivision (1) of this subsection, including mailing a premium notice or expiration notice by first class mail to the named insured and the failure of the insured to pay the required premium on or before the premium due date.
(3)	A named insured has given written notification to the insurer or its agent that the named insured wants the policy to be terminated.
(c)	Contents of Notice. – The form of a written termination notice used by an insurer must be approved by the Commissioner before it is used. A written termination notice must state the reason for the termination and the date the termination is effective. If the policy is terminated for nonpayment of the premium, the effective date may be 15 days from the date the notice is mailed. If the policy is terminated for any other reason, the effective date must be at least 60 days after the notice is mailed. A written termination notice must include or be accompanied by a statement that advises the insured of the penalty for driving a vehicle without complying with Article 13 of Chapter 20 of the General Statutes and that the insured has the right to request the Department to review the termination.
(d)	Request for Review. – An insured who receives from an insurer a written termination notice may obtain review of the termination by filing with the Department a written request for review within 10 days after receiving a termination notice that complies with subsection (c) of this section. An insured who does not file a request within the required time waives the right to a review.
(e)	Administrative Review. – When the Department receives a written request to review a termination, it must investigate and determine the reason for the termination. The Department shall issue a letter requiring one of the following upon completing its review:
(1)	Approval of the termination, if it finds the termination complies with the law.
(2)	Renewal or reinstatement of the policy, if it finds the termination does not comply with the law.
(3)	Renewal or reinstatement of the policy and payment by the insurer of the costs of the Department's review, not to exceed one thousand dollars ($1,000), if it finds the termination does not comply with the law and the insurer willfully violated this section.
The Department shall mail the letter to the insured and the insurer. An insured or an insurer who disagrees with the determination of the Department in the letter may file a petition for a contested case under Article 3A of Chapter 150B of the General Statutes and the rules adopted by the Commissioner to implement that Article. The petition must be filed within 30 days after receiving the copy of the letter.
(f)	Delegation. – The Commissioner shall designate an employee or a deputy to conduct the departmental review of a termination. The Commissioner may designate a deputy to conduct a contested case hearing concerning a termination. The Commissioner may not designate a deputy who conducted the departmental review of a termination to conduct a contested case hearing concerning the same termination.
(g)	Effect of Review on Policy. – A policy shall remain in effect during administrative and judicial review of an insurer's action to terminate the policy.
(h)	Liability Limit. – There is no liability on the part of and no cause of action for defamation or invasion of privacy arises against an insurer, an insurer's authorized representatives, agents, or employees, or a licensed insurance producer for a communication or statement made concerning a written notice of termination.
(i)	Records. – An insurer shall keep a record of a termination for three years.  (1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 761, s. 30; 1995, c. 517, s. 22; 2008‑124, s. 4.2; 2022‑46, s. 14(rr).)

§ 58‑36‑87.  Affiliate transfer of policies.
Delivery by an insurer of a policy superseding a policy previously issued by the insurer at the end of the previously issued policy period is not a refusal to renew when it is delivered by:
(1)	The same insurer; or
(2)	An affiliate or subsidiary, as those terms are defined in G.S. 58‑19‑5, that has a financial strength rating, issued by an industry‑recognized independent insurance rating company, which financial strength rating is at least as good as the insurer issuing the superseded policy. The provisions of G.S. 58‑36‑110 and G.S. 58‑36‑85 apply to the affiliate or subsidiary as if it were the same insurer issuing the policy.  (2015‑264, s. 44.5(a); 2016‑78, s. 6.2.)

§ 58‑36‑90.  Prohibitions on using credit scoring to rate noncommercial private passenger motor vehicle and residential property insurance; exceptions.
(a)	Definitions. – As used in this section:
(1)	"Adverse action" has the same meaning as in section 1681a(k) of the federal Fair Credit Reporting Act and includes a denial or cancellation of, an increase in any charge for, or a reduction or other adverse or unfavorable change in the terms of coverage or amount of any insurance, existing or applied for, in connection with the underwriting of insurance.
(2)	"Credit report" means any written, oral, or other communication of any information by a consumer reporting agency that bears on a consumer's credit worthiness, credit standing, or credit capacity. Credit report does not include accident or traffic violation records as maintained by the North Carolina Division of Motor Vehicles or any other law enforcement agency, a property loss report or claims history that does not include information that bears on a consumer's credit worthiness, credit standing, or credit capacity, or any report containing information solely as to transactions or experiences between the consumer and the person making the report.
(3)	"Credit score" means a score that is derived by utilizing data from an individual's credit report in an algorithm, computer program, model, or other process that reduces the data to a number or rating.
(4)	"Noncommercial private passenger motor vehicle" means a "private passenger motor vehicle," as defined by G.S. 58‑40‑10, that is neither insured under a commercial policy nor used for commercial purposes.
(5)	"Private passenger motor vehicle" has the same meaning as set forth in G.S. 58‑40‑10.
(6)	"Residential property" means real property with not more than four housing units located in this State, the contents thereof and valuable interest therein, and insurance coverage written in connection with the sale of that property. It also includes mobile homes, modular homes, townhomes, condominiums, and insurance on contents of apartments and rental property used for residential purposes.
(b)	Prohibitions; Exceptions. – In the rating and underwriting of noncommercial private passenger motor vehicle and residential property insurance coverage, insurers shall not use credit scoring as the sole basis for terminating an existing policy or any coverage in an existing policy or subjecting a policy to consent to rate as specified in G.S. 58‑36‑30(b) without consideration of any other risk factors, but insurers may use credit scoring as the sole basis for discounting rates. For purposes of this subsection only, "existing policy" means a policy that has been in effect for more than 60 days.
(c)	Notification. – If a credit report is used in conjunction with other criteria to take an adverse action, the insurer shall provide the applicant or policyholder with written notice of the action taken, in a form approved by the Commissioner. The notification shall include, in easily understandable language:
(1)	The specific reason for the adverse action and, if the adverse action was based upon a credit score, a description of the factors that were the primary influence on the score.
(2)	The name, address, and toll‑free telephone number of the credit bureau that provided the insurer with the credit‑based information.
(3)	The fact that the consumer has the right to obtain a free copy of the consumer's credit report from the appropriate credit bureau.
(4)	The fact that the consumer has the right to challenge information contained in the consumer's credit report.
(d)	Disputed Credit Report Information. – If it is determined through the dispute resolution process set forth in the federal Fair Credit Reporting Act, 15 U.S.C. § 1681i(a)(5), that the credit information of a current insured was incorrect or incomplete and if the insurer receives notice of such determination from either the consumer reporting agency or from the insured, the insurer shall re‑underwrite or re‑rate the consumer within 30 days of receiving the notice. After re‑underwriting or re‑rating the insured, the insurer shall make any adjustments necessary, consistent with its underwriting guidelines. If an insurer determines the insured has overpaid premium, the insurer shall refund to the insured the amount of overpayment calculated back to the shorter of either the last 12 months of coverage or the actual policy period.
(e)	Indemnification. – An insurer shall indemnify, defend, and hold insurance producers harmless from and against all liability, fees, and costs arising out of or relating to the actions, errors, or omissions of an insurance producer who obtains or uses credit information or credit scores for an insurer, provided the insurance producer follows the instructions or procedures established by the insurer and complies with any applicable law or regulation. Nothing in this subsection shall be construed to provide a consumer or other insured with a cause of action that does not exist in the absence of this subsection.
(f)	Filing. – Insurers that use credit scores to underwrite and rate risks shall file their scoring models, or other scoring processes, with the Department. A filing that includes credit scoring may include loss experience justifying the applicable surcharge or credit. A filer may request that its credit score data be considered a trade secret and may designate parts of its filings accordingly.  (2003‑216, s. 1; 2004‑199, ss. 20(f), 20(g); 2022‑46, s. 14(ss).)

§ 58‑36‑95.  Use of nonoriginal crash repair parts.
(a)	As used in this section, the following definitions apply:
(1)	"Insurer" includes any person authorized to represent an insurer with respect to a claim.
(2)	"Nonoriginal crash repair part" refers to sheet metal and/or plastic parts – generally components of the exterior of a motor vehicle – that are not manufactured by or for the original equipment manufacturer of the vehicle.
(b)	An insurer shall disclose to a claimant in writing, either on the estimate or on a separate document attached to the estimate, the following in no smaller than ten point type: "THIS ESTIMATE HAS BEEN PREPARED BASED ON THE USE OF AUTOMOBILE PARTS NOT MADE BY THE ORIGINAL MANUFACTURER. PARTS USED IN THE REPAIR OF YOUR VEHICLE MADE BY OTHER THAN THE ORIGINAL MANUFACTURER ARE REQUIRED TO BE AT LEAST EQUIVALENT IN TERMS OF FIT, QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, AND WARRANTY TO THE ORIGINAL MANUFACTURER PARTS THEY ARE REPLACING."
(c)	It is a violation of G.S. 58‑3‑180 for an automobile repair facility or parts person to place a nonoriginal crash repair part, nonoriginal windshield, or nonoriginal auto glass on a motor vehicle and to submit an invoice for an original repair part.
(d)	Any insurer or other person who has reason to believe that fraud has occurred under this section shall report that fraud to the Commissioner for further action pursuant to G.S. 58‑2‑160. (2003‑395, s. 2; 2006‑105, s. 1.6.)

§ 58‑36‑100.  Prospective loss costs filings and final rate filings for workers' compensation and employers' liability insurance.
(a)	Except as provided in subsections (k) and (m) of this section, the Bureau shall no longer develop or file any minimum premiums, minimum premium formulas, or expense constants. If an insurer wishes to amend minimum premium formulas or expense constants, it must file the minimum premium rules, formulas, or amounts it proposes to use. A copy of each filing submitted to the Commissioner under subsections (e) and (g) of this section shall also be sent to the Bureau.
(b)	Definitions. As used in this section, the following terms have the following meanings:
(1)	"Expenses". – That portion of a rate attributable to acquisition, field supervision, collection expenses, any tax levied by the State or by any political subdivision of the State, licensing costs, fees, and general expenses, as determined by the insurer.
(2)	"Developed losses". – Losses (including loss adjustment expenses) adjusted, using standard actuarial techniques, to eliminate the effect of differences between current payment or reserve estimates and those needed to provide actual ultimate loss (including loss adjustment expense) payments.
(3)	"Insurer". – A member insurer or group.
(4)	"Loss trending". – Any procedure for projecting developed losses to the average date of loss for the period during which the policies are to be effective.
(5)	"Multiplier". – An insurer's determination of the expenses, other than loss expense and loss adjustment expense, associated with writing workers' compensation and employers' liability insurance, which shall be expressed as a single nonintegral number to be applied equally and uniformly to the prospective loss costs approved by the Commissioner in making rates for each classification of risks utilized by that insurer.
(6)	"Prospective loss costs". – That portion of a rate that does not include provisions for expenses (other than loss adjustment expenses) or profit; and that are based on historical aggregate losses and loss adjustment expenses adjusted through development to their ultimate value and projected through trending to a future point in time.
(7)	"Rate". – The cost of insurance per exposure unit, whether expressed as a single number or as a prospective loss cost with an adjustment to account for the treatment of expenses, profit, and variations in loss experience, prior to any application of individual risk variations based on loss or expense considerations, and does not include minimum premiums.
(8)	"Supplementary rating information". – Includes any manual or plan of rates, classification, rating schedule, minimum premium, policy fee, rating rule, rate‑related underwriting rule, experience rating plan, statistical plan and any other similar information needed to determine the applicable rate in effect or to be in effect.
(c)	Except as provided in subsection (m) of this section, for workers' compensation and employers' liability insurance written in connection with workers' compensation insurance, the Bureau shall no longer develop or file advisory final rates that contain provisions for expenses (other than loss adjustment expenses) and profit. The Bureau shall instead develop and file for approval with the Commissioner, in accordance with this section, reference filings containing advisory prospective loss costs and the underlying loss data and other supporting statistical and actuarial information for any calculations or assumptions underlying these loss costs. Loss‑based assessments will be included in prospective loss costs.
(d)	After a reference filing has been filed with the Commissioner and approved, the Bureau shall provide its member insurers with a copy of the approved reference filing. The Bureau may print and distribute manuals of prospective loss costs as well as rules and other supplementary rating information described in subsection (k) of this section.
(e)	Each insurer shall independently and individually determine the final rates it will file and the effective date of any rate changes. If an insurer decides to use the prospective loss costs in the approved reference filing in support of its own filing, the insurer shall make a filing using the reference filing adoption form. The insurer's rates shall be the combination of the prospective loss costs and the loss multiplier contained in the reference filing adoption form. Insurers may file modifications of the prospective loss costs in the approved reference filing based on their own anticipated experience. Supporting documentation is required for any upward or downward modifications of the prospective loss costs in the approved reference filing.
(f)	The summary of supporting information form shall contain a reference to examples of how to apply an insurer's loss cost modification factor to the Bureau's prospective loss costs. Insurers may vary expense loads by individual classification or grouping. Insurers may use variable or fixed expense loads or a combination of these to establish their expense loadings. Each filing that varies the expense load by class shall specify the expense factor applicable to each class and shall include information supporting the justification for the variation. However, insurers shall file data in accordance with the uniform statistical plan approved by the Commissioner. Insurers may offer premium discount plans.
(g)	An insurer may request to have its loss multiplier remain on file and reference all subsequent prospective loss costs reference filings. Upon receipt of subsequent approved Bureau reference filings, the insurer's rates shall be the combination of the prospective loss costs and the loss multiplier contained in the reference filing adoption form on file with the Commissioner, and will be effective on or after the effective date of the prospective loss costs. The insurer need not file anything further with the Commissioner. If an insurer that has filed to have its loss multiplier remain on file with the Department intends to delay, modify, or not adopt a particular Bureau reference filing, the insurer must make an appropriate filing with the Commissioner. The insurer's filed loss multiplier shall remain in effect until the insurer withdraws it or files a revised reference filing adoption form. The provisions of G.S. 58‑40‑20, 58‑40‑30, 58‑40‑35, and 58‑40‑45 apply to filings made by insurers under this section.
(h)	An insurer may file such other information that the insurer considers relevant and shall provide such other information as may be requested by the Commissioner. When a filing is not accompanied by the information required under this section, the Commissioner shall inform the filer within 30 days after the initial filing that the filing is incomplete and describe what additional information is required. A filing is complete when the required information is furnished or when the filer certifies to the Commissioner that the additional information required by the Commissioner is not maintained or cannot be provided.
(i)	To the extent that an insurer's final rates are determined solely by applying its loss multiplier, as presented in the reference filing adoption form, to the prospective loss costs contained in the Bureau's reference filing and printed in the Bureau's rating manual, the insurer need not develop or file its final rate pages with the Commissioner. If an insurer chooses to print and distribute final rate pages for its own use, based solely upon the application of its filed loss costs, the insurer need not file those pages with the Commissioner. If the Bureau does not print the loss costs in its manual, the insurer must submit its rates to the Commissioner.
(j)	For reference filings filed by the Bureau:
(1)	If the insurer has filed to have its loss multiplier remain on file, applicable to subsequent reference filings, and a new reference filing is filed and approved and if:
a.	The insurer decides to use the revision of the prospective loss costs and effective date as filed, then the insurer does not file anything with the Commissioner. Rates are the combination of the prospective loss costs and the on‑file loss multiplier and become effective on the effective date of the loss costs.
b.	The insurer decides to use the prospective loss costs as filed but with a different effective date, then the insurer must notify the Commissioner of its effective date before the effective date of the loss costs.
c.	The insurer decides to use the revision of the prospective loss costs, but wishes to change its loss multiplier, then the insurer must file a revised reference filing adoption form before the effective date of the reference filing.
d.	The insurer decides not to revise its rates using the prospective loss costs, then the insurer must notify the Commissioner before the effective date of the loss costs.
(2)	If an insurer has not elected to have its loss multiplier remain on file, applicable to future prospective loss costs reference filings, and a new reference filing is filed and approved, and if:
a.	The insurer decides to use the prospective loss costs to revise its rates, then the insurer must file a reference filing adoption form including its effective date.
b.	The insurer decides not to use the revisions, then the insurer does not file anything with the Commissioner.
c.	The insurer decides to change its multiplier, then the insurer must file a reference filing adoption form referencing the current approved prospective loss costs, including its effective date and, if applicable, its loss costs modification factor and supporting documentation. The insurer shall not make a change to its loss costs multiplier based on any reference filing other than the current approved reference filing.
(k)	The Bureau shall file with the Commissioner, for approval, filings containing a revision of rules and supplementary rating information. This includes policy‑writing rules, rating plans, classification codes and descriptions, and rules that include factors or relativities, such as increased limits factors and related minimum premiums classification relativities, or similar factors. The Bureau may print and distribute manuals of rules and supplementary rating information.
(l )	If a new filing of rules, relativities, and supplementary rating information is filed by the Bureau and approved and if:
(1)	The insurer decides to use the revisions and effective date as filed together with the loss multiplier on file with the Commissioner, then the insurer shall not file anything with the Commissioner.
(2)	The insurer decides to use the revisions as filed but with a different effective date, then the insurer must notify the Commissioner of its effective date before the approved Bureau filing's effective date.
(3)	The insurer decides not to use the revision, then the insurer must notify the Commissioner before the Bureau filing's effective date.
(4)	The insurer decides to use the revision with modifications, then the insurer must file the modification with the Commissioner, specifying the basis for the modification and the insurer's proposed effective date if different than the Bureau filing's effective date.
(m)	The Bureau shall file all of the following with the Commissioner:
(1)	Final workers' compensation rates and rating plans for the residual market.
(2)	The uniform classification plan and rules.
(3)	The uniform experience rating plan and rules.
(4)	A uniform policy form to be used by member insurers for voluntary and residual market business.
(5)	Advisory manual workers' compensation rates to be used for the sole purpose of computing the premium tax liability of self‑insurers under G.S. 105‑228.5.
(n)	The rates filed under subdivision (m)(1) of this section shall be set at levels to self‑fund the residual market, provide adequate premiums to pay losses and expenses, establish appropriate reserves, and provide a reasonable margin for underwriting profit and contingencies.
(o)	Every insurer shall adhere to the uniform classification plan, experience rating plan, and policy form filed by the Bureau. (1995, c. 505, ss. 3‑8; 1999‑132, ss. 3.9‑3.12; 2001‑232, s. 2.)

§ 58‑36‑105.  Certain workers' compensation insurance policy cancellations prohibited.
(a)	No policy of workers' compensation insurance or employers' liability insurance written in connection with a policy of workers' compensation insurance shall be cancelled by the insurer before the expiration of the term or anniversary date stated in the policy and without the prior written consent of the insured, except for any one of the following reasons:
(1)	Nonpayment of premium in accordance with the policy terms.
(2)	An act or omission by the insured or the insured's representative that constitutes material misrepresentation or nondisclosure of a material fact in obtaining the policy, continuing the policy, or presenting a claim under the policy.
(3)	Increased hazard or material change in the risk assumed that could not have been reasonably contemplated by the parties at the time of assumption of the risk.
(4)	Substantial breach of contractual duties, conditions, or warranties that materially affects the insurability of the risk.
(5)	A fraudulent act against the company by the insured or the insured's representative that materially affects the insurability of the risk.
(6)	Willful failure by the insured or the insured's representative to institute reasonable loss control measures that materially affect the insurability of the risk after written notice by the insurer.
(7)	Loss of facultative reinsurance or loss of or substantial changes in applicable reinsurance as provided in G.S. 58‑41‑30.
(8)	Conviction of the insured of a crime arising out of acts that materially affect the insurability of the risk.
(9)	A determination by the Commissioner that the continuation of the policy would place the insurer in violation of the laws of this State.
(10)	The named insured fails to meet the requirements contained in the corporate charter, articles of incorporation, or bylaws of the insurer, when the insurer is a company organized for the sole purpose of providing members of an organization with insurance coverage in this State.
(b)	Any cancellation permitted by subsection (a) of this section is not effective unless written notice of cancellation has been given to the insured not less than 15 days before the proposed effective date of cancellation. The notice may be given by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, to the insured and any other person designated in the policy to receive notice of cancellation at their addresses shown in the policy or, if not indicated in the policy, at their last known addresses. The notice shall state the precise reason for cancellation. Whenever notice of intention to cancel is given by registered or certified mail, no cancellation by the insurer shall be effective unless and until such method is employed and completed. Notice of intent to cancel given by registered or certified mail shall be conclusively presumed completed three days after the notice is sent if, on the same day that the notice is sent by registered or certified mail, the insurer also provides notice by first‑class mail and by electronic means if available as defined in G.S. 58‑2‑255(a) to the insured and any other person designated in the policy to receive notice. Any such supplemental notice given by electronic means shall be effective for the limited purpose of establishing this conclusive presumption. Notice of cancellation, termination, or nonrenewal may also be given by any method permitted for service of process pursuant to Rule 4 of the North Carolina Rules of Civil Procedure. Failure to send this notice, as provided in this section, to any other person designated in the policy to receive notice of cancellation invalidates the cancellation only as to that other person's interest.
(c)	This section does not apply to any policy that has been in effect for fewer than 60 days and is not a renewal of a policy. That policy may be cancelled for any reason by giving at least 30 days' prior written notice of and reasons for cancellation to the insured by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested.
(d)	Cancellation for nonpayment of premium is not effective if the amount due is paid before the effective date set forth in the notice of cancellation.
(e)	Copies of the notice required by this section shall also be sent to the insurance producer of record though failure to send copies of the notice to those persons shall not invalidate the cancellation. Mailing copies of the notice by regular first‑class mail to the insurance producer of record satisfies the requirements of this subsection.  (2001‑241, s. 2; 2013‑413, s. 13(a); 2017‑150, s. 1; 2022‑46, s. 14(tt).)

§ 58‑36‑110.  Notice of nonrenewal, premium rate increase, or change in workers' compensation insurance coverage required.
(a)	No insurer shall refuse to renew a policy of workers' compensation insurance or employers' liability insurance written in connection with a policy of workers' compensation insurance except in accordance with the provisions of this section, and any nonrenewal attempted or made that is not in compliance with this section is not effective. This section does not apply if the policyholder has obtained insurance elsewhere, has accepted replacement coverage, or has requested or agreed to nonrenewal.
(b)	An insurer may refuse to renew a policy that has been written for a term of one year or less at the policy's expiration date by mailing written notice of nonrenewal to the insured not less than 45 days prior to the expiration date of the policy.
(c)	An insurer may refuse to renew a policy that has been written for a term of more than one year or for an indefinite term at the policy anniversary date by mailing written notice of nonrenewal to the insured not less than 45 days prior to the anniversary date of the policy.
(d)	Whenever an insurer lowers coverage limits, raises deductibles, or raises premium rates for reasons within the exclusive control of the insurer or other than at the request of the policyholder, the insurer shall mail to the policyholder written notice of the change at least 30 days in advance of the effective date of the change. As used in this subsection, the phrase, "reasons within the exclusive control of the insurer" does not mean experience modification changes, exposure changes, or loss cost rate changes.
(e)	The notice required by this section shall be given by mail to the insured and any other person designated in the policy to receive this notice at their addresses shown in the policy or, if not indicated in the policy, at their last known addresses. The notice of nonrenewal shall state the precise reason for nonrenewal. Failure to send this notice, as provided in this section, to any other person designated in the policy to receive this notice invalidates the nonrenewal only as to that other person's interest.
(f)	Copies of the notice required by this section shall also be sent to the insurance producer of record, though failure to send copies of the notice to such persons shall not invalidate the nonrenewal.
(g)	Mailing copies of the notice by regular first‑class mail satisfies the notice requirements of this section.  (2001‑241, s. 2; 2022‑46, s. 14(uu).)

§ 58‑36‑115.  Prohibitions on using inquiries to terminate a policy, refuse to issue or renew a policy, or to subject a policy to consent to rate.
An insurer writing residential real property insurance subject to this Article shall not terminate an existing policy or any coverage under an existing policy, refuse to write a policy, refuse to renew a policy, or subject a policy to consent to rate as specified in G.S. 58‑36‑30(b) based solely on either of the following:
(1)	An inquiry about policy provisions that does not result in a claim; or
(2)	A claim that was closed without payment, provided the notice of loss that was the subject of the claim was only an inquiry regarding policy provisions, and no claim for payment was requested by the insured or a third party. (2004‑111, s. 1.)

§ 58‑36‑120.  Public notice of certain filings.
Whenever the North Carolina Rate Bureau files for an increase in insurance rates for residential property insurance, the Bureau shall give public notice in at least two newspapers with statewide distribution and in the North Carolina Register, within 10 business days after the filing, which notice shall state that the Commissioner may or may not schedule and conduct a hearing with respect to the filing. The same information shall be posted on the Web site for the North Carolina Rate Bureau and the North Carolina Department of Insurance Web site within three days after the filing. The requirements of this section shall not apply to filings proposing changes as to forms, relativities, and classifications that are filed at no increase in the overall rate level.  (2009‑472, s. 5.)

Article 37.
North Carolina Motor Vehicle Reinsurance Facility.
§ 58‑37‑1.  Definitions.
As used in this Article:
(1)	"Cede" or "cession" means the act of transferring the risk of loss from the individual insurer to all insurers through the operation of the facility.
(2)	Repealed by Session Laws 1991, c. 720, s. 6.
(3)	"Company" means each member of the Facility.
(4)	"Eligible risk," for the purpose of motor vehicle insurance other than nonfleet private passenger motor vehicle insurance, means:
a.	A person who is a resident of this State who owns a motor vehicle registered or principally garaged in this State;
b.	A person who has a valid driver's license in this State;
c.	A person who is required to file proof of financial responsibility under Article 9A or 13 of Chapter 20 of the General Statutes in order to register his or her motor vehicle or to obtain a driver's license in this State;
d.	A nonresident of this State who owns a motor vehicle registered and principally garaged in this State; or
e.	The State and its agencies and cities, counties, towns and municipal corporations in this State and their agencies.
However, no person shall be deemed an eligible risk if timely payment of premium is not tendered or if there is a valid unsatisfied judgment of record against such person for recovery of amounts due for motor vehicle insurance premiums and such person has not been discharged from paying said judgment, or if such person does not furnish the information necessary to effect insurance.
(4a)	"Eligible risk," for the purpose of nonfleet private passenger motor vehicle insurance, means:
a.	A resident of this State who owns a motor vehicle registered or principally garaged in this State;
b.	A resident of this State and who has a valid driver's license issued by this State;
c.	A person who is required to file proof of financial responsibility under Article 9A or 13 of Chapter 20 of the General Statutes in order to register his or her vehicle or to obtain a driver's license in this State;
d.	A nonresident of this State who owns a motor vehicle registered and principally garaged in this State;
e.	A nonresident of the State who is one of the following:
1.	A member of the Armed Forces of the United States stationed in this State, or deployed outside this State from a home base in this State, who intends to return to his or her home state;
2.	The spouse of a nonresident member of the Armed Forces of the United States stationed in this State, or deployed outside this State from a home base in this State, who intends to return to his or her home state;
3.	An out‑of‑state student who intends to return to his or her home state upon completion of his or her time as a student enrolled in school in this State; or
f.	The State and its agencies and cities, counties, towns, and municipal corporations in this State and their agencies.
However, no person shall be deemed an eligible risk if timely payment or premium is not tendered or if there is a valid unsatisfied judgment of record against the person which the person has not been discharged from paying, for recovery of amounts due for:
1.	Motor vehicle insurance premiums; or
2.	Payments recoverable under a policy provision authorized by G.S. 58‑2‑164(g1).
Further, no person shall be deemed an eligible risk if the person does not furnish the information necessary to effect insurance.
(5)	"Facility" means the North Carolina Motor Vehicle Reinsurance Facility established under this Article.
(6)	"Motor vehicle" means every self‑propelled vehicle that is designed for use upon a highway, including trailers and semitrailers designed for use with such vehicles (except traction engines, road rollers, farm tractors, tractor cranes, power shovels, and well drillers). "Motor vehicle" also means a motorcycle, as defined in G.S. 20‑4.01(27)h., and a moped, as defined in G.S. 20‑4.01(27)j. "Motor vehicle" does not mean an electric assisted bicycle, as defined in G.S. 20‑4.01(7a).
(7)	"Motor vehicle insurance" means direct insurance against liability arising out of the ownership, operation, maintenance or use of a motor vehicle for bodily injury including death and property damage and includes medical payments and uninsured and underinsured motorist coverages.
With respect to motor carriers who are subject to the financial responsibility requirements established under the Motor Carrier Act of 1980, the term, "motor vehicle insurance" includes coverage with respect to environmental restoration. As used in this subsection the term, "environmental restoration" means restitution for the loss, damage, or destruction of natural resources arising out of the accidental discharge, dispersal, release, or escape into or upon the land, atmosphere, watercourse, or body of water of any commodity transported by a motor carrier. Environmental restoration includes the cost of removal and the cost of necessary measures taken to minimize or mitigate damage to human health, the natural environment, fish, shellfish, and wildlife.
(8)	"Person" means every natural person, firm, partnership, association, trust, limited liability company, firm, corporation, government, or governmental agency.
(9)	"Plan of operation" means the plan of operation approved pursuant to the provisions of this Article.
(10)	Repealed by Session Laws 1977, c. 828, s. 10.
(11)	"Principally garaged" means the vehicle is garaged for six or more months of the current or preceding year on property in this State which is owned, leased, or otherwise lawfully occupied by the owner of the vehicle.  (1973, c. 818, s. 1; 1977, c. 828, s. 10; 1981, c. 776, s. 1; 1985, c. 666, s. 48; 1989, c. 485, s. 48; 1991, c. 720, s. 6; 1999‑132, s. 8.2; 2001‑389, s. 4; 2002‑187, s. 1.1; 2007‑443, s. 1; 2007‑481, s. 8; 2007‑495, s. 8; 2011‑183, s. 43; 2015‑125, s. 5; 2016‑78, s. 3.2(b); 2016‑90, ss. 12.6(b), 13(f); 2017‑102, ss. 5.2(b), 36.)

§ 58‑37‑5.  North Carolina Motor Vehicle Reinsurance Facility; creation; membership.
There is created a nonprofit unincorporated legal entity to be known as the North Carolina Motor Vehicle Reinsurance Facility consisting of all insurers licensed to write and engaged in writing within this State motor vehicle insurance or any component thereof. Every such insurer, as a prerequisite to further engaging in writing such insurance in this State, shall be a member of the Facility and shall be bound by the rules of operation thereof as provided for in this Article and as promulgated by the Board of Governors. No company may withdraw from membership in the Facility unless it ceases to write motor vehicle insurance in this State or ceases to be licensed to write such insurance. (1973, c. 818, s. 1; 1983, c. 416, s. 6.)

§ 58‑37‑10.  Obligations after termination of membership.
Any company whose membership in the Facility has been terminated by withdrawal shall, nevertheless, with respect to its business prior to midnight of the effective date of such termination continue to be governed by this Article. (1973, c. 818, s. 1.)

§ 58‑37‑15.  Insolvency.
Any unsatisfied net liability to the Facility of any insolvent member shall be assumed by and apportioned among the remaining members in the Facility in the same manner in which assessments are apportioned by the Facility. The Facility shall have all rights allowed by law in behalf of the remaining members against the estate or funds of such insolvent for sums due the Facility in accordance with this Article. (1973, c. 818, s. 1; 1977, c. 828, s. 12.)

§ 58‑37‑20.  Merger, consolidation or cession.
When a member has been merged or consolidated into another insurer, or has reinsured its entire motor vehicle liability insurance business in the State with another insurer, such company or its successor in interest shall remain liable for all obligations hereunder and such company and its successor in interest and the other insurers with which it has been merged or consolidated shall continue to participate in the Facility according to the rules of operation. (1973, c. 818, s. 1; 1977, c. 828, s. 13.)

§ 58‑37‑25.  General obligations of insurers.
(a)	Except as otherwise provided in this Article all insurers as a prerequisite to the further engaging in this State in the writing of motor vehicle insurance or any component thereof shall accept and insure any otherwise unacceptable applicant therefor who is an eligible risk if cession of the particular coverage and coverage limits applied for are permitted in the Facility. All such insurers shall equitably share the results of such otherwise unacceptable business through the Facility and shall be bound by the acts of their agents in accordance with the provisions of this Article. No insurer shall impose upon any of its agents, solely on account of ceded business received from such agents, any quota or matching requirement for any other insurance as a condition for further acceptance of ceded business from such agents.
(b)	Each insurer will provide the same type of service to ceded business that it provides for its voluntary market. Records provided to agents and brokers will include an indication that the business is ceded. When an insurer cedes a policy or renewal thereof to the Facility and the Facility premium for such policy is higher than the premium that the insurer would normally charge for such policy if retained by the insurer, the policyholder will be informed that (i) his policy is ceded, (ii) the coverages are written at the Facility rate, which rate differential must be specified, (iii) the reason or reasons for the cession to the Facility, (iv) the specific reason or reasons for the cession to the Facility will be provided upon the written request of the policyholder to the insurer, and (v) the policyholder may seek insurance through other insurers who may elect not to cede his policy. If such policyholder obtains motor vehicle liability insurance through another insurer who elects not to cede his policy to the Facility and the policyholder cancels his ceded policy within 45 days of the effective date of such ceded policy, the earned premium for such ceded policy shall be calculated on the pro rata basis, except that the pro rata calculation shall not apply to a cancellation by any insurance premium finance company as provided in G.S. 58‑35‑85.
(c)	Upon the written request of any eligible risk who has been notified pursuant to subsection (b) of this section that his motor vehicle insurance policy has been ceded to the Facility, the insurer ceding the insurance policy must provide in writing to that eligible risk the specific reason or reasons for the decision to cede that policy to the Facility. Proof of mailing of the written reason or reasons is sufficient proof of compliance with this obligation. With regard to any notice of cession or any written or oral communications specifying the reason or reasons for cession, there will be no liability on the part of, and no cause of action of any nature will arise against, (i) any insurer or its authorized representatives, agents, or employees, or (ii) any licensed insurance producer or persons who furnish to the insurer information as to the reason or reasons for the cession, for any communications or statements made by them, unless the communications or statements are shown to have been made in bad faith with malice in fact.  (1973, c. 818, s. 1; 1979, c. 732; 2022‑46, s. 14(vv).)

§ 58‑37‑30.  General obligations of insurance producers.
(a)	Except as otherwise provided in this Article, no licensed insurance producer of an insurer authorized to solicit and accept premiums for motor vehicle insurance or any component thereof by the company he represents shall refuse on behalf of said company to accept any application from an eligible risk for such insurance and to immediately bind the coverage applied for and for a period of not less than six months if cession of the particular coverage and coverage limits applied for are permitted in the Facility, provided the application is submitted during the insurance producer's normal business hours, at his customary place of business and in accordance with the insurance producer's customary practices and procedures. The commission paid on the insurance coverages provided in this Article shall not be less than the commission on insurance coverage written through the North Carolina Insurance Plan on May 1, 1973. The same commission shall apply uniformly statewide.
(b)	It shall be the responsibility of the insurance producer to write the coverage applied for at what he believes to be the appropriate rate level. If coverage is written at the Facility rate level and the company elects not to cede, the policy shall be rated at a rate under Article 36 of this Chapter. Coverage written at a rate under Article 36 of this Chapter that is not acceptable to the company must either be placed with another company or rated at the Facility rate level by the insurance producer.  (1973, c. 818, s. 1; 1977, c. 828, s. 11; 1995, c. 517, s. 23; 2022‑46, s. 14(ww).)

§ 58‑37‑35.  The Facility; functions; administration.
(a)	The operation of the Facility shall assure the availability of motor vehicle insurance to any eligible risk and the Facility shall accept all placements made in accordance with this Article, the plan of operation adopted pursuant thereto, and any amendments to either.
(b)	The Facility shall reinsure for each coverage available in the Facility to the standard percentage of one hundred percent (100%) or lesser equitable percentage established in the Facility's plan of operation as follows:
(1)	For the following coverages of motor vehicle insurance and in at least the following amounts of insurance:
a.	Bodily injury liability: thirty thousand dollars ($30,000) each person, sixty thousand dollars ($60,000) each accident;
b.	Property damage liability: twenty‑five thousand dollars ($25,000) each accident;
c.	Medical payments: one thousand dollars ($1,000) each person; except that this coverage shall not be available for motorcycles or mopeds;
d.	Uninsured motorist: thirty thousand dollars ($30,000) each person; sixty thousand dollars ($60,000) each accident for bodily injury; twenty‑five thousand dollars ($25,000) each accident property damage (one hundred dollars ($100.00) deductible);
e.	Any other motor vehicle insurance or financial responsibility limits in the amounts required by any federal law or federal agency regulation; by any law of this State; or by any rule duly adopted under Chapter 150B of the General Statutes or by the North Carolina Utilities Commission.
(2)	Additional ceding privileges for motor vehicle insurance shall be provided by the Board of Governors up to the following:
a.	Bodily injury liability: one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000) each person, three hundred thousand dollars ($300,000) each accident;
b.	Property damage liability: fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) each accident;
c.	Medical payments: two thousand dollars ($2,000) each person; except that this coverage shall not be available for motorcycles or mopeds;
d.	Underinsured motorist: one million dollars ($1,000,000) each person and each accident for bodily injury liability; and
e.	Uninsured motorist: one million dollars ($1,000,000) each person and each accident for bodily injury and fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) each accident for property damage (one hundred dollars ($100.00) deductible).
(2a)	For persons who must maintain liability coverage limits above those available under subdivision (2) of this subsection in order to obtain or continue coverage under personal excess liability or personal "umbrella" insurance policies, additional ceding privileges for motor vehicle insurance shall be provided by the Board of Governors up to the following:
a.	Bodily injury liability: two hundred fifty thousand dollars ($250,000) each person, five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000) each accident.
b.	Property damage liability: one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000) each accident.
c.	Medical payments: five thousand dollars ($5,000) each person; except that this coverage shall not be available for motorcycles or mopeds.
d.	Uninsured motorist: one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000) each accident for property damage (one hundred dollars ($100.00) deductible).
(3)	Whenever the additional ceding privileges are provided as in G.S. 58‑37‑35(b)(2) for any component of motor vehicle insurance, the same additional ceding privileges shall be available to "all other" types of risks subject to the rating jurisdiction of the North Carolina Rate Bureau.
(c)	The Facility shall require each member to adjust losses for ceded business fairly and efficiently in the same manner as voluntary business losses are adjusted and to effect settlement where settlement is appropriate.
(d)	The Facility shall be administered by a Board of Governors. The Board of Governors shall consist of 12 members having one vote each from the classifications specified in this subsection and the Commissioner, who shall serve ex officio without vote. Each Facility insurance company member serving on the Board shall be represented by a senior officer of the company. Not more than one company in a group under the same ownership or management shall be represented on the Board at the same time. Five members of the Board shall be selected by the member insurers, which members shall be fairly representative of the industry. To insure representative member insurers, one each shall be selected from the following: the American Insurance Association (or its successors), the Property Casualty Insurers Association of America (or its successors), stock insurers not affiliated with those trade associations, nonstock insurers not affiliated with those trade associations, and the industry at large regardless of trade affiliation. The at‑large insurer shall be selected by the insurer company members of the Board. The Commissioner shall appoint two members of the Board who are Facility insurance company members domiciled in this State. The Commissioner shall appoint one member of the Board who shall be selected from two nominees submitted by the Alliance of Insurance Agents of North Carolina. The Commissioner shall appoint four members of the Board who shall be insurance producers with property and casualty lines of authority licensed in this State and actively engaged in writing motor vehicle insurance in this State. The term of office of the Board members shall be three years. All members of the Board of Governors shall serve until their successors are selected and qualified and the Commissioner may fill any vacancy on the Board from any of the classifications specified in this subsection until the vacancies are filled in accordance with this Article. The Board of Governors of the Facility shall also have as nonvoting members two persons who are not employed by or affiliated with any insurance company or the Department and who are appointed by the Governor to serve at the Governor's pleasure.
(e)	The Commissioner and member companies shall provide for a Board of Governors. The Board of Governors shall elect from its membership a chair and shall meet at the call of the chair or at the request of four members of the Board of Governors. The chair shall retain the right to vote on all issues. Seven members of the Board of Governors shall constitute a quorum. The same member may not serve as chair for more than two consecutive years; provided, however, that a member may continue to serve as chair until a successor chair is elected and qualified.
(f)	The Board of Governors shall have full power and administrative responsibility for the operation of the Facility. Such administrative responsibility shall include but not be limited to:
(1)	Proper establishment and implementation of the Facility.
(2)	Employment of a manager who shall be responsible for the continuous operation of the Facility and such other employees, officers and committees as it deems necessary.
(3)	Provision for appropriate housing and equipment to assure the efficient operation of the Facility.
(4)	Promulgation of reasonable rules and regulations for the administration and operation of the Facility and delegation to the manager of such authority as it deems necessary to insure the proper administration and operation thereof.
(g)	Except as may be delegated specifically to others in the plan of operation or reserved to the members, power and responsibility for the establishment and operation of the Facility is vested in the Board of Governors, which power and responsibility include but is not limited to the following:
(1)	To sue and be sued in the name of the Facility. No judgment against the Facility shall create any direct liability in the individual member companies of the Facility.
(2)	To receive and record cessions.
(3)	To assess members on the basis of participation ratios established in the plan of operation to cover anticipated or incurred costs of operation and administration of the Facility at such intervals as are established in the plan of operation.
(4)	To contract for goods and services from others to assure the efficient operation of the Facility.
(5)	To hear and determine complaints of any company, insurance producer, or other interested party concerning the operation of the Facility.
(6)	Upon the request of any licensed insurance producer with property and casualty lines of authority meeting any two of the standards set forth below as determined by the Commissioner within 10 days of the receipt of the application, the Facility shall contract with one or more members within 20 days of receipt of the determination to appoint such licensed insurance producer with property and casualty lines of authority as designated agents in accordance with reasonable rules as are established by the plan of operation. The standards shall be:
a.	Whether the insurance producer's evidence establishes that he has been conducting his business in a community for a period of at least one year;
b.	Whether the insurance producer's evidence establishes that he had a gross premium volume during the 13 months next preceding the date of his application of at least twenty thousand dollars ($20,000) from motor vehicle insurance;
c.	Whether the insurance producer's evidence establishes that the number of eligible risks served by him during the 13 months next preceding the date of application was 200 or more;
d.	Whether the insurance producer's evidence establishes a growth in eligible risks served and premium volume during his years of service as an agent;
e.	Whether the insurance producer's evidence establishes that he made available to eligible risks premium financing or any other plan for deferred payment of premiums.
With respect to business produced by designated agents, adequate provision shall be made by the Facility to assure that such business is rated using Facility rates. All business produced by designated agents may be ceded to the Facility, except designated agents appointed before September 1, 1987, may place liability insurance policies with a voluntary carrier, provided that all policies written by the voluntary carrier are retained by the voluntary carrier unless ceded to the Facility using Facility rates. Designated agents must provide the Facility with a list of such policies written by the voluntary carrier at least annually, or as requested by the Facility, on a form approved by the Facility. If no insurer is willing to contract with any such insurance producer on terms acceptable to the Board, the Facility shall authorize such insurance producer to write directly on behalf of the Facility. However, for this purpose the Facility does not act as an insurer, but acts only as the statutory agent of all of the members of the Facility, which shall be bound on risks written by the Facility's appointed agent. The Facility may contract with one or more servicing carriers and shall promulgate fair and reasonable underwriting procedures to require that business produced by Facility agents and written through those servicing carriers shall be rated using Facility rates. All business produced by Facility agents may be ceded to the Facility. Any designated agent who is disabled or retiring or the estate of any deceased designated agent may transfer the designation and the book of business to some other licensed insurance producer with property and casualty lines of authority meeting the requirements of this section and under rules established by the Facility, and a transfer from a designated agent appointed before September 1, 1987, shall entitle the transferee designated agent to place liability insurance policies with a voluntary carrier.
The Commissioner shall require, as a condition precedent to the issuance, renewal, or continuation of a resident insurance producer's license to any designated agent to act for the company appointing such designated agent under contract with the Facility, that the designated agent file and thereafter maintain in force while so licensed a bond in favor of the State of North Carolina executed by an authorized corporate surety approved by the Commissioner, cash, mortgage on real property, or other securities approved by the Commissioner, in the amount of ten thousand dollars ($10,000) for the use of aggrieved persons. Such bond, cash, mortgage, or other securities shall be conditioned on the accounting by the designated agent (i) to any person requesting the designated agent to obtain motor vehicle insurance for moneys or premiums collected in connection therewith, and (ii) to the company providing coverage with respect to any such moneys or premiums under contract with the Facility. Any such bond shall remain in force until the surety is released from liability by the Commissioner, or until the bond is cancelled by the surety. Without prejudice to any liability accrued prior to such cancellation, the surety may cancel the bond upon 30 days' advance notice in writing filed with the Commissioner.
No insurance producer may be designated under this subdivision to any insurer that does not actively write voluntary market business.
(7)	To maintain all loss, expense, and premium data relative to all risks reinsured in the Facility, and to require each member to furnish such statistics relative to insurance reinsured by the Facility at such times and in such form and detail as may be required.
(8)	To establish fair and reasonable procedures for the sharing among members of any loss on Facility business that cannot be recouped under G.S. 58‑37‑40(e) and other costs, charges, expenses, liabilities, income, property and other assets of the Facility and for assessing or distributing to members their appropriate shares. The shares may be based on the member's premiums for voluntary business for the appropriate category of motor vehicle insurance or by any other fair and reasonable method.
(9)	To receive or distribute all sums required by the operation of the Facility.
(10)	To accept all risks submitted in accordance with this Article.
(11)	To establish procedures for reviewing claims practices of member companies to the end that claims to the account of the Facility will be handled fairly and efficiently.
(12)	To adopt and enforce all rules and to do anything else where the Board is not elsewhere herein specifically empowered which is otherwise necessary to accomplish the purpose of the Facility and is not in conflict with the other provisions of this Article.
(h)	Each member company shall authorize the Facility to audit that part of the company's business which is written subject to the Facility in a manner and time prescribed by the Board of Governors.
(i)	The Board of Governors shall fix a date for an annual meeting and shall annually meet on that date. Twenty days' notice of such meeting shall be given in writing to all members of the Board of Governors.
(j)	There shall be furnished to each member an annual report of the operation of the Facility in such form and detail as may be determined by the Board of Governors.
(k)	Each member shall furnish statistics in connection with insurance subject to the Facility as may be required by the Facility. Such statistics shall be furnished at such time and in such form and detail as may be required but at least will include premiums charged, expenses and losses.
(l)	The classifications, rules, rates, rating plans and policy forms used on motor vehicle insurance policies reinsured by the Facility may be made by the Facility or by any licensed or statutory statistical organization or bureau on its behalf and shall be filed with the Commissioner. The Board of Governors shall establish a separate subclassification within the Facility for "clean risks". For the purpose of this Article, a "clean risk" is any owner of a nonfleet private passenger motor vehicle as defined in G.S. 58‑40‑10, if the owner, principal operator, and each licensed operator in the owner's household have two years' driving experience as licensed drivers and if none of the persons has been assigned any Safe Driver Incentive Plan points under Article 36 of this Chapter during the three‑year period immediately preceding either (i) the date of application for a motor vehicle insurance policy or (ii) the date of preparation of a renewal of a motor vehicle insurance policy. The filings may incorporate by reference any other material on file with the Commissioner. Rates shall be neither excessive, inadequate nor unfairly discriminatory. If the Commissioner finds, after a hearing, that a rate is either excessive, inadequate or unfairly discriminatory, the Commissioner shall issue an order specifying in what respect it is deficient and stating when, within a reasonable period thereafter, the rate is no longer effective. The order is subject to judicial review as set out in Article 2 of this Chapter. Pending judicial review of said order, the filed classification plan and the filed rates may be used, charged and collected in the same manner as set out in G.S. 58‑40‑45 of this Chapter. The order shall not affect any contract or policy made or issued before the expiration of the period set forth in the order. All rates shall be on an actuarially sound basis and shall be calculated, insofar as is possible, to produce neither a profit nor a loss. However, the rates made by or on behalf of the Facility with respect to "clean risks" shall not exceed the rates charged "clean risks" who are not reinsured in the Facility. The difference between the actual rate charged and the actuarially sound and self‑supporting rates for "clean risks" reinsured in the Facility may be recouped in similar manner as assessments under G.S. 58‑37‑40(f). Rates shall not include any factor for underwriting profit on Facility business, but shall provide an allowance for contingencies. There shall be a strong presumption that the rates and premiums for the business of the Facility are neither unreasonable nor excessive.
(m)	In addition to annual premiums, the rules of the Facility shall allow semiannual and quarterly premium terms.  (1973, c. 818, s. 1; 1977, c. 710; c. 828, ss. 14‑19; 1977, 2nd Sess., c. 1135; 1979, c. 676, ss. 1, 2; 1981, c. 776, ss. 2, 3; c. 776, ss. 2, 3; 1983, c. 416, ss. 3, 4; c. 690; 1985, c. 666, s. 49; 1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1027, ss. 7, 19, 33, 43; 1987, c. 869, ss. 3, 4(1), (2), 15; 1989, c. 67; 1991, c. 469, s. 7; c. 562, s. 2; c. 709, s. 1; c. 720, s. 4; 1999‑132, ss. 6.2, 8.3, 8.4, 8.7, 8.8; 1999‑228, s. 8; 2001‑236, s. 1; 2001‑423, s. 3; 2002‑185, s. 6; 2002‑187, ss. 1.2, 1.3; 2005‑210, s. 19; 2005‑242, s. 1; 2006‑105, s. 1.7; 2006‑264, s. 83; 2016‑90, s. 12.6(c); 2022‑46, ss. 14(xx), 17(a).)

§ 58‑37‑40.  Plan of operation.
(a)	Within 60 days after the initial organizational meeting, the Facility shall submit to the Commissioner, for his approval, a proposed plan of operation, consistent with the provisions of this Article, which shall provide for economical, fair and nondiscriminating administration and for the prompt and efficient provision of motor vehicle insurance to eligible risks. Should no plan be submitted within the aforesaid 60‑day period, then the Commissioner of Insurance shall formulate and place into effect a plan consistent with the provisions of this Article.
(b)	The plan of operation, unless sooner approved in writing, shall be deemed to meet the requirements of the Article if it is not disapproved by order of the Commissioner within 30 days from the date of filing. Prior to the disapproval of all or any part of the proposed plan of operation the Commissioner shall notify the Facility in what respect the plan of operation fails to meet the specific requirements of this Article. The Facility shall, within 30 days thereafter, submit for his approval a revised plan of operation which meets the specific requirements of this Article. In the event the Facility fails to submit a revised plan of operation which meets the specific requirements of this Article within the aforesaid 30‑day period, the Commissioner shall enter an order accordingly and shall immediately thereafter formulate and place into effect a plan consistent with the provisions of this Article.
(c)	Any revision of the proposed plan of operation or any subsequent amendments to an approved plan of operation shall be subject to approval or disapproval by the Commissioner in the manner herein provided in subsection (b) with respect to the initial plan of operation.
(d)	Any order of the Commissioner with respect to the plan of operation or any revision or amendment thereof shall be subject to court review as provided in G.S. 58‑2‑75.
(e)	Upon approval of the Commissioner of the plan so submitted or promulgation of a plan deemed approved by the Commissioner, all insurance companies licensed to write motor vehicle insurance in this State or any component thereof as a prerequisite to further engaging in writing the insurance shall formally subscribe to and participate in the plan so approved.
The plan of operation shall provide for, among other matters, (i) the establishment of necessary facilities; (ii) the management of the Facility; (iii) the preliminary assessment of all members for initial expenses necessary to commence operations; (iv) the assessment of members if necessary to defray losses and expenses; (v) the distribution of gains to defray losses incurred since September 1, 1977; (vi) the distribution of gains by credit or reduction of recoupment surcharges to policies subject to recoupment surcharges pursuant to this Article (the Facility may apportion the distribution of gains among the coverages eligible for cession pursuant to this Article); (vii) the recoupment of losses sustained by the Facility since September 1, 1977, pursuant to this Article, which losses may be recouped by equitable pro rata assessment of companies or by way of a surcharge on motor vehicle policies issued by member companies or through the Facility; (viii) the standard amount (one hundred percent (100%) or any equitable lesser amount) of coverage afforded on eligible risks which a member company may cede to the Facility; and (ix) the procedure by which reinsurance shall be accepted by the Facility. The plan shall further provide that:
(1)	Members of the Board of Governors shall receive reimbursement from the Facility for their actual and necessary expenses incurred on Facility business, en route to perform Facility business, and while returning from Facility business plus a per diem allowance of twenty‑five dollars ($25.00) a day which may be waived.
(2)	In order to obtain a transfer of business to the Facility effective when the binder or policy or renewal thereof first becomes effective, the company must within 30 days of the binding or policy effective date notify the Facility of the identification of the insured, the coverage and limits afforded, classification data, and premium. The Facility shall accept risks at other times on receipt of necessary information, but acceptance shall not be retroactive. The Facility shall accept renewal business after the member on underwriting review elects to again cede the business.
(f)	The plan of operation shall provide that every member shall, following payment of any pro rata assessment, begin recoupment of that assessment by way of a surcharge on motor vehicle insurance policies issued by the member or through the Facility until the assessment has been recouped. Any surcharge under this subsection or under subsection (e) of this section shall be a percentage of premium adopted by the Board of Governors of the Facility; and the charges determined on the basis of the surcharge shall be combined with and displayed as a part of the applicable premium charges. Recoupment of losses sustained by the Facility since September 1, 1977, with respect to nonfleet private passenger motor vehicles may be made only by surcharging nonfleet private passenger motor vehicle insurance policies. If the amount collected during the period of surcharge exceeds assessments paid by the member to the Facility, the member shall pay over the excess to the Facility on a date specified by the Board of Governors. If the amount collected during the period of surcharge is less than the assessments paid by the member to the Facility, the Facility shall pay the difference to the member. Except as otherwise provided in this Article, the amount of recoupment shall not be considered or treated as a rate or premium for any purpose. The Board of Governors shall adopt and implement a plan for compensation of agents of Facility members when recoupment surcharges are imposed; that compensation shall not exceed the compensation or commission rate normally paid to the agent for the issuance or renewal of the automobile liability policy issued through the North Carolina Reinsurance Facility affected by the surcharge. However, the surcharge shall include an amount necessary to recover the amount of the assessment to member companies and the compensation paid by each member, under this section, to agents.
(g)	The plan of operation shall provide that all investment income from the premium on business reinsured by the Facility shall be retained by or paid over to the Facility. In determining the cost of operation of the Facility, all investment income shall be taken into consideration.
(h)	The plan of operation shall provide for audit of the annual statement of the Facility by independent auditor approved by the Legislative Services Commission.
(i)	The Facility shall file with the Commissioner revisions in the Facility plan of operation for his approval or modification. Such revisions shall be made for the purpose of revising the classification and rating plans for other than nonfleet private passenger motor vehicle insurance ceded to the Facility. (1973, c. 818, s. 1; 1975, c. 19, s. 18; 1977, c. 828, ss. 20, 21; 1981, c. 590; c. 916, ss. 2, 3; 1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1027, s. 34; 1987, c. 869, s. 5(1)‑5(3); 1989, c. 424, s. 1; 1991, c. 720, s. 4; 1995, c. 517, s. 24; 1999‑132, ss. 8.5, 8.6.)

§ 58‑37‑45.  Procedure for cession provided in plan of operation.
Upon receipt by the company of a risk which it does not elect to retain, the company shall follow such procedures for ceding the risk as are established by the plan of operation. (1973, c. 818, s. 1; 1977, c. 828, s. 22.)

§ 58‑37‑50.  Termination of insurance.
No member may terminate insurance to the extent that cession of a particular type of coverage and limits is available under the provisions of this Article except for the following reasons:
(1)	Nonpayment of premium when due to the insurer or producing agent.
(2)	The named insured has become a nonresident of this State and would not otherwise be entitled to insurance on submission of new application under this Article.
(3)	A member company has terminated an agency contract for reasons other than the quality of the agent's insureds or the agent has terminated the contract and such agent represented the company in taking the original application for insurance.
(4)	When the insurance contract has been cancelled pursuant to a power of attorney given a company licensed pursuant to the provisions of G.S. 58‑35‑5.
(5)	The named insured, at the time of renewal, fails to meet the requirements contained in the corporate charter, articles of incorporation, and/or bylaws of the insurer, when the insurer is a company organized for the sole purpose of providing members of an organization with insurance policies in North Carolina.
(6)	The named insured is no longer an eligible risk under G.S. 58‑37‑1. (1973, c. 818, s. 1; 1979, c. 497; 2007‑443, s. 2.)

§ 58‑37‑55.  Exemption from requirements of this Article of companies and their agents.
The Board of Governors may exempt a company and its agents from the requirements of this Article, insofar as new business is concerned. The Board may further exempt a company and its agents from the requirements of this Article regarding the selling and servicing a particular category of business, if the company is not qualified to service the business. (1973, c. 818, s. 1; 1977, c. 828, s. 23.)

§ 58‑37‑60.  Physical damage insurance availability.
No physical damage insurer shall refuse to make physical damage coverage available to any applicant for the reason that such applicant has, or may acquire, auto liability insurance through the Facility plan as provided herein; further that no such insurer may levy a surcharge or increased rate for such physical damage coverage on the basis that such applicant has, or may acquire, auto liability insurance through the Facility plan as provided herein.
Any insurer or representative thereof who fails to comply with or violates this section shall be subject to suspension or revocation of his certificate or license and shall be subject to the provisions of G.S. 58‑2‑70. (1973, c. 818, s. 1; 1985, c. 666, s. 37.)

§ 58‑37‑65.  Hearings; review.
(a)	Any applicant for a policy from any carrier, any person insured under such a policy, any member of the Facility and any insurance producer duly licensed to write motor vehicle insurance, may request a formal hearing and ruling by the Board of Governors of the Facility on any alleged violation of or failure to comply with the plan of operation or the provisions of this Article or any alleged improper act or ruling of the Facility directly affecting him as to coverage or premium or in the case of a member directly affecting its assessment, and in the case of an insurance producer, any matter affecting his appointment to a carrier or his account therewith. The request for hearing must be made within 15 days after the date of the alleged violation or improper act or ruling. The hearing shall be held within 15 days after the receipt of the request. The hearing may be held by any panel of the Board of Governors consisting of not less than three members thereof, and the ruling of a majority of the panel shall be deemed to be the formal ruling of the Board, unless the full Board on its own motion shall modify or rescind the action of the panel.
(b)	Any formal ruling by the Board of Governors may be appealed to the Commissioner by filing notice of appeal with the Facility and Commissioner within 30 days after issuance of the ruling.
(c)	The Commissioner shall, after a hearing held on not less than 30 days written notice to the appellant and to the Board, (i) issue an order approving the decision of the Board or (ii) after setting out the findings and conclusions as to how the action of the Board is not in accordance with the plan of operation, the Standard Practice Manual, or other provisions of this Article, direct the Board to reconsider its decision. In the event the Commissioner directs the Board to reconsider its decision and the Board fails to take action in accordance with the plan of operation, the Standard Practice Manual, or other provisions of this Article, the Commissioner may issue an order modifying the action of the Board to the extent necessary to comply with the plan of operation, the Standard Practice Manual, or other provisions of this Article.
No later than 20 days before each hearing, the appellant shall file with the Commissioner or his designated hearing officer and shall serve on the appellee a written statement of his case and any evidence he intends to offer at the hearing. No later than five days before such hearing, the appellee shall file with the Commissioner or his designated hearing officer and shall serve on the appellant a written statement of his case and any evidence he intends to offer at the hearing. Each such hearing shall be recorded and transcribed. The cost of such recording and transcribing shall be borne equally by the appellant and appellee; provided that upon any final adjudication the prevailing party shall be reimbursed for his share of such costs by the other party. Each party shall, on a date determined by the Commissioner or his designated hearing officer, but not sooner than 15 days after delivery of the completed transcript to the party, submit to the Commissioner or his designated hearing officer and serve on the other party, a proposed order. The Commissioner or his designated hearing officer shall then issue an order.
(d)	Any aggrieved person or organization, any member of the Facility or the Facility may request a public hearing and ruling by the Commissioner on the provisions of the plan of operation, rules, regulations or policy forms approved by the Commissioner. The request for hearing shall specify the matter or matters to be considered. The hearing shall be held within 30 days after receipt of the request. The Commissioner shall give public notice of the hearing and the matter or matters to be considered not less than 15 days in advance of the hearing date.
(e)	In any hearing held pursuant to this section by the Board of Governors or the Commissioner, the Board or the Commissioner as the case may be, shall issue a ruling or order within 30 days after the close of the hearing.
(f)	All rulings or orders of the Commissioner under this section shall be subject to judicial review as approved in G.S. 58‑2‑75.  (1973, c. 818, s. 1; 1989, c. 424, s. 3; 1989 (Reg. Sess., 1990), c. 1069, s. 17; 2022‑46, s. 14(yy).)

§ 58‑37‑70:  Repealed by Session Laws 1991, c.  720, s. 6.

§ 58‑37‑75.  Repealed by Session Laws 1999‑132, s. 8.9.

Article 38.
Readable Insurance Policies.
§ 58‑38‑1.  Title.
This Article is known and may be cited as the "Readable Insurance Policies Act." (1979, c. 755, s. 1.)

§ 58‑38‑5.  Purpose.
The purpose of this Article is to provide that insurance policies and contracts be readable by a person of average intelligence, experience, and education. All insurers are required by this Article to use policy and contract forms and, where applicable, benefit booklets that are written in simple and commonly used language, that are logically and clearly arranged, and that are printed in a legible format. (1979, c. 755, s. 1.)

§ 58‑38‑10.  Scope of application.
(a)	Except as provided in subsection (b) of this section, the provisions of this Article apply to the policies and contracts of direct insurance that are described in G.S. 58‑38‑35(a).
(b)	Nothing in this Article applies to:
(1)	Any policy that is a security subject to federal jurisdiction;
(2)	Any group policy covering a group of 1,000 or more lives at date of issue, other than a group credit life insurance policy, nor any group policy delivered or issued for delivery outside of this State; however, this does not exempt any certificate issued pursuant to a group policy delivered or issued for delivery in this State;
(3)	Any group annuity contract that serves as a funding vehicle for pension, profit‑sharing, or deferred compensation plans;
(4)	Any form used in connection with, as a conversion from, as an addition to, or in exchange pursuant to a contractual provision for, a policy delivered or issued for delivery on a form approved or permitted to be issued prior to the dates such forms must be approved under this Article;
(5)	The renewal of a policy delivered or issued for delivery prior to the date such policy must be approved under this Article; nor
(6)	Insurers who issue benefit booklets on group and nongroup bases for the policies described in G.S. 58‑38‑35(a)(2). In such cases, the provisions of this Article apply to the benefit booklets furnished to the persons insured.
(7)	Insurance on farm buildings (other than farm dwellings and their appurtenant structures); farm personal property; travel or camper trailers designed to be pulled by private passenger motor vehicles unless insured under policies covering nonfleet private passenger motor vehicles; nonfleet private passenger motor vehicles insured under a commercial motor vehicle insurance policy when combined with a commercial risk; residential real and personal property insured in multiple line insurance policies covering business activities as the primary insurable interest; and marine, general liability, burglary and theft, glass, and animal collision insurance except when such coverages are written as an integral part of a multiple line insurance policy for which there is an indivisible premium.
(c)	No other provision of the General Statutes setting language simplification standards shall apply to any policy forms covered by this Article.
(d)	Any non‑English language policy delivered or issued for delivery in this State shall be deemed to be in compliance with this Article if the insurer certifies that such policy is translated from an English language policy which does comply with this Article. (1979, c. 755, s. 1; 1981, c. 888, s. 6; 1983, c. 393, s. 1.)

§ 58‑38‑15.  Definitions.
As used in this Article, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise:
(1)	"Benefit booklet" means any written explanation of insurance coverages or benefits issued by an insurer and which is supplemental to and not a part of an insurance policy or contract.
(2)	Repealed by Session Laws 1991, c. 720, s. 6.
(3)	"Flesch scale analysis readability score" means a measurement of the ease of readability of an insurance policy or contract made pursuant to the procedures described in G.S. 58‑38‑35.
(4)	"Insurance policy or contract" or "policy" means an agreement as defined by G.S. 58‑1‑10.
(5)	"Insurer" means every person entering insurance policies or contracts as a principal, as described in G.S. 58‑1‑5(3).
(6)	"Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, association, business trust, or voluntary organization. (1979, c. 755, s. 1; 1987, c. 864, s. 10; 1991, c. 720, s. 6.)

§ 58‑38‑20.  Format requirements.
(a)	All insurance policies and contracts covered by G.S. 58‑38‑35 must be printed in a typeface at least as large as 10 point modern type, one point leaded, be written in a logical and clear order and form, and contain the following items:
(1)	On the cover, first, or insert page of the policy a statement that the policy is a legal contract between the policy owner and the insurer and the statement, printed in larger or other contrasting type or color, "Read your policy carefully";
(2)	An index of the major provisions of the policy, which may include the following items:
a.	The person or persons insured by the policy;
b.	The applicable events, occurrences, conditions, losses, or damages covered by the policy;
c.	The limitations or conditions on the coverage of the policy;
d.	Definitional sections of the policy;
e.	Provisions governing the procedure for filing a claim under the policy;
f.	Provisions governing cancellation, renewal, or amendment of the policy by either the insurer or the policyholder;
g.	Any options under the policy; and
h.	Provisions governing the insurer's duties and powers in the event that suit is filed against the insured.
(b)	In determining whether or not a policy is written in a logical and clear order and form the Commissioner must consider the following factors:
(1)	The extent to which sections or provisions are set off and clearly identified by titles, headings, or margin notations;
(2)	The use of a more readable format, such as narrative or outline forms;
(3)	Margin size and the amount and use of space to separate sections of the policy; and
(4)	Contrast and legibility of the colors of the ink and paper and the use of contrasting titles or headings for sections. (1979, c. 755, s. 1.)

§ 58‑38‑25.  Flesch scale analysis readability score; procedures.
(a)	A Flesch scale analysis readability score will be measured as provided in this section.
(b)	For policies containing 10,000 words or less of text, the entire policy must be analyzed. For policies containing more than 10,000 words, the readability of two 200‑word samples per page may be analyzed in lieu of the entire policy. The samples must be separated by at least 20 printed lines. For the purposes of this subsection a word will be counted as five printed characters or spaces between characters.
(c)	The number of words and sentences in the text must be counted and the total number of words divided by the total number of sentences. The figure obtained must be multiplied by a factor of 1.015. The total number of syllables must be counted and divided by the total number of words. The figure obtained must be multiplied by a factor of 84.6. The sum of the figures computed under this subsection subtracted from 206.835 equals the Flesch scale analysis readability score for the policy.
(d)	For the purposes of subsection (c) of this section the following procedures must be used:
(1)	A contraction, hyphenated word, or numbers and letters, when separated by spaces, will be counted as one word;
(2)	A unit of words ending with a period, semicolon, or colon, but excluding headings and captions, will be counted as a sentence; and
(3)	A syllable means a unit of spoken language consisting of one or more letters of a word as divided by an accepted dictionary. Where the dictionary shows two or more equally acceptable pronunciations of a word, the pronunciation containing fewer syllables may be used.
(e)	The term "text" as used in this section includes all printed matter except the following:
(1)	The name and address of the insurer; the name, number or title of the policy; the table of contents or index; captions and subcaptions; specification pages, schedules or tables; and
(2)	Any policy language that is drafted to conform to the requirements of any law, regulation, or agency interpretation of any state or the federal government; any policy language required by any collectively bargained agreement; any medical terminology; and any words that are defined in the policy: Provided, however, that the insurer submits with his filing under G.S. 58‑38‑30 a certified document identifying the language or terminology that is entitled to be excepted by this subdivision. (1979, c. 755, s. 1.)

§ 58‑38‑30.  Filing requirements; duties of the Commissioner.
(a)	No insurer may make, issue, amend, or renew any insurance policy or contract after the dates specified in G.S. 58‑38‑35 for the applicable type of insurance unless the policy is in compliance with the provisions of G.S. 58‑38‑20 and G.S. 58‑38‑25 and unless the policy is filed with the Commissioner for his approval. The policy will be deemed approved 90 days after filing unless disapproved within the 90‑day period. The Commissioner may not unreasonably withhold his approval. Any disapproval must be delivered to the insurer in writing and must state the grounds for disapproval. Any policy filed with the Commissioner must be accompanied by a certified Flesch scale readability analysis and test score and by the insurer's certification that the policy is, in the insurer's judgment, readable based on the factors specified in G.S. 58‑38‑20 and G.S. 58‑38‑25.
(b)	The Commissioner must disapprove any policy covered by subsection (a) of this section if he finds that:
(1)	It is not accompanied by a certified Flesch scale analysis readability score of 50 or more.
(2)	It is not accompanied by the insurer's certification that the policy is, in the judgment of the insurer, readable under the standards of this Article; or
(3)	It does not comply with the format requirements of G.S. 58‑38‑20. (1979, c. 755, s. 1; 1979, 2nd Sess., c. 1161, s. 2.)

§ 58‑38‑35.  Application to policies; dates; duties of the Commissioner.
(a)	The filing requirements of G.S. 58‑38‑30 apply as follows:
(1)	As described in Article 36 of this Chapter, to all policies of private passenger nonfleet motor vehicle insurance except as excluded by G.S. 58‑38‑10(b)(7), to all policies of insurance against loss to residential real property with not more than four housing units located in this State and any contents thereof and valuable interest therein, and other insurance coverages written in connection with the sale of such property insurance except as excluded in G.S. 58‑38‑10(b)(7), that are made, issued, amended, or renewed after March 1, 1981; and
(2)	To all policies of life insurance as described in Article 58 of this Chapter, to all benefit certificates issued by fraternal orders and societies as described in Articles 24 and 25 of this Chapter, to all policies of accident and health insurance as described in Articles 50 through 55 of this Chapter, to all subscribers' contracts of hospital service corporations as described in Articles 65 and 66 of this Chapter, and to all health maintenance organization evidences of coverage as described in Article 67 of this Chapter, that are made, issued, amended, or renewed after July 1, 1983.
(b)	Repealed by Session Laws 1991, c. 720, s. 6.  (1979, c. 755, s. 1; 1979, 2nd Sess., c. 1161, s. 3; 1981, c. 888, s. 7; 1983, c. 393, s. 2; 1987, c. 864, s. 11; 1991, c. 720, ss. 6, 42; 2021‑169, s. 4.)

§ 58‑38‑40.  Construction.
(a)	The provisions of this Article will not operate to relieve any insurer from any provision of law regulating the contents or provisions of insurance policies or contracts nor operate to reduce an insured's or beneficiary's rights or protection granted under any statute or provision of law.
(b)	The provisions of this Article shall not be construed to mandate, require, or allow alteration of the legal effect of any provision of any insurance policy or contract.
(c)	In any action brought by a policyholder or claimant arising out of a policy approved pursuant to this Article, the policyholder or claimant may base such an action on either or both (i) the substantive language prescribed by such other statute or provision of law or (ii) the wording of the approved policy. (1979, c. 755, s. 1.)

Article 39.
Consumer and Customer Information Privacy.
Part 1. Insurance Information and Privacy Protection.
§ 58‑39‑1.  Short titles.
This Article may be cited as the Consumer and Customer Information Privacy Act. Part 1 of this Article may be cited as the Insurance Information and Privacy Protection Act. Part 3 of this Article may be cited as the Customer Information Safeguards Act.  (1981, c. 846, s. 1; 2003‑262, s. 3.)

§ 58‑39‑5.  Purpose.
The purpose of this Article is to establish standards for the collection, use, and disclosure of information gathered in connection with insurance transactions by insurance institutions, agents, or insurance‑support organizations; to maintain a balance between the need for information by those conducting the business of insurance and the public's need for fairness in insurance information practices, including the need to minimize intrusiveness; to establish a regulatory mechanism to enable natural persons to ascertain what information is being or has been collected about them in connection with insurance transactions and to have access to such information for the purpose of verifying or disputing its accuracy; to limit the disclosure of information collected in connection with insurance transactions; and to enable insurance applicants and policyholders to obtain the reasons for any adverse underwriting decision. (1981, c. 846, s. 1;  2003‑262, s. 2(1).)

§ 58‑39‑10.  Scope.
(a)	The obligations imposed by this Article shall apply to those insurance institutions, agents, or insurance‑support organizations that:
(1)	In the case of life, health, or disability insurance:
a.	Collect, receive, or maintain information in connection with insurance transactions that pertains to natural persons who are residents of this State; or
b.	Engage in insurance transactions with applicants, individuals, or policyholders who are residents of this State; and
(2)	In the case of property or casualty insurance:
a.	Collect, receive, or maintain information in connection with insurance transactions involving policies, contracts, or certificates of insurance delivered, issued for delivery, or renewed in this State;
b.	Engage in insurance transactions involving policies, contracts, or certificates of insurance delivered, issued for delivery, or renewed in this State; or
c.	Engage in transactions involving mortgage guaranty insurance where the mortgage guaranty policies, contracts, or certificates of insurance are delivered, issued for delivery, or renewed in this State.
(b)	The rights granted by this Article shall extend to:
(1)	In the case of life, health, or disability insurance, the following persons who are residents of this State:
a.	Natural persons who are the subject of information collected, received, or maintained in connection with insurance transactions; and
b.	Applicants, individuals, or policyholders who engage in or seek to engage in insurance transactions;
(2)	In the case of property or casualty insurance, the following persons:
a.	Natural persons who are the subject of information collected, received, or maintained in connection with insurance transactions involving policies, contracts, or certificates of insurance delivered, issued for delivery, or renewed in this State; and
b.	Applicants, individuals, or policyholders who engage in or seek to engage in (i) insurance transactions involving policies, contracts, or certificates of insurance delivered, issued for delivery, or renewed in this State; or (ii) mortgage guaranty insurance transactions involving policies, contracts, or certificates of insurance delivered, issued for delivery, or renewed in this State.
(c)	For purposes of this section, a person shall be considered a resident of this State if the person's last known mailing address, as shown in the records of the insurance institution, agent, or insurance‑support organization, is located in this State.
(d)	Notwithstanding subsections (a) and (b) of this section, this Article shall not apply to information collected from the public records of a governmental authority and maintained by an insurance institution or its representatives for the purpose of insuring the title to real property located in this State.
(e)	This Article applies to credit insurance that is subject to Article 57 of this Chapter. (1981, c. 846, s. 1; 2001‑351, s. 1;  2003‑262, s. 2(1).)

§ 58‑39‑15.  Definitions.
As used in this Article:
(1)	"Adverse underwriting decision" means:
a.	Any of the following actions with respect to insurance transactions involving insurance coverage that is individually underwritten:
1.	A declination of insurance coverage;
2.	A termination of insurance coverage;
3.	Failure of an agent to apply for insurance coverage with a specific insurance institution that an agent represents and that is requested by an applicant;
4.	In the case of a property or casualty insurance coverage:
I.	Placement by an insurance institution or agent of a risk with a residual market mechanism, an unauthorized insurer, or an insurance institution that specializes in substandard risks; or
II.	The charging of a higher rate on the basis of information that differs from that which the applicant or policyholder furnished; or
5.	In the case of a life, health, or disability insurance coverage, an offer to insure at higher than standard rates.
b.	Notwithstanding subdivision (1)a. of this section, the following actions shall not be considered adverse underwriting decisions, but the insurance institution or agent responsible for their occurrence shall nevertheless provide the applicant or policyholder with the specific reason or reasons for their occurrence:
1.	The termination of an individual policy form on a class or statewide basis;
2.	A declination of insurance coverage solely because such coverage is not available on a class or statewide basis; or
3.	The rescission of a policy.
(2)	"Affiliate" or "affiliated" means a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with another person.
(3)	"Agent" has the meaning as set forth in G.S. 58‑33‑10, and includes limited representatives, limited line credit insurance producers, limited lines producers, insurance producers, and surplus lines licensees.
(4)	"Applicant" means any person who seeks to contract for insurance coverage other than a person seeking group insurance that is not individually underwritten.
(5)	"Consumer report" means any written, oral, or other communication of information bearing on a natural person's credit worthiness, credit standing, credit capacity, character, general reputation, personal characteristics, or mode of living that is used or expected to be used in connection with an insurance transaction.
(6)	"Consumer reporting agency" means any person who:
a.	Regularly engages, in whole or in part, in the practice of assembling or preparing consumer reports for a monetary fee;
b.	Obtains information primarily from sources other than insurance institutions; and
c.	Furnishes consumer reports to other persons.
(7)	"Control," including the terms "controlled by" or "under common control with," means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract other than a commercial contract for goods or nonmanagement services, or otherwise, unless the power is the result of an official position with or corporate office held by the person.
(8)	"Declination of insurance coverage" means a denial, in whole or in part, by an insurance institution or agent of requested insurance coverage.
(9)	"Individual" means any natural person who:
a.	In the case of property or casualty insurance, is a past, present, or proposed named insured or certificate holder;
b.	In the case of life, health, or disability insurance, is a past, present, or proposed principal insured or certificate holder;
c.	Is a past, present or proposed policy owner;
d.	Is a past or present applicant;
e.	Is a past or present claimant;
f.	Derived, derives, or is proposed to derive insurance coverage under an insurance policy or certificate subject to this Article; or
g.	Is the subject of personal information collected or maintained by an insurance institution, agent, or insurance‑support organization in connection with mortgage guaranty insurance.
(10)	"Institutional source" means any person or governmental entity that provides information about an individual to an agent, insurance institution, or insurance‑support organization, other than:
a.	An agent;
b.	The individual who is the subject of the information; or
c.	A natural person acting in a personal capacity rather than in a business or professional capacity.
(11)	"Insurance institution" means any corporation, association, partnership, reciprocal exchange, inter‑insurer, Lloyd's insurer, fraternal benefit society, or other person engaged in the business of insurance, including health maintenance organizations and medical, surgical, hospital, dental, and optometric service plans, governed by Articles 65 through 67 of this Chapter. "Insurance institution" shall not include agents or insurance‑support organizations.
(12)	"Insurance‑support organization" means any person who regularly engages, in whole or in part, in the practice of assembling or collecting information about natural persons for the primary purpose of providing the information to an insurance institution or agent for insurance transactions, including: (i) the furnishing of consumer reports or investigative consumer reports to an insurance institution or agent for use in connection with an insurance transaction; or (ii) the collection of personal information from insurance institutions, agents, or other insurance‑support organizations for the purpose of detecting or preventing fraud, material misrepresentation, or material nondisclosure in connection with insurance underwriting or insurance claim activity; provided, however, the following persons shall not be considered "insurance‑support organizations" for purposes of this Article: agents, governmental institutions, insurance institutions, medical‑care institutions, and medical professionals.
(13)	"Insurance transaction" means any transaction involving insurance primarily for personal, family, or household needs rather than business or professional needs that entails:
a.	The determination of an individual's eligibility for an insurance coverage, benefit, or payment; or
b.	The servicing of an insurance application, policy, contract, or certificate.
(14)	"Investigative consumer report" means a consumer report or portion thereof in which information about a natural person's character, general reputation, personal characteristics, or mode of living is obtained through personal interviews with the person's neighbors, friends, associates, acquaintances, or others who may have knowledge concerning such items of information.
(15)	"Life insurance" includes annuities.
(16)	"Medical‑care institution" means any facility or institution that is licensed to provide health care services to natural persons, including but not limited to, hospitals, skilled nursing facilities, home‑health agencies, medical clinics, rehabilitation agencies, public health agencies, or health‑maintenance organizations.
(17)	"Medical professional" means any person licensed or certified to provide health care services to natural persons, including but not limited to, a physician, dentist, nurse, chiropractor, optometrist, physical or occupational therapist, licensed clinical social worker, clinical dietitian, clinical psychologist, pharmacist, or speech therapist.
(18)	"Medical‑record information" means personal information that:
a.	Relates to an individual's physical or mental condition, medical history, or medical treatment; and
b.	Is obtained from a medical professional or medical‑care institution, from the individual, or from the individual's spouse, parent, or legal guardian.
(19)	"Personal information" means any individually identifiable information gathered in connection with an insurance transaction from which judgments can be made about an individual's character, habits, avocations, finances, occupation, general reputation, credit, health, or any other personal characteristics. "Personal information" includes an individual's name and address and medical‑record information, but does not include privileged information.
(20)	"Policyholder" means any person who:
a.	In the case of individual property or casualty insurance, is a present named insured;
b.	In the case of individual life or accident and health insurance, is a present policy owner; or
c.	In the case of group insurance that is individually underwritten, is a present group certificate holder.
(21)	"Pretext interview" means an interview whereby a person, in an attempt to obtain information about a natural person, performs one or more of the following acts:
a.	Pretends to be someone he is not;
b.	Pretends to represent a person he is not in fact representing;
c.	Misrepresents the true purpose of the interview; or
d.	Refuses to identify himself upon request.
(22)	"Privileged information" means any individually identifiable information that (i) relates to a claim for insurance benefits or a civil or criminal proceeding involving an individual, and (ii) is collected in connection with or in reasonable anticipation of a claim for insurance benefits or civil or criminal proceeding involving an individual: Provided, however, information otherwise meeting the requirements of this subsection shall nevertheless be considered personal information under this Article if it is disclosed in violation of G.S. 58‑39‑75.
(23)	"Residual market mechanism" means any reinsurance facility, joint underwriting association, assigned risk plan, or other similar plan established under the laws of this State.
(24)	"Termination of insurance coverage" or "termination of an insurance policy" means either a cancellation or nonrenewal of an insurance policy, in whole or in part, for any reason other than the failure to pay a premium as required by the policy.
(25)	"Unauthorized insurer" means an insurance institution that has not been granted a license by the Commissioner to transact the business of insurance in this State. (1981, c. 846, s. 1; 1987, c. 629, s. 13; 1993, c. 464, s. 1; 2001‑203, s. 30; 2001‑351, ss. 2, 3; 2001‑487, s. 40(f);  2003‑262, s. 2(1).)

§ 58‑39‑20.  Pretext interviews.
No insurance institution, agent, or insurance‑support organization shall use or authorize the use of pretext interviews to obtain information in connection with an insurance transaction: Provided, however, a pretext interview may be undertaken to obtain information from a person or institution that does not have a generally or statutorily recognized privileged relationship with the person about whom the information relates for the purpose of investigating a claim where, based upon specific information available for review by the Commissioner, there is a reasonable basis for suspecting criminal activity, fraud, material misrepresentation, or material nondisclosure in connection with the claim. (1981, c. 846, s. 1; 2003‑262, s. 2(1).)

§ 58‑39‑25.  Notice of insurance information practices.
(a)	An insurance institution or agent shall provide a notice of information practices to all applicants or policyholders in connection with insurance transactions as provided in this section:
(1)	In the case of an application for insurance a notice shall be provided no later than:
a.	At the time of the delivery of the insurance policy or certificate when personal information is collected only from the applicant or from public records; or
b.	At the time the collection of personal information is initiated when personal information is collected from a source other than the applicant or public records;
(2)	In the case of a policy renewal, a notice shall be provided no later than the policy renewal date, except that no notice shall be required in connection with a policy renewal if:
a.	Personal information is collected only from the policyholder or from public records; or
b.	A notice meeting the requirements of this section has been given within the previous 24 months; or
(3)	In the case of a policy reinstatement or change in insurance benefits, a notice shall be provided no later than the time a request for a policy reinstatement or change in insurance benefits is received by the insurance institution, except that no notice shall be required if personal information is collected only from the policyholder or from public records.
(b)	The notice required by subsection (a) of this section shall be in writing and shall state:
(1)	Whether personal information may be collected from persons other than the individual or individuals proposed for coverage;
(2)	The types of personal information that may be collected and the types of sources and investigative techniques that may be used to collect such information;
(3)	The types of disclosures identified in subsections (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (9), (11), (12), and (14) of G.S. 58‑39‑75 and the circumstances under which such disclosures may be made without prior authorization: Provided, however, only those circumstances need be described that occur with such frequency as to indicate a general business practice;
(4)	A description of the rights established under G.S. 58‑39‑45 and 58‑39‑50 and the manner in which such rights may be exercised; and
(5)	That information obtained from a report prepared by an insurance‑support organization may be retained by the insurance‑support organization and disclosed to other persons.
(c)	In lieu of the notice prescribed in subsection (b) of this section, the insurance institution or agent may provide an abbreviated notice informing the applicant or policyholder that:
(1)	Personal information may be collected from persons other than the individual or individuals proposed for coverage;
(2)	Such information, as well as other personal or privileged information subsequently collected by the insurance institution or agent, in certain circumstances, may be disclosed to third parties without authorization;
(3)	A right of access and correction exists with respect to all personal information collected; and
(4)	The notice prescribed in subsection (b) of this section will be furnished to the applicant or policyholder upon request.
(d)	The obligations imposed by this section upon an insurance institution or agent may be satisfied by another insurance institution or agent authorized to act on its behalf. (1981, c. 846, s. 1; 2003‑262, s. 2(1).)

§ 58‑39‑26.  Federal privacy disclosure notice requirements.
(a)	Disclosure Required. – In addition to the notice requirements of G.S. 58‑39‑25, an insurance institution or agent shall provide, to all applicants and policyholders no later than (i) before the initial disclosure of personal information under G.S. 58‑39‑75(11) or (ii) the time of the delivery of the insurance policy or certificate, a clear and conspicuous notice, in written or electronic form, of the insurance institution or agent's policies and practices with respect to:
(1)	Disclosing nonpublic personal information to affiliates and nonaffiliated third parties, consistent with section 502 of Public Law 106‑102, including the categories of information that may be disclosed.
(2)	Disclosing nonpublic personal information of persons who have ceased to be customers of the financial institution.
(3)	Protecting the nonpublic personal information of consumers.
These disclosures shall be made in accordance with the regulations prescribed under section 504 of Public Law 106‑102.
(b)	Information to Be Included. – The disclosure required by subsection (a) of this section shall include:
(1)	The policies and practices of the insurance institution or agent with respect to disclosing nonpublic personal information to nonaffiliated third parties, other than agents of the insurance institution or agent, consistent with section 502 of Public Law 106‑102, and including:
a.	The categories of persons to whom the information is or may be disclosed, other than the persons to whom the information may be provided under section 502(e) of Public Law 106‑102.
b.	The policies and practices of the insurance institution or agent with respect to disclosing of nonpublic personal information of persons who have ceased to be customers of the insurance institution or agent.
(2)	The categories of nonpublic personal information that are collected by the insurance institution or agent.
(3)	The policies that the insurance institution or agent maintains to protect the confidentiality and security of nonpublic personal information in accordance with section 501 of Public Law 106‑102.
(4)	The disclosures required, if any, under section 603(d)(2)(A) (iii) of the Fair Credit Reporting Act.
(c)	In the case of a policyholder, the notice required by this section shall be provided not less than annually during the continuation of the policy. As used in this subsection, "annually" means at least once in any period of 12 consecutive months during which the policy is in effect.
(d)	Exception to Annual Notice Requirement. – An insurance institution or agent is not required to provide the privacy notice annually as required under subsection (c) of this section if all of the following apply:
(1)	The insurance institution or agent provides nonpublic personal information only in accordance with the provisions of sections 502(b)(2) or 502(e) of Public Law 106‑102 or regulations prescribed under section 504(b) of Public Law 106‑102.
(2)	The insurance institution or agent has not changed its policies and practices with regard to disclosing nonpublic personal information from the policies and practices that were disclosed in the most recent disclosure sent to consumers in accordance with this section.
If, at any time, subdivision (1) or (2) of this subsection no longer applies to an insurance institution or agent, then the insurance institution or agent shall be required to provide the annual privacy notice required under subsection (c) of this section.  (2001‑351, s. 4; 2003‑262, s. 2(1); 2019‑179, s. 5.)

§ 58‑39‑27.  Privacy notice and disclosure requirement exceptions.
(a)	Under G.S. 58‑39‑25 and G.S. 58‑39‑26, an insurance institution or agent may provide a joint notice from the insurance institution or agent and one or more of its affiliates or other financial institutions, as defined in the notice, as long as the notice is accurate with respect to the insurance institution or agent and the other institutions.
(b)	An insurance institution or agent may satisfy the notice requirements of G.S. 58‑39‑25 and G.S. 58‑39‑26 by providing a single notice if two or more applicants or policyholders jointly obtain or apply for an insurance product.
(c)	An insurance institution or agent may satisfy the notice requirements of G.S. 58‑39‑25 and G.S. 58‑39‑26 through the use of separate or combined notices.
(d)	An insurance institution or agent is not required to provide the notices required by G.S. 58‑39‑25 and G.S. 58‑39‑26 to:
(1)	Any applicant or policyholder whose last known address, according to the insurance institution's or agent's records is deemed invalid. The applicant's or policyholder's last known address shall be deemed invalid if mail sent to that address has been returned by the postal authorities as undeliverable and if subsequent reasonable attempts to obtain a current valid address for the applicant or policyholder have been unsuccessful; or
(2)	Any policyholder whose policy is lapsed, expired, or otherwise inactive or dormant under the insurance institution's business practices, and the insurance institution has not communicated with the policyholder about the relationship for a period of 12 consecutive months, other than annual privacy notices, material required by law or regulation, or promotional materials.
(e)	If an agent does not share information with any person other than the agent's principal or an affiliate of the principal, and if the principal provides all notices required by G.S. 58‑39‑25 and G.S. 58‑39‑26, the agent is not required to provide the notices required by G.S. 58‑39‑25 and G.S. 58‑39‑26. G.S. 58‑39‑75 applies to the sharing of information with an affiliate under this subsection.
(f)	When an agent discloses a policyholder's personal information, other than medical information, to an insurance institution solely for the purposes of renewal, transfer, replacement, reinstatement, or modification of an existing policy, the agent is not required to provide the notices required by G.S. 58‑39‑25 and G.S. 58‑39‑26.
(g)	For the purposes of G.S. 58‑39‑26 only, the terms "applicant" or "policyholder" include respectively a person who applies for, or a certificate holder who obtains, insurance coverage under a group or blanket insurance contract, employee benefit plan, or group annuity contract, regardless of whether the coverage is individually underwritten. An insurance institution or agent that does not disclose personal information about an applicant or policyholder under a group or blanket insurance contract, employee benefit plan, or group annuity contract, except as permitted under G.S. 58‑39‑75(1) through (10) and G.S. 58‑39‑75(12) through (21), may satisfy any notice requirement that otherwise exists under G.S. 58‑39‑26 with respect to that applicant or policyholder by providing a notice of information practices to the holder of the group or blanket insurance or annuity contract or the employee benefit plan sponsor. If an insurance institution or agent discloses personal information about an applicant or policyholder as permitted by G.S. 58‑39‑75(11), it shall provide the notice required by G.S. 58‑39‑26 to the applicant or policyholder not less than 30 days before the information is disclosed, and it may satisfy any other notice requirement that otherwise exists under this section with respect to that applicant or policyholder by providing a notice of information practices to the holder of the group or blanket insurance or annuity contract or employee benefit plan sponsor. (2001‑351, s. 5; 2003‑262, s. 2(1).)

§ 58‑39‑28.  Exception for title and mortgage guaranty insurance.
(a)	A title insurance company shall give notice of its insurance information practices under G.S. 58‑39‑25 and G.S. 58‑39‑26 only at the time the final policy of title insurance is issued and is not subject to any annual notice requirement thereafter.
(b)	In the case of mortgage guaranty insurance, the notice required by G.S. 58‑39‑25 and G.S. 58‑39‑26 shall be provided at the time a master policy is issued and thereafter only if there is a material change in the insurer's policies and practices regarding the use or disclosure of personal information. (2001‑351, s. 6; 2003‑262, s. 2(1).)

§ 58‑39‑30.  Marketing and research surveys.
An insurance institution or agent shall clearly specify those questions designed to obtain information solely for marketing or research purposes from an individual in connection with an insurance transaction. (1981, c. 846, s. 1;  2003‑262, s. 2(1).)

§ 58‑39‑35.  Content of disclosure authorization forms.
Notwithstanding any other provision of law of this State, no insurance institution, agent, or insurance‑support organization shall utilize as its disclosure authorization form in connection with insurance transactions involving insurance policies or contracts issued after July 1, 1982, a form or statement that authorizes the disclosure of personal or privileged information about an individual to the insurance institution, agent, or insurance‑support organization unless the form or statement:
(1)	Complies with the provisions of Article 38 of this Chapter;
(2)	Is dated;
(3)	Specifies the types of persons authorized to disclose information about the individual;
(4)	Specifies the nature of the information authorized to be disclosed;
(5)	Names the insurance institution or agent and identifies by generic reference representatives of the insurance institution to whom the individual is authorizing information to be disclosed;
(6)	Specifies the purposes for which the information is collected;
(7)	Specifies the length of time such authorization shall remain valid, which shall be no longer than:
a.	In the case of authorizations signed for the purpose of collecting information in connection with an application for an insurance policy, a policy reinstatement, or a request for change in policy benefits:
1.	Thirty months from the date the authorization is signed if the application or request involves life, health, or disability insurance; or
2.	One year from the date the authorization is signed if the application or request involves property or casualty insurance;
b.	In the case of authorizations signed for the purpose of collecting information in connection with a claim for benefits under an insurance policy:
1.	The term of coverage of the policy if the claim is for a health insurance benefit; or
2.	The duration of the claim if the claim is not for a health insurance benefit; and
(8)	Advises the individual or a person authorized to act on behalf of the individual that the individual or the individual's authorized representative is entitled to receive a copy of the authorization form. (1981, c. 846, s. 1; c. 1127, s. 56; 2003‑262, s. 2(1).)

§ 58‑39‑40.  Investigative consumer reports.
(a)	No insurance institution, agent, or insurance‑support organization may prepare or request an investigative consumer report about an individual in connection with an insurance transaction involving an application for insurance, a policy renewal, a policy reinstatement, or a change in insurance benefits unless the insurance institution or agent informs the individual:
(1)	That he may request to be interviewed in connection with the preparation of the investigative consumer report; and
(2)	That upon a request pursuant to G.S. 58‑39‑45 he is entitled to receive a copy of the investigative consumer report.
(b)	If an investigative consumer report is to be prepared by an insurance institution or agent, the insurance institution or agent shall institute reasonable procedures to conduct a personal interview requested by an individual.
(c)	If an investigative consumer report is to be prepared by an insurance‑support organization, the insurance institution or agent desiring such report shall inform the insurance‑support organization whether a personal interview has been requested by the individual. The insurance‑support organization shall institute reasonable procedures to conduct such interviews, if requested. (1981, c. 846, s. 1; 2003‑262, s. 2(1).)

§ 58‑39‑45.  Access to recorded personal information.
(a)	If any individual, after proper identification, submits a written request to an insurance institution, agent, or insurance‑support organization for access to recorded personal information about the individual that is reasonably described by the individual and reasonably locatable and retrievable by the insurance institution, agent, or insurance‑support organization, the insurance institution, agent, or insurance‑support organization shall within 30 business days from the date such request is received:
(1)	Inform the individual of the nature and substance of such recorded personal information in writing, by telephone, or by other oral communication, whichever the insurance institution, agent, or insurance‑support organization prefers;
(2)	Permit the individual to see and copy, in person, such recorded personal information pertaining to him or to obtain a copy of such recorded personal information by mail, whichever the individual prefers, unless such recorded personal information is in coded form, in which case an accurate translation in plain language shall be provided in writing;
(3)	Disclose to the individual the identity, if recorded, of those persons to whom the insurance institution, agent, or insurance‑support organization has disclosed such personal information within two years prior to such request, and if the identity is not recorded, the names of those insurance institutions, agents, insurance‑support organizations or other persons to whom such information is normally disclosed; and
(4)	Provide the individual with a summary of the procedures by which he may request correction, amendment, or deletion of recorded personal information.
(b)	Any personal information provided pursuant to subsection (a) of this section shall identify the source of the information if such source is an institutional source.
(c)	Medical‑record information supplied by a medical‑care institution or medical professional and requested under subsection (a) of this section together with the identity of the medical professional or medical‑care institution that provided such information, shall be supplied either directly to the individual or to a medical professional designated by the individual and licensed to provide medical care with respect to the condition to which the information relates, whichever the insurance institution, agent, or insurance‑support organization prefers. If it elects to disclose the information to a medical professional designated by the individual, the insurance institution, agent, or insurance‑support organization shall notify the individual, at the time of the disclosure, that it has provided the information to the medical professional.
(d)	Except for personal information provided under G.S. 58‑39‑55, an insurance institution, agent, or insurance‑support organization may charge a reasonable fee to cover the costs incurred in providing a copy of recorded personal information to individuals.
(e)	The obligations imposed by this section upon an insurance institution or agent may be satisfied by another insurance institution or agent authorized to act on its behalf. With respect to the copying and disclosure of recorded personal information pursuant to a request under subsection (a) of this section, an insurance institution, agent, or insurance‑support organization may make arrangements with an insurance‑support organization or a consumer reporting agency to copy and disclose recorded personal information on its behalf.
(f)	The rights granted to individuals in this section shall extend to all natural persons to the extent information about them is collected and maintained by an insurance institution, agent, or insurance‑support organization in connection with an insurance transaction. The rights granted to all natural persons by this subsection shall not extend to information about them that relates to and is collected in connection with or in reasonable anticipation of a claim or civil or criminal proceeding involving them.
(g)	For purposes of this section, the term, "insurance‑support organization" does not include the term, "consumer reporting agency." (1981, c. 846, s. 1; 2003‑262, s. 2(1).)

§ 58‑39‑50.  Correction, amendment, or deletion of recorded personal information.
(a)	Within 30 business days from the date of receipt of a written request from an individual to correct, amend, or delete any recorded personal information about the individual within its possession, an insurance institution, agent, or insurance‑support organization shall either:
(1)	Correct, amend, or delete the portion of the recorded personal information in dispute; or
(2)	Notify the individual of:
a.	Its refusal to make such correction, amendment, or deletion;
b.	The reasons for the refusal; and
c.	The individual's right to file a statement as provided in subsection (c) of this section.
(b)	If the insurance institution, agent, or insurance‑support organization corrects, amends, or deletes recorded personal information in accordance with subdivision (a)(1) of this section, the insurance institution, agent, or insurance‑support organization shall so notify the individual in writing and furnish the correction, amendment, or fact of deletion to:
(1)	Any person specifically designated by the individual who, within the preceding two years, may have received such recorded personal information;
(2)	Any insurance‑support organization whose primary source of personal information is insurance institutions if the insurance‑support organization has systematically received such recorded personal information from the insurance institution within the preceding seven years. The correction, amendment, or fact of deletion need not be furnished if the insurance‑support organization no longer maintains recorded personal information about the individual; and
(3)	Any insurance‑support organization that furnished the personal information that has been corrected, amended, or deleted.
(c)	Whenever an individual disagrees with an insurance institution's, agent's, or insurance‑support organization's refusal to correct, amend, or delete recorded personal information, the individual shall be permitted to file with the insurance institution, agent, or insurance‑support organization:
(1)	A concise statement setting forth what the individual thinks is the correct, relevant, or fair information; and
(2)	A concise statement of the reasons why the individual disagrees with the insurance institution's, agent's, or insurance‑support organization's refusal to correct, amend, or delete recorded personal information.
(d)	In the event an individual files either statement as described in subsection (c) of this section, the insurance institution, agent, or support organization shall:
(1)	File the statement with the disputed personal information and provide a means by which anyone reviewing the disputed personal information will be made aware of the individual's statement and have access to it; and
(2)	In any subsequent disclosure by the insurance institution, agent, or support organization of the recorded personal information that is the subject of disagreement, clearly identify the matter or matters in dispute and provide the individual's statement along with the recorded personal information being disclosed; and
(3)	Furnish the statement to the persons and in the manner specified in subsection (b) of this section.
(e)	The rights granted to individuals in this section shall extend to all natural persons to the extent information about them is collected and maintained by an insurance institution, agent, or insurance‑support organization in connection with an insurance transaction. The rights granted to all natural persons by this subsection shall not extend to information about them that relates to and is collected in connection with or in reasonable anticipation of a claim or civil or criminal proceeding involving them.
(f)	For purposes of this section, the term, "insurance‑support organization" does not include the term, "consumer reporting agency." (1981, c. 846, s. 1; 1991, c. 720, s. 74; 2003‑262, s. 2(1).)

§ 58‑39‑55.  Reasons for adverse underwriting decisions.
(a)	In the event of an adverse underwriting decision, the insurance institution or agent responsible for the decision shall give a written notice in a form approved by the Commissioner that:
(1)	Either provides the applicant, policyholder, or individual proposed for coverage with the specific reason or reasons for the adverse underwriting decision in writing or advises such person that upon written request he may receive the specific reason or reasons in writing; and
(2)	Provides the applicant, policyholder, or individual proposed for coverage with a summary of the rights established under subsection (b) of this section and G.S. 58‑39‑45 and 58‑39‑50.
(b)	Upon receipt of a written request within 90 business days from the date of the mailing of notice or other communication of an adverse underwriting decision to an applicant, policyholder or individual proposed for coverage, the insurance institution or agent shall furnish to such person within 21 business days from the date of receipt of such written request:
(1)	The specific reason or reasons for the adverse underwriting decision, in writing, if such information was not initially furnished in writing pursuant to subdivision (a)(1) of this section;
(2)	The specific items of personal and privileged information that support those reasons: Provided, however:
a.	The insurance institution or agent shall not be required to furnish specific items of privileged information if it has a reasonable suspicion, based upon specific information available for review by the Commissioner, that the applicant, policyholder, or individual proposed for coverage has engaged in criminal activity, fraud, material misrepresentation, or material nondisclosure, and
b.	Specific items of medical‑record information supplied by a medical‑care institution or medical professional shall be disclosed either directly to the individual about whom the information relates or to the medical professional designated by the individual and licensed to provide medical care with respect to the condition to which the information relates, whichever the insurance institution or agent prefers; and
(3)	The names and addresses of the institutional sources that supplied the specific items of information given pursuant to subdivision (b)(2) of this section: Provided, however, the identity of any medical professional or medical‑care institution shall be disclosed either directly to the individual or to the designated medical professional, whichever the insurance institution or agent prefers.
(c)	The obligations imposed by this section upon an insurance institution or agent may be satisfied by another insurance institution or agent authorized to act on its behalf.
(d)	When an adverse underwriting decision results solely from an oral request or inquiry, the explanation of reasons and summary of rights required by this section may be given orally. (1981, c. 846, s. 1; 2003‑262, s. 2(1).)

§ 58‑39‑60.  Information concerning previous adverse underwriting decisions.
No insurance institution, agent, or insurance‑support organization may seek information in connection with an insurance transaction concerning: (i) any previous adverse underwriting decision experienced by an individual; or (ii) any previous insurance coverage obtained by an individual through a residual market mechanism, unless such inquiry also requests the reasons for any previous adverse underwriting decision or the reasons why insurance coverage was previously obtained through a residual market mechanism. (1981, c. 846, s. 1; 2003‑262, s. 2(1).)

§ 58‑39‑65.  Previous adverse underwriting decisions.
No insurance institution or agent may base an adverse underwriting decision in whole or in part:
(1)	On the fact of a previous adverse underwriting decision or on the fact that an individual previously obtained insurance coverage through a residual market mechanism: Provided, however, an insurance institution or agent may base an adverse underwriting decision on further information obtained from an insurance institution or agent responsible for a previous adverse underwriting decision;
(2)	On personal information received from an insurance‑support organization whose primary source of information is insurance institutions: Provided, however, an insurance institution or agent may base an adverse underwriting decision on further personal information obtained as the result of information received from such insurance‑support organization. (1981, c. 846, s. 1; 2003‑262, s. 2(1).)

§ 58‑39‑70: Recodified as G.S. 58‑39‑125 by Session Laws 2003‑262, s. 2(3), effective June 26, 2003.

§ 58‑39‑75.  Disclosure limitations and conditions.
An insurance institution, agent, or insurance‑support organization shall not disclose any personal or privileged information about an individual collected or received in connection with an insurance transaction unless the disclosure is:
(1)	With the written authorization of the individual, provided:
a.	If such authorization is submitted by another insurance institution, agent, or insurance‑support organization, the authorization meets the requirements of G.S. 58‑39‑35; or
b.	If such authorization is submitted by a person other than an insurance institution, agent, or insurance‑support organization, the authorization meets the requirements of G.S. 58‑39‑35 and is:
1.	Dated;
2.	Signed by the individual; and
3.	Obtained one year or less before the date a disclosure is sought pursuant to this paragraph; or
(2)	To a person other than an insurance institution, agent, or insurance‑support organization, provided such disclosure is reasonably necessary:
a.	To enable that person to perform a business, professional, or insurance function for the disclosing insurance institution, agent, or insurance‑support organization, including, but not limited to, performing marketing functions and other functions regarding the provision of information concerning the disclosing institution's own products, services, and programs, and that person agrees not to disclose the information further without the individual's written authorization unless the further disclosure:
1.	Would otherwise be permitted by this section if made by an insurance institution, agent, or insurance‑support organization; or
2.	Is reasonably necessary for that person to perform its function for the disclosing insurance institution, agent, or insurance‑support organization; or
b.	To enable that person to provide information to the disclosing insurance institution, agent, or insurance‑support organization for the purpose of:
1.	Determining an individual's eligibility for an insurance benefit or payment; or
2.	Detecting or preventing criminal activity, fraud, material misrepresentation, or material nondisclosure in connection with an insurance transaction; or
(3)	To an insurance institution, agent, insurance‑support organization, or self‑insurer, provided the information disclosed is limited to that which is reasonably necessary:
a.	To detect or prevent criminal activity, fraud, material misrepresentation, or material nondisclosure in connection with insurance transactions; or
b.	For either the disclosing or receiving insurance institution, agent, or insurance‑support organization to perform its function in connection with an insurance transaction involving the individual; or
(4)	To a medical‑care institution or medical professional for the purpose of (i) verifying insurance coverage or benefits, (ii) informing an individual of a medical problem of which the individual may not be aware, or (iii) conducting an operations or services audit, provided only such information is disclosed as is reasonably necessary to accomplish the foregoing purposes; or
(4a)	To a person making an inquiry under G.S. 58‑58‑97 when providing funeral service to a deceased insured; or
(5)	To an insurance regulatory authority; or
(6)	To a law‑enforcement or other government authority:
a.	To protect the interests of the insurance institution, agent, or insurance‑support organization in preventing or prosecuting the perpetration of fraud upon it; or
b.	If the insurance institution, agent, or insurance‑support organization reasonably believes that illegal activities have been conducted by the individual; or
(7)	Otherwise permitted or required by law; or
(8)	In response to a facially valid administrative or judicial order, including a search warrant or subpoena; or
(9)	Made for the purpose of conducting actuarial or research studies, provided:
a.	No individual may be identified in any actuarial or research report;
b.	Materials allowing the individual to be identified are returned or destroyed as soon as they are no longer needed; and
c.	The actuarial or research organization agrees not to disclose the information unless the disclosure would otherwise be permitted by this section if made by an insurance institution, agent, or insurance‑support organization; or
(10)	To a party or a representative of a party to a proposed or consummated sale, transfer, merger, or consolidation of all or part of the business of the insurance institution, agent, or insurance‑support organization, provided:
a.	Prior to the consummation of the sale, transfer, merger, or consolidation only such information is disclosed as is reasonably necessary to enable the recipient to make business decisions about the purchase, transfer, merger, or consolidation, and
b.	The recipient agrees not to disclose the information unless the disclosure would otherwise be permitted by this section if made by an insurance institution, agent or insurance‑support organization; or
(11)	To a person whose only use of such information will be in connection with the marketing of a product or service, provided:
a.	No medical‑record information, privileged information, or personal information relating to an individual's character, personal habits, mode of living, or general reputation is disclosed, and no classification derived from such information is disclosed;
b.	The individual has been given an opportunity to indicate that he does not want personal information disclosed for marketing purposes and has given no indication that such individual does not want the information disclosed; and
c.	The person receiving such information agrees not to use it except in connection with the marketing of a product or service; or
(12)	To an affiliate whose only use of the information will be in connection with an audit of the insurance institution or agent or the marketing of an insurance product or service, provided the affiliate agrees not to disclose the information for any other purpose or to unaffiliated persons; and further provided that no medical record information may be disclosed to the affiliate for the marketing of an insurance product or service; or
(13)	By a consumer reporting agency, provided the disclosure is to a person other than an insurance institution or agent; or
(14)	To a group policyholder for the purpose of reporting claims experience or conducting an audit of the insurance institution's or agent's operations or services, provided the information disclosed is reasonably necessary for the group policyholder to conduct the review or audit; or
(15)	To a professional peer review organization for the purpose of reviewing the service or conduct of a medical‑care institution or medical professional; or
(16)	To a governmental authority for the purpose of determining the individual's eligibility for health benefits for which the governmental authority may be liable; or
(17)	To a certificate holder or policyholder for the purpose of providing information regarding the status of an insurance transaction; or
(18)	To a lienholder, mortgagee, assignee, lessor, or other person shown on the records of an insurance institution or agent as having a legal or beneficial interest in a policy of insurance only if:
a.	No medical record information is disclosed unless the disclosure would otherwise be permitted by this section; and
b.	The information disclosed is limited to that which is reasonably necessary to permit such person to protect its interest in such policy; or
(19)	To authorized personnel of the Division of Motor Vehicles upon requests pursuant to G.S. 20‑309(c) or G.S. 20‑309(f).
(20)	To the Department of Health and Human Services and the information disclosed is immunization information described in G.S. 130A‑153.
(21)	To a person whose only use of an applicant's or policyholder's personal information, but not including medical record information, will be in connection with the marketing of a financial product or service intended to be provided by participants in a marketing program where the program participants and the types of information to be shared are identified to the applicant or policyholder when the applicant or policyholder is first offered the financial product or service. As used in this subdivision:
a.	"Financial institution" means any institution the business of which is engaging in activities that are financial in nature or incidental to such financial activities as described in section 4(k) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. § 1843(k)).
b.	"Financial product or service" means any product or service that a financial holding company could offer by engaging in an activity that is financial in nature or incidental to such financial activity under section 4(k) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. § 1843(k)).
c.	"Marketing program" includes only those programs established by written agreement by the insurance institution and one or more financial institutions under which they jointly offer, endorse, or sponsor a financial product or service.  (1981, c. 846, s. 1; 1985, c. 666, s. 68; 1993, c. 134, s. 2; 1997‑443, s. 11A.20A; 2001‑351, ss. 7, 8, 10, 11, 12; 2003‑262, s. 2(1); 2009‑566, s. 24.)

§ 58‑39‑76.  Limits on sharing account number information for marketing purposes.
(a)	General Prohibition on Disclosure of Account Numbers. – An insurance institution, insurance agent, or insurance‑support organization shall not disclose, other than to a consumer reporting agency, an account number or similar form of access number or access code for a credit card account, deposit account, or transaction account of a consumer to any nonaffiliated third party for use in telemarketing, direct mail marketing, or other marketing through electronic mail to the consumer.
(b)	Definitions. – As used in this section:
(1)	"Account number" means an account number, or similar form of access number or access code, but does not include a number or code in an encrypted form, as long as the insurance institution, insurance agent, or insurance‑support organization does not provide the recipient with a means to decode the number or code.
(2)	"Transaction account" means an account other than a deposit account or credit card account. A transaction account does not include an account to which third parties cannot initiate charges.
(c)	Exceptions. – Subsection (a) of this section does not apply if an insurance institution, insurance agent, or insurance‑support organization discloses an account number or similar form of access number or access code:
(1)	To the insurance institution's, insurance agent's, or insurance‑support organization's agent or service provider solely in order to perform marketing for the insurance institution's, insurance agent's, or insurance‑support organization's own products or services, as long as the agent or service provider is not authorized to directly initiate charges to the account; or
(2)	To a participant in a private label credit card program or an affinity or similar program where the participants in the program are identified to the customer when the customer enters into the program. (2001‑351, s. 9; 2003‑262, s. 2(1).)

Part 2. Enforcement, Sanctions, Remedies, and Rights.
§ 58‑39‑80.  Hearings and procedures.
(a)	Whenever the Commissioner has reason to believe that an insurance institution, agent, or insurance‑support organization has been or is engaged in conduct in this State that violates this Article, or whenever the Commissioner has reason to believe that an insurance‑support organization has been or is engaged in conduct outside this State that has an effect on a person residing in this State and that violates this Article, the Commissioner may issue and serve upon such insurance institution, agent, or insurance‑support organization a statement of charges and notice of hearing to be held at a time and place fixed in the notice. The date for such hearing shall be not less than 10 days after the date of service.
(b)	At the time and place fixed for such hearing the insurance institution, agent, or insurance‑support organization charged shall have an opportunity to answer the charges against it and present evidence on its behalf. Upon good cause shown, the Commissioner shall permit any adversely affected person to intervene, appear, and be heard at such hearing by counsel or in person. (1981, c. 846, s. 1; 2003‑262, s. 2(2).)

§ 58‑39‑85.  Service of process; insurance‑support organizations.
For the purpose of this Article, an insurance‑support organization transacting business outside this State that has an effect on a person residing in this State shall be deemed to have appointed the Commissioner to accept service of process on its behalf. The provisions of G.S. 58‑16‑30 and 58‑16‑45 shall apply to service of process under this section, except that such service shall be mailed to the insurance‑support organization at its last known principal place of business. (1981, c. 846, s. 1; 1985, c. 666, s. 9; 2003‑262, s. 2(2).)

§ 58‑39‑90.  Cease and desist orders.
If, after a hearing pursuant to G.S. 58‑39‑80, the Commissioner determines that the insurance institution, agent, or insurance‑support organization charged has engaged in conduct or practices in violation of this Article, he may issue an order requiring such insurance institution, agent, or insurance‑support organization to cease and desist from the conduct or practices constituting a violation of this Article. (1981, c. 846, s. 1; 2003‑262, s. 2(2).)

§ 58‑39‑95.  Penalties.
(a)	In any case where a hearing pursuant to G.S. 58‑39‑80 results in the findings of a violation of this Article, the Commissioner, in addition to the issuance of a cease and desist order as prescribed in G.S. 58‑39‑90, may levy a civil penalty under G.S. 58‑2‑70.
(b)	Any person who violates a cease and desist order of the Commissioner under G.S. 58‑39‑90, after notice and hearing and upon order of the court, may be subject to one or more of the following penalties, at the discretion of the court:
(1)	A monetary fine of not more than ten thousand dollars ($10,000) for each violation; or
(2)	A monetary fine of not more than fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) if the court finds that violations have occurred with such frequency as to constitute a general business practice; or
(3)	Suspension or revocation of an insurance institution's or agent's license.
(c)	The clear proceeds of any civil penalties levied pursuant to this section shall be remitted to the Civil Penalty and Forfeiture Fund in accordance with G.S. 115C‑457.2. (1981, c. 846, s. 1; 1991, c. 720, s. 73; 1998‑215, s. 89(b); 2003‑262, s. 2(2).)

§ 58‑39‑100.  Appeal of right.
From any final order of the Commissioner issued pursuant to the provisions of this Article there shall be an appeal as provided in G.S. 58‑2‑75. (1981, c. 846, s. 1; 2003‑262, s. 2(2).)

§ 58‑39‑105.  Individual remedies.
(a)	If any insurance institution, agent, or insurance‑support organization fails to comply with G.S. 58‑39‑45, 58‑39‑50, or 58‑39‑55 with respect to the rights granted under those sections, any person whose rights are violated may apply to the superior court in the county in which such person resides for appropriate equitable relief.
(b)	An insurance institution, agent, or insurance‑support organization that discloses information in violation of G.S. 58‑39‑75 shall be liable for damages sustained by the individual to whom the information relates. No individual, however, shall be entitled to a monetary award that exceeds the actual damages sustained by the individual as a result of a violation of G.S. 58‑39‑75.
(c)	In any action brought pursuant to this section, the court may award the cost of the action and reasonable attorney's fees to the prevailing party.
(d)	An action under this section must be brought within two years from the date the alleged violation is or should have been discovered.
(e)	Except as specifically provided in this section, there shall be no remedy or recovery available to individuals for any occurrence that constitutes a violation of any provision of this Article. (1981, c. 846, s. 1; 2003‑262, s. 2(2).)

§ 58‑39‑110.  Immunity.
No cause of action in the nature of defamation, invasion of privacy, or negligence shall arise against any person for disclosing personal or privileged information in accordance with this Article, nor shall such a cause of action arise against any person for furnishing personal or privileged information to an insurance institution, agent, or insurance‑support organization: Provided, however, this section shall provide no immunity for disclosing or furnishing false information with malice or willful intent to injure any person. (1981, c. 846, s. 1; 2003‑262, s. 2(2).)

§ 58‑39‑115.  Obtaining information under false pretenses.
Any person who knowingly and willfully obtains information about an individual from an insurance institution, agent, or insurance‑support organization under false pretenses shall, upon conviction, be guilty of a Class 1 misdemeanor. (1981, c. 846, s. 1; 1985, c. 666, s. 33; 1993, c. 539, s. 465; 1994, Ex. Sess., c. 24, s. 14(c); 2003‑262, s. 2(2).)

§ 58‑39‑120.  Rights.
The rights granted under G.S. 58‑39‑45, 58‑39‑50, and 58‑39‑75 shall take effect on July 1, 1982, regardless of the date of the collection or receipt of the information that is the subject of such sections. (1981, c. 846, s. 1; c. 1127, s. 56; 2003‑262, s. 2(2).)

§ 58‑39‑125.  Powers of the Commissioner.
(a)	The Commissioner shall have the power to examine and investigate into the affairs of every insurance institution or agent doing business in this State to determine whether the insurance institution or agent has been or is engaged in any conduct in violation of this Article.
(b)	The Commissioner shall have the power to examine and investigate the affairs of every insurance‑support organization that acts on behalf of an insurance institution or agent and that either (i) transacts business in this State, or (ii) transacts business outside this State and has an effect on a person residing in this State in order to determine whether such insurance‑support organization has been or is engaged in any conduct in violation of this Article. (1981, c. 846, s. 1; 2003‑262, ss. 2(1), 2(3).)

Part 3. Customer Information Safeguards.
§ 58‑39‑130.  Purpose.
The purpose of this Part is to establish standards for developing and implementing administrative, technical, and physical safeguards to protect the security, confidentiality, and integrity of customer information, as required by sections 501, 505(b), and 507 of the federal Gramm‑Leach‑Bliley Act (Public Law 106‑102), codified as 15 U.S.C. §§ 6801, 6805(b), and 6807. The purpose of this Part is also to provide privacy and security protection consistent with federal regulations governing the privacy and security of medical records when this Part is consistent with those federal regulations. In those instances in which this Part and the federal regulations are inconsistent and this Part provides privacy and security protection beyond that offered by the federal regulations, the purpose of this Part is to provide that additional privacy and security protection. (2003‑262, s. 4.)

§ 58‑39‑135.  Scope.
The safeguards established under this Part apply to all customer information as defined in G.S. 58‑39‑140. (2003‑262, s. 4.)

§ 58‑39‑140.  Definitions.
As used in this Part, in addition to the definitions in G.S. 58‑39‑15:
(1)	"Customer" means an applicant with or policyholder of a licensee.
(2)	"Customer information" means nonpublic personal information about a customer, whether in paper, electronic, or other form that is maintained by or on behalf of the licensee.
(3)	"Customer information systems" means the electronic or physical methods used to access, collect, store, use, transmit, protect, or dispose of customer information.
(4)	"Licensee" means any producer, as defined in G.S. 58‑33‑10(7), insurer, MEWA, HMO, or service corporation governed by this Chapter. "Licensee" does not mean:
a.	An insurance‑support organization.
b.	A licensee who is a natural person operating within the scope of the licensee's employment by or affiliation with an insurer or producer.
c.	A surplus lines insurer or licensee under Article 21 of this Chapter.
(5)	"Service provider" means a person that maintains, processes, or otherwise is permitted access to customer information through its provision of services directly to the licensee and includes an insurance support organization. (2003‑262, s. 4.)

§ 58‑39‑145.  Information security program.
Each licensee shall implement a comprehensive written information security program that includes administrative, technical, and physical safeguards for the protection of customer information. The administrative, technical, and physical safeguards included in the information security program shall be appropriate to the size and complexity of the licensee and the nature and scope of its activities. (2003‑262, s. 4.)

§ 58‑39‑150.  Objectives of information security program.
A licensee's information security program shall be designed to:
(1)	Ensure the security and confidentiality of customer information;
(2)	Protect against any anticipated threats or hazards to the security or integrity of the information; and
(3)	Protect against unauthorized access to or use of the information that could result in substantial harm or inconvenience to any customer. (2003‑262, s. 4.)

§ 58‑39‑155.  Rules.
The Commissioner may adopt rules that the Commissioner deems necessary to carry out the purposes of this Part, including rules that govern licensee oversight of service providers with which it contracts or has a relationship. (2003‑262, s. 4.)

§ 58‑39‑160.  Violation.
A violation of G.S. 58‑39‑145 or G.S. 58‑39‑150 subjects the violator to Part 2 of this Article. (2003‑262, s. 4.)

§ 58‑39‑165.  Effective date.
Each licensee shall establish an information security program, including appropriate policies and systems under this Part by April 1, 2005. (2003‑262, s. 4.)

Article 40.
Regulation of Insurance Rates.
§ 58‑40‑1.  Purposes.
The purposes of this Article are
(1)	To promote the public welfare by regulating rates to the end that they shall not be excessive, inadequate, or unfairly discriminatory;
(2)	To authorize the existence and operation of qualified statistical organizations and require that specified services of the organizations be generally available to all admitted insurers;
(3)	To encourage, as the most effective way to produce rates that conform to the standards of subsection (1) of this section, independent action by and reasonable price competition among insurers;
(4)	To authorize cooperative action among insurers in the rate‑making process, and to regulate such cooperation in order to prevent practices that tend to bring about monopoly or to lessen or destroy competition; and
(5)	To encourage the most efficient and economic marketing practices. (1977, c. 828, s. 2; 2005‑210, s. 2.)

§ 58‑40‑5.  Definitions.
As used in this Article:
(1)	Repealed by Session Laws 2005‑210, s. 3, effective October 1, 2005.
(2)	Repealed by Session Laws 1991, c. 720, s. 6.
(3)	"Inland marine insurance" shall be deemed to include insurance now or hereafter defined by statute, or by interpretation thereof, or if not so defined or interpreted, by ruling of the Commissioner or as established by general custom of the business, as inland marine insurance.
(4)	"Member," unless otherwise apparent from the context, means an insurer who participates in or is entitled to participate in the management of a statistical organization.
(5)	Repealed by Session Laws 2005‑210, s. 3, effective October 1, 2005.
(5a)	"Statistical organization" means every person, other than an admitted insurer, whether located within or outside this State, who performs one or more of the following functions:
a.	Prepares policy forms or makes underwriting rules incident to, but not including, the making of rates, or rating plans or rating systems.
b.	Collects and furnishes to admitted insurers or statistical organizations loss or expense statistics or other statistical information and data and acts in an advisory rather than a rate‑making capacity. No duly authorized attorney‑at‑law acting in the usual course of his profession shall be deemed to be a statistical organization.
c.	Makes rates, rating plans or rating systems, or develops loss costs. Two or more insurers that act in concert for the purpose of making rates, rating plans or rating systems, or developing loss costs and that do not operate within the specific authorizations contained in G.S. 58‑40‑60, 58‑40‑65, 58‑40‑70, and 58‑40‑75 shall be deemed to be a statistical organization.
d.	Collects data and statistics from insurers and provides reports from these statistics to the Commissioner for the purpose of fulfilling the statistical reporting obligations of those insurers.
(5b)	"Statistical plan" means the document used by a statistical organization to set forth which data elements are to be reported to the statistical organization and to describe the format in which the data must be reported.
(6)	"Subscriber," unless otherwise apparent from the context, means an insurer which is furnished at its request (i) with rates and rating manuals by a statistical organization of which it is not a member, or (ii) with advisory services by a statistical organization of which it is not a member.
(7)	"Willful" means in relation to an act or omission which constitutes a violation of this Article with actual knowledge or belief that such act or omission constitutes such violation and with specific intent to commit such violation.
(8),(9)	Repealed by Session Laws 1987, c. 864, s. 66. (1977, c. 828, s. 2; 1987, c. 864, s. 66; 1991, c. 720, s. 6; 2005‑210, s. 3.)

§ 58‑40‑10.  Other definitions.
As used in this Article and in Articles 36 and 37 of this Chapter:
(1)	"Private passenger motor vehicle" means:
a.	A motor vehicle of the private passenger or station wagon type that is owned or hired under a long‑term contract by the policy named insured and that is neither used as a public or livery conveyance for passengers nor rented to others without a driver; or
b.	A motor vehicle that is a pickup truck or van that is owned by an individual or by husband and wife or individuals who are residents of the same household if it:
1.	Has a gross vehicle weight as specified by the manufacturer of less than 14,000 pounds; and
2.	Is not used for the delivery or transportation of goods or materials unless such use is (i) incidental to the insured's business of installing, maintaining, or repairing furnishings or equipment, or (ii) for farming or ranching. Such vehicles owned by a family farm copartnership or a family farm corporation shall be considered owned by an individual for the purposes of this section; or
c.	A motorcycle, motorized scooter, moped, or other similar motorized vehicle not used for commercial purposes.
(2)	"Nonfleet" motor vehicle means a motor vehicle not eligible for classification as a fleet vehicle for the reason that the motor vehicle is one of four or fewer motor vehicles hired under a long‑term contract or owned by the insured named in the policy.  (1987, c. 864, s. 67; 1989, c. 789, s. 1; 1995, c. 517, s. 25; 1995 (Reg. Sess., 1996), c. 730, s. 1; 2013‑199, s. 20; 2013‑410, s. 44; 2015‑125, s. 6; 2016‑90, s. 12.6(d).)

§ 58‑40‑15.  Scope of application.
The provisions of this Article shall apply to all insurance on risks or on operations in this State, except for all of the following:
(1)	Reinsurance, other than joint reinsurance to the extent stated in G.S. 58‑40‑60.
(2)	Any policy of insurance against loss or damage to or legal liability in connection with property located outside this State, or any motor vehicle or aircraft principally garaged and used outside of this State, or any activity wholly carried on outside this State.
(3)	Insurance of vessels or craft, their cargoes, marine builders' risks, marine protection and indemnity, or other risks commonly insured under marine, as distinguished from inland marine, insurance policies.
(4)	Accident, health, or life insurance.
(5)	Annuities.
(6)	Repealed by Session Laws 1985, c. 666, s. 43.
(7)	Mortgage guaranty insurance.
(8)	Workers' compensation and employers' liability insurance written in connection therewith.
(9)	For private passenger (nonfleet) motor vehicle liability insurance, automobile medical payments insurance, uninsured motorists' coverage and other insurance coverages written in connection with the sale of such liability insurance.
(10)	Theft of or physical damage to nonfleet private passenger motor vehicles; except this Article applies to insurance against theft of or physical damage to motorcycles, as defined in G.S. 20‑4.01(27)h., and moped, as defined in G.S. 20‑4.01(27)j.
(11)	Insurance against loss to residential real property with not more than four housing units located in this State or any contents thereof or valuable interest therein and other insurance coverages written in connection with the sale of such property insurance. Provided, however, that this Article shall apply to insurance against loss to farm dwellings, farm buildings and their appurtenant structures, farm personal property and other coverages written in connection with farm real or personal property; travel or camper trailers designed to be pulled by private passenger motor vehicles unless insured under policies covering nonfleet private passenger motor vehicles; residential real and personal property insured in multiple line insurance policies covering business activities as the primary insurable interest; and marine, general liability, burglary and theft, glass, and animal collision insurance except when such coverages are written as an integral part of a multiple line insurance policy for which there is an indivisible premium.
The provisions of this Article shall not apply to hospital service or medical service corporations, investment companies, mutual benefit associations, or fraternal beneficiary associations.  (1977, c. 828, s. 2; 1979, c. 714, s. 2; 1981, c. 888, s. 5; 1985, c. 666, s. 43; 1991, c. 339, s. 2; 2001‑389, s. 5; 2015‑125, s. 7; 2016‑90, s. 12.6(e); 2017‑102, s. 5.2(b).)

§ 58‑40‑20.  Rate standards.
(a)	In order to serve the public interest, rates shall not be excessive, inadequate, or unfairly discriminatory.
(b), (c) Repealed by Session Laws 1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1027, s. 10.
(d)	No rate is inadequate unless the rate is unreasonably low for the insurance provided and the use or continued use of the rate by the insurer has had or will have the effect of:
(1)	Endangering the solvency of the insurer; or
(2)	Destroying competition; or
(3)	Creating a monopoly; or
(4)	Violating actuarial principles, practices, or soundness.
(e)	A rate is not unfairly discriminatory in relation to another in the same class if it reflects equitably the differences in expected losses and expenses. Rates are not unfairly discriminatory because different premiums result for policyholders with like loss exposures but different expense factors, or like expense factors but different loss exposures, as long as the rates reflect the differences with reasonable accuracy. Rates are not unfairly discriminatory if they are averaged broadly among persons insured under a group, franchise, or blanket policy. (1977, c. 828, s. 2; 1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1027, ss. 9.1, 10, 11.)

§ 58‑40‑25.  Rating methods.
In determining whether rates comply with the standards under G.S. 58‑40‑20, the following criteria shall be applied:
(1)	Due consideration shall be given to past and prospective loss and expense experience within this State, to catastrophe hazards, to a reasonable margin for underwriting profit and contingencies, to trends within this State, to dividends or savings to be allowed or returned by insurers to their policyholders, members, or subscribers, and to all other relevant factors, including judgment factors; however, regional or countrywide expense or loss experience and other regional or countrywide data may be considered only when credible North Carolina expense or loss experience or other data is not available.
(2)	Risks may be grouped by classifications for the establishment of rates and minimum premiums. Classification rates may be modified to produce rates for individual risks in accordance with rating plans which establish standards for measuring variations in hazards or expense provisions, or both. Those standards may measure any differences among risks that have probable effect upon losses or expenses. Classifications or modifications of classifications of risks may be established based upon size, expense, management, individual experience, location or dispersion of hazard, or any other reasonable considerations. Those classifications and modifications shall apply to all risks under the same or substantially the same circumstances or conditions.
(3)	The expense provisions included in the rates to be used by an insurer may reflect the operating methods of the insurer and, as far as it is credible, its own expense experience.
(4)	In the case of property insurance rates under this Article, consideration shall be given to the insurance public protection classifications of fire districts established by the Commissioner. The Commissioner shall establish and modify from time to time insurance public protection districts for all rural areas of the State and for cities with populations of 100,000 or fewer, according to the most recent annual population estimates certified by the State Budget Officer. In establishing and modifying these districts, the Commissioner shall use standards at least equivalent to those used by the Insurance Services Office, Inc., or any successor organization. The standards developed by the Commissioner are subject to Article 2A of Chapter 150B of the General Statutes. The insurance public protection classifications established by the Commissioner issued pursuant to the provisions of this Article shall be subject to appeal as provided in G.S. 58‑2‑75, et seq. The exceptions stated in G.S. 58‑2‑75(a) do not apply. (1977, c. 828, s. 2; 1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1027, s. 16; 1991, c. 644, s. 40; 2000‑176, s. 2; 2004‑203, s. 5(b).)

§ 58‑40‑30.  Filing of rates and supporting data.
(a)	With the exception of inland marine insurance that is not written according to manual rates and rating plans, every admitted insurer and every licensed statistical organization, which has been designated by any insurer for the filing of rates under G.S. 58‑40‑40, shall file with the Commissioner all rates and all changes and amendments thereto made by it for use in this State prior to the time they become effective.
(b)	The Commissioner may require the filing of supporting data including:
(1)	The experience and judgment of the filer, and to the extent the filer wishes or the Commissioner requires, of other insurers or rating organizations;
(2)	The filer's interpretation of any statistical data relied upon; and
(3)	Descriptions of the methods employed in setting the rates.
(c)	Upon written consent of the insured stating the insured's reasons, a rate or deductible or both in excess of that provided by an otherwise applicable filing may be used on a specific risk, in accordance with rules adopted by the Commissioner. The insurer is not required to obtain the written consent of the insured on any renewal of or endorsement to the policy if the policy renewal or endorsement states that the rates or deductible, or both, are greater than those rates or deductibles, or both, that are applicable in the State of North Carolina. The insurer shall retain the signed consent form and other policy information for each insured and make this information available to the Commissioner, upon request of the Commissioner.
(d)	This section and G.S. 58‑41‑50 shall be construed in pari materia. (1977, c. 828, s. 2; 1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1027, s. 17; 1987, c. 441, s. 8; 1995 (Reg. Sess., 1996), c. 668, s. 2; 2005‑210, s. 4.)

§ 58‑40‑35.  Filing open to inspection.
Each filing and supporting data filed under this Article shall, as soon as filed, be open to public inspection at any reasonable time. Copies may be obtained by any person on request and upon payment of a reasonable charge therefor. (1977, c. 828, s. 2.)

§ 58‑40‑40.  Delegation of rate making and rate filing obligation.
(a)	An insurer may itself establish rates based on the factors in G.S. 58‑40‑25 or it may use rates prepared by a statistical organization, with average expense factors determined by the statistical organization or with such modification for its own expense and loss experience as the credibility of that experience allows.
(b)	An insurer may discharge its obligation under G.S. 58‑40‑30 by giving notice to the Commissioner that it uses rates prepared by a designated statistical organization, with such information about modifications thereof as are necessary to fully inform the Commissioner. The insurer's rates shall be those filed from time to time by the statistical organization, including any amendments thereto as filed, subject, however, to the modifications filed by the insurer. (1977, c. 828, s. 2; 2005‑210, s. 5.)

§ 58‑40‑45.  Disapproval of rates; interim use of rates.
(a)	If, after a hearing, the Commissioner disapproves a rate, he must issue an order specifying in what respects the rate fails to meet the requirements of G.S. 58‑40‑20. If the Commissioner finds a rate to be excessive, he shall order the excess premium, plus interest at a rate determined in the same manner as in G.S. 58‑36‑25(b) as of the dates such rates were effective for policyholders, to be refunded to those policyholders who have paid the excess premium. If the Commissioner finds a rate to be unfairly discriminatory, he shall order an appropriate adjustment for policyholders who have paid the unfairly discriminatory premium. The order must be issued within 30 business days after the close of the hearing.
(b)	Whenever a rate of an insurer is held to be unfairly discriminatory or excessive and the rate is deemed no longer effective by order of the Commissioner issued under subsection (a) of this section, the insurer shall have the option to continue to use the rate for the interim period pending judicial review of the order, provided that the insurer shall place in an escrow account approved by the Commissioner the purported unfairly discriminatory or excessive portion of the premium collected during the interim period. The court, upon a final determination, shall order the escrowed funds or any overcharge in the interim rates to be distributed appropriately, except that refunds to policyholders that are de minimis shall not be required.
(c)	No person shall willfully withhold information required by this Article from or knowingly furnish false or misleading information to the Commissioner, any statistical organization designated by the Commissioner, or any insurer, which information will affect the rates, rating plans, loss costs, classifications, or policy forms subject to this Article. (1977, c. 828, s. 2; 1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1027, ss. 12, 12.1; 2005‑210, s. 6.)

§ 58‑40‑50.  Statistical organizations.
(a)	No statistical organization shall conduct its operations in this State, and no insurer shall utilize the service of such organization for any purpose enumerated in G.S. 58‑40‑5 unless the organization has obtained a license from the Commissioner.
(b)	No statistical organization shall refuse to supply any services for which it is licensed in this State to any insurer admitted to do business in this State and offering to pay the fair and usual compensation for the services.
(c)	A statistical organization applying for a license shall include with its application:
(1)	A copy of its constitution, charter, articles of organization, agreement, association, or incorporation, and a copy of its bylaws, plan of operation, and any other rules or regulations governing the conduct of its business, all duly certified by the custodian of the originals thereof;
(2)	A list of its members and subscribers;
(3)	The name and address of one or more residents of this State upon whom notices, process affecting it, or orders of the Commissioner may be served;
(4)	A statement showing its technical qualifications for acting in the capacity for which it seeks a license; and
(5)	Any other relevant information and documents that the Commissioner may require.
(d)	If the Commissioner determines that the applicant and the natural persons through whom it acts are qualified to provide the services proposed, and that all requirements of law are met, he shall issue a license specifying the authorized activity of the applicant. He shall not issue a license if the proposed activity would tend to create a monopoly or to lessen or to destroy price competition. Licenses issued pursuant to this section shall remain in effect until the licensee withdraws from the State or until the license is suspended or revoked.
(e)	Any change in or amendment to any document required to be filed under this section shall be promptly filed with the Commissioner.
(f)	Repealed by Session Laws 2005‑210, s. 7, effective October 1, 2005.
(g)	Every statistical organization shall file a statistical plan with the Commissioner for approval for each line of insurance for which the organization requests to be licensed. The Commissioner may, in the Commissioner's discretion, modify the plan to collect additional types of data.
(h)	No statistical organization shall engage in any unfair or unreasonable practice with respect to its activities.
(i)	A statistical organization is considered an insurance company for purposes of the applicability of G.S. 58‑6‑7. (1977, c. 828, s. 2; 2005‑210, s. 7; 2006‑264, s. 45(a).)

§ 58‑40‑55: Repealed by Session Laws 2005‑210, s. 8, effective October 1, 2005.

§ 58‑40‑60.  Joint underwriting and joint reinsurance organizations.
(a)	Every group, association, or other organization of insurers which engages in joint underwriting or joint reinsurance through such group, association, or organization, or by standing agreement among the members thereof, shall obtain a license from and file with the Commissioner:
(1)	A copy of its constitution, articles of incorporation, agreement, or association, and bylaws;
(2)	A list of its members; and
(3)	The name and address of a resident of this State upon whom notices, process affecting it, or orders of the Commissioner may be served.
(b)	Any change in or amendment to any document required to be filed under this section shall be promptly filed with the Commissioner.
(c)	If after a hearing, the Commissioner finds that any activity or practice of any such group, association, or other organization is unfair, unreasonable, or otherwise inconsistent with the provisions of this Article, he may issue a written order specifying in what respects the activity or practice is unfair, unreasonable, or otherwise inconsistent with the provisions of this Article, and requiring the discontinuance of the activity or practice. (1977, c. 828, s. 2; 1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1027, s. 48; 1987, c. 441, s. 12; c. 864, s. 71.)

§ 58‑40‑65.  Insurers authorized to act in concert.
Subject to and in compliance with the provisions of Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter authorizing insurers to be members or subscribers of statistical organizations or to engage in joint underwriting or joint reinsurance, two or more insurers may act in concert with each other and with others with respect to any matters pertaining to the making of rates or rating systems, the preparation or making of insurance policy or bond forms, underwriting rules, surveys, inspections and investigations, the furnishing of loss or expense statistics or other information and data, the creation, administration, or termination of a market assistance program, or carrying on of research. (1977, c. 828, s. 2; 1986, Ex. Sess., c. 7, s. 9; 1987, c. 731, s. 1; 2005‑210, s. 9.)

§ 58‑40‑70.  Insurers authorized to act in concert; admitted insurers with common ownership or management; matters relating to co‑surety bonds. 
With respect to any matters pertaining to the making of rates or rating systems, the preparation or making of insurance policy or bond forms, underwriting rules, surveys, inspections and investigations, the furnishing of loss or expense statistics or other information and data, or carrying on of research, two or more admitted insurers having a common ownership or operating in this State under common management or control, are hereby authorized to act in concert between or among themselves the same as if they constituted a single insurer. To the extent that such matters relate to co‑surety bonds, two or more admitted insurers executing co‑surety bonds are authorized to act in concert between or among themselves the same as if they constituted a single insurer. (1977, c. 828, s. 2.)

§ 58‑40‑75.  Agreements to adhere.
No insurer shall assume any obligation to any person, other than a policyholder or other insurers with which it is under common control or management or is a member of a market assistance program or of a joint underwriting or joint reinsurance organization, to use or adhere to certain rates or rules; and no other person shall impose any penalty or other adverse consequence for failure of an insurer to adhere to certain rates or rules. This section does not apply to mandatory or voluntary risk sharing plans established under Article 42 of this Chapter or apportionment agreements among insurers approved by the Commissioner pursuant to G.S. 58‑40‑95. Provided, however, that members and subscribers of statistical organizations may use the rates, rating systems, underwriting rules, or policy or bond forms of such organizations either consistently or intermittently. The fact that two or more admitted insurers, whether or not members or subscribers of a statistical organization, consistently or intermittently use the rates or rating systems made or adopted by a statistical organization, or the underwriting rules or policy or bond forms prepared by a statistical organization, shall not be sufficient in itself to support a finding that an agreement to so adhere exists, and it may be used only for the purpose of supplementing or explaining direct evidence of the existence of any such agreement. (1977, c. 828, s. 2; 1986, Ex. Sess., c. 7, ss. 10, 11; 1987, c. 731, s. 1; 2005‑210, s. 10.)

§ 58‑40‑80.  Exchange of information or experience data; consultation with statistical organizations and insurers.
Statistical organizations licensed pursuant to G.S. 58‑40‑50 and admitted insurers are authorized to exchange information and experience data between and among themselves in this State and with statistical organizations and insurers in other states and may consult with them with respect to rate making and the application of rating systems. (1977, c. 828, s. 2; 2005‑210, s. 11.)

§ 58‑40‑85.  Recording and reporting of experience.
The Commissioner shall promulgate or approve reasonable rules, including rules providing statistical plans, for use thereafter by all insurers in the recording and reporting of loss and expense experience, in order that the experience of such insurers may be made available to him. The Commissioner may designate one or more statistical organizations to assist him in gathering and making compilations of such experience. All insurers, for lines of insurance that require data to be reported, shall report their data to one of these designated statistical organizations. (1977, c. 828, s. 2; 2005‑210, s. 12.)

§ 58‑40‑90.  Examination of rating, joint underwriting, and joint reinsurance organizations.
The Commissioner shall, at least once every three years, make or cause to be made an examination of each statistical organization licensed pursuant to G.S. 58‑40‑50. The Commissioner may, as often as deemed expedient, make or cause to be made, an examination of each group, association, or other organization referred to in G.S. 58‑40‑60. This examination shall relate only to the activities conducted pursuant to this Article and to the organizations licensed under this Article. The officers, manager, agents and employees of any such organization may be examined at any time under oath and shall exhibit all books, records, accounts, documents or agreements governing its method of operation. In lieu of any such examination, the Commissioner may accept the report of an examination made by the insurance advisory official of another state, pursuant to the laws of that state. (1977, c. 828, s. 2; 1995, c. 360, s. 2(b); 1995 (Reg. Sess., 1996), c. 742, s. 26; 2005‑210, s. 13.)

§ 58‑40‑95.  Apportionment agreements among insurers.
Agreements may be made between or among insurers with respect to equitable apportionment among them of insurance which may be afforded applicants who are in good faith entitled to but who are unable to procure such insurance through ordinary methods.  The insurers may agree between or among themselves on the use of reasonable rate modifications for such insurance, agreements, and rate modifications to be subject to the approval of the Commissioner. (1977, c. 828, s. 2.)

§ 58‑40‑100.  Request for review of rate, rating plan, rating system or underwriting rule.
(a)	Any person aggrieved by any rate charged, rating plan, rating system, or underwriting rule followed or adopted by an insurer or statistical organization may request the insurer or rating organization to review the manner in which the rate, plan, system, or rule has been applied with respect to insurance afforded him. Such request may be made by his authorized representative, and shall be in writing. If the request is not granted within 30 days after it is made, the requestor may treat it as rejected. Any person aggrieved by the action of an insurer or statistical organization in refusing the review requested or in failing or refusing to grant all or part of the relief requested, may file a written complaint and request for hearing with the Commissioner, and shall specify the grounds relied upon. If the Commissioner has information concerning a similar complaint he may deny the hearing. If the Commissioner believes that probable cause for the complaint does not exist or that the complaint is not made in good faith, he shall deny the hearing. If the Commissioner finds that the complaint charges a violation of this Article and that the complainant would be aggrieved if the violation is proven, he shall proceed as provided in G.S. 58‑2‑50 or 58‑2‑70.
(b)	Repealed by Session Laws 1985 (Regular Session, 1986), c. 1027, s. 15. (1977, c. 828, s. 2; 1985, c. 733, s. 3; 1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1027, s. 15; 1987, c. 441, s. 13; 2005‑210, s. 14.)

§ 58‑40‑105.  Hearing and judicial review.
(a)	Any insurer, person, or organization to which the Commissioner has directed an order or decision made without a hearing may, within 30 days after notice to it of the order or decision, make written request to the Commissioner for a hearing thereon.  The Commissioner shall hear the party or parties within 20 days after receipt of the request and shall give not less than 10 days' written notice of the time and place of hearing.  Within 15 days after the hearing, the Commissioner shall affirm, reverse, or modify his previous action, and specify his reasons therefor.  Pending such hearing and decision thereon, the Commissioner may suspend or postpone the effective date of his previous action.
(b)	Any order or decision of the Commissioner shall be subject to judicial review as provided in Article 2 of this Chapter. (1977, c. 828, s. 2.)

§ 58‑40‑110.  Suspension of license.
(a)	Repealed by Session Laws 1985, c. 666, s. 36.
(b)	Subject to the requirements of this Article and of G.S. 58‑2‑70, the Commissioner may suspend or revoke the license of any statistical organization or insurer or impose a monetary penalty against any statistical organization or insurer where (i) the Commissioner has reason to believe that any statistical organization or insurer has violated any provision of this Chapter, or (ii) the statistical agent fails to comply with an order of the Commissioner within the time limited by such order, or within any extension thereof that the Commissioner may grant. The Commissioner shall not suspend the license of any statistical organization or insurer for failure to comply with an order until the time prescribed for an appeal therefrom has expired or, if an appeal has been taken, until the order has been affirmed. The Commissioner may determine when a suspension of a license shall become effective, and the suspension shall remain in effect for the period fixed by him unless he modifies or rescinds the suspension, or until the order upon which the suspension is based is modified, rescinded, or reversed.
(c)	No license shall be suspended or revoked, and no monetary penalty shall be imposed except upon a written order of the Commissioner stating his findings, made after a hearing held upon not less than 10 days' written notice to the person or organization, and specifying the alleged violation. (1977, c. 828, s. 2; 1985, c. 666, s. 36; 2005‑210, s. 15.)

§ 58‑40‑115.  Existing rates, rating systems, territories, classifications and policy forms.
Rates, rating systems, territories, classifications, and policy forms lawfully in use on September 1, 1977, may continue to be used thereafter, notwithstanding any provision of this Article. (1977, c. 828, s. 2.)

§ 58‑40‑120.  Payment of dividends not prohibited or regulated; plan for payment into rating system.
Nothing in this Article shall be construed to prohibit or regulate the payment of dividends, savings, or unabsorbed premium deposits allowed or returned by insurers to their policyholders, members, or subscribers.  A plan for the payment of dividends, savings, or unabsorbed premium deposits allowed or returned by insurers to their policyholders, members, or subscribers shall not be deemed a rating plan or system. (1977, c. 828, s. 2.)

§ 58‑40‑125.  Limitation.
Nothing in this Article shall apply to any town or county farmers mutual fire insurance association restricting its operations to not more than six adjacent counties in this State, or to domestic insurance companies, associations, orders or fraternal benefit societies now doing business in this State on the assessment plan. (1977, c. 828, s. 2; 1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1013, s. 10.1; 1989, c. 485, s. 53.)

§ 58‑40‑130.  Financial disclosure; rate modifications; reporting requirements.
(a)	The Commissioner may require each insurer subject to this Article to report, on a form prescribed by the Commissioner, its loss and expense experience, investment income, administrative expenses, and other data that he may require, for kinds of insurance or classes of risks that he designates. These reports are in addition to financial or other statements required by Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter.
(b)	The Commissioner may designate one or more statistical organizations to gather and compile the experience and data referred to in subsection (a) of this section for their member companies.
(c)	Whereas the provisions enacted by the General Assembly in 1986 regarding modifications in North Carolina civil law may have a prospective effect upon the loss experience of insurers subject to this Article, the Commissioner is authorized to review each company's rates by type of insurance that are in effect on and after January 1, 1987, and, when and where appropriate, require modification of those rates.
(d)	Each insurer subject to this Article shall record the experience and data referred to in subsection (a) of this section. Such experience and data shall be reported to the Commissioner on a form prescribed by the Commissioner by March 31 of each year for each one‑year period ending on December 31 of the previous year.
(e)	Repealed by Session Laws 2015‑92, s. 4, effective June 19, 2015.  (1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1027, c. 13; 2005‑210, s. 16; 2015‑92, s. 4.)

§ 58‑40‑135.  Good faith immunity for operation of market assistance programs.
There is no liability on the part of and no cause of action of any nature arises against any director, administrator, or employee of a market assistance program, or the Commissioner or his representatives, for any acts or omissions taken by them in creation or operation of a market assistance program. The immunity established by this section does not extend to willful neglect, malfeasance, bad faith, fraud, or malice that would otherwise make an act or omission actionable. (1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1027, s. 28.)

§ 58‑40‑140.  Extended reporting.
(a)	Any policy for commercial general liability coverage or professional liability insurance wherein the insurer offers, and the insured elects to purchase, an extended reporting period for claims arising during the expiring policy period must provide:
(1)	That in the event of a cancellation permitted by G.S. 58‑41‑15 or nonrenewal effective under G.S. 58‑41‑20, there shall be a 30‑day period after the effective date of the cancellation or nonrenewal during which the insured may elect to purchase coverage for the extended reporting period.
(2)	That the limit of liability in the policy aggregate for the extended reporting period shall be one hundred percent (100%) of the expiring policy aggregate that was in effect at the inception of the policy.
(3)	Within 45 days after the mailing or delivery of the written request of the insured, the insurer shall mail or deliver the following loss information covering a three‑year period:
a.	Aggregate information on total closed claims, including date and description of occurrence, and any paid losses;
b.	Aggregate information on total open claims, including date and description of occurrence, and amounts of any payments;
c.	Information on notice of any occurrence, including date and description of occurrence.
(b)	In the event of a cancellation or nonrenewal of a health care provider's professional liability insurance policy by the insured or by the insurer, as permitted by G.S. 58‑41‑15 or G.S. 58‑41‑20, except for nonpayment of premium, there shall be a 30‑day period after the effective date of the cancellation or nonrenewal during which the insured may elect to obtain an endorsement providing an extended reporting period of unlimited duration covering claims first reported during the extended reporting period and arising from the acts, errors, or omissions committed during the policy period and otherwise covered by the policy.
(c)	An unlimited extended reporting period for health care provider professional liability claims must be provided if the insured: (i) dies; (ii) becomes permanently disabled and is unable to carry out his or her profession or practice; or (iii) retires permanently from his or her profession or practice after attaining the age of 65 and accumulating five or more consecutive years of claims‑made coverage. (1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1013, s. 17; c. 1027, s. 29; 1993, c. 409, s. 9; 1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 678, s. 21; 1999‑294, s. 2.)

Article 41.
Insurance Regulatory Reform Act.
§ 58‑41‑1.  Short title.
This Article is known and may be cited as the Insurance Regulatory Reform Act. (1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1027, s. 14.)

§ 58‑41‑5.  Legislative findings and intent.
(a)	Due to conditions in national and international property and liability insurance markets, insureds in the United States have experienced unprecedented in‑term cancellations of existing policies for entire books of business, have been afforded little or no notice that existing policies would not be renewed at their expiration dates, or would be renewed only at substantially higher rates or on less favorable terms. The General Assembly finds that such conditions pose an imminent peril to the public welfare for the following reasons:
(1)	In‑term cancellations of insurance coverages erode insureds' confidence and breach insureds' trust; unfairly and prematurely terminate the promised coverage; force persons to go without needed insurance protection or force the procurement of substitute insurance at greater cost; and create marketplace confusion resulting in product unavailability.
(2)	Failures to provide timely notices of nonrenewals or of renewals with altered terms deprive persons of adequate opportunities to secure affordable replacement coverages or require persons to go without needed insurance protection.
(b)	The General Assembly finds that there is no uniform requirement for the notice of cancellation, renewal, or nonrenewal for commercial property and liability insurance and that it should adopt reasonable requirements for such notices and should regulate in‑term cancellations of entire books of business by companies. (1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1027, s. 14.)

§ 58‑41‑10.  Scope.
(a)	Except as otherwise provided, this Article applies to all kinds of insurance authorized by G.S. 58‑7‑15(4) through (14) and G.S. 58‑7‑15(18) through (22), and to all insurance companies licensed by the Commissioner to write those kinds of insurance. This Article does not apply to insurance written under Articles 21, 26, 36, 37, 45 or 46 of this Chapter; insurance written for residential risks in conjunction with insurance written under Article 36 of this Chapter; to marine insurance as defined in G.S. 58‑40‑15(3); to personal inland marine insurance; to commercial aircraft insurance; to policies issued in this State covering risks with multistate locations, except with respect to coverages applicable to locations within this State; to any town or county farmers mutual fire insurance association restricting its operations to not more than six adjacent counties in this State; nor to domestic insurance companies, associations, orders, or fraternal benefit societies doing business in this State on the assessment plan.
(b)	This Article is not exclusive, and the Commissioner may also consider other provisions of Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter to be applicable to the circumstances or situations addressed in this Article. Policies may provide terms more favorable to insureds than are required by this Article. The rights provided by this Article are in addition to and do not prejudice any other rights the insured may have at common law, under statutes, or under administrative rules. (1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1027, s. 14; 1987, c. 441, ss. 1, 2; 1989 c. 485, s. 53; 1993, c. 409, s. 21; 1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 678, s. 22; 1999‑219, s. 5.2; 1999‑294, s. 1.)

§ 58‑41‑15.  Certain policy cancellations prohibited.
(a)	No insurance policy or renewal thereof may be cancelled by the insurer prior to the expiration of the term or anniversary date stated in the policy and without the prior written consent of the insured, except for any one of the following reasons:
(1)	Nonpayment of premium in accordance with the policy terms;
(2)	An act or omission by the insured or his representative that constitutes material misrepresentation or nondisclosure of a material fact in obtaining the policy, continuing the policy, or presenting a claim under the policy;
(3)	Increased hazard or material change in the risk assumed that could not have been reasonably contemplated by the parties at the time of assumption of the risk;
(4)	Substantial breach of contractual duties, conditions, or warranties that materially affects the insurability of the risk;
(5)	A fraudulent act against the company by the insured or his representative that materially affects the insurability of the risk;
(6)	Willful failure by the insured or his representative to institute reasonable loss control measures that materially affect the insurability of the risk after written notice by the insurer;
(7)	Loss of facultative reinsurance, or loss of or substantial changes in applicable reinsurance as provided in G.S. 58‑41‑30;
(8)	Conviction of the insured of a crime arising out of acts that materially affect the insurability of the risk; or
(9)	A determination by the Commissioner that the continuation of the policy would place the insurer in violation of the laws of this State;
(10)	The named insured fails to meet the requirements contained in the corporate charter, articles of incorporation, or bylaws of the insurer, when the insurer is a company organized for the sole purpose of providing members of an organization with insurance coverage in this State.
(b)	Any cancellation permitted by subsection (a) of this section is not effective unless written notice of cancellation has been delivered or mailed to the insured, not less than 15 days before the proposed effective date of cancellation. The notice must be given or mailed to the insured, and any designated mortgagee or loss payee at their addresses shown in the policy or, if not indicated in the policy, at their last known addresses. The notice must state the precise reason for cancellation. Failure to send this notice to any designated mortgagee or loss payee invalidates the cancellation only as to the mortgagee's or loss payee's interest.
(c)	This section does not apply to any insurance policy that has been in effect for less than 60 days and is not a renewal of a policy. That policy may be cancelled for any reason by furnishing to the insured at least 15 days prior written notice of and reasons for cancellation.
(d)	Cancellation for nonpayment of premium is not effective if the amount due is paid before the effective date set forth in the notice of cancellation.
(e)	Copies of the notice required by this section shall also be sent to the insurance producer of record; however, failure to send copies of the notice to such persons shall not invalidate the cancellation.
(f)	For purposes of this section, proof of mailing is sufficient proof of notice.  (1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1027, s. 14; 2021‑117, s. 8(a); 2022‑46, s. 14(zz).)

§ 58‑41‑20.  Notice of nonrenewal, premium rate increase, or change in coverage required.
(a)	No insurer may refuse to renew an insurance policy except in accordance with the provisions of this section, and any nonrenewal attempted or made that is not in compliance with this section is not effective. This section does not apply if the policyholder has insured elsewhere, has accepted replacement coverage, or has requested or agreed to nonrenewal.
(b)	An insurer may refuse to renew a policy that has been written for a term of one year or less at the policy's expiration date by giving or mailing written notice of nonrenewal to the insured not less than 45 days prior to the expiration date of the policy.
(c)	An insurer may refuse to renew a policy that has been written for a term of more than one year or for an indefinite term at the policy anniversary date by giving or mailing written notice of nonrenewal to the insured not less than 45 days prior to the anniversary date of the policy.
(d)	Except as provided in G.S. 58‑41‑25, whenever an insurer lowers coverage limits or raises deductibles or premium rates other than at the request of the policyholder, the insurer shall give the policyholder written notice of such change at least 30 days in advance of the effective date of the change.
(e)	The notice required by this section must be given or mailed to the insured and any designated mortgagee or loss payee at their addresses shown in the policy or, if not indicated in the policy, at their last known addresses. Proof of mailing is sufficient proof of notice. The notice of nonrenewal must state the precise reason for nonrenewal. Failure to send this notice to any designated mortgagee or loss payee invalidates the nonrenewal only as to the mortgagee's or loss payee's interest.
(f)	Copies of the notice required by this section shall also be sent [to] the insurance producer of record; however, failure to send copies of the notice to such persons shall not invalidate the nonrenewal.
(g)	Delivery by an insurer of a policy superseding a policy previously issued by the insurer at the end of the previously issued policy period is not a refusal to renew when it is delivered by:
(1)	The same insurer; or
(2)	An affiliate or subsidiary, as those terms are defined in G.S. 58‑19‑5, that has a financial strength rating, issued by an industry‑recognized independent insurance rating company, which financial strength rating is at least as good as the insurer issuing the superseded policy. The provisions of G.S. 58‑41‑25 apply to the affiliate or subsidiary as if it were the same insurer issuing the policy.  (1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1027, s. 14; 1987, c. 441, ss. 3, 4; 2015‑281, s. 11; 2022‑46, s. 14(aaa).)

§ 58‑41‑25.  Notice of renewal of policies with premium rate or coverage changes.
(a)	If an insurer intends to renew a policy, the insurer must furnish to the insured the renewal terms and a statement of the amount of premium due for the renewal policy period. This section applies only if the insurer intends to decrease coverage, increase deductibles, impose any kind of surcharge, or increase the premium rate in the renewal policy.
(b)	If the policy being renewed was written for a term of one year or less, the renewal terms and statement of premium due must be given or mailed not less than 45 days before the expiration date of that policy. If the policy being renewed was written for a term of more than one year or for an indefinite term, the renewal terms and statement of premium due must be given or mailed not less than 45 days before the anniversary date of that policy. The renewal terms and statement of premium due must be given or mailed to the insured and any designated mortgagee or loss payee at their addresses shown in the policy, or, if not indicated in the policy, at their last known addresses.
(c)	If the insurer fails to furnish the renewal terms and statement of premium due in the manner required by this section, the insured may cancel the renewal policy within the 30‑day period following receipt of the renewal terms and statement of premium due. For refund purposes, earned premium for any period of coverage shall be calculated pro rata upon the premium applicable to the policy being renewed instead of the renewal policy. If an insurer fails to comply with the 45‑day notice requirement of this section, the insured is entitled to the option of coverage under the policy being renewed and at the same cost of that policy until 45 days have elapsed after the insurer has provided the insured with the notice.
(d)	If a policy has been issued for a term longer than one year, and for additional consideration a premium has been guaranteed for the entire term, it is unlawful for the insurer to increase that premium or require policy deductibles or other policy or coverage provisions less favorable to the insured during the term of the policy.
(e)	Copies of the notice required by this section shall also be given or mailed to any designated mortgagee or loss payee and may also be given or mailed to the insurance producer of record.  (1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1027, s. 14; 1987, c. 441, ss. 5, 6; 1989, c. 485, ss. 5, 6; 2022‑46, s. 14(bbb).)

§ 58‑41‑30.  Loss of reinsurance.
An insurer may cancel or refuse to renew a kind of insurance when the cancellation or nonrenewal is necessary because of a loss of or substantial reduction in applicable reinsurance, by filing a plan with the Commissioner pursuant to the requirements of this section.  The insurer's plan must be filed with the Commissioner at least 15 business days prior to the issuance of any notice of cancellation or nonrenewal.  The insurer may implement its plan upon the approval of the Commissioner, which shall be granted or denied in writing, with the reasons for his actions, within 15 business days of the Commissioner's receipt of the plan.  Any plan submitted for approval shall contain a certification by an elected officer of the company:
(1)	That the loss or substantial change in applicable reinsurance necessitates the cancellation or nonrenewal action;
(2)	That the insurer has made a good faith effort to obtain replacement reinsurance but was unable to do so because of the unavailability or unaffordability of replacement reinsurance;
(3)	Identifying the category of risks, the total number of risks written by the company in that category, and the number of risks intended to be cancelled or not renewed;
(4)	Identifying the total amount of the insurer's net retention for the risks intended to be cancelled or not renewed;
(5)	Identifying the total amount of risk ceded to each reinsurer and the portion of that total that is no longer available;
(6)	Explaining how the loss of or reduction in reinsurance affects the insurer's risks throughout the kind of insurance proposed for cancellation or nonrenewal;
(7)	Explaining why cancellation or nonrenewal is necessary to cure the loss of or reduction in reinsurance; and
(8)	Explaining how the cancellations or nonrenewals, if approved, will be implemented and the steps that will be taken to ensure that the cancellation or nonrenewal decisions will not be applied in an arbitrary, capricious, or unfairly discriminatory manner. (1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1027, s. 14.)

§ 58‑41‑35.  Repealed by Session Laws 1999‑219, s. 9.

§ 58‑41‑40.  No liability for statements or communications made in good faith; prior notice to insurance producers.
(a)	There is no liability on the part of and no cause of action for defamation or invasion of privacy arises against any insurer or its authorized representatives, agents, or employees, or any licensed insurance producer, for any communication or statement made, unless shown to have been made in bad faith with malice, in any of the following:
(1)	A written notice of cancellation under G.S. 58‑41‑15 or of nonrenewal under G.S. 58‑41‑20, specifying the reasons for cancellation.
(2)	Communications providing information pertaining to the cancellation or nonrenewal.
(3)	Evidence submitted at any court proceeding, administrative hearing, or informal inquiry in which the cancellation or nonrenewal is an issue.
(b)	With respect to the notices that must be given or mailed to insurance producers under G.S. 58‑41‑15, 58‑41‑20, and 58‑41‑25, the insurer may give or mail that notice at the same time or prior to giving or mailing the notice to the insured.  (1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1027, s. 14; 1987 (Reg. Sess., 1988), c. 975, s. 31; 1999‑219, s. 9.1; 2022‑46, s. 14(ccc).)

§ 58‑41‑45.  Termination of writing kind of insurance.
(a)	Except as provided in G.S. 58‑41‑30, no insurer may terminate, by nonrenewals, an entire book of business of any kind of insurance without 60 days prior written notice to the Commissioner; unless the Commissioner determines that continuation of the line of business would impair the solvency of the insurer or unless the Commissioner determines that such termination is effected under a plan that minimizes disruption in the marketplace or that makes provisions for alternative coverage at comparable rates and terms.
(b)	Except as provided in G.S. 58‑41‑30, in‑term cancellation by an insurer of an entire book of business of any kind of insurance is presumed to be unfair, inequitable, and contrary to the public interest, unless the Commissioner determines that continuation of the line of business would impair the solvency of the insurer or unless the Commissioner determines that such termination is effected under a plan that minimizes disruption in the marketplace or that makes provisions for alternative coverage at comparable rates and terms. (1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1027, s. 14.)

§ 58‑41‑50.  Policy form and rate filings; punitive damages; data required to support filings.
(a)	With the exception of inland marine insurance that is not written according to manual rates and rating plans, all policy forms must be filed with and either approved by the Commissioner or 90 days have elapsed and he has not disapproved the form before they may be used in this State. With respect to liability insurance policy forms, an insurer may exclude or limit coverage for punitive damages awarded against its insured.
(b)	With the exception of inland marine insurance that is not written according to manual rates and rating plans, all rates or prospective loss cost multipliers by licensed fire and casualty companies or their designated statistical organizations must be filed with the Commissioner at least 60 days before they may be used in this State. Any filing may become effective on a date earlier than that specified in this subsection upon agreement between the Commissioner and the filer.
(c)	A filing that does not include the statistical and rating information required by subsections (d) and (e) of this section is not a proper filing, and will be returned to the filing insurer or organization. The filer may then remedy the defects in the filing. An otherwise defective filing thus remedied shall be deemed to be a proper filing, except that all periods of time specified in this Article will run from the date the Commissioner receives additional or amended documents necessary to remedy all material defects in the filing.
(d)	The following information must be included in each policy form, rule, and rate filing:
(1)	A detailed list of the rates, rules, and policy forms filed, accompanied by a list of those superseded; and
(2)	A detailed description, properly referenced, of all changes in policy forms, rules, and rates, including the effect of each change.
(e)	Each policy form, rule, and rate filing that is based on statistical data must be accompanied by the following properly identified information:
(1)	North Carolina earned premiums at the actual and current rate level; losses and loss adjustment expenses, each on paid and incurred bases without trending or other modification for the experience period, including the loss ratio anticipated at the time the rates were promulgated for the experience period;
(2)	Credibility factor development and application;
(3)	Loss development factor derivation and application on both paid and incurred bases and in both numbers and dollars of claims;
(4)	Trending factor development and application;
(5)	Changes in premium base resulting from rating exposure trends;
(6)	Limiting factor development and application;
(7)	Overhead expense development and application of commission and brokerage, other acquisition expenses, general expenses, taxes, licenses, and fees;
(8)	Percent rate change;
(9)	Final proposed rates;
(10)	Investment earnings, consisting of investment income and realized plus unrealized capital gains, from loss, loss expense, and unearned premium reserves;
(11)	Identification of applicable statistical plans and programs and a certification of compliance with them;
(12)	Investment earnings on capital and surplus;
(13)	Level of capital and surplus needed to support premium writings without endangering the solvency of the company or companies involved; and
(14)	Such other information that may be required by any rule adopted by the Commissioner.
Provided, however, that no filing may be returned or disapproved on the grounds that such information has not been furnished if the filer has not been required to collect such information pursuant to statistical plans or programs or to report such information to statistical agents, except where the Commissioner has given reasonable prior notice to the filer to begin collecting and reporting such information or except when the information is readily available to the filer.
(f)	It is unlawful for an insurer to charge or collect, or attempt to charge or collect, any premium for insurance except in accordance with filings made with the Commissioner under this section and Article 40 of this Chapter.
(g)	An insurer subject to this Article may develop and use an individual form or rate as a result of the uniqueness of a particular risk. The form or rate shall be developed, filed, and used in accordance with rules adopted by the Commissioner. (1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1027, s. 14; 1987, c. 441, ss. 7, 9, 10; 1991, c. 644, s. 4; 1995, c. 193, s. 37; 2005‑210, s. 20.)

§ 58‑41‑55.  Penalties; restitution.
In addition to criminal penalties for acts declared unlawful by this Article, any violation of this Article subjects an insurer to revocation or suspension of its license, or monetary penalties or payment of restitution as provided in G.S. 58‑2‑70. (1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1027, s. 14; 1999‑132, s. 9.1.)

Article 42.
Mandatory or Voluntary Risk Sharing Plans.
§ 58‑42‑1.  Establishment of plans.
(a)	If the Commissioner finds, after a hearing held in accordance with Article 3A of Chapter 150B of the General Statutes, that in all or any part of this State, any amount or kind of insurance authorized by G.S. 58‑7‑15(4) through G.S. 58‑7‑15(22) is not readily available in the voluntary market and that the public interest requires the availability of that insurance, he may either:
(1)	Promulgate plans to provide insurance coverage for any risks in this State that are, based on reasonable underwriting standards, entitled to obtain but are otherwise unable to obtain coverage; or
(2)	Call upon insurers to prepare plans for his approval.
(b)	Consistent with G.S. 58‑42‑5(a)(2), the Commissioner shall at least annually reevaluate a plan promulgated pursuant to this section and shall terminate the plan upon determining that the insurance coverage is readily available in the voluntary market or that the public interest no longer requires the operation of the plan. (1986, Ex. Sess., c. 7, s. 1; 1999‑114, ss. 1, 2.)

§ 58‑42‑5.  Purposes, contents, and operation of risk sharing plans.
(a)	Each plan promulgated or prepared pursuant to G.S. 58‑42‑1 shall:
(1)	Give consideration to:
a.	The need for adequate and readily accessible coverage;
b.	Optional methods of improving the market affected;
c.	The inherent limitations of the insurance mechanism;
d.	The need for reasonable underwriting standards; and
e.	The requirement of reasonable loss prevention measures;
(2)	Establish procedures that will create minimum interference with the voluntary market;
(3)	Distribute the obligations imposed by the plan, and any profits or losses experienced by the plan, equitably and efficiently among the participating insurers; and
(4)	Establish procedures for applicants and participants to have their grievances reviewed by an impartial body. The filing and processing of a grievance pursuant to this subdivision does not stay the requirement for participation in a plan mandated by G.S. 58‑42‑10.
(b)	Each plan may, on behalf of its participants:
(1)	Issue policies of insurance to eligible applicants;
(2)	Underwrite, adjust, and pay losses on insurance issued by the plan;
(3)	Appoint a service company or companies to perform the functions enumerated in this subsection; and
(4)	Obtain reinsurance for any part or all of its risks. (1986, Ex. Sess., c. 7, s. 1; 1999‑114, s. 1.)

§ 58‑42‑10.  Persons required to participate.
(a)	Each plan shall require participation:
(1)	By all insurers licensed in this State to write the kinds of insurance covered by the specific plan;
(2)	By all insurance producers licensed and appointed to represent those insurers for that kind of insurance; and
(3)	By every statistical organization that makes rates for that kind of insurance.
(b)	The Commissioner shall exclude from each plan any person if participation would impair the solvency of that person.  (1986, Ex. Sess., c. 7, s. 1; 1999‑114, s. 1; 2005‑210, s. 21; 2022‑46, s. 14(ddd).)

§ 58‑42‑15.  Voluntary participation.
Each plan may provide for participation by:
(1)	Insurers that are not required to participate by G.S. 58‑42‑10;
(2)	Eligible surplus lines insurers as defined in G.S. 58‑21‑10(3); or
(3)	Reinsurers approved by the Commissioner. (1986, Ex. Sess., c. 7, s. 1; 1999‑114, s. 1.)

§ 58‑42‑20.  Classification and rates.
Each plan shall provide for:
(1)	The method of classifying risks;
(2)	The making and filing of rates that are not excessive, inadequate, or unfairly discriminatory and that are calculated on an actuarially sound basis and policy forms applicable to the various risks insured by the plan;
(3)	The adjusting and processing of claims;
(4)	The commission rates to be paid to insurance producers for coverages written by the plan; and
(5)	Any other insurance or investment functions that are necessary for the purpose of providing adequate and readily accessible coverage.  (1986, Ex. Sess., c. 7, s. 1; 1999‑114, s. 1; 2022‑46, s. 14(eee).)

§ 58‑42‑25.  Basis for participation.
Each plan shall specify the basis for participation by insurers, agents, statistical organizations, and other participants and shall specify the conditions under which risks shall be accepted and underwritten by the plan. (1986, Ex. Sess., c. 7, s. 1; 1999‑114, s. 1; 2005‑210, s. 22.)

§ 58‑42‑30.  Duty to provide information.
Every participating insurer and insurance producer shall provide to any person seeking the insurance available in each plan, information about the services prescribed in the plan, including full information on the requirements and procedures for obtaining insurance under the plan, whenever the insurance is not readily available in the voluntary market.  (1986, Ex. Sess., c. 7, s. 1; 1999‑114, s. 1; 2022‑46, s. 14(fff).)

§ 58‑42‑35.  Provision of marketing facilities.
If the Commissioner finds that the lack of participating insurers or insurance producers in a geographic area makes the functioning of a plan difficult, he may order that the plan appoint insurance producers on such terms as he designates or that the plan take other appropriate steps to guarantee that service is available.  (1986, Ex. Sess., c. 7, s. 1; 1999‑114, s. 1; 2022‑46, s. 14(ggg).)

§ 58‑42‑40.  Voluntary risk sharing plans.
Insurers doing business within this State or reinsurers approved by the Commissioner may prepare voluntary plans that will provide any specific amount or kind of insurance or component thereof for all or any part of this State in which that insurance is not readily available in the voluntary market and in which the public interest requires the availability of the coverage. These plans shall be submitted to the Commissioner and, if approved by him, may be put into operation. (1986, Ex. Sess., c. 7, s. 1; 1999‑114, s. 1.)

§ 58‑42‑45.  Article subject to Administrative Procedure Act; legislative oversight of plans.
(a)	The provisions of Chapter 150B of the General Statutes shall apply to this Article.
(b)	At the same time the Commissioner issues a notice of hearing under G.S. 150B‑38, the Commissioner shall provide copies of the notice to the Joint Regulatory Reform Committee, the Joint Legislative Commission on Governmental Operations, and the Joint Legislative Oversight Committee on General Government. The Commissioner shall provide the Committees and Commission with copies of any plan promulgated by or approved by the Commissioner under G.S. 58‑42‑1(1) or (2).  (1986, Ex. Sess., c. 7, s. 1; 1999‑114, s. 1; 2000‑140, s. 15; 2011‑291, s. 2.5; 2021‑180, s. 37.7(b).)

§ 58‑42‑50.  Immunity of Commissioner and plan participants.
There shall be no liability on the part of, and no cause of action shall arise against the Commissioner, his representatives, or any plan, its participants, or its employee for any good faith action taken by them in the performance of their powers and duties in creating any plan pursuant to this Article. (1986, Ex. Sess., c. 7, s. 1; 1999‑114, s. 1.)

§ 58‑42‑55: Repealed by Session Laws 2001‑122, s. 1.

Article 43
General Regulations of Business‑Fire Insurance.
§ 58‑43‑1.  Performance of contracts as to devices not prohibited.
Nothing contained in Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter shall be construed as prohibiting the performance of any contract hereafter made for the introduction or installation of automatic sprinklers or other betterments or improvements for reducing the risk by fire or water on any property located in this State, and containing provisions for obtaining insurance against loss or damage by fire or water, for a specified time at a fixed rate; provided, every policy issued under such contract shall be as provided by law. (1929, c. 145, s. 1.)

§ 58‑43‑5.  Limitation as to amount and term; indemnity contracts for difference in actual value and cost of replacement; functional replacement.
No insurance company or insurance producer shall knowingly issue any fire insurance policy upon property within this State for an amount which, together with any existing insurance thereon, exceeds the fair value of the property, nor for a longer term than seven years: Provided, any fire insurance company authorized to transact business in this State may, by appropriate riders or endorsements or otherwise, provide insurance indemnifying the insured for the difference between the actual value of the insured property at the time any loss or damage occurs, and the amount actually expended to repair, rebuild or replace on the premises described in the policy, or some other location within the State of North Carolina with new materials of like size, kind and quality, property that has been damaged or destroyed by fire or other perils insured against: Provided further, that the Commissioner may approve forms that permit functional replacement by the insurance company, at the insured's option. Functional replacement means to replace the property with property that performs the same function when replacement with materials of like size, kind, and quality is not possible, necessary, or less costly than obsolete, antique, or custom construction materials and methods. Forms and rating plans may also provide for credits when functional replacement cost coverage is provided. Policies issued in violation of this section are binding upon the company issuing them, but the company is liable for the forfeitures by law prescribed for such violation.  (1899, c. 54, ss. 39, 99; 1903, c. 438, s. 10; Rev., s. 4755; C.S., s. 6418; 1949, c. 295, s. 1; 1991, c. 644, s. 5; 2022‑46, s. 14(hhh).)

§ 58‑43‑10.  Limit of liability on total loss. 
Subject to the provisions of G.S. 58‑43‑5, when buildings insured against loss by fire and situated within the State are totally destroyed by fire, the company is not liable beyond the actual cash value of the insured property at the time of the loss or damage; and if it appears that the insured has paid a premium on a sum in excess of the actual value, he shall be reimbursed the proportionate excess of premium paid on the difference between the amount named in the policy and the ascertained values, with interest at six per centum (6%) per annum from the date of issue. (1899, c. 54, s. 40; Rev., s. 4756; C.S., s. 6419; 1949, c. 295, s. 2.)

§ 58‑43‑15.  Policies for the benefit of mortgagees.
Where by an agreement with the insured, or by the terms of a fire insurance policy taken out by a mortgagor, the whole or any part of the loss thereon is payable to a mortgagee of the property for his benefit, the company shall, upon satisfactory proof of the rights and title of the parties, in accordance with such terms or agreement, pay all mortgagees protected by such policy in the order of their priority of claim, as their claims appear, not beyond the amount for which the company is liable, and such payments are, to the extent thereof, payment and satisfaction of the liabilities of the company under the policy. Any payment due by the insuring company to mortgagees or loss payees under the terms of the policy shall be made within 90 days of the loss or within 60 days of the filing of proof of loss, whichever is the longer period; provided, the payment of or settlement of the claim of the mortgagee or loss payee under the policy shall in no way constitute an admission of liability as to the  insured and the fact of such payment or settlement shall be inadmissible in any action at law. (1899, c. 54, s. 41; Rev., s. 4757; C.S., s. 6420; 1969, c. 1077, s. 1.)

§ 58‑43‑20:  Repealed by Session Laws 1995 (Regular Session, 1996), c.  752, s. 1.

§ 58‑43‑25.  Limitation of fire insurance risks. 
No insurer authorized to do in this State the business of fire insurance shall expose itself to any loss on any one fire risk, whether located in this State or elsewhere, in an amount exceeding ten percent (10%) of its surplus to policyholders, except that in the case of risks adequately protected by automatic sprinklers or risks principally of noncombustible construction and occupancy such insurer may expose itself to any loss on any one risk in an amount not exceeding twenty‑five percent (25%) of the sum of (i) its unearned premium reserve and (ii) its surplus to policyholders. Any risk or portion of any risk which shall have been reinsured shall be deducted in determining the limitation of risk prescribed in this section. (1945, c. 378.)

§ 58‑43‑30.  Agreements restricting insurance producer's commission; penalty.
It is unlawful for any insurance company doing the business of insurance as defined in subdivisions (3) to (22), inclusive, of G.S. 58‑7‑15 and employing an insurance producer representing another such company, either directly or through any organization or association, to enter into, make or maintain any stipulation or agreement in anywise limiting the compensation such insurance producer may receive from any such other company or forbidding or prohibiting reinsurance of the risks of any such domestic company in whole or in part by any other company holding membership in or cooperating with such organization or association. The penalty for any violation of this section shall be a fine of not less than one thousand dollars ($1,000) nor more than five thousand dollars ($5,000), and the forfeiture of license to do business in this State for a period of 12 months following conviction.  (1905, c. 424; Rev., ss. 3491, 4768; 1915, c. 166, ss. 2, 3; C.S., s. 6432; 1945, c. 458; 1985, c. 666, s. 26; 2022‑46, s. 14(iii).)

§ 58‑43‑35.  Punishment for issuing fire policies contrary to law.
Any insurance company or insurance producer who makes, issues, or delivers a policy of fire insurance in willful violation of the provisions of Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter that prohibit a domestic insurance company from issuing policies before obtaining a license from the Commissioner; or that prohibit the issuing of a fire insurance policy for more than the fair value of the property or for a longer term than seven years; or that prohibit stipulations in insurance contracts restricting the jurisdiction of courts, or limiting the time within which an action may be brought to less than one year after the cause of action accrues or to less than six months after a nonsuit by the plaintiff, shall be guilty of a Class 3 misdemeanor and shall, upon conviction, be punished only by a fine of not less than one thousand dollars ($1,000) nor more than five thousand dollars ($5,000); but the policy shall be binding upon the company issuing it.  (1899, c. 54, s. 99; 1903, c. 438, s. 10; Rev., s. 4832; C.S., s. 6433; 1985, c. 666, s. 27; 1993, c. 539, s. 466; 1994, Ex. Sess., c. 24, s. 14(c); 1999‑132, s. 9.2; 2022‑46, s. 14(jjj).)

§ 58‑43‑40:  Expired.

Article 44.
Property Insurance Policies.
Part 1. Policy Provisions.
§ 58‑44‑1.  Terms and conditions must be set out in policy.
In all insurance against loss by fire the conditions of insurance must be stated in full, and the rules and bylaws of the company are not a warranty or a part of the contract, except as incorporated in full into the policy. (1899, c. 54, s. 42; Rev., s. 4758; C.S., s. 6434; 2006‑145, s. 1.)

§ 58‑44‑5.  Items to be expressed in policies.
Upon request there shall be printed, stamped, or written on each fire policy issued in this State the basis rate, deficiency charge, the credit for improvements, and the rate at which written, and whenever a rate is made or changed on any property situated in this State upon request a full statement thereof showing in detail the basis rate, deficiency charges and credits, as well as rate proposed to be made, shall be delivered to the owner or his representative having the insurance on the property in charge, by the company, association, their agent or representative. (1915, c. 109, s. 3; C.S., s. 6435; 1925, c. 70, s. 3; 1945, c. 378.)

§ 58‑44‑10:  Repealed by Session Laws 1995, c.  517, s. 27.

§ 58‑44‑15:  Repealed by Session Laws 2009‑171, s. 6, effective January 1, 2010, and applicable to fire insurance policies issued or renewed on and after that date.

§ 58‑44‑16.  Fire insurance policies; standard fire insurance policy provisions.
(a)	The provisions of a fire insurance policy, as set forth in subsection (f) of this section, shall be known and designated as the "standard fire insurance policy."
(b)	With the exception of policies covering (i) automobile fire, theft, comprehensive, and collision or (ii) marine and inland marine insurance, no fire insurance policy shall be made, issued, or delivered by any insurer or by any agent or representative of the insurer on any property in this State, unless it conforms in substance with all of the provisions, stipulations, agreements, and conditions in subsection (f) of this section.
(c)	There shall be printed at the head of the policy the name of the insurer or insurers issuing the policy; the location of the home office of the insurer or insurers; a statement whether the insurer or insurers are stock or mutual corporations or are reciprocal insurers. This section does not limit an insurer to the use of any particular size or manner of folding the paper upon which the policy is printed; provided, however, that any insurer organized under special charter provisions may so indicate upon its policy and add a statement of the plan under which it operates in this State.
(d)	The standard fire insurance policy need not be used for effecting reinsurance between insurers.
(e)	The provisions of the standard fire policy are stated in this section and shall be incorporated in fire insurance policies subject to this section. If any conditions of this section are construed to be more liberal than any other policy conditions relating to the perils of fire, lightning, or removal, the provisions of this section shall apply.
(f)	The following subdivisions comprise all of the provisions, stipulations, agreements, and conditions of the standard fire insurance policy:
(1)	General provisions. – In consideration of the provisions, stipulations, agreements, and conditions in this policy or added to this policy, and of the premium specified in the declarations or in endorsements made a part of this policy, this insurer, for the term of years specified in the declarations from inception date shown in the declarations at 12:01 A.M. to expiration date shown in the declarations at 12:01 A.M. at the location of the property covered, to an amount not exceeding the limit of liability specified in the declarations, does insure the insured named in the declarations and legal representatives to the extent of the actual cash value of the property at the time of loss but not exceeding the amount that it would cost to repair or replace the property with material of like kind and quality within a reasonable time after the loss, without allowance for any increased cost of repair or reconstruction by reason of any ordinance or law regulating construction or repair and without compensation for loss resulting from interruption of business or manufacture, nor in any event for more than the interest of the insured against all direct loss by fire, lightning, and other perils insured against in this policy, including removal from premises endangered by the perils insured against in this policy, except as hereinafter provided, to the property described in the declarations while located or contained as described in this policy, or pro rata for five days at each proper place to which any of the property shall necessarily be removed for preservation from the perils insured against in this policy but not elsewhere. Assignment of this policy shall not be valid except with the written consent of this insurer. This policy is made and accepted subject to the provisions, stipulations, agreements, and conditions in this section, which are hereby made a part of this policy, together with such other provisions, stipulations, agreements, and conditions that may be added to this policy as provided in this policy.
(2)	Concealment or fraud. – This entire policy shall be void if, whether before or after a loss, the insured has willfully concealed or misrepresented any material fact or circumstance concerning this insurance or the subject of this insurance, or the interest of the insured in the subject of this insurance, or in the case of any fraud or false swearing by the insured relating the subject of this insurance.
(3)	Uninsurable and excepted property. – This policy shall not cover accounts, bills, currency, deeds, evidences of debt, money, or securities; nor, unless specifically named in this policy in writing, bullion or manuscripts.
(4)	Perils not included. – This insurer shall not be liable for loss by fire or other perils insured against in this policy caused, directly or indirectly, by enemy attack by armed forces, including action taken by military, naval, or air forces in resisting an actual or an immediately impending enemy attack; invasion; insurrection; rebellion; revolution; civil war; usurped power; order of any civil authority except acts of destruction at the time of and for the purpose of preventing the spread of fire, provided that the fire did not originate from any of the perils excluded by this policy; neglect of the insured to use all reasonable means to save and preserve the property at and after a loss, or when the property is endangered by fire in neighboring premises; or for loss by theft.
(5)	Other insurance. – Other insurance may be prohibited or the amount of insurance may be limited by endorsement attached to this policy.
(6)	Conditions suspending or restricting insurance. – Unless otherwise provided in writing added to this policy, this insurer shall not be liable for loss occurring:
a.	While the hazard is increased by any means within the control or knowledge of the insured;
b.	While a described building, whether intended for occupancy by owner or tenant, is vacant or unoccupied beyond a period of 60 consecutive days; or
c.	As a result of explosion or riot, unless fire ensues, and in that event for loss by fire only.
(7)	Other perils or subjects. – Any other peril to be insured against or subject of insurance to be covered in this policy shall be by endorsement in writing on this policy or added to this policy.
(8)	Added provisions. – The extent of the application of insurance under this policy and of the contribution to be made by this insurer in case of loss, and any other provision or agreement not inconsistent with the provisions of this policy, may be provided for in writing added to this policy; provided, however, no provision may be waived except such as by the terms of this policy is subject to change.
(9)	Waiver provisions. – No permission affecting this insurance shall exist, or waiver of any provision be valid, unless granted in this policy or expressed in writing added to this policy. No provision, stipulation, or forfeiture shall be held to be waived by any requirement or proceeding on the part of this insurer relating to appraisal or to any examination provided for in this policy.
(10)	Cancellation of policy. – This policy shall be cancelled at any time at the request of the insured, in which case this insurer shall, upon demand and surrender of this policy, refund the excess of paid premium above any short rates for the expired time. This policy may be cancelled at any time by this insurer by giving to the insured a five days' written notice of cancellation with or without tender of the excess of paid premium above the pro rata premium for the expired time, which excess, if not tendered, shall be refunded on demand. Notice of cancellation shall state that said excess premium (if not tendered) will be refunded on demand.
(11)	Mortgagee interests and obligations. – If loss is made payable, in whole or in part, to a designated mortgagee not named in this policy as the insured, such interest in this policy may be cancelled by giving to such a mortgagee a ten days' written notice of cancellation. If the insured fails to render proof of loss, the mortgagee, upon notice, shall render proof of loss as specified in this policy within 60 days thereafter and shall be subject to the provisions of this policy relating to appraisal and time of payment and of bringing suit. If this insurer claims that no liability existed as to the mortgagor or owner, it shall, to the extent of payment of loss to the mortgagee, be subrogated to all the mortgagee's rights of recovery, but without impairing the mortgagee's right to sue; or this insurer may pay off the mortgage debt and require an assignment of that debt and of the mortgage. Other provisions relating to the interests and obligations of the mortgagee may be added to this policy by agreement in writing.
(12)	Pro rata liability. – This insurer shall not be liable for a greater proportion of any loss than the amount insured by this policy bears to all insurance covering the property against the peril involved, whether collectible or not.
(13)	Requirements in case loss occurs. – The insured shall give immediate written notice to this insurer of any loss, protect the property from further damage, forthwith separate the damaged and undamaged personal property, put it in the best possible order, and furnish a complete inventory of the destroyed, damaged, and undamaged property, showing in detail quantities, costs, actual cash value, and amount of loss claimed. Within 60 days after the loss, unless that time is extended in writing by this insurer, the insured shall render to this insurer a proof of loss, signed and sworn to by the insured, stating the knowledge and belief of the insured as to the following: the time and origin of the loss, the interest of the insured and of all others in the property, the actual cash value of each item of the property and the amount of loss to the property, all encumbrances on the property, all other contracts of insurance, whether valid or not, covering any of the property, any changes in the title, use, occupation, location, possession, or exposures of the property since the issuing of this policy, by whom and for what purpose any building described in this policy and the several parts of the building were occupied at the time of loss and whether or not it then stood on leased ground, and shall furnish a copy of all the descriptions and schedules in all policies and, if required, verified plans and specifications of any building, fixtures, or machinery destroyed or damaged. The insured, as often as may be reasonably required, shall exhibit to any person designated by this insurer all that remains of any property described in this policy, and submit to examinations under oath by any person named by this insurer, and subscribe the same; and, as often as may be reasonably required, shall produce for examination all books of account, bills, invoices, and other vouchers, or certified copies of them if originals are lost, at such reasonable time and place as may be designated by this insurer or its representative, and shall permit extracts and copies of them to be made.
(14)	Appraisal. – If the insured and this insurer fail to agree as to the actual cash value or the amount of loss, then, on the written demand of either, each shall select a competent and disinterested appraiser and notify the other of the appraiser selected within 20 days after the demand. The appraisers shall first select a competent and disinterested umpire; and failing for 15 days to agree upon a competent and disinterested umpire, on the request of the insured or this insurer, a competent and disinterested umpire shall be selected by a judge of a court of record in the state in which the property covered is located. The appraisers shall then appraise the loss, stating separately actual cash value and loss to each item; and, failing to agree, shall submit only their differences to the umpire. An award in writing, so itemized, of any two when filed with this insurer shall determine the amount of actual cash value and loss. Each appraiser shall be paid by the party selecting him and the expenses of appraisal and umpire shall be paid by the parties equally.
(15)	Company's options. – It shall be optional with this insurer to take all, or any part, of the property at the agreed or appraised value and also to repair, rebuild, or replace the property destroyed or damaged with other of like kind and quality within a reasonable time, on giving notice of its intention so to do within 30 days after the receipt of the proof of loss required in this policy.
(16)	Abandonment. – There can be no abandonment to this insurer of any property.
(17)	When loss payable. – The amount of loss for which this insurer may be liable shall be payable 60 days after proof of loss, as provided in this policy, is received by this insurer and ascertainment of the loss is made either by written agreement between the insured and this insurer or by the filing with this insurer of an award as provided in this policy.
(18)	Suit. – No suit or action on this policy for the recovery of any claim shall be sustainable in any court of law unless all the requirements of this policy have been complied with and unless commenced within three years after inception of the loss.
(19)	Subrogation. – This insurer may require from the insured an assignment of all rights of recovery against a party for loss to the extent that payment therefor is made by this insurer.  (2009‑171, s. 1.)

§ 58‑44‑20.  Standard policy; permissible variations.
With the exception of policies covering (i) automobile fire, theft, comprehensive, and collision or (ii) marine and inland marine insurance, no fire insurance company shall issue fire insurance policies on property in this State other than those containing the provisions set forth in G.S. 58‑44‑16 except as follows:
(1)	A company may print on or in its policies the date of incorporation, the amount of its paid‑up capital stock, the names of its officers, and to the words at the top of the back of said policy, "Standard Fire Insurance Policy for" may be added after or before the words "North Carolina" the names of any states or political jurisdiction in which the said policy form may be standard when the policy is used.
(2)	A company may print in its policies or use in its policies written or printed forms of description and specification of the property insured.
(3)	A company may write or print upon the margin or across the face of a policy, in unused spaces or upon separate slips or riders to be attached thereto, provisions adding to or modifying those contained in the standard form, and all such slips, riders, and provisions must be signed by an officer or agent of the company so using them. Provided, however, such provisions shall not have the effect of making the provisions of the standard policy form more restrictive except for such restrictions as are provided for in the charter or bylaws of a domestic mutual fire insurance company doing business in no more than three adjacent counties of the State and chiefly engaged in writing policies of insurance on rural properties upon an assessment or nonpremium basis, provided all such restrictions contained in the charter and bylaws of such domestic mutual fire insurance company shall be actually included within the printed terms of the policy contract so affected as a condition precedent to their being effective and binding on any policyholder. The iron safe or any similar clause requiring the taking of inventories, the keeping of books and producing the same in the adjustment of any loss, shall not be used or operative in the settlement of losses on buildings, furniture and fixtures, or any property not subject to any change in bulk and value.
(4)	Binders or other contracts for temporary insurance may be made, orally or in writing, for a period which shall not exceed 60 days, and shall be deemed to include all the terms of such standard fire insurance policy and all such applicable endorsements, approved by the Commissioner, as may be designated in such contract of temporary insurance; except that the cancellation clause of such standard fire insurance policy, and the clause thereof specifying the hour of the day at which the insurance shall commence, may be superseded by the express terms of such contract of temporary insurance.
(5)	Two or more companies authorized to do in this State the business of fire insurance, may, with the approval of the Commissioner, issue a combination standard form of fire insurance policy which shall contain the following provisions:
a.	A provision substantially to the effect that the insurers executing such policy shall be severally liable for the full amount of any loss or damage, according to the terms of the policy, or for specified percentages or amounts thereof, aggregating the full amount of such insurance under such policy.
b.	A provision substantially to the effect that service of process, or of any notice or proof of loss required by such policy, upon any of the companies executing such policy, shall be deemed to be service upon all such insurers.
(6)	Appropriate forms of supplemental contract or contracts or extended coverage endorsements and other endorsements whereby the interest in the property described in such policy shall be insured against one or more of the perils which the company is empowered to assume, in addition to the perils covered by said standard fire insurance policy may be approved by the Commissioner, and their use in connection with a standard fire insurance policy may be authorized by him. In his discretion the Commissioner may authorize the printing of such supplemental contract or contracts or extended coverage endorsements and other endorsements in the substance of the form of the standard fire insurance policy. The first page of the policy may in form approved by the Commissioner be arranged to provide space for listing of amounts of insurance, rates and premiums, description of construction, occupancy and location of property covered for the basic coverages insured under the standard form of policy and for additional coverages or perils insured under endorsements attached or printed therein, and such other data as may be conveniently included for duplication on daily reports for office records.
(7)	A company may print on or in its policy, with the approval of the Commissioner, any provisions which it is required by law to insert in its policies not in conflict with the substance of provisions of such standard form. Such provisions shall be printed apart from the other provisions, agreements, or conditions of the policy, under a separate title, as follows: "Provisions Required by Law to Be Inserted in This Policy."  (1899, c. 54, s. 43; 1901, c. 391, s. 4; Rev., s. 4759; 1907, c. 800, s. 1; 1915, c. 109, s. 10; C.S., s. 6436; 1925, c. 70, s. 5; 1945, c. 378; 1949, c. 418; 1951, c. 767; c. 781, s. 5; 1955, c. 807, s. 3; 1979, c. 755, ss. 5‑7; 2009‑171, s. 4.)

§ 58‑44‑25.  Optional provisions as to loss or damage from nuclear reaction, nuclear radiation or radioactive contamination.
Insurers issuing the standard fire insurance policy pursuant to G.S. 58‑44‑16, or any permissible variation of that policy, and policies issued pursuant to G.S. 58‑44‑20 and Article 36 of this Chapter, are authorized to affix to the policy or include in the policy a written statement that the policy does not cover loss or damage caused by nuclear reaction, nuclear radiation, or radioactive contamination, all whether directly or indirectly resulting from an insured peril under the policy; provided, however, that nothing in this section shall be construed to prohibit the attachment to any such policy of an endorsement or endorsements specifically assuming coverage for loss or damage caused by nuclear reaction, nuclear radiation, or radioactive contamination.  (1963, c. 1148; 1987, c. 864, s. 7; 2009‑171, s. 3.)

§ 58‑44‑30.  Notice by insured or agent as to increase of hazard, unoccupancy and other insurance.
If notice in writing signed by the insured, or his agent, is given before loss or damage by any peril insured against under the standard fire insurance policy to the agent of the company of any fact or condition stated in G.S. 58‑44‑16, it is equivalent to an agreement in writing added to the policy and has the force of the agreement in writing referred to in the standard fire insurance policy with respect to the liability of the company and the waiver; but this notice does not affect the right of the company to cancel the policy as stipulated in the policy.  (1899, c. 54, s. 43; Rev., s. 4761; 1907, c. 578, s. 1; 1915, c. 109, s. 11; C.S., s. 6438; 1929, c. 60, s. 1; 1945, c. 378; 2009‑171, s. 2.)

§ 58‑44‑35.  Judge to select umpire.
Any resident judge of the superior court of the district in which the property insured is located is designated as the judge of the court of record to select the umpire referred to in the standard form of policy as set forth in G.S. 58‑44‑16(f)(14). The judge may not select the umpire until all of the following conditions have been met:
(1)	Proof of notice to all parties of record has been filed with the court, and at least 15 days have passed since the filing of the proof of notice.
(2)	Upon the request of any party of record, the judge has conducted a hearing. The hearing by the judge shall be governed by the practice for hearings in other civil actions before a judge without a jury and shall be limited to the issue of umpire selection.  (1945, c. 378; 2013‑199, s. 23.)

§ 58‑44‑40.  Effect of failure to give notice of encumbrance.
No policy of insurance issued upon any property shall be held void because of the failure to give notice to the company of a mortgage or deed of trust existing thereon or thereafter placed thereon, except during the life of the mortgage or deed of trust. (1915, c. 109, s. 4; C.S., s. 6440.)

§ 58‑44‑45.  Policy issued to husband or wife on joint property.
Any policy of fire insurance issued to husband or wife, on buildings and household furniture owned by the husband and wife, either by entirety, in common, or jointly, either name of one of the parties in interest named as the insured or beneficiary therein, shall be sufficient and the policy shall not be void for failure to disclose the interest of the other, unless it appears that in the procuring of the issuance of such policy, fraudulent means or methods were used by the insured or owner thereof. (1945, c. 378.)

§ 58‑44‑50.  Bar to defense of failure to render timely proof of loss.
In any action brought to enforce an insurance policy subject to the provisions of this Article, any party claiming benefit under the policy may reply to the pleading of any other party against whom liability is sought which asserts as a defense, the failure to render timely proof of loss as required by the terms of the policy that such failure was for good cause and that the failure to render timely proof of loss has not substantially harmed the party against whom liability is sought in his ability to defend.  The issues raised by such reply shall be determined by the jury if jury trial has been demanded. (1973, c. 1391.)

§ 58‑44‑55.  Farmowners' and other property policies; ice, snow, or sleet damage.
Under any policy of farmowners' or other property insurance that insures against all direct loss by fire, lightning, or other perils that may be delivered or issued for delivery in this State with respect to any farm dwellings, appurtenant private structures, barns, or other farm buildings or farm structures located in this State, coverage shall be available for inclusion therein or supplemental thereto to include direct loss caused by weight of ice, snow, or sleet that results in physical damage to such buildings or structures, and shall be offered to all insureds requesting these policies. (1981, c. 550, s. 1.)

§ 58‑44‑60.  Notice to property insurance policyholder about flood, earthquake, mudslide, mudflow, landslide, and windstorm or hail insurance coverage.
(a)	Every insurer that sells residential or commercial property insurance policies that do not provide coverage for the perils of flood, earthquake, mudslide, mudflow, landslide, or windstorm or hail shall, upon the issuance and renewal of each policy, identify to the policyholder which of these perils are not covered under the policy. The insurer shall print the following warning, citing which peril is not covered, in Times New Roman 16‑point font or other equivalent font and include it in the policy on a separate page immediately before the declarations page:
"WARNING: THIS PROPERTY INSURANCE POLICY DOES NOT PROTECT YOU AGAINST LOSSES FROM [FLOODS], [EARTHQUAKES], [MUDSLIDES], [MUDFLOWS], [LANDSLIDES], [WINDSTORM OR HAIL]. YOU SHOULD CONTACT YOUR INSURANCE COMPANY OR AGENT TO DISCUSS YOUR OPTIONS FOR OBTAINING COVERAGE FOR THESE LOSSES. THIS IS NOT A COMPLETE LISTING OF ALL OF THE CAUSES OF LOSSES NOT COVERED UNDER YOUR POLICY. YOU SHOULD READ YOUR ENTIRE POLICY TO UNDERSTAND WHAT IS COVERED AND WHAT IS NOT COVERED."
(b)	As used in this section, "insurer" includes an entity that sells property insurance under Articles 21, 45, or 46 of this Chapter.  (2006‑145, s. 2; 2007‑300, s. 5; 2012‑162, s. 5.)

Part 2. Mediation of Emergency or Disaster‑Related Property Insurance Claims.
§ 58‑44‑70.  Purpose and scope.
(a)	This Part provides for a nonadversarial alternative dispute resolution procedure for a facilitated claim resolution conference prompted by the critical need for effective, fair, and timely handling of insurance claims arising out of damages to residential property as the result of an event for which there is a state of disaster declared within 60 days of the event. This Part applies only (i) if a state of disaster has been proclaimed for the State or for an area within the State by the Governor or by a resolution of the General Assembly under G.S. 166A‑19.21 or (ii) if the President of the United States has issued a major disaster declaration for the State or for an area within the State under the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act, 42 U.S.C. § 5121, et seq., as amended; and (iii) if the Commissioner issues an order establishing the mediation procedure authorized by this Part.
(b)	The procedure authorized by this Part is available to all first‑party claimants who have insurance claims resulting from damage to residential property occurring in this State. This Part does not apply to commercial insurance, motor vehicle insurance, or to liability coverage contained in property insurance policies.
(c)	The Commissioner may designate a person, either within the Department or outside of the Department, as the Administrator or other functionary to carry out any of the Commissioner's duties under this Part.  (2006‑145, s. 1; 2007‑300, s. 1; 2012‑12, s. 2(m); 2013‑199, s. 22(d).)

§ 58‑44‑75.  Definitions.
As used in this Part:
(1)	Administrator. – The Commissioner or the Commissioner's designee; and the term is used interchangeably with regard to the Commissioner's duties under this Part.
(2)	Repealed by Session Laws 2013‑199, s. 22(e), effective June 26, 2013.
(3)	Disputed claim. – Any matter on which there is a dispute as to the cause of loss or amount of loss, for which the insurer has denied payment, in part or whole, with respect to claims arising from a disaster. Unless the parties agree to mediate a disputed claim involving a lesser amount, a "disputed claim" involves the insured requesting one thousand five hundred dollars ($1,500) or more to settle the dispute, or the difference between the positions of the parties is one thousand five hundred dollars ($1,500) or more. "Disputed claim" does not include a dispute with respect to which the insurer has reported allegations of fraud, based on a referral to the insurer's special investigative unit, to the Commissioner. A disputed claim does not include one in which there has been a denial of coverage for the loss because of exclusions in the policy, terms in the policy, conditions in the policy, or nonexistence of the policy at the time of the loss.
(4)	Mediation. – As defined in G.S. 7A‑38.1(b)(2).
(5)	Mediator. – A neutral person who acts to encourage and facilitate a resolution of a claim.
(6)	Party or parties. – The insured and his or her insurer, including a surplus lines insurer and the underwriting associations in Articles 45 and 46 of this Chapter, when applicable.  (2006‑145, s. 1; 2012‑12, s. 2(n); 2013‑199, s. 22(e).)

§ 58‑44‑80.  Notification of right to mediate.
(a)	Insurers shall notify their insureds in this State who have claimed damage to their residential properties as a result of a disaster of their right to mediate disputed claims. This requirement applies to all disputed claims, including instances where checks have been issued by the insurer to the insured.
(b)	The insurer shall mail the notice described in subsection (a) of this section to an insured within five days after the time the insured or the Administrator notifies the insurer of a dispute regarding the insured's claim. The following apply:
(1)	If the insurer has not been notified of a disputed claim before the time an insurer notifies the insured that a claim has been denied in whole or in part, the insurer shall mail a notice of the right to mediate to the insured in the same mailing as the notice of denial.
(2)	The insurer is not required to send a notice of the right to mediate if a claim is denied because the amount of the claim is less than the insured's deductible.
(3)	The mailing that contains the notice of the right to mediate shall include any consumer brochure on mediation developed by the Commissioner.
(4)	Notification shall be in writing and shall be legible, conspicuous, and printed in at least 12‑point type.
(5)	The first paragraph of the notice shall contain the following statement: "The General Assembly of North Carolina has enacted a law to facilitate fair and timely handling of residential property insurance claims arising out of disasters. The law gives you the right to attend a mediation conference with your insurer in order to settle any dispute you have with your insurer about your claim. An independent mediator, who has no connection with your insurer, will be in charge of the mediation conference."
(c)	The notice shall also:
(1)	Include detailed instructions on how the insured is to request mediation, including name, address, and phone and fax numbers for requesting mediation through the Administrator.
(2)	Include the insurer's address and phone number for requesting additional information.
(3)	State that the Administrator will select the mediator. (2006‑145, s. 1; 2007‑300, s. 2.)

§ 58‑44‑85.  Request for mediation.
(a)	If an insured requests mediation before receipt of the notice of the right to mediate or if the date of the notice cannot be established, the insurer shall be notified by the Administrator of the existence of the dispute before the Administrator processes the insured's request for mediation. An insured must request mediation within 60 days after the denial of the claim; failure to request mediation within this time period shall only bar the right to demand mediation; it shall not prejudice any other legal right or remedy of the insured nor prohibit the insurer from voluntarily accepting the request for mediation.
(b)	If an insurer receives a request for mediation, the insurer shall electronically transmit the request to the Administrator within three business days after receipt of the request. If the Department receives any requests, it shall electronically transmit those requests to the Administrator within three business days after receipt. The Administrator shall notify the insurer within 48 hours after receipt of a request that has been filed with the Department.
(c)	In the insured's request for mediation, the insured shall provide the following information, if known:
(1)	Name, address, and daytime telephone number of the insured and location of the property if different from the address given.
(2)	The claim and policy number for the insured.
(3)	A brief description of the nature of the dispute.
(4)	The name of the insurer and the name, address, and phone number of the contact person for scheduling mediation.
(5)	Information with respect to any other policies of insurance that may provide coverage of the insured property for named perils such as flood, earthquake, or windstorm. (2006‑145, s. 1.)

§ 58‑44‑90.  Mediation fees.
(a)	The fees of the mediator and of the Administrator as established by the Commissioner shall be borne by the insurer. All other mediation costs, fees, or expenses shall be borne by the party incurring such costs, fees, or expenses unless otherwise provided in a settlement agreement.
(b)	The Commissioner may establish fee schedules, through emergency rules, for fees to be paid to the Administrator, the mediator, and for timely and untimely mediation cancellations. (2006‑145, s. 1.)

§ 58‑44‑95.  Scheduling of mediation; qualification of mediator.
(a)	The Administrator shall select a mediator and schedule the mediation conference.
(b)	In order to be approved, a mediator must be certified by the Dispute Resolution Commission under G.S. 7A‑38.2. (2006‑145, s. 1; 2007‑300, s. 3.)

§ 58‑44‑100.  Conduct of the mediation conference.
(a)	The Commissioner may adopt rules, in addition to the provisions of this section and that are not in conflict with G.S. 7A‑38.1 or the Rules Implementing Statewide Mediated Settlement Conferences in Superior Court Civil Actions adopted by the Supreme Court of North Carolina pursuant to G.S. 7A‑38.1 and G.S. 7A‑38.2, for the conduct of mediation conferences under this Part. The rules adopted by the Commissioner shall include a requirement of the mediator to advise the parties of the mediation process and their rights and duties in the process.
(b)	Repealed by Session Laws 2007‑300, s. 4, effective October 1, 2007, and applicable to policies issued or renewed on or after that date.
(c)	The mediator shall terminate the negotiations if the mediator determines that either party is unable or unwilling to participate meaningfully in the process or upon mutual agreement of the parties.
(d)	Repealed by Session Laws 2007‑300, s. 4, effective October 1, 2007, and applicable to policies issued or renewed on or after that date.
(e)	The representative of the insurer attending the conference shall:
(1)	Bring, in paper or electronic medium, a copy of the policy and the entire claims file to the conference.
(2)	Know the facts and circumstances of the claim and be knowledgeable of the provisions of the policy.
(f)	An insurer will be deemed to have failed to appear if the insurer's representative lacks authority to settle within the limits of the policy.
(g)	The mediator shall be in charge of the conference and shall establish and describe the procedures to be followed. The mediator shall conduct the conference in accordance with the Standards of Professional Conduct for Mediators adopted by the Supreme Court of North Carolina and, where not inconsistent, with the Rules Implementing Statewide Mediated Settlement Conferences in Superior Court Civil Actions adopted by the Supreme Court of North Carolina pursuant to G.S. 7A‑38.1 and G.S. 7A‑38.2. The Commissioner may refer any matter regarding the conduct of any mediator to the North Carolina Dispute Resolution Commission.
(h)	All statements made and documents produced at a settlement conference shall be deemed settlement negotiations in anticipation of litigation. The provisions of G.S. 7A‑38.1(j), (l), and (m) apply and are incorporated into this Part by reference. If the Commissioner or an employee or designee of the Commissioner attends a settlement conference, the Commissioner, employee, or designee shall not be compelled to testify about what transpired at the settlement conference or about any other matter in connection with the settlement conference.
(i)	A party may move to disqualify a mediator for good cause at any time. The request shall be directed to the Administrator if the grounds are known before the mediation conference. Good cause consists of conflict of interest between a party and the mediator, inability of the mediator to handle the conference competently, or other reasons that would reasonably be expected to impair the conference. (2006‑145, s. 1; 2007‑300, s. 4.)

§ 58‑44‑105.  Post mediation.
(a)	Within five days after the conclusion of the conference, the mediator shall file with the Administrator a mediator's status report, on a form prescribed by the Administrator, indicating whether or not the parties reached a settlement.
(b)	Mediation is nonbinding unless all the parties specifically agree otherwise in writing.
(c)	If the parties reach a settlement, the mediator shall include a copy of the settlement agreement with the status report. Within three business days after the conclusion of the conference, the insurer shall disburse the settlement funds in accordance with the terms of the settlement agreement. The insured has three business days after receipt of the settlement funds within which to notify the Commissioner and the insurer of the insured's decision to rescind the settlement agreement, as long as the insured has not received the settlement funds by electronic means or has not cashed or deposited any check or draft disbursed to the insured in payment of the settlement funds.
(d)	If a settlement agreement is reached and is not rescinded, it shall act as a release of all specific claims that were presented in the conference. Any subsequent claim under the policy shall be presented as a separate claim. (2006‑145, s. 1.)

§ 58‑44‑110.  Nonparticipation in mediation program.
If the insured decides not to participate in this program or if the parties are unsuccessful at resolving the claim, the insured may choose to proceed under the appraisal process set forth in the insurance policy, by litigation, or by any other dispute resolution procedure available under North Carolina law. (2006‑145, s. 1.)

§ 58‑44‑115.  Commissioner's review.
If the insured rescinds a settlement agreement in accordance with G.S. 58‑44‑105(c), the Commissioner may review the settlement agreement to determine if the agreement was fair to the parties to the agreement. If the Commissioner, upon review and within 10 business days after receiving notice of the rescission, deems that it was fair to the parties, the insured, upon notice from the Commissioner, may withdraw the rescission within five business days after receipt of notice from the Commissioner and reinstate the settlement agreement as if no rescission had taken place. The Commissioner's review and findings shall not be offered or accepted as evidence in any subsequent proceedings. (2006‑145, s. 1.)

§ 58‑44‑120.  Relation to Administrative Procedure Act.
The applicable provisions of Chapter 150B of the General Statutes shall govern issues relating to mediation that are not addressed in this Part. The provisions of this Part shall govern in the event of any conflict with Chapter 150B of the General Statutes. (2006‑145, s. 1.)

Article 44A.
Portable Electronics Insurance.
§ 58‑44A‑1.  Definitions.
As used in this Article, the following definitions apply:
(1)	Customer. – A person who purchases portable electronics or services.
(2)	Enrolled customer. – A customer who elects coverage under a portable electronics insurance policy issued to a vendor of portable electronics.
(3)	Location. – Any physical location in the State of North Carolina or any Web site, call center site, or similar location directed to residents of the State of North Carolina.
(4)	Portable electronics. – Electronic devices that are portable in nature, their accessories, and services related to the use of the device.
(5)	Portable electronics insurance. – Insurance providing coverage for the repair or replacement of portable electronics which may provide coverage for portable electronics against any one or more of the following causes of loss: (i) loss, (ii) theft, and (iii) inoperability due to mechanical failure, malfunction, damage, or other similar causes of loss. The term does not include the following:
a.	A service contract or extended warranty providing coverage limited to the repair, replacement, or maintenance of property for the operational or structural failure of the property due to a defect in materials, workmanship, accidental damage from handling, power surges, or normal wear and tear.
b.	A policy of insurance covering a seller's or a manufacturer's obligations under a warranty.
c.	A homeowner's, renter's, private passenger automobile, commercial multiperil, or similar policy.
(6)	Portable electronics transaction. – Either of the following:
a.	The sale or lease of portable electronics by a vendor to a customer.
b.	The sale of a service related to the use of portable electronics by a vendor to a customer.
(7)	Supervising entity. – A business entity that is a licensed insurer or insurance producer.
(8)	Vendor. – A person in the business of engaging in portable electronics transactions directly or indirectly.  (2011‑225, s. 1.)

§ 58‑44A‑5.  Licensure of vendors.
(a)	A vendor is required to hold a limited lines license to sell or offer coverage under a policy of portable electronics insurance.
(b)	A limited lines license issued under this section shall authorize any employee or authorized representative of the vendor to sell or offer coverage under a policy of portable electronics insurance to a customer at each location at which the vendor engages in portable electronics transactions.
(c)	Notwithstanding any other provision of law, a license issued pursuant to this section shall authorize the licensee and its employees or authorized representatives to engage in those activities that are permitted in this section.  (2011‑225, s. 1.)

§ 58‑44A‑10.  Requirements for sale of portable electronics insurance.
(a)	At every location where portable electronics insurance is offered to customers, brochures or other written materials shall be made available to a prospective customer. Those materials shall do the following:
(1)	Disclose that portable electronics insurance may provide a duplication of coverage already provided by a customer's homeowner's insurance policy, renter's insurance policy, or other source of coverage.
(2)	State that the enrollment by the customer in a portable electronics insurance program is not required in order to purchase or lease portable electronics or services.
(3)	Summarize the material terms of the insurance coverage, including:
a.	The identity of the insurer.
b.	The identity of the supervising entity.
c.	The amount of any applicable deductible and how it is to be paid.
d.	Benefits of the coverage.
e.	Key terms and conditions of coverage, such as whether portable electronics may be repaired or replaced with similar make and model reconditioned or nonoriginal manufacturer parts or equipment.
(4)	Summarize the process for filing a claim, including a description of how to return portable electronics and the maximum fee applicable in the event the enrolled customer fails to comply with any equipment return requirements.
(5)	State that the enrolled customer may cancel enrollment for coverage under a portable electronics insurance policy at any time and the person paying the premium shall receive a refund of any applicable unearned premium.
(b)	Portable electronics insurance may be offered on a month‑to‑month or other periodic basis as a group or master commercial inland marine policy issued to a vendor of portable electronics for its enrolled customers.
(c)	Eligibility and underwriting standards for customers electing to enroll in coverage shall be established for each portable electronics insurance program.
(d)	The terms of the termination or modification of coverage under a policy of portable electronic insurance offered in compliance with this section shall be as set forth in the policy.
(e)	Notices and correspondence may be sent either by mail or by electronic means as set forth in this subsection. The consumer may provide an electronic mail address to the insurer or vendor of portable electronics which shall be considered to be the consumer's consent to receive notices and correspondence by electronic means so long as a disclosure to that effect is provided to the consumer within 30 days following the purchase of the portable electronics insurance.  (2011‑225, s. 1; 2018‑120, s. 4.5.)

§ 58‑44A‑15.  Authority of vendors of portable electronics.
(a)	The employees and authorized representatives of vendors may sell or offer portable electronics insurance to customers and shall not be subject to licensure as an insurance producer under this Chapter provided that the following are true:
(1)	The vendor obtains a limited lines license to authorize its employees or authorized representatives to sell or offer portable electronics insurance pursuant to this section.
(2)	The insurer issuing the portable electronics insurance either directly supervises or appoints a supervising entity to supervise the administration of the program, including development of a training program for employees and authorized representatives of the vendors. The training required by this subdivision shall comply with the following:
a.	The training shall be delivered to employees and authorized representatives of a vendor who are directly engaged in the activity of selling or offering portable electronics insurance.
b.	The training may be provided in electronic form. If conducted in an electronic form, the supervising entity shall implement a supplemental education program regarding portable electronics insurance that is conducted and overseen by licensed employees of the supervising entity.
c.	Each employee and authorized representative shall receive basic instruction about the portable electronics insurance offered to customers and the disclosures required under G.S. 58‑44A‑10.
(3)	No employee or authorized representative of a vendor of portable electronics shall advertise, represent, or otherwise hold himself or herself out as a non‑limited lines licensed insurance producer.
(b)	The charges for portable electronics insurance coverage may be billed and collected by the vendor of portable electronics. Any charge to the enrolled customer for coverage that is not included in the cost associated with the purchase or lease of portable electronics or related services shall be separately itemized on the enrolled customer's bill. If the portable electronics insurance coverage is included with the purchase or lease of portable electronics or related services, the vendor shall clearly and conspicuously disclose to the enrolled customer that the portable electronics insurance coverage is included with the portable electronics or related services. Vendors billing and collecting such charges shall not be required to maintain such funds in a segregated account, provided that the vendor is authorized by the insurer to hold such funds in an alternative manner and remits such amounts to the supervising entity within 60 days of receipt. All funds received by a vendor from an enrolled customer for the sale of portable electronics insurance shall be considered funds held in trust by the vendor in a fiduciary capacity for the benefit of the insurer. Vendors may receive compensation for billing and collection services in accordance with G.S. 58‑33‑85.  (2011‑225, s. 1.)

§ 58‑44A‑20.  Suspension or revocation of license.
If a vendor of portable electronics or its employee or authorized representative violates any provision of this section, the Commissioner may do any of the following:
(1)	Revoke or suspend a limited lines license issued under this Part [Article] in accordance with the provisions of G.S. 58‑33‑46.
(2)	After notice and hearing, impose other penalties, including suspending the transaction of insurance at specific locations where violations of this Article have occurred, as the Commissioner deems necessary and reasonable to carry out the purpose of this Article.  (2011‑225, s. 1.)

§ 58‑44A‑25.  Application for license.
The prerequisites for issuance of a limited lines license under this Article are the filing with the Commissioner of the following:
(1)	A license application, signed by an officer of the applicant, for the limited lines license in such form or forms, and supplements thereto, and containing such information, as the Commissioner may prescribe.
(2)	A certificate by the insurer that is to be named in such limited lines license, stating that it has satisfied itself that the named applicant is trustworthy and competent to act as its insurance agent for this limited purpose and that the insurer will appoint such applicant to act as the agent in reference to the kinds of insurance as are permitted by this section, if the limited lines license applied for is issued by the Commissioner. Such certificate shall be subscribed to by an officer or managing agent of such insurer and affirmed as true under the penalties of perjury.  (2011‑225, s. 1.)

Article 44B.
Travel Insurance.
§ 58‑44B‑1.  Scope and purpose.
(a)	The purpose of this Article is to create a comprehensive legal framework within which travel insurance may be sold in this State.
(b)	The requirements of this Article shall apply to travel insurance which covers any resident of this State and is sold, solicited, negotiated, or offered in this State and where policies and certificates are delivered or issued for delivery in this State. It shall not apply to cancellation fee waivers and travel assistance services, except as expressly provided herein.
(c)	All other applicable provisions of this Chapter shall continue to apply to travel insurance except that (i) the specific provisions of this Article shall supersede any general provisions of law that would otherwise be applicable to travel insurance and (ii) in the event of a conflict between this Article and other provisions of this Chapter regarding the sale and marketing of travel insurance and travel protection plans, the provisions of this Article shall control.  (2019‑128, s. 2.)

§ 58‑44B‑5.  Definitions.
As used in this Article, in addition to the definitions in G.S. 58‑33‑19, the following definitions apply:
(1)	Aggregator site. – A Web site that provides access to information regarding insurance products from more than one insurer, including product and insurer information, for use in comparison shopping.
(2)	Blanket travel insurance. – A policy of travel insurance issued to any eligible group providing coverage for specific classes of persons defined in the policy with coverage provided to all members of the eligible group without a separate charge to individual members of the eligible group.
(3)	Cancellation fee waiver. – A contractual agreement between a supplier of travel services and its customer to waive some or all of the non‑refundable cancellation fee provisions of the supplier's underlying travel contract with or without regard to the reason for the cancellation or form of reimbursement. A cancellation fee waiver is not insurance.
(4)	Eligible group. – Solely for the purposes of travel insurance, two or more persons who are engaged in a common enterprise, or have an economic, educational, or social affinity or relationship, including any of the following:
a.	Any entity engaged in the business of providing travel or travel services, including tour operators, lodging providers, vacation property owners, hotels and resorts, travel clubs, travel agencies, property managers, cultural exchange programs, and common carriers, or the operator, owner, or lessor of a means of transportation of passengers, including airlines, cruise lines, railroads, steamship companies, and public bus carriers, wherein with regard to any particular travel or type of travel or travelers, all members or customers of the group must have a common exposure to risk attendant to such travel.
b.	Any college, school, or other institution of learning covering students, teachers, or employees or volunteers.
c.	Any employer covering any group of employees, volunteers, contractors, board of directors, dependents, or guests.
d.	Any sports team, camp, or sponsor thereof covering participants, members, campers, employees, officials, supervisors, or volunteers.
e.	Any religious, charitable, recreational, educational, or civic organization or branch thereof covering any group of members, participants, or volunteers.
f.	Any financial institution or financial institution vendor, or parent holding company, trustee, or agent of or designated by one or more financial institutions or financial institution vendors, including accountholders, credit card holders, debtors, guarantors, or purchasers.
g.	Any incorporated or unincorporated association, including labor unions, having a common interest, constitution, and bylaws, and organized and maintained in good faith for purposes other than obtaining insurance for members or participants of such association covering its members.
h.	Any trust or the trustees of a fund established, created or maintained for the benefit of and covering members, employees, or customers, subject to the Commissioner's permitting the use of a trust and the State's premium tax provisions in G.S. 58‑44B‑10 of one or more associations meeting the above requirements of sub‑subdivision g. of this subdivision.
i.	Any entertainment production company covering any group of participants, volunteers, audience members, contestants, or workers.
j.	Any volunteer fire department, ambulance, rescue, police, court, or any first aid, civil defense, or other such volunteer group.
k.	Preschools, daycare institutions for children or adults, and senior citizen clubs.
l.	Any automobile or truck rental or leasing company covering a group of individuals who may become renters, lessees, or passengers defined by their travel status on the rented or leased vehicles. The common carrier, the operator, owner, or lessor of a means of transportation, or the automobile or truck rental or leasing company, is the policyholder under a policy to which this section applies.
m.	Any other group where the Commissioner has determined that the members are engaged in a common enterprise, or have an economic, educational, or social affinity or relationship, and that issuance of the policy would not be contrary to the public interest.
(5)	Fulfillment materials. – Documentation sent to the purchaser of a travel protection plan confirming the purchase and providing the travel protection plan's coverage and assistance details.
(6)	Group travel insurance. – Travel insurance issued to any eligible group.
(7)	Primary certificate holder. – Specific to G.S. 58‑44B‑10, an individual person who elects and purchases travel insurance under a group policy.
(8)	Primary policyholder. – Specific to G.S. 58‑44B‑10, an individual person who elects and purchases individual travel insurance.
(9)	Travel administrator. – A person who directly or indirectly underwrites, collects, or charges collateral, or premiums from, or adjusts or settles claims on residents of this State, in connection with travel insurance, except that a person shall not be considered a travel administrator if that person's only actions that would otherwise cause it to be considered a travel administrator are among the following:
a.	A person working for a travel administrator to the extent that the person's activities are subject to the supervision and control of the travel administrator.
b.	An insurance producer selling insurance or engaged in administrative and claims related activities within the scope of the producer's license.
c.	A travel retailer offering and disseminating travel insurance and registered under the license of a limited lines travel insurance producer in accordance with this Article.
d.	An individual adjusting or settling claims in the normal course of that individual's practice or employment as an attorney at law and who does not collect charges or premiums in connection with insurance coverage.
e.	A business entity that is affiliated with a licensed insurer while acting as a travel administrator for the direct and assumed insurance business of an affiliated insurer.
(10)	Travel assistance services. – Non‑insurance services for which the consumer is not indemnified based on a fortuitous event, and where providing the service does not result in the transfer or shifting of risk that would constitute the business of insurance. Travel assistance services may include security advisories, destination information, vaccination and immunization information services, travel reservation services, entertainment, activity and event planning, translation assistance, emergency messaging, international legal and medical referrals, medical case monitoring, coordination of transportation arrangements, emergency cash transfer assistance, medical prescription replacement assistance, passport and travel document replacement assistance, lost luggage assistance, concierge services, and any other service that is furnished in connection with planned travel. Travel assistance services are not insurance and not related to insurance.
(11)	Travel insurer. – An insurer as defined in G.S. 58‑1‑5 engaging in the business of travel insurance.
(12)	Travel protection plans. – Plans that provide one or more of the following: travel insurance, travel assistance services, and cancellation fee waivers.
(13)	Travel retailer. – As defined in G.S. 58‑33‑19.  (2019‑128, s. 2.)

§ 58‑44B‑10.  Premium tax.
(a)	A travel insurer shall pay premium tax, as provided in G.S. 105‑228.5, on travel insurance premiums paid by any of the following:
(1)	An individual primary policyholder who is a resident of this State.
(2)	A primary certificate holder who is a resident of this State who elects coverage under a group travel insurance policy.
(3)	A blanket travel insurance policyholder that is a resident in, or has its principal place of business or the principal place of business of an affiliate or subsidiary that has purchased blanket travel insurance in, this State for eligible blanket group members, subject to any apportionment rules which apply to the insurer across multiple taxing jurisdictions or that permits the insurer to allocate premium on an apportioned basis in a reasonable and equitable manner in those jurisdictions.
(b)	A travel insurer shall do all of the following:
(1)	Document the state of residence or principal place of business of the policyholder or certificate holder, as required in subsection (a) of this section.
(2)	Report as premium only the amount allocable to travel insurance and not any amounts received for travel assistance services or cancellation fee waivers.  (2019‑128, s. 2.)

§ 58‑44B‑15.  Travel protection plans.
Travel protection plans may be offered for one price for the combined permitted features as defined in G.S. 58‑44B‑5 if the plan meets the following requirements:
(1)	The travel protection plan clearly discloses to the consumer at or prior to the time of purchase that it includes travel insurance, travel assistance services, and cancellation fee waivers as applicable, and provides information and an opportunity at or prior to the time of purchase for the consumer to obtain additional information regarding the features and pricing of each.
(2)	The fulfillment materials shall do all of the following:
a.	Describe and delineate the travel insurance, travel assistance services, and cancellation fee waivers in the travel protection plan.
b.	Include the travel insurance disclosures and the contact information for persons providing travel assistance services and cancellation fee waivers, as applicable.
c.	Comply with the provisions of G.S. 58‑44B‑20(c)(2).
d.	Advise the policyholder to read the policy, certificate of insurance, and other documents to be informed of the plan's terms, conditions, and coverage and assistance details.
e.	Provide contact information for the company.  (2019‑128, s. 2; 2022‑46, s. 12.)

§ 58‑44B‑20.  Sales practices.
(a)	All persons offering travel insurance to residents of this State are subject to Article 63 of this Chapter, except as otherwise provided in this section.
(b)	Offering or selling a travel insurance policy that could never result in payment of any claims for any insured under the policy is an unfair trade practice under Article 63 of this Chapter.
(c)	The following requirements apply to the marketing of travel insurance:
(1)	All documents, sales materials, advertising materials, and marketing materials provided to consumers prior to the purchase of travel insurance shall be consistent with the travel insurance policy itself including forms, endorsements, policies, rate filings, and certificates of insurance.
(2)	For travel insurance policies or certificates that contain pre‑existing condition exclusions, information and an opportunity to learn more about the pre‑existing condition exclusions shall be provided any time prior to the time of purchase and in the coverage's fulfillment materials.
(3)	The fulfillment materials and the information described in G.S. 58‑33‑19(c)(1) shall be provided to a policyholder or certificate holder as soon as practicable following the purchase of a travel protection plan. Unless the insured has either started a covered trip or filed a claim under the travel insurance coverage, a policyholder or certificate holder may cancel a policy or certificate for a full refund of the travel protection plan price from the date of purchase of a travel protection plan until at least the earlier of the following:
a.	Fifteen days following the date of delivery of the travel protection plan's fulfillment materials by postal mail.
b.	Ten days following the date of delivery of the travel protection plan's fulfillment materials by means other than postal mail.
For the purposes of this subdivision, delivery means handing fulfillment materials to the policyholder or certificate holder or sending fulfillment materials by postal mail or electronic means to the policyholder or certificate holder.
(4)	The company shall disclose in the policy documentation and fulfillment materials whether the travel insurance is primary or secondary to other applicable coverage.
(5)	Where travel insurance is marketed directly to a consumer through an insurer's Web site or by others through an aggregator site, it shall not be an unfair trade practice or other violation of law to provide an accurate summary or short description of coverage on the Web page, so long as the consumer has access to the full provisions of the policy through electronic means.
(d)	No person offering, soliciting, or negotiating travel insurance or travel protection plans on an individual or group basis may do so by using negative option or opt out, which would require a consumer to take an affirmative action to deselect coverage such as unchecking a box on an electronic form when the consumer purchases a trip.
(e)	It shall be an unfair trade practice to market blanket travel insurance coverage as free.
(f)	Where a consumer's destination jurisdiction requires insurance coverage, it shall not be an unfair trade practice to require that a consumer choose between the following options as a condition of purchasing a trip or travel package:
(1)	Purchasing the coverage required by the destination jurisdiction through the travel retailer or limited lines travel insurance producer supplying the trip or travel package.
(2)	Agreeing to obtain and provide proof of coverage that meets the destination jurisdiction's requirements prior to departure.  (2019‑128, s. 2.)

§ 58‑44B‑25.  Travel administrators.
(a)	Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Chapter, no person shall act or represent himself or herself as a travel administrator for travel insurance in this State unless that person:
(1)	Is a licensed property and casualty insurance producer in this State for activities permitted under that producer license.
(2)	Holds a valid managing general agent license in this State.
(3)	Holds a valid third‑party administrator license in this State.
(b)	A travel administrator and his or her employees are exempt from the licensing requirements of G.S. 58‑33‑19 for travel insurance he or she administers.
(c)	An insurer is responsible for the acts of a travel administrator administering travel insurance underwritten by the insurer and is responsible for ensuring that the travel administrator maintains all books and records relevant to the insurer to be made available by the travel administrator to the Commissioner upon request.  (2019‑128, s. 2.)

§ 58‑44B‑30.  Policy.
(a)	Notwithstanding any other provision of this Chapter, travel insurance shall be classified and filed for purposes of rates and forms under an inland marine line of insurance, provided, however, that travel insurance that provides coverage for sickness, accident, disability, or death occurring during travel, either exclusively or in conjunction with related coverages of emergency evacuation, repatriation of remains, or incidental limited property and casualty benefits such as baggage or trip cancellation, may be filed by an authorized insurer under either an accident and health line of insurance or an inland marine line of insurance.
(b)	Eligibility and underwriting standards for travel insurance may be developed and provided based on travel protection plans designed for individual or identified marketing or distribution channels, provided those standards also meet the State's underwriting standards for inland marine.
(c)	Travel insurance may be provided in the form of an individual, group, or blanket policy.  (2019‑128, s. 2.)

§ 58‑44B‑35.  Rule‑making authority.
The Commissioner may issue rules to implement the provisions of this Article.  (2019‑128, s. 2.)

Article 45.
Essential Property Insurance for Beach Area Property.
§ 58‑45‑1.  Declarations and purpose of Article.
(a)	It is hereby declared by the General Assembly of North Carolina that an adequate market for essential property insurance is necessary to the economic welfare of the beach and coastal areas of the State of North Carolina and that without such insurance the orderly growth and development of those areas would be severely impeded; that furthermore, adequate insurance upon property in the beach and coastal areas is necessary to enable homeowners and commercial owners to obtain financing for the purchase and improvement of their property; and that while the need for such insurance is increasing, the market for such insurance is not adequate and is likely to become less adequate in the future; and that the present plans to provide adequate insurance on property in the beach and coastal areas, while deserving praise, have not been sufficient to meet the needs of this area. It is further declared that the State has an obligation to provide an equitable method whereby every licensed insurer writing essential property insurance in North Carolina is required to meet its public responsibility instead of shifting the burden to a few willing and public‑spirited insurers. It is the purpose of this Article to accept this obligation and to provide a mandatory program to assure an adequate market for essential property insurance in the beach and coastal areas of North Carolina.
(b)	The General Assembly further declares that it is its intent in creating and, from time to time, amending this Article that the market provided by this Article not be the first market of choice, but the market of last resort.
(c)	It is the intent of the General Assembly that except for North Carolina gross premium taxes and the fire and lightning tax, the activities of the Association be exempt from State and federal taxation to the fullest extent permitted by law.  (1967, c. 1111, s. 1; 1969, c. 249; 1979, c. 601, s. 1; 1997‑498, s. 9; 2009‑472, s. 1.)

§ 58‑45‑5.  Definition of terms.
As used in this Article, unless the context clearly otherwise requires:
(1)	Association. – The North Carolina Insurance Underwriting Association established under this Article.
(2)	Beach area. – All of that area of the State of North Carolina south and east of the inland waterway from the South Carolina line to Fort Macon (Beaufort Inlet); thence south and east of Core, Pamlico, Roanoke and Currituck sounds to the Virginia line, being those portions of land generally known as the Outer Banks.
(2a)	Catastrophe recovery charge. – Any charge collected by member insurers from policyholders statewide, including any charge collected by the Association and Fair Plan from their policyholders, upon issuance or renewal of residential and commercial property insurance policies, other than National Flood Insurance policies, after a deficit event has occurred as provided in G.S. 58‑45‑47. The amount of the catastrophe recovery charge collected in a particular year shall not exceed an aggregate amount of ten percent (10%) of policy premium. The catastrophe recovery charge shall be limited to the recovery of losses resulting from claims for property damage, allocated loss expenses, and actual costs and expenses directly resulting from the catastrophe recovery charge plan.
(2b)	Coastal area. – All of that area of the State of North Carolina comprising the following counties: Beaufort, Brunswick, Camden, Carteret, Chowan, Craven, Currituck, Dare, Hyde, Jones, New Hanover, Onslow, Pamlico, Pasquotank, Pender, Perquimans, Tyrrell, and Washington. "Coastal area" does not include the portions of these counties that lie within the beach area.
(2c)	Coastal Property Insurance Pool. – The name of which was formerly known as "the Beach Plan" and which is governed by the North Carolina Insurance Underwriting Association. All references to "the Beach Plan" shall mean the Coastal Property Insurance Pool, which is the market of last resort provided by the Association to the beach area and the coastal area.
(3)	Repealed by Session Laws 1991, c. 720, s. 6.
(3a)	Crime insurance. – Insurance against losses resulting from robbery, burglary, larceny, and similar crimes, as more specifically defined and limited in the various crime insurance policies, or their successor forms of coverage, approved by the Commissioner and issued by the Association. Such policies shall not be more restrictive than those issued under the Federal Crime Insurance Program authorized by Public Law 91‑609.
(3b)	Directors. – The Board of Directors of the Association.
(4)	Essential property insurance. – Insurance against direct loss to property as defined in the standard statutory fire policy and extended coverage, vandalism and malicious mischief endorsements thereon, or their successor forms of coverage, as approved by the Commissioner.
(5)	Insurable property. – Real property at fixed locations in the beach and coastal area, including travel trailers when tied down at a fixed location, or the tangible personal property located therein, but shall not include insurance on motor vehicles; which property is determined by the Association, after inspection and under the criteria specified in the plan of operation, to be in an insurable condition. However, any one and two family dwellings built in substantial accordance with the Federal Manufactured Home Construction and Safety Standards, any predecessor or successor federal or State construction or safety standards, and any further construction or safety standards promulgated by the association and approved by the Commissioner, or the North Carolina Uniform Residential Building Code and any structure or building built in substantial compliance with the North Carolina State Building Code, including the design‑wind requirements, which is not otherwise rendered uninsurable by reason of use or occupancy, shall be an insurable risk within the meaning of this Article. However, none of the following factors shall be considered in determining insurable condition: neighborhood, area, location, environmental hazards beyond the control of the applicant or owner of the property. Also, any structure begun on or after January 1, 1970, not built in substantial compliance with the Federal Manufactured Home Construction and Safety Standards, any predecessor or successor federal or State construction or safety standards, and any further construction or safety standards promulgated by the association and approved by the Commissioner, or the North Carolina Uniform Residential Building Code or the North Carolina State Building Code, including the design‑wind requirements therein, shall not be an insurable risk. The owner or applicant shall furnish with the application proof in the form of a certificate from a local building inspector, contractor, engineer or architect that the structure is built in substantial accordance with the Federal Manufactured Home Construction and Safety Standards, any predecessor or successor federal or State construction or safety standards, and any further construction or safety standards promulgated by the association and approved by the Commissioner, or the North Carolina Uniform Residential Building Code or the North Carolina State Building Code; however, an individual certificate shall not be necessary where the structure is located within a political subdivision which has certified to the Association on an annual basis that it is enforcing the North Carolina Uniform Residential Building Code or the North Carolina State Building Code and has no plans to discontinue enforcing these codes during that year.
(6)	Repealed by Session Laws 1995 (Regular Session, 1996), c. 592, s. 2.
(6a)	Named storm. – A weather‑related event involving wind that has been assigned a formal name by the National Hurricane Center, National Weather Service, World Meteorological Association, or any other generally recognized scientific or meteorological association that provides formal names for public use and reference. A named storm includes hurricanes, tropical depressions, and tropical storms.
(6b)	Net direct premiums. – Gross direct premiums (excluding reinsurance assumed and ceded) written on property in this State for essential property insurance, farmowners insurance, homeowners insurance, and the property portion of commercial multiple peril insurance policies as computed by the Commissioner, less:
a.	Return premiums on uncancelled contracts;
b.	Dividends paid or credited to policyholders; and
c.	The unused or unabsorbed portion of premium deposits.
(6c)	Nonrecoupable assessment. – Any assessment levied on and payable by members of the Association that is not directly recoverable from policyholders. Prospective exposure to nonrecoupable assessments shall be considered as an appropriate factor in the making of rates by the North Carolina Rate Bureau.
(7)	Plan of operation. – The plan of operation of the Association approved or promulgated by the Commissioner under this Article.
(8)	Voluntary market. – Insurance written voluntarily by companies other than through this Article or Article 46 of this Chapter.
(9)	Voluntary market rates. – Property insurance rates determined or permitted under Article 36, 40, or 41 of this Chapter.  (1967, c. 1111, s. 1; 1969, c. 249; 1979, c. 601, ss. 2, 3; 1985, c. 516, s. 1; 1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1027, ss. 21, 25; 1987 (Reg. Sess., 1988), c. 975, ss. 18, 19; 1991, c. 720, ss. 4, 6; 1991 (Reg. Sess., 1992), c. 784, s. 4; 1995 (Reg. Sess., 1996), c. 592, s. 2; 1997‑498, s. 1; 2009‑472, s. 1.)

§ 58‑45‑6.  Persons who can be insured by the Association.
As used in this Article, "person" includes the State of North Carolina and any county, city, or other political subdivision of the State of North Carolina. (2000‑122, s. 5; 2002‑187, s. 1.4.)

§ 58‑45‑10.  North Carolina Insurance Underwriting Association created.
There is hereby created the North Carolina Insurance Underwriting Association, consisting of all insurers authorized to write and engage in writing within this State, on a direct basis, essential property insurance, except town and county mutual insurance associations and assessable mutual companies as authorized by G.S. 58‑7‑75(5)b, 58‑7‑75(5)d, and 58‑7‑75(7)b and except an insurer who only writes insurance in this State on property exempted from taxation by the provisions of G.S. 105‑278.1 through G.S. 105‑278.8. Every such insurer shall be a member of the Association and shall remain a member of the Association so long as the Association is in existence as a condition of its authority to continue to transact the business of insurance in this State. (1967, c. 1111, s. 1; 1969, c. 249; 1971, c. 1067, s. 2; 1987 (Reg. Sess., 1988), c. 975, s. 20; 1998‑211, s. 6.)

§ 58‑45‑15.  Powers and duties of Association.
The Association shall, pursuant to the provisions of this Article and the plan of operation, and with respect to the insurance coverages authorized in this Article, have the power on behalf of its members:
(1)	To cause to be issued policies of insurance to applicants.
(2)	To assume reinsurance from its members.
(3)	To cede reinsurance to its members and to purchase reinsurance in behalf of its members.
(4)	To pledge the proceeds of assessments, projected reinsurance recoveries, other recoverables, and any other funds available to the Association as the source of revenue for and to secure lines of credit or other borrowings or financing arrangements necessary to fund any actual, projected, or future deficits of the Association, including borrowing from member companies.
(5)	To publish in the North Carolina Register all homeowners' rate filings with the Department of Insurance.
(6)	To provide grants for mitigation of risk of loss to policyholders with premiums, funds appropriated to the Association for that purpose by the General Assembly, or funds donated or granted to the Association.  (1967, c. 1111, s. 1; 1969, c. 249; 1999‑114, s. 7; 2009‑472, s. 1; 2021‑180, s. 5.9(j).)

§ 58‑45‑20.  Temporary directors of Association.
Within 10 days after April 17, 1969, the Commissioner shall appoint a temporary board of directors of this Association, which shall consist of 11 representatives of members of the Association. Such temporary board of directors shall prepare and submit a plan of operation in accordance with G.S. 58‑45‑30 and shall serve until the permanent board of directors shall take office in accordance with said plan of operation. (1967, c. 1111, s. 1; 1969, c. 249.)

§ 58‑45‑25.  Each member of Association to participate in nonrecoupable assessments.
(a)	Subject to the limitations contained in G.S. 58‑45‑47, each member of the Association shall participate in the nonrecoupable assessments levied by the Association in the proportion that its net direct premium written in this State during the preceding calendar year for residential and commercial properties outside of the beach and coastal areas bears to the aggregate net direct premiums written in this State during the preceding calendar year for residential and commercial properties outside of the beach and coastal areas by all members of the Association, as certified to the Association by the Commissioner. The Commissioner shall certify each member's participation after review of annual statements and any other reports and data necessary to determine participation and may obtain any necessary information or data from any member of the Association for this purpose. Any insurer that is authorized to write and that is engaged in writing any insurance, the writing of which requires the insurer to be a member of the Association under G.S. 58‑45‑10, shall become a member of the Association on the first day of January after authorization. The determination of the insurer's participation in the Association shall be made as of the date of membership of the insurer in the same manner as for all other members of the Association.
(b)	All member companies shall receive credit each year for essential property insurance, farmowners insurance, homeowners insurance, and the property portion of commercial multiple peril policies voluntarily written in the beach and coastal areas in accordance with guidelines and procedures to be submitted by the Directors to the Commissioner for approval. Such credits also shall apply to any nonrecoupable assessments levied pursuant to G.S. 58‑45‑47. The participation of each member company in the nonrecoupable assessments levied by the Association shall be reduced accordingly; provided, no credit shall be given where coverage for the peril of wind has been excluded. The guidelines and procedures for granting credit shall encourage and assist each member company to voluntarily write these coverages in the beach and coastal areas for commercial and residential properties.
(b1)	The accumulated surplus of the Association shall be retained from year to year and used to pay losses, reinsurance costs, and other operating expenses as necessary. No member company shall be entitled to the distribution of any portion of the Association's surplus, except pursuant to judgments entered prior to August 26, 2009.
(b2)	The premiums, surplus, assessments, investment income, and other revenue of the Association are funds received for the sole purpose of providing insurance coverage, paying claims for Association policyholders, purchasing reinsurance, securing and repaying debt obligations issued by the Association, and conducting all other activities of the Association, as required or permitted by this Article. Accumulated surplus shall not be removed from the Association or used for other purposes except pursuant to judgments entered prior to August 26, 2009.
(c)	The North Carolina Insurance Underwriting Association shall use the "take out" program, as filed with and approved by the Commissioner, in the coastal area.  (1967, c. 1111, s. 1; 1969, c. 249; 1991, c. 720, s. 58; 1995 (Reg. Sess., 1996), c. 592, s. 1; 1997‑498, s. 2; 2009‑472, s. 1.)

§ 58‑45‑30.  Directors to submit plan of operation to Commissioner; review and approval; amendments; appeal from Commissioner to superior court.
(a)	The Directors shall submit to the Commissioner for his review and approval, a proposed plan of operation. The plan shall set forth the number, qualifications, terms of office, and manner of election of the members of the board of directors, and shall grant proper credit annually to each member of the Association for essential property insurance, farmowners, homeowners insurance, and the property portion of commercial multiple peril policies voluntarily written in the beach and coastal areas and shall provide for the efficient, economical, fair and nondiscriminatory administration of the Association and for the prompt and efficient provision of essential property insurance in the beach and coastal areas of North Carolina to promote orderly community development in those areas and to provide means for the adequate maintenance and improvement of the property in those areas. The plan may include the establishment of necessary facilities; management of the Association; the assessment of members to defray losses and expenses; underwriting standards; procedures for the acceptance and cession of reinsurance; procedures for determining the amounts of insurance to be provided to specific risks; time limits and procedures for processing applications for insurance; and any other provisions that are considered necessary by the Commissioner to carry out the purposes of this Article.
(b)	The proposed plan and any amendments thereto shall be filed with the Commissioner and approved by him if he finds that such plan fulfills the purposes provided by G.S. 58‑45‑1. In the review of the proposed plan the Commissioner may, in his discretion, consult with the directors of the Association and may seek any further information which he deems necessary to his decision. If the Commissioner approves the proposed plan, he shall certify such approval to the directors and the plan shall become effective 10 days after such certification. If the Commissioner disapproves all or any part of the proposed plan of operation he shall return the same to the directors with his written statement for the reasons for disapproval and any recommendations he may wish to make. The directors may alter the plan in accordance with the Commissioner's recommendation or may within 30 days from the date of disapproval return a new plan to the Commissioner. Should the directors fail to submit a plan that meets the requirements of this Article or accept the recommendations of the Commissioner within 30 days after his disapproval of the plan, the Commissioner shall promulgate and place into effect a plan of operation that meets the requirements of this Article certifying the same to the directors of the Association. Any such plan promulgated by the Commissioner shall take effect 10 days after certification to the directors.
(c)	The directors of the Association may, subject to the approval of the Commissioner, amend the plan of operation at any time. The Commissioner may review the plan of operation at any time the Commissioner deems expedient or prudent, but not less than once in each calendar year. After review of the plan the Commissioner may amend the plan after consultation with the directors and upon certification to the directors of the amendment. Any order of the Commissioner with respect to the proposed plan of operation or any amendments thereto shall be subject to review upon petition by the Association as provided by G.S. 58‑2‑75.
(d)	As used in this subsection, "homeowners' insurance policy" means a multiperil policy providing full coverage of residential property similar to the coverage provided under an HO‑2, HO‑3, HO‑4, or HO‑6 policy under Article 36 of this Chapter. The Association shall issue, for principal residences, homeowners' insurance policies approved by the Commissioner. Homeowners' insurance policies shall be available to persons who reside in the beach and coastal areas who meet the Association's underwriting standards and who are unable to obtain homeowners' insurance policies from insurers that are authorized to transact and are actually writing homeowners' insurance policies in this State. The Association shall file for approval by the Commissioner underwriting standards to determine whether property is insurable. The standards shall reflect underwriting standards commonly used in the voluntary homeowners' insurance business. The terms and conditions of the homeowners' insurance policies available under this subsection shall not be more favorable than those of homeowners' insurance policies available in the voluntary market in beach and coastal counties.
(e)	The Association shall, subject to the Commissioner's approval or modification, provide in the plan of operation for coverage for appropriate classes of manufacturing risks.
(f)	As used in this section, "plan of operation" includes all written rules, practices, and procedures of the Association, except for staffing and personnel matters.  (1967, c. 1111, s. 1; 1969, c. 249; 1986, Ex. Sess., c. 7, s. 8; 1987, c. 731, s. 1; c. 864, s. 41; 1991, c. 720, s. 59; 1991 (Reg. Sess., 1992), c. 784, s. 5; 1997‑498, s. 3; 2002‑185, s. 2; 2003‑158, ss. 1, 3.1; 2009‑472, s. 1.)

§ 58‑45‑35.  Persons eligible to apply to Association for coverage; contents of application.
(a)	Any person having an insurable interest in insurable property, may, on or after the effective date of the plan of operation, be entitled to apply to the Association for such coverage and for an inspection of the property. An insurance producer authorized by the applicant may apply on the applicant's behalf. Each application shall contain a statement as to whether or not there are any unpaid premiums due from the applicant for essential property insurance on the property.
The term "insurable interest" as used in this subsection shall include any lawful and substantial economic interest in the safety or preservation of property from loss, destruction or pecuniary damage.
(b)	If the Association determines that the property is insurable and that there is no unpaid premium due from the applicant for prior insurance on the property, the Association, upon receipt of the premium, or part of the premium, as is prescribed in the plan of operation, shall cause to be issued a policy of essential property insurance and shall offer additional extended coverage, optional perils endorsements, business income and extra expense coverage, crime insurance, separate policies of windstorm and hail insurance, or their successor forms of coverage, for a term of one year or three years. Short term policies may also be issued. Any policy issued under this section shall be renewed, upon application, as long as the property is insurable property.
(b1)	If the Association determines that the property, for which application for a homeowners' policy is made, is insurable, that there is no unpaid premium due from the applicant for prior insurance on the property, and that the underwriting guidelines established by the Association and approved by the Commissioner are met, the Association, upon receipt of the premium, or part of the premium, as is prescribed in the plan of operation, shall cause to be issued a homeowners' insurance policy.
(c)	If the Association, for any reason, denies an application and refuses to cause to be issued an insurance policy on insurable property to any applicant or takes no action on an application within the time prescribed in the plan of operation, the applicant may appeal to the Commissioner and the Commissioner, or the Commissioner's designee from the Commissioner's staff, after reviewing the facts, may direct the Association to issue or cause to be issued an insurance policy to the applicant. In carrying out the Commissioner's duties under this section, the Commissioner may request, and the Association shall provide, any information the Commissioner deems necessary to a determination concerning the reason for the denial or delay of the application.
(d)	An insurance producer who is licensed under Article 33 of this Chapter and is appointed as an agent of a company which is a member of the Association established under this Article shall not be deemed an agent of the Association. The foregoing notwithstanding, an agent of a company which is a member of the Association shall have the authority, subject to the underwriting guidelines established by the Association, to temporarily bind coverage with the Association. The Association shall establish rules and procedures, including any limitations for binding authority, in the plan of operation.
Any unearned premium on the temporary binder shall be returned to the policyholder if the Association refuses to issue a policy. Nothing in this section shall prevent the Association from suspending binding authority in accordance with its plan of operation.
(e)	Policies of windstorm and hail insurance provided for in subsection (b) of this section are available only for risks in the beach and coastal areas for which essential property insurance has been written by licensed insurers. Whenever such other essential property insurance written by licensed insurers includes replacement cost coverage, the Association shall also offer replacement cost coverage. In order to be eligible for a policy of windstorm and hail insurance, the applicant shall provide the Association, along with the premium payment for the windstorm and hail insurance, a certificate that the essential property insurance is in force. The policy forms for windstorm and hail insurance shall be filed by the Association with the Commissioner for the Commissioner's approval before they may be used. Catastrophic losses, as determined by the Association and approved by the Commissioner, that are covered under the windstorm and hail coverage in the beach and coastal areas shall be adjusted by the licensed insurer that issued the essential property insurance and not by the Association. The Association shall reimburse the insurer for reasonable expenses incurred by the insurer in adjusting windstorm and hail losses.  (1967, c. 1111, s. 1; 1969, c. 249; 1985, c. 516, s. 2; 1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1027, s. 22; 1987, c. 421, ss. 1, 2; c. 629, s. 11; c. 864, s. 24; 1987 (Reg. Sess., 1988), c. 975, ss. 21‑23; 1989, c. 376; c. 485, s. 26; 1991, c. 720, s. 25; 1991 (Reg. Sess., 1992), c. 784, s. 1; 1995, c. 517, s. 28; 1995 (Reg. Sess., 1996), c. 740, s. 1; 1997‑498, ss. 5, 6; 2001‑421, s. 4.1; 2002‑185, s. 4.1; 2003‑158, s. 2; 2022‑46, s. 14(kkk).)

§ 58‑45‑36.  Temporary contracts of insurance.
Consistent with G.S. 58‑45‑35(d), the Association shall be temporarily bound by a written temporary binder of insurance issued by any duly licensed insurance producer. Coverage shall be effective upon payment to the insurance producer of the entire premium or part of the premium, as prescribed by the Association's plan of operation. Nothing in this section shall impair or restrict the rights of the Association under G.S. 58‑45‑35(b) to decline to issue a policy based upon a lack of insurability as determined by the Association or the existence of an unpaid premium due from the applicant.  (2002‑185, s. 4.2; 2022‑46, s. 14(lll).)

§ 58‑45‑40.  Association members may cede insurance to Association.
Any member of the Association may cede to the Association essential property insurance written on insurable property, to the extent, if any, and on the terms and conditions set forth in the plan of operation. (1967, c. 1111, s. 1; 1969, c. 249.)

§ 58‑45‑41.  Coverage limits.
(a)	The Association shall cause to be issued insurance up to the reasonable value of the insurable property, subject to a maximum of seven hundred fifty thousand dollars ($750,000) on habitational property. The above limits on habitational property shall apply to the value of the building only. Insurance issued by the Association for commercial property shall not exceed three million dollars ($3,000,000) on any freestanding structure or any building unit within multiple firewall divisions, provided the aggregate insurance on structures with multiple firewall divisions shall not exceed six million dollars ($6,000,000) on all interest at one risk.
(b)	Contents of habitational property can be insured up to forty percent (40%) of the building value. The Association shall ensure that rates accurately reflect the maximum limits for contents coverage and any reduction in contents coverage limits for habitational property.
(c)	If the value of the property exceeds the maximum coverage limits as described in this section, the Association shall not issue coverage without the insured's purchase of excess coverage to the full value of the property insured.  (2009‑472, s. 1.)

§ 58‑45‑45.  Rates, rating plans, rating rules, and forms applicable.
(a)	Rates shall not be excessive, inadequate, or unfairly discriminatory. Except as provided in subsections (a1), (a2), and (b) of this section, rates, rating plans, rating rules, and forms applicable to the insurance written by the Association shall be in accordance with the most recent manual rates or adjusted loss costs and forms that are legally in effect in the State. Except as provided in subsection (c) of this section, no special surcharge, other than those presently in effect, may be applied to the property insurance rates of properties located in the beach and coastal areas.
(a1)	The Association's rates shall be the North Carolina Rate Bureau Manual Rates plus a surcharge of five percent (5%) of the applicable North Carolina Rate Bureau Manual Rate for wind and hail coverage and a surcharge of fifteen percent (15%) of the applicable North Carolina Rate Bureau Manual Rate for homeowners' insurance including wind and hail coverage. It is the intent of the General Assembly that these surcharges ensure that the Coastal Property Insurance Pool is the market of last resort over and above the manual rate.
(a2)	(See Editor's note) The Association shall offer a deductible for named storm wind and hail losses of one percent (1%) of the insured value of the property for all policies and may offer any other deductible options provided by the North Carolina Rate Bureau, so long as the deductible is not lower than one percent (1%) of the insured value of the property applicable to named storm wind and hail losses.
(b)	The rates, rating plans, and rating rules for the separate policies of windstorm and hail insurance described in G.S. 58‑45‑35(b) shall be filed by the Association with the Commissioner for the Commissioner's approval, disapproval, or modification. The provisions of Articles 40 and 41 of this Chapter shall govern the filings. Policy deductible plans, consistent with G.S. 58‑45‑1(b), may be filed by the Association with the Commissioner for the Commissioner's approval, disapproval, or modification.
(c)	Repealed by Session Laws 2009‑472, s. 1.
(d)	When the Association files rates, classification plans, rating plans, rating systems, or surcharges, the procedures of G.S. 58‑40‑25 through G.S. 58‑40‑45 shall apply, and the appeal procedures of G.S. 58‑2‑80 and G.S. 58‑2‑85 shall apply to filings under this section, except as otherwise provided.
(e)	The Association shall file no later than May 1, 2010, a schedule of credits for policyholders based on the presence of mitigation and construction features and on the condition of buildings that it insures. The Association shall develop rules applicable to the operation of the schedule and the mitigation program with approval by the Commissioner. The schedule shall not be unfairly discriminatory and shall be reviewed by the Association annually, with the results included as part of the Association's annual report to the Commissioner.
(f)	The Association shall file not later than May 1, 2010, with the Commissioner an installment plan for premium payments and shall accept other methods of payment that are the same as those filed by the North Carolina Rate Bureau. The Association shall collect an installment fee if premiums are paid other than on an annual basis.
(g)	The Association shall consider the purchase of reinsurance each calendar year in order to maintain the ability to pay losses and expenses from a named storm or combination of named storms.  (1967, c. 1111, s. 1; 1969, c. 249; 1979, c. 601, s. 4; 1987 (Reg. Sess., 1988), c. 975, s. 24; 1991 (Reg. Sess., 1992), c. 784, s. 2; 1997‑498, ss. 7, 8; 1999‑114, s. 7.1; 2003‑158, s. 3; 2009‑472, s. 1.)

§ 58‑45‑46.  Unearned premium, loss, and loss expense reserves.
The Association shall make provisions for reserving unearned premiums and reserving for losses, including incurred but not reported losses, and loss expenses, in accordance with G.S. 58‑3‑71, 58‑3‑75, and 58‑3‑81. (2002‑185, s. 5.1.)

§ 58‑45‑47.  Deficit event.
(a)	In the event of losses and expenses to the Association exceeding available surplus, reinsurance, and other sources of funding of Association losses, the Association is authorized to issue a nonrecoupable assessment upon its members in accordance with its Plan of Operation. Member assessments shall not exceed one billion dollars ($1,000,000,000) for losses incurred from any event or series of events that occur in a given calendar year, regardless of when such assessments are actually levied on or collected from member companies.
(b)	When the Association knows that it has incurred losses and loss expenses in a particular calendar year that will exceed the combination of available surplus, reinsurance, and other sources of funding, including permissible member company assessments, then the Association shall immediately give notice to the Commissioner that a deficit event has occurred.
(c)	Upon a determination by the Association that a deficit event has occurred, the Association shall determine, in its discretion, the appropriate means of financing the deficit, which may include, but is not limited to, the purchase of reinsurance, arranging lines of credit, or other forms of borrowing or financing. If the Association determines that the member companies have paid one billion dollars ($1,000,000,000) in nonrecoupable assessments for losses and expenses incurred in any given year pursuant to subsection (a) of this section, the Association may, subject to the verification by the Commissioner that the dollar value of losses and expenses has reached the level necessary for a catastrophe recovery charge, authorize member companies to impose a catastrophe recovery charge on their residential and commercial property insurance policyholders statewide. Catastrophe recovery charges shall be charged as a uniform percentage of written premiums as prescribed by the Commissioner and shall not exceed an aggregate amount of ten percent (10%) of the annual policy premium on any one policy of insurance. Catastrophe recovery charges collected under this section shall be transferred directly to the Association on a periodic basis as determined by the Association and ordered by the Commissioner. The Association and the FAIR Plan also shall charge their policyholders a catastrophe recovery charge as provided in this section.
(d)	The catastrophe recovery charge shall be clearly identified to policyholders on the premium statement, declarations page, or by other appropriate electronic or written method. The identification shall refer to the post‑catastrophe loss for which the charge was imposed. Any such catastrophe recovery charge shall not be considered premium for any purpose, including premium taxes or commissions, except that failure to pay the catastrophe recovery charge shall be treated as failure to pay premium and shall be grounds for termination of insurance. The identified catastrophe recovery charge shall be accompanied by an explanation of the charge and shall appear on the medium by which the charge is conveyed to the policyholder. The explanatory language shall be prescribed by the Commissioner.
(e)	The Association shall report quarterly to the Commissioner providing all financial information for each catastrophe recovery charge authorized by this section, including total catastrophe recovery charge funds recovered to date and any information reasonably requested by the Commissioner.
(f)	The Association shall recalculate the catastrophe recovery charge amount annually and, subject to procedure approved by the Commissioner, adjust the charge percentage as needed.
(g)	The catastrophe recovery charge amount shall continue until financing of the deficit event has been paid in full. Upon order of cessation, any catastrophe recovery charge amounts collected by member companies, the Association or the FAIR Plan that exceed amounts necessary for payment of the debt shall be remitted to the Association and added to the surplus for the purposes of offsetting future Association losses or expenses.
(h)	Nothing contained in this section prohibits the Association from entering into any financing arrangements for the purpose of financing a deficit, provided that the pledge of catastrophe recovery charge amounts under such financing agreements shall not result in the actual levying of any catastrophe recovery charge until after the Association has incurred a deficit and until after the Commissioner has approved implementation of the Association's catastrophe recovery charge plan.  (2009‑472, s. 1.)

§ 58‑45‑50.  Appeal from acts of Association to Commissioner; appeal from Commissioner to superior court.
(a)	Any person or any insurer who may be aggrieved by an act, ruling, or decision of the Association other than an act, ruling, or decision relating to (i) the cause or amount of a claimed loss or (ii) the reasonableness of expenses incurred by an insurer in adjusting windstorm and hail losses, may, within 30 days after the ruling, appeal to the Commissioner. Any hearings held by the Commissioner under the appeal shall be in accordance with rules adopted by the Commissioner: Provided, however, the Commissioner is authorized to appoint a member of the Commissioner's staff as deputy commissioner for the purpose of hearing those appeals and a ruling based upon the hearing shall have the same effect as if heard by the Commissioner. All persons or insureds aggrieved by any order or decision of the Commissioner may appeal as is provided in G.S. 58‑2‑75.
(b)	No later than 10 days before each hearing, the appellant shall file with the Commissioner or the Commissioner's designated hearing officer and shall serve on the appellee a written statement of the appellant's case and any evidence that the appellant intends to offer at the hearing. No later than five days before the hearing, the appellee shall file with the Commissioner or the designated hearing officer and shall serve on the appellant a written statement of the appellee's case and any evidence that the appellee intends to offer at the hearing. Each hearing shall be recorded and may be transcribed. If the matter is between an insurer and the Association, the cost of the recording and transcribing shall be borne equally by the appellant and appellee; provided that upon any final adjudication the prevailing party shall be reimbursed for his share of such costs by the other party. If the matter is between an insured and the Association, the cost of transcribing shall be borne equally by the appellant and appellee; provided that the Commissioner may order the Association to pay recording or transcribing costs for which the insured is financially unable to pay. Each party shall, on a date determined by the Commissioner or the designated hearing officer, but not sooner than 15 days after delivery of the completed transcript to the party, submit to the Commissioner or the designated hearing officer and serve on the other party, a proposed order. The Commissioner or the designated hearing officer shall then issue an order. (1967, c. 1111, s. 1; 1969, c. 249; 1985, c. 516, s. 3; 1989 (Reg. Sess., 1990), c. 1069, s. 18; 1991, c. 720, s. 4; 1999‑219, s. 1.2; 2001‑421, s. 4.2.)

§ 58‑45‑55.  Reports of inspection made available.
All reports of inspection performed by or on behalf of the Association shall be made available to the members of the Association, applicants, insurance producers, and the Commissioner.  (1967, c. 1111, s. 1; 1969, c. 249; 2022‑46, s. 14(mmm).)

§ 58‑45‑60.  Association and Commissioner immune from liability.
There shall be no liability on the part of and no cause of action of any nature shall arise against any member insurer, the Association or its agents or employees, the board of directors, or the Commissioner or his representatives for any action taken by them in good faith in the performance of their powers and duties under this Article. (1967, c. 1111, s. 1; 1969, c. 249; 1991, c. 720, s. 4; 1999‑114, s. 5.)

§ 58‑45‑65.  Association to file annual report with Commissioner. 
The Association shall file in the office of the Commissioner on an annual basis on or before January 1 a statement which shall summarize the transactions, conditions, operations and affairs of the Association during the preceding year. Such statement shall contain such matters and information as are prescribed by the Commissioner and shall be in such form as is approved by him. The Commissioner may at any time require the Association to furnish to him any additional information with respect to its transactions or any other matter which the Commissioner deems to be material to assist him in evaluating the operation and experience of the Association. (1967, c. 1111, s. 1; 1969, c. 249; 1987 (Reg. Sess., 1988), c. 975, s. 27.)

§ 58‑45‑65.1.  Association to be audited.
The Association shall be audited on an annual basis by an auditor selected by the Commissioner.  (2009‑472, s. 1.)

§ 58‑45‑70.  Commissioner may examine affairs of Association.
The Commissioner may from time to time make an examination into the affairs of the Association when he deems it to be prudent and in undertaking such examination he may hold a public hearing pursuant to the provisions of G.S. 58‑2‑50. When making an examination under this section, the Commissioner may retain attorneys, appraisers, independent actuaries, independent certified public accountants, or other professionals and specialists as examiners, the reasonable cost of which shall be borne by the Association. Examinations shall be conducted in accordance with G.S. 58‑2‑131, 58‑2‑132, and 58‑2‑133.  (1967, c. 1111, s. 1; 1969, c. 249; 2009‑472, s. 1.)

§ 58‑45‑71.  Report of member companies to Commissioner.
Each member company of the Association shall report by April 1 of each year to the Commissioner the amount of homeowners' coverage, including separate coverage for homeowners' wind and hail, written in the preceding calendar year by that member company in the beach area and the coastal area. The report shall include the number and type of homeowners' policies written by the member company in each area, the total amount of homeowners' coverage for each area, any increases and decreases in homeowners' coverage written in each area from the prior year, and other information as prescribed by the Commissioner and in such form as approved by him.  (2009‑472, s. 1; 2022‑46, s. 18.)

§ 58‑45‑75.  Commissioner authorized to promulgate reasonable rules and regulations.
The Commissioner shall have authority to make reasonable rules and regulations, not inconsistent with law, to enforce, carry out and make effective the provisions of this Article.  The Commissioner shall not be liable for any act or omission in connection with the administration of the duties imposed upon him by the provisions of this Article. (1967, c. 1111, s. 1; 1969, c. 249; 1991, c. 720, s. 4.)

§ 58‑45‑80.  Premium taxes to be paid through Association.
All premium taxes due on insurance written under this Article shall be remitted by each insurer to the Association; and the Association, as collecting agent for its member companies, shall forward all such taxes to the Secretary of Revenue as provided in Article 8B of Chapter 105 of the General Statutes. (1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 928, s. 10; 1995 (Reg. Sess., 1996), c. 747, s. 12.)

§ 58‑45‑85.  Assessment; inability to pay.
(a)	If any insurer fails, by reason of insolvency, to pay any assessment as provided in this Article, the amount assessed each insurer shall be immediately recalculated, excluding the insolvent insurer, so that its assessment is assumed and redistributed among the remaining insurers. Any assessment against an insolvent insurer shall not be a charge against any special deposit fund held under the provisions of Article 5 of this Chapter for the benefit of policyholders.
(b)	The nonrecoupable assessment of a member insurer may be ordered deferred in whole or in part upon application by the insurer if, in the opinion of the Commissioner or his designee, payment of the assessment would render the insurer insolvent or in danger of insolvency or would otherwise leave the insurer in a condition so that further transaction of the insurer's business would be hazardous to its policyholders. If payment of an assessment against a member insurer is deferred by order of the Commissioner or his designee in whole or in part, the amount by which the assessment is deferred must be assessed against other member insurers in the same manner as provided in this Article. In its order of deferral, or in necessary subsequent orders, the Commissioner or his designee shall prescribe a plan by which the assessment so deferred must be repaid to the Association by the impaired insurer with interest at the six‑month treasury bill rate adjusted semiannually. The plan also shall provide for the reimbursement of excess assessments paid by member companies as a result of a deferral of assessments for an impaired insurer.  (1991 (Reg. Sess., 1992), c. 784, s. 7; 2009‑472, s. 1.)

§ 58‑45‑90.  Open meetings.
The Association is subject to the Open Meetings Act, Article 33C of Chapter 143 of the General Statutes, as amended. (2002‑185, s. 7.1.)

§ 58‑45‑95.  Information availability.
Information concerning the Association's activities shall be made fully available upon request provided that no competitive information concerning an individual company's business plans, data, or operations may be disclosed by the Association if such company has properly designated such information as being a trade secret pursuant to G.S. 66‑152(3) upon submitting such information to the Association. No confidential information may be disclosed by the Association identifying individual policyholders without such policyholders' consent unless such information is provided pursuant to reasonable rules adopted by the Association permitting such information to be disclosed for the purpose of enhancing the availability of insurance that is written in the voluntary market.  (2009‑472, s. 1.)

§ 58‑45‑96.  Succession and dissolution.
In the event that a successor organization is created to perform the Association's general functions, the surplus, assets, and liabilities then held by the Association shall be transferred to such successor organization. The pledge or sale of, the lien upon, and the security interest in any rights, revenues, or other assets of the Association created pursuant to any financing arrangements entered into by the Association shall be and remain valid and enforceable on the successor organization, notwithstanding the commencement of any rehabilitation, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, conservatorship, reorganization, or similar proceeding against the Association. No such proceeding shall relieve the Association of its obligation to continue to collect assessments or other revenues pledged pursuant to any financing arrangements. In the event of dissolution, surplus then held shall not be distributed to member insurers.  (2009‑472, s. 1.)

Article 46.
Fair Access to Insurance Requirements.
§ 58‑46‑1.  Purpose and geographic coverage of Article.
(a)	It is the purpose of this Article to provide a program whereby adequate basic property insurance may be made available to property owners having insurable property in the State. It is further the purpose of this Article to encourage the improvement of properties located in the State and to arrest the decline of properties located in the State. It is the intent of the General Assembly in creating and, from time to time, amending this Article that the market provided by this Article not be the first market of choice, but the market of last resort.
(b)	This Article shall apply to all geographic areas of the State except the "Beach Area" defined in G.S. 58‑45‑5(2).
(c)	As used in this Article, "crime insurance" means insurance against losses resulting from robbery, burglary, larceny, and similar crimes, as more specifically defined and limited in the various crime insurance policies, or their successor forms of coverage, approved by the Commissioner and issued by the Association. Such policies shall not be more restrictive than those issued under the Federal Crime Insurance Program authorized by Public Law 91‑609. (1969, c. 1284; 1985, c. 519, s. 1; 1986, Ex. Sess., c. 7, s. 4; 1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1027, s. 24; 1987, c. 731, s. 1; 1987 (Reg. Sess., 1988), c. 975, s. 18; 1997‑498, s. 10.)

§ 58‑46‑2.  Persons who can be insured by the Association.
As used in this Article, "person" includes the State of North Carolina and any county, city, or other political subdivision of the State of North Carolina. (2000‑122, s. 6; 2002‑187, s. 1.5.)

§ 58‑46‑5.  Organization of underwriting association. 
All insurers licensed to write and writing property insurance in this State on a direct basis are authorized, subject to the approval and regulation by the Commissioner, to establish and maintain a FAIR Plan (Fair Access to Insurance Requirements) and to establish and maintain an underwriting association and to formulate, and from time to time, to amend the plans and articles of the association and rules and regulations in connection therewith, and to assess and share on a fair and equitable basis all expenses, income and losses incident to such FAIR Plan and underwriting association in a manner consistent with the provisions of this Article. (1969, c. 1284; 1985, c. 519, s. 2.)

§ 58‑46‑10.  Participation in association.
(a)	Every insurer authorized to write basic property insurance in this State except town and county mutual insurance associations and assessable mutual companies as authorized by G.S. 58‑7‑75(5)b, 58‑7‑75(5)d and 58‑7‑75(7)b and except an insurer who only writes insurance on property exempted from taxation by the provisions of G.S. 105‑278.1 through 105‑278.8 shall be required to become and remain a member of the Plan and underwriting association and comply with the requirements thereof as a condition of its authority to transact basic property insurance business in the State of North Carolina.
(b)	An insurance producer who is licensed under Article 33 of this Chapter and is appointed as an agent of a company which is a member of the Association established under this Article shall not be deemed an agent of the Association.  (1969, c. 1284; 1971, c. 1067, s. 1; 1985, c. 519, s. 3; 1987, c. 629, s. 12; 1991, c. 720, s. 24; 2022‑46, s. 14(nnn).)

§ 58‑46‑15.  Requirements of Plan and authority of Association.
The Association formed pursuant to the provisions of this Article shall have authority on behalf of its members to cause to be issued basic property insurance policies, including coverage for farm risks; and shall offer additional extended coverage, optional perils endorsements, and crime insurance policies, or their successor forms of coverage; to reinsure in whole or in part, any such policies; and to cede any such reinsurance. The Plan adopted, pursuant to the provision of this Article, shall provide, among other things, for the perils to be covered, compensation and commissions, assessments of members, the sharing of expenses, income and losses on an equitable basis, cumulative weighted voting for the board of directors of the Association, the administration of the Plan and Association and any other matter necessary or convenient for the purpose of assuring fair access to insurance requirements. The directors of the Association may, subject to the approval of the Commissioner, amend the plan of operation at any time.  The Commissioner may review the plan of operation at any time he deems to be expedient or prudent, but not less than once in each calendar year.  After review of such plan the Commissioner may amend the plan after consultation with the directors and upon certification to the directors of such amendment. (1969, c. 1284; 1985, c. 519, s. 4; 1986, Ex. Sess., c. 7, ss. 5, 6; 1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1027, s. 23; 1987, c. 864, s. 24; 1987 (Reg. Sess., 1988), c. 975, ss. 25, 29.)

§ 58‑46‑20.  Authority of Commissioner.
(a)	Within 90 days following July 2, 1969, and before August 1, 1969, the directors of the association shall submit to the Commissioner for his review, a proposed FAIR Plan and articles of the association consistent with the provisions of this Article.
(b)	The FAIR Plan and articles of association shall be subject to approval by the Commissioner and shall take effect 10 days after having been approved by him. If the Commissioner disapproves all or any part of the proposed Plan and articles, the directors of the association shall within 30 days submit for review an appropriately revised Plan and articles and if the directors fail to do so, the Commissioner shall thereafter promulgate such Plan and articles not inconsistent with the provisions of this Article.
(c)	The Commissioner may designate the kinds of property insurance policies on principal residences to be offered by the association, including insurance policies under Article 36 of this Chapter, and the commission rates to be paid to insurance producers for these policies, if he finds, after a hearing held in accordance with G.S. 58‑2‑50, that the public interest requires the designation. The provisions of Chapter 150B do not apply to any procedure under this subsection, except that G.S. 150B‑39 and G.S. 150B‑41 shall apply to a hearing under this subsection. Within 30 days after the receipt of notification from the Commissioner of a change in designation pursuant to this subsection, the association shall submit a revised plan and articles of association for approval in accordance with subsection (b) of this section.
(d)	As used in this section and in G.S. 58‑46‑15, "FAIR Plan", "plan of operation", and "articles of association" include all written rules, practices, and procedures of the Association, except for staffing and personnel matters.  (1969, c. 1284; 1986, Ex. Sess., c. 7, s. 7; 1987, c. 731, s. 1; 1991, c. 720, s. 4; 1991 (Reg. Sess., 1992), c. 784, s. 6; 2022‑46, s. 14(ooo).)

§ 58‑46‑25.  Temporary directors of association. 
Within 10 days after July 2, 1969, the Commissioner shall appoint a temporary board of directors of the association, which temporary board of directors may prepare and submit a Plan of operation and articles of association in accordance with G.S. 58‑46‑20. (1969, c. 1284.)

§ 58‑46‑30.  Appeals; judicial review.
The association shall provide reasonable means, to be approved by the Commissioner, whereby any person or insurer affected by any act or decision of the administrators of the Plan or underwriting association, other than an act or decision relating to the cause or amount of a claimed loss, may be heard in person or by an authorized representative, before the governing board of the association or a designated committee. Any person or insurer aggrieved by any decision of the governing board or designated committee, may be appealed to the Commissioner within 30 days after the date of the ruling or decision. The Commissioner, after a hearing held under rules adopted by the Commissioner, shall issue an order approving or disapproving the act or decision with respect to the matter that is the subject of appeal. The Commissioner may appoint a member of the Commissioner's staff as deputy commissioner for the purpose of hearing the appeals and a ruling based on the hearing has the same effect as if heard by the Commissioner. All persons or insurers or their representatives aggrieved by any order or decision of the Commissioner may appeal as provided in G.S. 58‑2‑75.
No later than 10 days before each hearing, the appellant shall file with the Commissioner or the designated hearing officer and shall serve on the appellee a written statement of the appellant's case and any evidence that the appellant intends to offer at the hearing. No later than five days before the hearing, the appellee shall file with the Commissioner or the designated hearing officer and shall serve on the appellant a written statement of the appellee's case and any evidence that the appellee intends to offer at the hearing. Each hearing shall be recorded and may be transcribed. If the matter is between an insurer and the Association, the cost of the recording and transcribing shall be borne equally by the appellant and appellee; provided that upon any final adjudication the prevailing party shall be reimbursed for his share of such costs by the other party. If the matter is between an insured and the Association, the cost of transcribing shall be borne equally by the appellant and appellee; provided that the Commissioner may order the Association to pay recording or transcribing costs for which the insured is financially unable to pay. Each party shall, on a date determined by the Commissioner or the designated hearing officer, but not sooner than 15 days after delivery of the completed transcript to the party, submit to the Commissioner or the designated hearing officer and serve on the other party, a proposed order. The Commissioner or the designated hearing officer shall then issue an order. (1969, c. 1284; 1985, c. 519, s. 5; 1989 (Reg. Sess., 1990), c. 1069, s. 19; 1999‑219, s. 1.3.)

§ 58‑46‑35.  Reports of inspection made available; immunity from liability.
All reports of inspection performed by or on behalf of the association shall be made available to the members of the association, applicants and the Commissioner. There shall be no liability on the part of and no cause of action of any nature shall arise against any member insurer, the Association or its agents or employees, the board of directors, or the Commissioner or his representatives for any action taken by them in good faith in the performance of their powers and duties under this Article. (1969, c. 1284; 1999‑114, s. 6.)

§ 58‑46‑40.  Assessment; inability to pay.
In the event any insurer fails by reason of insolvency to pay any assessment as provided herein, the amount assessed each insurer shall be immediately recalculated excluding therefrom the insolvent insurer so that its assessment is, in effect, assumed and redistributed among the remaining insurers.  Such an assessment against an insolvent insurer shall not be a charge against any special deposit fund held under the provisions of Article 5 of this Chapter for the benefit of policyholders. (1969, c. 1284; 1985, c. 519, s. 7; 1991, c. 720, s. 26.)

§ 58‑46‑41.  Unearned premium, loss, and loss expense reserves.
The Association shall make provisions for reserving unearned premiums and reserving for losses, including incurred but not reported losses, and loss expenses, in accordance with G.S. 58‑3‑71, 58‑3‑75, and 58‑3‑81. (2002‑185, s. 5.2.)

§ 58‑46‑45.  Premium taxes to be paid through Association.
All premium taxes due on insurance written under this Article shall be remitted by each insurer to the Association; and the Association, as collecting agent for its member companies, shall forward all such taxes to the Secretary of Revenue as provided in Article 8B of Chapter 105 of the General Statutes. (1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 928, s. 10; 1995 (Reg. Sess., 1996), c. 747, s. 13.)

§ 58‑46‑50.  Annual reports.
On or before January 1 of each year the association shall file with the Commissioner a statement that summarizes the transactions, conditions, operations, and affairs of the association during the preceding year.  The statement shall contain such matters and information as are prescribed by the Commissioner and shall be in such form as is approved by him.  The Commissioner may at any time require the association to furnish him with any additional information with respect to its transactions or any other matter that the Commissioner deems to be material to assist him in evaluating the operation and experience of the association. (1987 (Reg. Sess., 1988), c. 975, s. 26.)

§ 58‑46‑55.  Rates, rating plans, rating rules, and forms applicable.
The rates, rating plans, rating rules, and forms applicable to the insurance written by the association shall be in accordance with the most recent manual rates or adjusted loss costs and forms that are legally in effect in this State.  (1987 (Reg. Sess., 1988), c. 975, s. 28; 1991 (Reg. Sess., 1992), c. 784, s. 3; 2009‑472, s. 6.)

§ 58‑46‑60.  Open meetings.
The Association is subject to the Open Meetings Act, Article 33C of Chapter 143 of the General Statutes, as amended. (2002‑185, s. 7.2.)

Article 47.
Workers' Compensation Self‑Insurance.
§§ 58‑47‑1 through 58‑47‑50:  Repealed by Session Laws 1997‑362, s.  2.

Part 1. Employer Groups.
§ 58‑47‑60.  Definitions.
As used in this part:
(1)	"Act" means the Workers' Compensation Act in Article 1 of Chapter 97 of the General Statutes, as amended.
(2)	"Affiliate" has the same meaning as in G.S. 58‑19‑5(1).
(3)	"Annual statement filing" means the most recent annual filing made with the Commissioner under G.S. 58‑2‑165.
(4)	"Board" means the board of trustees or other governing body of a group.
(5)	"Books and records" means all files, documents, and databases in a paper form, electronic medium, or both.
(6)	"Control" means "control" as defined in G.S. 58‑19‑5(2).
(7)	"GAAP financial statement" means a financial statement as defined by generally accepted accounting principles.
(8)	"Group" means two or more employers who agree to pool their workers' compensation liabilities under the Act and are licensed under this Part.
(9)	"Hazardous financial condition" means that, based on its present or reasonably anticipated financial condition, a person is insolvent or, although not financially impaired or insolvent, is unlikely to be able:
a.	To meet obligations for known claims and reasonably anticipated claims; or
b.	To pay other obligations in the normal course of business.
(10)	"Member" means an employer that participates in a group.
(11)	"Qualified actuary" means a member in good standing of the Casualty Actuarial Society or a member in good standing of the American Academy of Actuaries, who has been approved as qualified for signing casualty loss reserve opinions by the Casualty Practice Council of the American Academy of Actuaries, and is in compliance with G.S. 58‑2‑171.
(12)	"Rate" means the cost of insurance per exposure unit, whether expressed as a single number or as a prospective loss cost with an adjustment to account for the treatment of expenses, profit, and variations in loss experience, before any application of individual risk variations based on loss or expense considerations, and does not include minimum premiums.
(13)	"Service company" means an entity that has contracted with an employer or group for the purpose of providing any services related to claims adjustment, loss control, or both.
(14)	"Third‑party administrator" or "TPA" means a person engaged by a board to execute the policies established by the board and to provide day‑to‑day management of the group. "Third‑party administrator" or "TPA" does not mean:
a.	An employer acting on behalf of its employees or the employees of one or more of its affiliates.
b.	An insurer that is licensed under this Chapter or that is acting as an insurer with respect to a policy lawfully issued and delivered by it and under the laws of a state in which the insurer is licensed to write insurance.
c.	An insurance producer who is licensed by the Commissioner under Article 33 of this Chapter whose activities are limited exclusively to the sale of insurance.
d.	An adjuster licensed by the Commissioner under Article 33 of this Chapter whose activities are limited to adjustment of claims.
e.	An individual who is an officer, a member, or an employee of a board.
(15)	"Underwriting " means the process of selecting risks and classifying them according to their degrees of insurability so that the appropriate rates may be assigned. The process also includes rejection of those risks that do not qualify.  (1997‑362, s. 3; 2001‑223, s. 21.1; 2022‑46, s. 14(ppp).)

§ 58‑47‑65.  Licensing; qualification for approval.
(a)	No group shall self‑insure its workers' compensation liabilities under the Act unless it is licensed by the Commissioner under this Part. Any self‑insured group that was organized and approved under the North Carolina law before July 1, 1995, and whose authority to self‑insure its workers' compensation liabilities under the Act has not terminated after that date, shall not be required to be reapproved to be licensed under this Article.
(b)	An applicant for a license shall file with the Commissioner the information required by subsection (f) of this section on a form prescribed by the Commissioner at least 90 days before the proposed licensing date. The applicant shall furnish to the Commissioner satisfactory proof of the proposed group's financial ability, through its members, to comply with the Act. No application is complete until the Commissioner has received all required information.
(c)	The group shall comprise two or more employers who are members of and are sponsored by a single bona fide trade or professional association. The association shall (i) comprise members engaged in the same or substantially similar business or profession within the State, (ii) have been incorporated in North Carolina, (iii) have been in existence for at least five years before the date of application to the Commissioner to form a group, and (iv) submit a written determination from the Internal Revenue Service that it is exempt from taxation under 26 U.S.C. § 501(c). This subsection does not apply to a group that was organized and approved under North Carolina law before July 1, 1995.
(d)	Only an applicant whose members' employee base is actuarially sufficient in numbers and provides an actuarially appropriate spreading of risk may apply for a license. The Commissioner shall consider (i) the financial strength and liquidity of the applicant relative to its ability to comply with the Act, (ii) the applicant's criteria and procedures regarding the review and monitoring of members' financial strength, (iii) reliability of the financial information, (iv) workers' compensation loss history, (v) underwriting guidelines, (vi) claims administration, (vii) excess insurance or reinsurance, and (viii) access to excess insurance or reinsurance.
(e)	Before issuing a license to any applicant, the Commissioner shall require, in addition to the other requirements provided by law, that the applicant file an affidavit signed by the association's board members that it has not violated any of the applicable provisions of this Part or the Act during the last 12 months, and that it accepts the provisions of this Part and the Act in return for the license.
(f)	The license application shall comprise the following information:
(1)	Biographical affidavits providing the education, prior occupation, business experience, and other supplementary information submitted for each promoter, incorporator, director, trustee, proposed management personnel, and other persons similarly situated.
(2)	A forecast for a five‑year period based on the initial capitalization of the proposed group and its plan of operation. The forecast shall be prepared by a certified public accountant, a qualified actuary, or both, be in sufficient detail for a complete analysis to be performed, and be accompanied by a list of the assumptions utilized in making the forecast.
(3)	An individual application, under G.S. 58‑47‑125, of each member applying for coverage in the proposed group on the inception date of the proposed group, with a current GAAP financial statement of each member. The financial statements are confidential, but the Commissioner may use them in any judicial or administrative proceeding.
(4)	A breakdown of all forecasted administrative expenses for the proposed group's fiscal year in a dollar amount and as a percentage of the estimated annual premium.
(5)	The proposed group's procedures for evaluating the current and continuing financial strength of members.
(6)	Evidence of the coverage required by G.S. 58‑47‑95.
(7)	Demonstration provided by the board, satisfactory to the Commissioner, that the proposed group's member employee base is actuarially sufficient in numbers and provides an actuarially appropriate spreading of risk.
(8)	An assessment plan under G.S. 58‑47‑135(a).
(9)	A listing of the estimated premium to be developed for each member individually and in total for the proposed group. Payroll data for each of the three preceding years shall be furnished by risk classification.
(10)	An executed agreement by each member showing the member's obligation to pay to the proposed group not less than twenty‑five percent (25%) of the member's estimated annual premium not later than the first day of coverage afforded by the proposed group.
(11)	Composition of the initial board.
(12)	An indemnity agreement on a form prescribed by the Commissioner.
(13)	Proof, satisfactory to the Commissioner, that either the applicant has within its own organization ample facilities and competent personnel to service its program for underwriting, claims, and industrial safety engineering, or that the applicant will contract for any of these services. If the applicant is to perform any servicing, biographical affidavits of those persons who will be responsible for or performing servicing shall be included with the information in subdivision (1) of this subsection. If a group contracts with a service company or TPA to administer and adjust claims, the group shall provide proof of compliance with the other provisions of this Part.
(14)	A letter stipulating the applicant's acceptance of membership in the North Carolina Self‑Insurance Security Association under Article 4 of Chapter 97 of the General Statutes.
(15)	Any other specific information the Commissioner considers relevant to the organization of the proposed group.
(g)	Every applicant shall execute and file with the Commissioner an agreement, as part of the application, in which the applicant agrees to deposit with the Commissioner cash or securities acceptable to the Commissioner. (1997‑362, s. 3; 1999‑132, s. 13.1; 2003‑212, s. 24; 2005‑400, s. 19; 2007‑127, s. 11.)

§ 58‑47‑70.  License denial; termination; revocation; restrictions.
(a)	If the Commissioner denies a license, the Commissioner shall inform the applicant of the reasons for the denial.  The Commissioner may issue a license to an applicant that remedies the reasons for a denial within 60 days after the Commissioner's notice.  The Commissioner may grant additional time to an applicant to remedy any deficiencies in its application. A request for an extension of time shall be made in writing by the applicant within 30 days after the Commissioner's notice.  If the applicant fails to remedy the reasons for the denial, the application shall be withdrawn or denied.
(b)	A group shall not terminate its license or cease the writing of renewal business without obtaining prior written approval from the Commissioner.  The Commissioner shall not grant the request of any group to terminate its license unless the group has closed or reinsured all of its incurred workers' compensation obligations and has settled all of its other legal obligations, including known and unknown claims and associated expenses.
(c)	No group shall transfer its workers' compensation obligations under an assumption reinsurance agreement without complying with Part 2 of Article 10 of this Chapter.
(d)	Every group is subject to Article 19 of this Chapter. No group shall merge with another group unless both groups are engaged in the same or a similar type of business. (1997‑362, s. 3.)

§ 58‑47‑75.  Reporting and records.
(a)	As used in this section:
(1)	"Audited financial report" has the same meaning as in the NAIC Model Rule Requiring Annual Audited Financial Reports, as specified in G.S. 58‑2‑205.
(2)	"Duplicate record" means a counterpart produced by the same impression as the original record, or from the same matrix, or by mechanical or electronic rerecording or by chemical reproduction, or by equivalent techniques, such as imaging or image processing, that accurately reproduce the original record.
(3)	"Original record" means the writing or recording itself or any counterpart intended to have the same effect by a person executing or issuing it, in the normal and ordinary course of business, or data stored in a computer or similar device, the printout or other output readable by sight, shown to reflect the data accurately.  An "original" of a photograph includes the negative or any print from the negative.
(b)	Each group shall file with the Commissioner the following:
(1)	A statement in accordance with G.S. 58‑2‑165.
(2)	An audited financial report.
(3)	Annual payroll information within 90 days after the close of its fiscal year.  The report shall summarize the payroll by annual amount paid and by classifications using the rules, classifications, and rates set forth in the most recently approved Workers' Compensation and Employers' Liability Insurance Manual governing audits of payrolls and adjustments of premiums. Each group shall maintain true and accurate payroll records.  The payroll records shall be maintained to allow for verification of the completeness and accuracy of the annual payroll report.
(c)	Each group shall make its financial statement and audited financial report available to its members upon request.
(d)	All records shall be maintained by the group for the years during which an examination under G.S. 58‑2‑131 has not yet been completed.
(e)	All records that are required to be maintained by this section shall be either original or duplicate records.
(f)	If only duplicate records are maintained, the following requirements apply:
(1)	The data shall be accessible to the Commissioner in legible form, and legible, reproduced copies shall be available.
(2)	Before the destruction of any original records, the group in possession of the original records shall:
a.	Verify that the records stored consist of all information contained in the original records, and that the original records can be reconstructed therefrom in a form acceptable to the Commissioner; and
b.	Implement disaster preparedness or disaster recovery procedures that include provisions for the maintenance of duplicate records at an off‑site location.
(3)	Adequate controls shall be established with respect to the transfer and maintenance of data.
(g)	Each group shall maintain its records under G.S. 58‑7‑50, G.S. 58‑7‑55, and the Act.
(h)	All books of original entry and corporate records shall be retained by the group or its successor for a period of 15 years after the group ceases to exist. (1997‑362, s. 3.)

§ 58‑47‑80.  Assets and invested assets.
Funds shall be held and invested by the board under G.S. 58‑7‑160, 58‑7‑162, 58‑7‑163, 58‑7‑165, 58‑7‑167, 58‑7‑168, 58‑7‑170, 58‑7‑172, 58‑7‑173, 58‑7‑178, 58‑7‑179, 58‑7‑180, 58‑7‑183, 58‑7‑185, 58‑7‑187, 58‑7‑188, 58‑7‑192, 58‑7‑193, 58‑7‑197, 58‑7‑200, and 58‑19‑10. (1997‑362, s. 3; 2001‑223, s. 21.2; 2003‑212, s. 13.)

§ 58‑47‑85.  Surplus requirements.
Every group shall maintain minimum surplus under one of the options in subdivision (1), (2), or (3) of this section:
(1)	Maintain minimum surplus in accordance with Article 12 of this Chapter. A group organized and authorized before the effective date of this section shall comply with this section under the following schedule:
a.	Forty percent (40%) of the surplus, in accordance with Article 12, by January 1, 1999.
b.	Fifty‑five percent (55%) of the surplus, in accordance with Article 12, by January 1, 2000.
c.	Seventy percent (70%) of the surplus, in accordance with Article 12, by January 1, 2001.
d.	Eighty‑five percent (85%) of the surplus, in accordance with Article 12, by January 1, 2002.
e.	One hundred percent (100%) of the surplus, in accordance with Article 12, by January 1, 2003.
The Commissioner shall not approve any dividend request that results in a surplus that is less than one hundred percent (100%) of the minimum surplus required by Article 12 of this Chapter.
(2)	Maintain minimum surplus at an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the group's total undiscounted outstanding claim liability, according to the group's annual statement filing, or such other amount as the Commissioner prescribes based on, but not limited to, the financial condition of the group and the risk retained by the group. In addition, the group shall:
a.	Maintain specific excess insurance or reinsurance that provides the coverage limits in G.S. 58‑47‑95(a). The group shall retain no specific risk greater than five percent (5%) of the group's total annual earned premium according to the group's annual statement filing.
b.	Maintain aggregate excess insurance or reinsurance with a coverage limit being the greater of two million dollars ($2,000,000) or twenty percent (20%) of the group's annual earned premium, according to the group's annual statement filing. The aggregate excess attachment point shall be one hundred ten percent (110%) of the annual earned premium, according to the group's annual statement filing. The required attachment point shall be reduced by each point, or fraction of a point, that a group's expense ratio exceeds thirty percent (30%). Conversely, the required attachment point may be increased by each point, or fraction of a point, that a group's expense ratio is less than thirty percent (30%), but in no event shall the attachment point be greater than one hundred fifteen percent (115%) of the annual earned premium.
c.	Adopt a policy whereby every member:
1.	Pays a deposit to the group of twenty‑five percent (25%) of the member's estimated annual earned premium, or another amount that the Commissioner prescribes based on, but not limited to, the financial condition of the group and the risk retained by the group; or
2.	Once every year files with the group the member's most recent year‑end balance sheet, which, at a minimum, is compiled by an independent certified public accountant. The balance sheet shall demonstrate that the member's financial position does not show a deficit equity and is appropriate for membership in the group. At the request of the Commissioner, the group shall make these filings available for review. These filings shall be kept confidential; provided that the Commissioner may use that information in any judicial or administrative proceeding.
(3)	Maintain minimum surplus at an amount equal to three hundred thousand dollars ($300,000). The group shall immediately assess its members if, at any time, the group's surplus is less than the minimum surplus amount. In addition, the group shall maintain:
a.	Specific excess insurance or reinsurance that provides coverage limits pursuant to G.S. 58‑47‑95(a). The group shall retain no specific risk greater than five percent (5%) of the group's total annual earned premium according to the group's annual statement filing.
b.	Aggregate excess insurance or reinsurance with a coverage limit being the greater of two million dollars ($2,000,000) or twenty percent (20%) of the group's annual earned premium, according to the group's annual statement filing. The aggregate excess attachment point shall be one hundred ten percent (110%) of the annual earned premium, according to the group's annual statement filing. The required attachment point shall be reduced by each point, or fraction of a point, that a group's expense ratio exceeds thirty percent (30%). Conversely, the required attachment point may be increased by each point, or fraction of a point, that a group's expense ratio is less than thirty percent (30%), but in no event shall the attachment point be greater than one hundred fifteen percent (115%) of the annual earned premium.
The Commissioner may require different levels, or waive the requirement, of specific and aggregate excess loss coverage consistent with the market availability of excess loss coverage, the group's claims experience, and the group's financial condition. (1997‑362, s. 3; 1999‑132, s. 13.2.)

§ 58‑47‑90.  Deposits.
(a)	Each group shall deposit with the Commissioner an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the group's total annual earned premium, according to the group's annual statement filing, but not less than six hundred thousand dollars ($600,000), or another amount that the Commissioner prescribes based on, but not limited to, the financial condition of the group and the risk retained by the group.
(b)	G.S. 58‑5‑1, 58‑5‑20, 58‑5‑25, 58‑5‑30, 58‑5‑35, 58‑5‑40, 58‑5‑63, 58‑5‑75, 58‑5‑80, 58‑5‑90(a) and (c), 58‑5‑95, 58‑5‑110, 58‑5‑115, and 58‑5‑120 apply to groups.
(c)	A group organized and authorized before January 1, 1998, has until January 1, 2001, to comply with subsection (b) of this section. However, a dividend request shall not be approved by the Commissioner until the group has replaced its surety bonds with the deposit required by subsection (b) of this section.
(d)	No judgment creditor, other than a claimant entitled to benefits under the Act, may levy upon any deposits made under this section.
(e)	Surety bonds shall be in a form prescribed by the Commissioner and issued by an insurer authorized by the Commissioner to write surety business in North Carolina.
(f)	Any surety bond may be exchanged or replaced with another surety bond that meets the requirements of this section if 90 days' advance written notice is provided to the Commissioner. An endorsement to a surety bond shall be filed with the Commissioner within 30 days after its effective date.
(g)	If a group ceases to self‑insure, dissolves, or transfers its workers' compensation obligations under an assumption reinsurance agreement, the Commissioner shall not release any deposits until the group has fully discharged all of its obligations under the Act. (1997‑362, s. 3.)

§ 58‑47‑95.  Excess insurance and reinsurance.
(a)	Each group, on or before its effective date of operation and on a continuing basis thereafter, shall maintain specific and aggregate excess loss coverage through an insurance policy or reinsurance contract. Groups shall maintain limits and retentions commensurate with their exposures. A group's retention shall be the lowest retention suitable for groups with similar exposures and annual premium. The Commissioner may require different levels, or waive the requirement, of specific and aggregate excess loss coverage consistent with the market availability of excess loss coverage, the group's claims experience, and the group's financial condition.
(b)	Any excess insurance policy or reinsurance contract under this section shall be issued by a licensed insurance company, a licensed captive insurance company, an approved surplus lines insurance company, or an accredited reinsurer, and shall:
(1)	Provide for at least 30 days' written notice of cancellation by certified mail, return receipt requested, to the group and to the Commissioner.
(2)	Be renewable automatically at its expiration, except upon 30 days' written notice of nonrenewal by certified mail, return receipt requested, to the group and to the Commissioner.
(c)	Every group shall provide to the Commissioner evidence of its excess insurance or reinsurance coverage, and any amendments, within 30 days after their effective dates. Every group shall, at the request of the Commissioner, furnish copies of any excess insurance policies or reinsurance contracts and any amendments.  (1997‑362, s. 3; 2013‑116, s. 4.)

§ 58‑47‑100.  Examinations.
G.S. 58‑2‑131 through G.S. 58‑2‑134 apply to groups. (1997‑362, s. 3; 1999‑132, s. 11.7.)

§ 58‑47‑105.  Dividends and other distributions.
(a)	Group dividends and other distributions shall be made in accordance with G.S. 58‑7‑130, 58‑8‑25(b), and 58‑19‑30.  A group shall be in compliance with this Part before payment of dividends or other distributions to its members.  No group shall pay dividends or other distributions to its members until two years after the group's licensing date.
(b)	Payment of dividends to the members of any group shall not be contingent upon the maintenance or continuance of membership in the group. (1997‑362, s. 3.)

§ 58‑47‑110.  Premium rates.
(a)	As used in this section:
(1)	"Bureau" means the North Carolina Rate Bureau in Article 36 of this Chapter.
(2)	"Expenses" means that portion of a premium rate attributable to acquisition, field supervision, collection expenses, and general expenses, as determined by the group.
(3)	"Multiplier" means a group's determination of the expenses, other than loss expense and loss adjustment expense, associated with writing workers' compensation and employers' liability insurance, which shall be expressed as a single nonintegral number to be applied equally and uniformly to the prospective loss costs approved by the Commissioner in making rates for each classification of risks utilized by that group.
(4)	"Prospective loss costs" means that portion of a rate that does not include provisions for expenses (other than loss adjustment expenses) or profit and that is based on historical aggregate losses and loss adjustment expenses adjusted through development to their ultimate value and forecasted through trending to a future point in time.
(5)	"Supplementary rating information" means any manual or plan of rates, classification, rating schedule, minimum premium, policy fee, rating rule, rate‑related underwriting rule, experience rating plan, statistical plan, and any other similar information needed to determine the applicable rate in effect or to be in effect.
(b)	Rates and the effective date shall be submitted by the group to the Commissioner for prior approval in the form of a rate filing. The rate filing:
(1)	Shall be on a form prescribed by the Commissioner and shall be supported by competent analysis, prepared by an actuary who is a member in good standing of the Casualty Actuarial Society or the American Academy of Actuaries, demonstrating that the resulting rates meet the standards of not being excessive, inadequate, or unfairly discriminatory;
(2)	Shall have the final rates and the effective date determined independently and individually by the group;
(3)	Shall have manual rates that are the combination of the prospective loss costs and the multiplier;
(4)	Shall file any other information that the group considers relevant and shall provide any other information requested by the Commissioner;
(5)	Shall be considered complete when the required information and all additional information requested by the Commissioner is received by the Commissioner.  When a filing is not accompanied by the information required under this section, the Commissioner shall inform the group within 30 days after the initial filing that the filing is incomplete and shall note the deficiencies. If information required by a rate filing or requested by the Commissioner is not maintained or cannot be provided, the group shall certify that to the Commissioner;
(6)	May include deviations to the prospective loss cost based on the group's anticipated experience. Sufficient documentation supporting the deviations and the impact of the deviation shall be included in the rate filing. Expense loads, whether variable, fixed, or a combination of variable and fixed, may vary by individual classification or grouping.  Each filing that varies the expense load by class shall specify the expense factor applicable to each class and shall include information supporting the justification for the variation;
(7)	Shall include any proposed use of a premium‑sized discount program, a schedule rating program, a small deductible credit program or an expense constant or minimum premium, and the use shall be supported in the rate filing; and
(8)	Shall be deemed approved, unless disapproved by the Commissioner in writing, within 60 days after the rate filing is made in its entirety.  A group is not required to refile rates previously approved until two years after the effective date of this Part.
(c)	At the time of the rate filing, a group may request to have its approved multiplier remain in effect and continue to use either the prospective loss cost filing in effect at the time of the rate filing or the prospective loss cost filing in effect at the time of the filing, along with all other subsequent prospective loss cost filings, as approved.
(d)	To the extent that a group's manual rates are determined solely by applying its multiplier, as presented and approved in the rate filing, to the prospective loss costs contained in the Bureau's reference filing and printed in the Bureau's rating manual, the group need not develop or file its final rate pages with the Commissioner.  If a group chooses to print and distribute final rate pages for its own use, based solely upon the application of its filed prospective loss costs, the group need not file those pages with the Commissioner. If the Bureau does not print the prospective loss costs in its manual, the group shall submit its rates to the Commissioner.
(e)	If a new filing of rules, relativities, and supplementary rating information is filed by the Bureau and approved:
(1)	The group shall not file anything with the Commissioner if the group decides to use the revisions as filed, with the effective date as filed together with the prospective loss multiplier on file with the Commissioner.
(2)	The group shall notify the Commissioner of its effective date before the Bureau filing's effective date if the group decides to use the revisions as filed but with a different effective date.
(3)	The group shall notify the Commissioner before the Bureau filing's effective date if the group decides not to use the revision or revisions.
(4)	The group shall file the modification with the Commissioner, for approval, specifying the basis for the modification and the group's proposed effective date if different from the Bureau filing's effective date, if the group decides to use the revision with deviations.
(f)	Every group shall adhere to the uniform classification plan and experience rating plan filed by the Bureau.
(g)	Groups shall maintain data in accordance with the uniform statistical plan approved by the Commissioner.
(h)	Each group shall submit annually a rate certification, signed by an actuary who is a member in good standing of the Casualty Actuarial Society or the American Academy of Actuaries, which states that the group's prospective rates are not excessive, inadequate, or unfairly discriminatory.  The certification is to accompany the group's rate filing.  If a rate filing is not required, the actuarial rate certification is to be submitted by the end of the calendar year. (1997‑362, s. 3.)

§ 58‑47‑115.  Premium payment requirements.
Groups shall collect members' premiums for each policy period in a manner so that at no time the sum of a member's premium payments is less than the total estimated earned premium for that member. (1997‑362, s. 3.)

§ 58‑47‑120.  Board; composition, powers, duties, and prohibitions.
(a)	Each group shall be governed by a board or other governing body comprising no fewer than three persons, elected for stated terms of office, and subject to the Commissioner's approval. All board members shall be residents of this State or members of the group. At least two‑thirds of the board shall comprise employees, officers, or directors of members; provided that the Commissioner may waive this requirement for good cause. The group's TPA, service company, or any owner, officer, employee, or agent of, or any other person affiliated with, the TPA or service company shall not serve as a board member. The board shall ensure that all claims are paid promptly and take all necessary precautions to safeguard the assets of the group.
(b)	The board shall be responsible for the following:
(1)	Maintaining minutes of its meetings and making the minutes available to the Commissioner.
(2)	Providing for the execution of its policies, including providing for day‑to‑day management of the group and delineating in the minutes of its meetings the areas of authority it delegates.
(3)	Designating a chair to facilitate communication between the group and the Commissioner.
(4)	Adopting a policy of reimbursement from the assets of the group for out‑of‑pocket expenses incurred as board members, if so desired.
(c)	The board shall not:
(1)	Be compensated by the group, TPA, or service company except for out‑of‑pocket expenses incurred as board members.
(2)	Extend credit to members for payment of a premium, except under payment requirements set forth in this Part.
(3)	Borrow any money from the group or in the name of the group, except in the ordinary course of business, without first informing the Commissioner of the nature and purpose of the loan and obtaining the Commissioner's approval.
(d)	The board shall adopt bylaws to govern the operation of the group. The bylaws shall comply with the provisions of this section and shall include:
(1)	The method for selecting the board members, including terms of office.
(2)	The method for amending the bylaws and the plans of operation and assessment.
(3)	The method for establishing and maintaining the group.
(4)	The procedures and requirements for dissolving the group.
(e)	Each group shall file a copy of its bylaws with the Commissioner. Any changes to the bylaws shall be filed with the Commissioner no later than 30 days before their effective dates. The Commissioner may order the group to rescind or revoke any bylaw if it violates this section or any other applicable law or administrative rule.
(f)	The board shall adopt and administer a plan of operation to assure the fair, reasonable, and equitable administration of the group. All members shall comply with the plan. The plan shall comply with this section and include:
(1)	Procedures for administering the assets of the group.
(2)	A plan of assessment.
(3)	Loss control services to be provided to the members.
(4)	Rules for payment and collection of premium.
(5)	Basis for dividends.
(6)	Reimbursement of board members.
(7)	Intervals for meetings of the board, which shall be held at least semiannually.
(8)	Procedures for the maintenance of records of all transactions of the group.
(9)	Procedures for the selection of the board members.
(10)	Additional provisions necessary or proper for the execution of the powers and duties of the group.
(11)	Qualifications for group membership, including underwriting guidelines and procedures to identify any member that is in a hazardous financial condition.
(g)	The plan and any amendments become effective upon approval in writing by the Commissioner.
(h)	Each year the board shall review:
(1)	The performance evaluation of the TPA or service company, if applicable.
(2)	Loss control services.
(3)	Investment policies.
(4)	Delinquent debts.
(5)	Membership cancellation procedures.
(6)	Admission of new members.
(7)	Claims administration and reporting.
(8)	Payroll audits and findings.
(9)	Excess insurance or reinsurance coverage.
The board's findings from its review shall be documented in the board's minutes.
(i)	G.S. 58‑7‑140 applies to board members. (1997‑362, s. 3; 1999‑132, s. 13.3.)

§ 58‑47‑125.  Admission and termination of group members.
(a)	Prospective group members shall submit applications for membership to the board. The board, a designated employee of the group, or TPA shall approve an application for membership under the bylaws of the group. Members shall have bona fide offices in this State and members' employees shall be primarily engaged in business activities within this State. Members shall receive certificates of coverage from the board on a form acceptable to the Commissioner.
(b)	The group shall make available to the Commissioner properly executed applications and indemnity agreements for all members, on forms prescribed by the Commissioner. If the applications and indemnity agreements are not executed properly and maintained, the Commissioner may order the group to cease writing all new business until all of the agreements are executed properly and obtained.
(c)	Members may elect to terminate their participation in a group and may be terminated by the group under subsection (d) of this section and the bylaws of the group.
(d)	A group may terminate a member's participation in the group on 30 days' written notice to the member. A group may terminate a member's participation in the group for nonpayment of premium on 10 days' written notice to the member. A member may terminate its participation in the group on 10 days' written notice to the group. Notices under this subsection shall be given by certified mail, return receipt requested. No termination by the group is effective until the notice is received by the member. (1997‑362, s. 3; 2001‑451, s. 3.)

§ 58‑47‑130.  Disclosure.
Every group through its board, TPA, service company, agents, or other representatives shall require, before accepting an application, each applicant for membership to acknowledge in writing that the applicant has received the following:
(1)	A document disclosing that the members are jointly and severally liable for the obligations of the group.
(2)	A copy of the group's plan of assessment.
(3)	The amount of specific and aggregate stop loss or excess insurance or reinsurance carried by the group, the amount and kind of risk retained by the group, and the name and rating of the insurer providing stop loss, excess insurance, or reinsurance. (1997‑362, s. 3.)

§ 58‑47‑135.  Assessment plan and indemnity agreement.
(a)	Each group shall establish an assessment plan that provides for a reasonable and equitable mechanism for assessing its members. The plan and any amendments shall be approved by the Commissioner.  The plan shall include descriptions of the circumstances that initiate an assessment, basis, and allocation to members of the amount being assessed, and collection of the assessment.
(b)	The board shall notify the Commissioner of an assessment no fewer than 60 days before an assessment.
(c)	The Commissioner shall impose an assessment on members if the board or third‑party administrator fails to take action to correct a hazardous financial condition.
(d)	Every group shall file an indemnity agreement on a form prescribed by the Commissioner, which jointly and severally binds the members of the group to comply with the provisions of the act and pay obligations imposed by the Act. (1997‑362, s. 3.)

§ 58‑47‑140.  Other provisions of this Chapter.
The following provisions of this Chapter apply to workers' compensation self‑insurance groups that are subject to this Article:
G.S. 58‑1‑10, 58‑2‑45, 58‑2‑50, 58‑2‑70, 58‑2‑100, 58‑2‑105, 58‑2‑155, 58‑2‑161, 58‑2‑180, 58‑2‑185, 58‑2‑190, 58‑2‑200, 58‑3‑71, 58‑3‑81, 58‑3‑100, 58‑3‑120, 58‑6‑25, 58‑7‑21, 58‑7‑26, 58‑7‑30, 58‑7‑33, 58‑7‑73, and Articles 13, 19, 30, 33, 34, and 63 of this Chapter. (1997‑362, s. 3; 2005‑215, s. 15; 2006‑226, s. 17.)

Part 2. Third‑Party Administrators and Service Companies For Individual And Group Self‑insurers.
§ 58‑47‑150.  Definitions.
As used in this Part:
(1)	"Books and records" means all files, documents, and databases in a paper form, electronic medium, or both.
(2)	"Self‑insurer" means a group of employers licensed by the Commissioner under Part 1 of this Article or a single employer licensed by the Commissioner under Article 5 of Chapter 97 of the General Statutes to retain its liability under the Workers' Compensation Act and to pay directly the compensation in the amount and manner and when due as provided for in the Act.
(3)	"Service company" means an entity that has contracted with a self‑insurer for the purpose of providing any services related to claims adjustment, loss control, or both.
(4)	"Third‑party administrator" or "TPA" means a person engaged by a self‑insurer to execute the policies established by the self‑insurer and to provide day‑to‑day management of the self‑insurer. "Third‑Party Administrator" and "TPA" does not mean:
a.	A self‑insurer acting on behalf of its employees or the employees of one or more of its affiliates.
b.	An insurer that is licensed under this Chapter or that is acting as an insurer with respect to a policy lawfully issued and delivered by it and under the laws of a state in which the insurer is licensed to write insurance.
c.	An insurance producer who is licensed by the Commissioner under Article 33 of this Chapter whose activities are limited exclusively to the sale of insurance.
d.	An adjuster licensed by the Commissioner under Article 33 of this Chapter whose activities are limited to adjustment of claims.
e.	An individual who is an officer, a member, or an employee of a board.
(5)	"Underwriting" means the process of selecting risks and classifying them according to their degrees of insurability so that the appropriate rates may be assigned. The process also includes rejection of those risks that do not qualify.  (1997‑362, s. 3; 2022‑46, s. 14(qqq).)

§ 58‑47‑155.  TPAs and service companies; authority; qualifications.
(a)	No person shall act as, offer to act as, or hold himself or herself out as a TPA or a service company with respect to risks located in this State for a self‑insurer unless that person complies with this Article.
(b)	A TPA or service company shall post with the self‑insurer a fidelity bond or other appropriate coverage, issued by an authorized insurer, in a form acceptable to the Commissioner, in an amount commensurate with the risk, and with the governing board of the self‑insurer as obligee or beneficiary.
(c)	A TPA or service company shall maintain errors and omissions coverage or other appropriate liability insurance in a form acceptable to the Commissioner and in an amount commensurate with the risk. The governing body of the self‑insurer shall be obligee or beneficiary of the coverage or insurance.
(d)	If the Commissioner determines that a TPA or service company or any other person has not materially complied with this Article or with any rule adopted or order issued under this Article, after notice and opportunity to be heard, the Commissioner may order for each separate violation a civil penalty under G.S. 58‑2‑70(d).
(e)	If the Commissioner finds that because of a material noncompliance that a self‑insurer has suffered any loss or damage, the Commissioner may maintain a civil action brought by or on behalf of the self‑insurer and its covered members or persons and creditors for recovery of compensatory damages for the benefit of the self‑insurer and its covered members or persons and creditors, or for other appropriate relief.
(f)	Nothing in this Article affects the Commissioner's right to impose any other penalties provided for in this Chapter or limits or restricts the rights of covered members or persons, claimants, and creditors.
(g)	If an order of rehabilitation or liquidation of the self‑insurer has been entered under Article 30 of this Chapter, and the receiver appointed under that order determines that the TPA or service company or any other person has not materially complied with this Article or any rule adopted or order issued under this Article, and the self‑insurer suffered any loss or damage from the noncompliance, the receiver may maintain a civil action for recovery of damages or other appropriate sanctions for the benefit of the self‑insurer. (1997‑362, s. 3.)

§ 58‑47‑160.  Written agreement; composition; restrictions.
(a)	No person may act as a TPA or service company without a written agreement between the TPA or service company and the self‑insurer. The written agreement shall be retained by the self‑insurer and the TPA or service company for the duration of the agreement and for five years thereafter. The agreement shall contain all provisions required by this Article, to the extent those requirements apply to the functions performed by the TPA or service company.
(b)	Groups shall file with the Commissioner the written agreement, and any amendments to the agreement, within 30 days after execution. Single employers shall furnish the Commissioner, upon request, the written agreement and any amendments to the agreement. The information required by this section, including any trade secrets, shall be kept confidential; provided that the Commissioner may use that information in any judicial or administrative proceeding instituted against the TPA or service company.
(c)	The written agreement shall set forth the duties and powers of the TPA or service company and the self‑insurer. The Commissioner shall disapprove any such written agreement that:
(1)	Subjects the self‑insurer to excessive charges for expenses or commission.
(2)	Vests in the TPA or service company any control over the management of the affairs of the self‑insurer to the exclusion of the governing board of the self‑insurer.
(3)	Is entered into with any TPA or service company if the person acting as the TPA or service company, or any of the officers or directors of the TPA or service company, is of known bad character or has been affiliated directly or indirectly through ownership, control, management, reinsurance transactions, or other insurance or business relationships with any person known to have been involved in the improper manipulation of assets, accounts, or reinsurance.
(4)	Is determined by the Commissioner to contain provisions that are not fair and reasonable to the self‑insurer.
(d)	The self‑insurer, TPA, or service company may, by written notice, terminate the agreement as provided in the agreement. The self‑insurer may suspend the underwriting authority of the TPA during the pendency of any dispute regarding the cause for termination of the agreement. The self‑insurer shall fulfill any lawful obligations with respect to policies affected by the agreement, regardless of any dispute between the self‑insurer and the TPA or service company.
(e)	The contract may not be assigned in whole or part by the TPA or service company without prior approval by the governing board of the self‑insurer and the Commissioner. (1997‑362, s. 3.)

§ 58‑47‑165.  Books and records.
(a)	Every TPA or service company shall maintain and make available to the self‑insurer complete books and records of all transactions performed on behalf of the self‑insurer. The books and records shall be maintained by the self‑insurer, TPA, or service company in accordance with G.S. 58‑47‑180.
(b)	The Commissioner shall have access to books and records maintained by a TPA or service company for the purposes of examination, audit, or inspection. The Commissioner shall keep confidential any trade secrets contained in those books and records, including the identity and addresses of the covered members of a self‑insurer, except that the Commissioner may use the information in any judicial or administrative proceeding instituted against the TPA or service company.
(c)	The Commissioner may use the TPA or service company as an intermediary in the Commissioner's dealings with the self‑insurer if the Commissioner determines that this will result in a more rapid and accurate flow of information from the self‑insurer and will aid in the self‑insurer's compliance with this Article and the Workers' Compensation Act.
(d)	The self‑insurer shall own the books and records generated by the TPA or service company pertaining to the self‑insurer's business.
(e)	The self‑insurer shall have access to and rights to duplicate all books and records related to its business.
(f)	If the self‑insurer and the TPA or service company cancel their agreement, notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (a) of this section, the TPA or service company, shall transfer all books and records to the new TPA, service company, or the self‑insurer in a form acceptable to the Commissioner. The new TPA or service company shall acknowledge, in writing, that it is responsible for retaining the books and records of the previous TPA, service company, or the self‑insurer as required in subsection (a) of this section. (1997‑362, s. 3.)

§ 58‑47‑170.  Payments to TPA or service company.
If a self‑insurer uses the services of a TPA, the payment to the TPA of any premiums or charges for insurance by or on behalf of the insured party is considered payment to the self‑insurer. The payment of return premiums or claim payments forwarded by the self‑insurer to the TPA or service company is not considered payment to the insured party or claimant until the payments are received by the insured party or claimant. This section does not limit any right of the self‑insurer against the TPA or service company resulting from the failure of the TPA or service company to make payments to the self‑insurer, insured parties, or claimants. (1997‑362, s. 3.)

§ 58‑47‑175.  Approval of advertising.
A TPA or service company may use only the advertising pertaining to or affecting the business underwritten by a self‑insurer that has been approved in writing by the self‑insurer before its use. (1997‑362, s. 3.)

§ 58‑47‑180.  Premium collection and payment of claims.
(a)	The TPA or service company, at a minimum, shall:
(1)	Periodically render an accounting to the self‑insurer detailing all transactions performed by the TPA or service company pertaining to the business underwritten, premium or other charges collected, and claims paid by the self‑insurer, when applicable.
(2)	Deposit all receipts directly into an account maintained in the name of the self‑insurer.
(3)	Pay claims on drafts or checks of and authorized by the self‑insurer.
(4)	Not withdraw from the self‑insurer's account except for authority limited to pay claims and refund premiums.
(5)	Remit return premium, directly from the self‑insurer's account, to the person entitled to the return premium.
(b)	Any check disbursement authority granted to the TPA or service company may be terminated upon the self‑insurer's written notice to the TPA or service company or upon termination of the agreement. The self‑insurer may suspend the check disbursement authority during the pendency of any dispute regarding the cause for termination. (1997‑362, s. 3.)

§ 58‑47‑185.  Notices; disclosure.
(a)	When the services of a TPA are used, the TPA shall provide a written notice approved by the self‑insurer to covered members advising them of the identity of, and relationship among, the TPA, the member, and the self‑insurer.
(b)	When a TPA collects funds, the reason for collection of each item shall be identified to the member and each item shall be shown separately from any premium. Additional charges may not be made for services to the extent the services have been paid for by the self‑insurer.
(c)	The TPA shall disclose to the self‑insurer all charges, fees, and commissions received from all services in connection with the provision of administrative services for the self‑insurer, including any fees or commissions paid by self‑insurers for obtaining reinsurance.
(d)	The TPA or service company shall disclose to the self‑insurer the nature of other business in which it is involved. (1997‑362, s. 3.)

§ 58‑47‑190.  Compensation.
A TPA or service company shall not enter into any agreement or understanding with a self‑insurer that makes the amount of the TPA's or service company's commissions, fees, or charges contingent upon savings affected in the adjustment, settlement, and payment of losses covered by the self‑insurer's obligations. This section does not prohibit a TPA or service company from receiving performance‑based compensation for providing medical services through a physician‑based network or auditing services and does not prevent the compensation of a TPA or service company from being based on premiums or charges collected or the number of claims paid or processed. (1997‑362, s. 3.)

§ 58‑47‑195.  Examinations.
TPAs and service companies may be examined under G.S. 58‑2‑131 through G.S. 58‑2‑134. (1997‑362, s. 3; 1999‑132, s. 11.8.)

§ 58‑47‑200.  Unfair trade practices.
TPAs and service companies are subject to Article 63 of this Chapter. (1997‑362, s. 3.)

§ 58‑47‑205.  Other requirements.
(a)	A TPA or service company, or any owner, officer, employee, or agent of a TPA or service company, or any other person affiliated with or related to the TPA or service company shall not:
(1)	Serve as a trustee of a self‑insurer.
(2)	Make a contribution to the surplus of a self‑insurer.
(b)	Each TPA or service company shall make available for inspection by the Commissioner copies of all contracts with persons using the services of the TPA.  (1997‑362, s. 3; 2009‑172, s. 4.)

Part 3. Third‑Party Administrators for Groups.
§§ 58‑47‑210 through 58‑47‑220: Repealed by Session Laws 2001‑223, s. 21.3, effective January 1, 2002.

Article 48.
Postassessment Insurance Guaranty Association.
§ 58‑48‑1.  Short title.
This Article shall be known and may be cited as the "Insurance Guaranty Association Act." (1971, c. 670, s. 1.)

§ 58‑48‑5.  Purpose of Article. 
The purpose of this Article is to provide a mechanism for the payment of covered claims under certain insurance policies, to avoid excessive delay in payment, and to avoid financial loss to claimants or policyholders because of the insolvency of an insurer, to assist in the detection and prevention of insurer insolvencies, and to provide an association to assess the cost of such protection among insurers. (1971, c. 670, s. 1.)

§ 58‑48‑10.  Scope.
This Article shall apply to all kinds of direct insurance, but shall not be applicable to:
(1)	Life, annuity, accident and health or disability insurance;
(2)	Mortgage guaranty, financial guaranty or other forms of insurance offering protection against investment risks;
(3)	Fidelity or surety bonds, or any other bonding obligations;
(4)	Credit insurance, vendors' single interest insurance, collateral protection insurance, or any similar insurance protecting the interests of a creditor arising out of a creditor‑debtor transaction;
(5)	Insurance of warranties or service contracts;
(6)	Title insurance;
(7)	Ocean marine insurance;
(8)	Repealed by Session Laws 1991 (Regular Session, 1992), c. 802, s. 1.
(9)	Any transaction or combination of transactions between a person (including affiliates of such person) and an insurer (including affiliates of such insurer) which involves the transfer of investment or credit risk unaccompanied by transfer of insurance risk;
(10)	Insurance written on a retroactive basis to cover known or unknown losses which have resulted from an event with respect to which a claim has already been made, and the claim is known to the insurer at the time the insurance is bound. (1971, c. 670, s. 1; 1989, c. 206, s. 1; 1991 (Reg. Sess., 1992), c. 802, s. 1.)

§ 58‑48‑15.  Construction. 
This Article shall be liberally construed to effect the purpose under G.S. 58‑48‑5 which shall constitute an aid and guide to interpretation. (1971, c. 670, s. 1.)

§ 58‑48‑20.  Definitions.
As used in this Article:
(1)	"Account" means any one of the three accounts created by G.S. 58‑48‑25.
(1a)	"Affiliate" means a person who directly, or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with an insolvent insurer on December 31 of the year next preceding the date the insurer becomes an insolvent insurer.
(2)	"Association" means the North Carolina Insurance Guaranty Association created under G.S. 58‑48‑25.
(2a)	"Claimant" means any insured making a first party claim or any person instituting a liability claim; provided that no person who is an affiliate of the insolvent insurer may be a claimant.
(3)	Repealed by Session Laws 1991, c. 720, s. 6.
(3a)	"Control" means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, other than a commercial contract for goods or nonmanagement services, or otherwise, unless the power is the result of an official position with or corporate office held by the person. Control shall be presumed to exist if any person, directly or indirectly owns, controls, holds with the power to vote, or holds proxies representing ten percent (10%) or more of the voting securities of any other person. This presumption may be rebutted by a showing that control does not exist in fact.
(4)	"Covered claim" means an unpaid claim, including one of unearned premiums, which is in excess of fifty dollars ($50.00) and arises out of and is within the coverage and not in excess of the applicable limits of an insurance policy to which this Article applies as issued by an insurer, if such insurer becomes an insolvent insurer after the effective date of this Article and (i) the claimant or insured is a resident of this State at the time of the insured event; or (ii) the property from which the claim arises is permanently located in this State. "Covered claim" shall not include any amount awarded (i) as punitive or exemplary damages; (ii) sought as a return of premium under any retrospective rating plan; or (iii) due any reinsurer, insurer, insurance pool, or underwriting association, as subrogation or contribution recoveries or otherwise. "Covered claim" also shall not include fines or penalties, including attorneys fees, imposed against an insolvent insurer or its insured or claims of any claimant whose net worth exceeds fifty million dollars ($50,000,000) on December 31 of the year preceding the date the insurer becomes insolvent.
(5)	"Insolvent insurer" means (i) an insurer licensed and authorized to transact insurance in this State either at the time the policy was issued or when the insured event occurred and (ii) against whom an order of liquidation with a finding of insolvency has been entered after the effective date of this Article by a court of competent jurisdiction in the insurer's state of domicile or of this State under the provisions of Article 30 of this Chapter, and which order of liquidation has not been stayed or been the subject of a writ of supersedeas or other comparable order.
(6)	"Member insurer" means any person who (i) writes any kind of insurance to which this Article applies under G.S. 58‑48‑10, including the exchange of reciprocal or interinsurance contracts, and (ii) is licensed and authorized to transact insurance in this State.
(7)	"Net direct written premiums" means direct gross premiums written in this State on insurance policies to which this Article applies, less return premiums thereon and dividends paid or credited to policyholders on such direct business. "Net direct written premiums" does not include premiums on contracts between insurers or reinsurers.
(7a)	"Ocean marine insurance" includes (i) marine insurance as defined in G.S. 58‑7‑15(20)a., except for inland marine, (ii) marine protection and indemnity insurance as defined in G.S. 58‑7‑15(21), and (iii) any other form of insurance, regardless of the name, label, or marketing designation of the insurance policy, which insures against maritime perils or risks and other related perils or risks, which are usually insured by traditional marine insurance such as hull and machinery, marine builders' risks, and marine protection and indemnity. The perils and risks insured against include loss, damage, or expense, or legal liability of the insured for loss, damage, or expense, arising out of, or incident to, ownership, operation, chartering, maintenance, use, repair, or construction of any vessel, craft, or instrumentality in use in ocean or inland waterways, including liability of the insured for personal injury, illness, death, or for loss or damage to the property of the insured or another person. "Ocean marine insurance" does not include insurance on vessels or vehicles under five tons gross weight.
(8)	"Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, association or voluntary organization.
(9)	"Policyholder" means the person to whom an insurance policy to which this Article applies was issued by an insurer which has become an insolvent insurer.
(10)	"Resident" means:
a.	An individual domiciled in this State;
b.	An individual formerly domiciled in this State at the time the applicable policy was issued or renewed and the term of the policy had not expired at the time of the insured event, and who at the time of the insured event had complied with the laws of the current domicile necessary to allow maintenance in force and effect of the applicable policy; or
c.	In the case of a corporation or other entity that is not a natural person, a corporation or entity whose principal place of business is located in this State at the time of the insured event. (1971, c. 670, s. 1; 1985, c. 613, ss. 1‑3; 1989, c. 206, s. 2; c. 770, s. 72; 1991, c. 720, s. 6; 1991 (Reg. Sess., 1992), c. 802, s. 2; 1993, c. 452, s. 51; 2003‑167, s. 1.)

§ 58‑48‑25.  Creation of the Association.
There is created a nonprofit, unincorporated legal entity to be known as the North Carolina Insurance Guaranty Association. All insurers defined as member insurers in G.S. 58‑48‑20(6) shall be and remain members of the Association as a condition of their authority to transact insurance in this State. The Association shall perform its functions under a plan of operation established and approved under G.S. 58‑48‑40 and shall exercise its powers through a board of directors established under G.S. 58‑48‑30. For purposes of administration and assessment, the Association shall be divided into three separate accounts: (i) the automobile insurance account; (ii) the workers' compensation account; and (iii) the account for all other insurance to which the Article applies. Each person becoming a member insurer after October 1, 1985, shall pay to the Association upon demand a nonrefundable initial membership fee of fifty dollars ($50.00). (1971, c. 670, s. 1; 1985, c. 613, s. 4; 1991 (Reg. Sess., 1992), c. 802, s. 3.)

§ 58‑48‑30.  Board of directors.
(a)	The board of directors of the Association shall consist of not less than five nor more than nine persons serving terms as established in the plan of operation. One non‑voting member of the board shall be a property and casualty insurance producer authorized to write insurance for a member insurer, and appointed by the Commissioner; and the remaining members shall be selected by member insurers subject to the approval of the Commissioner. Vacancies of the board shall be filled for the remaining period of the term in the same manner as initial appointments. If no members are selected within 60 days after June 25, 1971, the Commissioner may appoint the initial members of the board of directors.
(b)	In approving selections to the board, the Commissioner shall consider among other things whether all member insurers are fairly represented.
(c)	Members of the board may be reimbursed from the assets of the Association for expenses incurred by them as members of the board of directors.  (1971, c. 670, s. 1; 1987, c. 864, s. 60; 2022‑46, s. 14(rrr).)

§ 58‑48‑35.  Powers and duties of the Association.
(a)	The Association shall:
(1)	Be obligated to the extent of the covered claims existing prior to the determination of insolvency and arising within 30 days after the determination of insolvency, or before the policy expiration date if less than 30 days after the determination, or before the insured replaces the policy or causes its cancellation, if he does so within 30 days of the determination. This obligation includes only the amount of each covered claim that is in excess of fifty dollars ($50.00) and is less than three hundred thousand dollars ($300,000). However, the Association shall pay the full amount of a covered claim for benefits under a workers' compensation insurance coverage, and shall pay an amount not exceeding ten thousand dollars ($10,000) per policy for a covered claim for the return of unearned premium. The Association has no obligation to pay a claimant's covered claim, except a claimant's workers' compensation claim, if:
a.	The insured had primary coverage at the time of the loss with a solvent insurer equal to or in excess of three hundred thousand dollars ($300,000) and applicable to the claimant's loss; or
b.	The insured's coverage is written subject to a self‑insured retention equal to or in excess of three hundred thousand dollars ($300,000).
If the primary coverage or the self‑insured retention is less than three hundred thousand dollars ($300,000), the Association's obligation to the claimant is reduced by the coverage and the retention. The Association shall pay the full amount of a covered claim for benefits under a workers' compensation insurance coverage to a claimant notwithstanding any self‑insured retention, but the Association has the right to recover the amount of the self‑insured retention from the employer.
In no event shall the Association be obligated to a policyholder or claimant in an amount in excess of the obligation of the insolvent insurer under the policy from which the claim arises. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article, a covered claim shall not include any claim filed with the Association after the final date set by the court for the filing of claims against the liquidator or receiver of an insolvent insurer.
(2)	Be deemed the insurer to the extent of the Association's obligation on the covered claims and to such extent shall have all rights, duties, and obligations of the insolvent insurer as if the insurer had not become insolvent. However, the Association has the right but not the obligation to defend an insured who is not a resident of this State at the time of the insured event unless the property from which the claim arises is permanently located in this State in which instance the Association does have the obligation to defend the matter in accordance with policy.
(3)	Allocate claims paid and expenses incurred among the two accounts separately, and assess member insurers separately for each account amounts necessary to pay the obligation of the Association under subsection (a) above subsequent to an insolvency, the expenses of handling covered claims subsequent to an insolvency, the cost of examinations under G.S. 58‑48‑60 and other expenses authorized by this Article. The assessments of each member insurer shall be in the proportion that the net direct written premiums of the member insurer for the preceding calendar year on the kinds of insurance in the account bears to the net direct written premiums of all member insurers for the preceding calendar year on the kinds of insurance in the account; provided, for purposes of assessment only, premiums otherwise reportable by a servicing insurer under any plan of operation approved by the Commissioner of Insurance under Articles 45 or 46 of this Chapter shall not be deemed to be the net direct written premiums of such servicing insurer or association, but shall be deemed to be the net direct written premiums of the individual insurers to the extent provided for in any such plan of operation. Each member insurer shall be notified of the assessment not later than 30 days before it is due. No member insurer may be assessed in any year on any account an amount greater than two percent (2%) of that member insurer's net direct written premiums for the preceding calendar year on the kinds of insurance in the account. If the maximum assessment, together with the other assets of the Association in any account, does not provide in any one year in any account an amount sufficient to make all necessary payments from that account, the funds available shall be prorated and the unpaid portion shall be paid as soon thereafter as funds become available. The Association may exempt or defer, in whole or in part, the assessment of any member insurer, if the assessment would cause the member insurer's financial statement to reflect amounts of capital or surplus less than the minimum amounts required for a license by any jurisdiction in which the member insurer is authorized to transact insurance. Each member insurer may set off against any assessment, authorized payments made on covered claims and expenses incurred in the payment of such claims by the member insurer if they are chargeable to the account for which the assessment is made.
(4)	Investigate claims brought against the Association and adjust, compromise, settle, and pay covered claims to the extent of the Association's obligation and deny all other claims and may review settlements, releases and judgments to which the insolvent insurer or its insureds were parties to determine the extent to which such settlements, releases and judgments may be properly contested.
(5)	Notify such persons as the Commissioner directs under G.S. 58‑48‑45(b)(1).
(6)	Handle claims through its employees or through one or more insurers or other persons designated as servicing facilities. Designation of a servicing facility is subject to the approval of the Commissioner, but such designation may be declined by a member insurer.
(7)	Reimburse each servicing facility for obligations of the Association paid by the facility and for expenses incurred by the facility while handling claims on behalf of the Association and shall pay the other expenses of the Association authorized by this Article.
(b)	The Association may:
(1)	Employ or retain such persons as are necessary to handle claims and perform other duties of the Association.
(2)	Borrow funds necessary to effect the purposes of this Article in accord with the plan of operation.
(3)	Sue or be sued.
(4)	Negotiate and become a party to such contracts as are necessary to carry out the purpose of this Article.
(5)	Perform such other acts as are necessary or proper to effectuate the purpose of this Article.
(6)	Refund to the member insurers in proportion to the contribution of each member insurer to that account that amount by which the assets of the account exceed the liabilities if, at the end of any calendar year, the board of directors finds that the assets of the Association in any account exceed the liabilities of that account as estimated by the board of directors for the coming year.
(7)	Be designated or may contract as a servicing facility for any entity which may be recommended by the Association's board of directors and approved by the Commissioner of Insurance.  (1971, c. 670, s. 1; 1977, c. 343; 1979, c. 295, s. 1; 1985, c. 613, ss. 5, 6; 1989, c. 206, s. 3; 1991 (Reg. Sess., 1992), c. 802, s. 4; 1999‑132, s. 9.1; 2009‑130, s. 1.)

§ 58‑48‑40.  Plan of operation.
(a)	The Association shall submit to the Commissioner a plan of operation and any amendment thereto necessary or suitable to assure the fair, reasonable, and equitable administration of the Association.  The plan of operation and any amendments thereto shall become effective upon approval in writing by the Commissioner.
If the Association fails to submit a suitable plan of operation within 90 days following June 25, 1971, or if at any time thereafter the Association fails to submit suitable amendments to the plan, the Commissioner shall, after notice and hearing, adopt and promulgate such reasonable rules as are necessary or advisable to effectuate the provisions of this Article.  Such rules shall continue in force until modified by the Commissioner or superseded by a plan submitted by the Association and approved by the Commissioner.
(b)	All member insurers shall comply with the plan of operation.
(c)	The plan of operation shall:
(1)	Establish the procedures whereby all the powers and duties of the Association under G.S. 58‑48‑35 will be performed.
(2)	Establish procedures for handling assets of the Association.
(3)	Establish the amount and method of reimbursing members of the board of directors under G.S. 58‑48‑30.
(4)	Establish procedures by which claims may be filed with the Association and establish acceptable forms of proof of covered claims.  Notice of claims to the receiver or liquidator of the insolvent insurer shall be deemed notice to the Association or its agent and a list of such claims shall be periodically submitted to the Association or similar organization in another state by the receiver or liquidator.
(5)	Establish regular places and times for meetings of the board of directors.
(6)	Establish procedures for records to be kept of all financial transactions of the Association, its agents, and the board of directors.
(7)	Provide that any member insurer aggrieved by any final action or decision of the Association may appeal to the Commissioner within 30 days after the action or decision.
(8)	Establish the procedures whereby selections for the board of directors will be submitted to the Commissioner.
(9)	Contain additional provisions necessary or proper for the execution of the powers and duties of the Association.
(d)	The plan of operation may provide that any or all powers and duties of the Association, except those under G.S. 58‑48‑35(a)(3) and G.S. 58‑48‑35(b)(2), are delegated to a corporation, association, or other organization which performs or will perform functions similar to those of this Association, or its equivalent, in two or more states.  Such a corporation, association or organization shall be reimbursed as a servicing facility would be reimbursed and shall be paid for its performance of any other functions of the Association.  A delegation under this subsection shall take effect only with the approval of both the board of directors and the Commissioner, and may be made only to a corporation, association, or organization which extends protection not substantially less favorable and effective than that provided by this Article. (1971, c. 670, s. 1; 1973, c. 1446, s. 2.)

§ 58‑48‑42.  Procedure for appeal to Commissioner from decision of Association.
In any hearing called by the Commissioner for an appeal made pursuant to G.S. 58‑48‑40(c)(7), no later than 20 days before the hearing the appellant shall file with the Commissioner or the Commissioner's designated hearing officer and shall serve on the appellee a written statement of the appellant's case and any evidence the appellant intends to offer at the hearing.  No later than five days before the hearing, the appellee shall file with the Commissioner or the Commissioner's designated hearing officer and shall serve on the appellant a written statement of the appellee's case and any evidence the appellee intends to offer at the hearing.  Each hearing shall be recorded and transcribed.  The cost of the recording and transcribing shall be borne equally by the appellant and the appellee.  However, upon any final adjudication the prevailing party shall be reimbursed for that party's share of the costs by the other party.  Each party shall, on a date determined by the Commissioner or the Commissioner's designated hearing officer, but not sooner than 15 days after delivery of the completed transcript to the party, submit to the Commissioner or the Commissioner's designated hearing officer and serve on the other party, a proposed order.  The Commissioner or the Commissioner's designated hearing officer shall then issue an order. (1991, c. 644, s. 31; 1993, c. 504, s. 42.)

§ 58‑48‑45.  Duties and powers of the Commissioner.
(a)	The Commissioner shall:
(1)	Notify the Association of the existence of an insolvent insurer not later than three days after he receives notice of the determination of the insolvency.
(2)	Upon request of the board of directors, provide the Association with a statement of the net direct written premiums of each member insurer.
(b)	The Commissioner may:
(1)	Require that the Association notify the insureds of the insolvent insurer and any other interested parties of the determination of insolvency and of their rights under this Article. Such notification shall be by mail at their last known address, where available, but if sufficient information for notification by mail is not available, notice by publication in a newspaper of general circulation shall be sufficient.
(2)	Suspend or revoke, after notice and hearing, the license to transact insurance in this State of any member insurer which fails to pay an assessment when due or fails to comply with the plan of operation. As an alternative, the Commissioner may levy a fine on any member insurer which fails to pay an assessment when due. Such fine shall not exceed five percent (5%) of the unpaid assessment per month, except that no fine shall be less than one hundred dollars ($100.00) per month.
(3)	Revoke the designation of any servicing facility if he finds claims are being handled unsatisfactorily.
(c)	Any final action or order of the Commissioner under this Article shall be subject to judicial review in accordance with the provisions of G.S. 58‑2‑75. (1971, c. 670, s. 1; 1999‑132, s. 9.1.)

§ 58‑48‑50.  Effect of paid claims.
(a)	Any person recovering under this Article shall be deemed to have assigned his rights under the policy or at law to the Association to the extent of his recovery from the Association. Every insured or claimant seeking the protection of this Article shall cooperate with the Association to the same extent as such person would have been required to cooperate with the insolvent insurer. The Association shall have no cause of action against the insured of the insolvent insurer for any sums it has paid out except such causes of action as the insolvent insurer would have had if such sums had been paid by the insolvent insurer. In the case of an insolvent insurer operating on a plan with assessment liability, payments of claims of the Association shall not operate to reduce the liability of insureds to the receiver, liquidator, or statutory successor for unpaid assessments.
(a1)	The Association shall have the right to recover from the following persons the amount of any "covered claim" paid and any and all expenses incurred, including attorneys' fees and costs of defense, in connection with any claim against the person or the person's affiliate pursuant to this Article:
(1)	Any insured whose net worth on December 31 of the year next preceding the date the insurer becomes insolvent exceeds fifty million dollars ($50,000,000) and whose liability obligations to other persons are satisfied in whole or in part by payments under this Article; or
(2)	Any person who is an affiliate of the insolvent insurer and whose liability obligations to other persons are satisfied in whole or in part by payments made under this Article.
(b)	The receiver, liquidator, or statutory successor of an insolvent insurer shall be bound by settlements of covered claims by the Association or a similar organization in another state. The court having jurisdiction shall grant such claims priority equal to that to which the claimant would have been entitled in the absence of this Article against the assets of the insolvent insurer. The expenses of the Association or similar organization in handling claims shall be accorded the same priority as the liquidator's expenses.
(c)	The Association shall periodically file with the receiver or liquidator of the insolvent insurer statements of the covered claims paid by the Association and estimates of anticipated claims on the Association which shall preserve the rights of the Association against the assets of the insolvent insurer. (1971, c. 670, s. 1; 1989, c. 206, ss. 4, 5; 2003‑167, s. 2.)

§ 58‑48‑55.  Nonduplication of recovery.
(a)	Any person having a right to a defense or a claim against an insurer under any provision in an insurance policy other than a policy of an insolvent insurer which is also a covered claim, shall be required to exhaust first his rights under such policy. Any amount payable on a covered claim under this Article shall be reduced by the amount of any recovery under that insurance policy. For purposes of this section, a claim under an insurance policy shall include a claim under or covered by any kind of insurance, whether it is a first‑party or a third‑party claim, and whether it is a policy covering the policyholder or another person liable to the claimant, and shall include, without limitation, policies of accident and health insurance, workers' compensation insurance, medical expense coverage, and all other coverage except for policies of an insolvent insurer.
(a1)	Any person having a claim or legal right of recovery under any governmental insurance or guaranty program which is also a covered claim shall be required to exhaust first his right under such program. Any amount payable on a covered claim under this Article shall be reduced by the amount of any recovery under such program.
(b)	Any person having a claim which may be recovered under more than one insurance guaranty association or its equivalent shall seek recovery first from the association of the place of residence of the policyholder except that if it is a first party claim for damage to property with a permanent location, he shall seek recovery first from the association of the location of the property, and if it is a workers' compensation claim, he shall seek recovery first from the association of the residence of the claimant. Any recovery under this Article shall be reduced by the amount of recovery from any other insurance guaranty association or its equivalent.
(c)	No claim held by an insurer, reinsurer, insurance pool, or underwriting association, whether the claim is:
(1)	based on an assignment, or
(2)	based on rights of subrogation or contribution, or
(3)	based on any other grounds,
nor any claim of lien, may be asserted in any legal action against a person insured under a policy issued by an insolvent insurer except to the extent the amount of such claim exceeds the obligation of the Association under G.S. 58‑48‑35(a)(1).
(d)	Any person that has liquidated by settlement or judgment a claim against an insured under a policy issued by an insolvent insurer, which claim is a covered claim and is also a claim within the coverage of any policy issued by a solvent insurer, shall be required to exhaust first his rights under such policy issued by the solvent insurer before execution, levy, or any other proceedings are commenced to enforce any judgment obtained against or the settlement with the insured of the insolvent insurer. Any amount so recovered from a solvent insurer shall be credited against the amount of the judgment or settlement. (1971, c. 670, s. 1; 1985, c. 613, ss. 7, 8; 1989, c. 206, s. 6; 1991 (Reg. Sess., 1992), c. 802, s. 5; 2003‑167, s. 3.)

§ 58‑48‑60.  Prevention of insolvencies.
(a)	Repealed by Session Laws 1989, c. 206, s. 7.
(b)	To aid in the detection and prevention of insurer insolvencies, the board of directors may, upon majority vote, request that the Commissioner order an examination of any member insurer which the board in good faith believes may be in a financial condition hazardous to the policyholders or the public. Within 30 days of the receipt of such request, the Commissioner shall begin such examination. The examination may be conducted as an NAIC examination or may be conducted by such persons as the Commissioner designates. The examination report shall be treated as are other examination reports. In no event shall such examination report be released to the board of directors prior to its release to the public, but this shall not preclude the Commissioner from complying with subsection (c) below. The Commissioner shall notify the board of directors when the examination is completed. The request for an examination shall be kept on file by the Commissioner but it shall not be open to public inspection prior to the release of the examination report to the public.
(c)	It shall be the duty of the Commissioner to report to the board of directors when he has reasonable cause to believe that any member insurer examined or being examined at the request of the board of directors may be insolvent or in a financial condition hazardous to the policyholders or the public.
(d)	The board of directors may, upon majority vote, make reports and recommendations to the Commissioner upon any matter germane to the solvency, liquidation, rehabilitation or conservation of any member insurer. Such reports and recommendations shall not be considered public documents.
(e)	The board of directors may, upon majority vote, make recommendations to the Commissioner for the detection and prevention of insurer insolvencies.
(f)	The board of directors may, at the conclusion of any domestic insurer insolvency in which the Association was obligated to pay covered claims, prepare a report on the history and causes of such insolvency, based on the information available to the Association, and submit such report to the Commissioner. (1971, c. 670, s. 1; 1989, c. 206, s. 7; 1991, c. 720, s. 27; 1995, c. 360, s. 2(j).)

§ 58‑48‑65.  Examination of the Association.
The Association shall be subject to examination and regulation by the Commissioner.  The board of directors shall submit, not later than March 30 of each year, a financial report for the preceding calendar year in a form approved by the Commissioner. (1971, c. 670, s. 1.)

§ 58‑48‑70.  Tax exemption.
The Association shall be exempt from payment of all fees and all taxes levied by this State or any of its subdivisions except taxes levied by its subdivisions on real or personal property. (1971, c. 670, s. 1.)

§ 58‑48‑75:  Repealed by Session Laws 1991, c.  689, s. 299.

§ 58‑48‑80.  Immunity.
There shall be no liability on the part of and no cause of action of any nature shall arise against any member insurer, the Association or its agents or employees, the board of directors, or the Commissioner or his representatives for any action taken by them in the performance of their powers and duties under this Article. (1971, c. 670, s. 1.)

§ 58‑48‑85.  Stay of proceedings; reopening of default judgments.
All proceedings in which the insolvent insurer is a party or is obligated to defend a party in any court or before any administrative agency or the North Carolina Industrial Commission shall be stayed automatically for 120 days and such additional time thereafter as may be determined by the court from the date the insolvency is determined or any ancillary proceedings are initiated in this State, whichever is later, to permit proper defense by the Association of all pending causes of action. Any party to any proceeding which is stayed pursuant to this section shall have the right, upon application and notice, to seek a vacation or modification of such stay. Any covered claims arising from any judgment under any decision, verdict or finding based on the default of the insolvent insurer or its failure to defend an insured, shall, upon application and notice by the Association be vacated and set aside by the same court in which such judgment, order, decision, verdict, or finding is entered and the Association either on its own behalf or on behalf of any insured or an insolvent insurer, shall be permitted to defend against such claim on the merits. Any party who has obtained any such judgment or order shall have the right, upon application and notice, to have the judgment or order restored if within 90 days following the entry of the judgment or order the Association has not notified such party and the court that it intends to defend the matter on the merits. (1971, c. 670, s. 1; 1989, c. 206, s. 8; 2003‑167, s. 4.)

§ 58‑48‑90.  Termination; distribution of funds.
(a)	The Commissioner shall by order terminate the operation of the North Carolina Insurance Guaranty Association as to any kind of insurance covered by this Article with respect to which he has found, after hearing, that there is in effect a statutory or voluntary plan which:
(1)	Is a permanent plan which is adequately funded or for which adequate funding is provided; and
(2)	Extends, or will extend to the North Carolina policyholders and residents protection and benefits with respect to insolvent insurers not substantially less favorable and effective to such policyholders and residents than the protection and benefits provided with respect to such kinds of insurance under this Article.
(b)	The Commissioner shall by the same such order authorize discontinuance of future payments by insurers to the North Carolina Insurance Guaranty Association with respect to the same kinds of insurance; provided, the assessments and payments shall continue, as necessary, to liquidate covered claims of insurers adjudged insolvent prior to said order and the related expenses not covered by such other plan.
(c)	In the event the operation of the North Carolina Insurance Guaranty Association shall be so terminated as to all kinds of insurance otherwise within its scope, the Association as soon as possible thereafter shall distribute the balance of moneys and assets remaining (after discharge of the functions of the Association with respect to prior insurer insolvencies not covered by such other plan, together with related expenses) to the insurers which are then writing in this State policies of the kinds of insurance covered by this Article and which had made payments to the Association, pro rata upon the basis of the aggregate of such payments made by the respective insurers during the period of five years next preceding the date of such order. Upon completion of such distribution with respect to all of the kinds of insurance covered by this Article, this Article shall be deemed to have expired. (1971, c. 670, s. 1.)

§ 58‑48‑95.  Use of deposits made by insolvent insurer.
(a)	Notwithstanding any other provision of this Chapter pertaining to the use of deposits made by insurance companies for the protection of policyholders, the Association shall receive, upon its request, from the Commissioner and may expend, any deposit or deposits made, whether or not required by statute, by an insolvent insurer to the extent those deposits are needed by the Association first to pay the covered claims as required by this Article and then to the extent those deposits are needed to pay all expenses of the Association relating to the insurer: Provided that the Commissioner may retain and use an amount of the deposit up to ten thousand dollars ($10,000) to defray administrative costs to be incurred by the Commissioner in carrying out his powers and duties with respect to the insolvent insurer, notwithstanding G.S. 58‑5‑70.
(b)	In, however the case of a deposit made by an insolvent domestic insurer, the Association shall receive, upon its request, from the Commissioner, the portions of the deposit made for the protection of policyholders having covered claims. As for the general deposit, those portions shall be in the proportions that the insolvent domestic insurer's domestic net direct written premiums for the preceding calendar year on the kinds of insurance in the account bears to its total net direct written premiums for the preceding calendar year on the kinds of insurance in the account.
(c)	The Association shall account to the Commissioner and the insolvent insurer for all deposits received from the Commissioner under this section. After the deposits of the insolvent insurer received by the Association under this section have been expended by the Association for the purposes set out in this section, the member insurers shall be assessed as provided by this Article to pay any remaining liabilities of the Association arising under this Article. (1979, c. 628; 1985, c. 613, s. 10; c. 666, s. 41; 1987, c. 864, s. 6; 1989, c. 206, s. 9; c. 452, s. 5; 1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 678, s. 23; 2001‑223, s. 24.4; 2001‑487, s. 103(a).)

§ 58‑48‑100.  Statute of repose; guardians ad litem; notice.
(a)	Notwithstanding any other provision of law, a covered claim with respect to which settlement is not effected with the Association, or suit is not instituted against the insured of an insolvent insurer or the Association, within five years after the date of entry of the order by a court of competent jurisdiction determining the insurer to be insolvent, shall thenceforth be barred forever as a claim against the Association.
(b)	As to any person under a disability described in G.S. 1‑17, the Association may not invoke the bar of the period of repose provided in subsection (a) of this section unless the Association has petitioned for the appointment of a guardian ad litem for such person and the disposition of that petition has become final. If a guardian ad litem is appointed pursuant to this subsection more than four years after the date of entry of the order by a court of competent jurisdiction determining the insurer to be insolvent, the period of repose under subsection (a) of this section shall be extended for such person one year after the date of the appointment.
(c)	Within six months after the Association has been activated as to an insolvent insurer, the Commissioner may request that the Association submit an amendment to the plan of operation in accordance with G.S. 58‑48‑40, which amendment shall be applicable only to that insolvent insurer and shall prescribe a fair, reasonable, and equitable procedure for notice to insureds and to the public. (1985, c. 613, s. 9.)

§ 58‑48‑105.  Transfer of balance of security funds.
(a)	All moneys received and paid into the Stock Workers' Compensation Security Fund under former G.S. 97‑107, together with all property and securities acquired by and through the use of moneys belonging to this Fund, including interest earned upon moneys in this Fund, shall be transferred and deposited into a new account with the Association created pursuant to G.S. 58‑48‑115. This account shall be separate and apart from any other accounts similarly created and from all other Association funds. The Association shall be the custodian of the account, and shall administer the account in accordance with the provisions of this Article.
(b)	All moneys received and paid into the Mutual Workers' Compensation Security Fund under former G.S. 97‑114, together with all property and securities acquired by and through the use of moneys belonging to this Fund, including interest earned upon moneys in this Fund, shall be transferred and deposited into a new account with the Association created pursuant to G.S. 58‑48‑120. This account shall be separate and apart from any other accounts similarly created and from all other Association accounts. The Association shall be the custodian of the account, and shall administer the account in accordance with the provisions of this Article. (1991 (Reg. Sess., 1992), c. 802, s. 6.)

§ 58‑48‑110.  Purpose of the accounts.
The purpose of the accounts created in the Association pursuant to G.S. 58‑48‑115 and G.S. 58‑48‑120 of this Article shall be solely to:
(1)	Receive the balance from the accounts created under former G.S. 97‑107 and G.S. 97‑114;
(2)	Receive assessment moneys from member companies as provided in G.S. 58‑48‑115(a)(3), 58‑48‑120(b), and 58‑48‑120(c);
(3)	Receive interest on moneys in the accounts;
(4)	Pay stock or mutual carrier claims made against the security funds established under G.S. 97‑107 and G.S. 97‑114, but only for claims existing before January 1, 1993; and
(5)	Refund to the contributing stock companies in accordance with G.S. 58‑48‑115 the excess moneys in the stock fund account as set forth in G.S. 58‑48‑115(a)(2). (1991 (Reg. Sess., 1992), c. 802, s. 7.)

§ 58‑48‑115.  Creation of Stock Fund Account; maintenance of Stock Fund Account; and distribution of Stock Fund.
(a)	The moneys received by the Association pursuant to G.S. 58‑48‑105(a) shall be distributed as follows:
(1)	An amount equivalent to one and one‑half times the contingent liabilities of the Stock Workers' Compensation Security Fund created pursuant to former G.S. 97‑107 existing on December 31, 1992, shall be deposited in a separate reserve account to be maintained by the Association which shall be designated as the "Stock Reserve Account." The amount of the Fund's contingent liabilities and the amount to be deposited in this Stock Reserve Account shall be determined and approved by the Department.
(2)	The balance of the moneys received from the Stock Workers' Compensation Security Fund created pursuant to former G.S. 97‑107 shall be refunded by the Association to member insurers that were contributing stock carriers during calendar year 1989 in accordance with the determination of the Department under this subdivision. The amount to be refunded to each stock carrier shall be in proportion to the contributions paid in by each stock carrier. The Department shall, as nearly as practicable, determine this amount under generally accepted accounting principles and the determination of the Department shall be final and not subject to appeal.
(3)	Should the balance of the moneys in the Stock Reserve Account be reduced to less than one and one‑half times the contingent liabilities of the account, the Association shall assess all member insurers that are stock carriers writing workers' compensation in this State at the time of the assessment in an amount equivalent to one and one‑half times the contingent liabilities of said account. The assessment under this subdivision shall be made in accordance with the provisions of G.S. 58‑48‑35(a)(3). (1991 (Reg. Sess., 1992), c. 802, s. 8.)

§ 58‑48‑120.  Creation of Mutual Fund Account; maintenance of Mutual Fund Account.
(a)	The moneys received by the Association pursuant to G.S. 58‑48‑105(b) shall be deposited in a separate reserve account to be maintained by the Association which shall be designated as the Mutual Reserve Account. The amount in this account shall be equivalent to one and one‑half times the contingent liabilities of the Mutual Workers' Compensation Security Fund created pursuant to former G.S. 97‑114 existing on December 31, 1992. The amount of this Fund's contingent liabilities and the amount to be deposited into this Mutual Reserve Account shall be determined and approved by the Department.
(b)	If the amount received by the Association from the former Mutual Workers' Compensation Security Fund created pursuant to G.S. 97‑114 and received by the Association pursuant to G.S. 58‑48‑105(b) is insufficient to equal one and one‑half times the contingent liabilities of the Fund existing on December 31, 1992, the Association shall, over the five years following January 1, 1993, assess the member insurers that are mutual carriers writing workers' compensation insurance in this State at the time of the assessment in the amount it determines necessary to make up the difference between the money received by the Association pursuant to G.S. 58‑48‑105(b) and one and one‑half times the contingent liabilities of the Fund as determined by the Department of Insurance pursuant to G.S. 58‑48‑120(a). The assessment under this subsection shall be made in accordance with the provisions of G.S. 58‑48‑35(a)(3).
(c)	After December 31, 1997, should the balance of the moneys in the Mutual Reserve Account be reduced to less than one and one‑half times the contingent liabilities of the account, the Association shall assess all member insurers that are mutual carriers writing workers' compensation insurance in this State at the time of the assessment in an amount necessary to raise the account to an amount equivalent to one and one‑half times the contingent liabilities of said account. The assessment under this subsection shall be made in accordance with the provisions of G.S. 58‑48‑35(a)(3). (1991 (Reg. Sess., 1992), c. 802, s. 9.)

§ 58‑48‑125.  Payments by the Association.
The accounts created in G.S. 58‑48‑115 and G.S. 58‑48‑120 shall be used to pay the claims against insolvent stock workers' compensation insurers and insolvent mutual workers' compensation insurers, respectively, pursuant to G.S. 58‑48‑110(4) where the insolvency occurred prior to January 1, 1993. The expenses of administering these accounts, including loss adjustment expenses, shall be paid out of the respective accounts. (1991 (Reg. Sess., 1992), c. 802, s. 10; 1993, c. 504, s. 30.)

§ 58‑48‑130.  Termination.
The account created in G.S. 58‑48‑115 shall be dissolved when all liabilities of the Stock Workers' Compensation Security Fund, under former G.S. 97‑107 have been satisfied. Any excess moneys in the Stock Reserve Account shall be refunded to the member insurers that were stock workers' compensation carriers during the preceding calendar year. The amount to be refunded to each stock carrier shall be in proportion to the assessments paid by each stock carrier. The account created in G.S. 58‑48‑120 shall be dissolved when the liabilities of the Mutual Workers' Compensation Security Fund, under former G.S. 97‑114, have been satisfied. Any excess moneys in the mutual reserve account shall be refunded to the member insurers that were mutual workers' compensation carriers during the preceding calendar year. The amount to be refunded to each mutual carrier shall be in proportion to the assessments paid by each mutual carrier. (1991 (Reg. Sess., 1992), c. 802, s. 11.)

Article 49.
Determination of Jurisdiction over Providers of Health Care Benefits.
§ 58‑49‑1.  Purposes.
The purposes of this section and G.S. 58‑49‑5 through G.S. 58‑49‑25 are: To give the State jurisdiction over providers of health care benefits; to indicate how each provider of health care benefits may show under what jurisdiction it falls; to allow for examinations by the State if the provider of health care benefits is unable to show it is subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of another governmental agency; to make such a provider of health care benefits subject to the laws of the State if it cannot show that it is subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of another governmental agency; and to disclose the purchasers of such health care benefits whether or not the plans are fully insured. As used in G.S. 58‑49‑5 through G.S. 58‑49‑20, "person" does not mean the State of North Carolina or any county, city, or other political subdivision of the State of North Carolina.  (1985, c. 304, s. 1; 1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 569, s. 1; 2001‑334, s. 18.1.)

§ 58‑49‑5.  Authority and jurisdiction of Commissioner.
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, and except as provided in this Article, any person that provides coverage in this State for medical, surgical, chiropractic, physical therapy, speech pathology, audiology, professional mental health, dental, hospital, or optometric expenses, whether the coverage is by direct payment, reimbursement, or otherwise, shall be presumed to be subject to the jurisdiction of the Commissioner, unless the person shows that while providing the services it is subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of another agency or subdivision of this State or of the federal government. (1985, c. 304, s. 1; 1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 569, s. 2; 1995, c. 193, s. 40.)

§ 58‑49‑10.  How to show jurisdiction.
A person may show that it is subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of another agency or subdivision of this State or the federal government, by providing to the Commissioner the appropriate certificate, license, or other document issued by the other governmental agency that permits or qualifies it to provide those services. If no documentation is issued by that other agency, the person may provide a certification by an official of that agency that states that the person is under the exclusive jurisdiction of that agency. (1985, c. 304, s. 1; 1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 569, s. 3.)

§ 58‑49‑12.  Exceptions to jurisdiction; health care sharing organizations.
A health care sharing organization shall not be subject to the jurisdiction of the Commissioner and shall not be considered to be engaging in the business of providing health care benefits as long as the health care sharing organization does the following:
(1)	Maintains nonprofit entity status under the Internal Revenue Code.
(2)	Limits its participants to those who share similar interests as defined by the organization.
(3)	Provides for the financial or medical needs of a participant through contributions from one participant to another in accordance with criteria established by the health care sharing organization.
(4)	Provides amounts that participants may contribute with no assumption of risk or promise to pay among the participants and no assumption of risk or promise to pay by the health care sharing organization to the participants.
(5)	Publishes a written monthly statement to all participants that lists the total dollar amount of qualified needs submitted to the health care sharing organization, as well as the amount published or assigned to participants for their contribution.
(6)	Provides a written disclaimer on or accompanying all applications and guideline materials distributed by or on behalf of the organization that reads, in substance, as follows:
"NOTICE: The organization facilitating the sharing of medical expenses is not an insurance company and neither its guidelines nor its plan of operation is an insurance policy. Whether anyone chooses to assist you with your medical bills will be voluntary. No other participant will be compelled by law to contribute toward your medical bills. As such, participation in the organization or a subscription to any of its documents should never be considered to be insurance. Regardless of whether you receive any payment for medical expenses or whether this organization continues to operate, you are always personally liable for the payment of your own medical bills."  (2011‑103, s. 1.)

§ 58‑49‑15.  Examination.
Any person that is unable to show under G.S. 58‑49‑10 that it is subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of another agency or subdivision of this State or of the federal government, shall submit to an examination by the Commissioner to determine the organization and solvency of the person, and to determine whether or not such person complies with the applicable provisions of this Chapter. (1985, c. 304, s. 1; 1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 569, s. 4.)

§ 58‑49‑20.  Subject to State laws.
Any person unable to show that it is subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of another agency or subdivision of this State or the federal government, shall be subject to all appropriate provisions of this Chapter regarding the conduct of its business. (1985, c. 304, s. 1; 1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 569, s. 5.)

§ 58‑49‑25.  Disclosure.
(a)	Any production agency or administrator that advertises, sells, transacts, or administers the coverage in this State described in G.S. 58‑49‑5 and that is required to submit to an examination by the Commissioner under G.S. 58‑49‑15, shall, if said coverage is not fully insured or otherwise fully covered by an admitted life, accident, health, accident and health, or disability insurer, nonprofit dental, health care, medical, or vision service plan, or nonprofit health care plan, clearly and distinctly advise every purchaser, prospective purchaser, and covered person of such lack of insurance or other coverage.
(b)	Any administrator that advertises or administers the coverage in this State described in G.S. 58‑49‑5 and that is required to submit to an examination by the Commissioner under G.S. 58‑49‑15, shall advise any production agency of the elements of the coverage, including the amount of "stop‑loss" insurance in effect.  (1985, c. 304, s. 1; 2021‑169, s. 5.)

§ 58‑49‑30.  Recodified as G.S. 58‑50A‑60.

§ 58‑49‑35.  Recodified as G.S. 58‑50A‑65.

§ 58‑49‑40.  Recodified as G.S. 58‑50A‑70.

§ 58‑49‑45.  Recodified as G.S. 58‑50A‑75.

§ 58‑49‑50.  Recodified as G.S. 58‑50A‑80.

§ 58‑49‑55.  Recodified as G.S. 58‑50A‑85.

§ 58‑49‑60.  Recodified as G.S. 58‑50A‑90.

§ 58‑49‑65.  Recodified as G.S. 58‑50A‑95.

Article 50.
General Accident and Health Insurance Regulations.
Part 1. Miscellaneous Provisions.
§ 58‑50‑1.  Waiver by insurer.
The acknowledgment by any insurer of the receipt of notice given under any policy covered by Articles 49, 50 through 55, 65, or 67 of this Chapter, or the furnishing of forms for filing proofs of loss, or the acceptance of such proofs, or the investigation of any claim under the policy, shall not operate as a waiver of any of the rights of the insurer in defense of any claim arising under the policy. (1913, c. 91, s. 7; C.S., s. 6484; 1991, c. 720, s. 28; 1999‑244, s. 10; 2000‑140, s. 16.)

§ 58‑50‑5.  Application.
(a)	On and after January 1, 1956, each individual or family accident, health, hospitalization policy, certificate or service plan of hospital service corporations shall be issued only on application in writing signed by the insured or the head of the household or guardian. Any application or enrollment form that is taken by a resident insurance producer shall also contain the certificate of the insurance producer that the insurance producer has truly and accurately recorded on the application or enrollment form the information supplied by the insured. Every policy subject to the provisions of this section shall contain the original or a reproduction of the application required by this section. This section shall not apply to travel or dread disease policies or to policies issued pursuant to a group insurance conversion privilege. If any policy to which this section applies delivered or issued for delivery to any person in this State shall be reinstated or renewed, and the insured or the beneficiary or assignee of the policy shall make written request to the insurer for a copy of the application for the reinstatement or renewal, then the insurer shall within 15 days after the receipt of that request at the insurer's home office or any branch office of the insurer, deliver or mail to the person making the request, a copy of the requested application. If the copy shall not be so delivered or mailed, the insurer shall be precluded from introducing the application as evidence in any action or proceeding based upon or involving the policy or its reinstatement or renewal.
(b)	No alteration of any written application for any such policy shall be made by any person other than the applicant without his written consent, except that insertions may be made by the insurer, for administrative purposes only, in such manner as to indicate clearly that such insertions are not to be ascribed to the applicant.
(c)	The falsity of any statement in the application for any policy covered by Articles 50 through 55 of this Chapter may not bar the right to recover thereunder unless such false statement materially affected either the acceptance of the risk or the hazard assumed by the insurer.  (1913, c. 91, s. 8; C.S., s. 6485; 1953, c. 1095, s. 9; 1955, c. 850, s. 6; 1961, c. 1149; 1985, c. 484, s. 4.2; 1991, c. 720, s. 29; 2021‑169, s. 6(a); 2022‑46, s. 14(sss).)

§ 58‑50‑10:  Repealed by Session Laws 1993, c.  529, s. 4.1.

§ 58‑50‑15.  Conforming to statute.
(a)	Other Policy Provisions. – No policy provision which is not subject to G.S. 58‑51‑15 shall make a policy, or any portion thereof, less favorable in any respect to the insured or the beneficiary than the provisions thereof which are subject to Articles 50 through 55 of this Chapter.
(b)	Policy Conflicting with Articles 50 through 55 of this Chapter. – A policy delivered or issued for delivery to any person in this State in violation of Articles 50 through 55 of this Chapter shall be held valid but shall be construed as provided in Articles 50 through 55 of this Chapter.  When any provision in a policy subject to Articles 50 through 55 of this Chapter is in conflict with any provision of Articles 50 through 55 of this Chapter, the rights, duties and obligations of the insurer, the insured and the beneficiary shall be governed by the provisions of Articles 50 through 55 of this Chapter. (1913, c. 91, s. 9; C.S., s. 6486; 1953, c. 1095, s. 10; 1991, c. 720, s. 29.)

§ 58‑50‑20.  Age limit.
If any such policy contains a provision establishing, as an age limit or otherwise, a date after which the coverage provided by the policy will not be effective, and if such date falls within a period for which premium is accepted by the insurer or if the insurer accepts a premium after such date, the coverage provided by the policy will continue in force subject to any right of cancellation until the end of the period for which premium has been accepted.  In the event the age of the insured has been misstated and if, according to the correct age of the insured, the coverage provided by the policy would not have become effective, or would have ceased prior to the acceptance of such premium or premiums, then the liability of the insurer shall be limited to the refund, upon request, of all premiums paid for the period not covered by the policy. (1953, c. 1095, s. 11.)

§ 58‑50‑25.  Nurses' services.
(a)	No agency, institution or physician providing a service for which payment or reimbursement is required to be made under a policy governed by Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter shall be denied such payment or reimbursement on account of the fact that such services were rendered through a registered nurse acting under authority of rules and regulations adopted by the North Carolina Medical Board and the Board of Nursing pursuant to G.S. 90‑6 and 90‑171.23.
(b)	A licensed registered nurse who has successfully completed a program established under G.S. 90‑171.38(b) may receive direct payment for conducting medical examinations or medical procedures for the purpose of collecting evidence from victims of offenses described in that subsection if the payment would have otherwise been permitted. (1973, c. 437; 1991, c. 720, s. 37; 1993, c. 347, s. 1; 1995, c. 94, s. 2; 1997‑197, s. 1; 1997‑375, s. 3.)

§ 58‑50‑26.  Physician services provided by physician assistants.
No agency, institution, or physician providing a service for which payment or reimbursement is required to be made under a policy governed by Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter shall be denied the payment or reimbursement on account of the fact that the services were rendered through a physician assistant acting under the authority of rules adopted by the North Carolina Medical Board pursuant to G.S. 90‑18.1. (1999‑210, s. 1.)

§ 58‑50‑30.  Right to choose services of certain providers.
(a)	Repealed by Session Laws 2001‑297, s. 1, effective January 1, 2001.
(a1)	Whenever any health benefit plan, subscriber contract, or policy of insurance issued by a health maintenance organization, hospital or medical service corporation, or insurer governed by Articles 1 through 67 of this Chapter provides for coverage for, payment of, or reimbursement for any service rendered in connection with a condition or complaint that is within the scope of practice of a provider listed in subsection (b) of this section, the insured or other persons entitled to benefits under the policy shall be entitled to coverage of, payment of, or reimbursement for the services, whether the services be performed by a duly licensed physician, or a provider listed in subsection (b) of this section, notwithstanding any provision contained in the plan or policy limiting access to the providers. The policyholder, insured, or beneficiary shall have the right to choose the provider of services notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in any other statute, subject to the utilization review, referral, and prior approval requirements of the plan that apply to all providers for that service; provided that:
(1)	In the case of plans that require the use of network providers as a condition of obtaining benefits under the plan or policy, the policyholder, insured, or beneficiary must choose a provider of the services within the network; and
(2)	In the case of plans that require the use of network providers as a condition of obtaining a higher level of benefits under the plan or policy, the policyholder, insured, or beneficiary must choose a provider of the services within the network in order to obtain the higher level of benefits.
(a2)	Whenever any policy of insurance governed by Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter provides for certification of disability that is within the scope of practice of a provider listed in subsection (b) of this section, the insured or other persons entitled to benefits under the policy shall be entitled to payment of or reimbursement for the disability whether the disability be certified by a duly licensed physician, or a provider listed in subsection (b) of this section, notwithstanding any provisions contained in the policy. The policyholder, insured, or beneficiary shall have the right to choose the provider of the services notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in any other statute; provided that for plans that require the use of network providers either as a condition of obtaining benefits under the plan or policy or to access a higher level of benefits under the plan or policy, the policyholder, insured, or beneficiary must choose a provider of the services within the network, subject to the requirements of the plan or policy.
(a3)	Whenever any health benefit plan, subscriber contract, or policy of insurance issued by a health maintenance organization, hospital or medical service corporation, or insurer governed by Articles 1 through 67 of this Chapter provides coverage for medically necessary treatment, the insurer shall not impose any limitation on treatment or levels of coverage if performed by a duly licensed chiropractor acting within the scope of the chiropractor's practice as defined in G.S. 90‑151 unless a comparable limitation is imposed on the medically necessary treatment if performed or authorized by any other duly licensed physician.
(b)	This section applies to the following provider types:
(1)	A duly licensed optometrist.
(2)	A duly licensed dentist.
(3)	A duly licensed podiatrist.
(4)	A duly licensed chiropractor.
(5)	An advanced practice registered nurse, subject to subsection (d) of this section. For purposes of this section, an "advanced practice registered nurse" means only a registered nurse who is duly licensed or certified as a nurse practitioner, clinical specialist in psychiatric and mental health nursing, or nurse midwife.
(6)	A psychologist who is one of the following:
a.	A licensed psychologist who holds permanent licensure and certification as a health services provider psychologist issued by the North Carolina Psychology Board.
b.	A licensed psychological associate who holds permanent licensure.
(7)	A licensed clinical social worker, as defined in G.S. 90B‑3(2) who is licensed by the North Carolina Social Work Certification and Licensure Board pursuant to Chapter 90B of the General Statutes.
(8)	A duly licensed pharmacist, subject to the provisions of subsection (e) of this section.
(9)	A fee‑based practicing pastoral counselor certified by the North Carolina State Board of Examiners of Fee‑Based Practicing Pastoral Counselors pursuant to Article 26 of Chapter 90 of the General Statutes.
(10)	A substance abuse professional certified by the North Carolina Substance Abuse Professional Certification Board pursuant to Article 5C of Chapter 90 of the General Statutes.
(11)	A physician assistant, as defined by G.S. 90‑18.1 and subject to subsection (f) of this section.
(12)	A clinical mental health counselor licensed by the North Carolina Board of Licensed Clinical Mental Health Counselors pursuant to Article 24 of Chapter 90 of the General Statutes.
(13)	A marriage and family therapist licensed by the North Carolina Marriage and Family Therapy Licensure Board pursuant to Article 18C of Chapter 90 of the General Statutes.
(14)	A physical therapist licensed by the North Carolina Board of Physical Therapy Examiners pursuant to Article 18E of Chapter 90 of the General Statutes.
(15)	A hearing aid specialist licensed by the North Carolina State Hearing Aid Dealers and Fitters Board under Chapter 93D of the General Statutes to engage in fitting or selling hearing aids. For purposes of this subdivision, the term "fitting and selling hearing aids" has the same meaning as defined in G.S. 93D‑1.
(16)	An occupational therapist licensed by the North Carolina Board of Occupational Therapy pursuant to Article 18D of Chapter 90 of the General Statutes.
(c)	Recodified as G.S. 58‑50‑30(b)(7).
(c1)	Recodified as G.S. 58‑50‑30(b)(9).
(c2)	Recodified as G.S. 58‑50‑30(b)(10).
(c3)	Recodified as G.S. 58‑50‑30(b)(12).
(c4)	Recodified as G.S. 58‑50‑30(b)(13).
(c5)	Recodified as G.S. 58‑50‑30(b)(14).
(d)	Payment or reimbursement is required by this section for a service performed by an advanced practice registered nurse only when:
(1)	The service performed is within the nurse's lawful scope of practice;
(2)	The policy currently provides benefits for identical services performed by other licensed health care providers;
(3)	The service is not performed while the nurse is a regular employee in an office of a licensed physician;
(4)	The service is not performed while the registered nurse is employed by a nursing facility (including a hospital, skilled nursing facility, intermediate care facility, or home care agency); and
(5)	Nothing in this section is intended to authorize payment to more than one provider for the same service.
No lack of signature, referral, or employment by any other health care provider may be asserted to deny benefits under this provision, unless these plan requirements apply to all providers for that service.
(e)	Payment or reimbursement is required by this section for a service performed by a duly licensed pharmacist only when:
(1)	The service performed is within the lawful scope of practice of the pharmacist;
(2)	The service performed is not initial counseling services required under State or federal law or regulation of the North Carolina Board of Pharmacy;
(3)	The policy currently provides reimbursement for identical services performed by other licensed health care providers; and
(4)	The service is identified as a separate service that is performed by other licensed health care providers and is reimbursed by identical payment methods.
Nothing in this subsection authorizes payment to more than one provider for the same service.
(f)	Payment or reimbursement is required by this section for a service performed by a duly licensed physician assistant only when:
(1)	The service performed is within the lawful scope of practice of the physician assistant in accordance with rules adopted by the North Carolina Medical Board pursuant to G.S. 90‑18.1;
(2)	The policy currently provides reimbursement for identical services performed by other licensed health care providers; and
(3)	The reimbursement is made to the physician, clinic, agency, or institution employing the physician assistant.
Nothing in this subsection is intended to authorize payment to more than one provider for the same service.
(g)	A health maintenance organization, hospital or medical service corporation, or insurer governed by Articles 1 through 67 of this Chapter shall not exclude from participation in its provider network or from eligibility to provide particular covered services under the plan or policy any duly licensed physician or provider listed in subsection (b) of this section, acting within the scope of the provider's license or certification under North Carolina law, solely on the basis of the provider's license or certification. Any health maintenance organization, hospital or medical service corporation, or insurer governed by Articles 1 through 67 of this Chapter that offers coverage through a network plan may condition participation in the network on satisfying written participation criteria, including credentialing, quality, and accessibility criteria. The participation criteria shall be developed and applied in a like manner consistent with the licensure and scope of practice for each type of provider. Any health maintenance organization, hospital or medical service corporation, or insurer governed by Articles 1 through 67 of this Chapter that excludes a provider listed in subsection (b) of this section from participation in its network or from eligibility to provide particular covered services under the plan or policy shall provide the affected listed provider with a written explanation of the basis for its decision. A health maintenance organization, hospital or medical service corporation, or insurer governed by Articles 1 through 67 of this Chapter shall not exclude from participation in its provider network a provider listed in subsection (b) of this section acting within the scope of the provider's license or certification under North Carolina law solely on the basis that the provider lacks hospital privileges, unless use of hospital services by the provider on behalf of a policy holder, insured, or beneficiary reasonably could be expected.
(h)	Nothing in this section shall be construed as expanding the scope of practice of any duly licensed physician or provider listed in subsection (b) of this section.  (1913, c. 91, s. 11; C.S., s. 6488; 1965, c. 396, s. 2; c. 1169, s. 2; 1967, c. 690, s. 2; 1969, c. 679; 1973, c. 610; 1977, c. 601, ss. 2, 31/2; 1991, c. 720, s. 29; 1993, c. 347, s. 2; c. 375, s. 3; c. 464, s. 2; c. 554, s. 1; 1995, c. 193, s. 41, c. 223, s. 1; c. 406, s. 3; 1997‑197, ss. 1, 2; 1999‑186, s. 1; 1999‑199, s. 1; 1999‑210, s. 2; 2001‑297, s. 1; 2001‑446, s. 1.7; 2001‑487, s. 40(g); 2003‑117, s. 1; 2003‑368, s. 1; 2005‑276, s. 6.29; 2005‑345, ss. 3(a), 3(b); 2007‑24, s. 1; 2012‑129, s. 1; 2013‑296, s. 1; 2017‑24, s. 1; 2019‑240, s. 3(f).)

§ 58‑50‑35.  Notice of nonpayment of premium required before forfeiture.
No insurance company doing business in this State and issuing health and/or accident insurance policies, other than contracts of group insurance or disability and/or accidental death benefits in connection with policies of life insurance, the premium for which is to be collected in weekly, monthly, or other periodical installments by authority of a payroll deduction order executed by the assured and delivered to such insurance company or the assured's employer authorizing the deduction of such premium installments from the assured's salary or wages, shall, during the period for which such policy is issued, declare forfeited or lapsed any such policy hereafter issued or renewed until and unless a written or printed notice of the failure of the employer to remit said premium or installment thereof stating the amount or portion thereof due on such policy and to whom it must be paid, has been duly addressed and mailed to the person who is insured under such policy at least 15 days before said policy is canceled or lapsed. (1909, c. 884; C.S., s. 6465; 1929, c. 308, s. 1; 1931, c. 317; 1945, c. 379.)

§ 58‑50‑40.  Willful failure to pay group insurance premiums; willful termination of a group health plan; notice to persons insured; penalty; restitution; examination of insurance transactions.
(a)	As used in this section and in G.S. 58‑50‑45:
(1)	"Group health insurance" means any policy described in G.S. 58‑51‑75, 58‑51‑80, or 58‑51‑90; any group insurance certificate or group subscriber contract issued by a service corporation pursuant to Articles 65 and 66 of this Chapter; any health care plan provided or arranged by a health maintenance organization pursuant to Article 67 of this Chapter; or any multiple employer welfare arrangement as defined in G.S. 58‑50A‑1.
(2)	"Group health plan" means a single employer self‑insured group health plan as defined in section 607(1) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, 29 U.S.C. § 1167(1), as amended.
(3)	"Insurance fiduciary" means any person, employer, principal, agent, trustee, or third‑party administrator who is responsible for the payment of group health or group life insurance premiums or who is responsible for funding a group health plan.
(4)	"Premiums" includes contributions to a group health plan or to a multiple employer welfare arrangement.
(b)	No insurance fiduciary shall:
(1)	Cause the cancellation or nonrenewal of group health or group life insurance and the consequential loss of the coverages of the persons insured by willfully failing to pay such premiums in accordance with the terms of a group health or group life insurance contract; or, in the case of a group health plan to which there are no premiums contributed, terminate the plan by willfully failing to fund the plan; and
(2)	Willfully fail to deliver, at least 45 days before the termination of the group health or group life insurance or group health plan, to all persons covered by the group policy or group health plan a written notice of the insurance fiduciary's intention to stop payment of premiums for the group life or health insurance or the insurance fiduciary's intention to cease funding of a group health plan.
(c)	Any insurance fiduciary who violates subsection (b) of this section shall be guilty of the following felony offense:
(1)	If the total value of losses suffered as a result of an insurance fiduciary's violation of subsection (b) of this section is one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000) or more, the violation is a Class F felony.
(2)	If the total value of losses suffered as a result of an insurance fiduciary's violation of subsection (b) of this section is less than one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), the violation is a Class H felony.
(d)	Repealed by Session Laws 1991, c. 644, s. 37.
(e)	Upon conviction under subsection (c) of this section the court shall order the insurance fiduciary to make full restitution to persons insured who incurred expenses that would have been covered by the group health insurance or group health plan or full restitution to beneficiaries of the group life insurance for death benefits that would have been paid if the coverage had not been terminated.
(f)	Insurance fiduciaries subject to this section shall be subject to the provisions of G.S. 58‑2‑200 with respect only to transactions involving group health or life insurance.
(g)	In the notice required by subsection (b) of this section, the insurance fiduciary shall also notify those persons of their rights to health insurance conversion policies under Article 53 of this Chapter and their rights to purchase individual policies under the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA), Public Law 104‑191, as amended, and Article 68 of this Chapter.
(h)	In the event of the insolvency of an employer or insurance fiduciary who has violated this section, any person specified in subsection (e) of this section shall have a lien upon the assets of the employer or insurance fiduciary for the expenses or benefits specified in subsection (e) of this section. With respect to personal property within the estate of the insolvent employer or insurance fiduciary, the lien shall have priority over unperfected security interests.
(i)	Upon the termination of a group health insurance contract by the insurer, the insurer shall notify every subscriber and certificate holder under the contract of the termination of the contract along with the certification required to be provided under G.S. 58‑68‑30(e). Upon the termination of a group health insurance contract by the insurance fiduciary, the insurance fiduciary shall notify every subscriber and certificate holder under the contract of the termination of the contract along with the certification required to be provided under G.S. 58‑68‑30(e).
(j)	This section shall not apply to the cessation of individual contributions made by any person covered by a group health or group life insurance policy or group health plan.  (1985, c. 507, s. 1; 1989, c. 485, s. 51; 1989 (Reg. Sess., 1990), c. 1055, ss. 2, 3.1; 1991, c. 644, s. 37; 1993, c. 539, s. 1274; 1994, Ex. Sess., c. 24, s. 14(c); 2001‑422, s. 1; 2006‑105, s. 1.8; 2016‑78, s. 3.1; 2019‑202, s. 8; 2020‑69, s. 3(b).)

§ 58‑50‑45.  Group health or life insurers to notify insurance fiduciaries of obligations.
(a)	Upon the issuance or renewal of any policy, contract, certificate, or evidence of coverage of group health or life insurance, the insurer, corporation, or health maintenance organization shall give written notice to the insurance fiduciary of the provisions of G.S. 58‑50‑40.
(b)	The notice required by subsection (a) of this section shall be printed in 10 point type and shall read as follows:
"UNDER NORTH CAROLINA GENERAL STATUTE SECTION 58‑50‑40, NO PERSON, EMPLOYER, PRINCIPAL, AGENT, TRUSTEE, OR THIRD PARTY ADMINISTRATOR, WHO IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PAYMENT OF GROUP HEALTH OR LIFE INSURANCE OR GROUP HEALTH PLAN PREMIUMS, SHALL: (1) CAUSE THE CANCELLATION OR NONRENEWAL OF GROUP HEALTH OR LIFE INSURANCE, HOSPITAL SERVICE CORPORATION PLAN, MULTIPLE EMPLOYER WELFARE ARRANGEMENT, OR GROUP HEALTH PLAN COVERAGES AND THE CONSEQUENTIAL LOSS OF THE COVERAGES OF THE PERSONS INSURED, BY WILLFULLY FAILING TO PAY THOSE PREMIUMS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE INSURANCE OR PLAN CONTRACT, AND (2) WILLFULLY FAIL TO DELIVER, AT LEAST 45 DAYS BEFORE THE TERMINATION OF THOSE COVERAGES, TO ALL PERSONS COVERED BY THE GROUP POLICY A WRITTEN NOTICE OF THE PERSON'S INTENTION TO STOP PAYMENT OF PREMIUMS. THIS WRITTEN NOTICE MUST ALSO CONTAIN A NOTICE TO ALL PERSONS COVERED BY THE GROUP POLICY OF THEIR RIGHTS TO HEALTH INSURANCE CONVERSION POLICIES UNDER ARTICLE 53 OF CHAPTER 58 OF THE GENERAL STATUTES AND THEIR RIGHTS TO PURCHASE INDIVIDUAL POLICIES UNDER THE FEDERAL HEALTH INSURANCE PORTABILITY AND ACCOUNTABILITY ACT AND UNDER ARTICLE 68 OF CHAPTER 58 OF THE GENERAL STATUTES. VIOLATION OF THIS LAW IS A FELONY. ANY PERSON VIOLATING THIS LAW IS ALSO SUBJECT TO A COURT ORDER REQUIRING THE PERSON TO COMPENSATE PERSONS INSURED FOR EXPENSES OR LOSSES INCURRED AS A RESULT OF THE TERMINATION OF THE INSURANCE."  (1985, c. 507, s. 1; 1989 (Reg. Sess., 1990), c. 1055, s. 3; 1991, c. 644, s. 38; 2001‑422, s. 2; 2021‑169, s. 6(b).)

§ 58‑50‑46: Recodified as G.S. 108A‑55.4 by Session Laws 2006‑221, s. 9(a), effective January 1, 2007.

Part 2. PPOs, Utilization Review and Grievances.
§ 58‑50‑50: Repealed by Session Laws, 1997‑519, s. 3.17.

§ 58‑50‑55:  Repealed by Session Laws 1997‑519, s. 3.17.

§ 58‑50‑56.  Insurers, preferred provider organizations, and preferred provider benefit plans.
(a)	Definitions. – As used in this section:
(1)	"Insurer" means an insurer or service corporation subject to this Chapter.
(2)	"Preferred provider" means a health care provider who has agreed to accept special reimbursement or other terms for health care services from an insurer for health care services. A "preferred provider" is not a health care provider participating in any prepaid health service or capitation arrangement implemented or administered by the Department of Health and Human Services or its representatives.
(3)	"Preferred provider benefit plan" means a health benefit plan offered by an insurer in which covered services are available from health care providers who are under a contract with the insurer in accordance with this section and in which enrollees are given incentives through differentials in deductibles, coinsurance, or copayments to obtain covered health care services from contracted health care providers.
(4)	"Preferred provider organization" or "PPO" means an insurer holding contracts with preferred providers to be used by or offered to insurers offering preferred provider benefit plans.
(b)	Insurers may enter into preferred provider contracts or enter into other cost containment arrangements approved by the Commissioner to reduce the costs of providing health care services. These contracts or arrangements may be entered into with licensed health care providers of all kinds without regard to specialty of services or limitation to a specific type of practice. A preferred provider contract or other cost containment arrangement that is not disapproved by the Commissioner within 90 days of its filing by the insurer shall be deemed to be approved.
(c)	At the initial offering of a preferred provider plan to the public, health care providers may submit proposals for participation in accordance with the terms of the preferred provider plan within 30 days after that offering. After that time period, any health care provider may submit a proposal, and the insurer offering the preferred provider benefit plan shall consider all pending applications for participation and give reasons for any rejections or failure to act on an application on at least an annual basis. Any health care provider seeking to participate in the preferred provider benefit plan, whether upon the initial offering or subsequently, may be permitted to do so in the discretion of the insurer offering the preferred provider benefit plan. G.S. 58‑50‑30 applies to preferred provider benefit plans.
(d)	Any provision of a contract between an insurer offering a preferred provider benefit plan and a health care provider that restricts the provider's right to enter into preferred provider contracts with other persons is prohibited, is void ab initio, and is not enforceable. The existence of that restriction does not invalidate any other provision of the contract.
(e)	Repealed by Session Laws 2018‑120, s. 4.6(b), effective June 28, 2018.
(f)	Every insurer offering a preferred provider benefit plan and contracting with a PPO shall require by contract that the PPO shall provide all of the preferred providers with whom it holds contracts information about the insurer and the insurer's preferred provider benefit plans. This information shall include for each insurer and preferred provider benefit plan the benefit designs and incentives that are used to encourage insureds to use preferred providers.
(g)	The Commissioner may adopt rules applicable to insurers offering preferred provider benefit plans under this section. These rules shall provide for:
(1)	Accessibility of preferred provider services to individuals within the insured group.
(2)	The adequacy of the number and locations of health care providers.
(3)	The availability of services at reasonable times.
(4)	Financial solvency.
(h)	Each insurer offering a preferred provider benefit plan shall provide the Commissioner with summary data about the financial reimbursements offered to health care providers. All such insurers shall disclose annually the following information:
(1)	The name by which the preferred provider benefit plan is known and its business address.
(2)	The name, address, and nature of any PPO or other separate organization that administers the preferred provider benefit plan for the insurer.
(3)	The terms of the agreements entered into by the insurer with preferred providers.
(4)	Any other information necessary to determine compliance with this section, rules adopted under this section, or other requirements applicable to preferred provider benefit plans.
(i)	A person enrolled in a preferred provider benefit plan may obtain covered health care services from a provider who does not participate in the plan. In accordance with rules adopted by the Commissioner and subject to G.S. 58‑3‑200(d), the preferred provider benefit plan may limit coverage for health care services obtained from a nonparticipating provider. The Commissioner shall adopt rules on product limitations, including payment differentials for services rendered by nonparticipating providers. These rules shall be similar in substance to rules governing HMO point‑of‑service products.
(j)	A list of the current participating providers in the geographic area in which a substantial portion of health care services will be available shall be provided to insureds and contracting parties. The list shall include participating physician assistants and their supervising physician.
(k)	Publications or advertisements of preferred provider benefit plans or organizations shall not refer to the quality or efficiency of the services of nonparticipating providers.  (1997‑443, s. 11A.122; 1997‑519, s. 3.1; 1998‑211, s. 2; 1999‑210, s. 3; 2001‑297, s. 3; 2001‑334, s. 2.1; 2018‑120, ss. 4.6(a), (b).)

§ 58‑50‑56.1.  Exclusive provider organizations, exclusive provider benefit plans.
(a)	Definitions. – The following definitions apply in this section:
(1)	Exclusive provider benefit plan. – A health benefit plan offered by an insurer in which insureds must receive covered services from health care providers who are under a contract with the insurer and under which there is no requirement of coverage for care received from a health care provider who is not under contract with the insurer, except for emergency services as required by G.S. 58‑3‑190 and medically necessary covered services as required by G.S. 58‑3‑200(d).
(2)	Exclusive provider organization or EPO. – An insurer holding contracts with providers to be used by or offered to insurers offering exclusive provider benefit plans.
(3)	Insurer. – An insurer or service corporation subject to this Chapter.
(4)	Participating provider. – A health care provider who has agreed to accept special reimbursement or other terms for health care services from an insurer for health care services; however, a participating provider is not a health care provider participating in any prepaid health service or capitation arrangement implemented or administered by the Department of Health and Human Services or its representatives.
(b)	Insurers may enter into contracts for an exclusive provider organization with licensed health care providers of all kinds without regard to specialty of services or limitation to a specific type of practice. A contract for an exclusive provider organization that is not disapproved by the Commissioner within 90 days of its filing by the insurer shall be deemed to be approved.
(c)	Any provision of a contract between an insurer offering an exclusive provider benefit plan and a health care provider that restricts the provider's right to enter into provider contracts with other persons is prohibited, is void ab initio, and is not enforceable. The existence of that restriction does not invalidate any other provision of the contract.
(d)	Every insurer offering an exclusive provider benefit plan and contracting with an EPO shall require by contract that the EPO provide all of the participating providers with whom it holds contracts information about the insurer and the insurer's exclusive provider benefit plans. This information shall include for each insurer and participating provider benefit plan the benefit designs and incentives that are used to encourage insureds to use participating providers.
(e)	The Commissioner's rules adopted and applicable for preferred provider organizations related to provider accessibility for the insured group, adequacy of providers, availability of services at reasonable times, and financial solvency shall apply for exclusive provider organizations.
(f)	Each insurer offering an exclusive provider benefit plan shall provide the Commissioner with summary data about the financial reimbursements offered to health care providers. All such insurers shall annually disclose the following information:
(1)	The name by which the exclusive provider benefit plan is known and its business address.
(2)	The name, address, and nature of any separate organization that administers any preferred provider benefit plan for the insurer.
(3)	The terms of the agreements entered into by the insurer with providers in an exclusive provider organization.
(4)	Any other information necessary to determine compliance with this section, rules adopted under this section, or other requirements applicable to preferred provider benefit plans.
(g)	Each insurer shall include a clear statement in any application and any benefit booklets for exclusive provider benefit plans that out‑of‑network coverage for insureds in the exclusive provider benefit plan only applies for (i) emergency services and (ii) medically necessary covered services when an in‑network provider is not reasonably available.
(h)	Any provisions of this Chapter that apply to preferred provider benefit plans or preferred provider organizations as of July 1, 2021, shall also apply to exclusive provider benefit plans or exclusive provider organizations.  (2021‑151, s. 1.)

§ 58‑50‑56.2.  Exclusive provider organization continuity of care.
(a)	Definitions. – The following definitions apply in this section:
(1)	Ongoing special condition. – One of the following conditions:
a.	An acute illness that is serious enough to require medical care or treatment to avoid a reasonable possibility of death or permanent harm.
b.	A chronic illness, disease, or condition that is life‑threatening, degenerative, or disabling and that requires medical care or treatment over a prolonged period of time.
c.	Pregnancy from the start of the second trimester.
d.	A terminal illness for which an individual has a medical prognosis of a life expectancy of six months or less.
(2)	Terminated or termination. – The expiration or nonrenewal of a contract. The term does not include an ending of the contract by an insurer for failure to meet applicable quality standards or for fraud.
(b)	Termination of a Provider. – If (i) a contract between an insurer and a health care provider offering an exclusive provider benefit plan is terminated by the provider or by the insurer, or benefits or coverage provided by the insurer are terminated because of a change in the terms of provider participation in an insurer's exclusive provider benefit plan and (ii) an insured is undergoing treatment from the provider for an ongoing special condition on the date of termination, then the following shall apply:
(1)	Upon termination of the contract by the insurer or upon receipt by the insurer of written notification of termination by the provider, the insurer shall notify the insured on a timely basis of the termination and of the insured's right to elect continuation of coverage of treatment by the provider. This subdivision shall apply only if the insured has a claim with the insurer for services provided by the terminated provider or the insured is otherwise known by the insurer to be a patient of the terminated provider.
(2)	Subject to subsection (h) of this section, the insurer shall permit an insured to elect to continue to be covered with respect to the treatment by the terminated provider for the ongoing special condition during a transitional period, as provided under this section.
(c)	Newly Covered Insured. – Each exclusive provider benefit plan offered by an insurer shall provide transition coverage to individuals who (i) are newly covered under an exclusive provider benefit plan because the individual's employer has changed benefit plans and (ii) are undergoing treatment from a provider for an ongoing special condition. On the date of enrollment, an insurer shall notify the newly covered insured of (i) the right to elect continuation of coverage of treatment by a provider that is not contracted with the exclusive provider benefit plan and (ii) the method and time line by which the insured should contact the insurer. Subject to subsection (h) of this section, the insurer shall permit the newly covered insured to elect to continue to be covered with respect to the treatment by the provider of the ongoing special condition during a transitional period, as provided under this section.
(d)	Transitional Period: In General. – Except as otherwise provided in this section, the length of a transitional period provided under this subsection shall be determined by the treating health care provider, so long as it does not exceed 90 days after the date of the notice to the individual described in subdivision (b)(1) of this section or the date of enrollment in a new plan described in subsection (c) of this section.
(e)	Transitional Period: Scheduled Surgery, Organ Transplantation, or Inpatient Care. – If surgery, organ transplantation, or other inpatient care was scheduled for an individual, or if the individual was on an established waiting list for surgery, organ transplantation, or other inpatient care, before the date of the notice required under subdivision (b)(1) of this section or the date of enrollment described in subsection (c) of this section, then the transitional period under this subsection with respect to the surgery, transplantation, or other inpatient care shall extend through the date of discharge of the individual after completion of the surgery, transplantation, or other inpatient care, and through post discharge follow‑up care related to the surgery, transplantation, or other inpatient care occurring within 90 days after the date of discharge.
(f)	Transitional Period: Pregnancy. – If an individual has entered the second trimester of pregnancy on or before the date of the notice required under subdivision (b)(1) of this section or the date of enrollment in a new plan described in subsection (c) of this section, and the provider was treating the pregnancy before the date of the notice or the date of enrollment in the plan, then the transitional period with respect to the provider's treatment of the pregnancy shall extend through the provision of 60 days of postpartum care.
(g)	Transitional Period: Terminal Illness. – If an individual was determined to be terminally ill at the time of a provider's termination of participation under subsection (b) of this section or at the time of enrollment in the plan under subsection (c) of this section, and the provider was treating the terminal illness before the date of the termination or enrollment in the plan, then the transitional period shall extend for the remainder of the individual's life with respect to care directly related to the treatment of the terminal illness or its medical manifestations.
(h)	Permissible Terms and Conditions. – An insurer may condition coverage of continued treatment by a provider under subsection (b) or subsection (c) of this section upon the following terms and conditions:
(1)	When care is provided pursuant to subsection (b) of this section, the provider agrees to accept reimbursement from the insurer and, with respect to cost‑sharing, from the insured involved at the rates applicable before the start of the transitional period as payment in full.
(2)	When care is provided pursuant to subsection (c) of this section, the provider agrees to accept the prevailing rate based on contracts the insurer has with the same or similar providers in the same or similar geographic area or the PPO or other rate agreed to by the provider and insurer, if applicable, plus the applicable copayment from the newly covered insured, as reimbursement in full from the insurer and the insured for all covered services.
(3)	The provider agrees to comply with the quality assurance programs of the insurer responsible for payment under this subsection and to provide to the insurer necessary medical information related to the care provided. The insurer's quality assurance programs shall not override the professional or ethical responsibility of the provider or interfere with the provider's ability to provide information or assistance to the insured.
(4)	The provider agrees to adhere to the insurer's established policies and procedures for participating providers, including procedures regarding referrals and obtaining prior authorization, providing services pursuant to a treatment plan approved by the insurer, and member hold harmless provisions.
(5)	The receipt of notification from the insured within 45 days of the date of the notice described in subdivision (b)(1) of this section or the new enrollment described in subsection (c) of this section that the insured elects to continue receiving treatment by the provider.
(6)	The provider agrees to discontinue providing services at the end of the transition period and to assist the insured in an orderly transition to a network provider. Nothing in this section shall prohibit the insured from continuing to receive services from the provider at the insured's expense.
(i)	Construction. – Nothing in this section shall be construed to do any of the following:
(1)	Require the coverage of benefits that would not have been covered if the provider involved remained a participating provider or, in the case of a newly covered insured, require the coverage of benefits not provided under the policy in which the newly covered insured is enrolled.
(2)	Require an insurer to offer a transitional period when the insurer terminates a provider's contract for reasons relating to quality of care or fraud. Refusal by an insurer to offer a transitional period under these circumstances is not subject to the grievance review provisions of G.S. 58‑50‑62.
(3)	Prohibit an insurer from extending any transitional period beyond that specified in this section.
(4)	Prohibit an insurer from terminating the continuing services of a provider when the insurer has determined that the provider's continued provision of services may result in, or is resulting in, a serious danger to the health or safety of the insured. A termination for these reasons shall be in accordance with the contract provisions that the provider would otherwise be subject to if the provider's contract were still in effect.
(j)	Disclosure of Right to Transitional Period. – Each insurer shall include a clear description of an insured's rights under this section in its evidence of coverage and summary plan description.  (2021‑151, s. 1.)

§ 58‑50‑57.  Offsets against provider reimbursement for workers' compensation payments forbidden.
(a)	An insurer that provides a health benefit plan as defined in G.S. 58‑3‑167 shall not offset or reverse a health plan payment against a provider reimbursement for other medical charges unless the health plan payment was for a specific medical charge for which the employee, employer, or carrier is liable or responsible according to a final adjudication of the claim under the Workers' Compensation Act, Article 1 of Chapter 97 of the General Statutes or an order of the North Carolina Industrial Commission approving a settlement agreement entered into under that Article.
(b)	No contract between an insurer that provides a health benefit plan as defined in G.S. 58‑3‑167 and a medical provider shall contain a provision that authorizes the insurer to offset or reverse a health plan payment against a provider reimbursement for other medical charges unless the health plan payment was for a specific medical charge for which the employee, employer, or carrier is liable or responsible according to a final adjudication of the claim under the Workers' Compensation Act, Article 1 of Chapter 97 of the General Statutes or an order of the North Carolina Industrial Commission approving a settlement agreement entered into under that Article. (2001‑216, s. 5; 2001‑487, s. 102(b).)

§ 58‑50‑58.  Reserved for future codification purposes.

§ 58‑50‑59.  Reserved for future codification purposes.

§ 58‑50‑60:  Repealed by Session Laws 1997‑519, s.  4.4.

§ 58‑50‑61.  Utilization review.
(a)	Definitions. – As used in this section, in G.S. 58‑50‑62, and in Part 4 of this Article, the term:
(1)	"Certificate of coverage" includes a policy of insurance issued to an individual person or a franchise policy issued pursuant to G.S. 58‑51‑90.
(1a)	"Clinical peer" means a health care professional who holds an unrestricted license in a state of the United States, in the same or similar specialty, and routinely provides the health care services subject to utilization review.
(2)	"Clinical review criteria" means the written screening procedures, decision abstracts, clinical protocols, and practice guidelines used by an insurer to determine medically necessary services and supplies.
(3)	"Covered person" means a policyholder, subscriber, enrollee, or other individual covered by a health benefit plan. "Covered person" includes another person, other than the covered person's provider, who is authorized to act on behalf of a covered person.
(4)	"Emergency medical condition" means a medical condition manifesting itself by acute symptoms of sufficient severity including, but not limited to, severe pain, or by acute symptoms developing from a chronic medical condition that would lead a prudent layperson, possessing an average knowledge of health and medicine, to reasonably expect the absence of immediate medical attention to result in any of the following:
a.	Placing the health of an individual, or with respect to a pregnant woman, the health of the woman or her unborn child, in serious jeopardy.
b.	Serious impairment to bodily functions.
c.	Serious dysfunction of any bodily organ or part.
(5)	"Emergency services" means health care items and services furnished or required to screen for or treat an emergency medical condition until the condition is stabilized, including prehospital care and ancillary services routinely available to the emergency department.
(6)	"Grievance" means a written complaint submitted by a covered person about any of the following:
a.	An insurer's decisions, policies, or actions related to availability, delivery, or quality of health care services. A written complaint submitted by a covered person about a decision rendered solely on the basis that the health benefit plan contains a benefits exclusion for the health care service in question is not a grievance if the exclusion of the specific service requested is clearly stated in the certificate of coverage.
b.	Claims payment or handling; or reimbursement for services.
c.	The contractual relationship between a covered person and an insurer.
d.	The outcome of an appeal of a noncertification under this section.
(7)	"Health benefit plan" means any of the following if offered by an insurer: an accident and health insurance policy or certificate; a nonprofit hospital or medical service corporation contract; a health maintenance organization subscriber contract; or a plan provided by a multiple employer welfare arrangement. "Health benefit plan" does not mean any plan implemented or administered through the Department of Health and Human Services or its representatives. "Health benefit plan" also does not mean any of the following kinds of insurance:
a.	Accident.
b.	Credit.
c.	Disability income.
d.	Long‑term or nursing home care.
e.	Medicare supplement.
f.	Specified disease.
g.	Dental or vision.
h.	Coverage issued as a supplement to liability insurance.
i.	Workers' compensation.
j.	Medical payments under automobile or homeowners.
k.	Hospital income or indemnity.
l.	Insurance under which benefits are payable with or without regard to fault and that is statutorily required to be contained in any liability policy or equivalent self‑insurance.
(8)	"Health care provider" means any person who is licensed, registered, or certified under Chapter 90 of the General Statutes or the laws of another state to provide health care services in the ordinary care of business or practice or a profession or in an approved education or training program; a health care facility as defined in G.S. 131E‑176(9b) or the laws of another state to operate as a health care facility; or a pharmacy.
(9)	"Health care services" means services provided for the diagnosis, prevention, treatment, cure, or relief of a health condition, illness, injury, or disease.
(10)	"Insurer" means an entity that writes a health benefit plan and that is an insurance company subject to this Chapter, a service corporation under Article 65 of this Chapter, a health maintenance organization under Article 67 of this Chapter, or a multiple employer welfare arrangement under Article 50A of this Chapter.
(11)	"Managed care plan" means a health benefit plan in which an insurer either (i) requires a covered person to use or (ii) creates incentives, including financial incentives, for a covered person to use providers that are under contract with or managed, owned, or employed by the insurer.
(12)	"Medically necessary services or supplies" means those covered services or supplies that are:
a.	Provided for the diagnosis, treatment, cure, or relief of a health condition, illness, injury, or disease.
b.	Except as allowed under G.S. 58‑3‑255, not for experimental, investigational, or cosmetic purposes.
c.	Necessary for and appropriate to the diagnosis, treatment, cure, or relief of a health condition, illness, injury, disease, or its symptoms.
d.	Within generally accepted standards of medical care in the community.
e.	Not solely for the convenience of the insured, the insured's family, or the provider.
For medically necessary services, nothing in this subdivision precludes an insurer from comparing the cost‑effectiveness of alternative services or supplies when determining which of the services or supplies will be covered.
(13)	"Noncertification" means a determination by an insurer or its designated utilization review organization that an admission, availability of care, continued stay, or other health care service has been reviewed and, based upon the information provided, does not meet the insurer's requirements for medical necessity, appropriateness, health care setting, level of care or effectiveness, or does not meet the prudent layperson standard for coverage of emergency services in G.S. 58‑3‑190, and the requested service is therefore denied, reduced, or terminated. A "noncertification" is not a decision rendered solely on the basis that the health benefit plan does not provide benefits for the health care service in question, if the exclusion of the specific service requested is clearly stated in the certificate of coverage. A "noncertification" includes any situation in which an insurer or its designated agent makes a decision about a covered person's condition to determine whether a requested treatment is experimental, investigational, or cosmetic, and the extent of coverage under the health benefit plan is affected by that decision.
(14)	"Participating provider" means a provider who, under a contract with an insurer or with an insurer's contractor or subcontractor, has agreed to provide health care services to covered persons in return for direct or indirect payment from the insurer, other than coinsurance, copayments, or deductibles.
(15)	"Provider" means a health care provider.
(16)	"Stabilize" means to provide medical care that is appropriate to prevent a material deterioration of the person's condition, within reasonable medical probability, in accordance with the HCFA (Health Care Financing Administration) interpretative guidelines, policies, and regulations pertaining to responsibilities of hospitals in emergency cases (as provided under the Emergency Medical Treatment and Labor Act, section 1867 of the Social Security Act, 42 U.S.C.S. § 1395dd), including medically necessary services and supplies to maintain stabilization until the person is transferred.
(17)	"Utilization review" means a set of formal techniques designed to monitor the use of or evaluate the clinical necessity, appropriateness, efficacy or efficiency of health care services, procedures, providers, or facilities. These techniques may include:
a.	Ambulatory review. – Utilization review of services performed or provided in an outpatient setting.
b.	Case management. – A coordinated set of activities conducted for individual patient management of serious, complicated, protracted, or other health conditions.
c.	Certification. – A determination by an insurer or its designated URO that an admission, availability of care, continued stay, or other service has been reviewed and, based on the information provided, satisfies the insurer's requirements for medically necessary services and supplies, appropriateness, health care setting, level of care, and effectiveness.
d.	Concurrent review. – Utilization review conducted during a patient's hospital stay or course of treatment.
e.	Discharge planning. – The formal process for determining, before discharge from a provider facility, the coordination and management of the care that a patient receives after discharge from a provider facility.
f.	Prospective review. – Utilization review conducted before an admission or a course of treatment including any required preauthorization or precertification.
g.	Retrospective review. – Utilization review of medically necessary services and supplies that is conducted after services have been provided to a patient, but not the review of a claim that is limited to an evaluation of reimbursement levels, veracity of documentation, accuracy of coding, or adjudication for payment. Retrospective review includes the review of claims for emergency services to determine whether the prudent layperson standard in G.S. 58‑3‑190 has been met.
h.	Second opinion. – An opportunity or requirement to obtain a clinical evaluation by a provider other than the provider originally making a recommendation for a proposed service to assess the clinical necessity and appropriateness of the proposed service.
(18)	"Utilization review organization" or "URO" means an entity that conducts utilization review under a managed care plan, but does not mean an insurer performing utilization review for its own health benefit plan.
(b)	Insurer Oversight. – Every insurer shall monitor all utilization review carried out by or on behalf of the insurer and ensure compliance with this section. An insurer shall ensure that appropriate personnel have operational responsibility for the conduct of the insurer's utilization review program. If an insurer contracts to have a URO perform its utilization review, the insurer shall monitor the URO to ensure compliance with this section, which shall include:
(1)	A written description of the URO's activities and responsibilities, including reporting requirements.
(2)	Evidence of formal approval of the utilization review organization program by the insurer.
(3)	A process by which the insurer evaluates the performance of the URO.
(c)	Scope and Content of Program. – Every insurer shall prepare and maintain a utilization review program document that describes all delegated and nondelegated review functions for covered services including:
(1)	Procedures to evaluate the clinical necessity, appropriateness, efficacy, or efficiency of health services.
(2)	Data sources and clinical review criteria used in decision making.
(3)	The process for conducting appeals of noncertifications.
(4)	Mechanisms to ensure consistent application of review criteria and compatible decisions.
(5)	Data collection processes and analytical methods used in assessing utilization of health care services.
(6)	Provisions for assuring confidentiality of clinical and patient information in accordance with State and federal law.
(7)	The organizational structure (e.g., utilization review committee, quality assurance, or other committee) that periodically assesses utilization review activities and reports to the insurer's governing body.
(8)	The staff position functionally responsible for day‑to‑day program management.
(9)	The methods of collection and assessment of data about underutilization and overutilization of health care services and how the assessment is used to evaluate and improve procedures and criteria for utilization review.
(d)	Program Operations. – In every utilization review program, an insurer or URO shall use documented clinical review criteria that are based on sound clinical evidence and that are periodically evaluated to assure ongoing efficacy. An insurer may develop its own clinical review criteria or purchase or license clinical review criteria. Criteria for determining when a patient needs to be placed in a substance abuse treatment program shall be either (i) the diagnostic criteria contained in the most recent revision of the American Society of Addiction Medicine Patient Placement Criteria for the Treatment of Substance‑Related Disorders or (ii) criteria adopted by the insurer or its URO. The Department, in consultation with the Department of Health and Human Services, may require proof of compliance with this subsection by a plan or URO.
Qualified health care professionals shall administer the utilization review program and oversee review decisions under the direction of a medical doctor. A medical doctor licensed to practice medicine in this State shall evaluate the clinical appropriateness of noncertifications. Compensation to persons involved in utilization review shall not contain any direct or indirect incentives for them to make any particular review decisions. Compensation to utilization reviewers shall not be directly or indirectly based on the number or type of noncertifications they render. In issuing a utilization review decision, an insurer shall: obtain all information required to make the decision, including pertinent clinical information; employ a process to ensure that utilization reviewers apply clinical review criteria consistently; and issue the decision in a timely manner pursuant to this section.
(e)	Insurer Responsibilities. – Every insurer shall:
(1)	Routinely assess the effectiveness and efficiency of its utilization review program.
(2)	Coordinate the utilization review program with its other medical management activity, including quality assurance, credentialing, provider contracting, data reporting, grievance procedures, processes for assessing satisfaction of covered persons, and risk management.
(3)	Provide covered persons and their providers with access to its review staff by a toll‑free or collect call telephone number whenever any provider is required to be available to provide services which may require prior certification to any plan enrollee. Every insurer shall establish standards for telephone accessibility and monitor telephone service as indicated by average speed of answer and call abandonment rate, on at least a month‑by‑month basis, to ensure that telephone service is adequate, and take corrective action when necessary.
(4)	Limit its requests for information to only that information that is necessary to certify the admission, procedure or treatment, length of stay, and frequency and duration of health care services.
(5)	Have written procedures for making utilization review decisions and for notifying covered persons of those decisions.
(6)	Have written procedures to address the failure or inability of a provider or covered person to provide all necessary information for review. If a provider or covered person fails to release necessary information in a timely manner, the insurer may deny certification.
(f)	Prospective and Concurrent Reviews. – As used in this subsection, "necessary information" includes the results of any patient examination, clinical evaluation, or second opinion that may be required. Prospective and concurrent determinations shall be communicated to the covered person's provider within three business days after the insurer obtains all necessary information about the admission, procedure, or health care service. If an insurer certifies a health care service, the insurer shall notify the covered person's provider. For a noncertification, the insurer shall notify the covered person's provider and send written or electronic confirmation of the noncertification to the covered person. In concurrent reviews, the insurer shall remain liable for health care services until the covered person has been notified of the noncertification.
(g)	Retrospective Reviews. – As used in this subsection, "necessary information" includes the results of any patient examination, clinical evaluation, or second opinion that may be required. For retrospective review determinations, an insurer shall make the determination within 30 days after receiving all necessary information. For a certification, the insurer may give written notification to the covered person's provider. For a noncertification, the insurer shall give written notification to the covered person and the covered person's provider within five business days after making the noncertification.
(h)	Notice of Noncertification. – A written notification of a noncertification shall include all reasons for the noncertification, including the clinical rationale, the instructions for initiating a voluntary appeal or reconsideration of the noncertification, and the instructions for requesting a written statement of the clinical review criteria used to make the noncertification. An insurer shall provide the clinical review criteria used to make the noncertification to any person who received the notification of the noncertification and who follows the procedures for a request. An insurer shall also inform the covered person in writing about the availability of assistance from Health Insurance Smart NC, including the telephone number and address of the Program.
(i)	Requests for Informal Reconsideration. – An insurer may establish procedures for informal reconsideration of noncertifications and, if established, the procedures shall be in writing. After a written notice of noncertification has been issued in accordance with subsection (h) of this section, the reconsideration shall be conducted between the covered person's provider and a medical doctor licensed to practice medicine in this State designated by the insurer. An insurer shall not require a covered person to participate in an informal reconsideration before the covered person may appeal a noncertification under subsection (j) of this section. If, after informal reconsideration, the insurer upholds the noncertification decision, the insurer shall issue a new notice in accordance with subsection (h) of this section. If the insurer is unable to render an informal reconsideration decision within 10 business days after the date of receipt of the request for an informal reconsideration, it shall treat the request for informal reconsideration as a request for an appeal; provided that the requirements of subsection (k) of this section for acknowledging the request shall apply beginning on the day the insurer determines an informal reconsideration decision cannot be made before the tenth business day after receipt of the request for an informal reconsideration.
(j)	Appeals of Noncertifications. – Every insurer shall have written procedures for appeals of noncertifications by covered persons or their providers acting on their behalves, including expedited review to address a situation where the time frames for the standard review procedures set forth in this section would reasonably appear to seriously jeopardize the life or health of a covered person or jeopardize the covered person's ability to regain maximum function. Each appeal shall be evaluated by a medical doctor licensed to practice medicine in this State who was not involved in the noncertification.
(k)	Nonexpedited Appeals. – Within three business days after receiving a request for a standard, nonexpedited appeal, the insurer shall provide the covered person with the name, address, and telephone number of the coordinator and information on how to submit written material. For standard, nonexpedited appeals, the insurer shall give written notification of the decision, in clear terms, to the covered person and the covered person's provider within 30 days after the insurer receives the request for an appeal. If the decision is not in favor of the covered person, the written decision shall contain:
(1)	The professional qualifications and licensure of the person or persons reviewing the appeal.
(2)	A statement of the reviewers' understanding of the reason for the covered person's appeal.
(3)	The reviewers' decision in clear terms and the medical rationale in sufficient detail for the covered person to respond further to the insurer's position.
(4)	A reference to the evidence or documentation that is the basis for the decision, including the clinical review criteria used to make the determination, and instructions for requesting the clinical review criteria.
(5)	A statement advising the covered person of the covered person's right to request a second‑level grievance review and a description of the procedure for submitting a second‑level grievance under G.S. 58‑50‑62.
(6)	Notice of the availability of assistance from Health Insurance Smart NC, including the telephone number and address of the Program.
(l)	Expedited Appeals. – An expedited appeal of a noncertification may be requested by a covered person or his or her provider acting on the covered person's behalf only when a nonexpedited appeal would reasonably appear to seriously jeopardize the life or health of a covered person or jeopardize the covered person's ability to regain maximum function. The insurer may require documentation of the medical justification for the expedited appeal. The insurer shall, in consultation with a medical doctor licensed to practice medicine in this State, provide expedited review, and the insurer shall communicate its decision in writing to the covered person and his or her provider as soon as possible, but not later than four days after receiving the information justifying expedited review. The written decision shall contain the provisions specified in subsection (k) of this section. If the expedited review is a concurrent review determination, the insurer shall remain liable for the coverage of health care services until the covered person has been notified of the determination. An insurer is not required to provide an expedited review for retrospective noncertifications.
(m)	Disclosure Requirements. – In the certificate of coverage and member handbook provided to covered persons, an insurer shall include a clear and comprehensive description of its utilization review procedures, including the procedures for appealing noncertifications and a statement of the rights and responsibilities of covered persons, including the voluntary nature of the appeal process, with respect to those procedures. An insurer shall also include in the certificate of coverage and the member handbook information about the availability of assistance from Health Insurance Smart NC, including the telephone number and address of the Program. An insurer shall include a summary of its utilization review procedures in materials intended for prospective covered persons. An insurer shall print on its membership cards a toll‑free telephone number to call for utilization review purposes.
(n)	Maintenance of Records. – Every insurer and URO shall maintain records of each review performed and each appeal received or reviewed, as well as documentation sufficient to demonstrate compliance with this section. The maintenance of these records, including electronic reproduction and storage, shall be governed by rules adopted by the Commissioner that apply to insurers. These records shall be retained by the insurer and URO for a period of five years or, for domestic companies, until the Commissioner has adopted a final report of a general examination that contains a review of these records for that calendar year, whichever is later.
(o)	Violation. – A violation of this section subjects an insurer to G.S. 58‑2‑70.  (1997‑443, s. 11A.122; 1997‑519, s. 4.1; 1999‑116, s. 1; 1999‑391, ss. 1‑4; 2001‑417, ss. 2‑7; 2001‑416, ss. 4.4, 5; 2003‑105, s. 1; 2005‑223, s. 8; 2008‑124, s. 5.1; 2013‑199, ss. 13, 14, 15; 2020‑69, s. 3(c).)

§ 58‑50‑62.  Insurer grievance procedures.
(a)	Purpose and Intent. – The purpose of this section is to provide standards for the establishment and maintenance of procedures by insurers to assure that covered persons have the opportunity for appropriate resolutions of their grievances.
(b)	Availability of Grievance Process. – Every insurer shall have a grievance process whereby a covered person may voluntarily request a review of any decision, policy, or action of the insurer that affects that covered person. A decision rendered solely on the basis that the health benefit plan does not provide benefits for the health care service in question is not subject to the insurer's grievance procedures, if the exclusion of the specific service requested is clearly stated in the certificate of coverage. The grievance process may provide for an immediate informal consideration by the insurer of a grievance. If the insurer does not have a procedure for informal consideration or if an informal consideration does not resolve the grievance, the grievance process shall provide for first‑ and second‑level reviews of grievances. Appeal of a noncertification that has been reviewed under G.S. 58‑50‑61 shall be reviewed as a second‑level grievance under this section.
(b1)	Informal Consideration of Grievances. – If the insurer provides procedures for informal consideration of grievances, the procedures shall be in writing, and the following requirements apply:
(1)	If the grievance concerns a clinical issue and the informal consideration decision is not in favor of the covered person, the insurer shall treat the request as a request for a first‑level grievance review, except that the requirements of subdivision (e) (1) of this section apply on the day the decision is made or on the tenth business day after receipt of the request for informal consideration, whichever is sooner;
(2)	If the grievance concerns a nonclinical issue and the informal consideration decision is not in favor of the covered person, the insurer shall issue a written decision that includes the information set forth in subsection (c) of this section; or
(3)	If the insurer is unable to render an informal consideration decision within 10 business days after receipt of the grievance, the insurer shall treat the request as a request for a first‑level grievance review, except that the requirements of subdivision (e) (1) of this section apply beginning on the day the insurer determines an informal consideration decision cannot be made before the tenth business day after receipt of the grievance.
(c)	Grievance Procedures. – Every insurer shall have written procedures for receiving and resolving grievances from covered persons. A description of the grievance procedures shall be set forth in or attached to the certificate of coverage and member handbook provided to covered persons. The description shall include a statement informing the covered person that the grievance procedures are voluntary and shall also inform the covered person about the availability of the Commissioner's office for assistance, including the telephone number and address of the office.
(d)	Maintenance of Records. – Every insurer shall maintain records of each grievance received and the insurer's review of each grievance, as well as documentation sufficient to demonstrate compliance with this section. The maintenance of these records, including electronic reproduction and storage, shall be governed by rules adopted by the Commissioner that apply to insurers. The insurer shall retain these records for five years or, for domestic companies, until the Commissioner has adopted a final report of a general examination that contains a review of these records for that calendar year, whichever is later.
(e)	First‑Level Grievance Review. – A covered person or a covered person's provider acting on the covered person's behalf may submit a grievance.
(1)	The insurer does not have to allow a covered person to attend the first‑level grievance review. A covered person may submit written material. Except as provided in subdivision (3) of this subsection, within three business days after receiving a grievance, the insurer shall provide the covered person with the name, address, and telephone number of the coordinator and information on how to submit written material.
(2)	An insurer shall issue a written decision, in clear terms, to the covered person and, if applicable, to the covered person's provider, within 30 days after receiving a grievance. The person or persons reviewing the grievance shall not be the same person or persons who initially handled the matter that is the subject of the grievance and, if the issue is a clinical one, at least one of whom shall be a medical doctor with appropriate expertise to evaluate the matter. Except as provided in subdivision (3) of this subsection, if the decision is not in favor of the covered person, the written decision issued in a first‑level grievance review shall contain:
a.	The professional qualifications and licensure of the person or persons reviewing the grievance.
b.	A statement of the reviewers' understanding of the grievance.
c.	The reviewers' decision in clear terms and the contractual basis or medical rationale in sufficient detail for the covered person to respond further to the insurer's position.
d.	A reference to the evidence or documentation used as the basis for the decision.
e.	A statement advising the covered person of his or her right to request a second‑level grievance review and a description of the procedure for submitting a second‑level grievance under this section.
f.	Notice of the availability of assistance from Health Insurance Smart NC, including the telephone number and address of the Program.
(3)	For grievances concerning the quality of clinical care delivered by the covered person's provider, the insurer shall acknowledge the grievance within 10 business days. The acknowledgement shall advise the covered person that (i) the insurer will refer the grievance to its quality assurance committee for review and consideration or any appropriate action against the provider and (ii) State law does not allow for a second‑level grievance review for grievances concerning quality of care.
(f)	Second‑Level Grievance Review. – An insurer shall establish a second‑level grievance review process for covered persons who are dissatisfied with the first‑level grievance review decision or a utilization review appeal decision. A covered person or the covered person's provider acting on the covered person's behalf may submit a second‑level grievance.
(1)	An insurer shall, within 10 business days after receiving a request for a second‑level grievance review, make known to the covered person:
a.	The name, address, and telephone number of a person designated to coordinate the grievance review for the insurer.
b.	A statement of a covered person's rights, which include the right to request and receive from an insurer all information relevant to the case; attend the second‑level grievance review; present his or her case to the review panel; submit supporting materials before and at the review meeting; ask questions of any member of the review panel; and be assisted or represented by a person of his or her choice, which person may be without limitation to: a provider, family member, employer representative, or attorney. If the covered person chooses to be represented by an attorney, the insurer may also be represented by an attorney.
c.	The availability of assistance from Health Insurance Smart NC, including the telephone number and address of the Program.
(2)	An insurer shall convene a second‑level grievance review panel for each request. The panel shall comprise persons who were not previously involved in any matter giving rise to the second‑level grievance, are not employees of the insurer or URO, and do not have a financial interest in the outcome of the review. A person who was previously involved in the matter may appear before the panel to present information or answer questions. All of the persons reviewing a second‑level grievance involving a noncertification or a clinical issue shall be providers who have appropriate expertise, including at least one clinical peer. Provided, however, an insurer that uses a clinical peer on an appeal of a noncertification under G.S. 58‑50‑61 or on a first‑level grievance review panel under this section may use one of the insurer's employees on the second‑level grievance review panel in the same matter if the second‑level grievance review panel comprises three or more persons.
(g)	Second‑Level Grievance Review Procedures. – An insurer's procedures for conducting a second‑level grievance review shall include:
(1)	The review panel shall schedule and hold a review meeting within 45 days after receiving a request for a second‑level review.
(2)	The covered person shall be notified in writing at least 15 days before the review meeting date.
(3)	The covered person's right to a full review shall not be conditioned on the covered person's appearance at the review meeting.
(h)	Second‑Level Grievance Review Decisions. – An insurer shall issue a written decision to the covered person and, if applicable, to the covered person's provider, within seven business days after completing the review meeting. The decision shall include:
(1)	The professional qualifications and licensure of the members of the review panel.
(2)	A statement of the review panel's understanding of the nature of the grievance and all pertinent facts.
(3)	The review panel's recommendation to the insurer and the rationale behind that recommendation.
(4)	A description of or reference to the evidence or documentation considered by the review panel in making the recommendation.
(5)	In the review of a noncertification or other clinical matter, a written statement of the clinical rationale, including the clinical review criteria, that was used by the review panel to make the recommendation.
(6)	The rationale for the insurer's decision if it differs from the review panel's recommendation.
(7)	A statement that the decision is the insurer's final determination in the matter. In cases where the review concerned a noncertification and the insurer's decision on the second‑level grievance review is to uphold its initial noncertification, a statement advising the covered person of his or her right to request an external review and a description of the procedure for submitting a request for external review to the Commissioner of Insurance.
(8)	Notice of the availability of the Commissioner's office for assistance, including the telephone number and address of the Commissioner's office.
(9)	Notice of the availability of assistance from Health Insurance Smart NC, including the telephone number and address of the Program.
(i)	Expedited Second‑Level Procedures. – An expedited second‑level review shall be made available where medically justified as provided in G.S. 58‑50‑61(l), whether or not the initial review was expedited. The provisions of subsections (f), (g), and (h) of this section apply to this subsection except for the following timetable: When a covered person is eligible for an expedited second‑level review, the insurer shall conduct the review proceeding and communicate its decision within four days after receiving all necessary information. The review meeting may take place by way of a telephone conference call or through the exchange of written information.
(j)	No insurer shall discriminate against any provider based on any action taken by the provider under this section or G.S. 58‑50‑61 on behalf of a covered person.
(k)	Violation. – A violation of this section subjects an insurer to G.S. 58‑2‑70.  (1997‑519, s. 4.2; 2001‑417, ss. 8‑11; 2001‑446, s. 4.6; 2003‑105, s. 2(a)‑(d); 2008‑124, s. 5.2; 2013‑199, ss. 16, 17.)

§ 58-50-63: Expired pursuant to Session Laws 2005-453, s. 3, effective July 1, 2005.

§ 58‑50‑64.  Reserved for future codification purposes.

Part 3. Scope and Sanctions.
§ 58‑50‑65.  Certain policies of insurance not affected.
(a)	Nothing in Articles 50 through 55 of this Chapter applies to or affects any policy of liability or workers' compensation insurance, except that the provisions of G.S. 58‑50‑56(g) and (h) apply to policies of workers' compensation insurance and to individual and group self‑funded workers' compensation insurance plans. If there is any conflict between managed care provisions of this Chapter and managed care provisions of Chapter 97 of the General Statutes with respect to workers' compensation insurance, the provisions of Chapter 97 govern.
(b)	Nothing in Articles 50 through 55 of this Chapter shall apply to or in any way affect contracts supplemental to contracts of life or endowment insurance where such supplemental contracts contain no provisions except such as operate to safeguard such insurance against lapse or to provide special benefits therefor in the event that the insured shall be totally, or totally and permanently disabled by reason of accidental bodily injury or by sickness, nor to contracts issued as supplements to life insurance contracts or contracts of endowment insurance, and intended to increase the amount insured by such life or endowment contracts in the event that the death or disability of the insured shall result from accidental bodily injuries: Provided, that no such supplemental contracts shall be issued or delivered to any person in this State unless and until a copy of the form thereof has been submitted to and approved by the Commissioner under such reasonable rules and regulations as he shall make concerning the provisions in such contracts, and their submission to and approval by him.
(c)	Nothing in Articles 50 through 55 of this Chapter shall apply to or in any way affect fraternal benefit societies.
(d)	The provisions of G.S. 58‑51‑5(5) and G.S. 58‑51‑15(a)(1), (4), and (10) may be omitted from railroad ticket policies sold only at railroad stations or at railroad ticket offices by railroad employees. (1911, c. 209, s. 5; 1913, c. 91, s. 12; C.S., s. 6489; 1921, c. 136, s. 5; 1945, c. 385; 1947, c. 721; 1991, c. 636, s. 3; c. 720, ss. 4, 42; 1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 679, s. 10.4; 1995, c. 193, s. 42; 1999‑219, s. 4.1.)

§ 58‑50‑70.  Punishment for violation.
Any company, association, society, or other insurer or any officer or agent thereof, which or who issues or delivers to any person in this State any policy in willful violation of Articles 50 through 55 of this Chapter, shall be guilty of a Class 3 misdemeanor and, upon conviction, shall be punished only by a fine of not more than five thousand dollars ($5,000) for each offense; and the Commissioner may revoke the license of any company, corporation, association, society, or other insurer of another state or country, or of the agent thereof, which or who willfully violates any provision of Articles 50 through 55 of this Chapter. (1911, c. 209, s. 6; 1913, c. 91, s. 13; C.S., s. 6490; 1985, c. 666, s. 28; 1991, c. 720, ss. 4, 42; 1993, c. 539, s. 467; 1994, Ex. Sess., c. 24, s. 14(c).)

Part 4. Health Benefit Plan External Review.
§ 58‑50‑75.  Purpose, scope, and definitions.
(a)	The purpose of this Part is to provide standards for the establishment and maintenance of external review procedures to assure that covered persons have the opportunity for an independent review of an appeal decision upholding a noncertification or a second‑level grievance review decision upholding a noncertification, as defined in this Part.
(b)	This Part applies to all insurers that offer a health benefit plan and that provide or perform utilization review pursuant to G.S. 58‑50‑61, the State Health Plan for Teachers and State Employees, and any optional plans or programs operating under Part 2 of Article 3A of Chapter 135 of the General Statutes. With respect to second‑level grievance review decisions, this Part applies only to second‑level grievance review decisions involving noncertification decisions.
(c)	In addition to the definitions in G.S. 58‑50‑61(a), as used in this Part:
(1)	"Covered benefits" or "benefits" means those benefits consisting of medical care, provided directly through insurance or otherwise and including items and services paid for as medical care, under the terms of a health benefit plan.
(2)	"Covered person" means a policyholder, subscriber, enrollee, or other individual covered by a health benefit plan. "Covered person" includes another person, including the covered person's health care provider, acting on behalf of the covered person. Nothing in this subdivision shall require the covered person's health care provider to act on behalf of the covered person.
(3)	"Independent review organization" or "organization" means an entity that conducts independent external reviews of appeals of noncertifications and second‑level grievance review decisions.  (2001‑446, s. 4.5; 2007‑298, s. 8.5; 2007‑323, s. 28.22A(o); 2007‑345, s. 12; 2009‑382, s. 24; 2014‑115, s. 4.1.)

§ 58‑50‑76: Reserved for future codification purposes.

§ 58‑50‑77.  Notice of right to external review.
(a)	An insurer shall notify the covered person in writing of the covered person's right to request an external review and include the appropriate statements and information set forth in this section at the time the insurer sends written notice of:
(1)	A noncertification decision under G.S. 58‑50‑61;
(2)	An appeal decision under G.S. 58‑50‑61 upholding a noncertification; and
(3)	A second‑level grievance review decision under G.S. 58‑50‑62 upholding the original noncertification.
(b)	The insurer shall include in the notice required under subsection (a) of this section for a notice related to a noncertification decision under G.S. 58‑50‑61, a statement informing the covered person that if the covered person has a medical condition where the time frame for completion of an expedited review of an appeal decision involving a noncertification decision under G.S. 58‑50‑61 would reasonably be expected to seriously jeopardize the life or health of the covered person or jeopardize the covered person's ability to regain maximum function, then the covered person may file a request for an expedited external review under G.S. 58‑50‑82 at the same time the covered person files a request for an expedited review of an appeal involving a noncertification decision under G.S. 58‑50‑61, but that the Commissioner will determine whether the covered person shall be required to complete the expedited review of the grievance before conducting the expedited external review.
(c)	The insurer shall include in the notice required under subsection (a) of this section for a notice related to an appeal decision under G.S. 58‑50‑61, a statement informing the covered person that:
(1)	If the covered person has a medical condition where the time frame for completion of an expedited review of a grievance involving an appeal decision under G.S. 58‑50‑61 would reasonably be expected to seriously jeopardize the life or health of the covered person or jeopardize the covered person's ability to regain maximum function, the covered person may file a request for an expedited external review under G.S. 58‑50‑82 at the same time the covered person files a request for an expedited review of a grievance involving an appeal decision under G.S. 58‑50‑62, but that the Commissioner will determine whether the covered person shall be required to complete the expedited review of the grievance before conducting the expedited external review.
(2)	If the covered person has not received a written decision from the insurer within 60 days after the date the covered person files the second‑level grievance with the insurer pursuant to G.S. 58‑50‑62 and the covered person has not requested or agreed to a delay, the covered person may file a request for external review under G.S. 58‑50‑80 and shall be considered to have exhausted the insurer's internal grievance process for purposes of G.S. 58‑50‑79.
(d)	The insurer shall include in the notice required under subsection (a) of this section for a notice related to a final second‑level grievance review decision under G.S. 58‑50‑62, a statement informing the covered person that:
(1)	If the covered person has a medical condition where the time frame for completion of a standard external review under G.S. 58‑50‑80 would reasonably be expected to seriously jeopardize the life or health of the covered person or jeopardize the covered person's ability to regain maximum function, the covered person may file a request for an expedited external review under G.S. 58‑50‑82; or
(2)	If the second‑level grievance review decision concerns an admission, availability of care, continued stay, or health care service for which the covered person received emergency services but has not been discharged from a facility, the covered person may request an expedited external review under G.S. 58‑50‑82.
(e)	In addition to the information to be provided under this section, the insurer shall include a copy of the description of both the standard and expedited external review procedures the insurer is required to provide under G.S. 58‑50‑93, including the provisions in the external review procedures that give the covered person the opportunity to submit additional information. (2001‑446, s. 4.5.)

§ 58‑50‑78: Reserved for future codification purposes.

§ 58‑50‑79.  Exhaustion of internal grievance process.
(a)	Except as provided in G.S. 58‑50‑82, a request for an external review under G.S. 58‑50‑80 or G.S. 58‑50‑82 shall not be made until the covered person has exhausted the insurer's internal appeal and grievance processes under G.S. 58‑50‑61 and G.S. 58‑50‑62.
(b)	A covered person shall be considered to have exhausted the insurer's internal grievance process for purposes of this section, if the covered person:
(1)	Has filed a second‑level grievance involving a noncertification appeal decision under G.S. 58‑50‑61 and G.S. 58‑50‑62, and
(2)	Except to the extent the covered person requested or agreed to a delay, has not received a written decision on the grievance from the insurer within 60 days since the date the covered person can demonstrate that a grievance was filed with the insurer.
(c)	Notwithstanding subsection (b) of this section, a covered person may not make a request for an external review of a noncertification involving a retrospective review determination made under G.S. 58‑50‑61 until the covered person has exhausted the insurer's internal grievance process.
(d)	A request for an external review of a noncertification may be made before the covered person has exhausted the insurer's internal grievance and appeal procedures under G.S. 58‑50‑61 and G.S. 58‑50‑62 whenever the insurer agrees to waive the exhaustion requirement. If the requirement to exhaust the insurer's internal grievance procedures is waived, the covered person may file a request in writing for a standard external review as set forth in G.S. 58‑50‑80 or may make a request for an expedited external review as set forth in G.S. 58‑50‑82. In addition, the insurer may choose to eliminate the second‑level grievance review under G.S. 58‑50‑62. In such case, the covered person may file a request in writing for a standard external review under G.S. 58‑50‑80 or may make a request for an expedited external review as set forth in G.S. 58‑50‑82 within 60 days after receiving notice of an appeal decision upholding a noncertification.  (2001‑446, s. 4.5; 2009‑382, s. 25.)

§ 58‑50‑80.  Standard external review.
(a)	Within 120 days after the date of receipt of a notice under G.S. 58‑50‑77, a covered person may file a request for an external review with the Commissioner.
(b)	Upon receipt of a request for an external review under subsection (a) of this section, the Commissioner shall, within 10 business days, complete all of the following:
(1)	Notify and send a copy of the request to the insurer that made the decision which is the subject of the request. The notice shall include a request for any information that the Commissioner requires to conduct the preliminary review under subdivision (2) of this subsection and require that the insurer deliver the requested information to the Commissioner within three business days of receipt of the notice.
(2)	Conduct a preliminary review of the request to determine whether:
a.	The individual is or was a covered person in the health benefit plan at the time the health care service was requested or, in the case of a retrospective review, was a covered person in the health benefit plan at the time the health care service was provided.
b.	The health care service that is the subject of the noncertification appeal decision or the second‑level grievance review decision upholding a noncertification reasonably appears to be a covered service under the covered person's health benefit plan.
c.	The covered person has exhausted the insurer's internal appeal and grievance processes under G.S. 58‑50‑61 and G.S. 58‑50‑62, unless the covered person is considered to have exhausted the insurer's internal appeal or grievance process under G.S. 58‑50‑79, or unless the insurer has waived its right to conduct an expedited review of the appeal decision.
d.	The covered person has provided all the information and forms required by the Commissioner that are necessary to process an external review.
(3)	Notify in writing the covered person and the covered person's provider who performed or requested the service whether the request is complete and whether the request has been accepted for external review. If the request is complete and accepted for external review, the notice shall include a copy of the information that the insurer provided to the Commissioner pursuant to subdivision (b)(1) of this section, and inform the covered person that the covered person may submit to the assigned independent review organization in writing, within seven days after the receipt of the notice, additional information and supporting documentation relevant to the initial denial for the organization to consider when conducting the external review. If the covered person chooses to send additional information to the assigned independent review organization, then the covered person shall at the same time and by the same means, send a copy of that information to the insurer. The Commissioner shall also notify the covered person in writing of the availability of assistance from Health Insurance Smart NC, including the telephone number and address of Health Insurance Smart NC.
(4)	Notify the insurer in writing whether the request for external review has been accepted. If the request has been accepted, the notice shall direct the insurer or its designee utilization review organization to provide to the assigned organization and to the covered person or authorized representative who made the request for external review on behalf of the covered person, within seven days of receipt of the notice, the documents and any information considered in making the noncertification appeal decision or the second‑level grievance review decision.
(5)	Assign the review to an independent review organization approved under G.S. 58‑50‑85. The assignment shall be made using an alphabetical list of the independent review organizations, systematically assigning reviews on a rotating basis to the next independent review organization on that list capable of performing the review to conduct the external review. After the last organization on the list has been assigned a review, the Commissioner shall return to the top of the list to continue assigning reviews.
(6)	Forward to the review organization that was assigned by the Commissioner any documents that were received relating to the request for external review.
(c)	If the finding of the preliminary review under subdivision (b)(2) of this section is that the request is not complete, the Commissioner shall request from the covered person the information or materials needed to make the request complete. The covered person shall furnish the Commissioner with the requested information or materials within 150 days after the date of the insurer's decision for which external review is requested.
(d)	If the finding of the preliminary review under subdivision (b)(2) of this section is that the request is not accepted for external review, the Commissioner shall inform the covered person, the covered person's provider who performed or requested the service, and the insurer in writing of the reasons for its nonacceptance.
(e)	Failure by the insurer or its designee utilization review organization to provide the documents and information within the time specified in this subsection shall not delay the conduct of the external review. However, if the insurer or its utilization review organization fails to provide the documents and information within the time specified in subdivision (b)(4) of this section, the assigned organization may terminate the external review and make a decision to reverse the noncertification appeal decision or the second‑level grievance review decision. Within one business day of making the decision under this subsection, the organization shall notify the covered person, the insurer, and the Commissioner.
(f)	If the covered person submits additional information to the Commissioner pursuant to subdivision (b)(3) of this section, the Commissioner shall forward the information to the assigned review organization within two business days of receiving it and shall forward a copy of the information to the insurer.
(g)	Upon receipt of the information required to be forwarded under subsection (f) of this section, the insurer may reconsider its noncertification appeal decision or second‑level grievance review decision that is the subject of the external review. Reconsideration by the insurer of its noncertification appeal decision or second‑level grievance review decision under this subsection shall not delay or terminate the external review. The external review shall be terminated if the insurer decides, upon completion of its reconsideration, to reverse its noncertification appeal decision or second‑level grievance review decision and provide coverage or payment for the requested health care service that is the subject of the noncertification appeal decision or second‑level grievance review decision.
(h)	Upon making the decision to reverse its noncertification appeal decision or second‑level grievance review decision under subsection (g) of this section, the insurer shall notify the covered person, the organization, and the Commissioner in writing of its decision. The organization shall terminate the external review upon receipt of the notice from the insurer sent under this subsection.
(i)	The assigned organization shall review all of the information and documents received under subsections (b) and (f) of this section that have been forwarded to the organization by the Commissioner and the insurer. In addition, the assigned review organization, to the extent the documents or information are available, shall consider the following in reaching a decision:
(1)	The covered person's medical records.
(2)	The attending health care provider's recommendation.
(3)	Consulting reports from appropriate health care providers and other documents submitted by the insurer, covered person, or the covered person's treating provider.
(4)	The most appropriate practice guidelines that are based on sound clinical evidence and that are periodically evaluated to assure ongoing efficacy.
(5)	Any applicable clinical review criteria developed and used by the insurer or its designee utilization review organization.
(6)	Medical necessity, as defined in G.S. 58‑3‑200(b).
(7)	Any documentation supporting the medical necessity and appropriateness of the provider's recommendation.
The assigned organization shall review the terms of coverage under the covered person's health benefit plan to ensure that the organization's decision shall not be contrary to the terms of coverage under the covered person's health benefit plan with the insurer.
The assigned organization's determination shall be based on the covered person's medical condition at the time of the initial noncertification decision.
(j)	Within 45 days after the date of receipt by the Commissioner of the request for external review, the assigned organization shall provide written notice of its decision to uphold or reverse the noncertification appeal decision or second‑level grievance review decision to the covered person, the insurer, the covered person's provider who performed or requested the service, and the Commissioner. In reaching a decision, the assigned review organization is not bound by any decisions or conclusions reached during the insurer's utilization review process or the insurer's internal grievance process under G.S. 58‑50‑61 and G.S. 58‑50‑62.
(k)	The organization shall include in the notice sent under subsection (j) of this section:
(1)	A general description of the reason for the request for external review.
(2)	The date the organization received the assignment from the Commissioner to conduct the external review.
(3)	The date the organization received information and documents submitted by the covered person and by the insurer.
(4)	The date the external review was conducted.
(5)	The date of its decision.
(6)	The principal reason or reasons for its decision.
(7)	The clinical rationale for its decision.
(8)	References to the evidence or documentation, including the practice guidelines, considered in reaching its decision.
(9)	The professional qualifications and licensure of the clinical peer reviewers.
(10)	Notice to the covered person that he or she is not liable for the cost of the external review.
(l)	Upon receipt of a notice of a decision under subsection (k) of this section reversing the noncertification appeal decision or second‑level grievance review decision, the insurer shall within three business days reverse the noncertification appeal decision or second‑level grievance review decision that was the subject of the review and shall provide coverage or payment for the requested health care service or supply that was the subject of the noncertification appeal decision or second‑level grievance review decision. In the event the covered person is no longer enrolled in the health benefit plan when the insurer receives notice of a decision under subsection (k) of this section reversing the noncertification appeal decision or second‑level grievance review decision, the insurer that made the noncertification appeal decision or second‑level grievance review decision shall be responsible under this section only for the costs of those services or supplies the covered person received or would have received prior to disenrollment if the service had not been denied when first requested.
(m)	For the purposes of this section, a person is presumed to have received a written notice two days after the notice has been placed, first‑class postage prepaid, in the United States mail addressed to the person. The presumption may be rebutted by sufficient evidence that the notice was received on another day or not received at all.  (2001‑446, s. 4.5; 2002‑187, ss. 3.1, 3.2; 2003‑105, s. 3; 2005‑223, s. 10(a); 2009‑382, ss. 26, 27; 2013‑199, s. 18.)

§ 58‑50‑81: Reserved for future codification purposes.

§ 58‑50‑82.  Expedited external review.
(a)	Except as provided in subsection (g) of this section, a covered person may file a request for an expedited external review with the Commissioner at the time the covered person receives any of the following:
(1)	A noncertification decision under G.S. 58‑50‑61(f) if all of the following conditions apply:
a.	The covered person has a medical condition where the time frame for completion of an expedited review of an appeal involving a noncertification set forth in G.S. 58‑50‑61(l) would be reasonably expected to seriously jeopardize the life or health of the covered person or would jeopardize the covered person's ability to regain maximum function.
b.	The covered person has filed a request for an expedited appeal under G.S. 58‑50‑61(l).
(2)	An appeal decision under G.S. 58‑50‑61(k) or G.S. 58‑58‑61(l) upholding a noncertification if all of the following conditions apply:
a.	The noncertification appeal decision involves a medical condition of the covered person for which the time frame for completion of an expedited second‑level grievance review of a noncertification set forth in G.S. 58‑50‑62(i) would reasonably be expected to seriously jeopardize the life or health of the covered person or jeopardize the covered person's ability to regain maximum function.
b.	The covered person has filed a request for an expedited second‑level grievance review of a noncertification as set forth in G.S. 58‑50‑62(i).
(3)	A second‑level grievance review decision under G.S. 58‑50‑62(h) or G.S. 58‑50‑62(i) upholding a noncertification if all of the following conditions apply:
a.	If the covered person has a medical condition where the time frame for completion of a standard external review under G.S. 58‑50‑80 would reasonably be expected to seriously jeopardize the life or health of the covered person or jeopardize the covered person's ability to regain maximum function.
b.	If the second‑level grievance concerns a noncertification of an admission, availability of care, continued stay, or health care service for which the covered person received emergency services, but has not been discharged from a facility.
(b)	Within two days after receiving a request for an expedited external review, the Commissioner shall complete all of the following:
(1)	Notify the insurer that made the noncertification, noncertification appeal decision, or second‑level grievance review decision which is the subject of the request that the request has been received and provide a copy of the request. The Commissioner shall also request any information from the insurer necessary to make the preliminary review set forth in G.S. 58‑50‑80(b)(2) and require the insurer to deliver the information not later than one day after the request was made.
(2)	Determine whether the request is eligible for external review.
(3)	If the request is eligible for external review and the covered person's treating provider requesting the service that is the subject of the external review has certified the request on a form prescribed by the Commissioner, then one of the following shall apply:
a.	For a request made pursuant to subdivision (a)(1) of this section, the request shall be reviewed on an expedited basis because the time frame for completion of an expedited review under G.S. 58‑50‑61(l) would reasonably be expected to seriously jeopardize the life or health of the covered person or would jeopardize the covered person's ability to regain maximum function. The Commissioner shall inform the covered person, the covered person's provider who performed or requested the service, and the insurer whether the Commissioner has accepted the covered person's request for an expedited external review. If the Commissioner has accepted the covered person's request for an expedited external review, then the Commissioner shall, in accordance with G.S. 58‑50‑80, assign an organization to conduct the review within the appropriate time frame. If the Commissioner has not accepted the covered person's request for an expedited external review, then the covered person shall be notified.
b.	For a request made pursuant to subdivision (a)(2) of this section, the request shall be reviewed on an expedited basis because the time frame for completion of an expedited review under G.S. 58‑50‑62 would reasonably be expected to seriously jeopardize the life or health of the covered person or would jeopardize the covered person's ability to regain maximum function. The Commissioner shall inform the covered person, the covered person's provider who performed or requested the service, and the insurer whether the Commissioner has accepted the covered person's request for an expedited external review. If the Commissioner has accepted the covered person's request for an expedited external review, then the Commissioner shall, in accordance with G.S. 58‑50‑80, assign an organization to conduct the review within the appropriate time frame. If the Commissioner has not accepted the covered person's request for an expedited external review, then the covered person shall be notified.
c.	For a request made pursuant to sub‑subdivision (a)(3)a. of this section, the request shall be reviewed on an expedited basis because the time frame for completion of a standard external review under G.S. 58‑50‑80 would reasonably be expected to seriously jeopardize the life or health of the covered person or would jeopardize the covered person's ability to regain maximum function. The Commissioner shall inform the covered person, the covered person's provider who performed or requested the service, and the insurer whether the review will be conducted using an expedited or standard time frame and shall, in accordance with G.S. 58‑50‑80, assign an organization to conduct the review within the appropriate time frame.
d.	For a request made pursuant to sub‑subdivision (a)(3)b. of this section, the Commissioner shall, in accordance with G.S. 58‑50‑80, assign an organization to conduct the expedited review and inform the covered person, the covered person's provider who performed or requested the service, and the insurer of its decision.
(c)	As soon as possible, but within the same day after receiving notice under subdivision (b)(2) of this section that the request has been assigned to a review organization, the insurer or its designee utilization review organization shall provide or transmit all documents and information considered in making the noncertification appeal decision or the second‑level grievance review decision to the assigned review organization electronically or by telephone or facsimile or any other available expeditious method. A copy of the same information shall be sent by the same means or other expeditious means to the covered person or the covered person's representative who made the request for expedited external review.
(d)	In addition to the documents and information provided or transmitted under subsection (c) of this section, the assigned organization, to the extent the information or documents are available, shall consider the following in reaching a decision:
(1)	The covered person's pertinent medical records.
(2)	The attending health care provider's recommendation.
(3)	Consulting reports from appropriate health care providers and other documents submitted by the insurer, covered person, or the covered person's treating provider.
(4)	The most appropriate practice guidelines that are based on sound clinical evidence and that are periodically evaluated to assure ongoing efficacy.
(5)	Any applicable clinical review criteria developed and used by the insurer or its designee utilization review organization in making noncertification decisions.
(6)	Medical necessity, as defined in G.S. 58‑3‑200(b).
(7)	Any documentation supporting the medical necessity and appropriateness of the provider's recommendation.
The assigned organization shall review the terms of coverage under the covered person's health benefit plan to ensure that the organization's decision shall not be contrary to the terms of coverage under the covered person's health benefit plan.
The assigned organization's determination shall be based on the covered person's medical condition at the time of the initial noncertification decision.
(e)	As expeditiously as the covered person's medical condition or circumstances require, but not more than three days after the date of receipt of the request for an expedited external review, the assigned organization shall make a decision to uphold or reverse the noncertification, noncertification appeal decision, or second‑level grievance review decision and notify the covered person, the covered person's provider who performed or requested the service, the insurer, and the Commissioner of the decision. In reaching a decision, the assigned organization is not bound by any decisions or conclusions reached during the insurer's utilization review process or internal grievance process under G.S. 58‑50‑61 and G.S. 58‑50‑62.
(f)	If the notice provided under subsection (e) of this section was not in writing, within two days after the date of providing that notice, the assigned organization shall provide written confirmation of the decision to the covered person, the covered person's provider who performed or requested the service, the insurer, and the Commissioner and include the information set forth in G.S. 58‑50‑80(k).
Upon receipt of the notice of a decision under subsection (e) of this section that reverses the noncertification, noncertification appeal decision, or second‑level grievance review decision, the insurer shall within one day reverse the noncertification, noncertification appeal decision, or second‑level grievance review decision that was the subject of the review and shall provide coverage or payment for the requested health care service or supply that was the subject of the noncertification, noncertification appeal decision, or second‑level grievance review decision.
(g)	An expedited external review shall not be provided for retrospective noncertifications.  (2001‑446, s. 4.5; 2005‑223, ss. 10(b), 11, 12; 2007‑298, ss. 3.1, 3.2; 2009‑382, ss. 28‑30; 2013‑199, s. 10; 2015‑281, s. 9; 2019‑179, s. 6(a), (b).)

§ 58‑50‑83: Reserved for future codification purposes.

§ 58‑50‑84.  Binding nature of external review decision.
(a)	An external review decision is binding on the insurer.
(b)	An external review decision is binding on the covered person except to the extent the covered person has other remedies available under applicable federal or State law.
(c)	A covered person may not file a subsequent request for external review involving the same noncertification appeal decision or second‑level grievance review decision for which the covered person has already received an external review decision under this Part. (2001‑446, s. 4.5.)

§ 58‑50‑85.  Approval of independent review organizations.
(a)	The Commissioner shall approve independent review organizations eligible to be assigned to conduct external reviews under this Part to ensure that an organization satisfies the minimum qualifications established under G.S. 58‑50‑87. The Commissioner shall develop an application form for initially approving and for reapproving organizations to conduct external reviews.
(b)	Any organization wishing to be approved to conduct external reviews under this Part shall submit the application form and include with the form all documentation and information necessary for the Commissioner to determine if the organization satisfies the minimum qualifications established under G.S. 58‑50‑87. Applicants must submit pricing information sufficient to demonstrate that if selected, the applicant's total fee per review will not exceed commercially reasonable fees charged for similar services in the industry. The Commissioner shall not approve any independent review organization that either fails to provide sufficient pricing information or has fees that do not meet the guidelines established under this subsection.
(c)	In order to be eligible for approval by the Commissioner, an independent review organization shall be accredited by a nationally recognized private accrediting entity that the Commissioner has determined has independent review organization accreditation standards that are equivalent to or exceed the minimum qualifications established under G.S. 58‑50‑87. The Commissioner may approve independent review organizations that are not accredited by a nationally recognized private accrediting entity if there are no acceptable nationally recognized private accrediting entities providing independent review organization accreditation.
(d)	An approval is effective for two years, unless the Commissioner determines before expiration of the approval that the independent review organization is not satisfying the minimum qualifications established under G.S. 58‑50‑87.
(e)	Whenever the Commissioner determines that an independent review organization no longer satisfies the minimum requirements established under G.S. 58‑50‑87, the Commissioner shall terminate the approval of the independent review organization.  (2001‑446, s. 4.5; 2009‑382, s. 31.)

§ 58‑50‑86: Reserved for future codification purposes.

§ 58‑50‑87.  Minimum qualifications for independent review organizations.
(a)	As a condition of approval under G.S. 58‑50‑85 to conduct external reviews, an independent review organization shall have and maintain written policies and procedures that govern all aspects of both the standard external review process and the expedited external review process set forth in G.S. 58‑50‑80 and G.S. 58‑50‑82 that include, at a minimum:
(1)	A quality assurance mechanism in place that ensures:
a.	That external reviews are conducted within the specified time frames and required notices are provided in a timely manner.
b.	The selection of qualified and impartial clinical peer reviewers to conduct external reviews on behalf of the independent review organization and suitable matching of reviewers to specific cases.
c.	The confidentiality of medical and treatment records and clinical review criteria.
d.	That any person employed by or under contract with the independent review organization adheres to the requirements of this Part.
e.	The independence and impartiality of the independent review organization and the external review process and limits the ability of any person to improperly influence the external review decision.
(2)	A toll‑free telephone service to receive information on a 24‑hour‑day, seven‑day‑a‑week basis related to external reviews that is capable of accepting or recording inquiries or providing appropriate instruction to incoming telephone callers during other than normal business hours.
(3)	An agreement to maintain and provide to the Commissioner the information set out in G.S. 58‑50‑90.
(4)	A program for credentialing clinical peer reviewers.
(5)	An agreement to contractual terms or written requirements established by the Commissioner regarding the procedures for handling a review.
(6)	That the independent review organization consult with a medical doctor licensed to practice in North Carolina to advise the independent review organization on issues related to the standard of practice, technology, and training of North Carolina physicians with respect to the organization's North Carolina business.
(b)	All clinical peer reviewers assigned by an independent review organization to conduct external reviews shall be medical doctors or other appropriate health care providers who meet the following minimum qualifications:
(1)	Be an expert in the treatment of the covered person's injury, illness, or medical condition that is the subject of the external review.
(2)	Be knowledgeable about the recommended health care service or treatment through recent or current actual clinical experience treating patients with the same or similar injury, illness, or medical condition of the covered person.
(3)	If the covered person's treating provider is a medical doctor, hold a nonrestricted license and, if a specialist medical doctor, a current certification by a recognized American medical specialty board in the area or areas appropriate to the subject of the external review.
(4)	If the covered person's treating provider is not a medical doctor, hold a nonrestricted license, registration, or certification in the same allied health occupation as the covered person's treating provider.
(5)	Have no history of disciplinary actions or sanctions, including loss of staff privileges or participation restrictions, that have been taken or are pending by any hospital, governmental agency or unit, or regulatory body that raise a substantial question as to the clinical peer reviewer's physical, mental, or professional competence or moral character.
(c)	In addition to the requirements set forth in subsection (a) of this section, an independent review organization may not own or control, be a subsidiary of, or in any way be owned or controlled by, or exercise control with a health benefit plan, a national, State, or local trade association of health benefit plans, or a national, State, or local trade association of health care providers.
(d)	In addition to the requirements set forth in subsections (a), (b), and (c) of this section, to be approved under G.S. 58‑50‑85 to conduct an external review of a specified case, neither the independent review organization selected to conduct the external review nor any clinical peer reviewer assigned by the independent organization to conduct the external review may have a material professional, familial, or financial conflict of interest with any of the following:
(1)	The insurer that is the subject of the external review.
(2)	The covered person whose treatment is the subject of the external review or the covered person's authorized representative.
(3)	Any officer, director, or management employee of the insurer that is the subject of the external review.
(4)	The health care provider, the health care provider's medical group, or independent practice association recommending the health care service or treatment that is the subject of the external review.
(5)	The facility at which the recommended health care service or treatment would be provided.
(6)	The developer or manufacturer of the principal drug, device, procedure, or other therapy being recommended for the covered person whose treatment is the subject of the external review.
(e)	In determining whether an independent review organization or a clinical peer reviewer of the independent review organization has a material professional, familial, or financial conflict of interest for purposes of subsection (d) of this section, the Commissioner shall take into consideration situations where the independent review organization to be assigned to conduct an external review of a specified case or a clinical peer reviewer to be assigned by the independent review organization to conduct an external review of a specified case may have an apparent professional, familial, or financial relationship or connection with a person described in subsection (d) of this section, but that the characteristics of that relationship or connection are such that they are not a material professional, familial, or financial conflict of interest that results in the disapproval of the independent review organization or the clinical peer reviewer from conducting the external review. (2001‑446, s. 4.5.)

§ 58‑50‑88: Reserved for future codification purposes.

§ 58‑50‑89.  Hold harmless for Commissioner and independent review organizations.
The Commissioner, an independent review organization, or a clinical peer reviewer working on behalf of an independent review organization shall not be liable for damages to any person for any opinions rendered during or upon completion of an external review conducted under this Part, unless the opinion was rendered in bad faith or involved gross negligence.  (2001‑446, s. 4.5; 2002‑187, s. 3.3; 2019‑179, s. 6(c).)

§ 58‑50‑90.  External review reporting requirements.
(a)	An organization assigned under G.S. 58‑50‑80 or G.S. 58‑50‑82 to conduct an external review shall maintain written records in the aggregate and by insurer on all requests for external review for which it conducted an external review during a calendar year and submit a report to the Commissioner, as required under subsection (b) of this section.
(b)	Each organization required to maintain written records on all requests for external review under subsection (a) of this section for which it was assigned to conduct an external review shall submit to the Commissioner, upon the Commissioner's request, a report in the format specified by the Commissioner.
(c)	The report shall include in the aggregate and for each insurer:
(1)	The total number of requests for external review.
(2)	The number of requests for external review resolved and, of those resolved, the number resolved upholding the noncertification appeal decision or second‑level grievance review decision and the number resolved reversing the noncertification appeal decision or second‑level grievance review decision.
(3)	The average length of time for resolution.
(4)	A summary of the types of coverages or cases for which an external review was sought, as provided in the format required by the Commissioner.
(5)	The number of external reviews under G.S. 58‑50‑80 that were terminated as the result of a reconsideration by the insurer of its noncertification appeal decision or second‑level grievance review decision after the receipt of additional information from the covered person.
(6)	Any other information the Commissioner may request or require.
(d)	The organization shall retain the written records required under this section for at least three years.
(e)	Each insurer shall maintain written records in the aggregate and for each type of health benefit plan offered by the insurer on all requests for external review of which the insurer receives notice from the Commissioner under this Part. The insurer shall retain the written records required under this section for at least three years.  (2001‑446, s. 4.5; 2009‑382, s. 32.)

§ 58‑50‑91: Reserved for future codification purposes.

§ 58‑50‑92.  Funding of external review.
The insurer against which a request for a standard external review or an expedited external review is filed shall reimburse the Department of Insurance for the fees charged by the organization in conducting the external review, including work actually performed by the organization for a case that was terminated due to the insurer's decision to reconsider a request and reverse its noncertification decision, prior to the insurer notifying the organization of the reversal pursuant to G.S. 58‑50‑80(j), or when a review is terminated pursuant to G.S. 58‑50‑80(h) because the insurer failed to provide information to the review organization. (2001‑446, s. 4.5.)

§ 58‑50‑93.  Disclosure requirements.
(a)	Each insurer shall include a description of the external review procedures in or attached to the policy, certificate, membership booklet, outline of coverage, or other evidence of coverage it provides to covered persons.
(b)	The description required under subsection (a) of this section shall include a statement that informs the covered person of the right of the covered person to file a request for an external review of a noncertification, noncertification appeal decision or a second‑level grievance review decision upholding a noncertification with the Commissioner. The statement shall include the telephone number and address of the Commissioner.
(c)	In addition to subsection (b) of this section, the statement shall inform the covered person that, when filing a request for an external review, the covered person will be required to authorize the release of any medical records of the covered person that may be required to be reviewed for the purpose of reaching a decision on the external review. (2001‑446, s. 4.5.)

§ 58‑50‑94.  Selection of independent review organizations.
(a)	At least every two years, or more frequently if the Commissioner determines is needed to secure adequate selection of independent review organizations, the Commissioner shall prepare and publish requests for proposals from independent review organizations that want to be approved under G.S. 58‑50‑85. All proposals shall be sealed. The Commissioner shall open all proposals in public.
(b)	After the public opening, the Commissioner shall review the proposals, examining the quality of the services offered by the independent review organizations, the reputation and capabilities of the independent review organizations submitting the proposals, and the provisions in G.S. 58‑50‑85 and G.S. 58‑50‑87. The Commissioner shall determine which proposal or proposals would satisfy the provisions of this Part. The Commissioner shall make his determination in consultation with an evaluation committee whose membership includes representatives of insurers subject to Part 4 of Article 50 of Chapter 58 of the General Statutes, health care providers, and insureds. In selecting the review organizations, in addition to considering cost, quality, and adherence to the requirements of the request for proposals, the Commissioner shall consider the desirability and feasibility of contracting with multiple review organizations and shall ensure that, for any given type of case involving highly specialized services and treatments, at least one review organization is available and capable of reviewing the case.
(c)	An independent review organization may seek to modify or withdraw a proposal only after the public opening and only on the basis that the proposal contains an unintentional clerical error as opposed to an error in judgment. An independent review organization seeking to modify or withdraw a proposal shall submit to the Commissioner a written request, with facts and evidence in support of its position, before the determination made by the Commissioner under subsection (b) of this section, but not later than two days after the public opening of the proposals. The Commissioner shall promptly review the request, examine the nature of the error, and determine whether to permit or deny the request.
(d)	The provisions of Article 3C of Chapter 143 of the General Statutes do not apply to this Part.  (2001‑446, s. 4.5; 2009‑382, s. 33.)

§ 58‑50‑95: Repealed by Session Laws 2015‑92, s. 5, effective June 19, 2015.

Part 5. Small Employer Group Health Insurance Reform.
§ 58‑50‑100.  Title and reference.
This section and G.S. 58‑50‑105 through G.S. 58‑50‑156 are known and may be cited as the North Carolina Small Employer Group Health Coverage Reform Act, referred to in those sections as "this Act". (1991, c. 630, s. 1; 2006‑105, s. 1.9.)

§ 58‑50‑105.  Purpose and intent.
The purpose and intent of this Act is to promote the availability of accident and health insurance coverage to small employers, to prevent abusive rating practices, to require disclosure of rating practices to purchasers, to establish rules for continuity of coverage for employers and covered individuals, and to improve the efficiency and fairness of the small group accident and health insurance marketplace. (1991, c. 630, s. 1.)

§ 58‑50‑110.  Definitions.
As used in this Act:
(1)	Repealed by Session Laws 2001‑334, s. 12.1, effective August 3, 2001.
(1a)	"Actuarial certification" means a written statement by a member of the American Academy of Actuaries or other individual acceptable to the Commissioner that a small employer carrier is in compliance with the provisions of G.S. 58‑50‑130, and to the extent applicable, the provisions of Article 68 of this Chapter, based upon the person's examination, including a review of the appropriate records and of the actuarial assumptions and methods used by the small employer carrier in establishing premium rates for applicable health benefit plans.
(1b)	"Adjusted community rating" means a method used to develop carrier premiums which spreads financial risk across a large population and allows adjustments for the following demographic factors: age, gender, family composition, and geographic areas, as determined pursuant to G.S. 58‑50‑130(b).
(2)	Repealed by Session Laws 1993, c. 529, s. 3.3.
(3)	"Basic health care plan" means a health care plan for small employers that is lower in cost than a standard health care plan and is required to be offered by all small employer carriers pursuant to G.S. 58‑50‑125 and approved by the Commissioner in accordance with G.S. 58‑50‑125.
(4)	"Board" means the board of directors of the Pool.
(5)	"Carrier" means any person that provides one or more health benefit plans in this State, including a licensed insurance company, a prepaid hospital or medical service plan, a health maintenance organization (HMO), and a multiple employer welfare arrangement.
(5a)	"Case characteristics" means the demographic factors age, gender, family size, geographic location, and industry.
(6),	(7) Repealed by Session Laws 1993, c. 529, s. 3.3.
(8)	"Committee" means the Small Employer Carrier Committee as created by G.S. 58‑50‑120.
(9)	"Dependent" means the spouse or child of an eligible employee, subject to applicable terms of the health care plan covering the employee.
(10)	"Eligible employee" means an employee who works for a small employer on a full‑time basis, with a normal work week of 30 or more hours, including a sole proprietor, a partner or a partnership, or an independent contractor, if included as an employee under a health care plan of a small employer; but does not include employees who work on a part‑time, temporary, or substitute basis.
(10a)	"Grandfathered health plan" means a health benefit plan providing coverage considered grandfathered health coverage described in 45 C.F.R. § 147.140(a).
(11)	"Health benefit plan" means any accident and health insurance policy or certificate; nonprofit hospital or medical service corporation contract; health, hospital, or medical service corporation plan contract; HMO subscriber contract; plan provided by a MEWA or plan provided by another benefit arrangement, to the extent permitted by ERISA, subject to G.S. 58‑50‑115. Health benefit plan does not include benefits described in G.S. 58‑68‑25(b).
(12)	"Impaired insurer" has the same meaning as prescribed in G.S. 58‑62‑20(6) or G.S. 58‑62‑16(8).
(12a)	"Industry" means a demographic factor used to reflect the financial risk associated with a specific industry.
(13)	Repealed by Session Laws 1993, c. 529, s. 3.3.
(14)	"Late enrollee" has the same meaning as defined in G.S. 58‑68‑30(b)(2); provided that the initial enrollment period shall be a period of at least 30 consecutive calendar days. In addition to the special enrollment provisions in G.S. 58‑68‑30(f), an eligible employee or dependent shall not be considered a late enrollee under a small employer health benefit plan if:
a.	Repealed by Session Laws 1998‑211, s. 9, effective November 1, 1998.
1,	2. Repealed by Session Laws 1998‑211, s. 9, effective November 1, 1998.
3,	4. Repealed by Session Laws 1993, c. 529, s. 3.3.
b.	The individual elects a different health benefit plan offered by the small employer during an open enrollment period;
c.	Repealed by Session Laws 1998‑211, s. 9, effective November 1, 1998.
d.	A court has ordered coverage be provided for a spouse or minor child under a covered employee's health benefit plan and the request for enrollment for a spouse is made within 30 days after issuance of the court order. A minor child shall be enrolled in accordance with the requirements of G.S. 58‑51‑120; or
e.	Repealed by Session Laws 1998‑211, s. 9, effective November 1, 1998.
(15)	Repealed by Session Laws 1993, c. 529, s. 3.3.
(16)	"Pool" means the North Carolina Small Employer Health Reinsurance Pool created in G.S. 58‑50‑150.
(17)	"Preexisting‑conditions provision" means a preexisting‑condition provision as defined in G.S. 58‑68‑30.
(18)	"Premium" includes insurance premiums or other fees charged for a health benefit plan, including the costs of benefits paid or reimbursements made to or on behalf of persons covered by the plan.
(19)	"Rating period" means the calendar period for which premium rates established by a small employer carrier are assumed to be in effect, as determined by the small employer carrier.
(20)	"Risk‑assuming carrier" means a small employer carrier electing to comply with the requirements set forth in G.S. 58‑50‑140.
(21)	"Reinsuring carrier" means a small employer carrier electing to comply with the requirements set forth in G.S. 58‑50‑145.
(21a)	"Self‑employed individual" means an individual or sole proprietor who derives a majority of his or her income from a trade or business carried on by the individual or sole proprietor which results in taxable income as indicated on IRS form 1040, Schedule C or F and which generated taxable income in one of the two previous years.
(22)	"Small employer" means any individual actively engaged in business that, on at least fifty percent (50%) of its working days during the preceding calendar quarter, employed no more than 50 eligible employees, the majority of whom are employed within this State, and is not formed primarily for purposes of buying health insurance and in which a bona fide employer‑employee relationship exists. In determining the number of eligible employees, companies that are affiliated companies, or that are eligible to file a combined tax return for purposes of taxation by this State, shall be considered one employer. Subsequent to the issuance of a health benefit plan to a small employer and for the purpose of determining eligibility, the size of a small employer shall be determined annually. Except as otherwise specifically provided, the provisions of this Act that apply to a small employer shall continue to apply until the plan anniversary following the date the small employer no longer meets the requirements of this definition. For purposes of this subdivision, the term small employer includes self‑employed individuals. Effective January 1, 2014, this definition shall apply only to grandfathered group health plans subject to this Act.
(22a)	Repealed by Session Laws 2013‑357, s. 4(a), effective January 1, 2016.
(22b)	"Small employer" means, in connection with a nongrandfathered nontransitional group health plan with respect to a calendar year and a plan year, an employer who meets the definition of small employer under 42 U.S.C. § 18024(b). The number of employees shall be determined using the method set forth in section 4980H(c)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code.
(23)	"Small employer carrier" means any carrier that offers health benefit plans covering eligible employees of one or more small employers.
(24)	"Standard health care plan" means a health care plan for small employers required to be offered by all small employer carriers under G.S. 58‑50‑125 and approved by the Commissioner in accordance with G.S. 58‑50‑125.  (1991, c. 630, s. 1; 1993, c. 408, ss. 1, 2; c. 529, s. 3.3; 1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 569, s. 6; 1997‑259, s. 2; 1998‑211, s. 9; 2001‑334, ss. 12.1, 12.2; 2006‑154, ss. 5, 6; 2013‑357, ss. 2(b), 4(a), (b); 2015‑281, s. 12.)

§ 58‑50‑112.  Affiliated companies; HMOs.
For the purposes of this Act, companies that are affiliated companies or that are eligible to file a consolidated tax return shall be treated as one carrier except that any insurance company, hospital service plan, or medical service plan that is an affiliate of an HMO located in North Carolina or any HMO located in North Carolina that is an affiliate of an insurance company, a health service corporation, or a medical service corporation may treat the HMO as a separate carrier and each HMO that operates only one HMO in a service area of North Carolina may be considered a separate carrier. (1991, c. 630, s. 1.)

§ 58‑50‑113:  Repealed by Session Laws 1993, c.  529, s. 3.4.

§ 58‑50‑115.  Health benefit plans subject to Act.
(a)	A health benefit plan is subject to this Act if it provides health benefits for small employers and if any of the following conditions are met:
(1)	Any part of the premiums or benefits is paid by a small employer or any covered individual is reimbursed, whether through wage or adjustments or otherwise, by a small employer for any portion of the premium;
(2)	The health benefit plan is treated by the employer as part of a plan or program for the purpose of sections 106, 125, or 162 of the United States Internal Revenue Code; or
(3)	The small employer has permitted payroll deductions for the eligible enrollees for the health benefit plans.
(b)	Repealed by Session Laws 1993, c. 529, s. 3.5, effective January 1, 1995.
(c)	A health benefit plan is not subject to this Act if it provides health benefits for employers who are employer members of a Path 2 MEWA pursuant to Article 50A of this Chapter through a policy issued to the Path 2 MEWA.  (1991, c. 630, s. 1; 1993, c. 529, s. 3.5; 2013‑357, s. 2(c); 2019‑202, s. 4(b); 2020‑69, s. 3(d).)

§ 58‑50‑120: Repealed by Session Laws 2006‑154, s. 9, effective July 23, 2006.

§ 58‑50‑125.  Health care plans; formation; approval; offerings.
(a), (a1)	Repealed by Session Laws 2013-357, s. 2(e), effective January 1, 2015.
(b)	Repealed by Session Laws 2006‑154, s. 9, effective July 23, 2006.
(c)	Except as provided under Article 68 of this Chapter, the plans developed under this section are not required to provide coverage that meets the requirements of other provisions of this Chapter that mandate either coverage or the offer of coverage by the type or level of health care services or health care provider.
(d)	If a small employer carrier offers coverage to a small employer, the small employer carrier shall offer coverage to all eligible employees of a small employer and their dependents. A small employer carrier shall not offer coverage to only certain individuals in a small employer group except in the case of late enrollees as provided in G.S. 58‑50‑130(a)(4b). A small employer carrier shall not modify any health benefit plan with respect to a small employer, any eligible employee, or dependent through riders, endorsements, or otherwise, in order to restrict or exclude coverage for certain diseases or medical conditions otherwise covered by the health benefit plan. In the case of an eligible employee or dependent of an eligible employee who, before the effective date of the plan, was excluded from coverage or denied coverage by a small employer carrier in the process of providing a health benefit plan to an eligible small employer, the small employer carrier shall provide an opportunity for the eligible employee or dependent of an eligible employee to enroll in the health benefit plan currently held by the small employer.
(e)	Repealed by Session Laws 2006‑154, s. 9, effective July 23, 2006.
(f)	To the extent it is required under this section and G.S. 58‑68‑40, every small employer carrier shall fairly market all of its small group health benefit plans it offers on a guaranteed issue basis to all small employers in the geographic areas in which the carrier makes coverage available or provides benefits.
(g)	Repealed by Session Laws 2006‑154, s. 9, effective July 23, 2006.
(h)	The provisions of subsection (d) of this section apply to every health benefit plan delivered, issued for delivery, renewed, or continued in this State or covering persons residing in this State on or after the date the plan becomes operational, as determined by the Commissioner. For purposes of this subsection, the date a health benefit plan is continued is the anniversary date of the issuance of the health benefit plan.  (1991, c. 630, s. 1; c. 761, s. 10; 1993, c. 529, s. 3.6; 1997‑259, ss. 3, 4; 2006‑154, ss. 1, 2, 9, 10, 14; 2013‑357, ss. 2(d), (e).)

§§ 58‑50‑126, 58‑50‑127:  Repealed by Session Laws 2013‑357, s. 2(a), effective January 1, 2014.

§ 58‑50‑130.  Required health care plan provisions.
(a)	Health benefit plans covering small employers are subject to the following provisions:
(1) to	(4)  Repealed by Session Laws 1997‑259, s. 5, effective July 14, 1997.
(4a)	A carrier may continue to enforce reasonable employer participation and contribution requirements on small employers applying for coverage; however, participation and contribution requirements may vary among small employers only by the size of the small employer group and shall not differ because of the health benefit plan involved. In applying minimum participation requirements to a small employer, a small employer carrier shall not consider employees or dependents who have qualifying existing coverage in determining whether an applicable participation level is met. "Qualifying existing coverage" means benefits or coverage provided under: (i) Medicare, Medicaid, and other government funded programs; or (ii) an employer‑based health insurance or health benefit arrangement, including a self‑insured plan, that provides benefits similar to or in excess of benefits provided under the basic health care plan.
(4b)	Late enrollees may only be excluded from coverage for the greater of 18 months or an 18‑month preexisting‑condition exclusion; however, if both a period of exclusion from coverage and a preexisting‑condition exclusion are applicable to a late enrollee, the combined period shall not exceed 18 months. If a period of exclusion from coverage is applied, a late enrollee shall be enrolled at the end of that period in the health benefit plan held at the time by the small employer.
(5)	No small employer carrier, insurer, subsidiary of an insurer, or controlled individual of an insurance holding company shall provide stop loss, catastrophic, or reinsurance coverage to small employers who employ fewer than 20 eligible employees that does not comply with the underwriting, rating, and other applicable standards in this Act. An insurer shall not issue a stop loss health insurance policy to any person, firm, corporation, partnership, or association defined as a small employer that does any of the following:
a.	Provides direct coverage of health expenses payable to an individual.
b.	Has an annual attachment point for claims incurred per individual that is lower than twenty thousand dollars ($20,000) for plan years beginning in 2013. For subsequent policy years, the amount shall be indexed using the Consumer Price Index for Medical Services for All Urban Consumers for the South Region and shall be rounded to the nearest whole thousand dollars. The index factor shall be the index as of July of the year preceding the change divided by the index as of July 2012.
c.	Has an annual aggregate attachment point lower than the greater of one of the following:
1.	One hundred twenty percent (120%) of expected claims.
2.	Twenty thousand dollars ($20,000) for plan years beginning in 2013. For subsequent policy years, the amount shall be indexed using the Consumer Price Index for Medical Services for All Urban Consumers for the South Region and shall be rounded to the nearest whole thousand dollars. The index factor shall be the index as of July of the year preceding the change divided by the index as of July 2012.
Nothing in this subsection prohibits an insurer from providing additional incentives to small employers with benefits promoting a medical home or benefits that provide health care screenings, are focused on outcomes and key performance indicators, or are reimbursed on an outcomes basis rather than a fee‑for‑service basis.
(6)	If a small employer carrier offers coverage to a small employer, the small employer carrier shall offer coverage to all eligible employees of a small employer and their dependents. A small employer carrier shall not offer coverage to only certain individuals in a small employer group except in the case of late enrollees as provided in G.S. 58‑50‑130(a)(4).
(7),	(8)  Repealed by Session Laws 1997‑259, s. 5.
(9)	The health benefit plan must meet the applicable requirements of Article 68 of this Chapter.
(b)	For all small employer health benefit plans that are grandfathered health benefit plans and that are subject to this section, the premium rates are subject to all of the following provisions:
(1)	Small employer carriers shall use an adjusted‑community rating methodology in which the premium for each small employer can vary only on the basis of the eligible employee's or dependent's age as determined under subdivision (6) of this subsection, the gender of the eligible employee or dependent, number of family members covered, or geographic area as determined under subdivision (7) of this subsection, or industry as determined under subdivision (9) of this subsection. Premium rates charged during a rating period to small employers with similar case characteristics for same coverage shall not vary from the adjusted community rate by more than twenty‑five percent (25%) for any reason, including differences in administrative costs and claims experience.
(2)	Rating factors related to age, gender, number of family members covered, geographic location, or industry may be developed by each carrier to reflect the carrier's experience. The factors used by carriers are subject to the Commissioner's review.
(3)	A small employer carrier shall not modify the premium rate charged to a small employer or a small employer group member, including changes in rates related to the increasing age of a group member, for 12 months from the initial issue date or renewal date, unless the group is composite rated and composition of the group changed by twenty percent (20%) or more or benefits are changed. The percentage increase in the premium rate charged to a small employer for a new rating period shall not exceed the sum of all of the following:
a.	The percentage change in the adjusted community rate as measured from the first day of the prior rating period to the first day of the new rating period.
b.	Any adjustment, not to exceed fifteen percent (15%) annually, due to claim experience, health status, or duration of coverage of the employees or dependents of the small employer.
c.	Any adjustment because of change in coverage or change in case characteristics of the small employer group.
(4),	(5)  Repealed by Session Laws 1995, c. 238, s. 1.
(6)	Unless the small employer carrier uses composite rating, the small employer carrier shall use the following age brackets:
a.	Younger than 15 years;
b.	15 to 19 years;
c.	20 to 24 years;
d.	25 to 29 years;
e.	30 to 34 years;
f.	35 to 39 years;
g.	40 to 44 years;
h.	45 to 49 years;
i.	50 to 54 years;
j.	55 to 59 years;
k.	60 to 64 years;
l.	65 years.
Carriers may combine, but shall not split, complete age brackets for the purposes of determining rates under this subsection. Small employer carriers shall be permitted to develop separate rates for individuals aged 65 years and older for coverage for which Medicare is the primary payor and coverage for which Medicare is not the primary payor.
(7)	A carrier shall define geographic area to mean medical care system. Medical care system factors shall reflect the relative differences in expected costs, shall produce rates that are not excessive, inadequate, or unfairly discriminatory in the medical care system areas, and shall be revenue neutral to the small employer carrier.
(8)	The Department may adopt rules to administer this subsection and to assure that rating practices used by small employer carriers are consistent with the purposes of this subsection. Those rules shall include consideration of differences based on all of the following:
a.	Health benefit plans that use different provider network arrangements may be considered separate plans for the purposes of determining the rating in subdivision (1) of this subsection, provided that the different arrangements are expected to result in substantial differences in claims costs.
b.	Except as provided for in sub‑subdivision a. of this subdivision, differences in rates charged for different health benefit plans shall be reasonable and reflect objective differences in plan design, but shall not permit differences in premium rates because of the case characteristics of groups assumed to select particular health benefit plans.
c.	Small employer carriers shall apply allowable rating factors consistently with respect to all small employers.
(9)	In any case where the small employer carrier uses industry as a case characteristic in establishing premium rates, the rate factor associated with any industry classification divided by the lowest rate factor associated with any other industry classification shall not exceed 1.2.
(b1)	For all small employer health benefit plans that are not grandfathered health benefit plans and that are subject to this section, the premium rates are subject to all of the following provisions:
(1)	A small employer carrier shall use a method to develop premiums for small employer group health benefit plans that are not grandfathered health plans which spreads financial risk across a large population and allows adjustments for only the following factors:
a.	Age, except that the rate shall not vary by more than the ratio of three to one (3:1) for adults.
b.	Whether the plan or coverage covers individual or family.
c.	Geographic rating areas.
d.	Tobacco use, except that the rate shall not vary by more than the ratio of one and two‑tenths to one (1.2:1) due to tobacco use.
With respect to family coverage under a health benefit plan, the rating variations for age and tobacco use shall be applied based on the portion of premium that is attributable to each family member covered under the plan.
(2)	A small employer carrier shall consider the claims experience of all enrollees in all small employer group health benefit plans that are not grandfathered health plans offered by the insurer in the small employer group market in this State to be members of a single risk pool. No small employer carrier shall consider claims experience of grandfathered health plans in developing the single risk pool.
(c)	Repealed by Session Laws 1993, c. 529, s. 3.7.
(d)	In connection with the offering for sale of any health benefit plan to a small employer, each small employer carrier shall make a reasonable disclosure, as part of its solicitation and sales materials, of the following and shall provide this information to the small employer upon request:
(1)	Repealed by Session Laws 1993, c. 529, s. 3.7.
(2)	Provisions concerning the small employer carrier's right to change premium rates and the factors other than claims experience that affect changes in premium rates.
(3)	Provisions relating to renewability of policies and contracts.
(4)	Provisions affecting any preexisting conditions provision.
(5)	The benefits available and premiums charged under all health benefit plans for which the small employer is eligible.
(e)	Each small employer carrier shall maintain at its principal place of business a complete and detailed description of its rating practices and renewal underwriting practices, including information and documentation that demonstrate that its rating methods and practices are based upon commonly accepted actuarial assumptions and are in accordance with sound actuarial principles.
(f)	Each small employer carrier shall file with the Commissioner annually on or before March 15 an actuarial certification certifying that it is in compliance with this Act and that its rating methods are actuarially sound. The small employer carrier shall retain a copy of the certification at its principal place of business.
(g)	A small employer carrier shall make the information and documentation described in subsection (e) of this section available to the Commissioner upon request. Except in cases of violations of this Act, the information is proprietary and trade secret information and is not subject to disclosure by the Commissioner to persons outside of the Department except as agreed to by the small employer carrier or as ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction. Nothing in this section affects the Commissioner's authority to approve rates before their use under G.S. 58‑65‑60(e) or G.S. 58‑67‑50(c).
(h)	The provisions of subdivisions (a)(1), (3), and (5) and subsections (b) through (g) of this section apply to health benefit plans delivered, issued for delivery, renewed, or continued in this State or covering persons residing in this State on or after January 1, 1992. The provisions of subdivisions (a)(2) and (4) of this section apply to health benefit plans delivered, issued for delivery, renewed, or continued in this State or covering persons residing in this State on or after the date the plan becomes operational, as designated by the Commissioner. For purposes of this subsection, the date a health benefit plan is continued is the anniversary date of the issuance of the health benefit plan.
(i)	A small employer carrier shall not modify the premium rate charged to a small group nongrandfathered health benefit plan or a small employer group member, including changes in rates related to the increasing age of a group member, for 12 months from the initial issue date or renewal date.  (1991, c. 630, s. 1; 1993, c. 408, s. 6; c. 529, ss. 3.2, 3.7; 1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 569, ss. 7, 8; c. 678, ss. 24, 25; 1995, c. 238, s. 1; c. 507, s. 23A.1(b); 1995 (Reg. Sess., 1996), c. 669, s. 1; 1997‑259, ss. 5, 6; 1998‑211, ss. 9.1, 10; 1999‑132, s. 4.1; 2001‑334, ss. 3, 12.3; 2006‑154, s. 7; 2013‑357, ss. 2(f), (g), 3; 2019‑202, s. 5(a).)

§ 58‑50‑131.  Premium rates for health benefit plans; approval authority; hearing.
(a)	No schedule of premium rates for coverage for a health benefit plan subject to this act, or any amendment to the schedule, shall be used in conjunction with any such health benefit plan until a copy of the schedule of premium rates or premium rate amendment has been filed with and approved by the Commissioner. Any schedule of premium rates or premium rate amendment filed under this section shall be established in accordance with G.S. 58‑50‑130(b). The schedule of premium rates shall not be excessive, unjustified, inadequate, or unfairly discriminatory and shall exhibit a reasonable relationship to the benefits provided by the contract of insurance. Each filing shall include a certification by an actuary who is a member of the American Academy of Actuaries and qualified to provide such certifications as described in the U.S. Qualifications Standards promulgated by the American Academy of Actuaries pursuant to its Code of Professional Conduct.
(b)	The Commissioner shall approve or disapprove a schedule of premium rates within 60 days of receipt of a complete filing. It shall be unlawful to use a schedule of premium rates until approved. If the Commissioner disapproves the filing, the Commissioner shall notify the filer, shall specify the reasons for disapproval, and shall provide an opportunity for refiling.
(c)	The Commissioner shall adopt rules as necessary or proper (i) to prevent the federal preemption of health insurance regulation in the State, (ii) to implement the provisions of this section, and (iii) to establish minimum standards for loss ratios of policies subject to this section in accordance with accepted actuarial principles and practices to assure that the benefits are reasonable in relation to the premium charged. The Commissioner shall adopt rules to require the submission of supporting data and any information that the Commissioner considers necessary or proper to determine whether the filed schedule of premium rates meets the standards set forth in this section.  (2011‑196, s. 4; 2013‑199, s. 9.)

§ 58‑50‑135:  Repealed by Session Laws 2013‑357, s. 2(a), effective January 1, 2014.

§ 58‑50‑140: Repealed by Session Laws 2006‑154, s. 9, effective July 23, 2006.

§ 58‑50‑145: Repealed by Session Laws 2006‑154, s. 9, effective July 23, 2006.

§ 58‑50‑149.  Limit on cessions to the Reinsurance Pool.
In addition to any individual or group previously reinsured in accordance with G.S. 58‑50‑150(g)(1), the Pool shall only reinsure a health benefit plan issued or delivered for original issue by a reinsuring carrier on or after October 1, 1995, if the health benefit plan provides coverage to a small employer with no more than 25 eligible employees, including self‑employed individuals. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the Pool shall cease to reinsure any individual or group on January 1, 2007. Reinsuring carriers as of that date shall continue to be governed by G.S. 58‑50‑135(b) and G.S. 58‑50‑150 until and through the termination of the Pool. (1995, c. 517, s. 29; 2006‑154, s. 8.)

§ 58‑50‑150.  North Carolina Small Employer Health Reinsurance Pool.
(a)	There is created a nonprofit entity to be known as the North Carolina Small Employer Health Reinsurance Pool. All carriers issuing or providing health benefit plans in this State from January 1, 1992, until the termination of the Pool, except any small employer carrier electing to be a risk‑assuming carrier, are members of the Pool.
(b)	The members shall select the initial Board, subject to the Commissioner's approval. The Board shall consist of five members. There shall be no more than two members of the Board representing any one carrier. In determining voting rights at the organizational meeting, each member shall be entitled to vote in person or by proxy. Voting rights shall be based on net group health benefit plan premium derived from small employer business. The Board shall at all times, to the extent possible, include at least one domestic insurance company licensed to transact accident and health insurance, one HMO, one nonprofit hospital or medical service plan. Four of the members of the Board shall be small employer carriers. In approving selection of the Board, the Commissioner shall assure that all members are fairly represented.
(c)	If the initial Board is not elected at the organizational meeting, the Commissioner shall appoint the initial Board within 30 days of the organizational meeting.
(d)	As used in this section, "plan of operation" includes articles, bylaws, and operating rules of the Pool. Within 180 days after the appointment of the initial Board, the Board shall submit to the Commissioner a plan of operation and any amendments necessary or suitable to assume the fair, reasonable, and equitable administration of the Pool. The Commissioner shall approve the plan of operation if it assures the fair, reasonable, and equitable administration of the Pool and provides for the proportionate basis in accordance with the provisions of subsections (h) through (o) of this section. The plan of operation shall become effective upon approval in writing by the Commissioner consistent with the date on which the coverage under this section shall be made available. If the Board fails to submit a suitable plan of operation within 180 days after its appointment, or at any time thereafter fails to submit suitable amendments to the plan of operation, the Commissioner shall adopt and promulgate a plan of operation or amendment, as appropriate. The Commissioner shall amend any plan of operation he adopts, as necessary, after a plan of operation is submitted by the Board and approved by the Commissioner.
(e)	The plan of operation shall establish procedures for, among other things:
(1)	Handling and accounting of assets and moneys of the Pool, and for an annual financial reporting to the Commissioner.
(2)	Filling vacancies on the Board, subject to the Commissioner's approval.
(3)	Selecting an administering carrier and setting forth the powers and duties of the administering carrier.
(4)	Reinsuring risks in accordance with the provisions of this Act.
(5)	Collecting assessments from members subject to assessment to provide for claims reinsured by the Pool and for administrative expenses incurred or estimated to be incurred during the period for which the assessment is made.
(6)	Any additional matters in the Board's discretion.
(f)	The Pool has the general powers and authority granted under the laws of this State to insurance companies licensed to transact accident and health insurance except the power to issue coverage directly to enrollees, and, in addition, the specific authority to do all of the following:
(1)	Enter into contracts that are necessary or proper to carry out the provisions and purposes of this Act, including the authority, with the Commissioner's approval, to enter into contracts with similar pools of other states for the joint performance of common administrative functions, or with persons or other organizations for the performance of administrative functions.
(2)	Sue or be sued, including taking any legal actions necessary or proper for recovery of any assessments for, on behalf of, or against members.
(3)	Take any legal action necessary to avoid the payment of improper, incorrect, or fraudulent claims against the Pool or the coverage reinsured by the Pool.
(4)	Issue various reinsurance policies in accordance with the requirements of this section.
(5)	Establish rules, conditions, and procedures pertaining to the reinsurance of members' risks by the Pool.
(6)	Establish appropriate rates, rate schedules, rate adjustments, rate classifications, and any other actuarial functions appropriate to the Pool's operation.
(7)	Assess members in accordance with the provisions of subsections (h) through (o) of this section; and make advance interim assessments that are reasonable and necessary for organizational and interim operating expenses. Any interim assessments shall be credited as offsets against any regular assessments due following the close of the Pool's fiscal year.
(8)	Appoint from among members appropriate legal, actuarial, and other committees that are necessary to provide technical assistance in the operation of the Pool, policy, and other contract design, and any other function within the Pool's authority.
(9)	Borrow money to effect the purposes of the Pool. Any notes or other evidence of indebtedness of the Pool not in default are legal investments for members and may be carried as admitted assets.
(g)	Any member that elects to be a reinsuring carrier may cede, and the Pool shall reinsure the reinsuring carrier, subject to all of the following:
(1)	The Pool shall reinsure any basic and standard health care plan originally issued or delivered for original issue by a reinsuring carrier on or after January 1, 1992, under the requirements in G.S. 58‑50‑125(d). With respect to a basic or standard health care plan, the Pool shall reinsure the level of coverage provided and, with respect to other plans, the Pool shall reinsure the level of coverage provided in the basic or standard health care plan up to, but not exceeding, the level of coverage provided under either the basic or standard health care plans. Small group business of reinsuring carriers in force before January 1, 1992, may not be ceded to the Pool until January 1, 1995, and then only if and when the Board determines that sufficient funding sources are available.
(2)	The Pool shall reinsure eligible employees or their dependents or entire small employer groups according to the following:
a.	With respect to eligible employees and their dependents who either (i) are employed by a small employer as of the date such employer's coverage by the member begins or (ii) are hired after the beginning of the employer's coverage by the member: The coverage may be reinsured within 60 days after the beginning of the eligible employees' or dependents' coverage under the plan.
b.	With respect to eligible employees and their dependents, when the entire employer group is eligible for reinsurance: A small employer carrier may reinsure the entire employer group within 60 days after the beginning of the group's coverage under the plan.
c.	With respect to any person reinsured, no reinsurance may be provided for a reinsured employee or dependent until five thousand dollars ($5,000) in benefit payments have been made for services provided during a calendar year for that reinsured employee or dependent, which payments would have been reimbursed through the reinsurance in the absence of the five thousand dollar ($5,000) deductible. The Boards shall review periodically the amount of the deductible and adjust it for inflation. In addition, the member shall retain ten percent (10%) of the next fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) of benefit payments during a calendar year and the Pool shall reinsure the remainder; provided that the members' liability under this section shall not exceed ten thousand dollars ($10,000) in any one calendar year with respect to any one person reinsured. The amount of the member's maximum liability shall be periodically reviewed by the Board and adjusted for inflation, as determined by the Board.
d.	Reinsurance may be terminated for each reinsured employee or dependent on any plan anniversary.
e.	Premium rates charged for reinsurance by the program to an HMO that is approved by the Secretary of Health and Human Services as a federally qualified health maintenance organization under 42 U.S.C. § 300 et seq., shall be reduced to reflect the restrictions and requirements of 42 U.S.C. § 300 et seq.
f.	Every carrier subject to G.S. 58‑50‑130 shall apply its case management and claims handling techniques, including but not limited to utilization review, individual case management, preferred provider provisions, other managed care provisions or methods of operation, consistently with both reinsured and nonreinsured business.
g.	Except as otherwise provided in this section, premium rates charged by the Pool for coverage reinsured by the Pool for that classification or group with similar case characteristics and coverage shall be established as follows:
1.	One and one‑half times the rate established by the Pool with respect to the eligible employees and their dependents of a small employer, all of whose coverage is reinsured with the Pool and who are reinsured in accordance with this section.
2.	Five times the rate established by the Pool with respect to an eligible employee or dependent who is reinsured in accordance with this section.
(3)	The Pool shall reinsure no more than the level of benefits provided in either the basic or standard health care plan established in accordance with G.S. 58‑50‑125.
(4)	The Pool may issue different types and levels of reinsurance coverage, including stop‑loss coverage; and the reinsurance premium shall be adjusted to reflect the type and level of reinsurance coverage issued.
(5)	The reinsurance premium shall also be adjusted to reflect cost containment features of the plan of operation that have proven to be effective including, but not limited to: preferred provider provisions, utilization review of medical necessity of hospital and physician services, case management benefit alternatives, and other managed care provisions or methods of operation.
(h)	Following the close of each fiscal year, the administering carrier shall determine the net premiums, the Pool expenses of administration, and the incurred losses for the year, taking into account investment income and other appropriate gains and losses. Health benefit plan premiums and benefits paid by a member that are less than an amount determined by the Board to justify the cost of collection shall not be considered for purposes of determining assessments. As used in this section, "net premiums" means health benefit plan premiums for insured plans but does not mean premiums or revenue received by a carrier for Medicare and Medicaid contracts.
(i)	Any net losses for the year shall be recouped by assessments of members as follows:
(1)	The Board shall determine an equitable assessment formula to recoup assessments of members that takes into consideration both overall market share of small employer carriers that are members of the Pool and the share of new business of the small employer carriers assumed during the preceding calendar year. For the first three years of operation of the Pool, if an assessment is based on an adjustment made, the assessment shall not be less than fifty percent (50%) nor more than one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the amount it would have been if the assessment were based on the proportional relationship of the small employer carrier's total premiums for small employer coverage written in the year to the total premiums of small employer coverage written by all small employer carriers in this State in the year. The Board shall also determine whether the assessment base used to determine assessments shall be made on a transitional basis or shall be permanent. In no event shall assessments exceed four percent (4%) of the total health benefit plan premium earned in this State from health benefit plans covering small employers of members during the calendar year coinciding or ending during the fiscal year of the Pool. The Board may change the assessment formula, including an assessment adjustment formula, if applicable, from time to time as appropriate.
(2)	Health benefit plan premiums and benefits paid by a member that are less than an amount determined by the Board to justify the cost of collection shall not be considered for purposes of determining assessments. For the purposes of this section, health benefit plan premiums earned by MEWAs and other benefit arrangements, to the extent permitted by ERISA, shall be established by adding paid health losses and administrative expenses.
(j)	If the assessment level is inadequate, the Board may adjust reinsurance thresholds, retention levels, or consider other forms of reinsurance. After the first three full years of operations the Board shall report to the Commissioner on its experience, the effect on reinsurance and small group rates of individual ceding, and recommendations on additional funding sources, if needed. If legislative or other broader funding alternatives are not found, the Board may enter into negotiations with representatives of health care providers to resolve any deficit through reductions in future years' payment levels for reinsured plans. Any such recommendations shall take into account the findings of the actuarial study provided for in this subsection. An actuarial study shall be undertaken within the first three years of the Pool's operation to evaluate and measure the relative risks being assumed by differing types of small employer carriers as a result of this Act. The study shall be developed by three actuaries appointed by the Commissioner, with one representing risk assuming carriers, one representing reinsuring carriers, and one from within the Department.
(k)	Subject to the approval of the Commissioner, the Board may make an adjustment to the assessment formula for any reinsuring carrier that is an HMO approved as a federally qualified HMO by the Secretary of Health and Human Services under 42 U.S.C. § 300 for restrictions placed on them other than those for which an adjustment has already been made in subsection (b)(2) or (b)(5) of this section that are not imposed on other small group carriers.
(l)	If assessments exceed actual losses and administrative expenses of the Pool, the excess shall be held at interest and used by the Board to offset future losses or to reduce Pool premiums. As used in this subsection, "future losses" includes reserves for incurred but not reported claims.
(m)	The Board shall determine annually each member's proportion of participation in the Pool based on financial statements and other reports that the Board considers to be necessary and requires that the member files with the Board. All carriers shall report, to the Board, claims payments made and administrative expenses incurred in this State on an annual basis and on a form prescribed by the Commissioner.
(n)	The plan of operation shall provide for the imposition of an interest penalty for late payment of assessments.
(o)	The Board may abate or defer, in whole or in part, the assessment of a member if, in the Board's opinion, payment of the assessment would endanger the member's ability to fulfill its contractual obligations. In the event an assessment against a member is abated or deferred in whole or in part, the amount by which the assessment is abated or deferred may be assessed against the other members in a manner consistent with the basis for assessments set forth in this section. The member receiving the abatement or deferment shall remain liable to the Pool for the deficiency.
(p)	Neither the participation in the Pool as members, the establishment of rates, forms, or procedures, nor any other joint or collective action required by this Act shall be the basis of any legal action, criminal or civil liability, or penalty against the Pool or any of its members.
(q)	Any person or member made a party to any action, suit, or proceeding because the person or member serves or served on the Board or on a committee or is or was an officer or employee of the Pool shall be held harmless and be indemnified by the Pool against all liability and costs, including the amounts of judgments, settlements, fines, or penalties, and expenses and reasonable attorneys' fees incurred in connection with the action, suit, or proceeding. However, the indemnification shall not be provided on any matter in which the person or member is finally adjudged in the action, suit, or proceeding to have committed a breach of duty involving gross negligence, dishonesty, willful misfeasance, or reckless disregard of the responsibilities of service or office. Costs and expenses of the indemnification shall be prorated among and paid for by all members.
(r)	The Pool is exempt from the taxes imposed by Article 8B of Chapter 105 of the General Statutes. (1991, c. 630, s. 1; 1993, c. 408, s. 7; 2005‑223, s. 5; 2006‑154, s. 12.)

§ 58‑50‑151.  (Recodified as § 58‑51‑116 effective July 1, 2002) ERISA plans may not require Medicaid to pay first.
An employee benefit plan as defined in ERISA shall not include any provision which, because an individual is provided or is eligible for benefits or service pursuant to a State plan under Title XIX of the Social Security Act (Medicaid), has the effect of limiting or excluding coverage or payment for any health care for that individual under the terms of the employee benefit plan, provided that the individual is one who would otherwise be covered or entitled to benefits or services under the employee benefit plan. (1993, c. 321, s. 238.1.)

§§ 58‑50‑155, 58‑50‑156: Repealed by Session Laws 2013‑357, s. 2(a), effective January 1, 2014.

Part 6. North Carolina Health Insurance Risk Pool.
§§ 58‑50‑175 through 58‑50‑215: Repealed by Session Laws 2013‑410, s. 28.5(d), effective January 1, 2017.

§  58‑50‑220: Reserved for future codification purposes.

§ 58‑50‑225: Repealed by Session Laws 2013-410, s. 28.5(d), effective January 1, 2017.

§ 58‑50‑230: Repealed by Session Laws 2013-410, s. 28.5(d), effective January 1, 2017.

§ 58‑50‑235: Repealed by Session Laws 2013-410, s. 28.5(d), effective January 1, 2017.

§ 58‑50‑240: Repealed by Session Laws 2013-410, s. 28.5(d), effective January 1, 2017.

§ 58‑50‑245: Repealed by Session Laws 2013-410, s. 28.5(d), effective January 1, 2017.

§ 58‑50‑250: Repealed by Session Laws 2013-410, s. 28.5(d), effective January 1, 2017.

§ 58‑50‑255: Repealed by Session Laws 2013-410, s. 28.5(d), effective January 1, 2017.

§ 58‑50‑260: Repealed by Session Laws 2013-410, s. 28.5(d), effective January 1, 2017.

§ 58‑50‑261: Reserved for future codification purposes.

§ 58‑50‑262: Reserved for future codification purposes.

§ 58‑50‑263: Reserved for future codification purposes.

§ 58‑50‑264: Reserved for future codification purposes.

§ 58‑50‑265: Reserved for future codification purposes.

Part 7. Contracts Between Health Benefit Plans and Health Care Providers.
§ 58‑50‑270.  Definitions.
Unless the context clearly requires otherwise, the following definitions apply in this Part.
(1)	"Amendment" – Any change to the terms of a contract, including terms incorporated by reference, that modifies fee schedules. A change required by federal or State law, rule, regulation, administrative hearing, or court order is not an amendment.
(2)	"Contract" – An agreement between an insurer and a health care provider for the provision of health care services by the provider on a preferred or in‑network basis.
(3)	"Health benefit plan" – A policy, certificate, contract, or plan as defined in G.S. 58‑3‑167.
(3a)	"Health care provider" – An individual who is licensed, certified, or otherwise authorized under Chapter 90 or Chapter 90B of the General Statutes or under the laws of another state to provide health care services in the ordinary course of business or practice of a profession or in an approved education or training program and a facility that is licensed under Chapter 131E or Chapter 122C of the General Statutes or is owned or operated by the State of North Carolina in which health care services are provided to patients.
(4)	"Insurer" – An entity as defined in G.S. 58‑3‑227(a)(4).  (2009‑352, s. 1; 2009‑487, s. 2(a).)

§ 58‑50‑275.  Notice contact provisions.
(a)	All contracts shall contain a "notice contact" provision listing the name or title and address of the person to whom all correspondence, including proposed amendments and other notices, pertaining to the contractual relationship between parties shall be provided. Each party to a contract shall designate its notice contact under such contract.
(b)	Means for sending all notices provided under a contract shall be one or more of the following, calculated as (i) five business days following the date the notice is placed, first‑class postage prepaid, in the United States mail; (ii) on the day the notice is hand delivered; (iii) for certified or registered mail, the date on the return receipt; or (iv) for commercial courier service, the date of delivery. Nothing in this section prohibits the use of an electronic medium for a communication other than an amendment if agreed to by the insurer and the provider.  (2009‑352, s. 1; 2009‑487, s. 2(b).)

§ 58‑50‑280.  Contract amendments.
(a)	A health benefit plan or insurer shall send any proposed contract amendment to the notice contact of a health care provider pursuant to G.S. 58‑50‑275. The proposed amendment shall be dated, labeled "Amendment," signed by the health benefit plan or insurer, and include an effective date for the proposed amendment.
(b)	A health care provider receiving a proposed amendment shall be given at least 60 days from the date of receipt to object to the proposed amendment. The proposed amendment shall be effective upon the health care provider failing to object in writing within 60 days.
(c)	If a health care provider objects to a proposed amendment, then the proposed amendment is not effective and the initiating health benefit plan or insurer shall be entitled to terminate the contract upon 60 days written notice to the health care provider.
(d)	Nothing in this Part prohibits a health care provider and insurer from negotiating contract terms that provide for mutual consent to an amendment, a process for reaching mutual consent, or alternative notice contacts.  (2009‑352, s. 1; 2009‑487, s. 2(c).)

§ 58‑50‑285.  Policies and procedures.
(a)	A health benefit plan or insurer shall provide a copy of its policies and procedures to a health care provider prior to execution of a new or amended contract and annually to all contracted health care providers. Such policies and procedures may be provided to the health care provider in hard copy, CD, or other electronic format, and may also be provided by posting the policies and procedures on the Web site of the health plan or insurer.
(b)	The policies and procedures of a health benefit plan or insurer shall not conflict with or override any term of a contract, including contract fee schedules. In the event of a conflict between a policy or procedure and the language in a contract, the contract language shall prevail.  (2009‑352, s. 1.)

§ 58‑50‑290.  Health benefit plans or insurers contracting for provision of dental services; no limitation on fees for noncovered services or on methods of claims payment.
(a)	No agreement between an insurer or an entity that writes stand‑alone dental insurance and a dentist for the provision of dental services on a preferred or in‑network basis to plan members or insurance subscribers in connection with coverage under a stand‑alone dental plan, but not in connection with or incidental to coverage under a medical plan or health insurance policy, may require that a dentist provide services at a fee limited or set by the plan or insurer, unless the services are reimbursed as covered services under the contract.
(b)	For purposes of this section, "covered services" means a service for which reimbursement is available under an insurer's policy, without regard to contractual limitations by a deductible, copayment, coinsurance, waiting period, annual or lifetime maximum, frequency limitation, alternative benefit payment, or other limitation.
(c)	No agreement between an insurer or another entity contracting for the provision of dental services and a provider of dental services shall contain restrictions on methods of claim payment in which the only acceptable payment method from the insurer or entity to the provider of the dental services is a credit card payment.  (2010‑138, s. 1; 2019‑26, s. 1.)

§ 58‑50‑292.  Dental provider networks; confidential business information.
(a)	The following definitions apply in this section:
(1)	Insurer. – As defined in G.S. 58‑3‑225(a).
(2)	Provider network contract. – A contract between an insurer and a dental services provider specifying the rights and responsibilities of the insurer and the provider for the delivery of and payment for dental services.
(3)	Third party. – A person or entity that enters into a contract with an insurer or with another entity to gain access to a dental provider network contract. Third party does not include an employer group or other group for which the insurer provides administrative services, including payment of claims.
(b)	An insurer may grant access to its provider network contract to a third party if:
(1)	At the time the provider network contract is entered into and at the time the provider network contract is renewed, the insurer allows any provider who is part of the carrier's provider network to choose not to participate in third party access to the provider network contract. The third party access provision of any provider network contract shall be clearly identified in the provider network contract. An insurer shall not grant third party access to the provider network contract of any provider who does not participate in third party access.
(2)	The insurer includes on its Web site a listing identifying all third parties who have been granted such access.
(3)	The third party accessing the provider network contract agrees to comply with all of the provider network contract's terms.
(c)	This section shall not apply to the assignment of or access to a provider network contract to an entity operating under the same brand licensee program as the contracting entity or any affiliates of the contracting entity.  (2019‑26, s. 2.)

§ 58‑50‑295.  Prohibited contract provisions related to reimbursement rates.
No contract with a health care provider shall do any of the following:
(1)	Prohibit, or grant a health insurance carrier an option to prohibit, the provider from contracting with another health insurance carrier to provide health care services at a rate that is equal to or lower than the payment specified in the contract.
(2)	Require the provider to accept a lower payment rate in the event that the provider agrees to provide health care services to any other health insurance carrier at a rate that is equal to or lower than the payment specified in the contract.
(3)	Require, or grant a health insurance carrier an option to require, termination or renegotiation of an existing health care contract in the event that the provider agrees to provide health care services to any other health insurance carrier at a rate that is equal to or lower than the payment specified in the contract.
(4)	Require, or grant a health insurance carrier an option to require, the provider to disclose, directly or indirectly, the provider's contractual rates with another health insurance carrier.
(5)	Require, or grant a health insurance carrier an option to require, the nonnegotiated adjustment by the issuer of the provider's contractual rate to equal the lowest rate the provider has agreed to charge any other health insurance carrier.
(6)	Require, or grant a health insurance carrier an option to require, the provider to charge another health insurance carrier a rate that is equal to or more than the reimbursement rate specified in the contract.  (2013‑46, s. 1.)

§ 58‑50‑300.  Health benefit plans or insurers contracting for provision of vision services or materials; no limitation on fees for noncovered services or materials.
(a)	No agreement between an insurer or an entity that writes vision insurance and an optometrist for the provision of vision services on a preferred or in‑network basis to plan members or insurance subscribers in connection with coverage under a stand‑alone vision plan, a medical plan, or health insurance policy may require that an optometrist provide services or materials at a fee limited or set by the plan or insurer unless the services or materials are reimbursed as covered services under the contract.
(b)	For purposes of this section, "covered services" means a service for which reimbursement is available under an insurer's policy without regard to contractual limitations by a deductible, co‑payment, coinsurance, waiting period, annual or lifetime maximum, frequency limitation, alternative benefit payment, or other limitation. For purposes of this section, "materials" includes lenses, devices containing lenses, prisms, lens treatments and coatings, contact lenses, orthoptics, vision training, and prosthetic devices to correct, relieve, or treat defects or abnormal conditions of the human eye or its adnexa.  (2014‑43, s. 1.)

Article 50A.
Association Health Plans and Multiple Employer Welfare Arrangements.
§ 58‑50A‑1.  Definitions.
The following definitions apply in this Article:
(1)	Employer member. – A person or entity acting directly as the employer of at least one employee, or a working owner, either of whom is a participant covered under a Path 2 MEWA.
(2)	Employee welfare benefit plan. – The term as defined in Section 3 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, 29 U.S.C. § 1002(1), as amended.
(3)	Multiple employer welfare arrangement or MEWA. – The term as defined in Section 3 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, 29 U.S.C. § 1002(40(A)), as amended, that meets at least one of the following criteria:
a.	Has at least one employer member of the MEWA that is either domiciled in this State or has its principal headquarters or principal administrative office in this State.
b.	Solicits an employer that is domiciled in this State or that has its principal headquarters or principal administrative office in this State.
(4)	Path 2 MEWA. – A MEWA that is established or maintained by an association of employers classified by the United States Department of Labor as a bona fide group or association under the requirements of 29 C.F.R. § 2510.3‑5 and is formed by a sponsoring association that meets the following requirements:
a.	Has a constitution or bylaws that provides for all of the following:
1.	Regular meetings.
2.	Collection of dues from members.
3.	Operation by a board of trustees that includes an owner, partner, officer, director, or employee of at least one of the employer members of the association.
b.	Has at least one substantial business purpose unrelated to the offering and providing of health insurance or other employee benefits to its employer members and their employees.
c.	Has a commonality of interest shared among the employers comprising the Path 2 MEWA based on either of the following:
1.	Establishment by employers in the same trade, industry, line of business, or profession.
2.	Being a statewide organization where each employer that is a member of the organization has a principal place of business that does not exceed the boundaries of the State or a metropolitan area that is at least partially within the State, even if that metropolitan area includes portions of other states.
(5)	Sponsoring association. – An association of two or more employer members that offers an employee welfare benefit plan as a Path 2 MEWA. For purposes of this Chapter, a sponsoring association that meets the requirements of this Article shall be deemed to be a large employer.  (2019‑202, s. 1.)

§ 58‑50A‑5.  Compliance with requirements.
Regardless of the domicile of the sponsoring association receiving the policy, no group health plan shall be offered by a sponsoring association in this State unless it complies with the requirements of this Chapter. Nothing in this Article shall be interpreted to regulate or prohibit any group health insurance policy that is not offered by a sponsoring association in accordance with this Article.  (2019‑202, s. 1.)

§ 58‑50A‑10.  Sponsoring association requirements.
No insurer shall deliver or issue for delivery a group health plan to a sponsoring association or an employer member of a sponsoring association unless that sponsoring association meets the requirements of a Path 2 MEWA.  (2019‑202, s. 1.)

§ 58‑50A‑15.  Membership requirements.
(a)	Group health plans offered by a sponsoring association may only provide coverage to the following:
(1)	Eligible employees of the employer member as defined in G.S. 58‑51‑80(c) and working owners pursuant to 29 C.F.R. § 2510.3‑5.
(2)	The spouse or dependent children of any individual identified in subdivision (1) of subsection (a) of this section.
(b)	In order to obtain coverage for their employees under a group health plan offered by a sponsoring association, employer members must commit to remaining members of the sponsoring association and receiving and paying for benefits under the group health plan for at least one twelve‑month policy period.  (2019‑202, s. 1.)

§ 58‑50A‑20.  Health plan requirements.
Any group health plan offered by a sponsoring association must meet all of the following requirements:
(1)	Neither be offered nor advertised to the public generally.
(2)	Provides a level of coverage equal to or greater than sixty percent (60%) of the actuarial value of allowed costs for covered benefits.
(3)	Provides coverage for hospital and physician services.
(4)	Complies with the provisions of G.S. 58‑3‑150.  (2019‑202, s. 1.)

§ 58‑50A‑25.  Solvency requirements.
No insurer shall deliver or issue for delivery a group health plan to a sponsoring association or an employer member of a sponsoring association unless the sponsoring association meets all of the following solvency requirements:
(1)	Has been established and maintained in good faith for a period of at least three years.
(2)	Has at the outset a minimum of 500 individuals eligible for coverage pursuant to G.S. 58‑50A‑15(a).
(3)	Requires employer members to offer group health coverage to all individuals eligible for coverage under G.S. 58‑50A‑15(a) for a period of at least one year.
(4)	Maintains a minimum net worth equal to at least one month's premium, which must be held in trust and separate from the sponsoring association's operating assets. This amount shall be adjusted at the beginning of each policy period.
(5)	Maintains at all times an adequate plan for protection against insolvency that is acceptable to the Commissioner.  (2019‑202, s. 1.)

§ 58‑50A‑30.  Nondiscrimination.
(a)	No sponsoring association may condition eligibility for coverage, including continuing eligibility for coverage, on any of the following health‑status factors:
(1)	Health status.
(2)	Medical condition, including both physical and mental illness.
(3)	Claims experience.
(4)	Receipt of health care.
(5)	Medical history.
(6)	Genetic information.
(7)	Evidence of insurability.
(8)	Disability.
(b)	An insurer or sponsoring association may make rating distinctions among its employer members based on factors other than health‑status factors, such as industry, occupation, or geography, provided that the rating distinction is not directed at individual beneficiaries or based on a factor listed in subsection (a) of this section.
(c)	No limitations shall be based on preexisting conditions.
(d)	This section shall not be construed to require a sponsoring association or insurer to provide particular benefits other than those provided under the terms of the plan, or otherwise required by law, or to prevent the plan from establishing limitations or restrictions on the amount, level, extent, or nature of the benefits or coverage for similarly situated individuals enrolled in the plan.  (2019‑202, s. 1.)

§ 58‑50A‑35.  Premium contributions.
(a)	Neither an insurer nor a sponsoring association shall require any individual, as a condition of initial enrollment or continued enrollment in the plan, to pay a premium or contribution that is greater than the premium or contribution for a similarly situated individual enrolled in the plan on the basis of any health status‑related factor in relation to the individual or to an individual enrolled in the plan as a spouse or dependent of the individual.
(b)	Nothing in this section shall be construed to restrict the amount an insurer may charge for coverage under a group health plan offered to a sponsoring association under this section or to prevent an insurer from establishing premium discounts or modifying otherwise applicable co‑payments or deductibles for a group health plan offered to a sponsoring association under this section in return for adherence to programs of health promotion and disease prevention.  (2019‑202, s. 1.)

§ 58‑50A‑40.  Use of licensed insurance producers.
Nothing in this Article shall preclude a sponsoring association from engaging an insurance producer licensed to sell insurance in this State for the purposes of reviewing and considering any group health plan offered to a sponsoring association under this section.  (2019‑202, s. 1; 2022‑46, s. 14(ttt).)

§ 58‑50A‑60.  Multiple employer welfare arrangements; administrators.
(a)	Repealed by Session Laws 2019‑202, s. 3(a), effective October 1, 2019, and applicable to contracts entered into, amended, or renewed on or after January 1, 2020.
(b)	Each insurer licensed to do business in this State that administers a MEWA shall, at the request of the Commissioner, provide the Commissioner with such information regarding the insurer's administrative services contract or contracts with such MEWA or MEWAs that the Commissioner requires. No unlicensed insurer shall administer any MEWA.  (1989 (Reg. Sess., 1990), c. 1055, s. 1; 1991, c. 611, s. 3; 2019‑202, ss. 2(a), 3(a); 2020‑69, s. 3(e).)

§ 58‑50A‑65.  Multiple employer welfare arrangements; license required; penalty.
(a)	It is unlawful to operate, maintain, or establish a MEWA unless the MEWA has a valid license issued by the Commissioner. Any MEWA operating in this State without a valid license is an unauthorized insurer.
(b)	G.S. 58‑50A‑60 through G.S. 58‑50A‑95 do not apply to a MEWA that offers or provides benefits that are fully insured by an authorized insurer or to a MEWA that is exempt from state insurance regulation in accordance with the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, Public Law Number 43‑406.  (1991, c. 611, s. 1; 2019‑202, ss. 2(b), 8.)

§ 58‑50A‑70.  Qualifications for licensure.
(a)	To meet the requirements for issuance of a license and to maintain a MEWA, a MEWA must be:
(1)	Nonprofit.
(2)	Either of the following:
a.	Established by a trade association, industry association, or professional association of employers or professionals that has a constitution or bylaws and that has been organized and maintained in good faith for a continuous period of three years for purposes other than that of obtaining or providing insurance.
b.	A Path 2 MEWA as defined in G.S. 58‑50A‑1.
(3)	Operated pursuant to a trust agreement by a board of trustees that has complete fiscal control over the MEWA and that is responsible for all operations of the MEWA. Except as provided in this subdivision, the trustees must be owners, partners, officers, directors, or employees of one or more employers in the MEWA. With the Commissioner's approval, a person who is not such an owner, partner, officer, director, or employee may serve as a trustee if that person possesses the expertise required for such service. A trustee may not be an owner, officer or employee of the administrator or service company of the MEWA. The trustees have the authority to approve applications of association members for participation in the MEWA and to contract with an authorized administrator or service company to administer the operations of the MEWA.
(4)	Neither offered nor advertised to the public generally.
(5)	Operated in accordance with sound actuarial principles.
(b)	The MEWA shall issue to each covered employee a policy, contract, certificate, summary plan description, or other evidence of the benefits and coverages provided. The evidence of benefits and coverages provided shall contain, in boldface print in a conspicuous location, the following statement: "THE BENEFITS AND COVERAGES DESCRIBED HEREIN ARE PROVIDED THROUGH A TRUST FUND ESTABLISHED BY A GROUP OF EMPLOYERS [name of MEWA]. EXCESS INSURANCE IS PROVIDED BY A LICENSED INSURANCE COMPANY TO COVER HIGH AMOUNT MEDICAL CLAIMS. THE TRUST FUND IS NOT SUBJECT TO ANY INSURANCE GUARANTY ASSOCIATION, ALTHOUGH THE TRUST FUND IS MONITORED BY THE NORTH CAROLINA DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE. OTHER RELATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION IS AVAILABLE FROM YOUR EMPLOYER OR FROM THE [name of MEWA]." If applicable, the same documents shall contain, in boldface print in a conspicuous location, the following statement: "PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR FUNDING ALL CLAIMS INCURRED BY EMPLOYEES COVERED UNDER THE TRUST." Any statement required by this subsection is not required on identification cards issued to covered employees or other insureds.
(c)	Each MEWA shall maintain excess insurance written by an insurer authorized to do business in this State with a retention level determined in accordance with sound actuarial principles. Such contracts must be filed with the Commissioner and contain notification provisions requiring at least 60 days' notice to the Commissioner from the insurer issuing such coverage prior to the termination or modification of such coverage. The Commissioner may by rule prescribe net retentions levels for MEWAs in accordance with the number of risks insured.
(d)	Each MEWA shall establish and maintain appropriate loss reserves determined in accordance with sound actuarial principles.
(e)	The Commissioner shall not grant or continue a license to any MEWA if the Commissioner deems that any trustee, manager, or administrator is incompetent, untrustworthy, or so lacking in insurance expertise as to make the operations of the MEWA hazardous to the potential and existing insureds; that any trustee, manager, or administrator has been found guilty of or has pled guilty or no contest to a felony, a crime involving moral turpitude, or a crime punishable by imprisonment of one year or more under the law of any state or country, whether or not a judgment or conviction has been entered; that any trustee, manager, or administrator has had any type of insurance license revoked in this or any other state; or that the business operations of the MEWA are or have been characterized, to the detriment of the employers participating in the MEWA, of persons receiving benefits from the MEWA, or of creditors or the public, by the improper manipulation of assets, accounts, or excess insurance or by bad faith.
(f)	To qualify for and retain a license, a MEWA shall file all contracts with administrators or service companies with the Commissioner, and report any changes to such contracts to the Commissioner in advance of their implementation.
(g)	Failure to maintain compliance with the eligibility requirements established by this section is a ground for denial, suspension, or revocation of the license of a MEWA.  (1991, c. 611, s. 1; 2019‑202, ss. 2(c), 3(b).)

§ 58‑50A‑75.  Certain words prohibited in name of MEWA.
No licensed MEWA shall use in its name, contracts, literature, advertising in any medium, or any other printed matter the words "insurance", "casualty", "surety", "mutual", or any other words descriptive of the insurance business or deceptively similar to the name or description of any insurer doing business in this State.  (1991, c. 611, s. 1; 2019‑202, s. 2(d).)

§ 58‑50A‑80.  Filing of application.
An association sponsoring a MEWA shall file with the Commissioner an application for a license on a form prescribed by the Commissioner and signed under oath by officers of the association. The application shall include or have attached the following:
(1)	A copy of the articles of incorporation, constitution, and bylaws of the association;
(2)	A list of the names, addresses, and official capacities with the MEWA of the individuals who will be responsible for the management and conduct of the affairs of the MEWA, including all trustees, officers, and directors. Such individuals shall fully disclose the extent and nature of any contracts or arrangements between them and the MEWA, including possible conflicts of interest.
(3)	A copy of the articles of incorporation, bylaws, or trust agreement that governs the operation of the MEWA.
(4)	A copy of the policy, contract, certificate, summary plan description, or other evidence of the benefits and coverages provided to covered employees, including a table of the rates charged or proposed to be charged for each form of such contract. An actuary who is a member of the American Academy of Actuaries or the Society of Actuaries and has experience in establishing rates for a self‑insured trust and health services being provided, shall certify that:
a.	The rates are neither inadequate, nor excessive, nor unfairly discriminatory.
b.	The rates are appropriate for the classes of risks for which they have been computed.
c.	An adequate description of the rating methodology has been filed with the Commissioner and such methodology follows consistent and equitable actuarial principles.
(5)	A copy of a fidelity bond, in an amount determined by rules adopted by the Commissioner, issued in the name of the MEWA and covering any individuals managing or handling the funds or assets of the MEWA. In no case may the bond be less than fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) or more than five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000).
(6)	A copy of the MEWA's excess insurance agreement.
(7)	A feasibility study, made by an independent qualified actuary and an independent certified public accountant with an opinion acceptable to the Commissioner, that addresses market potential, market penetration, market competition, operating expenses, gross revenues, net income, total assets and liabilities, cash flow, and other items as the Commissioner requires. The study shall be for the greater of three years or until the MEWA has been projected to be profitable for 12 consecutive months. The study must show that the MEWA would not, at any month end of the projection period, have less than the reserves as required by G.S. 58‑50A‑70(d).
(8)	A copy of an audited financial statement of the MEWA reflecting the minimum statutory reserve as required by G.S. 58‑50A‑70(d).
(9)	Evidence satisfactory to the Commissioner showing that the MEWA will be operated in accordance with sound actuarial principles. The Commissioner shall not approve the MEWA unless it is determined that the MEWA is designed to provide sufficient revenues to pay current and future liabilities, as determined in accordance with sound actuarial principles.
(10)	A copy of every contract between the MEWA and any administrator or service company.
(11)	Such additional information as the Commissioner may require.  (1991, c. 611, s. 1; 2019‑202, ss. 2(e), 8.)

§ 58‑50A‑85.  Examinations; deposits; solvency regulation.
(a)	The provisions of Articles 2, 5, and 30 of this Chapter regarding examinations, deposits, and supervision and receivership respectively apply to MEWAs. The provisions of Article 62 of this Chapter and of Article 8B of Chapter 105 of the General Statutes do not apply to MEWAs.
(b)	An audit or examination of a MEWA shall be conducted only when there are circumstances to support a reasonable belief of a MEWA's noncompliance with this Article.  (1991, c. 611, s. 1; 2019‑202, s. 2(f).)

§ 58‑50A‑90.  Annual reports; actuarial certifications; quarterly reports.
(a)	Every MEWA shall, within 150 days after the end of each of its fiscal years or within any such extension of time that the Commissioner for good cause grants, file a report with the Commissioner, on forms prescribed by the Commissioner and verified by the oath of a member of the board of trustees and by an administrative executive appointed by the board, showing its financial condition on the last day of the preceding fiscal year. The report shall contain an audited financial statement of the MEWA prepared in accordance with statutory accounting principles, including its balance sheet and a statement of the operations for the preceding fiscal year certified by an independent certified public accountant. The report shall also include an analysis of the adequacy of reserves and contributions or premiums charged, based on a review of past and projected claims and expenses.
(b)	In addition to the information called for and furnished in connection with the annual report, if reasonable grounds exist, the Commissioner may request information that summarizes paid and incurred expenses and contributions or premiums received; and may request evidence satisfactory to the Commissioner that the MEWA is actuarially sound. That information and evidence shall be furnished by the MEWA not later than 30 days after the request, unless the Commissioner, for good cause, grants an extension.
(c)	Annually, in conjunction with the annual report required in subsection (a) of this section, the MEWA shall submit an actuarial certification prepared by an independent qualified actuary that indicates:
(1)	The MEWA is actuarially sound, with the certification considering the rates, benefits, and expenses of, and any other funds available for the payment of obligations of, the MEWA;
(2)	The rates being charged and to be charged for contracts are actuarially adequate to the end of the period for which rates have been guaranteed;
(3)	Incurred but not reported claims and claims reported but not fully paid have been adequately provided for; and
(4)	Such other information relating to the performance of the MEWA that is required by the Commissioner.
(d)	If reasonable grounds exist, the Commissioner may require a MEWA to file quarterly, within 45 days after the end of each of its fiscal quarters, an unaudited financial statement on a form prescribed by the Commissioner, verified by the oath of a member of the board of trustees and an administrative executive appointed by the board, showing its financial condition on the last day of the preceding quarter.
(e)	Any MEWA that fails to file a report as required by this section is subject to G.S. 58‑2‑70; and after notice and opportunity for hearing, the Commissioner may suspend the MEWA's authority to enroll new insureds or to do business in this State while the failure continues.  (1991, c. 611, s. 1; 2019‑202, s. 2(g).)

§ 58‑50A‑95.  Denial, suspension, or revocation of license.
(a)	The Commissioner shall deny, suspend, or revoke a MEWA's license if the Commissioner finds that the MEWA:
(1)	Is insolvent;
(2)	Is using such methods and practices in the conduct of its business as to render its further transaction of business in this State hazardous or injurious to its participating employers, covered employees and dependents, or to the public;
(3)	Has failed to pay any final judgment rendered against it in a court of competent jurisdiction within 60 days after the judgment became final;
(4)	Is or has been in violation of or threatens to violate any provision of this Article;
(5)	Is no longer actuarially sound; or
(6)	Is charging rates that are excessive, inadequate, or unfairly discriminatory.
(b)	The Commissioner may deny, suspend, or revoke the license of any MEWA if the Commissioner determines that the MEWA:
(1)	Has violated any lawful order or rule of the Commissioner; or any applicable provision of this Article; or
(2)	Has refused to produce its accounts, records, or files for examination under G.S. 58‑50A‑85 or through any of its officers has refused to give information with respect to its affairs or to perform any other legal obligation as to an examination.
(c)	Whenever the financial condition of the MEWA is such that, if not modified or corrected, its continued operation would result in impairment or insolvency, in addition to any provisions in Article 30 of this Chapter, the Commissioner may order the MEWA to file with the Commissioner and implement a corrective action plan designed to do one or more of the following:
(1)	Reduce the total amount of present potential liability for benefits by reinsurance or other means.
(2)	Reduce the volume of new business being accepted.
(3)	Reduce the expenses of the MEWA by specified methods.
(4)	Suspend or limit the writing of new business for a period of time.
If the MEWA fails to submit a plan within the time specified by the Commissioner or submits a plan that is insufficient to correct the MEWA's financial condition, the Commissioner may order the MEWA to implement one or more of the corrective actions listed in this subsection.
(d)	The Commissioner shall, in the order suspending the authority of a MEWA to enroll new insureds, specify the period during which the suspension is to be in effect and the conditions, if any, that must be met prior to reinstatement of its authority to enroll new insureds. The order of suspension is subject to rescission or modification by further order of the Commissioner before the expiration of the suspension period. Reinstatement shall not be made unless requested by the MEWA; however, the Commissioner shall not grant reinstatement if it is found that the circumstances for which suspension occurred still exist.  (1991, c. 611, s. 1; 2019‑202, ss. 2(h), 8.)

Article 51.
Nature of Policies.
§ 58‑51‑1.  Form, classification and rates to be approved by Commissioner.
No policy of insurance against loss or damage from the sickness or the bodily injury or death of the insured by accident shall be issued or delivered to any person in this State until a copy of the form thereof and of the classification of risks and the premium rates pertaining thereto have been filed with, and the forms approved by, the Commissioner. If the Commissioner shall notify, in writing, the company or other insurer which has filed such form that it does not comply with the requirements of law, specifying the reasons for his opinion, it shall be unlawful thereafter for any such insurer to issue any policy in such form. The action of the Commissioner in this regard shall be subject to review by any court of competent jurisdiction; but nothing in this Article shall be construed to give jurisdiction to any court not already having jurisdiction. (1911, c. 209, s. 1; 1913, c. 91, s. 1; C.S., s. 6477; 1945, c. 385; 1991, c. 720, s. 4.)

§ 58‑51‑5.  Form of policy.
(a)	No policy of accident and health insurance shall be delivered or issued for delivery to any person in this State unless:
(1)	The entire money and other considerations therefor are expressed therein; and
(2)	The time at which the insurance takes effect and terminates is expressed therein; and
(3)	It purports to insure only one person, except that a policy may insure, originally or by subsequent amendment, upon the application of an adult member of a family who shall be deemed the policyholder, any two or more eligible members of that family, including husband, wife, dependent children or any children under a specified age which shall not exceed 19 years and any other persons dependent upon the policyholder; and
(4)	The style, arrangement, and overall appearance of the policy, any endorsements, or attached papers give no undue prominence to any portion of the text. For the purpose of this subdivision, "text" includes all printed matter except the name and address of the insurer, the name or title of the policy, and captions and subcaptions.
(5)	The exceptions and reductions of indemnity are set forth in the policy and, except those which are set forth in G.S. 58‑51‑15, are printed, at the insurer's option, either included with the benefit provision to which they apply, or under an appropriate caption such as "EXCEPTIONS," or "EXCEPTIONS AND REDUCTIONS," provided that if an exception or reduction specifically applies only to a particular benefit of the policy, a statement of such exception or reduction shall be included with the benefit provision to which it applies; and
(6)	Each such form, including riders and endorsements, shall be identified by a form number in the lower left‑hand corner of the first page thereof; and
(7)	It contains no provision purporting to make any portion of the charter, rules, constitution, or bylaws of the insurer a part of the policy unless such portion is set forth in full in the policy, except in the case of the incorporation of, or reference to, a statement of rates or classification of risks, or short‑rate table filed with the Commissioner.
(8)	It contains no provision excluding from coverage claims that are subject to the Workers' Compensation Act, Article 1 of Chapter 97 of the General Statutes, unless the exclusion extends to only specific medical charges for which the employee, employer, or carrier is liable or responsible according to a final adjudication of the claim under that Article or an order of the North Carolina Industrial Commission approving a settlement agreement entered into under that Article.
(b)	If any policy is issued by an insurer domiciled in this State for delivery to a person residing in another state, and if the official having responsibility for the administration of the insurance laws of such other state shall have advised the Commissioner that any such policy is not subject to approval or disapproval by such official, the Commissioner may by ruling require that such policy meet the standards set forth in subsection (a) of this section and in G.S. 58‑51‑15. (1913, c. 91, s. 2; C.S., s. 6478; 1945, c. 385; 1953, c. 1095, s. 1; 1979, c. 755, s. 8; 2001‑216, s. 4; 2001‑487, s. 102(b).)

§ 58‑51‑10.  Right to return policy and have premium refunded.
Every individual or family hospitalization policy, certificate, contract or plan issued for delivery in the State of North Carolina on and after July 1, 1961, must have printed thereon or attached thereto a notice stating substantially: "YOUR POLICY MAY NOT BE IN FORCE WHEN YOU HAVE A CLAIM! PLEASE READ! Your policy was issued based on the information entered in your application, a copy of which is attached to the policy. If, to the best of your knowledge and belief, there is any misstatement in your application or if any information concerning the medical history of any insured person has been omitted, you should advise the Company immediately regarding the incorrect or omitted information; otherwise, your policy may not be a valid contract. RIGHT TO RETURN POLICY WITHIN 10 DAYS. If for any reason you are not satisfied with your policy, you may return it to the Company within 10 days of the date you received it and the premium you paid will be promptly refunded." If a policyholder or certificate holder or purchaser of a contract or plan returns same pursuant to such notice, coverage under such policy, certificate, contract or plan shall become void immediately upon the mailing or delivery of the contract, certificate, policy or plan to the insurance company at its home or branch office or to the agent through whom it was purchased. Coverage shall exist under such policy, certificate, contract or plan within said 10‑day period until said mailing or delivery of the contract. (1955, c. 850, s. 10; 1961, c. 962.)

§ 58‑51‑15.  Accident and health policy provisions.
(a)	Required Provisions. – Except as provided in subsection (c) of this section each such policy delivered or issued for delivery to any person in this State shall contain the provisions specified in this subsection in the substance of the words that appear in this section. Such provisions shall be preceded individually by the caption appearing in this subsection or, at the option of the insurer, by such appropriate individual or group captions or subcaptions as the Commissioner may approve.
(1)	A provision in the substance of the following language:
ENTIRE CONTRACT; CHANGES: This policy, including the endorsements and the attached papers, if any, constitutes the entire contract of insurance. No change in this policy shall be valid until approved by an executive officer of the insurer and unless such approval be endorsed hereon or attached hereto. No agent has authority to change this policy or waive any of its provisions.
(2)	A provision in the substance of the following language:
TIME LIMIT ON CERTAIN DEFENSES:
a.	After two years from the date of issue or reinstatement of this policy no misstatements except fraudulent misstatements made by the applicant in the application for such policy shall be used to void the policy or deny a claim for loss incurred or disability (as defined in the policy) commencing after the expiration of such two‑year period.
The foregoing policy provision may be used in its entirety only in major or catastrophe hospitalization policies and major medical policies each affording benefits of five thousand dollars ($5,000) or more for any one sickness or injury; disability income policies affording benefits of one hundred dollars ($100.00) or more per month for not less than 12 months; and franchise policies. Other policies to which this section applies must delete the words "except fraudulent misstatements."
(The foregoing policy provision shall not be so construed as to affect any legal requirement for avoidance of a policy or denial of a claim during such initial two‑year period, nor to limit the application of G.S. 58‑51‑15(b), (1), (2), (3), (4) and (5) in the event of misstatement with respect to age or occupation or other insurance.)
(A policy which the insured has the right to continue in force subject to its terms by the timely payment of premium:
1.	Until at least age 50 or,
2.	In the case of a policy issued after age 44, for at least five years from its date of issue, may contain in lieu of the foregoing the following provisions (from which the clause in parentheses may be omitted at the insurer's option) under the caption "INCONTESTABLE."
After this policy has been in force for a period of two years during the lifetime of the insured (excluding any period during which the insured is disabled), it shall become incontestable as to the statements contained in the application.)
b.	This policy contains a provision limiting coverage for preexisting conditions. Preexisting conditions are covered under this policy ____ (insert number of months or days, not to exceed one year) after the effective date of coverage. Preexisting conditions mean "those conditions for which medical advice, diagnosis, care, or treatment was received or recommended within the one‑year period immediately preceding the effective date of the person's coverage." Credit for having satisfied some or all of the preexisting condition waiting periods under previous health benefits coverage shall be given in accordance with G.S. 58‑51‑17. The excepted benefits described in G.S. 58‑68‑25(b) are not subject to this requirement for giving credit.
(3)	A provision in the substance of the following language:
GRACE PERIOD: A grace period of ______ (insert a number not less than "7" for weekly premium policies, "10" for monthly premium policies and "31" for all other policies) days will be granted for the payment of each premium falling due after the first premium, during which grace period the policy shall continue in force.
(A policy which contains a cancellation provision may add, at the end of the above provision, subject to the right of the insurer to cancel in accordance with the cancellation provision hereof.
A policy in which the insurer reserves the right to refuse any renewal shall have, at the beginning of the above provision,
Unless not less than five days prior to the premium due date the insurer has delivered to the insured or has mailed to his last address as shown by the record of the insurer written notice of its intention not to renew this policy beyond the period for which the premium has been accepted.)
(4)	A provision in the substance of the following language:
REINSTATEMENT: If any renewal premium be not paid within the time granted the insured for payment, a subsequent acceptance of premium by the insurer or by any agent duly authorized by the insurer to accept such premium, without requiring in connection therewith an application for reinstatement, shall reinstate the policy; provided, however, that if the insurer or such agent requires an application for reinstatement and issues a conditional receipt for the premium tendered, the policy will be reinstated upon approval of such application by the insurer, or, lacking such approval, upon the forty‑fifth day following the date of such conditional receipt unless the insurer has previously notified the insured in writing of its disapproval of such application. The reinstated policy shall cover only loss resulting from such accidental injury as may be sustained after the date of reinstatement and loss due to such sickness as may begin more than 10 days after such date. In all other respects the insured and insurer shall have the same rights thereunder as they had under the policy immediately before the due date of the defaulted premium, subject to any provisions endorsed hereon or attached hereto in connection with the reinstatement. Any premium accepted in connection with a reinstatement shall be applied to a period for which premium has not been previously paid, but not to any period more than 60 days prior to the date of reinstatement.
(The last sentence of the above provision may be omitted from any policy which the insured has the right to continue in force subject to its terms by the timely payment of premiums:
a.	Until at least age 50 or,
b.	In the case of a policy issued after age 44, for at least five years from its date of issue.)
(5)	A provision in the substance of the following language:
NOTICE OF CLAIM: Written notice of claim must be given to the insurer within 20 days after the occurrence or commencement of any loss covered by the policy, or as soon thereafter as is reasonably possible. Notice given by or on behalf of the insured or the beneficiary to the insurer at ______ (insert the location of such office as the insurer may designate for the purpose), or to any authorized agent of the insurer, with information sufficient to identify the insured, shall be deemed notice to the insurer.
(In a policy providing a loss‑of‑time benefit which may be payable for at least two years, an insurer may at its option insert the following between the first and second sentences of the above provision:
Subject to the qualifications set forth below, if the insured suffers loss of time on account of disability for which indemnity may be payable for at least two years, he shall, at least once in every six months after having given notice of claim, give to the insurer notice of continuance of said disability, except in the event of legal incapacity. The period of six months following any filing of proof by the insured or any payment by the insurer on account of such claim or any denial of liability in whole or in part by the insurer shall be excluded in applying this provision. Delay in the giving of such notice shall not impair the insured's right to any indemnity which would otherwise have accrued during the period of six months preceding the date on which such notice is actually given.)
(6)	A provision in the substance of the following language:
CLAIM FORMS: The insurer, upon receipt of a notice of claim, will furnish to the claimant such forms as are usually furnished by it for filing proofs of loss. If such forms are not furnished within 15 days after the giving of such notice the claimant shall be deemed to have complied with the requirements of this policy as to proof of loss upon submitting, within the time fixed in the policy for filing proofs of loss, written proof covering the occurrence, the character and the extent of the loss for which claim is made.
(7)	A provision in the substance of the following language:
PROOFS OF LOSS: Written proof of loss must be furnished to the insurer at its said office in the case of a claim for loss for which this policy provides any periodic payment contingent upon continuing loss within 180 days after the termination of the period for which the insurer is liable and in case of a claim for any other loss within 180 days after the date of such loss. Failure to furnish such proof within the time required shall not invalidate nor reduce any claim if it was not reasonably possible to give proof within such time, provided such proof is furnished as soon as reasonably possible and in no event, except in the absence of legal capacity of the insured, later than one year from the time proof is otherwise required.
(8)	A provision in the substance of the following language:
TIME OF PAYMENT OF CLAIMS: Indemnities payable under this policy for any loss other than loss for which this policy provides any period payment will be paid immediately upon receipt of due written proof of such loss. Subject to due written proof of loss, all accrued indemnities for loss for which this policy provides periodic payment will be paid ______ (insert period for payment which must not be less frequently than monthly) and any balance remaining unpaid upon the termination of liability will be paid immediately upon receipt of due written proof.
(9)	A provision in the substance of the following language:
PAYMENT OF CLAIMS: Indemnity for loss of life will be payable in accordance with the beneficiary designation and the provisions respecting such payment which may be prescribed herein and effective at the time of payment. If no such designation or provision is then effective, such indemnity shall be payable to the estate of the insured. Any other accrued indemnities unpaid at the insured's death may, at the option of the insurer, be paid either to such beneficiary or to such estate. All other indemnities will be payable to the insured.
(The following provisions, or either of them, may be included with the foregoing provision at the option of the insurer:
If any indemnity of this policy shall be payable to the estate of the insured, or to an insured or beneficiary who is a minor or otherwise not competent to give a valid release, the insurer may pay such indemnity, up to an amount not exceeding $ ______ (insert an amount which shall not exceed three thousand dollars ($3,000)), to any relative by blood or connection by marriage of the insured or beneficiary who is deemed by the insurer to be equitably entitled thereto. Any payment made by the insurer in good faith pursuant to this provision shall fully discharge the insurer to the extent of such payment.
Subject to any written direction of the insured in the application or otherwise all or a portion of any indemnities provided by this policy on account of hospital, nursing, medical, or surgical services, may at the insurer's option and unless the insured requests otherwise in writing not later than the time of filing proofs of such loss, be paid directly to the hospital or person rendering such services; but it is not required that the service be rendered by a particular hospital or person.)
(10)	A provision in the substance of the following language:
PHYSICAL EXAMINATIONS AND AUTOPSY: The insurer at its own expense shall have the right and opportunity to examine the person of the insured when and as often as it may reasonably require during the pendency of a claim hereunder and to make an autopsy in case of death where it is not forbidden by law.
(11)	A provision in the substance of the following language:
LEGAL ACTIONS: No action at law or in equity shall be brought to recover on this policy prior to the expiration of 60 days after written proof of loss has been furnished in accordance with the requirements of this policy. No such action shall be brought after the expiration of three years after the time written proof of loss is required to be furnished.
(12)	A provision in the substance of the following language:
CHANGE OF BENEFICIARY: Unless the insured makes an irrevocable designation of beneficiary, the right to change of beneficiary is reserved to the insured and the consent of the beneficiary or beneficiaries shall not be requisite to surrender or assignment of this policy or to any change of beneficiary or beneficiaries, or to any other changes in this policy.
(The first clause of this provision, relating to the irrevocable designation of beneficiary, may be omitted at the insurer's option.)
(b)	Other Provisions. – Except as provided in subsection (c) of this section, no such policy delivered or issued for delivery to any person in this State shall contain provisions respecting the matters set forth below unless such provisions are in the substance of the words that appear in this section. Any such provision contained in the policy shall be preceded individually by the appropriate caption appearing in this subsection or, at the option of the insurer, by such appropriate individual or group captions or subcaptions as the Commissioner may approve.
(1)	A provision in the substance of the following language:
CHANGE OF OCCUPATION: If the insured be injured or contract sickness after having changed his occupation to one classified by the insurer as more hazardous than that stated in this policy or while doing for compensation anything pertaining to an occupation so classified, the insurer will pay only such portion of the indemnities provided in this policy as the premium paid would have purchased at the rates and within the limits fixed by the insurer for such more hazardous occupation. If the insured changes his occupation to one classified by the insurer as less hazardous than that stated in this policy, the insurer, upon receipt of proof of such change of occupation, will reduce the premium rate accordingly, and will return the excess pro rata unearned premium from the date of change of occupation or from the policy anniversary date immediately preceding receipt of such proof, whichever is the more recent. In applying this provision, the classification of occupational risk and the premium rates shall be such as have been last filed by the insurer prior to the occurrence of the loss for which the insurer is liable or prior to date of proof of change in occupation with the state official having supervision of insurance in the state where the insured resided at the time this policy was issued; but if such filing was not required, then the classification of occupational risk and the premium rates shall be those last made effective by the insurer in such state prior to the occurrence of the loss or prior to the date of proof of change in occupation.
(2)	A provision in the substance of the following language:
MISSTATEMENT OF AGE: If the age of the insured has been misstated, all amounts payable under this policy shall be such as the premium paid would have purchased at the correct age.
(3)	A provision in the substance of the following language:
OTHER INSURANCE IN THIS INSURER: If an accident or health or accident and health policy or policies previously issued by the insurer to the insured be in force concurrently herewith, making the aggregate indemnity for ____ (insert type of coverage or coverages) in excess of $ ______ (insert maximum limit of indemnity or indemnities) the excess insurance shall be void and all premiums paid for such excess shall be returned to the insured or to his estate.
Or, in lieu thereof:
Insurance effective at any one time on the insured under a like policy or policies in this insurer is limited to the one such policy elected by the insured, his beneficiary or his estate, as the case may be, and the insurer will return all premiums paid for all other such policies.
(4)	A provision in the substance of the following language:
INSURANCE WITH OTHER INSURERS: If there be other valid coverage, not with this insurer, providing benefits for the same loss on a provision of service basis or on an expense incurred basis and of which this insurer has not been given written notice prior to the occurrence or commencement of loss, the only liability under any expense incurred coverage of this policy shall be for such proportion of the loss as the amount which would otherwise have been payable hereunder plus the total of the like amounts under all such other valid coverages for the same loss of which this insurer had notice bears to the total like amounts under all valid coverages for such loss, and for the return of such portion of the premiums paid as shall exceed the pro rata portion for the amount so determined. For the purpose of applying this provision when other coverage is on a provision of service basis, the "like amount" of such other coverage shall be taken as the amount which the services rendered would have cost in the absence of such coverage.
(If the foregoing policy provision is included in a policy which also contains the next following policy provision there shall be added to the caption of the foregoing provision the phrase "____ EXPENSE INCURRED BENEFITS." The insurer may, at its option, include in this provision a definition of "other valid coverage," approved as to form by the Commissioner, which definition shall be limited in subject matter to coverage provided by organizations subject to regulation by insurance law or by insurance authorities of this or any other state of the United States or any province of Canada, and by hospital or medical service organizations, and to any other coverage the inclusion of which may be approved by the Commissioner. In the absence of such definition such term shall not include group insurance, automobile medical payments insurance, or coverage provided by hospital or medical service organizations or by union welfare plans or employer or employee benefit organizations. For the purpose of applying the foregoing policy provision with respect to any insured, any amount of benefit provided for such insured pursuant to any compulsory benefit statute (including any workers' compensation or employer's liability statute) whether provided by a governmental agency or otherwise shall in all cases be deemed to be "other valid coverage" of which the insurer has had notice. In applying the foregoing policy provisions no third‑party liability coverage shall be included as "other valid coverage.")
(5)	A provision in the substance of the following language:
INSURANCE WITH OTHER INSURERS: If there be other valid coverage, not with this insurer, providing benefits for the same loss on other than an expense incurred basis and of which this insurer has not been given written notice prior to the occurrence or commencement of loss, the only liability for such benefits under this policy shall be for such proportion of the indemnities otherwise provided hereunder for such loss as the like indemnities of which the insurer had notice (including the indemnities under this policy) bear to the total amount of all like indemnities for such loss, and for the return of such portion of the premium paid as shall exceed the pro rata portion for the indemnities thus determined.
(If the foregoing policy provision is included in a policy which also contains the next preceding policy provision there shall be added to the caption of the foregoing provision the phrase "____ OTHER BENEFITS." The insurer may, at its option, include in this provision a definition of "other valid coverage," approved as to form by the Commissioner, which definition shall be limited in subject matter to coverage provided by organizations subject to regulation by insurance law or by insurance authorities of this or any other state of the United States or any province of Canada, and to any other coverage the inclusion of which may be approved by the Commissioner. In the absence of such definition such term shall not include group insurance, or benefits provided by union welfare plans or by employer or employee benefit organizations. For the purpose of applying the foregoing policy provision with respect to any insured, any amount of benefit provided for such insured pursuant to any compulsory benefit statute (including any workers' compensation or employer's liability statute) whether provided by a governmental agency or otherwise shall in all cases be deemed to be "other valid coverage" of which the insurer has had notice. In applying the foregoing policy provision no third‑party liability coverage shall be included as "other valid coverage.")
(6)	A provision in the substance of the following language:
RELATION OF EARNINGS TO INSURANCE: If the total monthly amount of loss of time benefits promised for the same loss under all valid loss of time coverage upon the insured, whether payable on a weekly or monthly basis, shall exceed the monthly earnings of the insured at the time disability commenced or his average monthly earnings for the period of two years immediately preceding a disability for which claim is made, whichever is the greater, the insurer will be liable only for such proportionate amount of such benefits under this policy as the amount of such monthly earnings or such average monthly earnings of the insured bears to the total amount of monthly benefits for the same loss under all such coverage upon the insured at the time such disability commences and for the return of such part of the premiums paid during such two years as shall exceed the pro rata amount of the premiums for the benefits actually paid hereunder; but this shall not operate to reduce the total monthly amount of benefits payable under all such coverage upon the insured below the sum of two hundred dollars ($200.00) or the sum of the monthly benefits specified in such coverages, whichever is the lesser, nor shall it operate to reduce benefits other than those payable for loss of time.
(The foregoing policy provision may be inserted only in a policy which the insured has the right to continue in force subject to its terms by the timely payment of premiums:
a.	Until at least age 50 or,
b.	In the case of a policy issued after age 44, for at least five years from its date of issue.
The insurer may, at its option, include in this provision a definition of "valid loss of time coverage," approved as to form by the Commissioner, which definition shall be limited in subject matter to coverage provided by governmental agencies or by organizations subject to regulation by insurance law or by insurance authorities of this or any other state of the United States or any province of Canada, or to any other coverage the inclusion of which may be approved by the Commissioner or any combination of such coverages. In the absence of such definition such term shall not include any coverage provided for such insured pursuant to any compulsory benefit statute (including any workers' compensation or employer's liability statute), or benefits provided by union welfare plans or by employer or employee benefit organizations.)
(7)	A provision in the substance of the following language:
UNPAID PREMIUM: Upon the payment of a claim under this policy, any premium then due and unpaid or covered by any note or written order may be deducted therefrom.
(8)	Repealed by Session Laws 1955, c. 886, s. 1.
(9)	A provision in the substance of the following language:
CONFORMITY WITH STATE STATUTES: Any provision of this policy which, on its effective date, is in conflict with the statutes of the state in which the insured resides on such date is hereby amended to conform to the minimum requirements of such statutes.
(10)	A provision in the substance of the following language:
ILLEGAL OCCUPATION: The insurer shall not be liable for any loss to which a contributing cause was the insured's commission of or attempt to commit a felony or to which a contributing cause was the insured's being engaged in an illegal occupation.
(11)	Repealed by Session Laws 2001‑334, s. 4.1, effective October 1, 2001.
(c)	Inapplicable or Inconsistent Provisions. – If any provision of this section is in whole or in part inapplicable to or inconsistent with the coverage provided by a particular form of policy the insurer, with the approval of the Commissioner, shall omit from such policy any inapplicable provision or part of a provision, and shall modify any inconsistent provision or part of the provision in such manner as to make the provision as contained in the policy consistent with the coverage provided by the policy.
(d)	Order of Certain Policy Provisions. – The provisions which are the subject of subsections (a) and (b) of this section, or any corresponding provisions which are used in lieu thereof in accordance with such subsections, shall be printed in the consecutive order of the provisions in such subsections or, at the option of the insurer, any such provision may appear as a unit in any part of the policy, with other provisions to which it may be logically related, provided the resulting policy shall not be in whole or in part unintelligible, uncertain, ambiguous, abstruse, or likely to mislead a person to whom the policy is offered, delivered or issued.
(e)	Third‑Party Ownership. – The word "insured," as used in Articles 50 through 55 of this Chapter shall not be construed as preventing a person other than the insured with a proper insurable interest from making application for and owning a policy covering the insured or from being entitled under such a policy to any indemnities, benefits and rights provided therein.
(f)	Requirements of Other Jurisdictions.
(1)	Any policy of a foreign or alien insurer, when delivered or issued for delivery to any person in this State, may contain any provision which is not less favorable to the insured or the beneficiary than the provisions of Articles 50 through 55 of this Chapter and which is prescribed or required by the law of the state under which the insurer is organized.
(2)	Any policy of a domestic insurer may, when issued for delivery in any other state or country, contain any provision permitted or required by the laws of such other state or country.
(g)	Filing Procedure. – The Commissioner may make such reasonable rules and regulations concerning the procedure for the filing or submission of policies subject to Articles 50 through 55 of this Chapter as are necessary, proper or advisable to the administration of Articles 50 through 55 of this Chapter. This provision shall not abridge any other authority granted the Commissioner by law.
(h)	Preexisting Condition Exclusion Clarification. – Sub‑subdivision (a)(2)b. of this section does not apply to policies issued to eligible individuals under G.S. 58‑68‑60.
(i)	Applicability. – This section applies to all accident and health insurance policies delivered or issued for delivery in this State, including certificates issued under group policies that are delivered or issued for delivery in this State. This section also applies to certificates issued under a policy issued and delivered to a trust or association outside this State and covering persons residing in this State.  (1953, c. 1095, s. 2; 1955, c. 850, s. 8; c. 886, s. 1; 1961, c. 432; 1979, c. 755, ss. 9‑12; 1983 (Reg. Sess., 1984), c. 1110, s. 13; 1987, c. 864, s. 42; 1987 (Reg. Sess., 1988), c. 975, s. 2; 1991, c. 636, s. 3; c. 720, s. 35; 1993, c. 506, s. 4; c. 553, s. 17; 1995, c. 507, s. 23A.1(g); 1995 (Reg. Sess., 1996), c. 742, s. 27; 1997‑259, ss. 7, 7.1; 1999‑351, s. 1; 2000‑162, s. 4(d); 2001‑334, s. 4.1; 2002‑187, s. 5.2; 2005‑223, ss. 4(a), 4(b); 2007‑298, s. 2.1; 2009‑382, s. 8.)

§ 58‑51‑16.  Intoxicants and narcotics.
(a)	Except for the payment of benefits for the necessary care and treatment of chemical dependency as provided by law, an accident and health insurer shall not be liable for any loss sustained or contracted in consequence of the insured's being intoxicated or under the influence of any narcotic unless administered on the advice of a physician.
(b)	The provision in subsection (a) of this section may not be used with respect to a medical expense policy.
(c)	For purposes of this section, "medical expense policy" means an accident and health insurance policy that provides hospital, medical, and surgical expense coverage. (2001‑334, s. 4.2.)

§ 58‑51‑17.  Portability for accident and health insurance.
(a)	Rules Relating to Crediting Previous Coverage.
(1)	Creditable coverage defined. – For the purposes of this section, "creditable coverage" means, with respect to an individual, coverage of the individual under any of the following:
a.	A group health plan as defined in G.S. 58‑68‑25(a)(4b).
b.	Health insurance coverage without regard to whether the coverage is offered in the group market, the individual market, or otherwise.
c.	Part A or part B of title XVIII of the Social Security Act.
d.	Title XIX of the Social Security Act, other than coverage consisting solely of benefits under section 1928.
e.	Chapter 55 of title 10, United States Code.
f.	A medical care program of the Indian Health Service or of a tribal organization.
g.	A State health benefits risk pool.
h.	A health plan offered under chapter 89 of title 5, United States Code.
i.	A public health plan (as defined in federal regulations).
j.	A health benefit plan under section 5(e) of the Peace Corps Act (22 U.S.C. § 2504(e)).
k.	Title XXI of the Social Security Act (State Children's Health Insurance Program).
"Creditable coverage" does not include coverage consisting solely of coverage of excepted benefits as described in G.S. 58‑68‑25(b). However, short‑term limited‑duration health insurance coverage shall be considered creditable coverage for purposes of this section.
(2)	Not counting periods before significant breaks in coverage.
a.	In general. – A period of creditable coverage shall not be counted, with respect to enrollment of an individual under an individual health insurance plan, if, after the period and before the enrollment date, there was a 63‑day period during all of which the individual was not covered under any creditable coverage.
b.	Waiting period not treated as a break in coverage. – For the purposes of sub‑subdivision a. of this subdivision and subdivision (b)(3) of this section, any period that an individual is in a waiting period, as defined in G.S. 58‑68‑30(b)(4)c., for any coverage under an individual health insurance plan shall not be taken into account in determining the continuous period under sub‑subdivision a. of this subdivision.
c.	For an individual who elects COBRA continuation coverage during the second election period provided under the Trade Act of 2002, the days between the date the individual lost group health plan coverage and the first day of the second COBRA election period shall not be considered when determining whether a significant break in coverage has occurred.
(3)	Method of crediting coverage. – An individual health insurer shall count a period of creditable coverage without regard to the specific benefits covered during the period.
(4)	Establishment of period. – Periods of creditable coverage for an individual shall be established through presentation of certifications described in subsection (c) of this section or in another manner that is specified in regulations.
(5)	Determination of creditable coverage.
a.	Determination within reasonable time. – If an individual health insurer receives creditable coverage information under subsection (c) of this section, the insurer shall, within a reasonable time following receipt of the information, make a determination regarding the amount of the individual's creditable coverage and the length of any exclusion that remains. Whether this determination is made within a reasonable time depends on the relevant facts and circumstances. Relevant facts and circumstances include whether a plan's application of a preexisting condition exclusion would prevent an individual from having access to urgent medical care.
b.	No time limit on presenting evidence of creditable coverage. – An individual health insurer shall not impose any limit on the amount of time that an individual has to present a certificate or other evidence of creditable coverage.
(b)	Exceptions.
(1)	Exclusion not applicable to certain newborns. – Subject to subdivision (3) of this subsection, an individual health insurer shall not impose any preexisting condition exclusion in the case of an individual who, as of the last day of the 30‑day period beginning with the individual's date of birth, is covered under creditable coverage.
(2)	Exclusion not applicable to certain adopted children. – Subject to subdivision (3) of this subsection, an individual health insurer shall not impose any preexisting condition exclusion in the case of a child who is adopted or placed for adoption before attaining 18 years of age and who, as of the last day of the 30‑day period beginning on the date of the adoption or placement for adoption, is covered under creditable coverage. The previous sentence does not apply to coverage before the date of the adoption or placement for adoption.
(3)	Loss if break in coverage. – Subdivisions (1) and (2) of this subsection shall no longer apply to an individual after the end of the first 63‑day period during all of which the individual was not covered under any creditable coverage.
(c)	Certifications and Disclosure of Coverage.
(1)	In general. – An individual health insurer shall provide the certification described in this subdivision (i) at the time an individual ceases to be covered under the plan, and (ii) on the request on behalf of an individual made not later than 24 months after the date of cessation of the coverage described in clause (i) of this subdivision, whichever is later.
(2)	Certification. – The certification described in this subdivision is a written certification of (i) the period of creditable coverage of the individual under the plan and (ii) any waiting period and affiliation period, if applicable, imposed with respect to the individual for any coverage under the plan.
(d)	Applicability. – This section applies to all health benefit plans of individual health insurance coverage delivered or issued for delivery in this State, including certificates issued under group policies that are delivered or issued for delivery in this State. This section also applies to certificates issued under a policy issued and delivered to a trust or association outside this State and covering persons residing in this State.  (2007‑298, s. 2.2; 2009‑382, ss. 1, 9, 10.)

§ 58‑51‑20.  Renewability of individual and blanket hospitalization and accident and health insurance policies.
(a)	Every individual or blanket family hospitalization policy and accident and health policy, other than noncancelable or nonrenewable policies but including group, blanket and franchise policies, as defined in Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter, covering less than 10 persons, issued in North Carolina after January 1, 1956, shall include in substance the following provision:
Renewability: This policy is renewable at the option of the policyholder unless sufficient notice of nonrenewal is given the policyholder in writing by the insurer.
Sufficient notice shall be, during the first year of any policy, or during the first year following any lapse and reinstatement, a period of 30 days before the premium due date. After one continuous year of coverage and acceptance of premium for any portion of the second or subsequent year sufficient notice shall be a number of full months most nearly equivalent to one fourth the number of months of continuous coverage from the inception date of the policy, to the date of mailing of the notice: Provided no period of required notice shall exceed two years.
(b)	No insurance company issuing individual or blanket family hospitalization or accident and health policies of insurance shall have the right to unilaterally restrict coverage, reduce benefits or increase rates upon any contract of hospitalization or accident and health insurance which is subject to the provisions of this section except as provided herein.
(c)	Any hospitalization or accident and health policy reissued or renewed in the name of the insured during the grace period shall be construed to be a continuation of the policy first issued.
(d)	The requirements of this section do not apply to a refusal or renewal because of a change of occupation of an insured to one classified by the insurer as uninsurable nor to an increase in rate due to a change of occupation of an insured to a more hazardous occupation. (1955, c. 886, s. 2; 1957, c. 1085, s. 2; 1979, c. 755, s. 13; 1985, c. 666, s. 71; 1989, c. 485, s. 55; 1991, c. 644, s. 27.)

§ 58‑51‑25.  Policy coverage to continue as to children with an intellectual or physical disability; or dependent students on medically necessary leave of absence.
(a)	An individual or group accident and health insurance policy, hospital service plan policy, or medical service plan policy that provides that coverage of a dependent child shall terminate upon attainment of the limiting age for dependent children specified in the policy or contract, shall also provide in substance that attainment of the limiting age shall not operate or terminate the coverage of the child while the child is and continues to be (i) incapable of self‑sustaining employment by reason of an intellectual or physical disability; and (ii) chiefly dependent upon the policyholder or subscriber for support and maintenance. The proof of such incapacity and dependency shall be furnished to the insurer, hospital service plan corporation, or medical service plan corporation by the policyholder or subscriber within 31 days of the child's attainment of the limiting age and subsequently as may be required by the insurer or corporation, but not more frequently than annually after the child's attainment of the limiting age.
(b)	All health benefit plans, as defined in G.S. 58‑3‑167, that provide that coverage of a dependent child shall terminate upon a change in enrollment of the child in a postsecondary educational institution shall provide for the continued eligibility of the dependent child during a medically necessary leave of absence from the postsecondary educational institution in accordance with all applicable requirements of Public Law 110‑381, known as Michelle's Law.  (1969, c. 745, s. 1; 1971, c. 1126, s. 1; 2009‑382, s. 17; 2018‑47, s. 7(a).)

§ 58‑51‑30.  Policies to cover newborn infants, foster children, and adopted children.
(a)	As used in this section:
(1)	"Foster child" means a minor (i) over whom a guardian has been appointed by the clerk of superior court of any county in North Carolina; or (ii) the primary or sole custody of whom has been assigned by order of a court of competent jurisdiction;
(2)	"Placement in the foster home" means physically residing with a person appointed as guardian or custodian of a foster child as long as that guardian or custodian has assumed the legal obligation for total or partial support of the foster child with the intent that the foster child reside with the guardian or custodian on more than a temporary or short‑term basis.
(3)	"Placement for adoption" has the same meaning as defined in G.S. 58‑51‑125(a)(2).
(b)	Every health benefit plan, as defined in G.S. 58‑51‑115(a)(1), that provides benefits for any sickness, illness, or disability of any minor child or that provides benefits for any medical treatment or service furnished by a health care provider or institution to any minor child shall provide the benefits for those occurrences beginning with the moment of the child's birth if the birth occurs while the plan is in force. Every health benefit plan shall extend coverage to a newborn child without requirements for prior notification unless an additional premium charge to add the dependent is due. If an additional premium charge is due to cover the dependent, the health benefit plan shall cover the newborn child from the moment of birth if the newborn is enrolled within 30 days after the date of birth. Foster children and adopted children shall be treated the same as newborn infants and eligible for coverage on the same basis upon placement in the foster home or placement for adoption. Every health benefit plan shall extend coverage to a foster child or adopted child without requirements for prior notification unless an additional premium charge to add the foster child or adopted child is due. If an additional premium charge is due to cover the foster child or adopted child, the health benefit plan shall cover the foster child or adopted child upon placement in the foster home or placement for adoption if the foster child or adopted child is enrolled within 30 days after the placement in the foster home or placement for adoption.
(c)	Benefits in such plans shall be the same for congenital defects or anomalies as are provided for most sicknesses or illnesses suffered by minor children that are covered by the plans. Benefits for congenital defects or anomalies shall specifically include, but not be limited to, all necessary treatment and care needed by individuals born with cleft lip or cleft palate.
(d)	No plan shall be approved by the Commissioner under this Chapter that does not comply with this section.
(e)	This section applies to insurers governed by Articles 1 through 63 of this Chapter and to corporations governed by Articles 65, 66, and 67 of this Chapter.
(f)	This section and G.S. 58‑51‑125 shall be construed in pari materia. (1973, c. 345, ss. 1, 2; 1981 (Reg. Sess., 1982), c. 1349; 1991, c. 644, s. 12; 1993, c. 504, s. 32; c. 553, s. 18; 1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 644, s. 2; 2001‑334, s. 5; 2005‑223, s. 3.)

§ 58‑51‑35.  Insurers and others to afford coverage to children with an intellectual or physical disability.
(a)	No insurance company licensed in this State pursuant to the provisions of Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter and no corporation governed by the provisions of Articles 65 and 66 of this Chapter shall refuse to issue or deliver any individual or group accident and health insurance policy or hospital or medical service plan policy in this State which it is currently issuing for delivery in this State and which affords benefits or coverage for minor children of the applicant, by reason of an intellectual or physical disability of any minor children of the applicant; nor shall any such policy issued and delivered in this State carry a higher premium rate or charge or restrict or exclude coverage or benefits by reason of the intellectual or physical disability. The policy, however, may exclude benefits, otherwise payable for disability, hospitalization, or medical or other therapeutic expense directly and solely attributable to the intellectual or physical disability.
(b)	The Commissioner shall revoke the license of any insurer or any corporation governed by the provisions of Articles 65 and 66 of this Chapter if it fails to comply with the provisions of this section.
(c)	The provisions of this section apply to corporations governed by the provisions of Articles 65 and 66 of this Chapter.  (1973, c. 754, ss. 1, 2; 1991, c. 720, s. 4; 2018‑47, s. 7(b).)

§ 58‑51‑37.  Pharmacy of choice.
(a)	This section shall apply to all health benefit plans providing pharmaceutical services benefits, including prescription drugs, to any resident of North Carolina. This section shall also apply to insurance companies and health maintenance organizations that provide or administer coverages and benefits for prescription drugs. This section shall apply to pharmacy benefits managers with respect to 340B covered entities and 340B contract pharmacies, as defined in G.S. 58‑56A‑1. This section shall not apply to any entity that has its own facility, employs or contracts with physicians, pharmacists, nurses, and other health care personnel, and that dispenses prescription drugs from its own pharmacy to its employees and to enrollees of its health benefit plan; provided, however, this section shall apply to an entity otherwise excluded that contracts with an outside pharmacy or group of pharmacies to provide prescription drugs and services. This section shall not apply to any federal program, clinical trial program, hospital or other health care facility licensed pursuant to Chapter 131E or Chapter 122C of the General Statutes, when dispensing prescription drugs to its patients.
(b)	As used in this section:
(1)	"Copayment" means a type of cost sharing whereby insured or covered persons pay a specified predetermined amount per unit of service with their insurer paying the remainder of the charge. The copayment is incurred at the time the service is used. The copayment may be a fixed or variable amount.
(2)	"Contract provider" means a pharmacy granted the right to provide prescription drugs and pharmacy services according to the terms of the insurer.
(3)	"Health benefit plan" is as that term is defined in G.S. 58‑50‑110(11).
(4)	"Insurer" means any entity that provides or offers a health benefit plan.
(5)	"Pharmacy" means a pharmacy registered with the North Carolina Board of Pharmacy.
(c)	The terms of a health benefit plan shall not:
(1)	Prohibit or limit a resident of this State, who is eligible for reimbursement for pharmacy services as a participant or beneficiary of a health benefit plan, from selecting a pharmacy of his or her choice when the pharmacy has agreed to participate in the health benefit plan according to the terms offered by the insurer;
(2)	Deny a pharmacy the opportunity to participate as a contract provider under a health benefit plan if the pharmacy agrees to provide pharmacy services that meet the terms and requirements, including terms of reimbursement, of the insurer under a health benefit plan, provided that if the pharmacy is offered the opportunity to participate, it must participate or no provisions of G.S. 58‑51‑37 shall apply;
(3)	Impose upon a beneficiary of pharmacy services under a health benefit plan any copayment, fee, or condition that is not equally imposed upon all beneficiaries in the same benefit category, class, or copayment level under the health benefit plan when receiving services from a contract provider;
(4)	Impose a monetary advantage or penalty under a health benefit plan that would affect a beneficiary's choice of pharmacy. Monetary advantage or penalty includes higher copayment, a reduction in reimbursement for services, or promotion of one participating pharmacy over another by these methods.
(5)	Reduce allowable reimbursement for pharmacy services to a beneficiary under a health benefit plan because the beneficiary selects a pharmacy of his or her choice, so long as that pharmacy has enrolled with the health benefit plan under the terms offered to all pharmacies in the plan coverage area; or
(6)	Require a beneficiary, as a condition of payment or reimbursement, to purchase pharmacy services, including prescription drugs, exclusively through a mail‑order pharmacy.
(d)	A pharmacy, by or through a pharmacist acting on its behalf as its employee, agent, or owner, may not waive, discount, rebate, or distort a copayment of any insurer, policy, or plan, or a beneficiary's coinsurance portion of a prescription drug coverage or reimbursement and if a pharmacy, by or through a pharmacist's acting on its behalf as its employee, agent or owner, provides a pharmacy service to an enrollee of a health benefit plan that meets the terms and requirements of the insurer under a health benefit plan, the pharmacy shall provide its pharmacy services to all enrollees of that health benefit plan on the same terms and requirements of the insurer. A violation of this subsection shall be a violation of the Pharmacy Practice Act subjecting the pharmacist as a licensee to disciplinary authority of the North Carolina Board of Pharmacy pursuant to G.S. 90‑85.38.
(e)	At least 60 days before the effective date of any health benefit plan providing reimbursement to North Carolina residents for prescription drugs, which restricts pharmacy participation, the entity providing the health benefit plan shall notify, in writing, all pharmacies within the geographical coverage area of the health benefit plan, and offer to the pharmacies the opportunity to participate in the health benefit plan. All pharmacies in the geographical coverage area of the plan shall be eligible to participate under identical reimbursement terms for providing pharmacy services, including prescription drugs. The entity providing the health benefit plan shall, through reasonable means, on a timely basis, and on regular intervals in order to effectuate the purposes of this section, inform the beneficiaries of the plan of the names and locations of pharmacies that are participating in the plan as providers of pharmacy services and prescription drugs. Additionally, participating pharmacies shall be entitled to announce their participation to their customers through a means acceptable to the pharmacy and the entity providing the health benefit plans. The pharmacy notification provisions of this section shall not apply when an individual or group is enrolled, but when the plan enters a particular county of the State.
(f)	If rebates or marketing incentives are allowed to pharmacies or other dispensing entities providing services or benefits under a health benefit plan, these rebates or marketing incentives shall be offered on an equal basis to all pharmacies and other dispensing entities providing services or benefits under a health benefit plan when pharmacy services, including prescription drugs, are purchased in the same volume and under the same terms of payment. Nothing in this section shall prevent a pharmaceutical manufacturer or wholesale distributor of pharmaceutical products from providing special prices, marketing incentives, rebates, or discounts to different purchasers not prohibited by federal and State antitrust laws.
(g)	Any entity or insurer providing a health benefit plan is subject to G.S. 58‑2‑70. A violation of this section shall subject the entity providing a health benefit plan to the sanctions of revocation, suspension, or refusal to renew license in the discretion of the Commissioner pursuant to G.S. 58‑3‑100.
(h)	A violation of this section creates a civil cause of action for damages or injunctive relief in favor of any person or pharmacy aggrieved by the violation.
(i)	The Commissioner shall not approve any health benefit plan providing pharmaceutical services which does not conform to this section.
(j)	Any provision in a health benefit plan which is executed, delivered, or renewed, or otherwise contracted for in this State that is contrary to any provision of this section shall, to the extent of the conflict, be void.
(k)	It shall be a violation of this section for any insurer or any person to provide any health benefit plan providing for pharmaceutical services to residents of this State that does not conform to the provisions of this section.
(l)	An insurer's use of a lock in program developed pursuant to G.S. 58‑51‑37.1 is not a violation of this section.  (1993, c. 293, s. 1; 2018‑49, s. 3(c); 2018‑145, s. 10; 2021‑161, s. 4.)

§ 58‑51‑37.1.  Lock‑in program for certain controlled substances.
(a)	As used in this section, "covered substances" means any controlled substance identified as an opioid or benzodiazepine, excluding benzodiazepine sedative‑hypnotics, contained in Article 5 of Chapter 90 of the General Statutes, unless one of the following conditions are met:
(1)	If the Department of Health and Human Services specifically identifies the opioid or benzodiazepine as a substance excluded from coverage by the Medicaid Beneficiary Management Lock‑In Program described in its Outpatient Pharmacy Clinical Coverage Policy adopted in accordance with G.S. 108A‑54.2, then the opioid or benzodiazepine is not a covered substance under this section.
(2)	If the Department of Health and Human Services specifically identifies a controlled substance contained in Article 5 of Chapter 90 of the General Statutes other than an opioid or benzodiazepine as a controlled substance covered by the Medicaid Beneficiary Management Lock‑In Program described in its Outpatient Pharmacy Clinical Coverage Policy adopted in accordance with G.S. 108A‑54.2, then the controlled substance is a covered substance under this section.
(b)	As used in this section, "lock‑in program" means a requirement that an insured select a single prescriber and a single pharmacy for obtaining covered substances under a health benefit plan.
(c)	An insurer may develop a lock‑in program as part of a health benefit plan for insureds who meet any of the following criteria:
(1)	Have filled six or more prescriptions for covered substances in a period of two consecutive months.
(2)	Have received prescriptions for covered substances from three or more health care providers in a period of two consecutive months.
(3)	Are recommended to the insurer as a candidate for the lock‑in program by a health care provider.
(d)	A lock‑in program developed pursuant to subsection (c) of this section shall comply with all of the following:
(1)	An insured shall not be subject to the lock‑in program until the insurer has notified the insured in writing that the insured will be subject to the lock‑in program.
(2)	An insured subject to the lock‑in program shall be given the opportunity to select a single prescriber and a single pharmacy from a list of prescribers and pharmacies participating in the health benefit plan provider network. For any insured who fails to select a single prescriber, the insurer shall use algorithmic guidelines to assign the insured a single prescriber from a list of prescribers participating in the health benefit plan provider network. For any insured who fails to select a single pharmacy, the insurer shall use algorithmic guidelines to assign the insured a single pharmacy from a list of pharmacies participating in the health benefit plan provider network.
(3)	An insured shall not be required to use the single prescriber or single pharmacy selected for the lock‑in program to obtain prescriptions drugs covered by the health benefit plan that are not covered substances. An insured who is subject to a lock‑in program retains all rights under G.S. 58‑51‑37 to obtain prescription drugs covered by a health benefit plan that are not covered substances.
(e)	An insurer's use of a lock‑in program developed pursuant to subsection (c) of this section is not a violation under G.S. 58‑51‑37.  (2018‑49, s. 3(b).)

§ 58‑51‑38.  Direct access to obstetrician‑gynecologists.
(a)	Each health benefit plan shall allow each female plan participant or beneficiary age 13 or older direct access within the health benefit plan, without prior referral, to the health care services of an obstetrician‑gynecologist participating in the health benefit plan, within the benefits provided under that health benefit plan pertaining to obstetrician‑gynecologist services.
For purposes of this section:
(1)	"Health benefit plan" means an HMO subscriber contract or any preferred provider, exclusive provider, or other managed care arrangement offered under a health benefit plan, as defined in G.S. 58‑50‑110(11).
(2)	"Health care services" means the full scope of medically necessary services provided by the participating obstetrician‑gynecologist in the care of or related to the female reproductive system and breasts, and in performing annual screening, counseling, and immunization for disorders and diseases in accordance with the most current published recommendations of the American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists, and includes services provided by nurse practitioners, physician's assistants, and certified nurse midwives in collaboration with the obstetrician‑gynecologist in the care of the participant or beneficiary.
(3)	"Benefits" are those medical services or other items to which an individual is entitled under the terms of her contract with a health benefit plan, as approved by the Department of Insurance.
(b)	Each health benefit plan shall inform female participants and beneficiaries in writing of the provisions of this section. The information shall be provided in benefit handbooks and materials and enrollment materials. (1995, c. 63, s. 1.)

§ 58‑51‑40.  Insurers and others to afford coverage for active medical treatment in tax‑supported institutions.
(a)	Whenever any policy of insurance governed by Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter provides for benefits for charges of hospitals or physicians, the policy shall provide for payments of benefits for charges made for medical care rendered in or by duly licensed State tax‑supported institutions, including charges for medical care of cerebral palsy, other orthopedic and crippling disabilities, mental and nervous diseases or disorders, intellectual disability, alcoholism and drug or chemical dependency, and respiratory illness, on a basis no less favorable than the basis which would apply had the medical care been rendered in or by any other public or private institution or provider. The term "State tax‑supported institutions" includes community mental health centers and other health clinics which are certified as Medicaid providers.
(b)	No policy shall exclude payment for charges of a duly licensed State tax‑supported institution because of its being a specialty facility for one particular type of illness nor because it does not have an operating room and related equipment for the performance of surgery, but it is not required that benefits be payable for domiciliary or custodial care, rehabilitation, training, schooling, or occupational therapy.
(c)	The restrictions and regulations of this section do not apply to any policy which is individually underwritten or provided for a specific individual and the members of the individual's family as a nongroup policy but apply to any group policy of insurance governed by Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter.  (1975, c. 345, s. 1; 1981, c. 816, ss. 1, 2; 2018‑47, s. 7(c).)

§ 58‑51‑45.  Policies to be issued to any person possessing the sickle cell trait or hemoglobin C trait.
No insurance company licensed in this State pursuant to the provisions of Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter shall refuse to issue or deliver any policy (regardless of whether any of such policies shall be defined as individual, family, group, blanket, franchise, industrial or otherwise) which is currently being issued for delivery in this State, and which affords benefits or coverage for any medical treatment or service authorized or permitted to be furnished by a hospital, clinic, family health plan, neighborhood health plan, health maintenance organization, physician, physician's assistant, nurse practitioner or any medical service facility or personnel by reason of the fact that the person to be insured possesses sickle cell trait or hemoglobin C trait, nor shall any such policy issued and delivered in this State carry a higher premium rate or charge by reason of the fact that the person to be insured possesses said trait. (1975, c. 599, s. 1.)

§ 58‑51‑50.  Coverage for chemical dependency treatment.
(a)	As used in this section, the term "chemical dependency" means the pathological use or abuse of alcohol or other drugs in a manner or to a degree that produces an impairment in personal, social or occupational functioning and which may, but need not, include a pattern of tolerance and withdrawal.
(b)	Every insurer that writes a policy or contract of group or blanket health insurance or group or blanket accident and health insurance that is issued, renewed, or amended on or after January 1, 1985, shall offer to its insureds benefits for the necessary care and treatment of chemical dependency that are not less favorable than benefits for physical illness generally. Except as provided in subsection (c) of this section, benefits for treatment of chemical dependency shall be subject to the same durational limits, dollar limits, deductibles, and coinsurance factors as are benefits for physical illness generally.
(c)	Every group policy or group contract of insurance that provides benefits for chemical dependency treatment and that provides total annual benefits for all illnesses in excess of eight thousand dollars ($8,000) is subject to the following conditions:
(1)	The policy or contract shall provide, for each 12‑month period, a minimum benefit of eight thousand dollars ($8,000) for the necessary care and treatment of chemical dependency.
(2)	The policy or contract shall provide a minimum benefit of sixteen thousand dollars ($16,000) for the necessary care and treatment of chemical dependency for the life of the policy or contract.
(d)	Provisions for benefits for necessary care and treatment of chemical dependency in group policies or group contracts of insurance shall provide benefit payments for the following providers of necessary care and treatment of chemical dependency:
(1)	The following units of a general hospital licensed under Article 5 of General Statutes Chapter 131E:
a.	Chemical dependency units in facilities licensed after October 1, 1984;
b.	Medical units;
c.	Psychiatric units; and
(2)	The following facilities or programs licensed after July 1, 1984, under Article 2 of General Statutes Chapter 122C:
a.	Chemical dependency units in psychiatric hospitals;
b.	Chemical dependency hospitals;
c.	Residential chemical dependency treatment facilities;
d.	Social setting detoxification facilities or programs;
e.	Medical detoxification or programs; and
(3)	Duly licensed physicians and duly licensed practicing psychologists and certified professionals working under the direct supervision of such physicians or psychologists in facilities described in (1) and (2) above and in day/night programs or outpatient treatment facilities licensed after July 1, 1984, under Article 2 of General Statutes Chapter 122C.
Provided, however, that nothing in this subsection shall prohibit any policy or contract of insurance from requiring the most cost effective treatment setting to be utilized by the person undergoing necessary care and treatment for chemical dependency.
(e)	Coverage for chemical dependency treatment as described in this section shall not be applicable to any group policy holder or group contract holder who rejects the coverage in writing.
(f)	Notwithstanding any other provisions of this section, a group health benefit plan that covers both medical and surgical benefits and chemical dependency treatment benefits shall, with respect to the chemical dependency treatment benefits, comply with all applicable standards of Subtitle B of Title V of Public Law 110‑343, known as the Paul Wellstone and Pete Domenici Mental Health Parity and Addiction Equity Act of 2008.
(g)	Subsection (f) of this section applies only to a group health benefit plan covering a large employer as defined in G.S. 58‑68‑25(a)(10).  (1983 (Reg. Sess., 1984), c. 1110, s. 7; 1985, c. 589, s. 43(a), (b); 1989, c. 175, s. 1; 1991, c. 720, s. 64; 2009‑382, s. 20.)

§ 58‑51‑55.  No discrimination against mentally ill or chemically dependent individuals.
(a)	Definitions. – As used in this section, the term:
(1)	"Mental illness" has the same meaning as defined in G.S. 122C‑3(21), with a mental disorder defined in the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, DSM‑5, or a subsequent edition published by the American Psychiatric Association, except those mental disorders coded in the DSM‑5 or subsequent editions as autism spectrum disorder (299.00), substance‑related disorders (291.0 through 292.9 and 303.0 through 305.9), those coded as sexual dysfunctions not due to organic disease (302.70 through 302.79), and those coded as "V" codes.
(2)	"Chemical dependency" has the same meaning as defined in G.S. 58‑51‑50, with a mental disorder defined in the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, DSM‑5, or subsequent editions published by the American Psychiatric Association.
(b)	Coverage of Physical Illness. – No insurance company licensed in this State under this Chapter shall, solely because an individual to be insured has or had a mental illness or chemical dependency:
(1)	Refuse to issue or deliver to that individual any policy that affords benefits or coverages for any medical treatment or service for physical illness or injury;
(2)	Have a higher premium rate or charge for physical illness or injury coverages or benefits for that individual; or
(3)	Reduce physical illness or injury coverages or benefits for that individual.
(b1)	[Expired October 1, 2001.]
(c)	Chemical Dependency Coverage Not Required. – Nothing in this section requires an insurer to offer coverage for chemical dependency, except as provided in G.S. 58‑51‑50.
(d)	Applicability. – This section applies only to group health insurance contracts, other than excepted benefits as defined in G.S. 58‑68‑25. For purposes of this section, "group health insurance contracts" include MEWAs, as defined in G.S. 58‑50A‑1.
(e)	Nothing in this section requires an insurer to cover treatment or studies leading to or in connection with sex changes or modifications and related care.  (1989, c. 369, s. 3; 1991, c. 720, s. 81; 1997‑259, s. 21; 1999‑132, s. 4.2; 2007‑268, s. 1; 2015‑271, s. 3; 2019‑202, s. 8; 2020‑69, s. 3(f).)

§ 58‑51‑57.  Coverage for mammograms and cervical cancer screening.
(a)	Every policy or contract of accident or health insurance, and every preferred provider benefit plan under G.S. 58‑50‑56, that is issued, renewed, or amended on or after January 1, 1992, shall provide coverage for examinations and laboratory tests for the screening for the early detection of cervical cancer and for low‑dose screening mammography. The same deductibles, coinsurance, and other limitations as apply to similar services covered under the policy, contract, or plan shall apply to coverage for examinations and laboratory tests for the screening for the early detection of cervical cancer and low‑dose screening mammography.
(a1)	As used in this section, "examinations and laboratory tests for the screening for the early detection of cervical cancer" means conventional PAP smear screening, liquid‑based cytology, and human papilloma virus (HPV) detection methods for women with equivocal findings on cervical cytologic analysis that are subject to the approval of and have been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration.
(b)	As used in this section, "low‑dose screening mammography" means a radiologic procedure for the early detection of breast cancer provided to an asymptomatic woman using equipment dedicated specifically for mammography, including a physician's interpretation of the results of the procedure.
(c)	Coverage for low‑dose screening mammography shall be provided as follows:
(1)	One or more mammograms a year, as recommended by a physician, for any woman who is at risk for breast cancer. For purposes of this subdivision, a woman is at risk for breast cancer if any one or more of the following is true:
a.	The woman has a personal history of breast cancer;
b.	The woman has a personal history of biopsy‑proven benign breast disease;
c.	The woman's mother, sister, or daughter has or has had breast cancer; or
d.	The woman has not given birth prior to the age of 30;
(2)	One baseline mammogram for any woman 35 through 39 years of age, inclusive;
(3)	A mammogram every other year for any woman 40 through 49 years of age, inclusive, or more frequently upon recommendation of a physician; and
(4)	A mammogram every year for any woman 50 years of age or older.
(d)	Reimbursement for a mammogram authorized under this section shall be made only if the facility in which the mammogram was performed meets mammography accreditation standards established by the North Carolina Medical Care Commission.
(e)	Coverage for the screening for the early detection of cervical cancer shall be in accordance with the most recently published American Cancer Society guidelines or guidelines adopted by the North Carolina Advisory Committee on Cancer Coordination and Control. Coverage shall include the examination, the laboratory fee, and the physician's interpretation of the laboratory results. Reimbursements for laboratory fees shall be made only if the laboratory meets accreditation standards adopted by the North Carolina Medical Care Commission. (1991, c. 490, s. 1; 1997‑519, s. 3.3; 2003‑186, s. 2.)

§ 58‑51‑58.  Coverage for prostate‑specific antigen (PSA) tests.
(a)	Every policy or contract of accident and health insurance, and every preferred provider benefit plan under G.S. 58‑50‑56, that is issued, renewed, or amended on or after January 1, 1994, shall provide coverage for prostate‑specific antigen (PSA) tests or equivalent tests for the presence of prostate cancer. The same deductibles, coinsurance, and other limitations as apply to similar services covered under the policy, contract, or plan shall apply to coverage for prostate‑specific antigen (PSA) tests or equivalent tests for the presence of prostate cancer.
(b)	As used in this section, "prostate‑specific antigen (PSA) tests or equivalent tests for the presence of prostate cancer" means serological tests for determining the presence of prostate cytoplasmic protein (PSA) and the generation of antibodies to it, as a novel marker for prostatic disease.
(c)	Coverage for prostate‑specific antigen (PSA) tests or equivalent tests for the presence of prostate cancer shall be provided when recommended by a physician. (1993, c. 269, s. 1; 1997‑519, s. 3.4.)

§ 58‑51‑59.  Coverage of certain prescribed drugs for cancer treatment.
(a)	No policy or contract of accident or health insurance, and no preferred provider benefit plan under G.S. 58‑50‑56, that is issued, renewed, or amended on or after January 1, 1994, and that provides coverage for prescribed drugs approved by the federal Food and Drug Administration for the treatment of certain types of cancer shall exclude coverage of any drug on the basis that the drug has been prescribed for the treatment of a type of cancer for which the drug has not been approved by the federal Food and Drug Administration. The drug, however, must be approved by the federal Food and Drug Administration and must have been proven effective and accepted for the treatment of the specific type of cancer for which the drug has been prescribed in any one of the following established reference compendia:
(1)	The National Comprehensive Cancer Network Drugs & Biologics Compendium;
(2)	The ThomsonMicromedex DrugDex;
(3)	The Elsevier Gold Standard's Clinical Pharmacology; or
(4)	Any other authoritative compendia as recognized periodically by the United States Secretary of Health and Human Services.
(b)	Notwithstanding subsection (a) of this section, coverage shall not be required for any experimental or investigational drugs or any drug that the federal Food and Drug Administration has determined to be contraindicated for treatment of the specific type of cancer for which the drug has been prescribed.
(c)	This section shall apply only to cancer drugs and nothing in this section shall be construed, expressly or by implication, to create, impair, alter, limit, notify, enlarge, abrogate, or prohibit reimbursement for drugs used in the treatment of any other disease or condition.  (1993, c. 506, s. 4.1; 1997‑519, s. 3.5; 2009‑170, s. 1.)

§ 58‑51‑60.  Meaning of term "preexisting conditions" in certain policies.
At the time of issuing any new policy of individual or family hospitalization insurance or individual accident and health insurance to insureds over age 65, the term "preexisting conditions," or its equivalent in said policy shall include only conditions specifically eliminated by rider. (1955, c. 850, s. 5.)

§ 58‑51‑61.  Coverage for certain treatment for diabetes.
(a)	Every policy or contract of accident or health insurance, and every preferred provider benefit plan under G.S. 58‑50‑56, that is issued, renewed, or amended on or after October 1, 1997, shall provide coverage for medically appropriate and necessary services, including diabetes outpatient self‑management training and educational services, and equipment, supplies, medications, and laboratory procedures used to treat diabetes. Diabetes outpatient self‑management training and educational services shall be provided by a physician or a health care professional designated by the physician. The insurer shall determine who shall provide and be reimbursed for the diabetes outpatient self‑management training and educational services. The same deductibles, coinsurance, and other limitations as apply to similar services covered under the policy, contract, or plan shall apply to the diabetes coverage required under this section.
(b)	For the purposes of this section, "physician" is a person licensed to practice in this State under Article 1 or Article 7 of Chapter 90 of the General Statutes. (1997‑225, s. 1; 1997‑519, s. 3.11.)

§ 58‑51‑62.  Coverage for reconstructive breast surgery following mastectomy.
(a)	Every policy or contract of accident and health insurance, and every preferred provider benefit plan under G.S. 58‑50‑56 that provides coverage for mastectomy shall provide coverage for reconstructive breast surgery following a mastectomy. The coverage shall include coverage for all stages and revisions of reconstructive breast surgery performed on a nondiseased breast to establish symmetry if reconstructive surgery on a diseased breast is performed, as well as coverage for prostheses and physical complications in all stages of mastectomy, including lymphademas. The same deductibles, coinsurance, and other limitations as apply to similar services covered under the policy, contract, or plan shall apply to coverage for reconstructive breast surgery. Reconstruction of the nipple/areolar complex following a mastectomy is covered without regard to the lapse of time between the mastectomy and the reconstruction, subject to the approval of the treating physician.
(b)	As used in this section, the following terms have the meanings indicated:
(1)	"Mastectomy" means the surgical removal of all or part of a breast as a result of breast cancer or breast disease.
(2)	"Reconstructive breast surgery" means surgery performed as a result of a mastectomy to reestablish symmetry between the two breasts, and includes reconstruction of the mastectomy site, creation of a new breast mound, and creation of a new nipple/areolar complex. "Reconstructive breast surgery" also includes augmentation mammoplasty, reduction mammoplasty, and mastopexy of the nondiseased breast.
(c)	A policy, contract, or plan subject to this section shall not:
(1)	Deny coverage described in subsection (a) of this section on the basis that the coverage is for cosmetic surgery;
(2)	Deny to a woman eligibility or continued eligibility to enroll or to renew coverage under the terms of the contract, policy, or plan, solely for the purpose of avoiding the requirements of this section;
(3)	Provide monetary payments or rebates to a woman to encourage her to accept less than the minimum protections available under this section;
(4)	Penalize or otherwise reduce or limit the reimbursement of an attending provider because the provider provided care to an individual participant or beneficiary in accordance with this section; or
(5)	Provide incentives, monetary or otherwise, to an attending provider to induce the provider to provide care to an individual participant or beneficiary in a manner inconsistent with this section.
(d)	Written notice of the availability of the coverage provided by this section shall be delivered to every policyholder under an individual policy, contract, or plan and to every certificate holder under a group policy, contract, or plan upon initial coverage under the policy, contract, or plan and annually thereafter. The notice required by this subsection may be included as a part of any yearly informational packet sent to the policyholder or certificate holder. (1997‑312, s. 1; 1997‑456, s. 40(a); 1997‑519, s. 3.9; 1999‑351, s. 3.1; 2001‑334, s. 13.1.)

§ 58‑51‑63.  Coverage for abortions not allowed in plans offered through Exchange.
(a)	Pursuant to the authority granted to states under 42 U.S.C. § 18023(a), no qualified health plan offered through an Exchange created under Subchapter III of Chapter 157 of Title 42 of the U.S. Code and operating within this State shall include coverage for abortion services.
(b)	The coverage limitation in subsection (a) of this section shall not apply to an abortion performed when the pregnancy is the result of an act of rape or incest or the life of the mother is endangered by a physical disorder, physical illness, or physical injury, including a life‑endangering physical condition caused by or arising from the pregnancy itself.  (2013‑366, s. 2(a).)

§ 58‑51‑65.  Industrial sick benefit insurance defined.
Industrial sick benefit insurance is hereby defined as that form of insurance for which premiums are payable weekly and which provides for the payment of a weekly indemnity on account of sickness or accident in addition to a benefit in case of death. Such death benefit shall not exceed one hundred and fifty dollars ($150.00).  There shall be a provision for the payment of weekly premium, eighty percent (80%) of which shall be allocated for the purchase of sick and accident coverages and twenty percent (20%) thereof for the purchase of death benefits. (1945, c. 385.)

§ 58‑51‑70.  Industrial sick benefit insurance; provisions.
Policies issued under the industrial sick benefit plan shall contain the substance of provisions contained in G.S. 58‑51‑15 and in addition shall contain the following:
(1)	A provision for grace for the payment of the additional premium or assessment or proportion thereof for such death benefits of not less than four weeks during which period the death benefit shall continue in force;
(2)	A provision for incontestability of the death benefit coverage after not more than two years except for
a.	Nonpayment of premiums, and
b.	Misstatement of age;
(3)	A provision that the death benefit is noncancellable by the company except for nonpayment of premium.
The Commissioner may approve any form of certificate to be issued under the industrial sick benefit plan which omits or modifies any of the provisions hereinbefore required, if he deems such omission or modification suitable for the character of such insurance and not unjust to the persons insured thereunder. (1945, c. 385; 1953, c. 1095, s. 4; 1979, c. 755, s. 14.)

§ 58‑51‑75.  Blanket accident and health insurance defined.
(a)	Any policy or contract of insurance against death or injury resulting from accident or from accidental means which insures a group of persons conforming to the requirements of one of the following subdivisions (1) to (7), inclusive, shall be deemed a blanket accident policy. Any policy or contract which insures a group of persons conforming to the requirements of one of the following subdivisions (3), (5), (6) or (7) against total or partial disability, excluding such disability from accident or from accidental means, shall be deemed a blanket health insurance policy. Any policy or contract of insurance which combines the coverage of blanket accident insurance and of blanket health insurance on such a group of persons shall be deemed a blanket accident and health insurance policy:
(1)	Under a policy or contract issued to any common carrier or to any operator, owner, or lessee of a means of transportation, who or which shall be deemed the policyholder, covering a group defined as all persons or all persons of a class who may become passengers on the common carrier or the means of transportation.
(2)	Under a policy or contract issued to an employer, or the trustee of a fund established by the employer, who shall be deemed the policyholder, covering any group of employees defined by reference to exceptional hazards incident to such employment, insuring such employee against death or bodily injury resulting while, or from, being exposed to such exceptional hazard.
(3)	Under a policy or contract issued to a college, school or other institution of learning or to the head or principal thereof, who or which shall be deemed the policyholder.
(4)	Under a policy or contract issued in the name of any volunteer fire department, emergency medical service, rescue first aid, civil defense, or any other such volunteer organization, which shall be deemed the policyholder, covering any group of members or other participants defined by reference to specified hazards incident to any activities or operations sponsored or supervised by such policyholder.
(5)	Under a policy or contract issued to and in the name of an incorporated or unincorporated association of persons having a common interest or calling, which association shall be deemed the policyholder, having not less than 25 members, and formed for purposes other than obtaining insurance, covering all of the members of such association.
(6)	Under a policy or contract issued to the head of a household, who shall be deemed the policyholder, whereunder the benefits thereof shall provide for the payment by the insurer of amounts for expenses incurred by the policyholder on account of hospitalization or medical or surgical aid for the policyholder, his or her spouse, his or her child or children, or other persons chiefly dependent on him or her for support and maintenance.
(7)	Under a policy or contract issued to or in the name of any municipal or county recreation commission or department, sports team, league, tournament, or sponsor thereof, which shall be deemed the policyholder, covering participants, members, coaches, counselors, employees, officials, or supervisors defined by reference to specified hazards incident to activities or operations sponsored or supervised by such policyholder or on the premises of such policyholder.
(8)	Under a policy or contract issued to any incorporated or unincorporated religious, charitable, recreational, educational, athletic, or civic organization or branch thereof, which shall be deemed the policyholder, covering any group of members, participants, or volunteers defined by reference to specified hazards incident to activities or operations sponsored or supervised by such policyholder or on the premises of such policyholder.
(9)	Under a policy or contract issued to any overnight, day, religious, equestrian, adventure, wilderness, athletic, or other camp, or the sponsor thereof, which shall be deemed the policyholder, covering any group of campers, participants, counselors, employees, volunteers, or supervisors defined by reference to specified hazards incident to activities or operations sponsored or supervised by such policyholder or on the premises of such policyholder.
(10)	Under a policy or contract issued to any bank, credit union, or other financial institution, which shall be deemed the policyholder, to insure any group of account holders or members of the policyholder and as defined by reference in the policy or contract, in which premiums for such insurance are paid by the policyholder, as authorized by the account holder or member from account holder or member funds on deposit with the policyholder, collected from the account holders or members by way of account billing or member billing, or by the policyholder and account holders jointly.
(11)	Any other risk or class of risks which, in the discretion of the Commissioner, may be properly eligible for blanket accident, health, or accident and health insurance. The discretion of the Commissioner may be exercised on an individual risk basis or class of risks or both after the Commissioner has made the following findings:
a.	The issuance of the blanket policy is not contrary to the best interest of the public.
b.	The issuance of the blanket policy would result in economies of acquisition or administration.
c.	The benefits are reasonable in relation to the premiums charged.
(b)	All benefits under any blanket accident, blanket health or blanket accident and health insurance policy shall be payable to the person insured, or to his designated beneficiary or beneficiaries, or to his estate, or to a person or persons chiefly dependent upon the person insured for support and maintenance, except that if the person insured be a minor, such benefits may be made payable to his parent, guardian, or other person actually supporting the minor.
(c)	Nothing contained in this section shall be deemed to affect the legal liability of policyholders for the death of or injury to, any such member of such group.  (1945, c. 385; 1947, c. 721; 1953, c. 1095, s. 5; 1961, c. 603; 2013‑199, s. 19.)

§ 58‑51‑80.  Group accident and health insurance defined.
(a)	Any policy or contract of insurance against death or injury resulting from accident or from accidental means which covers more than one person except blanket accident policies as defined in G.S. 58‑51‑75, shall be deemed a group accident insurance policy. Any policy or contract which insures against disablement, disease or sickness of the insured (excluding disablement which results from accident or from accidental means) and which covers more than one person, except blanket health insurance policies as defined in G.S. 58‑51‑75, shall be deemed a group health insurance policy or contract. Any policy or contract of insurance which combines the coverage of group accident insurance and of group health insurance shall be deemed a group accident and health insurance policy. No policy or contract of group accident, group health or group accident and health insurance, and no certificates thereunder, shall be delivered or issued for delivery in this State unless it conforms to the requirements of subsection (b).
(b)	No policy or contract of group accident, group health or group accident and health insurance shall be delivered or issued for delivery in this State unless the group of persons thereby insured conforms to the requirements of the following subdivisions:
(1)	Under a policy issued to an employer, principal, or to the trustee of a fund established by an employer or two or more employers in the same industry or kind of business, or by a principal or two or more principals in the same industry or kind of business, which employer, principal, or trustee shall be deemed the policyholder, covering, except as hereinafter provided, only employees, or agents, of any class or classes thereof determined by conditions pertaining to employment, or agency, for amounts of insurance based upon some plan which will preclude individual selection. The premium may be paid by the employer, by the employer and the employees jointly, or by the employee; and where the relationship of principal and agent exists, the premium may be paid by the principal, by the principal and agents, jointly, or by the agents. If the premium is paid by the employer and the employees jointly, or by the principal and agents jointly, or by the employees, or by the agents, the group shall be structured on an actuarially sound basis.
(1a)	Under a policy issued to an association or to a trust or to the trustee or trustees of a fund established, created, or maintained for the benefit of members of one or more associations. The association or associations shall have at the outset a minimum of 500 persons and shall have been organized and maintained in good faith for purposes other than that of obtaining insurance; shall have been in active existence for at least five years; and shall have a constitution and bylaws that provide that (i) the association or associations hold regular meetings not less than annually to further purposes of the members; (ii) except for credit unions, the association or associations collect dues or solicit contributions from members; and (iii) the members, other than associate members, have voting privileges and representation on the governing board and committees. The policy is subject to the following requirements:
a.	The policy may insure members of the association or associations, employees of the association or associations, or employees of members, or one or more of the preceding or all of any class or classes for the benefit of persons other than the employee's employer.
b.	The premium for the policy shall be paid from funds contributed by the association or associations, or by employer members, or by both, or from funds contributed by the covered persons or from both the covered persons and the association, associations, or employer members. The premium rates for each association policy shall be developed, and applied to the certificates thereunder, on an actuarially sound basis.
c.	Repealed by Session Laws 1997‑259, s. 8.
(1b)	Under a policy issued to a creditor as defined in G.S. 58‑57‑5 who shall be deemed the policyholder, to insure debtors as defined in G.S. 58‑57‑5 of the creditor to provide indemnity for payments becoming due on a specific loan or other credit transaction as defined in G.S. 58‑51‑100, with or without insurance against death by accident, subject to the following requirements:
a.	The debtors eligible for insurance under the policy shall be all of the debtors of the creditor whose indebtedness is repayable in installments, or all of any class or classes thereof determined by conditions pertaining to the indebtedness or to the purchase giving rise to the indebtedness. The policy may provide that the term "debtors" shall include the debtors of one or more subsidiary corporations, and the debtors of one or more affiliated corporations, proprietors or partnerships if the business of the policyholder and of such affiliated corporations, proprietors or partnerships is under common control through stock ownership, contract or otherwise.
b.	The premium for the policy shall be paid from the creditor's funds, from charges collected from the insured debtors, or from both. A policy on which part or all of the premium is to be derived from the collection from the insured debtors or identifiable charges not required of uninsured debtors shall not include, in the class or classes of debtors eligible for insurance, debtors under obligations outstanding at its date of issue without evidence of individual insurability unless the group is structured on an actuarially sound basis. A policy on which no part of the premium is to be derived from the collection of such identifiable charges must insure all eligible debtors, or all except any as to whom evidence of individual insurability is not satisfactory to the insurer.
c.	The policy may be issued only if the group of eligible debtors is then receiving new entrants at the rate of at least 100 persons yearly, or may reasonably be expected to receive at least 100 new entrants during the first policy year, and only if the policy reserves to the insurer the right to require evidence of individual insurability if less than seventy‑five percent (75%) of the new entrants become insured.
d.	Premiums for this coverage shall be actuarially equivalent to the rates authorized under Article 57 of Chapter 58 of the General Statutes for credit accident and health insurance.
(1c)	Under a policy issued to a Path 2 MEWA pursuant to Article 50A.
(2),	(3) Repealed by Session Laws 1997‑259, s. 8.
(c)	The term "employees" as used in this section shall be deemed to include, for the purposes of insurance hereunder, employees of a single employer, the officers, managers, and employees of the employer and of subsidiary or affiliated corporations of a corporation employer, and the individual proprietors, partners, and employees of individuals and firms of which the business is controlled by the insured employer through stock ownership, contract or otherwise. With the exception of disability income insurance, employees shall be added to the group coverage no later than 90 days after their first day of employment. Employment shall be considered continuous and not be considered broken except for unexcused absences from work for reasons other than illness or injury. The term "employee" is defined as a nonseasonal person who works on a full‑time basis, with a normal work week of 30 or more hours and who is otherwise eligible for coverage, but does not include a person who works on a part‑time, temporary, or substitute basis. The term "employer" as used herein may be deemed to include the State of North Carolina, any county, municipality or corporation, or the proper officers, as such, of any unincorporated municipality or any department or subdivision of the State, county, such corporation, or municipality determined by conditions pertaining to the employment. When determining employee eligibility for a large employer, as defined in G.S. 58‑68‑25(10), an individual proprietor, owner, or operator shall be defined as an "employee" for the purpose of obtaining coverage under the employee group health plan and shall not be held to a minimum workweek requirement as imposed on other eligible employees.
(d)	The term "agents" as used in this section shall be deemed to include, for the purposes of insurance hereunder, agents of a single principal who are under contract to devote all, or substantially all, of their time in rendering personal services for such principal, for a commission or other fixed or ascertainable compensation.
(e)	The benefits payable under any policy or contract of group accident, group health and group accident and health insurance shall be payable to the employees, or agents, or to some beneficiary or beneficiaries designated by the employee or agent, other than the employer or principal, but if there is no designated beneficiary as to all or any part of the insurance at the death of the employee or agent, then the amount of insurance payable for which there is no designated beneficiary shall be payable to the estate of the employee or agent, except that the insurer may in such case, at its option, pay such insurance to any one or more of the following surviving relatives of the employee or agent: wife, husband, mother, father, child, or children, brothers or sisters; and except that payment of benefits for expenses incurred on account of hospitalization or medical or surgical aid, as provided in subsection (f), may be made by the insurer to the hospital or other person or persons furnishing such aid. Payment so made shall discharge the insurer's obligation with respect to the amount of insurance so paid.
(f)	Any policy or contract of group accident, group health or group accident and health insurance may include provisions for the payment by the insurer of benefits to the employee or agent of the insured group, on account of hospitalization or medical or surgical aid for himself, his spouse, his child or children, or other persons chiefly dependent upon him for support and maintenance.
(g)	Any policy or contract of group accident, group health or group accident and health insurance may provide for readjustment of the rate of premium based on the experience thereunder at the end of the first year, or at any time during any subsequent year based upon at least 12 months of experience: Provided that any such readjustment after the first year shall not be made any more frequently than once every six months. Any rate adjustment must be preceded by a 45‑day notice to the contract holder before the effective date of any rate increase or any policy benefit revision. A notice of nonrenewal shall be given to the contract holder 45 days prior to termination. Any refund under any plan for readjustment of the rate of premium based on the experience under group policies and any dividend paid under the policies may be used to reduce the employer's or principal's contribution to group insurance for the employees of the employer, or the agents of the principal, and the excess over the contribution by the employer, or principal, shall be applied by the employer, or principal, for the sole benefit of the employees or agents.
(h)	Nothing contained in this section applies to any contract issued by any corporation defined in Article 65 of this Chapter.  (1945, c. 385; 1947, c. 721; 1951, c. 282; 1953, c. 1095, ss. 6, 7; 1987, c. 752, s. 19; 1989, c. 485, s. 41; c. 775, ss. 1, 2; 1991, c. 644, s. 11; c. 720, s. 88; 1991 (Reg. Sess., 1992), c. 837, s. 4; 1993, c. 408, ss. 3, 3.1; c. 409, s. 14; 1995, c. 507, ss. 23A.1(c), 23A.1(d); 1997‑259, ss. 8, 9; 2000‑132, s. 1; 2003‑221, s. 12; 2005‑223, ss. 1(a), 2(c); 2019‑202, s. 4(a).)

§ 58‑51‑81.  Group accident and health insurance for public school students.
(a)	Notwithstanding G.S. 58‑51‑80, a policy of group accident, health, or accident and health insurance may be delivered or issued to a local board of education or to any of its schools, as policyholder, covering only students for amounts of insurance based upon some plan that will preclude individual selection. The premium may be paid by the board, jointly by the board and the students or any other persons on behalf of the students, or by the students and any other persons on behalf of the students. In addition to the authority granted in G.S. 115C‑47(6), any board may establish fees for the payment of premiums by or on behalf of the covered students.
(b)	Entities subject to Articles 65 and 67 of this Chapter may provide their products in the same manner described in subsection (a) of this section. (1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 716, s. 1.)

§ 58‑51‑85.  Group or blanket accident and health insurance; approval of forms and filing of rates.
No policy of group or blanket accident, health or accident and health insurance shall be delivered or issued for delivery in this State unless the form of the policy contracts including the master policy contract, the individual certificates thereunder, the applications for the contract, and a schedule of the premium rates pertaining to such form or forms, have been filed with and the forms approved by the Commissioner. (1945, c. 385; 1991, c. 720, s. 34.)

§ 58‑51‑90.  Definition of franchise accident and health insurance.
Accident and health insurance on a franchise plan is hereby declared to be that form of accident and health insurance issued to five or more employees of any corporation, copartnership or individual employer or any governmental corporation, agency or department thereof, or 10 or more members of any trade or professional association or of a labor union or of any other association where such association or union has a constitution or bylaws and is formed in good faith for purposes other than that of obtaining insurance, where such persons, with or without their dependents, are issued the same form of an individual policy varying only as to amounts and kinds of coverage applied for by such persons, under an arrangement whereby the premiums on such policies may be paid to the insurer periodically by the employer, with or without payroll deductions, or by the association for its members, or by some designated person acting on behalf of such employer or association.  The provisions of this section shall not be construed so as to repeal G.S. 58‑51‑75 and 58‑51‑80 or any parts thereof. (1947, c. 721; 1961, c. 646.)

§ 58‑51‑95.  Approval by Commissioner of forms, classification and rates; hearing; exceptions.
(a)	No policy of insurance against loss or expense from the sickness, or from the bodily injury or death by accident of the insured shall be issued or delivered to any person in this State nor shall any application, rider or endorsement be used in connection therewith until a copy of the form thereof and of the classification of risks and the premium rates, or, in the case of cooperatives or assessment companies the estimated cost pertaining thereto, have been filed with the Commissioner.
(b)	No such policy shall be issued, nor shall any application, rider or endorsement be used in connection therewith, until the expiration of 90 days after it has been so filed unless the Commissioner shall sooner give his written approval thereto.
(c)	The Commissioner may within 90 days after the filing of any such form, disapprove such form
(1)	If the benefits provided therein are unreasonable in relation to the premium charged, or
(2)	If it contains a provision or provisions which are unjust, unfair, inequitable, misleading, deceptive or encourage misrepresentation of such policy.
(d)	If the Commissioner shall notify the insurer which has filed any such form that it does not comply with the provisions of this section or sections, it shall be unlawful thereafter for such insurer to issue such form or use it in connection with any policy. In such notice the Commissioner shall specify the reasons for his disapproval and state that a hearing will be granted within 20 days after request in writing by the insurer.
(e)	The Commissioner may at any time, after a hearing of which not less than 20 days' written notice shall have been given to the insurer, withdraw his approval of any such form on any of the grounds stated in this section. It shall be unlawful for the insurer to issue such form or use it in connection with any policy after the effective date of such withdrawal of approval. The notice of any hearing called under this paragraph shall specify the matters to be considered at such hearing and any decision affirming disapproval or directing withdrawal of approval under this section shall be in writing and shall specify the reasons therefor: Provided, that the provisions of this section shall not apply to workers' compensation insurance, accidental death or disability benefits issued supplementary to life insurance or annuity contracts, medical expense benefits under liability policies or to group accident and health insurance.
(f)	An insurer may revise rates chargeable on policies subject to this section, other than noncancellable policies, with the approval of the Commissioner if the Commissioner finds that the revised rates are not excessive, not inadequate, and not unfairly discriminatory; and exhibit a reasonable relationship to the benefits provided by the policies. The approved rates shall be guaranteed by the insurer, as to the policyholders affected by the rates, for a period of not less than 12 months; or as an alternative to the insurer giving the guarantee, the approved rates may be applicable to all policyholders at one time if the insurer chooses to apply for that relief with respect to those policies no more frequently than once in any 12‑month period. The rates shall be applicable to all policies of the same type; provided that no rate revision may become effective for any policy unless the insurer has given the policyholder written notice of the rate revision 45 days before the effective date of the revision. The policyholder must then pay the revised rate in order to continue the policy in force. The Commissioner may adopt reasonable rules, after notice and hearing, to require the submission of supporting data and such information as the Commissioner considers necessary to determine whether the rate revisions meet these standards. In adopting the rules under this subsection, the Commissioner may require identification of the types of rating methodologies used by filers and may also address issue age or attained age rating, or both; policy reserves used in rating; and other recognized actuarial principles of the NAIC, the American Academy of Actuaries, and the Society of Actuaries.
(f1)	For long‑term care policy forms, the maximum rate increase that may be implemented in any calendar year for any policyholder is an increase of twenty‑five percent (25%) of the current policy premium rate in effect prior to the increase.
(g)	For policies subject to this section, an individual health insurer shall not increase an individual's renewal premium for continued health insurance coverage under the terms of the individual's health insurance policy based on any health status‑related factors in relation to the individual or a dependent of the individual, including:
(1)	Health status.
(2)	Medical condition (including physical and mental illnesses).
(3)	Claims experience.
(4)	Duration from issue.
(5)	Receipt of health care.
(6)	Medical history.
(7)	Genetic information.
(h)	Every policy that is subject to this section and that provides individual accident and health insurance benefits to a resident of this State shall return to policyholders benefits that are reasonable in relation to the premium charged. The Commissioner may adopt rules or utilize existing rules to establish minimum standards for loss ratios of policies on the basis of incurred claims experience and earned premiums in accordance with accepted actuarial principles and practices to assure that the benefits are reasonable in relation to the premium charged. Every insurer providing policies in this State subject to this section shall not less than annually file for approval its rates, rating schedules, and supporting documentation to demonstrate compliance with the applicable loss ratio standards of this State as adopted by the Commissioner. All filings of rates and rating schedules shall comply with the standards adopted by the Commissioner. The filing shall include a certification by an individual who is either a Fellow or an Associate of the Society of Actuaries or a Member of the American Academy of Actuaries that the rates are not excessive, not inadequate, and not unfairly discriminatory; and that the rates exhibit a reasonable relationship to the benefits provided by the policy. Nothing in this subsection shall require an insurer to provide certification with respect to a previous rate period, or to require an insurer to reduce properly filed and approved rates before the end of a rate period. This subsection does not apply to any long‑term care policy issued in this State on or after February 1, 2003, and noncancellable accident and health insurance.
(i)	For any long‑term care policy issued in this State on or after February 1, 2003, an insurer shall on or before March 15 of each year:
(1)	Provide to the Commissioner an actuarial certification listing all of its long‑term care policy forms available for sale in this State as of December 31 of the prior year, stating that the current premium rate schedule for each form is sufficient to cover anticipated costs under moderately adverse experience and stating that the premium rate schedule is reasonably expected to be sustainable over the life of the form with no future premium increases anticipated.
(2)	For any policy form for which the statement in subdivision (1) of this subsection cannot be made or is qualified, submit a plan of corrective action to the Commissioner for approval.
(j)	For purposes of this section, accident and health insurance means insurance against death or injury resulting from accident or from accidental means and insurance against disablement, disease, or sickness of the insured. This includes Medicare supplemental insurance, long‑term care, nursing home, or home health care insurance, or any combination thereof, specified disease or illness insurance, hospital indemnity or other fixed indemnity insurance, short‑term limited duration health insurance, dental insurance, vision insurance, and medical, hospital, or surgical expense insurance or any combination thereof. Notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary, subsection (h) of this section does not apply to disability income insurance.  (1951, c. 784; 1979, c. 755, s. 15; 1989, c. 485, s. 56; 1991, c. 636, s. 3; c. 720, s. 4; 2001‑334, s. 17.3; 2005‑223, s. 1(b); 2005‑412, ss. 1(a), 1(b); 2016‑78, s. 1.2.)

§ 58‑51‑100.  Credit accident and health insurance.
Credit accident and health insurance is declared to be insurance against death or personal injury by accident or by any specified kind or kinds of accident, and insurance against sickness, ailment, or bodily injury of a debtor who may be indebted to any person, firm, or corporation extending credit to such debtor. The amount of credit accident and health insurance written shall not exceed the installment payment. (1953, c. 1096, s. 2; 1961, c. 1071.)

§ 58‑51‑105.  Hospitalization insurance defined.
Hospitalization insurance is declared to be any form of accident and health insurance which provides indemnity or payment for expenses incurred due to or in connection with hospitalization of the insured, or his dependents. (1953, c. 1096, s. 3.)

§ 58‑51‑110.  Renewal, discontinuance, or replacement of group health insurance.
(a)	This section applies to group accident, group health, or group accident and health policies or certificates that are delivered, issued for delivery, renewed, or used in this State which provide hospital, surgical, or major medical expense insurance, or any combination of these coverages, on an expense incurred or service basis. It specifically includes a certificate issued under a policy that was issued to a trust located out of this State, but which includes participating employers located in this State. Renewal of these policies or certificates is presumed to occur on the anniversary date that the coverage was first effective on the employees of the employer.
(b)	Whenever a contract described in subsection (a) of this section is replaced by another group contract within 15 days of termination of coverage of the previous group contract, the liability of the succeeding insurer for insuring persons covered under the previous group contract is:
(1)	Each person who is eligible for coverage in accordance with the succeeding insurer's plan of benefits, regardless of any other provisions of the new group contract relating to active employment or hospital confinement or pregnancy, shall be covered by the succeeding insurer's plan of benefits; and
(2)	Each person not covered under the succeeding insurer's plan of benefits in accordance with subdivision (b)(1) of this section must nevertheless be covered by the succeeding insurer if that person was validly covered, including benefit extension, under the prior plan on the date of discontinuance and if the person is a member of the class of persons eligible for coverage under the succeeding insurer's plan. (1989, c. 775, s. 3; 1991, c. 720, s. 88; 1991 (Reg. Sess., 1992), c. 837, s. 4; 2001‑334, s. 6.)

§ 58‑51‑115.  Coordination of benefits with Medicaid.
(a)	As used in this section and in G.S. 58‑51‑120 and G.S. 58‑51‑125:
(1)	"Health benefit plan" means any accident and health insurance policy or certificate; a nonprofit hospital or medical service corporation contract; a health maintenance organization subscriber contract; a plan provided by a multiple employer welfare arrangement; the State Health Plan for Teachers and State Employees and any optional plans or programs operating under Part 2 of Article 3 of Chapter 135 of the General Statutes; or a plan provided by another benefit arrangement. "Health benefit plan" does not mean a Medicare supplement policy as defined in G.S. 58‑54‑1(5).
(2)	"Health insurer" means any health insurance company subject to Articles 1 through 63 of this Chapter, including a multiple employee welfare arrangement, and any corporation subject to Articles 65 and 67 of this Chapter; a group health plan, as defined in section 607(1) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974; and the State Health Plan for Teachers and State Employees and any optional plans or programs operating under Part 2 of Article 3 of Chapter 135 of the General Statutes.
(b)	No health insurer shall take into account that an individual is eligible for or is provided medical assistance in this or any other state under 42 U.S.C. § 1396a (section 1902 of the Social Security Act) in insuring that individual or making payments under its health benefit plan for benefits to that individual or on that individual's behalf. (1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 644, s. 1; 1995, c. 193, s. 43; 1999‑293, s. 9; 2007‑298, s. 8.6; 2007‑323, s. 28.22A(o); 2007‑345, s. 12.)

§ 58‑51‑116.  ERISA plans may not require Medicaid to pay first.
An employee benefit plan as defined in ERISA shall not include any provision which, because an individual is provided or is eligible for benefits or service pursuant to a State plan under Title XIX of the Social Security Act (Medicaid), has the effect of limiting or excluding coverage or payment for any health care for that individual under the terms of the employee benefit plan, provided that the individual is one who would otherwise be covered or entitled to benefits or services under the employee benefit plan. (1993, c. 321, s. 238.1; 2001‑446, s. 4.3.)

§ 58‑51‑120.  Coverage of children.
(a)	No health insurer shall deny enrollment of a child under the health benefit plan of the child's parent on any of the following grounds:
(1)	The child was born out of wedlock.
(2)	The child is not claimed as a dependent on the parent's federal income tax return.
(3)	The child does not reside with the parent or in the insurer's service area.
(b)	If a parent is required by a court or administrative order to provide health benefit plan coverage for a child, and the parent is eligible for family health benefit plan coverage through a health insurer, the health insurer:
(1)	Must allow the parent to enroll, under the family coverage, a child who is otherwise eligible for the coverage without regard to any enrollment season restrictions.
(2)	Must enroll the child under family coverage upon application of the child's other parent or the Department of Health and Human Services in connection with its administration of the Medical Assistance or Child Support Enforcement Program if the parent is enrolled but fails to make application to obtain coverage for the child.
(3)	May not disenroll or eliminate coverage of the child unless the health insurer is provided satisfactory written evidence that:
a.	The court or administrative order is no longer in effect; or
b.	The child is or will be enrolled in comparable health benefit plan coverage through another health insurer, which coverage will take effect not later than the effective date of disenrollment.
(c)	If a child has health benefit plan coverage through the health insurer of a noncustodial parent, that health insurer shall do all of the following:
(1)	Provide such information to the custodial parent as may be necessary for the child to obtain benefits through that coverage.
(2)	Permit the custodial parent (or the health care provider, with the custodial parent's approval) to submit claims for covered services without the approval of the noncustodial parent.
(3)	Make payments on claims submitted in accordance with subdivision (2) of this subsection directly to the custodial parent, the provider, or the Department of Health and Human Services.
(d)	No health insurer may impose requirements on any State agency that has been assigned the rights of an individual eligible for medical assistance under Medicaid and covered for health benefits from the insurer that are different from requirements applicable to an agent or assignee of any other individual so covered. (1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 644, s. 1; 1997‑443, s. 11A.118(a).)

§ 58‑51‑125.  Adopted child coverage.
(a)	Definitions. – As used in this section:
(1)	"Child" means, in connection with any adoption or placement for adoption of the child, an individual who has not attained 18 years of age as of the date of the adoption or placement for adoption.
(2)	"Placement for adoption" means the assumption and retention by a person of a legal obligation for total or partial support of a child in anticipation of the adoption of the child. The child's placement with a person terminates upon the termination of such legal obligations.
(b)	Coverage Effective Upon Placement for Adoption. – If a health benefit plan provides coverage for dependent children of persons covered by the plan, the plan shall provide benefits to dependent children placed with covered persons for adoption under the same terms and conditions that apply to the natural, dependent children of covered persons, irrespective of whether the adoption has become final.
(c)	Restrictions Based on Preexisting Conditions at Time of Placement for Adoption Prohibited. – A health benefit plan may not restrict coverage under the plan of any dependent child adopted by a covered person, or placed with a covered person for adoption, solely on the basis of any preexisting condition of the child at the time that the child would otherwise become eligible for coverage under the plan, if the adoption or placement for adoption occurs while the covered person is eligible for coverage under the plan. (1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 644, s. 1.)

§ 58‑51‑130.  Standards for disability income insurance policies.
(a)	Definitions. – As used in this section:
(1)	"Disability income insurance policy" or "policy" means a policy of accident and health insurance that provides payments when the insured is unable to work because of illness, disease, or injury.
(2)	"Policy" includes the certificates referred to in subsection (b) of this section.
(b)	Applicability. – This section applies to all policies used in this State, including certificates issued under group policies that are used in this State. This section also applies to a certificate issued under a policy issued and delivered to a trust or to an association outside of this State and covering persons residing in this State.
(c)	Disclosure Standards. – Every disability income insurance policy shall include provisions, where applicable, addressing:
(1)	Terms of renewability.
(2)	Initial and subsequent conditions of eligibility.
(3)	Nonduplication of coverage.
(4)	Preexisting conditions.
(5)	Probationary periods.
(6)	Elimination periods.
(7)	Requirements for replacement.
(8)	Recurrent conditions.
(9)	Definitions of terms.
(d)	Preexisting Conditions. – If an insurer does not seek a prospective insured's medical history in the application or enrollment process, the insurer shall not deny a claim for disabilities that commence more than 24 months after the effective date of the insured person's coverage on the grounds the disability is caused by a preexisting condition. A policy shall not define a preexisting condition more restrictively than "a condition for which medical advice, diagnosis, care, or treatment was received or recommended within the 24‑month period immediately preceding the effective date of coverage of the insured person."
(e)	Exceptions. – Nothing in this section prohibits an insurer from:
(1)	Using an application or enrollment form designed to elicit the medical history of a prospective insured.
(2)	Underwriting based on answers on the form according to the insurer's established standards.
(3)	Contesting the answers in accordance with G.S. 58‑51‑15(a)(2)a.
(f)	Required Provisions. – Each policy shall include:
(1)	A description of the principal benefits and coverage provided in the policy.
(2)	A statement of the exceptions, reductions, and limitations contained in the policy.
(3)	A statement of the renewal provisions, including any reservation by the insurer of a right to change premiums.
(g)	Other Applicable Provisions. – G.S. 58‑51‑95(f) applies to individual policies and G.S. 58‑51‑80(g) applies to group policies.
(h)	Other Income Sources. – If a policy contains a provision that provides for integration of benefits with other income sources, it shall include a definition of what is considered other income sources and a complete description of how benefits will be reduced by other income sources, if at all. No disability income policy shall provide that the amount of any disability benefit paid to the insured shall be reduced by reason of any cost‑of‑living increase, designated as such under the federal Social Security Act, if the cost‑of‑living increase occurs during the period for which benefits are payable. (1999‑351, s. 2.)

Article 52.
Joint Action to Insure Elderly.
§ 58‑52‑1.  Definitions.
Wherever used in this Article, the following terms shall have the respective meanings hereinafter set forth or indicated, unless the context otherwise requires:
(1)	"Association" means a voluntary unincorporated association formed for the sole purpose of enabling joint and cooperative action to provide accident and health insurance in accordance with this Article in this or any other State having legislation enabling the issuance of insurance of the type provided in this Article.
(2)	"Insurer" means any insurance company which is authorized under Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter to transact accident and health insurance business in this State. (1963, c. 1125.)

§ 58‑52‑5.  Joint action to insure persons 65 years of age or over and their spouses permitted; associations of insurers; individual and group policies.
Notwithstanding any other provisions of Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter or any other law which may be inconsistent herewith, any insurer may join with one or more other insurers to plan, develop, underwrite, offer, sell and provide to or for any resident person of this State, or of another state if permitted by the laws of such other state, who is 65 years of age or over and to the spouse of such person, insurance against financial loss from accident or sickness, or both.  Such insurance may also cover an employer's nonresident employees and nonresident retired employees 65 years of age or older and their spouses, provided such employees are regularly employed within this State or were so employed at the time of their retirement.  Such insurance may be offered, issued and administered through an association of two or more insurers which association is formed for the purpose of offering, selling, issuing and administering such insurance, and may be in the form of a policy insuring a resident who is 65 years of age or older, and the spouse of such resident, if any, or in the form of a group policy insuring residents 65 years of age or older and the spouses of such residents, or in both forms.  On such insurance each insurer shall be severally liable for a percentage of the risks determined under the articles of association of the association.  The insurer members of such association may agree with respect to premium rates, policy provisions, commission rates and other matters within the scope of this Article. (1963, c. 1125; 1965, c. 677; 1991, c. 720, s. 72.)

§ 58‑52‑10.  Regional plans authorized.
If "over 65" accident and health insurance plans exist or hereafter come into existence in other states pursuant to legislative authority similar to that herein given, North Carolina insurers may jointly participate with insurers of such other states in forming a regional plan to carry out the purposes of this Article.  Any association formed for the operation of a regional plan shall be exempt from the provisions of G.S. 58‑3‑85 and may engage in business in North Carolina through its insurer members only, without being separately licensed. (1963, c. 1125.)

§ 58‑52‑15.  Forms and rate manuals subject to § 58‑51‑1; disapproval of rates.
The forms of the policies, applications, certificates or other evidence of insurance coverage and the rate manual showing rates, rules and classification of risks applicable thereto shall be subject to the applicable provisions of G.S. 58‑51‑1.  The Commissioner may disapprove the premium rates for such insurance, or any class thereof, if he finds that such rates are by reasonable assumptions excessive in relation to the benefits provided.  In determining whether such rates by reasonable assumptions are excessive in relation to the benefits provided, the Commissioner shall give due consideration to past and prospective claim experience on such insurance, or other comparable insurance, within and outside this State, and to fluctuations in such claim experience, to a reasonable risk charge, to contribution to surplus and contingency funds, to past and prospective expenses, both within and outside this State, and to all other relevant factors within and outside this State, including any differing operating methods of the insurers joining in the issue of such insurance.  In the event of any such disapproval, the decision of the Commissioner shall be subject to review under G.S. 58‑2‑75.  In exercising the powers conferred by this section, the Commissioner shall not be bound by any other requirements of Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter with respect to standard provisions required to be included in the forms of the policies, applications, certificates or other evidence of insurance coverage filed with the Commissioner. (1963, c. 1125.)

§ 58‑52‑20.  Organization of associations of insurers; powers; annual statements; mutual insurers may participate.
An association formed for the purposes of this Article shall adopt articles of association for the organization, administration and regulation of its affairs, which articles of association and any amendments thereto shall be filed within 30 days of adoption of same with the Commissioner.  Such association may establish requirements for membership of insurers, hold title to property, incur expenses for advertising, soliciting and administering such insurance, including payment of salary or compensation to persons employed by it, enter into contracts, limit the liability of and among its members, and shall be subject to the provisions of G.S. 1‑69.1.
Such association shall file annually with the Commissioner, on such date and in such form as the Commissioner may prescribe, a statement with respect to its operations.
For the purpose of implementing joint action of insurers in furnishing accident and health insurance coverage to persons 65 years of age and older and their spouses, in accordance with the intent of this Article as expressed herein, insurers operating on a mutual plan, or on any other membership basis, may participate in such a plan, and the persons insured through the plan shall not be entitled to membership in any such insurer nor shall they be entitled to any dividend rights, voting rights, or any other rights peculiar to mutual insurance policyholders and participants in membership insurance plans. (1963, c. 1125; 1991, c. 720, s. 4.)

§ 58‑52‑25.  No additional licensing required.
Accident and health insurance authorized by this Article and offered by or through an association formed for the purpose of this Article may be solicited and offered directly by such association, any insurer member of such association, and by or through any person authorized by the Department to sell accident and health insurance in this State, without any additional license being required. (1963, c. 1125; 1991, c. 720, s. 60.)

Article 53.
Group Health Insurance Continuation and Conversion Privileges.
Part 1. Continuation.
§ 58‑53‑1.  Definitions.
As used in this Article, the following terms have the meanings specified:
(1)	"Group policy" means a group accident and health insurance policy issued by an insurance company and a group contract issued by a service corporation or health maintenance organization or similar corporation or organization.
(2)	"Individual policy" or "converted policy" means an individual health insurance policy issued by an insurance company or an individual contract issued by a service corporation or health maintenance organization or similar corporation or organization.
(3)	"Insurance" and "insured" refer to coverage under a group policy, individual policy or converted policy on a premium‑paying basis, and do not include coverage provided by reason of a disability extension.
(4)	"Insurer" means the entity issuing a group policy or an individual or converted policy.
(5)	"Medicare" means Title XVIII of the United States Social Security Act as added by the Social Security Amendments of 1965 or as later amended or superseded.
(5a)	"Member" or "employee" includes an insured spouse or dependent of a member or of an employee.
(6)	"Premium" includes any premium or other consideration payable for coverage under a group or individual policy.
(7)	"Reasonable and customary" means the most frequently used level of charge made for the supplies or for a specific service in the geographic subarea in which such supplies or services are received, of like kind or by physicians, or other practitioners, with similar qualifications. (1981, c. 706, s. 1; 1983, c. 142, s. 1; 1997‑259, s. 10.)

§ 58‑53‑5.  Continuation of group hospital, surgical, and major medical coverage after termination of employment or membership.
A group policy delivered or issued for delivery in this State that insures employees or members for hospital, surgical or major medical insurance on an expense incurred or service basis under this Chapter, other than for specific diseases or for accidental injuries only, shall provide that employees or members whose coverage under the group policy would otherwise terminate because of termination of active employment or membership, or termination of membership in the eligible class or classes under the policy, shall be entitled to continue their hospital, surgical, and medical insurance under that group policy, for themselves and their eligible spouses and dependents with respect to whom they were insured on the date of termination, subject to all of the group policy's terms and conditions and to the conditions specified in this Part. Provided, the terms and conditions set forth in this Part are intended as minimum requirements and shall not be construed to impose additional or different requirements upon those group hospital, surgical, or major medical plans that provide continuation benefits equal to or better than those required in this Part. (1981, c. 706, s. 1; 1997‑259, s. 11.)

§ 58‑53‑10.  Eligibility.
Continuation shall only be available to an employee or member who has been continuously insured under the group policy, or for similar benefits under any other group policy that it replaced, during the period of three consecutive months immediately before the date of termination. The employee or member may elect continuation for a period of not fewer than 60 days after the date of termination or loss of eligibility. The employee or member shall make the first contribution upon the election to continue coverage, and the coverage shall be retroactive to the date of termination or loss of eligibility. (1981, c. 706, s. 1; 2001‑334, s. 7.1.)

§ 58‑53‑15.  Exception.
Continuation shall not be available for any person who is or could be covered by any other arrangement of hospital, surgical, or medical coverage for individuals in a group, whether insured or uninsured, within 31 days immediately following the date of termination; or whose insurance terminated because he failed to pay any required contribution for the insurance. (1981, c. 706, s. 1.)

§ 58‑53‑20.  Benefits not included.
Continuation is not required to include dental, vision care, or prescription drug benefits, or any other benefits provided under the group policy in addition to its hospital, surgical, or major medical benefits. (1981, c. 706, s. 1.)

§ 58‑53‑25.  Notification to employee.
In addition to the notification requirement set forth in G.S. 58‑53‑40, notification may be included on insurance identification cards or may be given by the employer, orally or in writing as a part of the exit process from the employment. (1981, c. 706, s. 1.)

§ 58‑53‑30.  Payment of premiums.
An employee or member electing continuation must pay to the group policyholder or his employer, in advance, the amount of contribution required by the policyholder or employer, but not more than one hundred two percent (102%) of the full group rate for the insurance applicable under the group policy on the due date of each payment. The employee or member may not be required to pay the amount of the contribution less often than monthly. In order to be eligible for continuation of coverage, the employee or member must make a written election of continuation, on a form furnished by the group policyholder or by the insurer. (1981, c. 706, s. 1; 1999‑273, s. 1; 2001‑334, s. 7.2.)

§ 58‑53‑35.  Termination of continuation.
(a)	Continuation of insurance under the group policy for any person shall terminate on the earliest of the following dates:
(1)	The date 18 months after the date the employee's or member's insurance under the policy would otherwise have terminated because of termination of employment or members;
(2)	The date ending the period for which the employee or member last makes his required contribution, if he discontinues his contributions;
(3)	The date the employee or member becomes or is eligible to become covered for similar benefits under any arrangement of coverage for individuals in a group, whether insured or uninsured;
(4)	The date on which the group policy is terminated or, in the case of a multiple employer plan, the date his employer terminates participation under the group master policy. When this occurs the employee or member shall have the privilege described in G.S. 58‑53‑45 if the date of termination precedes that on which his actual continuation of insurance under that policy would have terminated. The insurer that insured the group before the date of termination shall make a converted policy available to the employee or member.
(b)	Notwithstanding subdivision (a)(4) of this section, if the employer replaces the group policy with another group policy, the employee is entitled to continue under the successor group policy for any unexpired period of continuation to which the employee is entitled. (1981, c. 706, s. 1; 1983, c. 142, s. 2; 1993, c. 529, s. 3.8; 1997‑259, s. 12.)

§ 58‑53‑40.  Notification.
A notification of the continuation privilege shall be included in each individual certification of coverage. (1981, c. 706, s. 1.)

§ 58‑53‑41.  Extension of election period and effect on coverage.
(a)	Definitions. – As used in this section, the following terms have the meanings specified:
(1)	"Act" means the federal American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, P.L. 111‑5, effective February 17, 2009.
(2)	"Assistance eligible individual" has the same meaning as found in section 3001 of the Act.
(b)	An employee or member who does not have an election of continuation coverage, as described in this Part, in effect on June 8, 2009, but who would be an assistance eligible individual under Title III of the Act if that election were in effect, may elect continuation coverage pursuant to the Part. The election shall be made no later than 60 days after the date the administrator of the group policy subject to this Part (or other entity involved) provides the notice required by section 3001(a)(7) of the Act. The administrator of the group policy subject to this Part (or other entity involved) shall provide such individuals with additional notice of the right to elect coverage pursuant to this section within 60 days after June 8, 2009.
(c)	Continuation of coverage elected pursuant to subsection (b) of this section shall commence with the first period of coverage beginning on or after June 8, 2009, and shall not extend beyond the period of continuation coverage that would have been required under G.S. 58‑53‑35 if the coverage had instead been elected pursuant to G.S. 58‑53‑10.
(d)	With respect to any individual electing continuation coverage pursuant to this section, the period beginning on the date of the qualifying event and ending on the date of the first period of coverage on or after June 8, 2009, shall be disregarded for purposes of determining the 63‑day period referred to in G.S. 58‑68‑30(c)(2)a. and G.S. 58‑51‑17(a)(2)a.  (2009‑62, s. 1.)

Part 2. Conversion.
§ 58‑53‑45.  Right to obtain individual policy upon termination of group hospital, surgical or major medical coverage.
A group policy delivered or issued for delivery in this State that insures employees or members for hospital, surgical, or medical insurance on an expense incurred or service basis under Articles 1 through 67 of this Chapter other than for specific diseases or for accidental injuries only, shall provide that an employee or member whose insurance under the group policy has been terminated shall be entitled to have a converted policy issued to him  by the insurer under whose group policy he was last insured, without evidence of insurability, subject to the terms and conditions specified in this Part. Provided, the terms and conditions set forth in this Part are intended as minimum requirements and shall not be construed to impose additional or different requirements upon those group hospital, surgical, or major medical plans already in force, or hereafter placed into effect, that provide conversion benefits equal to or better than those required in this Part. (1981, c. 706, s. 1.)

§ 58‑53‑50.  Restrictions.
A converted policy shall not be available to an employee or member if termination of his insurance under the group policy occurred because:
(1)	Of termination of employment or membership and either he was not entitled to continuation of group coverage under Part 1 of this Article or failed to elect such continuation;
(2)	He failed to make timely payment of any required contribution for the cost of continuation of insurance;
(3)	He had not been continuously covered under the group policy or for similar benefits under any other group policy that it replaced during the period of three consecutive months immediately prior to termination of active employment ending with such termination;
(4)	The group policy terminated or an employer's participation terminated, and the insurance is replaced by similar coverage under another group policy within 31 days of date of termination; or
(5)	He failed to continue his insurance for the entire maximum period of 18 months following termination of active employment as provided for in Part 1 of this Article, unless that failure to continue was because of change of insurer by the employer and the change of insurer was consummated during the one year continuation period. In that event the employee or member shall be entitled to be issued a converted policy by the insurer that provided the group policy to the employer before the change of insurer. (1981, c. 706, s. 1; 1983, c. 142, s. 3; 1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 569, s. 9; 1997‑259, s. 13.)

§ 58‑53‑55.  Time limit.
In order to be eligible for conversion, written application and the first premium payment for the converted policy must be made to the insurer not later than 31 days after the date of termination of insurance provided under Part 1 of this Article. The effective date of the converted policy shall be the day following the later of:
(1)	The termination of insurance under the group policy when it is not replaced by one providing similar coverage within 31 days of the termination date of the immediately prior group plan; or
(2)	The termination of the period of continued coverage under the group policy or policies. (1981, c. 706, s. 1; 1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 569, s. 10; 1997‑259, s. 14.)

§ 58‑53‑60.  Premium.
(a)	The premium for the converted policy or group conversion trust certificate shall be determined in accordance with the insurer's table of premium rates applicable to the age and class of risk to be covered under that policy and to the type and amount of insurance provided.
(b)	All insurers licensed to do business in this State, who issue conversion policies or group conversion trust certificates under this Part, have the right to increase that element of the premium that applies to hospital room and board benefit increases provided for in G.S. 58‑53‑95(5) by an amount proportionate to the increase promulgated by the Commissioner. Such premium increases shall be filed with the Commissioner.
(c)	All premium rates and adjustments to premium rates for converted policies or group conversion trust certificates shall be reasonable and must be filed with and approved by the Commissioner prior to use. A premium rate shall be deemed to be reasonable if the insurer demonstrates that the premium charged is expected to produce an incurred loss ratio to earned premiums of not less than sixty percent (60%) for all policies or group conversion trust certificates providing similar benefits offered and issued by the insurer. If an insurer experiences an incurred loss ratio of greater than eighty percent (80%) for all such policies, it shall be deemed reasonable for that insurer to increase premium rates to a level that will produce a prospective incurred loss ratio of no greater than eighty percent (80%), and the insurer shall file such new rates with the Commissioner not more often than once a year. (1981, c. 706, s. 1; 1983, c. 669; 1995, c. 517, s. 30.)

§ 58‑53‑65.  Coverage.
The converted policy shall cover the employee or member and his eligible dependents who were covered by the group policy on the date of termination of insurance. At the option of the insurer, a separate converted policy may be issued to cover any such eligible dependent. (1981, c. 706, s. 1.)

§ 58‑53‑70.  Exclusions.
An insurer shall not be required to issue a converted policy covering any person if such person is or can be covered by Medicare. Furthermore, an insurer shall not be required to issue a converted policy covering any person if:
(1)	a.	Such person is covered for similar benefits by another hospital, surgical, medical or major medical expense insurance policy, or hospital or medical service subscriber contract or medical practice or other prepayment plan, or by any other plan or program;
b.	Such person is or could be covered for similar benefits, whether or not covered for such benefits, under any arrangement of coverage for individuals in a group, whether insured or uninsured; or
c.	Similar benefits are provided for or available to such person, whether or not covered for such benefits, by reason of any State or federal law; and
(2)	The benefits under sources of the kind referred to in subdivision (1)a of this section for such person, or benefits provided or available under sources of the kind referred to in subdivisions (1)b and (1)c of this section for such person, together with the converted policy's benefits would result in overinsurance according to the insurer's standards for overinsurance; or
(3)	An enrollee's enrollment in a health maintenance organization has been terminated for cause in accord with the terms of the enrollee's evidence of coverage or the health maintenance organization's contract with the group. (1981, c. 706, s. 1; 1991, c. 195, s. 2.)

§ 58‑53‑75.  Information.
A converted policy may provide that an insurer may at any time request information of an insured policyholder with respect to any person covered thereunder as to whether he is covered for the similar benefits described in G.S. 58‑53‑70(1)a or is or could be covered for the similar benefits described in G.S. 58‑53‑70(1)b and 58‑53‑70(1)c. The converted policy may provide that as of any premium due date an insurer may refuse to renew the policy or the coverage of any insured person for the following reasons only:
(1)	Either those similar benefits for which such person is or could be covered, together with the converted policy's benefits, would result in overinsurance according to the insurer's standards for overinsurance, or the policyholder of the converted policy fails to provide the requested information;
(2)	Fraud or material misrepresentation in applying for any benefits under the converted policy;
(3)	Eligibility of any insured person for coverage under Medicare, or under any other State or federal law providing benefits substantially similar to those provided by the converted policy; or
(4)	Termination of an enrollee's enrollment in a health maintenance organization for cause in accord with the terms of the enrollee's evidence of coverage or the health maintenance organization's contract with the group. (1981, c. 706, s. 1; 1991, c. 195, s. 3.)

§ 58‑53‑80.  Excess benefits.
An insurer shall not be required to issue a converted policy providing benefits in excess of the equivalent value of hospital, surgical, or major medical insurance under the group policy from which conversion is made. (1981, c. 706, s. 1.)

§ 58‑53‑85.  Preexisting conditions.
The converted policy shall not exclude, as a preexisting condition, any condition covered by the group policy. However, the converted policy may provide for a reduction of its hospital, surgical or medical benefits by the amount of any such benefits payable under the group policy after the individual's insurance terminates thereunder. The converted policy may also provide that during the first policy year the benefits payable under the converted policy, together with the benefits payable under the group policy, shall not exceed those that would have been payable had the individual's insurance under the group policy remained in force and effect. (1981, c. 706, s. 1.)

§ 58‑53‑90.  Basic coverage plans.
(a)	Subject to the provisions of this Article, if the group insurance policy from which conversion is made insures the employee or member for basic hospital and surgical expense insurance, the employee or member shall be entitled to obtain a converted policy providing, at his option, coverage on an expense incurred basis under any of the following plans:
(1)	Plan A:
a.	Hospital room and board daily expense benefits in a maximum dollar amount approximating the average semiprivate rate charged in the major metropolitan area of this State, for a maximum duration of 70 days;
b.	Miscellaneous hospital expense benefits up to a maximum amount of 10 times the hospital room and board daily expense benefits; and
c.	Surgical expense benefits according to a surgical procedures schedule consistent with those customarily offered by the insurer under group or individual health insurance policies and providing a maximum benefit of eight hundred dollars ($800.00).
(2)	Plan B:
	Identical to Plan A, except that (i) the maximum hospital room and board daily expense benefit is seventy‑five percent (75%) of the corresponding Plan A maximum and (ii) the surgical schedule maximum is six hundred dollars ($600.00).
(3)	Plan C:
	Identical to Plan A, except that (i) the maximum hospital room and board daily expense benefit is fifty percent (50%) of the corresponding Plan A maximum and (ii) the surgical schedule maximum is four hundred dollars ($400.00).
(b)	The maximum dollar amount for the maximum hospital room and board daily expense benefit of Plan A shall be determined by the Commissioner and may be redetermined by him from time to time as to converted policies issued subsequent to such redetermination. Such redetermination shall not be made more often than once in three years. The Plan A maximum, and the corresponding maximums in Plans B and C, shall be rounded to the nearest multiple ten dollars ($10.00), provided that rounding may be to the next higher or lower multiple of ten dollars ($10.00) if otherwise exactly midway between. (1981, c. 706, s. 1.)

§ 58‑53‑95.  Major medical plans.
Subject to the provisions of this Article, if the group policy from which conversion is made insures the employee or member for major medical expense insurance, the employee or member shall be entitled to obtain a converted policy providing catastrophic or major medical coverage under a plan meeting the following requirements:
(1)	A maximum benefit at least equal to either, at the option of the insurer,
a.	A maximum payment per covered person for all covered medical expenses incurred during that person's lifetime, equal to the lesser of the maximum benefit provided under the group policy or one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000); or
b.	A maximum payment for each unrelated injury or sickness, equal to the lesser of the maximum benefit provided under the group policy or one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000).
(2)	Payment of benefits at the rate of eighty percent (80%) of covered medical expenses that are in excess of the deductible, until twenty percent (20%) of such expenses in a benefit period reaches one thousand dollars ($1,000), after which benefits will be paid at the rate of one hundred percent (100%) during the remainder of such benefit period. Payment of benefits for outpatient treatment of mental illness, if provided in the converted policy, may be at a lesser rate but not less than fifty percent (50%).
(3)	A deductible for each benefit period which, at the option of the insurer, shall be (i) the sum of the benefits deductible and one hundred dollars ($100.00), or (ii) the corresponding deductible in the group policy. The term "benefits deductible," as used in this Part, means the value of any benefits provided on an expense incurred basis that are provided with respect to covered medical expenses by any other group or individual hospital, surgical, or medical insurance policy or medical practice or other prepayment plan, or any other plan, or program whether insured or uninsured, or by reason of any State or federal law and if, pursuant to G.S. 58‑53‑100, the converted policy provides both basic hospital or surgical coverage and major medical coverage, the value of such basic benefits.
If the maximum benefit is determined by subdivision (1)a of this section, the insurer may require that the deductible be satisfied during a period of not less than three months if the deductible is one hundred dollars ($100.00) or less, and not less than six months if the deductible exceeds one hundred dollars ($100.00).
(4)	The benefit period shall be each calendar year when the maximum benefit is determined by subdivision (1)a of this section or 24 months when the maximum benefit is determined by subdivision (1)b of this section.
(5)	The term "covered medical expenses," as used in this Part, shall include, in the case of hospital room and board charges, at a minimum the lesser of the dollar amount in G.S. 58‑53‑90(a)(1) and the average semiprivate room and board rate for the hospital in which the individual is confined, and at a minimum twice such amount for charges in an intensive care unit. Any surgical procedures schedule shall be consistent with those customarily offered by the insurer under group or individual health insurance policies and must provide at least a one thousand two hundred dollar ($1,200) maximum. (1981, c. 706, s. 1.)

§ 58‑53‑100.  Alternative plans.
At the option of the insurer, such plans of benefits set forth in G.S. 58‑53‑90 and 58‑53‑95 may be provided under one policy. Instead of providing the plans of benefits set forth in G.S. 58‑53‑90 and 58‑53‑95, the insurer may elect to provide a policy of comprehensive medical expense benefits without first dollar coverage. Said policy shall conform to the requirements of G.S. 58‑53‑95; provided, however, that an insurer electing to provide such a policy shall make available the following deductible options: one hundred dollars ($100.00), five hundred dollars ($500.00), and one thousand dollars ($1,000). Alternatively, such a policy may provide for deductible options equal to the greater of the benefits deductible and the amount specified in the preceding sentence. (1981, c. 706, s. 1.)

§ 58‑53‑105.  Insurer option.
The insurer may, at its option, offer alternative plans for group health conversion in addition to those required by this Part. Furthermore, if any insurer customarily offers individual policies on a service basis, that insurer may, in lieu of converted policies on an expense incurred basis, make available converted policies on a service basis which, in the opinion of the Commissioner satisfy the intent of this Part. (1981, c. 706, s. 1.)

§ 58‑53‑110.  Other conversion provisions.
(a)	If coverage would in any event have been continued under the group policy on an employee following his retirement prior to the time he is or could be covered by Medicare and provided he would have been eligible for continuation under the group policy as specified in G.S. 58‑53‑10, the employee or member may elect, in lieu of such continuation of group insurance, to have the same conversion rights as would apply had that insurance terminated at retirement.
(b)	The converted policy may provide for reduction or termination of coverage of any person upon his eligibility for coverage under Medicare or under any other State or federal law providing for benefits similar to those provided by the converted policy.
(c)	Subject to the conditions set forth in this subsection, the conversion privilege shall also be available (i) to the surviving spouse, if any, at the death of the employee or member, with respect to the spouse and any eligible children whose coverage under the group policy terminates by reason of such death, or if the group policy provides for continuation of dependents' coverage following the employee's or member's death, at the end of such continuation, or (ii) to the spouse of the employee or member upon termination of coverage of the spouse because the spouse becomes ineligible because of divorce, separation, or otherwise, while the employee or member remains insured under the group policy, with respect to the spouse and such children whose coverage under the group policy terminates at the same time, or (iii) to a child solely with respect to himself upon termination of his coverage by reason of ceasing to be an eligible family member under the group policy, if a conversion privilege is not otherwise provided above with respect to such termination.
(d)	The insurer may elect to provide group insurance coverage in lieu of the issuance of a converted individual policy, notwithstanding the maximum period of group continuation specified in G.S. 58‑53‑35(1).
(e)	A notification of the conversion privilege shall be included in each certificate of coverage.
(f)	A converted policy which is delivered outside this State may be on a form which could be delivered in such other jurisdiction as a converted policy had the group policy been issued in that jurisdiction. (1981, c. 706, s. 1; 1983, c. 668, s. 1.)

§ 58‑53‑115.  Article inapplicable to certain plans.
The provisions of this article shall not apply to hospital, surgical or major medical plans offered by employers on a self‑insured basis. (1981, c. 706, s. 2.)

Article 54.
Medicare Supplement Insurance Minimum Standards.
§ 58‑54‑1.  Definitions.
Unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, the following words, as used in this Article, have the following meanings:
(1)	"Applicant" means (i) in the case of an individual Medicare supplement policy or subscriber contract, the person who seeks to contract for insurance benefits; and (ii) in the case of a group Medicare supplement policy or subscriber contract, the proposed certificate holder.
(2)	"Certificate" means any certificate issued under a group Medicare supplement policy, which certificate has been delivered or issued for delivery in this State.
(3)	"Insurer" includes entities subject to Articles 65 through 67 of this Chapter.
(4)	"Medicare" means the "Health Insurance for the Aged Act", Title XVIII of the Social Security Amendments of 1965, as then constituted or later amended.
(5)	"Policy" means a Medicare supplement policy, which is a group or individual policy of accident and health insurance under Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter, a subscriber contract under Articles 65 and 66 of this Chapter, or an evidence of coverage under Article 67 of this Chapter, other than a policy issued pursuant to a contract under section 1876 or section 1833 of the federal Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. § 1395 et seq.), or an issued policy under a demonstration project authorized pursuant to amendments to the federal Social Security Act, that is advertised, marketed, or designed primarily as a supplement to reimbursements under Medicare for the hospital, medical, or surgical expenses of persons eligible for Medicare. (1989, c. 729, s. 1; 1991 (Reg. Sess., 1992), c. 815, s. 1; 1993, c. 553, s. 19.)

§ 58‑54‑5.  Applicability and scope.
(a)	Except as otherwise specifically provided, this Article applies to:
(1)	All policies delivered or issued for delivery in this State on or after August 7, 1989; and
(2)	All certificates issued under group policies that have been delivered or issued for delivery in this State on or after August 7, 1989.
(b)	This Article does not apply to an insurance contract of one or more employers or labor organizations, or of the trustees of a fund established by one or more employers or labor organizations, or combination thereof, for employees or former employees or a combination thereof, or for members or former members, or a combination thereof, of the labor organizations.
(c)	This Article does not prohibit or apply to insurance contracts or health care benefit plans, including group conversion policies, that are provided to Medicare eligible persons and that are not marketed or held out to be Medicare supplement policies or benefit plans. (1989, c. 729, s. 1.)

§ 58‑54‑10.  Standards for policy provisions.
	(a)  No policy in force in this State shall contain benefits that duplicate benefits provided by Medicare.
(b)	The Commissioner shall adopt rules to establish specific standards for provisions of policies. Such standards shall be in addition to and in accordance with applicable State law. No requirement of State law relating to minimum required policy benefits, other than the minimum standards contained in this Article, applies to policies. The standards may include without limitation to: terms of renewability; initial and subsequent conditions of eligibility; nonduplication of coverage; probationary periods; benefit limitations, exceptions, and reductions; elimination periods; requirements for replacement; recurrent conditions; and definitions of terms.
(c)	The Commissioner may adopt rules that specify prohibited policy provisions not otherwise specifically authorized by State law that, in the opinion of the Commissioner, are unjust, unfair, or unfairly discriminatory to any person insured or proposed for coverage under a policy.
(d)	Notwithstanding any other provision of State law, a policy may not deny a claim for losses incurred more than six months from the effective date of coverage for a preexisting condition. A policy may not define a preexisting condition more restrictively than a condition for which medical advice was given or treatment was recommended by or received from a physician within six months before the effective date of coverage.
(e)	Repealed by Session Laws 1991 (Regular Session, 1992), c. 815, s. 3. (1989, c. 729, s. 1; 1991, c. 490, s. 6; 1991 (Reg. Sess., 1992), c. 815, s. 3.)

§ 58‑54‑15.  Minimum standards for benefits, marketing practices, compensation arrangements, reporting practices, and claims payments.
The Commissioner shall adopt rules to establish minimum standards for benefits, marketing practices, compensation arrangements, reporting practices, and claims payments under policies. (1989, c. 729, s. 1; 1989 (Reg. Sess., 1990), c. 941, s. 8; 1993, c. 504, s. 38.)

§ 58‑54‑20.  Loss ratio standards and filing requirements.
(a)	Every insurer providing group Medicare supplement insurance benefits to a resident of this State pursuant to G.S. 58‑54‑5 shall file a copy of the master policy and any certificate used in this State in accordance with the filing requirements and procedures applicable to group policies issued in this State.
(b)	Policies shall return to policyholders benefits that are reasonable in relation to the premium charged. The Commissioner shall adopt rules to establish minimum standards for loss ratios of policies on the basis of incurred claims experience, or incurred health care expenses where coverage is provided by a health maintenance organization on a service rather than reimbursement basis, and earned premiums in accordance with accepted actuarial principles and practices. Every insurer providing policies or certificates in this State shall annually file its rates, rating schedules, and supporting documentation to demonstrate that it is in compliance with the applicable loss ratio standards of this State. All filings of rates and rating schedules shall demonstrate that the actual and expected losses in relation to premiums comply with the requirements of this Article.
(c)	No insurer shall provide compensation to its agents or other producers that is greater than the renewal compensation that would have been paid on an existing policy if the existing policy is replaced by another policy with the same insurer where the new policy benefits are substantially similar to the benefits under the old policy and the old policy was issued by the same insurer or insurer group. (1989, c. 729, s. 1; 1991 (Reg. Sess., 1992), c. 815, s. 4.)

§ 58‑54‑25.  Disclosure standards.
(a)	In order to provide for full and fair disclosure in the sale of policies, no policy or certificate shall be delivered in this State unless an outline of coverage is delivered to the applicant at the time application is made.
(b)	The Commissioner shall prescribe the format and content of the outline of coverage required by subsection (a) of this section. For purposes of this section, "format" means style, arrangement, and overall appearance, including such items as the size, color, and prominence of type and arrangement of text and captions. Such outline of coverage shall include:
(1)	A description of the principal benefits and coverage provided in the policy;
(2)	A statement of the exceptions, reductions, and limitations contained in the policy;
(3)	A statement of the renewal provisions, including any reservation by the insurer of a right to change premiums; and
(4)	A statement that the outline of coverage is a summary of the policy issued or applied for and that the policy should be consulted to determine governing contractual provisions.
(c)	The Commissioner may prescribe by rule a standard form and the contents of an informational brochure for persons eligible for Medicare, which is intended to improve the buyer's ability to select the most appropriate coverage and improve the buyer's understanding of Medicare. Except in the case of direct response insurance policies, the Commissioner may require by rule that the information brochure be provided to any prospective insured eligible for Medicare concurrently with delivery of the outline of coverage. With respect to direct response insurance policies, the Commissioner may require by rule that the prescribed brochure be provided upon request to any prospective insured eligible for Medicare, but in no event later than the time of policy delivery.
(d)	The Commissioner may adopt rules for captions or notice requirements, determined to be in the public interest and designed to inform prospective insureds that particular insurance coverages are not Medicare supplement coverages, for all accident and health insurance policies sold to persons eligible for Medicare, other than: Medicare supplement policies; disability income policies; basic, catastrophic, or major medical expense policies; or single premium, nonrenewable policies.
(e)	The Commissioner may further adopt rules to govern the full and fair disclosure of the information in connection with the replacement of accident and health insurance policies, subscriber contracts, or certificates by persons eligible for Medicare.
(f)	No insurer shall use attained age as a structure or methodology for its Medicare supplement insurance rates unless the structure or methodology is fully disclosed to the applicant at the time of application or to the insured at the time of delivery if the purchase is by mail order. All types of solicitation materials shall clearly indicate that the premiums are based on attained age, which means that those premiums will increase each year. The Commissioner shall prescribe by rule the format and content of the attained age rating disclosure notice. The notice shall include:
(1)	A statement that attained age rating means that rates increase as the insured ages or by the age group in which the insured is.
(2)	An illustration based on actual attained age that states the dollar amount of premium increase for the insured over a period of not less than 10 policy years and that displays the life expectancy of the insured at the beginning of the period.
(3)	A statement that premiums for other Medicare supplement policies that are on issue age bases do not increase as the insured ages.
(4)	A statement that other Medicare supplement policies that are on issue age bases should be compared to policies on attained age bases. (1989, c. 729, s. 1; 1991 (Reg. Sess., 1992), c. 815, s. 2; 1998‑211, s. 12.)

§ 58‑54‑30.  Notice of free examination.
Policies or certificates shall have a notice prominently printed on the first page of the policy or certificate or attached thereon stating in substance that the applicant has the right to return the policy or certificate within 30 days of its delivery and to have the premium refunded if, after examination of the policy or certificate, the applicant is not satisfied for any reason.  Any refund made pursuant to this section shall be paid directly to the applicant by the insurer in a timely manner. (1989, c. 729, s. 1.)

§ 58‑54‑35.  Filing requirements for advertising.
Every insurer providing Medicare supplement insurance or benefits in this State shall provide a copy of any Medicare supplement advertisement intended for use in this State whether through written, radio, or television medium to the Commissioner for review or approval by the Commissioner. (1989, c. 729, s. 1.)

§ 58‑54‑40.  Penalties.
In addition to any other applicable penalties for violations of Articles 1 through 64 or 65 and 66 or 67 of this Chapter, the Commissioner may require any person that has violated or is violating any provision of this Article or any rule adopted under this Article to either (i) cease marketing any policy or certificate in this State that is related directly or indirectly to a violation or (ii) take such actions as are necessary to comply with this Article or such rules. (1989, c. 729, s. 1.)

§ 58‑54‑45.  By reason of disability.
(a)	For Persons Whose Eligibility for Medicare Occurred Before January 1, 2020. – In addition to any rule adopted under this Article that is directly or indirectly related to open enrollment, an insurer shall at least make standardized Medicare Supplement Plan A available to persons eligible for Medicare by reason of disability before age 65 and also standardized Plan C or F if marketing either Plan to persons eligible for Medicare before January 1, 2020, due to age. This action shall be taken without regard to medical condition, claims experience, or health status. To be eligible, a person must submit an application during the six‑month period beginning with the first month the person first enrolls in Medicare Part B. For those persons that are retroactively enrolled in Medicare Part B due to a retroactive eligibility decision made by the Social Security Administration, the application must be submitted within a six‑month period beginning with the month in which the person receives notification of the retroactive eligibility decision.
(a1)	For Persons Whose Eligibility for Medicare Occurs on or After January 1, 2020. – In addition to any rule adopted under this Article that is directly or indirectly related to open enrollment, an insurer shall at least make standardized Medicare Supplement Plan A available to persons eligible for Medicare by reason of disability before age 65 and also standardized Plan D or G if marketing either Plan to persons eligible for Medicare on or after January 1, 2020, due to age. This action shall be taken without regard to medical condition, claims experience, or health status. To be eligible, a person must submit an application during the six‑month period beginning with the first month the person first enrolls in Medicare Part B. For those persons that are retroactively enrolled in Medicare Part B due to a retroactive eligibility decision made by the Social Security Administration, the application must be submitted within a six‑month period beginning with the month in which the person receives notification of the retroactive eligibility decision.
(b)	Persons eligible for Medicare by reason of disability before age 65 who are enrolled in a managed care plan and whose coverage under the managed care plan is terminated through cancellation, nonrenewal, or disenrollment have the guaranteed right to purchase Medicare Supplement Plans A, D, or G from any insurer within 63 days after the date of termination or disenrollment.
(c)	An insurer may develop premium rates specific to the disabled population. No insurer shall discriminate in the pricing of the Medicare supplement plans referred to in this section because of the health status, claims experience, receipt of health care, or medical condition of an applicant where an application for the plan is submitted during an open enrollment or is submitted within 63 days after the managed care plan is terminated. The rates and any applicable rating factors for the Medicare supplement plans referred to in this section shall be filed with and approved by the Commissioner.  (1998‑211, s. 13; 2001‑334, ss. 10.1, 10.2; 2005‑223, s. 6; 2009‑382, s. 11; 2019‑179, s. 11(a).)

§ 58‑54‑50.  Rules for compliance with federal law and regulations.
The Commissioner may adopt temporary rules necessary to conform Medicare supplement policies and certificates to the requirements of federal law and regulations, including:
(1)	Requiring refunds or credits if the policies or certificates do not meet loss ratio requirements.
(2)	Establishing a uniform methodology for calculating and reporting loss ratios.
(3)	Assuring public access to policies, premiums, and loss ratio information of issuers of Medicare supplement insurance.
(4)	Establishing standards for Medicare Select policies and certificates.
(5)	Any other changes required by Congress or the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or any successor agency. (1998‑211, s. 13; 2001‑334, s. 11.1.)

Article 55.
Long‑Term Care Insurance.
Part 1. General Provisions.
§ 58‑55‑1.  Short title.
This Article may be cited as the "Long‑Term Care Insurance Act". (1987, c. 331.)

§ 58‑55‑5.  Dual options.
(a)	No policy that conditions the eligibility of benefits on prior hospitalization may be delivered or issued for delivery in this State unless the insurer or other entity offering that policy also offers a policy that does not condition eligibility of benefits on such a requirement.
(b)	Policies that were delivered, issued for delivery, or renewed on and after October 1, 1989, that did not condition the eligibility of benefits on prior hospitalizations shall be amended, upon the insured's written request, to condition eligibility of benefits on prior hospitalization, provided that the insured receives the appropriate reduction in premium. (1991, c. 644, s. 24.)

§ 58‑55‑10.  Purposes.
The purposes of this Article are to promote the public interest, to promote the availability of long‑term care insurance policies, to protect applicants for long‑term care insurance from unfair or deceptive sales or enrollment practices, to establish standards for long‑term care insurance, to facilitate public understanding and comparison of long‑term care insurance policies, and to facilitate flexibility and innovation in the development of long‑term care insurance coverage. (1987, c. 331.)

§ 58‑55‑15.  Scope.
This Article applies to long‑term care insurance policies in this State.  This Article does not supersede the obligations of any person subject to its provisions to comply with other applicable laws and rules if those laws and rules do not conflict with this Article.  The laws and rules established to govern Medicare supplement insurance policies shall not apply to long‑term care insurance.  A policy that is not advertised, marketed, or offered as long‑term care insurance or nursing home insurance is not subject to this Article. (1987, c. 331; 1991, c. 720, s. 84.)

§ 58‑55‑20.  Definitions.
As used in this Article:
(1)	"Applicant" means:
a.	In the case of an individual long‑term care insurance policy, the person who seeks to contract for benefits; and
b.	In the case of a group long‑term care insurance policy, the proposed certificate holder.
(2)	"Certificate" means any certificate issued under a group long‑term care insurance policy, which policy has been delivered or issued for delivery in this State.
(3)	"Group long‑term care insurance" means a long‑term care insurance policy that is delivered or issued for delivery in this State and issued to:
a.	One or more employers or labor organizations, or to a trust or to the trustees of a fund established by one or more employers or labor organizations, or both, for employees or former employees or both, or for members or former members or both, of the employers or labor organizations; or
b.	Any professional, trade, or occupational association for its members or former or retired members, or all, if such association:
(i)	Comprises individuals all of whom are or were actively engaged in the same profession, trade, or occupation; and
(ii)	Has been maintained in good faith for purposes other than obtaining insurance; or
c.	An association or to a trust or to the trustee or trustees of a fund established, created, or maintained for the benefit of members of one or more associations. Prior to advertising, marketing, or offering such policy within this State, the association or associations, or the insurer of the association or associations, shall file evidence with the Commissioner that the association or associations have at the outset a minimum of 100 persons and have been organized and maintained in good faith for purposes other than that of obtaining insurance; have been in active existence for at least one year; and have a constitution and bylaws which provide that (i) the association or associations hold regular meetings not less than annually to further purposes of the members, (ii) except for credit unions, the association or associations collect dues or solicit contributions from members, and (iii) the members have voting privileges and representation on the governing board and committees. Ninety days after such filing the association or associations will be deemed to have satisfied such organizational requirements, unless the Commissioner makes a finding that the association or associations do not satisfy those organizational requirements.
d.	A group other than as described in subdivisions (3)a., (3)b., and (3)c. of this section, subject to a finding by the Commissioner that:
(i)	The issuance of the group policy is not contrary to the best interest of the public;
(ii)	The issuance of the group policy would result in economies of acquisition or administration; and
(iii)	The benefits are reasonable in relation to the premiums charged.
(4)	"Long‑term care insurance" means any policy or certificate advertised, marketed, offered, or designed to provide coverage for not less than 12 consecutive months for each covered person on an expense incurred, indemnity, prepaid, or other basis, for one or more necessary or medically necessary diagnostic, preventive, therapeutic, rehabilitative, maintenance, or personal care services, provided in a setting other than an acute care unit of a hospital. "Long‑term care insurance" includes:
a.	Group and individual annuities and life insurance policies or riders that supplement or directly provide long‑term care insurance.
b.	A policy or rider that provides for payment of benefits based upon cognitive impairment or the loss of functional capacity.
c.	Qualified long‑term care insurance contracts.
d.	Group and individual policies whether issued by insurers, fraternal benefit societies, nonprofit health, hospital, and medical service corporations, prepaid health plans, health maintenance organizations, or any similar organization. "Long‑term care insurance" does not include any policy that is offered primarily to provide basic Medicare supplement coverage, basic hospital expense coverage, basic medical‑surgical expense coverage, hospital confinement indemnity coverage, major medical expense coverage, disability income protection coverage, accident only coverage, specified disease or specified accident coverage, or limited benefit health coverage.
With regard to life insurance, "long‑term care insurance" does not include life insurance policies that accelerate the death benefit specifically for one or more of the qualifying events of terminal illness, medical conditions requiring extraordinary medical intervention or permanent institutional confinement, and that provide the option of a lump‑sum payment for those benefits and where neither the benefits nor the eligibility for the benefits is conditioned upon the receipt of long‑term care.
(5)	"Policy" means any policy, contract, certificate, subscriber agreement, rider, or endorsement delivered or issued for delivery in this State by an insurer, fraternal benefit society, nonprofit health, hospital or medical service corporation, prepaid health plan, health maintenance organization, or any similar organization. (1987, c. 331, s. 1; c. 864, s. 68; 2007‑298, s. 4; 2007‑484, s. 43.5.)

§ 58‑55‑25.  Limits of group long‑term care insurance.
No group long‑term care insurance coverage may be offered to a resident of this State under a group policy issued in another state to a group described in G.S. 58‑55‑20(3)d, unless the Commissioner or the insurance regulator of the other state having statutory and regulatory long‑term care insurance requirements substantially similar to those adopted in this State has made a determination that such requirements have been met. (1987, c. 331; 1991, c. 720, s. 44.)

§ 58‑55‑30.  Disclosure and performance standards for long‑term care insurance.
(a)	The Commissioner may adopt rules that include standards for full and fair disclosure setting forth the manner, content, and required disclosures for the sale of long‑term care insurance policies, terms of renewability, initial and subsequent conditions of eligibility, nonduplication of coverage provisions, coverage of dependents, pre‑existing conditions, termination of insurance, probationary periods, limitations, exceptions, reductions, elimination periods, requirements for replacement, recurrent conditions, and definitions of terms.
(b)	No long‑term care insurance policy may:
(1)	Be cancelled, nonrenewed, or otherwise terminated on the grounds of the age or the deterioration of the mental or physical health of the insured individual or certificate holder; or
(2)	Contain a provision establishing a new waiting period in the event existing coverage is converted to or replaced by a new or other form within the same company, except with respect to an increase in benefits voluntarily selected by the insured individual or group policyholder; or
(3)	Provide coverage for skilled nursing care only or provide significantly more coverage for skilled care in a facility than coverage for lower levels of care.
(c)	Pre‑existing condition:
(1)	No long‑term care insurance policy, other than that issued to a group defined in G.S. 58‑55‑20(3)a, shall use a definition of "pre‑existing condition" that is more restrictive than the following:  "pre‑existing condition" means a condition for which medical advice or treatment was recommended by, or received from a provider of health care services, within six months preceding the effective date of coverage of an insured person.
(2)	No long‑term care insurance policy, other than that issued to a group defined in G.S. 58‑55‑20(3)a, shall exclude coverage for a loss or confinement that is the result of a pre‑existing condition unless such loss or confinement begins within six months following the effective date of coverage of an insured person.
(d)	Except as provided in G.S. 58‑55‑5, no long‑term care insurance policy may be delivered or issued for delivery in this State if it:
(1)	Conditions eligibility for any benefits on a prior hospitalization requirement; or
(2)	Conditions eligibility for benefits provided in an institutional care setting on the receipt of a higher level of institutional care.
(d1)	Except as provided in G.S. 58‑55‑5, any long‑term care insurance policy containing any limitations or conditions for eligibility other than those prohibited by law shall describe in a separate paragraph of the policy, to be entitled "Limitations or Conditions on Eligibility for Benefits", the limitations or conditions, including any required number of days of confinement.
(d2)	A long‑term care insurance policy that contains a benefit advertised, marketed, or offered as home health care or a home care benefit may not condition receipt of benefits on a prior institutionalization requirement.
(d3)	A long‑term care insurance policy that conditions eligibility for noninstitutional benefits on the prior receipt of institutional care shall not require a prior institutional stay of more than 30 days for which benefits are paid.
(e)	The Commissioner may adopt rules establishing loss ratio standards for long‑term care insurance policies, provided that a specific reference to long‑term care insurance policies is contained in the rules.
(f)	An individual long‑term care insurance policyholder has the right to return the policy within 30 days of its delivery and to have the premium refunded if, after examination of the policy, the policyholder is not satisfied for any reason.  Individual long‑term care insurance policies shall have a notice prominently printed on the first page of the policy or attached thereto stating in substance that unless the policyholder has received benefits under the policy, the policyholder has the right to return the policy within 30 days of its delivery and to have the premium refunded if, after examination of the policy, the policyholder is not satisfied for any reason.
(g)	A person insured under a long‑term care insurance policy issued pursuant to a direct response has the right to return the policy within 30 days of its delivery and to have the premium refunded if, after examination, the insured person is not satisfied for any reason.  Long‑term care insurance policies issued pursuant to a direct response solicitation shall have a notice prominently printed on the first page or attached thereto stating in substance that unless the insured person has received benefits under the policy, the insured person shall have the right to return the policy within 30 days of its delivery and to have the premium refunded if after examination the insured person is not satisfied for any reason.
(h)	An outline of coverage shall be delivered to an applicant for an individual long‑term care insurance policy at the time of application for an individual policy.  In the case of direct response solicitations, the insurer shall deliver the outline of coverage upon the applicant's request; but regardless of request shall make such delivery no later than at the time of policy delivery.  Such outline of coverage shall include:
(1)	A description of the principal benefits and coverage provided in the policy;
(2)	A statement of the principal exclusions, reductions, and limitations contained in the policy;
(3)	A statement of the renewal provisions, including any reservation in the policy of a right to change premiums; and 
(4)	A statement that the outline of coverage is a summary of the policy issued or applied for, and that the policy should be consulted to determine governing contractual provisions.
(i)	A certificate issued pursuant to a group long‑term care insurance policy, which policy is delivered or issued for delivery in this State, shall include:
(1)	A description of the principal benefits and coverage provided in the policy;
(2)	A statement of the principal exclusions, reductions, and limitations contained in the policy; and 
(3)	A statement that the group master policy determines governing contractual provisions.
(j)	No policy or certificate may be advertised, marketed, or offered as long‑term care or nursing home insurance unless it complies with the provisions of this Article.
(k)	The Commissioner shall adopt rules to establish minimum standards for marketing practices and compensation arrangements for long‑term care insurance. (1987, c. 331; 1989, c. 207, ss. 1‑4; 1989 (Reg. Sess., 1990), c. 941, s. 9; 1991, c. 720, ss. 45, 86; 1993, c. 504, s. 39, c. 553, s. 20.)

§ 58‑55‑31.  Additional requirements.
(a)	No policy shall be used in this State unless it provides for an offer of nonforfeiture, which shall not be less than an offer of reduced paid‑up insurance benefits, extended term insurance benefits, or a shortened benefit period. No policy shall pay a cash surrender value unless the dividends or refunds are applied as a reduction of future premiums or an increase in future benefits.
(b)	The Commissioner shall adopt rules to provide for annual reports by insurers of the number of claims denied, number of rescissions, and the percentage of sales involving the replacement of policies.
(c)	No policy shall be used in this State unless the insurer has developed a financial or personal asset suitability test to determine whether or not issuing long‑term care insurance to an applicant is appropriate.  For purposes of this section:
(1)	All insurers except those issuing life insurance that accelerates the death benefit for long‑term care shall use the financial or suitability form and format standards as developed and adopted by the NAIC.  A personal long‑term care worksheet and disclosure notice of issues an applicant should know before buying long‑term care insurance shall be completed and provided before an application is taken.
(2)	Each applicant that does not meet the recommended financial or personal asset suitability test criteria shall receive a letter of notification and shall be given an option to waive the results of the financial suitability test and proceed with the purchase of the policy.
(d)	The Commissioner shall adopt standards to handle consumer complaints about noncompliance with State requirements. (1997‑259, s. 15.)

§ 58‑55‑35.  Facilities, services, and conditions defined.
(a)	Whenever long‑term care insurance provides coverage for the facilities, services, or physical or mental conditions listed below, unless otherwise defined in the policy and certificate, and approved by the Commissioner, the facilities, services, or conditions have the following definitions:
(1)	Adult care home. – As defined in G.S. 131D‑2.1(3).
(1a)	Adult day care program. – As defined in G.S. 131D‑6(b).
(2)	Chore services. – Include the performance of tasks incidental to activities of daily living that do not require the services of a trained homemaker or other specialist. The services are provided to enable individuals to remain in their own homes and may include such services as: assistance in meeting basic care needs such as meal preparation; shopping for food and other necessities; running necessary errands; providing transportation to essential service facilities; care and cleaning of the house, grounds, clothing, and linens.
(3)	Combination home. – As defined in G.S. 131E‑101(1a).
(4)	Repealed by Session Laws 1995, c. 535, s. 3.
(5)	Family care home. – As defined in G.S. 131D‑2.1(9).
(6)	Renumbered.
(7)	Repealed by Session Laws 1995, c. 535, s. 3.
(8)	Home care services. – As defined in G.S. 131E‑136(3).
(9)	Homemaker services. – Supportive services provided by qualified para‑professionals who are trained, equipped, assigned, and supervised by professionals within the agency to help maintain, strengthen, and safeguard the care of the elderly in their own homes. These standards must, at a minimum, meet standards established by the North Carolina Division of Social Services and may include: providing assistance in management of household budgets; planning nutritious meals; purchasing and preparing foods; housekeeping duties; consumer education; and basic personal and health care.
(10)	Hospice. – As defined in G.S. 131E‑176(13a).
(11)	Intermediate care facility for individuals with intellectual disabilities. – As defined in G.S. 131E‑176(14a).
(12)	Nursing home. – As defined in G.S. 131E‑101(6).
(13)	Respite care, institutional. – Provision of temporary support to the primary caregiver of the aged individual or individual with a disability by taking over the tasks of that person for a limited period of time. The insured receives care for the respite period in an institutional setting, such as a nursing home, family care home, rest home, or other appropriate setting.
(14)	Respite care, non‑institutional. – Provision of temporary support to the primary caregiver of the aged individual or individual with a disability by taking over the tasks of that person for a limited period of time in the home of the insured or other appropriate community location.
(15)	Skilled nursing facility. – An institution licensed under applicable State laws and primarily engaged in providing to inpatients, under the supervision of a doctor and a registered professional nurse, skilled nursing care and related services on a 24‑hour basis, and rehabilitative services.
(16)	Supervised living facility for adults with developmental disabilities. – A residential facility, as defined in G.S. 122C‑3(14), that has two to nine adult residents with developmental disabilities.
(b)	Whenever long‑term care insurance provides coverage for organic brain disorder syndrome, progressive dementing illness, or primary degenerative dementia, such phrases shall be interpreted to include Alzheimer's Disease. A clinical diagnosis of "organic brain disorder syndrome," "progressive dementing illness," or "primary degenerative dementia" must be accepted as evidence that such a condition exists in an insured if a pathological diagnosis cannot be made, the medical evidence substantially documents the diagnosis of the condition, and the insured received treatment for the condition.
(c)	All long‑term care insurance policies must be filed with and approved by the Commissioner before they can be used in this State and are subject to the provisions of Article 38 of this Chapter.  (1987, c. 331, s. 1; 1989, c. 207, ss. 5, 6; 1991, c. 721, s. 85; 1995, c. 535, s. 3; 2001‑209, s. 4; 2008‑187, s. 38(a); 2009‑462, s. 4(a); 2019‑76, s. 13(a).)

§ 58‑55‑50.  Rules for compliance with federal law and regulations.
The Commissioner may adopt temporary rules necessary to conform long‑term care policies and certificates to the requirements of federal law and regulations, including any changes required by Congress or the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or any successor agencies. (2001‑334, s. 11.2.)

Part 2. Long‑Term Care Partnership.
§ 58‑55‑55.  Definitions.
The following definitions apply in this section:
(1)	Asset. – Resources and income.
(2)	Department. – The Department of Health and Human Services.
(3)	Division. – The Division of Health Benefits.
(4)	Estate recovery. – The placing of a statutory claim on the estate of a deceased Medicaid recipient, as provided by G.S. 108A‑70.5.
(5)	Medicaid. – The federal medical assistance program established under Title XIX of the Social Security Act.
(6)	Qualified long‑term care partnership policy or qualified policy. – A long‑term care insurance policy approved for use in North Carolina and that meets all the requirements of the federal Deficit Reduction Act of 2005, P.L. 109‑171.
(7)	Resource. – Cash or its equivalent and real or personal property that is available to an applicant or recipient.
(8)	Resource disregard. – The amount of resources of an applicant for long‑term care Medicaid that is equal to the amount of benefits paid to the applicant under a qualified long‑term care partnership policy.
(9)	Resource protection. – An amount equal to the resource disregard given to a Medicaid recipient during the long‑term care Medicaid eligibility determination process.  (2010‑68, s. 4; 2019‑81, s. 15(a).)

§ 58‑55‑60.  Qualified long‑term care partnership policy.
A qualified long‑term care partnership policy is a long‑term care insurance policy or a certificate issued under a group long‑term care insurance policy that satisfies all of the following requirements:
(1)	The policy meets the requirements for a qualified long‑term care insurance contract, as defined in section 7702B of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (26 U.S.C. § 7702B(b)).
(2)	The effective date of the coverage is on or after January 1, 2011, or 60 days after approval of the Medicaid State Plan amendment, whichever is later.
(3)	The policy covers an insured who was a resident of North Carolina or another reciprocal partnership state when coverage first became effective under the policy.
(4)	The policy meets the federal consumer protection requirements of section 1917(b) of the Social Security Act as amended by section 6021(a) of the Deficit Reduction Act of 2005, P.L. 109‑171 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. § 1396p(b)(5)(A)).
(5)	The policy is issued with and retains inflation protection coverage which meets the inflation standards based on the insured's then attained age as defined in sub‑subdivisions a., b., and c. below:
a.	Policies or certificates issued to an individual who is under 61 years old must provide compound annual inflation protection.
b.	Policies or certificates issued to an individual who is 61 to 76 years old must provide some level of inflation protection. This may include simple interest or compound inflation protection.
c.	For purchasers 76 years old or older, inflation protection may be offered but is not required.
Notwithstanding the above, purchasers of qualified long‑term care insurance policies may adjust their inflation protection as they age. However, their policies shall continue to be qualified long‑term care insurance policies as long as the inflation protection in the qualified policies continues to meet the minimum requirements for the insured's attained age.
(6)	The policy states that it is intended to be a qualified long‑term care insurance policy as defined in section 7702B(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
(7)	A qualified policy issued, executed, and delivered in North Carolina shall be accompanied by a Partnership Disclosure Notice explaining the benefits associated with a qualified policy and indicating that at the time issued, the policy is a qualified long‑term care insurance partnership policy in North Carolina. The Partnership Disclosure Notice shall also include a statement indicating that by purchasing this partnership policy, the insured does not automatically qualify for Medicaid. Notices providing additional information may be used in conjunction with the Partnership Disclosure Notice described in this section if filed and approved by the Commissioner. The Notice shall state the following in at least 12‑point font:

"Partnership Policy Status: Your long‑term care insurance policy is intended to qualify as a Partnership Policy under the North Carolina Long‑Term Care Partnership Program as of your policy's effective date. For Medicaid applicants applying for help with the cost of long‑term care, this means that an amount of your resources equal to the dollar amount of long‑term care insurance benefits paid to you or on your behalf under this policy may be disregarded for purposes of determining your eligibility for long‑term care Medicaid and from any subsequent recovery by the State from your estate for payment of Medicaid paid services. The amount that may be disregarded at eligibility will be equal to the amount of the long‑term care partnership benefits paid out prior to the time you apply for long‑term care Medicaid. As a result, you may qualify for coverage of the cost of your long‑term care needs under Medicaid without first being required to substantially exhaust your personal resources. The amount that may be protected from recovery by the State from your estate will be equal to the amount disregarded for purposes of eligibility for long‑term care Medicaid. If you are already a recipient of long‑term care Medicaid, this policy will not allow a resource disregard or estate recovery resource protection. The purchase of a Partnership Policy does not automatically qualify you for Medicaid.

Please note that this policy may lose long‑term care partnership program status if you move to a different state that does not recognize North Carolina's Long‑Term Care Partnership Program or you modify this policy after issuance. This policy may also lose long‑term care partnership program status due to changes in federal or state laws.

If you have questions regarding long‑term care insurance and the North Carolina Long‑Term Care Partnership Program, you may contact the Seniors' Health Insurance Information Program of the Department of Insurance at 1‑855‑408‑1212."

In the case of a group insurance contract, this Partnership Disclosure Notice shall be provided to the insured upon the issuance of the certificate. The insurer shall include in that Notice that the amount of the insured's resources that may be disregarded at eligibility will be equal to the amount of qualified long‑term care partnership policy benefits paid prior to the time the insured applied for long‑term care Medicaid. The insurer shall also include in the notice a warning to the insured that the policy may lose long‑term care partnership program status if the insured moves to another state that does not recognize North Carolina's Long‑Term Care Partnership Program, or if the policy is modified after issuance.
(8)	When the insured's remaining lifetime maximum benefit is equal to 90 times the current daily benefit, or three times the current monthly benefit, the insurer shall notify the insured in writing advising the insured to go to the local department of social services to apply for Medicaid if the insured had not already done so.  (2010‑68, s. 4; 2022‑46, s. 8.)

§ 58‑55‑65.  Compliance with federal regulations.
(a)	The Commissioner may adopt rules to conform long‑term care policies and certificates to the requirements of federal law and regulations, including any changes required by Congress or the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or any successor agencies.
(b)	The tax‑qualified long‑term care provisions required of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, including subsequent amendments and editions, are hereby incorporated into Article 55 of Chapter 58 of the General Statutes.
(c)	The long‑term care partnership provisions required of the Deficit Reduction Act of 2005, including subsequent amendments and editions, are hereby incorporated into Article 55 of Chapter 58 of the General Statutes.  (2010‑68, s. 4.)

§ 58‑55‑70.  Disclosure notices.
(a)	Prior to making a change requested by the policyholder to a qualified long‑term care partnership policy that would result in the loss to the policy of qualified policy status, the insurer shall provide to the policyholder a written explanation within 30 calendar days of how this action would affect the insured and shall obtain the insured's signature indicating consent to the change.
(b)	If a qualified long‑term care partnership policy subsequently loses qualified policy status, the insurer shall explain in writing within 30 calendar days to the policyholders the reason for the loss of status.
(c)	The disclosures required in this section shall be provided to any insured who exchanges a policy for a qualified long‑term care partnership policy.  (2010‑68, s. 4.)

§ 58‑55‑75.  Exchange of long‑term care policies for long‑term care partnership policies.
An insurer shall offer, on a onetime basis, in writing, to all existing policyholders that were issued a long‑term care policy on or after February 8, 2006, the option to exchange their existing long‑term care coverage for coverage that is intended to qualify under North Carolina's Long‑Term Care Partnership Program. The insurer shall provide notification of this onetime offer within 180 days from the date on which the company begins to offer partnership coverage in the State. The mandatory offer of an exchange shall only apply to products issued by the insurer that are comparable to the type of policy form, such as group policies and individual policies, and on the policy series that the company has certified as partnership qualified. This exchange may be subject to underwriting and premium adjustment. A policy received in an exchange after the effective date of North Carolina's Long‑Term Care Partnership Program is treated as newly issued and is eligible for qualified policy status. For purposes of applying the Medicaid rules relating to qualified long‑term care partnership policies, the addition of a rider, endorsement, or change in schedule page for a policy may be treated as giving rise to an exchange. The effective date of the long‑term care partnership policy shall be the date the policy was exchanged.  (2010‑68, s. 4.)

§ 58‑55‑80.  Information sharing.
(a)	In order to assist in the performance of the Commissioner's duties under the long‑term care partnership program specified in the federal Deficit Reduction Act of 2005, the Commissioner may:
(1)	Share information, including identifying information, related to the long‑term care partnership program with other state and federal agencies, the National Association of Insurance Commissioners, and any entity contracting with the federal government under the program.
(2)	Receive information, including identifying information, related to the long‑term care partnership program from other state and federal agencies, the National Association of Insurance Commissioners, and any entity contracting with the federal government under the program, and shall maintain as confidential or privileged any identifying information received with notice or the understanding that it is confidential or privileged under the laws of the jurisdiction that is the source of the document, material, or information. Information received under this subdivision of this subsection is not a "public record" as defined in G.S. 132‑1.
(3)	Enter into agreements governing sharing and use of information consistent with this section.
(b)	No waiver of an existing privilege or claim of confidentiality in the identifying information shall occur as a result of disclosure to the Commissioner under this section or as a result of sharing as authorized in subsection (a) of this section.
(c)	A privilege established under the law of any state or jurisdiction that is substantially similar to the privilege established under this section shall be available and enforced in any proceeding in, and in any court of, this State.
(d)	As used in this section, "identifying information" has the same meaning as in G.S. 14‑113.20(b).  (2010‑68, s. 4.)

Article 56.
Third Party Administrators.
§ 58‑56‑1:  Repealed by Session Laws 1991, c.  627, s. 2.

§ 58‑56‑2.  Definitions.
The following definitions apply in this Article:
(1)	Affiliate.  Any person who, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with a specified entity or person.
(2)	Control.  Defined in G.S. 58‑19‑5(2).
(3)	Insurance.  Any coverage offered or provided by an insurer.
(4)	Insurer.  A person who undertakes to provide life or health insurance or benefits in this State that are subject to this Chapter.  The term "insurer" does not include a bona fide employee benefit plan established by an employer, an employee organization, or both, for which the insurance laws of this State are preempted pursuant to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.
(5)	Third party administrator. A person who directly or indirectly solicits or effects coverage of, underwrites, collects charges or premiums from, or adjusts or settles claims on residents of this State, or residents of another state from offices in this State, in connection with life or health insurance or annuities, except any of the following:
a.	An employer on behalf of its employees or the employees of one or more of its affiliates.
b.	A union on behalf of its members.
c.	An insurer that is licensed under Articles 1 through 67 of this Chapter or that is acting as an insurer with respect to a policy lawfully issued and delivered by it and pursuant to the laws of a state in which the insurer is licensed to write insurance.
d.	An insurance producer who is licensed by the Commissioner to sell life or accident and health or sickness insurance and whose activities are limited exclusively to the sale of insurance.
e.	A creditor on behalf of its debtors with respect to insurance covering a debt between the creditor and its debtors.
f.	A trust and its trustees, agents, and employees acting pursuant to the trust established in conformity with 29 U.S.C. § 186.
g.	A trust exempt from taxation under section 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code and its trustees and employees acting pursuant to the trust, or a custodian and the custodian's agents or employees acting pursuant to a custodian account that meets the requirements of section 401(f) of the Internal Revenue Code.
h.	A financial institution subject to supervision or examination by federal or state banking authorities, or a mortgage lender, to the extent the financial institution or mortgage lender collects and remits premiums to licensed insurance producers or authorized insurers in connection with loan payments.
i.	An attorney‑at‑law who adjusts or settles claims in the normal course of business as an attorney‑at‑law and who does not collect charges or premiums in connection with life or health insurance or annuities.
j.	An adjuster licensed by the Commissioner whose activities are limited to adjustment of claims.
k.	A person who acts solely as a TPA of one or more bona fide employee benefit plans established by an employer, an employee organization, or both, for which the insurance laws of this State are preempted pursuant to the Employee Income Security Act of 1974. The person shall comply with the requirements of G.S. 58‑56‑51(f).
l.	A managing general agent as defined in G.S. 58‑34‑2(a)(3), whose activities are limited exclusively to the scope of the activities set forth in the managing general agency contract filed by an insurer with the Commissioner in accordance with G.S. 58‑34‑2(i).
m.	A pharmacy benefits manager licensed under Article 56A of this Chapter.
(6)	TPA. A third party administrator.
(7)	Underwriting.  This term includes the acceptance of employer or individual applications for coverage of individuals in accordance with the written rules of the insurer, the planning and coordination of an insurance program, and the ability to procure bonds and excess insurance.  (1991, c. 627, s. 1; 2005‑215, s. 16; 2021‑161, s. 3; 2022‑46, s. 14(uuu).)

§ 58‑56‑5:  Reserved for future codification purposes.

§ 58‑56‑6.  Written agreement necessary.
(a)	No TPA may act as a TPA without a written agreement between the TPA and the insurer.  The written agreement shall be retained as part of the official records of both the insurer and the TPA for the duration of the agreement and for five years thereafter.  The agreement shall contain all provisions required by this Article, to the extent those requirements apply to the functions performed by the TPA.
(b)	The agreement shall include a statement of duties that the TPA is expected to perform on behalf of the insurer and the kinds of insurance the TPA is to be authorized to administer.  The agreement shall provide for underwriting or other standards pertaining to the business underwritten by the insurer.
(c)	The insurer or TPA may, with written notice, terminate the agreement for cause as provided in the agreement.  The insurer may suspend the underwriting authority of the TPA during the pendency of any dispute regarding the cause for termination of the agreement.  The insurer must fulfill any lawful obligations with respect to policies affected by the agreement, regardless of any dispute between the insurer and the TPA. (1991, c. 627, s. 1.)

§ 58‑56‑10:  Repealed by Session Laws 1991, c.  627, s. 2.

§ 58‑56‑11.  Payment to TPA.
If an insurer uses the services of a TPA, the payment to the TPA of any premiums or charges for insurance by or on behalf of the insured party is considered payment to the insurer.  The payment of return premiums or claim payments forwarded by the insurer to the TPA is not considered payment to the insured party or claimant until the payments are received by the insured party or claimant.  This section does not limit any right of the insurer against the TPA resulting from the failure of the TPA to make payments to the insurer, insured parties, or claimants. (1991, c. 627, s. 1.)

§ 58‑56‑15:  Repealed by Session Laws 1991, c.  627, s. 2.

§ 58‑56‑16.  Records to be kept.
(a)	Every TPA shall maintain and make available to the insurer complete books and records of all transactions performed on behalf of the insurer.  The books and records shall be maintained in accordance with prudent standards of insurance record keeping and must be maintained for a period of at least five years after the date of their creation.
(b)	The Commissioner shall have access to books and records maintained by a TPA for the purposes of examination, audit, and inspection.  The Commissioner shall keep confidential any trade secrets contained in those books and records, including the identity and addresses of policyholders and certificate holders, except that the Commissioner may use the information in any judicial or administrative proceeding instituted against the TPA.
(c)	The insurer shall own the records generated by the TPA pertaining to the insurer, but the TPA shall retain the right to continuing access to books and records to permit the TPA to fulfill all of its contractual obligations to insured parties, claimants, and the insurer.
(d)	In the event the insurer and the TPA cancel their agreement, notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (a) of this section, the TPA may, by written agreement with the insurer, transfer all records to a new TPA rather than retain them for five years.  In this case, the new TPA shall acknowledge, in writing, that it is responsible for retaining the records of the prior TPA as required in subsection (a) of this section. (1991, c. 627, s. 1.)

§ 58‑56‑20:  Repealed by Session Laws 1991, c.  627, s. 2.

§ 58‑56‑21.  Approval of advertising.
A TPA may use only the advertising pertaining to the business underwritten by an insurer that has been approved in writing by the insurer in advance of its use. (1991, c. 627, s. 1.)

§ 58‑56‑25:  Repealed by Session Laws 1991, c.  627, s. 2.

§ 58‑56‑26.  Responsibilities of the insurer.
(a)	If an insurer uses the services of a TPA, the insurer is responsible for determining the benefits, premium rates, underwriting criteria, and claims payment procedures applicable to the coverage and for securing reinsurance, if any. The rules pertaining to these matters must be provided, in writing, by the insurer to the TPA. The responsibilities of the TPA as to any of these matters shall be set forth in the agreement between the TPA and the insurer.
(b)	It is the sole responsibility of the insurer to provide for competent administration of its programs.
(c)	In cases where a TPA administers benefits for more than 100 certificate holders on behalf of an insurer, the insurer shall, at least semiannually, conduct a review of the operations of the TPA. At least one semiannual review shall be an on‑site audit of the operations of the TPA. On July 1, 2010, and annually thereafter, every insurer shall file with the Commissioner a certification of completion of the audits as required by this subsection and performed during the previous calendar year, in the format, content, and manner as specified by the Commissioner. The insurer shall maintain in its corporate records documentation of the audits conducted to support its certification of audits for a period of five years or, if a domestic insurer, until the completion of the next quinquennial examination.
(d)	The Commissioner may adopt rules necessary to implement, administer, and enforce the provisions of this section.  (1991, c. 627, s. 1; 2009‑382, ss. 12, 13.)

§ 58‑56‑30:  Repealed by Session Laws 1991, c.  627, s. 2.

§ 58‑56‑31.  Premium collection and payment of claims.
(a)	All insurance charges or premiums collected by a TPA on behalf of or for an insurer, and the return of premiums received from that insurer, shall be held by the TPA in a fiduciary capacity.  These funds shall be immediately remitted to the person entitled to them or shall be deposited promptly in a fiduciary account established and maintained by the TPA in a federally or State insured financial institution.  The agreement between the TPA and the insurer shall require the TPA to periodically render an accounting to the insurer detailing all transactions performed by the TPA pertaining to the business underwritten by the insurer.
(b)	If charges or premiums deposited in a fiduciary account have been collected on behalf of or for one or more insurers, the TPA shall keep records clearly recording the deposits in and withdrawals from the account on behalf of each insurer.  The TPA shall keep copies of all the records and, upon request of an insurer, shall furnish the insurer with copies of the records pertaining to the deposits and withdrawals.
(c)	The TPA shall not pay any claim by withdrawals from a fiduciary account in which premiums or charges are deposited.  Withdrawals from this account shall be made only as provided in the agreement between the TPA and the insurer.  The agreement shall address, but not be limited to, the following:
(1)	Remittance to an insurer entitled to remittance.
(2)	Deposit in an account maintained in the name of the insurer.
(3)	Transfer to and deposit in a claims‑paying account, with claims to be paid as provided in subsection (d) of this section.
(4)	Payment to a group policyholder for remittance to the insurer entitled to the remittance.
(5)	Payment to the TPA of its commissions, fees, or charges.
(6)	Remittance of a return premium to the person entitled to the return premium.
(d)	All claims paid by the TPA from funds collected on behalf of or for an insurer shall be paid only on drafts or checks of and as authorized by the insurer. (1991, c. 627, s. 1.)

§ 58‑56‑35:  Repealed by Session Laws 1991, c.  627, s. 2.

§ 58‑56‑36.  Compensation to the TPA.
A TPA shall not enter into any agreement or understanding with an insurer that makes the amount of the TPA's commissions, fees, or charges contingent upon savings effected in the adjustment, settlement, and payment of losses covered by the insurer's obligations.  This section does not prohibit a TPA from receiving performance‑based compensation for providing hospital or other auditing services and does not prevent the compensation of a TPA from being based on premiums or charges collected or the number of claims paid or processed. (1991, c. 627, s. 1.)

§ 58‑56‑40:  Repealed by Session Laws 1991, c.  627, s. 2.

§ 58‑56‑41.  Notice to covered individuals; disclosure of charges and fees.
(a)	When the services of a TPA are used, the TPA shall provide a written notice approved by the insurer to covered individuals advising them of the identity of, and relationship among, the TPA, the policyholder, and the insurer.
(b)	When a TPA collects funds, the reason for collection of each item must be identified to the insured party and each item must be shown separately from any premium.  Additional charges may not be made for services to the extent the services have been paid for by the insurer.
(c)	The TPA shall disclose to the insurer all charges, fees and commissions received from all services in connection with the provision of administrative services for the insurer, including any fees or commissions paid by insurers providing reinsurance. (1991, c. 627, s. 1.)

§ 58‑56‑45:  Repealed by Session Laws 1991, c.  627, s. 2.

§ 58‑56‑46.  Delivery of materials to covered individuals.
Any policies, certificates, booklets, termination notices, and other written communications delivered by the insurer to the TPA for delivery to insured parties or covered individuals shall be delivered by the TPA promptly after receipt of instructions from the insurer to deliver them. (1991, c. 627, s. 1.)

§ 58‑56‑50:  Repealed by Session Laws 1991, c.  627, s. 2.

§ 58‑56‑51.  License required.
(a)	No person shall act as, offer to act as, or hold himself or herself out as a TPA in this State without a valid TPA license issued by the Commissioner. Licenses shall be renewed annually. Failure to submit a complete renewal application shall result in the expiration of the license of the TPA as a matter of law; provided, however, the Commissioner may grant the TPA an extension of time for good cause.
(b)	Each application for the issuance or renewal of a license shall be made upon a form prescribed by the Commissioner and shall be accompanied by a nonrefundable filing fee of three hundred dollars ($300.00) and evidence of maintenance of a fidelity bond, errors and omissions liability insurance, or other security, of a type and in an amount to be determined by rules of the Commissioner. Applications for issuance of licenses shall include or be accompanied by the following information and documents:
(1)	All organizational documents of the TPA, including any articles of incorporation, articles of association, partnership agreement, trade name certificate, or trust agreement, any other applicable documents, and all amendments to these documents.
(2)	The bylaws, rules, regulations, or similar documents regulating the internal affairs of the TPA.
(3)	The names, addresses, official positions, and professional qualifications of the individuals who are responsible for the conduct of affairs of the TPA, including all (i) members of the board of directors, board of trustees, executive committee, or other governing board or committee, (ii) the principal officers in the case of a corporation or the partners or members in the case of a partnership or association, (iii) all shareholders holding directly or indirectly ten percent (10%) or more of the voting securities of the TPA, and (iv) any other person who exercises control or influence over the affairs of the TPA.
(4)	Annual financial statements or reports for the two most recent years that prove that the applicant is solvent and any other information the Commissioner may require in order to review the current financial condition of the applicant.
(5)	A general description of the business operations, including information on staffing levels and activities proposed in this State and nationwide. The description must provide details setting forth the TPA's capability for providing a sufficient number of experienced and qualified personnel in the areas of claims processing, record keeping, and underwriting.
(6)	If the applicant will be managing the solicitation of new or renewal business, evidence that it employs or has contracted with an insurance producer licensed by this State for soliciting and taking applications. Any applicant that intends to directly solicit insurance contracts or to otherwise act as an insurance producer must provide proof of having a license as an insurance producer in this State.
(7)	Any other pertinent information required by rules of the Commissioner.
The information required by subdivisions (1) through (7) of this subsection, including any trade secrets, shall be kept confidential; provided that the Commissioner may use that information in any judicial or administrative proceeding instituted against the TPA. Applications for renewals of licenses shall include or be accompanied by any changes in the information required by subdivisions (1) through (7) of this subsection.
(c)	Each applicant shall make available for inspection by the Commissioner copies of all contracts with insurers or other persons using the services of the TPA.
(d)	The Commissioner may refuse to issue a license if the Commissioner determines that the TPA, or any individual responsible for the conduct of affairs of the TPA as defined in subdivision (b)(3) of this section, is not competent, trustworthy, financially responsible in accordance with subsection (b) of this section, or of good personal and business reputation, or has had an insurance or a TPA license denied, suspended, or revoked for cause by any state.
(e)	A TPA is not required to be licensed as a TPA in this state if all of the following conditions are met:
(1)	The TPA's principal place of business is in another state.
(2)	The TPA is not soliciting business as a TPA in this State.
(3)	In the case of any group policy or plan of insurance serviced by the TPA, no more than either five percent (5%) or 100 certificate holders, whichever is fewer, reside in this State.
(f)	A person is not required to be licensed as a TPA in this State if the person provides services exclusively to one or more bona fide employee benefit plans each of which is established by an employer, an employee organization, or both, and for which the insurance laws of this State are preempted pursuant to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. Persons who are not required to be licensed shall register with the Commissioner annually, verifying their status as described in this subsection. Failure to submit an annual verification shall result in the expiration of the registration of the TPA as a matter of law; provided, however, the Commissioner may grant the TPA an extension of time for good cause.
(g)	A TPA shall notify the Commissioner of any material change in its ownership, control, or other fact or circumstance affecting its qualification for a license in this State, within 10 business days after the change.
(h)	No bonding shall be required by the Commissioner of any TPA whose business is restricted solely to benefit plans that are either fully insured by an authorized insurer or that are bona fide employee benefit plans established by an employer, any employee organization, or both, for which the insurance laws of this State are preempted pursuant to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.  (1991, c. 627, s. 1; 2007‑298, ss. 7.4, 7.5; 2007‑484, s. 43.5; 2009‑451, s. 21.16(a); 2022‑46, s. 14(vvv).)

§ 58‑56‑52.  Prohibitions.
(a)	No insurance company shall act as a third party administrator with respect to residents of this State, or residents of another state from offices in this State, in connection with life or health insurance or annuities unless that insurance company is authorized to do the business of insurance in this State and otherwise complies with the applicable laws of this State.
(b)	No insurance company shall enter into an agreement with an unauthorized insurance company to provide administrative services for residents of this State, or residents of another state from offices in this State, in connection with life or health insurance or annuities that would subject the unauthorized insurer to this section. (2005‑209, s. 1.)

§ 58‑56‑55:  Repealed by Session Laws 1991, c.  627, s. 2.

§ 58‑56‑56.  Waiver of application for license.
Upon request from a TPA, the Commissioner may waive the application requirements of G.S. 58‑56‑51(b) if the TPA has a valid license as a TPA issued in a state that has standards for TPAs that are at least as stringent as those contained in this Article. (1991, c. 627, s. 1.)

§ 58‑56‑60:  Repealed by Session Laws 1991, c.  627, s. 2.

§ 58‑56‑61.  Reserved for future codification purposes.

§ 58‑56‑65.  Committee on Third Party Administrators.
The Commissioner is authorized to appoint a Committee on Third Party Administrators in conformance with the provisions of G.S. 58‑2‑30. (1987, c. 676.)

§ 58‑56‑66.  Grounds for suspension or revocation of license.
(a)	The Commissioner shall, after notice and opportunity for hearing, suspend or revoke the license of a TPA if the Commissioner finds that either of the following apply to the TPA:
(1)	The TPA is using methods or practices in the conduct of its business that render its further transaction of business in this State hazardous or injurious to insured persons or the public.
(2)	The TPA has failed to pay any judgment rendered against it in this State within 60 days after the judgment has become final.
(b)	The Commissioner may, after notice and opportunity for hearing, suspend or revoke the license of a TPA if the Commissioner finds that any of the following apply to the TPA:
(1)	The TPA has violated a rule or an order of the Commissioner or any provision of this Chapter.
(2)	The TPA has refused to be examined or to produce its accounts, records, and files for examination, or any of its officers has refused to give information with respect to its affairs or has refused to perform any other legal obligation as to that examination, when required by the Commissioner.
(3)	The TPA has, without just cause, refused to pay proper claims or perform services arising under its contracts or has, without just cause, caused covered individuals to accept less than the amount due them or caused covered individuals to employ attorneys or bring suit against the TPA to secure full payment or settlement of the claims.
(4)	The TPA is an affiliate of or under the same general management, interlocking directorate, or ownership as another TPA or insurer that unlawfully transacts business in this State without having a license.
(5)	The TPA at any time fails to meet any qualification for which issuance of the license could have been refused had the failure then existed and been known to the Commissioner at the time of the application.
(6)	The TPA has been convicted of, or has entered a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony without regard to whether judgment was withheld.
(7)	The TPA is under suspension or revocation in another state.
(c)	The Commissioner may without advance notice or hearing immediately suspend the license of any TPA if the Commissioner finds that any of the following apply to the TPA:
(1)	The TPA is insolvent or financially impaired.  "Financially impaired" means that the TPA is unable or potentially unable to fulfill its contractual obligations.
(2)	A proceeding for receivership, conservatorship, rehabilitation, or other delinquency proceeding regarding the TPA has been commenced in any state.
(3)	The financial condition or business practices of the TPA otherwise pose an imminent threat to the public health, safety, or welfare of the residents of this State. (1991, c. 627, s. 1.)

Article 56A.
Pharmacy Benefits Management.
§ 58‑56A‑1.  Definitions.
The following definitions apply in this Article:
(1)	340B contract pharmacy. – Any pharmacy under contract with a 340B covered entity to dispense drugs on behalf of the 340B covered entity.
(2)	340B covered entity. – Any entity defined in 42 U.S.C. § 256b(a)(4)(A), 42 U.S.C. § 256b(a)(4)(C), 42 U.S.C. § 256b(a)(4)(D), 42 U.S.C. § 256b(a)(4)(E), 42 U.S.C. § 256b(a)(4)(I), 42 U.S.C. § 256b(a)(4)(J), 42 U.S.C. § 256b(a)(4)(K), 42 U.S.C. § 256b(a)(4)(N), or 42 U.S.C. § 256b(a)(4)(O).
(3)	Claim. – A request from a pharmacy or pharmacist to be reimbursed for the cost of filling or refilling a prescription for a drug or for providing a medical supply or device.
(4)	Claims processing service. – The administrative services performed in connection with the processing and adjudicating of claims relating to pharmacist services that include either or both of the following activities:
a.	Receiving payments for pharmacist services.
b.	Making payments to pharmacists or pharmacies for pharmacist services.
(5)	Health benefit plan. – As defined in G.S. 58‑3‑167.
(6)	Insured. – An individual covered by a health benefit plan.
(7)	Insurer. – As defined in G.S. 58‑3‑167.
(8)	Maximum allowable cost list. – A listing of generic or multiple source drugs used by a pharmacy benefits manager to set the maximum allowable cost on which reimbursement of a pharmacy is made.
(9)	Maximum allowable cost price. – The maximum amount that a pharmacy benefits manager will reimburse a pharmacy for the cost of generic or multiple source prescription drugs, medical products, or devices.
(10)	Out‑of‑pocket costs. – With respect to the acquisition of a drug, the amount to be paid by the insured under the plan or coverage, including any cost‑sharing, copayment, coinsurance, or deductible.
(11)	Pharmacist. – A person licensed to practice pharmacy under Article 4A of Chapter 90 of the General Statutes.
(12)	Pharmacist services. – Products, goods, or services provided as a part of the practice of pharmacy.
(13)	Pharmacy. – As defined in G.S. 90‑85.3(q).
(14)	Pharmacy benefits manager. – An entity who contracts with a pharmacy on behalf of an insurer or third‑party administrator to administer or manage prescription drug benefits to perform any of the following functions:
a.	Negotiating rebates with manufacturers for drugs paid for or procured as described in this Article.
b.	Processing claims for prescription drugs or medical supplies or providing retail network management for pharmacies or pharmacists.
c.	Paying pharmacies or pharmacists for prescription drugs or medical supplies.
(15)	Pharmacy benefits manager affiliate. – A pharmacy or pharmacist that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, owns or controls or is owned or controlled by a pharmacy benefits manager.
(16)	Pharmacy service administrative organization (PSAO). – An organization that assists community pharmacies and pharmacy benefits managers or third‑party payors in achieving administrative efficiencies, including contracting and payment efficiencies.
(17)	Third‑party administrator. – As defined in G.S. 58‑56‑2.  (2014‑120, s. 20(a); 2017‑116, s. 1; 2021‑161, s. 1(b).)

§ 58‑56A‑2.  Licensure.
(a)	A person or organization may not establish or operate as a pharmacy benefits manager for health benefit plans in this State without obtaining a license from the Commissioner of the Department of Insurance.
(b)	The Commissioner shall develop an application for licensure to operate in this State as a pharmacy benefits manager and may charge an initial application fee of two thousand dollars ($2,000) and an annual renewal fee of one thousand five hundred dollars ($1,500). The pharmacy benefits manager application form must collect only the following information:
(1)	The name, address, and telephone contact number of the pharmacy benefits manager.
(2)	The name and address of the pharmacy benefits manager's agent for service of process in this State.
(3)	The name and address of each person with management or control over the pharmacy benefits manager.
(4)	The name and address of each person with a beneficial ownership interest in the pharmacy benefits manager.
(5)	Either (i) a signed statement that, to the best of the applicant's knowledge, no officer with management or control of the pharmacy benefits manager has been convicted of a felony or has violated any requirement of State or federal law applicable to pharmacy benefits management or (ii) a description of any felony or any violation of any requirement of State or federal law applicable to pharmacy benefits management committed by any officer with management or control of the pharmacy benefits manager.
(c)	Unless otherwise provided for in this Article, an applicant or a pharmacy benefits manager that is licensed to conduct business in the State shall file a notice describing any material modification of the information required under this section.
(d)	The Commissioner shall adopt rules establishing the licensing and reporting requirements of pharmacy benefits managers consistent with the provisions of this Article.  (2021‑161, s. 1(b).)

§ 58‑56A‑3.  Consumer protections.
(a)	A pharmacy or pharmacist shall have the right to provide an insured information regarding the amount of the insured's cost share for a prescription drug. Neither a pharmacy nor a pharmacist shall be penalized by a pharmacy benefits manager for discussing any information described in this section or for selling a lower‑priced drug to the insured if one is available.
(b)	A pharmacy benefits manager shall not, through contract, prohibit a pharmacy from offering and providing direct and limited delivery services to an insured as an ancillary service of the pharmacy, as delineated in the contract between the pharmacy benefits manager and the pharmacy.
(b1)	A pharmacy benefits manager shall not prohibit a pharmacist or pharmacy from charging a minimal shipping and handling fee to the insured for a mailed or delivered prescription if the pharmacist or pharmacy discloses all of the following to the insured before delivery:
(1)	The fee will be charged.
(2)	The fee may not be reimbursed by the health benefit plan, insurer, or pharmacy benefits manager.
(3)	The charge is specifically agreed to by the health benefit plan or pharmacy benefits manager.
(c)	A pharmacy benefits manager shall not charge, or attempt to collect from, an insured a copayment that exceeds the total submitted charges by the network pharmacy.
(c1)	When calculating an insured's contribution to any out‑of‑pocket maximum, deductible, copayment, coinsurance, or other applicable cost‑sharing requirement, the insurer or pharmacy benefits manager shall include any amounts paid by the insured, or on the insured's behalf, for a prescription that is either:
(1)	Without an AB‑rated generic equivalent.
(2)	With an AB‑rated generic equivalent if the insured has obtained authorization for the drug through any of the following:
a.	Prior authorization from the insurer or pharmacy benefits manager.
b.	A step therapy protocol.
c.	The exception or appeal process of the insurer or pharmacy benefits manager.
(c2)	For purposes of this section, the term "generic equivalent" means a drug that has an identical amount of the same active ingredients in the same dosage form; meets applicable standards of strength, quality, and purity according to the United States Pharmacopeia or other nationally recognized compendium; and which, if administered in the same amount, would provide comparable therapeutic effects. The term "generic equivalent" does not include a drug that is listed by the United States Food and Drug Administration as having unresolved bioequivalence concerns according to the Administration's most recent publication of approved drug products with therapeutic equivalence evaluations.
(d)	Any contract for the provision of a network to deliver health care services between a pharmacy benefits manager and insurer shall be made available for review by the Department.
(e)	Repealed by Session Laws 2021‑161, s. 1(b), effective October 1, 2021, and applicable to any contracts entered into, renewed, or amended on or after that date.  (2017‑116, s. 2; 2021‑161, s. 1(b).)

§ 58‑56A‑4.  Pharmacy and pharmacist protections.
(a)	A pharmacy benefits manager may only charge fees or otherwise hold a pharmacy responsible for a fee relating to the adjudication of a claim if the fee is reported on the remittance advice of the adjudicated claim or is set out in contract between the pharmacy benefits manager and the pharmacy. No fee or adjustment for the receipt and processing of a claim, or otherwise related to the adjudication of a claim, shall be charged without a justification on the remittance advice or as set out in contract and agreed upon by the pharmacy or pharmacist for each adjustment or fee. This section shall not apply with respect to claims under an employee benefit plan under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 or Medicare Part D.
(b)	Nothing in this Article shall abridge the right of a pharmacist to refuse to fill or refill a prescription if the pharmacist believes it would be harmful to the patient or is not in the patient's best interest, or if there is a question to the validity of the prescription.
(c)	A pharmacy or pharmacist shall not be prohibited by a pharmacy benefits manager from dispensing any prescription drug, including specialty drugs dispensed by a credentialed and accredited pharmacy, allowed to be dispensed under a license to practice pharmacy under Article 4A of Chapter 90 of the General Statutes.
(d)	A pharmacy benefits manager shall not penalize or retaliate against a pharmacist or pharmacy for exercising rights provided under this Article. This subsection does not apply to breach of contract between a pharmacy and a pharmacy benefits manager.
(e)	A claim for pharmacist services may not be retroactively denied or reduced after adjudication of the claim unless any of the following apply:
(1)	The original claim was submitted fraudulently.
(2)	The original claim payment was incorrect because the pharmacy or pharmacist had already been paid for the pharmacist services.
(3)	The pharmacist services were not rendered by the pharmacy or pharmacist.
(4)	The adjustments were agreed to by the pharmacy or pharmacist.
(5)	The adjustments were part of an attempt to limit overpayment recovery efforts by a pharmacy benefits manager.
(f)	Nothing in this section shall be construed to limit overpayment recovery efforts by a pharmacy benefits manager.  (2017‑116, s. 2; 2021‑161, s. 1(b).)

§ 58‑56A‑5.  Maximum allowable cost price.
(a)	In order to place a prescription drug on the maximum allowable cost price list, the drug must be available for purchase by pharmacies in North Carolina from national or regional wholesalers, must not be obsolete, and must meet one of the following conditions:
(1)	The drug is listed as "A" or "B" rated in the most recent version of the United States Food and Drug Administration's Approved Drug Products with Therapeutic Equivalence Evaluations, also known as the Orange Book.
(2)	The drug has a "NR" or "NA" rating, or a similar rating, by a nationally recognized reference.
(b)	A pharmacy benefits manager shall adjust or remove the maximum allowable cost price for a prescription drug to remain consistent with changes in the national marketplace for prescription drugs. A review of the maximum allowable cost prices for removal or modification shall be completed by the pharmacy benefits manager at least once every seven business days, and any removal or modification shall occur within seven business days of the review. A pharmacy benefits manager shall provide a means by which the contracted pharmacies may promptly review current prices in an electronic, print, or telephonic format within one business day of the removal or modification.
(c)	A pharmacy benefits manager shall ensure that dispensing fees are not included in the calculation of maximum allowable cost price.
(d)	A pharmacy benefits manager shall establish an administrative appeals procedure by which a contracted pharmacy or pharmacist, or a designee, may appeal the provider's reimbursement for a prescription drug subject to maximum allowable cost pricing if the amount of reimbursement for the drug is less than the net amount that the network provider paid to the suppliers of the drug. The reasonable administrative appeal procedure must include all of the following:
(1)	A dedicated telephone number and email address or website for the purpose of submitting administrative appeals.
(2)	The ability to submit an administrative appeal regarding the pharmacy benefits plan or program directly to the pharmacy benefits manager or through a pharmacy service administrative organization if the pharmacy service administrative organization has a contract with the pharmacy benefits manager that allows for the submission of appeals.
(3)	No less than 10 calendar days after the applicable prescription fill date to file an administrative appeal.
(4)	A period of no more than 10 calendar days after receipt of notice of the filing of the administrative appeal by the pharmacy benefits manager for a decision to be made on the appeal.
(5)	A requirement that if an appeal is upheld, then, within 10 calendar days of the decision, the pharmacy benefits manager shall take all of the following actions:
a.	Notify the appellant of the decision.
b.	Apply the change in the maximum allowable cost effective as of the date the appeal was resolved and make the change effective for all similarly situated pharmacies or pharmacists, as defined by the payor subject to the Maximum Allowable Cost list.
c.	Permit the appellant to reverse and rebill the claim that was appealed.
(6)	A requirement that if the appeal is denied, then, within 10 calendar days of the decision, the pharmacy benefits manager shall notify the appellant of the decision and provide all of the following information:
a.	The reason for denial.
b.	The National Drug Code number for the prescription drug that is the subject of the appeal.
c.	The names of the national or regional pharmaceutical wholesalers operating in the State.  (2014‑120, s. 20(a); 2021‑161, s. 1(b).)

§ 58‑56A‑10: Recodified as G.S. 58‑56A‑30.  (2015‑273, s. 2; 2016‑78, s. 6.3.)

§ 58‑56A‑15.  Pharmacy benefits manager networks.
(a)	A pharmacy benefits manager shall not deny the right to any properly licensed pharmacist or pharmacy to participate in a retail pharmacy network on the same terms and conditions of other similarly situated participants in the network.
(b)	A pharmacist or pharmacy that is a member of a pharmacy service administrative organization that enters into a contract with a health benefit plan issuer or a pharmacy benefits manager on the pharmacy's behalf is entitled to receive from the pharmacy service administrative organization a copy of the contract provisions applicable to the pharmacy, including each provision relating to the pharmacy's rights and obligations under the contract.
(c)	Termination of a pharmacy or pharmacist from a pharmacy benefits manager network does not release the pharmacy benefits manager from the obligation to make any payment due to the pharmacy or pharmacist for pharmacist services properly rendered according to the contract. This subsection does not apply in cases of fraud, waste, and abuse.  (2021‑161, s. 1(b).)

§ 58‑56A‑20.  Pharmacy benefits manager affiliate disclosure; sharing of data.
A pharmacy benefits manager shall not, in any way that is prohibited by the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA), transfer or share records relative to prescription information containing patient‑identifiable and prescriber‑identifiable data to a pharmacy benefits manager affiliate.  (2021‑161, s. 1(b).)

§ 58‑56A‑21.  Claims data provided to health benefit plan.
Upon the request of an insurer offering a health benefit plan that contracts with a pharmacy benefits manager, the pharmacy benefits manager shall provide the insurer with claims data that reflects the total amount the insurer paid to the pharmacy benefits manager under the health benefit plan for a specified outpatient prescription drug, including the ingredient cost and the dispensing fee. The pharmacy benefits manager shall also provide the cost that it paid for the specified outpatient prescription drug, including the ingredient cost and the dispensing fee.  (2021‑161, s. 1(b).)

§ 58‑56A‑25.  Enforcement.
(a)	The Commissioner may make an examination of the affairs of any pharmacy benefits manager pursuant to the services that it provides for an insurer or a health benefit plan that are relevant to determining if the pharmacy benefits manager is in compliance with this Article. When making an examination, the Commissioner may retain attorneys, independent actuaries, independent certified public accountants, or other professionals and specialists as examiners. The pharmacy benefits manager shall bear the cost of retaining those persons.
(b)	Pending, during, and after the examination of any pharmacy benefits manager, the Commissioner shall not make public the information or data acquired, and the information or data acquired during an examination is considered proprietary and confidential and is not a public record under Chapter 132 of the General Statutes.
(c)	Violations of this Article are subject to the penalties under G.S. 58‑56A‑30. After notice and hearing, a pharmacy benefits manager may also be subject to revocation of, or a refusal to renew, a license to operate in this State as a result of violations of this Article.  (2021‑161, s. 1(b).)

§ 58‑56A‑30.  Civil penalties for violations; administrative procedure.
(a)	Whenever the Commissioner has reason to believe that a pharmacy benefits manager has violated any of the provisions of this Article with such frequency as to indicate a general business practice, the Commissioner may, after notice and opportunity for a hearing, proceed under the appropriate subsections of this section.
(b)	If, under subsection (a) of this section, the Commissioner finds a violation of this Article, the Commissioner may order the payment of a monetary penalty or petition the Superior Court of Wake County for an order directing payment of restitution as provided in subsections (d) and (e) of this section, or both. Each day during which a violation occurs constitutes a separate violation.
(c)	If the Commissioner orders the payment of a monetary penalty pursuant to subsection (b) of this section, the penalty shall not be less than one hundred dollars ($100.00) nor more than one thousand dollars ($1,000) per day for each prescription drug resulting from the pharmacy benefit manager's failure to comply with G.S. 58‑56A‑5. In determining the amount of the penalty, the Commissioner shall consider the degree and extent of harm caused by the violation, the amount of money that inured to the benefit of the violator as a result of the violation, whether the violation was committed willfully, and the prior record of the violator in complying or failing to comply with laws, rules, or orders applicable to the violator. The clear proceeds of the penalty shall be remitted to the Civil Penalty and Forfeiture Fund in accordance with G.S. 115C‑457.2. Payment of the civil penalty under this section shall be in addition to payment of any other penalty for a violation of the criminal laws of this State.
(d)	Upon petition of the Commissioner to the court pursuant to subsection (b) of this section, the court may order the pharmacy benefits manager who committed a violation under this Article to make restitution in an amount that would make whole any pharmacist harmed by the violation. The petition may be made at any time and also in any appeal of the Commissioner's order.
(e)	Upon petition of the Commissioner to the court pursuant to subsection (b) of this section, the court may order the pharmacy benefits manager who committed a violation under this Article to make restitution to the Department for expenses under subsection (f) of this section, incurred in the investigation, hearing, and any appeals associated with the violation in such amount that would reimburse the agency for the expenses. The petition may be made at any time and also in any appeal of the Commissioner's order.
(f)	The Commissioner may contract with consultants and other professionals with relevant expertise as necessary and appropriate to conduct investigation, hearing, and appeals activities as provided in this section. These contracts shall not be subject to G.S. 114‑2.3, G.S. 147‑17, or Articles 3, 3C, and 8 of Chapter 143 of the General Statutes, together with rules and procedures adopted under those Articles concerning procurement, contracting, and contract review.
(g)	Nothing in this section prevents the Commissioner from negotiating a mutually acceptable agreement with any pharmacy benefits manager as to any civil penalty or restitution.
(h)	Unless otherwise specifically provided for, all administrative proceedings under this Article are governed by Chapter 150B of the General Statutes. Appeals of the Commissioner's orders under this section shall be governed by G.S. 58‑2‑75.  (2015‑273, s. 2; 2016‑78, s. 6.3; 2021‑161, s. 1(b).)

§ 58‑56A‑45.  Rules.
The Commissioner shall adopt rules to implement the provisions of this Article.  (2021‑161, s. 1(b).)

§ 58‑56A‑50.  Contracts with 340B covered entities.
(a)	A contract entered into between a pharmacy benefits manager and a 340B covered entity's pharmacy or between a pharmacy benefits manager and a 340B contract pharmacy shall not do any of the following:
(1)	Restrict access to a pharmacy network or adjust 340B drug reimbursement rates based on whether a pharmacy dispenses drugs under the 340B drug discount program.
(2)	Assess any additional, or vary the amount of any, fees, chargebacks, or other adjustments on the basis of a drug being dispensed under the 340B drug discount program or a pharmacy's status as a 340B covered entity or a 340B contract pharmacy. This section does not prevent adjustments to correct errors or overpayments resulting from an adjudicated claim.
(b)	No pharmacy benefits manager making payments pursuant to a health benefit plan shall discriminate against a 340B covered entity or a 340B contract pharmacy in a manner that prevents or interferes with an enrollee's choice to receive a prescription drug from an in‑network 340B covered entity or an in‑network 340B contract pharmacy.
(c)	The provisions of G.S. 58‑51‑37 shall apply to pharmacy benefits managers with respect to 340B covered entities and 340B contract pharmacies.
(d)	Any provision of a contract entered into between a pharmacy benefits manager and a 340B covered entity or 340B contract pharmacy that is contrary to this section is unenforceable.  (2021‑161, s. 1(b).)

Article 57.
Regulation of Credit Insurance.
§ 58‑57‑1.  Application of Article.
All credit life insurance, all credit accident and health insurance, all credit property insurance, all credit insurance on credit card balances, all family leave credit insurance, and all credit unemployment insurance written in connection with direct loans, consumer credit installment sale contracts of whatever term permitted by G.S. 25A‑33, leases, or other credit transactions shall be subject to the provisions of this Article, except credit insurance written in connection with direct loans of more than 15 years' duration. The provisions of this Article shall be controlling as to such insurance and no other provisions of Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter shall be applicable unless otherwise specifically provided; nor shall such insurance be subject to the provisions of this Article where the issuance of such insurance is an isolated transaction on the part of the insurer not related to an agreement or a plan for insuring debtors of the creditor. (1975, c. 660, s. 1; 1987, c. 826, ss. 1, 12; 1993, c. 226, s. 1; 1999‑351, s. 5.2.)

§ 58‑57‑5.  Definitions.
As used in this Article, unless the context requires otherwise, the following words or terms shall have the meanings herein ascribed to them, respectively:
(1)	Repealed by Session Laws 1991, c. 720, s. 6.
(2)	"Credit accident and health insurance" means insurance on a debtor to provide indemnity for payments becoming due on a specific loan or other credit transaction as defined in G.S. 58‑51‑100, with or without insurance against death by accident.
(2a)	"Credit insurance agent" means an agent of an insurance company licensed in this State who is authorized to solicit, negotiate or effect credit life insurance, credit accident and health insurance, credit unemployment insurance, credit property insurance, or any of them, but only to the extent as is authorized and limited in this Article.
(3)	"Credit life insurance" means insurance on the life of a debtor pursuant to or in connection with a specific loan or other credit transaction as defined in G.S. 58‑58‑10.
(4)	Recodified as G.S. § 58‑57‑5(2a) (See Note.)
(4a)	"Credit transaction" means any transaction by the terms of which the repayment of money loaned or loan commitment made, or payment for goods, services, or properties sold or leased, is to be made at a future date or dates.
(4b)	"Credit unemployment insurance" means insurance on a debtor in connection with a specified loan or other credit transaction to provide payment to a creditor of the debtor for the installment payments or other periodic payment becoming due while the debtor is involuntarily unemployed as defined in the policy.
(5)	"Creditor" means any lender of money or vendor or lessor of goods, services, property, rights or privileges, including any person that directly or indirectly provides credit in connection with any such sale or lease, for which payment is arranged through a credit‑related transaction; or any successor to the right, title or interest of any such lender, vendor, lessor, or person extending credit, and an affiliate, associate, or subsidiary of any of them, or any director, officer, or employee of any of them or any other person in any way associated with any of them.
(5a)	"Critical period conversion ratio" means the ratio of the benefit value of the critical period divided by the benefit value of the full term.
(5b)	"Critical period coverage" means insurance coverage for which benefits are limited to a stated number of payments or the payments end with the expiration of the policy, whichever is less.
(6)	"Debtor" means a borrower of money or a purchaser or lessee of goods, services, property, rights or privileges for which payment is arranged through a credit transaction.
(6a)	"Family leave credit insurance" means insurance on a debtor in connection with a specified loan or other credit transaction to provide payment to a creditor of the debtor for the installment payments or other periodic payments becoming due when the debtor suffers a loss of income because of a voluntary, employer‑approved leave of absence for qualifying events specified in G.S. 58‑57‑115(d).
(7)	"Indebtedness" means the total amount payable for the term of the loan by debtor to creditor in connection with a loan or other credit transaction, including principal, interest, allowable charges, and any premiums authorized hereunder.
(7a)	"Joint accident and health coverage" means credit accident and health insurance covering two or more debtors; provided that only one monthly benefit, as defined in G.S. 58‑57‑15(b), shall be payable each month on a specific indebtedness regardless of the number of debtors insured.
(8)	"Joint life coverage" means credit life insurance covering two or more lives, the entire amount of insurance being payable upon the death of the first insured debtor to die.
(9)	"Lease" means a contract whereby the lessee of a "motor vehicle," as defined in G.S. 20‑4.01(23), contracts to pay as compensation for use a sum substantially equivalent to or in excess of the aggregate value of the property, but not exceeding the term of years in G.S. 58‑57‑1.
(10)	"Open‑end credit" means credit extended by a creditor under an agreement in which:
a.	The creditor reasonably contemplates repeated transactions;
b.	The creditor imposes a finance charge from time to time on an outstanding unpaid balance; and
c.	The amount of credit that may be extended to the debtor during the term of the agreement (up to any limit set by the creditor) is generally made available to the extent that any outstanding balance is repaid.
"Open‑end credit" includes credit card balances.
(11)	"Truncated coverage" means a credit insurance benefit with a term of insurance coverage that is less than the term of the credit transaction. (1975, c. 660, s. 1; 1987, c. 826, ss. 2, 3; 1991, c. 720, s. 6; 1993, c. 226, s. 2; 1995, c. 193, s. 45; c. 208, s. 1; 1999‑351, s. 5.3; 2005‑181, s. 1; 2007‑298, s. 6.1; 2007‑484, s. 43.5.)

§ 58‑57‑10.  Forms of insurance which are authorized.
Credit life insurance and credit accident and health insurance shall be issued only in the following forms:
(1)	Individual policies of life insurance issued to debtors on the term plan;
(2)	Individual policies of accident and health insurance issued to debtors on a term plan or disability benefit provisions in individual policies of credit life insurance;
(3)	Group policies of life insurance issued to creditors providing insurance upon the lives of debtors on the term plan;
(4)	Group policies of accident and health insurance issued to creditors on a term plan insuring debtors or disability benefit provisions in group credit life insurance policies to provide such coverage. (1975, c. 660, s. 1.)

§ 58‑57‑15.  Amount.
(a)	Credit Life Insurance. –
(1)	The amount of credit life insurance shall not exceed the amount of unpaid indebtedness as it exists from time to time, less any unearned interest or finance charges; provided, however, that if the amount of credit insurance is based on a predetermined schedule, the amount of credit insurance shall not exceed the scheduled amount of unpaid indebtedness, less any unearned interest or finance charges, plus an amount equal to three monthly installments or the equivalent thereof.
(2)	Notwithstanding the provisions of the above subdivision, insurance on seasonal credit line commitments (such as may be found in agricultural credit transactions) not exceeding one year in duration may be written up to the amount of the loan commitment on a nondecreasing or level term plan.
(3)	Notwithstanding this or any other section, insurance on education credit transaction commitments may be written for the amount of such commitment.
(b)	Credit Accident and Health and Credit Unemployment Insurance. – The total amount of indemnity payable by credit accident and health or credit unemployment insurance in the event of disability or unemployment, as defined in the policy, shall not exceed the indebtedness; and the amount of each monthly benefit shall not exceed the indebtedness divided by the number of months in the term of the loan. A daily benefit equal in amount to one thirtieth of the scheduled monthly payment is permissible.  For open‑end credit transactions, the total amount of indemnity payable shall not exceed the amount of unpaid indebtedness at the time disability or unemployment begins, including interest and insurance charges that would accrue on that indebtedness using the creditor's minimum payment schedule.  The periodic indemnity may exceed the creditor's minimum payment amount. (1975, c. 660, s. 1; 1981, c. 759, s. 1; 1993, c. 226, s. 3; c. 553, s. 75.)

§ 58‑57‑20.  Term; termination prior to scheduled maturity.
Except as otherwise provided in this section, the term of any credit life insurance or credit accident and health insurance shall, subject to acceptance by the insurer, commence on the date when the debtor becomes obligated to the creditor, except that, where a group policy provides coverage with respect to existing obligations, the insurance on a debtor with respect to such indebtedness shall commence on the effective date of the policy.  For credit insurance offered to the debtor subsequent to the date the debtor becomes obligated to the creditor, the term of the insurance shall, subject to the acceptance by the insurer, commence not more than 30 days following the insurer's receipt of the debtor's request for the insurance. The term of such insurance shall not extend more than 15 days beyond the maturity date of the indebtedness or final installment thereof; but the term of the insurance may be less than the term of the indebtedness to provide truncated coverage in connection with transactions having initial terms of more than 60 months or consistent with any age or other termination provisions contained in the policy.  If the indebtedness is discharged due to prepayment, the insurance in force shall be terminated unless otherwise requested by the insured in writing.  If the indebtedness is discharged due to renewal or refinancing prior to such maturity date, the insurance in force shall be terminated before any new insurance may be issued in connection with the renewed or refinanced indebtedness.  In all cases of termination prior to scheduled maturity, a refund shall be paid or credited as provided in G.S. 58‑57‑50. (1975, c. 660, s. 1; 1991, c. 720, s. 30; 1993, c. 226, s. 4.)

§ 58‑57‑25.  Insurance to be evidenced by individual policy; notice of proposed insurance or certificate; required and prohibited provisions; when debtor to receive copy.
(a)	All individual credit insurance sold shall be evidenced by an individual policy.  All group insurance sold where any part of the premium is paid by the debtors or by the creditors from identifiable charges collected from the insured debtors shall be evidenced by a certificate of insurance.
(b)	Each individual policy or certificate of credit insurance shall set forth the name and home‑office address of the insurer, the identity of the insured debtor by name or otherwise, the premium or amount of payment, if any, by the debtor separately for each type of credit insurance if not disclosed in other documents furnished to the debtor, a description of the coverage including the amount and term thereof, and any exceptions, limitations or restrictions, and shall state that the benefits shall be paid to the creditor to reduce or extinguish the unpaid indebtedness, and wherever the amount of insurance may exceed the unpaid indebtedness, that any such excess shall be payable to a beneficiary other than the creditor named by the debtor, or to his estate.  For open‑end credit, the premium shall be disclosed as the monthly amount charged for each one hundred dollars ($100.00) or one thousand dollars ($1,000) of outstanding indebtedness.
(c)	No individual policy of credit insurance and no group policy of credit insurance shall be delivered or issued for delivery in this State unless each contains in substance all of the following provisions:
(1)	In each policy there shall be a provision that the policy, or the policy and application therefor, if any, or if a copy of the application is endorsed upon or attached to the policy when issued, shall constitute the entire insurance contract between the parties, and that all statements made by the creditor or by the individual debtors shall, in the absence of fraud, be deemed representations and not warranties.
(2)	In each such policy there shall be a provision that the validity of the policy shall not be contested, except for nonpayment of premiums, after it has been in force for two years from its date of issue; and that no statement made by any person insured under the policy relating to his insurability shall be used in contesting the validity of the insurance with respect to which such statement was made after such insurance has been in force on such insured for a period of two years during such person's lifetime, and prior to the date on which the claim thereunder arose. Provided, however, that unless the insured writes his own age on the form and signs a statement that he has done so, there shall be no denial of claims grounded on the debtor's age. Provided further, if the indebtedness is paid by renewal or refinancing prior to the scheduled maturity date, the effective date of the coverage with respect to any policy provision shall be deemed to be the first date on which the debtor became insured under the policy covering the original prior indebtedness that was renewed or refinanced, at least to the extent of the amount and term of the coverage outstanding at the time of renewal and refinancing of the debt.
(3)	In each such policy there shall be a provision that when a claim for the death, disability, or unemployment of the insured arises thereunder, settlement shall be made upon receipt of due proof of such death, disability, or unemployment.
(4)	On the face of each such policy there shall be placed a title which shall briefly and accurately describe the nature and form of the policy.
(5)	Each such policy, including rider and endorsement, shall be identified by a form number in the lower left‑hand corner of the first page thereof, and no restriction, condition or provision in or endorsed on such policy shall be valid unless such provision or condition is printed in type as large as 10‑point type, one‑point leaded.
(6)	In each such policy there shall be a provision that the insured debtor shall have the right to rescind the insurance policy or certificate of insurance upon giving written notice to the insurer within 30 days from the date the insured debtor received such policy or certificate.
(d)	No individual policy of credit insurance and no group policy of credit insurance shall be delivered or issued for delivery in this State if it contains any provision:
(1)	Limiting the time within which any action at law or in equity may be commenced to less than three years after the cause of action accrues; or
(2)	To the effect that the agent soliciting the insurance is the agent of the person insured under the policy, or making the acts or representations of such agent binding upon the person so insured under the policy.
(e)	If said individual policy or certificate of group insurance is not delivered to the debtor at the time the debtor requests credit insurance or mailed to the debtor within 30 days thereafter, a written notification must be furnished to the debtor within the 30‑day period, which notification shall set forth the following:
(1)	The name and home‑office address of the insurer;
(2)	The identity of the debtor, by name or otherwise;
(3)	The premium or identifiable charge to the debtor, if any, separately for each type of credit insurance;
(4)	The amount and term of the coverage provided, if possible, otherwise a clear description of the means of determining the amount and time of expiry;
(5)	A brief description of the coverage provided;
(6)	A statement that, if the insurance is declined by the insurer or otherwise does not become effective, any premium or identifiable charge will be refunded or credited to the debtor; and
(7)	A statement that, upon acceptance by the insurer, the insurance coverage provided shall become effective as specified in G.S. 58‑57‑20.
Any portion of the information required in said notification may be furnished by other documents, if copies of such documents are attached to said notification. If an insurance policy or certificate of insurance is not delivered to the insured debtor at the time the debtor requests credit insurance, the debtor shall be given the right to rescind the insurance policy or certificate of insurance upon giving written notice to the insurer within 30 days from the date the insured debtor receives such policy or certificate. (1975, c. 660, s. 1; 1981, c. 759, s. 3; 1993, c. 226, s. 5.)

§ 58‑57‑30.  Forms to be filed with Commissioner; approval or disapproval by Commissioner.
(a)	All forms of policies, certificates of insurance, notices of proposed insurance, endorsements and riders intended for use in this State shall be filed with the Commissioner.
(b)	The Commissioner shall, within 90 days after the filing of any such policies, certificates of insurance, notices of proposed insurance, endorsements and riders, disapprove any such form if it contains provisions which are contrary to, or not in accordance with, any provision of this Article, Article 38 of this Chapter, or of any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder. Unless disapproved in writing within such 90 days, a form shall be deemed approved.
(c)	If the Commissioner notifies the insurer that the form is disapproved, it is unlawful thereafter for such insurer to issue or use such form for a period of 60 days, or until the Commissioner has issued a final order after hearing, whichever is earlier. In such notice, the Commissioner shall specify the reason for his disapproval and state that a hearing will be granted within 20 days after request in writing by the insurer. No such policy, certificate of insurance, notice of proposed insurance, endorsement or rider shall be issued or used until the expiration of 30 days after it has been so filed, unless the Commissioner shall give his prior written approval thereto.
(d)	The Commissioner may, at any time after a hearing held not less than 20 days after written notice to the insurer, withdraw his approval of any such form on any ground set forth in subsection (b) above. The written notice of such hearing shall state the reason for the proposed withdrawal.
(e)	No insurer shall issue such forms or use them after the effective date of such withdrawal. (1975, c. 660, s. 1; 1979, c. 755, s. 16.)

§ 58‑57‑35.  General premium rate standard.
(a)	Benefits provided by credit life, credit accident and health and credit unemployment insurance written under this Article shall be reasonable in relation to the premium charge. This requirement is conclusively presumed to be satisfied if the premium rates to be charged for credit life and credit accident and health insurance are no greater than those premium rates set forth in G.S. 58‑57‑40, 58‑57‑45, and 58‑57‑105 for benefits as described in those sections. If an insurer files premium rates for all or part of its business that are greater than those premium rates to which this conclusive presumption applies, the greater rates may be disapproved by the Commissioner if the insurer fails to demonstrate that the benefits are reasonable in relation to the premium rates filed for the group or groups of insureds to which the premium rates would apply and which groups shall meet credibility standards established by the Commissioner. In making this determination, the Commissioner shall give due consideration to the past and prospective loss experience of the group or groups of insureds to which the rates would apply, to reasonable costs and expenses attributable to the insurer and creditor making the coverage available and to other relevant factors, including a fair return to the insurer and creditor. These premium rates shall be allowed to be applied only to the group or groups with respect to which the rate filing is made and approved. The premium rates for credit unemployment insurance shall be filed with and approved by the Commissioner. The amount charged to a debtor for any credit life, credit accident and health, or credit unemployment insurance shall not exceed the premiums charged by the insurer, as computed at the time the charge to the debtor is determined.
(b)	The premium or cost of credit life, disability, or unemployment insurance, when written by or through any lender or other creditor, its affiliate, associate or subsidiary shall not be deemed as interest or charges or consideration or an amount in excess of permitted charges in connection with the loan or credit transaction and any gain or advantage to any lender or other creditor, its affiliate, associate or subsidiary, arising out of the premium or commission or dividend from the sale or provision of such insurance shall not be deemed a violation of any other law, general or special, civil or criminal, of this State, or of any rule, regulation or order issued by any regulatory authority of this State.
(c)	If premiums are to be determined according to the age of the insured debtor or by age brackets, an insurer may determine premium rates on a basis actuarially equivalent with the rates provided in G.S. 58‑57‑35, but such rates shall be filed with and approved by the Commissioner.
(d)	Premium rates for benefits provided during a critical period shall be adjusted by a critical period conversion ratio that reduces the rates giving recognition to the shorter benefit period provided. (1975, c. 660, s. 1; 1993, c. 226, s. 6; 2007‑298, s. 6.2; 2007‑484, s. 43.5.)

§ 58‑57‑40.  Credit life insurance rate standards.
(a)	The premium rate standards set forth below are applicable to plans of credit life insurance with or without requirements for evidence of insurability:
(1)	Which contain no exclusions or no exclusions other than suicide; and
(2)	Which contain no age restrictions, or only age restrictions not making ineligible for the coverage
a.	Debtors under 65 at the time the indebtedness is incurred; or
b.	Debtors who will not have attained age 66 on the maturity date of the indebtedness.
(b)	Rates for use with forms which are more restrictive in any material respect shall reflect such variations in the form or lower rates to the extent that a significant difference in claim cost can reasonably be anticipated unless the insurer demonstrates that such lower rate is not appropriate.
(c)	If premiums are payable in one sum in advance, for decreasing term life insurance on indebtedness repayable in substantially equal monthly installments, a premium rate not exceeding sixty‑five cents (65¢) per one hundred dollars ($100.00) of initial insured indebtedness per year is authorized.  Effective January 1, 1995, a premium rate not exceeding sixty cents (60¢) per one hundred dollars ($100.00) of indebtedness per year is authorized.  Effective January 1, 1996, a premium rate not exceeding fifty‑five cents (55¢) per one hundred dollars ($100.00) of indebtedness per year is authorized.  Effective January 1, 1997, a premium rate not exceeding fifty cents (50¢) per one hundred dollars ($100.00) of indebtedness per year is authorized.
(d)	The premium rate of joint life coverage shall not exceed one and two‑thirds (1 2/3) the permitted single life rate.
(e)	For level term life insurance, a premium rate of one dollar and twenty‑five cents ($1.25) per one hundred dollars ($100.00) per year is authorized.  Effective January 1, 1995, a premium rate of one dollar and twenty cents ($1.20) per one hundred dollars ($100.00) per year is authorized.  Effective January 1, 1996, a premium rate of one dollar and fifteen cents ($1.15) per one hundred dollars ($100.00) per year is authorized.  Effective January 1, 1997, a premium rate of one dollar and ten cents ($1.10) per one hundred dollars ($100.00) per year is authorized.
(f)	For policies for which monthly premiums are charged on a basis of the then‑outstanding balances, a monthly premium per one thousand dollars ($1,000) of outstanding balances is authorized, based on the following formula:
Opn	=	20	SPn
		n + 1	
where SPn = Single premium rate per one hundred dollars ($100.00) of initial insured indebtedness repayable in n equal monthly installments.
Opn = Monthly outstanding balance premium rate per one thousand dollars ($1,000).
n = Original repayment period, in months.
(f1)	Notwithstanding the premium rates otherwise set forth in this section for credit life insurance, the premium rates for such insurance written in connection with direct loans with contractual commitments of more than 10 years' duration shall be filed with and approved by the Commissioner.  Such premium rates shall exhibit a reasonable relationship to the benefits provided.
(g)	For credit life insurance on a basis other than the foregoing, premiums charged shall be actuarially equivalent.
(h)	In addition to the premium rate authorized, a charge may also be made for a nonrefundable origination fee per credit life insurance transaction as set forth below:
	Insured Indebtedness	Fee Permitted
	less than $250.00	none
	$250.00 or more but	$1.00
		less than $500.00
	$500.00 or more	$3.00
No third or subsequent origination fee may be charged in connection with a third or subsequent refinancing within any twelve‑month period. (1975, c. 660, s. 1; 1987, c. 826, ss. 4, 5, 13; 1991, c. 720, s. 91; 1993, c. 226, s. 7.)

§ 58‑57‑45.  Credit accident and health insurance rate standards.
(a)	The rate standards set forth below shall be applicable for contracts which contain a provision excluding or denying claim for disability resulting from preexisting illness, disease or physical condition, for which the debtor received medical advice, consultation, or treatment within the six‑month period immediately preceding the effective date of the debtor's coverage and if said disability occurs within the six‑month period immediately following such date, but contain no other provision which excludes or restricts liability in the event of disability caused in a certain specified manner, except that they may contain provisions excluding or restricting coverage in the event of normal pregnancy; intentionally self‑inflicted injuries; sickness resulting from intoxication, addiction to alcohol or narcotics, or from the use thereof unless administered on the advice of a physician; flight in nonscheduled aircraft; war; military service; and may contain the same age restrictions as those mentioned for credit life insurance in G.S. 58‑57‑40. Provided, if the indebtedness is paid by renewal or refinancing prior to the scheduled maturity date, the effective date of the coverage with respect to any policy provision shall be deemed to be the first date on which the debtor became insured under the policy covering the original prior indebtedness that was renewed or refinanced, at least to the extent of the amount and term of the coverage outstanding at the time of renewal and refinancing of the debt.
(b)	A policy of credit accident and health insurance shall include a definition of "disability" providing that during the first 12 months of disability the insured shall be unable to perform the duties of his occupation at the time the disability occurred (or his previous occupation if the person is unemployed or retired at the time the disability occurs), and thereafter the duties of any occupation for which the insured is reasonably fitted by education, training, or experience.
(c)	Any policy to which the rates below apply may require the debtor to be gainfully employed on the effective date of the insurance. Provided, however, that unless the insured writes the name of his employer on the application and signs a statement that he is employed, there shall be no denial of claims grounded on the insured's failure to be employed on the effective date of the insurance.
(d)	If premiums are payable in one sum in advance for the entire duration of the indebtedness, for insurance with a preexisting exclusion as defined above, the following premiums are authorized:
Single Premium Rates per $100.00 of Initial
Insured Indebtedness
No. of Months 	Nonretroactive Benefits	Retroactive Benefits
in which
Indebtedness 	14‑Day	30‑Day	7‑Day	14‑Day	30‑Day
is
Repayable
	12	1.40	.95	2.60	2.10	1.40
	24	1.90	1.40	3.50	2.85	1.90
	36	2.40	1.90	4.35	3.65	2.40
	48	2.85	2.40	5.25	4.40	2.85
	60	3.35	2.85	6.10	5.20	3.35
	72	3.85	3.35	5.95	3.85
	84	4.30	3.85	6.70	4.30
	96	4.80	4.30	7.50	4.80
	108	5.25	4.80	8.25	5.25
	120	5.75	5.25	9.00	5.75
For terms other than the above, premiums shall be prorated.
(e)	For policies for which monthly premiums are charged on a basis of the then‑outstanding balances, a monthly premium per one thousand dollars ($1,000) of outstanding balances is authorized, based on the following formula:
Opn	=	20	SPn
	
	n	+	1
where SPn = Single premium rate per one hundred dollars ($100.00) of initial indebtedness repayable in n equal monthly installments.
Opn	 = 	Monthly outstanding balance premium rate per one thousand dollars ($1,000).
	n	 = 	Original repayment period, in months.
(e1)	Notwithstanding the premium rates otherwise set forth in this section for credit accident and health insurance, the premium rates for such insurance written in connection with direct loans with contractual commitments of more than 10 years' duration shall be filed with and approved by the Commissioner.  Such premium rates shall exhibit a reasonable relationship to the benefits provided.
(f)	Premium rate standards for other benefit plans and for indebtedness repayable in installments other than as indicated above shall be actuarially consistent with the above rate standards.
(g)	In addition to the premium rate authorized, a charge may also be made for a nonrefundable origination fee per credit accident and health insurance transaction as set forth below:
Insured Indebtedness	Fee Permitted
less than $250.00	none
$250.00 or more but	$1.00
	less than $500.00
$500.00 or more	$3.00
No third or subsequent origination fee may be charged in connection with a third or subsequent refinancing within any twelve‑month period.
(h)	The premium rates for joint accident and health coverage shall not exceed one and two‑thirds (1 2/3) times the permitted single accident and health rate. (1975, c. 660, s. 1; 1981, c. 759, ss. 2, 4‑6, 9; 1987, c. 826, ss. 6, 7, 14; 1993, c. 226, s. 8.)

§ 58‑57‑50.  Premium refunds or credits.
(a)	Each individual policy or group certificate shall provide that in the event of termination of the insurance prior to the scheduled maturity date of indebtedness, any refund of an amount paid by the debtor for insurance shall be paid or credited promptly to the person entitled thereto.
(b)	The refund of premiums for decreasing term credit life insurance shall be the actuarial method of calculating refunds which produces a refund equal to the original premium multiplied by the ratio of the sum of the remaining insured balances divided by the sum of the original insured balances as of the due date nearest the date of prepayment in full. The refund of premiums for single interest credit property insurance and single interest physical damage insurance shall be equal to the amount computed by the sum of digits formula known as the "Rule of 78." The refund of premiums for level term credit life insurance and dual interest credit property insurance and dual interest physical damage insurance shall be equal to the pro rata unearned gross premiums.
(c)	The refund of premiums in the case of credit accident and health insurance shall be equal to one‑half the amount computed by the sum‑of‑digits formula commonly known as the "Rule of 78" plus one‑half the amount of the pro rata unearned gross premium.
In lieu thereof the refund may be computed by the "Pure Premium" method. The refund is computed from the schedule of credit accident and health premiums and is equal to the premium from that schedule which would be charged for such insurance in the amount of the total remaining benefits for the remaining term of the indebtedness outstanding on the date of termination.
(d)	No refund need be made if the amount thereof is less than one dollar ($1.00).
(e)	If a creditor requires a debtor to make any payment for credit life insurance or credit accident and health insurance and an individual policy or group certificate of insurance is not issued, the creditor shall immediately give written notice to such debtor and shall promptly make an appropriate credit to the account. (1975, c. 660, s. 1; 1981, c. 759, s. 8; 1989, c. 485, s. 7; 2005‑181, s. 2.)

§ 58‑57‑55.  Issuance of policies.
All policies of credit life insurance and credit accident and health insurance shall be issued only by an insurer authorized to do business in this State and shall be issued only through holders of licenses or authorizations issued by the Commissioner. With the exception of credit insurance issued in accordance with G.S. 58‑57‑105, all policies of credit life insurance and credit accident and health insurance shall be delivered or issued for delivery in this State. The enrollment of debtors under a group policy issued to a creditor and authorized under this Article shall not constitute the issuance of a policy of insurance. (1975, c. 660, s. 1; 2005‑181, s. 3.)

§ 58‑57‑60.  Claims.
(a)	All claims shall be promptly reported to the insurer or its designated claim representative, and the insurer shall maintain adequate claim files. All claims shall be settled as soon as possible and in accordance with the terms of the insurance contract.
(b)	All claims shall be paid either by draft drawn upon the insurer or by check of the insurer or by electronic funds transfer or be paid by such other specified method upon the direction of the beneficiary who is entitled thereto pursuant to the policy provisions.
(c)	No plan or arrangement shall be used whereby any person, firm or corporation other than the insurer or its designated claim representative shall be authorized to settle or adjust claims. The creditor shall not be designated as claim representative for the insurer in adjusting claims; provided, that a group policyholder may, by arrangement with the group insurer, draw drafts, electronic funds transfers, or checks in payment of claims due to the group policyholder subject to audit and review by the insurer.
(d)	A claim acknowledgment shall be sent to the claimant within 30 days after receiving written or electronic notice of the claim. Acknowledgment shall include one of the following:
(1)	A statement made to the insured or the claimant advising that the claim is being investigated.
(2)	Payment of the claim.
(3)	A bona fide written offer of settlement.
(4)	A written denial of the claim. (1975, c. 660, s. 1; 1993, c. 226, s. 10; 2005‑181, s. 4.)

§ 58‑57‑65.  Existing insurance; choice of insurer.
Credit life insurance and credit accident and health insurance may not be required of any borrower by any creditor.  When credit property insurance is required for any indebtedness, the debtor shall be notified in writing of the option of furnishing the required amount of insurance through existing policies owned or controlled by him or of procuring and furnishing the required coverage through any insurer authorized to transact an insurance business within this State. (1975, c. 660, s. 1; 1987, c. 826, s. 8.)

§ 58‑57‑70: Repealed by Session Laws 2005‑181, s. 7, effective January 1, 2006, and applicable to policies or certificates issued or renewed on or after that date.

§ 58‑57‑71.  Enforcement and penalties.
(a)	The Commissioner may, after notice and opportunity for a hearing, impose civil penalties or petition for restitution under G.S. 58‑2‑70, revoke, suspend, or restrict the license of any insurer if:
(1)	The insurer fails or refuses to comply with any law, order, or rule applicable to the insurer.
(2)	The insurer's financial condition is unsound, or its assets above its liabilities, exclusive of capital, are less than the amount of its capital or required minimum surplus.
(3)	The insurer has published or made to the Department or to the public any false statement or report.
(4)	The insurer or any of the insurer's officers, directors, employees, or other representatives refuse to submit to any examination authorized by law or refuse to perform any legal obligation in relation to an examination.
(5)	The insurer is found to make a practice of unduly engaging in litigation or of delaying the investigation of claims or the adjustment or payment of valid claims.
(b)	Any suspension, revocation, or refusal to renew an insurer's license under this section may also be made applicable to the license or registration of any individual regulated under this Chapter who is a party to any of the causes for licensing sanctions listed in subsection (a) of this section.
(c)	The Commissioner may impose a civil penalty under G.S. 58‑2‑70 if an insurer fails to acknowledge a claim within 30 days after receiving written or electronic notice of the claim, but only if the notice contains sufficient information for the insurer to identify the specific coverage involved. Acknowledgment of the claim shall be one of the following:
(1)	A statement made to the claimant or to the claimant's legal representative advising that the claim is being investigated.
(2)	Payment of the claim.
(3)	A bona fide written offer of settlement.
(4)	A written denial of the claim. With respect to a claim under an accident, health, or disability policy, if the acknowledgment sent to the claimant indicates that the claim remains under investigation, within 45 days after receipt by the insurer of the initial claim, the insurer shall send a claim status report to the insured and every 45 days thereafter until the claim is paid or denied. The report shall give details sufficient for the insured to understand why processing of the claim has not been completed and whether the insurer needs additional information to process the claim. If the claim acknowledgment includes information about why processing of the claim has not been completed and indicates whether additional information is needed, it may satisfy the requirement for the initial claim status report.
(d)	If a foreign insurance company's license is suspended or revoked, the Commissioner shall cause written notification of the suspension or revocation to be given to all of the company's agents in this State. Until the Commissioner restores the company's license, the company shall not write any new business in this State.
(e)	The Commissioner may, after considering the standards under G.S. 58‑30‑60(b), restrict an insurer's license by prohibiting or limiting the kind or amount of insurance written by that insurer. For a foreign insurer, this restriction relates to the insurer's business conducted in this State. The Commissioner shall remove any restriction under this subsection once the Commissioner determines that the operations of the insurer are no longer hazardous to the public or the insurer's policyholders or creditors. (2005‑181, s. 6.)

§ 58‑57‑75.  Judicial review.
Any party to the proceeding affected by an order of the Commissioner shall be entitled to judicial review by following the procedure set forth in G.S. 58‑2‑75 through 58‑2‑90. (1975, c. 660, s. 1.)

§ 58‑57‑80: Repealed by Session Laws 2005‑181, s. 7, effective January 1, 2006, and applicable to policies or certificates issued or renewed on or after that date.

§ 58‑57‑85: Repealed by Session Laws 2001‑223, s. 3.6.

§ 58‑57‑90.  Credit property insurance; personal property coverage.
(a)	As used in this Article, the term "single interest credit property" insurance means insurance of the personal property of the debtor against loss, with the creditor as sole beneficiary; and the term "dual credit property" insurance means insurance of personal property of the debtor, with the creditor as primary beneficiary and the debtor as beneficiary of proceeds not paid to the creditor. For the purpose of this Article, "personal property" means household furniture, furnishings, appliances designed for household use, and other personal property of the debtor, exclusive of an automobile, not used by the debtor in a business trade or profession.
(b)	Premium rates charged shall not exceed eighty‑seven cents (87¢) per year per one hundred dollars ($100.00) of insured value for single interest credit property insurance and shall not exceed one dollar and thirty‑one cents ($1.31) per year per one hundred dollars ($100.00) of insured value for dual interest credit property insurance. The insured value shall not exceed the lesser of the value of the property or the amount of the initial indebtedness.
In addition to the premium rate authorized, a charge may also be made for a nonrefundable origination fee per credit property insurance transaction as set forth below:
Insured Value	Fee Permitted

less than $250.00	none
$250.00 or more but	$1.00
less than $500.00
$500.00 or more	$3.00
No third or subsequent origination fee may be charged in connection with the third or subsequent refinancing within any twelve‑month period.
The Department shall collect data on credit property insurance written in North Carolina, including but not limited to: the amount of coverage written, direct premiums, earned premiums, dividends and retrospective rate credits paid, direct losses paid, direct losses incurred, commissions paid, loss ratios and policy provisions.  (1981, c. 759, s. 7; 1987, c. 826, s. 9; 1993, c. 226, s. 11; 1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 720, s. 2; 2017‑205, s. 2.1.)

§ 58‑57‑95.  Rebate of premiums on credit life and credit accident and health insurance; retention of funds by agent.
It shall be unlawful for any insurance carrier, or officer, agent or representative of an insurance company writing credit life and credit accident and health insurance, as defined in G.S. 58‑58‑10 and G.S. 58‑51‑100, or combination credit life, accident and health, hospitalization and disability insurance in connection with loans, to permit any agent or representative of such company to retain any portion of funds received for the payment of losses incurred, or to be incurred, under such policies of insurance issued by such company, or to pay, allow, permit, give or offer to pay, allow, permit or give, directly or indirectly, as an inducement to insurance, or after insurance has been effected, any rebate, discount, abatement, credit or reduction of the premium, to any loan agency, insurance agency or insurance producer, or to any creditor of the debtor on whose account the insurance was issued, or to any person, firm or corporation which received a commission or fee in connection with the issuance of such insurance: Provided, that this section shall not prohibit the payment of commissions to a licensed insurance producer or agency or limited representative on the sale of a policy of credit life and credit accident and health insurance, or combination credit life, accident and health, hospitalization and disability insurance in connection with loans.  (1955, c. 1341, s. 1; 1987, c. 629, s. 8; 2022‑46, s. 14(www).)

§ 58‑57‑100.  Credit property insurance; automobile physical damage insurance.
(a)	Single interest or dual interest physical damage insurance may be written on nonfleet private passenger motor vehicles, as defined in G.S. 58‑40‑10, that are used as collateral for loans made under Article 15 of Chapter 53 of the General Statutes. Automobile physical damage insurance as described in this section is a form of credit property insurance, as referred to in G.S. 53‑189. It is subject to the following conditions:
(1)	Such insurance may be written only on a motor vehicle that is in compliance with the inspection requirements of Part 2 of Article 3A of Chapter 20 of the General Statutes.
(2)	If a motor vehicle is already insured and the lender is named loss payee and that insurance continues in force, then no other physical damage insurance may be written.
(3)	Notification must be given orally and in writing to the borrower that he has the option to provide his own insurance coverage at any point during the term of the loan.
(4)	The creditor must have either a first or second lien on the motor vehicle to be insured.
(5)	The amount of insurance coverage may not exceed the lesser of (i) the principal amount of the loan plus allowable charges, excluding interest, plus two scheduled installment payments or (ii) the actual fair market value of the collateral at the time the insurance is written.
(6)	When a creditor accepts other collateral in addition to a motor vehicle as herein defined, the combined insurance on all collateral may not exceed the initial indebtedness of the loan.
(b)	Policy forms, rates, rating plans, and classifications for single or dual interest nonfleet private passenger motor vehicle physical damage insurance shall be filed with the Commissioner in accordance with Articles 40 and 41 of this Chapter. Every insurer writing such insurance shall, on or before April 1 of each year, file a supplemental financial statement in such form and detail that the Commissioner prescribes that will enable the Commissioner to review and analyze the filings made under this subsection.  (1989, c. 485, s. 13; 1989 (Reg. Sess., 1990), c. 1021, s. 2; 1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 720, s. 1; 2009‑382, s. 34.)

§ 58‑57‑105.  Credit insurance on credit card balances.
(a)	Credit card facilities may be used for the solicitation, negotiation, or payment of premiums for credit insurance on the unpaid balance of any credit card account pursuant to G.S. 58‑3‑145. Solicitation or negotiation for credit insurance on credit card account balances may not be made by unsolicited telephone calls or facsimile transmissions.
(b)	If credit life insurance premiums are charged through a credit card facility or if credit life insurance premiums are payable on the then outstanding balances on revolving charge account contracts defined in G.S. 25A‑11, a premium not exceeding seventy‑four cents (74¢) per one thousand dollars ($1,000) of insured indebtedness per month is authorized. The premium rate for joint credit life insurance may not exceed one and two‑thirds (1 2/3) the permitted single credit life insurance premium rate. (1993, c. 226, s. 9; c. 504, s. 46; 1999‑365, s. 2.)

§ 58‑57‑107:  Recodified as § 58‑3‑147, Session Laws 1993, c.  504, s. 40.

§ 58‑57‑110.  Credit unemployment insurance rate standards; policy provisions.
(a)	Beginning September 1, 2018, and every third year thereafter, the Commissioner shall prescribe a minimum incurred loss ratio standard requirement to develop a premium rate reasonable in relation to the benefits provided by credit unemployment insurance coverage. This minimum incurred loss ratio standard shall be effective on January 1 in the year after it is prescribed and shall remain in effect until a new minimum incurred loss ratio standard requirement is prescribed. The following requirements must be met:
(1)	Coverage is provided or offered, with or without underwriting, to all debtors regardless of age who are working for salary, wages, or other employment income for at least 30 hours per week and have done so for 12 consecutive months.
(2)	Coverage sets forth a definition of involuntary unemployment as a loss of employment income that may include, but is not limited to, loss caused by layoff, general strike, termination of employment, or lockout.
(3)	Coverage does not contain any exclusion except: debts with irregular monthly payments; voluntary forfeiture of salary, wages, or other employment income; resignation; retirement; sickness, disease, or normal pregnancy; or loss of income due to termination as a result of willful misconduct that is a violation of some established, definite rule of conduct, a forbidden act, or willful dereliction of duty, or criminal misconduct.
(4)	Eligibility for benefits may be based upon registration with the State unemployment office but shall not be limited by any provision requiring registration within a specified time. An insurer may require the insured to provide a copy of the official State unemployment office decision letter regarding the claim for State unemployment benefits in order to qualify for benefits. The official State unemployment office decision letter may only be used to deny a claim for benefits under the credit unemployment coverage if the letter cites a reason listed in G.S. 58‑57‑110(a)(3).
(b)	The Commissioner may approve other policy provisions and coverages consistent with the purposes of unemployment coverage.
(c)	Joint coverage rates for credit unemployment insurance shall be one and two‑thirds (1 2/3) times the approved single rate of coverage.  (1993, c. 226, s. 9; 2005‑181, s. 5; 2017‑205, s. 2.2.)

§ 58‑57‑115.  Family leave credit insurance standards; policy provisions.
(a)	Definitions. – As used in this section:
(1)	"Foster child" means a minor (i) over whom a guardian has been appointed by the clerk of superior court of any county in North Carolina; or (ii) the primary or sole custody of whom has been assigned by order of a court of competent jurisdiction.
(2)	"Immediate family member" means a spouse, child (natural, adopted, or foster), or parent of the insured person.
(3)	"Placement in the foster home" means physically residing with the insured person appointed as the guardian or custodian of a foster child or children as long as the insured person has assumed the legal obligation for total or partial support of the foster child or children with the intent that the foster child or children reside with the insured person on more than a temporary or short‑term basis.
(b)	Coverage. – Insurers may provide coverage for loss of income because of a voluntary, employer‑approved leave of absence granted upon the occurrence of any of the qualifying events in subsection (d) of this section. The insured person shall not be required to meet any federal requirements in order to qualify for benefits provided by this coverage. Benefits shall be paid to the creditor to reduce the insured person's indebtedness.
(c)	Eligibility. – Coverage may be provided or offered to any debtor who has not yet reached his or her 71st birthday and has been working for wages for at least 30 hours per week for the past five consecutive weeks.
(d)	Qualifying Events. – Benefits shall be paid only for the following qualifying events:
(1)	An accident involving sickness of, or incapacitation of, an immediate family member that requires the insured person to attend to the family member's needs.
(2)	Birth of a child or children of the insured person.
(3)	Adoption of a child or children of the insured person.
(4)	Placement in the foster home of a foster child or children.
(5)	The insured person's principal residence is in a federally declared disaster area.
(6)	The insured person is called to active military duty.
(7)	The insured person is called to petit or grand jury duty.
(e)	Exclusions. – Coverage shall not contain any exclusions except:
(1)	Retirement of the insured person from employment.
(2)	Voluntary resignation of the insured person from employment.
(3)	Seasonal unemployment of the insured person.
(4)	Involuntary unemployment of the insured person.
(5)	Disability of the insured person.
(6)	Employment termination because of willful or criminal misconduct of the insured person.
(f)	Notice. – The insurer shall send a notice to the insured person at the insured person's home address to inform the insured person that benefits have been paid, including the dates and the amount of payment. The notice shall be sent to the insured person within 60 days after the last day of the benefit period.
(g)	Minimum Amounts. – The minimum monthly benefit amount shall be level for the entire benefit period. The minimum monthly benefit amount shall equal or exceed the minimum monthly payment required by the creditor, plus the premium charge for the coverage attributable to the benefit period.
(h)	Miscellaneous Provisions. – Any waiting period for benefits shall not exceed 30 days. The insured shall provide satisfactory evidence of employer approval of qualified leave. Lump‑sum benefits may be paid. Refunds of unearned single premiums shall be equal to the pro rata unearned gross premium.
(i)	Rates. – Premium rates shall be actuarially demonstrated to generate a sixty percent (60%) incurred loss ratio. Joint coverage rates shall be one and two‑thirds (1  2/3) times the approved single rate. Rates shall be filed for approval before they can be used.
(j)	Reports. – By March 31 of each year every insurer writing family leave coverage shall file a statistical report of the past calendar year's actuarial experience for that coverage. The report shall demonstrate the actual experience loss ratio for the calendar year and shall include the: number of insureds, total earned premium, total number of incurred claims, total incurred claims, total number of incurred claims for each qualifying event, average monthly benefit per claim for each qualifying event, and premium refunds. (1999‑351, s. 5.1.)

Article 58.
Life Insurance and Viatical Settlements.
Part 1. General Provisions.
§ 58‑58‑1.  Definitions; requisites of contract.
All corporations or associations doing business in this State, under any charter or statute of this or any other state, involving the payment of money or other thing of value to families or representatives of policy and certificate holders or members, conditioned upon the continuance or cessation of human life, or involving an insurance, guaranty, contract, or pledge for the payment of endowments or annuities, or who employ agents to solicit such business, are life insurance companies, in all respects subject to the laws herein made and provided for the government of life insurance companies, and shall not make any such insurance, guaranty, contract, or pledge in this State with any citizen, or resident thereof, which does not distinctly state the amount of benefits payable, the manner of payment, the consideration therefor and such other provisions as the Commissioner may require. (1899, c. 54, s. 55; Rev., s. 4773; C.S., s. 6455; 1945, c. 379.)

§ 58‑58‑5.  Industrial life insurance defined.
Industrial life insurance is hereby declared to be that form of life insurance under which the premiums are payable monthly or oftener, provided the face amount of insurance stated in the policy does not exceed one thousand dollars ($1,000) and the words "Industrial Policy" are printed upon the policy as a part of the descriptive matter. (1945, c. 379; 1947, c. 721.)

§ 58‑58‑10.  Credit life insurance defined.
Credit life insurance is declared to be insurance upon the life of a debtor who may be indebted to any person, firm, or corporation extending credit to said debtor. Credit life insurance may include the granting of additional benefits in the event of total and permanent disability of the debtor. (1953, c. 1096, s. 1.)

§ 58‑58‑15.  Any type of survivorship fund in life insurance contract prohibited.
No life insurance company shall hereafter deliver in this State, as a part of or in combination with any insurance, endowment or annuity contract, any agreement or plan, additional to the rights, dividends, and benefits arising out of any such insurance, endowment or annuity contract, which provides for the accumulation of profits over a period of years and for payment of all or any part of such accumulated profits only to members or policyholders of a designated group or class who continue as members or policyholders until the end of a specified period of years.  Nor shall any such company deliver in this State any individual life insurance policy which provides that on the death of anyone not specifically named therein, the owner or beneficiary of the policy shall receive the payment or granting of anything of value. (1955, c. 492.)

§ 58‑58‑20.  Tie‑in sales with life insurance prohibited.
No life insurance company shall hereafter deliver in this State, as a part of or in combination with any insurance, endowment or annuity contract, any agreement or plan, additional to the rights, dividends, and benefits arising out of any such insurance, endowment, or annuity contract which provides for the sale, solicitation, or delivery of any stock or shares of stock in the company issuing the policy or in any other insurance company or other corporation, or benefit certificate, securities, or any special advisory board contract, or other contracts or resolutions of any kind promising returns and profits, or dividends equivalent to stock dividends as an inducement to or in connection with the sale of the insurance or to the taking of the policy. Nothing herein contained shall be construed as prohibiting any participating insurer from distributing to its policyholders dividends, savings or the unused or unabsorbed portion of premiums and premium deposits. (1957, c. 752.)

§ 58‑58‑22.  Individual policy standard provisions.
No policy of individual life insurance shall be delivered in this State unless it contains in substance the following provisions, or provisions that in the Commissioner's opinion are more favorable to the person insured:
(1)	Grace period. – A provision that the insured is entitled to a grace period of 31 days for the payment of any premium due except the first, during which grace period the death benefit coverage shall continue in force. The policy may provide that if a claim arises under the policy during the grace period, the amount of any premium due or overdue may be deducted from any amount payable under the policy in settlement.
(2)	Incontestability. – A provision that the validity of the policy shall not be contested, except for nonpayment of premium, once it has been in force for two years after its date of issue; and that no statement made by any person insured under the policy about that person's insurability shall be used during the person's lifetime to contest the validity of the policy after the insurance has been in force for two years.
(3)	Misstatement of age or gender. – A provision specifying an equitable adjustment of premiums or benefits, or both, to be made if the age or gender of the person insured has been misstated; the provision to contain a clear statement of the method of adjustment to be used.
(4)	Suicide. – A provision that may not limit payment of benefits for a period more than two years after the date of issue of the policy because of suicide and that provides for at least the return of premiums paid on the policy if there is suicide during the two‑year period.
(5)	Reinstatement. – A provision that, unless the policy has been surrendered for its cash surrender value, or its cash surrender value has been exhausted, the policy will be reinstated at any time within five years after the date of premium default upon written application therefor, the production of evidence of insurability satisfactory to the insurer, the payment of all overdue premiums, and the payment of reinstatement of any other indebtedness to the insurer upon the policy, all with interest at the rate specified. (1995, c. 517, s. 31(a).)

§ 58‑58‑23.  Standard provisions for annuity and pure endowment contracts.
No annuity or pure endowment contract, except a reversionary or survivorship annuity and except a group annuity contract, shall be delivered or issued for delivery in this State unless it contains in substance the following provisions or provisions that in the opinion of the Commissioner are more favorable to the holders of the contracts:
(1)	Grace period. – A provision for a grace period of not less than 31 days within which any stipulated payment to the insurer falling due after the first payment may be made. During the grace period, the contract shall continue in full force. If a claim arises under the contract because of death before the expiration of the grace period and before the overdue payment to the insurer is made, the amount of the payments, with interest on any overdue payments, may be deducted from any amount payable under the contract.
(2)	Incontestability. – If any statements are required as a condition of issue, there shall be a provision that the contract shall be incontestable during the lifetime of the person or of each of the persons as to whom the statements are required after it has been in force for a period of two years after its date of issue, except for nonpayment of stipulated payments to the insurer.
(3)	Misstatements of age or gender. – A provision that if the age or gender of any person upon whose life the contract is made has been misstated, the amount payable or benefits accruing under the contract shall be such as the stipulated payment or payments to the insurer would have been according to the correct age or gender; and if the insurer makes an overpayment because of the misstatement, that amount with interest at the rate specified in the contract may be charged against any current or subsequent payment by the insurer under the contract.
(4)	Reinstatement. – A provision that the contract may be reinstated at any time within one year after a default in making stipulated payments to the insurer, unless the cash surrender value has been paid; but all overdue stipulated payments and any indebtedness to the insurer on the contract shall be paid or reinstated with interest at a rate specified in the contract. When applicable, the insurer may also require evidence of insurability satisfactory to the insurer. (1995, c. 517, s. 31(a).)

§ 58‑58‑25.  Policies to be issued to any person possessing the sickle cell trait or hemoglobin C trait.
No insurance company licensed in this State pursuant to the provisions of Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter shall refuse to issue or deliver any policy of life insurance authorized thereunder solely by reason of the fact that the person to be insured possesses sickle cell trait or hemoglobin C trait; nor shall any such policy issued and delivered in this State carry a higher premium rate or charge by reason of the fact that the person to be insured possesses said traits. The term "sickle cell trait" is defined as the condition wherein the major natural hemoglobin components present in the blood of the individual are hemoglobin A (normal) and hemoglobin S (sickle hemoglobin) as defined by standard chemical and physical analytic techniques, including electrophoresis, and the proportion of hemoglobin A is greater than the proportion of hemoglobin S or one natural parent of the individual is shown to have only normal hemoglobin components (hemoglobin A, hemoglobin A2, hemoglobin F) in the normal proportions by standard chemical and physical analytic tests. The term "hemoglobin C trait" is defined as the condition wherein the major natural hemoglobin components present in the blood of the individual are hemoglobin A (normal) and hemoglobin C as defined by standard chemical and physical analytic techniques, including electrophoresis, and the proportion of hemoglobin A is greater than the proportion of hemoglobin C or one natural parent of the individual is shown to have only normal hemoglobin components (hemoglobin A, hemoglobin A2, hemoglobin F) in the normal proportions by standard chemical and physical analytic tests. (1975, c. 600, s. 1.)

§ 58‑58‑30.  Soliciting agent represents the company.
A person who solicits an application for insurance upon the life of another, in any controversy relating thereto between the insured or his beneficiary and the company issuing a policy upon such application, is the agent of the company and not of the insured. (1907, c. 958, s. 1; C.S., s. 6457.)

§ 58‑58‑35.  Discrimination between insurants forbidden.
A life insurance company doing business in this State shall not make any distinction or discrimination in favor of individuals between insurants of the same class and equal expectation of life in the amount of payment of premiums or rates charged for policies of life or endowment insurance, or in the dividends or other benefits payable thereon, or in any of the terms and conditions of the contracts it makes; nor shall any such company or any agent thereof make any contract of insurance or agreement as to such contract other than as plainly expressed in the policy issued thereon, nor pay or allow as inducement to insurance any rebate of premium payable on the policy, or any special favor or advantage in the dividends or other benefit to accrue thereon, or any valuable consideration or inducement whatever not specified in the policy contract of insurance; nor give, sell, or purchase, or offer to give, sell, or purchase as inducement to insurance or in connection therewith any stocks, bonds, or other securities of any insurance company or other corporation, association, or partnership, or any dividends or profits to accrue therein, or anything of value whatsoever not specified in the policy. (1899, c. 54, s. 57; 1903, c. 438, ss. 5, 10; Rev., s. 4775; 1911, c. 196, s. 7; C.S., s. 6458.)

§ 58‑58‑40.  Misrepresentations of policy forbidden.
No life insurance company doing business in this State, and no officer, director, solicitor, or other agent thereof, shall make, issue, or circulate, or cause to be made, issued, or circulated any estimate, illustration, circular, or statement of any sort misrepresenting the terms of the policy issued by it or the dividends or share of surplus to be received thereon, or shall use any name or title of any policy or class of policies misrepresenting the true nature thereof. Nor shall any such company, agent, or broker make any misrepresentation to any person insured in said company or in any other insurer or governmental agency for the purpose of inducing or tending to induce such person to lapse, forfeit, or surrender his said insurance. (1913, c. 95; C.S., s. 6459; 1947, c. 721.)

§ 58‑58‑42: Repealed by Session Laws 2001‑436, s. 5.

Part 2. Financial Provisions.
§ 58‑58‑45.  Financial Provisions.
The valuation of the reserves on the policies and bonds of every life insurance company incorporated by the laws of this State shall be based upon any recognized standard of valuation and mortality table as the Commissioner should deem best for the security of the business and the safety of the persons insured. The Commissioner shall annually value or cause to be valued the reserves on all policies and annuities of each domestic company and may accept the valuation of such reserves made by the company upon such evidence of its correctness as he may require. Upon this valuation being made by the Commissioner and a certificate thereof furnished by him, each company shall pay to such officer, to defray the expenses thereof, the sum of one cent (1¢) for every thousand dollars ($1,000) of the whole amount insured by its policies so valued. The reserve fund hereinbefore provided for shall not be available for or used for any other purpose than the discharge of policy obligations, but is a trust fund to be held and expended only for the benefit of policyholders. In case of the insolvency of the company, the reserve on outstanding policies may, with the consent of the Commissioner, be used for the reinsurance of its policies to the extent of their pro rata part thereof. (1903, c. 536, s. 4; 1905, c. 410; Rev., s. 4777; 1907, c. 1000, s. 7; C.S., s. 6461; 1945, c. 379.)

§ 58‑58‑50.  Standard Valuation Law.
(a)	This section shall be known as the Standard Valuation Law.
(a1)	As used in this section:
(1)	Appointed actuary. – A qualified actuary who is appointed in accordance with the valuation manual to prepare the actuarial opinion required in subsection (j1) of this section.
(2)	Company. – An entity, including a fraternal benefit society as defined in Article 24 of this Chapter, which has written, issued, or reinsured life insurance contracts, accident and health insurance contracts, annuity contracts, pure endowment contracts, or deposit‑type contracts (i) in this State and has at least one such policy in force or on claim or (ii) in any state and is required to hold a certificate of authority to write life insurance, accident and health insurance, annuity contract, pure endowment, or deposit‑type contracts in this State.
(3)	Deposit‑type contract. – A contract that does not incorporate mortality or morbidity risks and as may be specified in the valuation manual.
(4)	Policyholder behavior. – Any action a policyholder, contract holder, or any other person with the right to elect options, such as a certificate holder, may take under a policy or contract subject to this section, including, but not limited to, lapse, withdrawal, transfer, deposit, premium payment, loan, annuitization, or benefit elections prescribed by the policy or contract but excluding events of mortality or morbidity that result in benefits prescribed in their essential aspects by the terms of the policy or contract.
(5)	Principle‑based valuation. – A reserve valuation that uses one or more methods or one or more assumptions determined by the insurer and is required to comply with subsection (n) of this section as specified in the valuation manual.
(6)	Qualified actuary. – An individual who is qualified to sign the applicable statement of actuarial opinion in accordance with the American Academy of Actuaries qualification standards for actuaries signing such statements and who meets the requirements specified in the valuation manual.
(7)	Reserves. – Reserve liabilities.
(8)	Tail risk. – A risk that occurs either where the frequency of low probability events is higher than expected under a normal probability distribution or where there are observed events of very significant size or magnitude.
(9)	Valuation manual. – The manual of valuation instructions adopted by the NAIC as specified in this section or as subsequently amended.
(b)	This subsection applies to policies and contracts issued prior to the operative date of the valuation manual. Each year the Commissioner shall value or cause to be valued the reserves for all outstanding life insurance policies, annuity contracts, pure endowment contracts, accident and health insurance contracts, and deposit‑type contracts of every life insurance company doing business in this State. In the case of an alien company, the valuation shall be limited to its United States business. Group methods and approximate averages for fractions of a year or otherwise may be used by the Commissioner in calculating the company's reserves, and the Commissioner may accept the valuation made by the company upon evidence of its correctness that the Commissioner requires. For foreign or alien insurance companies, the Commissioner may accept any valuation made or caused to be made by the insurance regulator of any state or other jurisdiction if that valuation complies with the minimum standard provided in this section.
(b1)	The provisions set forth in subsections (c), (d), (d1), (e), (f), (g), (h), and (k) of this section shall apply to all policies and contracts, as appropriate, subject to this section issued on or after the effective date of this section and prior to the operative date of the valuation manual. The provisions set forth in subsections (m) and (n) of this section shall not apply to policies issued prior to the operative date of the valuation manual.
(b2)	This subsection applies to policies and contracts issued on or after the operative date of the valuation manual. The Commissioner shall annually value, or cause to be valued, the reserves for all outstanding life insurance contracts, annuity contracts, pure endowment contracts, accident and health insurance contracts, and deposit‑type contracts of every company issued on or after the operative date of the valuation manual. In lieu of the valuation of the reserves required of a foreign or alien company, the Commissioner may accept a valuation made, or caused to be made, by the insurance supervisory official of any state or other jurisdiction when that valuation complies with the minimum standard provided in this section.
(b3)	The provisions set forth in subsections (m) and (n) of this section shall apply to all policies and contracts issued on or after the operative date of the valuation manual.
(c)	(1)	Except as otherwise provided in subdivisions (3) and (4) of this subsection, or in subsection (k) of this section, the minimum standard for the valuation of all such policies and contracts issued before the effective date of this section shall be that provided by the laws in effect immediately before that date, except that the minimum standard for the valuation of annuities and pure endowments purchased under group annuity and pure endowment contracts issued before that date shall be that provided by the laws in effect immediately before that date but replacing the interest rates specified in such laws by an interest rate of five percent (5%) per annum, and five and one‑half percent (5 1/2%) interest for single premium life insurance policies.
(2)	Except as otherwise provided in subdivisions (3) and (4) of this subsection, or in subsection (k) of this section, the minimum standards for the valuation of all such policies and contracts issued on or after the effective date of this section shall be the Commissioner's reserve valuation methods defined in subsections (d), (d1), (g), and (k) of this section, five percent (5%) interest for group annuity and pure endowment contracts and three and one‑half percent (3 1/2%) interest for all other policies and contracts, or, in the case of policies and contracts other than annuity and pure endowment contracts, issued on or after July 1, 1975, four percent (4%) interest for such policies issued prior to April 19, 1979, and four and one‑half percent (4 1/2%) interest for such policies issued on or after April 19, 1979, and the following tables:
a.	For all ordinary policies of life insurance issued on the standard basis, excluding any disability and accidental death benefits in such policies – the Commissioner's 1941 Standard Ordinary Mortality Table for such policies issued prior to the operative date of subdivision (e)(2) of G.S. 58‑58‑55, the Commissioner's 1958 Standard Ordinary Mortality Table for such policies issued on or after the operative date of subdivision (e)(2) of G.S. 58‑58‑55 prior to the operative date of subdivision (e)(4) of G.S. 58‑58‑55, provided that for any category of such policies issued on female risks, all modified net premiums and present values referred to in this section may be calculated according to an age not more than six years younger than the actual age of the insured; and, for such policies issued on or after the operative date of subdivision (e)(4) of G.S. 58‑58‑55, (i) the Commissioner's 1980 Standard Ordinary Mortality Table, or (ii) at the election of the company for any one or more specified plans of life insurance, the Commissioner's 1980 Standard Ordinary Mortality Table with Ten‑Year Select Mortality Factors, or (iii) any ordinary mortality table, adopted after 1980 by the NAIC, that is approved by regulation promulgated by the Commissioner for use in determining the minimum standard of valuation for such policies;
b.	For all industrial life insurance policies issued on the standard basis, excluding any disability and accidental death benefits in such policies – the 1941 Standard Industrial Mortality Table for such policies issued prior to the operative date of subdivision (e)(3) of G.S. 58‑58‑55 and for such policies issued on or after such operative date the Commissioner's 1961 Standard Industrial Mortality Table or any industrial mortality table, adopted after 1980 by the NAIC, that is approved by regulation promulgated by the Commissioner for use in determining the minimum standard of valuation for such policies;
c.	For individual annuity and pure endowment contracts, excluding any disability and accidental death benefits in such policies – the 1937 Standard Annuity Mortality Table or, at the option of the company, the Annuity Mortality Table for 1949, Ultimate, or any modification of either of these tables approved by the Commissioner;
d.	For group annuity and pure endowment contracts, excluding any disability and accidental death benefits in such policies – the Group Annuity Mortality Table for 1951, any modification of such table approved by the Commissioner, or, at the option of the company, any of the tables or modifications of tables specified for individual annuity and pure endowment contracts;
e.	For total and permanent disability benefits in or supplementary to ordinary policies or contracts – for policies or contracts issued on or after January 1, 1966, the tables of Period 2 disablement rates and the 1930 to 1950 termination rates of the 1952 Disability Study of the Society of Actuaries, with due regard to the type of benefit or any tables of disablement rates and termination rates, adopted after 1980 by the NAIC, that are approved by regulation promulgated by the Commissioner for use in determining the minimum standard of valuation for such policies; for policies or contracts issued on or after January 1, 1961, and prior to January 1, 1966, either such tables or, at the option of the company, the Class (3) Disability Table (1926); and for policies issued prior to January 1, 1961, the Class (3) Disability Table (1926). Any such table shall, for active lives, be combined with a mortality table permitted for calculating the reserves for life insurance policies;
f.	For accidental death benefits in or supplementary to policies – for policies issued on or after January 1, 1966, the 1959 Accidental Death Benefits Table or any accidental death benefits table, adopted after 1980 by the NAIC, that is approved by regulation promulgated by the Commissioner for use in determining the minimum standard of valuation for such policies; for policies issued on or after January 1, 1961, and prior to January 1, 1966, either such table or, at the option of the company, the Inter‑Company Double Indemnity Mortality Table; and for policies issued prior to January 1, 1961, the Inter‑Company Double Indemnity Mortality Table. Either table shall be combined with a mortality table permitted for calculating the reserves for life insurance policies;
g.	For group life insurance, life insurance issued on the substandard basis and other special benefits – such tables as may be approved by the Commissioner.
(3)	Except as provided in subdivision (4) of this subsection, the minimum standard of valuation for individual annuity and pure endowment contracts issued on or after the operative date of this subdivision (3), as defined herein, and for annuities and pure endowments purchased on or after such operative date under group annuity and pure endowment contracts, shall be the Commissioner's reserve valuation methods defined in subsections (d) and (d1) of this section and the following tables and interest rates:
a.	For individual annuity and pure endowment contracts issued prior to April 19, 1979, excluding any disability and accidental death benefits in such contracts – the 1971 Individual Annuity Mortality Table, or any modification of this table approved by the Commissioner, and six percent (6%) interest for single premium immediate annuity contracts, and four percent (4%) interest for all other individual annuity and pure endowment contracts;
b.	For individual single premium immediate annuity contracts issued on or after April 19, 1979, excluding any disability and accidental death benefits in such contracts – the 1971 Individual Annuity Mortality Table or any individual annuity mortality table, adopted after 1980 by the NAIC, that is approved by regulation promulgated by the Commissioner for use in determining the minimum standard of valuation for such contracts, or any modification of these tables approved by the Commissioner, and seven and one‑half percent (7 1/2%) interest;
c.	For individual annuity and pure endowment contracts issued on or after April 19, 1979, other than single premium immediate annuity contracts, excluding any disability and accidental death benefits in such contracts – the 1971 Individual Annuity Mortality Table or any individual annuity mortality table, adopted after 1980 by the NAIC, that is approved by regulation promulgated by the Commissioner for use in determining the minimum standard of valuation for such contracts, or any modification of these tables approved by the Commissioner, and five and one‑half percent (5 1/2%) interest for single premium deferred annuity and pure endowment contracts and four and one‑half percent (4 1/2%) interest for all other such individual annuity and pure endowment contracts;
d.	For all annuities and pure endowments purchased prior to April 19, 1979, under group annuity and pure endowment contracts, excluding any disability and accidental death benefits purchased under such contracts – the 1971 Group Annuity Mortality Table, or any modification of this table approved by the Commissioner, and six percent (6%) interest;
e.	For all annuities and pure endowments purchased on or after April 19, 1979, under group annuity and pure endowment contracts, excluding any disability and accidental death benefits purchased under such contracts – the 1971 Group Annuity Mortality Table or any group annuity mortality table, adopted after 1980 by the NAIC, that is approved by regulation promulgated by the Commissioner for use in determining the minimum standard of valuation for such annuities and pure endowments, or any modification of these tables approved by the Commissioner, and seven and one‑half percent (7 1/2%) interest.
After July 1, 1975, any company may file with the Commissioner a written notice of its election to comply with the provisions of this subdivision (3) after a specified date before January 1, 1979, which shall be the operative date of this subdivision for such company, provided, a company may elect a different operative date for individual annuity and pure endowment contracts from that elected for group annuity and pure endowment contracts. If a company makes no such election, the operative date of this subdivision for such company shall be January 1, 1979.
(4)	a.	Applicability of this subdivision. The interest rates used in determining the minimum standard for the valuation of:
1.	Life insurance policies issued in a particular calendar year, on or after the operative date of subdivision (e)(4) of G.S. 58‑58‑55,
2.	Individual annuity and pure endowment contracts issued in a particular calendar year on or after January 1, 1982,
3.	Annuities and pure endowments purchased in a particular calendar year on or after January 1, 1982, under group annuity and pure endowment contracts, and
4.	The net increase, if any, in a particular calendar year after January 1, 1982, in amounts held under guaranteed interest contracts
shall be the calendar year statutory valuation interest rates as defined in this subdivision.
b.	Calendar Year Statutory Valuation Interest Rates.
1.	The calendar year statutory valuation interest rates, I shall be determined as follows and the results rounded to the nearer one‑quarter of one percent (1/4 of 1%):
I.	For life insurance,
I = .03 plus W (R1 – .03) plus W/2 : (R2 – .09);
II.	For single premium immediate annuities and for annuity benefits involving life contingencies arising from other annuities with cash settlement options and from guaranteed interest contracts with cash settlement options,
I = .03 plus W (R – .03)
where R1 is the lesser of R and .09,
R2 is the greater of R and .09,
R is the reference interest rate defined in this subdivision, and W is the weighting factor defined in this subdivision,
III.	For other annuities with cash settlement options and guaranteed interest contracts with cash settlement options, valued on an issue year basis, except as stated in II above, the formula for life insurance stated in I above shall apply to annuities and guaranteed interest contracts with guarantee durations in excess of 10 years and the formula for single premium immediate annuities stated in II above shall apply to annuities and guaranteed interest contracts with guarantee duration of 10 years or less,
IV.	For other annuities with no cash settlement options and for guaranteed interest contracts with no cash settlement options, the formula for single premium immediate annuities stated in II above shall apply,
V.	For other annuities with cash settlement options and guaranteed interest contracts with cash settlement options, valued on a change in fund basis, the formula for single premium immediate annuities stated in II above shall apply.
2.	However, if the calendar year statutory valuation interest rate for any life insurance policies issued in any calendar year determined without reference to this sentence differs from the corresponding actual rate for similar policies issued in the immediately preceding calendar year by less than one‑half of one percent (1/2 of 1%), the calendar year statutory valuation interest rate for such life insurance policies shall be equal to the corresponding actual rate for the immediately preceding calendar year. For purposes of applying the immediately preceding sentence, the calendar year statutory valuation interest rate for life insurance policies issued in a calendar year shall be determined for 1980 (using the reference interest rate defined for 1979) and shall be determined for each subsequent calendar year regardless of when subdivision (e)(4) of G.S. 58‑58‑55 becomes operative.
c.	Weighting Factors.
1.	The weighting factors referred to in the formulas stated above are given in the following tables:
I.	Weighting Factors for Life Insurance:
Guarantee
Duration	Weighting
(Years)	Factors
10 or less	.50
More than 10, but not more than 20	.45
More than 20	.35
	For life insurance, the guarantee duration is the maximum number of years the life insurance can remain in force on a basis guaranteed in the policy or under options to convert to plans of life insurance with premium rates or nonforfeiture values or both which are guaranteed in the original policy;
II.	Weighting factor for single premium immediate annuities and for annuity benefits involving life contingencies arising from other annuities with cash settlement options and guaranteed interest contracts with cash settlement options:
.80
III.	Weighting factors for other annuities and for guaranteed interest contracts, except as stated in II. above, shall be as specified in tables (i), (ii), and (iii) below, according to the rules and definitions in (iv), (v) and (vi) below:
(i)	For annuities and guaranteed interest contracts valued on an issue year basis:
Guarantee	Weighting Factor
Duration	For Plan Type
(Years)	A	B	C
5 or less:	.80	.60	.50
More than 5, but not
more than 10:	.75	.60	.50
More than 10, but not
more than 20:	.65	.50	.45
More than 20:	.45	.35	.35
(ii)	For annuities and	Plan Type
guaranteed interest	A	B	C
contracts valued on
a change in fund basis,
the factors shown in
(i) above increased
by:	.15	.25	.05
(iii)	For annuities and	Plan Type
guaranteed interest	A	B	C
contracts valued
on an issue year
basis (other than
those with no cash
settlement options)
which do not
guarantee interest on
considerations received
more than one year
after issue or
purchase and for
annuities and
guaranteed interest
contracts valued
on a change in fund
basis which do not
guarantee interest
rates on considerations
received more than 12
months beyond the
valuation date, the
factors shown in (i)
or derived in (ii)
increased by:	.05	.05	.05
(iv)	For other annuities with cash settlement options and guaranteed interest contracts with cash settlement options, the guarantee duration is the number of years for which the contract guarantees interest rates in excess of the calendar year statutory valuation interest rate for life insurance policies with guarantee duration in excess of 20 years. For other annuities with no cash settlement options and for guaranteed interest contracts with no cash settlement options, the guarantee duration is the number of years from the date of issue or date of purchase to the date annuity benefits are scheduled to commence.
(v)	Plan type as used in the above tables is defined as follows:
Plan Type A:	At any time policyholder may withdraw funds only (1) with an adjustment to reflect changes in interest rates or asset values since receipt of the funds by the insurance company, or (2) without such adjustment but in installments over five years or more, or (3) as an immediate life annuity, or (4) no withdrawal permitted.
Plan Type B:	Before expiration of the interest rate guarantee, policyholder may withdraw funds only (1) with an adjustment to reflect changes in interest rates or asset values since receipt of the funds by the insurance company, or (2) without such adjustment but in installments over five years or more, or (3) no withdrawal permitted. At the end of interest rate guarantee, funds may be withdrawn without such adjustment in a single sum or installments over less than five years.
Plan Type C:	Policyholder may withdraw funds before expiration of interest rate guarantee in a single sum or installments over less than five years either (1) without adjustment to reflect changes in interest rates or asset values since receipt of the funds by the insurance company, or (2) subject only to a fixed surrender charge stipulated in the contract as a percentage of the fund.
(vi)	A company may elect to value guaranteed interest contracts with cash settlement options and annuities with cash settlement options on either an issue year basis or on a change in fund basis. Guaranteed interest contracts with no cash settlement options and other annuities with no cash settlement options must be valued on an issue year basis. As used in this section, an issue year basis of valuation refers to a valuation basis under which the interest rate used to determine the minimum valuation standard for the entire duration of the annuity or guaranteed interest contract is the calendar year valuation interest rate for the year of issue or year of purchase of the annuity or guaranteed interest contract, and the change in fund basis of valuation refers to a valuation basis under which the interest rate used to determine the minimum valuation standard applicable to each change in the fund held under the annuity or guaranteed interest contract is the calendar year valuation interest rate for the year of the change in the fund.
d.	Reference Interest Rate.
1.	The reference interest rate referred to in paragraph b of this subdivision shall be defined as follows:
I.	For all life insurance, the lesser of the average over a period of 36 months and the average over a period of 12 months, ending on June 30 of the calendar year next preceding the year of issue, of Moody's Corporate Bond Yield Average – Monthly Average Corporates, as published by Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
II.	For single premium immediate annuities and for annuity benefits involving life contingencies arising from other annuities with cash settlement options and guaranteed interest contracts with cash settlement options, the average over a period of 12 months, ending on June 30 of the calendar year of issue or year of purchase, of Moody's Corporate Bond Yield Average – Monthly Average Corporates, as published by Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
III.	For other annuities with cash settlement options and guaranteed interest contracts with cash settlement options, valued on a year of issue basis, except as stated in II above, with guarantee duration in excess of 10 years, the lesser of the average over a period of 36 months and the average over a period of 12 months, ending on June 30 of the calendar year of issue or purchase, of Moody's Corporate Bond Yield Average – Monthly Average Corporates, as published by Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
IV.	For other annuities with cash settlement options and guaranteed interest contracts with cash settlement options, valued on a year of issue basis, except as stated in II above, with guarantee duration of 10 years or less, the average over a period of 12 months, ending on June 30 of the calendar year of issue or purchase, of Moody's Corporate Bond Yield Average – Monthly Average Corporates, as published by Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
V.	For other annuities with no cash settlement options and for guaranteed interest contracts with no cash settlement options, the average over a period of 12 months, ending on June 30 of the calendar year of issue or purchase, of Moody's Corporate Bond Yield Average – Monthly Average Corporates, as published by Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
VI.	For other annuities with cash settlement options and guaranteed interest contracts with cash settlement options, valued on a change in fund basis, except as stated in II above, the average over a period of 12 months, ending on June 30 of the calendar year of the change in the fund, of Moody's Corporate Bond Yield Average – Monthly Average Corporates, as published by Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
e.	Alternative Method for Determining Reference Interest Rates.
1.	In the event that Moody's Corporate Bond Yield Average – Monthly Average Corporates is no longer published by Moody's Investors Service, Inc., or in the event that the NAIC determines that Moody's Corporate Bond Yield Average – Monthly Average Corporates as published by Moody's Investors Service, Inc., is no longer appropriate for the determination of the reference interest rate, than an alternative method for determination of the reference interest rate, which is adopted by the NAIC and approved by regulation promulgated by the Commissioner, may be substituted.
(d)	Except as otherwise provided in subsections (d1), (g), and (k) of this section reserves according to the Commissioner's reserve valuation method, for the life insurance and endowment benefits of policies providing for a uniform amount of insurance and requiring the payment of uniform premiums, shall be the excess, if any, of the present value, at the date of valuation, of such future guaranteed benefits provided for by such policies, over the then present value of any future modified net premiums therefor. The modified net premiums for any such policy shall be such uniform percentage of the respective contract premiums for such benefits that the present value, at the date of issue of the policy, of all such modified net premiums shall be equal to the sum of the then present value of such benefits provided for by the policy and the excess of (1) and (2), as follows:
(1)	A net level annual premium equal to the present value, at the date of issue, of such benefits provided for after the first policy year, divided by the present value, at the date of issue, of an annuity of one per annum payable on the first and each subsequent anniversary of such policy on which a premium falls due; provided, however, that such net level annual premium shall not exceed the net level annual premium on the 19‑year premium whole life plan for insurance of the same amount at an age one year higher than the age at issue of such policy.
(2)	A net one year term premium for such benefits provided for in the first policy year.
Provided that for any life insurance policy issued on or after January 1, 1985, for which the contract premium in the first policy year exceeds that of the second year and for which no comparable additional benefits are provided in the first year for such excess and which provides an endowment benefit or a cash surrender value of a combination thereof in an amount greater than such excess premium, the reserve according to the Commissioner's reserve valuation method as of any policy anniversary occurring on or before the assumed ending date defined herein as the first policy anniversary on which the sum of any endowment benefit and any cash surrender value then available is greater than such excess premium shall, except as otherwise provided in subsection (g), be the greater of the reserve as of such policy anniversary calculated as described in the first paragraph of this subsection and the reserve as of such policy anniversary calculated as described in that paragraph, but with (i) the value defined in subparagraph (1) of that paragraph being reduced by fifteen percent (15%) of the amount of such excess first year premium, (ii) all present values of benefits and premiums being determined without reference to premiums or benefits provided for by the policy after the assumed ending date, (iii) the policy being assumed to mature on such date as an endowment, and (iv) the cash surrender value provided on such date being considered as an endowment benefit. In making the above comparison the mortality and interest bases stated in subdivisions (2) and (4) of subsection (c) shall be used.
Reserves according to the Commissioner's reserve valuation method for: (i) life insurance policies providing for a varying amount of insurance or requiring the payment of varying premiums; (ii) group annuity and pure endowment contracts purchased under a retirement plan or plan of deferred compensation, established or maintained by an employer (including a partnership or sole proprietorship) or by an employee organization, or by both, other than a plan providing individual retirement accounts or individual retirement annuities under section 408 of the Internal Revenue Code, as now or hereafter amended; (iii) disability and accidental death benefits in all policies and contracts; and (iv) all other benefits, except life insurance and endowment benefits in life insurance policies and benefits provided by all other annuity and pure endowment contracts, shall be calculated by a method consistent with the principles of this subsection except that any extra premiums charged because of impairments or special hazards shall be disregarded in the determination of modified net premiums.
(d1)	This subsection shall apply to all annuity and pure endowment contracts other than group annuity and pure endowment contracts purchased under a retirement plan or plan of deferred compensation, established or maintained by an employer (including a partnership or sole proprietorship) or by an employee organization, or by both, other than a plan providing individual retirement accounts or individual retirement annuities under section 408 of the Internal Revenue Code, as now or hereafter amended.
Reserves according to the Commissioner's annuity reserve method for benefits under annuity or pure endowment contracts, excluding any disability and accidental death benefits in such contracts, shall be the greatest of the respective excesses of the present values, at the date of valuation, of the future guaranteed benefits, including guaranteed nonforfeiture benefits, provided for by such contracts at the end of each respective contract year, over the present value, at the date of valuation, of any future valuation considerations derived from future gross considerations, required by the terms of such contract, that become payable prior to the end of such respective contract year. The future guaranteed benefits shall be determined by using the mortality table, if any, and the interest rate, or rates, specified in such contracts for determining guaranteed benefits. The valuation considerations are the portions of the respective gross considerations applied under the terms of such contracts to determine nonforfeiture values.
(e)	In no event shall a company's aggregate reserves for all life insurance policies, excluding disability and accidental death benefits, issued on or after the effective date of this section, be less than the aggregate reserves calculated in accordance with the methods set forth in subsections (d), (d1), (g) and (h) of this section and the mortality table or tables and rate or rates of interest used in calculating nonforfeiture benefits for such policies. In no event shall the aggregate reserves for all policies, contracts, and benefits be less than the aggregate reserves determined by the appointed actuary to be necessary to render the opinion required by subsection (i) or subsection (j1) of this section.
(f)	Reserves for all policies and contracts issued before the effective date of this section may be calculated, at the option of the company, according to any standards that produce greater aggregate reserves for those policies and contracts than the minimum reserves required by the laws in effect immediately before that date.
Reserves for any category of policies, contracts or benefits as established by the Commissioner, issued on or after the effective date of this section may be calculated, at the option of the company, according to any standards that produce greater aggregate reserves for such category than those calculated according to the minimum standard herein provided, but the rate or rates of interest used for policies and contracts, other than annuity and pure endowment contracts, shall not be greater than the corresponding rate or rates of interest used in calculating any nonforfeiture benefits provided in the policies or contracts.
Any such company that adopts any standard of valuation producing greater aggregate reserves than those calculated according to the minimum standard herein provided may, with the approval of the Commissioner, adopt any lower standard of valuation, but not lower than the minimum provided in this section. Provided, however, that for the purposes of this section, the holding of additional reserves previously determined by the appointed actuary to be necessary to render the opinion required by subsection (i) or (j1) of this section shall not be deemed to be the adoption of a higher standard of valuation.
(g)	If in any contract year the gross premium charged by any company on any policy or contract is less than the valuation net premium for the policy or contract calculated by the method used in calculating the reserve thereon but using the minimum valuation standards of mortality and rate of interest, the minimum reserve required for such policy or contract shall be the greater of either the reserve calculated according to the mortality table, rate of interest, and method actually used for such policy or contract, or the reserve calculated by the method actually used for such policy or contract but using the minimum valuation standards of mortality and rate of interest and replacing the valuation net premium by the actual gross premium in each contract year for which the valuation net premium exceeds the actual gross premium. The minimum valuation standards of mortality and rate of interest referred to in this subsection are those standards stated in subdivisions (1), (2) and (4) of subsection (c).
Provided that for any life insurance policy issued on or after January 1, 1985, for which the gross premium in the first policy year exceeds that of the second year and for which no comparable additional benefit is provided in the first year for such excess and which provides an endowment benefit or a cash surrender value or a combination thereof in an amount greater than such excess premium, the foregoing provisions of this subsection shall be applied as if the method actually used in calculating the reserve for such policy were the method described in subsection (d), ignoring the second paragraph of subsection (d). The minimum reserve at each policy anniversary of such a policy shall be the greater of the minimum reserve calculated in accordance with subsection (d), including the second paragraph of that subsection, and the minimum reserve calculated in accordance with this subsection.
(h)	In the case of any plan of life insurance which provides for future premium determination, the amounts of which are to be determined by the insurance company based on then estimates of future experience, or in the case of any plan of life insurance or annuity which is of such a nature that the minimum reserves cannot be determined by the methods described in subsections (d), (d1) and (g), the reserves which are held under any such plan must:
(1)	Be appropriate in relation to the benefits and the pattern of premiums for that plan, and
(2)	Be computed by a method which is consistent with the principles of this Standard Valuation Law, as determined by regulations promulgated by the Commissioner.
(i)	Prior to the operative date of the valuation manual as specified in G.S. 58‑58‑51, every life insurance company doing business in this State shall annually submit the opinion of a qualified actuary as to whether the reserves and related actuarial items held in support of the policies and contracts specified by the Commissioner by rule are computed appropriately, are based on assumptions that satisfy contractual provisions, are consistent with previously reported amounts, and comply with applicable laws of this State. The Commissioner by rule shall define the specifics of this opinion and add any other items deemed to be necessary to its scope. Every life insurance company, except as exempted by or pursuant to rule, shall also annually include in the opinion required by this subsection, an opinion of the same qualified actuary as to whether the reserves and related actuarial items held in support of the policies and contracts specified by the Commissioner by rule, when considered in light of the assets held by the company with respect to the reserves and related actuarial items, including but not limited to the investment earnings on the assets and the considerations anticipated to be received and retained under the policies and contracts, make adequate provision for the company's obligations under the policies and contracts, including but not limited to the benefits under and expenses associated with the policies and contracts. The Commissioner may provide by rule for a transition period for establishing any higher reserves that the qualified actuary may deem to be necessary in order to render the opinion required by this subsection.
(j)	Each opinion required by subsection (i) of this section shall be governed by the following provisions:
(1)	A memorandum, in form and substance acceptable to the Commissioner as specified by rule, shall be prepared to support each actuarial opinion.
(2)	If the insurance company fails to provide a supporting memorandum at the request of the Commissioner within a period specified by rule or the Commissioner determines that the supporting memorandum provided by the insurance company fails to meet the standards prescribed by the rules or is otherwise unacceptable to the Commissioner, the Commissioner may engage a qualified actuary at the expense of the company to review the opinion and the basis for the opinion and prepare such supporting memorandum as is required by the Commissioner.
(3)	The opinion shall be submitted with the annual statement reflecting the valuation of such reserve liabilities for each year ending on or after December 31, 1994.
(4)	The opinion shall apply to all business in force including individual and group health insurance plans, in form and substance acceptable to the Commissioner as specified by rule.
(5)	The opinion shall be based on standards adopted from time to time by the actuarial standards board and on such additional standards as the Commissioner may by rule prescribe.
(6)	In the case of an opinion required to be submitted by a foreign or alien company, the Commissioner may accept the opinion filed by that company with the insurance supervisory official of another state if the Commissioner determines that the opinion reasonably meets the requirements applicable to a company domiciled in this State.
(7)	Repealed by Session Laws 2015‑281, s. 1, effective upon contingency. See note.
(8)	Except in cases of fraud or willful misconduct, the qualified actuary shall not be liable for damages to any person (other than the insurance company and the Commissioner) for any act, error, omission, decision, or conduct with respect to the actuary's opinion.
(9)	Disciplinary action by the Commissioner against the company or the qualified actuary shall be defined in rules by the Commissioner.
(10)	Except as provided in subdivisions (14), (15), and (16) of this subsection, documents, materials, or other information in the possession or control of the Commissioner that are included in a memorandum in support of the opinion, and any other material provided by the company to the Commissioner in connection with the opinion, shall be confidential by law and privileged, shall not be subject to or public records under G.S. 58‑2‑100 or Chapter 132 of the General Statutes, shall not be subject to subpoena, and shall not be subject to discovery or admissible in evidence in any private civil action. However, the Commissioner is authorized to use the documents, materials, or other information in the furtherance of any regulatory or legal action brought as part of the Commissioner's official duties.
(11)	Neither the Commissioner nor any person who received documents, materials, or other information while acting under the authority of the Commissioner shall be permitted or required to testify concerning any confidential documents, materials, or information subject to subdivision (10) of this subsection in any private civil action.
(12)	In order to assist in the performance of the Commissioner's duties, the Commissioner may do any of the following:
a.	Share documents, materials, or other information, including the confidential and privileged documents, materials, or information subject to subdivision (10) of this subsection, with other state, federal, and international regulatory agencies, with the National Association of Insurance Commissioners and its affiliates and subsidiaries, and with state, federal, and international law enforcement authorities, provided that the recipient agrees to maintain the confidentiality and privileged status of the document, material, or other information.
b.	Receive documents, materials, or information, including otherwise confidential and privileged documents, materials, or information, from the National Association of Insurance Commissioners and its affiliates and subsidiaries, and from regulatory and law enforcement officials of other foreign or domestic jurisdictions, and maintain as confidential or privileged any document, material, or information received with notice or the understanding that it is confidential or privileged under the laws of the jurisdiction that is the source of the document, material, or information.
c.	Enter into agreements governing sharing and use of information consistent with subdivisions (10) through (12) of this subsection.
(13)	No waiver of any applicable privilege or claim of confidentiality in the documents, materials, or information shall occur as a result of disclosure to the Commissioner under this section or as a result of sharing authorized by subdivision (12) of this subsection.
(14)	A memorandum in support of an opinion, and any other material provided by the company in connection with the memorandum, may be subject to subpoena for the purpose of defending an action seeking damages from the actuary submitting the memorandum by reason of any action required by this section or by rules adopted under this section.
(15)	The memorandum or other material may otherwise be released by the Commissioner (i) with the written consent of the company or (ii) to the American Academy of Actuaries upon request stating the memorandum or other material is required for the purpose of professional disciplinary proceedings and setting forth procedures satisfactory to the Commissioner for preserving the confidentiality of the memorandum or other material.
(16)	Once any portion of the confidential memorandum is cited by the company in its marketing or is cited before any governmental agency other than a state insurance department or is released by the company to the news media, all portions of the confidential memorandum shall no longer be confidential.
(j1)	On or after the operative date of the valuation manual, every company with outstanding life insurance contracts, annuity contracts, pure endowment contracts, accident and health insurance contracts, or deposit‑type contracts in this State and subject to regulation by the Commissioner shall annually submit the opinion of the appointed actuary as to whether the reserves and related actuarial items held in support of the policies and contracts are computed appropriately, are based on assumptions that satisfy contractual provisions, are consistent with previously reported amounts, and comply with applicable laws of this State. The valuation manual shall prescribe the specifics of this opinion, including any items deemed to be necessary to its scope. Every company with outstanding life insurance contracts, annuity contracts, pure endowment contracts, accident and health insurance contracts, or deposit‑type contracts in this State and subject to regulation by the Commissioner, except as exempted in the valuation manual, shall also annually include in the opinion required by this subsection an opinion of the same appointed actuary as to whether the reserves and related actuarial items held in support of the policies and contracts specified in the valuation manual, when considered in light of the assets held by the company with respect to the reserves and related actuarial items, including, but not limited to, the investment earnings on the assets and the considerations anticipated to be received and retained under the policies and contracts, make adequate provision for the company's obligations under the policies and contracts, including, but not limited to, the benefits under and expenses associated with the policies and contracts.
(j2)	Each opinion required by subsection (j1) of this section shall be governed by the following provisions:
(1)	A memorandum, in form and substance as specified in the valuation manual and acceptable to the Commissioner, shall be prepared to support each actuarial opinion.
(2)	If the company fails to provide a supporting memorandum at the request of the Commissioner within a period specified in the valuation manual, or the Commissioner determines that the supporting memorandum provided by the company fails to meet the standards prescribed by the valuation manual or is otherwise unacceptable to the Commissioner, the Commissioner may engage a qualified actuary at the expense of the company to review the opinion and the basis for the opinion and prepare such supporting memorandum as is required by the Commissioner.
(3)	The opinion shall be in form and substance as specified in the valuation manual and acceptable to the Commissioner.
(4)	The opinion shall be submitted with the annual statement reflecting the valuation of such reserve liabilities for each year ending on or after the operative date of the valuation manual.
(5)	The opinion shall apply to all policies and contracts subject to subsection (j1) of this section plus other actuarial liabilities as specified in the valuation manual.
(6)	The opinion shall be based on standards adopted from time to time by the Actuarial Standards Board or its successor and on such additional standards as may be prescribed in the valuation manual.
(7)	In the case of an opinion required to be submitted by a foreign or alien company, the Commissioner may accept the opinion filed by that company with the insurance supervisory official of another state if the Commissioner determines that the opinion reasonably meets the requirements applicable to a company domiciled in this State.
(8)	Except in cases of fraud or willful misconduct, the appointed actuary shall not be liable for damages to any person (other than the company and the Commissioner) for any act, error, omission, decision, or conduct with respect to the appointed actuary's opinion.
(9)	Disciplinary action by the Commissioner against the company or the appointed actuary shall be defined in rules by the Commissioner.
(k)	The Commissioner shall adopt rules containing the minimum standards applicable to the valuation of accident and health insurance contracts issued prior to the operative date of the valuation manual. The Commissioner may also adopt rules for the purpose of recognizing new annuity mortality tables for use in determining reserve liabilities for annuities and may adopt rules that govern minimum valuation standards for reserves of life insurance companies. In adopting these rules, the Commissioner may consider model laws and regulations promulgated and amended from time to time by the NAIC.
(l)	The Commissioner may adopt rules for life insurers for the following matters:
(1)	Reserves for contracts issued by insurers.
(2)	Optional smoker‑nonsmoker mortality tables permitted for use in determining minimum reserve liabilities and nonforfeiture benefits.
(3)	Optional blended gender mortality tables permitted for use in determining nonforfeiture benefits for individual life policies.
(4)	Optional tables acceptable for use in determining reserves and minimum cash surrender values and amounts of paid‑up nonforfeiture benefits.
(5)	Assumptions for policyholder withdrawal rates for use in determining minimum reserve liabilities.
In adopting these rules, the Commissioner may consider model laws and regulations promulgated and amended from time to time by the NAIC.
(m)	The valuation manual shall apply as described in this subsection:
(1)	For policies issued on or after the operative date of the valuation manual, the standard prescribed in the valuation manual is the minimum standard of valuation required under subsections (b2) and (b3) of this section, except as provided under subdivision (5) or (7) of this subsection.
(2)	The operative date of the valuation manual is specified in G.S. 58‑58‑51(b).
(3)	Unless a change in the valuation manual specifies a later effective date, changes to the valuation manual shall be effective on January 1 of the year following the date when the change to the valuation manual has been adopted by the NAIC by an affirmative vote representing each of the following:
a.	At least three‑fourths of the members of the NAIC voting but not less than a majority of the total membership.
b.	Members of the NAIC representing jurisdictions totaling more than seventy‑five percent (75%) of the direct premiums written as reported in the following annual statements most recently available prior to the vote described in this subdivision: life, accident and health annual statements; health annual statements; and fraternal annual statements.
(4)	The valuation manual must specify all of the following:
a.	Minimum valuation standards for and definitions of the policies or contracts subject to subsections (b2) and (b3) of this section. Such minimum valuation standards shall be as follows:
1.	The Commissioner's reserve valuation method for life insurance contracts subject to subsections (b2) and (b3) of this section.
2.	The Commissioner's annuity reserve valuation method for annuity contracts subject to subsections (b2) and (b3) of this section.
3.	Minimum reserves for all other policies or contracts subject to subsections (b2) and (b3) of this section.
b.	The policies or contracts or types of policies or contracts that are subject to the requirements of a principle‑based valuation as described in subsection (n) of this section and the minimum valuation standards consistent with those requirements.
c.	For policies and contracts subject to a principle‑based valuation under subsection (n) of this section, each of the following:
1.	Requirements for the format of reports to the Commissioner under sub‑subdivision (2)c. of subsection (n) of this section. Such reports shall include information necessary to determine if the valuation is appropriate and in compliance with this section.
2.	Assumptions shall be prescribed for risks over which the company does not have significant control or influence.
3.	Procedures for corporate governance and oversight of the actuarial function and a process for appropriate waiver or modification of such procedures.
d.	For policies not subject to a principle‑based valuation under subsection (n) of this section, the minimum valuation standard shall either:
1.	Be consistent with the minimum standard of valuation prior to the operative date of the valuation manual; or
2.	Develop reserves that quantify the benefits and guarantees, and the funding, associated with the contracts and their risks at a level of conservatism that reflects conditions that include unfavorable events that have a reasonable probability of occurring.
e.	Other requirements, including, but not limited to, those relating to reserve methods, models for measuring risk, generation of economic scenarios, assumptions, margins, use of company experience, risk measurement, disclosure, certifications, reports, actuarial opinions and memorandums, transition rules, and internal controls.
f.	The data and form of the data required under subsection (o) of this section, to whom the data must be submitted, and may specify other requirements, including data analyses and reporting of analyses.
(5)	In the absence of a specific valuation requirement, or if a specific valuation requirement in the valuation manual is not, in the opinion of the Commissioner, in compliance with this section, then the company shall, with respect to such requirements, comply with minimum valuation standards prescribed by the Commissioner by rule.
(6)	The Commissioner may engage a qualified actuary, at the expense of the company, to perform an actuarial examination of the company and opine on the appropriateness of any reserve assumption or method used by the company, or to review and opine on a company's compliance with any requirement set forth in this section. The Commissioner may rely upon the opinion, regarding provisions contained in this section, of a qualified actuary engaged by the insurance regulator of another state, district, or territory of the United States. As used in this subdivision, the term "engage" includes employment and contracting.
(7)	The Commissioner may require a company to change any assumption or method that, in the opinion of the Commissioner, is necessary in order to comply with the requirements of the valuation manual or this section; and the company shall adjust the reserves as required by the Commissioner. The Commissioner may take other disciplinary action as specified in rules adopted by the Commissioner.
(n)	The requirements of this subsection shall apply to any principle‑based valuation of policies issued on or after the operative date of the valuation manual:
(1)	A company using a principle‑based valuation for one or more policies or contracts subject to this subsection as specified in the valuation manual must establish, for those policies and contracts, reserves that meet all of the following:
a.	Quantify the benefits and guarantees, and the funding, associated with the contracts and their risks at a level of conservatism that reflects conditions that include unfavorable events that have a reasonable probability of occurring during the lifetime of the contracts. For policies or contracts with significant tail risk, the reserves shall reflect conditions appropriately adverse to quantify the tail risk.
b.	Incorporate assumptions, risk analysis methods, financial models, and management techniques that are consistent with, but not necessarily identical to, those utilized within the company's overall risk assessment process, while recognizing potential differences in financial reporting structures and any prescribed assumptions or methods.
c.	Incorporate assumptions that are derived in one of the following manners:
1.	The assumption is prescribed in the valuation manual.
2.	For assumptions that are not prescribed, the assumptions shall (i) be established utilizing the company's available experience, to the extent it is relevant and statistically credible; or (ii) to the extent that company data is not available, relevant, or statistically credible, be established utilizing other relevant, statistically credible experience.
d.	Provide margins for uncertainty, including adverse deviation and estimation error, such that the greater the uncertainty, the larger the margin and resulting reserve.
(2)	A company using a principle‑based valuation for one or more policies or contracts subject to this subsection as specified in the valuation manual shall do the following:
a.	Establish procedures for corporate governance and oversight of the actuarial valuation function consistent with those described in the valuation manual.
b.	Provide to the Commissioner and the board of directors an annual certification of the effectiveness of the internal controls with respect to the principle‑based valuation. Such controls shall be designed to assure that all material risks inherent in the liabilities and associated assets subject to such valuation are included in the valuation and that valuations are made in accordance with the valuation manual. The certification shall be based on the controls in place as of the end of the preceding calendar year.
c.	Develop, and file with the Commissioner upon request, a principle‑based valuation report that complies with standards prescribed in the valuation manual.
(o)	A company shall submit mortality, morbidity, policyholder behavior, or expense experience and other data as prescribed in the valuation manual.
(p)	The confidentiality of documents, materials, and other information provided to the Commissioner under this section shall be maintained as described in this subsection:
(1)	For purposes of this subsection, "confidential information" shall include all of the following:
a.	A memorandum in support of an opinion submitted under subsection (i) or (j1) of this section and any other documents, materials, and other information, including, but not limited to, all working papers, and copies thereof, created, produced, or obtained by or disclosed to the Commissioner or any other person in connection with such memorandum.
b.	All documents, materials, and other information, including, but not limited to, all working papers, and copies thereof, created, produced, or obtained by or disclosed to the Commissioner or any other person in the course of an examination made under subdivision (6) of subsection (m) of this section; provided, however, that if an examination report or other material prepared in connection with an examination made under the Examination Law (G.S. 58‑2‑131 through G.S. 58‑2‑134) is not held as private and confidential information under the Examination Law, an examination report or other material prepared in connection with an examination made under subdivision (6) of subsection (m) of this section shall not be "confidential information" to the same extent as if such examination report or other material had been prepared under the Examination Law.
c.	Any reports, documents, materials, and other information developed by a company in support of, or in connection with, an annual certification by the company under sub‑subdivision (2)b. of subsection (n) of this section evaluating the effectiveness of the company's internal controls with respect to a principle‑based valuation and any other documents, materials, and other information, including, but not limited to, all working papers, and copies thereof, created, produced, or obtained by or disclosed to the Commissioner or any other person in connection with such reports, documents, materials, and other information.
d.	Any principle‑based valuation report developed under sub‑subdivision (2)c. of subsection (n) of this section and any other documents, materials, and other information, including, but not limited to, all working papers, and copies thereof, created, produced, or obtained by or disclosed to the Commissioner or any other person in connection with such report.
e.	Any documents, materials, data, and other information submitted by a company under subsection (o) of this section (collectively, "experience data") and any other documents, materials, data, and other information, including, but not limited to, all working papers, and copies thereof, created or produced in connection with such experience data, in each case that includes any potentially company‑identifying or personally identifiable information, that is provided to or obtained by the Commissioner (together with any "experience data," the "experience materials") and any other documents, materials, data, and other information, including, but not limited to, all working papers, and copies thereof, created, produced, or obtained by or disclosed to the Commissioner or any other person in connection with such experience materials.
(2)	Except as provided in this subsection, a company's confidential information is confidential by law and privileged, shall not be subject to or considered public record under G.S. 58‑2‑100 or Chapter 132 of the General Statutes, shall not be subject to subpoena, and shall not be subject to discovery or admissible in evidence in any private civil action. However, the Commissioner is authorized to use the confidential information in the furtherance of any regulatory or legal action brought as a part of the Commissioner's official duties.
(3)	Neither the Commissioner nor any person who received confidential information while acting under the authority of the Commissioner shall be permitted or required to testify in any private civil action concerning any confidential information.
(4)	In order to assist in the performance of the Commissioner's duties, the Commissioner may share confidential information (i) with other state, federal, and international regulatory agencies and with the NAIC and its affiliates and subsidiaries, and (ii) in the case of confidential information specified in sub‑subdivisions (1)a. and (1)d. of this subsection only, with the Actuarial Board for Counseling and Discipline or its successor upon request stating that the confidential information is required for the purpose of professional disciplinary proceedings and with state, federal, and international law enforcement officials; in the case of (i) and (ii), provided that such recipient agrees, and has the legal authority to agree, to maintain the confidentiality and privileged status of such documents, materials, data, and other information in the same manner and to the same extent as required for the Commissioner.
(5)	The Commissioner may receive documents, materials, data, and other information, including otherwise confidential and privileged documents, materials, data, or information, from the NAIC and its affiliates and subsidiaries, from regulatory or law enforcement officials of other foreign or domestic jurisdictions and from the Actuarial Board for Counseling and Discipline or its successor and shall maintain as confidential or privileged any document, material, data, or other information received with notice or the understanding that it is confidential or privileged under the laws of the jurisdiction that is the source of the document, material, or other information.
(6)	The Commissioner may enter into agreements governing the sharing and use of information consistent with this subsection.
(7)	No waiver of any applicable privilege or claim of confidentiality in the confidential information shall occur as a result of disclosure to the Commissioner under this subsection or as a result of sharing as authorized in subdivision (4) of this subsection.
(8)	A privilege established under the law of any state or jurisdiction that is substantially similar to the privilege established under this subsection shall be available and enforced in any proceeding in, and in any court of, this State.
(9)	In this subsection, "regulatory agency," "law enforcement agency," and the "NAIC" include, but are not limited to, their employees, agents, consultants, and contractors.
(10)	Notwithstanding subdivisions (2) through (9) of this subsection, confidential information specified in sub‑subdivisions (1)a. and (1)d. of this subsection may be subject to subpoena for the purpose of defending an action seeking damages from the appointed actuary submitting the related memorandum in support of an opinion submitted under subsection (i) or (j1) of this section or a principle‑based valuation report developed under sub‑subdivision (2)c. of subsection (n) of this section by reason of an action required by this section or by rules promulgated by the Commissioner. Such confidential information may otherwise be released by the Commissioner with the written consent of the company. Once any portion of a memorandum in support of an opinion submitted under subsection (i) or (j1) of this section or a principle‑based valuation report developed under sub‑subdivision (2)c. of subsection (n) of this section is cited by the company in its marketing or is publicly volunteered to or before a governmental agency other than a state insurance department or is released by the company to the news media, all portions of such memorandum or report shall no longer be confidential.
(q)	The Commissioner may exempt specific product forms or product lines of a domestic company that is licensed and doing business only in this State from the requirements of subsection (m) of this section, provided (i) the Commissioner has issued an exemption in writing to the company and has not subsequently revoked the exemption in writing and (ii) the company computes reserves using assumptions and methods used prior to the operative date of the valuation manual in addition to any requirements established by the Commissioner by rule. For any company granted an exemption under this subsection, the following subsections of this section shall be applicable: (c), (d), (d1), (e), (f), (g), (h), (i), (j), (j1), (j2), and (k), excluding any references to subsection (m) found therein.
(r)	The Department shall have full authority to enter into contracts or other agreements with the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any other state, entity, or person to fulfill the requirements of this section. Such contracts shall not be subject to Articles 3, 3C, and 8 of Chapter 143 of the General Statutes or any rules and procedures adopted under those Articles concerning procurement, contracting, and contract review.  (1945, c. 379; 1959, c. 484, s. 1; 1961, c. 255, ss. 1‑3; 1963, c. 791, ss. 1, 2; 1975, c. 603, s. 1; 1979, c. 409, ss. 1‑6; 1981, c. 761, ss. 1‑5; 1985, c. 666, s. 46; 1991, c. 720, s. 19; 1993, c. 452, ss. 52‑56; 1999‑219, s. 10; 2001‑334, s. 17.1; 2007‑127, ss. 17, 18; 2015‑281, ss. 1, 4; 2019‑57, s. 4.)

§ 58‑58‑51.  NAIC valuation manual operative date.
(a)	As used in the section, "valuation manual" means the manual of valuation instructions adopted by the NAIC or as subsequently amended.
(b)	The operative date of the valuation manual is January 1 of the first calendar year that begins following the first July 1 as of which all of the following have occurred:
(1)	The valuation manual has been adopted by the NAIC by an affirmative vote of at least 42 members, or three‑fourths of the members voting, whichever is greater.
(2)	The model Standard Valuation Law, as amended by the NAIC in 2009, or legislation including substantially similar terms and provisions, has been enacted by states representing more than seventy‑five percent (75%) of the direct premiums written as reported in the following annual statements submitted for 2008: life, accident and health annual statements; health annual statements; and fraternal annual statements.
(3)	The model Standard Valuation Law, as amended by the NAIC in 2009, or legislation including substantially similar terms and provisions, has been enacted by at least 42 of the following 55 jurisdictions: the 50 states of the United States, American Samoa, the American Virgin Islands, the District of Columbia, Guam, and Puerto Rico.  (2015‑281, s. 3.)

§ 58‑58‑55.  Standard nonforfeiture provisions.
(a)	This section shall be known as the Standard Nonforfeiture Law for Life Insurance.
(b)	In the case of policies issued on or after the operative date of this section, as defined in subsection (h), no policy of life insurance, except as stated in subsection (g), shall be delivered or issued for delivery in this State unless it shall contain in substance the following provisions, or corresponding provisions which in the opinion of the Commissioner are at least as favorable to the defaulting or surrendering policyholder as are the minimum requirements hereinafter specified and are essentially in compliance with subsection (f1) of this section:
(1)	That, in the event of default in any premium payment after premiums have been paid for at least one full year in the case of ordinary insurance or three full years in the case of industrial insurance, the company will grant, upon proper request not later than 60 days after the due date of the premium in default, a paid‑up nonforfeiture benefit on a plan stipulated in the policy, effective as of such due date, of such amount as may be hereinafter specified. In lieu of such stipulated paid‑up nonforfeiture benefit, the company may substitute, upon proper request not later than 60 days after the due date of the premium in default, an actuarially equivalent alternative paid‑up nonforfeiture benefit which provides a greater amount or longer period of death benefits or, if applicable, a greater amount or earlier payment of endowment benefits.
(2)	That, upon surrender of the policy within 60 days after the due date of any premium payment in default after premiums have been paid for at least three full years in the case of ordinary insurance or five full years in the case of industrial insurance, the company will pay, in lieu of any paid‑up nonforfeiture benefit, a cash surrender value of such amount as may be hereinafter specified.
(3)	That a specified paid‑up nonforfeiture benefit shall become effective as specified in the policy unless the person entitled to make such election elects another available option not later than 60 days after the due date of the premium in default. Nothing herein shall prevent the use of an automatic premium loan provision.
(4)	That, if the policy shall have become paid up by completion of all premium payments or if it is continued under any paid‑up nonforfeiture benefit which became effective on or after the third policy anniversary in the case of ordinary insurance or the fifth policy anniversary in the case of industrial insurance, the company will pay, upon surrender of the policy within 30 days after any policy anniversary, a cash surrender value of such amount as may be hereinafter specified.
(5)	In the case of policies which cause on a basis guaranteed in the policy unscheduled changes in benefits or premiums, or which provide an option for changes in benefits or premiums other than a change to a new policy, a statement of the mortality table, interest rate, and method used in calculating cash surrender values and the paid‑up nonforfeiture benefits available under the policy. In the case of all other policies, a statement of the mortality table and interest rate used in calculating the cash surrender values and the paid‑up nonforfeiture benefits available under the policy, together with a table showing the cash surrender value, if any, and paid‑up nonforfeiture benefit, if any available under the policy on each policy anniversary either during the first 20 policy years or during the term of the policy, whichever is shorter, such values and benefits to be calculated upon the assumption that there are no dividends or paid‑up additions credited to the policy and that there is no indebtedness to the company on the policy.
(6)	A statement that the cash surrender values and the paid‑up nonforfeiture benefits available under the policy are not less than the minimum values and benefits required by or pursuant to the insurance law of the state in which the policy is delivered; an explanation of the manner in which the cash surrender values and the paid‑up nonforfeiture benefits are altered by the existence of any paid‑up additions credited to the policy or any indebtedness to the company on the policy; if a detailed statement of the method of computation of the values and benefits shown in the policy is not stated therein, a statement that such method of computation has been filed with the Commissioner in which the policy is delivered; and a statement of the method to be used in calculating the cash surrender value and paid‑up nonforfeiture benefit available under the policy on any policy anniversary beyond the last anniversary for which such values and benefits are consecutively shown in the policy.
Any of the foregoing provisions or portions thereof not applicable by reason of the plan of insurance may, to the extent inapplicable, be omitted from the policy.
The company shall reserve the right to defer the payment of any cash surrender value for a period of six months after demand therefor with surrender of the policy.
(c)	Any cash surrender value available under the policy in the event of default in a premium payment due on any policy anniversary, whether or not required by subsection (b), shall be an amount not less than the excess, if any, of the present value, on such anniversary, of the future guaranteed benefits which would have been provided for by the policy, including any existing paid‑up additions, if there had been no default, over the sum of (i) the then present value of the adjusted premiums as defined in subsection (e), corresponding to premiums which would have fallen due on and after such anniversary, and (ii) the amount of any indebtedness to the company on the policy.
Provided, however, that for any policy issued on or after the operative date of subdivision (4) of subsection (e) as defined therein, which provides supplemental life insurance or annuity benefits at the option of the insured and for an identifiable additional premium by rider or supplemental policy provision, the cash surrender value referred to in the first paragraph of this subsection shall be an amount not less than the sum of the cash surrender value as defined in such paragraph for an otherwise similar policy issued at the same age without such rider or supplemental policy provision and the cash surrender value as defined in such paragraph for a policy which provides only the benefits otherwise provided by such rider or supplemental policy provision.
Provided, further, that for any family policy issued on or after the operative date of subdivision (4) of subsection (e) as defined therein, which defines a primary insured and provides term insurance on the life of the spouse of the primary insured expiring before the spouse's age 71, the cash surrender value referred to in the first paragraph of this subsection shall be an amount not less than the sum of the cash surrender value as defined in such paragraph for an otherwise similar policy issued at the same age without such term insurance on the life of the spouse and cash surrender value as defined in such paragraph for a policy which provides only the benefits otherwise provided by such term insurance on the life of the spouse.
Any cash surrender value available within 30 days after any policy anniversary under any policy paid up by completion of all premium payments or any policy continued under any paid‑up nonforfeiture benefit, whether or not required by subsection (b), shall be an amount not less than the present value, on such anniversary, of the future guaranteed benefits provided for by the policy, including any existing paid‑up additions, decreased by any indebtedness to the company on the policy.
(d)	Any paid‑up nonforfeiture benefit available under the policy in the event of default in a premium payment due on any policy anniversary shall be such that its present value as of such anniversary shall be at least equal to the cash surrender value then provided for by the policy or, if none is provided for, at least equal to that cash surrender value which would have been required by this section in the absence of the condition that premiums shall have been paid for at least a specified period.
(e)	(1)	This subdivision (1) of subsection (e) shall not apply to policies issued on or after the operative date of subdivision (4) of subsection (e) as defined therein. Except as provided in the third paragraph of this subdivision, the adjusted premiums for any policy shall be calculated on an annual basis and shall be such uniform percentage of the respective premiums specified in the policy for each policy year, excluding any extra premiums charged because of impairments or special hazards, that the present value, at the date of issue of the policy, of all such adjusted premiums shall be equal to the sum of (i) the then present value of the future guaranteed benefits provided for by the policy; (ii) two percent (2%) of the amount of insurance, if the insurance be uniform in amount, or of the equivalent uniform amount, as hereinafter defined, if the amount of insurance varies with duration of the policy; (iii) forty percent (40%) of the adjusted premium for the first policy year; (iv) twenty‑five percent (25%) of either the adjusted premium for the first policy year or the adjusted premium for a whole life policy of the same uniform or equivalent uniform amount with uniform premiums for the whole of life issued at the same age for the same amount of insurance, whichever is less. Provided, however, that in applying the percentages specified in (iii) and (iv) above, no adjusted premium shall be deemed to exceed four percent (4%) of the amount of insurance or uniform amount equivalent thereto. The date of issue of a policy for the purpose of this subsection shall be the date as of which the rated age of the insured is determined.
In the case of a policy providing an amount of insurance varying with duration of the policy, the equivalent uniform amount thereof for the purpose of this section shall be deemed to be the uniform amount of insurance provided by an otherwise similar policy containing the same endowment benefit or benefits, if any, issued at the same age and for the same term, the amount of which does not vary with duration and the benefits under which have the same present value at the date of issue as the benefits under the policy, provided, however, that in the case of a policy providing a varying amount of insurance issued on the life of a child under age 10, the equivalent uniform amount may be computed as though the amount of insurance provided by the policy prior to the attainment of age 10 were the amount provided by such policy at age 10.
The adjusted premiums for any policy providing term insurance benefits by rider or supplemental policy provision shall be equal to (i) the adjusted premiums for an otherwise similar policy issued at the same age without such term insurance benefits, increased, during the period for which premiums for such term insurance benefits are payable, by (ii) the adjusted premiums for such term insurance, the foregoing items (i) and (ii) being calculated separately and as specified in the first two paragraphs of this subsection except that, for the purposes of (ii), (iii) and (iv) of the first such paragraph, the amount of insurance or equivalent uniform amount of insurance used in the calculation of the adjusted premiums referred to in (ii) of this paragraph shall be equal to the excess of the corresponding amount determined for the entire policy over the amount used in the calculation of the adjusted premiums in (i).
Except as otherwise provided in subdivisions (2) and (3) of this subsection, all adjusted premiums and present values referred to in this section shall for all policies of ordinary insurance be calculated on the basis of the Commissioner's 1941 Standard Ordinary Mortality Table, provided that for any category of ordinary insurance issued on female risks, adjusted premiums and present values may be calculated according to an age not more than three years younger than the actual age of the insured, and such calculations for all policies of industrial insurance shall be made on the basis of the 1941 Standard Industrial Mortality Table. All calculations shall be made on the basis of the rate of interest, not exceeding three and one‑half percent (3 ½%) per annum, specified in the policy for calculating cash surrender values and paid‑up nonforfeiture benefits. Provided, however, that in calculating the present value of any paid‑up term insurance with accompanying pure endowment, if any, offered as a nonforfeiture benefit, the rates of mortality assumed may not be more than one hundred and thirty percent (130%) of the rates of mortality according to such applicable table. Provided, further, that for insurance issued on a substandard basis, the calculation of any such adjusted premiums and present values may be based on such other table of mortality as may be specified by the company and approved by the Commissioner.
(2)	This subdivision (2) of subsection (e) shall not apply to ordinary policies issued on or after the operative date of subdivision (4) of subsection (e) as defined therein. In the case of ordinary policies issued on or after the operative date of this subdivision (2) as defined herein, all adjusted premiums and present values referred to in this section shall be calculated on the basis of the Commissioner's 1958 Standard Ordinary Mortality Table and the rate of interest specified in the policy for calculating cash surrender values and paid‑up nonforfeiture benefits, provided that such rate of interest shall not exceed three and one‑half percent (3 ½%) per annum except that a rate of interest not exceeding four percent (4%) per annum may be used for policies issued on or after July 1, 1975, and prior to April 19, 1979, and a rate of interest not exceeding five and one‑half percent (5 ½%) per annum may be used for policies issued on or after April 19, 1979, and, provided that for any category of ordinary insurance issued on female risks, adjusted premiums and present values may be calculated according to an age not more than six years younger than the actual age of the insured; provided, however, that in calculating the present value of any paid‑up term insurance with accompanying pure endowment, if any, offered as a nonforfeiture benefit, the rates of mortality assumed may be not more than those shown in the Commissioner's 1958 Extended Term Insurance Table. Provided, further, that for insurance issued on a substandard basis, the calculation of any such adjusted premiums and present values may be based on such other table of mortality as may be specified by the company and approved by the Commissioner.
After May 12, 1959, any company may file with the Commissioner a written notice of its election to comply with the provisions of this subdivision (2) after a specified date before January 1, 1966. After the filing of such notice, then upon such specified date (which shall be the operative date of this subdivision (2) for such company), this subdivision (2) shall become operative with respect to the ordinary policies thereafter issued by such company. If a company makes no such election, the operative date of this subdivision (2) for such company shall be January 1, 1966.
(3)	This subdivision (3) of subsection (e) shall not apply to industrial policies issued on or after the operative date of subdivision (4) of subsection (e) as defined therein. In the case of industrial policies issued on or after the operative date of this subdivision (3) as defined herein, all adjusted premiums and present values referred to in this section shall be calculated on the basis of the Commissioner's 1961 Standard Industrial Mortality Table and the rate of interest specified in the policy for calculating cash surrender values and paid‑up nonforfeiture benefits, provided that such rate of interest shall not exceed three and one‑half percent (3 ½%) per annum except that a rate of interest not exceeding four percent (4%) per annum may be used for policies issued on or after July 1, 1975, and prior to April 19, 1979, and a rate of interest not exceeding five and one‑half percent (5 ½%) per annum may be used for policies issued on or after April 19, 1979; provided, however, that in calculating the present value of any paid‑up term insurance with accompanying pure endowment, if any, offered as a nonforfeiture benefit, the rates of mortality assumed may be not more than those shown in the Commissioner's 1961 Industrial Extended Term Insurance Table. Provided, further, that for insurance issued on a substandard basis, the calculation of any such adjusted premiums and present values may be based on such other table of mortality as may be specified by the company and approved by the Commissioner.
After June 11, 1963, any company may file with the Commissioner a written notice of its election to comply with the provisions of this subdivision (3) after a specified date before January 1, 1968. After the filing of such notice, then upon such specified date (which shall be the operative date of this subdivision (3) for such company), this subdivision (3) shall become operative with respect to the industrial policies thereafter issued by such company. If a company makes no such election, the operative date of this subdivision (3) for such company shall be January 1, 1968.
(4)	a.	This subdivision shall apply to all policies issued on or after the operative date of this subdivision (4) of subsection (e) as defined herein. Except as provided in paragraph g of this subdivision, the adjusted premiums for any policy shall be calculated on an annual basis and shall be such uniform percentage of the respective premiums specified in the policy for each policy year, excluding amounts payable as extra premiums to cover impairments or special hazards and also excluding any uniform annual contract charge or policy fee specified in the policy in a statement of the method to be used in calculating the cash surrender values and paid‑up nonforfeiture benefits, that the present value, at the date of issue of the policy, of all adjusted premiums shall be equal to the sum of (i) the then present value of the future guaranteed benefits provided for by the policy; (ii) one percent (1%) of either the amount of insurance, if the insurance be uniform in amount, or the average amount of insurance at the beginning of each of the first 10 policy years; and (iii) one hundred twenty‑five percent (125%) of the nonforfeiture net level premium as hereinafter defined. Provided, however, that in applying the percentage specified in (iii) above no nonforfeiture net level premium shall be deemed to exceed four percent (4%) of either the amount of insurance, if the insurance be uniform in amount, or the average amount of insurance at the beginning of each of the first 10 policy years. The date of issue of a policy for the purpose of this subdivision shall be the date as of which the rated age of the insured is determined.
b.	The nonforfeiture net level premium shall be equal to the present value, at the date of issue of the policy, of the guaranteed benefits provided for by the policy divided by the present value, at the date of issue of the policy, of an annuity of one per annum payable on the date of issue of the policy and on each anniversary of such policy on which a premium falls due.
c.	In the case of policies which cause on a basis guaranteed in the policy unscheduled changes in benefits or premiums, or which provide an option for changes in benefits or premiums other than a change to a new policy, the adjusted premiums and present values shall initially be calculated on the assumption that future benefits and premiums do not change from those stipulated at the date of issue of the policy. At the time of any such change in the benefits or premiums the future adjusted premiums, nonforfeiture net level premiums and present values shall be recalculated on the assumption that future benefits and premiums do not change from those stipulated by the policy immediately after the change.
d.	Except as otherwise provided in paragraph g of this subdivision, the recalculated future adjusted premiums for any such policy shall be such uniform percentage of the respective future premiums specified in the policy for each policy year, excluding amounts payable as extra premiums to cover impairments and special hazards, and also excluding any uniform annual contract charge or policy fee specified in the policy in a statement of the method to be used in calculating the cash surrender values and paid‑up nonforfeiture benefits, that the present value, at the time of change to the newly defined benefits or premiums, of all such future adjusted premiums shall be equal to the excess of (A) the sum of (i) the then present value of the then future guaranteed benefits provided for by the policy and (ii) the additional expense allowance, if any, over (B) the then cash surrender value, if any, or present value of any paid‑up nonforfeiture benefit under the policy.
e.	The additional expense allowance, at the time of the change to the newly defined benefits or premiums, shall be the sum of (i) one percent (1%) of the excess, if positive, of the average amount of insurance at the beginning of each of the first 10 policy years subsequent to the change over the average amount of insurance prior to the change at the beginning of each of the first 10 policy years subsequent to the time of the most recent previous change, or, if there has been no previous change, the date of issue of the policy; and (ii) one hundred twenty‑five percent (125%) of the increase, if positive, in the nonforfeiture net level premium.
f.	The recalculated nonforfeiture net level premium shall be equal to the result obtained by dividing (A) by (B) where
(A)	Equals the sum of
(i)	The nonforfeiture net level premium applicable prior to the change times the present value of an annuity of one per annum payable on each anniversary of the policy on or subsequent to the date of the change on which a premium would have fallen due had the change not occurred, and
(ii)	The present value of the increase in future guaranteed benefits provided for by the policy, and
(B)	Equals the present value of an annuity of one per annum payable on each anniversary of the policy on or subsequent to the date of change on which a premium falls due.
g.	Notwithstanding any other provisions of this subdivision to the contrary, in the case of a policy issued on a substandard basis which provides reduced graded amounts of insurance so that, in each policy year, such policy has the same tabular mortality cost as an otherwise similar policy issued on the standard basis which provides higher uniform amounts of insurance, adjusted premiums and present values for such substandard policy may be calculated as if it were issued to provide such higher uniform amounts of insurance on the standard basis.
h.	All adjusted premiums and present values referred to in this section shall for all policies of ordinary insurance be calculated on the basis of (i) the Commissioner's 1980 Standard Ordinary Mortality Table or (ii) at the election of the company for any one or more specified plans of life insurance, the Commissioner's 1980 Standard Ordinary Mortality Table with Ten‑Year Select Mortality Factors; shall for all policies of industrial insurance be calculated on the basis of the Commissioner's 1961 Standard Industrial Mortality Table; and shall for all policies issued in a particular calendar year be calculated on the basis of a rate of interest not exceeding the nonforfeiture interest rate as defined in this subdivision for policies issued in that calendar year. Provided, however, that:
1.	At the option of the company, calculations for all policies issued in a particular calendar year may be made on the basis of a rate of interest not exceeding the nonforfeiture interest rate, as defined in this subdivision, for policies issued in the immediately preceding calendar year.
2.	Under any paid‑up nonforfeiture benefit, including any paid‑up dividend additions, any cash surrender value available, whether or not required by subsection (b), shall be calculated on the basis of the mortality table and rate of interest used in determining the amount of such paid‑up nonforfeiture benefit and paid‑up dividend additions, if any.
3.	A company may calculate the amount of any guaranteed paid‑up nonforfeiture benefit including any paid‑up additions under the policy on the basis of an interest rate no lower than that specified in the policy for calculating cash surrender values.
4.	In calculating the present value of any paid‑up term insurance with accompanying pure endowment, if any, offered as a nonforfeiture benefit, the rates of mortality assumed may be not more than those shown in the Commissioner's 1980 Extended Term Insurance Table for policies of ordinary insurance and not more than the Commissioner's 1961 Industrial Extended Term Insurance Table for policies of industrial insurance.
5.	For insurance issued on a substandard basis, the calculation of any such adjusted premiums and present values may be based on appropriate modifications of the aforementioned tables.
6.	For policies issued prior to the operative date of the valuation manual, which is defined in G.S. 58‑58‑51, any Commissioners Standard ordinary mortality tables, adopted after 1980 by the NAIC, that are approved by regulation promulgated by the Commissioner for use in determining the minimum nonforfeiture standard may be substituted for the Commissioner's 1980 Standard Ordinary Mortality Table with or without Ten‑Year Select Mortality Factors or for the Commissioner's 1980 Extended Term Insurance Table. For policies issued on or after the operative date of the valuation manual, the valuation manual shall provide the Commissioners Standard mortality table for use in determining the minimum nonforfeiture standard that may be substituted for the Commissioners 1980 Standard Ordinary Mortality Table with or without Ten‑Year Select Mortality Factors or for the Commissioners 1980 Extended Term Insurance Table. If the Commissioner approves by regulation any Commissioners Standard ordinary mortality table adopted by the NAIC for use in determining the minimum nonforfeiture standard for policies issued on or after the operative date of the valuation manual, then that minimum nonforfeiture standard supersedes the minimum nonforfeiture standard provided by the valuation manual.
7.	For policies issued prior to the operative date of the valuation manual, any Commissioners Standard industrial mortality tables, adopted after 1980 by the NAIC, that are approved by regulation promulgated by the Commissioner for use in determining the minimum nonforfeiture standard may be substituted for the Commissioner's 1961 Standard Industrial Mortality Table or the Commissioner's 1961 Industrial Extended Term Insurance Table. For policies issued on or after the operative date of the valuation manual, the valuation manual shall provide the Commissioners Standard mortality table for use in determining the minimum nonforfeiture standard that may be substituted for the Commissioners 1961 Industrial Extended Term Insurance Table. If the Commissioner approves by regulation any Commissioners Standard industrial mortality table adopted by the NAIC for use in determining the minimum nonforfeiture standard for policies issued on or after the operative date of the valuation manual, then that minimum nonforfeiture standard supersedes the minimum nonforfeiture standard provided by the valuation manual.
i.	For policies issued prior to the operative date of the valuation manual, the nonforfeiture interest rate per annum for any policy issued in a particular calendar year shall be equal to one hundred and twenty‑five percent (125%) of the calendar year statutory valuation interest rate for such policy as defined in the Standard Valuation Law, rounded to the nearer one quarter of one percent (1/4%), but not less than four percent (4%). For policies issued on or after the operative date of the valuation manual, the nonforfeiture interest rate per annum for any policy issued in a particular calendar year shall be provided by the valuation manual.
(e1)	In the case of any plan of life insurance which provides for future premium determination, the amounts of which are to be determined by the insurance company based on then estimates of future experience, or in the case of any plan of life insurance which is of such a nature that minimum values cannot be determined by the methods described in subsections (b), (c), (d), or (e) herein, then:
(1)	The Commissioner must be satisfied that the benefits provided under the plan are substantially as favorable to policyholders and insureds as the minimum benefits otherwise required by subsections (b), (c), (d), or (e) herein;
(2)	The Commissioner must be satisfied that the benefits and the pattern of premiums of that plan are not such as to mislead prospective policyholders or insureds;
(3)	The cash surrender values and paid‑up nonforfeiture benefits provided by such plan must not be less than the minimum values and benefits required for the plan computed by a method consistent with the principles of this Standard Nonforfeiture Law, as determined by regulations promulgated by the Commissioner;
(4)	Notwithstanding any other provision in the laws of this State, any policy, contract, or certificate providing life insurance under any such plan must be affirmatively approved by the Commissioner before it can be marketed, issued, delivered, or used in this State.
(f)	Any cash surrender value and any paid‑up nonforfeiture benefit, available under the policy in the event of default in a premium payment due at any time other than on the policy anniversary, shall be calculated with allowance for the lapse of time and the payment of fractional premiums beyond the last preceding policy anniversary. Any values referred to in subsections (c), (d) and (e) may be calculated upon the assumption that any death benefit is payable at the end of the policy year of death. The net value of any paid‑up additions, other than paid‑up term additions, shall be not less than the amounts used to provide such additions. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3 [subsection (c)], additional benefits payable (i) in the event of death or dismemberment by accident or accidental means, (ii) in the event of total and permanent disability, (iii) as reversionary annuity or deferred reversionary annuity benefits, (iv) as term insurance benefits provided by a rider or supplemental policy provision to which, if issued as a separate policy, this section would not apply, (v) as term insurance on the life of a child or on the lives of children provided in a policy on the life of a parent of the child, if such term insurance expires before the child's age is 26, is uniform in amount after the child's age is one, and has not become paid up by reason of the death of a parent of the child, and (vi) as other policy benefits additional to life insurance and endowment benefits, and premiums for all such additional benefits, shall be disregarded in ascertaining cash surrender values and nonforfeiture benefits required by this section, and no such additional benefits shall be required to be included in any paid‑up nonforfeiture benefits.
(f1)	This subsection, in addition to all other applicable subsections of this section, shall apply to all policies issued on or after January 1, 1985. Any cash surrender value available under the policy in the event of default in a premium payment due on any policy anniversary shall be in an amount which does not differ by more than two‑tenths of one percent (2/10 of 1%) of either the amount of insurance, if the insurance be uniform in amount, or the average amount of insurance at the beginning of each of the first 10 policy years, from the sum of (1) the greater of zero and the basic cash value hereinafter specified and (2) the present value of any existing paid‑up additions less the amount of any indebtedness to the company under the policy.
The basic cash value shall be equal to the present value, on such anniversary, of the future guaranteed benefits which would have been provided for by the policy, excluding any existing paid‑up additions and before deduction of any indebtedness to the company, if there had been no default, less the then present value of the nonforfeiture factors, as hereinafter defined, corresponding to premiums which would have fallen due on and after such anniversary. Provided, however, that the effects on the basic cash value of supplemental life insurance or annuity benefits or of family coverage, as described in subsection (c) or (e)(1), whichever is applicable, shall be the same as are the effects specified in subsection (c) or (e)(1), whichever is applicable, on the cash surrender values defined in that subsection.
The nonforfeiture factor for each policy year shall be an amount equal to a percentage of the adjusted premium for the policy year, as defined in subsection (e)(1) or (e)(4), whichever is applicable. Except as is required by the next succeeding sentence of this paragraph, such percentage:
(1)	Must be the same percentage for each policy year between the second policy anniversary and the later of (i) the fifth policy anniversary and (ii) the first policy anniversary at which there is available under the policy a cash surrender value in an amount, before including any paid‑up additions and before deducting any indebtedness, of at least two‑tenths of one percent (2/10 of 1%) of either the amount of insurance, if the insurance be uniform in amount, or the average amount of insurance at the beginning of each of the first 10 policy years; and
(2)	Must be such that no percentage after the later of the two policy anniversaries specified in the preceding item (1) may apply to fewer than five consecutive policy years.
Provided, that no basic cash value may be less than the value which would be obtained if the adjusted premiums for the policy, as defined in subsection (e)(1) or (e)(4), whichever is applicable, were substituted for the nonforfeiture factors in the calculation of the basic cash value.
All adjusted premiums and present values referred to in this subsection shall for a particular policy be calculated on the same mortality and interest bases as are used in demonstrating the policy's compliance with the other subsections of this section. The cash surrender values referred to in this subsection shall include any endowment benefits provided for by the policy.
Any cash surrender value available other than in the event of default in a premium payment due on a policy anniversary, and the amount of any paid‑up nonforfeiture benefit available under the policy in the event of default in a premium payment shall be determined in manners consistent with the manners specified for determining the analogous minimum amounts in subsections (b), (c), (d), (e)(4), and (f). The amounts of any cash surrender values and of any paid‑up nonforfeiture benefits granted in connection with additional benefits such as those listed as items (i) through (vi) in subsection (f) shall conform with the principles of this subsection (f1).
(g)	The provisions of this section shall not apply to any of the following:
(1)	Industrial sick benefit insurance as defined in Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter,
(2)	Reinsurance,
(3)	Group insurance,
(4)	Pure endowment,
(5)	Annuity or reversionary annuity contract,
(6)	Term policy of uniform amount, which provides no guaranteed nonforfeiture or endowment benefits, or renewal thereof, of 20 years or less, for which uniform premiums are payable during the entire term of the policy,
(7)	Term policy of decreasing amount, which provides no guaranteed nonforfeiture or endowment benefits, on which each adjusted premium, calculated as specified in subsection (e), is less than the adjusted premium so calculated, on a term policy of uniform amount, or renewal thereof, which provides no guaranteed nonforfeiture or endowment benefits, issued at the same age and for the same initial amount of insurance and for a term of 20 years or less expiring before age 71, for which uniform premiums are payable during the entire term of the policy,
(8)	Policy, which provides no guaranteed nonforfeiture or endowment benefits, for which no cash surrender value, if any, or present value of any paid‑up nonforfeiture benefit, at the beginning of any policy year, calculated as specified in subsections (c), (d) and (e), exceeds two and one‑half percent (2 ½%) of the amount of insurance at the beginning of the same policy year, nor
(9)	Policy which shall be delivered outside this State through an agent or other representative of the company issuing the policy.
For purposes of determining the applicability of this section, the age at expiry for a joint term life insurance policy shall be the age at expiry of the oldest life.
(h)	After March 6, 1945, any company may file with the Commissioner a written notice of its election to comply with the provisions of this section after a specified date before January 1, 1950. After the filing of such notice then upon such specified date (which shall be the operative date for such company) this section shall become operative with respect to the policies thereafter issued by such company. If a company makes no such election, the operative date of this section for such company shall be January 1, 1950.
(i)	For any single premium whole life or endowment insurance policy subject to subdivisions (e)(2) and (e)(3) of this section, a rate of interest not exceeding six and one‑half percent (6 1/2%) per annum may be used.  (1945, c. 379; 1959, c. 484, s. 2; 1961, c. 255, ss. 4‑7; 1963, c. 791, ss. 3, 4; 1975, c. 603, ss. 2, 3; 1979, c. 409, ss. 7‑9; 1981, c. 761, ss. 6‑14; 1991, c. 720, ss. 19, 31; 1993, c. 452, ss. 57‑59; 2015‑281, s. 2.)

§ 58‑58‑60: Repealed by Session Laws 2003‑144, s. 2, effective October 1, 2004.

§ 58‑58‑61.  Standard nonforfeiture law for individual deferred annuities.
(a)	Title. – This section is and may be cited as the Standard Nonforfeiture Law for Individual Deferred Annuities.
(b)	Applicability. – This section does not apply to any:
(1)	Reinsurance.
(2)	Group annuity purchased under a retirement plan or plan of deferred compensation established or maintained by an employer, including a partnership or sole proprietorship, or by an employee organization, or by both, other than a plan providing individual retirement accounts or individual retirement annuities under section 408 of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended.
(3)	Premium deposit fund.
(4)	Variable annuity.
(5)	Investment annuity.
(6)	Immediate annuity.
(7)	Deferred annuity contract after annuity payments have commenced.
(8)	Reversionary annuity.
(9)	Contract delivered outside this State through an agent or other representative of the company issuing the contract.
(c)	Nonforfeiture Requirements. – In the case of contracts issued on or after the operative date of this section as defined in subsection (o) of this section, no contract of annuity, except as stated in subsection (b) of this section, shall be delivered or issued for delivery in this State unless it contains in substance the following provisions, or corresponding provisions that in the opinion of the Commissioner are at least as favorable to the contract holder, upon cessation of payment of considerations under the contract:
(1)	That upon cessation of payment of considerations under a contract, or upon the written request of the contract owner, the company shall grant a paid‑up annuity benefit on a plan stipulated in the contract of the value specified in subsections (g), (h), (i), (j), and (l) of this section.
(2)	If a contract provides for a lump sum settlement at maturity or at any other time, that upon surrender of the contract at or before the commencement of any annuity payments, the company shall pay in lieu of a paid‑up annuity benefit a cash surrender benefit of the amount specified in subsections (g), (h), (j), and (l) of this section. The company may reserve the right to defer the payment of the cash surrender benefit for a period not to exceed six months after demand for the payment with surrender of the contract after making written request and receiving written approval of the Commissioner. The request shall address the necessity and equitability to all policyholders of the deferral.
(3)	A statement of the mortality table, if any, and interest rates used in calculating any minimum paid‑up annuity, cash surrender, or death benefits that are guaranteed under the contract, together with sufficient information to determine the amounts of the benefits.
(4)	A statement that any paid‑up annuity, cash surrender, or death benefits that may be available under the contract are not less than the minimum benefits required by any statute of the state in which the contract is delivered and an explanation of the manner in which the benefits are altered by the existence of any additional amounts credited by the company to the contract, any indebtedness to the company on the contract, or any prior withdrawals from or partial surrenders of the contract.
Notwithstanding the requirements of this subsection, a deferred annuity contract may provide that if no considerations have been received under the contract for a period of two full years and the portion of the paid‑up annuity benefit at maturity on the plan stipulated in the contract arising from prior considerations paid would be less than twenty dollars ($20.00) monthly, the company may at its option terminate the contract by payment in cash of the then‑present value of the portion of the paid‑up annuity benefit, calculated on the basis of the mortality table, if any, and interest rate specified in the contract for determining the paid‑up annuity benefit, and by this payment shall be relieved of any further obligation under the contract.
(d)	Minimum Values. – The minimum values specified in subsections (g), (h), (i), (j), and (l) of this section of any paid‑up annuity, cash surrender, or death benefits available under an annuity contract shall be based upon minimum nonforfeiture amounts as defined in this section. The minimum nonforfeiture amount at any time at or before the commencement of any annuity payments shall be equal to an accumulation up to that time at rates of interest as indicated in subsection (e) of this section of the net considerations, as hereinafter defined, paid before that time, decreased by the sum of the following:
(1)	Any prior withdrawals from or partial surrenders of the contract accumulated at rates of interest as indicated in subsection (e) of this section.
(2)	An annual contract charge of fifty dollars ($50.00), accumulated at rates of interest as indicated in subsection (e) of this section.
(3)	Any premium tax paid by the company for the contract, accumulated at rates of interest as indicated in subsection (e) of this section.
(4)	The amount of any indebtedness to the company on the contract, including interest due and accrued.
The net considerations for a given contract year used to define the minimum nonforfeiture amount shall be an amount equal to eighty‑seven and one‑half percent (87 1/2%) of the gross considerations credited to the contract during that contract year.
(e)	The interest rate used in determining minimum nonforfeiture amounts shall be an annual rate of interest determined as the lesser of three percent (3%) per annum and the following, which shall be specified in the contract if the interest rate will be reset:
(1)	The five‑year Constant Maturity Treasury Rate reported by the Federal Reserve as of a date, or average over a period, rounded to the nearest one‑twentieth of one percent (0.05%), specified in the contract no longer than 15 months before the contract issue date or redetermination date under subdivision (4) of this subsection.
(2)	Reduced by 125 basis points.
(3)	Where the resulting interest guarantee is not less than fifteen‑hundredths of one percent (0.15%).
(4)	The interest rate shall apply for an initial period and may be redetermined for additional periods. The redetermination date, basis, and period, if any, shall be stated in the contract. The basis is the date or average over a specified period that produces the value of the five‑year Constant Maturity Treasury Rate to be used at each redetermination date.
(f)	During the period or term that a contract provides substantive participation in an equity indexed benefit, it may increase the reduction described in subdivision (e)(2) of this section by up to an additional 100 basis points to reflect the value of the equity index benefit. The present value at the contract issue date, and at each subsequent redetermination date, of the additional reduction shall not exceed the market value of the benefit. The Commissioner may require a demonstration that the present value of the additional reduction does not exceed the market value of the benefit. Absent a demonstration that is acceptable to the Commissioner, the Commissioner may disallow or limit the additional reduction. The Commissioner may adopt rules to implement the provisions of this subsection and to provide for further adjustments to the calculation of minimum nonforfeiture amounts for contracts that provide substantive participation in an equity index benefit and for other contracts for which the Commissioner determines adjustments are justified.
(g)	Computation of Present Value. – Any paid‑up annuity benefit available under a contract shall be such that its present value on the date annuity payments are to commence is at least equal to the minimum nonforfeiture amount on that date. Present value shall be computed using the mortality table, if any, and the interest rates specified in the contract for determining the minimum paid‑up annuity benefits guaranteed in the contract.
(h)	Calculation of Cash Surrender Value. – For contracts that provide cash surrender benefits, the cash surrender benefits available before maturity shall not be less than the present value as of the date of surrender of that portion of the maturity value of the paid‑up annuity benefit that would be provided under the contract at maturity arising from considerations paid before the time of cash surrender reduced by the amount appropriate to reflect any prior withdrawals from or partial surrenders of the contract, such present value being calculated on the basis of an interest rate not more than one percent (1%) higher than the interest rate specified in the contract for accumulating the net considerations to determine maturity value, decreased by the amount of any indebtedness to the company on the contract, including interest due and accrued, and increased by any existing additional amounts credited by the company to the contract. In no event shall any cash surrender benefit be less than the minimum nonforfeiture amount at that time. The death benefit under such contracts shall be at least equal to the cash surrender benefit.
(i)	Calculation of Paid‑Up Annuity Benefits. – For contracts that do not provide cash surrender benefits, the present value of any paid‑up annuity benefit available as a nonforfeiture option at any time before maturity shall not be less than the present value of that portion of the maturity value of the paid‑up annuity benefit provided under the contract arising from considerations paid before the time the contract is surrendered in exchange for, or changed to, a deferred paid‑up annuity, the present value being calculated for the period before the maturity date on the basis of the interest rate specified in the contract for accumulating the net considerations to determine maturity value, and increased by any additional amounts credited by the company to the contract. For contracts that do not provide any death benefits before the commencement of any annuity payments, present values shall be calculated on the basis of the interest rate and the mortality table specified in the contract for determining the maturity value of the paid‑up annuity benefit. However, in no event shall the present value of a paid‑up annuity benefit be less than the minimum nonforfeiture amount at that time.
(j)	Maturity Date. – For the purpose of determining the benefits calculated under subsections (h) and (i) of this section, in the case of annuity contracts under which an election may be made to have annuity payments commence at optional maturity dates, the maturity date shall be the latest date for which election is permitted by the contract but not later than the anniversary of the contract next following the annuitant's seventieth birthday or the tenth anniversary of the contract, whichever is later.
(k)	Disclosure of Limited Death Benefits. – A contract that does not provide cash surrender benefits or does not provide death benefits at least equal to the minimum nonforfeiture amount before the commencement of any annuity payments shall include a statement in a prominent place in the contract that those benefits are not provided.
(l)	Inclusion of Lapse of Time Considerations. – Any paid‑up annuity, cash surrender, or death benefits available at any time, other than on the contract anniversary under any contract with fixed scheduled considerations, shall be calculated with allowance for the lapse of time and the payment of any scheduled considerations beyond the beginning of the contract year in which cessation of payment of considerations under the contract occurs.
(m)	Proration of Values; Additional Benefits. – For a contract that provides within the same contract, by rider or supplemental contract provision, both annuity benefits and life insurance benefits that are in excess of the greater of cash surrender benefits or a return of the gross considerations with interest, the minimum nonforfeiture benefits shall be equal to the sum of the minimum nonforfeiture benefits for the annuity portion and the minimum nonforfeiture benefits, if any, for the life insurance portion computed as if each portion were a separate contract. Notwithstanding the provisions of subsections (g), (h), (i), (j), and (l) of this section, additional benefits payable in the event of total and permanent disability, as reversionary annuity or deferred reversionary annuity benefits, or as other policy benefits additional to life insurance, endowment, and annuity benefits, and considerations for all such additional benefits, shall be disregarded in ascertaining the minimum nonforfeiture amounts, paid‑up annuity, cash surrender, and death benefits that may be required by this section. The inclusion of those benefits shall not be required in any paid‑up benefits, unless the additional benefits separately would require minimum nonforfeiture amounts, paid‑up annuity, cash surrender, and death benefits.
(n)	Rules. – The Commissioner may adopt rules to implement the provisions of this section.
(o)	Effective Date. – On and after October 1, 2003, a company may elect to apply the provisions of this section to annuity contracts on a contract form‑by‑contract form basis before October 1, 2004. In all other instances, this section shall become operative with respect to annuity contracts issued by the company on and after October 1, 2004.  (2003‑144, s. 1; 2021‑117, s. 8B.)

§ 58‑58‑65.  Reinsurance of companies regulated.
The receiver of any life insurance company organized under the laws of this State, when the assets of the company are sufficient for that purpose, and the consent of two thirds of its policyholders has been secured in writing, may reinsure all the policy obligations of such company in some other solvent life insurance company, or, when the assets are insufficient to secure the reinsurance of all the policies in full, he may reinsure such a percentage of each and every policy outstanding as the assets will secure; but there must be no preference or discrimination as against any policyholder, and the contract for such reinsurance by the receiver must be approved by the Commissioner before it has effect. (1899, c. 54, s. 58; 1903, c. 536, s. 9; Rev., s. 4778; C.S., s. 6462; 1945, c. 379; 1991, c. 720, s. 61.)

Part 3. Insurable Interests and Other Rights.
§ 58‑58‑70.  Insurable interest as between stockholders, partners, etc.
Where two or more persons have heretofore contracted or hereafter contract with one another for the purchase, at the death of one, by the survivor or survivors, of the stock, share or interest of the deceased in any corporation, partnership or business association of any kind, the person or persons making the contract of purchase shall be deemed to have, and are hereby declared to have, an insurable interest in the life or lives of the person or persons contracting to sell. (1941, c. 201; 1969, c. 751, s. 44.)

§ 58‑58‑75.  Insurable interest in life and physical ability of employee or agent.
(a)	An employer, whether a partnership, joint venture, business trust, mutual association, corporation, any other form of business organization, or one or more individuals, or any religious, educational, or charitable corporation, institution or body, has an insurable interest in and the right to insure the physical ability or the life, or both the physical ability and the life, of an employee for the benefit of such employer. Any principal shall have a life insurable interest in and the right to insure the physical ability or the life, or both the physical ability and the life, of an agent for the benefit of such principal.
(b)	An employee described in subsection (a) of this section shall be insured for the benefit of an employer described in subsection (a) of this section only if the employee receives written notification from the insurer of the existence of the coverage or that coverage will be purchased. The notice shall be provided to the employee in connection with the application for coverage or within 30 days after the effective date of the coverage and shall include a statement that the employer may maintain the life insurance coverage on the employee even after employment is terminated.
(c)	For nonkey or nonmanagerial employees, the aggregate amount of coverage shall be reasonably related to the benefits provided to the employees in the aggregate.
(d)	With respect to employer‑provided pension and welfare plans, the life insurance coverage purchased to finance the plans may only cover the lives of those employees and retirees who, at the time their lives were first insured under the plan, either are participants, or would be eligible to participate, upon the satisfaction of age, service, or similar eligibility criteria in the plan. (1951, c. 283, s. 1; 1957, c. 1086; 2005‑234, s. 2.)

§ 58‑58‑80.  Insurable interest in life and physical ability of partner.
Any partner has an insurable interest in and the right to insure the physical ability or the life, or both the physical ability and the life, of any other partner or partners who are members of the same partnership for his benefit, either alone or jointly with another partner or partners of the same partnership. A partnership has a like insurable interest in and the right to insure the physical ability or the life, or both the physical ability and the life, of one or more partners of the partnership. (1951, c. 283, s. 2.)

§ 58‑58‑85.  Insurable interest in life of person covered by pension plan.
A trustee under a written document providing for a pension plan for payments of money or delivery of other benefits to be made to persons eligible to receive them under the terms and provisions of such written document shall be deemed to have and is hereby declared to have an insurable interest in the lives of any person or persons covered by the pension plan, to the extent that contracts or policies of insurance are in conformity with and in furtherance of the purposes of the pension plan. (1951, c. 283, s. 2 1/2.)

§ 58‑58‑86.  Insurable interest of charitable organizations.
(a)	If an organization described in section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code purchases or receives by assignment, before, on, or after the effective date of this section, life insurance on an insured who consents to the purchase or assignment, the organization is deemed to have an insurable interest in the insured person's life.
(b)	Expired effective October 1, 2007, pursuant to Session Laws 2004-124, s. 32F.2. (1991, c. 644, s. 2; 2004‑124, ss. 32F.1, 32F.2.)

§ 58‑58‑90.  Construction.
G.S. 58‑58‑75, 58‑58‑80, 58‑58‑85, and 58‑58‑86 do not limit or abridge any insurable interest or right to insure now existing at common law or by statute, and shall be construed liberally to sustain insurable interest, whether as a declaration of existing law or as an extension of or addition to existing law. (1951, c. 283, s. 3; 1991, c. 644, s. 3.)

§ 58‑58‑95.  Rights of beneficiaries.
When a policy of insurance is effected by any person on his own life, or on another life in favor of some person other than himself having an insurable interest therein, the lawful beneficiary thereof, other than himself or his legal representatives, is entitled to its proceeds against the creditors and representatives of the person effecting the insurance.  The person to whom a policy of life insurance is made payable may maintain an action thereon in his own name.  A person may insure his or her own life for the sole use and benefit of his or her spouse, or children, or both, and upon his or her death the proceeds from the insurance shall be paid to or for the benefit of the spouse, or children, or both, or to a guardian, free from all claims of the representatives or creditors of the insured or his or her estate.  Any insurance policy which insures the life of a person for the sole use and benefit of that person's spouse, or children, or both, shall not be subject to the claims of creditors of the insured during his or her lifetime, whether or not the policy reserves to the insured during his or her lifetime any or all rights provided for by the policy and whether or not the policy proceeds are payable to the estate of the insured in the event the beneficiary or beneficiaries predecease the insured. (Const., Art. X, s. 7; 1899, c. 54, s. 59; Rev., ss. 4771, 4772; C.S., s. 6464; 1977, c. 518, s. 1.)

§ 58‑58‑97.  Provision of life insurance information upon notification of insured's death.
(a)	Any person licensed to practice funeral directing or any employee of a funeral establishment licensed under the provisions of Article 13A of Chapter 90 of the General Statutes providing funeral service, as that term is defined in G.S. 90‑210.20, for a deceased person insured or believed to be insured under a contract of life insurance or under a group life insurance policy may request information regarding the deceased person's life insurance contracts by providing an insurer with (i) a copy of a notification of death filed pursuant to G.S. 130A‑112, (ii) written authorization from the person or persons with legal authority to direct disposition of the deceased's body as prescribed under G.S. 90‑210.124 or G.S. 130A‑420, and (iii) in the case of a person covered or believed to be covered under a group life insurance policy, the affiliation of the deceased entitling them to coverage under the group life insurance policy. As soon as possible after receipt of the request, the life insurance company shall inform the person authorized by this section to make an inquiry of the following:
(1)	The existence of any contract insuring the life of the deceased person.
(2)	Any beneficiaries on record under any life insurance contract insuring the life of the deceased person.
(3)	The amount of any liens or loans outstanding on the policy.
(4)	The amount of benefits payable to the beneficiaries.
(5)	Whether the policy has been reinstated within the last 24 months.
The insurer shall provide a claim form to any person or assignee making the request.
(b)	If any person making a written request under subsection (a) of this section who has provided all the information required by subsection (a) of this section does not receive a timely response from the insurer, then the person may refer the request to the Consumer Services Division of the Department, which shall treat the referral as a consumer complaint. The referral shall include all the information provided to the insurer under subsection (a) of this section as well as copies of all communications and information received from the insurer regarding the request for information.
(c)	If the beneficiary of record under the life insurance contract or group life insurance policy is not the estate of the deceased, then any person authorized to request information under subsection (a) of this section shall make reasonable efforts to locate the beneficiaries within 100 hours of receiving information from the insurance carrier regarding any life insurance contracts or group life insurance policies and shall provide to all beneficiaries all documents and information obtained from the insurance carrier. The person obtaining the information also shall inform all beneficiaries in writing in bold print that "THE BENEFICIARY OF A LIFE INSURANCE POLICY HAS NO LEGAL DUTY OR OBLIGATION TO SPEND ANY OF THAT MONEY ON THE FUNERAL, DEBTS, OR OBLIGATIONS OF THE DECEASED" and shall do so before discussing with the beneficiaries financial arrangements for burial of the deceased.
(d)	Any licensee or employee of a funeral establishment licensed under Article 13A of Chapter 90 of the General Statutes who makes a false request for information under this section or fails to do that required by subsection (c) of this section shall be deemed guilty of fraud or misrepresentation in the practice of funeral service as defined in G.S. 90‑210.25(e)(1)b. and unfit to practice funeral service.
(e)	This section shall apply to life insurance companies as defined in G.S. 58‑58‑1 and to all contracts subject to the provisions of this Article.  (2009‑566, s. 23; 2011‑229, s. 1.)

§ 58‑58‑100.  Minors may enter into insurance or annuity contracts and have full rights, powers and privileges thereunder.
All minors in North Carolina of the age of 15 years and upwards shall have full power and authority to make contracts of insurance or annuity with any life insurance company authorized to do business in the State of North Carolina, either domestic or foreign, and to exercise all the powers, rights, and privileges of ownership conferred upon them under the terms of any and all such contracts applied for by and issued to them, and with full power to surrender, assign, modify, pledge, or change such contracts, and to receive any dividends thereon and generally to have the full power and authority in the premises that persons 18 years and upwards could and would have relative to any and all such contracts. (1945, c. 379; 1947, c. 721; 1971, c. 1231, s. 1.)

§ 58‑58‑105.  Renunciation.
A beneficiary of a life insurance policy who did not possess the incidents of ownership under the policy at the time of death of the insured may renounce as provided in Chapter 31B of the General Statutes. (1975, c. 371, s. 5.)

§ 58‑58‑110.  Interest payments on death benefits.
(a)	Each insurer admitted to transact insurance in this State which, without the written consent of the beneficiary, fails or refuses to pay the death proceeds or death benefits in accordance with the terms of any policy providing a death benefit issued by it in this State within 30 days after receipt of satisfactory proof of loss because of the death, whether accidental or otherwise, of the insured shall pay interest, at a rate not less than the then current rate of interest on death proceeds left on deposit with the insurer computed from the date of the insured's death, on any moneys payable and unpaid after the expiration of the 30‑day period. As used in this subsection, the phrase "satisfactory proof of loss because of the death" includes, but is not limited to, a certified copy of the death certificate; or a written statement by the attending physician at the time of death that contains the following information: (i) the name and address of the physician, who must be duly licensed to practice medicine in the United States; (ii) the name of the deceased; (iii) the date, time, and place of the death; and (iv) the immediate cause of the death.
(b)	Within the meaning of this section, payment of proceeds or benefits shall be deemed to have been made on the date upon which a check, draft or other valid instrument equivalent to the payment of money was placed in the United States mails in a properly addressed, postpaid envelope, or, if not so posted, on the date of delivery of such instrument to the beneficiary.
(c)	This section does not allow an insurer to withhold payment of money payable under any policy providing a death benefit to any beneficiary for a period longer than reasonably necessary to determine whether benefits are payable and to transmit the payment.
(d)	This section shall not apply to policies of insurance issued prior to the effective date of this section to the extent that such policies contain specific provisions in conflict with this section. (1977, c. 395, s. 1; 1983, c. 749; 1985, c. 666, s. 45; 1991, c. 644, s. 8; 1995, c. 193, s. 46.)

§ 58‑58‑115.  Creditors deprived of benefits of life insurance policies except in cases of fraud.
If a policy of insurance is effected by any person on his own life or on another life in favor of a person other than himself, or, except in cases of transfer with intent to defraud creditors, if a policy of life insurance is assigned or in any way made payable to any such person, the lawful beneficiary or assignee thereof, other than the insured or the person so effecting such insurance or the executor or administrator of such insured or of the person effecting such insurance, shall be entitled to its proceeds and avails against creditors and representatives of the insured and of the person effecting same, whether or not the right to change the beneficiary is reserved or permitted, and whether or not the policy is made payable to the person whose life is insured if the beneficiary or assignee shall predecease such person: Provided, that subject to the statute of limitations, the amount of any premiums for said insurance paid with the intent to defraud creditors, with interest thereon, shall inure to their benefit from the proceeds of the policy; but the company issuing the policy shall be discharged of all liability thereon by payment of its proceeds in accordance with its terms unless, before such payment, the company shall have written notice by or in behalf of the creditor, of a claim to recover for transfer made or premiums paid with intent to defraud creditors, with specifications of the amount claimed. (1931, c. 179, s. 1; 1947, c. 721.)

§ 58‑58‑120.  Notice of nonpayment of premium required before forfeiture.
No life insurance corporation doing business in this State shall, within one year after the default in payment of any premium, installment, or interest, declare forfeited or lapsed any policy hereafter issued or renewed, except policies on which premiums are payable monthly or at shorter intervals and except group insurance contracts and term insurance contracts for one year or less, nor shall any such policy be forfeited or lapsed by reason of nonpayment, when due, of any premium, interest, or installment or any portion thereof required by the terms of the policy to be paid, within one year from the failure to pay such premium, interest, or installment, unless a written or printed notice stating the amount of such premium, interest, installment, or portion thereof due on such policy, the place where it shall be paid, and the person to whom the same is payable has been duly addressed and mailed, postage paid, to the person whose life is insured, or to the assignee or owner of the policy, or to the person designated in writing by such insured, assignee or owner, if notice of the assignment has been given to the corporation, at his or her last known post‑office address in this State, by the corporation or by any officer thereof or person appointed by it to collect such premium, at least 15 and not more than 45 days prior to the day when the same is payable, as regards policies which do not contain a provision for grace or are not entitled to grace in the payment of premiums and at least five and not more than 45 days prior to the day when the same is payable as regards policies which do contain a provision for grace or are entitled to grace in the payment of premiums. The notice shall also state that unless such premium, interest, installment, or portion thereof then due shall be paid to the corporation or to the duly appointed agent or person authorized to collect such premium, by or before the day it falls due, the policy and all payments thereon will become forfeited and void, except as to the right to a surrender value or paid‑up policy, as in the contract provided. If the payment demanded by such notice shall be made within its time limit therefor, it shall be taken to be in full compliance with the requirements of the policy in respect to the time of such payment; and no such policy shall in any case be forfeited or declared forfeited or lapsed until the expiration of 30 days after the mailing of such notice. The affidavit of any officer, clerk, or agent of the corporation, or of anyone authorized to mail such notice, that the notice required by this section has been duly addressed and mailed by the corporation issuing such policy, shall be presumptive evidence that such notice has been duly given. No action shall be maintained to recover under a forfeited policy unless the same is instituted within three years from the day upon which default was made in paying the premium, installment, interest, or portion thereof for which it is claimed that forfeiture ensued. (1909, c. 884; C.S., s. 6465; 1929, c. 308, s. 1; 1931, c. 317; 1945, c. 379.)

Part 4. Miscellaneous Provisions.
§ 58‑58‑125.  Minimum premium rates for assessment life insurance companies.
No assessment life insurance corporation, organization or association of any kind issuing policies or contracts upon the life of any resident of this State shall hereafter be organized or licensed by the Commissioner unless such corporation, organization or association adopt premium rates based upon the attained age of the assured at the time of issuance of the contract and such rates shall not be less than those fixed by the American Experience Table of Mortality or any other recognized table of mortality approved by the Commissioner. Nothing contained in this section shall be construed to affect burial associations regulated under G.S. 143B‑472 through 143B‑472.28 or railroad burial associations. (1939, c. 161; 1991, c. 720, ss. 4, 32.)

§ 58‑58‑130.  Distribution of surplus in mutual companies.
Every life insurance company doing business in this State upon the principle of mutual insurance, or the members of which are entitled to share in the surplus funds thereof, may distribute the surplus annually, or once in two, three, four, or five years, as its directors determine. No payments shall be made to policyholders by way of dividends unless the company possesses admitted assets in the amount of such payments in excess of its capital and/or minimum required surplus and all other liabilities. (1903, c. 536, s. 10; Rev., s. 4776; C.S., s. 6466; 1945, c. 379.)

§ 58‑58‑135.  "Group life insurance" defined.
No policy of group life insurance shall be delivered in this State unless it conforms to one of the following descriptions:
(1)	A policy issued to an employer, or to the trustee of a fund established by an employer, which employer or trustee shall be deemed the policyholder, to insure employees of the employer for the benefit of persons other than the employer subject to the following requirements:
a.	The employees eligible for insurance under the policy shall be all of the employees of the employer, or all of any class or classes thereof determined by conditions pertaining to their employment. The policy may provide that the term "employees" shall include the employees of one or more subsidiary corporations, and the employees, individual proprietors, and partners of one or more affiliated corporations, proprietors or partnerships if the business of the employer and of such affiliated corporations, proprietors or partnerships is under common control through stock ownership, contract, or otherwise. The policy may provide that the term "employees" shall include the individual proprietor or partners if the employer is an individual proprietor or a partnership. The policy may provide that the term "employees" shall include retired employees. The term "employer" as used herein may be deemed to include any county, municipality, or the proper officers, as such, of any unincorporated municipality or any department, division, agency, instrumentality or subdivision of a county, unincorporated municipality or municipality. In all cases where counties, municipalities or unincorporated municipalities or any officer, agent, division, subdivision or agency of the same have heretofore entered into contracts and purchased group life insurance for their employees, such transactions, contracts and insurance and the purchase of the same is hereby approved, authorized and validated.
b.	The premium for the policy shall be paid either wholly or partly from the employer's funds or funds contributed by him, or wholly or partly from funds contributed by the insured employees, or by both. A policy on which all or part of the premium is to be derived from funds contributed by the insured employees may be placed in force provided the group is structured on an actuarially sound basis. A policy on which no part of the premium is to be derived from funds contributed by the insured employees must insure all eligible employees, or all except any as to whom evidence of individual insurability is not satisfactory to the insurer.
c.	Repealed by Session Laws 2007‑298, s. 7.6, effective October 1, 2007.
d.	Repealed by Session Laws 1991 (Regular Session, 1992), c. 837, s. 6.
(2)	A policy issued to a creditor, who shall be deemed the policyholder, to insure debtors of the creditor, subject to the following requirements:
a.	The debtors eligible for insurance under the policy shall be all of the debtors of the creditor whose indebtedness is repayable in installments, or all of any class or classes thereof determined by conditions pertaining to the indebtedness or to the purchase giving rise to the indebtedness. The policy may provide that the term "debtors" shall include the debtors of one or more subsidiary corporations, and the debtors of one or more affiliated corporations, proprietors or partnerships if the business of the policyholder and of such affiliated corporations, proprietors or partnerships is under common control through stock ownership, contract or otherwise.
b.	The premium for the policy shall be paid from the creditor's funds, from charges collected from the insured debtors, or from both. A policy on which part or all of the premium is to be derived from the collection from the insured debtors or identifiable charges not required of uninsured debtors shall not include, in the class or classes of debtors eligible for insurance, debtors under obligations outstanding at its date of issue without evidence of individual insurability unless the group is structured on an actuarially sound basis. A policy on which no part of the premium is to be derived from the collection of such identifiable charges must insure all eligible debtors, or all except any as to whom evidence of individual insurability is not satisfactory to the insurer.
c.	The policy may be issued only if the group of eligible debtors is then receiving new entrants at the rate of at least 100 persons yearly, or may reasonably be expected to receive at least 100 new entrants during the first policy year, and only if the policy reserves to the insurer the right to require evidence of individual insurability if less than seventy‑five percent (75%) of the new entrants become insured.
d,	e. Repealed by Session Laws 1975, c. 660, s. 4.
(3)	A policy issued to a labor union, which shall be deemed the policyholder, to insure members of such union for the benefit of persons other than the union or any of its officials, representatives or agents, subject to the following requirements:
a.	The members eligible for insurance under the policy shall be all of the members of the union, or all of any class or classes thereof determined by conditions pertaining to their employment, or to membership in the union, or both.
b.	The premium for the policy shall be paid either wholly or partly from the union's funds, or wholly or partly from funds contributed by the insured members specifically for their insurance, or by both. A policy on which all or part of the premium is to be derived from funds contributed by the insured members specifically for their insurance may be placed in force provided the group is structured on an actuarially sound basis. A policy on which no part of the premium is to be derived from funds contributed by the insured members specifically for their insurance must insure all eligible members, or all except any as to whom evidence of individual insurability is not satisfactory to the insurer.
c.	The policy must cover at least 25 members at date of issue.
d.	Repealed by Session Laws 1991 (Regular Session, 1992), c. 837, s. 6.
(4)	A policy issued to the trustee of a fund established by two or more employers in the same industry or kind of business or by two or more labor unions, which trustee shall be deemed the policyholder, to insure employees of the employers or members of the unions for the benefit of persons other than the employers or the unions, subject to the following requirements:
a.	The persons eligible for insurance shall be all of the employees of the employers or all of the members of the unions, or all of any class or classes thereof determined by conditions pertaining to their employment, or to memberships in the unions, or to both. The policy may provide that the term "employees" shall include the individual proprietor or partners if an employer is an individual proprietor or a partnership. The policy may provide that the term "employees" shall include the trustee or the employees of the trustee, or both, if their duties are principally connected with such trusteeship. The policy may provide that the term "employees" shall include retired employees.
b.	The premium for the policy shall be paid wholly or partly from funds contributed by the participating employer, labor union, or the insured persons.
If none of the premium paid by the participating employer or labor union is to be derived from funds contributed by the insured persons specifically for the insurance, all eligible employees of that particular participating employer or labor union must be insured, or all except any as to whom evidence of insurability is not satisfactory to the insurer.
If part of the premium paid by the participating employer or labor union is to be derived from funds contributed by the insured persons specifically for their insurance, coverage may be placed in force on employees of a participating employer or on members of a participating labor union provided the group is structured on an actuarially sound basis.
c.	The policy must cover at least 100 persons at date of issue.
d.	Repealed by Session Laws 1991 (Regular Session, 1992), c. 837, s. 6.
(5)	A policy issued to an association of persons having a common professional or business interest, which association shall be deemed the policyholder, to insure members of such association for the benefit of persons other than the association or any of its officials, representatives or agents, subject to the following requirements:
a.	Such association shall have had an active existence for at least two years immediately preceding the purchase of such insurance, was formed for purposes other than procuring insurance and does not derive its funds principally from contributions of insured members toward the payment of premiums for the insurance.
b.	The members eligible for insurance under the policy shall be all of the members of the association or all of any class or classes thereof determined by conditions pertaining to their employment, or the membership in the association, or both. The policy may provide that the term "members" shall include the employees of members, if their duties are principally connected with the member's business or profession.
c.	The premium for the policy shall be paid either wholly or partly from the association's funds, or wholly or partly from funds contributed by the insured members specifically for their insurance, or by both. No policy may be issued if the Commissioner finds that the rate of insured members' contributions will exceed the maximum rate customarily charged employees insured under like group life insurance policies issued in accordance with the provisions of subdivision (1). A policy on which all or part of the premium is to be derived from funds contributed by the insured members specifically for their insurance may be placed in force provided the group is structured on an actuarially sound basis. A policy on which no part of the premium is to be derived from funds contributed by the insured members specifically for their insurance must insure all eligible members, or all except any as to whom evidence of individual insurability is not satisfactory to the insurer.
d.	The policy must cover at least 25 members at date of issue.
e.	Repealed by Session Laws 1991 (Regular Session, 1992), c. 837, s. 6.
(5a)	A policy issued to a group other than those described in subdivisions (1) through (5) of this section, subject to the following requirements:
a.	Either of the following is true:
1.	The Commissioner has made the following findings:
I.	The issuance of the group policy is not contrary to the best interest of the public.
II.	The issuance of the group policy would result in economies of acquisition or administration.
III.	The benefits are reasonable in relation to the premiums charged.
2.	Another state having requirements substantially similar to those contained in sub‑sub‑subdivision 1. of this sub‑subdivision has made a determination that the requirements have been met.
b.	The premium for the policy shall be paid from either the policyholder's funds or funds contributed by the covered persons, or from both.
c.	An insurer may exclude or limit the coverage on any person as to whom evidence of individual insurability is not satisfactory to the insurer.
(6)	Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, or any other provisions of law to the contrary, a policy may be issued to the employees of the State or any other political subdivision where the entire amount of premium therefor is paid by such employees.  (1925, c. 58, s. 1; 1931, c. 328; 1943, c. 597, s. 1; 1947, c. 834; 1951, c. 800; 1955, c. 1280; 1957, c. 998; 1959, c. 287; 1965, c. 869; 1971, c. 516; 1973, c. 249; 1975, c. 660, s. 4; 1977, c. 192, ss. 1‑4; c. 835; 1987, c. 752, ss. 14‑18; 1991 (Reg. Sess., 1992), c. 837, s. 6; 2007‑298, s. 7.6; 2007‑484, s. 43.5; 2011‑215, s. 2.)

§ 58‑58‑140.  Group life insurance standard provisions.
No policy of group life insurance shall be delivered in this State unless it contains in substance the following provisions, or provisions which in the Commissioner's opinion are more favorable to the persons insured, or at least as favorable to the persons insured and more favorable to the policyholder, provided, however, (i) that subdivisions (6) through (10) of this section do not apply to policies issued to a creditor to insure the creditor's debtors; (ii) that the standard provisions required for individual life insurance policies do not apply to group life insurance policies; and (iii) that if the group life insurance policy is on a plan of insurance other than the term plan, it shall contain a nonforfeiture provision or provisions that in the Commissioner's opinion is or are equitable to the insured persons and to the policyholder, but nothing in this section requires group life insurance policies to contain the same nonforfeiture provisions that are required for individual life insurance policies:
(1)	A provision that the policyholder is entitled to a grace period of 31 days for the payment of any premium due except the first, during which grace period the death benefit coverage shall continue in force, unless the policyholder has given the insurer written notice of discontinuance before the date of discontinuance and in accordance with the terms of the policy. The policy may provide that the policyholder shall be liable to the insurer for the payment of a pro rata premium for the time the policy was in force during the grace period.
(2)	A provision that the validity of the policy shall not be contested, except for nonpayment of premiums, after it has been in force for two years from its date of issue; and that no statement made by any person insured under the policy relating to that person's insurability shall be used in contesting the validity of the insurance with respect to which the statement was made after the insurance has been in force before the contest for a period of two years during the person's lifetime nor unless it is contained in a written instrument signed by the person.
(3)	A provision that a copy of the application, if any, of the policyholder shall be attached to the policy when issued, that all statements made by the policyholder or by the persons insured shall be considered representations and not warranties; and that no statement made by any person insured shall be used in any contest unless a copy of the instrument containing the statement is or has been furnished to the person or to the person's beneficiary.
(4)	A provision setting forth the conditions, if any, under which the insurer reserves the right to require a person eligible for insurance to furnish evidence of individual insurability satisfactory to the insurer as a condition to part or all of the person's coverage.
(5)	A provision specifying an equitable adjustment of premiums or benefits, or both, to be made if the age of a person insured has been misstated; the provision to contain a clear statement of the method of adjustment to be used.
(6)	A provision that any sum becoming due because of the death of the person insured shall be payable to the beneficiary designated by the person insured, subject to the provisions of the policy if there is no designated beneficiary as to all or any part of the sum living at the death of the person insured, and subject to any right reserved by the insurer in the policy and set forth in the certificate to pay at its option a part of the sum not exceeding two hundred fifty dollars ($250.00) to any person appearing to the insurer to be equitably entitled thereto by having incurred funeral or other expenses incident to the last illness or death of the person insured.
(7)	A provision that the insurer will issue to the policyholder, for delivery to each person insured, an individual certificate setting forth a statement as to the insurance protection to which the person is entitled, to whom the insurance benefits are payable, and the rights and conditions set forth in subdivisions (8), (9) and (10) of this section.
(8)	A provision that if the insurance, or any portion of it, on a person covered under the policy ceases because of termination of employment or of membership in the classes eligible for coverage under the policy, the person shall be entitled to be issued by the insurer, without evidence of insurability, an individual policy of life insurance without disability or other supplementary benefits, provided application for the individual policy shall be made, and the first premium paid to the insurer, within 31 days after such termination, and provided further that,
a.	The individual policy shall, at the option of the person, be on any one of the forms, except term insurance, then customarily issued by the insurer at the age and for the amount applied for;
b.	The individual policy shall be in an amount not in excess of the amount of life insurance which ceases because of the termination, provided that any amount of insurance which shall have matured on or before the date of the termination as an endowment payable to the person insured, whether in one sum or in installments or in the form of an annuity, shall not, for the purposes of this provision, be included in the amount which is considered to cease because of the termination; and
c.	The premium on the individual policy shall be at the insurer's then customary rate applicable to the form and amount of the individual policy, to the class of risk to which the person then belongs, and to the person's age on the effective date of the individual policy.
(9)	A provision that if the group policy terminates or is amended so as to terminate the insurance of any class of insured persons, every person insured under the policy at the date of the termination whose insurance terminates and who has been so insured for at least five years before the termination date shall be entitled to be issued by the insurer an individual policy of life insurance, subject to the conditions and limitations in (8) above, except that the group policy may provide that the amount of the individual policy shall not exceed the smaller of (i) the amount of the person's life insurance protection ceasing because of the termination or amendment of the group policy, less the amount of any life insurance for which the person is or becomes eligible under any group policy issued or reinstated by the same or another insurer within 31 days after termination, and (ii) ten thousand dollars ($10,000).
(10)	A provision that if a person insured under the group policy dies during the period within which the person would have been entitled to have been issued an individual policy in accordance with (8) or (9) above and before such an individual policy shall have become effective, the amount of life insurance which the person would have been entitled to have been issued under the individual policy shall be payable as a claim under the group policy, whether or not application for the individual policy or the payment of the first premium therefor has been made. (1925, c. 58, s. 2; 1943, c. 597, s. 2; 1947, c. 834; 1991, c. 644, s. 9.)

§ 58‑58‑141.  Portability of group life insurance.
(a)	Definition. – For purposes of this section, "portability" means the prerogative to continue existing group life insurance coverage, or access alternate group life insurance coverage, that may be provided by a group life insurance policy to an individual insured after the individual's affiliation with the initial group terminates.
(b)	Applicability. – This section applies to all certificates issued under group policies that are used in this State. This section also applies to a certificate issued under a policy issued and delivered to a trust or to an association outside of this State and covering persons residing in this State.
(c)	Prohibitions. – The use of health questions, underwriting, or eligibility requirements that pertain to health status is prohibited when an individual insured elects to access a portability option provided by a group life insurance policy. (2007‑298, s. 2.6.)

§ 58‑58‑145.  Group annuity contracts defined; requirements; issuance of individual certificates.
(a)	Any policy or contract, except a joint, reversionary or survivorship annuity contract, whereby annuities are payable to more than one person, is a group annuity contract. The person, firm or corporation to whom or to which the contract is issued, is the holder of the contract. The term "annuitant" means any person to whom or which payments are made under the group annuity contract. No authorized insurer shall deliver or issue for delivery in this State any group annuity contract except upon a group of annuitants that conforms to the following: under a contract issued to an employer, or to the trustee of a fund established by an employer or two or more employers in the same industry or kind of business, the stipulated payments on which shall be paid by the holder of the contract either wholly from the employer's funds or funds contributed by the employer, or partly from the funds and partly from funds contributed by the employees covered by such contract, and providing a plan of retirement annuities under a plan which permits all of the employees of such employer or of any specified class or classes thereof to become annuitants. Any such group of employees may include retired employees, and may include officers and managers as employees, and may include the employees of subsidiary or affiliated corporations of a corporation employer, and may include the individual proprietors, partners and employees of affiliated individuals and firms controlled by the holders through stock ownership, contract or otherwise.
(b)	The insurer of a group annuity contract shall issue to the policyholder or to the annuitant directly, within 30 days of the annuitant's enrollment in the group annuity contract, an individual certificate for each annuitant which:
(1)	Identifies the annuity to which the annuitant is entitled.
(2)	States the name of the person to whom the annuity is payable.
(3)	Discloses all of the rights and obligations of the insurer, the policyholder, the annuitant, and the persons to whom the annuity is payable with respect to the group annuity contract.
G.S. 58‑3‑150 applies to the form of the individual certificate required by this subsection.
(c)	Each group annuity contract shall include a provision that the insurer will issue to the policyholder within 30 days of the effective date of the contract, for delivery to each annuitant, an individual certificate setting forth the information described in subsection (b) of this section.
(d)	This section does not apply to annuities used to fund:
(1)	An employee pension plan that is covered by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA);
(2)	A plan described in sections 401(a), 401(k), 403(b), or 457 of the Internal Revenue Code, where the plan, as defined in ERISA, is established or maintained by an employer;
(3)	A governmental or church plan defined in section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code or a deferred compensation plan of a state or local government or a tax‑exempt organization under section 457 of the Internal Revenue Code; or
(4)	A nonqualified deferred compensation arrangement established or maintained by an employer or plan sponsor. (1947, c. 721; 1993, c. 506, s. 3; 2005‑234, s. 3; 2006‑105, s. 2.9.)

§ 58‑58‑146.  Application for annuities required.
(a)	Each individual (nongroup) annuity contract shall be issued only upon application of the annuitant or proposed owner. Any application form, whether paper or electronic, is subject to G.S. 58‑3‑150, and if taken by an agent, broker, or other producer shall include the certificate of the agent, broker, or other producer that the agent, broker, or other producer has truly and accurately recorded on the application form the information provided by the annuitant or proposed owner. Every annuity contract subject to this section shall contain as part of the contract the original or reproduction of the application required by this section.
(b)	The application copy required by this section may be either a photo copy of the original completed application, or a paper print of the completed application form, or a document that represents a compilation of information from the application process. Nothing in this subsection prohibits use of electronic application forms provided the format complies with these requirements.  (2007‑298, s. 1.2; 2009‑382, s. 14.)

§ 58‑58‑147.  Surrender fees on death benefits.
No authorized insurer shall deliver or issue for delivery in this State any deferred annuity contract that contains a provision that reduces the death benefit of the contract by a surrender fee when death occurs during the surrender period. (2007‑298, s. 1.2.)

§ 58‑58‑150.  Employee life insurance defined.
Employee life insurance is hereby declared to be that plan of life insurance other than salary savings life insurance under which individual policies are issued to the employees of any employer where such policies are issued on the life of more than one employee at date of issue. Premiums for such policies shall be paid by the employer or the trustee of a fund established by the employer either wholly from the employer's funds, or funds contributed by him, or partly from such funds and partly from funds contributed by the insured employees. (1947, c. 721; 1957, c. 1008.)

§ 58‑58‑155.  Assignment of interest in group policies and annuity contracts.
Any individual insured under a group insurance policy or group annuity contract shall have the right, unless expressly prohibited under the terms of the policy or contract of insurance, to assign to any other person his rights and benefits under the policy or contract, including, but not limited to the right to designate the beneficiary or beneficiaries and the right of conversion guaranteed by G.S. 58‑58‑140, and, subject to the provisions of the policy relating to assignments thereunder, any such assignment, made either before or after April 28, 1969, shall be valid for the purpose of vesting in the assignee all such rights and benefits so assigned. (1969, c. 319.)

§ 58‑58‑160.  Voting power under policies of group life insurance.
In every group policy issued by a domestic life insurance company, the employer shall be deemed to be the policyholder for all purposes within the meaning of Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter, and, if entitled to vote at meetings of the company, shall be entitled to one vote thereat. (1925, c. 58, s. 3.)

§ 58‑58‑165.  Exemption from execution.
No policy of group insurance, nor the proceeds thereof, when paid to any employee or employees thereunder, shall be liable to attachment, garnishment, or other process, or to be seized, taken, appropriated or applied by any legal or equitable process or operation of law, to pay any debt or liability of such employee, or his beneficiary, or any other person who may have a right thereunder, either before or after payment; but the proceeds thereof, when made payable to the estate of the employee insured, shall constitute a part of the estate of such employee available for the payment of debts. (1925, c. 58, s. 4; 1957, c. 1361.)

§ 58‑58‑170.  Contestability after reinstatement.
A reinstated policy of life insurance or annuity contract may be contested on account of fraud or misrepresentation of facts material to the reinstatement only for the same period following reinstatement and with the same conditions and exceptions as the policy provides with respect to contestability after original issuance.  The reinstatement application shall be deemed to be a part of the policy whether or not attached thereto. (1987, c. 752, s. 13.)

§§ 58‑58‑175 through 58‑58‑195: Reserved for future codification purposes.

Part 5. Viatical Settlements.
§ 58‑58‑200.  Short title.
This Part may be cited as the Viatical Settlements Act. (2001‑436, s. 3.)

§ 58‑58‑205.  Definitions.
As used in this Article:
(1)	"Advertising" means any written, electronic, or printed communication or any communication by means of recorded telephone messages or transmitted on radio, television, the Internet, or similar communications media, including filmstrips, motion pictures, and videos, published, disseminated, circulated, or placed before the public, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of creating an interest in or inducing a person to sell a life insurance policy under a viatical settlement contract.
(2)	"Business of viatical settlements" means an activity involved in, but not limited to, the offering, solicitation, negotiation, procurement, effectuation, purchasing, investing, financing, monitoring, tracking, underwriting, selling, transferring, assigning, pledging, hypothecating, or in any other manner, of viatical settlement contracts. "Business of viatical settlements" does not include an activity involving viatical settlement contracts as investments as regulated by Chapter 78A of the General Statutes.
(3)	"Chronically ill" means:
a.	Being unable to perform at least two activities of daily living (i.e., eating, toileting, transferring, bathing, dressing, or continence);
b.	Requiring substantial supervision to protect the individual from threats to health and safety due to severe cognitive impairment; or
c.	Having a level of disability similar to that described in sub‑subdivision a. of this subdivision as determined by the Secretary of Health and Human Services.
(4)	"Financing entity" means an underwriter, placement agent, lender, purchaser of securities, purchaser of a policy from a viatical settlement provider, credit enhancer, or any entity that has a direct ownership in a policy that is the subject of a viatical settlement contract, but:
a.	Whose principal activity related to the transaction is providing funds to effect the viatical settlement or purchase of one or more viaticated policies; and
b.	Who has an agreement in writing with one or more licensed viatical settlement providers to finance the acquisition of viatical settlement contracts.
"Financing entity" does not include a nonaccredited investor or viatical settlement purchaser.
(5)	"Fraudulent viatical settlement act" includes:
a.	Acts or omissions committed by any person who, knowingly and with intent to defraud, for the purpose of depriving another of property or for pecuniary gain, commits, or permits its employees or its agents to engage in acts including:
1.	Presenting, causing to be presented, or preparing with knowledge or belief that it will be presented to or by a viatical settlement provider, viatical settlement broker, viatical settlement purchaser, financing entity, insurer, insurance producer, viator, insured or any other person false material information, or concealing material information, as part of, in support of, or concerning a fact material to one or more of the following:
I.	An application for the issuance of a viatical settlement contract or insurance policy.
II.	The underwriting of a viatical settlement contract or insurance policy.
III.	A claim for payment or benefit under a viatical settlement contract or insurance policy.
IV.	Premiums paid on an insurance policy.
V.	Payments and changes in ownership or beneficiary made in accordance with the terms of a viatical settlement contract or insurance policy.
VI.	The reinstatement or conversion of an insurance policy.
VII.	The solicitation, offer, effectuation, or sale of a viatical settlement contract or insurance policy.
VIII.	The issuance of written evidence of viatical settlement contract or insurance.
IX.	A financing transaction.
2.	Employing any device, scheme, or artifice to defraud related to viaticated policies.
b.	In the furtherance of a fraud or to prevent the detection of a fraud, any person commits or permits the person's employees or agents to:
1.	Remove, conceal, alter, destroy, or sequester from the Commissioner the assets or records of a licensee or other person engaged in the business of viatical settlements;
2.	Misrepresent or conceal the financial condition of a licensee, financing entity, insurer, or other person;
3.	Transact the business of viatical settlements in violation of laws requiring a license, certificate of authority, or other legal authority for the transaction of the business of viatical settlements; or
4.	File with the Commissioner or the insurance regulator of another jurisdiction a document containing false information or otherwise conceal information about a material fact from the Commissioner.
c.	Embezzlement, theft, misappropriation, or conversion of monies, funds, premiums, credits, or other property of a viatical settlement provider, insurer, insured, viator, insurance policy owner, or any other person engaged in the business of viatical settlements or insurance; or
d.	Attempting to commit, assisting, aiding, or abetting in the commission of, or conspiracy to commit, the acts or omissions specified in this subdivision.
(6)	"Policy" means an individual or group life insurance policy, group life insurance certificate, group life insurance contract, or any other arrangement of life insurance affecting the rights of a resident of this State or bearing a reasonable relation to this State, regardless of whether delivered or issued for delivery in this State.
(7)	"Related provider trust" means a titling trust or other trust established by a licensed viatical settlement provider or a financing entity for the sole purpose of holding the ownership or beneficial interest in purchased policies in connection with a financing transaction.
(8)	"Special purpose entity" means a corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, or other similar entity formed solely to provide either directly or indirectly access to institutional capital markets for a financing entity or licensed viatical settlement provider.
(9)	"Terminally ill" means having an illness or sickness that can reasonably be expected to result in death in 24 months or fewer.
(10)	"Viatical settlement broker" or "broker" means a person that on behalf of a viator and for a fee, commission, or other valuable consideration offers or attempts to negotiate viatical settlement contracts between a viator and one or more viatical settlement providers. The term does not include an attorney, certified public accountant, or a financial planner accredited by a nationally recognized accreditation agency who is retained to represent the viator and whose compensation is not paid directly or indirectly by the viatical settlement provider or purchaser.
(11)	"Viatical settlement contract" means a written agreement establishing the terms under which compensation or anything of value will be paid, which compensation or value is less than the expected death benefit of the policy, in return for the viator's assignment, transfer, sale, or devise of the death benefit or ownership of any portion of the policy. A viatical settlement contract also includes a contract for a loan or other financing transaction with a viator secured primarily by a policy, other than a loan by a life insurance company under the terms of the life insurance contract, or a loan secured by the cash value of a policy. A viatical settlement contract includes an agreement with a viator to transfer ownership or change the beneficiary designation at a later date regardless of the date that compensation is paid to the viator.
(12)	"Viatical settlement provider" or "provider" means a person, other than a viator, that enters into or effectuates a viatical settlement contract on residents of this State or residents of another state from offices within this State. "Viatical settlement provider" or "provider" does not include:
a.	A bank, savings bank, savings and loan association, credit union, or other licensed lending institution that takes an assignment of a life insurance policy as collateral for a loan;
b.	The issuer of a life insurance policy providing accelerated benefits under rules adopted by the Commissioner and under the contract;
c.	An authorized or eligible insurer that provides stop‑loss coverage to a viatical settlement provider, purchaser, financing entity, special purpose entity, or related provider trust;
d.	A natural person who enters into or effectuates no more than one agreement in a calendar year for the transfer of life insurance policies for any value less than the expected death benefit;
e.	A financing entity;
f.	A special purpose entity;
g.	A related provider trust;
h.	A viatical settlement purchaser; or
i.	An accredited investor or qualified institutional buyer as defined respectively in Regulation D, Rule 501 or Rule 144A of the Federal Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and who purchases a viaticated policy from a viatical settlement provider.
(13)	"Viatical settlement purchase agreement" or "purchase agreement" means an agreement, entered into by a viatical settlement purchaser, to which the viator is not a party, to purchase a life insurance policy or an interest in a life insurance policy, that is entered into for the purpose of deriving an economic benefit.
(14)	"Viatical settlement purchaser" or "purchaser" means a person who gives a sum of money as consideration for a life insurance policy or an interest in the death benefits of a life insurance policy or a person who owns or acquires or is entitled to a beneficial interest in a trust that owns a viatical settlement contract or is the beneficiary of a life insurance policy that has been or will be the subject of a viatical settlement contract for the purpose of deriving an economic benefit. "Viatical settlement purchaser" does not include:
a.	A licensee under this Part;
b.	An accredited investor or qualified institutional buyer as defined respectively in Regulation D, Rule 501 or Rule 144A of the Federal Securities Act of 1933, as amended;
c.	A financing entity;
d.	A special purpose entity; or
e.	A related provider trust.
(15)	"Viaticated policy" means a policy that has been acquired by a viatical settlement provider under a viatical settlement contract.
(16)	"Viator" means the owner of a policy or a certificate holder under a group policy who enters or seeks to enter into a viatical settlement contract. For the purposes of this Part, a viator shall not be limited to an owner of a life insurance policy or a certificate holder under a group policy insuring the life of an individual with a terminal or chronic illness or condition except where specifically addressed. "Viator" does not include:
a.	A licensee under this Part;
b.	An accredited investor or qualified institutional buyer as defined respectively in Regulation D, Rule 501 or Rule 144A of the Federal Securities Act of 1933, as amended;
c.	A financing entity;
d.	A special purpose entity; or
e.	A related provider trust.  (2001‑436, s. 3; 2007‑298, s. 7.7; 2007‑484, s. 43.5; 2011‑284, s. 56.)

§ 58‑58‑210.  License requirements.
(a)	No person shall operate as a provider or broker without first obtaining a license from the insurance regulator of the state of residence of the viator. If there is more than one viator on a single policy and the viators are residents of different states, the viatical settlement shall be governed by the law of the state in which the viator having the largest percentage ownership resides or, if the viators hold equal ownership, the state of residence of one viator agreed upon in writing by all viators.
(b)	Application for a provider or broker license shall be made to the Commissioner by the applicant on a form prescribed by the Commissioner, and these applications shall be accompanied by a fee of five hundred dollars ($500.00).
(c)	Licenses may be renewed from year to year on the anniversary date upon payment of the annual renewal fee of five hundred dollars ($500.00). Failure to pay the fees by the renewal date results in expiration of the license.
(d)	The applicant shall provide information on forms required by the Commissioner. The Commissioner may require the applicant to fully disclose the identity of all stockholders, partners, officers, members, and employees; and the Commissioner may refuse to issue a license in the name of a legal entity if not satisfied that any officer, employee, stockholder, partner, or member of the legal entity who may materially influence the applicant's conduct meets the standards of this Part.
(e)	A license issued to a legal entity authorizes all partners, officers, members, and designated employees to act as providers or brokers, as applicable, under the license; and all those persons shall be named in the application and any supplements to the application.
(f)	Upon the filing of an application and the payment of the license fee, the Commissioner shall investigate each applicant and issue a license if the Commissioner finds that the applicant:
(1)	If a provider, has provided a detailed plan of operation.
(2)	Is competent and trustworthy and intends to act in good faith in the capacity involved by the license applied for.
(3)	Has a good business reputation and has had experience, training, or education so as to be qualified in the business for which the license is applied.
(4)	If a legal entity, provides a certificate of good standing from the state of its domicile.
(g)	The Commissioner shall not issue a license to a nonresident applicant unless a written designation of an agent for service of process is filed and maintained with the Commissioner or the applicant has filed with the Commissioner the applicant's written irrevocable consent that any action against the applicant may be commenced against the applicant by service of process on the Commissioner.
(h)	A provider or broker shall provide to the Commissioner new or revised information about officers, ten percent (10%) or more stockholders, partners, directors, members, or designated employees within 20 days after any change in the constituent membership of that respective category of persons.  (2001‑436, s. 3; 2009‑451, s. 21.17(a).)

§ 58‑58‑215.  License revocation and denial.
The Commissioner may suspend, revoke, or refuse to issue or renew the license of a provider or broker if the Commissioner finds that:
(1)	There was any material misrepresentation in the application for the license;
(2)	The licensee or any officer, partner, member, or key management personnel has been convicted of fraudulent or dishonest practices, is subject to a final administrative action, or is otherwise shown to be untrustworthy or incompetent;
(3)	The provider demonstrates a pattern of unreasonable payments to viators;
(4)	The licensee or any officer, partner, member, or key management personnel has been found guilty of, or has pleaded guilty or nolo contendere to, any felony, or to a misdemeanor involving fraud or moral turpitude, regardless of whether a judgment of conviction has been entered by the court;
(5)	The provider has entered into any viatical settlement contract that has not been approved pursuant to this Part;
(6)	The provider has failed to honor contractual obligations set out in a viatical settlement contract;
(7)	The licensee no longer meets the requirements for initial licensure;
(8)	The provider has assigned, transferred, or pledged a viaticated policy to a person other than a provider licensed in this State, viatical settlement purchaser, an accredited investor, or qualified institutional buyer as defined respectively in Regulation D, Rule 501 or Rule 144A of the Federal Securities Act of 1933, as amended, financing entity, special purpose entity, or related provider trust; or
(9)	The licensee or any officer, partner, member, or key management personnel has violated any provision of this Part. (2001‑436, s. 3.)

§ 58‑58‑220.  Approval of viatical settlement contracts and disclosure statements.
A person shall not use a contract or provide to a viator a disclosure statement form in this State unless filed with and approved by the Commissioner. The Commissioner shall disapprove a contract form or disclosure statement form if, in the Commissioner's opinion, the contract or provisions contained therein are unreasonable, contrary to the interests of the public, or otherwise misleading or unfair to the viator. The Commissioner may also require the submission of advertising material. (2001‑436, s. 3.)

§ 58‑58‑225.  Reporting requirements and privacy.
(a)	Each licensee shall file with the Commissioner on or before June 1 of each year an annual statement containing such information as the Commissioner prescribes by administrative rule.
(b)	Except as otherwise allowed or required by law, a provider, broker, insurance company, insurance producer, information bureau, rating agency or company, or any other person with actual knowledge of an insured's identity shall not disclose that identity as an insured, or the insured's financial or medical information, to any other person unless the disclosure:
(1)	Is necessary to effect a viatical settlement between the viator and a provider and the viator and insured have provided prior written consent to the disclosure;
(2)	Is provided in response to an investigation or examination by the Commissioner or any other governmental officer or agency or pursuant to the requirements of G.S. 58‑58‑270;
(3)	Is a term of or condition to the transfer of a policy by one provider to another provider;
(4)	Is necessary to permit a financing entity, related provider trust, or special purpose entity to finance the purchase of policies by a provider and the viator and insured have provided prior written consent to the disclosure;
(5)	Is necessary to allow the provider or broker or its authorized representatives to make contacts for the purpose of determining health status; or
(6)	Is required to purchase stop‑loss coverage. (2001‑436, s. 3.)

§ 58‑58‑230.  Examinations.
(a)	The Commissioner may conduct an examination of a licensee as often as the Commissioner considers appropriate.
(b)	An examination under this Part shall be conducted in accordance with the Examination Law.
(c)	In lieu of an examination of any foreign or alien person licensed under this Part, the Commissioner may accept an examination report on the licensee prepared by the appropriate viatical settlement regulator for the licensee's state of domicile or port‑of‑entry state.
(d)	When making an examination under this Part, the Commissioner may retain attorneys, appraisers, independent actuaries, independent certified public accountants, or other professionals and specialists as examiners, the reasonable cost of which shall be borne by the licensee that is the subject of the examination. (2001‑436, s. 3.)

§ 58‑58‑235.  Record retention requirements.
(a)	A person licensed under this Part shall retain copies for five years of all:
(1)	Proposed, offered, or executed contracts, purchase agreements, underwriting documents, policy forms, and applications from the date of the proposal, offer, or execution of the contract or purchase agreement, whichever is later.
(2)	Checks, drafts, or other evidence and documentation related to the payment, transfer, deposit, or release of funds from the date of the transaction.
(3)	Other records and documents related to the requirements of this Part.
(b)	This section does not relieve a person of the obligation to produce these documents to the Commissioner after the retention period has expired if the person has retained the documents.
(c)	Records required to be retained by this section must be legible and complete and may be retained in paper, photograph, microprocessor, magnetic, mechanical, or electronic media, or by any process that accurately reproduces or forms a durable medium for the reproduction of a record. (2001‑436, s. 3.)

§ 58‑58‑240.  Investigative authority of the Commissioner.
The Commissioner may investigate suspected fraudulent viatical settlement acts and persons engaged in the business of viatical settlements. (2001‑436, s. 3.)

§ 58‑58‑245.  Disclosure.
(a)	With each application for a viatical settlement, the provider or broker shall provide the viator with at least the following disclosures no later than the time the application for the contract is signed by all parties. The disclosures shall be provided in a separate document that is signed by the viator and the provider or broker and shall provide the following information:
(1)	There are possible alternatives to contracts including any accelerated death benefits or policy loans offered under the viator's policy.
(2)	Some or all of the proceeds of the viatical settlement may be taxable under federal income tax and state franchise and income taxes, and assistance should be sought from a professional tax advisor.
(3)	Proceeds of the viatical settlement could be subject to the claims of creditors.
(4)	Receipt of the proceeds of a viatical settlement may adversely affect the viator's eligibility for Medicaid or other government benefits or entitlements, and advice should be obtained from the appropriate government agencies.
(5)	The viator has the right to rescind a contract for 10 business days after the receipt of the viatical settlement proceeds by the viator, as provided in G.S. 58‑58‑250(h). If the insured dies during the rescission period, the settlement contract shall be deemed to have been rescinded, subject to repayment of all viatical settlement proceeds and any premiums, loans, and loan interest to the provider or purchaser.
(6)	Funds will be sent to the viator within three business days after the provider has received the insurer or group administrator's acknowledgment that ownership of the policy or interest in the certificate has been transferred and the beneficiary has been designated.
(7)	Entering into a contract may cause other rights or benefits, including conversion rights and waiver of premium benefits that may exist under the policy, to be forfeited by the viator. Assistance should be sought from a financial adviser.
(8)	Disclosure to a viator shall include distribution of a brochure describing the process of viatical settlements. The NAIC's form for the brochure shall be used unless the Commissioner develops one.
(9)	The disclosure document shall contain the following language: "All medical, financial, or personal information solicited or obtained by a provider or broker about an insured, including the insured's identity or the identity of family members, a spouse or a significant other may be disclosed as necessary to effect the viatical settlement between the viator and the provider. If you are asked to provide this information, you will be asked to consent to the disclosure. The information may be provided to someone who buys the policy or provides funds for the purchase. You may be asked to renew your permission to share information every two years.
(10)	The insured may be contacted by either the provider or broker or its authorized representative for the purpose of determining the insured's health status. This contact is limited to once every three months if the insured has a life expectancy of more than one year, and no more than once per month if the insured has a life expectancy of one year or less.
(b)	A provider shall provide the viator with at least the following disclosures no later than the date the contract is signed by all parties. The disclosures shall be conspicuously displayed in the contract or in a separate document signed by the viator and the provider or broker, and provide the following information:
(1)	State the affiliation, if any, between the provider and the issuer of the insurance policy to be viaticated.
(2)	The document shall include the name, address, and telephone number of the provider.
(3)	A broker shall disclose to a prospective viator the amount and method of calculating the broker's compensation. The term "compensation" includes anything of value paid or given to a broker for the placement of a policy.
(4)	If an insurance policy to be viaticated has been issued as a joint policy or involves family riders or any coverage of a life other than the insured under the policy to be viaticated, the viator shall be informed of the possible loss of coverage on the other lives under the policy and shall be advised to consult with his or her insurance producer or the insurer issuing the policy for advice on the proposed viatical settlement.
(5)	State the dollar amount of the current death benefit payable to the provider under the policy. If known, the provider shall also disclose the availability of any additional guaranteed insurance benefits, the dollar amount of any accidental death and dismemberment benefits under the policy, and the provider's interest in those benefits.
(6)	State the name, business address, and telephone number of the independent third‑party escrow agent and the fact that the viator or owner may inspect or receive copies of the relevant escrow or trust agreements or documents.
(c)	If the provider transfers ownership or changes the beneficiary of the insurance policy, the provider shall communicate the change in ownership or beneficiary to the insured within 20 days after the change. (2001‑436, s. 3.)

§ 58‑58‑250.  General rules.
(a)	A provider entering into a contract shall first obtain:
(1)	If the viator is the insured, a written statement from a licensed attending physician that the viator is of sound mind and under no constraint or undue influence to enter into a contract.
(2)	A document in which the insured consents to the release of his or her medical records to a provider or broker and, if the policy being viaticated has been in effect for less than five years, to the insurance company that issued the policy covering the life of the insured.
(b)	Within 20 days after a viator executes documents necessary to transfer any rights under a policy or within 20 days after entering any agreement, option, promise, or any other form of understanding, expressed or implied, to viaticate the policy, the provider shall give written notice to the insurer that issued that policy that the policy has or will become a viaticated policy. The notice shall be accompanied by the documents required by subsection (c) of this section.
(c)	If the policy being viaticated has been in effect for less than five years, the viatical provider shall deliver a copy of the medical release required under subdivision (a)(2) of this section, a copy of the viator's application for the contract, the notice required under subsection (b) of this section, and a request for verification of coverage to the insurer that issued the policy that is the subject of the viatical settlement. The NAIC's form for verification shall be used unless the Commissioner develops standards for verification.
(d)	The insurer shall respond to a request for verification of coverage submitted on an approved form by a provider within 30 days after the date the request is received and shall indicate whether, based on the medical evidence and documents provided, the insurer intends to pursue an investigation at this time regarding the validity of the policy.
(e)	Before or at the time of execution of the contract, the provider shall obtain a witnessed document in which the viator consents to the contract, represents that the viator has a full and complete understanding of the contract, that he or she has a full and complete understanding of the benefits of the policy, acknowledges that he or she is entering into the contract freely and voluntarily and, for persons with a terminal or chronic illness or condition, acknowledges that the insured has a terminal or chronic illness or condition and that the terminal or chronic illness or condition was first diagnosed after the policy was issued.
(f)	If a broker performs any of these activities required of the provider, the provider is deemed to have fulfilled the requirements of this section.
(g)	All medical information solicited or obtained by any licensee is subject to the applicable provisions of federal and North Carolina law relating to confidentiality of medical information.
(h)	All contracts entered into in this State shall provide the viator with an unconditional right to rescind the contract for at least 10 business days after the receipt of the viatical settlement proceeds. If the insured dies during the rescission period, the contract shall be deemed to have been rescinded, subject to repayment to the provider or purchaser of all viatical settlement proceeds, and any premiums, loans, and loan interest that have been paid by the provider or purchaser.
(i)	The provider shall instruct the viator to send the executed documents required to effect the change in ownership, assignment, or change in beneficiary directly to the independent escrow agent. Within three business days after the date the escrow agent receives the documents, or from the date the provider receives the documents, if the viator erroneously provides the documents directly to the provider, the provider shall pay or transfer the proceeds of the viatical settlement into an escrow or trust account maintained in a state or federally chartered financial institution, the deposits of which are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) or any successor entity. Upon payment of the settlement proceeds into the escrow account, the escrow agent shall deliver the original change in ownership, assignment, or change in beneficiary forms to the provider or related provider trust. Upon the escrow agent's receipt of the acknowledgment of the properly completed transfer of ownership, assignment, or designation of beneficiary from the insurance company, the escrow agent shall pay the settlement proceeds to the viator.
(j)	Failure to tender consideration to the viator for the contract within the time required under G.S. 58‑58‑245(a)(6) renders the contract voidable by the viator for lack of consideration until the time consideration is tendered to and accepted by the viator.
(k)	Contacts with the insured for the purpose of determining the health status of the insured by the provider or broker after the viatical settlement has occurred shall only be made by the provider or broker licensed in this State or its authorized representatives and shall be limited to once every three months for insureds with a life expectancy of more than one year, and to no more than once per month for insureds with a life expectancy of one year or less. The provider or broker shall explain the procedure for these contacts at the time the contract is entered into. The limitations set forth in this subsection shall not apply to any contacts with an insured for reasons other than determining the insured's health status. Providers and brokers shall be responsible for the actions of their authorized representatives.
(l)	Every related provider trust shall have a written agreement with the licensed viatical settlement provider under which the licensed viatical settlement provider is responsible for ensuring compliance with all statutory and regulatory requirements and under which the trust agrees to make all records and files related to viatical settlement transactions available to the Commissioner as if those records and files were maintained directly by the licensed viatical settlement provider.
(m)	Notwithstanding the manner in which a viatical settlement broker is compensated, a broker is deemed to represent only the viator and owes a fiduciary duty to the viator to act according to the viator's instructions and in the best interest of the viator. (2001‑436, s. 3.)

§ 58‑58‑255.  Prohibited practices.
(a)	It is a violation of this Part for any person to enter into a contract within a two‑year period commencing with the date of issuance of the policy unless the viator certifies to the provider that one or more of the following conditions have been met within the two‑year period:
(1)	The policy was issued upon the viator's exercise of conversion rights arising out of a policy, provided the total time covered under the conversion policy plus the time covered under the prior policy is at least 24 months, or the contestability and suicide time periods have been waived by the insurer. The time covered under a group policy shall be calculated without regard to any change in insurance carriers, provided the coverage has been continuous and under the same group sponsorship.
(2)	The viator is a charitable organization exempt from taxation under 26 U.S.C. § 501(c)(3).
(3)	The viator is not a natural person (e.g., the owner is a corporation, limited liability company, partnership, etc.).
(4)	The viator submits independent evidence to the provider that one or more of the following conditions have been met within the two‑year period:
a.	The viator or insured is terminally or chronically ill.
b.	The viator's spouse dies.
c.	The viator divorces his or her spouse.
d.	The viator retires from full‑time employment.
e.	The viator becomes physically or mentally disabled and a physician determines that the disability prevents the viator from maintaining full‑time employment.
f.	The viator was the insured's employer at the time the policy was issued and the employment relationship terminated.
g.	A final order, judgment, or decree is entered by a court of competent jurisdiction, on the application of a creditor of the viator, adjudicating the viator bankrupt or insolvent, or approving a petition seeking reorganization of the viator or appointing a receiver, trustee, or liquidator to all or a substantial part of the viator's assets.
h.	The viator experiences a significant decrease in income that is unexpected and that impairs the viator's reasonable ability to pay the policy premium.
i.	The viator or insured disposes of his or her ownership interests in a closely held corporation.
(b)	Copies of the independent evidence described in subdivision (a)(4) of this section and documents required by G.S. 58‑58‑250(a) shall be submitted to the insurer when the provider submits a request to the insurer for verification of coverage. The copies shall be accompanied by a letter of attestation from the provider that the copies are true and correct copies of the documents received by the provider.
(c)	If the provider submits to the insurer a copy of the owner or insured's certification described in subdivision (a)(4) and subsection (b) of this section when the provider submits a request to the insurer to effect the transfer of the policy to the provider, the copy shall be deemed to conclusively establish that the contract satisfies the requirements of this section, and the insurer shall timely respond to the request. (2001‑436, s. 3.)

§ 58‑58‑260.  Advertising for viatical settlements.
(a)	The purpose of this section is to provide prospective viators with clear and unambiguous statements in the advertisement of viatical settlements and to assure the clear, truthful, and adequate disclosure of the benefits, risks, limitations, and exclusions of any contract. This purpose is intended to be accomplished by the establishment of guidelines and standards of permissible and impermissible conduct in the advertising of viatical settlements to assure that product descriptions are presented in a manner that prevents unfair, deceptive, or misleading advertising and is conducive to accurate presentation and description of viatical settlements through the advertising media and material used by viatical settlement licensees.
(b)	This section shall apply to any advertising of contracts or related products or services intended for dissemination in this State, including Internet advertising viewed by persons located in this State. Where disclosure requirements are established pursuant to federal regulation, this section shall be interpreted so as to minimize or eliminate conflict with federal regulation wherever possible.
(c)	Every viatical settlement licensee shall establish and at all times maintain a system of control over the content, form, and method of dissemination of all advertisements of its contracts, products, and services. All advertisements, regardless of by whom written, created, designed, or presented, shall be the responsibility of the viatical settlement licensee, as well as the individual who created or presented the advertisement. A system of control shall include regular routine notification, at least once a year, to agents and others, authorized by the viatical settlement licensee, who disseminate advertisements of the requirements and procedures for approval before the use of any advertisements not furnished by the viatical settlement licensee.
(d)	Advertisements shall be truthful and not misleading in fact or by implication. The form and content of an advertisement of a contract shall be sufficiently complete and clear so as to avoid deception. It shall not have the capacity or tendency to mislead or deceive. Whether an advertisement has the capacity or tendency to mislead or deceive shall be determined by the Commissioner from the overall impression that the advertisement may be reasonably expected to create upon a person of average education or intelligence within the segment of the public to which it is directed.
(e)	All information required to be disclosed under this Part shall be set out conspicuously and in close conjunction with the statements to which such information relates or under appropriate captions of such prominence that it shall not be minimized, rendered obscure, or presented in an ambiguous fashion or intermingled with the context of the advertisement so as to be confusing or misleading.
(f)	An advertisement shall not:
(1)	Omit material information or use words, phrases, statements, references, or illustrations if the omission or use has the capacity, tendency, or effect of misleading or deceiving viators as to the nature or extent of any benefit, loss covered, premium payable, or state or federal tax consequence. The fact that the contract offered is made available for inspection before consummation of the sale, or an offer is made to refund the payment if the viator is not satisfied or that the contract includes a "free look" period that satisfies or exceeds legal requirements, does not remedy misleading statements.
(2)	Use the name or title of a life insurance company or a policy unless the insurer has approved the advertisement.
(3)	State or imply that interest charged on an accelerated death benefit or a policy loan is unfair, inequitable, or in any manner an incorrect or improper practice.
(4)	State or imply that a contract, benefit, or service has been approved or endorsed by a group of individuals, society, association, or other organization unless that is the fact and unless any relationship between an organization and the viatical settlement licensee is disclosed. If the entity making the endorsement or testimonial is owned, controlled, or managed by the viatical settlement licensee, or receives any payment or other consideration from the viatical settlement licensee for making an endorsement or testimonial, that fact shall be disclosed in the advertisement.
(5)	Contain statistical information unless it accurately reflects recent and relevant facts. The source of all statistics used in an advertisement shall be identified.
(6)	Disparage insurers, providers, brokers, insurance producers, policies, services, or methods of marketing.
(7)	Use a trade name, group designation, name of the parent company of a viatical settlement licensee, name of a particular division of the viatical settlement licensee, service mark, slogan, symbol, or other device or reference without disclosing the name of the viatical settlement licensee, if the advertisement would have the capacity or tendency to mislead or deceive as to the true identity of the viatical settlement licensee, or to create the impression that a company other than the viatical settlement licensee would have any responsibility for the financial obligation under a contract.
(8)	Use any combination of words, symbols, or physical materials that by their content, phraseology, shape, color, or other characteristics are so similar to a combination of words, symbols, or physical materials used by a government program or agency or otherwise appear to be of such a nature that they tend to mislead prospective viators into believing that the solicitation is in some manner connected with a government program or agency.
(9)	Create the impression that the provider, its financial condition or status, the payment of its claims, or the merits, desirability, or advisability of its contracts are recommended or endorsed by any government entity.
(g)	The words "free", "no cost", "without cost", "no additional cost", "at no extra cost", or words of similar import shall not be used with respect to any benefit or service unless true. An advertisement may specify the charge for a benefit or a service, may state that a charge is included in the payment, or use other appropriate language.
(h)	Testimonials, appraisals, or analyses used in advertisements must be genuine; represent the current opinion of the author; be applicable to the contract, product, or service advertised, if any; and be accurately reproduced with sufficient completeness to avoid misleading or deceiving prospective viators as to the nature or scope of the testimonials, appraisals, analyses, or endorsements. In using testimonials, appraisals, or analyses, the viatical settlement licensee makes as its own all the statements contained therein, and the statements are subject to all the provisions of this section.
(i)	If the individual making a testimonial, appraisal, analysis, or an endorsement has a financial interest in the provider or related entity as a stockholder, director, officer, employee, or otherwise, or receives any benefit directly or indirectly other than required union scale wages, that fact shall be prominently disclosed in the advertisement.
(j)	When an endorsement refers to benefits received under a contract, all pertinent information shall be retained for a period of five years after its use.
(k)	The name of the viatical settlement licensee shall be clearly identified in all advertisements about the licensee or its contracts, products, or services, and if any specific contract is advertised, the contract shall be identified either by form number or some other appropriate description. If an application is part of the advertisement, the name of the provider or broker shall be shown on the application.
(l)	An advertisement may state that a viatical settlement licensee is licensed in the state where the advertisement appears, provided it does not exaggerate that fact or suggest or imply that a competing viatical settlement licensee may not be so licensed. The advertisement may ask the audience to consult the licensee's web site or contact the Department to find out if the state requires licensing and, if so, whether the provider or broker is licensed.
(m)	The name of the actual licensee shall be stated in all of its advertisements. An advertisement shall not use a trade name, any group designation, name of any affiliate or controlling entity of the licensee, service mark, slogan, symbol, or other device in a manner that would have the capacity or tendency to mislead or deceive as to the true identity of the actual licensee or create the false impression that an affiliate or controlling entity would have any responsibility for the financial obligation of the licensee.
(n)	An advertisement shall not directly or indirectly create the impression that any state or federal governmental agency endorses, approves, or favors:
(1)	Any viatical settlement licensee or its business practices or methods of operation;
(2)	The merits, desirability, or advisability of any contract;
(3)	Any contract; or
(4)	Any policy or life insurance company.
(o)	If the advertiser emphasizes the speed with which the viatication will occur, the advertising must disclose the average time frame from completed application to the date of offer and from acceptance of the offer to receipt of the funds by the viator.
(p)	If the advertising emphasizes the dollar amounts available to viators, the advertising shall disclose the average purchase price as a percent of face value obtained by viators contracting with the licensee during the past six months. (2001‑436, s. 3.)

§ 58‑58‑265.  Fraudulent viatical settlement acts, interference, and participation of convicted felons prohibited.
(a)	A person who commits a fraudulent viatical settlement act is guilty of a Class H felony.
(b)	A person shall not knowingly or intentionally interfere with the enforcement of the provisions of this Part or investigations of suspected or actual violations of this Part.
(c)	A person in the business of viatical settlements shall not knowingly or intentionally permit any person convicted of a felony involving dishonesty or breach of trust to participate in the business of viatical settlements. (2001‑436, s. 3.)

§ 58‑58‑267.  Fraud warning required.
(a)	Viatical settlement contracts and purchase agreement forms and applications for viatical settlements, regardless of the form of transmission, shall contain the following statement or a substantially similar statement: 

"Any person who knowingly presents false information in an application for insurance or viatical settlement contract or a viatical settlement purchase agreement is guilty of a felony and may be subject to fines and confinement in prison."

(b)	The lack of a statement as required in subsection (a) of this section does not constitute a defense in any prosecution for a fraudulent viatical settlement act. (2001‑436, s. 3.)

§ 58‑58‑268.  Viatical settlement antifraud initiatives.
(a)	Viatical settlement providers and viatical settlement brokers shall have in place antifraud initiatives reasonably calculated to detect, prosecute, and prevent fraudulent viatical settlement acts. At the discretion of the Commissioner, the Commissioner may order, or a licensee may request and the Commissioner may grant, such modifications of the following required initiatives as necessary to ensure an effective antifraud program. The modifications may be more or less restrictive than the required initiatives so long as the modifications may reasonably be expected to accomplish the purpose of this section.
(b)	Antifraud initiatives shall include:
(1)	Fraud investigators, who may be viatical settlement provider employees or viatical settlement broker employees or independent  contractors; and
(2)	An antifraud plan, which shall be submitted to the Commissioner. The antifraud plan shall include, but not be limited to:
a.	A description of the procedures for detecting and investigating possible fraudulent viatical settlement acts and procedures for resolving material inconsistencies between medical records and insurance applications;
b.	A description of the procedures for reporting possible fraudulent viatical settlement acts to the Commissioner;
c.	A description of the plan for antifraud education and training of underwriters and other personnel; and
d.	A description or chart outlining the organizational arrangement of the antifraud personnel who are responsible for the investigation and reporting of possible fraudulent viatical settlement acts and investigating unresolved material inconsistencies between medical records and insurance applications.
(c)	Antifraud plans submitted to the Commissioner are privileged and confidential, are not public records, and are not subject to discovery or subpoena in a civil or criminal action. (2001‑436, s. 3.)

§ 58‑58‑270.  Report to Commissioner.
Whenever any person licensed under this Part knows or has reasonable cause to believe that any other person has violated any provision of this Part, it is the duty of that person, upon acquiring the knowledge, to notify the Commissioner and provide the Commissioner with a complete statement of all of the relevant facts and circumstances. The report is a privileged communication and when made without actual malice does not subject the person making the report to any liability whatsoever. The Commissioner may suspend, revoke, or refuse to renew the license of any person who willfully fails to comply with this section. (2001‑436, s. 3.)

§ 58‑58‑275.  Reporting and investigation of suspected viatical settlement fraudulent acts; immunity from liability.
(a)	As used in this section, "Commissioner" includes an employee, agent, or designee of the Commissioner. A person, or an employee or agent of that person, acting without actual malice, is not subject to civil liability for libel, slander, or any other cause of action by virtue of furnishing to the Commissioner, under the requirements of law or at the direction of the Commissioner, reports or other information relating to any known or suspected viatical settlement fraudulent act.
(b)	The Commissioner, acting without actual malice, is not subject to civil liability for libel or slander by virtue of an investigation of any known or suspected viatical settlement fraudulent act; or by virtue of the publication or dissemination of any official report related to any such investigation, which report is published or disseminated in the absence of fraud, bad faith, or actual malice on the part of the Commissioner.
(c)	During the course of an investigation of a known or suspected viatical settlement fraudulent act, the Commissioner may request any person to furnish copies of any information relative to the known or suspected viatical settlement fraudulent act. The person shall release the information requested and cooperate with the Commissioner under this section. (2001‑436, s. 3.)

§ 58‑58‑280.  Confidentiality.
(a)	Information and evidence provided under G.S. 58‑58‑270 or G.S. 58‑58‑275 or obtained by the Commissioner in an investigation of suspected or actual fraudulent viatical settlement acts shall be privileged and confidential, is not a public record, and is not subject to discovery or subpoena in a civil or criminal action.
(b)	Subsection (a) of this section does not prohibit release by the Commissioner of documents and evidence obtained in an investigation of suspected or actual fraudulent viatical settlement acts:
(1)	In administrative or judicial proceedings to enforce laws administered by the Commissioner;
(2)	To federal, state, or local law enforcement or regulatory agencies, to an organization established for the purpose of detecting and preventing fraudulent viatical settlement acts, or to the NAIC; or
(3)	At the discretion of the Commissioner, to a person in the business of viatical settlements that is aggrieved by a fraudulent viatical settlement act.
(c)	Release of documents and evidence under subsection (b) of this section does not abrogate or modify the privilege granted in subsection (a) of this section. (2001‑436, s. 3.)

§ 58‑58‑285.  Other law enforcement or regulatory authority.
This Part does not:
(1)	Preempt the authority or relieve the duty of other law enforcement or regulatory agencies to investigate, examine, and prosecute suspected violations of law.
(2)	Prevent or prohibit a person from disclosing voluntarily information concerning viatical settlement fraud to a law enforcement or regulatory agency other than the Commissioner.
(3)	Limit the powers granted elsewhere by the laws of this State to the Commissioner to investigate and examine possible violations of law and to take appropriate action against wrongdoers. (2001‑436, s. 3.)

§ 58‑58‑290.  Injunctions; civil remedies; cease and desist orders.
(a)	In addition to the penalties and other enforcement provisions of this Part, if any person violates this Part or any rule implementing this Part, the Commissioner may seek an injunction in a court of competent jurisdiction and may apply for temporary and permanent orders that the Commissioner determines are necessary to restrain the person from committing the violation.
(b)	Any person damaged by the acts of a person in violation of this Part may bring a civil action against the person committing the violation in a court of competent jurisdiction.
(c)	The Commissioner may issue, in accordance with G.S. 58‑63‑32, a cease and desist order upon a person that violates any provision of this Part, any rule or order adopted by the Commissioner, or any written agreement entered into with the Commissioner. The cease and desist order may be subject to judicial review under G.S. 58‑63‑35.
(d)	When the Commissioner finds that an activity in violation of this Part presents an immediate danger to the public that requires an immediate final order, the Commissioner may issue an emergency cease and desist order reciting with particularity the facts underlying the findings. The emergency cease and desist order is effective immediately upon service of a copy of the order on the respondent and remains effective for 90 days. If the Commissioner begins nonemergency cease and desist proceedings, the emergency cease and desist order remains effective, absent an order by a court of competent jurisdiction in accordance with G.S. 58‑63‑35.
(e)	In addition to the penalties and other enforcement provisions of this Part, any person who violates this Part is subject to G.S. 58‑2‑70. (2001‑436, s. 3.)

§ 58‑58‑295.  Unfair trade practices.
A violation of this Part is an unfair trade practice under Article 63 of this Chapter. (2001‑436, s. 3.)

§ 58‑58‑300.  Authority to adopt rules.
The Commissioner may:
(1)	Adopt rules implementing this Part.
(2)	Establish standards for evaluating reasonableness of payments under contracts for persons who are terminally or chronically ill, including standards for the amount paid in exchange for assignment, transfer, sale, or devise of a benefit under a policy.
(3)	Establish appropriate licensing requirements, fees, and standards for continued licensure for providers.
(4)	Require a bond or other mechanism for financial accountability for providers and brokers.
(5)	Adopt rules governing the relationship and responsibilities of insurers, providers, and brokers during the viatication of a policy.  (2001‑436, s. 3; 2011‑284, s. 57.)

§ 58‑58‑305.  Jurisdictional limitations.
Nothing in this Part affects the North Carolina Securities Act or the jurisdiction of the North Carolina Secretary of State. (2001‑436, s. 3.)

§ 58‑58‑310.  Effective date.
A provider or broker transacting business in this State, pursuant to G.S. 58‑58‑42, on the effective date of this Part may continue to do so pending approval of the provider's or broker's application for a license as long as the application is filed with the Commissioner no later than July 1, 2002. If the application is disapproved, then the provider or broker shall cease transacting viatical business in this State. (2001‑436, s. 3.)

Part 6. Dishonest and Predatory Sales to Military Personnel.
§ 58‑58‑320.  Purpose.
(a)	The purpose of this Part is to set forth standards to protect service members of the Armed Forces from dishonest and predatory insurance sales practices by declaring certain identified practices to be false, misleading, deceptive, or unfair.
(b)	Nothing in this Part shall be construed to create or imply a private cause of action for a violation of this Part. (2007‑535, s. 1.)

§ 58‑58‑325.  Scope.
This Part applies only to the solicitation or sale of any life insurance or annuity product by an insurer or insurance producer to an active duty service member of the Armed Forces.  (2007‑535, s. 1; 2011‑183, s. 44.)

§ 58‑58‑330.  Exemptions.
(a)	This Part does not apply to solicitations or sales involving:
(1)	Credit insurance.
(2)	Group life insurance or group annuities where there is no in‑person, face‑to‑face solicitation of individuals by an insurance producer or where the contract or certificate does not include a side fund.
(3)	An application to the existing insurer that issued the existing policy or contract when (i) a contractual change or a conversion privilege is being exercised, (ii) the existing policy or contract is being replaced by the same insurer pursuant to a program filed with and approved by the Commissioner, or (iii) a term conversion privilege is exercised among corporate affiliates.
(4)	Contracts offered by Servicemembers' Group Life Insurance or Veterans' Group Life Insurance, as authorized by 38 U.S.C. § 1965, et seq.
(5)	Individual stand‑alone health policies, including disability income policies.
(6)	Life insurance contracts offered through or by a nonprofit military association, qualifying under section 501(c)(23) of the Internal Revenue Code (IRC), and that are not underwritten by an insurer.
(7)	Contracts used to fund:
a.	An employee pension or welfare benefit plan that is covered by the Employee Retirement and Income Security Act (ERISA).
b.	A plan described by sections 401(a), 401(k), 403(b), 408(k) or 408(p) of the Internal Revenue Code, if established or maintained by an employer.
c.	A government or church plan defined in section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code, a government or church welfare benefit plan, or a deferred compensation plan of a state or local government or tax exempt organization under section 457 of the Internal Revenue Code.
d.	A nonqualified deferred compensation arrangement established or maintained by an employer or plan sponsor.
e.	Settlements of or assumptions of liabilities associated with personal injury litigation or any dispute or claim resolution process.
f.	Prearranged funeral contracts.
(b)	Nothing in this Part shall be construed to abrogate the ability of nonprofit organizations (and/or other organizations) to educate members of the Armed Forces in accordance with Department of Defense "DoD Instruction 1344.07 – Personal Commercial Solicitation on DoD Installations" or successor directive.
(c)	For purposes of this Part, general advertisements, direct mail, and Internet marketing do not constitute "solicitation." Telephone marketing does not constitute "solicitation," provided the caller explicitly and conspicuously discloses that the product concerned is life insurance and makes no statements that avoid a clear and unequivocal statement that life insurance is the subject matter of the solicitation. Provided, however, nothing in this subsection shall be construed to exempt an insurer or insurance producer from this Part in any in‑person, face‑to‑face meeting established as a result of the "solicitation" exemptions identified in this subsection.  (2007‑535, s. 1; 2011‑183, s. 45.)

§ 58‑58‑335.  Definitions.
As used in this Part:
(1)	"Active duty" means full‑time duty in the active military service of the United States and includes service by members of the reserve component (National Guard and Reserve) while serving under published orders for active duty or full‑time training. "Active duty" does not include service by members of the reserve component who are performing active duty or active duty for training under military calls or orders specifying periods of less than 31 calendar days.
(1a)	"Armed Forces" means all components of the United States Army, Navy, Air Force, Marine Corps, and Coast Guard.
(2)	"Department of Defense personnel" means all active duty service members and all civilian employees, including nonappropriated fund employees and special government employees, of the Department of Defense.
(3)	"Door to door" means a solicitation or sales method whereby an insurance producer proceeds randomly or selectively from household to household without prior specific appointment.
(4)	"General advertisement" means an advertisement having as its sole purpose the promotion of the reader's or viewer's interest in the concept of insurance or the promotion of the insurer or the insurance producer.
(5)	"Insurance producer" means a person required to be licensed under Article 33 of this Chapter to sell, solicit, or negotiate life insurance, including annuities.
(6)	"Insurer" means an insurance company required to be licensed under this Chapter to provide life insurance products, including annuities.
(7)	"Known" or "knowingly" means, depending on its use in this Part, the insurance producer or insurer had actual awareness, or in the exercise of ordinary care should have known, at the time of the act or practice complained of, that the person solicited is or was:
a.	A service member; or
b.	A service member with a pay grade of E‑4 or below.
(8)	"Life insurance" means insurance coverage on human lives, including benefits of endowment and annuities, and may include benefits in the event of death or dismemberment by accident and benefits for disability income; and unless otherwise specifically excluded, includes individually issued annuities.
(9)	"Military installation" means any federally owned, leased, or operated base, reservation, post, camp, building, or other facility to which service members are assigned for duty, including barracks, transient housing, and family quarters.
(10)	"MyPay" means the Defense Finance and Accounting Service (DFAS) Web‑based system that enables service members to process certain discretionary pay transactions or provide updates to personal information data elements without using paper forms.
(11)	"Service member" means any active duty commissioned officer, any active duty warrant officer, or any active duty enlisted member of the Armed Forces.
(12)	"SGLI" means Servicemembers' Group Life Insurance, as authorized by 38 U.S.C. § 1965, et seq.
(13)	"Side fund" means a fund or reserve that is part of or otherwise attached to a life insurance policy (excluding individually issued annuities) by rider, endorsement, or other mechanism that accumulates premium or deposits with interest or by other means. "Side fund" does not include:
a.	Accumulated value or cash value or secondary guarantees provided by a universal life policy;
b.	Cash values provided by a whole life policy which are subject to standard nonforfeiture law for life insurance; or
c.	A premium deposit fund that:
1.	Contains only premiums paid in advance that accumulate at interest.
2.	Imposes no penalty for withdrawal.
3.	Does not permit funding beyond future required premiums.
4.	Is not marketed or intended as an investment.
5.	Does not carry a commission, either paid or calculated.
(14)	"Specific appointment" means a prearranged appointment agreed upon by both parties and definite as to place and time.
(15)	Repealed by Session Laws 2011‑183, s. 46, effective June 20, 2011.
(16)	"VGLI" means Veterans' Group Life Insurance, as authorized by 38 U.S.C. § 1965, et seq.  (2007‑535, s. 1; 2011‑183, s. 46.)

§ 58‑58‑340.  Practices declared false, misleading, deceptive, or unfair on a military installation.
(a)	The following acts or practices when committed on a military installation by an insurer or insurance producer with respect to the in‑person, face‑to‑face solicitation of life insurance are declared to be false, misleading, deceptive, or unfair:
(1)	Knowingly soliciting the purchase of any life insurance product "door to door" or without first establishing a specific appointment for each meeting with the prospective purchaser.
(2)	Soliciting service members in a group or "mass" audience or in a "captive" audience where attendance is not voluntary.
(3)	Knowingly making appointments with or soliciting service members during their normally scheduled duty hours.
(4)	Making appointments with or soliciting service members in barracks, day rooms, unit areas, or transient personnel housing or other areas where the installation commander has prohibited solicitation.
(5)	Soliciting the sale of life insurance without first obtaining permission from the installation commander or the commander's designee.
(6)	Posting unauthorized bulletins, notices, or advertisements.
(7)	Failing to present DD Form 2885, Personal Commercial Solicitation Evaluation, to service members solicited or encouraging service members solicited not to complete or submit a DD Form 2885.
(8)	Knowingly accepting an application for life insurance or issuing a policy of life insurance on the life of an enlisted member of the Armed Forces without first obtaining for the insurer's files a completed copy of any required form that confirms that the applicant has received counseling or fulfilled any other similar requirement for the sale of life insurance established by regulations, directives, or rules of the Department of Defense or any branch of the Armed Forces.
(b)	The following acts or practices when committed on a military installation by an insurer or insurance producer constitute corrupt practices, improper influences or inducements and are declared to be false, misleading, deceptive, or unfair:
(1)	Using Department of Defense personnel, directly or indirectly, as a representative or agent in any official or business capacity with or without compensation with respect to the solicitation or sale of life insurance to service members.
(2)	Using an insurance producer to participate in any Armed Forces sponsored education or orientation program.  (2007‑535, s. 1; 2011‑183, s. 47.)

§ 58‑58‑345.  Practices declared false, misleading, deceptive, or unfair regardless of location.
(a)	The following acts or practices by an insurer or insurance producer constitute corrupt practices, improper influences or inducements and are declared to be false, misleading, deceptive, or unfair:
(1)	Submitting, processing, or assisting in the submission or processing of any allotment form or similar device used by the Armed Forces to direct a service member's pay to a third party for the purchase of life insurance. The foregoing includes, but is not limited to, using or assisting in using a service member's MyPay account or other similar Internet or electronic medium for such purposes. This subdivision does not prohibit assisting a service member by providing insurer or premium information necessary to complete any allotment form.
(2)	Knowingly receiving funds from a service member for the payment of premium from a depository institution with which the service member has no formal banking relationship. For purposes of this section, a formal banking relationship is established when the depository institution:
a.	Provides the service member a deposit agreement and periodic statements and makes the disclosures required by the Truth in Savings Act, 12 U.S.C. § 4301, et seq. and the regulations promulgated thereunder; and
b.	Permits the service member to make deposits and withdrawals unrelated to the payment or processing of insurance premiums.
(3)	Employing any device or method or entering into any agreement whereby funds received from a service member by allotment for the payment of insurance premiums are identified on the service member's Leave and Earnings Statement or equivalent or successor form as "Savings" or "Checking" and where the service member has no formal banking relationship as defined in subdivision (a)(2) of this section.
(4)	Entering into any agreement with a depository institution for the purpose of receiving funds from a service member whereby the depository institution, with or without compensation, agrees to accept direct deposits from a service member with whom it has no formal banking relationship.
(5)	Using Department of Defense personnel, directly or indirectly, as a representative or agent in any official or unofficial capacity with or without compensation with respect to the solicitation or sale of life insurance to service members who are junior in rank or grade or to the family members of such personnel.
(6)	Offering or giving anything of value, directly or indirectly, to Department of Defense personnel to procure their assistance in encouraging, assisting, or facilitating the solicitation or sale of life insurance to another service member.
(7)	Knowingly offering or giving anything of value to a service member with a pay grade of E‑4 or below for his or her attendance to any event where an application for life insurance is solicited.
(8)	Advising a service member with a pay grade of E‑4 or below to change his or her income tax withholding or state of legal residence for the sole purpose of increasing disposable income to purchase life insurance.
(b)	The following acts or practices by an insurer or insurance producer lead to confusion regarding source, sponsorship, approval, or affiliation and are declared to be false, misleading, deceptive, or unfair:
(1)	Making any representation, or using any device, title, descriptive name, or identifier that has the tendency or capacity to confuse or mislead a service member into believing that the insurer, insurance producer, or product offered is affiliated, connected or associated with, endorsed, sponsored, sanctioned, or recommended by the U.S. Government, the Armed Forces, or any state or federal agency or government entity. Examples of prohibited insurance producer titles include, but are not limited to, "Battalion Insurance Counselor," "Unit Insurance Advisor," "Servicemen's Group Life Insurance Conversion Consultant," or "Veteran's Benefits Counselor." Nothing in this subdivision prohibits a person from using a professional designation awarded after the successful completion of a course of instruction in the business of insurance by an accredited institution of higher learning. Those designations include, but are not limited to, Chartered Life Underwriter (CLU), Chartered Financial Consultant, (ChFC), Certified Financial Planner (CFP), Master of Science in Financial Services (MSFS), or Masters of Science Financial Planning (MS).
(2)	Soliciting the purchase of any life insurance product through the use of or in conjunction with any third party organization that promotes the welfare of or assists members of the Armed Forces in a manner that has the tendency or capacity to confuse or mislead a service member into believing that either the insurer, insurance producer, or insurance product is affiliated, connected or associated with, endorsed, sponsored, sanctioned, or recommended by the U.S. Government or the Armed Forces.
(c)	The following acts or practices by an insurer or insurance producer lead to confusion regarding premiums, costs, or investment returns and are declared to be false, misleading, deceptive, or unfair:
(1)	Using or describing the credited interest rate on a life insurance policy in a manner that implies that the credited interest rate is a net return on premium paid.
(2)	Excluding individually issued annuities, misrepresenting the mortality costs of a life insurance product, including stating or implying that the product "costs nothing" or is "free."
(d)	The following acts or practices by an insurer or insurance producer regarding SGLI or VGLI are declared to be false, misleading, deceptive, or unfair:
(1)	Making any representation regarding the availability, suitability, amount, cost, exclusions, or limitations to coverage provided to a service member or dependents by SGLI or VGLI that is false, misleading, or deceptive.
(2)	Making any representation regarding conversion requirements, including the costs of coverage, or exclusions or limitations to coverage of SGLI or VGLI to private insurers that is false, misleading, or deceptive.
(3)	Suggesting, recommending, or encouraging a service member to cancel or terminate his or her SGLI policy or issuing a life insurance policy that replaces an existing SGLI policy unless the replacement shall take effect upon or after the service member's separation from the Armed Forces.
(e)	The following acts or practices by an insurer and/or insurance producer regarding disclosure are declared to be false, misleading, deceptive, or unfair:
(1)	Deploying, using, or contracting for any lead generating materials designed exclusively for use with service members that do not clearly and conspicuously disclose that the recipient will be contacted by an insurance producer, if that is the case, for the purpose of soliciting the purchase of life insurance.
(2)	Failing to disclose that a solicitation for the sale of life insurance will be made when establishing a specific appointment for an in‑person, face‑to‑face meeting with a prospective purchaser.
(3)	Excluding individually issued annuities, failing to clearly and conspicuously disclose the fact that the product being sold is life insurance.
(4)	Failing to make, at the time of sale or offer to an individual known to be a service member, the written disclosures required by section 10 of the Military Personnel Financial Services Protection Act, Pub. L. No. 109‑290, p.16.
(5)	Excluding individually issued annuities, when the sale is conducted in‑person, face‑to‑face with an individual known to be a service member, failing to provide the applicant at the time the application is taken:
a.	An explanation of any free look period with instructions on how to cancel if a policy is issued; and
b.	Either a copy of the application or a written disclosure. The copy of the application or the written disclosure shall clearly and concisely set out the type of life insurance, the death benefit applied for, and its expected first year cost. A basic illustration that meets the requirements of rules adopted by the Commissioner concerning life insurance illustrations are sufficient to meet this requirement for a written disclosure.
(f)	The following acts or practices by an insurer or insurance producer with respect to the sale of certain life insurance products are declared to be false, misleading, deceptive, or unfair:
(1)	Excluding individually issued annuities, recommending the purchase of any life insurance product which includes a side fund to a service member in pay grades E‑4 and below unless the insurer has reasonable grounds for believing that the life insurance death benefit, standing alone, is suitable.
(2)	Offering for sale or selling a life insurance product which includes a side fund to a service member in pay grades E‑4 and below who is currently enrolled in SGLI is presumed unsuitable unless, after the completion of a needs assessment, the insurer demonstrates that the applicant's SGLI death benefit, together with any other military survivor benefits, savings and investments, survivor income, and other life insurance are insufficient to meet the applicant's insurable needs for life insurance. As used in this subdivision, "insurable needs" are the risks associated with premature death taking into consideration the financial obligations and immediate and future cash needs of the applicant's estate and/or survivors or dependents; and "other military survivor benefits" include, but are not limited to: the Death Gratuity, Funeral Reimbursement, Transition Assistance, Survivor and Dependents' Educational Assistance, Dependency and Indemnity Compensation, TRICARE Healthcare Benefits, Survivor Housing Benefits and Allowances, Federal Income Tax Forgiveness, and Social Security Survivor Benefits.
(3)	Excluding individually issued annuities, offering for sale or selling any life insurance contract which includes a side fund:
a.	Unless interest credited accrues from the date of deposit to the date of withdrawal and permits withdrawals without limit or penalty;
b.	Unless the applicant has been provided with a schedule of effective rates of return based upon cash flows of the combined product. For this disclosure, the effective rate of return will consider all premiums and cash contributions made by the policyholder and all cash accumulations and cash surrender values available to the policyholder in addition to life insurance coverage. This schedule will be provided for at least each policy year from one to 10 and for every fifth policy year thereafter ending at age 100, policy maturity, or final expiration; and
c.	Which by default diverts or transfers funds accumulated in the side fund to pay, reduce, or offset any premiums due.
(4)	Excluding individually issued annuities, offering for sale or selling any life insurance contract which after considering all policy benefits, including, but not limited to, endowment, return of premium, or persistency, does not comply with standard nonforfeiture law for life insurance.
(5)	Selling any life insurance product to an individual known to be a service member that excludes coverage if the insured's death is related to war, declared or undeclared, or any act related to military service except for an accidental death coverage, e.g., double indemnity, which may be excluded.  (2007‑535, s. 1; 2011‑183, s. 48(a), (b), (c).)

§ 58‑58‑350.  Procedures and sanctions.
(a)	The provisions of G.S. 58‑63‑20, 58‑63‑25, 58‑63‑32, 58‑63‑35, 58‑63‑50, and 58‑63‑60 apply to this Part and are incorporated into this Part by reference.
(b)	A violation of this Part is a ground for license suspension, probation, revocation, nonrenewal, or denial under G.S. 58‑33‑46 and subjects the violator to G.S. 58‑2‑70. (2007‑535, s. 1.)

Part 7. Unclaimed Life Insurance Benefits.
§ 58‑58‑360.  Purpose [Short title].
This part shall be known as the "Unclaimed Life Insurance Benefits Act".  (2015‑236, s. 1.)

§ 58‑58‑370.  No preemption of Unclaimed Property Act.
Nothing in this Part shall be construed to amend, modify, or supersede the North Carolina Unclaimed Property Act, Article 4 of Chapter 116B of the General Statutes, including the authority of the North Carolina Department of State Treasurer to examine records and conduct an audit. Specifically, nothing in this Part shall restrict the authority of the North Carolina Department of State Treasurer to request or access records of an insurer and conduct an examination of the insurer's records under Chapter 116B of the General Statutes.  (2015‑236, s. 1.)

§ 58‑58‑380.  Definitions.
The following definitions apply in this Part:
(1)	Account owner. – The owner of a retained asset account opened by a resident of this State.
(2)	Active premium payment. – Payment of premiums for policies or annuities that the insurer receives from outside the policy value, by check, payroll deduction, or any other similar method of deliberate payment.
(3)	Annuity. – Any active annuity contract issued in this State, other than an annuity used to fund an employment‑based retirement plan or program where (i) the insurer does not perform the record‑keeping services, (ii) the insurer is not committed by terms of the annuity contract to pay death benefits to the beneficiaries of specific plan participants, or (iii) the annuity is used to fund a preneed funeral contract as defined in G.S. 90‑210.60.
(4)	Asymmetric conduct. – An insurer's selective use of information from the DMF prior to October 1, 2015, to identify whether certain persons are deceased, in order to terminate benefits, but not to determine whether insureds under the insurer's insurance policies in a non‑active premium paying status are deceased for the purpose of paying benefits.
(5)	Beneficiary. – An individual or other entity entitled to benefits under a policy or annuity due to the death of the policy insured, annuity owner, annuitant, or account owner.
(6)	Death master file or DMF. – Any of the following:
a.	The death master file from the United States Social Security Administration.
b.	Any other database or service that an insurer may determine is substantially as inclusive as the death master file from the United States Social Security Administration for determining that a person has reportedly died.
(7)	Death master file match or DMF match. – A search of a DMF that results in a match of a person's Social Security number or name and date of birth.
(8)	Insurer. – Any insurance company authorized to transact life insurance business in this State.
(9)	Person. – The policy insured, annuity owner, annuitant, or account owner, as applicable under the policy, annuity, or retained asset account subject to this Part.
(10)	Policy. – any policy or certificate of life insurance issued in this State, but does not include any policy or certificate of life insurance that provides a death benefit under any of the following:
a.	An employee benefit plan subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as periodically amended, compiled at 29 U.S.C. § 1002 et seq.
b.	Any federal employee benefit program.
c.	Government plans or church plans as defined in the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as periodically amended, 29 U.S.C. § 1002 et seq.
d.	A policy or certificate of life insurance that is used to fund a preneed funeral contract as defined in G.S. 90‑210.60.
e.	A policy or certificate of credit life or accident and health insurance.
(11)	Record‑keeping services. – Those circumstances under which the insurer has agreed with a group life insurance policyholder to be responsible for obtaining, maintaining, and administering in its own systems information about each individual insured under the policyholder's group life insurance contract that includes at least all of the following items:
a.	Individual insured's Social Security number or name and date of birth.
b.	Beneficiary designation information.
c.	Coverage eligibility.
d.	Benefit amount.
e.	Premium payment status.
(12)	Retained asset account. – An account created when a life insurance company pays the proceeds from a life insurance policy or annuity contract to a beneficiary by establishing an account containing those proceeds in name of and for use by the beneficiary.  (2015‑236, s. 1.)

§ 58‑58‑390.  Requirements for insurers.
(a)	To the extent that an insurer's records of its in‑force policies, annuities, and account owners are available electronically, an insurer shall perform a comparison of such in‑force policies, annuities, and account owners against a death master file, on a semiannual basis, to identify potential death master file matches. To the extent that an insurer's records of its in‑force policies, annuities, and account owners are not available electronically, an insurer shall perform a comparison of such in‑force policies, annuities, and account owners against a death master file, on a semiannual basis, to identify potential death master file matches, using the records most easily accessible by the insurer.
(b)	The requirements of subsection (a) of this section shall not apply to any of the following:
(1)	Policies or annuities for which the insurer has received an active premium payment within the 18 months immediately preceding the death master file comparison.
(2)	Any policies, annuities, or retained asset accounts issued or delivered prior to October 1, 2015, for which the insurer attests, in a sworn statement signed by an officer or director of the insurer that is subject to perjury and delivered to the Commissioner, that the insurer has done all of the following:
a.	Not engaged in asymmetric conduct.
b.	Has historically practiced compliance with the requirements of G.S. 58‑63‑15(11) with respect to the investigation, handling, and payment of policy proceeds.
c.	Monitored the limiting age of each person, as stated in the policy, and performed its obligations under Chapter 116B of the General Statutes when an insured reached the limiting age.
(3)	Group life insurance policies for which the insurer does not perform record‑keeping services.
(c)	An insurer may comply with the requirements of subsection (a) of this section by using the full death master file once and thereafter using the death master file update files for future comparisons.
(d)	An insurer exempted under subdivision (b)(2) of this section shall comply with the requirements of subsection (a) of this section for all policies, annuities, or retained asset accounts issued or delivered on or after October 1, 2015.
(e)	Within 90 days of learning of the possible death of a person, through a DMF match or otherwise, the insurer shall do all of the following:
(1)	Confirm the death of such person against other available records and information.
(2)	Review its records to determine whether such deceased person had purchased any other products with the insurer.
(3)	Determine whether benefits may be due in accordance with any applicable policy, annuity, or retained asset account.
(4)	Locate the beneficiary or beneficiaries.
(5)	Provide the appropriate claims forms or instructions to the beneficiary to make a claim and notify the beneficiary of the actions necessary to submit a valid claim.
(6)	Maintain documentation of all efforts to locate the beneficiary or person, as applicable.
(f)	Except as prohibited by law, an insurer may disclose only the minimum necessary identifying personal information about such an insured, annuitant, account owner, or beneficiary to anyone who the insurer reasonably believes may be able to assist the insurer in locating the beneficiary or a person otherwise entitled to payment of the claims proceeds.
(g)	An insurer or its service provider shall not charge any beneficiary or other person who may be entitled to benefits any fees or costs associated with a DMF search or the verification of a DMF match conducted pursuant to this section.
(h)	The benefits from life insurance policies, annuities, or retained asset accounts and any applicable accrued contractual interest shall first be payable to the beneficiaries or account owners as provided for in such policies, annuities, or retained asset accounts. In the event the beneficiaries or account owners cannot be found, the benefits and any associated contractual interest shall escheat to the State as unclaimed property as set forth in Article 4 of Chapter 116B of the General Statutes.
(i)	Nothing in this section limits an insurer from requiring a valid death certificate as part of any claims validation process or otherwise requiring compliance with the terms and conditions of the policy or annuity relative to filing and payment of claims.  (2015‑236, s. 1.)

§ 58‑58‑400.  Noncompliance may constitute unfair claims settlement practice.
A pattern of failures to meet the requirements of this Part may constitute an unfair claims settlement practice under G.S. 58‑3‑100(a)(5) and G.S. 58‑63‑15. Nothing in this Part shall be construed to create or imply a private cause of action for a violation of this Part.  (2015‑236, s. 1.)

Article 59.
Registered Policies.
§ 58‑59‑1.  Deposits to secure registered policies.
Any life insurance company, incorporated under the laws of this State, may deposit with the Commissioner securities of the kind authorized for the investment of the funds of life insurance companies, which shall be legally transferred by it to him as Commissioner and his successors for the common benefit of all the holders of its "registered" policies and annuity bonds issued under the provisions of this Article; and these securities shall be held by him and his successors in office in trust for the purposes and objects specified herein.
All securities offered to the Commissioner for deposit under this section shall be received and held pursuant to regulations promulgated by the Commissioner. (1905, c. 504, s. 12; Rev., s. 4780; 1909, c. 920, ss. 1, 2; 1911, c. 140, s. 1; 1917, c. 191, s. 2; C.S., s. 6467; 1945, c. 379.)

§ 58‑59‑5.  Additional deposits may be required. 
Each company which has made deposits herein provided for shall make additional deposits from time to time, as the Commissioner prescribes, in amounts of not less than five thousand dollars ($5,000) and of such securities as are described in the preceding section [G.S. 58‑59‑1], so that the admitted value of the securities deposited shall equal the net value of the registered policies and annuity bonds issued by the company, less such liens not exceeding such value as the company has against it. The Commissioner shall annually value or cause to be valued such policies and shall prepare an estimate based upon probable changes in the minimum amounts to be kept on deposit for each month of the ensuing year. (1905, c. 504, s. 15; Rev., s. 4781; 1909, c. 920, s. 3; 1911, c. 140, s. 2; 1917, c. 191, s. 3; C.S., s. 6468; 1945, c. 379; 1991, c. 720, s. 4.)

§ 58‑59‑10.  Withdrawal of deposits.
Any such company whose deposits exceed the net value of all registered policies and annuity bonds it has in force, less such liens not exceeding such value as the company holds against them, may withdraw such excess or it may withdraw any of such securities at any time by depositing in their place others of equal value and of the character authorized by law; and as long as such company remains solvent and keeps up its deposits, as herein required, it may collect the interest and coupons on the securities deposited as they accrue; and any life insurance company may withdraw such securities by and with the consent of the policyholder only; and in case of such withdrawal, the certificate of registration in each case must be surrendered for cancellation, or a receipt from the policyholder, satisfactory to the Commissioner, must be produced before such withdrawal of deposits shall be allowed. (1905, c. 504, s. 18; Rev., s. 4782; 1911, c. 134; C.S., s. 6469; 1991, c. 720, s. 4.)

§ 58‑59‑15.  Record of securities kept by Commissioner; deficit made good.
The Commissioner shall keep a careful record of the securities deposited by each company, and when furnishing the annual certificates of value required in this Article, he may enter thereon the face and market value of the securities deposited by such company.  If at any time it appears from such certificate or otherwise that the value of securities held on deposit is less than the net value of the registered policies and annuity bonds issued by such companies, it is not lawful for the Commissioner to execute the certificate on any additional policies or annuity bonds of such company until it has made good the deficit.  If any company fails or neglects to make such deposits for 60 days the Commissioner may suspend its license to do business until such deposit be made. (1905, c. 504, s. 16; Rev., s. 4784; C.S., s. 6471; 1945, c. 379; 1991, c. 720, s. 4.)

§ 58‑59‑20.  Registered policies certified.
After making the deposits provided for in this Article no company may issue a policy of insurance or endowment or an annuity bond known or designated as "registered" unless it has upon its face a certificate in the following words: "This policy or annuity bond is registered and secured by pledge of bonds, stocks, or securities deposited with this Department as provided by law," which certificate shall be signed by the Commissioner and sealed with the seal of his office.  Such policies and bonds shall be known as "registered" policies and annuity bonds, and a sample copy of such kind, class, and issue shall be kept in the office of the Commissioner.  All policies and bonds of each kind and class issued, and the copies thereof, filed in the office of the Commissioner must have imprinted thereon some appropriate designating letter, combination of letters or terms identifying the special forms of contract, together with the year of adoption of such form, and whenever any change or modification is made in the form of contracts, policy, or bond, the designating letters or terms and year of adoption thereon shall be changed accordingly. (1905, c. 504, s. 13; Rev., s. 4785; C.S., s. 6472; 1991, c. 720, s. 4.)

§ 58‑59‑25.  Power of Commissioner in case of insolvency.
If at any time the affairs of a life insurance company which has deposited securities under the provisions of this Article, in the opinion of the Commissioner, appear in such condition as to render the issuing of additional policies and annuity bonds by such company injurious to the public interest, the Commissioner may take such proceedings against the company as are authorized by law to be taken against other insolvent companies, and said companies are in all respects subject to the provisions of law affecting other companies. (1905, c. 504, s. 20; Rev., s. 4788; C.S., s. 6475; 1991, c. 720, s. 4.)

§ 58‑59‑30.  Fees for registering policies.
Every company making deposits under the provisions of this Article must pay to the Commissioner for each certificate on registered policies or annuity bonds, including seal, a fee of fifty cents (50¢) for those exceeding ten thousand dollars ($10,000) in amount and twenty‑five cents (25¢) for all under ten thousand dollars ($10,000) in amount, except policies for one hundred dollars ($100.00) and not exceeding five hundred dollars ($500.00) the fee shall be fifteen cents (15¢); for policies of one hundred dollars ($100.00) or less the fee shall be ten cents (10¢). (1905, c. 504, s. 21; Rev., s. 4789; C.S., s. 6476; 1945, c. 379; 1991, c. 720, s. 4.)

§ 58‑59‑35.  Registration of policies.
After January 1, 1947, the Commissioner shall not register any new policies that are issued by any company, nor accept any deposits covering reserves on business thereafter written. (1945, c. 379.)

Article 60.
Standards of Disclosure for Annuities and Life Insurance.
Part 1. Regulation of Life Insurance Solicitation.
§ 58‑60‑1.  Short title; purpose.
(a)	This Part may be cited as the "Life Insurance Disclosure Act".
(b)	The purpose of this Part is to require insurers to deliver to purchasers of life insurance, information which will improve the buyer's ability to select the most appropriate plan of life insurance for the buyer's needs, improve the buyer's understanding of the basic features of the policy which has been purchased or which is under consideration and to improve the ability of the buyer to evaluate the relative costs of similar plans of life insurance.
This Part does not prohibit an insurer from using additional material that is not in violation of Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter nor any other statute or regulation. (1979, c. 447; 2005‑234, s. 1.3.)

§ 58‑60‑5.  Scope; exemptions.
(a)	Except as otherwise provided in this Part, this Part applies to any solicitation, negotiation or procurement of life insurance occurring within this State. This Part applies to any issuer of a life insurance contract, including fraternal benefit societies.
(b)	Unless otherwise specifically included, this Part does not apply to:
(1)	Individual and group annuity contracts.
(2)	Credit life insurance.
(3)	Group life insurance (except for disclosures relating to preneed funeral contracts or prearrangements; these disclosure requirements shall extend to the issuance or delivery of certificates as well as to the master policy).
(4)	Life insurance policies issued in connection with pension and welfare plans as defined by and that are subject to the federal Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA).
(5)	Variable life insurance under which the death benefits and cash values vary in accordance with unit values of investments held in a separate account.
(c)	The policy summary in this Part is not required for policies that are sold subject to rules adopted by the Commissioner for life insurance illustrations. (1979, c. 447; 1998‑211, s. 14; 2005‑234, s. 1.4.)

§ 58‑60‑10.  Definitions.
Unless the context of use indicates a different meaning, for the purposes of this Part, the following definitions shall apply:
(1)	Buyer's Guide. – A Buyer's Guide is a document furnished pursuant to G.S. 58‑60‑15, which shall contain all the requirements of and be in substantial compliance with G.S. 58‑60‑25.
(2)	Cash Dividend. – A Cash Dividend is the current illustrated dividend which can be applied toward payment of gross premium.
(3)	Equivalent Level Annual Dividend. – The Equivalent Level Annual Dividend is calculated by applying the following steps:
a.	Accumulate the annual cash dividends at five percent (5%) interest compounded annually to the end of the 10th and 20th policy years;
b.	Divide each accumulation of paragraph a of this subdivision by an interest factor that converts it into one equivalent level annual amount that, if paid at the beginning of each year, would accrue to the values in paragraph a of this subdivision over the respective periods stipulated in paragraph a of this subdivision. If the period is 10 years, the factor is 13.207 and if the period is 20 years, the factor is 34.719.
c.	Divide the results of paragraph b of this subdivision by the number of thousands of the Equivalent Level Death Benefit to arrive at the Equivalent Level Annual Dividend.
(4)	Equivalent Level Death Benefit. – The Equivalent Level Death Benefit of a policy or term life insurance rider is an amount calculated as follows:
a.	Accumulate the guaranteed amount payable upon death, regardless of the cause of death, at the beginning of each policy year for 10 and 20 years at five percent (5%) interest compounded annually to the end of the 10th and 20th policy years respectively;
b.	Divide each accumulation of paragraph a of this subdivision by an interest factor that converts it into one equivalent level annual amount that, if paid at the beginning of each year, would accrue to the value in paragraph a of this subdivision over the respective periods stipulated in paragraph a of this subdivision. If the period is 10 years, the factor is 13.207 and if the period is 20 years, the factor is 34.719.
(5)	Generic Name. – Generic Name means a short title which is descriptive of the premium and benefit patterns of a policy or a rider.
(6)	Life Insurance Cost Indexes. –
a.	Life Insurance Surrender Cost Index. The Life Insurance Surrender Cost Index is calculated by applying the following steps:
1.	Determine the guaranteed cash surrender value, if any, available at the end of the 10th and 20th policy years;
2.	For participating policies, add the terminal dividend payable upon surrender, if any, to the accumulation of the annual Cash Dividends at five percent (5%) interest compounded annually to the end of the period selected and add this sum to the amount determined in subdivision a;
3.	Divide the result of subparagraph 2 (subparagraph 1 for guaranteed‑cost policies) by an interest factor that converts it into an equivalent level annual that, if paid at the beginning of each year, would accrue to the value in subparagraph 2 (subparagraph 1 for guaranteed‑cost policies) over the respective periods stipulated in subparagraph 1. If the period is 10 years, the factor is 13.207 and if the period is 20 years, the factor is 34.719;
4.	Determine the equivalent level premium by accumulating each annual premium payable for the basic policy or rider at five percent (5%) interest compounded annually to the end of the period stipulated in subparagraph 1 and dividing the result by the respective factors stated in subparagraph 3 (this amount is the annual premium payable for a level premium plan);
5.	Subtract the result of subparagraph 3 from subparagraph 4;
6.	Divide the result of subparagraph 5 by the number of thousands of the Equivalent Level Death Benefit to arrive at the Life Insurance Surrender Cost Index.
b.	Life Insurance Net Payment Cost Index. The Life Insurance Net Payment Cost Index is calculated in the same manner as the comparable Life Insurance Cost Index except that the cash surrender value and any terminal dividend are set at zero.
(7)	Policy Summary. – Policy Summary means a written statement describing the elements of the policy including but not limited to:
a.	A prominently placed title in at least 10‑point boldface capital letters as follows: STATEMENT OF POLICY COST AND BENEFIT INFORMATION;
b.	The name and address of the insurance producer, or, if no insurance producer is involved, a statement of the procedure to be followed in order to receive responses to inquiries regarding the Policy Summary;
c.	The full name and home office or administrative office address of the company in which the life insurance policy is to be or has been written;
d.	The Generic Name of the basic policy and each rider;
e.	The following amounts, where applicable, for the first five policy years and representative policy years thereafter sufficient to clearly illustrate the premium and benefit patterns, including, but not necessarily limited to, the years for which Life Insurance Cost Indexes are displayed and at least one age from 60 through 65 or maturity, whichever is earlier:
1.	The annual premium for the basic policy;
2.	The annual premium for each optional rider;
3.	Guaranteed amount payable upon death, at the beginning of the policy year regardless of the cause of death other than suicide, or other specifically enumerated exclusions, which is provided by the basic policy and each optional rider, with benefits provided under the basic policy and each rider shown separately;
4.	Total guaranteed cash surrender values at the end of the year with values shown separately for the basic policy and each rider;
5.	Cash Dividends payable at the end of the year with values shown separately for the basic policy and each rider. (Dividends need not be displayed beyond the 20th policy year);
6.	Guaranteed endowment amounts payable under the policy which are not included under guaranteed cash surrender values above.
f.	The effective policy loan annual percentage interest rate, if the policy contains this provision, specifying whether this rate is applied in advance or in arrears. If the policy loan interest rate is variable, the Policy Summary includes the maximum annual percentage rate;
g.	Life Insurance Cost Indexes for 10 and 20 years but in no case beyond the premium paying period. Separate indexes must be displayed for the basic policy and for each optional term life insurance rider. Such indexes need not be included for optional riders which are limited to benefits such as accidental death benefits, disability waiver of premium, preliminary term life insurance coverage of less than 12 months and guaranteed insurability benefits nor for basic policies or optional riders covering more than one life;
h.	The Equivalent Level Annual Dividend, in the case of participating policies and participating optional term life insurance riders, under the same circumstances and for the same durations at which Life Insurance Cost Indexes are displayed;
i.	A Policy Summary which includes dividends shall also include a statement that dividends are based on the company's current dividend scale and are not guaranteed in addition to a statement in close proximity to the Equivalent Level Annual Dividend as follows: An explanation of the intended use of the Equivalent Level Annual Dividend is included in the Life Insurance Buyer's Guide;
j.	A statement in close proximity to the Life Insurance Cost Indexes as follows: An explanation of the intended use of these indexes is provided in the Life Insurance Buyer's Guide.
k.	The date on which the Policy Summary is prepared.
The Policy Summary must consist of a separate document. All information required to be disclosed must be set out in such a manner as to not minimize or render any portion thereof obscure. Any amounts which remain level for two or more years of the policy may be represented by a single number if it is clearly indicated what amounts are applicable for each policy year. Amounts in subparagraph e of this paragraph shall be listed in total, not on a per thousand nor per unit basis. If more than one insured is covered under one policy or rider, guaranteed death benefits shall be displayed separately for each insured or for each class of insureds if death benefits do not differ within the class. Zero amounts shall be displayed as zero and shall not be displayed as a blank space. If the insurer makes a material revision in the terms and conditions under which it will limit its right to change any nonguaranteed factor, it shall, no later than the first policy anniversary following the revision, advise each affected policy owner residing in this State.  (1979, c. 447; 2005‑234, ss. 1.5, 1.6; 2022‑46, s. 14(xxx).)

§ 58‑60‑15.  Disclosure requirements.
(a)	The insurer shall provide to all prospective purchasers a Buyer's Guide and a Policy Summary prior to accepting any applicant's initial premium deposit, unless the policy for which application is made contains an unconditional refund provision of at least 10 days or unless the Policy Summary contains such an unconditional refund offer, in which event the Buyer's Guide and Policy Summary must be delivered with the policy or prior to delivery of the policy.
(b)	The insurer shall provide a Buyer's Guide and a Policy Summary to any prospective purchaser upon request.
(c)	In the case of policies whose Equivalent Level Death Benefit does not exceed five thousand dollars ($5,000), the requirement for providing a Policy Summary will be satisfied by delivery of a written statement containing the information described in G.S. 58‑60‑10(7), subdivisions b, c, d, e1, e2, e3, f, g, j, and k. (1979, c. 447; 1993, c. 553, s. 21.)

§ 58‑60‑20.  General rules relating to solicitation.
(a)	Each insurer subject to this Part shall maintain at its home office or principal office a complete file containing one copy of each document authorized by the insurer for use pursuant to this Part. Such file shall contain one copy of each authorized form for a period of three years following the date of its last authorized use.
(b)	An insurance producer shall inform the prospective purchaser, prior to commencing a life insurance sales presentation, that he is acting as a life insurance agent and inform the prospective purchaser of the full name of the insurance company which he is representing to the buyer. In sales situations in which an insurance producer is not involved, the insurer shall identify its full name.
(c)	Terms such as financial planner, investment advisor, financial consultant, or financial counseling shall not be used in such a way as to imply that the insurance producer is generally engaged in an advisory business in which compensation is unrelated to sales unless such is actually the case.
(d)	Any reference to policy dividends must include a statement that dividends are not guaranteed.
(e)	A system or presentation which does not recognize the time value of money through the use of appropriate interest adjustments shall not be used for comparing the cost of two or more life insurance policies. Such a system may be used for the purpose of demonstrating the cash‑flow pattern of a policy if such presentation is accompanied by a statement disclosing that the presentation does not recognize that, because of interest, a dollar in the future has less value than a dollar today.
(f)	A presentation of benefits shall not display guaranteed and nonguaranteed benefits as a single sum unless they are shown separately in close proximity thereto.
(g)	A statement regarding the use of the Life Insurance Cost Indexes shall include an explanation to the effect that the indexes are useful only for the comparison of the relative costs of two or more similar policies.
(h)	A Life Insurance Cost Index which reflects dividends or an Equivalent Level Annual Dividend shall be accompanied by a statement that it is based on the insurer's current dividend scale and is not guaranteed.
(i)	For the purposes of this Part, the annual premium for a basic policy or rider, for which the insurer reserves the right to change the premium, shall be the maximum annual premium.  (1979, c. 447; 2005‑234, ss. 1.7, 1.8; 2022‑46, s. 14(yyy).)

§ 58‑60‑25.  Adoption of Buyer's Guide; requirements.
Any insurer soliciting life insurance in this State on or after December 1, 1979, shall adopt and use a Buyer's Guide, and the adoption and use by an insurer of the Buyer's Guide promulgated by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners in the NAIC Model Life Insurance Solicitation Regulations shall be in compliance with the requirements of this Part. (1979, c. 447; 2005‑234, s. 1.9.)

§ 58‑60‑30.  Failure to comply.
The failure of an insurer to provide or deliver a Buyer's Guide, or a Policy Summary as provided in G.S. 58‑60‑15(a) and (b) shall constitute an omission which misrepresents the benefits, advantages, conditions or terms of an insurance policy within the meaning of G.S. 58‑58‑40 and Article 63 (Unfair Trade Practice Act) of this Chapter. (1979, c. 447.)

§ 58‑60‑35.  Disclosure of prearrangement insurance policy provisions.
(a)	As used in this section:
(1)	"Prearrangement" means any contract, agreement, or mutual understanding, or any series or combination of contracts, agreements or mutual understandings, whether funded by trust deposits or prearrangement insurance policies, or any combination thereof, which has for a purpose the furnishing or performance of specific funeral services, or the furnishing or delivery of specific personal property, merchandise, or services of any nature in connection with the final disposition of a dead human body, to be furnished or delivered at a time determinable by the death of the person whose body is to be disposed of, but does not mean the furnishing of a cemetery lot, crypt, niche, mausoleum, grave marker or monument.
(2)	"Prearrangement insurance policy" means a life insurance policy, annuity contract, or other insurance contract, or any series of contracts or agreements in any form or manner, issued on a group or individual basis by an insurance company authorized by law to do business in this State, which, whether by assignment or otherwise, has for its sole purpose the funding of a specific preneed funeral contract or a specific insurance‑funded funeral or burial prearrangement, the insured being the person for whose service the funds were paid.
(b)	The following information shall be adequately disclosed by the insurance producer or limited representative at the time an application is made, prior to accepting the applicant's initial premium, for a prearrangement insurance policy:
(1)	The fact that a prearrangement insurance policy is involved or being used to fund a prearrangement;
(2)	The nature of the relationship among the insurance producer or limited representative, the provider of the funeral or cemetery merchandise or services, the administrator, and any other person;
(3)	The relationship of the prearrangement insurance policy to the funding of the prearrangement and the nature and existence of any guarantees relating to the prearrangement;
(4)	The effect on the prearrangement of (i) any changes in the prearrangement insurance policy, including but not limited to, changes in the assignment, beneficiary designation, or use of the policy proceeds; (ii) any penalties to be incurred by the insured as a result of failure to make premium payments; and (iii) any penalties to be incurred or monies to be received as a result of cancellation or surrender of the prearrangement insurance policy;
(5)	All relevant information concerning what occurs and whether any entitlements or obligations arise if there is a difference between the policy proceeds and the amount actually needed to fund the prearrangement; and
(6)	Any penalties or restrictions, including geographic restrictions or the inability of the provider to perform, on the delivery of merchandise, services, or the prearrangement guarantee.  (1989, c. 738, s. 1; 1991, c. 644, s. 10; 1995, c. 517, s. 32; 2022‑46, s. 14(zzz).)

Part 2. Regulation of Small Face Amount Life Insurance Solicitation.
§ 58‑60‑90.  Title and reference.
This Part may be cited as the "Small Face Amount Life Insurance Disclosure Act". (2005‑234, s. 1.10.)

§ 58‑60‑95.  Purpose; intent; and scope.
(a)	The purpose of this Part is to establish standards that ensure meaningful information is provided to the purchasers of small face amount policies.
(b)	This Part applies to any life insurance policy or certificate with an initial face amount of fifteen thousand dollars ($15,000) or less.
(c)	This Part does not apply to:
(1)	Variable life insurance.
(2)	Individual and group annuity contracts.
(3)	Credit life insurance.
(4)	Group or individual policies of life insurance issued to members of an employer group or other permitted group where:
a.	Every plan of coverage was selected by the employer or other group representative;
b.	Some portion of the premium is paid by the group or through payroll deduction; and
c.	Group underwriting or simplified underwriting is used.
(5)	Policies and certificates where an illustration has been provided pursuant to the requirements of Title 11, Chapter 4, Section .0500 of the North Carolina Administrative Code. (2005‑234, s. 1.10.)

§ 58‑60‑100.  Disclosure requirements.
(a)	An insurer issuing a small face amount policy where, over the term of the policy, the cumulative policy premiums paid may exceed the face amount of the policy, shall clearly and prominently disclose, on or before policy delivery, the length of time until the cumulative policy premiums paid may exceed the face amount of the policy.
(b)	If an insurer is required to provide a disclosure under subsection (a) of this section, the insurer shall clearly and prominently disclose, on or before policy delivery, available premium payment plan and product alternatives. If no alternatives exist, the insurer shall clearly and prominently disclose that there are no such alternatives.
(c)	Cumulative premiums shall include premiums paid for riders. However, the face amount shall not include the benefits attributable to the riders. (2005‑234, s. 1.10.)

§ 58‑60‑105.  Insurer duties.
The insurer and its producers shall have a duty to provide information to policyholders or certificate holders that ask questions about the disclosure statement. (2005‑234, s. 1.10.)

Part 3. Regulation of Annuity Solicitation.
§ 58‑60‑120.  Title and reference.
This Part may be cited as the "Annuity Disclosure Act". (2005‑234, s. 1.11.)

§ 58‑60‑125.  Purpose; intent; scope.
(a)	The purpose of this Part is to provide standards for the disclosure of certain minimum information about annuity contracts to protect consumers and foster consumer education. This Part specifies the minimum information that must be disclosed and the method for disclosing it in connection with the sale of annuity contracts. The goal of this Part is to ensure that purchasers of annuity contracts understand certain basic features of annuity contracts.
(b)	This Part applies to all group and individual annuity contracts and certificates except:
(1)	Registered or nonregistered variable annuities or other registered products.
(2)	Immediate and deferred annuities that contain no nonguaranteed elements.
(3)	Annuities used to fund any of the following:
a.	An employee pension plan, which is covered by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (ERISA).
b.	A plan described by section 401(a), 401(k), or 403(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, where the plan, for purposes of ERISA, is established or maintained by an employer.
c.	A governmental or church plan defined in section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code or a deferred compensation plan of a state or local government or a tax‑exempt organization under section 457 of the Internal Revenue Code.
d.	A nonqualified deferred compensation arrangement established or maintained by an employer or plan sponsor.
e.	Structured settlement annuities.
f.	Charitable gift annuities.
g.	Funding agreements.
(c)	This Part shall apply to annuities used to fund a plan or arrangement that is funded solely by contributions an employee elects to make, whether on a pretax or after‑tax basis, and where the insurance company has been notified that plan participants may choose from among two or more fixed annuity providers, and there is a direct solicitation of an individual employee by a producer for the purchase of an annuity contract. As used in this subsection, direct solicitation shall not include any meeting held by a producer solely for the purpose of educating or enrolling employees in the plan or arrangement. (2005‑234, s. 1.11.)

§ 58‑60‑130.  Definitions.
As used in this Part:
(1)	"Annuity buyer's guide" or "buyer's guide" means the current NAIC Model Buyer's Guide to Fixed Deferred Annuities, including any appendix thereto.
(2)	"Charitable gift annuity" means a transfer of cash or other property by a donor to a charitable organization in return for an annuity payable over one or two lives, under which the actuarial value of the annuity is less than the value of the cash or other property transferred and the difference in value constitutes a charitable deduction for federal tax purposes but does not include a charitable remainder trust or a charitable lead trust or other similar arrangement where the charitable organization does not issue an annuity and incur a financial obligation to guarantee annuity payments.
(3)	"Contract owner" means the owner named in the annuity contract or certificate holder in the case of a group annuity contract.
(4)	"Determinable elements" means elements that are derived from processes or methods that are guaranteed at issue and not subject to company discretion but where the values or amounts cannot be determined until some point after issue. These elements include the premiums, credited interest rates (including any bonus), benefits, values, noninterest‑based credits, charges, or elements of formulas used to determine any of these. These elements may be described as guaranteed but not determined at issue. An element is considered determinable if it was calculated from underlying determinable elements only or from both determinable and guaranteed elements.
(5)	"Disclosure document" means the document the contents of which are described in G.S. 58‑60‑140.
(6)	"Funding agreement" means an agreement for an insurer to accept and accumulate funds and to make one or more payments at future dates in amounts that are not based on mortality or morbidity contingencies.
(7)	"Generic name" means a short title descriptive of the annuity contract being applied for or illustrated such as "single premium deferred annuity".
(8)	"Guaranteed elements" means the premiums, credited interest rates, including any bonus, benefits, values, noninterest‑based credits, charges, or elements of formulas used to determine any of these, that are guaranteed and determined at issue. An element is considered guaranteed if all of the underlying elements that go into its calculation are guaranteed.
(9)	"Nonguaranteed elements" means the premiums, credited interest rates (including any bonus), benefits, values, noninterest‑based credits, charges, or elements of formulas used to determine any of these that are subject to company discretion and are not guaranteed at issue. An element is considered nonguaranteed if any of the underlying nonguaranteed elements are used in its calculation.
(10)	"Structured settlement annuity" means a "qualified funding asset" as defined in section 130(d) of the Internal Revenue Code or an annuity that would be a qualified funding asset under section 130(d) of the Internal Revenue Code but for the fact that it is not owned by an assignee under a qualified assignment. (2005‑234, s. 1.11.)

§ 58‑60‑135.  Standards for the disclosure document and buyer's guide.
(a)	Where the application for an annuity contract is taken in a face‑to‑face meeting, the applicant, at or before the time of application, shall be given both the disclosure document described in G.S. 58‑60‑140 and a copy of the buyer's guide.
(b)	Where the application for an annuity contract is taken by means other than in a face‑to‑face meeting, the applicant shall be sent both the disclosure document and the buyer's guide no later than five business days after the completed application is received by the insurer.
(1)	With respect to an application received as a result of a direct solicitation through the mail:
a.	Providing a buyer's guide in a mailing inviting prospective applicants to apply for an annuity contract shall be deemed to satisfy the requirement that the buyer's guide be provided no later than five business days after receipt of the application.
b.	Providing a disclosure document in a mailing inviting a prospective applicant to apply for an annuity contract shall be deemed to satisfy the requirement that the disclosure document be provided no later than five business days after receipt of the application.
(2)	With respect to an application received via the Internet:
a.	Taking reasonable steps to make the buyer's guide available for viewing and printing on the insurer's Web site shall be deemed to satisfy the requirement that the buyer's guide be provided no later than five business days after receipt of the application.
b.	Taking reasonable steps to make the disclosure document available for viewing and printing on the insurer's Web site shall be deemed to satisfy the requirement that the disclosure document be provided no later than five business days after receipt of the application.
(3)	A solicitation for an annuity contract provided in other than a face‑to‑face meeting shall include a statement that the proposed applicant may contact the Department for a free annuity buyer's guide. In lieu of the foregoing statement, an insurer may include a statement that the prospective applicant may contact the insurer for a free annuity buyer's guide.
(c)	Where the buyer's guide and disclosure document are not provided at or before the time of application, a free‑look period of no less than 15 days shall be provided for the applicant to return the annuity contract without penalty. This free‑look period shall run concurrently with any other free‑look period provided under State law or regulation. (2005‑234, s. 1.11.)

§ 58‑60‑140.  Contents of disclosure document.
At a minimum, all of the following information shall be included in the disclosure document required under this Part:
(1)	The generic name of the contract, the company product name, if different, and form number, and the fact that it is an annuity.
(2)	The insurer's name and address.
(3)	A description of the contract and its benefits, emphasizing its long‑term nature, including the following, if appropriate:
a.	The guaranteed, nonguaranteed, and determinable elements of the contract, and their limitations, if any, and an explanation of how they operate.
b.	An explanation of the initial crediting rate, specifying any bonus or introductory portion, the duration of the rate, and the fact that rates may change from time to time and are not guaranteed.
c.	Periodic income options both on a guaranteed and nonguaranteed basis.
d.	Any value reductions caused by withdrawals from or surrender of the contract.
e.	How values in the contract can be accessed.
f.	The death benefit, if available, and how it will be calculated.
g.	A summary of the federal tax status of the contract and any penalties applicable on withdrawal of values from the contract.
h.	The impact of any rider, such as a long‑term care rider.
(4)	The specific dollar amount or percentage charges and fees with an explanation of how they apply.
(5)	Information about the current guaranteed rate for new contracts that contains a clear notice that the rate is subject to change.
Insurers shall define terms used in the disclosure statement in language that facilitates the understanding by a typical person within the segment of the public to which the disclosure statement is directed. (2005‑234, s. 1.11.)

§ 58‑60‑145.  Report to contract owners.
For annuities in the payout period with changes in nonguaranteed elements and for the accumulation period of a deferred annuity, the insurer shall provide each contract owner with a report, at least annually, on the status of the contract that contains at least all of the following information:
(1)	The beginning and end dates of the current report period.
(2)	The accumulation and cash‑surrender value, if any, at the end of the previous report period and at the end of the current report period.
(3)	The total amounts, if any, that have been credited, charged to the contract value, or paid during the current report period.
(4)	The amount of outstanding loans, if any, as of the end of the current report period. (2005‑234, s. 1.11.)

Part 4. (Repealed) Suitability in Annuity Transactions.
§ 58‑60‑150.  (Repealed) Title and reference.  (2007‑298, s. 1.1; repealed by 2017‑136, s. 5, effective January 1, 2023.)

§ 58‑60‑155.  (Repealed) Purpose; scope.  (2007 298, s. 1.1; repealed by 2017 136, s. 5, effective January 1, 2023.)

§ 58‑60‑160.  (Repealed) Exemptions.  (2007 298, s. 1.1; repealed by 2017 136, s. 5, effective January 1, 2023.)

§ 58‑60‑165.  (Repealed) Definitions.  (2007 298, s. 1.1; repealed by 2017 136, s. 5, effective January 1, 2023.)

§ 58‑60‑170.  (Repealed) Duties of insurers and insurance producers.  (2007 298, s. 1.1; 2009 382, s. 36; repealed by 2017 136, s. 5, effective January 1, 2023.)

§ 58‑60‑175.  (Repealed) Mitigation of responsibility.  (2007 298, s. 1.1; repealed by 2017 136, s. 5, effective January 1, 2023.)

§ 58‑60‑180.  (Repealed) Record keeping.  (2007 298, s. 1.1; repealed by 2017 136, s. 5, effective January 1, 2023.)

Article 61.
Regulation of Interest Rates on Life Insurance Policy Loans.
§ 58‑61‑1.  Purpose.
The purpose of this Article is to permit and set guidelines for life insurers to include in life insurance policies issued after the effective date of this Article a provision for periodic adjustment of policy loan interest rates.  Nothing in this Article shall be construed to prohibit a life insurer from issuing a policy that contains only the provision specified in G.S. 58‑61‑10(a)(1) with respect to policy loan interest rates. (1981, c. 841, s. 1.)

§ 58‑61‑5.  Definitions.
For purposes of this Article the "Published Monthly Average" means:
(1)	The Monthly Average of the Composite Yield on Seasoned Corporate Bonds as published by Moody's Investors Service, Inc., or any successor thereto; or
(2)	In the event that the Monthly Average of the Composite Yield  on Seasoned Corporate Bonds is no longer published, a substantially similar average, established by regulation issued by the Commissioner. (1981, c. 841, s. 1.)

§ 58‑61‑10.  Maximum rate of interest on policy loans.
(a)	Policies issued on or after September 1, 1981 shall provide for policy loan interest rates as follows:
(1)	A provision permitting a maximum interest rate of not more than eight percent (8%) per annum; or
(2)	A provision permitting an adjustable maximum interest rate established from time to time by the life insurer as permitted by law.
(b)	The rate of interest on a policy loan made under subsection (a)(2) shall not exceed the higher of the following:
(1)	The published monthly average for the calendar month ending two months before the date on which the rate is determined; or
(2)	The rate used to compute the cash surrender values under the policy during the applicable period plus one percent (1%) per annum.
(c)	If the maximum rate of interest is determined pursuant to subsection (a)(2), the policy shall contain a provision setting forth the frequency at which the rate is to be determined for that policy.
(d)	The maximum rate for each policy must be determined at regular intervals at least once every 12 months, but not more frequently than once in any three‑month period. At the intervals specified in the policy:
(1)	The rate being charged may be increased whenever such increase as determined under subsection (b) would increase that rate by one‑half percent (1/2%) or more per annum;
(2)	The rate being charged must be reduced whenever such reduction as determined under subsection (b) would decrease that rate by one‑half percent (1/2%) or more per annum.
(e)	The life insurer shall:
(1)	Notify the policyholder at the time a cash loan is made of the initial rate of interest on the loan;
(2)	Notify the policyholder with respect to premium loans of the initial rate of interest on the loan as soon as it is reasonably practical to do so after making the initial loan. Notice need not be given to the policyholder when a further premium loan is added, except as provided in (3) below;
(3)	Send to policyholders with loans reasonable advance notice of any increase in the rate; and
(4)	Include in the notices required above the substance of the pertinent provisions of subsections (a) and (c).
(f)	No policy shall terminate in a policy year as the sole result of change in the interest rate during that policy year, and the life insurer shall maintain coverage during that policy year until the time at which it would otherwise have terminated if there had been no change during that policy year.
(g)	The substance of the pertinent provisions of subsections (a) and (c) shall be set forth in the policies to which they apply.
(h)	For purposes of this section:
(1)	The rate of interest on policy loans permitted under this section includes the interest rate charged on reinstatement of policy loans for the period during and after any lapse of a policy.
(2)	The term "policy loan" includes any premium loan made under a policy to pay one or more premiums that were not paid to the life insurer as they fell due.
(3)	The term "policyholder" includes the owner of the policy or the person designated to pay premiums as shown on the records of the life insurer.
(4)	The term "policy" includes certificates issued by a fraternal benefit society and annuity contracts which provide for policy loans.
(i)	No other provision of law shall apply to policy loan interest rates unless made specifically applicable to such rates. (1981, c. 841, s. 1.)

§ 58‑61‑15.  Applicability to existing policies.
The provisions of this Article shall not apply to any insurance contract issued before September 1, 1981. (1981, c. 841, s. 1.)

Article 62.
Life and Health Insurance Guaranty Association.
§ 58‑62‑1:  Repealed by Session Laws 1991, c.  681, s. 57.

§ 58‑62‑2.  Title.
This Article shall be known and may be cited as the North Carolina Life and Health Insurance Guaranty Association Act. (1991, c. 681, s. 56.)

§ 58‑62‑5:  Repealed by Session Laws 1991, c.  681, s. 57.

§ 58‑62‑6.  Purpose.
(a)	The purpose of this Article is to protect, subject to certain limitations, the persons specified in G.S. 58‑62‑21(a) against failure in the performance of contractual obligations, under life, health, and annuity policies, plans, or contracts specified in G.S. 58‑62‑21(b), because of the delinquency of the member insurer that issued the policies, plans, or contracts.
(b)	To provide this protection, an association of member insurers is created to pay benefits and to continue coverages as limited herein, and members of the Association are subject to assessment to provide funds to carry out the purpose of this Article.  (1991, c. 681, s. 56; 2018‑120, s. 1.1(a).)

§ 58‑62‑10:  Repealed by Session Laws 1991, c.  681, s. 57.

§ 58‑62‑11.  Construction.
This Article shall be liberally construed to effect the purpose under G.S. 58‑62‑6, which shall constitute an aid and guide to interpretation. (1991, c. 681, s. 56.)

§ 58‑62‑15:  Repealed by Session Laws 1991, c.  681, s. 57.

§ 58‑62‑16.  Definitions.
As used in this Article:
(1)	"Account" means any of the two accounts created under G.S. 58‑62‑26.
(2)	"Association" means the North Carolina Life and Health Insurance Guaranty Association created under G.S. 58‑62‑26.
(2a)	"Authorized assessment" or the term "authorized" when used in the context of assessments means a resolution by the Board has been passed whereby an assessment will be called immediately or in the future from member insurers for a specified amount. An assessment is authorized when the resolution is passed.
(2b)	"Benefit plan" means a specific employee, union, or association of natural persons benefit plan.
(3)	"Board" means the board of directors of the Association established under G.S. 58‑62‑31.
(3a)	"Called assessment" or the term "called" when used in the context of assessments means that a notice has been issued by the Association to member insurers requiring that an authorized assessment be paid within the time frame set forth within the notice. An authorized assessment becomes a called assessment when notice is mailed by the Association to member insurers.
(4)	"Contractual obligation" means any obligation under a policy, contract, or certificate under a group policy, or contract, or part thereof, for which coverage is provided under G.S. 58‑62‑21.
(5)	"Covered contract" or "covered policy" means any policy, contract, or portion of a policy or contract for which coverage is provided under G.S. 58‑62‑21.
(6)	"Delinquent insurer" means an impaired insurer or an insolvent insurer; and "delinquency" means an insurer impairment or insolvency.
(6a)	"Extra‑contractual claims" shall include claims relating to bad faith in the payment of claims, punitive or exemplary damages, or attorneys' fees and costs.
(6b)	"Health benefit plan" means any hospital or medical expense policy or certificate or health maintenance organization subscriber contract or any other similar health contract. "Health benefit plan" does not include any of the following:
a.	Accident only insurance.
b.	Credit insurance.
c.	Dental only insurance.
d.	Vision only insurance.
e.	Medicare Supplement insurance.
f.	Benefits for long‑term care, home health care, community‑based care, or any combination thereof.
g.	Disability insurance.
h.	Coverage for on‑site medical clinics.
i.	Specified disease, hospital confinement indemnity, or limited benefit health insurance if the types of coverage do not provide coordination of benefits and are provided under separate policies or certificates.
(7)	"Health insurance" includes hospital or medical service corporation contracts, health maintenance organization subscriber contracts and certificates, accident and health insurance, accident insurance, and disability insurance.
(8)	"Impaired insurer" means a member insurer that, after the effective date of this Article, is not an insolvent insurer, and (i) is deemed by the Commissioner to be potentially unable to fulfill its contractual obligations or (ii) is placed under an order of rehabilitation or conservation by a court of competent jurisdiction.
(9)	"Insolvent insurer" means a member insurer that, after the effective date of this Article, is placed under an order of liquidation with a finding of insolvency by a court of competent jurisdiction.
(10)	"Insurance regulator" means the official or agency of another state that is responsible for the regulation of a foreign insurer.
(11)	"Member insurer" means any insurer, health maintenance organization that is governed by Article 67 of this Chapter, and any full‑service corporation that is governed by Article 65 of this Chapter and that is licensed or that holds a license to transact in this State any kind of insurance or health maintenance organization business for which coverage is provided under G.S. 58‑62‑21; and includes any insurer or health maintenance organization whose license in this State may have been suspended, revoked, not renewed or voluntarily withdrawn, but does not include a fraternal order or fraternal benefit society; mandatory State pooling plan; mutual assessment company or any entity that operates on an assessment basis; insurance exchange; or any entity similar to any of the foregoing.
(12)	"Moody's Corporate Bond Yield Average" means the Monthly Average Corporates as published by Moody's Investors Service, Inc., or any successor thereto.
(12a)	"Owner" of a policy or contract and "policyholder," "policy owner," and "contract owner" mean the person who is identified as the legal owner under the terms of the policy or contract or who is otherwise vested with legal title to the policy or contract through a valid assignment completed in accordance with the terms of the policy or contract and properly recorded as the owner on the books of the member insurer. The terms owner, contract owner, policyholder, and policy owner do not include persons with a mere beneficial interest in a policy or contract.
(13)	"Person" includes an individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association, governmental body or entity, or voluntary organization.
(14)	"Plan" means the plan of operation established under G.S. 58‑62‑46.
(14a)	"Plan sponsor" means any of the following:
a.	The employer in the case of a benefit plan established or maintained by a single employer.
b.	The employee organization in the case of a benefit plan established or maintained by an employee organization.
c.	In a case of a benefit plan established or maintained by two or more employers or jointly by one or more employers and one or more employee organizations, the association, committee, joint board of trustees, or other similar group of representatives of the parties who establish or maintain the benefit plan.
(15)	Repealed by Session Laws 2018‑120, s. 1.1(b), effective June 28, 2018.
(16)	"Premiums" means amounts or considerations received on covered policies or contracts less returned premiums, considerations, and deposits, and less dividends and experience credits. "Premiums" does not include any amounts or considerations received for any policies, contracts, or portions of policies or contracts for which coverage is not provided under G.S. 58‑62‑21(b); except that assessable premium shall not be reduced on account of G.S. 58‑62‑21(c)(3) relating to interest limitations and G.S. 58‑62‑21(d)(2) relating to limitations with respect to any one individual, any one participant, and any one policy or contract owner. Premiums shall not include premiums in excess of five million dollars ($5,000,000) on an unallocated annuity contract not issued under a governmental retirement benefit plan or its trustee established under Section 401, 403(b), or 457 of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1954, or with respect to multiple nongroup policies of life insurance owned by one owner, whether the policy or contract owner is an individual, firm, corporation, or other person, and whether the persons insured are officers, managers, employees, or other persons, premiums in excess of five million dollars ($5,000,000) with respect to these policies or contracts, regardless of the number of policies or contracts held by the owner.
(16a)	"Principal place of business" of a plan sponsor or a person other than a natural person means the single state in which the natural persons who establish policy for the direction, control, and coordination of the operations of the entity as a whole primarily exercise that function, determined by the Association in its reasonable judgment by considering the following factors:
a.	The state in which the primary executive and administrative headquarters of the entity is located.
b.	The state in which the principal office of the chief executive officer of the entity is located.
c.	The state in which the board of directors or similar governing person or persons of the entity conducts the majority of its meetings.
d.	The state in which the executive or management committee of the board of directors or similar governing person or persons of the entity conducts the majority of its meetings.
e.	The state from which the management of the overall operations of the entity is directed.
f.	In the case of a benefit plan sponsored by affiliated companies comprising a consolidated corporation, the state in which the holding company or controlling affiliate has its principal place of business as determined using the above factors.
However, in the case of a plan sponsor, if more than fifty percent (50%) of the participants in the benefit plan are employed in a single state, that state shall be deemed to be the principal place of business of the plan sponsor. The principal place of business of a plan sponsor of a benefit plan described in G.S. 58‑62‑16(14a)c. shall be deemed to be the principal place of business of the association, committee, joint board of trustees, or other similar group of representatives of the parties who establish or maintain the benefit plan that, in lieu of a specific or clear designation of a principal place of business, shall be deemed to be the principal place of business of the employer or employee organization that has the largest investment in the benefit plan in question.
(16b)	"Receivership court" means the court in the delinquent insurer's state having jurisdiction over the conservation, rehabilitation, or liquidation of the member insurer.
(17)	"Resident" means any person who resides in this State when a member insurer is determined to be a delinquent insurer and to whom a contractual obligation is owed. A person may be a resident of only one state, which in the case of a person other than a natural person shall be its principal place of business. "Resident" also means a U.S. citizen residing outside of the United States who owns a covered policy that was purchased from a member insurer while that person resided in this State. Citizens of the United States that are either (i) residents of foreign countries or (ii) residents of United States possessions, territories, or protectorates that do not have an association similar to the Association created by this Article shall be deemed residents of the state of domicile of the member insurer that issued the policies or contracts.
(17a)	"Structured settlement annuities" means any contracts or certificates for annuities issued to fund, in whole or in part, a settlement agreement for a matter involving personal injury or illness, including any settlement agreement permitted under Chapter 97 of the General Statutes.
(17b)	"State" means any state, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, and a United States possession, territory, or protectorate.
(17c)	"Subaccount" means any of the subaccounts created under G.S. 58‑62‑26.
(17d)	"Supplemental contract" means a written agreement entered into for the distribution of proceeds under a life, health, or annuity policy or contract.
(18)	"Unallocated annuity contract" means any annuity contract or group annuity certificate that is not issued to and owned by an individual, except to the extent of any annuity benefits guaranteed to an individual by an insurer under the contract or certificate.  (1991, c. 681, s. 56; 1993, c. 452, s. 60; 1995, c. 177, s. 1; 2009‑448, s. 1; 2018‑120, s. 1.1(b); 2022‑46, s. 20.)

§ 58‑62‑20:  Repealed by Session Laws 1991, c.  681, s. 57.

§ 58‑62‑21.  Coverage and limitations.
(a)	This Article provides coverage for the policies and contracts specified in subsection (b) of this section to all of the following:
(1)	To persons other than persons specified in subdivisions (2a), (3) and (4) of this subsection who, regardless of where they reside, except for nonresident certificate holders or enrollees under group policies or contracts, are the beneficiaries, assignees, or payees, including health care providers rendering services covered under health insurance policies or certificates, of the persons covered under subdivision (2) of this subsection.
(2)	To persons other than persons specified in subdivisions (2a), (3) and (4) of this subsection who are owners of or certificate holders or enrollees under the policies or contracts, and who are residents of this State, or who are not residents of this State, but only under all of the following conditions: (i) the member insurer that issued the policies or contracts is domiciled in this State; (ii) the states in which the persons reside have associations similar to the association created by this Article; and (iii) the persons are not eligible for coverage by an association in any other state due to the fact that the insurer or the health maintenance organization was not licensed in the state at the time specified in the state's guaranty association law.
(2a)	To persons who are the owners of unallocated annuity contracts, provided that the contracts are issued to or in connection with a specific benefit plan whose plan sponsor has its principal place of business in this State, and persons who are owners of unallocated annuity contracts issued to or in connection with government lotteries if the owners are residents of this State, unless coverage is excluded pursuant to subsection (a1) or (a2) of this section.
(3)	To persons who are payees, or beneficiaries of payees if the payees are deceased, under structured settlement annuities, except as provided in subsections (a1) and (a2) of this section, if the payees are residents of this State, regardless of where the contract owners of the structured settlement annuities reside.
(4)	To persons who are payees, or beneficiaries of payees if the payees are deceased, under structured settlement annuities, except as provided in subsections (a1) and (a2) of this section, if the payees are not residents of this State, but only if all of the following conditions are met:
a.	The contract owners of the structured settlement annuities are residents of this State or, if not residents of this State, (i) the insurers that issued the structured settlement annuities are domiciled in this State and (ii) the state in which the contract owners reside has an association similar to the Association created by this Article.
b.	Neither the payees, or beneficiaries of payees if the payees are deceased, nor the contract owners of the structured settlement annuities are eligible for coverage by an association of the state in which the payees or contract owners reside.
(a1)	This Article shall not provide coverage to any of the following:
(1)	A person who is a payee or beneficiary of a contract owner resident of this State, if the payee or beneficiary is afforded any coverage by the association of another state.
(2)	A person covered under subdivision (2a) of subsection (a) of this section, if any coverage is provided by the association of another state to the person.
(3)	A person who acquires rights to receive payments through a structured settlement factoring transaction as defined in 26 U.S.C. § 5891(c)(3)(A), regardless of whether the transaction occurred before or after such section became effective.
(a2)	This Article is intended to provide coverage to a person who is a resident of this State and, in special circumstances, to a nonresident. In order to avoid duplicate coverage, if a person who would otherwise receive coverage under this Article is provided coverage under the laws of any other state, the person shall not be provided coverage under this Article. In determining the application of the provisions of subsection (a) of this section in situations where a person could be covered by the association of more than one state, whether as an owner, payee, enrollee, beneficiary, or assignee, this Article shall be construed in conjunction with other state laws to result in coverage by only one association.
(b)	This Article provides coverage to the persons specified in subsection (a) of this section for policies or contracts of direct, nongroup life insurance, health insurance, or annuities, and supplemental contracts to any of these, for certificates under direct group policies and contracts, and for unallocated annuity contracts issued by member insurers, except as limited by this Article. Annuity contracts and certificates under group annuity contracts include, but are not limited to, guaranteed investment contracts, deposit administration contracts, unallocated funding agreements, allocated funding agreements, structured settlement annuities, annuities issued in connection with government lotteries, and any immediate or deferred annuity contracts.
(c)	Except as provided for in subsection (c1) of this section, this Article does not provide coverage for any of the following:
(1)	Any part of a policy or contract not guaranteed by the member insurer, or under which the risk is borne by the policy or contract owner.
(2)	Any policy or contract of reinsurance, unless assumption certificates have been issued pursuant to the reinsurance policy or contract.
(3)	Any part of a policy or contract to the extent that the rate of interest on which it is based, or the interest rate, crediting rate, or similar factor determined by the use of an index or other external reference stated in the policy or contract employed in calculating returns or changes in value:
a.	Averaged over the period of four years before the date on which the member insurer becomes an impaired or insolvent insurer under this Article, whichever is earlier, exceeds the rate of interest determined by subtracting two percentage points from Moody's Corporate Bond Yield Average averaged for that same four‑year period or for a lesser period if the policy or contract was issued less than four years before the member insurer becomes an impaired or insolvent insurer under this Article, whichever is earlier; and
b.	On and after the date on which the member insurer becomes an impaired or insolvent insurer under this Article, whichever is earlier, exceeds the rate of interest determined by subtracting three percentage points from Moody's Corporate Bond Yield Average as most recently available.
(4)	Any portion of a policy or contract issued to a plan or program of an employer, association, or other person to provide life, health, or annuity benefits to its employees, members, or others to the extent that the plan or program is self‑funded or uninsured, including, but not limited to, benefits payable by an employer, association, or other entity under any of the following:
a.	A multiple employer welfare arrangement as defined in 29 U.S.C. § 1002(40).
b.	A minimum premium group insurance plan.
c.	A stop‑loss group insurance plan.
d.	An administrative services only contract.
(5)	Any part of a policy or contract to the extent that it provides dividends or experience‑rating credits, voting rights, or provides that any fees or allowances be paid to any person, including the policy or contract owner, in connection with the service to or administration of the policy or contract.
(6)	Any policy or contract issued in this State by a member insurer at a time when it was not licensed to issue the policy or contract in this State.
(7)	Any unallocated annuity contract issued to, or in connection with, a benefit plan protected under the federal Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, regardless of whether the federal Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation has yet become liable to make any payments with respect to the benefit plan.
(8)	Any part of any unallocated annuity contract that is not issued to or in connection with a specific employee, union, or association of natural persons benefit plan or a government lottery.
(8a)	Any part of a policy or contract to the extent that the assessments required by G.S. 58‑62‑41 with respect to the policy or contract are preempted by federal or state law.
(8b)	An obligation that does not arise under the express written terms of the policy or contract issued by the member insurer to the enrollee, certificate holder, contract owner, or policy owner, including, without limitation:
a.	Claims based on marketing materials.
b.	Claims based on side letters, riders, or other documents that were issued by the member insurer without meeting applicable policy or contract form filing or approval requirements.
c.	Misrepresentations of or regarding policy or contract benefits.
d.	Extra‑contractual claims.
e.	A claim for penalties or consequential or incidental damages.
(8c)	A contractual agreement that establishes the member insurer's obligations to provide a book value accounting guaranty for defined contribution benefit plan participants by reference to a portfolio of assets that is owned by the benefit plan or its trustee, which in each case is not an affiliate of the member insurer.
(9)	A policy or contract providing any hospital, medical, prescription drug, or other health care benefits pursuant to Part C or Part D of Subchapter XVIII, Chapter 7 of Title 42 of the United States Code, commonly known as Medicare Parts C & D, Subchapter XIX, Chapter 7 of Title 42 of the United States Code, commonly referred to as Medicaid, or any regulations issued pursuant thereto.
(10)	A portion of a policy or contract to the extent it provides for interest or other changes in value to be determined by the use of an index or other external reference stated in the policy or contract, but which have not been credited to the policy or contract or as to which the policy or contract owner's rights are subject to forfeiture, as of the date the member insurer becomes an impaired or insolvent insurer under this Article, whichever is earlier. If a policy's or contract's interest or changes in value are credited less frequently than annually, then for purposes of determining the values that have been credited and are not subject to forfeiture under this subdivision, the interest or change in value determined by using the procedures defined in the policy or contract will be credited as if the contractual date of crediting interest or changing values was the date of impairment or insolvency, whichever is earlier, and will not be subject to forfeiture.
(11)	A policy or contract providing any hospital, medical, prescription drug, or other health care benefits under the State's Medicaid program.
(12)	Structured settlement annuity benefits to which a payee or beneficiary has transferred his or her rights in a structured settlement factoring transaction as defined in 26 U.S.C. § 5891(c)(3)(A), regardless of whether the transaction occurred before or after such section became effective.
(c1)	The exclusion for coverage referenced in subdivision (3) of subsection (c) of this section shall not apply to any portion of a policy or contract, including a rider, that provides long‑term care or any other health insurance benefits.
(d)	The benefits for which the Association is liable do not, in any event, exceed the lesser of:
(1)	The contractual obligations for which the member insurer is liable or would have been liable if it were not a delinquent insurer.
(2)	With respect to any one life, regardless of the number of policies or contracts, three hundred thousand dollars ($300,000) for all benefits, including cash values.
(2a)	With respect to health insurance benefits for any one life, regardless of the number of policies:
a.	Three hundred thousand dollars ($300,000) for coverages not defined as health benefit plans.
b.	Five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000) for health benefit plans.
(3)	With respect to each individual participating in a governmental retirement plan established under section 401, 403(b), or 457 of the Internal Revenue Code covered by an unallocated annuity contract, or the beneficiaries of each individual if deceased, in the aggregate, three hundred thousand dollars ($300,000) in present value annuity benefits, including net cash surrender and net cash withdrawal values; or
(4)	With respect to any one contract holder covered by any unallocated annuity contract not included in subdivision (3) of this subsection, five million dollars ($5,000,000) in benefits, regardless of the number of such contracts held by that contract holder; or
(5)	With respect to any one payee (or beneficiaries of one payee if the payee is deceased) of a structured settlement annuity, one million dollars ($1,000,000) for all benefits, including cash values.
(6)	However, in no event shall the Association be obligated to cover more than (i) an aggregate of three hundred thousand dollars ($300,000) in benefits with respect to any one life under subdivisions (2) and (3) and sub‑subdivision (2a)a. except with respect to benefits for health benefit plans under sub‑subdivision (2a)b. of this subsection, in which case the aggregate liability of the Association shall not exceed five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000) with respect to any one life.
(7)	The limitations set forth in this subsection are limitations on the benefits for which the Association is obligated before taking into account either its subrogation and assignment rights or the extent to which those benefits could be provided out of the assets of the impaired or insolvent insurer attributable to covered policies. The costs of the Association's obligations under this Article may be met by the use of assets attributable to covered policies or reimbursed to the Association pursuant to its subrogation and assignment rights.
(8)	For the purposes of this Article, benefits provided by a long‑term care rider to a life insurance policy or annuity contract shall be considered the same type of benefits as the base life insurance policy or annuity contract to which it relates.
(e)	Repealed by Session Laws 2010‑11, s. 2, effective June 23, 2010, and applicable to claims submitted to the North Carolina Life and Health Insurance Guaranty Association on or after August 7, 2009.  (1991, c. 681, s. 56; c. 720, s. 93; 1993, c. 452, s. 61; 2009‑448, ss. 2, 3, 4; 2010‑11, ss. 1, 2; 2013‑136, s. 1; 2018‑49, s. 2(b); 2018‑120, s. 1.1(c); 2022‑74, s. 9D.15(z).)

§ 58‑62‑25:  Repealed by Session Laws 1991, c.  681, s. 57.

§ 58‑62‑26.  Creation of the Association.
(a)	There is created a nonprofit legal entity to be known as the North Carolina Life and Health Insurance Guaranty Association. All member insurers shall be and remain members of the Association as a condition of their authority to transact insurance or a health maintenance organization business in this State. The Association shall perform its functions under the Plan established and approved under G.S. 58‑62‑46 and shall exercise its powers through the Board established under G.S. 58‑62‑31. For purposes of administration and assessment, the Association shall maintain two accounts:
(1)	The life insurance and annuity account, which includes the following subaccounts:
a.	Life insurance account.
b.	Annuity account, which shall include annuity contracts owned by a governmental retirement plan or its trustee established under Section 401, 403(b), or 457 of the United States Internal Revenue Code 1954, but shall otherwise exclude unallocated annuities.
c.	Unallocated annuity account, which shall exclude contracts owned by a governmental retirement benefit plan or its trustee established under Section 401, 403(b), or 457 of the United States Internal Revenue Code 1954.
(2)	The health account.
(b)	The Association is under the immediate supervision of the Commissioner and is subject to the applicable provisions of this Article. Meetings or records of the Association may be opened to the public upon majority vote of the Board.  (1991, c. 681, s. 56; 2018‑120, s. 1.1(d).)

§ 58‑62‑30:  Repealed by Session Laws 1991, c.  681, s. 57.

§ 58‑62‑31.  Board of directors.
(a)	The Board shall consist of not less than seven nor more than 11 member insurers serving terms as established in the Plan. The members of the Board shall be selected by member insurers, subject to the Commissioner's approval. Vacancies on the Board shall be filled for the remaining period of the term by a majority vote of the remaining Board members, subject to the Commissioner's approval. In addition, two persons who must be public representatives shall be appointed by the Commissioner to the Board. A public representative may not be an officer, director, or employee of an insurance company or health maintenance organization or any person engaged in insurance or health maintenance organization business. To select the initial Board, and initially organize the Association, the Board's predecessor shall notify all member insurers of the time and place of the organizational meeting. In determining voting rights at the organizational meeting, each member insurer is entitled to one vote in person or by proxy. If the Board is not selected within 60 days after notice of the organizational meeting, the Commissioner may appoint the initial members.
(b)	In approving selections or in appointing members to the Board, the Commissioner shall ensure that all member insurers are fairly represented between member insurers that write primarily life insurance and annuity contracts and member insurers that write primarily health benefit plans.
(c)	Members of the Board may be reimbursed from the assets of the Association for expenses they incur as members of the Board, but they shall not otherwise be compensated by the Association for their services.  (1991, c. 681, s. 56; 2018‑120, s. 1.1(e).)

§ 58‑62‑35:  Repealed by Session Laws 1991, c.  681, s. 57.

§ 58‑62‑36.  Powers and duties of the Association.
(a)	If a member insurer is an impaired insurer, the Association may, in its discretion, and subject to any conditions imposed by the Association and approved by the Commissioner that do not impair the contractual obligations of the impaired insurer:
(1)	Guarantee, assume, reissue, or reinsure, or cause to be guaranteed, assumed, reissued, or reinsured, any or all of the policies or contracts of the impaired insurer.
(2)	Provide such monies, pledges, loans, notes, guarantees, or other means as are proper to carry out subdivision (1) of this subsection and assure payment of the contractual obligations of the impaired insurer pending action under subdivision (1) of this subsection.
(3)	Repealed by Session Laws 2018‑120, s. 1.1(d), effective June 28, 2018.
(b),	(c) Repealed by Session Laws 2013‑136, s. 2, effective July 1, 2013.
(d)	If a member insurer is an insolvent insurer, the Association shall, in its discretion, either:
(1)	Guarantee, assume, reissue, or reinsure, or cause to be guaranteed, assumed, or reinsured, the policies or contracts of the insolvent insurer, or assure payment of the contractual obligations of the insolvent insurer, and provide such monies, pledges, loans, notes, guarantees, or other means as are reasonably necessary to discharge the Association's duties.
(2)	through (4) Repealed by Session Laws 2018‑120, s. 1.1(d), effective June 28, 2018.
(5)	Provide benefits and coverages in accordance with the following provisions:
a.	With respect to policies and contracts, assure payment of benefits that would have been payable under the policies or contracts of the insolvent insurer, for claims incurred:
1.	With respect to group policies and contracts, not later than the earlier of the next renewal date under the policies or contracts or 45 days, but in no event less than 30 days after the date on which the Association becomes obligated with respect to the policies and contracts.
2.	With respect to nongroup policies, contracts, and annuities, not later than the earlier of the next renewal date, if any, under the policies or contracts or one year, but in no event less than 30 days from the date on which the Association becomes obligated with respect to the policies or contracts.
b.	Make diligent efforts to provide all known insureds, enrollees, or, in the case of nongroup policies and contracts, annuitants, or group policy or contract owners with respect to group policies and contracts 30 days' notice of the termination of the benefits provided.
c.	With respect to nongroup policies and contracts covered by the Association, make available to each known insured, enrollee, or annuitant, or owner if other than the insured, enrollee, or annuitant, and with respect to an individual formerly an insured, enrollee, or annuitant under a group policy or contract who is not eligible for replacement group coverage, make available substitute coverage on an individual basis in accordance with the provisions of sub‑subdivision d. of this subdivision, if the insureds, enrollees, or annuitants had a right under law or the terminated policy, contract, or annuity to convert coverage to individual coverage or to continue an individual policy, contract, or annuity in force until a specified age or for a specified time, during which the insurer or health maintenance organization had no right unilaterally to make changes in any provision of the policy, contract, or annuity or had a right only to make changes in premium by class.
d.	In providing the substitute coverage required under sub‑subdivision c. of this subdivision, the Association may offer either to reissue the terminated coverage or to issue an alternative policy or contract at actuarially justified rates, subject to the prior approval of the Commissioner. Alternative or reissued policies or contracts shall be offered without requiring evidence of insurability and shall not provide for any waiting period or exclusion that would not have applied under the terminated policy or contract. The Association may reinsure any alternative or reissued policy or contract.
e.	Alternative policies or contracts adopted by the Association are subject to the Commissioner's approval. The Association may adopt alternative policies or contracts of various types for future issuance without regard to any particular delinquency. Alternative policies or contracts shall contain at least the minimum statutory provisions required in this State and provide benefits that are not unreasonable in relation to the premium charged. The Association shall set the premium in accordance with a table of rates, which it shall adopt. The premium shall reflect the amount of insurance or coverage to be provided and the age and class of risk of each insured or enrollee but shall not reflect any changes in the health of the insured or enrollee after the original policy or contract was last underwritten. Any alternative policy or contract issued by the Association shall provide coverage of a type similar to that of the policy or contract issued by the delinquent insurer, as determined by the Association.
f.	If the Association elects to reissue terminated coverage at a premium rate different from that charged under the terminated policy or contract, the premium shall be actuarially justified and set by the Association in accordance with the amount of insurance or coverage provided and the age and class of risk, subject to the prior approval of the Commissioner.
g.	The Association's obligations with respect to coverage under any policy or contract of the delinquent insurer or under any reissued or alternative policy or contract shall cease on the date the coverage or policy or contract is replaced by another similar policy or contract by the policy or contract owner, the insured, the enrollee, or the Association.
h.	When proceeding under subdivision (5) of this subsection with respect to any policy or contract carrying guaranteed minimum interest rates, the Association shall assure the payment or crediting of a rate of interest consistent with G.S. 58‑62‑21(c)(3).
(d1)	In carrying out its duties in connection with guaranteeing, assuming, reissuing, or reinsuring policies or contracts under subsections (a) and (d) of this section, the Association may issue substitute coverage for a policy or contract that provides an interest rate, crediting rate, or similar factor determined by use of an index or other external reference stated in the policy or contract employed in calculating returns or changes in value by issuing an alternative policy or contract in accordance with all of the following provisions:
(1)	In lieu of the index or other external reference provided for in the original policy or contract, the alternative policy or contract provides for (i) a fixed interest rate, (ii) payment of dividends with minimum guarantees, or (iii) a different method for calculating interest or changes in value.
(2)	There is no requirement for evidence of insurability, waiting period, or other exclusion that would not have applied under the replaced policy or contract.
(3)	The alternative policy or contract is substantially similar to the replaced policy or contract in all other material terms.
(e)	through (j) Repealed by Session Laws 2018‑120, s. 1.1(d), effective June 28, 2018.
(k)	Nonpayment of premiums within 31 days after the date required under the terms of any guaranteed, assumed, alternative, or reissued policy, contract, or substitute coverage terminates the Association's obligations under the policy, contract, or coverage under this Article with respect to the policy, contract, or coverage, except with respect to any claims incurred or any net cash surrender value that may be due under this Article.
(l)	Premiums due for coverage after an entry of an order of liquidation of an insolvent insurer belong to and are payable at the direction of the Association. If the liquidator of an insolvent insurer requests, the Association shall provide a report to the liquidator regarding such premium collected by the Association. The Association is liable for unearned premiums due to policy or contract owners arising after the entry of the order.
(m)	The protection provided by this Article does not apply where any similar guaranty protection is provided to residents of this State by the laws of the domiciliary state or jurisdiction of a delinquent foreign or alien member insurer.
(n)	In carrying out its duties under subsection (d) of this section, the Association may, subject to approval by a court in this State:
(1)	Impose permanent policy or contract liens in connection with any guarantee, assumption, or reinsurance agreement, if the Association finds that the amounts that can be assessed under this Article are less than the amounts needed to assure full and prompt performance of the Association's duties under this Article, or that the economic or financial conditions as they affect member insurers are sufficiently adverse to render the imposition of the permanent policy or contract liens to be in the public interest.
(2)	Impose temporary moratoria or liens on payments of cash values and policy loans, or any other right to withdraw funds held in conjunction with policies or contracts, in addition to any contractual provisions for deferral of cash or policy loan value. In addition, in the event of a temporary moratorium or moratorium charge imposed by the court on payment of cash values or policy loans, or on any other right to withdraw funds held in conjunction with policies or contracts, out of the assets of the delinquent insurer, the Association may defer the payment of cash values, policy loans, or other rights by the Association for the period of the moratorium or moratorium charge imposed by the court, except for claims covered by the Association to be paid in accordance with a hardship procedure established by the liquidator or rehabilitator and approved by the receivership court.
(o)	If the Association fails to act within a reasonable period of time as provided in subsection (d) of this section, the Commissioner has the powers and duties of the Association under this Article with respect to delinquent insurers.
(p)	The Association may render assistance and advice to the Commissioner, upon the Commissioner's request concerning rehabilitation, payment of claims, continuance of coverage, or the performance of other contractual obligations of any delinquent insurer.
(q)	The Association has standing to appear or intervene before any court or agency in this State with jurisdiction over a delinquent insurer for which the Association is or may become obligated under this Article or with jurisdiction over any person or property against which the Association may have rights through subrogation or otherwise. This standing extends to all matters germane to the powers and duties of the Association, including, but not limited to, proposals for reinsuring, reissuing, modifying, or guaranteeing the policies or contracts of the delinquent insurer and the determination of the policies or contracts and contractual obligations. The Association also has the right to appear or intervene before a court or agency in another state with jurisdiction over a delinquent insurer for which the Association is or may become obligated or with jurisdiction over any person or property against whom the Association may have rights through subrogation or otherwise.
(r)	Any person receiving benefits under this Article is considered to have assigned the rights under, and any causes of action against any person for losses arising under, resulting, from or otherwise relating to, the covered policy or contract to the Association to the extent of the benefits received because of this Article, whether the benefits are payments of or on account of contractual obligations, continuation of coverage, or provision of substitute or alternative policies, contracts, or coverages. The Association may require an assignment to it of such rights and cause of action by any enrollee, payee, policy or contract owner, beneficiary, insured or annuitant as a condition precedent to the receipt of any right or benefits conferred by this Article upon the person. The subrogation rights of the Association under this subsection have the same priority against the delinquent insurer's assets as that possessed by the person entitled to receive benefits under this Article. In addition to other provisions of this subsection, the Association has all common‑law rights of subrogation and any other equitable or legal remedy that would have been available to the delinquent insurer or owner, beneficiary, enrollee, or payee of a policy or contract with respect to the policy or contracts, including in the case of a structured settlement annuity, any rights of the owner, beneficiary, or payee of the annuity, to the extent of benefits received pursuant to this Article, against a person originally or by succession responsible for the losses arising from the personal injury relating to the annuity or payment therefore, excepting any such person responsible solely by reason of serving as an assignee in respect of a qualified assignment under Internal Revenue Code Section 130. If the provisions of this subsection are invalid or ineffective with respect to any person or claim for any reason, the amount payable by the Association with respect to the related covered obligations shall be reduced by the amount realized by any other person with respect to the person or claim that is attributable to the policies or contracts or portion thereof covered by the Association. If the Association has provided benefits with respect to a covered obligation and a person recovers amounts as to which the Association has rights as described in this subsection, the person shall pay to the Association the portion of the recovery attributable to the policies or contracts or portion thereof covered by the Association.
(s)	In addition to the rights and powers elsewhere in this Article, the Association may do all of the following:
(1)	Enter into contracts that are necessary or proper to carry out the provisions and purposes of this Article.
(2)	Sue or be sued, including taking any legal actions necessary or proper to recover any unpaid assessments under G.S. 58‑62‑41 and to settle claims or potential claims against it.
(3)	Borrow money to effect the purposes of this Article; any notes or other evidence of indebtedness of the Association not in default shall be legal investments for domestic member insurers and may be carried as admitted assets.
(4)	Employ or retain persons that are necessary to handle the financial transactions of the Association, and to perform other functions that become necessary or proper under this Article.
(5)	Take legal action that may be necessary to avoid or recover payment of improper claims.
(6)	Exercise, for the purposes of this Article and to the extent approved by the Commissioner, the powers of a domestic life insurer, health insurer, or health maintenance organization, but in no case may the Association issue policies or contracts other than those issued to perform its obligations under this Article.
(7)	Organize itself as a corporation or in other legal form permitted by the laws of this State.
(8)	Request information from a person seeking coverage from the Association in order to aid the Association in determining its obligations under this Article with respect to the person, and the person shall promptly comply with the request.
(9)	Unless prohibited by law, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the policy or contract, file for actuarially justified rate or premium increases for any policy or contract for which it provides coverage under this Article.
(10)	Take other necessary or appropriate action to discharge its duties and obligations under this Article or to exercise its powers under this Article.
(t)	The Association may join an organization of one or more other state associations of similar purposes, in order to further the purposes of this Article and administer the powers and duties of the Association.
(u)	Reinsurance Contracts.
(1)	At any time within 180 days of the date of the order of liquidation, the Association may elect to succeed to the rights and obligations of the ceding member insurer that relate to policies, contracts, or annuities covered, in whole or in part, by the Association in each case under any one or more reinsurance contracts entered into by the insolvent insurer and its reinsurers and selected by the Association. Any such assumption shall be effective as of the date of the order of liquidation. The election shall be effected by the Association or the National Organization of Life and Health Insurance Guaranty Associations (NOLHGA) on its behalf sending written notice, return receipt requested, to the affected reinsurers.
(2)	To facilitate the earliest practicable decision about whether to assume any of the contracts of reinsurance, and in order to protect the financial position of the estate, the receiver and each reinsurer of the ceding member insurer shall make available upon request to the Association or to NOLHGA on its behalf as soon as possible after commencement of formal delinquency proceedings (i) copies of in‑force contracts of reinsurance and all related files and records relevant to the determination of whether such contracts should be assumed and (ii) notices of any defaults under the reinsurance contracts or any known event or condition which with the passage of time could become a default under the reinsurance contracts.
(3)	The following shall apply to reinsurance contracts so assumed by the Association:
a.	The Association shall be responsible for all unpaid premiums due under the reinsurance contracts for periods both before and after the date of the order of liquidation, and shall be responsible for the performance of all other obligations to be performed after the date of the order of liquidation in each case which relate to policies, contracts, or annuities covered, in whole or in part, by the Association. The Association may charge policies, contracts, or annuities covered in part by the Association, through reasonable allocation methods, the costs for reinsurance in excess of the obligations of the Association and shall provide notice and an accounting of these charges to the liquidator.
b.	The Association shall be entitled to any amounts payable by the reinsurer under the reinsurance contracts with respect to losses or events that occur in periods after the date of the order of liquidation and that relate to policies, contracts, or annuities covered, in whole or in part, by the Association, provided that, upon receipt of any such amounts, the Association shall be obliged to pay to the beneficiary under the policy, contracts, or annuity on account of which the amounts were paid a portion of the amount equal to the lesser of:
1.	The amount received by the Association.
2.	The excess of the amount received by the Association over the amount equal to the benefits paid by the Association on account of the policy, contracts, or annuity less the retention of the insurer applicable to the loss or event.
c.	Within 30 days following the Association's election (the "election date"), the Association and each reinsurer under contracts assumed by the Association shall calculate the net balance due to or from the Association under each reinsurance contract as of the election date with respect to policies, contracts, or annuities covered, in whole or in part, by the Association, which calculation shall give full credit to all items paid by either the member insurer or its receiver or the reinsurer prior to the election date. The reinsurer shall pay the receiver any amounts due for losses or events prior to the date of the order of liquidation, subject to any set‑off for premiums unpaid for periods prior to the date, and the Association or reinsurer shall pay any remaining balance due the other, in each case within five days of the completion of the aforementioned calculation. Any disputes over the amounts due to either the Association or the reinsurer shall be resolved by arbitration pursuant to the terms of the affected reinsurance contracts or, if the contract contains no arbitration clause, as otherwise provided by law. If the receiver has received any amounts due the Association pursuant to subdivision (2) of this subsection, the receiver shall remit the same to the Association as promptly as practicable.
d.	If the Association or receiver, on the Association's behalf, within 60 days of the election date, pays the unpaid premiums due for periods both before and after the election date that relate to policies, contracts, or annuities covered, in whole or in part, by the Association, the reinsurer shall not be entitled to terminate the reinsurance contracts for failure to pay premium insofar as the reinsurance contracts relate to policies, contracts, or annuities covered, in whole or in part, by the Association, and shall not be entitled to set off any unpaid amounts due under other contracts, or unpaid amounts due from parties other than the Association, against amounts due the Association.
(4)	During the period from the date of the order of liquidation until the election date or, if the election date does not occur, until 180 days after the date of the order of liquidation, neither the Association nor the reinsurer shall have any rights or obligations under reinsurance contracts that the Association has the right to assume under this subsection, whether for periods prior to or after the date of the order of liquidation; and the reinsurer, the receiver, and the Association shall, to the extent practicable, provide each other data and records reasonably requested; provided that once the Association has elected to assume a reinsurance contract, the parties' rights and obligations shall be governed by this subsection.
(5)	If the Association does not elect to assume a reinsurance contract by the election date pursuant to this subsection, the Association shall have no rights or obligations, in each case for periods both before and after the date of the order of liquidation, with respect to the reinsurance contract.
(6)	When policies, contracts, or annuities, or covered obligations with respect thereto, are transferred to an assuming insurer, reinsurance on the policies, contracts, or annuities may also be transferred by the Association, in the case of contracts assumed under this subsection, subject to the following:
a.	Unless the reinsurer and the assuming insurer agree otherwise, the reinsurance contract transferred shall not cover any new policies of insurance, contracts, or annuities in addition to those transferred.
b.	The obligations described in this subsection shall no longer apply with respect to matters arising after the effective date of the transfer.
c.	Notice shall be given in writing, return receipt requested, by the transferring party to the affected reinsurer not less than 30 days prior to the effective date of the transfer.
(7)	The provisions of this subsection shall supersede the provisions of any state law or of any affected reinsurance contract that provides for or requires any payment of reinsurance proceeds, on account of losses or events that occur in periods after the date of the order of liquidation, to the receiver of the insolvent insurer or any other person. The receiver shall remain entitled to any amounts payable by the reinsurer under the reinsurance contracts with respect to losses or events that occur in periods prior to the date of the order of liquidation, subject to applicable setoff provisions.
(8)	Except as otherwise provided in this subsection, nothing in this subsection shall alter or modify the terms and conditions of any reinsurance contract. Nothing in this subsection shall abrogate or limit any rights of any reinsurer to claim that it is entitled to rescind a reinsurance contract. Nothing in this subsection shall give a policyholder, contract owner, enrollee, certificate holder, or beneficiary an independent cause of action against a reinsurer that is not otherwise set forth in the reinsurance contract. Nothing in this subsection shall limit or affect the Association's rights as a creditor of the estate against the assets of the estate. Nothing in this subsection shall apply to reinsurance agreements covering property or casualty risks.
(v)	The Board shall have discretion and may exercise reasonable business judgment to determine the means by which the Association is to provide the benefits of this Article in an economical and efficient manner.
(w)	Where the Association has arranged or offered to provide the benefits of this Article to a covered person under a plan or arrangement that fulfills the Association's obligations under this Article, the person shall not be entitled to benefits from the Association in addition to or other than those provided under the plan or arrangement.
(x)	Venue in a suit against the Association arising under this Article shall be in the Superior Court of Wake County. The Association shall not be required to give an appeal bond in an appeal that relates to a cause of action arising under this Article.  (1991, c. 681, s. 56; c. 720, s. 94; 2013‑136, s. 2; 2018‑120, s. 1.1(f).)

§ 58‑62‑40:  Repealed by Session Laws 1991, c.  681, s. 57.

§ 58‑62‑41.  Assessments.
(a)	For the purpose of providing the funds necessary to carry out the powers and duties of the Association, the Board shall assess the member insurers, separately for each account, at such time and for such amounts as the Board finds necessary. Assessments are due not less than 30 days after prior written notice to the member insurers and shall accrue interest at the rate of one percent (1%) per month, or any part thereof, after the due date.
(b)	There shall be two classes of assessments, as follows:
(1)	Class A assessments shall be authorized and called for the purpose of meeting administrative and legal costs and other expenses. Class A assessments may be authorized and called whether or not related to a particular delinquent insurer.
(2)	Class B assessments shall be authorized and called to the extent necessary to carry out the powers and duties of the Association under G.S. 58‑62‑36 with regard to a delinquent insurer.
(c)	The amount of any Class A assessment shall be determined by the Board and may or may not be prorated. If prorated, the Board may provide that it be credited against future Class B assessments. The amount of any Class B assessment, except for assessments relating to long‑term care insurance, shall be allocated for assessment purposes between the accounts and among the subaccounts of the life insurance and annuity account, pursuant to an allocation formula, which may be based on the premiums or reserves of the delinquent insurer or any other standard considered by the Board in its sole discretion to be fair and reasonable under the circumstances.
(c1)	The amount of the Class B assessment for long‑term care insurance written by the impaired or insolvent insurer shall be allocated according to a methodology included in the Plan and approved by the Commissioner. The methodology shall provide for fifty percent (50%) of the assessment to be allocated to accident and health member insurers and fifty percent (50%) to be allocated to life and annuity member insurers.
(d)	Class B assessments against member insurers for each account and subaccount shall be in the proportion that the premiums received on business in this State by each assessed member insurer or policies and contracts covered by each account and subaccount for the three most recent calendar years for which information is available preceding the year in which the member insurer became delinquent bears to premiums received on business in this State for those calendar years by all assessed member insurers.
(e)	Assessments for funds to meet the requirements of the Association with respect to a delinquent insurer shall not be authorized or called until necessary to implement the purposes of this Article. Classification of assessments under subsection (b) of this section and computation of assessments under this subsection shall be made with a reasonable degree of accuracy, recognizing that exact determinations may not always be possible. The Association shall notify each member insurer of its anticipated pro rata share of an authorized assessment not yet called within 180 days after the assessment is authorized.
(f)	The Association may abate or defer, in whole or in part, the assessment of a member insurer if, in the Board's opinion, payment of the assessment would endanger the member insurer's ability to fulfill its contractual obligations. If an assessment against a member insurer is abated, or deferred in whole or in part, the amount by which the assessment is abated or deferred may be assessed against the other member insurers in a manner consistent with the basis for assessments set forth in this section. Once the conditions that caused a deferral have been removed or rectified, the member insurer shall pay all assessments that were deferred pursuant to a repayment plan approved by the Association.
(g)	The total of all assessments authorized by the Association upon a member insurer for each subaccount of the life insurance and annuity account and for the health account shall not in any one calendar year exceed two percent (2%) of the member insurer's average annual premiums received in this State on the policies and contracts covered by the subaccount or account during the three calendar years preceding the year in which the member insurer became a delinquent insurer. If two or more assessments are authorized in one calendar year with respect to member insurers that become impaired or insolvent in different calendar years, the average annual premiums for purposes of the aggregate assessment percentage limitation shall be equal and limited to the higher of the three‑year average annual premiums for the applicable subaccount or account as calculated pursuant to this subsection. If the maximum assessment, together with the other assets of the Association in any account, does not provide in any one year in either account an amount sufficient to carry out the Association's responsibilities, the necessary additional funds shall be assessed as soon thereafter as permitted by this Article.
(h)	The Board may provide in the Plan a method of allocating funds among claims, whether relating to one or more delinquent insurers, when the maximum assessment will be insufficient to cover anticipated claims.
(i)	If the maximum assessment for a subaccount of the life and annuity account in any one year does not provide an amount sufficient to carry out the Association's responsibilities, then under subsection (d) of this section, the Board shall access the other subaccounts of the life and annuity account for the necessary additional amount, subject to the maximum stated in subsection (g) of this section.
(j)	The Board may, by an equitable method as established in the Plan, refund to member insurers, in proportion to the contribution of each member insurer to that account, the amount by which the assets of the account exceed the amount the Board finds is necessary to carry out during the coming year the obligations of the Association with regard to that account, including assets accruing from assignment, subrogation, net realized gains, and income from investments. A reasonable amount may be retained in any account to provide funds for the continuing expenses of the Association and for future losses claims.
(k)	It is proper for any member insurer, in determining its premium rates and policy or contract owner dividends as to any kind of insurance or health maintenance organization business within the scope of this Article, to consider the amount reasonably necessary to meet its assessment obligations under this Article.
(l)	The Association shall issue to each member insurer paying an assessment under this Article, other than a Class A assessment, a certificate of contribution, in a form prescribed by the Commissioner, for the amount of the assessment so paid. All outstanding certificates shall be of equal dignity and priority without reference to amounts or dates of issue. A certificate of contribution may be shown by the member insurer in its financial statement as an asset in such form and for such amount, if any, and period of time as the Commissioner may approve.
(m)	A member insurer that wishes to protest all or part of an assessment shall pay when due the full amount of the assessment as set forth in the notice provided by the Association. The payment shall be available to meet Association obligations during the pendency of the protest or any subsequent appeal. Payment shall be accompanied by a statement in writing that the payment is made under protest and setting forth a brief statement of the grounds for the protest. Within 60 days following the payment of an assessment under protest by a member insurer, the Association shall notify the member insurer in writing of its determination with respect to the protest unless the Association notifies the member insurer that additional time is required to resolve the issues raised by the protest. Within 30 days after a final decision has been made, the Association shall notify the protesting member insurer in writing of that final decision. Within 60 days of receipt of notice of the final decision, the protesting member insurer may appeal that final action to the Commissioner. In the alternative to rendering a final decision with respect to a protest based on a question regarding the assessment base, the Association may refer protests to the Commissioner for a final decision, with or without a recommendation from the Association. If the protest or appeal on the assessment is upheld, the amount paid in error or excess shall be returned to the member insurer. Interest on a refund due a protesting member insurer shall be paid at the rate actually earned by the Association.
(n)	The Association may request information of member insurers in order to aid in the exercise of its power under this section and member insurers shall promptly comply with a request.  (1991, c. 681, s. 56; 1993, c. 452, ss. 61.1, 62; 1995, c. 193, ss. 47, 48; 2013‑136, s. 3; 2018‑120, s. 1.1(g).)

§ 58‑62‑45:  Repealed by Session Laws 1991, c.  681, s. 57.

§ 58‑62‑46.  Plan of operation.
(a)	The Association shall submit to the Commissioner a Plan and any amendments necessary or suitable to assure the fair, reasonable, and equitable administration of the Association. The Plan and any amendments shall become effective upon the Commissioner's written approval or unless the Commissioner has not disapproved it within 30 days.
(b)	If the Association fails to submit a suitable Plan within 120 days after the effective date of this Article or if at any time thereafter the Association fails to submit suitable amendments to the Plan, the Commissioner shall, after notice and hearing, adopt rules that are necessary or advisable to carry out the provisions of this Article. The rules shall continue in force until modified by the Commissioner or superseded by a Plan submitted by the Association and approved by the Commissioner.
(c)	All member insurers shall comply with the Plan.
(d)	The Plan shall, in addition to other requirements specified in this Article, establish all of the following:
(1)	Procedures for handling the assets of the Association.
(2)	The amount and method of reimbursing members of the Board under G.S. 58‑62‑31.
(3)	Regular places and times for meetings, including telephone conference calls, of the Board.
(4)	Procedures for records to be kept of all financial transactions of the Association, its agents, and the Board.
(5)	Procedures whereby selections for the Board will be made and submitted to the Commissioner.
(6)	Any additional procedures for assessments under G.S. 58‑62‑41.
(7)	Additional provisions necessary or proper for the execution of the powers and duties of the Association.
(8)	Procedures whereby a director may be removed for cause, including in the case where a member insurer director becomes a delinquent insurer.
(9)	Policies and procedures for the Board to address conflicts of interests.
(e)	The Plan may provide that any or all powers and duties of the Association, except those under G.S. 58‑62‑36(r) and G.S. 58‑62‑41, may be delegated to a corporation, association, or other organization that performs or will perform functions similar to those of the Association, or its equivalent, in two or more states. Such a corporation, association, or organization shall be reimbursed for any payments made on behalf of the Association and shall be paid for its performance of any function of the Association. A delegation under this subsection is effective only with the approval of both the Board and the Commissioner, and may be made only to a corporation, association, or organization that extends protection not substantially less favorable and effective than that provided by this Article.  (1991, c. 681, s. 56; 2018‑120, s. 1.1(h).)

§ 58‑62‑50:  Repealed by Session Laws 1991, c.  681, s. 57.

§ 58‑62‑51.  Duties and powers of the Commissioner.
(a)	In addition to other duties and powers specified in this Article, the Commissioner shall do all of the following:
(1)	Upon request of the Board, provide the Association with a statement of the premiums in this State and any other appropriate states for each member insurer.
(2)	When an impairment is declared and the amount of the impairment is determined, serve a demand upon the impaired insurer to make good the impairment within a reasonable time; notice to the impaired insurer shall constitute notice to its shareholders, if any; the failure of the impaired insurer to comply promptly with the demand does not excuse the Association from the performance of its powers and duties under this Article.
(3)	Repealed by Session Laws 2018‑120, s. 1.1(i), effective June 28, 2018.
(b)	The Commissioner may suspend or revoke, after notice and hearing, the license to transact business in this State of any member insurer that fails to pay an assessment when due or fails to comply with the Plan. As an alternative the Commissioner may levy a forfeiture on any member insurer that fails to pay an assessment when due. The forfeiture shall not exceed five percent (5%) of the unpaid assessment per month, but no forfeiture shall be less than one hundred dollars ($100.00) per month.
(c)	Any action of the Board or the Association may be appealed to the Commissioner by any member insurer if the appeal is taken within 60 days of its receipt of notice of the final action being appealed. If a member insurer is appealing an assessment, the amount assessed shall be paid to the Association and available to meet Association obligations during the pendency of an appeal. If the appeal on the assessment is upheld, the amount paid in error or excess shall be returned to the member insurer. No later than 20 days before each hearing, the appellant shall file with the Commissioner or the Commissioner's designated hearing officer and shall serve on the appellee a written statement of the appellant's case and any evidence the appellant intends to offer at the hearing. No later than five days before the hearing, the appellee shall file with the Commissioner or the Commissioner's designated hearing officer and shall serve on the appellant a written statement of the appellee's case and any evidence the appellee intends to offer at the hearing. Each hearing shall be recorded and transcribed. The cost of the recording and transcribing shall be borne equally by the appellant and appellee; however, upon any final adjudication the prevailing party shall be reimbursed for that party's share of the costs by the other party. Each party shall, on a date determined by the Commissioner or the Commissioner's designated hearing officer, but not sooner than 15 days after delivery of the completed transcript to the party, submit to the Commissioner or the Commissioner's designated hearing officer and serve on the other party, a proposed order. The Commissioner or the Commissioner's designated hearing officer shall then issue an order. Any final action or order of the Commissioner or the Commissioner's designated hearing officer is subject to judicial review under G.S. 58‑2‑75.
(d)	The liquidator, rehabilitator, or conservator of any impaired or insolvent insurer may notify all interested persons of the effect of this Article.  (1991, c. 681, s. 56; 2018‑120, s. 1.1(i).)

§ 58‑62‑55:  Repealed by Session Laws 1991, c.  681, s. 57.

§ 58‑62‑56.  Prevention of delinquencies.
(a)	To aid in the detection and prevention of member insurer delinquencies, it is the Commissioner's duty to:
(1)	Notify insurance regulators of all the other states, territories of the United States, and the District of Columbia within 30 days when revoking or suspending the license of a member insurer, or making any formal order that the member insurer restrict its premium writing, obtain additional contributions to surplus, withdraw from this State, reinsure all or any part of its business, or increase capital, surplus, or any other account for the security of policy owners, contract owners, certificate holders or creditors.
(2)	Report to the Board when the Commissioner has taken any of the actions in subdivision (1) of this subsection or has received a report from another insurance regulator indicating that any such action has been taken in another state. The report to the Board shall contain all significant details of the action taken or the report received from another insurance regulator.
(3)	Report to the Board when the Commissioner has reasonable cause to believe from any examination, whether completed or in process, of any member insurer that the member insurer may be delinquent.
(4)	Furnish the Board with the NAIC Insurance Regulatory Information System financial test ratios and a listing of companies that are not included in the ratios developed by the NAIC; and the Board may use that data in carrying out its duties and responsibilities under this section. The data shall be kept confidential by the Board until it is made public by the Commissioner or another lawful authority.
(b)	The Commissioner may seek the advice and recommendations of the Board concerning any matter affecting the Commissioner's duties and responsibilities regarding the financial condition of member insurers and insurers or health maintenance organizations seeking admission to transact business in this State.
(c)	The Board may, upon majority vote, make reports and recommendations to the Commissioner upon any matter germane to the solvency, liquidation, rehabilitation, or conservation of any member insurer or germane to the solvency of any insurer or health maintenance organization seeking to do business in this State. The reports and recommendations are not public records.
(d)	The Board shall, upon majority vote, notify the Commissioner of any information indicating that any member insurer may be delinquent.
(e)	Repealed by Session Laws 2018‑120, s. 1.1(j), effective June 28, 2018.
(f)	The Board may, upon majority vote, make recommendations to the Commissioner for the detection and prevention of member insurer insolvencies.
(g)	Repealed by Session Laws 2018‑120, s. 1.1(j), effective June 28, 2018.  (1991, c. 681, s. 56; 1995, c. 360, s. 2(k); 2018‑120, s. 1.1(j).)

§ 58‑62‑60:  Repealed by Session Laws 1991, c.  681, s. 57.

§ 58‑62‑61.  Miscellaneous provisions.
(a)	Nothing in this Article reduces the liability for unpaid assessments of the insureds or enrollees of a delinquent insurer operating under a plan with assessment liability.
(b)	Records shall be kept of all negotiations and meetings in which the Association or its representatives are involved and in which the activities of the Association in carrying out its powers and duties under G.S. 58‑62‑36 are discussed. Records of those negotiations or meetings shall be made public only upon the termination of a liquidation, rehabilitation, or conservation proceeding involving the delinquent insurer, upon the termination of the delinquency of the member insurer, or upon the order of a court of competent jurisdiction. Nothing in this subsection limits the duty of the Association to render a report of its activities under G.S. 58‑62‑66.
(c)	For the purpose of carrying out its obligations under this Article, the Association is a creditor of the delinquent insurer to the extent of assets attributable to covered policies reduced by any amounts to which the Association is entitled as subrogee under G.S. 58‑62‑36(r). Assets of the delinquent insurer attributable to covered policies shall be used to continue all covered policies and pay all contractual obligations of the delinquent insurer as required by this Article. Assets attributable to covered policies or contracts, as used in this subsection, are that proportion of the assets that the reserves that should have been established for the policies or contracts bear to the reserves that should have been established for all policies of insurance or health benefit plans written by the delinquent insurer.
(d)	Before the termination of any liquidation, rehabilitation, or conservation proceeding, the court may take into consideration the contributions of the respective parties, including the Association, the shareholders, contract owners, certificate holders, enrollees, and policy owners of the insolvent insurer, and any other party with a bona fide interest, in making an equitable distribution of the ownership rights of the insolvent insurer. In making such a determination, consideration shall be given to the welfare of the policy owners, certificate holders, and enrollees of the continuing or successor member insurer.
(e)	No distribution to stockholders, if any, of a delinquent insurer shall be made until and unless the Association has fully recovered the total amount of its valid claims with interest thereon for funds expended in carrying out its powers and duties under G.S. 58‑62‑36 with respect to the member insurer.
(f)	If an order for liquidation or rehabilitation of a member insurer domiciled in this State has been entered, the receiver appointed under the order has a right to recover on behalf of the member insurer, from any affiliate that controlled it, the amount of distributions, other than stock dividends paid by the member insurer on its capital stock, made at any time during the five years preceding the petition for liquidation or rehabilitation subject to the limitations of subsections (g) through (i) of this section.
(g)	No such distribution is recoverable if the member insurer shows that when paid the distribution was lawful and reasonable, and that the member insurer did not know and could not reasonably have known that the distribution might adversely affect the member insurer's ability to fulfill its contractual obligations.
(h)	Any person who was an affiliate that controlled the member insurer when the distributions were paid is liable up to the amount of distributions it received. Any person who was an affiliate that controlled the member insurer when the distributions were declared is liable up to the amount of distributions it would have received if they had been paid immediately. If two or more persons are liable with respect to the same distributions, they are jointly and severally liable.
(i)	The maximum amount recoverable under this subsection is the amount needed in excess of all other available assets of the insolvent insurer to pay the insolvent insurer's contractual obligations.
(j)	If any person liable under subsection (h) of this section is insolvent, all of its affiliates that controlled it when the distribution was paid are jointly and severally liable for any resulting deficiency in the amount recovered from the insolvent affiliate.  (1991, c. 681, s. 56; 2018‑120, s. 1.1(k).)

§ 58‑62‑65:  Repealed by Session Laws 1991, c.  681, s. 57.

§ 58‑62‑66.  Examination of the Association; annual report.
The Association is subject to examination and regulation by the Commissioner. The Board shall submit to the Commissioner each year, not later than 120 days after the Association's fiscal year, a financial report in a form approved by the Commissioner and a report of its activities during the preceding fiscal year. Upon the request of a member insurer, the Association shall provide the member insurer with a copy of the report.  (1991, c. 681, s. 56; 2018‑120, s. 1.1(l).)

§ 58‑62‑70:  Repealed by Session Laws 1991, c.  681, s. 57.

§ 58‑62‑75.  Tax exemptions.
The Association shall be exempt from payment of all fees and all taxes levied by this State or any of its subdivisions, except taxes levied on real property. (1973, c. 1438, s. 1.)

§ 58‑62‑76.  Immunity.
There is no liability by, and no cause of action of any nature arises against, any member insurer or its agents or employees, the Association or its agents or employees, members of the Board, the Commissioner or the Commissioner's representatives, or insurance regulators or their representatives, for any act or omission by them in the performance of their powers and duties under this Article.  This immunity extends to the participation in any organization of one or more other state associations of similar purposes and to any such organization and its agents or employees. (1991, c. 681, s. 56.)

§ 58‑62‑77.  Actions not precluded.
Nothing in this Article precludes any resident from bringing any action against the Association in any court of competent jurisdiction with respect to any contractual obligation arising under covered policies. (1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 678, s. 26.)

§ 58‑62‑80:  Repealed by Session Laws 1991, c.  681, s. 57.

§ 58‑62‑81.  Stay of proceedings; reopening default judgments.
All proceedings in which the insolvent insurer is a party in any court in this State shall be stayed 180 days from the date an order of liquidation, rehabilitation, or conservation is final to permit proper legal action by the Association on any matters germane to its powers or duties. As to a judgment under any decision, order, verdict or finding based on default, the Association may apply to have the judgment set aside by the same court that made the judgment and may defend against such suit on the merits.  (1991, c. 681, s. 56; 2018‑120, s. 1.1(m).)

§ 58‑62‑85:  Repealed by Session Laws 1991, c.  681, s. 57.

§ 58‑62‑86.  Prohibited advertisement of Article in insurance sales; notice to policyholders.
(a)	No person, including a member insurer, agent, or affiliate of a member insurer, shall make, publish, disseminate, circulate, or place before the public, or cause directly or indirectly to be made, published, disseminated, circulated, or placed before the public, in any newspaper, magazine, or other publication, or in the form of a notice, circular, pamphlet, letter, or poster, or over any radio station or television station, or in any other way, any oral or written advertisement, announcement, or statement that uses the existence of the Association or this Article for the purpose of sale or solicitation of or inducement to purchase any kind of insurance or other coverage covered by this Article. However, this subsection does not apply to the Association or any other person who does not sell or solicit insurance or coverage by a health maintenance organization.
(b)	Within 180 days after the effective date of this Article, the Association shall prepare a summary document that describes the general purposes and current limitations of this Article and that complies with subsection (c) of this section. This summary document shall be submitted to the Commissioner for the Commissioner's approval. Sixty days after receiving approval, no member insurer may deliver a policy or contract to a policy owner, contract owner, certificate holder, or enrollee unless the summary document is delivered to the policy owner, contract owner, certificate holder, or enrollee before or at the time of delivery of the policy or contract, unless subsection (d) of this section applies. The summary document shall also be available upon request by a policy owner, contract owner, certificate holder, or enrollee. The distribution, delivery, contents, or interpretation of this summary document does not mean that either the policy or the contract or the policy owner, contract owner, certificate holder, or enrollee would be covered in the event of the impairment or insolvency of a member insurer. The summary document shall be revised by the Association as amendments to this Article require. Failure to receive this summary document does not give the policy owner, contract owner, certificate holder, enrollee, or insured any greater rights than those stated in this Article.
(c)	The summary document prepared under subsection (b) of this section shall contain a clear and conspicuous disclaimer on its face. The Commissioner shall prescribe the form and content of the disclaimer. The disclaimer shall do all of the following:
(1)	State the name and addresses of the Association and Department.
(2)	Prominently warn the policy owner, contract owner, certificate holder, or enrollee that the Association may not cover the policy or contract or, if coverage is available, it will be subject to substantial limitations and exclusions and conditioned on continued residence in this State.
(2a)	State the types of policies or contracts for which guaranty funds will provide coverage.
(3)	State that the member insurer and its agents are prohibited by law from using the existence of the Association for the purpose of sale or solicitation of or inducement to purchase any kind of insurance or health maintenance organization coverage.
(4)	Emphasize that the applicant, policy owner, contract owner, certificate holder, or enrollee should not rely on coverage under the Association when selecting an insurer or health maintenance organization.
(4a)	Explain rights available and procedures for filing a complaint to allege a violation of any provisions of this Article.
(5)	Provide other information as directed by the Commissioner, including, but not limited to, sources for information about the financial condition of member insurers provided that the information is not proprietary and is subject to disclosure under public records law.
(d)	No insurer, health maintenance organization, or agent may deliver a policy or contract described in G.S. 58‑62‑21(b) and excluded under G.S. 58‑62‑21(c) from coverage under this Article unless the insurer, health maintenance organization, or agent, before or at the time of delivery, gives the policy or contract owner, certificate holder, or enrollee a separate written notice that clearly and conspicuously discloses that the policy or contract is not covered by the Association. The Commissioner shall prescribe the form and content of the notice.  (1991, c. 681, s. 56; 2018‑120, s. 1.1(n).)

§ 58‑62‑90:  Repealed by Session Laws 1991, c.  681, s. 57.

§ 58‑62‑92:  Repealed by Session Laws 1993 (Reg.  Sess., 1994), c. 678, s. 27.

§ 58‑62‑95.  Use of deposits made by impaired or insolvent insurer.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Chapter pertaining to the use of deposits made by insurance or health maintenance organization companies for the protection of policy or contract owners, certificate holders, or enrollees, the Association shall receive, upon its request, from the Commissioner and may expend, any deposit or deposits made, whether or not made pursuant to statute, by a member insurer determined to be impaired or insolvent under this Article to the extent those deposits are needed by the Association to pay contractual obligations of that impaired or insolvent insurer owed under covered policies as required by this Article, and to the extent those deposits are needed to pay all expenses of the Association relating to the impaired or insolvent insurer: Provided that the Commissioner may retain and use an amount of the deposit up to ten thousand dollars ($10,000) to defray administrative costs to be incurred by the Commissioner in carrying out his powers and duties with respect to the impaired or insolvent insurer, notwithstanding G.S. 58‑5‑70. The Association shall account to the Commissioner and the impaired or insolvent insurer for all deposits received from the Commissioner under this section. After the deposits of the impaired or insolvent insurer received by the Association under this section have been expended by the Association for the purposes set out in this section, the member insurers shall be assessed as provided by this Article to pay any remaining liabilities of the Association arising under this Article.  (1979, c. 418; 1985, c. 666, s. 42; 1989, c. 452, s. 6; 1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 678, s. 28; 2018‑120, s. 1.1(o).)

Article 63.
Unfair Trade Practices.
§ 58‑63‑1.  Declaration of purpose.
The purpose of this Article is to regulate trade practices in the business of insurance in accordance with the intent of Congress as expressed in the Act of Congress of March 9, 1945 (Public Law 15, 79th Congress), by defining, or providing for the determination of, all such practices in this State which constitute unfair methods of competition or unfair or deceptive acts or practices and by prohibiting the trade practices so defined or determined. (1949, c. 1112.)

§ 58‑63‑5.  Definitions.
When used in this Article:
(1)	Repealed by Session Laws 1991, c. 720, s. 6.
(2)	"Person" means any individual, corporation, association, partnership, reciprocal exchange, interinsurer, Lloyds insurer, fraternal benefit society, and any other legal entity engaged in the business of insurance under this Chapter; and includes insurance producers, agents, brokers, limited representatives, and adjusters.  (1949, c. 1112; 1987, c. 629, s. 10; 1991, c. 720, s. 6; 1999‑244, s. 13; 2022‑46, s. 14(aaaa).)

§ 58‑63‑10.  Unfair methods of competition or unfair and deceptive acts or practices prohibited.
No person shall engage in this State in any trade practice which is defined in this Article as or determined pursuant to this Article to be an unfair method of competition or an unfair or deceptive act or practice in the business of insurance. (1949, c. 1112.)

§ 58‑63‑15.  Unfair methods of competition and unfair or deceptive acts or practices defined.
The following are hereby defined as unfair methods of competition and unfair and deceptive acts or practices in the business of insurance:
(1)	Misrepresentations and False Advertising of Policy Contracts. – Making, issuing, circulating, or causing to be made, issued or circulated, any estimate, illustration, circular or statement misrepresenting the terms of any policy issued or to be issued or the benefits or advantages promised thereby or the dividends or share of the surplus to be received thereon, or making any false or misleading statement as to the dividends or share or surplus previously paid on similar policies, or making any misleading representation or any misrepresentation as to the financial condition of any insurer, or as to the legal reserve system upon which any life insurer operates, or using any name or title of any policy or class of policies misrepresenting the true nature thereof, or making any misrepresentation to any policyholder insured in any company for the purpose of inducing or tending to induce such policyholder to lapse, forfeit, or surrender his insurance.
(2)	False Information and Advertising Generally. – Making, publishing, disseminating, circulating, or placing before the public, or causing, directly or indirectly, to be made, published, disseminated, circulated, or placed before the public, in a newspaper, magazine or other publication, or in the form of a notice, circular, pamphlet, letter or poster, or over any radio station, or in any other way, an advertisement, announcement or statement containing any assertion, representation or statement with respect to the business of insurance or with respect to any person in the conduct of his insurance business, which is untrue, deceptive or misleading.
(3)	Defamation. – Making, publishing, disseminating, or circulating, directly or indirectly, or aiding, abetting or encouraging the making, publishing, disseminating or circulating of any oral or written statement or any pamphlet, circular, article or literature which is false, or maliciously critical of or derogatory to the financial condition of an insurer, and which is calculated to injure any person engaged in the business of insurance.
(4)	Boycott, Coercion and Intimidation. – Entering into any agreement to commit, or by any concerted action committing, any act of boycott, coercion or intimidation resulting in or tending to result in unreasonable restraint of, or monopoly in, the business of insurance.
(5)	False Financial Statements. – Filing with any supervisory or other public official, or making, publishing, disseminating, circulating or delivering to any person, or placing before the public, or causing directly or indirectly, to be made, published, disseminated, circulated, delivered to any person, or placed before the public, any false statement of financial condition of an insurer with intent to deceive.
Making any false entry in any book, report or statement of any insurer with intent to deceive any agent or examiner lawfully appointed to examine into its condition or into any of its affairs, or any public official to whom such insurer is required by law to report, or who has authority by law to examine into its condition or into any of its affairs, or, with like intent, willfully omitting to make a true entry of any material fact pertaining to the business of such insurer in any book, report or statement of such insurer.
(6)	Stock Operations and Insurance Company Advisory Board Contracts. – Issuing or delivering or permitting agents, officers, or employees to issue or deliver, agency company stock or other capital stock, or benefit certificates or shares in any common‑law corporation, or securities or any special or any insurance company advisory board contracts or other contracts of any kind promising returns and profit as an inducement to insurance.
(7)	Unfair Discrimination. –
a.	Making or permitting any unfair discrimination between individuals of the same class and equal expectation of life in the rates charged for any contract of life insurance or of life annuity or in the dividends or other benefits payable thereon, or in any other of the terms and conditions of such contract.
b.	Making or permitting any unfair discrimination between individuals of the same class and of essentially the same hazard in the amount of premium, policy fees, or rates charged for any policy or contract of accident or health insurance or in the benefits payable thereunder, or in any of the terms or conditions of such contract, or in any other manner whatever.
c.	Making or permitting any unfair discrimination between or among individuals or risks of the same class and of essentially the same hazard by refusing to issue, refusing to renew, cancelling, or limiting the amount of insurance coverage on a property or casualty risk because of the geographic location of the risk, unless:
1.	The refusal or limitation is for the purpose of preserving the solvency of the insurer and is not a mere pretext for unfair discrimination, or
2.	The refusal, cancellation, or limitation is required by law.
d.	Making or permitting any unfair discrimination between or among individuals or risks of the same class and of essentially the same hazard by refusing to issue, refusing to renew, cancelling, or limiting the amount of insurance coverage on a residential property risk, or the personal property contained therein, because of the age of the residential property, unless:
1.	The refusal or limitation is for the purpose of preserving the solvency of the insurer and is not a mere pretext for unfair discrimination, or
2.	The refusal, cancellation, or limitation is required by law.
(8)	Rebates. –
a.	Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, knowingly permitting or offering to make or making any contract of life insurance, life annuity or accident and health insurance, or agreement as to such contract other than as plainly expressed in the contract issued thereon, or paying or allowing, or giving or offering to pay, allow, or give, directly or indirectly, as inducement to such insurance, or annuity, any rebate of premiums payable on the contract, or any special favor or advantage in the dividends or other benefits thereon, or any valuable consideration or inducement whatever not specified in the contract; or giving, or selling, or purchasing or offering to give, sell, or purchase as inducement to such insurance or annuity or in connection therewith, any stocks, bonds, or other securities of any insurance company or other corporation, association, or partnership, or any dividends or profits accrued thereon, or anything of value whatsoever not specified in the contract.
b.	Nothing in subdivision (7) or paragraph a of subdivision (8) of this section shall be construed as including within the definition of discrimination or rebates any of the following practices:
1.	In the case of any contract of life insurance or life annuity, paying bonuses to policyholders or otherwise abating their premiums in whole or in part out of surplus accumulated from nonparticipating insurance, provided, that any such bonuses or abatement of premiums shall be fair and equitable to policyholders and for the best interests of the company and its policyholders;
2.	In the case of life insurance policies issued on the industrial debit plan, making allowance to policyholders who have continuously for a specified period made premium payments directly to an office of the insurer in an amount which fairly represents the saving in collection expense;
3.	Readjustment of the rate of premium for a group insurance policy based on the loss or expense experienced thereunder, at the end of the first or any subsequent policy year of insurance thereunder, which may be made retroactive only for such policy year.
c.	No insurer or employee thereof, and no insurance producer shall pay, allow, or give, or offer to pay, allow, or give, directly or indirectly, as an inducement to insurance, or after insurance has been effected, any rebate, discount, abatement, credit or reduction of the premium named in a policy of insurance, or any special favor or advantage in the dividends or other benefits to accrue thereon, or any valuable consideration or inducement whatever, not specified in the policy of insurance. Nothing herein contained shall be construed as prohibiting the payment of commissions or other compensation to regularly appointed and licensed insurance producers duly licensed by this State; nor as prohibiting any participating insurer from distributing to its policyholders dividends, savings or the unused or unabsorbed portion of premiums and premium deposits.
(9)	Advertising of Health, Accident or Hospitalization Insurance. – In all advertising of policies, certificates or service plans of health, accident or hospitalization insurance, except those providing group coverage, where details of benefits provided by a particular policy, certificate or plan are set forth in any advertising material, such advertising material shall contain reference to the major exceptions or major clauses limiting or voiding liability contained in the policy, certificate or plan so advertised. The references to such exceptions or clauses shall be printed in a type no smaller than that used to set forth the benefits of the policy, certificate or plan. In all advertising of such policies, certificates or plans which contain a cancellation provision or a provision that the policies, certificates or plans may be renewed at the option of the company or medical service corporation only, such advertising material shall contain clear and definite reference to the fact that the policies, certificates or plans are cancellable or that the same may be renewed at the option of the company only.
In advertising, sale, or solicitation for sale of any insurance policy represented or advertised to afford coverages and benefits supplemental to or in addition to Medicare coverage, all such advertising materials, except for advertisements which have as their objective the creation of a desire to inquire further about an insurance product and do nothing more than generally describe the product and invite inquiries for costs and further details of the coverage, including limitations, exclusions, reductions or limitations and terms under which the policy may be continued in force, in whatever medium, and all solicitation and presentations for the sale of such policies, shall contain specific references to major exclusions or major exceptions that may result in voiding liability or in a reduction of benefits below those primarily advertised. When such policies contain a coordination of benefits clause whereby benefits are limited by or prorated with other outstanding coverages, such provision shall be called to the attention of the prospective purchaser by conspicuously printed type no smaller than 10 point type. When such policies are advertised to provide coverage above Medicare payments, but contain provisions limiting benefits to those approved for payment by Medicare under Part B, such limitation in benefits shall be called to the attention of the prospective purchaser regardless of the advertising medium; and when policies containing such provisions are delivered, there shall be incorporated therein the language or affixed thereto a sticker in conspicuously printed type no smaller than 10 point type stating: CAUTION: POLICY BENEFITS ARE LIMITED TO THOSE APPROVED BY MEDICARE FOR PAYMENT. Any person engaged in the solicitation or sale of such supplemental Medicare policies in this State shall, as a part of the application, determine and list on the application all policies of Medicare supplement or other health insurance currently in force that cover the prospective insured. In compiling such information, the person is entitled to rely upon information furnished by the prospective purchaser or insured.
(10)	Soliciting, etc., Unauthorized Insurance Contracts in Other States. – Soliciting, advertising or entering into insurance contracts in foreign states and any other jurisdiction in which such domestic insurer is not licensed in accordance with the laws of such state or jurisdiction, except as provided in G.S. 58‑14‑5.
(11)	Unfair Claim Settlement Practices. – Committing or performing with such frequency as to indicate a general business practice of any of the following: Provided, however, that no violation of this subsection shall of itself create any cause of action in favor of any person other than the Commissioner:
a.	Misrepresenting pertinent facts or insurance policy provisions relating to coverages at issue;
b.	Failing to acknowledge and act reasonably promptly upon communications with respect to claims arising under insurance policies;
c.	Failing to adopt and implement reasonable standards for the prompt investigation of claims arising under insurance policies;
d.	Refusing to pay claims without conducting a reasonable investigation based upon all available information;
e.	Failing to affirm or deny coverage of claims within a reasonable time after proof‑of‑loss statements have been completed;
f.	Not attempting in good faith to effectuate prompt, fair and equitable settlements of claims in which liability has become reasonably clear;
g.	Compelling [the] insured to institute litigation to recover amounts due under an insurance policy by offering substantially less than the amounts ultimately recovered in actions brought by such insured;
h.	Attempting to settle a claim for less than the amount to which a reasonable man would have believed he was entitled;
i.	Attempting to settle claims on the basis of an application which was altered without notice to, or knowledge or consent of, the insured;
j.	Making claims payments to insureds or beneficiaries not accompanied by [a] statement setting forth the coverage under which the payments are being made;
k.	Making known to insureds or claimants a policy of appealing from arbitration awards in favor of insureds or claimants for the purpose of compelling them to accept settlements or compromises less than the amount awarded in arbitration;
l.	Delaying the investigation or payment of claims by requiring an insured claimant, or the physician, of [or] either, to submit a preliminary claim report and then requiring the subsequent submission of formal proof‑of‑loss forms, both of which submissions contain substantially the same information;
m.	Failing to promptly settle claims where liability has become reasonably clear, under one portion of the insurance policy coverage in order to influence settlements under other portions of the insurance policy coverage; and
n.	Failing to promptly provide a reasonable explanation of the basis in the insurance policy in relation to the facts or applicable law for denial of a claim or for the offer of a compromise settlement.
(12)	Misuse of Borrowers' Confidential Information. – Soliciting, accepting, or using any information from a lender concerning policies of insurance held by such lender as a mortgagee of real property, except from a lender who is an insurer where the loan has been made by or sold or held for sale to such insurer. Provided, however, this subdivision shall not apply to the use of such information by a lender for the solicitation of life or accident and health insurance.
(13)	Overinsurance in Credit or Loan Transactions. – In connection with a loan or extension of credit secured by real or personal property or both, requiring the applicant to procure property and casualty insurance against any one risk which results in coverage which exceeds the replacement value of the secured property at the time of the loan or extension of credit. In connection with a secured or unsecured loan or extension of credit, requiring the applicant to procure life or health insurance against any one risk which exceeds the amount of the loan. In connection with a loan secured by both real and personal property, requiring credit property insurance, as defined in G.S. 58‑57‑90, on the personal property. For the purposes of this subsection "amount of loan" shall be deemed to be the amount of principal and accrued interest to be paid by the debtor including other allowable charges.  (1949, c. 1112; 1955, c. 850, s. 3; 1967, c. 935, s. 2; 1975, c. 668; 1983, c. 831; 1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1027, ss. 18, 20; 1987, c. 787, ss. 1, 3; 2022‑46, s. 14(bbbb).)

§ 58‑63‑20.  Power of Commissioner.
The Commissioner shall have power to examine and investigate into the affairs of every person engaged in the business of insurance in this State in order to determine whether such person has been or is engaged in any unfair method of competition or in any unfair or deceptive act or practice prohibited by G.S. 58‑63‑10. (1949, c. 1112; 1991, c. 720, s. 62.)

§ 58‑63‑25.  Hearings, witnesses, appearances, production of books and service of process.
(a)	When the Commissioner has reason to believe that any person has been engaged or is engaging in this State in any unfair method of competition or any unfair or deceptive act or practice defined in G.S. 58‑63‑15 or under G.S. 58‑63‑65, and that a proceeding by the Commissioner on the matter would be in the interest of the public, the Commissioner shall issue and serve upon the person a statement of the charges in that respect and a notice of the hearing on the matter to be held at the time and place fixed in the notice, which shall not be less than 10 days after the date of the service of the notice.
(b)	At the time and place fixed for such hearing, such person shall have an opportunity to be heard and to show cause why an order should not be made by the Commissioner requiring such person to cease and desist from the acts, methods or practices so complained of. Upon good cause shown, the Commissioner shall permit any person to intervene, appear and be heard at such hearing by counsel or in person.
(c)	Nothing contained in this Article shall require the observance at any such hearing of formal rules of pleading or evidence.
(d)	The Commissioner, upon such hearing, may administer oaths, examine and cross‑examine witnesses, receive oral and documentary evidence, and shall have the power to subpoena witnesses, compel their attendance, and require the production of books, papers, records, correspondence, or other documents which he deems relevant to the inquiry. The Commissioner, upon such hearing, may, and upon the request of any party shall, cause to be made a stenographic record of all the evidence and all the proceedings had at such hearing. If no stenographic record is made and if a judicial review is sought, the Commissioner shall prepare a statement of the evidence and proceeding for use on review. In case of a refusal of any person to comply with any subpoena issued hereunder or to testify with respect to any matter concerning which he may be lawfully interrogated, the Superior Court of Wake County, on application of the Commissioner, may issue an order requiring such person to comply with such subpoena and to testify; and any failure to obey any such order of the court may be punished by the court as a contempt thereof.
(e)	Statements of charges, notices, orders, and other processes of the Commissioner under this Article may be served by anyone duly authorized by the Commissioner, either in the manner provided by law for service of process in civil actions, or by registering and mailing a copy thereof to the person affected by such statement, notice, order, or other process at his or its residence or principal office or place of business. The verified return by the person so serving such statement, notice, order, or other process, setting forth the manner of such service, shall be proof of the same, and the return postcard receipt for such statement, notice, order, or other process, registered and mailed as aforesaid, shall be proof of the service of the same. (1949, c. 1112; 1995, c. 193, s. 49.)

§ 58‑63‑30:  Repealed by Session Laws 1991, c.  644, s. 29.

§ 58‑63‑32.  Cease and desist order.
(a)	If, after a hearing under G.S. 58‑63‑25, the Commissioner determines that the method of competition or the act or practice in question is defined in G.S. 58‑63‑15 and that the person complained of has engaged in the method of competition, act, or practice in violation of this Article, the Commissioner shall reduce his finding to writing and shall issue and cause to be served upon the person charged with the violation an order requiring the person to cease and desist from engaging in the method, act, or practice.
(b)	Until the expiration of the time allowed under G.S. 58‑63‑35(a) for filing a petition for review, if no such petition has been duly filed within that time, then until the transcript of the record in the proceeding has been filed in court, the Commissioner may at any time, upon such notice and in such manner as the Commissioner considers proper, modify or set aside in whole or in part any order issued by the Commissioner under this section.
(c)	After the expiration of the time allowed for filing a petition for review, if no such petition has been duly filed within that time, the Commissioner may at any time, after notice and opportunity for hearing, reopen and alter, modify, or set aside, in whole or in part, any order issued by the Commissioner under this section, whenever in the Commissioner's opinion conditions of fact or of law have so changed as to require the action or if the public interest requires. (1991, c. 644, s. 28.)

§ 58‑63‑35.  Judicial review of cease and desist orders.
(a)	Any person required by an order of the Commissioner under G.S. 58‑63‑32 to cease and desist from engaging in any unfair method of competition or any unfair or deceptive act or practice defined in G.S. 58‑63‑15 may obtain a review of the order by filing in the Superior Court of Wake County, within 30 days from the date of the service of such order, a written petition praying that the order of the Commissioner be set aside. A copy of the petition shall be immediately served upon the Commissioner, and at that time the Commissioner immediately shall certify and file in the court a transcript of the entire record in the proceeding, including all the evidence taken and the report and order of the Commissioner. Upon the filing of the petition and transcript, the court has jurisdiction of the proceeding and of the question determined therein, shall determine whether the filing of the petition shall operate as a stay of the Commissioner's order, and has power to make and enter upon the pleadings, evidence, and proceedings set forth in the transcript a decree modifying, affirming or reversing the order of the Commissioner, in whole or in part. The findings of the Commissioner as to the facts, if supported by substantial evidence, are conclusive.
(b)	To the extent that the order of the Commissioner is affirmed, the court shall thereupon issue its own order commanding obedience to the terms of such order of the Commissioner. If either party shall apply to the court for leave to adduce additional evidence, and shall show to the satisfaction of the court that such additional evidence is material and that there were reasonable grounds for the failure to adduce such evidence in the proceeding before the Commissioner, the court may order such additional evidence to be taken before the Commissioner and to be adduced upon the hearing in such manner and upon such terms and conditions as to the court may seem proper. The Commissioner may modify his findings of fact, or make new findings by reason of the additional evidence so taken, and he shall file such modified or new findings which, if supported by substantial evidence shall be conclusive, and his recommendations, if any, for the modification or setting aside of his original order, with the return of such additional evidence.
(c)	A cease and desist order issued by the Commissioner under G.S. 58‑63‑30 shall become final:
(1)	Upon the expiration of the time allowed for filing a petition for review if no such petition has been duly filed within such time; except that the Commissioner may thereafter modify or set aside his order to the extent provided in G.S. 58‑63‑30(b); or
(2)	Upon the final decision of the court if the court directs that the order of the Commissioner be affirmed or the petition for review dismissed.
(d)	No order of the Commissioner under this Article or order of a court to enforce the same shall in any way relieve or absolve any person affected by such order from any liability under any other laws of this State. (1949, c. 1112; 1995, c. 193, s. 50.)

§ 58‑63‑40.  Procedure as to unfair methods of competition and unfair or deceptive acts or practices which are not defined.
(a)	Whenever the Commissioner shall have reason to believe that any person engaged in the business of insurance is engaging in this State in any method of competition or in any act or practice in the conduct of such business which is not defined in G.S. 58‑63‑15, that such method of competition is unfair or that such act or practice is unfair or deceptive and that a proceeding by him in respect thereto would be to the interest of the public, he may issue and serve upon such person a statement of the charges in that respect and a notice of a hearing thereon to be held at a time and place fixed in the notice, which shall not be less than 10 days after the date of the service thereof.  Each such hearing shall be conducted in the same manner as the hearings provided for in G.S. 58‑63‑25.  The Commissioner shall, after such hearing, make a report in writing in which he shall state his findings as to the facts, and he shall serve a copy thereof upon such person.
(b)	If such report charges a violation of this Article and if such method of competition, act or practice has not been discontinued, the Commissioner may, through the Attorney General of this State, at any time after 10 days after the service of such report cause a petition to be filed in the superior court of this State of the county wherein the person resides or has his principal place of business, to enjoin and restrain such person from engaging in such method, act or practice.  The court shall have jurisdiction of the proceeding and shall have power to make and enter appropriate orders in connection therewith and to issue such writs as are ancillary to its jurisdiction or are necessary in its judgment to prevent injury to the public pendente lite.  To the extent that the order of the Commissioner is affirmed, the court shall thereupon issue its order commanding obedience to the terms of such order of the Commissioner.
(c)	A transcript of the proceedings before the Commissioner including all evidence taken and the report and findings shall be filed with such petition.  If either party shall apply to the court for leave to adduce additional evidence and shall show, to the satisfaction of the court, that such additional evidence is material and there were reasonable grounds for the failure to adduce such evidence in the proceeding before the Commissioner, the court may order such additional evidence to be taken before the Commissioner and to be adduced upon the hearing in such manner and upon such terms and conditions as to the court may seem proper.  The Commissioner may modify his findings of fact or make new findings by reason of the additional evidence so taken, and he shall file such modified or new findings with the return of such additional evidence.
(d)	If the court finds that the method of competition complained of is unfair or that the act or practice complained of is unfair or deceptive, that the proceeding by the Commissioner with respect thereto is to the interest of the public and that the findings of the Commissioner are supported by the weight of the evidence, it shall issue its order enjoining and restraining the continuance of such method of competition, act or practice. (1949, c. 1112.)

§ 58‑63‑45.  Judicial review by intervenor.
If the report of the Commissioner does not charge a violation of this Article, then any intervenor in the proceedings may within 10 days after the service of such report, cause a notice of appeal to be filed in the Superior Court of Wake County for a review of such report.  Upon such review, the court shall have authority to issue appropriate orders and decrees in connection therewith, including, if the court finds that it is to the interest of the public, orders enjoining and restraining the continuance of any method of competition, act or practice which it finds, notwithstanding such report of the Commissioner, constitutes a violation of this Article. (1949, c. 1112.)

§ 58‑63‑50.  Penalty.
Any person who willfully violates a cease and desist order of the Commissioner under G.S. 58‑63‑32, after it has become final, and while the order is in effect, shall forfeit and pay to the Commissioner the sum of not less than one thousand dollars ($1,000) nor more than five thousand dollars ($5,000) for each violation, which if not paid shall be recovered in a civil action instituted in the name of the Commissioner in the Superior Court of Wake County. The clear proceeds of forfeitures provided for in this section shall be remitted to the Civil Penalty and Forfeiture Fund in accordance with G.S. 115C‑457.2. (1949, c. 1112; 1985, c. 666, s. 21; 1991, c. 720, ss. 33, 63; 1995, c. 193, s. 51; 1998‑215, s. 88.)

§ 58‑63‑55.  Provisions of Article additional to existing law.
The powers vested in the Commissioner by this Article shall be additional to any other powers to enforce any penalties, fines or forfeitures authorized by law with respect to the methods, acts and practices hereby declared to be unfair or deceptive. (1949, c. 1112.)

§ 58‑63‑60.  Immunity from prosecution.
If any person shall ask to be excused from attending and testifying or from producing any books, papers, records, correspondence or other documents at any hearing on the ground that the testimony or evidence required of him may tend to incriminate him or subject him to a penalty or forfeiture, and shall notwithstanding be directed to give such testimony or produce such evidence, he must nonetheless comply with such direction, but he shall not thereafter be prosecuted or subjected to any penalty or forfeiture for or on account of any transaction, matter or thing concerning which he may testify or produce evidence pursuant thereto, and no testimony so given or evidence produced shall be received against him upon any criminal action, investigation or proceeding, provided, however, that no such individual so testifying shall be exempt from prosecution or punishment for any perjury committed by him while so testifying and the testimony or evidence so given or produced shall be admissible against him upon any criminal action, investigation or proceeding concerning such perjury, nor shall he be exempt from the refusal, revocation or suspension of any license, permission or authority conferred, or to be conferred, pursuant to the insurance law of this State.  Any such individual may execute, acknowledge and file in the office of the Commissioner a statement expressly waiving such immunity or privilege in respect to any transaction, matter or thing specified in such statement and thereupon the testimony of such person or such evidence in relation to such transaction, matter or thing may be received or produced before any judge or justice, court, tribunal, grand jury or otherwise, and if so received or produced such individual shall not be entitled to any immunity or privilege on account of any testimony he may so give or evidence so produced. (1949, c. 1112.)

§ 58‑63‑65.  Rule‑making authority.
The Commissioner may adopt rules to carry out the provisions of this Article, including rules that define unfair methods of competition or unfair or deceptive acts or practices in the business of insurance, in addition to those defined in G.S. 58‑63‑15 and determined under G.S. 58‑63‑40. (1993, c. 409, s. 15.)

§§ 58‑63‑66 through 58‑63‑69.  Reserved for future codification purposes.

§ 58‑63‑70.  Health care service discount practices by insurers and service corporations.
(a)	It is an unfair trade practice for any insurer or service corporation subject to this Chapter to make an intentional misrepresentation to a health care provider to the effect that the insurer or service corporation is entitled to a certain preferred provider or other discount off the fees charged for medical services, procedures, or supplies provided by the health care provider, when the insurer or service corporation is not entitled to any discount or is entitled to a lesser discount from the provider on those fees.
(b)	It is an unfair trade practice for any person with knowledge that an insurer or service corporation intends to make the type of misrepresentation prohibited in subsection (a) of this section to provide substantial assistance to that insurer or service corporation in accomplishing that misrepresentation. (1997‑519, s. 3.2.)

§ 58‑63‑75.  Senior‑specific certifications and professional designations; rules.
The Commissioner may adopt rules to set forth standards to protect consumers from misleading and fraudulent marketing practices with respect to the use of senior‑specific certifications and professional designations in the solicitation, sale, or purchase of, or advice made in connection with, a life insurance or annuity product. These rules shall be substantially similar to the NAIC Model Regulation on the Use of Senior‑Specific Certifications and Professional Designations in the Sale of Life Insurance and Annuities, as amended. The Commissioner may adopt, amend, or repeal provisions of these rules under G.S. 150B‑21.1 in order to keep these rules current with the NAIC model rule.  (2009‑382, s. 15.)

Article 64.
Continuing Care Retirement Communities.
§ 58‑64‑1.  Definitions.
As used in this Article, unless otherwise specified:
(1)	Continuing care. – The furnishing to an individual other than an individual related by blood, marriage, or adoption to the person furnishing the care, of lodging together with nursing services, medical services, or other health related services, under a contract approved by the Department in accordance with this Article effective for the life of the individual or for a period longer than one year. "Continuing care" may also include home care services provided or arranged by a provider of lodging at a facility to an individual who has entered into a continuing care contract with the provider but is not yet receiving lodging.
(2)	Entrance fee. – A payment that assures a resident a place in a facility for a term of years or for life.
(3)	Facility. – The retirement community or communities in which a provider undertakes to provide continuing care to an individual.
(4)	Health‑related services. – At a minimum, nursing home admission or assistance in the activities of daily living, exclusive of the provision of meals or cleaning services.
(4a)	Home care services. – Defined in G.S. 131E‑136.
(5)	Living unit. – A room, apartment, cottage, or other area within a facility set aside for the exclusive use or control of one or more identified residents.
(5a)	Lodging. – A living unit as set forth in a contract approved by the Department in accordance with this Article.
(6)	Provider. – The promoter, developer, or owner of a facility, whether a natural person, partnership, or other unincorporated association, however organized, trust, or corporation, of an institution, building, residence, or other place, whether operated for profit or not, or any other person, that solicits or undertakes to provide continuing care under a continuing care facility contract, or that represents himself, herself, or itself as providing continuing care or "life care."
(7)	Resident. – A purchaser of, a nominee of, or a subscriber to, a continuing care contract.
(8)	Hazardous financial condition. – A provider is insolvent or in eminent danger of becoming insolvent.  (1989, c. 758, s. 1; 1989 (Reg. Sess., 1990), c. 1024, s. 45; 1991, c. 720, ss. 2, 39; 1999‑132, ss. 2.2, 2.3; 2010‑128, s. 2.)

§ 58‑64‑5.  License.
(a)	No provider shall engage in the business of offering or providing continuing care in this State without a license to do so obtained from the Commissioner as provided in this Article. It is a Class 1 misdemeanor for any person, other than a provider licensed under this Article, to advertise or market to the general public any product similar to continuing care through the use of such terms as "life care", "continuing care", or "guaranteed care for life", or similar terms, words, or phrases. The licensing process may involve a series of steps pursuant to rules adopted by the Commissioner under this Article.
(b)	The application for a license shall be filed with the Department by the provider on forms prescribed by the Department and within a period of time prescribed by the Department; and shall include all information required by the Department pursuant to rules adopted by it under this Article including, but not limited to, the disclosure statement meeting the requirements of this Article and other financial and facility development information required by the Department. The application for a license must be accompanied by an application fee of one thousand dollars ($1,000).
(c)	Upon receipt of the complete application for a license in proper form, the Department shall, within 10 business days, issue a notice of filing to the applicant. Within 90 days of the notice of filing, the Department shall enter an order issuing the license or rejecting the application.
(d)	If the Commissioner determines that any of the requirements of this Article have not been met, the Commissioner shall notify the applicant that the application must be corrected within 30 days in such particulars as designated by the Commissioner. If the requirements are not met within the time allowed, the Commissioner may enter an order rejecting the application, which order shall include the findings of fact upon which the order is based and which shall not become effective until 20 days after the end of the 30‑day period. During the 20‑day period, the applicant may petition for reconsideration and is entitled to a hearing.
(e)	Repealed by Session Laws 2003‑193, s. 1, effective June 12, 2003.
(f)	The Commissioner may, on an annual basis or on a more frequent basis if he deems it to be necessary, in addition to the annual disclosure statement revision required by G.S. 58‑64‑30, require every licensed provider to file with the Department any of the information provided by G.S. 58‑64‑5(b) for new licensure that the Commissioner, pursuant to rules adopted by him under this Article, determines is needed for review of licensed providers.
(g)	The Commissioner may require a provider to: (i) provide the report of an actuary that estimates the capacity of the provider to meet its contractual obligation to the resident, or (ii) give consideration to expected rates of mortality and morbidity, expected refunds, and expected capital expenditures in accordance with standards promulgated by the American Academy of Actuaries, within the five‑year forecast statements, as required by G.S. 58‑64‑20(a)(12).  (1989, c. 758, s. 1; 1991, c. 196, ss. 1, 2; 2001‑223, s. 22.1; 2003‑193, ss. 1, 2; 2009‑451, s. 21.9(a); 2010‑128, s. 1.)

§ 58‑64‑7.  Continuing care services without lodging.
(a)	A provider of continuing care who has obtained a license pursuant to this Article and desires to provide or arrange for continuing care services, including home care services, to an individual who has entered into a continuing care contract with the provider but is not yet receiving lodging must submit the following to the Commissioner:
(1)	An application to offer continuing care services without providing lodging.
(2)	An amended disclosure statement containing a description of the proposed continuing care services that will be provided without lodging, including the target market, the types of services to be provided, and the fees to be charged.
(3)	A copy of the written service agreement, which must contain those provisions as prescribed in G.S. 58‑64‑25(b).
(4)	A summary of an actuarial report that presents the impact of providing continuing care services without lodging on the overall operation of the continuing care retirement community.
(5)	A financial feasibility study prepared by a certified public accountant that shows the financial impact of providing continuing care services without lodging on the applicant and the continuing care retirement facility or facilities. The financial feasibility study shall include a statement of activities reporting the revenue and expense details for providing continuing care services without lodging, as well as any impact the provision of these services will have on operating reserves.
(6)	Evidence of the license required under Part 3 of Article 6 of Chapter 131E of the General Statutes to provide home care services, or a contract with a licensed home care agency for the provision of home care services to the individuals under the continuing care services without lodging program.
(b)	A provider issued a start‑up certificate for the provision of continuing care services without lodging must enter into binding written service agreements with subscribers to provide continuing care services without lodging.
(c)	When providing the financial statements and five‑year forecasts required by G.S. 58‑64‑20, a provider offering continuing care services without lodging must account for the related revenue and expenses generated from the provision of these services separate from the facility's on‑site operation.  (2010‑128, s. 4.)

§ 58‑64‑10.  Revocation of license.
(a)	The license of a provider shall remain in effect until revoked after notice and hearing, upon written findings of fact by the Commissioner, that the provider has:
(1)	Willfully violated any provision of this Article or of any rule or order of the Commissioner;
(2)	Failed to file an annual disclosure statement or standard form of contract as required by this Article;
(3)	Failed to deliver to prospective residents the disclosure statements required by this Article;
(4)	Delivered to prospective residents a disclosure statement that makes an untrue statement or omits a material fact and the provider, at the time of the delivery of the disclosure statement, had actual knowledge of the misstatement or omission;
(5)	Failed to comply with the terms of a cease and desist order; or
(6)	Has been determined by the Commissioner to be in a hazardous financial condition.
(b)	Findings of fact in support of revocation shall be accompanied by an explicit statement of the underlying facts supporting the findings.
(c)	If the Commissioner has good cause to believe that the provider is guilty of a violation for which revocation could be ordered, the Commissioner may first issue a cease and desist order.  If the cease and desist order is not or cannot be effective in remedying the violation, the Commissioner may, after notice and hearing, order that the license be revoked and surrendered.  Such a cease and desist order may be appealed to the Superior Court of Wake County in the manner provided by G.S. 58‑63‑35.  The provider shall accept no new applicant funds while the revocation order is under appeal. (1989, c. 758, s. 1.)

§ 58‑64‑15.  Sale or transfer of ownership.
No license is transferable, and no license issued pursuant to this Article has value for sale or exchange as property.  No provider or other owning entity shall sell or transfer ownership of the facility, or enter into a contract with a third‑party provider for management of the facility, unless the Commissioner approves such transfer or contract. (1989, c. 758, s. 1.)

§ 58‑64‑20.  Disclosure statement.
(a)	At the time of, or prior to, the execution of a contract to provide continuing care, or at the time of, or prior to, the transfer of any money or other property to a provider by or on behalf of a prospective resident, whichever occurs first, the provider shall deliver a current disclosure statement to the person with whom the contract is to be entered into, the text of which shall contain at least:
(1)	The name and business address of the provider and a statement of whether the provider is a partnership, corporation, or other type of legal entity.
(2)	The names and business addresses of the officers, directors, trustees, managing or general partners, any person having a ten percent (10%) or greater equity or beneficial interest in the provider, and any person who will be managing the facility on a day‑to‑day basis, and a description of these persons' interests in or occupations with the provider.
(3)	The following information on all persons named in response to subdivision (2) of this section:
a.	A description of the business experience of this person, if any, in the operation or management of similar facilities;
b.	The name and address of any professional service firm, association, trust, partnership, or corporation in which this person has, or which has in this person, a ten percent (10%) or greater interest and which it is presently intended shall currently or in the future provide goods, leases, or services to the facility, or to residents of the facility, of an aggregate value of five hundred dollars ($500.00) or more within any year, including a description of the goods, leases, or services and the probable or anticipated cost thereof to the facility, provider, or residents or a statement that this cost cannot presently be estimated; and
c.	A description of any matter in which the person (i) has been convicted of a felony or pleaded nolo contendere to a felony charge, or been held liable or enjoined in a civil action by final judgment, if the felony or civil action involved fraud, embezzlement, fraudulent conversion, or misappropriation of property; or (ii) is subject to a currently effective injunctive or restrictive court order, or within the past five years, had any State or federal license or permit suspended or revoked as a result of an action brought by a governmental agency or department, if the order or action arose out of or related to business activity of health care, including actions affecting a license to operate a foster care facility, nursing home, retirement home, home for aged, or facility subject to this Article or a similar law in another state.
(4)	A statement as to whether the provider is, or is not affiliated with, a religious, charitable, or other nonprofit organization, the extent of the affiliation, if any, the extent to which the affiliate organization will be responsible for the financial and contract obligations of the provider, and the provision of the Federal Internal Revenue Code, if any, under which the provider or affiliate is exempt from the payment of income tax.
(5)	The location and description of the physical property or properties of the facility, existing or proposed, and to the extent proposed, the estimated completion date or dates, whether construction has begun, and the contingencies subject to which construction may be deferred.
(6)	The services provided or proposed to be provided pursuant to contracts for continuing care at the facility, including the extent to which medical care is furnished, and a clear statement of which services are included for specified basic fees for continuing care and which services are made available at or by the facility at extra charge.
(7)	A description of all fees required of residents, including the entrance fee and periodic charges, if any. The description shall include:
a.	A statement of the fees that will be charged if the resident marries while at the facility, and a statement of the terms concerning the entry of a spouse to the facility and the consequences if the spouse does not meet the requirements for entry;
b.	The circumstances under which the resident will be permitted to remain in the facility in the event of possible financial difficulties of the resident;
c.	The terms and conditions under which a contract for continuing care at the facility may be canceled by the provider or by the resident, and the conditions, if any, under which all or any portion of the entrance fee or any other fee will be refunded in the event of cancellation of the contract by the provider or by the resident or in the event of the death of the resident prior to or following occupancy of a living unit;
d.	The conditions under which a living unit occupied by a resident may be made available by the provider to a different or new resident other than on the death of the prior resident; and
e.	The manner by which the provider may adjust periodic charges or other recurring fees and the limitations on these adjustments, if any; and, if the facility is already in operation, or if the provider or manager operates one or more similar continuing care locations within this State, tables shall be included showing the frequency and average dollar amount of each increase in periodic charges, or other recurring fees at each facility or location for the previous five years, or such shorter period as the facility or location may have been operated by the provider or manager.
(8)	The health and financial condition required for an individual to be accepted as a resident and to continue as a resident once accepted, including the effect of any change in the health or financial condition of a person between the date of entering into a contract for continuing care and the date of initial occupancy of a living unit by that person.
(9)	The provisions that have been made or will be made, including, but not limited to, the requirements of G.S. 58‑64‑33 and G.S. 58‑64‑35, to provide reserve funding or security to enable the provider to perform its obligations fully under contracts to provide continuing care at the facility, including the establishment of escrow accounts, trusts, or reserve funds, together with the manner in which these funds will be invested, and the names and experience of any individuals in the direct employment of the provider who will make the investment decisions.
(10)	Financial statements of the provider certified to by an independent public accountant as of the end of the most recent fiscal year or such shorter period of time as the provider shall have been in existence. If the provider's fiscal year ended more than 120 days prior to the date the disclosure statement is recorded, interim financial statements as of a date not more than 90 days prior to the date of recording the statement shall also be included, but need not be certified to by an independent certified public accountant.
(11)	In the event the provider has had an actuarial report prepared within the prior two years, the summary of a report of an actuary that estimates the capacity of the provider to meet its contractual obligations to the residents.
(12)	Forecasted financial statements for the provider of the next five years, including a balance sheet, a statement of operations, a statement of cash flows, and a statement detailing all significant assumptions, compiled by an independent certified public accountant. Reporting routine, categories, and structure may be further defined by regulations or forms adopted by the Commissioner.
(13)	The estimated number of residents of the facility to be provided services by the provider pursuant to the contract for continuing care.
(14)	Proposed or development stage facilities shall additionally provide:
a.	The summary of the report of an actuary estimating the capacity of the provider to meet its contractual obligation to the residents;
b.	Narrative disclosure detailing all significant assumptions used in the preparation of the forecasted financial statements, including:
1.	Details of any long‑term financing for the purchase or construction of the facility including interest rate, repayment terms, loan covenants, and assets pledged;
2.	Details of any other funding sources that the provider anticipates using to fund any start‑up losses or to provide reserve funds to assure full performance of the obligations of the provider under contracts for the provision of continuing care;
3.	The total life occupancy fees to be received from or on behalf of, residents at, or prior to, commencement of operations along with anticipated accounting methods used in the recognition of revenues from and expected refunds of life occupancy fees;
4.	A description of any equity capital to be received by the facility;
5.	The cost of the acquisition of the facility or, if the facility is to be constructed, the estimated cost of the acquisition of the land and construction cost of the facility;
6.	Related costs, such as financing any development costs that the provider expects to incur or become obligated for prior to the commencement of operations;
7.	The marketing and resident acquisition costs to be incurred prior to commencement of operations; and
8.	A description of the assumptions used for calculating the estimated occupancy rate of the facility and the effect on the income of the facility of government subsidies for health care services.
(15)	Any other material information concerning the facility or the provider which, if omitted, would lead a reasonable person not to enter into this contract.
(b)	The cover page of the disclosure statement shall state, in a prominent location and in boldface type, the date of the disclosure statement, the last date through which that disclosure statement may be delivered if not earlier revised, and that the delivery of the disclosure statement to a contracting party before the execution of a contract for the provision of continuing care is required by this Article but that the disclosure statement has not been reviewed or approved by any government agency or representative to ensure accuracy or completeness of the information set out.
(c)	A copy of the standard form of contract for continuing care used by the provider shall be attached to each disclosure statement.
(d)	The Commissioner, by rules adopted by him under this Article, may prescribe a standardized format for the disclosure statement required by this section.
(e)	The disclosure statement shall be in plain English and in language understandable by a layperson and combine simplicity and accuracy to fully advise residents of the items required by this section.
(f)	The Department may require a provider to alter or amend its disclosure statement in order to provide full and fair disclosure to prospective residents. The Department may also require the revision of a disclosure statement which it finds to be unnecessarily complex, confusing or illegible. (1989, c. 758, s. 1; 1991, c. 196, s. 3; c. 720, s. 89; 1993, c. 452, s. 63; 2001‑223, s. 22.2; 2003‑193, ss. 3, 4, 5, 6.)

§ 58‑64‑25.  Contract for continuing care; specifications.
(a)	Each contract for continuing care shall provide that:
(1)	The party contracting with the provider may rescind the contract within 30 days following the later of the execution of the contract or the receipt of a disclosure statement that meets the requirements of this section, and the resident to whom the contract pertains is not required to move into the facility before the expiration of the 30‑day period; and
(2)	If a resident dies before occupying a living unit in the facility, or if, on account of illness, injury, or incapacity, a resident would be precluded from occupying a living unit in the facility under the terms of the contract for continuing care, the contract is automatically canceled; and
(3)	For rescinded or canceled contracts under this section, the resident or the resident's legal representative shall receive a refund of all money or property transferred to the provider, less (i) periodic charges specified in the contract and applicable only to the period a living unit was actually occupied by the resident; (ii) those nonstandard costs specifically incurred by the provider or facility at the request of the resident and described in the contract or any contract amendment signed by the resident; (iii) nonrefundable fees, if set out in the contract; and (iv) a reasonable service charge, if set out in the contract, not to exceed the greater of one thousand dollars ($1,000) or two percent (2%) of the entrance fee.
(b)	Each contract shall include provisions that specify the following:
(1)	The total consideration to be paid.
(2)	Services to be provided.
(3)	The procedures the provider shall follow to change the resident's accommodation if necessary for the protection of the health or safety of the resident or the general and economic welfare of the residents.
(4)	The policies to be implemented if the resident cannot pay the periodic fees.
(5)	The terms governing the refund of any portion of the entrance fee in the event of discharge by the provider or cancellation by the resident.
(6)	The policy regarding increasing the periodic fees.
(7)	The description of the living quarters.
(8)	Any religious or charitable affiliations of the provider and the extent, if any, to which the affiliate organization will be responsible for the financial and contractual obligations of the provider.
(9)	Any property rights of the resident.
(10)	The policy, if any, regarding fee adjustments if the resident is voluntarily absent from the facility; and
(11)	Any requirement, if any, that the resident apply for Medicaid, public assistance, or any public benefit program.
(12)	The procedures for determining when the individual will transition to receiving lodging and health‑related services in the event that a contract allows for the provision or arrangement of continuing care without lodging.  (1989, c. 758, s. 1; 1991, c. 196, s. 4; 2010‑128, s. 3.)

§ 58‑64‑30.  Annual disclosure statement revision.
(a)	Within 150 days following the end of each fiscal year, the provider shall file with the Commissioner a revised disclosure statement setting forth current information required pursuant to G.S. 58‑64‑20. The provider shall also make this revised disclosure statement available to all the residents of the facility. This revised disclosure statement shall include a narrative describing any material differences between (i) the forecasted statements of revenues and expenses and cash flows or other forecasted financial data filed pursuant to G.S. 58‑64‑20 as a part of the disclosure statement recorded most immediately subsequent to the start of the provider's most recently completed fiscal year and (ii) the actual results of operations during that fiscal year, together with the revised forecasted statements of revenues and expenses and cash flows or other forecasted financial data being filed as a part of the revised disclosure statement. A provider may also revise its disclosure statement and have the revised disclosure statement recorded at any other time if, in the opinion of the provider, revision is necessary to prevent an otherwise current disclosure statement from containing a material misstatement of fact or omitting a material fact required to be stated therein. Only the most recently recorded disclosure statement, with respect to a facility, and in any event, only a disclosure statement dated within one year plus 150 days prior to the date of delivery, shall be considered current for purposes of this Article or delivered pursuant to G.S. 58‑64‑20.
(b)	The annual disclosure statement required to be filed with the Commissioner under this section shall be accompanied by an annual filing fee of one thousand dollars ($1,000).  (1989, c. 758, s. 1; 2003‑193, s. 7; 2009‑451, s. 21.9(b).)

§ 58‑64‑33.  Operating reserves.
(a)	A provider shall maintain after the opening of a facility: an operating reserve equal to fifty percent (50%) of the total operating costs of the facility forecasted for the 12‑month period following the period covered by the most recent disclosure statement filed with the Department. The forecast statements as required by G.S. 58‑64‑20(a)(12) shall serve as the basis for computing the operating reserve. In addition to total operating expenses, total operating costs will include debt service, consisting of principal and interest payments along with taxes and insurance on any mortgage loan or other long‑term financing, but will exclude depreciation, amortized expenses, and extraordinary items as approved by the Commissioner. If the debt service portion is accounted for by way of another reserve account, the debt service portion may be excluded. If a facility maintains an occupancy level in excess of ninety percent (90%), a provider shall only be required to maintain a twenty‑five percent (25%) operating reserve upon approval of the Commissioner, unless otherwise instructed by the Commissioner. The operating reserve may be funded by cash, by invested cash, or by investment grade securities, including bonds, stocks, U.S. Treasury obligations, or obligations of U.S. government agencies.
(b)	A provider that has begun construction or has permanent financing in place or is in operation on the effective date of this section has up to five years to meet the operating reserve requirements.
(c)	An operating reserve shall only be released upon the submittal of a detailed request from the provider or facility and must be approved by the Commissioner. Such requests must be submitted in writing for the Commissioner to review at least 10 business days prior to the date of withdrawal. (1991, c. 196, s. 5; c. 720, s. 89; 1993, c. 452, s. 64; 1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 678, s. 29; 1995, c. 193, s. 52; 2003‑193, s. 8; 2004‑203, s. 36.)

§ 58‑64‑35.  Escrow, collection of deposits.
(a)	Where escrow accounts are required by this Article, a provider shall establish an escrow account with (i) a bank, (ii) a trust company, or (iii) another independent person or entity agreed upon by the provider and the resident, unless such account arrangement is prohibited by the Commissioner.  The terms of this escrow account shall provide that the total amount of any entrance fee, or any other fee or deposit that may be applied toward the entrance fee, received by the provider be placed in this escrow account.  These funds may be released only as follows:
(1)	The first twenty‑five percent (25%) of escrowed monies can be released when:  (i) the provider has presold at least fifty percent (50%) of the independent living units, having received a minimum ten percent (10%) deposit on the presold units; (ii) the provider has received a commitment for any permanent mortgage loan or other long‑term financing, and any conditions of the commitment prior to disbursement of funds thereunder have been substantially satisfied; and (iii) aggregate entrance fees received or receivable by the provider pursuant to binding continuing care contracts, plus the anticipated proceeds of any first mortgage loan or other long‑term financing commitment are equal to not less than ninety percent (90%) of the aggregate cost of constructing or purchasing, equipping, and furnishing the facility plus not less than ninety percent (90%) of the funds estimated in the statement of cash flows submitted by the provider as that part of the disclosure statement required by G.S. 58‑64‑20, to be necessary to fund start‑up losses and assure full performance of the obligations of the provider pursuant to continuing care contracts.
(2)	The remaining seventy‑five percent (75%) of escrowed monies can be released when:
a.	(i) the provider has presold a minimum of seventy‑five percent (75%) of the independent living units, having received a minimum ten percent (10%) deposit on the presold units, or has maintained an independent living unit occupancy minimum of seventy‑five percent (75%) for at least 60 days; (ii) construction or purchase of the independent living unit has been completed and an occupancy permit, if applicable, has been issued by the local government having authority to issue such permits; and (iii) the living unit becomes available for occupancy by the new resident; or
b.	the provider submits a plan of reorganization that is accepted and approved by the Commissioner.
(b)	Upon receipt by the escrow agent of a request by the provider for the release of these escrow funds, the escrow agent shall approve release of the funds within five working days unless the escrow agent finds that the requirements of subsection (a) of this section have not been met and notifies the provider of the basis for this finding.  The request for release of the escrow funds shall be accompanied by any documentation the fiduciary requires.
(b1)	Release of any escrowed funds that may be due to the subscriber or resident shall occur upon: five working days' notice of death, nonacceptance by the facility, or voluntary cancellation.  If voluntary cancellation occurs after construction has begun, the refund may be delayed until a new subscriber is obtained for that specific unit, provided it does not exceed a period of two years.
(c)	If the provider fails to meet the requirements for release of funds held in this escrow account within a time period the escrow agent considers reasonable, these funds shall be returned by the escrow agent to the persons who have made payment to the provider.  The escrow agent shall notify the provider of the length of this time period when the provider requests release of the funds.
(d)	Facilities that currently meet the seventy‑five percent (75%) presales or the seventy‑five percent (75%) occupancy requirements, as outlined in subdivision (a)(2) of this section, are not required to escrow entrance fees, unless otherwise required by the Commissioner. (1989, c. 758, s. 1; 1991, c. 196, s. 6, c. 720, s. 8, c. 761, ss. 11, 12.)

§ 58‑64‑40.  Right to organization.
(a)	A resident living in a facility operated by a provider licensed under this Article has the right of self‑organization, the right to be represented by an individual of the resident's own choosing, and the right to engage in concerted activities to keep informed on the operation of the facility in which the resident resides or for other mutual aid or protection.
(b)	The board of directors or other governing body of a provider or its designated representative shall hold semiannual meetings with the residents of each facility operated by the provider for free discussions of subjects including, but not limited to, income, expenditures, and financial trends and problems as they apply to the facility and discussions of proposed changes in policies, programs, and services. Upon request of the most representative residents' organization, a member of the governing body of the provider, such as a board member, a general partner, or a principal owner shall attend such meetings. Residents shall be entitled to at least seven days advance notice of each meeting. An agenda and any materials that will be distributed by the governing body at the meetings shall remain available upon request to residents. (1989, c. 758, s. 1; 1999‑132, s. 2.4; 2001‑223, s. 22.3; 2003‑193, s. 9.)

§ 58‑64‑45.  Supervision, rehabilitation, and liquidation.
(a)	If, at any time, the Commissioner determines, after notice and an opportunity for the provider to be heard, that:
(1)	A portion of an entrance fee escrow account required to be maintained under this Article has been or is proposed to be released in violation of this Article;
(2)	A provider has been or will be unable, in such a manner as may endanger the ability of the provider, to fully perform its obligations pursuant to contracts for continuing care, to meet the forecasted financial data previously filed by the provider;
(3)	A provider has failed to maintain the escrow account required under this Article; or
(4)	A provider is bankrupt or insolvent, or in imminent danger of becoming bankrupt or insolvent;
the Commissioner may commence a supervision proceeding pursuant to Article 30 of this Chapter or may apply to the Superior Court of Wake County or to the federal bankruptcy court that may have previously taken jurisdiction over the provider or facility for an order directing the Commissioner or authorizing the Commissioner to rehabilitate or to liquidate a facility in accordance with Article 30 of this Chapter.
(b)	The definition of "insolvency" or "insolvent" in G.S. 58‑30‑10(13) shall not apply to providers under this Article. Rules adopted by the Commissioner shall define and describe "insolvency" or "hazardous financial condition" for providers under this Article. G.S. 58‑30‑12 shall not apply to facilities under this Article.
(c)	If, at any time, the Court finds, upon petition of the Commissioner or provider, or on its own motion, that the objectives of an order to rehabilitate a provider have been accomplished and that the facility or facilities owned by, or operated by, the provider can be returned to the provider's management without further jeopardy to the residents of the facility or facilities, the Court may, upon a full report and accounting of the conduct of the provider's affairs during the rehabilitation and of the provider's current financial condition, terminate the rehabilitation and, by order, return the facility or facilities owned by, or operated by, the provider, along with the assets and affairs of the provider, to the provider's management.
(d),	(e) Repealed by Session Laws 1995 (Regular Session, 1996), c. 582, s. 3.
(f)	In applying for an order to rehabilitate or liquidate a provider, the Commissioner shall give due consideration in the application to the manner in which the welfare of persons who have previously contracted with the provider for continuing care may be best served.
(g)	An order for rehabilitation shall be refused or vacated if the provider posts a bond, by a recognized surety authorized to do business in this State and executed in favor of the Commissioner on behalf of persons who may be found entitled to a refund of entrance fees from the provider or other damages in the event the provider is unable to fulfill its contracts to provide continuing care at the facility or facilities, in an amount determined by the Court to be equal to the reserve funding that would otherwise need to be available to fulfill such obligations. (1989, c. 758, s. 1; 1995 (Reg. Sess., 1996), c. 582, s. 3; 2003‑193, s. 10.)

§ 58‑64‑46.  Receiverships; exception for facility beds.
When the Commissioner has been appointed as a receiver under Article 30 of this Chapter for a provider or facility subject to this Article, the Department of Health and Human Services may, notwithstanding any other provision of law, accept and approve the addition of adult care home beds for a facility owned by, or operated by, the provider, if it appears to the court, upon petition of the Commissioner or the provider, or on the court's own motion, that (i) the best interests of the provider or (ii) the welfare of persons who have previously contracted with the provider or may contract with the provider, may be best served by the addition of adult care home beds. (1999‑219, s. 2; 2003‑193, s. 11.)

§ 58‑64‑50.  Investigations and subpoenas.
(a)	The Commissioner may make such public or private investigations within or outside of this State as necessary (i) to determine whether any person has violated or is about to violate any provision of this Article, (ii) to aid in the enforcement of this Article, or (iii) to verify statements contained in any disclosure statement filed or delivered under this Article.
(b)	For the purpose of any investigation or proceeding under this Article, the Commissioner may require or permit any person to file a statement in writing, under oath or otherwise, as to any of the facts and circumstances concerning the matter to be investigated.
(c)	For the purpose of any investigation or proceeding under this Article, the Commissioner or his designee has all the powers given to him for insurance companies.  He may administer oaths and affirmations, subpoena witnesses, compel their attendance, take evidence, and require the production of any books, papers, correspondence, memoranda, agreements, or other documents or records deemed relevant or material to the inquiry, all of which may be enforced in the Superior Court of Wake County. (1989, c. 758, s. 1.)

§ 58‑64‑55.  Examinations; financial statements.
The Commissioner or the Commissioner's designee may, in the Commissioner's discretion, visit a provider offering continuing care in this State to examine its books and records. Expenses incurred by the Commissioner in conducting examinations under this section shall be paid by the provider examined. The provisions of G.S. 58‑2‑131, 58‑2‑132, 58‑2‑133, 58‑2‑134, 58‑2‑155, 58‑2‑165, 58‑2‑180, 58‑2‑185, 58‑2‑190, and 58‑6‑5 apply to this Article and are hereby incorporated by reference. (1989, c. 758, s. 1; 1995, c. 193, s. 53; 1999‑132, s. 11.9; 2003‑193, s. 12.)

§ 58‑64‑60.  Contracts as preferred claims on liquidation.
In the event of liquidation of a provider, all contracts for continuing care executed by the provider shall be deemed preferred claims against all assets owned by the provider; provided, however, such claims shall be subordinate to the liquidator's cost of administration or any secured claim. (1989, c. 758, s. 1; 1995 (Reg. Sess., 1996), c. 582, s. 4; 2003‑193, s. 13.)

§ 58‑64‑65.  Rule‑making authority; reasonable time to comply with rules.
(a)	The Commissioner is authorized to promulgate rules to carry out and enforce the provisions of this Article.
(b)	Any provider who is offering continuing care may be given a reasonable time, not to exceed one year from the date of publication of any applicable rules promulgated pursuant to this Article, within which to comply with the rules. (1989, c. 758, s. 1; 2003‑193, s. 14.)

§ 58‑64‑70.  Civil liability.
(a)	A provider who enters into a contract for continuing care at a facility without having first delivered a disclosure statement meeting the requirements of G.S. 58‑64‑20 to the person contracting for this continuing care, or enters into a contract for continuing care at a facility with a person who has relied on a disclosure statement that omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements made therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading, shall be liable to the person contracting for this continuing care for actual damages and repayment of all fees paid to the provider violating this Article, less the reasonable value of care and lodging provided to the resident by or on whose behalf the contract for continuing care was entered into prior to discovery of the violation, misstatement, or omission or the time the violation, misstatement, or omission should reasonably have been discovered, together with interest thereon at the legal rate for judgments, and court costs and reasonable attorney fees.
(b)	Liability under this section exists regardless of whether the provider had actual knowledge of the misstatement or omission.
(c)	A person may not file or maintain an action under this section if the person, before filing the action, received a written offer of a refund of all amounts paid the provider, together with interest at the rate established monthly by the Commissioner of Banks pursuant to G.S. 24‑1.1(c), less the current contractual value of care and lodging provided prior to receipt of the offer, and if the offer recited the provisions of this section and the recipient of the offer failed to accept it within 30 days of actual receipt.
(d)	An action may not be maintained to enforce a liability created under this Article unless brought before the expiration of three years after the execution of the contract for continuing care that gave rise to the violation. (1989, c. 758, s. 1; 1995, c. 193, s. 54; 2003‑193, s. 15.)

§ 58‑64‑75.  Criminal penalties.
Any person who willfully and knowingly violates any provision of this Article is guilty of a Class 1 misdemeanor.  The Commissioner may refer such evidence as is available concerning violation of the Article or of any rule or order hereunder to the Attorney General or a district attorney who may, with or without such reference institute the appropriate criminal proceedings under this Article.  Nothing in this Article limits the power of the State to punish any person for any conduct that constitutes a crime under any other statute. (1989, c. 758, s. 1; 1993, c. 539, s. 469; 1994, Ex. Sess., c. 24, s. 14(c).)

§ 58‑64‑80.  Advisory Committee.
There shall be a nine member Continuing Care Advisory Committee appointed by the Commissioner. The Committee shall consist of at least two residents of facilities, two representatives of LeadingAge North Carolina, one individual who is a certified public accountant and is licensed to practice in this State, one individual skilled in the field of architecture or engineering, and one individual who is a health care professional.  (1989, c. 758, s. 1; 1999‑132, s. 2.5; 2015‑281, s. 8.)

§ 58‑64‑85.  Other licensing or regulation.
(a)	Nothing in this Article affects the authority of the Department of Health and Human Services or any successor agency otherwise provided by law to license or regulate any health service facility or domiciliary service facility.
(b)	Facilities and providers licensed under this Article that also are subject to the provisions of the North Carolina Condominium Act under Chapter 47C of the General Statutes shall not be subject to the provisions of Chapter 39A of the General Statutes, provided that the facility's declaration of condominium does not require the payment of any fee or charge not otherwise provided for in a resident's contract for continuing care, or other separate contract for the provisions of membership or services.  (1991, c. 720, s. 1; 1997‑443, s. 11A.118(a); 2011‑196, s. 13.)

Article 65.
Hospital Service Corporations.
Part 1. In General.
§ 58‑65‑1.  Regulation and definitions; application of other laws; profit and foreign corporations prohibited.
(a)	Any corporation organized under the general corporation laws of the State of North Carolina for the purpose of maintaining and operating a nonprofit dental, health care, medical, or vision service plan whereby dental, health care, medical, or vision care or services may be provided in whole or in part by the corporation or by hospitals, physicians, optometrists, or dentists participating in the plan, or plans, shall be governed by this Article and Article 66 of this Chapter and shall be exempt from all other provisions of the insurance laws of this State, unless otherwise provided.
(a1)	With the approval of the Commissioner, any corporation organized and subject to the provisions of this Article, the certificate of authority of which authorizes the operation of either a dental, health care, medical, or vision service plan, or any combination of those plans, may do both of the following:
(1)	Issue subscribers' contracts or certificates for the provision of, or the payment of fees for, dental, health care, medical, or vision service or care, or any or all of those services or care as applicable.
(2)	Enter into contracts with hospitals, physicians, dentists, optometrists, or any or all of those health care providers, for the provision of, or the payment of fees for, services or care under a dental, health care, medical, or vision service plan, or any combination of those plans.
(b)	through (c) Repealed by Session Laws 2001‑297.
(d)	No foreign or alien hospital service corporation shall be authorized to do business in this State.  (1941, c. 338, s. 1; 1943, c. 537, s. 1; 1953, c. 1124, s. 1; 1961, c. 1149; 1965, c. 396, s. 1; c. 1169, s. 1; 1967, c. 690, s. 1; 1973, c. 642; 1977, c. 601, ss. 1, 31/2; 1985, c. 735, s. 2; 1993, c. 347, s. 3; c. 375, s. 4; 464, s. 3.1; 1995, c. 223, s. 2; c. 406, s. 4; 1997‑197, ss. 1, 2; 1999‑186, s. 1; 1999‑199, s. 2; 1999‑210, ss. 5, 6; 2001‑297, s. 2; 2001‑487, ss. 40(h), 105(a), 105(b); 2003‑212, s. 17; 2009‑451, s. 21.13(a); 2018‑120, s. 4.6(c); 2021‑169, s. 1.)

§ 58‑65‑1.1.  Definitions applicable to this Article.
The following definitions apply in this Article:
(1)	Dental service plan. – A contract for the provision of, or the payment of fees for, dental care or dental services, including any other professional services authorized or permitted to be provided by a duly licensed dentist.
(2)	Full‑service corporation. – Any corporation organized under the provisions of this Article that offers a medical service plan or a health care service plan.
(3)	Health care service plan. – Any contract for the provision of, or the payment of fees for, hospital care, laboratory facilities, X‑ray facilities, drugs, health care appliances, anesthesia, nursing care, operating and obstetrical equipment, or health care accommodations, including any other services permitted to be provided by a hospital under the laws of this State and approved by the North Carolina Hospital Association or the American Medical Association.
(4)	Hospital service corporation. – Any nonprofit corporation that operates one or any combination of the following:
a.	Dental service plan.
b.	Health care service plan.
c.	Medical service plan.
d.	Vision service plan.
(5)	Medical service plan. – Any contract for the furnishing of, or the payment of fees for, any of the following:
a.	Medical, obstetrical, surgical, or any other professional services authorized or permitted to be provided by a duly licensed physician or other provider listed in G.S. 58‑50‑30.
b.	Professional medical services authorized or permitted to be provided by a health care provider licensed under Chapter 90 of the General Statutes.
(6)	Preferred provider. – A health care provider who has agreed to accept, from a corporation organized for the purposes authorized by this Article, special reimbursement terms in exchange for providing services to beneficiaries of a plan administered pursuant to this Article.
(7)	Single‑service corporation. – Any corporation organized under the provisions of this Article that offers any of the following:
a.	Only a dental service plan.
b.	Only a vision service plan.
c.	Both a dental service plan and a vision service plan, but no other plans.
(8)	Vision service plan. – Any contract for the provision of, or the payment of fees for, vision care or vision services, including any other professional services permitted to be provided by a duly licensed optometrist or ophthalmologist.  (2021‑169, s. 1.)

§ 58‑65‑2.  Other laws applicable to all service corporations.
The following provisions of this Chapter are applicable to hospital service corporations that are subject to this Article:

G.S. 58‑2‑125.	Authority over all insurance companies; no exemptions from license.
G.S. 58‑2‑150.	Oath required for compliance with law.
G.S. 58‑2‑155.	Investigation of charges.
G.S. 58‑2‑160.	Reporting and investigation of insurance and
	reinsurance fraud and the financial condition of
	licensees; immunity from liability.
G.S. 58‑2‑162.	Embezzlement by insurance producers or administrators.
G.S. 58‑2‑185.	Record of business kept by companies and insurance
	producers; Commissioner may inspect.
G.S. 58‑2‑190.	Commissioner may require special reports.
G.S. 58‑2‑195.	Commissioner may require records, reports, etc., for
	agencies, insurance producers and others.
G.S. 58‑2‑200.	Books and papers required to be exhibited.
G.S. 58‑3‑50.	Companies must do business in own name; emblems,
	insignias, etc.
G.S. 58‑3‑100(c), (e).	Insurance company licensing provisions.
G.S. 58‑3‑115.	Twisting with respect to insurance policies; penalties.
G.S. 58‑7‑46.	Notification to Commissioner for president or chief
	executive officer changes.
Part 7 of Article 10.	Annual Financial Reporting.
G.S. 58‑50‑35.	Notice of nonpayment of premium required before
	forfeiture.
G.S. 58‑50‑290.	Health benefit plans or insurers contracting for the provision
	of dental services; no limitation on fees for noncovered
	services.
G.S. 58‑50‑300.	Health benefit plans or insurers contracting for the provision
	of vision services or materials; no limitation on fees for
	noncovered services or materials.
G.S. 58‑51‑15(a)(2)b.	Accident and health policy provisions.
G.S. 58‑51‑17.	Portability for accident and health insurance.
G.S. 58‑51‑25.	Policy coverage to continue as to children with an
	intellectual or physical disability or dependent students on
	medically necessary leave of absence.
G.S. 58‑51‑95(h), (i), (j).	Approval by Commissioner of forms, classification and
	rates; hearings; exceptions.  (1999‑244, s. 1; 2005‑215, s. 17; 2005‑412, s. 3; 2009‑382, s. 6; 2009‑384, s. 3; 2010‑138, s. 2; 2018‑47, s. 7(d); 2021‑169, s. 1; 2022‑46, s. 14(cccc).)

§ 58‑65‑5.  Contract for joint assumption or underwriting of risks.
Any hospital service corporation organized or regulated by the provisions of this Article and Article 66 of this Chapter is authorized to enter into contracts with any other firm or corporation for joint assumption or underwriting of any part, or all, of any risks undertaken upon terms and conditions that are approved by the Commissioner of Insurance.  (1955, c. 894, s. 1; 2021‑169, s. 1.)

§ 58‑65‑10.  Premium or dues paid.
(a)	Any premium or dues charged by a corporation regulated under the provisions of this Article and Article 66 of this Chapter may be paid by the employer, employee, principal, or agent. The term "employer" as used in this section includes counties, municipal corporations, and all departments or subdivisions of the State, county, municipal corporation, and official boards including city and county boards of alcoholic control, together with all others occupying the status of employer and employee, principal and agent.
(b)	Any premium or dues charged by a corporation regulated under the provisions of this Article and Article 66 of this Chapter may be paid jointly and severally.  (1955, c. 894, s. 2; 2021‑169, s. 1.)

§ 58‑65‑15.  Incorporation.
Any number of persons not less than seven, desiring to form a nonprofit hospital service corporation, shall incorporate under the provisions of the general laws of the State of North Carolina governing corporations, but subject to the following provisions:
(1)	The certificate of incorporation of each such corporation shall have endorsed thereon or attached thereto, the consent of the Commissioner of Insurance, if he shall find the same to be in accordance with the provisions of this Article and Article 66 of this Chapter.
(2)	A statement of the services to be rendered by the corporation and the rates currently to be charged therefor which said statement shall be accompanied by two copies of each contract for services which the corporation proposes to make with its subscribers, and two copies of the type of contract which said corporation proposes to make with participating hospitals, shall have been furnished the Commissioner of Insurance; provided, however, that if the articles of incorporation of any such corporation within the meaning of this Article and Article 66 of this Chapter shall have been filed with the Secretary of State prior to March 15, 1941, the approval thereof by the Commissioner of Insurance shall be evidenced by a separate instrument in writing filed with the Secretary of State. (1941, c. 338, s. 2.)

§ 58‑65‑20.  Members of governing boards.
(a)	For the purpose of this section the words "board of directors" includes the board of directors, trustees, or other governing board.
(b)	The board of directors of each hospital service corporation subject to the provisions of this Article shall include persons who are representative of its subscribers and the general public. Less than one half of the directors of any such corporation shall be persons who are licensed to practice medicine in this State or who are paid directors or employees of a corporation organized for hospital purposes. (1979, c. 538, s. 1.)

§ 58‑65‑25.  Hospital, physician, dentist, and optometrist contracts.
(a)	Any full‑service corporation organized under this Article may enter into contracts for the rendering of hospital service to any of its subscribers by hospitals approved by the American Medical Association or the North Carolina Hospital Association.
(a1)	Any hospital service corporation may enter into contracts for the provision of, or the payment in whole or in part for, medical, dental, or vision services rendered to any of its subscribers by duly licensed physicians, dentists, or optometrists in accordance with this Article.
(a2)	All obligations arising under contracts issued by a hospital service corporation to its subscribers shall be satisfied by payments made (i) directly to the hospitals or physicians, dentists, or optometrists rendering the service, or (ii) directly to the subscriber or the subscriber's legal representatives upon the receipt by the corporation from the subscriber of a statement marked paid by the hospitals, physicians, dentists, or optometrists rendering the applicable service. Nothing in this section shall be construed to discriminate against hospitals conducted by other schools of medical practice.
(b)	All certificates, plans or contracts issued to subscribers or other persons by hospital service corporations operating under this Article shall contain in substance a provision as follows: "After two years from the date of issue of this certificate, contract or plan no misstatements, except fraudulent misstatements made by the applicant in the application for such certificate, contract or plan, shall be used to void said certificate, contract or plan, or to deny a claim for loss incurred or disability (as therein defined) commencing after the expiration of such two‑year period."  (1941, c. 338, s. 3; 1943, c. 537, s. 2; 1947, c. 820, s. 1; 1955, c. 850, s. 7; 1961, c. 1149; 1979, c. 755, s. 17; 1997‑259, s. 16; 2021‑169, s. 1.)

§ 58‑65‑30.  Dentists' services.
Any corporation organized under the provisions of this Article and Article 66 of this Chapter may, in addition to its authority to contract under G.S. 58‑65‑25, enter into contracts to pay duly licensed dentists for treatment of fractures and dislocations of the jaw, and cutting procedures in the oral cavity other than extractions, repairs and care of the teeth and gums. (1957, c. 987.)

§ 58‑65‑35.  Nurses' services.
No agency, institution or physician providing a service for which payment or reimbursement is required to be made under a contract governed by this Article and Article 66 of this Chapter shall be denied such payment or reimbursement on account of the fact that the service was rendered through a registered nurse acting under authority of rules and regulations adopted by the North Carolina Medical Board and the Board of Nursing pursuant to G.S. 90‑6 and 90‑171.23. (1973, c. 436; 1991, c. 720, s. 37; 1993, c. 347, s. 4; 1995, c. 94, s. 4; 1997‑197, s. 1.)

§ 58‑65‑36.  Physician services provided by physician assistants.
No agency, institution, or physician providing a service for which payment or reimbursement is required to be made under a contract governed by this Article or Article 66 of this Chapter shall be denied the payment or reimbursement on account of the fact that the service was rendered through a physician assistant acting under authority of rules adopted by the North Carolina Medical Board pursuant to G.S. 90‑18.1. (1999‑210, s. 4.)

§ 58‑65‑40.  Supervision of Commissioner of Insurance; form of contract with subscribers; schedule of rates.
No hospital service corporation shall enter into any contract with subscribers unless and until it shall have filed with the Commissioner of Insurance a specimen copy of the contract or certificate and of all applications, riders, and endorsements for use in connection with the issuance or renewal thereof to be formally approved by him as conforming to the section of this Article entitled  "Subscribers' contracts," and conforms to all rules and regulations promulgated by the Commissioner of Insurance under the provisions of this Article and Article 66 of this Chapter.  The Commissioner of Insurance shall, within a reasonable time after the filing of any such form, notify the corporation filing the same either of his approval or of his disapproval of such form.
No corporation subject to the provisions of this Article and Article 66 of this Chapter shall enter into any contract with a subscriber after the enactment hereof unless and until it shall have filed with the Commissioner of Insurance a full schedule of rates to be paid by the subscribers to such contracts and shall have obtained the Commissioner's approval thereof.  The Commissioner may refuse approval if he finds that such rates are excessive, inadequate, or unfairly discriminatory; or do not exhibit a reasonable relationship to the benefits provided by such contracts.  At all times such rates and form of subscribers' contracts shall be subject to modification and approval of the Commissioner of Insurance under rules and regulations adopted by the Commissioner, in conformity to this Article and Article 66 of this Chapter. (1941, c. 338, s. 4; 1989, c. 485, s. 57.)

§ 58‑65‑45.  Public hearings on revision of existing schedule or establishment of new schedule; publication of notice.
Whenever any hospital service corporation licensed under this Article and Article 66 of this Chapter makes a rate filing or any proposal to revise an existing rate schedule or contract form, the effect of which is to increase or decrease the charge for its contracts, or to set up a new rate schedule, and such rate schedule is subject to the approval of the Commissioner, such hospital service corporation shall file its proposed rate change or contract form and supporting data with the commissioner, who shall review the filing in accordance with the standards in G.S. 58‑65‑40.  Such rate revision or new rate schedule with respect to individual subscriber contracts shall be guaranteed by the insurer, as to the contract and certificate holders thereby affected, for a period of not less than 12 months; or with respect to individual subscriber contracts as an alternative to giving such guarantee, such rate revision or new rate schedule may be made applicable to all individual contracts at one time if the corporation chooses to apply for such relief with respect to such contracts no more frequently than once in any 12‑month period.  Such rate revision or new rate schedule shall be applicable to all contracts of the same type; provided that no rate revision or new rate schedule may become effective for any contract holder unless the corporation has given written notice of the rate revision or new rate schedule not less than 30 days prior to the effective date of such revision or new rate schedule.  The contract holder thereafter must pay the revised rate or new rate schedule in order to continue the contract in force.  The Commissioner may promulgate reasonable rules, after notice and hearing, to require the submission of supporting data and such information as is deemed necessary to determine whether such rate revisions meet these standards.  At any time within 60 days after the date of any filing under this section or G.S. 58‑65‑40, the Commissioner may give written notice to the corporation of a fixed time and place for a hearing on the filing, which time shall be no less than 20 days after notice is given.  In the event no notice of hearing is issued within 60 days from the date of any filing, the filing shall be deemed to be approved, subject to modification by the Commissioner as authorized by G.S. 58‑65‑40.  In the event the Commissioner gives notice of a hearing, the corporation making the filing shall, not less than 10 days before the time of the hearing, cause to be published in a daily newspaper or newspapers published in North Carolina, and in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Commissioner of Insurance, a notice, in the form and content approved by the Commissioner, setting forth the nature and effect of such proposal and the time and place of the public hearing to be held.  If the Commissioner does not issue an order within 45 days after the day on which the hearing began, the filing shall be deemed to be approved, subject to modification by the Commissioner as authorized by G.S. 58‑65‑40. (1953, c. 1118; 1985, c. 666, s. 60; 1989, c. 485, s. 58.)

§ 58‑65‑50.  Application for certificate of authority or license.
No corporation subject to the provisions of this Article and Article 66 of this Chapter shall issue contracts for the rendering of dental, health care, medical, or vision service to subscribers, until the Commissioner of Insurance has, by formal certificate or license, authorized it to do so. Application for a certificate of authority or license shall be made on forms to be supplied by the Commissioner of Insurance and containing any information required by the Commissioner. Each application for a certificate of authority or license shall include duplicate copies of the following documents duly certified by at least two of the executive officers of the corporation:
(1)	Certificate of incorporation, including any amendments.
(2)	Bylaws, including any amendments.
(3)	Each contract executed or proposed to be executed by and between the corporation and any participating hospital or physician, dentist, or optometrist under the terms of which dental, health care, medical, or vision service is to be furnished to subscribers to the plan.
(4)	Each form of contract, application, rider, and endorsement, issued or proposed to be issued to subscribers to the plan, or in renewal of any of contracts with subscribers to the plan, together with a table of rates charged or proposed to be charged to subscribers for each form of the contract.
(5)	Financial statement of the corporation which shall include the amounts of each contribution paid or agreed to be paid to the corporation for working capital, the name or names of each contributor, and the terms of each contribution.  (1941, c. 338, s. 5; 1943, c. 537, s. 3; 1961, c. 1149; 2021‑169, s. 1.)

§ 58‑65‑55.  Issuance and continuation of license.
(a)	Every corporation subject to this Article shall pay to the Commissioner a fee of two hundred fifty dollars ($250.00) for filing an application for a license. Fee payment shall be contemporaneous with the filing. Before issuing or continuing any license or certificate under this Article, the Commissioner may make an examination or investigation as the Commissioner deems expedient. The Commissioner shall issue a license upon the payment of a fee of one thousand five hundred dollars ($1,500) for a single‑service corporation or two thousand five hundred dollars ($2,500) for a full‑service corporation and upon being satisfied on the following points:
(1)	The applicant is established as a bona fide nonprofit hospital service corporation as defined by this Article and Article 66 of this Chapter.
(2)	The rates charged and benefits to be provided are fair and reasonable.
(3)	The amounts provided as working capital of the corporation are repayable only out of earned income in excess of amounts paid and payable for operating expenses and dental, health care, medical, or vision expenses, and the reserve is deemed adequate by the Department.
(4)	The amount of money actually available for working capital is sufficient to carry all acquisition costs and operating expenses for a reasonable period of time from the date of the issuance of the certificate.
(b)	The license shall continue in full force and effect, subject to payment of an annual license continuation fee of one thousand five hundred dollars ($1,500) for a single‑service corporation or two thousand five hundred dollars ($2,500) for a full‑service corporation, subject to all other provisions of subsection (a) of this section and subject to any other applicable provisions of the insurance laws of this State.  (1941, c. 338, s. 6; 1943, c. 537, s. 4; 1947, c. 820, s. 2; 1961, c. 1149; 1989 (Reg. Sess., 1990), c. 1069, s. 5; 1995, c. 507, s. 11A(c); 1999‑435, s. 5; 2003‑212, s. 26(j); 2005‑424, s. 1.5; 2009‑451, s. 21.13(b); 2021‑169, s. 1.)

§ 58‑65‑60.  Subscribers' contracts; required and prohibited provisions.
(a)	Every contract made by a corporation subject to the provisions of this Article and Article 66 of this Chapter shall be for a period not to exceed 12 months, and no contract shall be made providing for the inception of benefits at a date later than one year from the date of the contract. Any such contract may provide that it shall be automatically renewed for a similar period unless there shall have been one month's prior written notice of termination by either the subscriber or the corporation.
(b)	Contracts may be issued that entitle one or more persons to benefits under those contracts. Persons entitled to benefits under those contracts, other than the certificate holder, may only be the certificate holder's spouse, lawful or legally adopted child of the certificate holder or the certificate holder's spouse, or any other person who resides in the same household with the certificate holder and is dependent upon the certificate holder.
(c)	Every contract entered into by any corporation subject to the provisions of this Article and Article 66 of this Chapter with any subscriber of the corporation shall be in writing and a certificate stating the terms and conditions of the contract shall be furnished to the subscriber to be kept by the subscriber. No such certificate form, other than to group subscribers of groups of 10 or more certificate holders or those issued pursuant to a master group contract covering 10 or more certificate holders shall be made, issued or delivered in this State unless it contains the following provisions, provided, however, groups between five and 10 certificate holders complying with and maintaining eligibility status under regulations approved by the Commissioner of Insurance for group enrollment may be cancelled if the group participation falls below the minimum participation of five certificate holders; or if the group takes other group hospital, medical or surgical coverage:
(1)	A statement of the amount payable to the corporation by the subscriber and the times at which and manner in which the required amount is to be paid; this provision may be inserted in the application rather than in the certificate. The application need not be attached to the certificate.
(2)	A statement of the nature of the benefits to be furnished and the period during which they will be furnished.
(3)	A statement of the terms and conditions, if any, upon which the contract may be cancelled or otherwise terminated at the option of either party. The statement shall be in the following language:
a.	Renewability. – Any contract subject to the provisions of this subdivision is renewable at the option of the subscriber unless sufficient notice in writing of nonrenewal is mailed to the subscriber by the corporation addressed to the last address recorded with the corporation.
b.	Sufficient notice. – The notice required shall be as follows:
1.	During the first year of any contract, or during the first year following any lapse and reinstatement, or reenrollment, a period of 30 days.
2.	During the second and subsequent years of continuous coverage, a number of full calendar months most nearly equivalent to one fourth the number of months of continuous coverage from the first anniversary of the date of issue or reinstatement or reenrollment, whichever date is more recent, to the date of mailing of the 30‑day notice.
3.	No period of required notice shall exceed two years, and no renewal hereunder shall renew any contract for any period beyond the required period of notice except by written agreement of the subscriber and corporation.
c.	Modifications, terminations, and cancellations. – The contract may be modified, terminated or cancelled by the corporation at any time at its option, upon any of the following:
1.	Nonpayment by the subscriber of fees or dues as required.
2.	Failure or refusal by the subscriber to comply with rate or benefit changes approved by the Commissioner under G.S. 58‑65‑45.
3.	Failure or refusal by the subscriber after 30 days' written notice to subscriber to transfer into a dental, health care, medical, or vision service plan serving the area to which the subscriber has changed residence and is eligible for or to which corporation is required to transfer by interplan agreement of transfer.
(4)	A statement that the contract includes the endorsement thereon and attached papers, if any, and together with the applications contains the entire contract.
(5)	A statement that if the subscriber defaults in making any payment under the contract, then the subsequent acceptance of a payment by the corporation at its home office shall reinstate the contract, but with respect to sickness and injury, only to cover such sickness as may be first manifested more than 10 days after the date of acceptance of the payment.
(d)	In every such contract made, issued or delivered in this State:
(1)	All printed portions shall be plainly printed;
(2)	The exceptions from the contract shall appear with the same prominence as the benefits to which they apply; and
(3)	If the contract contains any provision purporting to make any portion of the articles, constitution or bylaws of the corporation a part of the contract, such portion shall be set forth in full.
(e)	A service corporation may issue a master group contract with the approval of the Commissioner if the contract and the individual certificates issued to members of the group comply in substance to the other provisions of this Article and Article 66 of this Chapter. The contract may provide for the adjustment of the rate of the premium or benefits conferred as provided in the contract, and in accordance with an adjustment schedule filed with and approved by the Commissioner. If the contract is issued, altered or modified, the subscribers' contracts issued under that contract are altered or modified accordingly, all laws and clauses in subscribers' contracts to the contrary notwithstanding. Nothing in this Article and Article 66 of this Chapter shall be construed to prohibit or prevent the same. Forms of such contract shall at all times be furnished upon request of subscribers thereto.
(e1)	Employees shall be added to the master group coverage no later than 90 days after their first day of employment. Employment shall be considered continuous and not be considered broken except for unexcused absences from work for reasons other than illness or injury. The term "employee" is defined as a nonseasonal person who works on a full‑time basis, with a normal work week of 30 or more hours and who is otherwise eligible for coverage, but does not include a person who works on a part‑time, temporary, or substitute basis.
(e2)	Whenever an employer master group contract replaces another group contract, whether this contract was issued by a corporation under Articles 1 through 67 of this Chapter, the liability of the succeeding corporation for insuring persons covered under the previous group contract is (i) each person is eligible for coverage in accordance with the succeeding corporation's plan of benefits with respect to classes eligible and activity at work and nonconfinement rules must be covered by the succeeding corporation's plan of benefits; and (ii) each person not covered under the succeeding corporation's plan of benefits in accordance with (i) above must nevertheless be covered by the succeeding corporation if that person was validly covered, including benefit extension, under the prior plan on the date of discontinuance and if the person is a member of the class of persons eligible for coverage under the succeeding corporation's plan.
(e3)	When determining employee eligibility for a large employer, as defined in G.S. 58‑68‑25(10), an individual proprietor, owner, or operator shall be defined as an "employee" for the purpose of obtaining coverage under the employee group health plan and shall not be held to a minimum workweek requirement as imposed on other eligible employees.
(f)	Any hospitalization contract renewed in the name of the subscriber during the grace period shall be construed to be a continuation of the contract first issued.  (1941, c. 338, s. 7; 1947, c. 820, ss. 3, 4; 1955, c. 679, ss. 1‑3; 1957, c. 1085, s. 1; 1961, c. 1149; 1989, c. 775, s. 4; 1991, c. 720, ss. 38, 88; 1991 (Reg. Sess., 1992), c. 837, s. 4; 1993, c. 408, s. 4; c. 409, s. 24; 1995, c. 507, s. 23A.1(e); 1997‑259, s. 17; 2001‑417, s. 12; 2005‑223, s. 2(a); 2021‑169, s. 1.)

§ 58‑65‑65.  Coverage for active medical treatment in tax‑supported institutions.
(a)	No dental, health care, medical, or vision service plan, contract, or certificate governed by this Article and Article 66 of this Chapter shall be delivered, issued, executed, or renewed in this State, or approved for issuance or renewal in this State, unless it provides for the payment of benefits for charges made for medical care rendered by duly licensed State tax‑supported institutions on a basis no less favorable than the basis that would apply had the medical care been rendered by any other public or private institution or provider. The term "State tax‑supported institutions" includes community mental health centers and other health clinics that are certified as Medicaid providers.
(b)	No plan, contract, or certificate shall exclude payment for charges of a duly licensed State tax‑supported institution because of its being a specialty facility for one particular type of illness nor because it does not have an operating room and related equipment for the performance of surgery, but it is not required that benefits be payable for domiciliary or custodial care, rehabilitation, training, schooling, or occupational therapy.
(c)	This section does not apply to any plan, contract, or certificate that is individually underwritten or provided for a specific individual and the members of the individual's family as a nongroup policy.  (1975, c. 345, s. 2; 2018‑47, s. 7(e); 2021‑169, s. 1.)

§ 58‑65‑70.  Contracts to cover any person possessing the sickle cell trait or hemoglobin C trait.
No hospital service corporation governed by this Article and Article 66 of this Chapter shall do either of the following:
(1)	Refuse to issue or deliver any individual or group hospital, dental, medical, vision, or health service contract in this State that provides benefits or coverage for any health care treatment or service authorized or permitted to be provided by a hospital, health care facility, or health care personnel, on account of the fact that the person who is to be insured possesses sickle cell trait or hemoglobin C trait.
(2)	Issue and deliver a policy that has a higher premium rate or charge on account of the fact that the person who is to be insured possesses sickle cell trait.  (1975, c. 599, s. 2; 2021‑169, s. 1.)

§ 58‑65‑75.  Coverage for chemical dependency treatment.
(a)	As used in this section, the term "chemical dependency" means the pathological use or abuse of alcohol or other drugs in a manner or to a degree that produces an impairment in personal, social, or occupational functioning and which may, but need not, include a pattern of tolerance and withdrawal.
(b)	Every group insurance certificate or group subscriber contract under any hospital or medical plan governed by this Article and Article 66 of this Chapter that is issued, renewed, or amended on or after January 1, 1985, shall offer to its insureds benefits for the necessary care and treatment of chemical dependency that are not less favorable than benefits for physical illness generally. Except as provided in subsection (c) of this section, benefits for chemical dependency shall be subject to the same durational limits, dollar limits, deductibles, and coinsurance factors as are benefits for physical illness generally.
(c)	Every group insurance certificate or group subscriber contract that provides benefits for chemical dependency treatment and that provides total annual benefits for all illnesses in excess of eight thousand dollars ($8,000) is subject to the following conditions:
(1)	The certificate or contract shall provide, for each 12‑month period, a minimum benefit of eight thousand dollars ($8,000) for the necessary care and treatment of chemical dependency.
(2)	The certificate or contract shall provide a minimum benefit of sixteen thousand dollars ($16,000) for the necessary care and treatment of chemical dependency for the life of the certificate or contract.
(d)	Provisions for benefits for necessary care and treatment of chemical dependency in group certificates or group contracts shall provide for benefit payments for the following providers of necessary care and treatment of chemical dependency:
(1)	The following units of a general hospital licensed under Article 5 of General Statutes Chapter 131E:
a.	Chemical dependency units in facilities licensed after October 1, 1984;
b.	Medical units;
c.	Psychiatric units; and
(2)	The following facilities or programs licensed after July 1, 1984, under Article 2 of General Statutes Chapter 122C:
a.	Chemical dependency units in psychiatric hospitals;
b.	Chemical dependency hospitals;
c.	Residential chemical dependency treatment facilities;
d.	Social setting detoxification facilities or programs;
e.	Medical detoxification facilities or programs; and
(3)	Duly licensed physicians and duly licensed psychologists and certified professionals working under the direct supervision of such physicians or psychologists in facilities described in (1) and (2) above and in day/night programs or outpatient treatment facilities licensed after July 1, 1984, under Article 2 of General Statutes Chapter 122C. After January 1, 1995, "duly licensed psychologists" shall be defined as licensed psychologists who hold permanent licensure and certification as health services provider psychologist issued by the North Carolina Psychology Board.
Provided, however, that nothing in this subsection shall prohibit any certificate or contract from requiring the most cost effective treatment setting to be utilized by the person undergoing necessary care and treatment for chemical dependency.
(e)	Coverage for chemical dependency treatment as described in this section shall not be applicable to any group certificate holder or group subscriber contract holder who rejects the coverage in writing.
(f)	Notwithstanding any other provisions of this section, a group health benefit plan that covers both medical and surgical benefits and chemical dependency treatment benefits shall, with respect to the chemical dependency treatment benefits, comply with all applicable standards of Subtitle B of Title V of Public Law 110‑343, known as the Paul Wellstone and Pete Domenici Mental Health Parity and Addiction Equity Act of 2008.
(g)	Subsection (f) of this section applies only to a group health benefit plan covering a large employer as defined in G.S. 58‑68‑25(a)(10).  (1983 (Reg. Sess., 1984), c. 1110, s. 8; 1985, c. 589, s. 43(a), (b); 1989, c. 175, s. 2; 1991, c. 720, s. 64; 1993, c. 375, s. 5; 2009‑382, s. 21.)

§ 58‑65‑80.  Meaning of terms "accident", "accidental injury", and "accidental means".
(a)	This section applies to the provisions of all subscriber contracts under this Article and Article 66 of this Chapter that are issued on or after October 1, 1989, and preferred provider arrangements under this Article and Article 66 of this Chapter that are entered into on or after October 1, 1989.
(b)	"Accident", "accidental injury", and "accidental means" shall be defined to imply "result" language and shall not include words that establish an accidental means test. (1989, c. 485, s. 11.)

§ 58‑65‑85.  Discriminatory practices prohibited.
No person subject to this Article and Article 66 of this Chapter shall refuse to issue or refuse to reissue to an individual any certificate, plan, or contract governed by this Article and Article 66 of this Chapter; limit the amount, extent, or kind of services available to an individual; or charge an individual a different rate for the same services, because of the race, color, or national or ethnic origin of that individual. (1989, c. 485, s. 23.)

§ 58‑65‑90.  No discrimination against mentally ill or chemically dependent individuals.
(a)	Definitions. – As used in this section, the term:
(1)	"Mental illness" has the same meaning as defined in G.S. 122C‑3(21), with a mental disorder defined in the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, DSM‑5, or subsequent editions published by the American Psychiatric Association, except those mental disorders coded in the DSM‑5 or subsequent editions as substance‑related disorders (291.0 through 292.9 and 303.0 through 305.9), those coded as autism spectrum disorder (299.00), sexual dysfunctions not due to organic disease (302.70 through 302.79), and those coded as "V" codes.
(2)	"Chemical dependency" has the same meaning as defined in G.S. 58‑65‑75, with a mental disorder defined in the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, DSM‑5, or subsequent editions published by the American Psychiatric Association.
(b)	Coverage of Physical Illness. – No service corporation governed by this Chapter shall, solely because an individual to be insured has or had a mental illness or chemical dependency:
(1)	Refuse to issue or deliver to that individual any individual or group subscriber contract in this State that affords benefits or coverage for medical treatment or service for physical illness or injury;
(2)	Have a higher premium rate or charge for physical illness or injury coverages or benefits for that individual; or
(3)	Reduce physical illness or injury coverages or benefits for that individual.
(b1)	[Expired October 1, 2001.]
(c)	Chemical Dependency Coverage Not Required. – Nothing in this section requires a service corporation to offer coverage for chemical dependency, except as provided in G.S. 58‑65‑75.
(d)	Applicability. – This section applies only to group health insurance contracts, other than excepted benefits as defined in G.S. 58‑68‑25. For purposes of this section, "group health insurance contracts" include MEWAs, as defined in G.S. 58‑50A‑1.
(e)	Nothing in this section requires an insurer to cover treatment or studies leading to or in connection with sex changes or modifications and related care.  (1989, c. 369, s. 1; 1991, c. 720, s. 82; 1997‑259, s. 22; 1999‑132, s. 4.3; 2007‑268, s. 3; 2015‑271, s. 5; 2019‑202, s. 8; 2020‑69, s. 3(g).)

§ 58‑65‑91.  Coverage for certain treatment of diabetes.
(a)	Every insurance certificate or subscriber contract under any hospital service plan or medical service plan governed by this Article and Article 66 of this Chapter, and every preferred provider plan under G.S. 58‑50‑56 that is issued, renewed, or amended on or after October 1, 1997, shall provide coverage for medically appropriate and necessary services, including diabetes outpatient self‑management training and educational services, and equipment, supplies, medications, and laboratory procedures used to treat diabetes. Diabetes outpatient self‑management training and educational services shall be provided by a physician or a health care professional designated by the physician. The hospital or medical service plan shall determine who shall provide and be reimbursed for the diabetes outpatient self‑management training and educational services. The same deductibles, coinsurance, and other limitations as apply to similar services covered under the policy, contract, or plan shall apply to the diabetes coverage required under this section.
(b)	For the purposes of this section, "physician" is a person licensed to practice in this State under Article 1 or Article 7 of Chapter 90 of the General Statutes. (1997‑225, s. 2; 1997‑519, s. 3.12.)

§ 58‑65‑92.  Coverage for mammograms and cervical cancer screening.
(a)	Every insurance certificate or subscriber contract under any hospital service plan or medical service plan governed by this Article and Article 66 of this Chapter, and every preferred provider benefit plan under G.S. 58‑50‑56, that is issued, renewed, or amended on or after January 1, 1992, shall provide coverage for examinations and laboratory tests for the screening for the early detection of cervical cancer and for low‑dose screening mammography. The same deductibles, coinsurance, and other limitations as apply to similar services covered under the certificate or contract shall apply to coverage for examinations and laboratory tests for the screening for the early detection of cervical cancer and low‑dose screening mammography.
(a1)	As used in this section, "examinations and laboratory tests for the screening for the early detection of cervical cancer" means conventional PAP smear screening, liquid‑based cytology, and human papilloma virus (HPV) detection methods for women with equivocal findings on cervical cytologic analysis that are subject to the approval of and have been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration.
(b)	As used in this section, "low‑dose screening mammography" means a radiologic procedure for the early detection of breast cancer provided to an asymptomatic woman using equipment dedicated specifically for mammography, including a physician's interpretation of the results of the procedure.
(c)	Coverage for low‑dose screening mammography shall be provided as follows:
(1)	One or more mammograms a year, as recommended by a physician, for any woman who is at risk for breast cancer. For purposes of this subdivision, a woman is at risk for breast cancer if any one or more of the following is true:
a.	The woman has a personal history of breast cancer;
b.	The woman has a personal history of biopsy‑proven benign breast disease;
c.	The woman's mother, sister, or daughter has or has had breast cancer; or
d.	The woman has not given birth prior to the age of 30;
(2)	One baseline mammogram for any woman 35 through 39 years of age, inclusive;
(3)	A mammogram every other year for any woman 40 through 49 years of age, inclusive, or more frequently upon recommendation of a physician; and
(4)	A mammogram every year for any woman 50 years of age or older.
(d)	Reimbursement for a mammogram authorized under this section shall be made only if the facility in which the mammogram was performed meets mammography accreditation standards established by the North Carolina Medical Care Commission.
(e)	Coverage for the screening for the early detection of cervical cancer shall be in accordance with the most recently published American Cancer Society guidelines or guidelines adopted by the North Carolina Advisory Committee on Cancer Coordination and Control. Coverage shall include the examination, the laboratory fee, and the physician's interpretation of the laboratory results. Reimbursements for laboratory fees shall be made only if the laboratory meets accreditation standards adopted by the North Carolina Medical Care Commission. (1991, c. 490, s. 2; 1997‑519, s. 3.6; 2003‑186, s. 3.)

§ 58‑65‑93.  Coverage for prostate‑specific antigen (PSA) tests.
(a)	Every insurance certificate or subscriber contract under any hospital service plan or medical service plan governed by this Article and Article 66 of this Chapter, and every preferred provider benefit plan under G.S. 58‑50‑56, that is issued, renewed, or amended on or after January 1, 1994, shall provide coverage for prostate‑specific antigen (PSA) tests or equivalent tests for the presence of prostate cancer.  The same deductibles, coinsurance, and other limitations as apply to similar services covered under the certificate or contract shall apply to coverage for prostate‑specific antigen (PSA) tests or equivalent tests for the presence of prostate cancer.
(b)	As used in this section, "prostate‑specific antigen (PSA) tests or equivalent tests for the presence of prostate cancer" means serological tests for determining the presence of prostate cytoplasmic protein (PSA) and the generation of antibodies to it, as a novel marker for prostatic disease.
(c)	Coverage for prostate‑specific antigen (PSA) tests or equivalent tests for the presence of prostate cancer shall be provided when recommended by a physician. (1993, c. 269, s. 2; 1997‑519, s. 3.7.)

§ 58‑65‑94.  Coverage of certain prescribed drugs for cancer treatment.
(a)	No insurance certificate or subscriber contract under any hospital service plan or medical service plan governed by this Article and Article 66 of this Chapter, and no preferred provider benefit plan under G.S. 58‑50‑56, that is issued, renewed, or amended on or after January 1, 1994, and that provides coverage for prescribed drugs approved by the federal Food and Drug Administration for the treatment of certain types of cancer shall exclude coverage of any drug on the basis that the drug has been prescribed for the treatment of a type of cancer for which the drug has not been approved by the federal Food and Drug Administration. The drug, however, must be approved by the federal Food and Drug Administration and must have been proven effective and accepted for the treatment of the specific type of cancer for which the drug has been prescribed in any one of the following established reference compendia:
(1)	The National Comprehensive Cancer Network Drugs & Biologics Compendium;
(2)	The ThomsonMicromedex DrugDex;
(3)	The Elsevier Gold Standard's Clinical Pharmacology; or
(4)	Any other authoritative compendia as recognized periodically by the United States Secretary of Health and Human Services.
(b)	Notwithstanding subsection (a) of this section, coverage shall not be required for any experimental or investigational drugs or any drug that the federal Food and Drug Administration has determined to be contraindicated for treatment of the specific type of cancer for which the drug has been prescribed.
(c)	This section shall apply only to cancer drugs and nothing in this section shall be construed, expressly or by implication, to create, impair, alter, limit, notify, enlarge, abrogate, or prohibit reimbursement for drugs used in the treatment of any other disease or condition.  (1993, c. 506, s. 4.2; 1997‑519, s. 3.8; 2009‑170, s. 2.)

§ 58‑65‑95.  Investments and reserves.
(a)	Corporations subject to this Article shall invest in or hold only those assets permitted by Article 7 of this Chapter for life and health insurance companies.
(b)	Every such corporation shall accumulate and maintain, in addition to proper reserves for current administrative liabilities and whatever reserves are deemed to be adequate and proper by the Commissioner for unpaid dental, health care, medical, or vision bills and unearned membership dues, a special contingent surplus or reserve at the following rates annually of its gross annual collections from membership dues, exclusive of receipts from cost plus plans, until the reserve equals an amount that is three times its average monthly expenditures for claims and administrative and selling expenses:
(1)	First $200,000	4%
(2)	Next $200,000	2%
(3)	All above $400,000	1%
(c)	Any corporation subject to this Article may accumulate and maintain a contingent reserve in excess of the reserve required in subsection (b) of this section, not to exceed an amount equal to six times the average monthly expenditures for claims and administrative and selling expenses.
(d)	If the Commissioner finds that special conditions exist warranting an increase or decrease in the reserves or schedule of reserves in subsection (b) of this section, the Commissioner may modify them accordingly. Provided, however, when special conditions exist warranting an increase in the schedule of reserves, the schedule shall not be increased by the Commissioner until a reasonable length of time has elapsed after the Commissioner gives notice of the increase.  (1941, c. 338, s. 8; 1943, c. 537, s. 5; 1947, c. 820, s. 5; 1961, c. 1149; 1991, c. 720, s. 79; 1999‑244, s. 6; 2003‑212, s. 18; 2021‑169, s. 1.)

§ 58‑65‑96.  Coverage for reconstructive breast surgery following mastectomy.
(a)	Every insurance certificate or subscriber contract under any hospital service plan or medical service plan governed by this Article and Article 66 of this Chapter, and every preferred provider benefit plan under G.S. 58‑50‑56 that provides coverage for mastectomy shall provide coverage for reconstructive breast surgery following a mastectomy. The coverage shall include coverage for all stages and revisions of reconstructive breast surgery performed on a nondiseased breast to establish symmetry if reconstructive surgery on a diseased breast is performed, as well as coverage for prostheses and physical complications in all stages of mastectomy, including lymphademas. The same deductibles, coinsurance, and other limitations as apply to similar services covered under the policy, contract, or plan shall apply to coverage for reconstructive breast surgery. Reconstruction of the nipple/areolar complex following a mastectomy is covered without regard to the lapse of time between the mastectomy and the reconstruction, subject to the approval of the treating physician.
(b)	As used in this section, the following terms have the meanings indicated:
(1)	"Mastectomy" means the surgical removal of all or part of a breast as a result of breast cancer or breast disease.
(2)	"Reconstructive breast surgery" means surgery performed as a result of a mastectomy to reestablish symmetry between the two breasts, and includes reconstruction of the mastectomy site, creation of a new breast mound, and creation of a new nipple/areolar complex. "Reconstructive breast surgery" also includes augmentation mammoplasty, reduction mammoplasty, and mastopexy of the nondiseased breast.
(c)	A policy, contract, or plan subject to this section shall not:
(1)	Deny coverage described in subsection (a) of this section on the basis that the coverage is for cosmetic surgery;
(2)	Deny to a woman eligibility or continued eligibility to enroll or to renew coverage under the terms of the contract, policy, or plan, solely for the purpose of avoiding the requirements of this section;
(3)	Provide monetary payments or rebates to a woman to encourage her to accept less than the minimum protections available under this section;
(4)	Penalize or otherwise reduce or limit the reimbursement of an attending provider because the provider provided care to an individual participant or beneficiary in accordance with this section; or
(5)	Provide incentives, monetary or otherwise, to an attending provider to induce the provider to provide care to an individual participant or beneficiary in a manner inconsistent with this section.
(d)	Written notice of the availability of the coverage provided by this section shall be delivered to every subscriber under an individual certificate, contract, or plan and to every certificate holder under a group policy, contract, or plan upon initial coverage under the certificate, contract, or plan and annually thereafter. The notice required by this subsection may be included as a part of any yearly informational packet sent to the subscriber or certificate holder. (1997‑312, s. 2; 1997‑519, s. 3.10; 1999‑351, s. 3.2; 2001‑334, s. 13.2.)

§ 58‑65‑100.  Statements filed with Commissioner.
Every service corporation subject to this Article is subject to G.S. 58‑2‑165. (1941, c. 338, s. 9; 1999‑244, s. 11.)

§ 58‑65‑105.  Visitations and examinations.
Service corporations subject to this Article shall be examined under G.S. 58‑2‑131, 58‑2‑132, 58‑2‑133, and 58‑2‑134. (1941, c. 338, s. 10; 1995, c. 360, s. 2(l); 1999‑244, s. 5.)

§ 58‑65‑110.  Expenses.
All acquisition expenses in connection with the solicitation of subscribers to a dental, health care, medical, or vision service plan and administration costs including salaries paid to officers of the corporations, if any, shall at all times be subject to inspection by the Commissioner of Insurance.  (1941, c. 338, s. 11; 1943, c. 537, s. 6; 1961, c. 1149; 2021‑169, s. 1.)

§ 58‑65‑115.  Licensing and regulation of agents.
Every agent of any service corporation authorized to do business in this State under this Article is subject to the licensing provisions of Article 33 of this Chapter and all other provisions in this Chapter applicable to life and accident and health or sickness insurance producers.  (1941, c. 338, s. 12; 1943, c. 537, s. 7; 1947, c. 1023, s. 1; 1961, c. 1149; 1971, c. 1080, s. 2; 1983, c. 790, s. 5; 1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 928, s. 4; 1987, c. 629, s. 2; 1999‑244, s. 7; 2022‑46, s. 14(dddd).)

§ 58‑65‑120.  Dental, health care, medical, and vision service associations and agent to transact business through licensed producers only.
No dental, health care, medical, or vision service association, nor any agent of the association, shall on behalf of the association or agent knowingly permit any person not licensed as an insurance producer as required by law, to solicit, negotiate for, collect or transmit a premium for a new contract of dental, health care, medical, or vision service certificate or to act in any way in the negotiation for any contract or policy. No license shall be required of any of the following:
(1)	Persons designated by the association or subscriber to collect or deduct or transmit premiums or other charges for dental, health care, medical, or vision contracts, or to perform any acts as may be required for providing coverage for additional persons who are eligible under a master contract.
(2)	An agency office employee acting in the confines of the insurance producer's office, under the direction and supervision of the duly licensed insurance producer and within the scope of that insurance producer's license, in the acceptance of request for insurance and payment of premiums, and the performance of clerical, stenographic, and similar office duties.  (1955, c. 1268; 1961, c. 1149; 2021‑169, s. 1; 2022‑46, s. 14(eeee).)

§ 58‑65‑125.  Revocation and suspension of license; unfair trade practices.
(a)	The Commissioner may revoke or suspend the license of any service corporation if:
(1)	The service corporation fails or refuses to comply with any law, order, or rule applicable to the service corporation.
(2)	The service corporation's financial condition is unsound.
(3)	The service corporation has published or made to the Department or to the public any false statement or report.
(4)	The service corporation refuses to submit to any examination authorized by law.
(5)	The service corporation is found to make a practice of unduly engaging in litigation or of delaying the investigation of claims or the adjustment or payment of valid claims.
(b)	Any suspension or revocation of a service corporation's license under this section may also be made applicable to the license or registration of any natural person regulated under this Chapter who is a party to any of the causes for licensing sanctions listed in subsection (a) of this section.
(c)	Article 63 of this Chapter applies to service corporations and their agents and representatives. (1941, c. 338, s. 13; 1943, c. 537, s. 8; 1971, c. 1080, s. 3; 1999‑244, s. 3; 1999‑351, s. 8; 2003‑212, s. 26(k).)

§ 58‑65‑130.  Amendments to certificate of incorporation.
Any corporation subject to the provisions of this Article and Article 66 of this Chapter may hereafter amend its charter in the following manner only:
(1)	a.	A meeting of the board of directors, trustees or other governing authority shall be called in accordance with the bylaws specifying the amendment to be voted upon at such meeting.
b.	If at such meeting two thirds of the directors, trustees or other governing authority present vote in favor of the proposed amendment, then the president and secretary shall under oath make a certificate to this effect, which certificate shall set forth the call for such meeting, a statement showing service of such call upon all directors, and a certified copy of so much of the minutes of the meeting as relate to the adoption of the proposed amendment.
c.	Said officers shall cause said certificate to be published once a week for two consecutive weeks in a newspaper in Raleigh and in the county where the corporation's principal office is located, or posted at the courthouse door if no newspaper be published within the county. Said printed or posted notices shall be in such form and of such size as the Commissioner may approve, and in addition to setting forth in full the certificate required in paragraph b shall state that application for amending the corporation's charter in the manner specified has been proposed by the board of directors, trustees, or other governing authority, and shall also state the time set for the meeting of certificate holders thereby called to be held at the principal office of the corporation to take action on the proposed amendment. A true copy of such notice shall be filed with the Commissioner. Such publication and filing of notice shall be completed at least 30 days prior to the date set therein for the meeting of the certificate holders and due proof thereof shall be filed with the Commissioner at least 15 days prior to the date of such meeting. If the meeting at which the proposed amendment is to be considered is a special meeting, rather than a regular annual meeting of certificate holders, such special meeting can be called only after the Commissioner has given his approval in writing, and the published notice shall show the fact of such approval. At said meeting those present in person or represented by proxy shall constitute a quorum.
d.	If at such certificate holders' meeting two thirds of those present in person or by proxy shall vote in favor of any proposed amendment, the president and secretary shall make a certificate under oath setting forth such fact together with the full text of the amendment thus approved. Said certificate shall, within 30 days after such meeting, be submitted to the Commissioner for his approval as conforming to the requirement of law, and it shall be the duty of the Commissioner to act upon all proposed amendments within 10 days after filing of such certificates with him. Should the Commissioner approve the proposed amendment or amendments, he shall certify this fact, together with the full text of such amendments as are approved by him, to the Secretary of State who shall thereupon issue the charter amendment in the usual form. Should the Commissioner disapprove of any amendment, then the same shall not be allowed.
(2)	All charters and charter amendments heretofore issued upon application of the board of directors, trustees or other governing authority of any corporations subject to the provisions of this Article and Article 66 of this Chapter are hereby validated.
(3)	The charter of any corporation subject to the provisions of this Article and Article 66 of this Chapter may be amended to convert that corporation, so amending its charter, into a stock accident and health insurance company or stock life insurance company subject to the provisions of Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter provided the contractual rights of the subscribers and certificate holders of the corporation are adequately protected. The proposed amendment shall be considered pursuant to G.S. 58‑65‑131, 58‑65‑132, and 58‑65‑133. Other provisions of this section and this Article relating to the procedure for amending the charter shall not apply. (1941, c. 338, s. 15; 1947, c. 820, s. 6; 1953, c. 1124, s. 2; 1998‑3, s. 1.)

§ 58-65-131.  Findings; definitions; conversion plan.
(a)	Intent and Findings. – It is the intent of the General Assembly by the enactment of this section, G.S. 58‑65‑132, and G.S. 58‑65‑133 to create a procedure for a hospital service corporation to convert to a stock accident and health insurance company or stock life insurance company that is subject to the applicable provisions of Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter. Except as provided in this section, it is not the intent of the General Assembly to supplant, modify, or repeal other provisions of this Article and Article 66 of this Chapter or the provisions of Chapter 55A of the General Statutes, the Nonprofit Corporation Act, that govern other transactions and the procedures relating to those transactions that apply to corporations governed by the provisions of this Article and Article 66 of this Chapter.
The General Assembly recognizes the substantial and recent changes in market and health care conditions that are affecting these corporations and the benefit of equal regulatory treatment and competitive equality for health care insurers. The General Assembly finds that a procedure for conversion is in the best interest of policyholders because it will provide greater financial stability for these corporations and a greater opportunity for the corporations to remain financially independent. The General Assembly also finds that if a hospital service corporation converts to a stock accident and health insurance company or stock life insurance company, the conversion plan must provide a benefit to the people of North Carolina equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the fair market value of the corporation.
(b)	Definitions. – The following definitions apply in this section, G.S. 58‑65‑132, and G.S. 58‑65‑133:
(1)	Certificate holder. – An enrollee, as defined in Article 67 of this Chapter, in a health maintenance plan provided by the corporation or a subsidiary or by the new corporation or a subsidiary.
(2)	Code. – Title 26 of the United States Code, the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
(3)	Conversion. – The conversion of a hospital service corporation to a stock accident and health insurance company or stock life insurance company subject to the applicable provisions of Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter.
(4)	Corporation. – A hospital service corporation governed by this Article that files or is required to file a plan of conversion with the Commissioner under subsection (d) of this section to convert from a hospital service corporation to a stock accident and health insurance company or stock life insurance company.
(5)	Foundation. – A newly formed tax‑exempt charitable social welfare organization formed and operating under section 501(c)(4) of the Code and Chapter 55A of the General Statutes.
(6)	New corporation. – A corporation originally governed by this Article that has had its plan of conversion approved by the Commissioner under G.S. 58‑65‑132 and that has converted to a stock accident and health insurance company or stock life insurance company.
(c)	Compliance Required in Certain Events. – A corporation governed by this Article shall comply with the provisions of this section, G.S. 58‑65‑132, and G.S. 58‑65‑133 before it may do any of the following:
(1)	Sell, lease, convey, exchange, transfer, or make other disposition, either directly or indirectly in a single transaction or related series of transactions, of ten percent (10%) of the corporation's assets, as determined by statutory accounting principles, to, or merge or consolidate or liquidate with or into, any business corporation or other business entity, except a business corporation or other business entity that is a wholly owned subsidiary of the corporation. The ten percent (10%) asset limitation in this subdivision does not apply to:
a.	The purchase, acquisition by assignment or otherwise by the corporation of individual accident and health policies or contracts insuring North Carolina residents, or with respect to accident and health group master policies or contracts, only the percentage portion of those policies or contracts covering North Carolina resident certificate holders, and that are issued by a company domiciled or licensed to do business in North Carolina, if the purchase is first approved by the Commissioner after notice to the Attorney General, no profit will inure to the benefit of any officer, director, or employee of the corporation or its subsidiaries, the purchase is transacted at arm's length and for fair value, and the purchase will further the corporation's ability to fulfill its purposes;
b.	In the case of a purchase by the corporation of all the common stock of a company domiciled or licensed to do business in North Carolina, that portion of the value of the company which is determined by the Commissioner to be attributable to individual accident and health policies or contracts insuring North Carolina residents or, in the case of accident and health group master policies or contracts, the percentage portion of those policies or contracts covering North Carolina resident certificate holders, if the purchase is first approved by the Commissioner after notice to the Attorney General, no profit will inure to the benefit of any officer, director, or employee of the corporation or its subsidiaries, the purchase is transacted at arm's length and for fair value, and the purchase will further the corporation's ability to fulfill its purposes;
c.	Granting encumbrances such as security interests or deeds of trust with respect to assets owned by the corporation or any wholly owned subsidiary to secure indebtedness for borrowed money, the proceeds of which are paid solely to the corporation or its wholly owned subsidiaries and remain subject to the provisions of this section; and
d.	Sales or other transfers in the ordinary course of business for fair value of any interest in real property or stocks, bonds, or other securities within the investment portfolio owned by the corporation or any wholly owned subsidiary, the proceeds of which are paid solely to the corporation or any wholly owned subsidiary and remain subject to the provisions of this section.
(2)	Directly or indirectly issue, sell, convey, exchange, transfer, or make other disposition to any party of any equity or ownership interest in the corporation or in any business entity that is owned by or is a subsidiary of the corporation, including stock, securities, or bonds, debentures, notes or any other debt or similar obligation that is convertible into any equity or ownership interest, stock or securities. This subdivision shall not be construed to prohibit the corporation or a wholly owned subsidiary, with the approval of the Commissioner after notice to the Attorney General, from investing in joint ventures or partnerships with unrelated third parties, if no profit will inure to the benefit of any officer, director, or employee of the corporation or its subsidiaries, the transaction is conducted at arm's length and for fair value, and the transaction furthers the corporation's ability to fulfill its purposes.
(3)	Permit its aggregate annual revenues, determined in accordance with statutory accounting principles, from all for-profit activities or operations, including but not limited to those of the corporation, any wholly owned subsidiaries, and any joint ventures or partnerships, to exceed forty percent (40%) of the aggregate annual revenues, excluding investment income, of the corporation and its subsidiaries and determined in accordance with statutory accounting principles; or
(4)	Permit its aggregate assets for four consecutive quarters, determined in accordance with statutory accounting principles, employed in all for-profit activities or operations, including, but not limited to, those assets owned or controlled by any for‑profit wholly owned subsidiaries, to exceed forty percent (40%) of the aggregate admitted assets of the corporation and its subsidiaries for four consecutive quarters, determined in accordance with statutory accounting principles.
In determining whether the corporation must comply with the provisions of this section, G.S. 58‑65‑132, and G.S. 58‑65‑133, the Commissioner may review and consolidate actions of the corporation, its subsidiaries, and other legal entities in which the corporation directly or indirectly owns an interest, and treat the consolidated actions as requiring a conversion. An appeal of the Commissioner's order that consolidated actions require a conversion shall lie directly to the North Carolina Court of Appeals. Appeals under this subsection must be filed within 30 days of the Commissioner's order and shall be considered in the most expeditious manner practical. The corporation must file a plan of conversion within 12 months of the later of the issuance of the Commissioner's order or a final decision on appeal.
(d)	Charter Amendment for Conversion. – A corporation may propose to amend its charter pursuant to this Article to convert the corporation to a stock accident and health insurance company or stock life insurance company subject to the applicable provisions of Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter. The proposed amended charter and a plan for conversion as described in subsection (e) of this section shall be filed with the Commissioner for approval.
(e)	Filing Conversion Plan; Costs of Review. – A corporation shall file a plan for conversion with the Commissioner and submit a copy to the Attorney General at least 120 days before the proposed date of conversion. The corporation or the new corporation shall reimburse the Department of Insurance and the office of the Attorney General for the actual costs of reviewing, analyzing, and processing the plan. The Commissioner and the Attorney General may contract with experts, consultants, or other professional advisors to assist in reviewing the plan. These contracts are personal professional service contracts exempt from Articles 3 and 3C of Chapter 143 of the General Statutes. Contract costs for these personal professional services shall not exceed an amount that is reasonable and appropriate for the review of the plan.
(f)	Plan Requirements. – A plan of conversion submitted to the Commissioner shall state with specificity the following terms and conditions of the proposed conversion:
(1)	The purposes of the conversion.
(2)	The proposed articles of incorporation of the new corporation.
(3)	The proposed bylaws of the new corporation.
(4)	A description of any changes in the new corporation's mode of operations after conversion.
(5)	A statement describing the manner in which the plan provides for the protection of all existing contractual rights of the corporation's subscribers and certificate holders to medical or hospital services or the payment of claims for reimbursement for those services. The corporation's subscribers and certificate holders shall have no right to receive any assets, surplus, capital, payment or distribution or to receive any stock or other ownership interest in the new corporation in connection with the conversion.
(6)	A statement that the legal existence of the corporation does not terminate and that the new corporation is subject to all liabilities, obligations, and relations of whatever kind of the corporation and succeeds to all property, assets, rights, interests, and relations of the corporation.
(7)	Documentation showing that the corporation, acting by its board of directors, trustees, or other governing authority, has approved the plan. It shall not be necessary for the subscribers or certificate holders of the corporation to vote on or approve the plan of conversion, any amendments to the corporation's articles of incorporation or bylaws, or the articles of incorporation or the bylaws of the new corporation, notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Article or Article 66 of this Chapter or in the articles of incorporation or bylaws of the corporation.
(8)	The business plan of the new corporation, including, but not limited to, a comparative premium rate analysis of the new corporation's major plans and product offerings, that, among other things, compares actual premium rates for the three-year period before the filing of the plan for conversion and forecasted premium rates for a three-year period following the proposed conversion. This rate analysis shall address the forecasted effect, if any, of the proposed conversion on the cost to policyholders or certificate holders of the new corporation and on the new corporation's underwriting profit, investment income, and loss and claim reserves, including the effect, if any, of adverse market or risk selection upon these reserves. Information provided under this subsection is confidential pursuant to G.S. 58‑19‑40.
(9)	Any conditions, other than approval of the plan of conversion by the Commissioner, to be fulfilled by a proposed date upon which the conversion would become effective.
(10)	The proposed articles of incorporation and bylaws of the Foundation, containing the provisions required by G.S. 58‑65‑133(h).
(11)	Any proposed agreement between the Foundation and the new corporation, including, but not limited to, any agreement relating to the voting or registration for sale of any capital stock to be issued by the new corporation to the Foundation.
(g)	Public Comment. – Within 20 days of receiving a plan to convert, the Commissioner shall publish a notice in one or more newspapers of general circulation in the corporation's service area describing the name of the corporation, the nature of the plan filed under G.S. 58‑65‑131(d), and the date of receipt of the plan. The notice shall indicate that the Commissioner will solicit public comments and hold three public hearings on the plan. The public hearings must be completed within 60 days of the filing of the conversion plan. The written public comment period will be held open until 10 days after the last public hearing. For good cause the Commissioner may extend these deadlines once for a maximum of 30 days. The Commissioner shall provide copies of all written public comments to the Attorney General.
(h)	Public Access to Records. – All applications, reports, plans, or other documents under this section, G.S. 58‑65‑132, and G.S. 58‑65‑133 are public records unless otherwise provided in this Chapter. The Commissioner shall provide the public with prompt and reasonable access to public records relating to the proposed conversion of the corporation. Access to public records covered by this section shall be made available for at least 30 days before the end of the public comment period.  (1998‑3, s. 2; 2016‑125, 4th Ex. Sess., s. 22(e); 2021‑169, s. 1.)

§ 58‑65‑132.  Review and approval of conversion plan; new corporation.
(a)	Approval of Plan of Conversion. – The Commissioner shall approve the plan of conversion and issue a certificate of authority to the new corporation to transact business in this State only if the Commissioner finds all of the following:
(1)	The plan of conversion meets the requirements of G.S. 58‑65‑131, this section, and G.S. 58‑65‑133.
(2)	Upon conversion, the new corporation will meet the applicable standards and conditions under this Chapter, including applicable minimum capital and surplus requirements.
(3)	The plan of conversion adequately protects the existing contractual rights of the corporation's subscribers and certificate holders to dental, health care, medical, or vision services and payment of claims for reimbursement for those services.
(4)	No director, officer, or employee of the corporation will receive:
a.	Any fee, commission, compensation, or other valuable consideration for aiding, promoting, or assisting in the conversion of the corporation other than compensation paid to any director, officer, or employee of the corporation in the ordinary course of business; or
b.	Any distribution of the assets, surplus, capital, or capital stock of the new corporation as part of a conversion.
(5)	The corporation has complied with all material requirements of this Chapter, and disciplinary action is not pending against the corporation.
(6)	The plan of conversion is fair and equitable and not prejudicial to the contractual rights of the policyholders and certificate holders of the new corporation.
(7)	The plan of conversion is in the public interest. The Commissioner shall find that the plan is in the public interest only if it provides a benefit for the people of North Carolina equal to the value of the corporation at the time of conversion, in accordance with the criteria set out in this subdivision. In determining whether the plan of conversion is in the public interest, the Commissioner may also consider other factors, including, but not limited to, those relating to the accessibility and affordability of health care. The Commissioner must determine that the plan of conversion meets all of the following criteria:
a.	Consideration, determined by the Commissioner to be equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the fair market value of the corporation, will be conveyed or issued by the corporation to the Foundation at the time the new corporation files its articles of incorporation. If the consideration to be conveyed is all of the common stock of the new corporation that is then issued and outstanding at the time of conversion, and there is no other capital stock of any type or nature then outstanding, it is conclusively presumed that the Foundation will acquire the fair market value of the corporation.
b.	At any time after the conversion, the new corporation may issue, in a public offering or a private placement, additional shares of common stock of the same class and having the same voting, dividend, and other rights as that transferred to the Foundation, subject to the applicable provisions of Chapter 55 of the General Statutes and any voting and registration agreements.
(8)	The plan of conversion contains a proposed voting agreement and registration agreement between the Foundation and the proposed new corporation that meets the requirements of G.S. 58‑65‑133.
(9)	The Attorney General has given approval pursuant to G.S. 58‑65‑133(h).
(b)	New Corporation. – After issuance of the certificate of authority as provided in subsection (a) of this section, the new corporation shall no longer be subject to this Article and Article 66 of this Chapter but shall be subject to and comply with all applicable laws and regulations applicable to domestic insurers and Chapter 55 of the General Statutes, except that Articles 9 and 9A of Chapter 55 shall not apply to the new corporation. The new corporation shall file its articles of incorporation, as amended and certified by the Commissioner, with the North Carolina Secretary of State. The legal existence of the corporation does not terminate, and the new corporation is a continuation of the corporation. The conversion shall only be a change in identity and form of organization. Except as provided in subdivision (a)(7) of this subsection, all property, assets, rights, liabilities, obligations, interests, and relations of whatever kind of the corporation shall continue and remain in the new corporation. All actions and legal proceedings to which the corporation was a party prior to conversion shall be unaffected by the conversion.
(c)	Final Decision and Order; Procedures. – The Commissioner's final decision and order regarding the plan of conversion shall include findings of fact and conclusions of law. Findings of fact shall be based upon and supported by substantial evidence, including evidence submitted with the plan by the corporation and evidence obtained at hearings held by the Commissioner. A person aggrieved by a final decision of the Commissioner approving or disapproving a conversion may petition the Superior Court of Wake County within 30 days thereafter for judicial review. An appeal from a final decision and order of the Commissioner under this section shall be conducted pursuant to G.S. 58‑2‑75. Chapter 150B of the General Statutes does not apply to the procedures of G.S. 58‑65‑131, this section, and G.S. 58‑65‑133. This subsection does not apply to appeal of an order of the Commissioner issued pursuant to G.S. 58‑65‑131(c).
(d)	Attorney General's Enforcement Authority; Legal Action on Validity of Plan of Conversion. –
(1)	Nothing in this Chapter limits the power of the Attorney General to seek a declaratory judgment or to take other legal action to protect or enforce the rights of the public in the corporation.
(2)	Any legal action with respect to the conversion must be filed in the Superior Court of Wake County.  (1998‑3, s. 2; 2021‑169, s. 1.)

§ 58‑65‑133.  Creation and operation of foundation.
(a)	Creation. – A Foundation shall be created to receive the fair market value of the corporation as provided in G.S. 58‑65‑132(a)(7) when the corporation converts.
(b)	Purpose. – The charitable purpose of the Foundation shall be to promote the health of the people of North Carolina. For a period of 10 years from the effective date of the conversion, the Foundation may not, without the consent of the Attorney General, establish or operate any entity licensed pursuant to Chapter 58 of the General Statutes that would compete with the new corporation or any of its subsidiaries.
(c)	Board of Directors. – The initial board of directors of the foundation shall consist of 11 members appointed by the Attorney General from a list of nominees recommended pursuant to subsection (d) of this section. The Attorney General shall stagger the terms of the initial appointees so that six members serve two‑year terms and five members serve four‑year terms. The board shall fill a vacancy in an initial term. Their successors shall be chosen by the board of directors of the Foundation in accordance with the bylaws of the Foundation and shall serve four‑year terms. No member may serve more than two consecutive full terms nor more than 10 consecutive years. The Foundation may increase or decrease the size of the board in accordance with its bylaws, provided that the board shall have no fewer than nine directors and no more than 15 directors and that a decrease in size does not eliminate the then current term of any director.
(d)	Advisory Committee. – An advisory committee shall be formed to (i) develop, subject to the approval of the Attorney General, the criteria for selection of the Foundation's initial board of directors and (ii) nominate candidates for the initial board of directors. The advisory committee shall be comprised of the following 11 members: three representatives of the business community selected by the North Carolina Chamber, three representatives of the public and private medical school community selected by The University of North Carolina Board of Governors, three representatives of private foundations and other nonprofit organizations selected by the North Carolina Center for Nonprofits, a representative of NCHA, Inc., and a representative of the North Carolina Medical Society. After receiving a copy of the proposed plan of conversion, the Attorney General shall immediately notify these organizations, and the advisory committee shall be constituted within 45 days thereafter.
The advisory committee's criteria shall ensure an open recruitment process for the directors. The advisory committee shall nominate 22 residents of North Carolina for the 11 positions to be filled by the Attorney General. The Attorney General shall retain an independent executive recruiting firm or firms to assist the advisory committee in its work.
(e)	Foundation and New Corporation Independent. – The Foundation and its directors, officers, and employees shall be and remain independent of the new corporation and its affiliates. No director, officer, or employee of the Foundation shall serve as a director, officer, or employee of the new corporation or any of its affiliates. No director, officer, or employee of the new corporation or any of its affiliates shall serve as a director, officer, or employee of the Foundation. This subsection shall no longer apply after (i) 10 years following the effective date of the conversion or (ii) the divestment by the Foundation of at least ninety‑five percent (95%) of the stock of the new corporation received pursuant to G.S. 58‑65‑132(a)(7)a. and subsection (a) of this section, whichever occurs later.
(f)	Voting and Stock Registration Agreement. – The Foundation and the new corporation shall operate under a voting agreement and a stock registration agreement, approved by the Commissioner and the Attorney General, that provides at a minimum for the following:
(1)	The Foundation will vote the common stock in the new corporation for directors of the new corporation nominated by the board of directors of the new corporation to the extent provided by the terms of the voting agreement.
(2)	The voting restrictions will not apply to common stock of the new corporation sold by the Foundation.
(3)	The board of directors of the new corporation will determine the timing of any initial public offering of the new corporation's common stock, either by the new corporation or by the Foundation, and the Foundation shall have demand registration rights and optional "piggy‑back" or "incidental" registration rights in connection with any offerings of the new corporation's common stock by the new corporation, on the terms and conditions set forth in a stock registration agreement and agreed upon by the new corporation and the Foundation and approved by the Commissioner and the Attorney General.
(4)	The voting agreement may contain additional terms, including (i) voting and ownership restrictions with regard to the common stock of the new corporation and (ii) provisions for the voting or registration for sale of any common stock to be issued to the Foundation by the new corporation.
(g)	Costs. – The corporation shall pay the reasonable expenses of the advisory committee and executive search firm and the costs of any consultants, experts, or other professional advisors retained by the Attorney General incident to review under this section.
(h)	Attorney General's Approval. – Before the Commissioner approves a plan of conversion pursuant to G.S. 58‑65‑132, the Attorney General, on behalf of the public and charitable interests in this State, must approve the determination relating to the fair market value of the corporation under G.S. 58‑65‑132(a)(7), the articles of incorporation and bylaws of the foundation, and all proposed agreements between the new corporation and the Foundation, including stock voting or registration agreements. The Attorney General may seek advice on these matters from consultants, investment bankers, and other professional advisors engaged by the Commissioner or Attorney General incident to review of the plan. The proposed articles of incorporation of the Foundation shall provide for all of the following:
(1)	State that the Foundation is organized and operated exclusively for charitable purposes and for the promotion of social welfare.
(2)	State that no part of the net earnings of the Foundation shall inure to the benefit of any private shareholder or individual.
(3)	State that the Foundation shall not engage in any political campaign activity or the making of political contributions.
(4)	Prohibit the Foundation from paying or incurring any amount that, if paid by an organization classified as a "private foundation" under section 509(a) of the Code, would constitute a "taxable expenditure" as defined by sections 4945(d)(1) and (2) of the Code.
(5)	Prohibit the Foundation from engaging in any self‑dealing for the benefit of its directors, officers, or employees.
(6)	Provide for an ongoing community advisory committee to offer broad public input to the Foundation concerning its operations and activities.
(7)	Provide that the Foundation, after its first three years of operation, will pay out the lesser of (i) "qualifying distributions" of "distributable amounts," as defined in section 4942 of the Code, as if the Foundation were classified as a private Foundation subject to the distribution requirements, but not the taxes imposed, under that section or (ii) substantially all of its income, less qualifying expenses. In no event shall the Foundation be required to invade its corpus to meet the distribution requirements under this subdivision.
(8)	State that provisions in the articles of incorporation that are either required by this subdivision or designated by the Attorney General cannot be amended without the prior written approval of the Attorney General.
Within 120 days of the end of its fiscal year, the Foundation shall provide the Attorney General, the Commissioner, the Speaker of the House of Representatives, and the President Pro Tempore of the Senate its State and federal tax returns for the preceding fiscal year. The tax returns shall be made available for public inspection.  (1998‑3, s. 2; 1998‑217, s. 56; 2009‑570, s. 8(b).)

§ 58‑65‑135.  Cost plus plans.
(a)	Any corporation organized under the provisions of this Article and Article 66 of this Chapter shall be authorized as agent of any other corporation, firm, group, partnership, or association, or any subsidiary or subsidiaries thereof, municipal corporation, State, federal government, or any agency thereof, to administer on behalf of such corporation, firm, group, partnership, or association, or any subsidiary or subsidiaries thereof, municipal corporation, State, federal government, or any agency thereof, any group dental, health care, medical, or vision service plan, promulgated by the corporation, firm, group, partnership, or association, or any subsidiary or subsidiaries thereof, municipal corporation, State, federal government, or any agency thereof, on a cost plus administrative expense basis, only if all of the following apply:
(1)	The other corporation, firm, group, partnership, or association, or any subsidiary or subsidiaries thereof, municipal corporation, State, federal government, or any agency thereof shall have had an active existence for at least one year preceding the establishment of the plan, and was formed for purposes other than procuring the group dental, health care, medical, or vision service coverage in a cost plus administrative expense basis.
(2)	Administrative costs of the cost plus plan administered by a corporation organized under the provisions of this Article and Article 66 of this Chapter, acting as an agent as provided by this section, shall not exceed the remuneration received.
(3)	The corporation organized under this Article and Article 66 of this Chapter administering the cost plus plan shall have no liability to the subscribers or to the hospitals or health care providers for the success or failure, liquidation or dissolution of the group dental, health care, medical, or vision service plan.
(b)	Nothing in this section shall be construed to require that a corporation, firm, group, partnership, or association, or any subsidiary or subsidiaries thereof, municipal corporation, State, federal government, or any agency thereof, conform to the provisions of this Article and Article 66 of this Chapter if a group hospitalization service plan is administered by a corporation organized under this Article and Article 66 of this Chapter, on a cost plus expense basis.
(c)	The administration of any cost plus plans as provided for by this section shall not be subject to regulation or supervision by the Commissioner of Insurance.  (1941, c. 338, s. 16; 1943, c. 537, s. 9; 1947, c. 820, s. 7; 1961, c. 1149; 2021‑169, s. 1.)

§ 58‑65‑140:  Repealed by Session Laws 1997‑519, s.  3.16.

§ 58‑65‑145.  Preexisting hospital service corporations.
No corporations organized under the laws of this State prior to the ratification of this Article and Article 66 of this Chapter, for the purposes herein provided, shall be required to reincorporate as provided for herein, and the provisions of this Article and Article 66 of this Chapter shall apply to said corporations only with regard to operations by said corporations with respect to subscribers' contracts, participating hospital contracts, reserves, investments, reports, visitations, expenses, taxation, amendments to charters, supervision of Commissioner of Insurance, application for certificate, issuance of certificates, licensing of agents after the date of the passage of this Article and Article 66 of this Chapter, provided, however, as soon as practical hereafter and in accordance with rules and regulations adopted by the Commissioner of Insurance said corporations shall conform to this Article and Article 66 of this Chapter as near as practical with respect to subscribers' contracts, endorsements, riders, and applications entered into prior to the ratification of this Article and Article 66 of this Chapter. (1941, c. 338, s. 17.)

§ 58‑65‑150.  Construction of Chapter as to single employer plans; associations exempt.
(a)	Nothing in this Article and Article 66 of this Chapter shall be construed to affect or apply to dental, health care, medical, or vision service plans which limit their membership to employees and the immediate members of the families of the employees of a single employer or his or its subsidiary or subsidiaries and which plans are operated by such employer of such limited group of the employees.
(b)	Nothing in this Article and Article 66 of this Chapter [shall] be construed to affect or apply to any nonstock, nonprofit medical service association which was, on January 1, 1943, organized solely for the purpose of, and actually engaged in, the administration of any medical service plan in this State upon contracts and participating agreements with physicians, surgeons, or medical societies that underwrite the medical service plan by contributing their services to members of the association upon agreement with the association as to the schedule of fees to apply and the rate and method of payment by the association from the common fund paid in periodically by the members for medical, surgical and obstetrical care.
(c)	All service plans described in subsection (a) of this section and all medical service associations described in subsection (b) of this section are exempt from the provisions of this Article and Article 66 of this Chapter.
(d)	The Commissioner of Insurance may require from any full‑service or single‑service plan or medical service association any information necessary to enable the Commissioner to determine whether the service plan or medical service association is exempt from the provisions of this Article and Article 66 of this Chapter.  (1941, c. 338, s. 18; 1943, c. 537, s. 10; 1947, c. 140; 1961, c. 1149; 2021‑169, s. 1.)

§ 58‑65‑155.  Merger or consolidation, proceedings for.
(a)	Mergers and Consolidations Allowed. – Any two or more hospital service corporations organized under or subject to the provisions of this Article and Article 66 of this Chapter, as determined by the Commissioner of Insurance may be (i) merged into one of the constituent corporations, designated as the surviving corporation, or (ii) consolidated into a new corporation to be formed by the means of such consolidation of the constituent corporations, designated as the resulting or consolidated corporation, and the directors, the trustees, or a majority of directors or trustees, of the merging or consolidating corporations may enter into an agreement signed by them and under the corporate seals of the respective corporations.
(b)	Written Agreement Required. – The terms of any merger or consolidation allowed under this section shall be contained in a written agreement. All written agreements shall contain the following:
(1)	The terms and conditions of the consolidation or merger.
(2)	The mode of carrying the consolidation or merger into effect.
(3)	Any facts as can be stated in the case of a consolidation or merger, and other details as to conversion of certificates of the subscribers as are deemed necessary or proper.
(c)	Notice of Agreement. – Agreements for any merger or consolidation allowed under this section shall be submitted to the certificate holders of each constituent corporation, at a separate meeting thereof, called for the purpose of taking the consolidation or merger into consideration. Notice of place and subject of the meeting shall be required and shall meet all of the following requirements:
(1)	The notice shall be given by publication once a week for two consecutive weeks in some newspaper published in Raleigh, North Carolina, and in the counties in which the principal offices of the constituent corporations are located. If there is no paper published in the county of the principal office of the constituent corporations, then the required notice shall be posted at the courthouse door of the applicable county or counties for a period of two weeks.
(2)	The required printed or posted notices shall be in a form and of a size as the Commissioner of Insurance may approve.
(3)	A true copy of the required notices shall be filed with the Commissioner of Insurance.
(4)	The publication and filing of notices shall be completed at least 15 days prior to the date set for the meeting, and due proof thereof shall be filed with the Commissioner of Insurance at least 10 days prior to the date of the meeting.
(d)	Meeting to Adopt Agreement. – At the meeting required for an agreement for any merger or consolidation allowed under this section, those present in person or represented by proxy shall constitute a quorum and the agreement for consolidation or merger shall be considered and voted upon by ballot in person or by proxy or both taken for the adoption or rejection of the same. If the votes of two thirds of those at the meeting voting shall be for the adoption of the agreement, then that fact shall be certified on the agreement by the president and secretary of each corporation, under the seal of each corporation.
The adopted and certified agreement shall be signed by the president or vice‑president and secretary or assistant secretary of each of corporation under the corporate seals and acknowledged by the president or vice‑president of each corporation before any officer authorized by the laws of this State to take acknowledgement of deeds to be the respective act, deed, and agreement of each of the corporations.
(e)	Commissioner Approval of Merger or Consolidation Agreements. – In advance of any merger or consolidation allowed under this section, the agreement shall be submitted to and approved by the Commissioner of Insurance for approval. The Commissioner's approval shall be indicated by his or her signature being affixed to the agreement under the seal of the office.
The Commissioner shall not approve any consolidation or merger agreement or plans, unless, after a hearing, the Commissioner finds that it is fair, equitable to certificate holders and members, consistent with law, and will not conflict with the public interest.
(f)	Filing of Agreement With Secretary of State. – Certified and acknowledged agreements for mergers or consolidations allowed under this section with the approval of the Commissioner of Insurance noted thereon, shall be filed in the office of the Secretary of State. The agreement on file shall be deemed to be the agreement and act of consolidation or merger of the corporations. A copy of the agreement and act of consolidation or merger duly certified by the Secretary of State under the seal of the office shall also be recorded in the office of the register of deeds of the county of this State in which the principal office of the surviving or consolidated corporation is, or is to be established, and in the office of the registers of deeds of the counties of this State in which the respective corporations so merging or consolidating shall have their original certificates of incorporation recorded, and also in the office of the register of deeds in each county in which either or any of the corporations entering into merger or consolidation owns any real estate. This record, or a certified copy of the record, shall be evidence of the agreement and act of consolidation or merger of the applicable corporations, and of the observance and performance of all acts and conditions necessary to have been observed and performed precedent to the consolidation or merger.
For the filing of the agreement as provided for by this subsection, the Secretary of State is entitled to receive such fees only in the amount that would have been received had a new corporation been formed.
(g)	Effect of Filing and Recording. – When an agreement shall have been signed, authorized, adopted, acknowledged, approved, and filed and recorded as required by this section, for all purposes of the laws of this State, the separate existence of all constituent corporations, parties to the agreement, or of all of the constituent corporations, except the one into which the other or others of the constituent corporations have been merged, as the case may be, shall cease and the constituent corporations shall become a new corporation, or be merged into one of the corporations, as the case may be, in accordance with the provisions of the filed and recorded agreement, possessing all the rights, privileges, powers and franchises as well of a public as of a private nature, of each of the constituent corporations, and all and singular, the rights, privileges, powers and franchises of each of the corporations, and all property, real, personal and mixed, and all debts due to any of the constituent corporations on whatever account, shall be vested in the corporation resulting from or surviving such consolidation or merger, and all property, rights, privileges, powers, and franchises and all and every other interest shall be thereafter as effectually the property of the resulting or surviving corporation as they were of the several and respective constituent corporations, and the title to any real estate, whether vested by deed or otherwise, under the laws of this State, vested in any constituent corporations shall not revert or be in any way impaired by reason of consolidation or merger; provided, however, that all rights of creditors and all liens upon the property of either of or any of the constituent corporations shall be preserved, unimpaired, limited in lien to the property affected by any lien at the time of the merger or consolidation, and all debts, liabilities, and duties of the respective constituent corporations shall thenceforth attach to the resulting or surviving corporation, and may be enforced against it to the same extent as if the debts, liabilities, and duties had been incurred or contracted by it; and further provided that notice of any liens, debts, liabilities, and duties is given in writing to the resulting or surviving corporation within six months after the date of the filing of the agreement of merger in the office of the Secretary of State. All applicable liens, debts, liabilities, and duties of which notice is not given as required by this subsection are forever barred. The certificate of incorporation of the surviving corporation shall be deemed to be amended to the extent, if any, that the changes in its certificates of incorporation are stated in the agreement of merger. All certificates theretofore issued and outstanding by each constituent corporation in good standing upon the date of the filing of the agreement with the Secretary of State without reissuance thereof by the resulting or surviving corporation shall be the contract and agreement of the resulting or surviving corporation with each of the certificate holders thereof and subject to all terms and conditions thereof and of the agreement of merger filed in the office of the Secretary of State.
Any action or proceeding pending by or against any of the corporations consolidated or merged may be prosecuted to judgment as if such consolidation or merger had not taken place, or the corporations resulting from or surviving the consolidation or merger may be substituted in its place.
(h)	Liability. – The liability of the constituent corporations to the certificate holders thereof, and the rights or remedies of the creditors thereof, or persons doing or transacting business with the corporations, shall not, in any way, be lessened or impaired by the consolidation or merger of two or more corporations under the provisions of this section, except as provided in this section.
(i)	Power and Authority of New or Surviving Corporation. – When two or more corporations are consolidated or merged, the corporation resulting from or surviving the consolidation or merger shall have the power and authority to continue any contracts which any of the constituent corporations might have elected to continue. All contracts entered into between any constituent corporations and any other persons shall be and become the contract of the resulting corporations according to the terms and conditions of said contract and the agreement of consolidation or merger.
(j)	Objection to Merger or Consolidation. – Any agreement for merger or consolidation as shall conform to the provisions of this section, shall be binding and valid upon all the subscribers, certificate holders and members of the constituent corporations, provided only that any subscriber, certificate holder or member who shall so indicate a disapproval of the consolidation or merger to the resulting, consolidated, or surviving corporation within 90 days after the filing of required agreement with the Secretary of State shall be entitled to receive all unearned portions of premiums paid on his or her certificate from and after the date of the receipt of the application by the resulting, surviving, or consolidated corporation. Each subscriber, certificate holder, or member who shall not so indicate his or her disapproval of the required agreement and the merger or consolidation within the required period of 90 days is deemed and presumed to have approved the agreement and the merger or consolidation and shall have waived his or her right to question the legality of the merger or consolidation.
(k)	Prohibition on Compensation. – No director, officer, subscriber, certificate holder, or member of any corporation entering into an agreement under this section, except as is expressly provided by the plan of merger or consolidation, shall receive any fee, commission, other compensation or valuable consideration whatever, for in any manner aiding, promoting or assisting in the merger or consolidation.  (1947, c. 820, s. 8; 1961, c. 1149; 1967, c. 823, s. 25; 2021‑169, s. 1.)

§ 58‑65‑160: Repealed by Session Laws 1998‑3, s.  3.

§ 58‑65‑165.  Commissioner of Insurance determines corporations exempt from this Article and Article 66 of this Chapter.
The Commissioner of Insurance may require from any corporation writing dental, health care, medical, or vision service contracts or any or all of them, any information that will enable the Commissioner to determine whether the corporation is subject to the provisions of this Article and Article 66 of this Chapter.  (1947, c. 820, s. 9; 1961, c. 1149; 2021‑169, s. 1.)

Part 2. Indemnification.
§ 58‑65‑166.  Policy statement and definitions.
(a)	It is the public policy of this State to enable corporations organized under this Chapter to attract and maintain responsible, qualified directors, officers, employees, and agents, and, to that end, to permit corporations organized under this Chapter to allocate the risk of personal liability of directors, officers, employees, and agents through indemnification and insurance as authorized in this Part.
(b)	Definitions in this Part:
(1)	"Corporation" includes any not for profit domestic hospital service corporation, or successor of a corporation in a merger or other transaction in which the predecessor's existence ceased upon consummation of the transaction.
(2)	"Director" or "Trustee" means an individual who is or was a director of a corporation or an individual who, while a director of a corporation, is or was serving at the corporation's request as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee, or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, or other enterprise. A director is considered to be serving an employee benefit plan at the corporation's request if his duties to the corporation also impose duties on, or otherwise involve services by, him to the plan or to participants in or beneficiaries of the plan. "Director" or "Trustee" includes, unless the context requires otherwise, the estate or personal representative of a director or trustee.
(3)	"Expenses" means expenses of every kind incurred in defending a proceeding, including counsel fees.
(4)	"Liability" means the obligation to pay a judgment, settlement, penalty, fine (including an excise tax assessed with respect to an employee benefit plan), or reasonable expenses incurred with respect to a proceeding.
(5)	"Official capacity" means: (i) when used with respect to a director or trustee, the office of director or trustee in a corporation; and (ii) when used with respect to an individual other than a director or trustee, as contemplated in G.S. 58‑65‑172, the office in a corporation held by the officer or the employment or agency relationship undertaken by the employee or agent on behalf of the corporation. "Official capacity" does not include service for any other foreign or domestic corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, or other enterprise.
(6)	"Party" includes an individual who was, is, or is threatened to be made a named defendant or respondent in a proceeding.
(7)	"Proceeding" means any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative and whether formal or informal.
(8)	"Trustee". Whenever the term "director" or "directors" is used herein it shall include the term "trustee", or a person who is designated as a "trustee" under a corporation governed by this Article.  (1989 (Reg. Sess., 1990), c. 1071, s. 1; 2021‑169, s. 2.)

§ 58‑65‑167.  Authority to indemnify.
(a)	Except as provided in subsection (d), a corporation may indemnify an individual made a party to a proceeding because he is or was a director against liability incurred in the proceeding if:
(1)	He conducted himself in good faith; and
(2)	He reasonably believed (i) in the case of conduct in his official capacity with the corporation, that his conduct was in its best interests; and (ii) in all other cases, that his conduct was at least not opposed to its best interests; and
(3)	In the case of any criminal proceeding, he had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.
(b)	A director's conduct with respect to an employee benefit plan for a purpose he reasonably believed to be in the interests of the participants in and beneficiaries of the plan is conduct that satisfies the requirement of subsection (a)(2)(ii).
(c)	The termination of a proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of no contest or its equivalent is not, of itself, determinative that the director did not meet the standard of conduct described in this section.
(d)	A corporation may not indemnify a director under this section:
(1)	In connection with a proceeding by or in the right of the corporation in which the director was adjudged liable to the corporation; or
(2)	In connection with any other proceeding charging improper personal benefit to him, whether or not involving action in his official capacity, in which he was adjudged liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received by him.
(e)	Indemnification permitted under this section in connection with a proceeding by or in the right of the corporation that is concluded without a final adjudication on the issue of liability is limited to reasonable expenses incurred in connection with the proceeding.
(f)	The authorization, approval or favorable recommendation by the board of directors of a corporation of indemnification, as permitted by this section, shall not be deemed an act or corporate transaction in which a director has a conflict of interest, and no such indemnification shall be void or voidable on such ground. (1989 (Reg. Sess., 1990), c. 1071, s. 1.)

§ 58‑65‑168.  Mandatory indemnification.
Unless limited by its articles of incorporation, a corporation shall indemnify a director who was wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any proceeding to which he was a party because he is or was a director of the corporation against reasonable expenses incurred by him in connection with the proceeding. (1989 (Reg. Sess., 1990), c. 1071, s. 1.)

§ 58‑65‑169.  Advance for expenses.
Expenses incurred by a director in defending a proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such proceeding as authorized by the board of directors in the specific case or as authorized or required under any provision in the articles of incorporation or bylaws or by any applicable resolution or contract upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director to repay such amount unless it shall ultimately be determined that he is entitled to be indemnified by the corporation against such expenses. (1989 (Reg. Sess., 1990), c. 1071, s. 1.)

§ 58‑65‑170.  Court‑ordered indemnification.
Unless a corporation's articles of incorporation provide otherwise, a director of the corporation who is a party to a proceeding may apply for indemnification to the court conducting the proceeding or to another court of competent jurisdiction.  On receipt of an application, the court after giving any notice the court considers necessary may order indemnification if it determines:
(1)	The director is entitled to mandatory indemnification under G.S. 58‑65‑168, in which case the court shall also order the corporation to pay the director's reasonable expenses incurred to obtain court‑ordered indemnification; or
(2)	The director is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification in view of all the relevant circumstances, whether or not he met the standard of conduct set forth in G.S. 58‑65‑167 or was adjudged liable as described in G.S. 58‑65‑167(d), but if he was adjudged so liable his indemnification is limited to reasonable expenses incurred. (1989 (Reg. Sess., 1990), c. 1071, s. 1.)

§ 58‑65‑171.  Determination and authorization of indemnification.
(a)	A corporation may not indemnify a director under G.S. 58‑65‑167 unless authorized in the specific case after a determination has been made that indemnification of the director is permissible in the circumstances because he has met the standard of conduct set forth in G.S. 58‑65‑167.
(b)	The determination shall be made:
(1)	By the board of directors by majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors not at the time parties to the proceeding;
(2)	If a quorum cannot be obtained under subdivision (1), by majority vote of a committee duly designated by the board of directors (in which designation directors who are parties may participate), consisting solely of two or more directors not at the time parties to the proceeding;
(3)	By special legal counsel (i) selected by the board of directors or its committee in the manner prescribed in subdivision (1) or (2); or (ii) if a quorum of the board of directors cannot be obtained under subdivision (1) and a committee cannot be designated under subdivision (2), selected by majority vote of the full board of directors (in which selection directors who are parties may participate); or
(4)	By the shareholders, but shares owned by or voted under the control of directors who are at the time parties to the proceeding may not be voted on the determination.
(c)	Authorization of indemnification and evaluation as to reasonableness of expenses shall be made in the same manner as the determination that indemnification is permissible, except that if the determination is made by special legal counsel, authorization of indemnification and evaluation as to reasonableness of expenses shall be made by those entitled under subsection (b)(3) to select counsel. (1989 (Reg. Sess., 1990), c. 1071, s. 1.)

§ 58‑65‑172.  Indemnification of officers, employees, and agents.
Unless a corporation's articles of incorporation provide otherwise:
(1)	An officer of the corporation is entitled to mandatory indemnification under G.S. 58‑65‑168 and is entitled to apply for court‑ordered indemnification under G.S. 58‑65‑170, in each case to the same extent as a director;
(2)	The corporation may indemnify and advance expenses under this Part to an officer, employee, or agent of the corporation to the same extent as to a director; and
(3)	A corporation may also indemnify and advance expenses to an officer, employee, or agent who is not a director to the extent, consistent with public policy, that may be provided by its articles of incorporation, bylaws, general or specific action of its board of directors, or contract. (1989 (Reg. Sess., 1990), c. 1071, s. 1; 1995, c. 193, s. 56.)

§ 58‑65‑173.  Additional indemnification and insurance.
(a)	In addition to and separate and apart from the indemnification provided for in G.S. 58‑65‑167, 58‑65‑168, 58‑65‑170, 58‑65‑171, and 58‑65‑172, a corporation may in its articles of incorporation or bylaws or by contract or resolution indemnify or agree to indemnify any one or more of its directors, officers, employees, or agents against liability and expenses in any proceeding (including without limitation a proceeding brought by or on behalf of the corporation itself) arising out of their status as such or their activities in any of the foregoing capacities; provided, however, that a corporation may not indemnify or agree to indemnify a person against liability or expenses he may incur on account of his activities which were at the time taken known or believed by him to be clearly in conflict with the best interests of the corporation.  A corporation may likewise and to the same extent indemnify or agree to indemnify any person who, at the request of the corporation, is or was serving as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee, or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise or as a trustee or administrator under an employee benefit plan.  Any provision in any articles of incorporation, bylaw, contract, or resolution permitted under this section may include provisions for recovery from the corporation of reasonable costs, expenses, and attorneys' fees in connection with the enforcement of rights to indemnification granted therein and may further include provisions establishing reasonable procedures for determining and enforcing the rights granted therein.
(b)	The authorization, adoption, approval, or favorable recommendation by the board of directors of a corporation of any provision in any articles of incorporation, bylaw, contract or resolution, as permitted in this section, shall not be deemed an act or corporate transaction in which a director has a conflict of interest, and no such articles of incorporation or bylaw provision or contract or resolution shall be void or voidable on such grounds.  The authorization, adoption, approval, or favorable recommendation by the board of directors of a corporation of any provision in any articles of incorporation, bylaw, contract or resolution, as permitted in this section, which occurred on or prior to the effective date of this act, shall not be deemed an act or corporate transaction in which a director has a conflict of interest, and no such articles of incorporation, bylaw provision, contract or resolution shall be void or voidable on such grounds.
(c)	A corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of an individual who is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation, or who, while a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation, is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee, or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, or other enterprise, against liability asserted against or incurred by him in that capacity or arising from his status as a director, officer, employee, or agent, whether or not the corporation would have power to indemnify him against the same liability under any provision of this Chapter. (1989 (Reg. Sess., 1990), c. 1071, s. 1; 1991, c. 172.)

§ 58‑65‑174.  Application of Part.
(a)	If articles of incorporation limit indemnification or advance for expenses, indemnification and advance for expenses are valid only to the extent consistent with the articles.
(b)	This Part does not limit a corporation's power to pay or reimburse expenses incurred by a director in connection with his appearance as a witness in a proceeding at a time when he has not been made a named defendant or respondent to the proceeding.
(c)	This Part shall not affect rights or liabilities arising out of acts or omissions occurring before October 1, 1990. (1989 (Reg. Sess., 1990), c. 1071, s. 1.)

Part 3. Nonprofit Holding Corporations.
§ 58‑65‑175.  Definitions.
The following definitions apply in this Part:
(1)	Affiliate. – As defined in G.S. 58‑19‑5.
(2)	Control. – As defined in G.S. 58‑19‑5.
(3)	Executive officer. – As defined in G.S. 58‑19‑5.
(4)	Nonprofit holding corporation. – A domestic corporation formed in connection with a reorganization and operating under Chapter 55A of the General Statutes that directly or indirectly through another domestic corporation operating under Chapter 55A of the General Statutes holds all the membership interests in a hospital service corporation and is the ultimate controlling person of the hospital service corporation. A nonprofit holding corporation is not (i) a "company," "insurance company," or "insurer," as those terms are defined in G.S. 58‑1‑5, or (ii) a "hospital service corporation," as defined in G.S. 58‑65‑1.1.
(5)	Reorganization. – A transaction or series of transactions in which a nonprofit holding corporation is created by or on behalf of a hospital service corporation to hold, directly or indirectly through another domestic corporation operating under Chapter 55A of the General Statutes, membership interests in the hospital service corporation and becomes the ultimate controlling person of the hospital service corporation.
(6)	Subsidiary. – As defined in G.S. 58‑19‑5.
(7)	Ultimate controlling person. – As defined in G.S. 58‑19‑5.  (2023‑33, s. 1.)

§ 58‑65‑177.  Reorganization.
(a)	Hospital Service Corporation to Be Held by Nonprofit Holding Corporation. – Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article, a hospital service corporation may have a nonprofit holding corporation as its ultimate controlling person.
(b)	Reorganization Not a Change of Control. – A reorganization shall be considered an internal restructuring that does not have the effect of changing or influencing the control of the hospital service corporation. A reorganization shall not be considered a change of control of the hospital service corporation and shall not be subject to the provisions of G.S. 58‑19‑15.
(c)	Transfers in Connection with Reorganization. – Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article, as part of a reorganization, a hospital service corporation may transfer cash, investments, or equity ownership interests in affiliates or subsidiaries to the nonprofit holding corporation and its subsidiaries by dividend, distribution, or otherwise. The total statutory value of cash, investments, and ownership interests in affiliates or subsidiaries, net of liabilities, transferred as part of a reorganization shall not exceed twenty‑five percent (25%) of the hospital service corporation's admitted assets as of its most current annual statement filed with the Commissioner. Any affiliate or subsidiary of the hospital service corporation transferred as part of a reorganization shall not be an insurer engaged in the issuance of health insurance policies.
(d)	Compensation. – A director, officer, or employee of the hospital service corporation shall not receive any fee, commission, additional compensation, or other valuable consideration for aiding, promoting, or assisting in a reorganization. This subsection does not apply to compensation paid in the ordinary course of business.  (2023‑33, s. 1.)

§ 58‑65‑178.  Approval by Commissioner.
Compliance with G.S. 58‑19‑30 and this Part shall be the exclusive means of approval to permit a reorganization, and the provisions of G.S. 58‑19‑10(b), 58‑65‑131, 58‑65‑132, and 58‑65‑133 shall not apply to a reorganization.  (2023‑33, s. 1.)

§ 58‑65‑179.  Charter amendments.
(a)	Notwithstanding (i) any law of this State to the contrary or (ii) anything to the contrary in the bylaws or charter of the hospital service corporation, a hospital service corporation may, by action of its governing board, authorize a reorganization and propose corresponding amendments to its charter. Proposed amendments shall be submitted to the Commissioner for approval, and the Commissioner shall approve the proposed amendments no later than 30 days after receiving the application unless the proposed amendments do not comply with Chapter 55A of the General Statutes.
(b)	Any provision of this Article relating to the procedure for amending a charter, other than the provisions of this Part, is inapplicable.  (2023‑33, s. 1.)

§ 58‑65‑180.  Information to be provided by a hospital service corporation.
(a)	A hospital service corporation reorganizing pursuant to this Part shall file the following information with the Commissioner:
(1)	A description of the transactions that effectuate the reorganization.
(2)	A copy of any proposed amendments to the hospital service corporation's charter.
(3)	A copy of the nonprofit holding corporation's articles of incorporation.
(4)	If applicable, any information required by G.S. 58‑19‑30.
(5)	A pro forma balance sheet and income statement for the hospital service corporation prepared in accordance with statutory accounting principles, demonstrating the hospital service corporation's financial position at the effective time of the reorganization.
(6)	A pro forma balance sheet and income statement for the nonprofit holding corporation prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, demonstrating the nonprofit holding corporation's financial position at the effective time of the reorganization.
(7)	A certification by an executive officer of the hospital service corporation that at the time of the reorganization the subscribers' contracts and certificates issued by the hospital service corporation shall remain in full force and effect.
(8)	A certification by an executive officer of the hospital service corporation that at the time of the reorganization the governing board of the nonprofit holding corporation will be comprised solely of individuals on the governing board of the hospital service corporation.
(b)	The Commissioner may contract, at the expense of the hospital service corporation, with professional advisors not otherwise a part of the Commissioner's staff to assist the Commissioner in reviewing the materials submitted pursuant to this section. These contracts are personal professional service contracts exempt from Articles 3 and 3C of Chapter 143 of the General Statutes.
(c)	Upon completion of a reorganization, the hospital service corporation shall provide a notice of completion of the reorganization to the Commissioner.
(d)	Information submitted as part of a reorganization that constitutes trade secrets or personal information, including addresses, shall be confidential by law and privileged, shall not be considered a public record under either G.S. 58‑2‑100 or Chapter 132 of the General Statutes, shall not be subject to subpoena, and shall not be subject to discovery or admissible in evidence in any private civil action.  (2023‑33, s. 1.)

§ 58‑65‑181.  Operation of nonprofit holding corporation and subsidiaries.
(a)	Except as provided in this Part, a nonprofit holding corporation shall not be subject to this Article or Article 66 of this Chapter.
(b)	The following shall apply to a nonprofit holding corporation upon and after a reorganization:
(1)	The nonprofit holding corporation shall remain a nonprofit corporation subject to Chapter 55A of the General Statutes with no members. The nonprofit holding corporation shall remain the ultimate controlling person of the hospital service corporation. The nonprofit holding corporation shall support the purposes of the hospital service corporation such that at all times all or substantially all of the net worth of the nonprofit holding corporation, as determined by generally accepted accounting principles, other than its investment portfolio held in the ordinary course of business, shall be invested in insurance companies or other affiliates or subsidiaries that (i) engage in operations permitted pursuant to G.S. 58‑19‑10(a), (ii) contribute to the health needs of customers, subscribers, or the people of this State, including those in rural communities of this State, or (iii) promote affordability, access, better health, or customer experience. The Commissioner may waive the foregoing restriction upon a showing of good cause. Other than as set forth in this subdivision, the nonprofit holding corporation's investments in affiliates and subsidiaries shall not be subject to any of the restrictions set forth in G.S. 58‑19‑10. This subdivision shall not apply if a plan of conversion of the hospital service corporation is approved pursuant to G.S. 58‑65‑131, 58‑65‑132, or 58‑65‑133.
(2)	The nonprofit holding corporation and its direct or indirect subsidiaries that are not hospital service corporations or subsidiaries of hospital service corporations are not subject to G.S. 58‑65‑131, 58‑65‑132, or 58‑65‑133, and the actions of the nonprofit holding corporation and such subsidiaries will not constitute or require a conversion of the hospital service corporation under those sections or any other law of this State.
(3)	The nonprofit holding corporation and its subsidiaries shall automatically be a party to any delinquency proceeding under Article 30 of this Chapter involving a hospital service corporation which, as a result of a reorganization, is a subsidiary of the nonprofit holding corporation. In any delinquency proceeding under Article 30 of this Chapter involving the hospital service corporation, the assets of the nonprofit holding corporation are deemed to be assets of the estate of the hospital service corporation for purposes of satisfying the claims of the hospital service corporation's subscribers. The nonprofit holding corporation shall not dissolve or liquidate without the approval of the Commissioner or as ordered by the court pursuant to Article 30 of this Chapter.
(4)	The nonprofit holding corporation shall file annually with the Commissioner by June 1 of each year consolidated audited financial statements for the nonprofit holding corporation for the preceding calendar year. The nonprofit holding corporation shall also file annually with this financial statement executive compensation information for its Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and the next eight highest paid executive officers.
(5)	The nonprofit holding corporation shall file annually with the Commissioner by June 1 of each year a report describing the nonprofit holding corporation's strategic investment activities for the preceding calendar year.
(c)	The governing board of the nonprofit holding corporation shall be comprised solely of individuals on the governing board of the hospital service corporation. No equity or ownership interest in the nonprofit holding corporation or any of its subsidiaries shall be granted to any executive officer or any member of the governing board of the nonprofit holding corporation or the hospital service corporation.
(d)	The Commissioner is empowered to exercise the authority provided under G.S. 58‑2‑40 and G.S. 58‑2‑60 for purposes of enforcing the nonprofit holding corporation's compliance with this Part.  (2023‑33, s. 1.)

§ 58‑65‑183.  Operation of hospital service corporation.
(a)	A reorganization does not change (i) the legal form of the hospital service corporation or (ii) the hospital service corporation's license to do business in North Carolina. Any subscribers' contracts and certificates issued by the hospital service corporation shall remain in full force and effect.
(b)	The hospital service corporation shall continue to be subject to this Article and Article 66 of this Chapter, except for the following:
(1)	Neither a reorganization nor any other transaction permitted by this Part shall constitute or require a conversion of the hospital service corporation pursuant to G.S. 58‑65‑131, 58‑65‑132, 58‑65‑133, or any other law of this State.
(2)	Neither a reorganization nor any other transaction permitted by this Part shall require the nonprofit holding corporation, hospital service corporation, or any affiliate of either to make any distribution or payment to any person or entity. This subdivision shall not apply to distributions or payments between a nonprofit holding corporation or hospital service corporation and any of its affiliates.
(3)	The hospital service corporation may make and pay direct or indirect dividends or distributions to the nonprofit holding corporation, and G.S. 58‑19‑10(b), 58‑65‑131, 58‑65‑132, and 58‑65‑133 shall not apply to such dividends or distributions, provided that such dividends or distributions satisfy the applicable standards for payment of a dividend or distribution set forth in G.S. 55A‑13‑02, 58‑7‑130, 58‑19‑25(d), and 58‑19‑30.
(4)	If the hospital service corporation undertakes a conversion pursuant to G.S. 58‑65‑131, 58‑65‑132, and 58‑65‑133 at any time following a reorganization, then, for the purposes of that conversion, the references in G.S. 58‑65‑131, 58‑65‑132, and 58‑65‑133 to "fair market value of the corporation" or "value of the corporation" shall mean the fair market value of the nonprofit holding corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries.  (2023‑33, s. 1.)

Article 66.
Hospital Service Corporation Readable Insurance Certificates Act.
§ 58‑66‑1.  Title.
This Article is known and may be cited as the "Hospital Service Corporation Readable Insurance Certificates Act."  (1979, 2nd Sess., c. 1161, s. 1; 2021‑169, s. 3(b).)

§ 58‑66‑5.  Purpose.
The purpose of this Article is to provide that insurance certificates and subscriber contracts under this Article and Article 65 of this Chapter be readable by a person of average intelligence, experience, and education. All insurers are required by this Article to use certificate and contract forms and, where applicable, benefit booklets that are written in simple and commonly used language, that are logically and clearly arranged, and that are printed in a legible format. (1979, 2nd Sess., c. 1161, s. 1.)

§ 58‑66‑10.  Scope of application.
(a)	Except as provided in subsection (b) of this section, the provisions of this Article apply to the certificates and contracts of direct insurance and health care coverage that are described in G.S. 58‑65‑60(a) and (b).
(b)	Nothing in this Article applies to:
(1)	Any group contract or certificate, nor any group certificate delivered or issued for delivery outside of this State;
(2)	Insurers who issue benefit booklets on group and nongroup bases explaining the certificates or contracts issued under G.S. 58‑65‑60. In such cases, the provisions of this Article apply only to the benefit booklets furnished to the persons insured, and not to the certificates.
(c)	No other provision of the General Statutes setting language simplification standards shall apply to any certificate forms covered by this Article.
(d)	Any non‑English language certificate delivered or issued for delivery in this State shall be deemed to be in compliance with this Article if the insurer certifies that such certificate is translated from an English language certificate which does comply with this Article. (1979, 2nd Sess., c. 1161, s. 1.)

§ 58‑66‑15.  Definitions.
As used in this Article, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise:
(1)	"Benefit booklet" means any written explanation of insurance coverages or benefits issued by an insurer and which is supplemental to and not a part of an insurance certificate or subscriber contract.
(2)	"Commissioner" means the Commissioner of Insurance.
(3)	"Flesch scale analysis readability score" means a measurement of the case of readability of an insurance certificate or contract made pursuant to the procedures described in G.S. 58‑66‑25.
(4)	"Insurance certificate or contract" or "policy" or "certificate" means an agreement as defined by G.S. 58‑65‑60.
(5)	"Insurer" means every corporation providing contracts or certificates of coverage of insurance as described in G.S. 58‑65‑1. (1979, 2nd Sess., c. 1161, s. 1.)

§ 58‑66‑20.  Format requirements.
(a)	All certificates and contracts covered by G.S. 58‑66‑35 must be printed in a type face at least as large as 10 point modern type, one point leaded, be written in a logical and clear order and form, and contain the following items:
(1)	On the cover, first, or insert page of the certificate a statement that the certificate is a legal contract between the certificate owner and the insurer, and the statement, printed in larger or other contrasting type or color, "Read your certificate carefully";
(2)	An index of the major provisions of the certificate, which may include the following items:
a.	The person or persons insured by the certificate;
b.	The applicable events, occurrences, conditions, losses, or damages covered by the certificate;
c.	The limitations or conditions on the coverage of the certificate;
d.	Definitional sections of the certificate;
e.	Provisions governing the procedure for filing a claim under the certificate;
f.	Provisions governing cancellation, renewal, or amendment of the certificate by either the insurer or the subscriber;
g.	Any options under the certificate; and
h.	Provisions governing the insurer's duties and powers in the event that suit is filed against the subscriber.
(b)	In determining whether or not a certificate is written in a logical and clear order and form the Commissioner must consider the following factors:
(1)	The extent to which sections or provisions are set off and clearly identified by titles, headings, or margin notations;
(2)	The use of a more readable format, such as narrative or outline forms;
(3)	Margin size and the amount and use of space to separate sections of the policy; and
(4)	Contrast and legibility of the colors of the ink and paper, and the use of contrasting titles or headings for sections. (1979, 2nd Sess., c. 1161, s. 1.)

§ 58‑66‑25.  Flesch scale analysis readability score; procedures.
(a)	A Flesch scale analysis readability score will be measured as provided in this section.
(b)	For certificates containing 10,000 words or less of text, the entire certificate must be analyzed. For certificates containing more than 10,000 words, the readability of two 200‑word samples per page may be analyzed in lieu of the entire certificate. The samples must be separated by at least 20 printed lines. For the purposes of this subsection a word will be counted as five printed characters or spaces between characters.
(c)	The number of words and sentences in the text must be counted and the total number of words divided by the total number of sentences. The figure obtained must be multiplied by a factor of 1.015. The total number of syllables must be counted and divided by the total number of words. The figure obtained must be multiplied by a factor of 84.6. The sum of the figures computed under this subsection subtracted from 206.835 equals the Flesch scale analysis readability score for the certificate.
(d)	For the purposes of subsection (c) of this section the following procedures must be used:
(1)	A contraction, hyphenated word, or numbers and letters, when separated by spaces, will be counted as one word;
(2)	A unit of words ending with a period, semicolon, or colon, but excluding headings, and captions will be counted as a sentence; and
(3)	A syllable means a unit of spoken language consisting of one  or more letters of a word as divided by an accepted dictionary. Where the dictionary shows two or more equally acceptable pronunciations of a word, the pronunciation containing fewer syllables may be used.
(e)	The term "text" as used in this section includes all printed  matter except the following:
(1)	The name and address of the insurer; the name, number or title  of the certificate; the table of contents or index; captions and subcaptions; specification pages, schedules or tables; and
(2)	Any certificate language that is drafted to conform to the requirements of any law, regulation, or agency interpretation of any state or the federal government; any certificate language required by any collectively bargained agreement; any medical terminology; and any words that are defined in the certificate: Provided, however, that the insurer submits with his filing under G.S. 58‑66‑30 a certified document identifying the language or terminology that is entitled to be excepted by this subdivision. (1979, 2nd Sess., c. 1161, s. 1.)

§ 58‑66‑30.  Filing requirements; duties of the Commissioner.
(a)	No insurer may make, issue, amend or renew any certificate or contract after the dates specified in G.S. 58‑66‑35 for the applicable type of insurance unless the certificate is in compliance with the provisions of G.S. 58‑66‑20 and 58‑66‑25, and unless the certificate is filed with the Commissioner for this approval. The policy will be deemed approved 90 days after filing unless disapproved within the 90‑day period. The Commissioner may not unreasonably withhold this approval. Any disapproval must be delivered to the insurer in writing and must state the grounds for disapproval. Any certificate filed with the Commissioner must be accompanied by a certified Flesch scale readability analysis and test score and by the insurer's certification that the policy is, in the insurer's judgment, readable based on the factors specified in G.S. 58‑66‑20 and 58‑66‑25.
(b)	The Commissioner must disapprove any certificate covered by subsection (a) of this section if he finds that:
(1)	It is not accompanied by a certified Flesch scale analysis readability score of 50 or more;
(2)	It is not accompanied by the insurer's certification that the certificate is, in the judgment of the insurer, readable under the standards of this Article; or
(3)	It does not comply with the format requirements of G.S. 58‑66‑20. (1979, 2nd Sess., c. 1161, s. 1; 1995, c. 193, s. 57.)

§ 58‑66‑35.  Application to policies; dates.
(a)	The filing requirements of G.S. 58‑66‑30 apply to all subscribers' contracts of hospital service corporations as described in G.S. 58‑65‑60(a) and (b) that are made, issued, amended or renewed after July 1, 1983.
(b)	Repealed by Session Laws 1995, c. 193, s. 58, effective June 7, 1995.  (1979, 2nd Sess., c. 1161, s. 1; 1995, c. 193, s. 58; 1995 (Reg. Sess., 1996), c. 742, s. 28; 2021‑169, s. 3(c).)

§ 58‑66‑40.  Construction.
(a)	The provisions of this Article will not operate to relieve any insurer from any provision of law regulating the contents or provisions of insurance certificates or contracts nor operate to reduce an insured's, beneficiary's or subscriber's rights or protection granted under any statute or provision of the law.
(b)	The provisions of this Article shall not be construed to mandate, require, or allow alteration of the legal effect of any provision of any insurance certificate or contract.
(c)	In any action brought by a subscriber or claimant arising out of a certificate approved pursuant to this Article, the subscriber or claimant may base such an action on either or both (i) the substantive language prescribed by such other statute or provision of law, or (ii) the wording of the approved certificate. (1979, 2nd Sess., c. 1161, s. 1.)

Article 67.
Health Maintenance Organization Act.
§ 58‑67‑1.  Short title.
This Article may be cited as the Health Maintenance Organization Act of 1979. (1977, c. 580, s. 1; 1979, c. 876, s. 1.)

§ 58‑67‑5.  Definitions.
(a)	"Commissioner" means the Commissioner of Insurance.
(b)	"Enrollee" means an individual who is covered by an HMO.
(c)	"Evidence of coverage" means any certificate, agreement, or contract issued to an enrollee setting out the coverage to which he is entitled.
(d)	"Health care plan" means any arrangement whereby any person undertakes on a prepaid basis to provide, arrange for, pay for, or reimburse any part of the cost of any health care services and at least part of such arrangement consists of arranging for or the provision of health care services, as distinguished from mere indemnification against the cost of such services on a prepaid basis through insurance or otherwise.
(e)	"Health care services" means any services included in the furnishing to any individual of medical or dental care, or hospitalization or incident to the furnishing of such care or hospitalization, as well as the furnishing to any person of any and all other services for the purpose of preventing, alleviating, curing, or healing human illness or injury.
(f)	"Health maintenance organization" or "HMO" means any person who undertakes to provide or arrange for the delivery of health care services to enrollees on a prepaid basis except for enrollee responsibility for copayments and deductibles. For the purposes of 11 U.S.C. § 109(b) (2) and (d), an HMO is a domestic insurance company.
(g)	"Person" includes associations, trusts, or corporations, but does not include professional associations, or individuals.
(h)	"Provider" means any physician, hospital, or other person that is licensed or otherwise authorized in this State to furnish health care services.
(i)	"Net worth" means the excess of total assets over the total liabilities and may include borrowed funds that are repayable only from the net earned income of the health maintenance organization and repayable only with the advance permission of the Commissioner. For the purposes of this subsection, "assets" means (i) tangible assets and (ii) other investments permitted under G.S. 58‑67‑60.
(j)	"Working capital" means the excess of current assets over current liabilities; provided that the only borrowed funds that may be included in working capital must be those borrowed funds that are repayable only from net earned income and must be repayable only with the advance permission of the Commissioner.
(k)	"Subscriber" means an individual whose employment or other status, except family dependency, is the basis for eligibility for enrollment in the HMO; or in the case of an individual contract, the person in whose name the contract is issued.
(l)	"Participating provider" means a provider who, under an express or implied contract with the HMO or with its contractor or subcontractor, has agreed to provide health care services to enrollees with an expectation of receiving payment, directly or indirectly, from the HMO, other than copayment or deductible.
(m)	"Insolvent" or "insolvency" means that the HMO has been declared insolvent and is placed under an order of liquidation by a court of competent jurisdiction.
(n)	"Carrier" means an HMO, an insurer, a nonprofit hospital or medical service corporation, or other entity responsible for the payment of benefits or provision of services under a group contract.
(o)	"Discontinuance" means the termination of the contract between the group contract holder and an HMO due to the insolvency of the HMO and does not mean the termination of any agreement between any individual enrollee and the HMO.
(p)	"Uncovered expenditures" means the amounts owed or paid to any provider who provides health care services to an enrollee and where such amount owed or paid is (i) not made pursuant to a written contract that contains the "hold harmless" provisions defined in G.S. 58‑67‑115; or (ii) not guaranteed or insured by a guaranteeing organization or insurer under the terms of a written guarantee or insurance policy that has been determined to be acceptable to the Commissioner. "Uncovered expenditures" includes amounts owed or paid to providers directly from the HMO as well as payments made by a medical group, independent practice association, or any other similar organization to reimburse providers for services rendered to an enrollee. (1977, c. 580, s. 1; 1979, c. 876, s. 1; 1987, c. 631, s. 1; 1989, c. 776, ss. 2, 3, 15; 1991, c. 195, s. 4; c. 720, s. 40; 2001‑417, s. 13; 2003‑212, s. 19.)

§ 58‑67‑10.  Establishment of health maintenance organizations.
(a)	Notwithstanding any law of this State to the contrary, any person may apply to the Commissioner for a license to establish and operate a health maintenance organization in compliance with this Article. No person shall establish or operate a health maintenance organization in this State, nor sell or offer to sell, or solicit offers to purchase or receive advance or periodic consideration in conjunction with a health maintenance organization without obtaining a license under this Article. A foreign corporation may qualify under this Article, subject to its full compliance with Article 16 of this Chapter.
(b)	(1)	It is specifically the intention of this section to permit such persons as were providing health services on a prepaid basis on July 1, 1977, or receiving federal funds under Section 254(c) of Title 42, U.S. Code, as a community health center, to continue to operate in the manner which they have heretofore operated.
(2)	Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article to the contrary, any person can provide health services on a fee for service basis to individuals who are not enrollees of the organization, and to enrollees for services not covered by the contract, provided that the volume of services in this manner shall not be such as to affect the ability of the health maintenance organization to provide on an adequate and timely basis those services to its enrolled members which it has contracted to furnish under the enrollment contract.
(3)	This Article shall not apply to any employee benefit plan to the extent that the Federal Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 preempts State regulation thereof.
(3a)	This Article does not apply to any prepaid health service or capitation arrangement implemented or administered by the Department of Health and Human Services or its representatives, pursuant to 42 U.S.C. § 1396n or Chapter 108A of the General Statutes, a provider sponsored organization or other organization certified, qualified, or otherwise approved by the Division of Health Benefits of the Department of Health and Human Services pursuant to Article 17 of Chapter 131E of the General Statutes, or to any provider of health care services participating in such a prepaid health service or capitation arrangement. Article; provided, however, that to the extent this Article applies to any such person acting as a subcontractor to a Health Maintenance Organization licensed in this State, that person shall be considered a single service Health Maintenance Organization for the purpose of G.S. 58‑67‑20(4), G.S. 58‑67‑25, and G.S. 58‑67‑110.
(4)	Except as provided in paragraphs (1), (2), (3), and (3a) of this subsection, the persons to whom these paragraphs are applicable shall be required to comply with all provisions contained in this Article.
(c)	Each application for a license shall be verified by an officer or authorized representative of the applicant, shall be in a form prescribed by the Commissioner, and shall be set forth or be accompanied by the following:
(1)	A copy of the basic organizational document, if any, of the applicant such as the articles of incorporation, articles of association, partnership agreement, trust agreement, or other applicable documents, and all amendments thereto. Any proposed articles of incorporation for the formation of a domestic health maintenance organization shall be filed with the Commissioner. The Commissioner shall examine the proposed articles. If the Commissioner finds that the proposed articles meet the requirements of the insurance laws of this State and otherwise determines that the articles should be approved, the Commissioner shall place a certificate of approval on the articles and submit the approved articles to the Secretary of State;
(2)	A copy of the bylaws, rules and regulations, or similar document, if any, regulating the conduct of the internal affairs of the applicant;
(3)	A list of the names, addresses, and official positions of persons who are to be responsible for the conduct of the affairs of the applicant, including all members of the board of directors, board of trustees, executive committee, or other governing board or committee, the principal officers in the case of a corporation, and the partners or members in the case of a partnership or association;
(4)	A copy of any contract form made or to be made between any class of providers and the HMO and a copy of any contract form made or to be made between third party administrators, marketing consultants, or persons listed in subdivision (3) of this subsection and the HMO;
(5)	A statement generally describing the health maintenance organization, its health care plan or plans, facilities, and personnel;
(6)	A copy of the form of evidence of coverage to be issued to the enrollees;
(7)	A copy of the form of the group contract, if any, which is to be issued to employers, unions, trustees, or other organizations;
(8)	Financial statements showing the applicant's assets, liabilities, and sources of financial support. If the applicant's financial affairs are audited by independent certified public accountants, a copy of the applicant's most recent regular certified financial statement shall be deemed to satisfy this requirement unless the Commissioner directs that additional or more recent financial information is required for the proper administration of this Article;
(9)	A financial feasibility plan, which includes detailed enrollment projections, the methodology for determining premium rates to be charged during the first 12 months of operations certified by an actuary or a recognized actuarial consultant, a projection of balance sheets, cash flow statements, showing any capital expenditures, purchase and sale of investments and deposits with the State, and income and expense statements anticipated from the start of operations until the organization has had net income for at least one year; and a statement as to the sources of working capital as well as any other sources of funding;
(10)	A power of attorney duly executed by such applicant, if not domiciled in this State, appointing the Commissioner and his successors in office, and duly authorized deputies, as the true and lawful attorney of such applicant in and for this State upon whom all lawful process in any legal action or proceeding against the health maintenance organization on a cause of action arising in this State may be served;
(11)	A statement reasonably describing the geographic area or areas to be served;
(12)	A description of the procedures to be implemented to meet the protection against insolvency requirements of G.S. 58‑67‑110;
(13)	A description of the internal grievance procedures to be utilized for the investigation and resolution of enrollee complaints and grievances; and
(14)	Such other information as the Commissioner may require to make the determinations required in G.S. 58‑67‑20.
(d)	(1)	A health maintenance organization shall file a notice describing any significant modification of the operation set out in the information required by subsection (c) of this section. Such notice shall be filed with the Commissioner prior to the modification. If the Commissioner does not disapprove within 90 days after the filing, such modification shall be deemed to be approved. Changes subject to the terms of this section include expansion of service area, changes in provider contract forms and group contract forms where the distribution of risk is significantly changed, and any other changes that the Commissioner describes in properly promulgated rules. Every HMO shall report to the Commissioner for his information material changes in the provider network, the addition or deletion of Medicare risk or Medicaid risk arrangements and the addition or deletion of employer groups that exceed ten percent (10%) of the health maintenance organization's book of business or such other information as the Commissioner may require. Such information shall be filed with the Commissioner within 15 days after implementation of the reported changes. Every HMO shall file with the Commissioner all subsequent changes in the information or forms that are required by this Article to be filed with the Commissioner.
(1a)	Any proposed change to the articles of incorporation shall be filed with the Commissioner. The Commissioner shall examine the proposed change to the articles. If the Commissioner determines that the proposed change should be approved, the Commissioner shall place a certificate of approval on the change and submit the approved change to the Secretary of State.
(2)	The Commissioner may promulgate rules and regulations exempting from the filing requirements of subdivision (1) those items he deems unnecessary.  (1977, c. 580, s. 1; 1979, c. 876, s. 1; 1983, c. 386, s. 1; 1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1027, s. 49; 1987, c. 631, ss. 6, 7; 1989, c. 776, ss. 4‑8; 1991, c. 720, ss. 41, 69; 1993, c. 529, s. 7.2; 1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 769, s. 25.48; 1997‑443, s. 11A.118(a); 1998‑227, s. 2; 2005‑215, s. 23; 2019‑81, s. 15(a).)

§ 58‑67‑11.  Additional HMO application information.
(a)	In addition to the information filed under G.S. 58‑67‑10(c), each application shall include a description of the following:
(1)	The program to be used to evaluate whether the applicant's provider network is sufficient, in numbers and types of providers, to assure that all health care services will be accessible without unreasonable delay.
(2)	The program to be used for verifying provider credentials.
(3)	The quality management program to assure quality of care and health care services managed and provided through the health care plan.
(4)	The utilization review program for the review and control of health care services provided or paid for.
(5)	The applicant's provider network and evidence of the ability of that network to provide all health care services to the applicant's prospective enrollees.
(b)	G.S. 58‑67‑10(d) applies to the information specified in this section. (1997‑519, s. 1.2.)

§ 58‑67‑12.  Commissioner use of consultants and other professionals.
(a)	The Commissioner may contract with consultants and other professionals to expedite and complete the application process, examinations, and other regulatory activities required under this Article. Costs of contracts entered into under this section shall be reimbursed by the applicant or licensee.
(b)	Contracts under this section for financial, legal, examination, and other services shall not be subject to any of the following:
(1)	G.S. 114‑2.3.
(2)	G.S. 147‑17.
(3)	Articles 3, 3C, and 8 of Chapter 143 of the General Statutes and any rules and procedures adopted under those Articles concerning procurement, contracting, and contract review.  (2018‑49, s. 2(c).)

§ 58-67-13: Reserved for future codification purposes.

§ 58-67-14: Reserved for future codification purposes.

§ 58‑67‑15.  Health maintenance organization of bordering states may be admitted to do business; reciprocity.
A federally qualified health maintenance organization approved and regulated under the laws of a state bordering this State may be admitted to do business in this State by satisfying the Commissioner that it is fully and legally organized under the laws of that state, and that it complies with all requirements for health maintenance organizations organized within this State; provided that the bordering state has a law or regulation substantially similar to this section. (1985, c. 666, s. 69.)

§ 58‑67‑20.  Issuance and continuation of license.
(a)	Before issuing or continuing any such license, the Commissioner of Insurance may make such an examination or investigation as he deems expedient. The Commissioner of Insurance shall issue a license upon the payment of the application fee prescribed in G.S. 58‑67‑160 and upon being satisfied on the following points:
(1)	The applicant is established as a bona fide health maintenance organization as defined by this Article;
(2)	The rates charged and benefits to be provided are fair and reasonable;
(3)	The amounts provided as working capital are repayable only out of earned income in excess of amounts paid and payable for operating expenses and expenses of providing services and such reserve as the Department of Insurance deems adequate, as provided hereinafter;
(4)	That the amount of money actually available for working capital be sufficient to carry all acquisition costs and operating expenses for a reasonable period of time from the date of the issuance of the license and that the health maintenance organization is financially responsible and may reasonably be expected to meet its obligations to enrollees and prospective enrollees. Such working capital shall initially be a minimum of one million five hundred thousand dollars ($1,500,000) for any full service medical health maintenance organization. Initial working capital for a single service health maintenance organization shall be a minimum of one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000) or such higher amount as the Commissioner shall determine to be adequate.
(b)	In making the determinations required under this section, the Commissioner shall consider:
(1)	The financial soundness of the health care plan's arrangements for health care services and the schedule of premiums used in connection therewith;
(2)	The adequacy of working capital;
(3)	Any agreement with an insurer, a hospital or medical service corporation, a government, or any other organization for insuring the payment of the cost of health care services or the provision for automatic applicability of alternative coverage in the event of discontinuance of the plan;
(4)	Any agreement with providers for the provision of health care services; and
(5)	Any firm commitment of federal funds to the health maintenance organization in the form of a grant, even though such funds have not been paid to the health maintenance organization, provided that the health maintenance organization certifies to the Commissioner that such funds have been committed, that such funds are to be paid to the health maintenance organization with a current fiscal year and that such funds may be used directly for operating purposes and for the benefit of enrollees of the health maintenance organization.
(c)	A license shall be denied only after compliance with the requirements of G.S. 58‑67‑155. (1977, c. 580, s. 1; 1979, c. 876, s. 1; 1983, c. 386, s. 2; 1987, c. 631, ss. 2, 4, 8; 1987 (Reg. Sess., 1988), c. 975, s. 1; 2003‑212, s. 26(n).)

§ 58‑67‑25.  Deposits.
(a)	The Commissioner shall require a minimum deposit of five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000) for all full service medical health maintenance organizations or such higher amount as he deems necessary for the protection of enrollees.
(b)	The Commissioner shall require a minimum deposit of twenty‑five thousand dollars ($25,000) for all single service health maintenance organizations or such higher amount as he deems necessary for the protection of enrollees.
(c)	All deposits required by this section shall be administered in accordance with the provisions of Article 5 of this Chapter. (1987, c. 631, s. 3; 2005‑215, s. 18.)

§ 58‑67‑30.  Management and exclusive agreements; custodial agreements.
(a)	No health maintenance organization shall enter into an exclusive agency, management, or custodial agreement unless the agreement is first filed with the Commissioner and approved under this section within 45 days after filing or such reasonable extended period as the Commissioner shall specify by notice that is given within the 45 day period.
(b)	The Commissioner shall disapprove an agreement submitted under subsection (a) of this section if the Commissioner determines that the agreement:
(1)	Subjects the health maintenance organization to excessive charges;
(2)	Extends for an unreasonable period of time;
(3)	Does not contain fair and adequate standards of performance;
(4)	Enables persons under the contract to manage the health maintenance organization who are not sufficiently trustworthy, competent, experienced, and free from conflict of interest to manage the health maintenance organization with due regard for the interests of its enrollees, creditors, or the public; or
(5)	Contains provisions that impair the interests of the organization's enrollees, creditors, or the public. (1987, c. 631, s. 10; 2001‑223, s. 20.5.)

§ 58‑67‑35.  Powers of health maintenance organizations.
(a)	The powers of a health maintenance organization include, but are not limited to the following:
(1)	The purchase, lease, construction, renovation, operation, or maintenance of hospitals, medical facilities, or both, and their ancillary equipment, and such property as may reasonably be required for its principal office or for such other purposes as may be necessary in the transaction of the business of the organization;
(2)	The making of loans to a medical group under contract with it in furtherance of its program or the making of loans to a corporation or corporations under its control for the purpose of acquiring or constructing medical facilities and hospitals or in furtherance of a program providing health care services to enrollees;
(3)	The furnishing of health care services through providers which are under contract with or employed by the health maintenance organization;
(4)	The contracting with any person for the performance on its behalf of certain functions such as marketing, enrollment and administration;
(5)	The contracting with an insurance company licensed in this State, or with a hospital or medical service corporation authorized to do business in this State, for the provision of insurance, indemnity, or reimbursement against the cost of health care services provided by the health maintenance organization;
(6)	The offering and contracting for the provision or arranging of, in addition to health care services, of:
a.	Additional health care services;
b.	Indemnity benefits, covering out‑of‑area or emergency services;
c.	Indemnity benefits, in addition to those relating to out‑of‑area and emergency services, provided through insurers or hospital or medical service corporations; and
d.	Point‑of‑service products, for which an HMO may precertify out‑of‑plan covered services on the same basis as it precertifies in‑plan covered services, and for which the Commissioner shall adopt rules governing:
1.	The percentage of an HMO's total health care expenditures for out‑of‑plan covered services for all of its members that may be spent on those services, which may not exceed twenty percent (20%);
2.	Product limitations, which may provide for payment differentials for services rendered by providers who are not in an HMO network, subject to G.S. 58‑3‑200(d).
3.	Deposit and other financial requirements; and
4.	Other requirements for marketing and administering those products.
(b)	(1)	A health maintenance organization shall file notice, with adequate supporting information, with the Commissioner prior to the exercise of any power granted in subsections (a)(1) or (2). The Commissioner shall disapprove such exercise of power if in his opinion it would substantially and adversely affect the financial soundness of the health maintenance organization and endanger its ability to meet its obligations. If the Commissioner does not disapprove within 30 days of the filing, it shall be deemed approved.
(2)	The Commissioner may promulgate rules and regulations exempting from the filing requirement of subdivision (1) those activities having a de minimis effect. (1977, c. 580, s. 1; 1979, c. 876, s. 1; 1991 (Reg. Sess., 1992), c. 837, s. 8; 1997‑519, s. 3.18; 2001‑334, s. 8.2.)

§ 58‑67‑40: Repealed by Session Laws 2003‑212, s. 20, effective October 1, 2003.

§ 58‑67‑45.  Fiduciary responsibilities.
Any director, officer or partner of a health maintenance organization who receives, collects, disburses, or invests funds in connection with the activities of such organization shall be responsible for such funds in a fiduciary relationship to the enrollees. (1977, c. 580, s. 1; 1979, c. 876, s. 1.)

§ 58‑67‑50.  Evidence of coverage and premiums for health care services.
(a)	(1)	Every enrollee residing in this State is entitled to evidence of coverage under a health care plan. If the enrollee obtains coverage under a health care plan through an insurance policy or a contract issued by a hospital or medical service corporation, whether by option or otherwise, the insurer or the hospital or medical service corporation shall issue the evidence of coverage. Otherwise, the health maintenance organization shall issue the evidence of coverage.
(2)	No evidence of coverage, or amendment thereto, shall be issued or delivered to any person in this State until a copy of the form of the evidence of coverage, or amendment thereto, has been filed with and approved by the Commissioner.
(3)	An evidence of coverage shall contain:
a.	No provisions or statements which are unjust, unfair, inequitable, misleading, deceptive, which encourage misrepresentation, or which are untrue, misleading or deceptive as defined in G.S. 58‑67‑65(a); and
b.	A clear and complete statement, if a contract, or a reasonably complete summary, if a certificate of:
1.	The health care services and insurance or other benefits, if any, to which the enrollee is entitled under the health care plan;
2.	Any limitations on the services, benefits, or kind of benefits, to be provided, including any deductible or copayment feature;
3.	Where and in what manner information is available as to how services may be obtained;
4.	The total amount of payment for health care services and the indemnity or service benefits, if any, which the enrollee is obligated to pay with respect to individual contracts, or an indication whether the plan is contributory or noncontributory with respect to group certificates;
5.	A clear and understandable description of the health maintenance organization's method of resolving enrollee complaints;
6.	A description of the reasons, if any, for which an enrollee's enrollment may be terminated for cause, which reasons may include behavior that seriously impairs the health maintenance organization's ability to provide services or an inability to establish and maintain a satisfactory physician‑patient relationship after reasonable efforts to do so have been made.
Any subsequent change may be evidenced in a separate document issued to the enrollee.
(4)	A copy of the form of the evidence of coverage to be used in this State, and any amendment thereto, shall be subject to the filing and approval requirements of subsection (b) unless it is subject to the jurisdiction of the Commissioner under the laws governing health insurance or hospital or medical service corporations in which event the filing and approval provisions of such laws shall apply. To the extent, however, that such provisions do not apply the requirements in subsection (c) shall be applicable.
(b)	(1)	Premium approval. – No schedule of premiums for coverage for health care services, or any amendment to the schedule, shall be used in conjunction with any health care plan until a copy of the schedule or amendment has been filed with and approved by the Commissioner.
(2)	Individual coverage. – Premiums shall be established in accordance with actuarial principles for various categories of enrollees. Premiums applicable to an enrollee shall not be individually determined based on the status of the enrollee's health. Premiums shall not be excessive, inadequate or unfairly discriminatory; and shall exhibit a reasonable relationship to the benefits provided by the evidence of coverage. The premiums or any premium revisions for nongroup enrollee coverage shall be guaranteed, as to every enrollee covered under the same category of enrollee coverage, for a period of not less than 12 months. As an alternative to giving this guarantee for nongroup enrollee coverage, the premium or premium revisions may be made applicable to all similar categories of enrollee coverage at one time if the health maintenance organization chooses to apply for the premium revision with respect to the categories of coverages no more frequently than once in any 12‑month period. The premium revision shall be applicable to all categories of nongroup enrollee coverage of the same type; provided that no premium revision may become effective for any category of enrollee coverage unless the HMO has given written notice of the premium revision to the enrollee 45 days before the effective date of the revision. The enrollee must then pay the revised premium in order to continue the contract in force. The Commissioner may adopt reasonable rules, after notice and hearing, to require the submittal of supporting data and such information as the Commissioner considers necessary to determine whether the rate revisions meet the standards in this subdivision. In adopting the rules under this subsection, the Commissioner may require identification of the types of rating methodologies used by filers and may also address standards for data in HMO rate filings for initial filings, filings by recently licensed HMOs, and rate revision filings; data requirements for service area expansion requests; policy reserves used in rating; incurred loss ratio standards; and other recognized actuarial principles of the NAIC, the American Academy of Actuaries, and the Society of Actuaries.
(3)	Group coverage. – Employer group premiums shall be established in accordance with actuarial principles for various categories of enrollees, provided that premiums applicable to an enrollee shall not be individually determined based on the status of the enrollee's health. Premiums shall not be excessive, inadequate, or unfairly discriminatory, and shall exhibit a reasonable relationship to the benefits provided by the evidence of coverage. The premiums or any revisions to the premiums for employer group coverage shall be guaranteed for a period of not less than 12 months. No premium revision shall become effective for any category of group coverage unless the HMO has given written notice of the premium revision to the master group contract holder upon receipt of the group's finalized benefits or 45 days before the effective date of the revision, whichever is earlier. The master group contract holder thereafter must pay the revised premium in order to continue the contract in force. The Commissioner may adopt reasonable rules, after notice and hearing, to require the submittal of supporting data and such information as the Commissioner considers necessary to determine whether the rate revisions meet the standards in this subdivision.
(c)	The Commissioner shall, within a reasonable period, approve any form if the requirements of subsection (a) of this section are met and any schedule of premiums if the requirements of subsection (b) of this section are met. It shall be unlawful to issue the form or to use the schedule of premiums until approved. If the Commissioner disapproves the filing, the Commissioner shall notify the filer. In the notice, the Commissioner shall specify the reasons for disapproval. A hearing will be granted within 30 days after a request in writing by the person filing. If the Commissioner does not approve or disapprove any form or schedule of premiums within 90 days after the filing for forms and within 45 days after the filing for premiums, they shall be deemed to be approved.
(d)	The Commissioner may require the submission of whatever relevant information he deems necessary in determining whether to approve or disapprove a filing made pursuant to this section.
(e)	Every health maintenance organization shall provide at least minimum cost and utilization information for group contracts of 100 or more subscribers on an annual basis when requested by the group. Such information shall be compiled in accordance with the Data Collection Form developed by the Standardized HMO Date Form Task Force as endorsed by the Washington Business Group on Health and the Group Health Association of America on November 19, 1986, and any subsequent amendments.  (1977, c. 580, s. 1; 1979, c. 876, s. 1; 1987, c. 631, s. 9; 1989, c. 485, s. 59; 1991, c. 195, s. 1; c. 644, s. 13; c. 720, s. 36; 1995, c. 193, s. 59; 1997‑474, s. 3; 1997‑519, s. 1.3; 2001‑334, ss. 8.1, 17.4; 2001‑487, ss. 106(a), 106(b); 2008‑124, s. 5.3; 2009‑173, s. 1.)

§ 58‑67‑55.  Statements filed with Commissioner.
Every HMO subject to this Article is subject to G.S. 58‑2‑165. (1977, c. 580, s. 1; 1979, c. 876, s. 1; 1999‑244, s. 12.)

§ 58‑67‑60.  Investments.
With the exception of investments made in accordance with G.S. 58‑67‑35(a)(1) and (2) and G.S. 58‑67‑35(b), the funds of a health maintenance organization shall be invested or maintained only in securities, other investments, or other assets permitted by the laws of this State for the investment of assets constituting the legal reserves of life insurance companies or such other securities or investments as the Commissioner may permit. (1977, c. 580, s. 1; 1979, c. 876, s. 1; 2001‑223, s. 8.18.)

§ 58‑67‑65.  Prohibited practices.
(a)	No health maintenance organization, or representative thereof, may cause or knowingly permit the use of advertising which is untrue or misleading, solicitation which is untrue or misleading, or any form of evidence of coverage which is deceptive. For purposes of this Article:
(1)	A statement or item of information shall be deemed to be untrue if it does not conform to fact in any respect which is or may be significant to an enrollee of, or person considering enrollment in, a health care plan.
(2)	A statement or item of information shall be deemed to be misleading, whether or not it may be literally untrue, if, in the total context in which such statement is made or such item of information is communicated, such statement or item of information may be reasonably understood by a reasonable person, not possessing special knowledge regarding health care coverage, as indicating any benefit or advantage or the absence of any exclusion, limitation, or disadvantage of possible significance to an enrollee of, or person considering enrollment in a health care plan, if such benefit or advantage or absence of limitation, exclusion or disadvantage does not in fact exist.
(3)	An evidence of coverage shall be deemed to be deceptive if the evidence of coverage taken as a whole, and with consideration given to typography and format, as well as language, shall be such as to cause a reasonable person, not possessing special knowledge regarding health care plans and evidences of coverage therefor, to expect benefits, services, premiums, or other advantages which the evidence of coverage does not provide or which the health care plan issuing such evidence of coverage does not regularly make available for enrollees covered under such evidence of coverage.
(b)	Article 63 of this Chapter applies to health maintenance organizations and their agents and representatives.
(c)	An enrollee may not be cancelled or not renewed because of any deterioration in the health of the enrollee.
(d)	No health maintenance organization, unless licensed as an insurer, may use in its name, contracts, or literature any of the words "insurance", "casualty", "surety", "mutual", or any other words descriptive of the insurance, casualty, or surety business or deceptively similar to the name or description of any insurance or surety corporation doing business in this State.
(e)	The HMO shall not refuse to enroll employees except when they can demonstrate they are unable to arrange adequate services.
(f)	No health maintenance organization shall refuse to enroll an individual or refuse to continue enrollment of an individual in a health care plan; limit the amount, extent, or kinds of health care plans available to an individual; or charge an individual a different rate for the same health plan, because of the race, color, or national or ethnic origin of that individual. (1977, c. 580, s. 1; 1979, c. 876, s. 1; 1989, c. 485, s. 24; 1999‑244, s. 14.)

§ 58‑67‑66.  Collaboration with local health departments.
A health maintenance organization and a local health department shall collaborate and cooperate within available resources regarding health promotion and disease prevention efforts that are necessary to protect the public health. (1997‑474, s. 4.)

§ 58‑67‑70.  Coverage for chemical dependency treatment.
(a)	As used in this section, the term "chemical dependency" means the pathological use or abuse of alcohol or other drugs in a manner or to a degree that produces an impairment in personal, social or occupational functioning and which may, but need not, include a pattern of tolerance and withdrawal.
(b)	On and after January 1, 1985, every health maintenance organization that writes a health care plan on a group basis and that is subject to this Article shall offer benefits for the necessary care and treatment of chemical dependency that are not less favorable than benefits under the health care plan generally. Except as provided in subsection (c) of this section, benefits for chemical dependency shall be subject to the same durational limits, dollar limits, deductibles, and coinsurance factors as are benefits under the health care plan generally.
(c)	Every group health care plan that provides benefits for chemical dependency treatment and that provides total annual benefits for all illnesses in excess of eight thousand dollars ($8,000) is subject to the following conditions:
(1)	The plan shall provide, for each 12‑month period, a minimum benefit of eight thousand dollars ($8,000) for the necessary care and treatment of chemical dependency.
(2)	The plan shall provide a lifetime minimum benefit of sixteen thousand dollars ($16,000) for the necessary care and treatment of chemical dependency for each enrollee.
(d)	Provisions for benefits for necessary care and treatment of chemical dependency in group health care plans shall provide for benefit payments for the following providers of necessary care and treatment of chemical dependency:
(1)	The following units of a general hospital licensed under Article 5 of General Statutes Chapter 131E:
a.	Chemical dependency units in facilities licensed after October 1, 1984;
b.	Medical units;
c.	Psychiatric units; and
(2)	The following facilities or programs licensed after July 1, 1984, under Article 2 of General Statutes Chapter 122C:
a.	Chemical dependency units in psychiatric hospitals;
b.	Chemical dependency hospitals;
c.	Residential chemical dependency treatment facilities;
d.	Social setting detoxification facilities or programs;
e.	Medical detoxification facilities or programs; and
(3)	Duly licensed physicians and duly licensed practicing psychologists and certified professionals working under the direct supervision of such physicians or psychologists in facilities described in (1) and (2) above and in day/night programs or outpatient treatment facilities licensed after July 1, 1984, under Article 2 of General Statutes Chapter 122C.
Provided, however, that nothing in this subsection shall prohibit any plan from requiring the most cost effective treatment setting to be utilized by the person undergoing necessary care and treatment for chemical dependency.
(e)	Coverage for chemical dependency treatment as described in this section shall not be applicable to any group that rejects the coverage in writing.
(f)	Notwithstanding any other provision of this section or Article, any health maintenance organization subject to this Article that becomes a qualified health maintenance organization under Title XIII of the United States Public Health Service Act shall provide the benefits required under that federal Act, which shall be deemed to constitute compliance with the provisions of this section; and any health maintenance organization may provide that the benefits provided under this section must be obtained through providers affiliated with the health maintenance organization.
(g)	Notwithstanding any other provisions of this section, a group health benefit plan that covers both medical and surgical benefits and chemical dependency treatment benefits shall, with respect to the chemical dependency treatment benefits, comply with all applicable standards of Subtitle B of Title V of Public Law 110‑343, known as the Paul Wellstone and Pete Domenici Mental Health Parity and Addiction Equity Act of 2008.
(h)	Subsection (g) of this section applies only to a group health benefit plan covering a large employer as defined in G.S. 58‑68‑25(a)(10).  (1983 (Reg. Sess., 1984), c. 1110, s. 9; 1985, c. 589, s. 43(a), (b); 1989, c. 175, s. 3; 1991, c. 720, s. 64; 2009‑382, s. 22.)

§ 58‑67‑74.  Coverage for certain treatment of diabetes.
(a)	Every health care plan written by a health maintenance organization and in force, issued, renewed, or amended on or after October 1, 1997, that is subject to this Article, shall provide coverage for medically appropriate and necessary services, including diabetes outpatient self‑management training and educational services, and equipment, supplies, medications, and laboratory procedures used to treat diabetes. Diabetes outpatient self‑management training and educational services shall be provided by a physician or a health care professional designated by the physician.  The health maintenance organization shall determine who shall provide and be reimbursed for the diabetes outpatient self‑management training and educational services.  The same deductibles, coinsurance, and other limitations as apply to similar services covered under the policy, contract, or plan shall apply to the diabetes coverage required under this section.
(b)	For the purposes of this section, "physician" is a person licensed to practice in this State under Article 1 or Article 7 of Chapter 90 of the General Statutes. (1997‑225, s. 3.)

§ 58‑67‑75.  No discrimination against mentally ill or chemically dependent individuals.
(a)	Definitions. – As used in this section, the term:
(1)	"Mental illness" has the same meaning as defined in G.S. 122C‑3(21), with a mental disorder defined in the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, DSM‑5, or subsequent editions published by the American Psychiatric Association, except those mental disorders coded in the DSM‑5 or subsequent editions as autism spectrum disorder (299.00), substance‑related disorders (291.0 through 292.9 and 303.0 through 305.9), those coded as sexual dysfunctions not due to organic disease (302.70 through 302.79), and those coded as "V" codes.
(2)	"Chemical dependency" has the same meaning as defined in G.S. 58‑67‑70, with a mental disorder defined in the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, DSM‑5 or subsequent editions published by the American Psychiatric Association.
(b)	Coverage of Physical Illness. – No health maintenance organization governed by this Chapter shall, solely because an individual has or had a mental illness or chemical dependency:
(1)	Refuse to enroll that individual in any health care plan covering physical illness or injury;
(2)	Have a higher premium rate or charge for physical illness or injury coverages or benefits for that individual; or
(3)	Reduce physical illness or injury coverages or benefits for that individual.
(b1)	[Expired October 1, 2001.]
(c)	Chemical Dependency Coverage Not Required. – Nothing in this section requires an HMO to offer coverage for chemical dependency, except as provided in G.S. 58‑67‑70.
(d)	Applicability. – This section applies only to group contracts, other than excepted benefits as defined in G.S. 58‑68‑25. For purposes of this section, "group health insurance contracts" include MEWAs, as defined in G.S. 58‑50A‑1.
(e)	Nothing in this section requires an insurer to cover treatment or studies leading to or in connection with sex changes or modifications and related care.  (1989, c. 369, s. 2; 1991, c. 720, s. 83; 1997‑259, s. 23; 1999‑132, s. 4.4; 2007‑268, s. 4; 2015‑271, s. 4; 2019‑202, s. 8; 2020‑69, s. 3(h).)

§ 58‑67‑76.  Coverage for mammograms and cervical cancer screening.
(a)	Every health care plan written by a health maintenance organization and in force, issued, renewed, or amended on or after January 1, 1992, that is subject to this Article, shall provide coverage for examinations and laboratory tests for the screening for the early detection of cervical cancer and for low‑dose screening mammography. The same deductibles, coinsurance, and other limitations as apply to similar services covered under the plan shall apply to coverage for examinations and laboratory tests for the screening for the early detection of cervical cancer and low‑dose screening mammography.
(a1)	As used in this section, "examinations and laboratory tests for the screening for the early detection of cervical cancer" means conventional PAP smear screening, liquid‑based cytology, and human papilloma virus (HPV) detection methods for women with equivocal findings on cervical cytologic analysis that are subject to the approval of and have been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration.
(b)	As used in this section, "low‑dose screening mammography" means a radiologic procedure for the early detection of breast cancer provided to an asymptomatic woman using equipment dedicated specifically for mammography, including a physician's interpretation of the results of the procedure.
(c)	Coverage for low‑dose screening mammography shall be provided as follows:
(1)	One or more mammograms a year, as recommended by a physician, for any woman who is determined to be at risk for breast cancer. For purposes of this subdivision, a woman is at risk for breast cancer if any one or more of the following is true:
a.	The woman has a personal history of breast cancer;
b.	The woman has a personal history of biopsy‑proven benign breast disease;
c.	The woman's mother, sister, or daughter has or has had breast cancer; or
d.	The woman has not given birth prior to the age of 30;
(2)	One baseline mammogram for any woman 35 through 39 years of age, inclusive;
(3)	A mammogram every other year for any woman 40 through 49 years of age, inclusive, or more frequently upon recommendation of a physician; and
(4)	A mammogram every year for any woman 50 years of age or older.
(d)	Reimbursement for a mammogram authorized under this section shall be made only if the facility in which the mammogram was performed meets mammography accreditation standards established by the North Carolina Medical Care Commission.
(e)	Coverage for the screening for the early detection of cervical cancer shall be in accordance with the most recently published American Cancer Society guidelines or guidelines adopted by the North Carolina Advisory Committee on Cancer Coordination and Control. Coverage shall include the examination, the laboratory fee, and the physician's interpretation of the laboratory results. Reimbursements for laboratory fees shall be made only if the laboratory meets accreditation standards adopted by the North Carolina Medical Care Commission. (1991, c. 490, s. 3; 2003‑186, s. 4.)

§ 58‑67‑77.  Coverage for prostate‑specific antigen (PSA) tests.
(a)	Every health care plan written by a health maintenance organization and in force, issued, renewed, or amended on or after January 1, 1994, that is subject to this Article, shall provide coverage for prostate‑specific antigen (PSA) tests or equivalent tests for the presence of prostate cancer.  The same deductibles, coinsurance, and other limitations as apply to similar services covered under the plan shall apply to coverage for prostate‑specific antigen (PSA) tests or equivalent tests for the presence of prostate cancer.
(b)	As used in this section, "prostate‑specific antigen (PSA) tests or equivalent tests for the presence of prostate cancer" means serological tests for determining the presence of prostate cytoplasmic protein (PSA) and the generation of antibodies to it, as a novel marker for prostatic disease.
(c)	Coverage for prostate‑specific antigen (PSA) tests or equivalent tests for the presence of prostate cancer shall be provided when recommended by a physician. (1993, c. 269, s. 3.)

§ 58‑67‑78.  Coverage of certain prescribed drugs for cancer treatment.
(a)	No health care plan written by a health maintenance organization and in force, issued, renewed, or amended on or after January 1, 1994, and that provides coverage for prescribed drugs approved by the federal Food and Drug Administration for the treatment of certain types of cancer shall exclude coverage of any drug on the basis that the drug has been prescribed for the treatment of a type of cancer for which the drug has not been approved by the federal Food and Drug Administration. The drug, however, must be approved by the federal Food and Drug Administration and must have been proven effective and accepted for the treatment of the specific type of cancer for which the drug has been prescribed in any one of the following established reference compendia:
(1)	The National Comprehensive Cancer Network Drugs & Biologics Compendium;
(2)	The ThomsonMicromedex DrugDex;
(3)	The Elsevier Gold Standard's Clinical Pharmacology; or
(4)	Any other authoritative compendia as recognized periodically by the United States Secretary of Health and Human Services.
(b)	Notwithstanding subsection (a) of this section, coverage shall not be required for any experimental or investigational drugs or any drug that the federal Food and Drug Administration has determined to be contraindicated for treatment of the specific type of cancer for which the drug has been prescribed.
(c)	This section shall apply only to cancer drugs and nothing in this section shall be construed, expressly or by implication, to create, impair, alter, limit, notify, enlarge, abrogate, or prohibit reimbursement for drugs used in the treatment of any other disease or condition.  (1993, c. 506, s. 4.3; 2009‑170, s. 3.)

§ 58‑67‑79.  Coverage for reconstructive breast surgery following mastectomy.
(a)	Every health care plan written by a health maintenance organization that is subject to this Article and that provides coverage for mastectomy shall provide coverage for reconstructive breast surgery following a mastectomy. The coverage shall include coverage for all stages and revisions of reconstructive breast surgery performed on a nondiseased breast to establish symmetry if reconstructive surgery on a diseased breast is performed, as well as coverage for prostheses and physical complications in all stages of mastectomy, including lymphademas. The same deductibles, coinsurance, and other limitations as apply to similar services covered under the policy, contract, or plan shall apply to coverage for reconstructive breast surgery. Reconstruction of the nipple/areolar complex following a mastectomy is covered without regard to the lapse of time between the mastectomy and the reconstruction, subject to the approval of the treating physician.
(b)	As used in this section, the following terms have the meanings indicated:
(1)	"Mastectomy" means the surgical removal of all or part of a breast as a result of breast cancer or breast disease.
(2)	"Reconstructive breast surgery" means surgery performed as a result of a mastectomy to reestablish symmetry between the two breasts, and includes reconstruction of the mastectomy site, creation of a new breast mound, and creation of a new nipple/areolar complex. "Reconstructive breast surgery" also includes augmentation mammoplasty, reduction mammoplasty, and mastopexy of the nondiseased breast.
(c)	A policy, contract, or plan subject to this section shall not:
(1)	Deny coverage described in subsection (a) of this section on the basis that the coverage is for cosmetic surgery;
(2)	Deny to a woman eligibility or continued eligibility to enroll or to renew coverage under the terms of the contract, policy, or plan, solely for the purpose of avoiding the requirements of this section;
(3)	Provide monetary payments or rebates to a woman to encourage her to accept less than the minimum protections available under this section;
(4)	Penalize or otherwise reduce or limit the reimbursement of an attending provider because the provider provided care to an individual participant or beneficiary in accordance with this section; or
(5)	Provide incentives, monetary or otherwise, to an attending provider to induce the provider to provide care to an individual participant or beneficiary in a manner inconsistent with this section.
(d)	Written notice of the availability of the coverage provided by this section shall be delivered to every subscriber under the plan upon enrollment and annually thereafter. The notice required by this subsection may be included as a part of any yearly informational packet sent to the subscriber. (1997‑312, s. 3; 1999‑351, s. 3.3; 2001‑334, s. 13.3.)

§ 58‑67‑80.  Meaning of terms "accident", "accidental injury", and "accidental means".
(a)	Effective October 1, 1989, this section applies to all health maintenance organization plans under this Article.
(b)	"Accident", "accidental injury", and "accidental means" shall be defined to imply "result" language and shall not include words that establish an accidental means test. (1989, c. 485, s. 12.)

§ 58‑67‑85.  Master group contracts, filing requirement; required and prohibited provisions.
(a)	A health maintenance organization may issue a master group contract with the approval of the Commissioner of Insurance provided the contract and the individual certificates issued to members of the group, shall comply in substance to the other provisions of this Article. Any such contract may provide for the adjustment of the rate of the premium or benefits conferred as provided in the contract, and in accordance with an adjustment schedule filed with and approved by the Commissioner of Insurance. If the master group contract is issued, altered or modified, the enrollees' contracts issued in pursuance thereof are altered or modified accordingly, all laws and clauses in the enrollees' contracts to the contrary notwithstanding. Nothing in this Article shall be construed to prohibit or prevent the same. Forms of such contract shall at all times be furnished upon request of enrollees thereto.
(b),	(c) Repealed by Session Laws 1997‑259, s. 18.
(d)	Employees shall be added to the master group coverage no later than 90 days after their first day of employment. Employment shall be considered continuous and not be considered broken except for unexcused absences from work for reasons other than illness or injury. The term "employee" is defined as a nonseasonal person who works on a full‑time basis, with a normal work week of 30 or more hours and who is otherwise eligible for coverage, but does not include a person who works on a part‑time, temporary, or substitute basis.
(d1)	When determining employee eligibility for a large employer, as defined in G.S. 58‑68‑25(10), an individual proprietor, owner, or operator shall be defined as an "employee" for the purpose of obtaining coverage under the employee group health plan and shall not be held to a minimum workweek requirement as imposed on other eligible employees.
(e)	Whenever an employer master group contract replaces another group contract, whether the contract was issued by a corporation under Articles 1 through 67 of this Chapter, the liability of the succeeding corporation for insuring persons covered under the previous group contract is:
(1)	Each person who is eligible for coverage in accordance with the succeeding corporation's plan of benefits with respect to classes eligible and activity at work and nonconfinement rules must be covered by the succeeding corporation's plan of benefits; and
(2)	Each person not covered under the succeeding corporation's plan of benefits in accordance with (e)(1) must nevertheless be covered by the succeeding corporation if that person was validly covered, including benefit extension, under the prior plan on the date of discontinuance and if the person is a member of the class of persons eligible for coverage under the succeeding corporation's plan. (1989, c. 775, s. 5; 1991, c. 720, ss. 38, 88; 1991 (Reg. Sess., 1992), c. 837, s. 4; 1993, c. 408, ss. 5, 5.1; 1995, c. 507, s. 23A.1(f); 1997‑259, s. 18; 2005‑223, s. 2(b).)

§ 58‑67‑88.  Continuity of care.
(a)	Definitions. – As used in this section:
(1)	"Ongoing special condition" means:
a.	In the case of an acute illness, a condition that is serious enough to require medical care or treatment to avoid a reasonable possibility of death or permanent harm.
b.	In the case of a chronic illness or condition, a disease or condition that is life‑threatening, degenerative, or disabling, and requires medical care or treatment over a prolonged period of time.
c.	In the case of pregnancy, pregnancy from the start of the second trimester.
d.	In the case of a terminal illness, an individual has a medical prognosis that the individual's life expectancy is six months or less.
(2)	"Terminated or termination". – Includes, with respect to a contract, the expiration or nonrenewal of the contract, but does not include a termination of the contract by an HMO for failure to meet applicable quality standards or for fraud.
(b)	Termination of Provider. – If a contract between an HMO benefit plan that is not a point‑of‑service plan and a health care provider is terminated by the provider or by the HMO, or benefits or coverage provided by the HMO are terminated because of a change in the terms of provider participation in a health benefit plan of an HMO that is not a point‑of‑service plan, and an individual is covered by the plan and is undergoing treatment from the provider for an ongoing special condition on the date of the termination, then, the HMO shall:
(1)	Upon termination of the contract by the HMO or upon receipt by the HMO of written notification of termination by the provider, notify the individual on a timely basis of the termination and of the right to elect continuation of coverage of treatment by the provider under this section if the individual has filed a claim with the HMO for services provided by the terminated provider or the individual is otherwise known by the HMO to be a patient of the provider.
(2)	Subject to subsection (h) of this section, permit the individual to elect to continue to be covered with respect to the treatment by the provider of the ongoing special condition during a transitional period provided under this section.
(c)	Newly Covered Insured. – Each health benefit plan offered by an HMO that is not a point‑of‑service plan shall provide transition coverage to individuals who are undergoing treatment from a provider for an ongoing special condition and are newly covered under the health benefit plan because the individual's employer has changed health benefit plans, and the HMO shall:
(1)	Notify the individual on the date of enrollment of the right to elect continuation of coverage of treatment by the provider under this section.
(2)	Subject to subsection (h) of this section, permit the individual to elect to continue to be covered with respect to the treatment by the provider of the ongoing special condition during a transitional period provided under this section.
(d)	Transitional Period: In General. – Except as otherwise provided in subsections (e), (f), and (g) of this section, the transitional period under this subsection shall extend up to 90 days, as determined by the treating health care provider, after the date of the notice to the individual described in subdivision (b)(1) of this section or the date of enrollment in a new plan described in subdivision (c)(1) of this section.
(e)	Transitional Period: Scheduled Surgery, Organ Transplantation, or Inpatient Care. – If surgery, organ transplantation, or other inpatient care was scheduled for an individual before the date of the notice required under subdivision (b)(1) of this section, or the date of enrollment in a new plan described in subdivision (c)(1) of this section, or if the individual on that date was on an established waiting list or otherwise scheduled to have the surgery, transplantation, or other inpatient care, the transitional period under this subsection with respect to the surgery, transplantation, or other inpatient care shall extend beyond the period under subsection (d) of this section through the date of discharge of the individual after completion of the surgery, transplantation, or other inpatient care, and through postdischarge follow‑up care related to the surgery, transplantation, or other inpatient care occurring within 90 days after the date of discharge.
(f)	Transitional Period: Pregnancy. – If an insured has entered the second trimester of pregnancy on the date of the notice required under subdivision (b)(1) of this section, or the date of enrollment in a new plan described in subdivision (c)(1) of this section, and the provider was treating the pregnancy before the date of the notice, or the date of enrollment in the new plan, the transitional period with respect to the provider's treatment of the pregnancy shall extend through the provision of 60 days of postpartum care.
(g)	Transitional Period: Terminal Illness. – If an insured was determined to be terminally ill at the time of a provider's termination of participation under subsection (b) of this section, or at the time of enrollment in the new plan under subdivision (c)(1) of this section, and the provider was treating the terminal illness before the date of the termination or enrollment in the new plan, the transitional period shall extend for the remainder of the individual's life with respect to care directly related to the treatment of the terminal illness or its medical manifestations.
(h)	Permissible Terms and Conditions. – An HMO may condition coverage of continued treatment by a provider under subdivision (b)(2) or (c)(2) of this section upon the following terms and conditions:
(1)	When care is provided pursuant to subdivision (b)(2) of this section, the provider agrees to accept reimbursement from the HMO and individual involved, with respect to cost‑sharing, at the rates applicable before the start of the transitional period as payment in full. When care is provided pursuant to subdivision (c)(2) of this section, the provider agrees to accept the prevailing rate based on contracts the insurer has with the same or similar providers in the same or similar geographic area, plus the applicable copayment, as reimbursement in full from the HMO and the insured for all covered services.
(2)	The provider agrees to comply with the quality assurance programs of the HMO responsible for payment under subdivision (1) of this subsection and to provide to the HMO necessary medical information related to the care provided. The quality assurance programs shall not override the professional or ethical responsibility of the provider or interfere with the provider's ability to provide information or assistance to the patient.
(3)	The provider agrees otherwise to adhere to the HMO's established policies and procedures for participating providers, including procedures regarding referrals and obtaining prior authorization, providing services pursuant to a treatment plan, if any, approved by the HMO, and member hold harmless provisions.
(4)	The insured or the insured's representative notifies the HMO within 45 days of the date of the notice described in subdivision (b)(1) of this section or the new enrollment described in subdivision (c)(1) of this section, that the insured elects to continue receiving treatment by the provider.
(5)	The provider agrees to discontinue providing services at the end of the transition period pursuant to this section and to assist the insured in an orderly transition to a network provider. Nothing in this section shall prohibit the insured from continuing to receive services from the provider at the insured's expense.
(i)	Construction. – Nothing in this section:
(1)	Requires the coverage of benefits that would not have been covered if the provider involved remained a participating provider or, in the case of a newly covered insured, requires the coverage of benefits not provided under the new policy under which the person is covered.
(2)	Requires an HMO to offer a transitional period when the HMO terminates a provider's contract for reasons relating to quality of care or fraud; and refusal to offer a transitional period under these circumstances is not subject to the grievance review provisions of G.S. 58‑50‑62.
(3)	Prohibits an HMO from extending any transitional period beyond that specified in this section.
(4)	Prohibits an HMO from terminating the continuing services of a provider as described in this section when the HMO has determined that the provider's continued provision of services may result in, or is resulting in, a serious danger to the health or safety of the insured. Such terminations shall be in accordance with the contract provisions that the provider would otherwise be subject to if the provider's contract were still in effect.
(j)	Disclosure of Right to Transitional Period. – Each HMO shall include a clear description of an insured's rights under this section in its evidence of coverage and summary plan description. (2001‑446, s. 1.)

§ 58‑67‑90.  Licensing and regulation of agents.
Every agent of any HMO authorized to do business in this State under this Article is subject to the licensing provisions of Article 33 of this Chapter and all other provisions in this Chapter applicable to life and accident and health or sickness insurance producers.  (1977, c. 580, s. 1; 1979, c. 876, s. 1; 1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 928, s. 5; 1987, c. 629, s. 3; 1999‑244, s. 8; 2022‑46, s. 14(ffff).)

§ 58‑67‑95.  Powers of insurers, hospitals, prepaid health plans, and medical service corporations.
(a)	Upon demonstration to the Commissioner of compliance with this Article, an insurance company licensed in this State, a prepaid health plan licensed to do business in this State, or a hospital or medical service corporation authorized to do business in this State, may either directly or through a subsidiary or affiliate organize and operate a health maintenance organization under the provisions of this Article. Notwithstanding any other law which may be inconsistent herewith, any two or more such insurance companies, hospital or medical service corporations, prepaid health plans, or subsidiaries or affiliates thereof, may jointly organize and operate a health maintenance organization. The business of insurance is deemed to include the arranging of health care by a health maintenance organization owned or operated by an insurer or a subsidiary thereof.
(b)	Notwithstanding any provision of the insurance and hospital or medical service corporation laws contained in Articles 1 through 66 of this Chapter, an insurer or a hospital or medical service corporation may contract with a health maintenance organization to provide insurance or similar protection against the cost of care provided through health maintenance organizations and to provide coverage in the event of the failure of the health maintenance organization to meet its obligations. The enrollees of a health maintenance organization constitute a permissible group under such laws. Among other things, under such contracts, the insurer or hospital or medical service corporation may make benefit payments to health maintenance organizations for health care services rendered by providers pursuant to the health care plan.  (1977, c. 580, s. 1; 1979, c. 876, s. 1; 2018‑49, s. 2(d).)

§ 58‑67‑100.  Examinations.
(a)	The Commissioner may make an examination of the affairs of any health maintenance organization and the contracts, agreements or other arrangements pursuant to its health care plan as often as the Commissioner deems it necessary for the protection of the interests of the people of this State but not less frequently than once every five years. Examinations shall otherwise be conducted under G.S. 58‑2‑131 through G.S. 58‑2‑134.
(b)	Repealed by Session Laws 1997‑519, s. 1, effective January 1, 1998.
(c)	Repealed by Session Laws 1995, c. 360, s. 2(m).
(d)	Instead of conducting an examination, the Commissioner may accept the report of an examination made by the HMO regulator of another state. (1977, c. 580, s. 1; 1979, c. 876, s. 1; 1995, c. 360, s. 2(m); 1997‑519, s. 1.4; 1999‑132, s. 11.10; 2007‑127, s. 16.)

§ 58‑67‑105.  Hazardous financial condition.
(a)	Whenever the financial condition of any health maintenance organization indicates a condition such that the continued operation of the health maintenance organization might be hazardous to its enrollees, creditors, or the general public, then the Commissioner may order the health maintenance organization to take such action as may be reasonably necessary to rectify the existing condition, including but not limited to one or more of the following steps:
(1)	To reduce the total amount of present and potential liability for benefits by reinsurance;
(2)	To reduce the volume of new business being accepted;
(3)	To reduce the expenses by specified methods;
(4)	To suspend or limit the writing of new business for a period of time; or
(5)	To require an increase to the health maintenance organization's net worth by contribution.
(b)	The Commissioner may adopt rules to set uniform standards and criteria for the early warning that the continued operation of any health maintenance organization might be hazardous to its enrollees, creditors, or the general public, and to set standards for evaluating the financial condition of any health maintenance organization, which standards shall be consistent with the purposes expressed in subsection (a) of this section. (1987, c. 631, s. 5.)

§ 58‑67‑110.  Protection against insolvency.
(a)	The Commissioner shall require deposits in accordance with the provisions of G.S. 58‑67‑25.
(b)	Each full service health maintenance organization shall maintain a minimum net worth equal to the greater of one million dollars ($1,000,000) or the amount required pursuant to the risk‑based capital provisions of Article 12 of this Chapter. Each single service health maintenance organization shall maintain a minimum net worth equal to the greater of fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) or that amount required pursuant to the risk‑based capital provisions of Article 12 of this Chapter.
(c), (d)	Repealed by Session Laws 2003‑212, s. 21, effective October 1, 2003.
(e)	Every full service medical health maintenance organization shall have and maintain at all times an adequate plan for protection against insolvency acceptable to the Commissioner. In determining the adequacy of such a plan, the Commissioner may consider:
(1)	A reinsurance agreement preapproved by the Commissioner covering excess loss, stop loss, or catastrophes. The agreement must provide that the Commissioner will be notified no less than 60 days prior to cancellation or reduction of coverage.
(2)	A conversion policy or policies that will be offered by an insurer to the enrollees in the event of the health maintenance organization's insolvency.
(3)	Any other arrangements offering protection against insolvency that the Commissioner may require. (1987, c. 631, s. 5; 1989, c. 776, ss. 11, 12; 2003‑212, s. 21.)

§ 58‑67‑115.  Hold harmless agreements or special deposit.
(a)	Unless the HMO maintains a special deposit in accordance with subsection (b) of this section, each contract between every HMO and a participating provider of health care services shall be in writing and shall set forth that in the event the HMO fails to pay for health care services as set forth in the contract, the subscriber or enrollee shall not be liable to the provider for any sums owed by the HMO. No other provisions of such contracts shall, under any circumstances, change the effect of such a provision. No participating provider, or agent, trustee, or assignee thereof, may maintain any action at law against a subscriber or enrollee to collect sums owed by the HMO.
(b)	In the event that the participating provider contract has not been reduced to writing or that the contract fails to contain the required prohibition, the HMO shall maintain a special deposit in cash or cash equivalent as follows:
(1)	Every HMO that has incurred uncovered health care expenditures in an amount that exceeds ten percent (10%) of its total expenditures for health care services for the immediately preceding six months, shall do either of the following:
a.	Calculate as of the first day of every month and maintain for the remainder of the month, cash or cash equivalents acceptable to the Commissioner, as an account to cover claims for uncovered health care expenditures at least equal to one hundred twenty percent (120%) of the sum of the following:
1.	All claims for uncovered health care expenditures received for reimbursement, but not yet processed; and
2.	All claims for uncovered health care expenditures denied for reimbursement during the previous 60 days; and
3.	All claims for uncovered health care expenditures approved for reimbursement, but not yet paid; and
4.	An estimate for uncovered health care expenditures incurred, but not reported; and
5.	All claims for uncovered emergency services and uncovered services rendered outside the service area.
b.	Maintain adequate insurance, or a guaranty arrangement approved in writing by the Commissioner, to pay for any loss to enrollees claiming reimbursement due to the insolvency of the HMO. The Commissioner shall approve a guaranty arrangement if the guaranteeing organization has been in operation for at least 10 years and has a net worth, including organization‑related land, buildings, and equipment, of at least fifty million dollars ($50,000,000); unless the Commissioner finds that the approval of such guaranty may be financially hazardous to enrollees. In order to qualify under the terms of this subsection, the guaranteeing organization shall (i) submit to the jurisdiction of this State for actions arising under the guarantee; (ii) submit certified, audited annual financial statements to the Commissioner; and (iii) appoint the Commissioner to receive service of process in this State.
(2)	Whenever the reimbursements described in this subsection exceed ten percent (10%) of the HMO's total costs for health care services over the immediately preceding six months, the HMO shall file a written report with the Commissioner containing the information necessary to determine compliance with sub‑subdivision (b)(1)a. of this section with its financial statements filed pursuant to G.S. 58‑2‑165. Upon an adequate showing by the HMO that the requirements of this section should be waived or reduced, the Commissioner may waive or reduce these requirements to such an amount as he deems sufficient to protect enrollees of the HMO consistent with the intent and purpose of this Article.
(3)	Any cash or cash equivalents maintained pursuant to the terms of this section shall be maintained as a special deposit controlled by and administered by the Commissioner in accordance with the provisions of G.S. 58‑5‑1. (1989, c. 776, s. 13; 2005‑215, s. 19.)

§ 58‑67‑120.  Continuation of benefits.
(a)	The Commissioner shall require that each HMO have a plan for handling insolvency, which plan allows for continuation of benefits for the duration of the contract period for which premiums have been paid and continuation of benefits to enrollees who are confined in an inpatient facility until their discharge or expiration of benefits.  In considering such a plan, the Commissioner may require:
(1)	Insurance to cover the expenses to be paid for benefits after an insolvency;
(2)	Provisions in provider contracts that obligate the provider to provide services for the duration of the period after the HMO's insolvency for which premium payment has been made and until the enrollees' discharge from inpatient facilities;
(3)	Insolvency reserves such as the Commissioner may require;
(4)	Letters of credit acceptable to the Commissioner;
(5)	Any other arrangements to assure that benefits are continued as specified above. (1989, c. 776, s. 13.)

§ 58‑67‑125.  Enrollment period.
(a)	In the event of an insolvency of an HMO upon order of the Commissioner, all other carriers that participated in the enrollment process with the insolvent HMO at a group's last regular enrollment period shall offer such group's enrollees of the insolvent HMO a 30‑day enrollment period commencing upon the date of insolvency.  Each carrier shall offer such enrollees of the insolvent HMO the same coverages and rates that it had offered to the enrollees of the group at its last regular enrollment period.
(b)	If no other carrier had been offered to some groups enrolled in the insolvent HMO, or if the Commissioner determines that the other health benefit plan or plans lack sufficient health care delivery resources to assure that health care services will be available and accessible to all of the group enrollees of the insolvent HMO, then the Commissioner shall allocate the insolvent HMO's group contracts for such groups among all other HMOs that operate within a portion of the insolvent HMO's service area, taking into consideration the health care delivery resources of each HMO.  Each HMO to which a group or groups are so allocated shall offer such group or groups that HMO's existing coverage that is most similar to each group's coverage with the insolvent HMO at rates determined in accordance with the successor HMO's existing rating methodology.
(c)	The Commissioner shall also allocate the insolvent HMO's nongroup enrollees who are unable to obtain other coverage among all HMOs that operate within a portion of the insolvent HMO's service area, taking into consideration the health care delivery resources of each such HMO.  Each HMO to which nongroup enrollees are allocated shall offer such nongroup enrollees that HMO's existing coverage for individual or conversion coverage as determined by his type of coverage in the insolvent HMO at rates determined in accordance with the successor HMO's existing rating methodology.  Successor HMOs that do not offer direct nongroup enrollment may aggregate all of the allocated nongroup enrollees into one group for rating and coverage purposes. (1989, c. 776, s. 13.)

§ 58‑67‑130.  Replacement coverage.
(a)	Any carrier providing replacement coverage with respect to group hospital, medical, or surgical expense or service benefits, within a period of 60 days from the date of discontinuance of a prior HMO contract or policy providing such hospital, medical or surgical expense or service benefits, shall immediately cover all enrollees who were validly covered under the previous HMO contract or policy at the date of discontinuance and who would otherwise be eligible for coverage under the succeeding carrier's contract, regardless of any provisions of the contract relating to active employment or hospital confinement or pregnancy.
(b)	Except to the extent benefits for the condition would have been reduced or excluded under the prior carrier's contract or policy, no provision in a succeeding carrier's contract of replacement coverage that would operate to reduce or exclude benefits on the basis that the condition giving rise to benefits preceded the effective date of the succeeding carrier's contract shall be applied with respect to those enrollees validly covered under the prior carrier's contract or policy on the date of discontinuance. (1989, c. 776. s. 13.)

§ 58‑67‑135.  Incurred but not reported claims.
(a)	Every HMO shall, when determining liability, include an amount estimated in the aggregate to provide for any unearned premium and for the payment of all claims for health care expenditures that have been incurred, whether reported or unreported, that are unpaid and for which such HMO is or may be liable; and to provide for the expense of adjustment or settlement of such claims.
(b)	Such liabilities shall be computed in accordance with rules adopted by the Commissioner upon reasonable consideration of the ascertained experience and character of the HMO. (1989, c. 776, s. 13.)

§ 58‑67‑140.  Suspension or revocation of license.
(a)	The Commissioner may suspend or revoke an HMO license if the Commissioner finds that the HMO:
(1)	Is operating significantly in contravention of its basic organizational document, or in a manner contrary to that described in and reasonably inferred from any other information submitted under G.S. 58‑67‑10, unless amendments to such submissions have been filed with and approved by the Commissioner.
(2)	Issues evidences of coverage or uses a schedule of premiums for health care services that do not comply with G.S. 58‑67‑50.
(3)	Is no longer financially responsible and may reasonably be expected to be unable to meet its obligations to enrollees or prospective enrollees.
(4)	Has itself or through any person on its behalf advertised or merchandised its services in an untrue, misrepresentative, misleading, deceptive or unfair manner.
(5)	Is operating in a manner that would be hazardous to its enrollees.
(6)	Knowingly or repeatedly fails or refuses to comply with any law or rule applicable to the HMO or with any order issued by the Commissioner after notice and opportunity for a hearing.
(7)	Repealed by Session Laws 2015‑92, s. 7, effective June 19, 2015.
(b)	A license shall be suspended or revoked only after compliance with G.S. 58‑67‑155.
(c)	When an HMO license is suspended, the HMO shall not, during the suspension, enroll any additional enrollees except newborn children or other newly acquired dependents of existing enrollees, and shall not engage in any advertising or solicitation.
(d)	When an HMO license is revoked, the HMO shall proceed, immediately following the effective date of the order of revocation, to wind up its affairs, and shall conduct no further business except as may be essential to the orderly conclusion of the affairs of the HMO. The HMO shall engage in no advertising or solicitation. The Commissioner may, by written order, permit such further operation of the HMO as the Commissioner may find to be in the best interest of enrollees, to the end that enrollees will be afforded the greatest practical opportunity to obtain continuing health care coverage.  (1977, c. 580, s. 1; 1979, c. 876, s. 1; 1997‑519, s. 1.5; 2003‑212, ss. 22, 23, 26(l); 2015‑92, s. 7.)

§ 58‑67‑145.  Rehabilitation, liquidation, or conservation of health maintenance organization.
Any rehabilitation, liquidation or conservation of a health maintenance organization shall be deemed to be the rehabilitation, liquidation, or conservation of an insurance company and shall be conducted under the supervision of the Commissioner pursuant to the law governing the rehabilitation, liquidation, or conservation of insurance companies, except that the provisions of Article 48 of this Chapter shall not apply to health maintenance organizations. The Commissioner may apply for an order directing him to rehabilitate, liquidate, or conserve a health maintenance organization upon one or more grounds set out in Article 30 of this Chapter or when in his opinion the continued operation of the health maintenance organization would be hazardous either to the enrollees or to the people of this State.  (1977, c. 580, s. 1; 1979, c. 876, s. 1; 1989, c. 452, s. 2; c. 776, s. 14; 1998‑211, s. 5; 2018‑120, s. 1.2(a).)

§ 58‑67‑150.  Regulations.
The Commissioner may, after notice and hearing, promulgate reasonable rules and regulations as are necessary or proper to carry out the provisions of this Article. Such rules and regulations shall be subject to review in accordance with G.S. 58‑67‑155. (1977, c. 580, s. 1; 1979, c. 876, s. 1.)

§ 58‑67‑155.  Administrative procedures.
(a)	When the Commissioner has cause to believe that grounds for the denial of an application for a certificate of authority exist, or that grounds for the suspension or revocation of a certificate of authority exist, he shall notify the health maintenance organization in writing specifically stating the grounds for denial, suspension, or revocation and fixing a time of at least 30 days thereafter for a hearing on the matter.
(b)	After such hearing, or upon the failure of the health maintenance organization to appear at such hearing, the Commissioner shall take action as is deemed advisable or written findings which shall be mailed to the health maintenance organization. The action of the Commissioner shall be subject to review by the Superior Court of Wake County. The court may, in disposing of the issue before it, modify, affirm, or reverse the order of the Commissioner in whole or in part.
(c)	The provisions of Chapter 150B of the General Statutes of this State shall apply to proceedings under this section to the extent that they are not in conflict with subsections (a) and (b). (1977, c. 580, s. 1; 1979, c. 876, s. 1; 1987, c. 827, s. 1.)

§ 58‑67‑160.  Fees.
Every health maintenance organization subject to this Article shall pay to the Commissioner a fee of five hundred dollars ($500.00) for filing an application for a license and an annual license continuation fee of two thousand dollars ($2,000) for each license. The license shall continue in full force and effect, subject to timely payment of the annual license continuation fee in accordance with G.S. 58‑6‑7 and subject to any other applicable provisions of the insurance laws of this State.  (1977, c. 580, s. 1; 1979, c. 876, s. 1; 1989 (Reg. Sess., 1990), c. 1069, s. 6; 1995, c. 507, s. 11A(c); 1999‑435, s. 6; 2003‑212, s. 26(m); 2005‑424, s. 1.6; 2009‑451, s. 21.10(a).)

§ 58‑67‑165.  Penalties and enforcement.
(a)	The Commissioner may, in addition to or in lieu of suspending or revoking a license under G.S. 58‑67‑140, proceed under G.S. 58‑2‑70, provided that the health maintenance organization has a reasonable time within which to remedy the defect in its operations that gave rise to the procedure under G.S. 58‑2‑70.
(b)	Any person who violates this Article or any other provision of this Chapter that expressly applies to health maintenance organizations shall be guilty of a Class 1 misdemeanor.
(c)	(1)	If the Commissioner shall for any reason have cause to believe that any violation of this Article or any other provision of this Chapter that expressly applies to health maintenance organizations has occurred or is threatened, the Commissioner may give notice to the health maintenance organization and to the representatives or other persons who appear to be involved in such suspected violation to arrange a conference with the alleged violators or their authorized representatives for the purpose of attempting to ascertain the facts relating to such suspected violation, and, in the event it appears that any violation has occurred or is threatened, to arrive at an adequate and effective means of correcting or preventing such violation.
(2)	Proceedings under this subsection shall not be governed by any formal procedural requirements, and may be conducted in such manner as the Commissioner may deem appropriate under the circumstances.
(d)	(1)	The Commissioner may issue an order directing a health maintenance organization or a representative of a health maintenance organization to cease and desist from engaging in any act or practice in violation of the provisions of this Article or any other provision of this Chapter that expressly applies to health maintenance organizations.
(2)	Within 30 days after service of the cease and desist order, the respondent may request a hearing on the question of whether acts or practices have occurred that are in violation of this Article or any other provision of this Chapter that expressly applies to health maintenance organizations. The hearing shall be conducted under Article 3A of Chapter 150B of the General Statutes, and judicial review shall be available as provided by Article 4 of Chapter 150B of the General Statutes.
(e)	In the case of any violation of the provisions of this Article or any other provision of this Chapter that expressly applies to health maintenance organizations, if the Commissioner elects not to issue a cease and desist order, or in the event of noncompliance with a cease and desist order issued under subsection (d) of this section, the Commissioner may institute a proceeding to obtain injunctive relief, or seeking other appropriate relief, in the Superior Court of Wake County. (1977, c. 580, s. 1; 1979, c. 876, s. 1; 1985, c. 666, s. 52; 1987, c. 827, s. 1; 1993, c. 539, s. 470; 1994, Ex. Sess., c. 24, s. 14(c); 2001‑5, s. 1.)

§ 58‑67‑170.  Statutory construction and relationship to other laws.
(a)	Except as otherwise provided in this Chapter, provisions of the insurance laws and service corporation laws do not apply to any health maintenance organization licensed under this Article. This subsection does not apply to an insurer or service corporation licensed and regulated under the insurance laws or the service corporation laws of this State except with respect to its health maintenance organization activities authorized and regulated under this Article or any other provision of this Chapter that expressly applies to health maintenance organizations.
(b)	Solicitation of enrollees by a health maintenance organization granted a license, or its representatives, shall not be construed to violate any provision of law relating to solicitation or advertising by health professionals.
(c)	Any health maintenance organization authorized under this Article shall not be deemed to be practicing medicine or dentistry and shall be exempt from the provisions of Chapter 90 of the General Statutes relating to the practice of medicine and dentistry; provided, however, that this exemption does not apply to individual providers under contract with or employed by the health maintenance organization. (1977, c. 580, s. 1; 1979, c. 876, s. 1; 1985, c. 30; 2001‑5, s. 2.)

§ 58‑67‑171.  Other laws applicable to HMOs.
The following provisions of this Chapter are applicable to HMOs that are subject to this Article are as follows:
G.S. 58‑2‑125	Authority over all insurance companies; no exemptions from
	license.
G.S. 58‑2‑150	Oath required for compliance with law.
G.S. 58‑2‑155	Investigation of charges.
G.S. 58‑2‑160	Reporting and investigation of insurance and reinsurance fraud and
	the financial condition of licensees; immunity from liability.
G.S. 58‑2‑162	Embezzlement by insurance producers or administrators.
G.S. 58‑2‑185	Record of business kept by companies and insurance producers;
	Commissioner may inspect.
G.S. 58‑2‑190	Commissioner may require special reports.
G.S. 58‑2‑195	Commissioner may require records, reports, etc., for agencies,
	insurance producers, and others.
G.S. 58‑2‑200	Books and papers required to be exhibited.
G.S. 58‑3‑50	Companies must do business in own name; emblems, insignias, etc.
G.S. 58‑3‑100(c),(e)	Insurance company licensing provisions.
G.S. 58‑3‑115	Twisting with respect to insurance policies; penalties.
G.S. 58‑7‑21	Credit allowed a domestic ceding insurer.
G.S. 58‑7‑26	Asset or reduction from liability for reinsurance ceded by a
	domestic insurer to an assuming insurer not meeting the
	requirements of G.S. 58‑7‑21.
G.S. 58‑7‑30	Insolvent ceding insurer.
G.S. 58‑7‑31	Life and health reinsurance agreements.
G.S. 58‑7‑46	Notification to Commissioner for president or chief executive
	officer changes.
G.S. 58‑7‑73	Dissolution of insurers.
Part 7 of Article 10	Annual Financial Reporting.
G.S. 58‑50‑35	Notice of nonpayment of premium required before forfeiture.
G.S. 58‑51‑15(a)(2)b	Accident and health policy provisions.
G.S. 58‑51‑17	Portability for accident and health insurance.
G.S. 58‑51‑25	Policy coverage to continue as to children with an intellectual or
	physical disability or dependent students on medically necessary
	leave of absence.
G.S. 58‑51‑35	Insurers and others to afford coverage to children with an
	intellectual or physical disability.
G.S. 58‑51‑45	Policies to be issued to any person possessing the sickle‑cell trait or
	hemoglobin C trait.
G.S. 58‑62	Life and Health Insurance Guaranty Association.
(1999‑244, s. 2; 2005‑215, s. 20; 2009‑382, s. 7; 2009‑384, s. 4; 2018‑47, s. 7(f); 2018‑120, s. 1.2(b); 2022‑46, ss. 4, 14(gggg).)

§ 58‑67‑175.  Filings and reports as public documents.
All applications, filings and reports required under this Article shall be treated as public documents. (1977, c. 580, s. 1; 1979, c. 876, s. 1.)

§ 58‑67‑180.  Confidentiality of medical information.
Any data or information pertaining to the diagnosis, treatment, or health of any enrollee or applicant obtained from such person or from any provider by any health maintenance organization shall be held in confidence and shall not be disclosed to any person except to the extent that it may be necessary to carry out the purposes of this Article; or upon the express consent of the enrollee or applicant; or pursuant to statute; or pursuant to court order for the production of evidence or the discovery thereof; or in the event of claim or litigation between such person and the health maintenance organization wherein such data or information is pertinent. A health maintenance organization shall be entitled to claim any statutory privileges against such disclosure which the provider who furnished such information to the health maintenance organization is entitled to claim. (1977, c. 580, s. 1; 1979, c. 876, s. 1; 1999‑272, s. 1.)

§ 58‑67‑185.  Severability.
If any section, term, or provision of this Article shall be adjudged invalid for any reason, such judgments shall not affect, impair, or invalidate any other section, term, or provision of this Article, but the remaining sections, terms, and provisions shall be and remain in full force and effect. (1977, c. 580, s. 1; 1979, c. 876, s. 1.)

Article 68.
Health Insurance Portability and Accountability.
§§ 58‑68‑1 through 58‑68‑20:  Repealed by Session Laws 1997‑259, s.  1(a).

Part A. Group Market Reforms.
Subpart 1. Portability, Access, and Renewability Requirements.
§ 58‑68‑25.  Definitions; excepted benefits; employer size rule.
(a)	Definitions. – In addition to other definitions throughout this Article, the following definitions and their cognates apply in this Article:
(1)	"Bona fide association". – With respect to health insurance coverage offered in this State, an association that:
a.	Has been actively in existence for at least five years.
b.	Has been formed and maintained in good faith for purposes other than obtaining insurance.
c.	Does not condition membership in the association on any health status‑related factor relating to an individual (including an employee of an employer or a dependent of an employee).
d.	Makes health insurance coverage offered through the association available to all members regardless of any health status‑related factor relating to the members (or individuals eligible for coverage through a member).
e.	Does not make health insurance coverage offered through the association available other than in connection with a member of the association.
f.	Meets the additional requirements as may be imposed under State law.
(2)	"COBRA continuation provision". – Any of the following:
a.	Section 4980B of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, other than subdivision (f)(1) of the section insofar as it relates to pediatric vaccines.
b.	Part 6 of subtitle B of title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, other than section 609 of the Act.
c.	Title XXII of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C.S. § 300bb, et seq.,) as requirements for certain group health plans for certain State and local employees.
d.	Article 53 of this Chapter or the health insurance continuation law of another state.
(3)	"Employee". – The meaning given the term under section 3(6) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.
(4)	"Employer". – The meaning given the term under section 3(5) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, except that the term shall include only employers of two or more employees.
(4a)	"Group health insurance coverage". – Health insurance coverage offered in connection with a group health plan.
(4b)	"Group health plan". – The meaning given the term under 45 C.F.R. § 146.145(a).
(4c)	"Group market." – The market for health insurance coverage offered in connection with a group health plan.
(5)	"Health insurance coverage" or "coverage" or "health insurance plan" or "plan". – Benefits consisting of medical care, provided directly through insurance or otherwise and including items and services paid for as medical care, under any accident and health insurance policy or certificate, hospital or medical service plan contract, or health maintenance organization contract, written by a health insurer. Health insurance coverage includes group health insurance coverage and individual health insurance coverage.
(6)	"Health insurer". – An insurance company subject to this Chapter, a hospital or medical service corporation subject to Article 65 of this Chapter, a health maintenance organization subject to Article 67 of this Chapter, or a multiple employer welfare arrangement subject to Article 50A of this Chapter, that offers and issues health insurance coverage.
(7)	"Health status‑related factor". – Any of the factors described in G.S. 58‑68‑35(a)(1).
(8)	"Individual health insurance coverage". – Health insurance coverage offered to individuals in the individual market, but not short‑term limited duration insurance.
(9)	"Individual market". – The market for health insurance coverage offered to individuals.
(10)	"Large employer". – An employer who employed an average of at least 51 employees on business days during the preceding calendar year and who employs at least two employees on the first day of the health insurance plan year.
(11)	"Large group market". – The health insurance market under which individuals obtain health insurance coverage, directly or through any arrangement, on behalf of themselves and their dependents through a group health insurance plan maintained by a large employer.
(12)	"Medical care". – Amounts paid for:
a.	The diagnosis, cure, mitigation, treatment, or prevention of disease, or amounts paid for the purpose of affecting any structure or function of the body.
b.	Amounts paid for transportation primarily for and essential to medical care referred to in sub‑subdivision a. of this subdivision.
c.	Amounts paid for insurance covering medical care referred to in sub‑subdivisions a. and b. of this subdivision.
(13)	"Network plan". – Health insurance coverage of a health insurer under which the financing and delivery of medical care (including items and services paid for as medical care) are provided, in whole or in part, through a defined set of health care providers under contract with the health insurer.
(14)	"Participant". – The meaning given the term under section 3(7) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.
(15)	"Placed for adoption". – The assumption and retention by a person of a legal obligation for total or partial support of a child in anticipation of adoption of the child. The child's placement with the person terminates upon the termination of the legal obligation.
(16)	"Small employer". – The meaning given to the term in G.S. 58‑50‑110(22).
(17)	"Small group market". – The health insurance market under which individuals obtain health insurance coverage, directly or through any arrangement, on behalf of themselves and their dependents through a group health insurance plan maintained by a small employer.
(b)	Excepted Benefits. – Excepted benefits are not subject to requirements under this Chapter regarding coverage of a specific person, provider, treatment, service, condition, or disease unless that coverage is expressly required by law. For the purposes of this Article, "excepted benefits" means benefits under one or more or any combination of the following:
(1)	Benefits not subject to requirements. –
a.	Coverage only for accident or disability income insurance or any combination of these.
b.	Coverage issued as a supplement to liability insurance.
c.	Liability insurance, including general liability insurance and automobile liability insurance.
d.	Workers' compensation or similar insurance.
e.	Automobile medical payment insurance.
f.	Credit‑only insurance.
g.	Coverage for on‑site medical clinics.
h.	Other similar insurance coverage, specified in federal regulations, under which benefits for medical care are secondary or incidental to other insurance benefits.
i.	Short‑term limited‑duration health insurance policies as defined in Part 144 of Title 45 of the Code of Federal Regulations.
(2)	Benefits not subject to requirements if offered separately. –
a.	Limited scope dental or vision benefits.
b.	Benefits for long‑term care, nursing care, home health care, community‑based care, or any combination of these.
c.	The other similar, limited benefits as are specified in federal regulations.
(3)	Benefits not subject to requirements if offered as independent, noncoordinated benefits. –
a.	Coverage only for a specified disease or illness.
b.	Hospital indemnity or other fixed indemnity insurance.
(4)	Benefits not subject to requirements if offered as separate insurance policy. – Medicare supplemental health insurance (as defined under section 1882(g)(1) of the Social Security Act), coverage supplemental to the coverage provided under chapter 55 of title 10, United States Code, and similar supplemental coverage provided to coverage under a group health insurance plan.
(c)	Application of certain rules in determination of employer size. –
For the purposes of this Article:
(1)	Application of aggregation rule for employers. – All persons treated as a single employer under subsection (b), (c), (m), or (o) of section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 shall be treated as one employer.
(2)	Employers not in existence in preceding year. – In the case of an employer that was not in existence throughout the preceding calendar year, the determination of whether the employer is a small or large employer shall be based on the average number of employees that it is reasonably expected the employer will employ on business days in the current calendar year.
(3)	Predecessors. – Any reference in this subsection to an employer shall include a reference to any predecessor of the employer.  (1997‑259, s. 1(c); 2002‑187, s. 5.1; 2009‑382, ss. 2, 3; 2018‑120, s. 4.11; 2019‑202, s. 8.)

§ 58‑68‑30.  Increased portability through limitation on preexisting condition exclusions.
(a)	Limitation on Preexisting Condition Exclusion Period; Crediting for Periods of Previous Coverage. – Subject to subsection (d) of this section, a group health insurer may, with respect to a participant or beneficiary, impose a preexisting condition exclusion only if:
(1)	The exclusion relates to a condition, whether physical or mental, regardless of the cause of the condition, for which medical advice, diagnosis, care, or treatment was recommended or received within the six‑month period ending on the enrollment date.
(2)	The exclusion extends for a period of not more than 12 months, or 18 months in the case of a late enrollee, after the enrollment date.
(3)	The period of any preexisting condition exclusion is reduced by the aggregate of the periods of creditable coverage, if any, applicable to the participant or beneficiary as of the enrollment date.
(b)	Definitions. – For the purposes of this Part:
(1)	Enrollment date. – With respect to an individual covered under a group health insurance plan, the date of enrollment of the individual in the coverage or, if earlier, the first day of the waiting period for the enrollment. An individual's enrollment date does not change if the individual receiving benefits under a group health insurance plan changes benefit packages or if the plan changes health insurers.
(2)	Late enrollee. – With respect to coverage under a group health insurance plan, a participant or beneficiary who enrolls under the plan other than during:
a.	The first period in which the individual is eligible to enroll under the plan, or
b.	A special enrollment period under subsection (f) of this section.
(3)	Preexisting condition exclusion. –
a.	In general. – "Preexisting condition exclusion" means, with respect to coverage, a limitation or exclusion of benefits relating to a condition based on the fact that the condition was present before the effective date of coverage under a group health plan or group health insurance coverage, whether or not any medical advice, diagnosis, care, or treatment was recommended or received before that day. A preexisting condition exclusion includes any exclusion applicable to an individual as a result of information relating to an individual's health status before the individual's effective date of coverage under a group health plan or group health insurance coverage, such as a condition identified as a result of a preenrollment questionnaire or physical examination given to the individual, or review of medical records relating to the preenrollment period.
b.	Treatment of genetic information. – Genetic information shall not be treated as a condition described in subdivision (a)(1) of this subsection in the absence of a diagnosis of the condition related to the information.
(4)	Waiting period. –
a.	With respect to a group health insurance plan and an individual who is a potential participant or beneficiary in the plan, the period that must pass with respect to the individual before the individual is eligible to be covered for benefits under the terms of the plan.
b.	If an employee or dependent enrolls as a late enrollee or special enrollee, any period before the late or special enrollment is not a waiting period.
c.	If an individual seeks individual health insurance coverage, a waiting period begins on the date the individual submits a substantially complete application and ends on: (i) the date coverage begins if the application results in coverage; or (ii) the date on which the application is denied by the health insurer or the date on which the offer for coverage lapses if the application does not result in coverage.
(c)	Rules Relating to Crediting Previous Coverage. –
(1)	Creditable coverage defined. – For the purposes of this Article, "creditable coverage" means, with respect to an individual, coverage of the individual under any of the following:
a.	A group health plan.
b.	Health insurance coverage without regard to whether the coverage is offered in the group market, the individual market, or otherwise.
c.	Part A or part B of title XVIII of the Social Security Act.
d.	Title XIX of the Social Security Act, other than coverage consisting solely of benefits under section 1928.
e.	Chapter 55 of title 10, United States Code.
f.	A medical care program of the Indian Health Service or of a tribal organization.
g.	A State health benefits risk pool.
h.	A health plan offered under chapter 89 of title 5, United States Code.
i.	A public health plan (as defined in federal regulations).
j.	A health benefit plan under section 5(e) of the Peace Corps Act (22 U.S.C. § 2504(e)).
k.	Title XXI of the Social Security Act (State Children's Health Insurance Program).
"Creditable coverage" does not include coverage consisting solely of coverage of excepted benefits. However, short‑term limited‑duration health insurance coverage shall be considered creditable coverage for purposes of this section.
(2)	Not counting periods before significant breaks in coverage. –
a.	In general. – A period of creditable coverage shall not be counted, with respect to enrollment of an individual under a group health insurance plan, if, after the period and before the enrollment date, there was a 63‑day period during all of which the individual was not covered under any creditable coverage.
b.	Waiting period not treated as a break in coverage. – For the purposes of sub‑subdivision a. of this subdivision and subdivision (d)(4) of this subsection, any period that an individual is in a waiting period for any coverage under a group health insurance plan or is in an affiliation period shall not be taken into account in determining the continuous period under sub‑subdivision a. of this subdivision.
c.	Time spent on short term limited duration health insurance not treated as a break in coverage. – For the purposes of sub‑subdivision a. of this subdivision, any period that an individual is enrolled on a short term limited duration health insurance policy shall not be taken into account in determining the continuous period under sub‑subdivision a. of this subdivision so long as the period of time spent on the short term limited duration health insurance policy or policies does not exceed 12 months.
d.	For an individual who elects COBRA continuation coverage during the second election period provided under the Trade Act of 2002, the days between the date the individual lost group health plan coverage and the first day of the second COBRA election period shall not be considered when determining whether a significant break in coverage has occurred.
(3)	Method of crediting coverage. –
a.	Standard method. – Except as otherwise provided under sub‑subdivision b. of this subdivision for the purposes of applying subdivision (a)(3) of this subsection, a group health insurer shall count a period of creditable coverage without regard to the specific benefits covered during the period.
b.	Election of alternative method. – A group health insurer may elect to apply subdivision (a)(3) of this subsection based on coverage of benefits within each of several classes or categories of benefits specified in federal regulations rather than as provided under sub‑subdivision a. of this subdivision. This election shall be made on a uniform basis for all participants and beneficiaries. Under this election a group health insurer shall count a period of creditable coverage with respect to any class or category of benefits if any level of benefits is covered within the class or category.
c.	Health insurer notice. – In the case of an election under sub‑subdivision b. of this subdivision with respect to health insurance coverage in the small or large group market, the health insurer: (i) shall prominently state in any disclosure statements concerning the coverage, and to each employer at the time of the offer or sale of the coverage, that the health insurer has made the election, and (ii) shall include in the statements a description of the effect of the election.
(4)	Establishment of period. – Periods of creditable coverage for an individual shall be established through presentation of certifications described in subsection (e) of this section or in another manner that is specified in federal regulations.
(5)	Determination of creditable coverage. –
a.	Determination within reasonable time. – If a group health insurer receives creditable coverage information under subsection (e) of this section, the group health insurer shall, within a reasonable time following receipt of the information, make a determination regarding the amount of the individual's creditable coverage and the length of any exclusion that remains. Whether this determination is made within a reasonable time depends on the relevant facts and circumstances. Relevant facts and circumstances include whether a plan's application of a preexisting condition exclusion would prevent an individual from having access to urgent medical care.
b.	No time limit on presenting evidence of creditable coverage. – A group health insurer shall not impose any limit on the amount of time that an individual has to present a certificate or other evidence of creditable coverage.
(d)	Exceptions. –
(1)	Exclusion not applicable to certain newborns. – Subject to subdivision (4) of this subsection, a group health insurer shall not impose any preexisting condition exclusion in the case of an individual who, as of the last day of the 30‑day period beginning with the individual's date of birth, is covered under creditable coverage.
(2)	Exclusion not applicable to certain adopted children. – Subject to subdivision (4) of this subsection, a group health insurer shall not impose any preexisting condition exclusion in the case of a child who is adopted or placed for adoption before attaining 18 years of age and who, as of the last day of the 30‑day period beginning on the date of the adoption or placement for adoption, is covered under creditable coverage. The previous sentence does not apply to coverage before the date of the adoption or placement for adoption.
(3)	Exclusion not applicable to pregnancy. – A group health insurer shall not impose any preexisting condition exclusion relating to pregnancy as a preexisting condition.
(4)	Loss if break in coverage. – Subdivisions (1) and (2) of this subsection shall no longer apply to an individual after the end of the first 63‑day period during all of which the individual was not covered under any creditable coverage.
(5)	Condition first diagnosed under previous coverage. – A group health insurer shall not impose any preexisting condition exclusion for a condition for which medical advice, diagnosis, care, or treatment was recommended or received for the first time while the covered person held qualifying previous coverage or prior creditable coverage and the condition was covered under the qualifying previous coverage or prior creditable coverage; provided that the qualifying previous coverage or prior creditable coverage was continuous to a date not more than 63 days before the enrollment date for the new coverage.
(e)	Certifications and Disclosure of Coverage. –
(1)	Requirement for certification of period of creditable coverage. –
a.	In general. – A group health insurer shall provide the certification described in sub‑subdivision b. of this subdivision: (i) at the time an individual ceases to be covered under the plan or otherwise becomes covered under a COBRA continuation provision, (ii) in the case of an individual becoming covered under a COBRA continuation provision, at the time the individual ceases to be covered under the COBRA continuation provision, and (iii) on the request on behalf of an individual made not later than 24 months after the date of cessation of the coverage described in clause (i) or (ii) of this sub‑subdivision, whichever is later.
The certification under clause (i) of this sub‑subdivision may be provided, to the extent practicable, at a time consistent with notices required under any applicable COBRA continuation provision.
b.	Certification. – The certification described in this sub‑subdivision is a written certification of: (i) the period of creditable coverage of the individual under the plan and any coverage under the COBRA continuation provision, and (ii) any waiting period and affiliation period, if applicable, imposed with respect to the individual for any coverage under the plan.
(2)	Disclosure of information on previous benefits. – In the case of an election described in sub‑subdivision (c)(3)b. of this subsection by a group health insurer, if the health insurer enrolls an individual for coverage under the plan and the individual provides a certification of coverage of the individual under subdivision (1) of this subsection:
a.	Upon request of the health insurer, the entity that issued the certification provided by the individual shall promptly disclose to the requesting plan or health insurer information on coverage of classes and categories of health benefits available under the entity's coverage.
b.	The entity may charge the requesting plan or health insurer for the reasonable cost of disclosing the information.
(f)	Special Enrollment Periods. –
(1)	Individuals losing other coverage. – A group health insurer shall permit an employee who is eligible, but not enrolled, for coverage under the terms of the plan (or a dependent of the employee if the dependent is eligible, but not enrolled, for coverage under the terms) to enroll for coverage under the terms of the plan if each of the following conditions is met:
a.	The employee or dependent was covered under an ERISA group health plan or had health insurance coverage at the time coverage was previously offered to the employee or dependent.
b.	The employee stated in writing at the time that coverage under the group health plan or health insurance coverage was the reason for declining enrollment, but only if the health insurer required the statement at the time and provided the employee with notice of the requirement and the consequences of the requirement at the time.
c.	With respect to the employee's or dependent's coverage described in sub‑subdivision a. of this subsection: (i) the coverage was under a COBRA continuation provision and the coverage under the provision was exhausted; (ii) the coverage was not under that provision and either the coverage was terminated because of loss of eligibility for the coverage, including legal separation, divorce, cessation of dependent status (such as attaining the maximum age to be eligible as a dependent child under the plan), death of an employee, termination of employment, reduction in the number of hours of employment, and any loss of eligibility for coverage after a period that is measured by reference to any of the foregoing; (iii) employer contributions toward the coverage were terminated; (iv) in the case of coverage offered through an arrangement that does not provide benefits to individuals who no longer reside, live, or work in a service area, there has been loss of coverage because an individual no longer resides, lives, or works in the service area (whether or not within the choice of the individual), and no other benefit package is available to the individual; (v) an individual incurs a claim that would meet or exceed a lifetime limit on all benefits; or (vi) a plan no longer offers any benefits to the class of similarly situated individuals that includes the individual; or (vii) the health insurer terminated coverage under G.S. 58‑68‑45(c)(2).
d.	Under the terms of the plan, the employee requests the enrollment not later than 30 days after the date of the applicable event described in sub‑subdivision c. of this subdivision.
(2)	For dependent beneficiaries. –
a.	In general. – If: (i) a group health insurance plan makes coverage available with respect to a dependent of an individual, (ii) the individual is a participant under the plan (or has met any waiting period applicable to becoming a participant under the plan and is eligible to be enrolled under the plan but for a failure to enroll during a previous enrollment period), and (iii) a person becomes the dependent of the individual through marriage, birth, or adoption or placement for adoption.
The plan shall provide for a dependent special enrollment period described in sub‑subdivision b. of this subdivision during which the person (or, if not otherwise enrolled, the individual) may be enrolled under the plan as a dependent of the individual, and in the case of the birth or adoption of a child, the spouse of the individual may be enrolled as a dependent of the individual if the spouse is otherwise eligible for coverage.
b.	Dependent special enrollment period. – A dependent special enrollment period under this sub‑subdivision shall be a period of not less than 30 days and shall begin on the later of: (i) the date dependent coverage is made available, or (ii) the date of the marriage, birth, or adoption or placement for adoption described in sub‑subdivision a.(iii) of this subdivision.
c.	No waiting period. – If an individual seeks to enroll a dependent during the first 30 days of the dependent's special enrollment period, the coverage of the dependent shall become effective: (i) in the case of marriage, not later than the first day of the first month beginning after the date the completed request for enrollment is received; (ii) in the case of a dependent's birth, as of the date of the birth; or (iii) in the case of a dependent's adoption or placement for adoption, the date of the adoption or placement for adoption.
(3)	Treatment of special enrollees.
a.	If an individual requests enrollment while the individual is entitled to special enrollment under this subsection, the individual is a special enrollee, even if the request for enrollment coincides with a late enrollment opportunity under the plan. Therefore, the individual cannot be considered a late enrollee.
b.	Special enrollees shall be offered all of the benefit packages available to similarly situated individuals who enroll when first eligible. For this purpose, any difference in benefits or cost‑sharing requirements for different individuals constitutes a different benefit package. In addition, a special enrollee cannot be required to pay more for coverage than a similarly situated individual who enrolls in the same coverage when first eligible. The length of any preexisting condition exclusion that may be applied to a special enrollee cannot exceed the length of any preexisting condition exclusion that is applied to similarly situated individuals who enroll when first eligible.
(4)	Special rules for application in case of Medicaid or State Children's Health Insurance Program (Title XXI of the Social Security Act). – A group health insurer shall permit an employee who is eligible, but not enrolled, for coverage under the terms of the plan (or a dependent of the employee if the dependent is eligible, but not enrolled, for coverage under the terms) to enroll for coverage under the terms of the plan if either of the following conditions is met:
a.	Termination of Medicaid or State Children's Health Insurance Program. – The employee or dependent is covered under a Medicaid plan under Title XIX of the Social Security Act or under a State children's health plan under Title XXI of the Social Security Act and coverage of the employee or dependent under such a plan is terminated as a result of the loss of eligibility for such coverage and the employee requests coverage under the group health insurance coverage not later than 60 days after the termination of such coverage.
b.	Eligibility for employment assistance under Medicaid or State Children's Health Insurance Program. – The employee or dependent becomes eligible for assistance, with respect to coverage under the group health insurance coverage, under such Medicaid plan or State child health plan (including any waiver or demonstration project conducted under or in relation to such a plan), if the employee requests coverage under the group health insurance coverage not later than 60 days after the date the employee or dependent is determined to be eligible for such assistance.
(g)	Use of Affiliation Period by HMO as Alternative to Preexisting Condition Exclusion. –
(1)	In general. – A health maintenance organization that does not impose any preexisting condition exclusion allowed under subsection (a) of this section with respect to any particular coverage option may impose an affiliation period for the coverage option, but only if:
a.	The period is applied uniformly without regard to any health status‑related factors.
b.	The period does not exceed two months (or three months in the case of a late enrollee).
(2)	Affiliation period. –
a.	Defined. – For the purposes of this Subpart, "affiliation period" means a period that, under the terms of the health insurance coverage offered by the health maintenance organization, must expire before the health insurance coverage becomes effective. The health maintenance organization is not required to provide health care services or benefits during the period and no premium shall be charged to the participant or beneficiary for any coverage during the period.
b.	Beginning. – The period shall begin on the enrollment date.
c.	Runs concurrently with waiting periods. – An affiliation period under a plan shall run concurrently with any waiting period under the plan.
(3)	Alternative methods. – A health maintenance organization described in subdivision (1) of this subsection may use alternative methods, as approved by the Commissioner, from those described in that subdivision, to address adverse selection.
(h)	General Notice of Preexisting Condition Exclusion. – A group health insurer offering group health insurance coverage subject to a preexisting condition exclusion shall provide a written general notice of preexisting condition exclusion to participants under the plan; and shall not impose a preexisting condition exclusion with respect to a participant or a dependent of the participant until the notice is provided.
A group health insurer shall provide the general notice of preexisting condition exclusion as part of any written application materials distributed by the insurer for enrollment. If the insurer does not distribute these materials, the notice shall be provided by the earliest date following a request for enrollment that the insurer, acting in a reasonable and prompt fashion, can provide the notice.
The general notice of preexisting condition exclusion shall notify participants of the following:
(1)	The existence and terms of any preexisting condition exclusion under the plan. This description includes the length of the plan's look‑back period, which shall not exceed six months under subdivision (a)(1) of this section; the maximum preexisting condition exclusion period under the plan, which shall not exceed 12 months (18 months for late enrollees) under subdivision (a)(2) of this section; and how the plan will reduce the maximum preexisting condition exclusion period by creditable coverage, as described in subsection (c) of this section.
(2)	A description of the rights of individuals to demonstrate creditable coverage, and any applicable waiting periods, through a certificate of creditable coverage, as required by subsection (e) of this section, or through other means as described in federal regulations. This shall include a description of the right of the individual to request a certificate from a prior insurer, if necessary, and a statement that the current insurer will assist in obtaining a certificate from any prior plan or insurer, if necessary.
(3)	A person to contact, including an address or telephone number for obtaining additional information or assistance about the preexisting condition exclusion.
Nothing in this subsection affects a group health insurer's responsibility under this section to fully disclose in the master group policy, the certificate or evidence of coverage, and the member handbook the plan's preexisting condition limitation, the rules relating to creditable coverage, including how an individual may provide proof of creditable coverage, and the methods of counting and crediting coverage.
(i)	Individual Notice of Period of Preexisting Condition Exclusion. – After an individual has presented evidence of creditable coverage and the group health insurer has made a determination of creditable coverage under subdivision (c)(5) of this section, the group health insurer shall provide the individual a written notice of the length of preexisting condition exclusion that remains after offsetting for prior creditable coverage. In the notice, the insurer is not required to identify any medical conditions specific to the individual that could be subject to the exclusion. A group health insurer is not required to provide this notice if the plan does not impose any preexisting condition exclusion on the individual or if the plan's preexisting condition exclusion is completely offset by the individual's prior creditable coverage.
The individual notice must be provided by the earliest date following a determination that the group health insurer, acting in a reasonable and prompt fashion, can provide the notice.
A group health insurer shall disclose:
(1)	Its determination of any preexisting condition exclusion period that applies to the individual, including the last day on which the preexisting condition exclusion applies.
(2)	The basis for that determination, including the source and substance of any information on which the plan or insurer relied.
(3)	An explanation of the individual's right to submit additional evidence of creditable coverage.
(4)	A description of any applicable appeal procedures established by the group health insurer.
(j)	Determination Modification. – Nothing in this section prevents a plan or insurer from modifying an initial determination of creditable coverage if it determines that the individual did not have the claimed creditable coverage, provided that:
(1)	A notice of the new determination, consistent with the requirements of subsection (i) of this section, is provided to the individual; and
(2)	Until the notice of the new determination is provided, the group health insurer, for purposes of approving access to medical services (such as a presurgery authorization), acts in a manner consistent with the initial determination.
(k)	Notice Form and Content. – Any notices required under this section shall be in the form and content and be delivered as prescribed by, in accordance with, or as specified in federal regulations, unless otherwise provided in this Chapter.  (1997‑259, s. 1(c); 1998‑211, s. 7; 2001‑334, s. 9; 2005‑224, ss. 1, 4, 2.1, 2.2; 2007‑298, ss. 2.3‑2.5; 2009‑382, ss. 4, 23.)

§ 58‑68‑35.  Prohibiting discrimination against individual participants and beneficiaries based on health status.
(a)	In Eligibility To Enroll. – 
(1)	In general. – Subject to subdivision (2) of this subsection, a group health insurer shall not establish rules for eligibility, including continued eligibility, of any individual to enroll under the terms of the health insurer's plan based on any of the following health status‑related factors in relation to the individual or a dependent of the individual:
a.	Health status.
b.	Medical condition (including both physical and mental illnesses).
c.	Claims experience.
d.	Receipt of health care.
e.	Medical history.
f.	Genetic information.
g.	Evidence of insurability (including conditions arising out of acts of domestic violence).
h.	Disability.
(2)	No application to benefits or exclusions. – To the extent consistent with G.S. 58‑68‑30, subdivision (1) of this subsection shall not be construed:
a.	To require a group health insurance plan to provide particular benefits other than those provided under the terms of the plan, or
b.	To prevent the plan from establishing limitations or restrictions on the amount, level, extent, or nature of the benefits or coverage for similarly situated individuals enrolled in the plan.
(3)	Construction. – For the purposes of subdivision (1) of this subsection, rules for eligibility to enroll under a plan include rules defining any applicable waiting periods for the enrollment.
(b)	In Premium Contributions. – 
(1)	In general. – A group health insurance plan shall not require any individual (as a condition of enrollment or continued enrollment under the plan) to pay a premium or contribution that is greater than the premium or contribution for a similarly situated individual enrolled in the plan on the basis of any health status‑related factor in relation to the individual or to an individual enrolled under the plan as a dependent of individual.
(2)	Construction. – Nothing in subdivision (1) of this subsection shall be construed:
a.	To restrict the amount that an employer may be charged for coverage under a group health insurance plan; or
b.	To prevent a group health insurer from establishing premium discounts or modifying otherwise applicable copayments or deductibles in return for adherence to programs of health promotion and disease prevention. (1997‑259, s. 1(c).)

Subpart 2. Health Insurance Availability and Renewability.
§ 58‑68‑40.  Guaranteed availability of coverage for employers in the small group market.
(a)	Issuance of Coverage in the Small Group Market. –
(1)	In general. – Subject to subsections (c) through (f) of this section, each health insurer that offers health insurance coverage in the small group market in this State:
a.	Must accept every small employer that applies for the coverage; and
b.	Must accept for enrollment under the coverage every eligible individual who applies for enrollment during the period in which the individual first becomes eligible to enroll under the terms of the group health insurance plan and shall not place any restriction that is inconsistent with G.S. 58‑68‑35 on an eligible individual being a participant or beneficiary.
(2)	Eligible individual defined. – For the purposes of this section, "eligible individual" means, with respect to a health insurer that offers health insurance coverage to a small employer in the small group market, such an individual in relation to the employer as shall be determined:
a.	In accordance with the terms of the plan,
b.	As provided by the health insurer under rules of the health insurer that are uniformly applicable in this State to small employers in the small group market, and
c.	In accordance with all applicable State laws governing the health insurer and the market.
(b)	Special Rules for Network Plans. –
(1)	In general. – In the case of a health insurer that offers health insurance coverage in the small group market through a network plan, the health insurer may:
a.	Limit the employers that may apply for coverage to those with eligible individuals who live, work, or reside in the service area for the network plan; and
b.	Within the service area of the network plan, deny coverage to the employers if the health insurer has demonstrated to the Commissioner that: (i) it will not have the capacity to deliver services adequately to enrollees of any additional groups because of its obligations to existing group contract holders and enrollees, and (ii) it is applying this subdivision uniformly to all employers without regard to the claims experience of those employers and their employees (and their dependents) or any health status‑related factor relating to the employees and dependents.
(2)	180‑day suspension upon denial of coverage. – A health insurer, upon denying health insurance coverage in any service area in accordance with sub‑subdivision (1)b. of this subsection, shall not offer coverage in the small group market within the service area for a period of 180 days after the date the coverage is denied.
(c)	Application of Financial Capacity Limits. –
(1)	In general. – A health insurer may deny health insurance coverage in the small group market if the health insurer has demonstrated to the Commissioner that:
a.	It does not have the financial reserves necessary to underwrite additional coverage; and
b.	It is applying this subdivision uniformly to all employers in the small group market in the State consistent with this Chapter and without regard to the claims experience of those employers and their employees (and their dependents) or any health status‑related factor relating to the employees and dependents.
(2)	180‑day suspension upon denial of coverage. – A health insurer upon denying health insurance coverage in accordance with subdivision (1) of this subsection shall not offer coverage in the small group market in the State for a period of 180 days after the date the coverage is denied or until the health insurer has demonstrated to the Commissioner that the health insurer has sufficient financial reserves to underwrite additional coverage, whichever is later. The Commissioner may apply this subsection on a service‑area‑specific basis.
(d)	Exception to Requirement for Failure to Meet Certain Minimum Participation or Contribution Rules. –
(1)	In general. – Subsection (a) of this section does not preclude a health insurer from establishing employer contribution rules or group participation rules for the offering of health insurance coverage in connection with a group health insurance plan in the small group market, as allowed under this Chapter.
(2)	Rules defined. – For the purposes of subdivision (1) of this subsection:
a.	"Employer contribution rule" means a requirement relating to the minimum level or amount of employer contribution toward the premium for enrollment of participants and beneficiaries; and
b.	"Group participation rule" means a requirement relating to the minimum number of participants or beneficiaries that must be enrolled in relation to a specified percentage or number of eligible individuals or employees of an employer.
(e)	Exception for Coverage. – Subsection (a) of this section does not apply to:
(1)	Health insurance coverage offered by a health insurer if the coverage is made available in the small group market only through one or more bona fide associations.
(2)	A self‑employed individual as defined in G.S. 58‑50‑110(21a), except as otherwise provided for the basic and standard health care plans or other plans under G.S. 58‑50‑126 under the North Carolina Small Employer Group Health Coverage Reform Act. (1997‑259, s. 1(c); 1999‑132, s. 4.6; 2006‑154, s. 4.)

§ 58‑68‑45.  Guaranteed renewability of coverage for employers in the group market.
(a)	In General. – Except as provided in this section, if a health insurer offers health insurance coverage in the small or large group market, the health insurer must renew or continue in force the coverage at the option of the employer.
(b)	General Exceptions. – A health insurer may nonrenew or discontinue health insurance coverage in the small or large group market based only on one or more of the following:
(1)	Nonpayment of premiums. – The policyholder has failed to pay premiums or contributions in accordance with the terms of the health insurance coverage or the health insurer has not received timely premium payments.
(2)	Fraud. – The policyholder has performed an act or practice that constitutes fraud or made an intentional misrepresentation of material fact under the terms of the coverage.
(3)	Violation of participation or contribution rules. – The policyholder has failed to comply with a material plan provision relating to employer contribution or group participation rules, as permitted under G.S. 58‑68‑40(d) in the case of the small group market or pursuant to this Chapter in the case of the large group market.
(4)	Termination of coverage. – The health insurer is ceasing to offer coverage in the market in accordance with subsection (c) of this section and this Chapter.
(5)	Movement outside service area. – In the case of a health insurer that offers health insurance coverage in the market through a network plan, there is no longer any enrollee in connection with the network plan who lives, resides, or works in the service area of the health insurer or in the area for which the health insurer is authorized to do business and, in the case of the small group market, the health insurer would deny enrollment with respect to the network plan under G.S. 58‑68‑40(c)(1)a.
(6)	Association membership ceases. – In the case of health insurance coverage that is made available in the small or large group market only through one or more bona fide associations, the membership of an employer in the association, on the basis of which the coverage is provided, ceases but only if the coverage is terminated under this subdivision uniformly without regard to any health status‑related factor relating to any covered individual.
(c)	Requirements for Uniform Termination of Coverage. – 
(1)	Particular type of coverage not offered. – In any case in which a health insurer decides to discontinue offering a particular type of group health insurance coverage offered in the small or large group market, coverage of the type may be discontinued by the health insurer in accordance with this Chapter in the market only if:
a.	The health insurer provides notice to each policyholder provided coverage of this type in the market and to the participants and beneficiaries covered under the coverage of the discontinuation at least 90 days before the date of the discontinuation of the coverage;
b.	The health insurer offers to each policyholder provided coverage of this type in the market the option to purchase all, or in the case of the large group market, any other health insurance coverage currently being offered by the health insurer to a group health insurance plan in the market; and
c.	In exercising the option to discontinue coverage of this type and in offering the option of coverage under sub‑subdivision b. of this subdivision, the health insurer acts uniformly without regard to the claims experience of those sponsors or any health status‑related factor relating to any participants or beneficiaries covered or new participants or beneficiaries who may become eligible for the coverage.
(2)	Discontinuance of all coverage. – 
a.	In general. – In any case in which a health insurer elects to discontinue offering all health insurance coverage in the small group market or the large group market, or both markets, in this State, health insurance coverage may be discontinued by the health insurer only in accordance with this Chapter and if: (i) the health insurer provides notice to the Commissioner and to each policyholder and to the participants and beneficiaries covered under the coverage of the discontinuation at least 180 days before the date of the discontinuation of the coverage; and (ii) all health insurance issued or delivered for issuance in this State in the market or markets are discontinued and coverage under the health insurance coverage in the market or markets is not renewed.
b.	Prohibition on market reentry. – In the case of a discontinuation under sub‑subdivision a. of this subdivision in a market, the health insurer shall not provide for the issuance of any health insurance coverage in that market in this State during the five‑year period beginning on the date of the discontinuation of the last health insurance coverage not so renewed.
(d)	Exception for Uniform Modification of Coverage. – At the time of coverage renewal, a health insurer may modify the health insurance coverage for a product offered to a group health insurance plan:
(1)	In the large group market; or
(2)	In the small group market if, for coverage that is available in the market other than only through one or more bona fide associations, the modification is consistent with this Chapter and effective on a uniform basis among group health insurance plans with that product.
(e)	Application to Coverage Offered Only Through Associations. – In applying this section in the case of health insurance coverage that is made available by a health insurer in the small or large group market to employers only through one or more associations, a reference to "policyholder" is deemed, with respect to coverage provided to an employer member of the association, to include a reference to the employer. (1997‑259, s. 1(c); 1997‑456, s. 42.)

§ 58‑68‑50.  Disclosure of information.
(a)	Disclosure of Information by Health Insurers. – In connection with the offering of any health insurance coverage to a small employer, a health insurer:
(1)	Shall make a reasonable disclosure to the employer, as part of its solicitation and sales materials, of the availability of information described in subsection (b) of this section, and
(2)	Shall upon request of the small employer, provide the information.
(b)	Information Described. – 
(1)	In general. – Subject to subdivision (3) of this subsection, with respect to a health insurer offering health insurance coverage to a small employer, information described in this subsection is information concerning:
a.	The provisions of the coverage concerning the health insurer's right to change premium rates and the factors that may affect changes in premium rates;
b.	The provisions of the coverage relating to renewability of coverage;
c.	The provisions of the coverage relating to any preexisting condition exclusion; and
d.	The benefits and premiums available under all health insurance coverage for which the employer is qualified.
(2)	Form of information. – Information under this subsection shall be provided to small employers in a manner determined to be understandable by the average small employer, and shall be sufficient to reasonably inform small employers of their rights and obligations under the health insurance coverage.
(3)	Exception. – A health insurer is not required under this section to disclose any information that is proprietary and trade secret information under applicable law. (1997‑259, s. 1(c).)

Subpart 3. Exclusion of Plans.

§ 58‑68‑55.  Exclusion of certain plans.
(a)	Exception for Certain Benefits. – The requirements of Subparts 1 and 2 of this Part do not apply to any group health insurance coverage in relation to its provision of excepted benefits described in G.S. 58‑68‑25(b)(1).
(b)	Exception for Certain Benefits if Certain Conditions Met. – 
(1)	Limited, excepted benefits. – The requirements of Subparts 1 and 2 of this Part do not apply to any group health insurance plan in relation to its provision of excepted benefits described in G.S. 58‑68‑25(b)(2) if the benefits:
a.	Are provided under a separate policy, certificate, or contract of insurance; or
b.	Are otherwise not an integral part of the plan.
(2)	Noncoordinated, excepted benefits. – The requirements of Subparts 1 and 2 of this Part do not apply to any group health insurance plan in relation to its provision of excepted benefits described in G.S. 58‑68‑25(b)(3) if all of the following conditions are met:
a.	The benefits are provided under a separate policy, certificate, or contract of insurance.
b.	There is no coordination between the provision of the benefits and any exclusion of benefits under any group health insurance plan maintained by the same policyholder.
c.	The benefits are paid with respect to an event without regard to whether benefits are provided with respect to that event under any group health insurance plan maintained by the same policyholder.
(3)	Supplemental, excepted benefits. – The requirements of this Part do not apply to any group health insurance plan in relation to its provision of excepted benefits described in G.S. 58‑68‑25(b)(4) if the benefits are provided under a separate policy, certificate, or contract of insurance. (1997‑259, s. 1(c).)

Part B. Individual Market Reforms.
§ 58‑68‑60.  Guaranteed availability of individual health insurance coverage to certain individuals with prior group coverage.
(a)	Guaranteed Availability. –
(1)	In general. – Subject to the succeeding subsections of this section, each health insurer that offers health insurance coverage in the individual market in this State shall not, with respect to an eligible individual desiring to enroll in individual health insurance coverage:
a.	Decline to offer the coverage to, or deny enrollment of, the individual; or
b.	Impose any preexisting condition exclusion with respect to the coverage.
(2)	Reserved.
(b)	Eligible Individual Defined. – In this Part, "eligible individual" means an individual:
(1)	(i) For whom, as of the date on which the individual seeks coverage under this section, the aggregate of the periods of creditable coverage is 18 or more months and (ii) whose most recent prior creditable coverage was under a group health plan, governmental plan, or church plan (or health insurance coverage offered in connection with any such plan);
(2)	Who is not eligible for coverage under (i) a group health plan, (ii) part A or part B of title XVIII of the Social Security Act, or (iii) a State plan under title XIX of the Act (or any successor program), and does not have other health insurance coverage;
(3)	With respect to whom the most recent coverage within the coverage period described in subdivision (1)(i) was not terminated based on a factor described in G.S. 58‑68‑45(b)(1) or (b)(2);
(4)	If the individual had been offered the option of continuation coverage under a COBRA continuation provision or under Article 53 of this Chapter, who elected the coverage; and
(5)	Who, if the individual elected the continuation coverage, has exhausted the continuation coverage under the provision or program.
(c)	Alternative Coverage Permitted. –
(1)	In general. – In the case of health insurance coverage offered in this State, a health insurer may elect to limit the coverage offered under subsection (a) of this section as long as it offers at least two different policy forms of health insurance coverage both of which:
a.	Are designed for, made generally available to, and actively marketed to, and enroll both eligible and other individuals by the health insurer; and
b.	Meet the requirement of subdivision (2) or (3) of this subsection, as elected by the health insurer.
For the purposes of this subsection, policy forms that have different cost‑sharing arrangements or different riders shall be considered to be different policy forms.
(2)	Choice of most popular policy forms. – The requirement of this subdivision is met, for health insurance coverage policy forms offered by a health insurer in the individual market, if the health insurer offers the policy forms for individual health insurance coverage with the largest, and next to largest, premium volume of all the policy forms offered by the health insurer in this State or applicable marketing or service area (as may be prescribed by rules or regulations) by the health insurer in the individual market in the period involved.
(3)	Choice of two policy forms with representative coverage. –
a.	In general. – The requirement of this subdivision is met, for health insurance coverage policy forms offered by a health insurer in the individual market, if the health insurer offers a lower‑level coverage policy form (as described in sub‑subdivision b. of this subdivision) and a higher‑level coverage policy form (as described in sub‑subdivision c. of this subdivision) each of which includes benefits substantially similar to other individual health insurance coverage offered by the health insurer in this State.
b.	Lower‑level of coverage described. – A policy form is described in this sub‑subdivision if the actuarial value of the benefits under the coverage is at least eighty‑five percent (85%) but not greater than one hundred percent (100%) of a weighted average (described in sub‑subdivision d. of this subdivision).
c.	Higher‑level of coverage described. – A policy form is described in this sub‑subdivision if: (i) the actuarial value of the benefits under the coverage is at least fifteen percent (15%) greater than the actuarial value of the coverage described in sub‑subdivision b. of this subdivision offered by the health insurer in the area involved; and (ii) the actuarial value of the benefits under the coverage is at least one hundred percent (100%) but not greater than one hundred twenty percent (120%) of a weighted average (described in sub‑subdivision d. of this subdivision).
d.	Weighted average. – For the purposes of this subdivision, the weighted average described in this sub‑subdivision is the average actuarial value of the benefits provided by all the health insurance coverage issued, as elected by the health insurer, either by that health insurer or by all health insurers in this State in the individual market during the previous year, not including coverage issued under this section, weighted by enrollment for the different coverage.
(4)	Election. – The health insurer elections under this subsection shall apply uniformly to all eligible individuals in this State for that health insurer. The election shall be effective for policies offered during a period of not less than two years.
(5)	Assumptions. – For the purposes of subdivision (3) of this subsection, the actuarial value of benefits provided under individual health insurance coverage shall be calculated based on a standardized population and a set of standardized utilization and cost factors.
(d)	Special Rules for Network Plans. –
(1)	In general. – In the case of a health insurer that offers health insurance coverage in the individual market through a network plan, the health insurer may:
a.	Limit the individuals who may be enrolled under the coverage to those who live, reside, or work within the service area for the network plan; and
b.	Within the service area of the plan, deny the coverage to the individuals if the health insurer has demonstrated to the Commissioner that: (i) it will not have the capacity to deliver services adequately to additional individual enrollees because of its obligations to existing group contract holders and enrollees and individual enrollees, and (ii) it is applying this subdivision uniformly to individuals without regard to any health status‑related factor of the individuals and without regard to whether the individuals are eligible individuals.
(2)	180‑day suspension upon denial of coverage. – A health insurer, upon denying health insurance coverage in any service area in accordance with sub‑subdivision (1)b. of this subdivision, shall not offer coverage in the individual market within the service area for a period of 180 days after the coverage is denied.
(e)	Application of Financial Capacity Limits. –
(1)	In general. – A health insurer may deny health insurance coverage in the individual market to an eligible individual if the health insurer has demonstrated to the Commissioner that:
a.	It does not have the financial reserves necessary to underwrite additional coverage; and
b.	It is applying this subdivision uniformly to all individuals in the individual market in this State consistent with this Chapter and without regard to any health status‑related factor of the individuals and without regard to whether the individuals are eligible individuals.
(2)	180‑day suspension upon denial of coverage. – A health insurer, upon denying individual health insurance coverage in any service area in accordance with subdivision (1) of this subsection, shall not offer the coverage in the individual market within the service area for a period of 180 days after the date the coverage is denied or until the health insurer has demonstrated to the Commissioner that the health insurer has sufficient financial reserves to underwrite additional coverage, whichever is later.
(f)	Market Requirements. –
(1)	In general. – Subsection (a) of this section does not require that a health insurer offering health insurance coverage only in connection with ERISA group health plans or through one or more bona fide associations, or both, offer the health insurance coverage in the individual market.
(2)	Conversion policies. – A health insurer offering health insurance coverage in connection with group health plans under title XXVII of the federal Public Health Service Act shall not be deemed to be a health insurer offering individual health insurance coverage solely because the health insurer offers a conversion policy.
(g)	Construction. – Nothing in this section shall be construed:
(1)	To restrict the amount of the premium rates that a health insurer may charge an individual for health insurance coverage provided in the individual market under this Chapter; or
(2)	To prevent a health insurer offering health insurance coverage in the individual market from establishing premium discounts or rebates or modifying otherwise applicable copayments or deductibles in return for adherence to programs of health promotion and disease prevention.
(h)	Other Definitions. – As used in this section:
(1)	"Church plan". – The meaning given the term under section 3(33) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.
(2)	"Governmental plan". –
a.	The meaning given the term under section 3(32) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 and any federal governmental plan.
b.	Federal governmental plan. – A governmental plan established or maintained for its employees by the government of the United States or by any agency or instrumentality of the government.
c.	Nonfederal governmental plan. – A governmental plan that is not a federal governmental plan.
(i)	Rights of Replacement Coverage Upon Termination. – Subsection (a) of this section shall apply to an eligible individual whose coverage issued under this section is terminated by a health insurer under G.S. 58‑68‑65(c)(2) the application for the replacement coverage is dated not more than 63 days following the termination date.
(j)	Waiting Period. – In determining the length of any break in coverage for an individual as prescribed in G.S. 58‑68‑60(b)(1)(i), a significant break in coverage does not occur during the waiting period. The "waiting period" is defined as the period that begins on the date the individual submits a substantially complete application for coverage and ends on:
(1)	The date coverage begins, if the application results in coverage, or
(2)	The date on which the application is denied by the issuer or the date on which the offer for coverage lapses, if the application does not result in coverage.  (1997‑259, s. 1(c); 1999‑132, s. 4.7; 2005‑224, s. 3; 2009‑382, s. 5.)

§ 58‑68‑65.  Guaranteed renewability of individual health insurance coverage.
(a)	In General. – Except as provided in this section, a health insurer that provides individual health insurance coverage to an individual shall renew or continue in force the coverage at the option of the individual.
(b)	General Exceptions. – A health insurer may nonrenew or discontinue health insurance coverage of an individual in the individual market based only on one or more of the following:
(1)	Nonpayment of premiums. – The individual has failed to pay premiums or contributions in accordance with the terms of the health insurance coverage or the health insurer has not received timely premium payments.
(2)	Fraud. – The individual has performed an act or practice that constitutes fraud or made an intentional misrepresentation of material fact under the terms of the coverage.
(3)	Termination of plan. – The health insurer is ceasing to offer coverage in the individual market in accordance with subsection (c) of this section and this Chapter.
(4)	Movement outside service area. – In the case of a health insurer that offers health insurance coverage in the market through a network plan, the individual no longer resides, lives, or works in the service area (or in an area for which the health insurer is authorized to do business) but only if the coverage is terminated under this subdivision uniformly without regard to any health status‑related factor of covered individuals.
(5)	Association membership ceases. – In the case of health insurance coverage that is made available in the individual market only through one or more bona fide associations, the membership of the individual in the association (on the basis of which the coverage is provided) ceases but only if the coverage is terminated under this subdivision uniformly without regard to any health status‑related factor of covered individuals.
(c)	Requirements for Uniform Termination of Coverage. – 
(1)	Particular type of coverage not offered. – In any case in which a health insurer decides to discontinue offering a particular type of health insurance coverage offered in the individual market, coverage of the type may be discontinued by the health insurer only if:
a.	The health insurer provides notice, notwithstanding G.S. 58‑51‑20 or G.S. 58‑65‑60(c)(3)b., to each covered individual provided coverage of this type in the market of the discontinuation at least 90 days before the date of the discontinuation of the coverage;
b.	The health insurer offers to each individual in the individual market provided coverage of this type, the option to purchase any other individual health insurance coverage currently being offered by the health insurer for individuals in the market; and
c.	In exercising the option to discontinue coverage of this type and in offering the option of coverage under sub‑subdivision b. of this subdivision, the health insurer acts uniformly without regard to any health status‑related factor of enrolled individuals or individuals who may become eligible for the coverage.
(2)	Discontinuance of all coverage. – 
a.	In general. – Subject to sub‑subdivision c. of this subdivision, in any case in which a health insurer elects to discontinue offering all health insurance coverage in the individual market in this State, health insurance coverage may be discontinued by the health insurer only if: (i) the health insurer provides notice to the Commissioner and to each individual of the discontinuation at least 180 days before the date of the expiration of the coverage, and (ii) all health insurance coverage issued or delivered for issuance in this State in the market is discontinued and the health insurance coverage in the market is not renewed.
b.	Prohibition on market reentry. – In the case of a discontinuation under sub‑subdivision a. of this subdivision in the individual market, the health insurer shall not provide for the issuance of any health insurance coverage in the market and this State during the five‑year period beginning on the date of the discontinuation of the last health insurance coverage not so renewed.
(d)	Exception for Uniform Modification of Coverage. – At the time of coverage renewal, a health insurer may modify the health insurance coverage for a policy form offered to individuals in the individual market as long as the modification is consistent with State law and effective on a uniform basis among all individuals with that policy form.
(e)	Application to Coverage Offered Only Through Associations. – In applying this section in the case of health insurance coverage that is made available by a health insurer in the individual market to individuals only through one or more associations, a reference to an "individual" is deemed to include a reference to the association of which the individual is a member. (1997‑259, s. 1(c).)

§ 58‑68‑70.  Certification of coverage.
G.S. 58‑68‑30(e) applies to health insurance coverage offered by a health insurer in the individual market in the same manner that it applies to health insurance coverage offered by a health insurer in the small or large group market. (1997‑259, s. 1(c).)

§ 58‑68‑75.  General exceptions.
(a)	Exception for Certain Benefits. – This Part does not apply to any health insurance coverage in relation to its provision of excepted benefits described in G.S. 58‑68‑25(b)(1).
(b)	Exception for Certain Benefits if Certain Conditions Met. – This Part does not apply to any health insurance coverage in relation to its provision of excepted benefits described in G.S. 58‑68‑25(b)(2), (3), or (4) if the benefits are provided under a separate policy, certificate, or contract of insurance. (1997‑259, s. 1(c).)

Article 68A.
Health Care Reform Planning.
§§ 58‑68A‑1 through 58‑68A‑10:  Repealed by Session Laws 1995 (Regular Session, 1996), c. 17, s. 16.

Article 69.
Motor Clubs and Associations.
§ 58‑69‑1.  Repealed by Session Laws 1999‑132, s. 12.1.

§ 58‑69‑2.  Definitions.
As used in this Article:
(1)	"Branch or district office" means any physical location, other than a motor club's home office, that is used by the motor club or its representatives as a principal place of business for conducting any type of business authorized under this Article and as a place of business that is used by clients or prospective clients in meeting or dealing with the motor club or its representatives in the normal course of business authorized under this Article.
(2)	"Licensee" means a motor club to which a license has been issued under this Article.
(3)	"Motor club" means any person, whether or not residing, domiciled, or chartered in this State, that, in consideration of dues, assessments, or periodic payments of money, promises its members to assist them in matters relating to the ownership, operation, use, or maintenance of motor vehicles by rendering three or more of the following services:
a.	Automobile theft reward service. – A reward payable to any person, law enforcement agency, or officer for information leading to the recovery of a member's stolen vehicle and to the apprehension and conviction of the person or persons unlawfully taking the vehicle.
b.	Bail or cash appearance bond service. – The furnishing of cash or a surety bond for a member accused of a violation of the motor vehicle law, or of any law of this State by reason of an automobile accident to secure the member's release and subsequent appearance in court.
c.	Emergency road service. – Roadside adjustment of a motor vehicle so that the vehicle may be operated under its own power.
d.	Legal service. – Providing for reimbursement to a member for attorneys' fees if criminal proceedings are instituted against the member as a result of the operation of a motor vehicle.
e.	Map service. – The furnishing of road maps to members without cost.
f.	Personal travel and accident insurance service. – Making available to members a personal travel and accident insurance policy issued by a duly licensed insurance company in this State.
g.	Touring service. – The furnishing of touring information to members without cost.
h.	Towing service. – Furnishing means to move a motor vehicle from one place to another under power other than its own. (1963, c. 698; 1983, c. 542; 1985, c. 666, s. 81; 1991, c. 401, s. 1; 1999‑132, s. 12.2; 2000‑122, s. 7.)

§ 58‑69‑5.  License required.
No motor club, district or branch office of a motor club, or franchise motor club shall engage in business in this State unless it holds a valid license issued to it by the Commissioner as provided in this Article.  The license shall at all times be prominently displayed in each office of the entity to which the license is issued. (1963, c. 698; 1991, c. 644, s. 15.)

§ 58‑69‑10.  Applications for licenses; fees; bonds or deposits.
Licenses hereunder shall be obtained by filing a written application with the Commissioner in such form and manner as the Commissioner shall require. As a prerequisite to issuance of a license:
(1)	The applicant shall furnish to the Commissioner such data and information as the Commissioner may deem reasonably necessary to enable him to determine, in accordance with the provisions of G.S. 58‑69‑15, whether or not a license should be issued to the applicant.
(1a)	If the applicant has never been issued a motor club license it shall be required to submit an audited financial statement. If the applicant has previously been licensed the Commissioner may require that the financial statement be audited if it is reasonably necessary to determine whether or not a license should be issued to the applicant.
(2)	If the applicant is a motor club it shall be required to pay to the Commissioner a nonrefundable annual license fee of six hundred dollars ($600.00) and to deposit or file with the Commissioner a bond, in favor of the State of North Carolina and executed by a surety company duly authorized to transact business in this State, in the amount of fifty thousand dollars ($50,000), or securities of the type hereinafter specified in the amount of fifty thousand dollars ($50,000), pledged to or made payable to the State of North Carolina and conditioned upon the full compliance by the applicant with the provisions of this Article and the regulations and orders issued by the Commissioner pursuant thereto, and upon the good faith performance by the applicant of its contracts for motor club services.
(3)	If the applicant is a branch or district office of a motor club licensed under this Article it shall pay to the Commissioner a nonrefundable license fee of one hundred dollars ($100.00).
(4)	If the applicant is a franchise motor club it shall pay to the Commissioner a nonrefundable annual license fee of two hundred dollars ($200.00) and shall deposit or file with the Commissioner a bond, in favor of the State of North Carolina and executed by a surety company duly authorized to transact business in this State, in the amount of fifty thousand dollars ($50,000), or securities of the type hereinafter specified in the amount of fifty thousand dollars ($50,000), pledged to or made payable to the State of North Carolina and conditioned upon the full compliance by the applicant with the provisions of this Article and the regulations and orders issued by the Commissioner pursuant thereto and upon the good faith performance by the applicant of its contracts for motor club services.
(5)	Any applicant depositing securities under this section shall do so in the form and manner as prescribed in Article 5 of this Chapter, and the provisions of Article 5 of this Chapter, shall be applicable to securities pledged under this Article.  (1963, c. 698; 1983, c. 790, ss. 7‑9; 1991, c. 425, s. 1; c. 721, s. 2; 2009‑451, s. 21.6(a).)

§ 58‑69‑15.  Issuance or refusal of license; notice of hearing on refusal; renewal.
Within 60 days after an application for license is filed, the Commissioner shall issue a license to the applicant unless he shall find:
(1)	That the applicant has not met all of the requirements of this Article, or
(2)	That the applicant does not have sufficient financial responsibility to engage in business as a motor club in this State, or
(3)	That the applicant has failed to make a reasonable showing that its managers, officers, directors and agents are persons of reliability and integrity. If any such finding is made, the Commissioner shall notify the applicant as soon as practicable of the reason for his refusal to issue the license, and inform the applicant of its right to a hearing on the matters as provided in G.S. 58‑69‑25. All licenses issued hereunder, and all renewals thereof, shall expire on June 30 following such issuance or renewal. Renewal of all licenses not previously revoked or suspended shall be automatic upon timely payment by the licensee of the annual fee. (1963, c. 698.)

§ 58‑69‑20.  Powers of Commissioner.
The Commissioner shall have the same powers and authority for the purpose of conducting investigations and hearings under this Article as that vested in him by G.S. 58‑2‑50 and 58‑2‑70.
(1)	To investigate possible violation of this Article and to report evidence thereof to the Attorney General who may recommend prosecution to the appropriate solicitor;
(2)	To suspend or revoke any license issued under this Article upon a finding, after notice and opportunity for hearing, that the holder of said license has violated any of the provisions of this Article, or has failed to maintain the standards requisite to original licensing as indicated in G.S. 58‑69‑15 hereof;
(3)	To require any licensee to cease doing business through any particular agent or representative upon a finding after notice and opportunity for hearing, that such agent or representative has intentionally made false or misleading statements concerning the motor club services offered by the motor club represented by him;
(4)	To approve or disapprove the name, trademarks, emblems, and all forms which an applicant for license or licensee employs or proposes to employ in connection with its business. If such name, trademarks or emblems is distinctive and not likely to confuse or mislead the public as to the nature or identity of the motor club using or proposing to use it, then it shall be approved, otherwise, the Commissioner may disapprove its use and effectuate such disapproval by the issuance of an appropriate order; and
(5)	To make any rules or regulations necessary to enforce the provisions of this Article. (1963, c. 698; 1987, c. 864, s. 3(c).)

§ 58‑69‑25.  Hearing on denial of license.
Whenever the Commissioner denies an initial application for a license, he shall notify the applicant and advise, in writing, the applicant of the reasons for the denial or nonrenewal of the license.  Within 30 days of receipt of notification the applicant may make written demand upon the Commissioner for a hearing to determine the reasonableness of the Commissioner's action.  Such hearing shall be scheduled within 30 days from the date of receipt of the written demand. (1963, c. 698; 1989, c. 485, s. 32.)

§ 58‑69‑30.  Agent for service of process.
Every motor club licensed hereunder shall appoint and maintain at all times an agent for service of process who shall be a resident of North Carolina. (1963, c. 698.)

§ 58‑69‑35.  Violations; penalty.
Any person, firm, association or corporation who shall violate any of the provisions of this Article shall be guilty of a Class 1 misdemeanor. (1963, c. 698; 1993, c. 539, s. 471; 1994, Ex. Sess., c. 24, s. 14(c).)

§ 58‑69‑40.  Disposition of fees.
All fees collected by the Commissioner under this Article shall be credited to the Insurance Regulatory Fund created under G.S. 58‑6‑25. (1963, c. 698; 1991, c. 689, s. 292; 1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 678, s. 30; 2003‑221, s. 7.)

§ 58‑69‑45.  Insurance licensing provisions not affected.
Nothing in this Article shall be construed as amending, repealing, or in any way affecting any laws now in force relating to the licensing of Motor Club Membership Sales Agents or to the licensing or regulation of insurance producers and insurance companies, as provided in Articles 1 through 64 of this Chapter.  (1963, c. 698; 1983, c. 802, s. 3; 2022‑46, s. 14(hhhh).)

§ 58‑69‑50.  Authority for qualified surety companies to guarantee certain arrest bond certificates.
(a)	Any domestic or foreign surety company that is authorized to do business in this State may become a surety, by filing with the Department an undertaking to become a surety, in an amount not to exceed one thousand five hundred dollars ($1,500) with respect to each guaranteed arrest bond certificate issued by a motor club.
(b)	The undertaking shall be in a form to be prescribed by the Department and shall state:
(1)	The name and address of the motor club or clubs with respect to which the surety company undertakes to guarantee the arrest bond certificates.
(2)	The unqualified obligation of the surety company to pay the fine or forfeiture, in an amount not to exceed one thousand five hundred dollars ($1,500) of any person who, after posting a guaranteed arrest bond certificate which the surety has undertaken to guarantee, fails to make the appearance for which the guaranteed arrest bond certificate was posted. (1985, c. 623, s. 1; 1989, c. 663, s. 1; 1999‑132, s. 12.3.)

§ 58‑69‑55.  Guaranteed arrest bond certificates accepted.
(a)	Any guaranteed arrest bond certificate guaranteed by a surety company under G.S. 58‑69‑50 shall be accepted in lieu of cash bail or other bond in an amount not to exceed one thousand five hundred dollars ($1,500) as a bail bond, when signed by the person whose signature appears on the certificate, to guarantee the appearance of that person in any court in this State at the time set by the court when the person is arrested for the violation of any motor vehicle law of this State or any motor vehicle ordinance of any municipality of this State. The guaranteed arrest bond certificate shall not apply to, and shall not be accepted in lieu of, cash bail or bond when the person has been arrested for any impaired driving offense or for any felony.
(b)	A guaranteed arrest bond certificate that is posted as a bail bond in any court shall be subject to the forfeiture and enforcement provisions with respect to bail bonds in criminal cases as provided by law. (1985, c. 623, s. 1; 1989, c. 663, s. 2; 1999‑132, s. 12.4.)

§ 58‑69‑60.  Notification of criminal or administrative actions.
(a)	If an individual proprietor, officer, or partner of a motor club has been convicted in any court of competent jurisdiction for any crime involving dishonesty or breach of trust, the motor club shall notify the Commissioner in writing of the conviction within 10 days after the date of the conviction. As used in this subsection, "conviction" includes an adjudication of guilt, a plea of guilty, or a plea of nolo contendere.
(b)	A motor club shall report to the Commissioner any administrative action taken against the motor club by another state or by another governmental agency in this State within 30 days after the final disposition of the matter. This report shall include a copy of the order or consent order and other information or documents filed in the proceeding necessary to describe the action.  (2009‑566, s. 18.)

Article 70.
Collection Agencies.
Part 1. Permit Procedures.
§ 58‑70‑1.  Permit from Commissioner of Insurance; penalty for violation; exception.
No person, firm, corporation, or association shall conduct or operate a collection agency or do a collection agency business, as the same is hereinafter defined in this Article, until he or it shall have secured a permit therefor as provided in this Article. Any person, firm, corporation or association conducting or operating a collection agency or doing a collection agency business without the permit shall be guilty of a Class I felony. Any officer or agent of any person, firm, corporation or association, who shall personally and knowingly participate in any violation of the remaining provisions of this Part shall be guilty of a Class 1 misdemeanor. Provided, however, that nothing in this section shall be construed to require a regular employee of a duly licensed collection agency licensed pursuant to this Article to procure a collection agency permit.  (1931, c. 217, s. 1; 1943, c. 170; 1959, c. 1194, s. 1; 1969, c. 906, s. 1; 1979, c. 835; 1989, c. 441, s. 1; 1993, c. 539, ss. 472, 1275; 1994, Ex. Sess., c. 24, s. 14(c); 2011‑320, s. 1.)

§ 58‑70‑5.  Application to Commissioner for permit.
(a)	Any person, firm, corporation or association desiring to secure a permit as provided by G.S. 58‑70‑1, shall make application to the Commissioner of Insurance for each location at which the person, firm, corporation or association desires to carry on the collection agency business as defined in this Article. An The applicant shall be entitled to a permit upon submission to the Commissioner of Insurance of the following:
(1)	The name, trade name if any, street address, and telephone number of the applicant, including any home office address and telephone number, if different.
(2)	If the applicant is a corporation,
a.	A certified copy of the board of director's resolution authorizing the submission of the application;
b.	An authenticated copy of the Articles of Incorporation and all amendments thereto;
c.	An authenticated copy of the bylaws or other governing instruments;
d.	If the applicant is a foreign corporation, a copy of the certificate of authority to transact business in this State issued by the North Carolina Secretary of State.
(3)	If the applicant is a partnership, an authenticated copy of the then current partnership agreement.
(4)	If an assumed business name is used, certificates showing that the assumed business name has been filed as required by Article 14A of Chapter 66 of the General Statutes.
(5)	A surety bond as required by G.S. 58‑70‑20. In the case of an alien corporation, the surety bond requirements shall be double the amount set by G.S. 58‑70‑20.
(6)	A completed statement by each stockholder owning ten percent (10%) or more of the applicant's outstanding voting stock and each partner, director, and officer actively engaged in the collection agency business, containing the name of the collection agency, the name and address of the individual completing the form, the positions held by the individual, each conviction of any criminal offense and any criminal charges pending other than minor traffic violations of the individual, and the name and address of three people not related to the individual who can attest to the individual's reputation for honesty and fair dealings.
(7)	A statement sworn to by an appropriate corporate officer, partner, or individual proprietor giving a description of the collection method to be employed in this State.
(8)	A statement certifying that there are no unsatisfied judgments against the applicant.
(9)	A list of all telephone numbers assigned to or to be used by the applicant in the operation of the collection agency.
(10)	The appropriate permit fee as required by G.S. 58‑70‑35.
(11)	A balance sheet as of the last day of the month prior to the date of submission of the application, certified true and correct by a corporate officer, partner, or proprietor, setting forth the current assets, fixed assets, current liabilities, and positive net worth of the applicant.
(12)	The address of the location at which the applicant will make those records of its collection agency business described in G.S. 58‑70‑25 available for inspection by the Commissioner of Insurance.
(13)	A statement certifying that no officer, individual proprietor, or partner of the applicant has been convicted of a felony involving moral turpitude or any violation of any State or federal debt collection law.
(14)	If the collection agency's office or records, as described in G.S. 58‑70‑25, are located outside of North Carolina, a statement sworn to by an appropriate corporate officer, partner, or individual proprietor consenting to and authorizing the reimbursement, to the Commissioner by the collection agency, of expenses incurred by the Commissioner in conducting routine examinations, audits, and in investigating written complaints against the collection agency or its employees. All reimbursements shall be paid to the Commissioner no more than 30 days after the date of billing. In the case of an alien corporation, the sworn statement must provide that the corporation will make available to the Commissioner for his or her inspection, in North Carolina, those records described in G.S. 58‑70‑25, at the expense of the corporation.
(15)	If the applicant is a foreign corporation, a statement authorizing the Commissioner to be its agent for service of process, which shall be administered pursuant to the provisions of G.S. 58‑16‑30.
(b)	Repealed by Session Laws 2016‑100, s. 6, effective July 1, 2017 – see note for contingency.
(b1)	In addition to the information required by subdivision (a)(2) of this section, if the applicant is an alien corporation, the corporation must be owned or majority controlled ultimately by a parent entity incorporated or organized under the laws of the United States or any jurisdiction within the United States, and the alien corporation may only service accounts held by an affiliate or subsidiary of the same parent entity. For purposes of this subsection, "control" is defined by G.S. 58‑19‑5(2). Should the alien corporation be sold to an entity unrelated to the parent entity, notice shall be provided to the Department of the pending sale 30 days in advance of the sale. Provision of Form 8‑K, properly filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, shall be deemed compliance with the notice requirement of this subsection. In the event of a sale, the new parent entity shall provide evidence to the Department within 30 days of the sale of its and the alien corporation's compliance with the requirements of this section. In the event that the new parent entity does not provide the evidence within 30 days after the sale, the alien corporation's permit shall be automatically suspended until the Department is provided the evidence of compliance which is satisfactory to the Commissioner.
(c)	through (o) Repealed by Session Laws 2016‑100, s. 6, effective July 1, 2017 – see note for contingency.
(p)	In the case of an alien corporation, when the corporation is in violation of this Article, the parent entity must agree to cure the violation by the alien corporation.
(q)	For purposes of this Article, the following definitions apply:
(1)	"Alien corporation" means a company incorporated or organized under the laws of any jurisdiction outside of the United States.
(2)	"Foreign corporation" means a company incorporated or organized under the laws of the United States or of any jurisdiction within the United States other than this State.
(r)	If the applicant is a subsidiary in a holding company system and if the applicant's ultimate parent regularly files financial information with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, in lieu of complying with subdivision (a)(11) of this section, the applicant may file the ultimate parent company's balance sheet as of the most recent fiscal year‑end, as certified by the ultimate parent's independent auditors, and accompanied by a guarantee of the applicant's performance from the ultimate parent company for the benefit of the Department, limited to those portions of this Article that are applicable to the applicant.
(s)	After a permit is issued by the Commissioner, the permittee's ultimate parent, as specified in subsection (r) of this section, shall remain responsible for the guarantee of performance as provided in subsection (r) of this section notwithstanding any change in the corporate structure of the ultimate parent company. If the permittee is acquired by any other person that has control over the permittee, the controlling person shall provide its own guarantee of performance as provided in subsection (r) of this section for the permittee to retain its permit. If the permittee does not have an ultimate parent company, it shall file its own balance sheet as specified in subdivision (a)(11) of this section.
(t)	Nothing in this section shall be construed to require that a person, firm, corporation, or association secure a permit for a remote location from which a single employee works under the control and monitoring of a collection agency through telecommunications and computer links, so long as all of the following conditions are met:
(1)	Records required to be kept under G.S. 58‑70‑25 are not maintained at the remote location.
(2)	The remote location is not held open to the public as a place of business.
(3)	The person, firm, corporation, or association has a valid permit issued pursuant to this Article for at least one physical location in this State. (1931, c. 217, s. 2; 1943, c. 170; 1959, c. 1194, s. 2; 1969, c. 906, s. 2; 1979, c. 835; 1989, c. 441, ss. 2, 3; 2001‑269, s. 1.1; 2006‑134, s. 1; 2009‑566, s. 21; 2016‑107, s. 5; 2016‑100, s. 6.)

§ 58‑70‑6.  Definitions.
For purposes of G.S. 58‑70‑5 and this section, the following definitions apply:
(1)	An "affiliate" of or a person "affiliated" with a specific person. – A person that indirectly through one or more intermediaries or directly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the person specified.
(2)	Control, including the terms "controlling," "controlled by," and "under common control with." – The direct or indirect possession of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract other than a commercial contract for goods or nonmanagement services, or otherwise. Control is presumed to exist if any person directly or indirectly owns, controls, holds with the power to vote, or holds proxies representing ten percent (10%) or more of the voting securities of any other person.
(3)	Holding company system. – An entity comprising two or more affiliated persons.
(4)	Person. – An individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or any similar entity or any combination of the foregoing acting in concert.
(5)	Subsidiary of a specified person. – An affiliate controlled by that person indirectly through one or more intermediaries or directly.
(6)	Voting security. – Includes any security convertible into or evidencing a right to acquire a voting security.  (2009‑566, s. 22.)

§ 58‑70‑10.  Application to Commissioner for permit renewal.
Any person, firm, corporation or association desiring to renew a permit issued pursuant to G.S. 58‑70‑5 shall make application to the Commissioner of Insurance not less than 30 days prior to the expiration date of the then current permit. Such renewal applicant shall be entitled to a renewal permit upon submission to the Commissioner of Insurance of all the information as required by G.S. 58‑70‑5; provided, however, it shall be sufficient, wherever applicable, to reference the prior year's application if there has been no change as to any of the required information and it shall not be necessary to submit with a renewal application a new director's resolution. In addition, the applicant shall submit to the Commissioner a copy of a "continuation certificate" or paid receipt for renewal premiums for the collection agency bond for the year for which the renewal permit is applied. The application shall include a calculation in accordance with G.S. 58‑70‑20, and if the bond is increased, an endorsement by the surety. With a renewal application, the applicant shall submit a balance sheet for the last fiscal year ending prior to the application, certified true and correct by a corporate officer, partner, or proprietor, setting forth the current assets, fixed assets, current liabilities and positive net worth of the applicant. In calculating its positive net worth under this section, an applicant is not required to include in its balance sheet liabilities from the purchase of stock by or in connection with the applicant's employee stock ownership plan that is qualified under 26 U.S.C. §§ 401(a) and 4975(e)(7) or to include in its balance sheet unallocated or unearned shares held in such a qualified employee stock ownership plan.  (1979, c. 835; 2016‑78, s. 6.5.)

§ 58‑70‑15.  Definition of collection agency and collection agency business.
(a)	"Collection agency" means a person directly or indirectly engaged in soliciting, from more than one person delinquent claims of any kind owed or due or asserted to be owed or due the solicited person and all persons directly or indirectly engaged in the asserting, enforcing or prosecuting of those claims.
(b)	"Collection agency" includes any of the following:
(1)	Any person that procures a listing of delinquent debtors from any creditor and that sells the listing or otherwise receives any fee or benefit from collections made on the listing.
(2)	Any person that attempts to or does transfer or sell to any person not holding the permit prescribed by this Article any system or series of letters or forms for use in the collection of delinquent accounts or claims which by direct assertion or by implication indicate that the claim or account is being asserted or collected by any person, firm, corporation, or association other than the creditor or owner of the claim or demand.
(3)	An in‑house collection agency, whereby a person, firm, corporation, or association sets up a collection service for his or its own business and the agency has a name other than that of the business.
(4)	A "debt buyer." As used in this subdivision, the term "debt buyer" means a person or entity that is engaged in the business of purchasing delinquent or charged‑off consumer loans or consumer credit accounts, or other delinquent consumer debt for collection purposes, whether it collects the debt itself or hires a third party for collection or an attorney‑at‑law for litigation in order to collect such debt.
(c)	"Collection agency" does not include any of the following:
(1)	Regular employees of a single creditor.
(2)	Banks, trust companies, or bank owned, controlled or related firms.
(2a)	Corporations or associations engaged in accounting, bookkeeping, or data processing services where a primary component of such services is the rendering of statements of accounts and bookkeeping services for creditors.
(3)	Mortgage banking companies.
(4)	Savings and loan associations.
(5)	Building and loan associations.
(6)	Duly licensed real estate brokers and agents when the claims or accounts being handled by the broker or agent are related to or are in connection with the broker's or agent's regular real estate business.
(7)	Express, telephone and telegraph companies subject to public regulation and supervision.
(8)	Attorneys‑at‑law handling claims and collections in their own name and not operating a collection agency under the management of a layman.
(9)	Any person, firm, corporation or association handling claims, accounts or collections under an order or orders of any court.
(10)	A person, firm, corporation or association which, for valuable consideration purchases accounts, claims, or demands of another, which such accounts, claims, or demands of another are not delinquent at the time of such purchase, and then, in its own name, proceeds to assert or collect the accounts, claims or demands.
(11)	Any person attempting to collect or collecting claims, in that person's name, of a business or businesses owned wholly or substantially by that person.
(12)	Any nonprofit tax exempt corporation organized for the purpose of providing mediation or other dispute resolution services.
(13)	The designated representatives of programs as defined by G.S. 110‑129(5).  (1969, c. 906, s. 3; 1973, c. 785; 1979, c. 835; 1989, c. 441, ss. 4, 5, 12; 1991, c. 387, s. 1; 1993, c. 553, s. 22; 1999‑419, s. 1; 2001‑269, s. 1.2; 2009‑573, s. 4(a); 2017‑149, s. 1.)

§ 58‑70‑20.  Bond requirement.
(a)	As a condition precedent to the issuance of any permit under this Article, every applicant for a permit shall file with the Commissioner a bond in favor of the State of North Carolina that is executed by a surety company licensed to transact surety business in this State. The bond shall be maintained in force during the permit period, continuous in form, and remain in effect until all moneys collected have been accounted for. The bond shall expressly provide that the bond is for the benefit of any person, firm or corporation for whom the collection agency engages in the collection of accounts. The bond shall be in the amount of ten thousand dollars ($10,000) for the initial permit. The amount of the bond for any renewal permit shall be no less than ten thousand dollars ($10,000), nor more than thirty thousand dollars ($30,000), and shall be computed as follows: The total collections paid directly to the collection agency less commissions earned by the collection agency on those collections for the calendar year ending immediately prior to the date of application, multiplied by one‑sixth.
(b)	A person required by this section to maintain a bond may, in lieu of that bond, deposit with the Commissioner the equivalent amount in cash, in certificates of deposit issued by banks organized under the laws of the State of North Carolina, or any national bank having its principal office in North Carolina, or securities, which shall be held in accordance with Article 5 of this Chapter. Securities may only be obligations of the United States or of federal agencies listed in G.S. 147‑69.1(c)(2) guaranteed by the United States, obligations of the State of North Carolina, or obligations of a city or county of this State. Any proposed deposit of an obligation of a city or county of this State is subject to the prior approval of the Commissioner.
(c)	In addition to the requirements of subsections (a) and (b) of this section, as a condition precedent to the issuance of any permit under this Article, every nonresident applicant for a permit shall file with the Commissioner a bond in the amount of ten thousand dollars ($10,000) in favor of the Department that is executed by a surety company licensed to transact surety business in this State. The bond shall be maintained in force during the permit period, be continuous in form, and remain in effect until terminated by the Commissioner. The bond shall expressly provide that the bond is for the purpose of reimbursing the Department for expenses incurred in visiting and examining a nonresident collection agency in connection with a federal bankruptcy or State receivership proceeding in which the collection agency is the subject of the proceeding.  (1943, c. 170; 1959, c. 1194, s. 3; 1979, c. 835; 1991, c. 212, s. 4; 2001‑269, s. 1.3; 2016‑107, s. 6.)

§ 58‑70‑25.  Record of business in State.
(a)	Each person, firm, or corporation licensed as a collection agency in North Carolina shall keep a full and correct record of all business done in this State as set forth below.  All such records pertaining to collection activity, concerning debtor records and client accounting records, but not general operating records, shall be open to inspection by the Commissioner of Insurance or his duly authorized deputy upon demand.
(b)	Every permit holder shall maintain adequate records which shall contain the items listed below.  These records must be kept separate from records of any other business and must be maintained for not less than three years after the final entry has been made:
(1)	A daily collection record or cash receipt journal in which all collections are recorded and allocated as to total collections, setting forth:
a.	The amount credited to principal and to interest, if any;
b.	The amount due creditors or forwarders.
(2)	The amount retained as commission or commission paid to forwardees.
(3)	Payments made directly to creditors as reported to the collection agency by those creditors and commissions due the collection agency on those payments.
(4)	A record of each debtor's account shall be maintained consisting of the following:
a.	The name and address of the debtor;
b.	The name of the creditor or forwarder or forwardee if the account has been forwarded;
c.	The principal amount owing and, if available, the date of the last credit or debit;
d.	The amount and date of each payment made by the debtor; and
e.	The date and time of each telephone or personal contact with the debtor.
(5)	A master alphabetical record by name and address of every creditor or forwarder with whom the permit holder engages in the business of collecting accounts.
(6)	A check register or carbon copies of each check issued or numerically numbered check stubs corresponding with all checks issued on the trust account for funds collected on behalf of creditors. Cancelled checks, together with voided or unused checks (adequately explained) drawn on the trust account shall be maintained in numerical order with the monthly bank statements.
(7)	A record by client or client number showing the number of accounts received from the client, the date received and the principal amount of the accounts.
(8)	A duplicate copy of each remittance statement furnished a creditor or forwarder, or other listing of the information contained on the statement. (1959, c. 1194, s. 3; 1979, c. 835; 1989, c. 441, s. 6.)

§ 58‑70‑30.  Hearing granted applicant if application denied; appeal.
If, upon application, the Commissioner finds that the permit should not be issued or renewed and denies an application, he shall notify the applicant or permittee and advise, in writing, the applicant or permittee of the reasons for the denial or nonrenewal of the permit.  Within 30 days of receipt of notification the applicant or permittee may make written demand upon the Commissioner for a hearing to determine the reasonableness of the Commissioner's action. Such hearing shall be scheduled within 30 days and held within 90 days from the date of receipt of the written demand.  An applicant or permittee has the right to appeal any order or any unreasonable delay pursuant to Article 4 of Chapter 150B of the General Statutes.  If the Commissioner shall decline an application for renewal, that applicant may continue to do business pending any appeal taken pursuant hereto. (1931, c. 217, s. 3; 1979, c. 835; 1989, c. 441, s. 7, c. 770, s. 51.)

§ 58‑70‑35.  Application fee; issuance of permit; contents and duration.
(a)	Upon the filing of the application and information required by this Article, the applicant shall pay a nonrefundable fee of one thousand dollars ($1,000), and no permit may be issued until this fee is paid. Fees collected under this subsection shall be credited to the Insurance Regulatory Fund created under G.S. 58‑6‑25.
(b)	Each permit shall state the name of the applicant, his place of business, and the nature and kind of business in which he is engaged. The Commissioner shall assign to the permit a serial number for each year, and each permit shall be for a period of one year, beginning with July 1 and ending with June 30 of the following year.
(c)	A permit is assignable or transferable only if the assignee or transferee qualifies under the provisions of this Article. Upon any change in ownership of a permittee, if a sole proprietorship or partnership, or upon a change in ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the shares or voting rights of a corporate permittee, a permit issued to a permittee is void unless within 30 days of the change of ownership the new owner or owners have satisfied the Commissioner that he or they qualify for a permit under this Article, and he or they maintain a bond in accordance with and in the amount required for a renewal bond under G.S. 58‑70‑20.  (1931, c. 217, s. 4; 1979, c. 835; 1983, c. 790, s. 10; 1989, c. 441, s. 8; 1991, c. 721, s. 3; 2009‑451, s. 21.5(a); 2011‑330, s. 47(a).)

§ 58‑70‑40.  Restraining orders; criminal convictions; permit revocations; other permit requirements.
(a)	When it appears to the Commissioner that any person has violated, is violating, or threatens to violate any provision of this Article, he may apply to the superior court of any county in which the violation has occurred, is occurring, or may occur for a restraining order and injunction to restrain such violation, or threatened violation. If upon application the court finds that any provision of this Article has been violated, is being violated, or a violation thereof is threatened, the court shall issue an order restraining and enjoining such violations; and such relief may be granted regardless of whether criminal prosecution is instituted under any provision of this Article.
(b)	If an individual proprietor, officer, or partner of the collection agency has been convicted in any court of competent jurisdiction for any crime involving dishonesty or breach of trust, the collection agency shall notify the Commissioner in writing of the conviction within 10 days after the date of the conviction. As used in this subsection, "conviction" includes an adjudication of guilt, a plea of guilty, or a plea of nolo contendere. The conviction by a court of competent jurisdiction of any permittee for a violation of this Article shall automatically have the effect of suspending the permit of that permittee until such time that the permit is reinstated by the Commissioner. As used in this subsection, "conviction" includes an adjudication of guilt, a plea of guilty, and a plea of nolo contendere.
(c)	In addition to the other qualifications for a permit under this Article, no collection agency shall be issued or be entitled to hold a permit if the Commissioner finds as to the applicant or permittee any one or more of the following conditions:
(1)	An individual proprietor, officer, or partner of the collection agency has been convicted of a felony involving moral turpitude, or any State or federal debt collection law.
(2)	There is an unsatisfied judgment which is not currently the subject of litigation against any partner, individual proprietor, or officer of the collection agency or against the collection agency.
(3)	There is any materially false or misleading information in the permit application.
(4)	The applicant has obtained or attempted to obtain the permit through misrepresentation or fraud.
(5)	There has been an adjudication that a partner, individual proprietor, or officer of the collection agency has violated any State or federal unfair trade practice law.
(6)	A partner, individual proprietor, or officer of the collection agency has violated or refused to comply with any provision of this Article or any order of the Commissioner.
(7)	Another jurisdiction has suspended or revoked a collection agency or similar license or permit of the collection agency.
(d)	In the case of an alien corporation that has been issued a permit under this Article, in an action brought by the Commissioner, service of process upon the parent entity is sufficient service of process on the alien corporation.
(e)	A collection agency shall report to the Commissioner any administrative action taken against the collection agency by another state or by another governmental agency in this State within 30 days after the final disposition of the matter. This report shall include a copy of the order or consent order and other information or documents filed in the proceeding necessary to describe the action.  (1931, c. 217, s. 5; 1979, c. 835; 1989, c. 441, s. 9; 2006‑134, s. 2; 2009‑566, ss. 16, 17.)

§ 58‑70‑45.  Disposition of permit fees.
All permit fees collected under this Article shall be credited to the Insurance Regulatory Fund created under G.S. 58‑6‑25. (1931, c. 217, s. 8; 1943, c. 170; 1979, c. 835; 1991, c. 689, s. 293; 2003‑221, s. 8.)

§ 58‑70‑50.  All collection agencies to identify themselves in correspondence.
All collection agencies licensed under this Part to do the business of a collection agency in this State, shall in all correspondence with debtors use stationery or forms which contain the permit number and the true name and address of such collection agency.
The permit to engage in the business of a collection agency shall at all times be prominently displayed in each office of the person, firm, corporation or association to whom or to which the permit is issued. (1931, c. 217, s. 9; 1969, c. 906, s. 5; 1979, c. 835.)

Part 2. Operating Procedures.
§ 58‑70‑55.  Office hours.
If an office of a duly licensed collection agency does not maintain normally accepted business hours, the hours the office is open shall be posted so as to be prominently displayed to the public at all times.  If at any time it is anticipated that the permit holder's office will be closed to the public for a period exceeding seven days, the Department of Insurance shall be notified thereof in writing. (1979, c. 835.)

§ 58‑70‑60.  Statements to be furnished each collection creditor.
(a)	Acknowledgment of Accounts. – When any account is received for collection, the permit holder shall upon request furnish the collection creditor or forwarder with a written listing or acknowledgment of the accounts received.
(b)	Remittance Statements. – Each permit holder shall remit all moneys due to any collection creditor or forwarder within 30 days after the end of the collection month during which the collection was effected.  The remittance shall be accompanied by a statement setting forth:
(1)	The date of remittance;
(2)	The debtor's name;
(3)	The date or month of collection and amount collected from each debtor; and
(4)	A breakdown showing money collected from each debtor and the amount due the creditor or forwarder. (1979, c. 835.)

§ 58‑70‑65.  Remittance trust account.
(a)	Each permit holder shall deposit, no later than two banking days after receipt, in a separate trust account in any bank located in North Carolina or in any other bank approved by the Commissioner, sufficient funds to pay all moneys due or owed to all collection creditors or forwarders. The funds shall remain in the trust account until remitted to the creditor or forwarder, and shall not be commingled with any other operating funds. The trust account shall be used only for the purpose of:
(1)	Remitting to collection creditors or forwarders the proceeds to which they are entitled.
(2)	Remitting to the collection agency the commission that is due the collection agency.
(3)	Reimbursing consumers for overpayments.
(4)	Making adjustments to the trust account balance for bank service charges.
(b)	No refund for overpayment by a debtor in an amount of less than one dollar ($1.00) is required.
(c)	Each permit holder located outside this State shall deposit in a separate trust account, designated for its North Carolina creditors, funds to pay all monies due or owing all collection creditors or forwarders located within this State. In the case of alien corporations that are permit holders, the trust account must be established with a bank located in the United States or in any bank approved by the Commissioner. (1979, c. 835; 1989, c. 441, s. 10; c. 770, s. 52; 1991, c. 644, s. 23; 1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 678, s. 31; 2006‑134, s. 3.)

§ 58‑70‑70.  Receipt requirement.
(a)	Whenever a payment is received in cash from a debtor, forwardee, or other person, an original receipt or an exact copy thereof shall be furnished the individual from whom payment is received. Evidence of all receipts issued shall be kept in the permit holder's office for three years. All receipts issued must:
(1)	Be prenumbered by the printer and used and filed in consecutive numerical order;
(2)	Show the name, street address and permit number of the permit holder;
(3)	Show the name of the creditor or creditors for whom collected;
(4)	Show the amount and date paid; and
(5)	Show the last name of the person accepting payment.
(b)	Whenever payment in any form is received by or on behalf of a debt buyer, in addition to meeting the requirements set forth in subsection (a) of this section, the receipt shall also:
(1)	Show the name of the creditor or creditors for whom collected, the account number assigned by the creditor or creditors for whom collected, and if the current creditor is not the original creditor, the account number assigned by the original creditor.
(2)	State clearly whether the payment is accepted as either payment in full or as a full and final compromise of the debt, and if not, the receipt shall state clearly the balance due after payment is credited.  (1979, c. 835; 2009‑573, s. 4(b).)

§ 58‑70‑75.  Creditor may request return of accounts.
The written request of a creditor or forwarder for the return of any account which is not in the actual process of collection shall be complied with by the permit holder in writing within a reasonable length of time, but in any event not to exceed 60 days.  All valuable papers furnished by the creditor or forwarder in connection with the account shall be returned. (1979, c. 835.)

§ 58‑70‑80.  Return of accounts and all valuable papers upon termination of permit.
Whenever the permit of a collection agency is revoked, cancelled, or terminated for any reason, all accounts and valuable papers placed with the agency for collection shall be returned to the person placing the account for collection within five days of the termination of said permit unless, upon written application, an extension of time is granted by the Department of Insurance.  All agreements between the collection agency and creditor or forwarder are automatically cancelled as of the date on which said permit is revoked, cancelled or terminated.  If any of the accounts placed for collection are in the hands of others at the time of the permit termination, they shall immediately be notified by the collection agency to thereafter correspond, remit and be solely responsible to the creditor placing the accounts with the agency for collection unless the creditor has authorized a successor or other permit holder to continue to collect the accounts.  In the case of dissolution of the collection agency, all accounts shall be returned within a reasonable period of time, but in any event not to exceed 60 days.  Valuable papers shall include, but not be limited to, notes payable, creditor account cards and any other items placed within the collection agency by the creditor. (1979, c. 835.)

§ 58‑70‑85.  Application of funds where there is a debtor‑creditor relationship.
If a creditor has listed accounts with a permit holder for collection and also has had accounts on which he is debtor listed with the permit holder by any other creditors, collections effected in his behalf as a creditor may not be applied on accounts that he owes unless the permit holder has a written authorization on file as to how the moneys collected are to be applied. (1979, c. 835.)

Part 3. Prohibited Practices by Collection Agencies Engaged in the Collection of Debts from Consumers.
§ 58‑70‑90.  Definitions.
As used in this Part, the following terms have the meanings specified:
(1)	"Collection agency" means a collection agency as defined in G.S. 58‑70‑15 which engages, directly or indirectly, in debt collection from a consumer.
(2)	"Consumer" means an individual, aggregation of individuals, corporation, company, association, or partnership that has incurred a debt or alleged debt.
(3)	"Debt" means any obligation owed or due or alleged to be owed or due from a consumer.  (1961, c. 782; 1971, c. 814, ss. 1‑3; 1979, c. 835.)

§ 58‑70‑95.  Threats and coercion.
No collection agency shall collect or attempt to collect any debt alleged to be due and owing from a consumer by means of any unfair threat, coercion, or attempt to coerce.  Such unfair acts include, but are not limited to, the following:
(1)	Using or threatening to use violence or any illegal means to cause harm to the person, reputation or property of any person;
(2)	Falsely accusing or threatening to accuse any person of fraud or any crime, or of any conduct that would tend to cause disgrace, contempt or ridicule;
(3)	Making or threatening to make false accusations to another person, including any credit reporting agency, that a consumer has not paid, or has willfully refused to pay a just debt;
(4)	Threatening to sell or assign, or to refer to another for collection, the debt of the consumer with an attending representation that the result of such sale, assignment or reference would be that the consumer would lose any defense to the debt or would be subject to harsh, vindictive, or abusive collection attempts;
(5)	Representing that nonpayment of an alleged debt may result in the arrest of any person;
(6)	Representing that nonpayment of an alleged debt may result in the seizure, garnishment, attachment, or sale of any property or wages unless such action is in fact contemplated by the debt collector and permitted by law;
(7)	Threatening to take any action not in fact taken in the usual course of business, unless it can be shown that such threatened action was actually intended to be taken in the particular case in which the threat was made;
(8)	Threatening to take any action not permitted by law. (1979, c. 835.)

§ 58‑70‑100.  Harassment.
No collection agency shall use any conduct, the natural consequence of which is to oppress, harass, or abuse any person in connection with the attempt to collect any debt.  Such conduct includes, but is not limited to, the following:
(1)	Using profane or obscene language, or language that would ordinarily abuse the typical hearer or reader;
(2)	Placing collect telephone calls or sending collect telegrams unless the caller fully identifies himself and the company he represents;
(3)	Causing a telephone to ring or engaging any person in telephone conversation with such frequency as to be unreasonable or to constitute a harassment to the person under the circumstances or at times known to be times other than normal waking hours of the person;
(4)	Placing telephone calls or attempting to communicate with any person, contrary to his instructions, at his place of employment, unless the collection agency does not have a telephone number where the consumer can be reached during the consumer's nonworking hours. (1979, c. 835.)

§ 58‑70‑105.  Unreasonable publication.
No collection agency shall unreasonably publicize information regarding a consumer's debt.  Such unreasonable publication includes, but is not limited to, the following:
(1)	Any communication with any person other than the debtor or his attorney, except:
a.	With the permission of the debtor or his attorney;
b.	To persons employed by the collection agency, to a credit reporting agency, to a person or business employed to collect the debt on behalf of the creditor, or to a person who makes a legitimate request for the information;
c.	To the spouse (or one who stands in place of the spouse) of the debtor, or to the parent or guardian of the debtor if the debtor is a minor;
d.	For the sole purpose of locating the debtor, if no indication of indebtedness is made;
e.	Through legal process.
(2)	Using any form of communication which ordinarily would be seen or heard by any person other than the consumer that displays or conveys any information about the alleged debt other than the name, address and phone number of the collection agency except as otherwise provided in this Part.
(3)	Disclosing any information relating to a consumer's debt by publishing or posting any list of consumers, except for credit reporting purposes. (1979, c. 835.)

§ 58‑70‑110.  Deceptive representation.
No collection agency shall collect or attempt to collect a debt or obtain information concerning a consumer by any fraudulent, deceptive or misleading representation. Such representations include, but are not limited to, the following:
(1)	Communicating with the consumer other than in the name of the person making the communication, the collection agency and the person or business on whose behalf the collection agency is acting or to whom the debt is owed;
(2)	Failing to disclose in the initial written communication with the consumer and, in addition, if the initial communication with the consumer is oral, in that initial oral communication, that the debt collector is attempting to collect a debt and that any information obtained will be used for that purpose, and the failure to disclose in subsequent communications that the communication is from a debt collector; provided, however, that this subdivision does not apply to a formal pleading made in connection with legal action;
(3)	Falsely representing that the collection agency has in its possession information or something of value for the consumer;
(4)	Falsely representing the character, extent, or amount of a debt against a consumer or of its status in any legal proceeding; falsely representing that the collection agency is in any way connected with any agency of the federal, State or local government; or falsely representing the creditor's rights or intentions;
(5)	Using or distributing or selling any written communication which simulates or is falsely represented to be a document authorized, issued, or approved by a court, an official, or any other legally constituted or authorized authority, or which creates a false impression about its source;
(6)	Falsely representing that an existing obligation of the consumer may be increased by the addition of attorney's fees, investigation fees, service fees, or any other fees or charges;
(7)	Falsely representing the status or true nature of the services rendered by the collection agency or its business.
(8)	Communicating with the consumer in violation of the provisions of G.S. 62‑159.1(a), 153A‑277(b1), or 160A‑314(b1).  (1979, c. 835; 2001‑269, s. 1.4; 2009‑302, s. 4.)

§ 58‑70‑115.  Unfair practices.
No collection agency shall collect or attempt to collect any debt by use of any unfair practices. Such practices include, but are not limited to, the following:
(1)	Seeking or obtaining any written statement or acknowledgment in any form containing an affirmation of any debt by a consumer who has been declared bankrupt, an acknowledgment of any debt barred by the statute of limitations, or a waiver of any legal rights of the debtor without disclosing the nature and consequences of such affirmation or waiver and the fact that the consumer is not legally obligated to make such affirmation or waiver.
(2)	Collecting or attempting to collect from the consumer all or any part of the collection agency's fee or charge for services rendered, collecting or attempting to collect any interest or other charge, fee or expense incidental to the principal debt unless legally entitled to such fee or charge.
(3)	Communicating with a consumer whenever the collection agency has been notified by the consumer's attorney that he represents said consumer.
(4)	When the collection agency is a debt buyer or is acting on behalf of a debt buyer, bringing suit or initiating an arbitration proceeding against the debtor or otherwise attempting to collect on a debt when the collection agency knows, or reasonably should know, that such collection is barred by the applicable statute of limitations.
(5)	When the collection agency is a debt buyer or acting on behalf of a debt buyer, bringing suit or initiating an arbitration proceeding against the debtor, or otherwise attempting to collect on the debt without (i) valid documentation that the debt buyer is the owner of the specific debt instrument or account at issue and (ii) reasonable verification of the amount of the debt allegedly owed by the debtor. For purposes of this subdivision, reasonable verification shall include documentation of the name of the original creditor, the name and address of the debtor as appearing on the original creditor's records, the original consumer account number, a copy of the contract or other document evidencing the consumer debt, and an itemized accounting of the amount claimed to be owed, including all fees and charges.
(6)	When the collection agency is a debt buyer or acting on behalf of a debt buyer, bringing suit or initiating an arbitration proceeding against the debtor to collect on a debt without first giving the debtor written notice of the intent to file a legal action at least 30 days in advance of filing. The written notice shall include the name, address, and telephone number of the debt buyer, the name of the original creditor and the debtor's original account number, a copy of the contract or other document evidencing the consumer debt, and an itemized accounting of all amounts claimed to be owed.
(7)	Failing to comply with Part 5 of this Article.  (1979, c. 835; 2009‑573, s. 5.)

§ 58‑70‑120.  Unauthorized practice of law; court appearances.
Neither a collection agency nor any representative thereof who is not a duly licensed attorney shall engage in the practice of law.  As used in this section, "practice of law" includes the preparation of warrants or subpoenas.  A collection agency's representative is prohibited from appearing in court on behalf of a creditor except as required by court order or subpoena, and except to submit and explain claims in bankruptcy court. (1979, c. 835; 1989, c. 441, s. 11.)

§ 58‑70‑125.  Shared office space.
The office of a collection agency shall not be shared or have a common waiting room with a practicing attorney or any type of lending institution.  The office may be located in a private residence  only if it is solely for business purposes, has an outside entrance and can be isolated from the remainder of the residence. (1979, c. 835.)

Part 4. Enforcement.
§ 58‑70‑130.  Civil liability.
(a)	Any collection agency which violates Part 3 of this Article with respect to any debtor shall be liable to that debtor in an amount equal to the sum of any actual damages sustained by the debtor as a result of the violation.
(b)	Any collection agency which violates Part 3 of this Article with respect to any debtor shall, in addition to actual damages sustained by the debtor as a result of the violation, also be liable to the debtor for a penalty in such amount as the court may allow, which shall not be less than five hundred dollars ($500.00) for each violation nor greater than four thousand dollars ($4,000) for each violation.
(c)	The specific and general provisions of Part 3 of this Article shall constitute unfair or deceptive acts or practices proscribed herein or by G.S. 75‑1.1 in the area of commerce regulated thereby; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the provisions of G.S. 75‑16, the civil penalties provided in this section shall not be trebled. Civil penalties in excess of four thousand dollars ($4,000) for each violation shall not be imposed.
(d)	The remedies provided by this section shall be cumulative, and in addition to remedies otherwise available. Any punitive damages assessed against a collection agency shall not be reduced by the amount of the civil penalty assessed against such agency pursuant to subsection (b) of this section.
(e)	The clear proceeds of civil penalties imposed under this section in suits instituted by the Attorney General shall be remitted to the Civil Penalty and Forfeiture Fund in accordance with G.S. 115C‑457.2.  (1979, c. 835; 1991, c. 68, s. 2; 1998‑215, s. 89(a); 2009‑573, s. 6.)

Part 5. Special Requirements in Actions Filed by Collection Agency Plaintiffs.
§ 58‑70‑145.  Complaint of a collection agency plaintiff must contain certain allegations.
In any cause of action that arises out of the conduct of a business for which a plaintiff must secure a permit pursuant to this Article, the complaint shall allege as part of the cause of action that the plaintiff is duly licensed under this Article and shall contain the name and number, if any, of the license and the governmental agency that issued it.  (2009‑573, s. 8.)

§ 58‑70‑150.  Complaint of a debt buyer plaintiff must be accompanied by certain materials.
In addition to the requirements of G.S. 58‑70‑145, in any cause of action initiated by a debt buyer, as that term is defined in G.S. 58‑70‑15, all of the following materials shall be attached to the complaint or claim:
(1)	A copy of the contract or other writing evidencing the original debt, which must contain a signature of the defendant. If a claim is based on credit card debt and no such signed writing evidencing the original debt ever existed, then copies of documents generated when the credit card was actually used must be attached.
(2)	A copy of the assignment or other writing establishing that the plaintiff is the owner of the debt. If the debt has been assigned more than once, then each assignment or other writing evidencing transfer of ownership must be attached to establish an unbroken chain of ownership. Each assignment or other writing evidencing transfer of ownership must contain the original account number of the debt purchased and must clearly show the debtor's name associated with that account number.  (2009‑573, s. 8.)

§ 58‑70‑155.  Prerequisites to entering a default or summary judgment against a debtor under this Part.
(a)	Prior to entry of a default judgment or summary judgment against a debtor in a complaint initiated by a debt buyer, the plaintiff shall file evidence with the court to establish the amount and nature of the debt.
(b)	The only evidence sufficient to establish the amount and nature of the debt shall be properly authenticated business records that satisfy the requirements of Rule 803(6) of the North Carolina Rules of Evidence. The authenticated business records shall include at least all of the following items:
(1)	The original account number.
(2)	The original creditor.
(3)	The amount of the original debt.
(4)	An itemization of charges and fees claimed to be owed.
(5)	The original charge‑off balance, or, if the balance has not been charged off, an explanation of how the balance was calculated.
(6)	An itemization of post charge‑off additions, where applicable.
(7)	The date of last payment.
(8)	The amount of interest claimed and the basis for the interest charged.  (2009‑573, s. 8; 2011‑326, s. 7.)

Article 71.
Bail Bondsmen and Runners.
§ 58‑71‑1.  Definitions.
The following definitions apply in this Article:
(1)	Accommodation bondsman. – A person who shall not charge a fee or receive any consideration for action as surety and who endorses the bail bond after providing satisfactory evidences of ownership, value, and marketability of real or personal property to the extent necessary to reasonably satisfy the official taking bond that the real or personal property will in all respects be sufficient to assure that the full principal sum of the bond will be realized if there is a breach of the conditions of the bond. "Consideration" as used in this subdivision does not include the legal rights of a surety against a principal by reason of breach of the conditions of a bail bond nor does it include collateral furnished to and securing the surety as long as the value of the surety's rights in the collateral do not exceed the principal's liability to the surety by reason of a breach in the conditions of the bail bond.
(1a)	Approved provider. – A person or entity whose certificate of authority issued by the Commissioner to provide either bail bond continuing education or prelicensing courses in this state in accordance with G.S. 58‑71‑72 was in effect on May 15, 2015, and remains in effect. The certificate of authority issued by the Commissioner to any such person or entity is not transferable or assignable to any other person or entity nor are the benefits or any part thereof transferable or assignable to any other person or entity.
(2)	Bail bond. – An undertaking by the principal to appear in court as required upon penalty of forfeiting bail to the State in a stated amount; and may include an unsecured appearance bond, a premium‑secured appearance bond, an appearance bond secured by a cash deposit of the full amount of the bond, an appearance bond secured by a mortgage pursuant to G.S. 58‑74‑5, and an appearance bond secured by at least one surety. A bail bond may also include a bond securing the return of a motor vehicle subject to forfeiture in accordance with G.S. 20‑28.3(e).
(3)	Bail bondsman. – A surety bondsman, professional bondsman or an accommodation bondsman as defined in this section.
(4)	Commissioner. – The North Carolina Commissioner of Insurance.
(4a)	First‑year licensee. – Any person who has been licensed as a bail bondsman or runner under this Article and who has held the license for a period of less than 12 months.
(5)	Insurer. – Any domestic, foreign, or alien surety company which has qualified generally to transact surety business and specifically to transact bail bond business in this State.
(6)	Obligor. – A principal or a surety on a bail bond.
(6a)	Premium. – An amount of money paid in exchange for a bail bondsman's services in writing a bail bond.
(7)	Principal. – A defendant or witness obligated to appear in court as required upon penalty of forfeiting bail under a bail bond or a person obligated to return a motor vehicle subject to forfeiture in accordance with G.S. 20‑28.3(e).
(8)	Professional bondsman. – Any person who is approved and licensed by the Commissioner and who pledges cash or approved securities with the Commissioner as security for bail bonds written in connection with a judicial proceeding and who receives or is promised money or other things of value in exchange for writing the bail bonds.
(8a)	Resident. – A person who lives in this State for at least six consecutive months immediately before applying for a license under this Article.
(9)	Runner. – A person employed by a bail bondsman for the purpose of assisting the bail bondsman in presenting the defendant in court when required, assisting in the apprehension and surrender of defendant to the court, keeping the defendant under necessary surveillance, or executing bonds on behalf of the licensed bondsman when the power of attorney has been duly recorded. "Runner" does not include a duly licensed attorney‑at‑law or a law‑enforcement officer assisting a bondsman.
(9a)	Supervising bail bondsman. – Any person licensed by the Commissioner as a professional bondsman or surety bondsman who employs or contracts with any new licensee under this Article.
(10)	Surety. – One who, with the principal, is liable for the amount of the bail bond upon forfeiture of bail.
(11)	Surety bondsman. – Any person who is licensed by the Commissioner as a surety bondsman under this Article, is appointed by an insurer by power of attorney to execute or countersign bail bonds for the insurer in connection with judicial proceedings, and who receives or is promised consideration for doing so.  (1963, c. 1225, s. 1; 1975, c. 619, s. 1; 1995 (Reg. Sess., 1996), c. 726, s. 1; 1998‑182, s. 16; 2000‑180, ss. 1, 2; 2001‑269, s. 2.1; 2007‑228, s. 1; 2015‑247, s. 13(a); 2019‑179, s. 7(a).)

§ 58‑71‑5.  Commissioner of Insurance to administer Article; rules and regulations; employees; evidence of Commissioner's actions.
(a)	The Commissioner shall have full power and authority to administer the provisions of this Article, which regulates bail bondsmen and runners and to that end to adopt and promulgate rules and regulations to enforce the purposes and provisions of this Article. Subject to the provisions of the North Carolina Human Resources Act, the Commissioner may employ and discharge such employees, examiners, investigators and such other assistants as shall be deemed necessary, and he shall prescribe their duties.
(b)	Any written instrument purporting to be a copy of any action, proceeding, or finding of fact by the Commissioner, or any record of the Commissioner authenticated under the head of the Commissioner by the seal of his office shall be accepted by all the courts of this State as prima facie evidence of the contents thereof.  (1963, c. 1225, s. 2; 1975, c. 619, s. 1; 2013‑382, s. 9.1(c).)

§ 58‑71‑10.  Defects not to invalidate undertakings; liability not affected by agreement or lack of qualifications.
(a)	No undertaking shall be invalid because of any defect of form, omission or recital or of condition, failure to note or record the default of any principal or surety, or because of any other irregularity, if it appears from the tenor of the undertaking before what magistrate or at what court the principal was bound to appear, and that the official before whom it was entered into was legally authorized to take it and the amount of bail is stated.
(b)	The liability of a person on an undertaking shall not be affected by reason of the lack of any qualifications, sufficiency or competency provided in the criminal procedure law, or by reason of any other agreement whether or not the agreement is expressed in the undertaking, or because the defendant has not joined in the undertaking. (1963, c. 1225, s. 3; 1975, c. 619, s. 1; 2001‑269, s. 2.2.)

§ 58‑71‑15.  Qualifications of sureties on bail.
Each and every surety for the release of a person on bail shall be qualified as:
(1)	An insurer and represented by a surety bondsman or bondsmen; or
(2)	A professional bondsman; or
(3)	An accommodation bondsman. (1963, c. 1225, s. 4; 1971, c. 1231, s. 1; 1975, c. 619, s. 1.)

§ 58‑71‑16.  No return of premium; bond reduction.
Notwithstanding any other provision of law or rules adopted by the Commissioner under this Article, if, after an agreement has been entered into between a defendant and a surety, the defendant's bond is reduced, the surety shall not be required to return any portion of the premium to the defendant.  (2011‑377, s. 1.)

§ 58‑71‑20.  Surrender of defendant by surety; when premium need not be returned.
At any time before there has been a breach of the undertaking in any type of bail or fine and cash bond the surety may surrender the defendant to the sheriff of the county in which the defendant is bonded to appear or to the sheriff where the defendant was bonded; in such case the full premium shall be returned within 72 hours after the surrender. The defendant may be surrendered without the return of premium for the bond if the defendant does any of the following:
(1)	Willfully fails to pay the premium to the surety or willfully fails to make a premium payment under the agreement specified in G.S. 58‑71‑167.
(2)	Changes his or her address without notifying the surety before the address change.
(3)	Physically hides from the surety.
(4)	Leaves the State without the permission of the surety.
(5)	Violates any order of the court.
(6)	Fails to disclose information or provides false information regarding any failure to appear in court, any previous felony convictions within the past 10 years, or any charges pending in any State or federal court.
(7)	Knowingly provides the surety with incorrect personal identification, or uses a false name or alias. (1963, c. 1225, s. 5; 1975, c. 619, s. 1; 1998‑211, s. 30; 2001‑269, s. 2.3; 2007‑399, s. 1.)

§ 58‑71‑25.  Procedure for surrender.
After there has been a breach of the undertaking in a bail bond, the surety may surrender the defendant as provided in G.S. 15A‑540. (1963, c. 1225, s. 6; 1975, c. 619, s. 1; 2000‑133, s. 7.)

§ 58‑71‑30.  Arrest of defendant for purpose of surrender.
For the purpose of surrendering the defendant, the surety may arrest him before the forfeiture of the undertaking, or by his written authority endorsed on a certified copy of the undertaking, may request any judicial officer to order arrest of the defendant. (1963, c. 1225, s. 7; 1975, c. 619, s. 1.)

§ 58‑71‑35.  Forfeiture of bail.
(a)	Except for bonds issued to secure the return of a motor vehicle subject to forfeiture in accordance with G.S. 20‑28.3(e), the procedure for forfeiture of bail shall be that provided in Article 26 of Chapter 15A of the General Statutes and all provisions of that Article shall continue in full force and effect.
(b)	At any time before execution is issued on a judgment of forfeiture against a principal or his surety, the court may direct that the judgment be remitted in whole or in part, upon such conditions as the court may impose, if it appears that justice requires the remission of part or all of the judgment. (1963, c. 1225, s. 8; 1975, c. 619, s. 1; 1998‑182, s. 17.)

§ 58‑71‑40.  Bail bondsmen and runners to be qualified and licensed; license applications generally.
(a)	No person shall act in the capacity of a professional bondsman, surety bondsman, or runner or perform any of the functions, duties, or powers prescribed for professional bondsmen, surety bondsmen, or runners under this Article unless that person is qualified and licensed under this Article. No license shall be issued under this Article except to an individual natural person.
(b)	The applicant shall apply for a license on forms prepared and supplied by the Commissioner. The Commissioner may propound any reasonable interrogatories to an applicant for a license under this Article about the applicant's qualifications, residence, prospective place of business, and any other matters that the Commissioner considers necessary to protect the public and ascertain the qualifications of the applicant. The Commissioner may also conduct any reasonable inquiry or investigation relative to the determination of the applicant's fitness to be licensed or to continue to be licensed.
(c)	A person whose application is denied may reapply, but the Commissioner shall not consider more than one application submitted by the same person within any one‑year period.
(d)	When a license is issued under this section, the Commissioner shall issue a picture identification card, of design, size, and content approved by the Commissioner, to the licensee. Each licensee must carry this card at all times when working in the scope of the licensee's employment. A licensee whose license terminates or is terminated shall surrender the identification card to the Commissioner within 10 working days after the termination. The Commissioner may contract directly with persons for the processing and issuance of picture identification cards required by this section and may charge a reasonable fee in addition to the license fee charged under G.S. 58‑71‑55 in an amount that offsets the cost of the service, including the costs associated with the contract authorized by this subsection. Contracts entered into pursuant to this subsection shall not be subject to Article 3 of Chapter 143 of the General Statutes. However, the Commissioner shall: (i) submit all proposed contracts for supplies, materials, printing, equipment, and contractual services that exceed one million dollars ($1,000,000) authorized by this subsection to the Attorney General or the Attorney General's designee for review as provided in G.S. 114‑8.3; and (ii) include in all contracts to be awarded by the Commissioner under this subsection a standard clause which provides that the State Auditor and internal auditors of the Commissioner may audit the records of the contractor during and after the term of the contract to verify accounts and data affecting fees and performance. The Commissioner shall not award a cost plus percentage of cost agreement or contract for any purpose.
(d1)	While engaged in official duties, a licensee is authorized to carry, possess, and display a shield as described in this subsection. The shield shall fulfill all of the following requirements:
(1)	Be an exact duplicate in size, shape, color, and design of the shield approved under G.S. 74C‑5(12) and pictured in 12 NCAC 07D. 0405 on May 1, 2013, except that the design may be altered by stamping, inlaying, embossing, enameling, or engraving to accommodate the license number. With respect to size of the shield, the shield shall be 1.88 inches wide and 2.36 inches high.
(2)	Include the licensee's last name and corresponding license number in the same locations as the shield referenced in subdivision (1) of this subsection.
(3)	With reference to the shield described in subdivision (1) of this subsection, in lieu of the word "Private," the shield shall have the words "North Carolina," and in lieu of the word "Investigator," the shield shall have the words "Bail Agent."
Any shield that deviates from the design requirements as specified in this section shall be an unauthorized shield and its possession by a licensee shall constitute a violation of the statute by the licensee.
(e)	This section does not prohibit the hiring of personnel by a bail bondsman to perform only normal office duties. As used in this subsection, "normal office duties" do not include acting as a bail bondsman or runner.  (1963, c. 1225, s. 9; 1975, c. 619, s. 1; 1995 (Reg. Sess., 1996), c. 726, s. 2; 2001‑269, s. 2.4; 2007‑507, s. 11; 2010‑194, s. 10; 2011‑326, s. 15(j); 2013‑209, s. 1; 2014‑120, s. 12(a).)

§ 58‑71‑41.  First‑year licensees; limitations.
(a)	Except as provided in this section, a first‑year licensee shall have the same authority as other persons licensed as bail bondsmen or runners under this Article. Except as provided in subsection (d) of this section, a first‑year licensee shall operate only under the supervision of and from the official business address of a licensed supervising bail bondsman for the first 12 months of licensure. A first‑year licensee may only be employed by or contract with one supervising bail bondsman.
(b)	When a first‑year licensee has completed 12 months of supervision, six of which shall be uninterrupted, the supervising bail bondsman shall give notice of that fact to the Commissioner in writing. If the licensee will continue to be employed by or contract with the supervising bail bondsman beyond the initial 12‑month period, the supervising bail bondsman shall continue to supervise and be responsible for the licensee's acts.
(c)	If the employment of or contract with a first‑year licensee is terminated, the supervising bail bondsman shall notify the Commissioner in writing and shall specify the reason for the termination.
(d)	If, after exercising due diligence, a first‑year licensed bail bondsman is unable to become employed by or to contract with a supervising bail bondsman, the first‑year licensed bail bondsman must submit to the Department a sworn affidavit stating the relevant facts and circumstances regarding the first‑year licensed bail bondman's inability to become employed by or contract with a supervising bail bondsman. The Department shall review the affidavit and determine whether the first‑year licensed bail bondsman will be allowed to operate as an unsupervised bail bondsman. A first‑year licensed bail bondsman is prohibited from becoming a supervising bail bondsman during the first two years of licensure.
(e)	Provided all other licensing requirements are met, an applicant for a bail bondsman or runner's license who has previously been licensed with the Commissioner for a period of at least 18 consecutive months and who has been inactive or unlicensed for a period of not more than three consecutive years shall not be deemed a new licensee for purposes of this section. (2000‑180, s. 3.)

§ 58‑71‑45.  Terms of licenses.
A license issued to a bail bondsman or to a runner authorizes the licensee to act in that capacity until the license is lapsed, suspended or revoked. The licensee shall return the license to the Commissioner within 10 working days of the lapse, suspension, or revocation of the license. A license of a bail bondsman and a license of a runner shall be renewed in accordance with G.S. 58‑71‑75. After notifying the Commissioner in writing, a professional bondsman who employs a runner may cancel the runner's authority to act for the professional bondsman.  (1963, c. 1225, s. 10; 1975, c. 619, s. 1; 1995 (Reg. Sess., 1996), c. 726, s. 3; 2009‑536, ss. 1, 6; 2009‑566, s. 14; 2019‑179, s. 7(b).)

§ 58‑71‑50.  Qualification for bail bondsmen and runners.
(a)	Criminal History Record Check. – Upon receipt of an application for a license as a bail bondsman or runner, the Commissioner shall conduct a criminal history record check in accordance with G.S. 58‑71‑51 to determine whether the applicant meets the requirements for a license as provided in this section.
(b)	Qualifications. – Every applicant for a license under this Article as a bail bondsman or runner must meet all of the following qualifications:
(1)	Be 21 years of age or over.
(1a)	Have obtained a high school diploma or its equivalent.
(2)	Be a resident of this State.
(3)	Repealed by Session Laws 1998‑211, s. 23, effective November 1, 1998.
(4)	Have knowledge, training, or experience of sufficient duration and extent to provide the competence necessary to fulfill the responsibilities of a licensee.
(5)	Have no outstanding bail bond obligations.
(6)	Have no current or prior violations of any provision of this Article or of Article 26 of Chapter 15A of the General Statutes or of any similar provision of law of any other state.
(7)	Not have been in any manner disqualified under the laws of this State or any other state to engage in the bail bond business.
(8)	Hold a valid and current North Carolina drivers license or valid North Carolina identification card issued by the Division of Motor Vehicles.
(9)	Be a legal resident or a documented citizen of the United States of America.
(c)	Proof of Residency. – An applicant for a license as a bail bondsman or runner shall provide to the Commissioner at least two of the documents listed in this subsection as proof of residency in this State. Subject to rules adopted by the Commissioner, an applicant may be required to provide additional documentation. The permissible documents are:
(1)	A pay stub showing the applicant's residential address in this State.
(2)	A utility bill showing the applicant's residential address in this State.
(3)	A written lease agreement or contract for purchase and sale signed by the applicant and for a residence located in this State.
(4)	A receipt for personal property taxes paid by the applicant to a North Carolina unit of local government.
(5)	A receipt for real property taxes paid by the applicant to a North Carolina unit of local government.
(6)	A monthly or quarterly statement showing the applicant's residential address in this State and issued by a financial institution for an account held by the applicant.  (1963, c. 1225, s. 11; 1971, c. 1231, s. 1; 1975, c. 619, s. 1; 1987, c. 728, s. 1; 1989, c. 485, s. 39; 1991, c. 720, s. 41; 1995 (Reg. Sess., 1996), c. 726, s. 4; 1998‑211, s. 23; 2007‑228, ss. 2, 3; 2009‑536, ss. 2, 6; 2009‑566, s. 12; 2015‑180, s. 1; 2022‑73, s. 1(a).)

§ 58‑71‑51.  Criminal history record checks.
(a)	Authorization. – The Department of Public Safety may provide a criminal history record check to the Commissioner for a person who has applied to the Commissioner for a new or renewal license as a bail bondsman or runner. The Commissioner shall provide to the Department of Public Safety, along with the request, the fingerprints of the new or renewal applicant. The applicant shall furnish the Commissioner with a complete set of the applicant's fingerprints in a manner prescribed by the Commissioner. The Department of Public Safety shall provide a criminal history record check based upon the new or renewal applicant's fingerprints. The Commissioner shall provide any additional information required by the Department of Public Safety and a form signed by the applicant consenting to the check of the criminal record and to the use of the fingerprints and other identifying information required by the State or national repositories. The new or renewal applicant's fingerprints shall be forwarded to the State Bureau of Investigation for a search of the State's criminal history record file, and the State Bureau of Investigation shall forward a set of the fingerprints to the Federal Bureau of Investigation for a national criminal history check. The Department of Public Safety may charge each new or renewal applicant a fee for conducting the checks of criminal history records authorized by this subsection.
(b)	Confidentiality. – The Commissioner shall keep all information obtained pursuant to this section confidential in accordance with applicable State law and federal guidelines, and the information shall not be a public record under Chapter 132 of the General Statutes.  (2009‑536, s. 3; 2014‑100, s. 17.1(o).)

§ 58‑71‑55.  License fees.
A nonrefundable license fee of two hundred dollars ($200.00) shall be paid to the Commissioner with each application for license as a bail bondsman and a license fee of one hundred twenty dollars ($120.00) shall be paid to the Commissioner with each application for license as a runner.  (1963, c. 1225, s. 12; 1975, c. 619, s. 1; 1983, c. 790, s. 11; 1991, c. 721, s. 4; 1995 (Reg. Sess., 1996), c. 726, s. 5; 2009‑451, s. 21.7(a).)

§ 58‑71‑60:  Repealed by Session Laws 1995 (Regular Session, 1996), c.  726, s. 6.

§ 58‑71‑65.  Contents of application for runner's license; endorsement by professional bondsman.
In addition to the other requirements of this Article, an applicant for a license to be a runner must affirmatively show:
(1)	That the applicant will be employed by only one professional bondsman, who will supervise the work of the applicant and be responsible for the runner's conduct in the bail bond business.
(2)	That the application is endorsed by the appointing professional bondsman, who must agree in the application to supervise the runner's activities.
(3)	Whether or not the applicant has ever been licensed as a bail bondsman or runner. An applicant who has been licensed as a bail bondsman must list all outstanding bail bond obligations. An applicant who has been licensed as a runner must list all prior employment as such, indicating the name of each supervising professional bondsman and the reasons for the termination of the employment. (1963, c. 1225, s. 14; 1975, c. 619, s. 1; 1987, c. 728, s. 2; 1995 (Reg. Sess., 1996), c. 726, s. 7.)

§ 58‑71‑70.  Examination; fees.
Each applicant for a license as a professional bondsman, surety bondsman, or runner shall appear in person and take an examination prepared by the Commissioner testing the applicant's ability and qualifications. Each applicant is eligible for examination 30 days after the date the application is received by the Commissioner. If an applicant is unable to complete the examination requirement within 30 days after notification from the Commissioner of the applicant's eligibility to take the examination, the applicant shall again be subject to the criminal history record check prescribed by G.S. 58‑71‑50(a) so that current information is available for review with the application. Each examination shall be held at a time and place as designated by the Commissioner. Each applicant shall be given notice of the designated time and place no sooner than 15 days before the examination. The Commissioner may contract with a person to process applications for the examination and administer and grade the examination in the same manner as for agent examinations under Article 33 of this Chapter.
The fee for each examination is twenty‑five dollars ($25.00) plus an amount that offsets the cost of any contract for examination services. This examination fee is nonrefundable.
Any applicant who fails to pass the examination shall within 90 days be entitled to reexamination upon the payment of an additional examination fee. If the applicant fails to pass the reexamination, the applicant shall file a new application before the applicant can again be examined. One year must intervene from the date of the reexamination before the applicant is allowed to file a new application.  (1963, c. 1225, s. 15; 1975, c. 619, s. 1; 1991, c. 721, s. 5; 1995 (Reg. Sess., 1996), c. 726, s. 8; 2009‑566, s. 13; 2022‑73, s. 2.)

§ 58‑71‑71.  Examination; educational requirements; penalties.
(a)	In order to be eligible to take the examination required to be licensed as a runner or bail bondsman under G.S. 58‑71‑70, each person shall complete at least 12 hours of education as provided by an approved provider in subjects pertinent to the duties and responsibilities of a runner or bail bondsman, including all laws and regulations related to being a runner or bail bondsman.
(b)	Each year by June 30 every licensee shall complete at least three hours of continuing education as provided by an approved provider in subjects related to the duties and responsibilities of a runner or bail bondsman. This continuing education shall not include a written or oral examination. A person who receives his or her first license on or after January 1 of any year does not have to comply with this subsection until June 30 of the following year.
(c)	Any person licensed as a runner or bail bondsman before January 1, 1994, is not subject to the prelicensing education requirement of this section, but is subject to the continuing education requirement of this section. A licensed runner or bail bondsman who is 65 years of age or older and who has been licensed as a runner or bail bondsman for 15 years or more is exempt from both the prelicensing education and continuing education requirements of this section.
(d)	Educational courses offered by an approved provider under this section must be approved by the Commissioner before they may be offered. Before approving a course, the Commissioner must be satisfied that the course will enhance the professional competence and professional responsibility of bail bondsmen and runners. Approved providers shall not offer, sponsor, or conduct any course under this section unless the Commissioner has given authorization to do so. The Commissioner shall not authorize educational courses to be offered solely online.
(e)	The license of any person who fails to comply with the continuing education requirements under this section shall lapse. The Commissioner may, for good cause shown, grant extensions of time to licensees to comply with these requirements. Any licensee who, after obtaining an extension under this subsection, offers evidence satisfactory to the Commissioner that the licensee has satisfactorily completed the required continuing professional education courses is in compliance with this section.
(f)	The Commissioner may adopt rules for the effective administration of this section.  (1993, c. 409, s. 22; 1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 678, s. 32; 1995 (Reg. Sess., 1996), c. 726, s. 9; 1998‑211, ss. 25, 26, 28; 2004‑124, s. 21.3; 2012‑183, s. 1; 2015‑247, s. 13(b); 2018‑120, s. 4.7.)

§ 58‑71‑72.  Qualifications of instructors.
(a)	A person who provides, presents, or instructs a prelicensing course or continuing education course under G.S. 58‑71‑71 must have a certificate of authority issued by the Commissioner. The Commissioner may establish requirements for the issuance or renewal of a certificate of authority and grounds for the summary suspension or termination of a certificate of authority.
(b)	The Commissioner may summarily suspend or terminate a certificate of authority to provide, present, or instruct a course if the Commissioner finds that the course is inaccurate or it received a poor evaluation from both a Department monitor and a majority of those who attended the course and responded to a Department questionnaire about the course. (1995 (Reg. Sess., 1996), c. 726, s. 10.)

§ 58‑71‑75.  License renewal; criminal history record checks; renewal fees.
(a)	Biennial Renewal. – A license of a bail bondsman and a license of a runner shall be renewed on July 1 of each even year upon payment of the applicable biennial renewal fee. In addition to paying the biennial renewal fee, an applicant seeking renewal must submit an application for renewal in accordance with this section. The Commissioner is not required to print renewal licenses.
(b)	Renewal Application. – In even‑numbered years, a bail bondsman or runner seeking to renew a license shall provide the Commissioner prior to the expiration date of the bail bondsman's or runner's current license, all of the following:
(1)	A renewal application containing all of the following:
a.	Proof that the applicant is a resident of this State as required by G.S. 58‑71‑50(c).
b.	Proof that the applicant meets the qualifications set out in G.S. 58‑71‑50(b)(5) through G.S. 58‑71‑50(b)(7).
c.	The information required by G.S. 58‑2‑69.
(2)	The biennial renewal fee as provided in subsection (d) of this section.
(3)	Repealed by Session Laws 2016‑107, s. 4, effective July 22, 2016.
(c)	Criminal History Record Check. – For every other biennial license renewal cycle, the Commissioner shall conduct a criminal history record check of the applicant seeking renewal in accordance with G.S. 58‑71‑51. Along with the renewal application requirements provided in subsection (b) of this section, a bail bondsman or runner seeking to renew a license every other biennial license renewal cycle shall provide the Commissioner with a complete set of fingerprints of the bail bondsman or runner and a fee to cover the cost of conducting the criminal history record check. The fingerprints shall be submitted in the manner prescribed by the Commissioner and shall be certified by an authorized law enforcement officer.
(d)	Fee. – The renewal fee for a runner's license is one hundred twenty dollars ($120.00). The renewal fee for a bail bondsman's license is two hundred dollars ($200.00). A renewed license continues in effect until suspended or revoked for cause.  (1963, c. 1225, s. 16; 1975, c. 619, s. 1; 1991, c. 721, s. 6; 1995 (Reg. Sess., 1996), c. 726, s. 11; 2009‑536, s. 4; 2010‑96, s. 10; 2016‑107, s. 4.)

§ 58‑71‑80.  Grounds for denial, suspension, probation, revocation, or nonrenewal of licenses.
(a)	The Commissioner may deny, place on probation, suspend, revoke, or refuse to renew any license issued under this Article, in accordance with the provisions of Article 3A of Chapter 150B of the General Statutes, for any one or more of the following causes:
(1)	For any cause sufficient to deny, suspend, or revoke the license under any other provision of this Article.
(2)	A conviction of any misdemeanor committed in the course of dealings under the license issued by the Commissioner.
(3)	Material misstatement, misrepresentation or fraud in obtaining the license.
(4)	Misappropriation, conversion or unlawful withholding of moneys belonging to insurers or others and received in the conduct of business under the license.
(5)	Fraudulent, coercive, or dishonest practices in the conduct of business or demonstrating incompetence, untrustworthiness, or financial irresponsibility in the conduct of business in this State or any other jurisdiction.
(6)	Conviction of a crime involving dishonesty, breach of trust, or moral turpitude.
(7)	Failure to comply with or violation of the provisions of this Article or of any order, subpoena, rule or regulation of the Commissioner or person with similar regulatory authority in another jurisdiction.
(8)	When in the judgment of the Commissioner, the licensee has in the conduct of the licensee's affairs under the license, demonstrated incompetency, financial irresponsibility, or untrustworthiness; or that the licensee is no longer in good faith carrying on the bail bond business; or that the licensee is guilty of rebating, or offering to rebate, or offering to divide the premiums received for the bond.
(9)	For failing to pay any judgment or decree rendered on any forfeited undertaking in any court of competent jurisdiction.
(10)	For charging or receiving, as premium or compensation for the making of any deposit or bail bond, any sum in excess of that permitted by this Article.
(11)	For requiring, as a condition of executing a bail bond, that the principal agree to engage the services of a specified attorney.
(12)	For cheating on an examination for a license under this Article.
(13)	For entering into any business association or agreement with any person who is at that time found by the Commissioner to be in violation of any of the bail bond laws of this State, or who has been in any manner disqualified under the bail bond laws of this State or any other state, whereby the person has any direct or indirect financial interest in the bail bond business of the licensee or applicant.
(14)	For knowingly aiding or abetting others to evade or violate the provisions of this Article.
(14a)	Having any professional license denied, suspended, or revoked in this State or any other jurisdiction for causes substantially similar to those listed in this subsection.
(14b)	Violation of (i) any law governing bail bonding or insurance in this State or any other jurisdiction or (ii) any rule of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA).
(14c)	Failure to comply with an administrative order or court order imposing a child support obligation after entry of a final judgment or order finding the violation to have been willful.
(14d)	Failure to pay State or federal income tax or any liens that result from such failure to comply with any administrative or court order directing payment of State or federal income tax after entry of a final judgment or order.
(14e)	Forging another's name to any document related to a bail bond transaction.
(15)	Any cause for which issuance of the license could have been refused had it then existed and been known to the Commissioner at the time of issuance.
(b)	The Commissioner shall deny, revoke, or refuse to renew any license under this Article if the applicant or licensee is or has ever been convicted of a felony.
(b1)	The Commissioner shall revoke or refuse to renew any license under this Article if the licensee has been convicted on or after October 1, 2009, of a misdemeanor drug violation under Article 5 of Chapter 90 of the General Statutes.
(b2)	The Commissioner shall deny any license under this Article if the applicant has been convicted of a misdemeanor drug violation under Article 5 of Chapter 90 of the General Statutes within the previous 24 months of the date of the application for the license.
(c)	In the case of a first‑year licensee whose employment or contract is terminated prior to the end of the 12‑month supervisory period, the Commissioner may consider all information provided in writing by the supervising bail bondsman in determining whether sufficient cause exists to suspend, revoke, or refuse to renew the license or to warrant criminal prosecution of the first‑year licensee. If the Commissioner determines there is not sufficient cause for adverse administrative action or criminal prosecution, the termination shall not be deemed an interruption and the period of time the licensee was employed by or contracted with the terminating supervising bail bondsman will be credited toward the licensee's completion of the required 12 months of supervision with a subsequent supervising bail bondsman.
(d)	The Commissioner shall retain the authority to enforce the provisions of, and impose any penalty or remedy authorized by, this Chapter against any person who is under investigation for or charged with a violation of this Chapter even if the person's license or registration has been surrendered or has lapsed.
(e)	Notwithstanding the notice and hearing requirements of subsection (a) of this section or G.S. 58‑71‑85, and in addition to the authority granted to the Commissioner under G.S. 150B‑3, the Commissioner may order summary suspension of a license upon a written finding of good cause to believe that emergency action is required to protect the public health, safety, or welfare or to avoid a significant risk of unsatisfied bond forfeitures. The order shall be effective on the date specified in the order or upon service of the certified copy of the order at the last known address of the licensee, whichever is later, and shall remain effective during the proceedings to suspend, revoke, or refuse renewal provided for in this section. Those proceedings shall be promptly commenced and determined.  (1963, c. 1225, s. 17; 1975, c. 619, s. 1; 1989, c. 485, s. 40; 1991, c. 644, s. 17; 1993, c. 409, s. 16; 1998‑211, s. 24; 2000‑180, s. 4; 2009‑536, s. 5; 2011‑377, s. 2; 2016‑107, s. 3.)

§ 58‑71‑81.  Notice of receivership.
Upon the filing for protection under the United States Bankruptcy Code or any state receivership law by any bail bondsman licensed under this Article or by any bail bond business in which the bondsman holds a position of management or ownership, the bondsman shall notify the Commissioner of the filing for protection within three business days after the filing. Upon the appointment of a receiver by a State or federal court for any professional bondsman licensed under this Article, or for any bail bond business in which the bondsman holds a position of management or ownership, the bondsman shall notify the Commissioner of the filing for protection within three business days after the filing. The failure to notify the Commissioner within three business days after the filing for bankruptcy protection shall, after hearing, cause the license of any person failing to make the required notification to be suspended for a period of not less than 60 days nor more than three years, in the discretion of the Commissioner. (1993, c. 409, s. 17; 1995 (Reg. Sess., 1996), c. 726, s. 12.)

§ 58‑71‑82.  Dual license holding.
If an individual holds a professional bondsman's license or a runner's license and a surety bondsman's license simultaneously, they are considered one license for the purpose of disciplinary actions involving suspension, revocation, or nonrenewal under this Article. Separate renewal fees must be paid for each license, however. Nothing in this Article shall be construed to prohibit a person from simultaneously holding a professional bondsman's license and a runner's license.  (1995 (Reg. Sess., 1996), c. 726, ss. 13, 15; 1999‑132, s. 5; 2011‑377, s. 3.)

§ 58‑71‑85.  License sanction and denial procedures.
(a)	The suspension or revocation of, or refusal to renew, any license under G.S. 58‑71‑80 shall be in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 150B of the General Statutes.
(b)	Whenever the Commissioner denies an initial application for a license or an application for a reissuance of a license, the Commissioner shall notify the applicant and advise, in writing, the applicant of the reasons for the denial of the license. The application may also be denied for any reason for which a license may be suspended or revoked or not renewed under G.S. 58‑71‑80(a). In order for an applicant to be entitled to a review of the Commissioner's action to determine the reasonableness of the action, the applicant must make a written demand upon the Commissioner for a review no later than 30 days after service of the notification upon the applicant. The review shall be completed without undue delay, and the applicant shall be notified promptly in writing of the outcome of the review. In order for an applicant who disagrees with the outcome of the review to be entitled to a hearing under Article 3A of Chapter 150B of the General Statutes, the applicant must make a written demand upon the Commissioner for a hearing no later than 30 days after service upon the applicant of the notification of the outcome. (1963, c. 1225, s. 18; 1975, c. 619, s. 1; 1989, c. 485, s. 33; 1993, c. 504, s. 33; 1998‑211, s. 29; 2005‑240, s. 2.)

§ 58‑71‑90.  Repealed by Session Laws 1999‑132, s. 1.1.

§ 58‑71‑95.  Prohibited practices.
No bail bondsman or runner shall:
(1)	Pay a fee or rebate or give or promise anything of value, directly or indirectly, to a jailer, law‑enforcement officer, committing magistrate, or any other person who has power to arrest or hold in custody, or to any public official or public employee in order to secure a settlement, compromise, remission or reduction of the amount of any bail bond or the forfeiture thereof, including the payment to law‑enforcement officers, directly or indirectly, for the arrest or apprehension of a principal or principals who have caused or will cause a forfeiture.
(2)	Pay a fee or rebate or give anything of value to an attorney in bail bond matters, except in defense of any action on a bond.
(3)	Pay a fee or rebate or give or promise anything of value to the principal or anyone in his behalf.
(4)	Participate in the capacity of an attorney at a trial or hearing of one on whose bond he is surety, nor suggest or advise the employment of, or name for employment any particular attorney to represent his principal.
(5)	Accept anything of value from a principal or from anyone on behalf of a principal except the premium, which shall not exceed fifteen percent (15%) of the face amount of the bond; provided that the bondsman shall be permitted to accept collateral security or other indemnity from a principal or from anyone on behalf of a principal. Such collateral security or other indemnity required by the bondsman must be reasonable in relation to the amount of the bond and shall be returned within 15 days after final termination of liability on the bond. Any bail bondsman who knowingly and willfully fails to return any collateral security, the value of which exceeds one thousand five hundred dollars ($1,500), is guilty of a Class I felony. All collateral security, such as personal and real property, subject to be returned must be done so under the same conditions as requested and received by the bail bondsman.
(6)	Solicit business in any of the courts or on the premises of any of the courts of this State, in the office of any magistrate and in or about any place where prisoners are confined. Loitering in or about a magistrate's office or any place where prisoners are confined shall be prima facie evidence of soliciting.
(7)	Advise or assist the principal for the purpose of forfeiting bond.
(8)	Impersonate a law‑enforcement officer.
(9)	Falsely represent that the bail bondsman or runner is in any way connected with an agency of the federal government or of a state or local government.  (1963, c. 1225, s. 20; 1975, c. 619, s. 1; 1993, c. 409, s. 18; 1995 (Reg. Sess., 1996), c. 726, s. 16; 1998‑211, s. 31; 2000‑180, s. 5; 2015‑180, s. 2.)

§ 58‑71‑100.  Receipts for collateral; trust accounts.
(a)	When a bail bondsman accepts collateral he shall give a written receipt for the collateral. The receipt shall give in detail a full description of the collateral received. Collateral security shall be held and maintained in trust. When collateral security is received in the form of cash or check or other negotiable instrument, the licensee shall deposit the cash or instrument within two banking days after receipt, in an established, separate noninterest‑bearing trust account in any bank located in North Carolina. The trust account funds under this section shall not be commingled with other operating funds.
(b)	With the approval of the Commissioner, bail bondsmen operating out of the same business office or location may establish a shared trust account for collateral security received by them. The Commissioner may require the bondsmen desiring to establish the shared trust account to furnish the Commissioner information about their business that the Commissioner considers necessary to administer this Article effectively. (1963, c. 1225, s. 21; 1975, c. 619, s. 1; 2000‑180, s. 6; 2001‑269, s. 2.5.)

§ 58‑71‑105.  Persons prohibited from becoming surety or runners.
No sheriff, deputy sheriff, other law‑enforcement officer, judicial official, attorney, parole officer, probation officer, jailer, assistant jailer, employee of the General Court of Justice, nor other public employee assigned to duties relating to the administration of criminal justice, nor the spouse of any such person, may in any case become surety on a bail bond for any person. In addition, no person covered by this section may act as an agent for any bonding company or bail bondsman. No such person may have an interest, directly or indirectly, in the financial affairs of any firm or corporation whose principal business is acting as a bail bondsman. However, nothing in this section prohibits any such person from being surety upon the bond of his or her spouse, parent, brother, sister, child, or descendant. (1963, c. 1225, s. 22; 1973, c. 108, s. 39; 1975, c. 619, s. 1; 1991, c. 644, s. 18; 1995 (Reg. Sess., 1996), c. 726, s. 17.)

§ 58‑71‑110.  Bonds not to be signed in blank; authority to countersign only given to licensed employee.
A bail bondsman shall not sign nor countersign in blank bail bonds, nor shall he give a power of attorney to, or otherwise authorize, anyone to countersign his name to bonds unless the person so authorized is a licensed bondsman or runner directly employed by the bondsman giving such power of attorney. Copies of all such powers of attorney and revocations of such powers of attorney must be filed immediately with the Commissioner and the clerk of superior court of any county in the State where said bondsman giving the power of attorney is currently writing or is obligated on bail bonds. (1963, c. 1225, s. 23; 1975, c. 619, s. 1.)

§ 58‑71‑115.  Insurers to annually report surety bondsmen; notices of appointments and terminations; information confidential.
(a)	Before July 1 of each year, every insurer shall furnish the Commissioner a list of all surety bondsmen appointed by the insurer to write bail bonds on the insurer's behalf. An insurer who appoints a surety bondsman in the State on or after July 1 of each year shall notify the Commissioner of the appointment. All appointments are subject to the issuance of the proper license to the appointee under this Article.
(b)	An insurer terminating the appointment of a surety bondsman shall file a written notice of the termination with the Commissioner, together with a statement that the insurer has given or mailed notice of the termination to the surety bondsman. The notice to the Commissioner shall state the reasons, if any, for the termination. Information furnished in the notice to the Commissioner shall be privileged and shall not be used as evidence in or basis for any action against the insurer or any of its representatives.
(c)	Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article, any documents, materials, or other information in the control or possession of the Commissioner or any organization of which the Commissioner is a member and (i) furnished by an insurer or an employee or agent thereof acting on behalf of the insurer under this section or (ii) obtained by the Commissioner in an investigation under this section shall be confidential by law and privileged, shall not be considered public records under G.S. 58‑2‑100 or Chapter 132 of the General Statutes, shall not be subject to subpoena, and shall not be subject to discovery in any civil action other than a proceeding brought by the Commissioner against a person to whom the documents, materials, or other information relate. However, the Commissioner may use the documents, materials, or other information in the furtherance of any regulatory or legal action brought as a part of the Commissioner's duties. Neither the Commissioner nor any person who receives documents, materials, or other information while acting under the authority of the Commissioner shall be permitted or required to testify in any civil action other than a proceeding brought by the Commissioner against a person to whom the documents, materials, or other information relate.  (1963, c. 1225, s. 24; 1975, c. 619, s. 1; 1995 (Reg. Sess., 1996), c. 726, s. 18; 2007‑507, s. 12; 2011‑377, s. 4.)

§ 58‑71‑120.  Bail bondsman to give notice of discontinuance of business; cancellation of license.
Any bail bondsman who discontinues writing bail bonds during the period for which the bail bondsman is licensed shall return the license to the Commissioner for cancellation within 30 days after the discontinuance.  (1963, c. 1225, s. 25; 1975, c. 619, s. 1; 2009‑566, s. 15.)

§ 58‑71‑121.  Death, incapacitation, or incompetence of a bail bondsman.
In the case of death, incapacitation, or incompetence of a licensed bail bondsman, the spouse or surviving spouse, next of kin, person or persons holding a power of attorney, guardian, executor, or administrator of the licensed bail bondsman may contract with another licensed bail bondsman to perform those duties to have the licensee's outstanding bail bond obligations resolved to the satisfaction of the courts. The contract must be filed with the Commissioner and every clerk of superior court where it can be determined the licensee has pending outstanding bail bond obligations. The licensed bail bondsman who has agreed to perform these duties shall not, at the time of the execution of the contract, have any administrative or criminal actions pending against him or her. (2000‑180, s. 7.)

§ 58‑71‑122.  Transfer of business by bail bondsman.
A licensed professional bondsman may contract to transfer, convey, or assign the professional bondsman's business to another professional bondsman licensed under this Article. The contract shall include a list of the transferring professional bondsman's pending outstanding bail bond obligations and shall be filed with the Commissioner. The contract shall allow for the transferring professional bondsman to transfer, convey, or assign assets to the purchasing professional bondsman that include, but are not limited to, any pledged cash or any pledged approved securities with the Commissioner as security for bail bonds. Notwithstanding the filing of the contract with the Commissioner, the transferor remains responsible for all outstanding bond obligations until relieved from an individual obligation pursuant to G.S. 15A‑534(h), by a substitution of surety pursuant to G.S. 15A‑538, or satisfaction of any final judgment of forfeiture entered thereon.  (2011‑377, s. 5.)

§ 58‑71‑125.  Persons eligible as runners; bail bondsmen to annually report runners; notices of appointments and terminations; information confidential.
Every person duly licensed as a bail bondsman may appoint as runner any person who has been issued runner's license. Each bail bondsman must, on or before July 1 of each year, furnish to the Commissioner a list of all runners appointed by him. Each such bail bondsman who shall, subsequent to the filing of this list, appoint additional persons as runners shall file written notice with the Commissioner of such appointment.
A bail bondsman terminating the appointment of a runner shall file written notice thereof with the Commissioner, together with a statement that he has given or mailed notice to the runner. Such notice filed with the Commissioner shall state the reasons, if any, for such termination. Information so furnished the Commissioner shall be privileged and shall not be used as evidence in any action against the bail bondsman. (1963, c. 1225, s. 26; 1975, c. 619, s. 1.)

§ 58‑71‑130.  Substituting bail by sureties for deposit.
If money or bonds have been deposited, bail by sureties may be substituted therefor at any time before a breach of the undertaking, and the official taking the new bail shall make an order that the money or bonds be refunded to the person depositing the same and they shall be refunded accordingly, and the original undertakings shall be canceled. (1963, c. 1225, s. 27; 1975, c. 619, s. 1.)

§ 58‑71‑135.  Deposit for defendant admitted to bail authorizes release and cancellation of undertaking.
When the defendant has been admitted to bail, he, or another in his behalf, may deposit with an official authorized to take bail, a sum of money, or nonregistered bonds of the United States, or of the State, or of any county, city or town within the State, equal in market value to the amount of such bail, together with his personal undertaking, and an undertaking of such other person, if the money or bonds are deposited by another. Upon delivery to the official in whose custody the defendant is of a certificate of such deposit, he shall be discharged from custody in the cause.
When bail other than a deposit of money or bonds has been given, the defendant or the surety may, at any time before a breach of the undertaking, deposit the sum mentioned in the undertaking, and upon such deposit being made, accompanied by a new undertaking, the original undertaking shall be canceled. (1963, c. 1225, s. 28; 1975, c. 619, s. 1.)

§ 58‑71‑140.  Registration of licenses and power of appointments by insurers.
(a)	Before the date provided for in subsection (e) of this section, no professional bail bondsman shall become a surety on an undertaking unless he or she has registered his or her current license in the office of the clerk of superior court in the county in which he or she resides and a certified copy of the same with the clerk of superior court in any other county in which he or she shall write bail bonds.
(b)	Before the date provided for in subsection (e) of this section, a surety bondsman shall register his or her current surety bondsman's license and a certified copy of his or her power of appointment with the clerk of superior court in the county in which the surety bondsman resides and with the clerk of superior court in any other county in which the surety bondsman writes bail bonds on behalf of an insurer.
(c)	Before the date provided for in subsection (e) of this section, no runner shall become surety on an undertaking on behalf of a professional bondsman unless that runner has registered his or her current license and a certified copy of his or her power of attorney in the office of the clerk of superior court in the county in which the runner resides and with the clerk of superior court in any other county in which the runner writes bail bonds on behalf of the professional bondsman.
(c1)	On or after the date provided for in subsection (e) of this section, all licensed professional bail bondsmen, surety bondsmen, and runners shall register in the statewide Electronic Bondsmen Registry in accordance with subsection (e) of this section.
(d)	Professional bondsmen, surety bondsmen, and runners shall file with the clerk of court having jurisdiction over the principal an affidavit on a form furnished by the Administrative Office of the Courts. The affidavit shall include, but not be limited to:
(1)	If applicable, a statement that the bondsman has not, nor has anyone for the bondsman's use, been promised or received any collateral, security, or premium for executing this appearance bond.
(2)	If promised a premium, the amount of the premium promised and the due date.
(3)	If the bondsman has received a premium, the amount of premium received.
(4)	If given collateral security, the name of the person from whom it is received and the nature and amount of the collateral security listed in detail.
(e)	On or before October 1, 2006, the Administrative Office of the Courts shall establish a statewide Electronic Bondsmen Registry (Registry) for all licenses requiring registration under this section. On or after that date, a person may register as required under this section by maintaining a record of each required license, power of appointment, or power of attorney in the Registry. License information in the Registry for bail bondsmen and insurance companies shall be provided to the Administrative Office of the Courts by the Commissioner or by an entity designated by the Commissioner to provide the information on the Commissioner's behalf. A bondsman, surety bondsman, or runner appearing in the Registry is authorized to execute bail bonds pursuant to his or her registered license, power of appointment, or power of attorney in all counties so long as the registered license, power of appointment, or power of attorney remains in effect, and the execution of a proposed bond is not otherwise prohibited pursuant to G.S. 15A‑544.7(d).  (1963, c. 1225, s. 31; 1975, c. 619, s. 1; 1995 (Reg. Sess., 1996), c. 726, s. 19; 2001‑269, s. 2.6; 2006‑188, s. 1; 2022‑47, s. 16(k).)

§ 58‑71‑141.  Appointment of bail bondsmen; affidavit required.
(a)	Before receiving an appointment, a surety bondsman shall submit to the Commissioner an affidavit, signed under oath, by the surety bondsman and by any former insurer, stating that the surety bondsman does not owe any premium or unsatisfied judgment to any insurer and that the bondsman agrees to discharge all outstanding forfeitures and judgments on bonds previously written. The affidavit shall be in a form prescribed by the Commissioner and shall be submitted by the surety bondsman to the former insurer. If the surety bondsman does not satisfy or discharge all forfeitures or judgments, the former insurer shall submit a notice, with supporting documents, to the appointing insurer, the surety bondsman, and the Commissioner, which states, under oath, that the surety bondsman has failed to satisfy, in a timely manner, the forfeitures and judgments on bonds written by the surety bondsman and that the former insurer has satisfied the forfeiture or judgment from its own funds. The former insurer shall submit the notice and supporting documents to the appointing insurer, the surety bondsman, and the Commissioner within 30 days after the former insurer receives the affidavit from the surety bondsman. Upon receipt of the notice and supporting documents, the appointing insurer shall immediately cancel the surety bondsman's appointment. The surety bondsman may be reappointed only upon certification by the former insurer that all forfeitures and judgments on bonds written by the surety bondsman have been discharged. The appointing insurer or surety bondsman may, within 10 days after receiving the notice and supporting documents from the former insurer, appeal to the Commissioner.
(b)	The Commissioner shall adopt rules, including rules regarding the procedures for appeals and stays of the requirements of this section, to implement this section.
(c)	As used in this section, "former insurer" means the insurer with whom the surety bondsman had a prior appointment and who is responsible for any outstanding bonds written by the surety bondsman. (2003‑148, s. 1; 2007‑507, s. 13.)

§ 58‑71‑145.  Financial responsibility of professional bondsmen.
Each professional bondsman acting as surety on bail bonds in this State shall maintain a deposit of securities with and satisfactory to the Commissioner of a fair market value of at least one‑twelfth the amount of all bonds or undertakings written in this State on which he is absolutely or conditionally liable as of the first day of the current month. The amount of this deposit must be reconciled with the bondsman's liabilities as of the first day of the month on or before the fifteenth day of said month and the value of said deposit shall in no event be less than fifteen thousand dollars ($15,000).  (1963, c. 1225, s. 29; 1975, c. 619, s. 1; 2000‑180, s. 8; 2018‑38, s. 3.)

§ 58‑71‑150: Repealed by Session Laws 2005‑240, s. 4, effective October 1, 2005, and applicable to all notices of applications denied by the Commissioner served on or after that date and to all notices of review outcomes served on or after that date.

§ 58‑71‑151.  Securities held in trust by Commissioner; authority to dispose of same.
The securities deposited by a professional bondsman with the Commissioner shall be held in trust for the protection and benefit of the holder of bail bonds executed by or on behalf of the undersigned bondsman in this State. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the Commissioner is authorized to select a bank or trust company as master trustee to hold cash securities to be pledged to the State when deposited with the Commissioner pursuant to statute. Securities may be held by the master trustee in any form that in fact perfects the security interest of the State in the securities. The Commissioner shall by rule establish the manner in which the master trust shall operate. The master trustee may charge the person making the deposit reasonable fees for services rendered in connection with the operation of the trust, and the assets of the account may be used to pay such charges.
A pro rata portion of the securities shall be returned to the bondsman when the Commissioner is satisfied that the deposit of securities is in excess of the amount required to be maintained with the Commissioner by said bondsman; and all the securities shall be returned if the Commissioner is satisfied that the bondsman has satisfied, or satisfactory arrangements have been made to satisfy, the obligations of the bondsman on all the bondsman's bail bonds written in the State.
If a bondsman discontinues writing bonds due to death, permanent incapacitation, or some other circumstance that results in the bondsman returning the license issued under this Article to the Commissioner and the Commissioner is satisfied that no more bonds can be written against the bondsman's security deposit, the Commissioner shall return the portion of the security deposit in excess of that required to secure the bondsman's outstanding bond liability.
The Commissioner may sell or transfer any and all of said securities or utilize the proceeds thereof for the purpose of satisfying the liabilities of the professional bondsman on bail bonds given in this State on which the bondsman is liable.  (2005‑240, s. 3; 2015‑180, s. 3.)

§ 58‑71‑155.  Bondsman to furnish power of attorney with securities.
With the securities deposited with the Commissioner, the professional bondsman shall at the same time deliver to the Commissioner of Insurance a power of attorney, on a form supplied by the Commissioner, executed and acknowledged by the professional bondsman authorizing the sale or transfer of said securities or any part thereof. The power of attorney shall read as follows: 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

AUTHORIZING THE COMMISSIONER OF INSURANCE TO
SELL, OR TRANSFER SECURITIES DEPOSITED BY
PROFESSIONAL BONDSMEN IN
NORTH CAROLINA

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That ______________, a professional bondsman, located in the County of __________, in the State of _______________, has authorized and appointed for himself, his successors, heirs and assigns, the Commissioner of Insurance of the State of North Carolina, in the name and in behalf of said professional bondsman, his true and lawful attorney to sell or transfer any securities deposited or that may be deposited, by said professional bondsman with said Commissioner, under the laws and regulations requiring a deposit of securities to be made by professional bondsmen doing business in the State of North Carolina, insofar as the sale or transfer is deemed necessary by the Commissioner of Insurance to pay any liability arising under a bond which purports to be given by the undersigned bondsman in any county in this State and execution has been issued against said bondsman pursuant to a judgment on the bond and the same has not been satisfied. The securities so deposited are to be held in trust by the Commissioner for the sole protection and benefit of the holder of bail bonds executed by, or on behalf of, the undersigned bondsman. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my seal this ______ day of ______________, ______.
	
Professional Bondsman
Before me, a Notary Public in and for the State of ________________ personally appeared _________________, a professional bondsman who acknowledged that he executed the foregoing power of attorney.
WITNESS my hand and Notarial Seal, this ______ day of _____________, ______.
	
Notary Public
My Commission Expires: _____________________
 (1975, c. 619, s. 1; 1999‑456, s. 59.)

§ 58‑71‑160.  Security deposit to be maintained.
(a)	Any professional bondsman, whose security deposits with the Commissioner are, for any reason, reduced in value below the requirements of this Article, shall immediately upon receipt of a notice of deficiency from the Commissioner deposit such additional securities as are necessary to comply with the law. No professional bondsman shall sign, endorse, execute, or become surety on any additional bail bonds, or pledge or deposit any cash, check, or other security of any nature in lieu of a bail bond in any county in North Carolina until the professional bondsman has made such additional deposit of securities as required by the notice of deficiency.
(b)	The Commissioner may deny the renewal of any license held by a professional bondsman under this Chapter or may deny the issuance of any license applied for by a professional bondsman under this Chapter if, at the time of the renewal application or license application, the professional bondsman has not complied with a notice of deficiency under subsection (a) of this section. The Commissioner may issue the renewal license or the new license upon compliance by the professional bondsman with the notice of deficiency. (1975, c. 619, s. 1; 2001‑269, s. 2.7.)

§ 58‑71‑165.  Report required.
(a)	Each professional bail bondsman shall file with the Commissioner a written report in a form prescribed by the Commissioner regarding all bail bonds on which the bondsman is liable as of the first day of each month showing (i) each individual bonded, (ii) the date the bond was given, (iii) the principal sum of the bond, (iv) the court file or docket number for the principal's court obligation, (v) the fee charged for the bonding service in each instance, and (vi) the certificate seal number for each bond issued.
(b)	Each insurer that appoints surety bondsmen in this State shall file with the Commissioner a written report in a form adopted by the Commissioner regarding all bail bonds on which the insurer is liable as of the last day of each calendar quarter showing the total dollar amount for which the insurer is liable. The report shall be filed on or before the fifteenth day following the end of each calendar quarter.
(c)	The reports required by subsection (a) of this section shall be filed on or before the fifteenth day of each month.
(d)	Any person who knowingly and willfully falsifies a report required by this section is guilty of a Class I felony.  (1975, c. 619, s. 1; 1989, c. 485, s. 43; 1991, c. 644, s. 20; 1993, c. 539, s. 1276; 1994, Ex. Sess., c. 24, s. 14(c); 1998‑211, s. 27; 2007‑484, s. 44.5; 2007‑507, s. 14; 2019‑179, s. 7(c).)

§ 58‑71‑167.  Portion of bond premium payments deferred.
(a)	In any case where the agreement between principal and surety calls for some portion of the bond premium payments to be deferred or paid after the defendant has been released from custody, a written memorandum of agreement between the principal and surety shall be kept on file by the surety with a copy provided to the principal. The memorandum shall contain the following information:
(1)	The amount of the premium payment deferred or not yet paid at the time the defendant is released from jail.
(2)	The method and schedule of payment to be made by the defendant to the bondsman, which shall include the dates of payment and amount to be paid on each date.
(3)	That the principal is entitled to a copy of the memorandum.
(b)	The memorandum must be signed by the defendant and the bondsman, or one of the bondsman's agents, and dated at the time the agreement is made. Any subsequent modifications of the memorandum must be in writing, signed, dated, and kept on file by the surety, with a copy provided to the principal.  (1991, c. 644, s. 22; 2019‑179, s. 7(d).)

§ 58‑71‑168.  Records to be maintained.
All records related to executing bail bonds, including bail bond registers, monthly reports, receipts, collateral security agreements, and memoranda of agreements, shall be kept separate from records of any other business and must be maintained for not less than three years after the final entry has been made. (1991, c. 644, s. 22.)

§ 58‑71‑170.  Examinations.
(a)	Whenever the Commissioner considers it prudent, the Commissioner shall visit and examine or cause to be visited and examined by a competent person appointed by the Commissioner for that purpose any professional bail bondsman, surety bondsman, or runner subject to this Article. For this purpose the Commissioner or person making the examination shall have free access to all records of the licensee that relate to the licensee's business and to the records kept by any of the licensee's agents.
(b)	The Commissioner may conduct examinations of surety bondsmen under G.S. 58‑2‑195 as well as under subsection (a) of this section. (1975, c. 619, s. 1; 1991, c. 644, s. 21; 2001‑269, s. 2.8.)

§ 58‑71‑175.  Limit on principal amount of bond to be written by professional bondsman.
No professional bondsman shall become liable on any bond or multiple of bonds for any one individual that totals more than one‑fourth of the value of the securities deposited with the Commissioner at that time, until final termination of liability on such bond or multiple of bonds. (1975, c. 619, s. 1; 1987, c. 728, s. 3; 1989, c. 485, s. 42.)

§ 58‑71‑180.  Disposition of fees.
Fees collected by the Commissioner pursuant to this Article shall be credited to the Insurance Regulatory Fund created under G.S. 58‑6‑25. (1963, c. 1225, s. 32; 1975, c. 619, s. 1; 1991, c. 689, s. 294; 2003‑221, s. 9.)

§ 58‑71‑185.  Penalties for violations.
Except as otherwise provided in this Article, any person who violates any of the provisions of this Article is guilty of a Class 1 misdemeanor. (1963, c. 1225, s. 33; 1975, c. 619, s. 1; 1991, c. 644, s. 19; 1993, c. 539, s. 473; 1994, Ex. Sess., c. 24, s. 14(c); 2000‑180, s. 9.)

§ 58‑71‑190.  Duplication of regulation forbidden.
No county, city or town in this State shall license or levy a license tax on bail bondsmen nor require such bondsmen to deposit collateral security as a condition for continuing to write bail bonds. (1975, c. 619, s. 1.)

§ 58‑71‑195.  Conflicting laws.
Section 41.1 of Chapter 105 of the General Statutes of North Carolina and all laws and clauses of laws in conflict with the provisions of the Chapter are hereby repealed.  Provided, however, that in the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Chapter and those of Chapter 15A of the General Statutes of North Carolina, the provisions of Chapter 15A shall control and continue in full force and effect. (1975, c. 619, s. 2.)

§ 58‑71‑200.  Bondsman access to criminal and civil records.
(a)	In order to assist licensed sureties and their agents in evaluating potential and current clients for the purposes of bail, the Administrative Office of the Courts shall provide any individual with a current license to act as professional bondsman, surety bondsman, or runner with access to search criminal records in the Administrative Office of the Courts' real‑time criminal and civil information systems.
(b)	Access granted under subsection (a) of this section shall be limited to information systems containing general criminal and civil case information, as maintained by the clerks of superior court. Access shall not include systems for the production of criminal process by law enforcement officials and judicial officials under G.S. 15A‑301.1 or other information not subject to public disclosure.
(c)	Access provided pursuant to subsection (a) of this section shall be without charge for individual searches of the Administrative Office of the Courts' criminal and civil information systems. In order to defray the costs of establishing access, the Administrative Office of the Courts shall charge initial setup fees equivalent to its fees for governmental agencies granted access to its systems to each individual granted access pursuant to subsection (a) of this section.
(d)	All hardware, software, telecommunications charges, or other expenditures required for such access shall be the sole responsibility of the individual bondsman or runner. No State funds may be expended for any such expenses.
(e)	The Commissioner shall coordinate the access granted under subsection (a) of this section by providing all information requested by the Administrative Office of the Courts for the establishment of access. The Administrative Office of the Courts shall not provide access to any bondsman or runner who fails to provide all information requested by the Commissioner.
(f)	The Commissioner shall notify the Administrative Office of the Courts within 24 hours of any action to suspend or revoke a bondsman's or runner's license or authority to act as a bondsman or runner. The Administrative Office of the Courts shall immediately revoke access of the suspended or revoked bondsman or runner to its criminal information systems.
(g)	The Administrative Office of the Courts shall provide to the Commissioner copies of its current policies for access to court information systems for users outside the Judicial Branch. Any bondsman or runner granted access pursuant to subsection (a) of this section shall adhere to all such policies. The Administrative Office of the Courts shall revoke access of any bondsman or runner who violates such policies.
(h)	It is unlawful for any person to willfully do any of the following:
(1)	For any person to access information systems of the Administrative Office of the Courts by means of an online identifier, as defined in G.S. 14‑208.6(1n), that was assigned to another individual by the Administrative Office of the Courts pursuant to subsection (a) of this section.
(2)	For any bondsman or runner granted access pursuant to subsection (a) of this section to allow any other person, directly or indirectly, to make use of access granted to the bondsman or runner pursuant to subsection (a) of this section.
(3)	For any bondsman or runner granted access pursuant to subsection (a) of this section to make use of that access at any time when the bondsman or runner knows or has reason to know that his or her license issued under this Article is in a state of suspension or revocation.
(4)	For any bondsman or runner granted access pursuant to subsection (a) of this section to distribute, in any medium or manner, information obtained from the information systems of the Administrative Office of the Courts to any person for any reason not directly related to the evaluation of the individual to whom the information pertains for the purposes of bail.
Unless the conduct is covered under some other provision of law providing for a greater punishment, any violation of this subsection shall be a Class H felony.  (2011‑412, s. 4.1; 2015‑180, s. 4.)

Article 72.
Official Bonds.
§ 58‑72‑1.  Irregularities not to invalidate.
When any instrument is taken by or received under the sanction of the board of county commissioners, or by any person or persons acting under or in virtue of any public authority, purporting to be a bond executed to the State for the performance of any duty belonging to any office or appointment, such instrument, notwithstanding any irregularity or invalidity in the conferring of the office or making of the appointment, or any variance in the penalty or condition of the instrument from the provision prescribed by law, shall be valid and may be put in suit in the name of the State for the benefit of the person injured by a breach of the condition thereof, in the same manner as if the office had been duly conferred or the appointment duly made, and as if the penalty and condition of the instrument had conformed to the provisions of law: Provided, that no action shall be sustained thereon because of a breach of any condition thereof or any part of the condition thereof which is contrary to law. (1842, c. 61; R.C., c. 78, s. 9; 1869‑70, c. 169, s. 16; Code, s. 1891; Rev., s. 279; C.S., s. 324.)

§ 58‑72‑5.  Penalty for officer acting without bond.
Every person or officer of whom an official bond is required, who presumes to discharge any duty of his office before executing such bond in the manner prescribed by law, is liable to a forfeiture of five hundred dollars ($500.00) to the use of the State for each attempt so to exercise his office. The clear proceeds of forfeitures provided for in this section shall be remitted to the Civil Penalty and Forfeiture Fund in accordance with G.S. 115C‑457.2. (R.C., c. 78, s. 8; Code, s. 1882; Rev., s. 278; C.S., s. 325; 1998‑215, s. 91.)

§ 58‑72‑10.  Condition and terms of official bonds.
Every treasurer, sheriff, coroner, register of deeds, surveyor, and every other officer of the several counties who is required by law to give a bond for the faithful performance of the duties of his office, shall give a bond for the term of the office to which such officer is chosen. (1869‑70, c. 169; 1876‑7, c. 275, s. 5; Code, s. 1874; 1895, c. 207, s. 4; 1899, c. 54, s. 54; Rev., s. 308; C.S., s. 326; 1985, c. 438.)

§ 58‑72‑15.  When county may pay premiums on bonds.
In all cases where the officers or any of them named in G.S. 58‑72‑10 are required to give a bond, the county commissioners of the county in which said officer or officers are elected are authorized and empowered to pay the premiums on the bonds of any and all such officer or officers.  The board of commissioners of any county are further authorized and empowered to require individual or blanket bonds for any or all assistants, deputies or other persons regularly employed in the offices of any such county officer or officers, such bond or bonds to be conditioned upon faithful performance of duty, and, in the event of such requirement, to pay the premiums on such individual or blanket bonds. (1937, c. 440; 1953, c. 799.)

§ 58‑72‑20.  Annual examination of bonds; security strengthened.
The bonds of the officers named in G.S. 58‑72‑10 shall be carefully examined on the first Monday in December of every year, and if it appears that the security has been impaired, or for any cause become insufficient to cover the amount of money or property or to secure the faithful performance of the duties of the office, then the bond shall be renewed or strengthened, the insufficient security increased within the limits prescribed by law, and the impaired security shall be made good; but no renewal, or strengthening, or additional security shall increase the penalty of said bond beyond the limits prescribed for the term of office. (1869‑70, c. 169; 1876‑7, c. 275, s. 5; Code, s. 1874; 1895, c. 207, s. 4; 1899, c. 54, s. 54; Rev., s. 308; C.S., s. 327.)

§ 58‑72‑25.  Effect of failure to renew bond.
Upon the failure of any such officer to make such renewal of his bond, it is the duty of the board of commissioners, by an order to be entered of record, to declare his office vacant, and to proceed forthwith to appoint a successor, if the power of filling the vacancy in the particular case is vested in the board of commissioners; but if otherwise, the said board shall immediately inform the proper person having the power of appointment of the fact of such vacancy. (1869‑70, c. 169, s. 2; Code, s. 1875; Rev., s. 309; C.S., s. 328.)

§ 58‑72‑30.  Justification of sureties.
Every surety on an official bond required by law to be taken or renewed and approved by the board of commissioners shall take and subscribe an oath before the chairman of the board or some person authorized by law to administer an oath, that he is worth a certain sum (which shall be not less than one thousand dollars ($1,000)) over and above all his debts and liabilities and his homestead and personal property exemptions, and the sum thus sworn to shall in no case be less in the aggregate than the penalty of the bond.  But nothing herein shall be construed to abridge the power of the said board of commissioners to require the personal presence of any such surety before the board when the bond is offered, or at such subsequent time as the board may fix, for examination as to his financial condition or other qualifications as surety. (1869‑70, c. 169, s. 3; 1879, c. 207; Code, s. 1876; 1889, c. 7; 1891, c. 385; 1901, c. 32; Rev., s. 310; C.S., s. 329.)

§ 58‑72‑35.  Compelling justification before judge; effect of failure.
When oath is made before any judge of the superior court by five respectable citizens of any county within his district that after diligent inquiry made they verily believe that the bond of any officer of such county, which has been accepted by the board of commissioners, is insufficient either in the amount of the penalty or in the ability of the sureties, it is the duty of such judge to cause a notice to be served upon such officer requiring him to appear at some stated time and place and justify his bond by evidence other than that of himself or his sureties.  If this evidence so produced fails to satisfy the judge that the bond is sufficient, both in amount and the ability of the sureties, he shall give time to the officer not exceeding 20 days, to give another bond, fixing the amount of the new bond, when there is a deficiency in that particular.  And upon failure of the said officer to give a good bond to the satisfaction of the judge within the 20 days, the judge shall declare the office vacant, and if the appointment be with himself, he shall immediately proceed to fill the vacancy; and if not, he shall notify the persons having the appointing power that they may proceed as aforesaid. (1874‑5, c. 120; Code, s. 1885; Rev., s. 316; C.S., s. 330.)

§ 58‑72‑40.  Successor bonded; official bonds considered liabilities.
The person so appointed shall give bond before the judge, and the bond so given shall in all respects be subject to the requirements of the law in relation to official bonds; and all official bonds shall be considered debts and liabilities within the meaning of G.S. 58‑72‑30. (1874‑5, c. 120, s. 2; Code, s. 1886; Rev., s.  317; C.S., s. 331.)

§ 58‑72‑45.  Judge to file statement of proceedings with commissioners.
When a vacancy is declared by the judge, he shall file a written statement of all his proceedings with the clerk of the board of commissioners, to be recorded by him. (1874‑5, c. 120, s. 3; Code, s. 1887; Rev., s. 318; C.S., s. 332.)

§ 58‑72‑50.  Approval, acknowledgment and custody of bonds.
The approval of all official bonds taken or renewed by the board of commissioners shall be recorded by the clerk to the board. Each bond shall be acknowledged by the parties thereto or proved by a subscribing witness, before the chairman of the board of commissioners, or before the clerk of the superior court, and filed with the clerk of the superior court with the approval of the commissioners endorsed thereon and certified by the chairman of the board of commissioners. Provided that an official bond executed as surety by a surety company authorized to do business in this State need not be acknowledged upon behalf of the surety when that bond is executed under seal in the name of the surety by an agent or attorney‑in‑fact by authority of a power of attorney duly recorded in the office of the register of deeds of that county.  (1869‑70, c. 169, s. 4; 1879, c. 207, s. 2; Code, s. 1877; Rev., s. 311; C.S., s. 333; 1957, c. 1011; 2009‑570, s. 35; 2012‑18, s. 1.9; 2023‑103, s. 9(a).)

§ 58‑72‑55.  Clerk records vote approving bond; penalty for neglect.
It is the duty of the clerk of the board of commissioners to record in the proceedings of the board the names of those commissioners who are present at the time of the approval of any official bond, and who vote for such approval.  Every clerk neglecting to make such record, besides other punishment, shall forfeit his office.  Any commissioner may cause his written dissent to be entered on the records of the board. (1790, c. 327, P.R.; 1809, c. 777, P.R.; R.C., c. 78, s. 7; 1869‑70, c. 169, s. 8; Code, s. 1881; Rev., s. 314; C.S., s. 336.)

§ 58‑72‑60.  When commissioner liable as surety.
Every commissioner who approves an official bond, which he knows to be, or which by reasonable diligence he could have discovered to have been, insufficient in the penal sum, or in the security thereof, shall be liable as if he were a surety thereto, and may be sued accordingly by any person having a cause of action on said bond. (1869‑70, c. 169, s. 6; Code, s. 1879; Rev., s. 313; C.S., s. 335.)

§ 58‑72‑65.  Record of board conclusive as to facts stated.
In all actions under G.S. 58‑72‑60 a copy of the proceedings of the board of commissioners in the particular case, certified by their clerk under his hand and the seal of the county, is conclusive evidence of the facts in such record alleged and set forth. (1869‑70, c. 169, s. 8; Code, s. 1881; Rev., s. 314; C.S., s. 336.)

§ 58‑72‑70.  Person required to approve bond not to be surety.
No member of the board of commissioners, or any other person authorized to take official bonds, shall sign as surety on any official bond upon the sufficiency of which the board of which he is a member may have to pass. (1874‑5, c. 120, s. 3; Code, s. 1887; Rev., s. 315; C.S., s. 337.)

Article 73.
Bonds in Surety Company.
§ 58‑73‑1.  State officers may be bonded in surety company.
All persons who are required to give bond to the State of North Carolina to be received by the Governor or by any department of the State government, in lieu of personal security, may give as security for said bond and for the performance of the duties named in the said bond any indemnity or guaranty company authorized to do business in the State of North Carolina, subject to such regulations as the Governor or department may prescribe, and with power in them to demand additional security at any time.  Any person presenting any indemnity or guaranty company as surety shall accompany his bond with a statement of the Insurance Commissioner as to the condition of such company as required by law. (1901, c. 754; Rev., s. 272; C.S., s. 338.)

§ 58‑73‑5.  When surety company sufficient surety on bonds and undertakings.
A bond or undertaking by the laws of North Carolina required or permitted to be given by a public official, fiduciary, or a party to an action or proceeding, conditioned for the doing or not doing of an act specified therein, shall be sufficient when it is executed or guaranteed by a corporation authorized in this State to act as guardian or trustee, or to guarantee the fidelity of persons holding places of public or private trust, or to guarantee the performance of contracts, other than insurance policies, or to give or guarantee bonds and undertakings in actions or proceedings.
The bond or undertaking of a corporation having such power shall be sufficient, although the law or regulation in accordance with which it is given requires two or more sureties, or requires the sureties to be residents or freeholders.  But the clerk of the superior court may exercise his discretion as to accepting such a corporation's surety on the bonds of fiduciaries or parties to actions or proceedings. (1895, c. 270; 1899, c. 54, s. 45; 1901, c. 706; Rev., s. 273; C.S., s. 339.)

§ 58‑73‑10.  Clerk to notify county commissioners of condition of company.
Each clerk of the superior court shall furnish the chairman of the board of county commissioners of his county with notice of each surety company licensed in this State, and of each surety company whose license has been revoked, in which any officer of the county has been bonded. (Rev., ss. 295, 4803; C.S., s. 340.)

§ 58‑73‑15.  Release of company from liability.
A company executing such bond, obligation or undertaking, may be released from its liability or security on the same terms as are or may be by law prescribed for the release of individuals upon any such bonds, obligations or undertakings. (1899, c. 54, s. 48; Rev., s. 274; C.S., s. 341.)

§ 58‑73‑20.  Company not to plead ultra vires.
Any company which executes any bond, obligation or undertaking under the provisions of this Article is estopped, in any proceeding to enforce the liability which it assumes to incur, to deny its corporate power to execute such instrument or assume such liability. (1899, c. 54, s. 49; 1901, c. 706, s. 1, subsec. 5; Rev., s. 275; C.S., s. 342.)

§ 58‑73‑25.  Failure to pay judgment is forfeiture.
If a surety company against which a judgment is recovered fails to discharge the same within 60 days from the time such final judgment is rendered, it shall forfeit its right to do business in this State, and the Insurance Commissioner shall cancel its license. (1901, c. 706, s. 1, subsec. 5; Rev., s. 275; C.S., s. 343.)

§ 58‑73‑30.  On presentation of proper bond officer to be inducted.
Upon presentation to the person authorized by law to take, accept and file official bonds, of any bond duly executed in the penal sum required by law by the officer chosen to any such office, as principal, and by any surety company, as security thereto, whose insurance or guaranty is accepted as security upon the bonds of United States bonded officials (such insurance company having complied with the insurance laws of the State of North Carolina), or by any other good and sufficient security thereto, such bond shall be received and accepted as sufficient, and the principal thereon shall be inducted into office. (1899, c. 54, s. 53; 1901, c. 706, s. 1, subsec. 5; Rev., s. 276; C.S., s. 344.)

§ 58‑73‑35.  Expense of fiduciary bond charged to fund.
A receiver, assignee, trustee, committee, guardian, executor or administrator, or other fiduciary required by law to give a bond as such, may include as part of his lawful expenses such sums paid to such companies for such suretyship to the extent of bond premiums actually paid per annum on the account of such bonds as the clerk, judge or court may allow. (1901, c. 706, s. 1, subsec. 5; Rev., s. 277; C.S., s. 345; 1939, c. 382.)

Article 74.
Mortgage in Lieu of Bond.
§ 58‑74‑1.  Mortgage in lieu of required bond.
An administrator, executor, guardian, collector or receiver, or an officer required to give an official bond, or the agent or surety of such person or officer, may execute a mortgage on real estate, of the value of the bond required to be given by him to the State of North Carolina, conditioned to the same effect as the bond should be, were the same given, with a power of sale, which power of sale may be executed by the clerk of the superior court, with whom said mortgage shall be deposited, upon a breach of any of the conditions of said mortgage, after advertisement for 30 days. (1874‑5, c. 103, s. 2; Code, s. 118; Rev., s. 265; C.S., s. 346.)

§ 58‑74‑5.  Mortgage in lieu of security for appearance, costs, or fine.
Any person required to give a bond or undertaking, or required to enter into a recognizance for his appearance at any court, in any criminal proceeding, or for the security of any costs or fine in any criminal action, may also execute a mortgage on real or personal property of the value of such bond or recognizance, payable to the State of North Carolina, conditioned as such bond or recognizance would be required, with power of sale, which power shall be executed by the clerk in whose court said mortgage is executed, upon a breach of any of the conditions of said mortgage.
No such mortgage on real property executed for the security for costs or fine shall allow a longer time for payment of said costs or fine than six months from the execution thereof, and no mortgage on personal property a longer time than three months, except in cases of appeal, when the time allowed shall be counted from the date of the final decision in the cause.
All legitimate expenses of sale, which shall only be made after due advertisement according to law, shall be paid out of the proceeds of the sale. (1874‑5, c. 103, s. 3; Code, s. 120; 1891, c. 425, ss. 1, 2, 3; Rev., s. 266; C.S., s. 347; 1973, c. 108, s. 57.)

§ 58‑74‑10.  Cancellation of mortgage in such proceedings.
Any mortgage given by any person in lieu of bond as administrator, executor, guardian, collector, receiver or as an officer required to give an official bond, or as agent or surety of such person or officer, or in lieu of bond or undertaking or recognizance for his appearance at any court in any criminal proceeding, or for the security of any cost or fine in a criminal action which has been registered, when such party as administrator, executor, guardian, collector, or receiver has filed his final account and when the time required by statute for the bond given by any administrator, executor, guardian, collector, or receiver to remain in force for the purpose of action thereon has expired, or when the officer required to give an official bond has fully complied with the conditions of such bond and the time within which suit is allowed by law to be brought thereon has expired, or when the person giving such mortgage in lieu of bond has made his appearance at the court to which he was bound and did not depart the court without leave, or paid the cost or fine required, may be canceled or discharged by the clerk of the superior court of the county where such action was pending or where the mortgage in lieu of bond is recorded by recording a satisfaction document pursuant to G.S. 45‑37(a)(7), and such satisfaction document shall have the effect to discharge and release all the right, title and interest of the State of North Carolina in and to the property described in such mortgage.  (1905, c. 106; Rev., s. 267; C.S., s. 348; 1921, c. 29, ss. 1, 2; 1925, c. 252, s. 1; 2011‑246, s. 9.)

§ 58‑74‑15.  Validating statute.
All acts heretofore done by the several superior court clerks, cancelling or satisfying any mortgage, or other instruments, herein mentioned and specified are hereby validated. (1925, c. 252, s. 2.)

§ 58‑74‑20.  Clerk of court may give surety by mortgage deposited with register.
In all cases where the clerk of the superior court may be required to give surety, he may deposit a mortgage with the register of deeds, payable to the State, and conditioned, as the bond would have been required, with power of sale. The power of sale shall be executed by the register of deeds, upon a breach of any of the conditions of said mortgage; and the register of deeds shall in all cases immediately register the same, at the expense of the said clerk. (1874‑5, c. 103, s. 6; Code, s. 122; Rev., s. 268; C.S., s. 349.)

§ 58‑74‑25.  Mortgage in lieu of bond to prosecute or defend in civil case.
It is lawful for any person desiring to commence any civil action or special proceeding, or to defend the same, his agent or surety, to execute a mortgage on real estate of the value of the bond or undertaking required to be given, at the beginning of said action, or at any stage thereof, to the party to whom the bond or undertaking would be required to be made, conditioned to the same effect as such bond or undertaking, with power of sale, which power of sale may be executed upon a breach of any of the conditions of the said mortgage after advertisement for 30 days. (1874‑5, c. 103, s. 1; Code, s. 117; Rev., s. 269; C.S., s. 35.)

§ 58‑74‑30.  Affidavit of value of property required.
In all cases where a mortgage is executed, as hereinbefore permitted, it is the duty of the clerk of the court in which it is executed to require an affidavit of the value of the property mortgaged to be made by at least one witness not interested in the matter, action or proceeding in which the mortgage is given. (1874‑5, c. 103, s. 4; Code, s. 121; Rev., s. 270; C.S., s. 351; 1973, c. 108, s. 58.)

§ 58‑74‑35.  When additional security required.
If, from any cause, the property mortgaged in lieu of a bond becomes of less value than the amount of the bond in lieu of which the mortgage is given, and it so appears upon affidavit of any person having any interest in the matter as a security for which the mortgage was given, it is the duty of the mortgagor to give additional security by a deposit of money, or the execution of a mortgage on more property, or justify as required in cases where bond or undertaking is given. (1874‑5, c. 103, s. 5; Code, s. 119; Rev., s. 271; C.S., s. 352.)

Article 75.
Deposit in Lieu of Bond.
§ 58‑75‑1.  Deposit of cash or securities in lieu of bond; conditions and requirements.
In lieu of any written undertaking or bond required by law in any matter, before any court of the State, the party required to make such undertaking or bond may make a deposit in cash or securities of the State of North Carolina or of the United States of America, of the amount required by law or, in the case of fiduciaries, of the amount of the trust, in lieu of the said undertaking or bond and such deposit shall be subject to all of the same conditions and requirements as are provided for in written undertakings or bonds, in lieu of which such deposit is made. (1923, c. 58; C.S., s. 352(a); 1947, c. 936.)

Article 76.
Actions on Bonds.
§ 58‑76‑1.  Bonds in actions payable to court officer may be sued on in name of State.
Bonds and other obligations taken in the course of any proceeding at law, under the direction of the court, and payable to any clerk, commissioner, or officer of the court, for the benefit of the suitors in the cause, or others having an interest in such obligation, may be put in suit in the name of the State. (R.C., c. 13, s. 11; Code, s. 51; Rev., s. 280; C.S., s. 353.)

§ 58‑76‑5.  Liability and right of action on official bonds.
Every person injured by the neglect, misconduct, or misbehavior in office of any register, surveyor, sheriff, coroner, county treasurer, or other officer, may institute a suit or suits against said officer or any of them and their sureties upon their respective bonds for the due performance of their duties in office in the name of the State, without any assignment thereof; and no such bond shall become void upon the first recovery, or if judgment is given for the defendant, but may be put in suit and prosecuted from time to time until the whole penalty is recovered; and every such officer and the sureties on the officer's official bond shall be liable to the person injured for all acts done by said officer by virtue or under color of that officer's office.  (1793, c. 384, s. 1, P.R.; 1825, c. 9, P.R.; 1833, c. 17; R.C., c. 78, s. 1; 1869‑70, c. 169, s. 10; Code, s. 1883; Rev., s. 281; C.S., s. 354; 1973, c. 108, s. 59; 1997‑14, s. 2; 2010‑96, s. 29.)

§ 58‑76‑10.  Complaint must show party in interest; election to sue officer individually.
Any person who brings suit in manner aforesaid shall state in his complaint on whose relation and in whose behalf the suit is brought, and he shall be entitled to receive to his own use the money recovered; but nothing herein contained shall prevent such person from bringing at his election an action against the officer to recover special damages for his injury. (1793, c. 384, ss. 2, 3, P.R.; R.C., c. 78, s. 2; 1869‑70, c. 169, s. 11; Code, s. 1884; Rev., s. 282; C.S., s. 355.)

§ 58‑76‑15.  Summary remedy on official bond.
When a sheriff, coroner, county or town treasurer, or other officer, collects or receives any money by virtue or under color of his office, and on demand fails to pay the same to the person entitled to require the payment thereof, the person thereby aggrieved may move for judgment in the superior court against such officer and his sureties for any sum demanded; and the court shall try the same and render judgment at the session when the motion shall be made, but 10 days' notice in writing of the motion must have been previously given.  (1819, c. 1002, P.R.; R.C., c. 78, s. 5; 1869‑70, c. 169, s. 14; 1876‑7, c. 41, s. 2; Code, s. 1889; Rev., s. 283; C.S., s. 356; 1973, c. 108, s. 60; 2017‑158, s. 17.)

§ 58‑76‑20.  Officer unlawfully detaining money liable for damages.
When money received as aforesaid is unlawfully detained by any of said officers, and the same is sued for in any mode whatever, the plaintiff is entitled to recover, besides the sum detained, damages at the rate of twelve per centum (12%) per annum from the time of detention until payment. (1819, c. 1002, s. 2, P.R.; R.C., c. 78, s. 9; 1868‑9, c. 169; Code, s. 1890; Rev., s. 284; C.S., s. 357.)

§ 58‑76‑25.  Evidence against principal admissible against sureties.
In actions brought upon the official bonds of sheriffs, coroners, or other public officers, and also upon the bonds of executors, administrators, collectors or guardians, when it may be necessary for the plaintiff to prove any default of the principal obligors, any receipt or acknowledgment of such obligors, or any other matter or thing which by law would be admissible and competent for or toward proving the same as against him, shall in like manner be admissible and competent as presumptive evidence only against all or any of his sureties who may be defendants with or without him in said actions.  (1844, c. 38; R.C., c. 44, s. 10; 1881, c. 8; Code, s. 1345; Rev., s. 285; C.S., s. 358; 1973, c. 108, s. 61; 2017‑158, s. 18.)

§ 58‑76‑30.  Officer liable for negligence in collecting debt.
When a claim is placed in the hands of any sheriff or coroner for collection, and he does not use due diligence in collecting the same, he shall be liable for the full amount of the claim notwithstanding the debtor may have been at all times and is then able to pay the amount thereof. (1844, c. 64; R.C., c. 78, s. 3; 1869‑70, c. 169, s. 12; Code, s. 1888; Rev., s. 286; C.S., s. 359; 1973, c. 108, s. 62.)

Article 77.
Guaranteed Arrest Bond Certificates of Automobile Clubs and Associations in Lieu of Bond.
§ 58‑77‑1, 58‑77‑5.  Repealed by Session Laws 1999‑132, s. 12.1, effective June 4, 1999.

Article 78.
State Fire and Rescue Commission.
§ 58‑78‑1.  State Fire and Rescue Commission created; membership.
(a)	There is created the State Fire and Rescue Commission of the Department, which shall be composed of 15 voting members to be appointed as follows:
(1)	The Commissioner shall appoint 12 members, two from nominations submitted by the North Carolina State Firefighters' Association, one from nominations submitted by the North Carolina Association of Fire Chiefs, one from nominations submitted by the Professional Firefighters of North Carolina Association, one from nominations submitted by the North Carolina Society of Fire Service Instructors, one from nominations submitted by the North Carolina Fire Marshal's Association, two from nominations submitted by the North Carolina Association of Rescue and Emergency Medical Services, Inc., one from nominations submitted by the North Carolina Chapter of the International Association of Arson Investigators, one mayor or other elected city official nominated by the President of the League of Municipalities, one county commissioner nominated by the President of the Association of County Commissioners, and one from the public at‑large.
(2)	The Governor shall appoint one member from the public at large.
(3)	The General Assembly shall appoint two members from the public at large, one upon the recommendation of the Speaker of the House of Representatives pursuant to G.S. 120‑121, and one upon the recommendation of the President Pro Tempore of the Senate pursuant to G.S. 120‑121.
Public members may not be employed in State government.
(b)	Of the members initially appointed by the Commissioner, the nominees of the North Carolina State Firefighters' Association and the nominees of the North Carolina Association of Fire Chiefs and the nominees of the Professional Firefighters of North Carolina Association and of the North Carolina Association of Rescue and Emergency Medical Services, Inc., shall serve three‑year terms; the nominees from the North Carolina Society of Fire Service Instructors, the North Carolina Chapter of the International Association of Arson Investigators and the North Carolina Fire Marshal's Association shall serve two‑year terms; and the mayor or other elected city official, the county commissioner, and the member from the public at large shall serve one‑year terms. The Governor's initial appointee shall serve a three‑year term. The General Assembly's initial appointees shall serve two‑year terms. Thereafter all terms shall be for three years.
(c)	Vacancies shall be filled by the original appointer in the same manner as the original appointment was made, except that vacancies in the appointments made by the General Assembly shall be filled in accordance with G.S. 120‑122.
(d)	Appointed members shall serve until their successors are appointed and qualified.
(e)	The following State officials, or their designees, shall serve by virtue of their offices as nonvoting members of the Commission: the Commissioner of Insurance, the Commissioner of Labor, the Attorney General, the Secretary of Public Safety, the Secretary of Environmental Quality, and the President of the Department of Community Colleges.
(f)	Members of the Commission shall receive per diem and necessary travel and subsistence allowances in accordance with the provisions of G.S. 138‑5 or G.S. 138‑6, as appropriate.  (1977, c. 1064, s. 1; 1981, c. 791, ss. 1, 2; 1981 (Reg. Sess., 1982), c. 1191, ss. 21, 22; 1983, c. 840, ss. 1, 2; 1985, c. 757, s. 167(b), (d); 1989, c. 727, s. 218; c. 750, s. 1; 1991, c. 720, s. 47; 1993, c. 155, s. 1; 1995, c. 490, s. 20; 1997‑116, s. 1; 1997‑443, s. 11A.123; 2011‑145, s. 19.1(g); 2015‑39, s. 1; 2015‑241, s. 14.30(v); 2016‑51, s. 6.)

§ 58‑78‑5.  State Fire and Rescue Commission – Powers and duties.
(a)	The Commission shall have the following powers and duties:
(1)	To formally adopt a State Fire Education and Training Plan, a State Master Plan for Fire Prevention and Control, a Rescue Training Plan, and a State Master Plan for Rescue Services;
(2)	To assist and participate with State and local fire prevention and control agencies in the improvement of fire prevention and control in North Carolina and to work with State and local rescue agencies to improve rescue services in the State;
(3)	To increase the professional skills of fire protection and fire‑fighting personnel and rescue personnel;
(4)	To encourage public support for fire prevention and control and rescue services;
(5)	To accept gifts, devises, grants, matching funds, and other considerations from private or governmental sources for use in promoting its work;
(6)	To make grants for use in pursuing its objectives, under such conditions as are deemed to be necessary and such other powers as may be necessary to carry out the State's duties with respect to all grants to the State by the United States Fire Administration and the National Fire Academy; and all support programs brought into the State by these two entities shall be coordinated and controlled by the Commission;
(7)	To make studies and recommendations for the improvement of fire prevention and control and rescue services in the State and to make studies and recommendations for the coordination and implementation of effective fire prevention and control and rescue services and for effective fire prevention and control and rescue services education;
(8)	To set objectives and priorities for the improvement of fire prevention and control and rescue services throughout the State;
(9)	To advise State and local interests of opportunities for securing federal assistance for fire prevention and control and rescue services and for improving fire prevention and control and rescue services administration and planning within the State of North Carolina;
(10)	To assist State agencies and institutions of local government and combinations thereof in the preparation and processing of applications for financial aid and to support fire prevention and control, rescue services, and planning and administration;
(11)	To encourage and assist coordination at the federal, State and local government levels in the preparation and implementation of fire prevention and control and rescue services administrative improvements and crime reduction plans;
(12)	To apply for, receive, disburse and audit the use of funds received from any public and private agencies and instrumentalities for fire prevention and control and rescue services, their administration and plans therefor;
(13)	To enter into monitoring and evaluating the results of contracts and agreements necessary or incidental to the discharge of its assigned responsibilities;
(14)	To provide technical assistance to State and local fire prevention and control and rescue agencies in developing programs for improvement;
(14a)	To serve as a central office for the collection and dissemination of information relative to fire service and rescue service activities and programs in State government. All State government agencies conducting fire service and rescue service related programs and activities shall report the status of these programs and activities to the Commission on a quarterly basis and they shall also report to the Commission any new programs or changes to existing programs as they are implemented;
(14b)	To establish voluntary minimum professional qualifications for all levels of fire service and rescue service personnel, and to issue, deny, suspend, revoke or take similar actions with respect to certifications issued by the Commission of minimum professional qualifications established under this subdivision.
(14c)	To prepare an annual report to the Governor on its fire prevention and control activities and plans, rescue activities and plans, and to recommend legislation concerning fire prevention and control and rescue services;
(14d)	To reimburse the members of the Commission's certification board, in accordance with G.S. 138‑5, for travel and subsistence expenses incurred by them in their duties as certification board officers; and
(15)	To take such other actions as may be deemed necessary or appropriate to carry out its assigned duties and responsibilities.
(16)	To provide workers' compensation benefits under G.S. 58‑87‑10, to create a Volunteer Safety Workers' Compensation Board to assist it in performing this duty, and to reimburse the members of the Commission's Volunteer Safety Workers' Compensation Board in accordance with G.S. 138‑5 for travel and subsistence expenses incurred by them.
(17)	To adopt, modify, or repeal any rules and regulations necessary for the purpose of carrying out the provisions of this Article.
(b)	Each State agency involved in fire prevention and control or rescue related activities shall furnish the executive director of the Commission such information as may be required to carry out the intent of this section.  (1977, c. 1064, s. 1; 1981, c. 791, ss. 3, 4; 1985, c. 757, s. 167(b); 1989, c. 750, s. 1; 1993, c. 321, s. 41; 1995, c. 507, s. 7.21A(c); 2011‑284, s. 58; 2015‑39, s. 2; 2019‑179, s. 8.)

§ 58‑78‑10.  State Fire and Rescue Commission – Organization; rules and regulations; meetings.
(a)	Organization. – The Commission shall elect from its voting members a chair and vice‑chair to serve as provided by the rules adopted by the Commission.
(b)	Rules and Regulations. – The Commission shall adopt such rules and regulations, not inconsistent with the laws of this State as may be required by the federal government for programs and grants‑in‑aid for fire protection, firefighting, and rescue purposes which may be made available to the State by the federal government. The Commission shall be the single State agency responsible for establishing policy, planning and carrying out the State's duties with respect to all programs of and grants to the State by the United States Fire Administration, Federal Emergency Management Agency. In respect to such programs and grants, the Commission shall have authority to review, approve and maintain general oversight to the State plan and its implementation, including subgrants and allocations to local units of government and local fire prevention and control and rescue agencies.
All actions taken by the Commission in the performance of its duties shall be implemented and administered by the Department.
(c)	Meetings. – The Commission shall meet quarterly. Seven members shall constitute a quorum. All meetings shall be open to the public.  (1977, c. 1064, s. 1; 1981, c. 791, s. 5; 1983, c. 840, s. 3; 1985, c. 757, s. 167(b), (c), (e), (f); 1989, c. 750, s. 1; 2015‑39, s. 3.)

§ 58‑78‑15.  State Fire and Rescue Commission; staff.
(a)	There shall be an executive director nominated by the Commission with direct responsibilities to the Commission, who shall be appointed by the Commissioner.
(b)	Personnel of the Department shall serve as staff to the Commission.  The Department shall provide the clerical and professional services required by the Commission and, at the direction of the Commission, shall develop and administer the State Master Plan for Fire Prevention and Control, the State Fire Education and Training Plan, the Rescue Training Plan, the State Master Plan for Rescue Services, and any additional related programs as may be established by, or assigned to, the Commission. (1977, c. 1064, s. 1; 1985, c. 757, s. 167(b), (i); 1989, c. 750, s. 1.)

§ 58‑78‑20.  State Fire and Rescue Commission – Fiscal affairs.
All funds for the operation of the Commission and its staff shall be appropriated to the Department.  All such funds shall be held in a separate or special account on the books of the Department with a separate financial designation or code number to be assigned by the Department of Administration or its agent.  Expenditures for staff salaries and operating expenses shall be made in the same manner as expenditures of any other Department funds.  The Department may hire such additional personnel as may be necessary to handle the work of the Commission, within the limits of funds appropriated to it by the State and made available to it by the federal government. (1957, c. 269, s. 1; 1977, c. 1064, s. 1; 1985, c. 757, s. 167(b), (c); 1989, c. 750, s. 1.)

Article 79.
Investigation of Fires and Inspection of Premises.
§ 58‑79‑1.  Fires investigated; reports; records.
The Director of the State Bureau of Investigation, through the State Bureau of Investigation, the Office of the State Fire Marshal, and the chief of the fire department, or chief of police where there is no chief of the fire department, in municipalities and towns, and the county fire marshal and the sheriff of the county and the chief of the rural fire department where such fire occurs outside of a municipality, are hereby authorized to investigate the cause, origin, and circumstances of every fire occurring in such municipalities or counties in which property has been destroyed or damaged, and shall specially make investigation whether the fire was the result of carelessness or design. A preliminary investigation shall be made by the chief of fire department or chief of police, where there is no chief of fire department in municipalities, and by the county fire marshal and the sheriff of the county or the chief of the rural fire department where such fire occurs outside of a municipality, and must be begun within three days, exclusive of Sunday, of the occurrence of the fire, and the Director of the State Bureau of Investigation, through the State Bureau of Investigation, shall have the right to supervise and direct the investigation when he deems it expedient or necessary.
The officer making the investigation of fires shall forthwith notify the Director of the State Bureau of Investigation, and must within one week of the occurrence of the fire furnish to the Director of the State Bureau of Investigation a written statement of all facts relating to the cause and origin of the fire, the kind, value and ownership of the property destroyed, and such other information as is called for by the forms provided by the Director of the State Bureau of Investigation. Departments capable of submitting the required information by the utilization of computers and related equipment, by means of an approved format of standard punch cards, magnetic tapes or an approved telecommunications system, may do so in lieu of the submission of the written statement as provided for in this section. The Director of the State Bureau of Investigation shall keep in his office a record of all reports submitted pursuant to this section. These reports shall at all times be open to public inspection.  (1899, c. 58; 1901, c. 387; 1903, c. 719; Rev., s. 4818; C.S., s. 6074; 1943, c. 170; 1969, c. 894; 1977, c. 596, s. 1; 2014‑100, s. 17.1(p); 2017‑57, s. 22.4(a); 2018‑31, s. 3.)

§ 58‑79‑5.  Director of the State Bureau of Investigation to make examination; arrests and prosecution.
It is the duty of the Director of the State Bureau of Investigation to examine, or cause examination to be made, into the cause, circumstances, and origin of all fires occurring within the State to which his attention has been called in accordance with the provisions of G.S. 58‑79‑1, or by interested parties, by which property is accidentally or unlawfully burned, destroyed, or damaged, whenever in his judgment the evidence is sufficient, and to specially examine and decide whether the fire was the result of carelessness or the act of an incendiary. The Director of the State Bureau of Investigation shall, in person, by deputy or otherwise, fully investigate all circumstances surrounding such fire, and, when in his opinion such proceedings are necessary, take or cause to be taken the testimony on oath of all persons supposed to be cognizant of any facts or to have means of knowledge in relation to the matters as to which an examination is herein required to be made, and shall cause the same to be reduced in writing. If the Director of the State Bureau of Investigation or any deputy appointed to conduct such investigations, is of the opinion that there is evidence to charge any person or persons with the crime of arson, or other willful burning, or fraud in connection with the crime of arson or other willful burning, he may arrest with warrant or cause such person or persons to be arrested, charged with such offense, and prosecuted, and shall furnish to the district attorney of the district all such evidence, together with the names of witnesses and all other information obtained by him, including a copy of all pertinent and material testimony taken in the case.  (1899, c. 58, s. 2; 1901, c. 387, s. 2; 1903, c. 719; Rev., s. 4819; C.S., s. 6075; 1943, c. 170; 1955, c. 642, s. 1; 1959, c. 1183; 1973, c. 47, s. 2; 1977, c. 596, s. 2; 2014‑100, s. 17.1(p).)

§ 58‑79‑10.  Powers of Director of the State Bureau of Investigation in investigations.
The Director of the State Bureau of Investigation, or his deputy appointed to conduct such examination, has the powers of a trial justice for the purpose of summoning and compelling the attendance of witnesses to testify in relation to any matter which is by provisions of this Article a subject of inquiry and investigation, and may administer oaths and affirmations to persons appearing as witnesses before them. False swearing in any such matter or proceeding is perjury and shall be punished as such. The Director of the State Bureau of Investigation or his deputy has authority at all times of the day or night, in performance of the duties imposed by the provisions of this Article, to enter upon and examine any building or premises where any fire has occurred, and other buildings and premises adjoining or near the same. All investigations held by or under the direction of the Director of the State Bureau of Investigation or his deputy may, in their discretion, be private, and persons other than those required to be present by the provisions of this Article may be excluded from the place where the investigation is held, and witnesses may be kept apart from each other and not allowed to communicate with each other until they have been examined.  (1899, c. 58, s. 3; 1901, c. 387, s. 3; Rev., s. 4820; C.S., s. 6076; 1943, c. 170; 1977, c. 596, s. 2; 2014‑100, s. 17.1(p).)

§ 58‑79‑15.  Failure to comply with summons or subpoena.
The failure of a person to comply with a summons or subpoena of the Director of the State Bureau of Investigation or his deputy under G.S. 58‑79‑10 shall be brought before a court of record and punished as for contempt in the same manner as if he had failed to appear and testify before said court of record.  (1955, c. 642, s. 2; 1977, c. 596, s. 2; 2014‑100, s. 17.1(p).)

§ 58‑79‑20.  Inspection of premises; dangerous material removed.
The Commissioner of Insurance, or the chief of fire department or chief of police where there is no chief of fire department, or the city or county building inspector, electrical inspector, heating inspector, or fire prevention inspector has the right at all reasonable hours, for the purpose of examination, to enter into and upon all buildings and premises in their jurisdiction. When any of such officers find in any building or upon any premises overcrowding in violation of occupancy limits established pursuant to the North Carolina State Building Code, combustible material or inflammable conditions dangerous to the safety of such building or premises they shall order the same to be removed or remedied, and this order shall be forthwith complied with by the owner or occupant of such buildings or premises. The owner or occupant may, within twenty‑four hours, appeal to the Commissioner of Insurance from the order, and the cause of the complaint shall be at once investigated by the Commissioner's direction, and unless by the Commissioner's authority the order of the officer above named is revoked it remains in force and must be forthwith complied with by the owner or occupant. The Commissioner of Insurance, fire chief, or building inspector, electrical inspector, heating inspector, or fire prevention inspector shall make an immediate investigation as to the presence of combustible material or the existence of inflammable conditions in any building or upon any premises under their jurisdiction upon complaint of any person having an interest in such building or premises or property adjacent thereto. The Commissioner may, in person or by deputy, visit any municipality or county and make such inspections alone or in company with the local officer. The Commissioner shall submit annually, as early as consistent with full and accurate preparation, and not later than the first day of June, a detailed report of the Commissioner's official action under this Article, and it shall be embodied in the report to the Joint Legislative Oversight Committee on General Government.  (1899, c. 58, s. 4; 1901, c. 387, s. 4; 1903, c. 719; Rev., s. 4821; C.S., s. 6077; 1943, c. 170; 1969, c. 1063, s. 3; 1977, c. 596, s. 4; 1985, c. 576, s. 2; 2021‑180, s. 37.7(c).)

§ 58‑79‑22.  Door lock exemption permit.
Any business entity licensed to sell automatic weapons as a federal firearms dealer that is in the business of selling firearms or ammunition and that operates a firing range which rents firearms and sells ammunition that desires to be exempt from the door lock requirements of Chapter 10 of Volume 1 of the North Carolina State Building Code may apply for a permit to do so with the Department in accordance with G.S. 143‑143.4 and rules adopted by the Department. The Department shall charge a permit fee of five hundred dollars ($500.00) for the issuance of a permit issued pursuant to G.S. 143‑143.4. (2001‑324, s. 2.)

§ 58‑79‑25.  Deputy investigators.
It shall be the duty of the Director of the State Bureau of Investigation to appoint two or more persons as deputies, whose particular duty it shall be to investigate forest fires and endeavor to ascertain the persons guilty of setting such fires and cause prosecution to be instituted against those who, as a result of such investigation, are deemed guilty.  (1899, c. 58, s. 6; 1901, c. 387, s. 6; 1903, c. 719, s. 2; Rev., s. 4823; 1915, c. 109, s. 2; 1919, c. 186, s. 7; C.S., s. 6078; Ex. Sess. 1924, c. 119; 1943, c. 170; 1977, c. 596, s. 2; 2014‑100, s. 17.1(p).)

§ 58‑79‑30.  Repealed by Session Laws 1999-456, s. 66.

§ 58‑79‑35.  Fire prevention and Fire Prevention Day.
It is the duty of the Commissioner of Insurance, the Superintendent of Public Instruction and the State Board of Education to provide a pamphlet containing printed instructions for properly conducting fire drills in all schools and auxiliary school buildings and the principal of every public and private school shall conduct at least one fire drill every month during the regular school session in each building in his charge where children are assembled. The fire drills shall include all children and teachers and the use of various ways of egress to assimilate evacuation of said buildings under various conditions, and such other regulations as prescribed by the Commissioner of Insurance, Superintendent of Public Instruction and State Board of Education.
The Commissioner of Insurance and Superintendent of Public Instruction shall further provide for the teaching of "Fire Prevention" in the colleges and schools of the State, and to arrange for a textbook adapted to such use. The ninth day of October of every year shall be set aside and designated as "Fire Prevention Day," and the Governor shall issue a proclamation urging the people to a proper observance of the day, and the Commissioner of Insurance shall bring the day and its observance to the attention of the officials of all organized fire departments of the State, whose duty it shall be to disseminate the materials and to arrange suitable programs to be followed in its observance. (1915, c. 166, s. 5; C.S., s. 6080; 1925, c. 130; 1943, c. 170; 1947, c. 781; 1957, c. 845.)

§ 58‑79‑40.  Insurance company to furnish information.
(a)	The chief of any municipal fire or police department, county fire marshal or sheriff, or special agent of the State Bureau of Investigation may request any insurance company investigating a fire loss of real or personal property to release any information in its possession relative to that loss. The company shall release the information and cooperate with any official authorized to request such information pursuant to this section. The information shall include, but is not limited to:
(1)	Any insurance policy relevant to a fire loss under investigation and any application for such a policy;
(2)	Policy premium payment records;
(3)	History of previous claims made by the insured for fire loss;
(4)	Material relating to the investigation of the loss, including statements of any person, proof of loss, and any other relevant evidence.
(b)	If an insurance company (or insurance agency) has reason to suspect that a fire loss to its insured's real or personal property was caused by incendiary means, the company shall furnish the State Bureau of Investigation with all relevant material acquired during its investigation of the fire loss, cooperate with and take such action as may be requested of it by any law‑enforcement agency, and permit any person ordered by a court to inspect any of its records pertaining to the policy and the loss.
(c)	In the absence of fraud or malice, no insurance company (or insurance agency), or person who furnishes information on its behalf, shall be liable for damages in a civil action or subject to criminal prosecution for any oral or written statement made or any other action that is necessary to supply information required pursuant to this section.
(d)	The officials and departmental and agency personnel receiving any information furnished pursuant to this section shall hold the information in confidence until such time as its release is required pursuant to a criminal or civil proceeding.
(e)	Any official referred to in subsection (a) of this section may be required to testify as to any information in his possession regarding the fire loss of real or personal property in any civil action in which any person seeks recovery under a policy against an insurance company for the fire loss. (1977, c. 520, s. 1.)

§ 58‑79‑45.  Fire incident reports.
(a)	Whenever a fire department responds to a fire, the chief of that department shall complete or cause to be completed a fire incident report, which report shall be on a form prescribed by the Department of Insurance.  When such report is made without fraud, bad faith, or actual malice, the person making the report is not subject to liability for libel or slander.
(b)	The fire department shall forward a copy of the completed form to the fire marshal of the county in which the fire occurred.  If there is no fire marshal in that county, the fire department shall forward a copy of the report to the county commissioners.  The fire department shall retain the original of the report.  The fire department and the fire marshal or county commissioners to whom reports are sent shall retain the reports for a period of five years.
(c)	At the request of any person, the county fire marshal or county commissioners shall provide such person, for a reasonable copying charge, a certified copy of the report. (1989 (Reg. Sess., 1990), c. 1054, s. 7.)

Article 80.
State Volunteer Fire Department.
§ 58‑80‑1.  Purpose of Article; meaning of "State Fire Marshal".
The purpose of this Article shall be the creation of a State Volunteer Fire Department to provide protection for property lying outside the boundaries of municipalities, and to render assistance anywhere within the State of North Carolina, in municipalities or counties, in emergencies caused by fire, floods, tornadoes, or otherwise, in the manner and subject to the conditions provided in this Article. As used in this Article and elsewhere in the General Statutes, "State Fire Marshal" means the Commissioner of Insurance of the State of North Carolina. (1939, c. 364, s. 1; 1985, c. 666, s. 66.)

§ 58‑80‑5.  Personnel.
The personnel of the North Carolina State Volunteer Fire Department shall consist of all active members of the organized fire departments, who are members of the North Carolina State Firefighters' Association, of municipalities whereof the governing bodies shall subscribe to and endorse this Article.  (1939, c. 364, s. 2; 2016‑51, s. 6.)

§ 58‑80‑10.  Organization.
The North Carolina State Fire Marshal shall be chief of the State Volunteer Fire Department; regular municipal fire chiefs shall be assistant chiefs; assistant chiefs shall be deputy chiefs; battalion chiefs, captains; lieutenants and privates shall hold the same position that they occupy in their municipal companies. When engaged in rendering assistance at the scene of any emergency, the ranking officer of the first department arriving at the scene of the emergency shall have complete charge of all operations until the arrival of a superior officer. All subordinate officers and men shall act under the direction of such ranking officer. Whenever present at the scene of an emergency, the chief shall have full and complete control and authority over operations of all members of the Department. (1939, c. 364, s. 3.)

§ 58‑80‑15.  Acceptance by municipalities.
Any municipality having an organized fire department and desiring to participate in the establishment of the State Volunteer Fire Department, may do so by a resolution of the governing body accepting and endorsing the provisions of this Article: Provided, that acceptance shall not be compulsory. (1939, c. 364, s. 4.)

§ 58‑80‑20.  Withdrawal.
Any municipality which has accepted the provisions of this Article may withdraw its fire departments from membership in the State Volunteer Fire Department by resolution of the governing body thereof. Notice of such withdrawal shall be given to the State Fire Marshal and withdrawal shall not become effective until 60 days after his receipt thereof. (1939, c. 364, s. 5.)

§ 58‑80‑25.  Dispatching firemen and apparatus from municipalities.
Municipalities endorsing this Article shall retain full and complete control and authority in sending or permitting firemen and apparatus to go beyond the limits of the municipality. The governing bodies of such municipalities shall designate and authorize a person, and at least two alternates, who shall have authority to grant or deny permission to firemen and apparatus to leave the municipality in all cases where request is made for assistance beyond its corporate limits, and the municipality shall, through the office of its municipal fire chief, furnish to the office of the State Commissioner of Insurance, and to the secretary of the North Carolina State Firefighters' Association, a list of the persons so authorized by the municipality. The secretary of the North Carolina State Firefighters' Association shall furnish to all municipalities and counties accepting this Article a list of all such persons so designated in all municipalities within the State.  (1939, c. 364, s. 6; 1943, c. 170; 2016‑51, s. 6.)

§ 58‑80‑30.  No authority in State Volunteer Fire Department to render assistance to nonaccepting counties.
The State Volunteer Fire Department shall not have authority to render assistance in any emergency occurring within a county which has not accepted the terms and conditions of this Article by resolution of the board of county commissioners: Provided, that nothing in this Article shall be construed to prevent any municipality from voluntarily permitting its fire department to render assistance in any emergency, notwithstanding that it may arise in a county which has failed to accept this Article. (1939, c. 364, s. 7.)

§ 58‑80‑35.  Acceptance by counties.
Any county desiring to accept the benefits of this Article may do so by resolution of the board of county commissioners.  Any such county may thereupon make agreements and enter into contracts with respect to payment for services rendered by the State Volunteer Fire Department within its boundaries in the following manner:
The county may contract with any municipality which has accepted the terms of this Article, whether within or without said county, to pay to such municipality an annual fee as a consideration for the municipality providing equipment and carrying compensation insurance which will enable it to respond to calls from within the county so contracting, and to pay an additional sum per truck for each mile traveled from the station house to the scene of the emergency, and to pay an additional sum per truck per hour or fraction thereof for the use of its water or chemical pumping equipment.  Said sums shall be paid to the city within 30 days after such services have been performed: Provided, that nothing in this section shall be construed to prevent the county and municipality from adopting a different schedule of fees in cases where those provided above shall be considered excessive or inadequate: Provided, that if the emergency shall occur within the limits of another city or town, such city or town and not the county wherein it lies shall be responsible for the payments and shall assume all liabilities as provided in this section. (1939, c. 364, s. 8; 1973, c. 803, s. 5.)

§ 58‑80‑40.  Municipalities not to be left unprotected.
At no time shall the entire personnel or equipment of any municipal fire department be absent from the municipality in response to a call to another municipality, or other place lying at a distance exceeding two miles from the corporate limits, but there shall remain within the municipal limits such personnel and equipment as in the judgment of the local fire chief might provide sufficient protection during the absence of the remainder. (1939, c. 364, s. 9.)

§ 58‑80‑45.  Rights and privileges of firemen; liability of municipality.
When responding to a call and while working at a fire or other emergency outside the limits of the municipality by which they are regularly employed or in volunteer fire service, all members of the State Volunteer Fire Department shall have the same authority, rights, privileges and immunities which are afforded them while responding to calls within their home municipality.  In permitting its fire department or equipment to attend an emergency or answer a call beyond the municipal limits, whether under the terms of this Article or otherwise, a municipality shall be deemed in exercise of a governmental function, and shall hold the privileges and immunities attendant upon the exercise of such functions within its corporate limits. (1939, c. 364, s. 10.)

§ 58‑80‑50.  Relief in case of injury or death.
In case of injury or death of any member of the State Volunteer Fire Department arising out of and in the course of the performance of his duties, while such member is assisting at any emergency arising beyond the limits of the municipality with which he is connected, or while going to or returning from the scene of such emergency, such fireman shall be entitled to compensation under the terms of the North Carolina Workers' Compensation Act, and the municipality with which he is connected shall be liable for the compensation provided under that Act. (1939, c. 364, s. 11; 1991, c. 636, s. 3.)

§ 58‑80‑55.  Local appropriations.
Each county and municipality is authorized to make appropriations for the purposes of this Article and to fund them by levy of property taxes pursuant to G.S. 153A‑149 and 160A‑209 and by the allocation of other revenues whose use is not otherwise restricted by law.  Sanitary districts are authorized to make appropriations for the purposes of this Article and to fund them by annual levy of a tax on property having a situs in the district under the rules and according to the procedures prescribed in the Machinery Act (Chapter 105, Subchapter II) and by the allocation of other revenues whose use is not otherwise restricted by law. (1973, c. 803, s. 4.)

§ 58‑80‑60.  Sums from contingent fund of State made available for administration of Article.
In order to assist in carrying out the purposes of the Article the Governor may, from time to time, make provisions for assistance to the North Carolina State Firefighters' Association in a sum not to exceed two thousand five hundred dollars ($2,500), in any one year, out of the contingent fund appropriated in the General Appropriation Act. One half of the amount so provided shall, in each instance, go to the State Firefighters' Relief Fund, and one half to the expenses of the said Association incurred in carrying out the provisions of this Article.  (1939, c. 364, s. 12; 2007‑246, s. 2; 2016‑51, s. 6.)

Article 81.
Hotels; Safety Provisions.
§ 58‑81‑1:  Repealed by Session Laws 1995, c.  517, s. 33.

§ 58‑81‑5.  Careless or negligent setting of fires.
Any person who in any fashion or manner negligently or carelessly sets fire to any bedding, furniture, draperies, house or household furnishings or other equipment or appurtenances in or to any hotel or other building of like occupancy shall be guilty of a Class 1 misdemeanor. (1947, c. 1066; 1993, c. 539, s. 474; 1994, Ex. Sess., c. 24, s. 14(c).)

§ 58‑81‑10.  Penalty for noncompliance.
Any owner, owners, proprietor or keeper of any hotel or other building of like occupancy who fails to comply with any of the foregoing provisions of this Article shall be guilty of a Class 3 misdemeanor and punished only by a fine of not less than ten dollars ($10.00) nor more than fifty dollars ($50.00).  Each day of noncompliance herewith shall constitute a separate offense. (1947, c. 1066; 1993, c. 539, s. 475; 1994, Ex. Sess., c. 24, s. 14(c).)

§ 58‑81‑15.  Construction of Article.
Nothing in this Article shall be construed to limit powers granted to and duties imposed upon the chiefs of fire departments and building inspectors by Article 11, Chapter 160 of the General Statutes of North Carolina, but the powers granted in this Article shall be in addition thereto. (1947, c. 1066.)

Article 82.
Authority and Liability of Firemen.
§ 58‑82‑1.  Authority of firemen; penalty for willful interference with firemen.
Members and employees of county, municipal corporation, fire protection district, sanitary district or privately incorporated fire departments shall have authority to do all acts reasonably necessary to extinguish fires and protect life and property from fire. Any person, including the owner of property which is burning, who shall willfully interfere in any manner with firemen engaged in the performance of their duties shall be guilty of a Class 1 misdemeanor. (1965, c. 648; 1993, c. 539, s. 476; 1994, Ex. Sess., c. 24, s. 14(c).)

§ 58‑82‑5.  Liability limited.
(a)	For the purpose of this section, a "rural fire department" means a bona fide fire department incorporated as a nonprofit corporation which under schedules filed with or approved by the Commissioner of Insurance, is classified as not less than Class "9" in accordance with rating methods, schedules, classifications, underwriting rules, bylaws, or regulations effective or applied with respect to the establishment of rates or premiums used or charged pursuant to Article 36 or Article 40 of this Chapter and which operates fire apparatus of the value of five thousand dollars ($5,000) or more.
(b)	A rural fire department or a fireman who belongs to the department shall not be liable for damages to persons or property alleged to have been sustained and alleged to have occurred by reason of an act or omission, either of the rural fire department or of the fireman at the scene of a reported fire, when that act or omission relates to the suppression of the reported fire or to the direction of traffic or enforcement of traffic laws or ordinances at the scene of or in connection with a fire, accident, or other hazard by the department or the fireman unless it is established that the damage occurred because of gross negligence, wanton conduct or intentional wrongdoing of the rural fire department or the fireman.
(c)	Any member of a volunteer fire department or rescue squad who receives no compensation for his services as a fire fighter or emergency medical care provider, who renders first aid or emergency health care treatment at the scene of a fire to a person who is unconscious, ill, or injured as a result of the fire shall not be liable in civil damages for any acts or omissions relating to such services rendered, unless such acts or omissions amount to gross negligence, wanton conduct or intentional wrongdoing. (1983, c. 520, s. 1; 1985, c. 611, s. 1; 1987, c. 146, s. 2.)

Article 82A.
Pyrotechnics Training and Permitting.
§ 58‑82A‑1.  State Fire Marshal establish pyrotechnic safety guidelines.
(a)	Guidelines. – The Commissioner of Insurance through the Office of the State Fire Marshal, in consultation with the State Fire and Rescue Commission, must establish guidelines, testing, and training requirements for the following:
(1)	Individuals who assist a display operator with the exhibition, use, handling, or discharge of pyrotechnics in connection with a concert or public exhibition authorized under Article 54 of Chapter 14 of the General Statutes.
(2)	Individuals seeking to obtain a display operator license, proximate audience display operator license, or assistant display operator license under this Article.
(b)	Definitions. – The definitions in G.S. 14‑410 apply in this Article.
(c)	Rule making. – The Commissioner may adopt rules to implement this Article.  (2009‑507, s. 3; 2010‑22, s. 1.)

§ 58‑82A‑1.1.  Definitions.
The following definitions apply in this Article:
(1)	Assistant display operator. – An individual who, under the supervision of the display operator, assists with the safety, setup, and discharge of a pyrotechnic display and who is licensed pursuant to this Article.
(2)	Event employee. – An individual who works under the supervision of the display operator and who assists with the safety, setup, and discharge of a pyrotechnic display but does not handle the pyrotechnic materials.
(3)	Outdoor pyrotechnics display. – A pyrotechnic display that is outdoors and uses 1.4G, 1.3G, 1.2G, and 1.1G pyrotechnics and is a minimum of 75 feet from the audience in accordance with NFPA 1123.
(4)	Proximate audience display. – A display of pyrotechnics that occurs within a building or structure or that occurs outside before an audience within 75 feet of the pyrotechnics in accordance with NFPA 1126.
(5)	Proximate audience display operator. – An individual who is responsible for the safety, setup, and discharge of the proximate audience display and who is licensed under this Article.
(6)	Pyrotechnics. – All fireworks not exempted by G.S. 14‑414 and that are used for professional outdoor displays and classified as fireworks by UN0333 (1.1G), UN0334 (1.2G), UN0335 (1.3G), or UN0336 (1.4G) by the United States Department of Transportation under 49 C.F.R. § 172.101.
(7)	Pyrotechnics display operator. – An individual who is responsible for the safety, setup, and discharge of the pyrotechnic display, who is responsible for the supervision of personnel at the pyrotechnic display, and who is licensed under this Article.
(8)	Supervision. – The direction and management of the activities of personnel in the safety, setup, handling, and display of an outdoor pyrotechnic display, a proximate audience display, or a flame effect display.  (2010‑22, s. 2.)

§ 58‑82A‑1.5.  Commissioner of Insurance to administer Article; rules; employees; evidence of Commissioner's action.
(a)	The Commissioner shall have full power and authority to administer the provisions of this Article, which establishes guidelines for the use, handling, exhibiting, or discharge of pyrotechnics in connection with a concert or public exhibition, as allowed under Article 54 of Chapter 14 of the General Statutes, and to license and regulate pyrotechnic operators. The Commissioner shall adopt any rules necessary to enforce the purposes and provisions of this Article.
(b)	Any written instrument purporting to be a copy of any action, proceeding, or finding of fact by the Commissioner, or any record of the Commissioner authenticated under the head of the Commissioner by the seal of the Commissioner's office, shall be accepted by all courts of this State as prima facie evidence of the contents thereof.  (2010‑22, s. 3.)

§ 58‑82A‑2.  Individual training requirements.
An individual may not use, handle, exhibit, or discharge pyrotechnics in connection with a concert or public exhibition, as allowed under Article 54 of Chapter 14 of the General Statutes, unless the individual successfully completes the training approved or offered by the Commissioner of Insurance through the Office of State Fire Marshal or meets all of the following conditions:
(1)	Is an active member in good standing with a local fire or rescue department and has experience in pyrotechnics or explosives, as verified by the State Fire Marshal.
(2)	Possesses the professional qualifications required by the State Fire Marshal or the professional qualifications required by the jurisdiction where permitting is being sought, whichever is greater. The professional qualifications set by the State Fire Marshal may not be less than the voluntary minimum professional qualifications for all levels of fire service and rescue service personnel established by the State Fire and Rescue Commission under G.S. 58‑78‑5.  (2009‑507, s. 3.)

§ 58‑82A‑2.1.  Require licenses.
(a)	No person shall obtain a pyrotechnics permit under Article 54 of Chapter 14 of the General Statutes unless the person possesses the appropriate license, as provided by this Article.
(b)	An applicant for a license authorized by this Article shall apply on forms supplied by the Commissioner. The Commissioner shall inquire as to the applicant's qualifications and other matters relative to the applicant's fitness to be licensed or to continue to be licensed.
(c)	When a license is issued under this section, the Commissioner shall issue to the licensee an identification card approved by the Commissioner. Each licensee must carry this card at all times when working in the scope of the licensee's employment. A licensee whose license terminates or is terminated shall surrender the identification card to the Commissioner, when requested by the Commissioner. The Commissioner may contract directly with persons for the processing and issuance of identification cards required by this section and may charge a reasonable fee in addition to the license fee in an amount that offsets the cost of the service, including the costs associated with the contract authorized by this subsection. Contracts entered into under this subsection shall not be subject to Article 3 of Chapter 143 of the General Statutes.  (2010‑22, s. 4.)

§ 58‑82A‑2.5.  Terms of licenses.
A license issued to a pyrotechnics display operator, a proximate audience display operator, or an assistant display operator under this Article authorizes the licensee to act in that capacity until the license is suspended, revoked, or not renewed. Upon the suspension or revocation of a license, or the failure to renew a license, the licensee shall return the license to the Commissioner. A pyrotechnics display operator's license, a proximate audience display operator's license, and an assistant display operator's license is valid for three years unless suspended or revoked and may be renewed every three years from the date of issuance upon payment of the applicable renewal fee.  (2010‑22, s. 5.)

§ 58‑82A‑3.  Pyrotechnics display operator license.
(a)	License Required. – A display operator license issued by the Commissioner is required for an individual to obtain the necessary authorization under Article 54 of Chapter 14 of the General Statutes to exhibit, use, handle, manufacture, or discharge pyrotechnics at a concert or public exhibition in this State. A license issued under this section is valid for three years unless it is revoked by the Commissioner.
(b)	Requirements. – The Commissioner may issue a display operator license to an individual if all of the following conditions are met:
(1)	The individual is at least 21 years of age.
(2)	The individual has assisted a display operator as an assistant display operator in the exhibition, use, or display of pyrotechnics at a concert or public exhibition, as allowed under Article 54 of Chapter 14 of the General Statutes, on at least three occasions.
(3)	The individual successfully completes the minimum training requirements established by the State Fire Marshal.
(4)	The individual successfully passes an examination approved by the State Fire Marshal that demonstrates the individual has the knowledge to safely handle, store, and exhibit Class 1.4g, 1.3g, 1.2g, and 1.1g pyrotechnics or provides satisfactory evidence of current certification by a third party acceptable to the State Fire Marshal.
(5)	Repealed by Session Laws 2010‑22, s. 6, effective October 1, 2010.
(6)	The individual has no violations of any provision of this Article or of any similar provision of any other state and submits an "Employer Possessor Letter of Clearance" issued to the individual by the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Chapter 40.
(b1)	The Commissioner may issue a Limited Pyrotechnic Operator license to an individual meeting all the requirements of subsection (b) of this section with the exception of the "Employer Possessor Letter of Clearance" required by subdivision (6) of subsection (b) of this section if the individual signs a statement provided by the Commissioner affirming that the individual has not been convicted of violating 18 U.S.C. Chapter 40, Section 842(i), and is not otherwise prohibited from possessing pyrotechnic materials by any provision of 18 U.S.C. Chapter 40, Section 842(i).
(c),	(d)  Repealed by Session Laws 2010‑22, s. 6, effective October 1, 2010.
(e)	Public exhibitions consisting of materials exempted by G.S. 14‑414 are exempt from the operator license requirements.  (2009‑507, s. 3; 2010‑22, s. 6; 2013‑275, s. 3.)

§ 58‑82A‑10.  Proximate audience display operator license.
A proximate audience display operator license issued by the Commissioner is required for an individual to obtain the necessary authorization under Article 54 of Chapter 14 of the General Statutes to exhibit, use, handle, manufacture, or discharge pyrotechnics at a concert or public exhibition with a proximate audience display of pyrotechnics in this State. The Commissioner may issue a proximate audience display operator license to an individual who meets all of the following requirements:
(1)	Is at least 21 years of age at the time of application.
(2)	Completes the training program approved by the Commissioner for pyrotechnic proximate audience display operators or another program which the Commissioner determines to be substantially equivalent.
(3)	Successfully passes the written examination provided by the Commissioner.
(4)	Submits evidence of active participation as a display operator in the safe performance of at least three displays or as an assistant display operator in the safe performance of at least three displays under the direct supervision of a display operator.
(5)	Has no violations of any provision of this Article or of any similar provision of any other state and submits an "Employer Possessor Letter of Clearance" issued to the individual by the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Chapter 40 or, if the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms has not issued a Letter of Clearance to the individual, the individual signs a statement provided by the Commissioner affirming that the individual has not been convicted of violating 18 U.S.C. Chapter 40, Section 842(i).  (2010‑22, s. 7.)

§ 58‑82A‑15.  Assistant display operator license.
(a)	No person shall assist a pyrotechnics display operator or a proximate audience display operator with the exhibition, use, handling, or discharge of pyrotechnics or pyrotechnic effects in connection with a concert or public exhibition authorized under Article 54 of Chapter 14 of the General Statutes without an assistant display operator's license issued by the Commissioner.
(b)	The Commissioner may issue an assistant display operator license to an individual who meets all of the following requirements:
(1)	Is at least 18 years of age.
(2)	Signs a statement provided by the Commissioner affirming that the individual has read and understands the pyrotechnics safety guidelines established by the Office of the State Fire Marshal.
(3)	Successfully passes the written examination provided by the Commissioner.
(4)	Has no violations of any provision of this Article or of any similar provision of any other state and submits an "Employer Possessor Letter of Clearance" issued to the individual by the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Chapter 40 or, if the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms has not issued a Letter of Clearance to the individual, the individual signs a statement provided by the Commissioner affirming that the individual has not been convicted of violating 18 U.S.C. Chapter 40 Section 842(i).  (2010‑22, s. 7.)

§ 58‑82A‑20.  License fees.
(a)	A nonrefundable license fee of one hundred dollars ($100.00) shall be paid by the applicant to the Commissioner at the time of each application for a pyrotechnics display operator license.
(b)	A nonrefundable license fee of one hundred dollars ($100.00) shall be paid by the applicant to the Commissioner at the time of each application for a license as a proximate audience display operator license.
(c)	A nonrefundable license fee of thirty dollars ($30.00) shall be paid to the Commissioner by the applicant with each application for a license as an assistant display operator.  (2010‑22, s. 7.)

§ 58‑82A‑25.  Qualifications for event employees.
Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article, the Commissioner or the fire code official for the jurisdiction issuing the pyrotechnics permit under G.S. 14‑413 may certify an individual as an event employee if the individual meets the following requirements:
(1)	Is at least 18 years of age.
(2)	Possesses and provides a valid drivers license or other state‑issued identification card.
(3)	Correctly passes an on‑site examination, administered by the Office of the State Fire Marshal or fire code official for the jurisdiction issuing the permit under G.S. 14‑413, of a minimum of five questions to test basic pyrotechnic safety knowledge.
(4)	Provides written confirmation from the licensed display operator or proximate audience display operator that the event employee is working under the supervision of the operator and that the event employee will not be in the presence of the pyrotechnic materials without signing a statement provided by the Commissioner affirming that the individual has not been convicted of violating 18 U.S.C. Chapter 40, Section 842(i), or is not otherwise prohibited from possessing pyrotechnic materials by any provision of 18 U.S.C. Chapter 40, Section 842(i). The event employee shall not be allowed to discharge or be in the presence of the pyrotechnic materials unless under direct supervision of a licensed pyrotechnic operator or an on‑site representative as provided in G.S. 14‑410(a1)(2). An event employee certification is valid only for the concert or public exhibition listed on the pyrotechnic permit and cannot be renewed.  (2010‑22, s. 7; 2013‑275, s. 4.)

§ 58‑82A‑30.  Examination fees.
(a)	Each applicant for a license as a pyrotechnic display operator, a proximate audience display operator, or assistant display operator shall take a written examination approved by the Commissioner. The Commissioner may contract with a person to process, administer, and grade the examination in the same manner as for agent examinations under Article 33 of this Chapter. The Commissioner may charge a fee to offset the costs of the contract for examination services.
(b)	The fee for the examination is ten dollars ($10.00). The examination fee is nonrefundable.  (2010‑22, s. 7.)

§ 58‑82A‑35.  Renewal fees.
(a)	To renew a license as a pyrotechnics display operator, a proximate audience display operator, or an assistant display operator, a licensee shall make application to the Commissioner upon the renewal application form provided by the Commissioner and attest that the statements made in the application are true, correct, and complete to the best of the individual's knowledge and belief. Failure to provide the attestation or providing untrue, incorrect, or incomplete statements shall be grounds for denial, suspension, or revocation of the license.
(b)	Before approving the application for renewal, the Commissioner shall find that the licensee:
(1)	Has not committed any act which is grounds for denial, suspension, nonrenewal, or revocation under this Article.
(2)	Has not had administrative action taken against a pyrotechnics display operator's license or the equivalent by this or any other state.
(3)	Has on at least three occasions participated in the use, handling, exhibiting, or discharge of pyrotechnics in connection with a concert or public exhibition pursuant to the terms of the license.
(4)	Has paid the applicable fees set forth in this Article.
(5)	Has completed a minimum of 12 hours of continuing education during the previous three‑year period.
(c)	The renewal fee for a pyrotechnics display operator license and a proximate audience display operator license is sixty dollars ($60.00) for each license renewed. The renewal fee for an assistant display operator license is thirty dollars ($30.00).  (2010‑22, s. 7.)

§ 58‑82A‑40.  Dual license holding.
If any individual holds more than one license issued under this Article simultaneously, all licenses are considered one license for the purpose of disciplinary actions involving suspension, revocation, or nonrenewal under this Article. Separate fees must be paid for each license.  (2010‑22, s. 7.)

§ 58‑82A‑45.  Reciprocity.
The Commissioner may issue a license under this Article to an individual who holds a comparable valid permit, license, or certification issued by another state, provided the minimum requirements of that state are at least equal to the minimum requirements under this Article for the specific license issued and the person pays the application fee required under this Article.  (2010‑22, s. 7.)

§ 58‑82A‑50.  Discipline.
The Commissioner may deny, suspend, revoke, or refuse to renew any license under this Article if any of the following apply:
(1)	The licensee violates any provision of this Article.
(2)	The applicant or licensee violates any requirement of a permit issued under G.S. 14‑413.
(3)	The licensed display operator or proximate audience display operator fails to provide direct supervision and control over individuals who assist the licensee in handling, using, exhibiting, or displaying pyrotechnics.
(4)	The licensed display operator, proximate audience display operator, or assistant display operator is convicted of a crime under Article 54 of Chapter 14 of the General Statutes.
(5)	Another state revokes the permit, license, or certification issued to the licensee by that state.
(6)	A material misstatement, misrepresentation, or fraud was committed in obtaining a license under this Article.
(7)	Cheating on an examination required by this Article.
(8)	Knowingly aiding or abetting others to evade or violate the provisions of this Article.
(9)	Any existing cause for which the issuance of the license could have been denied had it been known to the Commissioner at the time of issuance.  (2010‑22, s. 7.)

§ 58‑82A‑55.  License sanction and denial procedures.
(a)	The suspension or revocation of, or refusal to renew, any license under this Article may be contested in accordance with the provisions of Article 3A of Chapter 150B of the General Statutes.
(b)	Whenever the Commissioner denies an initial application for a license or an application for a reissuance of a license, the Commissioner shall notify the applicant and advise the applicant, in writing, of the reasons for the denial of the license. The application may also be denied for any reason for which a license may be suspended or revoked or not renewed under this Article. In order for an applicant to be entitled to a review of the Commissioner's action, the applicant must make a written demand upon the Commissioner for a review no later than 30 days after the service of the notification upon the applicant. The review shall be completed without undue delay, and the applicant shall be notified promptly in writing of the outcome of the review. In order for an applicant who disagrees with the outcome of the review to be entitled to a hearing under Article 3A of Chapter 150B of the General Statutes, the applicant must make a written demand upon the Commissioner for a hearing no later 30 days after service upon the applicant of the Commissioner's decision.  (2010‑22, s. 7.)

Article 82B.
Management of Aqueous Film‑Forming Foams.
§ 58‑82B‑1.  Findings.
The General Assembly finds that certain firefighting foams used to fight Class B fires, often referred to as Aqueous Film‑Forming Foams (AFFF), are critical for fire suppression and public safety. However, because many AFFF could contain per‑ and poly‑fluoroalkyl substances, certain foams may require additional research, oversight, and management. The General Assembly further finds that accurate and comprehensive reporting of the use of AFFF by fire departments throughout the State is essential in order to appropriately manage the potential impacts of AFFF on the environment and public health.  (2021‑180, s. 8.10(h).)

§ 58‑82B‑5.  Reporting requirement.
Fire departments operated, regulated, or managed by one or more units of State and local government, including those located at or serving public airports, in partnership with the Office of the State Fire Marshal (OSFM), shall, no later than July 1, 2022, and annually thereafter, do all of the following:
(1)	Provide an inventory of all AFFF at each department.
(2)	Identify all AFFF no longer utilized at each department that should be properly disposed of.
(3)	Report annually in summary form and within 15 days individually every incident where AFFF were deployed. Both the annual summary report and the individual incident reports shall utilize the online portal created as directed by G.S. 58‑82B‑10.  (2021‑180, s. 8.10(h).)

§ 58‑82B‑10.  Duties of Office of the State Fire Marshal.
The Office of the State Fire Marshal (OSFM) shall do all of the following:
(1)	Educate and inform every fire department it regulates of the reporting requirements imposed by this Article.
(2)	Assist the North Carolina Collaboratory, established under G.S. 116‑255, in the development of an online reporting portal for fire departments operated, regulated, or managed by one or more units of State and local government, including those located at or serving public airports, with the requirements of this Article.
(3)	Adopt rules to implement the requirements of this Article. OSFM may adopt temporary rules and shall adopt permanent rules no later than January 1, 2023.  (2021‑180, s 8.10(h).)

§ 58‑82B‑15.  Report.
The Office of the State Fire Marshal (OSFM) shall report annually to the Environmental Review Commission no later than September 1 of each year on the utilization and inventory of AFFF by fire departments across the State during the previous fiscal year based on the reporting requirements of this Article.  (2021‑180, s. 8.10(h).)

Article 83.
Mutual Aid between Fire Departments.
§ 58‑83‑1.  Authority to send firemen and apparatus beyond territorial limits; privileges and immunities.
A county, municipal corporation, fire protection district, sanitary district or incorporated fire department shall have full authority to send, or to decline to send, firemen and apparatus beyond the territorial limits which it normally serves.
When responding to a call and while working at a fire or other emergency outside the territorial limits which it normally serves, members and employees of county, municipal corporation, fire protection district, sanitary district and incorporated fire departments shall have all authority, rights, privileges and immunities including coverage under the Workers' Compensation Laws, as they have when responding to a call and while working at a fire or other emergency inside the territorial limits normally served.
A county, municipal corporation, fire protection district, sanitary district, or incorporated fire department, in attending an emergency or answering a call outside the limits of the county, municipal corporation, fire protection district, sanitary district, or other area normally served, shall have all authority, rights, privileges, and immunities that it would have in attending an emergency or answering a call inside the territorial limits normally served. (1965, c. 707; 1991, c. 636, s. 3.)

Article 84.
Local Firefighters' Relief Funds.
§ 58‑84‑1: Repealed by Session Laws 2006‑196, s. 6, effective January 1, 2008, and applicable to proceeds credited to the Department of Insurance on or after that date.

§ 58‑84‑5.  Definitions.
The following definitions apply in Articles 84, 85, 85A, 87, and 88 of this Chapter:
(1)	City. – A fire district.
(2)	Clerk. – The clerk of a fire district or, if there is no clerk, the person so designated by the governing body of the fire district.
(3)	Fire district. – Any political subdivision of the State or federally recognized Native American tribe within the State that meets all of the following conditions:
a.	It has an organized fire department under the control of its governing body.
b.	Its fire department has apparatus and equipment that is in serviceable condition for fire duty and is valued at one thousand dollars ($1,000) or more.
c.	It is rated and certified by the Commissioner.
d.	Its response area has been approved by the local municipal government or, if there is no local municipal government, by the local board of county commissioners.
(3a)	Firefighter. – Any person who meets all of the following requirements:
a.	Is a volunteer, employee, contractor, or member of a rated and certified fire department, or employee of a County Fire Marshal's Office whose sole duty is to act as fire marshal, deputy fire marshal, assistant fire marshal, or firefighter of the county.
b.	Performs work or training connected with fire protection, fire prevention, fire control, fire education, fire inspection, fire investigation, rescue, Emergency Medical Services, special operations, or performs the statutory duties and responsibilities of the fire chief as set forth in G.S. 160A‑292.
c.	Performs work or training at the direction of the fire chief.
d.	Is included on the certified roster submitted to the North Carolina State Firefighters' Association pursuant to G.S. 58‑86‑25.
(4)	Town. – A fire district.  (1951, c. 1032, s. 1; 1995 (Reg. Sess., 1996), c. 747, s. 5; 2014‑64, s. 1(a); 2015‑88, s. 1; 2016‑51, ss. 1, 6.)

§§ 58‑84‑10 through 58‑84‑20:  Repealed by Session Laws 1995 (Regular Session, 1996), c. 747, s. 6.

§ 58‑84‑25.  Disbursement of funds by Insurance Commissioner.
(a)	Distribution. – The Insurance Commissioner shall deduct the sum of three percent (3%) from the tax proceeds credited to the Department pursuant to G.S. 105‑228.5(d)(3) and pay the same over to the treasurer of the North Carolina State Firefighters' Association for administrative purposes. The Insurance Commissioner shall deduct the sum of two percent (2%) from the tax proceeds and retain the same in the budget of the Department of Insurance for the purpose of administering the disbursement of funds by the board of trustees in accordance with the provisions of G.S. 58‑84‑35. The Insurance Commissioner shall, pursuant to G.S. 58‑84‑50, credit the amount forfeited by nonmember fire districts to the North Carolina State Firefighters' Association. The Insurance Commissioner shall distribute the remaining tax proceeds to the treasurer of each fire district as provided in subsections (b) and (c) of this section.
(b)	Allocation to Counties. – The Insurance Commissioner shall allocate to each county an amount of tax proceeds based upon the amount allocated to it in the previous year. If the amount allocable in the current year is less than the amount allocated in the previous year, then the Commissioner shall reduce the amount allocated to each county. The amount of the reduction is equal to the difference in the amount allocated in the previous year and the amount allocable in the current year multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the population of the county and the denominator of which is the population of the State. If the amount allocable in the current year is greater than the amount allocated in the previous year, then the Commissioner shall increase the amount allocated to each county. The amount of the increase is equal to the excess proceeds multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the population of the county and the denominator of which is the population of the State.
(c)	Distribution to Fire Districts. – Once the Insurance Commissioner has allocated the tax proceeds to a county under subsection (b) of this section, the Commissioner shall distribute those allocations directly to the fire districts in that county. The Commissioner shall distribute the allocations by electronic funds transfer, unless a fire district's account cannot accept electronic funds transfers, in which case the Commissioner shall distribute the district's allocation by paper check. The amount distributed to each fire district is equal to the total amount allocated to the county multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the tax value of the property located in the fire district and the denominator of which is the tax value of all property located in any fire district in that county. A county shall provide the Commissioner with the tax value of property located in each fire district in that county by February 1 of each year. If a county does not submit information that the Commissioner needs to make a distribution by the date the information is due, the Commissioner shall distribute the allocation based on the most recent information the Commissioner has.
(c1)	Certain Amounts Redistributed. – Notwithstanding subsection (c) of this section, the Insurance Commissioner shall not distribute funds to a fire district whose local relief fund's balance exceeds the amount provided under G.S. 58‑84‑33(a). Instead, the Commissioner shall, using the methodology provided in subsections (b) and (c) of this section, distribute those funds to the fire districts whose local relief funds' balances do not exceed the amount provided under G.S. 58‑84‑33(a). If all of a county's fire districts' local relief funds' balances exceed the amount provided under G.S. 58‑84‑33(a), then the Commissioner shall reallocate the amount the county would have received to the counties with fire districts that do not exceed the amount provided under G.S. 58‑84‑33(a).
(d)	Administration. – These funds shall be held by the treasurer of a fire district as a separate and distinct fund. The fire district shall immediately pay the funds to the treasurer of the local board of trustees upon the treasurer's election and qualification, for the use of the board of trustees of the local Firefighters' Relief Fund in each fire district to be used by it for the purposes provided in G.S. 58‑84‑35.  (1907, c. 831, s. 5; C.S., s. 6067; 1925, c. 41; 1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1014, s. 168; 1989, c. 485, s. 63; 1995 (Reg. Sess., 1996), c. 747, s. 7; 2006‑196, s. 7; 2007‑250, s. 2; 2012‑45, s. 1; 2013‑360, s. 20.2(c); 2014‑64, ss. 1(a), (c); 2016‑51, ss. 2, 6.)

§ 58‑84‑30.  Trustees appointed; organization.
For each county, town or city complying with and deriving benefits from the provisions of this Article, there shall be appointed a local board of trustees, known as the trustees of the local Firefighters' Relief Fund, to be composed of five members, two of whom shall be elected by the members of the local fire department who are qualified as beneficiaries of such fund, two of whom shall be elected by the mayor and board of aldermen or other local governing body, and one of whom shall be named by the Commissioner of Insurance. Their selection and term of office shall be as follows:
(1)	The members of the fire department shall hold an election to elect two representatives to the board to serve at the pleasure of the members of the department. The elected representatives may serve until their resignation or until the department holds an election to replace them. Board members elected pursuant to this subdivision shall be either (i) residents of the fire district or (ii) active or retired members of the fire department.
(2)	The mayor and board of aldermen or other local governing body shall appoint two representatives to the board to serve at the pleasure of the governing body. Board members appointed pursuant to this subdivision shall be residents of the fire district.
(3)	The Commissioner of Insurance shall appoint one representative to serve as trustee who shall serve at the pleasure of the Commissioner. The member appointed pursuant to this subdivision shall be either (i) a resident of the fire district or (ii) an active or retired member of the fire department.
All of the above trustees shall hold office for their elected or appointed time, or until their successors are elected or appointed, and shall serve without pay for their services. They shall immediately after election and appointment organize by electing from their members a chairman and a secretary and treasurer, which two last positions may be held by the same person. The treasurer of said board of trustees shall give a good and sufficient surety bond in a sum equal to the amount of moneys in his hand, to be approved by the Commissioner of Insurance. The cost of this bond may be deducted by the Insurance Commissioner from the receipts collected pursuant to G.S. 58‑84‑10 before distribution is made to local relief funds. If the chief or chiefs of the local fire departments are not named on the board of trustees as above provided, then they shall serve as ex officio members without privilege of voting on matters before the board.  (1907, c. 831, s. 6; C.S., s. 6068; 1925, c. 41; 1945, c. 74, s. 1; 1947, c. 720; 1949, c. 1054; 1973, c. 1365; 1985, c. 666, s. 64; 1987, c. 174, ss. 1, 5; 2007‑246, s. 3; 2012‑45, s. 2; 2014‑64, s. 1(a); 2016‑51, s. 3.)

§ 58‑84‑32.  Prudent management of funds.
Local boards of trustees shall manage local relief funds as prudent trustees of the funds, subject to Chapter 36E of the General Statutes.  (2014‑64, s. 1(a).)

§ 58‑84‑33.  Maximum fund balances.
(a)	The balance of a local fire department's Firefighters' Relief Fund for a given year shall not exceed the product of multiplying the number of members on the department's roster as of January 1 for that year by the sum of two thousand five hundred dollars ($2,500).
(b)	The North Carolina State Firefighters' Association shall annually calculate and notify each local department of its relief fund's maximum allowable balance.
(c)	A local fire department whose relief fund balance, at the time of annual distribution by the Insurance Commissioner, exceeds the amount allowable under subsection (a) of this section shall not be entitled to receive a distribution for that year, and the Commissioner shall redistribute the funds that the department would have received, as provided under G.S. 58‑84‑25(c1).
(d)	A board of trustees of a local Firefighters' Relief Fund may, with the authorization of and under guidelines provided by the North Carolina State Firefighters' Association, dedicate a portion of the local Firefighters' Relief Fund towards providing supplemental retirement. Notwithstanding subsection (a) of this section, if such dedicated amounts are used solely for supplemental retirement within the guidelines provided by the North Carolina State Firefighters' Association, then such dedicated amounts shall not count towards the maximum allowable balance under subsection (a) of this section.  (2014‑64, s. 1(d); 2016‑51, ss. 4, 6.)

§ 58‑84‑35.  Disbursement of funds by trustees.
(a)	The board of trustees shall have entire control of the funds derived from the provisions of this Article, and shall disburse the funds only for the following purposes:
(1)	To safeguard any firefighter in active service from financial loss, occasioned by sickness contracted or injury received while in the performance of his duties as a firefighter.
(2)	To provide a reasonable support for those actually dependent upon the services of any firefighter who may lose his life in the fire service of his town, city, or State, either by accident or from disease contracted or injury received by reason of such service. The amount is to be determined according to the earning capacity of the deceased.
(2a)	To provide assistance, upon approval by the Executive Director of the North Carolina State Firefighters' Association, to a destitute member firefighter who has served or is serving honorably with a certified fire department. The determination of destitute shall be based on the inability of the firefighters, through no fault of their own, to provide basic provisions to themselves or their families. Such basic provisions include, but are not limited to, assistance with housing, vehicle or commuting expenses, food, clothing, utilities, medical care, and funeral expenses.
(3)	Repealed by Session Laws 1985, c. 666, s. 61.
(4)	To provide for the payment of any firefighter's assessment in the Firemen's Fraternal Insurance Fund of the State of North Carolina if the board of trustees finds as a fact that said firefighter is unable to pay the said assessment by reason of disability.
(5)	To provide for benefits of (i) supplemental retirement, including payment of firefighters' monthly assessments for the North Carolina Firefighters' and Rescue Squad Workers' Pension Fund, (ii) workers compensation, including the payment of premiums to the Workers' Compensation Fund established under G.S. 58‑87‑10, and (iii) other insurance and pension protection for firefighters otherwise qualifying for benefits from the Firefighters' Relief Fund as set forth in Article 85 of this Chapter.
(6)	To provide for educational benefits to firefighters and their dependents who otherwise qualify for benefits from the Firefighters' Relief Fund as set forth in Article 85 of this Chapter.
(7)	To provide for annual physicals that are required for firefighter positions by the Department of Labor or are recommended by the National Fire Protection Association.
(8)	To cover necessary management and investment costs that are reasonable and appropriate in relation to the assets, purpose, and financial security of the local Firefighters' Relief Fund.
(b)	Notwithstanding any other provisions of law, no expenditures shall be made pursuant to subdivision (5), (6), or (7) of subsection (a) of this section unless the North Carolina State Firefighters' Association has certified that such expenditures will not render the Fund financially unsound for the purposes of providing the benefits set forth in subdivisions (1), (2), and (4) of subsection (a) of this section. If, for any reason, funds made available for subdivision (5), (6), or (7) shall be insufficient to pay in full any benefits, the benefits pursuant to subdivisions (5) and (6) shall be reduced pro rata for as long as the amount of insufficient funds exists, after first eliminating the benefits pursuant to subdivision (7). No claim shall accrue with respect to any amount by which a benefit under subdivisions (5) and (6) shall have been reduced.
(c)	As used in subsection (b) of this section, the term "financially unsound" means that a local fund could not sustain a requested expenditure or could not make similar payments for five years without the local fund's balance falling below the greater of the following:
(1)	Five hundred dollars ($500.00) multiplied by the number of eligible firefighters in the local department.
(2)	Twenty thousand dollars ($20,000).
(d)	A local board of trustees shall not be restricted to making disbursements solely from the interest earned on the local board's relief fund.  (1907, c. 831, s. 6; 1919, c. 180; C.S., s. 6069; Ex. Sess. 1921, c. 55; 1923, c. 22; 1925, c. 41; 1945, c. 74, s. 2; 1985, c. 666, s. 61; 1987, c. 174, ss. 2, 3; 1997‑456, s. 27; 2007‑246, s. 4; 2008‑187, s. 13; 2014‑64, s. 1(a); 2016‑51, ss. 5, 6; 2017‑99, s. 1.)

§ 58‑84‑40.  Trustees to keep account and file certified reports.
(a)	Each local board of trustees shall keep a correct account of all moneys received and disbursed by them. On a form prescribed by the North Carolina State Firefighters' Association, each local board shall certify by October 31 of each year the following to the Association: the balance of the local fund, proof of sufficient bonding, a full and detailed accounting of the previous year's expenditures, and a full accounting of membership qualifications. Such certification shall be made concurrently with the local unit's statement of Fire Readiness. The accounting of the previous year's expenditures shall include the amounts spent on each of the purposes listed in G.S. 58‑84‑35(a), including the number of firefighters that received benefits for each of the purposes.
(b)	In turn, the North Carolina State Firefighters' Association shall certify to the Department of Insurance by January 1 of each year on a form prescribed by the Department, the following:
(1)	The local units that have complied with the requirements of subsection (a) of this section.
(2)	A listing of the members of each of the local units.
(3)	The fund balances for each of the local units' relief funds.
(4)	Any departments that have exceeded the maximum balance provided under G.S. 58‑84‑33(a).
(5)	Details on the disbursements from local relief funds, including how much was disbursed for each allowable purpose and how many members received disbursements for those purposes, on both a unit‑by‑unit basis and total basis.
(6)	Information on any improper disbursements.
(7)	A listing of current members of the local board of trustees appointed pursuant to G.S. 58‑84‑30, including the chairman and treasurer of the board.
(c)	In the event that any board of trustees in any of the towns and cities benefited by this Article shall neglect or fail to perform their duties, or shall willfully misappropriate the funds entrusted in their care by obligating or disbursing such funds for any purpose other than those set forth in G.S. 58‑84‑35, then the Insurance Commissioner shall withhold any and all further payments to such board of trustees, or their successors, until the matter has been fully investigated by an official of the North Carolina State Firefighters' Association, and adjusted to the satisfaction of the Insurance Commissioner.
(d)	In the event that any local relief fund provided for in this Article becomes impaired, then the Statewide Firefighters' Relief Fund may in the discretion of its board of trustees assist the local unit administering the fund in providing for relief to injured firefighters and their dependents or survivors; provided, however, that any funds so provided to such impaired units shall be repaid in full at the statutory rate of interest from future local unit receipts if the impairment resulted from violations of this Article.  (1907, c. 831, s. 7; C.S., s. 6070; 1925, c. 41; 1985, c. 666, s. 63; 2007‑246, s. 5; 2014‑64, s. 1(a); 2016‑51, s. 6; 2017‑99, s. 2(a).)

§ 58‑84‑41.  Commissioner of Insurance to maintain database of reports; fire department identification numbers.
(a)	Working with the North Carolina State Firefighters' Association, the Commissioner of Insurance shall develop and maintain a database of the information reported under G.S. 58‑84‑40(b) and the certifications filed under G.S. 58‑84‑46.
(b)	The Commissioner of Insurance shall issue to each fire department within the State a unique fire department identification number (FDID) that shall be used by the Commissioner and the North Carolina State Firefighters' Association to coordinate database records and reports.  (2014‑64, s. 1(a); 2016‑51, s. 6; 2017‑99, s. 2(b).)

§ 58‑84‑45:  Repealed by Session Laws 2000‑67, s.  26.21(a).

§ 58‑84‑46.  Certification to Commissioner.
On or before October 31 of each year, the fire chief of each city or county that has a local board of trustees under G.S. 58‑84‑30 shall file a certificate of eligibility with the North Carolina State Firefighters' Association on a form prescribed by the Association. If the certificate is not filed with the Association on or before January 31 in the ensuing year:
(1)	The Local Firefighters' Relief Fund for that fire department shall forfeit the payment next due to be paid to the Fund's board of trustees, if the fire chief fails to file the certificate required by this section.
(2)	The Association shall inform the Commissioner of the local Firefighters' Relief Funds that have not filed the certificate required by this section, and the Commissioner shall pay over that amount otherwise due to those local Funds to the treasurer of the North Carolina State Firefighters' Association.
(3)	That amount shall constitute a part of the Statewide Firefighters' Relief Fund.  (2000‑67, s. 26.21(b); 2001‑421, s. 3; 2007‑246, s. 6; 2014‑64, s. 1(a); 2016‑51, s. 6; 2017‑99, s. 3.)

§ 58‑84‑50.  Fire departments to be members of North Carolina State Firefighters' Association.
For the purpose of supervision and as a guaranty that provisions of this Article shall be honestly administered in a businesslike manner, it is provided that every department enjoying the benefits of this law shall be a member of the North Carolina State Firefighters' Association and comply with its constitution and bylaws. If the fire department of any city, town or village shall fail to comply with the constitution and bylaws of said Association, said city, town or village shall forfeit its right to the next annual payment due from the funds mentioned in this Article, and the Commissioner of Insurance shall pay over said amount to the treasurer of the North Carolina State Firefighters' Association and same shall constitute a part of the Statewide Firefighters' Relief Fund.  (1907, c. 831, s. 9; 1919, c. 180; C.S., s. 6072; 1925, c. 41; c. 309, s. 2; 1965, c. 624; 2007‑246, s. 7; 2014‑64, s. 1(a); 2016‑51, s. 6.)

§ 58‑84‑52.  Benefits available to individual firefighters whose departments are not members of the North Carolina State Firefighters' Association.
(a)	Individual firefighters whose departments are not members of the North Carolina State Firefighters' Association shall be covered under the line of duty coverage offered by the Association.
(b)	Benefits under this section shall be paid from the funds that are forfeited from local departments to the Statewide Firefighters' Relief Fund.  (2014‑64, s. 1(a); 2016‑51, s. 6.)

§ 58‑84‑55.  No discrimination on account of race.
The local boards of trustees of the local Firefighters' Relief Funds shall make no discrimination based upon race in the payment of benefits.  (1907, c. 831, s. 10; C.S., s. 6073; 1985, c. 666, s. 62; 2007‑246, s. 8; 2014‑64, s. 1(a).)

§ 58‑84‑60.  Immunity.
A person serving on a local board of trustees of a local Firefighters' Relief Fund shall be immune individually from civil liability for monetary damages, except to the extent covered by insurance, for any act or failure to act arising out of this service, except where the person:
(1)	Was not acting within the scope of that person's official duties;
(2)	Was not acting in good faith;
(3)	Committed gross negligence or willful or wanton misconduct that resulted in the damages or injury;
(4)	Derived an improper personal financial benefit, either directly or indirectly, from the transaction; or
(5)	Incurred the liability from the operation of a motor vehicle.  (2007‑54, s. 1; 2007‑246, s. 8.1; 2014‑64, s. 1(a).)

§ 58‑84‑65.  Repeal of certain local laws inconsistent with this Article.
The following provisions contained within any local act enacted or amended prior to January 1, 2014, are hereby repealed:
(1)	Any redirection, at the time of receipt, of funds directed to a fire district under G.S. 58‑84‑25(c) to a fund other than a local relief fund.
(2)	Any restriction that would be inconsistent with G.S. 58‑84‑35(d).
(3)	Any transfer of interest earned on a local relief fund from the local relief fund to another fund.
(4)	Any transfer of funds from a local relief fund to a supplemental retirement fund based on the local relief fund exceeding a certain amount.
(5)	Any allowable expenditures that are not within the scope of the list provided in G.S. 58‑84‑35(a).
(6)	Any variation from the certification requirement under G.S. 58‑84‑35(b).  (2014‑64, s. 1(a).)

Article 85.
Statewide Firefighters' Relief Fund.
§ 58‑85‑1.  Application of fund.
The money paid into the hands of the treasurer of the North Carolina State Firefighters' Association shall be known and remain as the "Firefighters' Relief Fund" of North Carolina, and shall be used as a fund for the relief of firefighters and county fire marshals, who are members of this Association, who may be injured or rendered sick by disease contracted in the actual discharge of duty as firefighters or county fire marshals, and for the relief of surviving spouses, children, and if there be no surviving spouse or children, then dependent mothers of the firefighters and county fire marshals killed or dying from disease so contracted in the discharge of duty; to be paid in the manner and in the sums to the individuals of the classes herein named and described as may be provided for and determined upon in accordance with the constitution and bylaws of the Association, and any provisions and determinations made under the constitution and bylaws shall be final and conclusive as to the persons entitled to benefits and as to the amount of benefit to be received, and no action at law shall be maintained against the Association to enforce any claim or recover any benefit under this Article or under the constitution and bylaws of the Association; but if any officer or committee of the Association omit or refuse to perform any duty imposed upon the officer or them, nothing herein contained shall be construed to prevent any proceedings against that officer or committee to compel the officer or them to perform that duty. Notwithstanding the above provisions, the Executive Board of the North Carolina State Firefighters' Association is hereby authorized to grant educational scholarships to members and the children of members, to subsidize premium payments of members over 65 years of age to the Firemen's Fraternal Insurance Fund of the North Carolina State Firefighters' Association, and to provide accidental death and dismemberment insurance for members of fire departments.  (1891, c. 468, s. 3; Rev., s. 4393; C.S., s. 6058; 1925, c. 41; 1981 (Reg. Sess., 1982), c. 1215; 1987, c. 174, s. 4; 1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 678, s. 33; 2004‑199, s. 22(a); 2007‑246, s. 1; 2014‑64, s. 1(e); 2016‑51, s. 6.)

§ 58‑85‑5:  Reserved for future codification purposes.

§ 58‑85‑10.  Treasurer to file report and give bond.
The treasurer of the North Carolina State Firefighters' Association shall make a detailed report to the State Treasurer and the Commissioner of Insurance of the yearly expenditures of the appropriation under Articles 84 through 88 of this Chapter on or before the end of the fiscal year, showing the total amount of money in his hands at the time of the filing of the report, and shall give a bond to the State of North Carolina with good and sufficient sureties to the satisfaction of the Treasurer of the State of North Carolina in a sum not less than the amount of money on hand as shown by said report.  (1891, c. 468, s. 4; Rev., s. 4394; C.S., s. 6059; 1925, c. 41; 2014‑64, s. 1(e); 2016‑51, s. 6.)

§ 58‑85‑15.  Who shall participate in the fund.
The line of duty entitling one to participate in the fund shall be so construed as to mean actual fire duty only, and any actual duty connected with the fire department or county fire marshal office when directed to perform the same by an officer in charge. (1891, c. 468, s. 5; Rev., s. 4395; C.S., s. 6060; 1925, c. 41; 2004‑199, s. 22(b).)

§ 58‑85‑20.  Who may become members.
Any organized fire company in North Carolina, holding itself ready for duty, may, upon compliance with the requirements of its constitution and bylaws, become a member of the North Carolina State Firefighters' Association, and any firefighter of good moral character in North Carolina, and belonging to an organized fire company, who complies with the requirements of the constitution and bylaws of the North Carolina State Firefighters' Association, may become a member of the Association. Any county fire marshal office may, upon compliance with the requirements of its constitution and bylaws, become a member of the North Carolina State Firefighters' Association, and any employee of a county fire marshal office of good moral character whose sole duty is to act as a fire marshal, deputy fire marshal, assistant fire marshal, or firefighter of the county, who complies with the requirements of its constitution and bylaws, may become a member of the North Carolina State Firefighters' Association.  (1891, c. 468, s. 6; Rev., s. 4396; C.S., s. 6061; 1925, c. 41; 2004‑199, s. 22(c); 2014‑64, s. 1(e); 2016‑51, s. 6.)

§ 58‑85‑25.  Applied to members of regular fire company.
G.S. 58‑85‑1, 58‑85‑10, 58‑85‑15, 58‑85‑20, and 58‑85‑25 shall apply to any firefighter or fire marshal who is a member of a regularly organized fire company or county fire marshal office, and is a member in good standing of the North Carolina State Firefighters' Association.  (1891, c. 468, s. 7; Rev., s. 4397; C.S., s. 6062; 1925, c. 41; 2004‑199, s. 22(d); 2014‑64, s. 1(e); 2016‑51, s. 6.)

§ 58‑85‑30.  Treasurer to pay fund to Volunteer Firemen's Association.
(a)	The treasurer of the North Carolina State Firefighters' Association shall pay to the treasurer of the North Carolina State Volunteer Firemen's Association one sixth of the funds arising from the three percent (3%) paid the treasurer of the North Carolina State Firefighters' Association by the Commissioner each year to be used by the North Carolina State Volunteer Firemen's Association for the purposes set forth in G.S. 58‑84‑35.
(b)	Local units of the North Carolina State Volunteer Firemen's Association shall maintain records and report to the North Carolina State Firefighters' Association in accordance with G.S. 58‑84‑40, and shall be subject to the sanctions in G.S. 58‑84‑40.  (1925, c. 41; 1985, c. 666, s. 65; 2003‑221, s. 11; 2016‑51, s. 6.)

§ 58‑85‑35.  Prudent management of Firefighters' Relief Fund.
The North Carolina State Firefighters' Association shall manage the Firefighters' Relief Fund as a prudent trustee of the funds, subject to Chapter 36E of the General Statutes.  (2014‑64, s. 1(e); 2016‑51, s. 6.)

Article 85A.
State Fire Protection Grant Fund.
§ 58‑85A‑1.  Creation of Fund; allocation to local fire districts and political subdivisions of the State.
(a)	There is created in the Department of Insurance the State Fire Protection Grant Fund. The purpose of the Fund is to compensate local fire districts and political subdivisions of the State for providing local fire protection to State‑owned buildings and their contents.
(b)	The Department of Insurance shall develop and implement an equitable and uniform statewide method for distributing any funds to the State's local fire districts and political subdivisions.
(c)	It is the intent of the General Assembly to appropriate annually to the State Fire Protection Grant Fund up to four million one hundred eighty thousand dollars ($4,180,000) from the General Fund, one hundred fifty‑eight thousand dollars ($158,000) from the Highway Fund, and one million three hundred forty‑five thousand dollars ($1,345,000) from University of North Carolina receipts. Funds received from the General Fund shall be allocated only for providing local fire protection for State‑owned property supported by the General Fund; funds received from the Highway Fund shall be allocated only for providing local fire protection for State‑owned property supported by the Highway Fund; and funds received from University of North Carolina receipts shall be allocated only for providing local fire protection for State‑owned property supported by University of North Carolina receipts.  (1997‑443, s. 23(a); 2000‑140, s. 93.1(a); 2001‑424, s. 12.2(b); 2007‑323, ss. 23.4(a), 23.4(b); 2008‑107, s. 22.2; 2011‑145, s. 25.1.)

Article 86.
North Carolina Firefighters' and Rescue Squad Workers' Pension Fund.
§ 58‑86‑1.  Fund established; administration by board of trustees; rules and regulations.
For the purpose of furthering the general welfare and police powers and obligations of the State with respect to the protection of all its citizens from the consequences of loss or damage by fire and of injury by serious accident or illness, of increasing the protection of life and property against loss or damage by fire, of improving firefighting and life saving techniques, of increasing the potential of fire departments, rescue squads, organizations and groups, of fostering increased and more widely spread training of personnel of these organizations and groups, and of providing incentive and inducement to participate in fire prevention, firefighting and rescue squad activities and for the establishment of new, improved or extended fire departments, rescue squads, organizations and groups to the end that ultimately all areas of the State and all of its citizens will receive the benefits of fire protection and rescue squads' activity and a resulting reduction of loss or damage to life and property by fire hazard or injury by serious accident or illness, and in recognition of the public service rendered to the State of North Carolina and its citizens by "eligible firefighters and rescue squad workers," as defined by this Article, there is created in this State a fund to be known, and designated as "The North Carolina Firefighters' and Rescue Squad Workers' Pension Fund" to be administered as provided in this Article.
The North Carolina Firefighters' and Rescue Squad Workers' Pension Fund is established to provide pension allowances and other benefits for eligible firefighters and rescue squad workers in the State who elect to become members of the fund. The board of trustees created by this Article shall have authority to administer the fund and shall make necessary rules and regulations to carry out the provisions of this Article.  (1957, c. 1420, s. 1; 1959, c. 1212, s. 1; 1961, c. 980; 1981, c. 1029, s. 1; 2013‑284, s. 1(a).)

§ 58‑86‑2.  Definitions.
The following words and phrases as used in this Article, unless a different meaning is plainly required by the context, shall have the following meanings:
(1)	"Board" means the Board of Trustees of the Local Governmental Employees' Retirement System.
(2)	"Chair" means the chair of the Board of Trustees of the Local Governmental Employees' Retirement System.
(3)	"Director" means the Director of the Retirement Systems Division of the North Carolina Department of State Treasurer. The Director shall promptly transmit to the State Treasurer all moneys collected on behalf of members, which moneys shall be deposited by the State Treasurer into the fund.
(4)	"Eligible fire department" means a bona fide fire department which is certified to the Commissioner of Insurance by the governing body thereof, and determined as classified as not less than class "9S," and said fire department holds training sessions not less than four hours monthly.
(5)	"Eligible firefighter" means all persons 18 years of age or older who are firefighters of the State of North Carolina or any political subdivision thereof, including those performing such functions in the protection of life and property through firefighting within a county or city governmental unit. "Eligible firefighter" shall also mean an employee of a county whose sole duty is to act as fire marshal, deputy fire marshal, assistant fire marshal, or firefighter of the county. "Eligible firefighter" shall also mean those persons meeting the other qualifications of this Article, not exceeding 25 volunteer firefighters plus one additional volunteer firefighter per 100 population in the area served by their respective departments.
(6)	"Eligible rescue or emergency medical services squad" means organized rescue squad units eligible for membership in the North Carolina Association of Rescue and Emergency Medical Services, Inc.
(7)	"Eligible rescue squad worker" means all persons 18 years of age or older who are members of a rescue or emergency medical services squad that is eligible for membership in the North Carolina Association of Rescue and Emergency Medical Services, Inc. "Eligible rescue squad worker" shall also mean those persons meeting the other qualifications of this Article.
(8)	"Fully credited service" means a period of time for which the Board has received certification that a member has met all eligibility requirements for participation in the Pension Fund and for which the Board has received timely monthly payments under G.S. 58‑86‑35 or G.S. 58‑86‑40. In lieu of monthly payments under G.S. 58‑86‑35 or G.S. 58‑86‑40, a member may purchase fully credited service for any period of service as set forth in G.S. 58‑86‑45.
(9)	"Inactive member" means a member of the fund who is not on a leave of absence under G.S. 58‑86‑95 and who has not made timely payments under G.S. 58‑86‑35 or G.S. 58‑86‑40 for two consecutive years.
(9a)	"Killed in the line of duty" has the same meaning as in G.S. 143‑166.2.
(10)	"Member" means an eligible firefighter or eligible rescue squad worker who has elected to participate in the North Carolina Firefighters' and Rescue Squad Workers' Pension Fund.
(11)	"Pension Fund" means the North Carolina Firefighters' and Rescue Squad Workers' Pension Fund.
(12)	"Training sessions" for eligible rescue squad workers means sessions in which attendance will result in the preparation of, or knowledge gained by, the member in the area of rescue, emergency medical services, injury prevention, or protection of life and property. Such drill or training sessions held by the eligible rescue squad unit to meet the requirements of this Article shall be held for the purpose of providing a learning or preparation experience for the members.
(13)	"Training sessions" for eligible firefighters means sessions in which attendance will result in the preparation of, or knowledge gained by, the member in the area of fire prevention, fire suppression, or protection of life and property. Such drill or training sessions held by the eligible fire department to meet the requirements of this Article shall be held for the purpose of providing a learning or preparation experience for the members.  (2013‑284, s. 1(a); 2014‑97, s. 1; 2016‑108, s. 1(a); 2018‑5, s. 35.29(c); 2022‑16, s. 6.1.)

§ 58‑86‑5: Repealed by Session Laws 2013‑284, s. 1(a), effective July 1, 2013.

§ 58‑86‑6.  Firefighters' and Rescue Squad Workers' Pension Fund Advisory Panel.
There is created an advisory panel to be known as the Firefighters' and Rescue Squad Workers' Pension Fund Advisory Panel, hereinafter referred to as "the advisory panel."
The advisory panel shall consist of seven persons:
(1)	The Director of the Retirement Systems Division of the North Carolina Department of State Treasurer or his or her designee, who shall act as chair.
(2)	A designee of the State Insurance Commissioner.
(3)	Five members to be appointed by the Board of Trustees of the Local Governmental Employees' Retirement System: one paid firefighter, one volunteer firefighter, one paid rescue squad worker, one volunteer rescue squad worker, and one representing the public at large, for terms of four years each. One member of the advisory panel appointed by the Board of Trustees of the Local Governmental Employees' Retirement System must be a member of that Board. Members of the advisory panel may succeed themselves if reappointed by the Board of Trustees of the Local Governmental Employees' Retirement System.
The persons serving on the Board of Trustees of the Firefighters' and Rescue Squad Workers' Pension Fund on June 30, 2013, may serve as members of the advisory panel until the expiration of their current terms. No member of the advisory panel shall receive any salary, compensation, or expenses other than that provided in G.S. 138‑6 for each day's attendance at duly and regularly called and held meetings of the advisory panel.  (2013‑284, s. 1(a).)

§ 58‑86‑10.  Powers and duties of the board.
The Board of Trustees of the North Carolina Local Governmental Employees' Retirement System shall administer the Pension Fund. The board shall request appropriations out of the general fund for administrative expenses and to provide for the financing of this pension fund, employ necessary clerical assistance, determine all applications for pensions, provide for the payment of pensions, make all necessary rules and regulations not inconsistent with law for the governance of this fund, prescribe rules and regulations of eligibility of persons to receive pensions, expend funds in accordance with the provisions of this Article, and generally exercise all other powers necessary for the administration of the fund created by this Article. Should any change or error due to the submission of fraudulent or incorrect information result in any member or beneficiary receiving from the Retirement System more or less than he or she would have been entitled to receive had their records been correct, the Board of Trustees shall correct such error, and as far as practicable, shall adjust the payment in such a manner that the actuarial equivalent of the benefit to which such member or beneficiary was correctly entitled shall be paid.  (1957, c. 1420, s. 1; 1959, c. 1212, s. 1; 1981, c. 1029, s. 1; 2013‑284, s. 1(a); 2015‑88, s. 2.)

§ 58‑86‑11.  Powers and duties of the advisory panel.
The advisory panel shall meet at least once annually upon call of the chair. The advisory panel shall have no administrative authority but shall prepare an annual report to the Board of Trustees of the North Carolina Local Governmental Employees' Retirement System regarding the status and needs of the North Carolina Firefighters' and Rescue Squad Workers' Pension Fund.  (2013‑284, s. 1(a).)

§ 58‑86‑15: Repealed by Session Laws 2013‑284, s. 1(a), effective July 1, 2013.

§ 58‑86‑20.  State Treasurer to be custodian of fund; appropriations; contributions to fund; expenditures.
The State Treasurer shall be the custodian of the North Carolina Firefighters' and Rescue Squad Workers' Pension Fund and shall invest its assets in accordance with the provisions of G.S. 147‑69.2 and G.S. 147‑69.3. The appropriations made by the General Assembly out of the general fund to provide money for administrative expenses shall be handled in the same manner as any other general fund appropriation. One‑fourth of the appropriation made out of the general fund to provide for the financing of the pension fund shall be transferred quarterly to a special fund to be known as the North Carolina Firefighters' and Rescue Squad Workers' Pension Fund. There shall be set up in the State Treasurer's office a special fund to be known as the North Carolina Firefighters' and Rescue Squad Workers' Pension Fund, and all contributions made by the members of this pension fund shall be deposited in the special fund. All expenditures for refunds, investments or benefits shall be in the same manner as expenditures of other special funds.  (1957, c. 1420, s. 1; 1959, c. 1212, s. 1; 1961, c. 980; 1971, c. 30; 1979, c. 467, s. 10; 1981, c. 1029, s. 1; 2013‑284, s. 1(a).)

§ 58‑86‑25.  Determination and certification of eligible firefighters.
For purposes of this Article, eligible firefighters must attend 36 hours of training sessions in each calendar year. Each eligible fire department shall annually determine and report a certified roster of the names of those firefighters meeting the eligibility qualifications of this Article to its respective governing body, which upon determination of the validity and accuracy of the qualification, the department shall promptly submit the list to the North Carolina State Firefighters' Association. Submission of such information by a department to the North Carolina State Firefighters' Association constitutes a certification of its accuracy under accounting standards set forth by the Governmental Accounting Standards Board of the Financial Accounting Foundation. The North Carolina State Firefighters' Association shall provide a list of those persons meeting the eligibility requirements of this Article to the State Treasurer by January 31 of each year. For the purposes of the preceding sentences, the governing body of a fire department operated: by a county is the county board of commissioners; by a city is the city council; by a sanitary district is the sanitary district board; by a corporation, whether profit or nonprofit, is the corporation's board of directors; and by any other entity is that group designated by the board. An "eligible firefighter" may not also qualify as an "eligible rescue squad worker" in order to receive double benefits available under this Article.  (1957, c. 1420, s. 1; 1959, c. 1212, s. 1; 1981, c. 1029, s. 1; 1983, c. 416, s. 7; 1985, c. 241; 2000‑67, s. 26.22; 2001‑222, s. 1; 2003‑362, s. 1; 2009‑66, s. 2(b); 2013‑284, s. 1(a); 2015‑88, s. 3; 2016‑51, s. 6.)

§ 58‑86‑30.  Determination and certification of "eligible rescue squad worker."
Eligible rescue squad workers must attend at least 36 hours of training sessions in each calendar year. Each rescue or emergency medical services squad eligible for membership in the North Carolina Association of Rescue and Emergency Medical Services, Inc., must file a roster certified by the secretary of the association of those rescue or emergency medical services squad workers meeting the requirements of this section with the State Treasurer by January 31 of each calendar year. Submission of such information by a department to the North Carolina Association of Rescue and Emergency Medical Services, Inc., constitutes a certification of its accuracy under accounting standards set forth by the Governmental Accounting Standards Board of the Financial Accounting Foundation.
An "eligible rescue squad worker" may not qualify also as an "eligible firefighter" in order to receive double benefits available under this Article.  (1981, c. 1029, s. 1; 1991 (Reg. Sess., 1992), c. 833, s. 3; 1995, c. 507, s. 7.21A(h); 2009‑66, s. 2(c); 2013‑284, s. 1(a); 2015‑88, s. 4.)

§ 58‑86‑35.  Firefighters' application for membership in fund; monthly payments by members; payments credited to separate accounts of members; termination of membership.
Those firefighters who are eligible pursuant to G.S. 58‑86‑25 may apply to the board for membership. Each firefighter upon becoming a member of the fund shall pay the director of the fund the sum of ten dollars ($10.00) per month; each payment shall be made no later than March 31 subsequent to the end of the calendar year in which the month occurred. The Pension Fund shall not award fully credited service based on payments received later than March 31 subsequent to the end of the calendar year in which the month occurred unless the payment is applied as provided in G.S. 58‑86‑45(a1). The monthly payments shall be credited to the separate account of the member and shall be kept by the custodian so it is available for payment on withdrawal from membership or retirement.
A member may elect to terminate membership in the fund at any time and request the refund of payments previously made to the fund. However, a member's delinquency in making the monthly payments required by this section does not result in the termination of membership without such an election by the member.  (1957, c. 1420, s. 1; 1959, c. 1212, s. 1; 1981, c. 1029, s. 1; 1995, c. 507, s. 7.21A(d); 2005‑91, s. 14; 2005‑281, s. 1.2; 2009‑66, s. 2(d); 2013‑284, s. 1(a).)

§ 58‑86‑40.  Rescue squad worker's application for membership in funds; monthly payments by members; payments credited to separate accounts of members; termination of membership.
Those rescue squad workers eligible pursuant to G.S. 58‑86‑30 may apply to the board for membership. Each eligible rescue squad worker upon becoming a member shall pay the director of the fund the sum of ten dollars ($10.00) per month; each payment shall be made no later than March 31 subsequent to the end of the calendar year in which the month occurred. The Pension Fund shall not award fully credited service based on payments received later than March 31 subsequent to the end of the calendar year in which the month occurred unless the payment is applied as provided in G.S. 58‑86‑45(a1). The monthly payments shall be credited to the separate account of the member and shall be kept by the custodian so it is available for payment on withdrawal from membership or retirement.
A member may elect to terminate membership in the fund at any time and request the refund of payments previously made to the fund. However, a member's delinquency in making the monthly payments required by this section does not result in the termination of membership without such an election by the member.  (1981, c. 1029, s. 1; 1983, c. 500, s. 1; 1991 (Reg. Sess., 1992), c. 833, s. 4; 1995, c. 507, s. 7.21A(e); 2005‑91, s. 15; 2005‑281, s. 1.3; 2009‑66, s. 2(e); 2013‑284, s. 1(a).)

§ 58‑86‑45.  Additional retroactive membership.
(a)	Repealed by Session Laws 2013‑284, s. 1(a), effective July 1, 2013.
(a1)	Any firefighter or rescue squad worker who is 35 years of age or older and who is a current or former member of a fire department or rescue squad chartered by the State of North Carolina may purchase credit for any periods of service to any chartered fire department or rescue squad not otherwise creditable by making a lump sum payment to the Annuity Savings Fund equal to the full liability of the service credits calculated on the basis of the assumptions used for purposes of the actuarial valuation of the system's liabilities, which payment shall take into account the retirement allowance arising on account of the additional service credit commencing at the earliest age at which the member could retire on a retirement allowance, as determined by the board of trustees upon the advice of the consulting actuary, plus an administrative fee to be set by the board of trustees. This provision for the payment of a lump sum for service "not otherwise creditable" shall apply, inter alia, to all purchases of service credits for months as to which timely payments were not previously made pursuant to G.S. 58‑86‑35 or G.S. 58‑86‑40, whichever is applicable.
(b)	An eligible firefighter or rescue squad worker who is not yet 35 years old may apply to the board of trustees for membership in the fund at any time. Upon becoming a member, the worker may make a lump sum payment of ten dollars ($10.00) per month retroactively to the time the worker first became eligible to become a member, plus interest at an annual rate to be set by the board upon advice from actuary for each year of retroactive payments. Upon making this lump sum payment, the worker shall be given credit for all prior service in the same manner as if the worker had applied for membership upon first becoming eligible.
(c)	A member of the Pension Fund who is not yet 35 years old may receive credit for the prior service upon making a lump sum payment of ten dollars ($10.00) for each month since the worker first became eligible, plus interest at an annual rate to be set by the board for each year of retroactive payments. Upon making this lump sum payment, the date of membership shall be the same as if the worker had applied for membership upon first becoming eligible. This provision for the payment of a lump sum for service "not otherwise creditable" shall apply, inter alia, to all purchases of service credits for months as to which timely payments were not previously made pursuant to G.S. 58‑86‑35 or G.S. 58‑86‑40, whichever is applicable, for any firefighter or rescue squad worker who is not yet 35 years of age or older and who is a current or former member of a fire department or rescue squad chartered by the State of North Carolina.  (1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1014, s. 49.1(a); 1989, c. 693; 1993, c. 429, s. 1; 1995, c. 507, s. 7.21A(f); 2000‑67, s. 26.17(a); 2009‑66, s. 2(f); 2013‑284, s. 1(a); 2016‑56, s. 1.)

§ 58‑86‑50:  Repealed by Session Laws 2009‑66, s. 2.(g), effective July 1, 2009.

§ 58‑86‑55.  Monthly pensions upon attaining the age of 55 years.
(a)	Any member who has served 20 years as an "eligible firefighter" or "eligible rescue squad worker" in the State of North Carolina, as provided in G.S. 58‑86‑25 and G.S. 58‑86‑30, and who has attained the age of 55 years is entitled to be paid a monthly pension from this fund. The monthly pension shall be in the amount of one hundred seventy dollars ($170.00) per month. Any retired firefighter receiving a pension shall, effective July 1, 2008, receive a pension of one hundred seventy dollars ($170.00) per month.
(b)	Members shall pay ten dollars ($10.00) per month as required by G.S. 58‑86‑35 and G.S. 58‑86‑40 for a period of no longer than 20 years. No "eligible rescue squad member" shall receive a pension prior to July 1, 1983.
(c)	A member who is totally and permanently disabled while in the discharge of the member's official duties as a result of bodily injuries sustained or as a result of extreme exercise or extreme activity experienced in the course and scope of those official duties and who leaves the fire or rescue squad service because of this disability shall be entitled to be paid from the fund a monthly benefit in an amount of one hundred seventy dollars ($170.00) per month beginning the first month after the member's fifty‑fifth birthday. All applications for disability are subject to the approval of the board who may appoint physicians to examine and evaluate the disabled member prior to approval of the application, and annually thereafter. Any disabled member shall not be required to make the monthly payment of ten dollars ($10.00) as required by G.S. 58‑86‑35 and G.S. 58‑86‑40.
(d)	A member who is totally and permanently disabled for any cause, other than line of duty, who leaves the fire or rescue squad service because of this disability and who has at least 10 years of service with the pension fund, may be permitted to continue making a monthly contribution of ten dollars ($10.00) to the fund until the member has made contributions for a total of 240 months. The member shall upon attaining the age of 55 years be entitled to receive a pension as provided by this section. All applications for disability are subject to the approval of the board who may appoint physicians to examine and evaluate the disabled member prior to approval of the application and annually thereafter.
(d1)	Benefits shall be paid in the following manner when a member is killed in the line of duty and the requirements of Article 12A of Chapter 143 of the General Statutes are met:
(1)	If the member had been receiving a monthly pension fund benefit prior to being killed in the line of duty, there shall be paid to the member's principal beneficiary, if only one principal beneficiary is eligible and has not accepted a return of contributions, an amount of one hundred seventy dollars ($170.00) per month beginning the month following the member's month of death, payable until the beneficiary's death. If the member became a member prior to July 1, 2018, and had not designated a principal beneficiary prior to being killed in the line of duty, there shall be paid to the member's living spouse upon the spouse's application to the Board, an amount of one hundred seventy dollars ($170.00) per month beginning the month following the member's month of death, payable until the spouse's death.
(2)	If the member had been receiving a monthly pension fund benefit prior to being killed in the line of duty and the beneficiary is not payable as described in subdivision (1) of this subsection, a lump sum payment equal to the difference between the amount paid into the member's separate account by or on behalf of the member and the amount received by the member as a pensioner will be paid to the eligible beneficiaries, or if there are no eligible beneficiaries, shall be paid to the member's estate.
(3)	If the member had not yet begun receiving a monthly benefit prior to being killed in the line of duty, there shall be paid to the member's principal beneficiary, if only one principal beneficiary is eligible and has not accepted a return of contributions, an amount of one hundred seventy dollars ($170.00) per month beginning the month following the month the member would have attained age 55, or if the member had already attained age 55, beginning the month following the member's month of death, payable until the beneficiary's death. If the member became a member prior to July 1, 2018, and had not designated a principal beneficiary prior to being killed in the line of duty, there shall be paid to the member's living spouse upon the spouse's application to the Board, an amount of one hundred seventy dollars ($170.00) per month beginning the month following the month the member would have attained age 55, or if the member had attained age 55, beginning the month following the member's month of death, payable until the spouse's death.
(4)	If the member had not begun receiving a monthly benefit prior to being killed in the line of duty and the beneficiary is not payable as described in subdivision (3) of this subsection, a lump sum payment equal to the member's contributions will be paid to the eligible beneficiaries, or if there are no eligible beneficiaries, a return of the contributions shall be paid to the member's estate.
A beneficiary under this subsection shall not be required to make the monthly payment of ten dollars ($10.00) as required by G.S. 58‑86‑35 and G.S. 58‑86‑40 after the member has been killed in the line of duty.
(d2)	Repealed by Session Laws 2016‑108, s. 1(f), effective July 1, 2018.
(e)	A member who, because the member's residence is annexed by a city under Part 2 or Part 3 of Article 4A of Chapter 160A of the General Statutes, or whose department is closed because of an annexation by a city under Part 2 or Part 3 of Article 4A of Chapter 160A of the General Statutes, or whose volunteer department is taken over by a city or county, and because of such annexation or takeover is unable to perform as a firefighter or rescue squad worker of any status, and if the member has at least 10 years of service with the pension fund, may be permitted to continue making a monthly contribution of ten dollars ($10.00) to the fund until the member has made contributions for a total of 240 months. The member upon attaining the age of 55 years and completion of such contributions shall be entitled to receive a pension as provided by this section. Any application to make monthly contributions under this section shall be subject to a finding of eligibility by the Board of Trustees upon application of the member.
(f)	The pensions provided shall be in addition to all other pensions or benefits under any other statutes of the State of North Carolina or the United States, notwithstanding any exclusionary provisions of other pensions or retirement systems provided by law.  (1957, c. 1420, s. 1; 1959, c. 1212, s. 1; 1961, c. 980; 1971, c. 336; 1977, c. 926, s. 1; 1981, c. 1029, s. 1; 1983, c. 500, s. 2; c. 636, s. 24; 1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1014, s. 49.1(b); 1987 (Reg. Sess., 1988), c. 1099, s. 1; 1991, c. 720, s. 48; 1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 653, s. 1; 1995, c. 507, s. 7.21A(g); 1997‑443, s. 33.25(a); 1998‑212, s. 28.21(a); 2000‑67, s. 26.18; 2002‑113, s. 1; 2002‑126, s. 28.7; 2003‑284, s. 30.19; 2004‑124, s. 31.18; 2005‑276, s. 29.26; 2006‑66, s. 22.19; 2007‑323, s. 28.21; 2008‑107, s. 26.25; 2013‑284, s. 1(a); 2014‑64, s. 3(a); 2016‑108, s. 1(b), (d), (f); 2018‑85, s. 9(a); 2022‑6, s. 17.3; 2022‑16, s. 6.1.)

§ 58‑86‑60.  (See Note) Payments in lump sums.
The board shall direct payment in lump sums from the fund in the following cases:
(1)	To any firefighter or rescue squad worker upon the attaining of the age of 55 years, who, for any reason, is not qualified to receive the monthly retirement pension and who was enrolled as a member of the fund, an amount equal to the amount paid into the fund by him. This provision shall not be construed to preclude any active firefighter or rescue squad worker from completing the requisite number of years of active service after attaining the age of 55 years necessary to entitle the firefighter or rescue squad worker to the pension.
(2)	If any firefighter or rescue squad worker dies, except if the individual is killed in the line of duty, before attaining the age at which a pension is payable to the firefighter or rescue squad worker under the provisions of this Article, there shall be paid to the person or persons designated by the member, or if the member has not designated a beneficiary, to the surviving spouse of the deceased member, or if not survived by a designated beneficiary or spouse, to the deceased member's legal representative, an amount equal to the amount paid into the member's separate account by or on behalf of the said firefighter or rescue squad worker.
(3)	If any firefighter or rescue squad worker dies, except if the individual is killed in the line of duty, after beginning to receive the pension payable to the firefighter or rescue squad worker by this Article, and before receiving an amount equal to the amount paid into the fund by him or her, there shall be paid to the person or persons designated by the member, or if the member has not designated a beneficiary, to the surviving spouse of the deceased retired member, or if not survived by a designated beneficiary or spouse, to the deceased retired member's legal representative, an amount equal to the difference between the amount paid into the member's separate account by or on behalf of the said firefighter or rescue squad worker and the amount received by him or her as a pensioner.
(4)	Any member who withdraws from the fund shall, upon proper application, be paid all moneys without accumulated earnings on the payments after the time they were made. A member may not purchase time under G.S. 58‑86‑45 for which he or she has received a refund. (1957, c. 1420, s. 1; 1959, c. 1212, s. 1; 1977, c. 926, s. 2; 1981, c. 1029, s. 1; 1987, c. 667, s. 1; 2009‑66, s. 2(h); 2009‑365, s. 1; 2013‑284, s. 1(a); 2016‑108, s. 1(c).)

§ 58‑86‑65.  Pro rata reduction of benefits when fund insufficient to pay in full.
If, for any reason, the fund created and made available for any purpose covered by this Article shall be insufficient to pay in full any pension benefits, or other charges, then all benefits or payments shall be reduced pro rata, for as long as the deficiency in amount exists. No claim shall accrue with respect to any amount by which a pension or benefit payment shall have been reduced. (1957, c. 1420, s. 1; 1959, c. 1212, s. 1; 1981, c. 1029, s. 1.)

§ 58‑86‑70.  Provisions subject to future legislative change.
These pensions shall be subject to future legislative change or revision, and no member of the fund, or any person, is deemed to have acquired any vested right to a pension or other payment provided by this Article. (1957, c. 1420, s. 1; 1959, c. 1212, s. 1; 1981, c. 1029, s. 1.)

§ 58‑86‑75.  Determination of creditable service; information furnished by applicants for membership.
The board shall determine by appropriate rules and regulations the number of years' credit for service of firefighters and rescue squad workers. Firefighters and rescue squad workers who are now serving as such shall furnish the board with information upon applying for membership as to previous service. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Article, the Board may grant qualified prior service credits to eligible firemen [firefighters] and rescue squad workers under such terms and conditions that the Board may adopt when the Board determines that an eligible firefighter or rescue squad worker has been denied such service credits through no fault of his or her own.  (1957, c. 1420, s. 1; 1959, c. 1212, s. 1; 1981, c. 1029, s. 1; 1987 (Reg. Sess., 1988), c. 1086, s. 29; 2013‑284, s. 1(a).)

§ 58‑86‑80.  Length of service not affected by serving in more than one department or squad; transfer from one department or squad to another.
A firefighter's or rescue squad worker's length of service shall not be affected by the fact that he or she may have served with more than one department or squad, and upon transfer from one department or squad to another, notice of the fact shall be given to the board.  (1957, c. 1420, s. 1; 1959, c. 1212, s. 1; 1981, c. 1029, s. 1; 2013‑284, s. 1(a).)

§ 58‑86‑85: Repealed by Session Laws 2005‑91, s. 13, effective July 1, 2005, and Session Laws 2005‑281, s. 1.1, effective August 18, 2005.

§ 58‑86‑90.  Exemptions of pensions from attachment; rights nonassignable.
Except for the applications of the provisions of G.S. 110‑136, and in connection with a court‑ordered equitable distribution under G.S. 50‑20, the pensions provided are not subject to attachment, garnishments or judgments against the firefighter or rescue squad worker entitled to them, nor are any rights in the fund or the pensions or benefits assignable. Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary, any overpayment of benefits or erroneous payments to a member in a State‑administered retirement system, the Disability Salary Continuation Plan, or the Disability Income Plan of North Carolina, including any benefits paid to, or State Health Plan premiums or claims paid on behalf of, any member who is later determined to have been ineligible for those benefits or unentitled to those amounts, may be offset against any retirement allowance, return of contributions, or any other right accruing under this Article to the same person, the person's estate, or designated beneficiary.  (1957, c. 1420, s. 1; 1959, c. 1212, s. 1; 1969, c. 486; 1981, c. 1029, s. 1; 1985, c. 402; 1989, c. 792, s. 2.1; 2013‑284, s. 1(a); 2017‑129, s. 1(a).)

§ 58‑86‑91: Repealed by Session Laws 2013‑284, s. 1(a), effective July 1, 2013.

§ 58‑86‑95.  Leaves of absence; inactive membership.
(a)	Any member who resigns as an eligible firefighter or an eligible rescue squad worker, whichever is applicable, may withdraw from the fund and seek a refund under G.S. 58‑86‑60 or take a leave of absence as provided by G.S. 58‑86‑95, or he or she will be considered an inactive member.
(b)	In order to take a leave of absence, any member not on active military service must provide the office of the director with written notice that the member is taking a leave of absence. Any member not on active military service on leave of absence for more than five years in any six‑year period shall be considered an inactive member.
(c)	A member is not eligible for service credit for the time he or she is on leave of absence and is not required to make monthly payments for that time. During the time a member is on leave of absence he or she is not eligible for benefits from the pension fund. A member who has taken a leave of absence may subsequently withdraw from the pension fund and seek a refund under G.S. 58‑86‑60. If a member dies while he or she is on leave of absence, the appropriate person or persons may seek a refund under G.S. 58‑86‑60.
(d)	Any member not on active military service who does not make contributions for two consecutive years and has not taken a leave of absence shall be considered an inactive member.
(e)	The director of the pension fund shall communicate annually with each eligible fire department and eligible rescue or emergency medical services squad and transmit a list of those persons on a leave of absence. The director may consult with eligible fire departments and eligible rescue or emergency medical services squads with regard to the presumed status of members.
(f)	The director of the pension fund shall maintain records of all inactive members of the fund, including dates of termination of service at an eligible fire department and eligible rescue or emergency medical services squad, and may consult with eligible fire departments and eligible rescue or emergency medical services squads with regard to the presumed status of members.
(g)	Members on active military service must notify the director prior to commencement of active military service and subsequent to return from active duty and shall be granted a leave of absence for the entire time of the military service.
(h)	If a member who is in service and has not received 20 years of fully credited service in this System on December 1, 2013, is convicted of an offense listed in G.S. 58‑86‑100 for acts committed after December 1, 2013, then that member shall forfeit all benefits under this System, except for a return of member contributions. If a member who is in service and has not received 20 years of fully credited service in this System on December 1, 2013, is convicted of an offense listed in G.S. 58‑86‑100 for acts committed after December 1, 2013, then that member is not entitled to any fully credited service that accrued after December 1, 2013.  (2013‑284, s. 1(a); 2013‑284, ss. 1(a), 2(c).)

§ 58‑86‑100.  Forfeiture of retirement benefits for certain felonies that would bring disrepute on a fire department or rescue squad.
(a)	Except as provided in G.S. 58‑86‑95(h), the Board of Trustees shall not pay any retirement benefits or allowances, except for a return of member contributions, to any member who is convicted of any felony under federal law or the laws of this State if all of the following apply:
(1)	The offense is committed while the member is not yet 55 years of age or has not yet received 20 years of fully credited service or while the member is 55 years of age or older and has 20 years of fully credited service but is still serving as a participant in an eligible fire department or eligible rescue squad.
(2)	The conduct resulting in the member's conviction is directly related to service as a firefighter or rescue squad worker and brings disrepute on a fire department or rescue squad.
(b)	Subdivision (2) of subsection (a) of this section shall apply to felony convictions where the court finds under G.S. 15A‑1340.16(d)(9a) or other applicable State or federal procedure that the offense is directly related to service as a firefighter or rescue squad worker.
(c)	If a member or former member whose benefits under the System were forfeited under this section, except for the return of member contributions, subsequently receives an unconditional pardon of innocence or the conviction is vacated or set aside for any reason, then the member or former member may seek a reversal of the benefit forfeiture by presenting sufficient evidence to the State Treasurer. If the State Treasurer determines a reversal of the benefit forfeiture is appropriate, then all benefits will be restored upon repayment of all accumulated contributions. Repayment of all accumulated contributions that have been received by the individual under the forfeiture provisions of this section must be made in a total lump‑sum payment. An individual receiving a reversal of benefit forfeiture must receive reinstatement of the service credit forfeited.  (2013‑284, s. 2(a).)

§ 58‑86‑101.  Prohibition on purchase of forfeited service.
Any member whose retirement benefits have been forfeited under G.S. 58‑86‑100 is prohibited from subsequently purchasing or repurchasing either those forfeited benefits or any creditable membership service associated with those forfeited benefits.  (2018‑52, s. 6(e).)

Article 87.
Volunteer Safety Workers Assistance.
§ 58‑87‑1.  Volunteer Fire Department Fund.
(a)	Fund. – The Volunteer Fire Department Fund is created as an interest‑bearing, nonreverting fund in the Department to provide grants to volunteer fire departments to purchase equipment and make capital improvements. The Commissioner shall administer the Fund. Up to one percent (1%) of the Fund may be used for additional staff and resources to administer the Fund in each fiscal year.
(a1)	Grant Program. – An eligible fire department may apply to the Commissioner for a grant under this section. In awarding grants under this section, the Commissioner must, to the extent possible, select applicants from all parts of the State based upon need. The Commissioner must award the grants on May 15, or on the first business day after May 15 if May 15 falls on a weekend or a holiday, of each year subject to the following limitations:
(1)	The size of a grant may not exceed thirty thousand dollars ($30,000).
(2)	Repealed by Session Laws 2021‑178, s. 2, effective December 1, 2021.
(2a)	The applicant shall match the grant as follows:
a.	Applicants receiving less than or equal to fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) per year from municipal and county funding are not required to match the grant funding.
b.	Applicants receiving more than fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) but less than or equal to seventy‑five thousand dollars ($75,000) per year from municipal and county funding shall match one dollar ($1.00) for each three dollars ($3.00) of grant funds.
c.	Applicants receiving more than seventy‑five thousand dollars ($75,000) per year from municipal and county funding shall match the grant on a dollar‑for‑dollar basis.
(3)	The grant may be used only for equipment purchases, payment of highway use taxes on those purchases, costs of putting property acquired from the Department of Defense through the Firefighter Property (FFP) and federal Excess Property (FEPP) programs in service, or capital expenditures necessary to provide fire protection services.
(4)	An applicant may receive no more than one grant per fiscal year.
(b)	Eligible Fire Department. – A fire department is eligible for a grant under this section if it meets all of the conditions of this subsection. No fire department may be declared ineligible for a grant solely because it is classified as a municipal fire department. [The required conditions are:]
(1)	Repealed by Session Laws 2016‑78, s. 2.1(a), effective June 30, 2016.
(2)	It consists entirely of volunteer members, with the exception that the unit may have paid members to fill the equivalent of six full‑time paid positions.
(3)	It has been certified by the Department of Insurance.
(c)	Report. – The Commissioner must submit a written report to the Joint Legislative Oversight Committee on General Government within 60 days after the grants have been made. This report must contain the following:
(1)	The amount of the grant and the name of the recipient.
(2)	The Fund balance at the beginning of the grant cycle.
(3)	Cash receipts through the previous grant cycle.
(4)	Cash disbursements through the previous grant cycle.
(5)	The Fund balance at the beginning and end of the previous grant cycle.
(d)	Repealed by Session Laws 2022‑74, s. 30.1, effective July 1, 2022.  (1987, c. 709, s. 1; 1987 (Reg. Sess., 1988), c. 1062, ss. 6‑9; 1989, c. 770, s. 30; 1995, c. 507, s. 7.21A(k); 1998‑212, s. 25(a); 1999‑319, s. 1; 2004‑203, s. 5(c); 2006‑196, s. 8; 2007‑250, s. 3; 2013‑360, s. 20.2(b); 2014‑64, s. 4(a), (b); 2016‑78, s. 2.1(a); 2021‑178, s. 2; 2021‑180, s. 37.7(d); 2022‑74, s. 30.1.)

§ 58‑87‑5.  Volunteer Rescue/EMS Fund.
(a)	There is created in the Department of Insurance the Volunteer Rescue/EMS Fund to provide grants to volunteer rescue units, rescue/EMS units, EMS units that are volunteer fire departments that are a part of a county's EMS system plan, and EMS units providing rescue or rescue and emergency medical services to purchase equipment and make capital improvements. An eligible unit may apply to the Department of Insurance for a grant under this section. The application form and criteria for grants shall be established by the Department. The North Carolina Association of Rescue and Emergency Medical Services, Inc., shall provide the Department with an advisory priority listing for rescue equipment eligible for funding, and the Department of Health and Human Services shall provide the Department with an advisory priority listing of EMS equipment eligible for funding. The State Treasurer shall invest the Fund's assets according to law, and the earnings shall remain in the Fund. On December 15, or on the first business day after December 15 if December 15 falls on a weekend or a holiday, of each year, the Department shall make grants to eligible units subject to all of the following limitations:
(1)	A grant to an applicant who is required to match the grant with non‑State funds may not exceed twenty‑five thousand dollars ($25,000), and a grant to an applicant who is not required to match the grant with non‑State funds may not exceed three thousand dollars ($3,000).
(2)	An applicant whose liquid assets, when combined with the liquid assets of any corporate affiliate or subsidiary of the applicant, are more than one thousand dollars ($1,000) shall match the grant on a dollar‑for‑dollar basis with non‑State funds.
(3)	The grant may be used only for equipment purchases or capital expenditures.
(4)	An applicant may receive no more than one grant per fiscal year.
(5)	The grant may be used only for purposes related to services that the unit is authorized to provide.
In awarding grants under this section, the Department shall to the extent possible select applicants from all parts of the State based upon need. Up to two percent (2%) of the Fund may be used for additional staff and resources to administer the Fund in each fiscal year. In addition, notwithstanding G.S. 58‑78‑20, up to four percent (4%) of the Fund may be used for additional staff and resources for the North Carolina Fire and Rescue Commission.
(b)	A unit is eligible for a grant under this section if it meets all of the following conditions:
(1)	Repealed by Session Laws 1989 (Regular Session, 1990), c. 1066, s. 33(a).
(2)	It consists entirely of volunteer members, with the exception that the unit may have paid members to fill the equivalent of 10 full‑time paid positions.
(3)	It has been recognized by the Department as a rescue unit, a rescue/EMS unit, or an EMS unit.
(4)	It satisfies the eligibility criteria established by the Department under subsection (a) of this section.
(c)	For the purpose of this section and Article 88 of this Chapter, "rescue" means the removal of individuals facing external, nonmedical, and nonpatient related peril to areas of relative safety. A "rescue unit" or "rescue squad" means a group of individuals who are not necessarily trained in emergency medical services, fire fighting, or law enforcement, but who expose themselves to an external, nonmedical, and nonpatient related peril to effect the removal of individuals facing the same type of peril to areas of relative safety. The unit or squad must comply with existing State statutes and with eligibility criteria established by the North Carolina Association of Rescue and Emergency Medical Services, Inc.
(d)	For the purposes of this section, "emergency medical services" or "EMS" has the same meaning as in G.S. 131E‑155(6). Unless otherwise more narrowly specified, an "EMS unit" means either (i) an EMS provider licensed under G.S 131E‑155.1 or (ii) a volunteer fire or fire/rescue department that is part of its county's EMS system plan. The unit or squad must comply with existing State statutes and with eligibility criteria established by the North Carolina Association of Rescue and Emergency Medical Services, Inc.
(e)	Report. — The Commissioner must submit a written report to the Joint Legislative Oversight Committee on General Government within 60 days after the grants have been made. This report must contain the following:
(1)	The amount of the grant and the name of the recipient.
(2)	The Fund balance at the beginning of the grant cycle.
(3)	Cash receipts through the grant cycle.
(4)	Cash disbursements through the grant cycle.
(5)	The Fund balance at the end of the grant cycle.  (1987 (Reg. Sess., 1988), c. 1062, s. 2; 1989, c. 115; c. 534, s. 2; 1989 (Reg. Sess., 1990), c. 1066, s. 33(a); 1991 (Reg. Sess., 1992), c. 943, s. 2; 1995, c. 507, s. 7.21A(l); 1997‑443, s. 11A.20; 1998‑212, s. 25(b); 1999‑319, s. 2; 2005‑283, s. 1; 2014‑64, s. 4(c); 2016‑78, s. 2.1(b); 2021‑180, s. 37.7(e).)

§ 58‑87‑7.  Oversight and accountability of grant awards.
(a)	Examination of Purchased Equipment and Supplies. – To increase accountability and to expedite receipt of certain grant awards, notwithstanding any other provision, the Office of the State Fire Marshal and other employees of the Department of Insurance may in their discretion conduct on‑site examinations of fire, rescue, and EMS equipment and supplies purchased with funds awarded from either the Volunteer Fire Department Fund or the Volunteer Rescue/EMS Fund for up to five years from the date of the grant award. The on‑site examinations may include the inspection of equipment purchased from prior grants and may be conducted prior to or simultaneous with the delivery of the grant awards. The on‑site examination shall document what equipment and supplies have been purchased by the volunteer fire department or volunteer rescue/EMS department and whether those items were received by the department and visually reviewed by the on‑site examiner. Items that have already been distributed or put in the field shall be noted by the on‑site examiner. The Office of the State Fire Marshal shall maintain records of on‑site inspections and provide reports of such inspections, upon request, to the State Auditor or the Office of State Budget and Management.
(b)	Reimbursement to Funds. – If equipment purchased with grant funds is disposed of within five years of the date of the grant award funding its purchase, then the grant recipient shall reimburse the appropriate fund the amount of matching funds used for the purchase of the equipment, less depreciation.
(c)	Transfer of Purchased Equipment. – If a grant recipient shall cease to exist within five years of the date of award of the grant, it shall transfer, subject to the approval of the Department of Insurance, any and all equipment purchased with such grant funds to whichever department shall assume responsibility for providing service to the grant recipient's area of service or to another appropriate department that may effectively use the equipment.  (2010‑22, s. 11; 2014‑64, s. 4(d).)

§ 58‑87‑10.  Workers' Compensation Fund for the benefit of certain safety workers.
(a)	Definitions. – As used in this section, the following terms apply:
(1)	Eligible entity. – One of the following entities that support eligible units and members of eligible units:
a.	North Carolina State Firefighters' Association.
b.	The North Carolina Association of Fire Chiefs, Incorporated.
c.	North Carolina Association of Rescue and Emergency Medical Services, Inc.
(2)	Eligible unit. – A fire department or rescue/EMS unit that (i) is not part of a unit of local government and (ii) is exempt from State income tax under G.S. 105‑130.11.
(b)	Creation. – The Workers' Compensation Fund is created in the Department of Insurance as an expendable trust fund. Accordingly, interest and other investment income earned by the Fund accrues to it, and revenue in the Fund at the end of a fiscal year remains in the Fund and does not revert.
(c)	Use. – Revenue in the Workers' Compensation Fund shall be used to provide workers' compensation benefits to (i) members of eligible units and (ii) the employees and volunteers of eligible entities. Chapter 97 of the General Statutes governs the payment of benefits from the Fund. Benefits are payable for compensable injuries or deaths that occur on or after July 1, 1996.
(d)	Administration. – The State Fire and Rescue Commission, established under G.S. 58‑78‑1, shall administer the Workers' Compensation Fund and shall perform this duty by contracting with a third‑party administrator. The contracting procedure is not subject to Article 3C of Chapter 143 of the General Statutes. The reasonable and necessary expenses incurred by the Commission in administering the Fund shall be paid out of the Fund by the State Treasurer. The Commission may adopt rules to implement this section.
The State Fire and Rescue Commission shall include the provisions of Section 2(d) of S.L. 2014‑64 in all future contracts with its workers' compensation third party administrators.
(e)	Revenue Source. – Revenue is credited to the Workers' Compensation Fund from a portion of the proceeds of the tax levied under G.S. 105‑228.5(d)(3). In addition, every eligible unit and eligible entity that elects to participate shall pay into the Fund an amount set annually by the State Fire and Rescue Commission to ensure that the Fund will be able to meet its payment obligations under this section. The amount shall be set as an amount for each member of the roster of the eligible unit or for each employee or volunteer of an eligible entity, and the amount may vary based on whether an individual is a volunteer, a part‑time employee, or a full‑time employee. The payment shall be made to the State Fire and Rescue Commission on or before July 1 of each year. The Commission shall remit the payments it receives to the State Treasurer, who shall credit the payments to the Fund.
(f)	Funding Study. – The Department of Insurance shall annually conduct an actuarial study that shall do all of the following:
(1)	Calculate the amount required to meet the needs of the Fund, projecting at least five years into the future.
(2)	Report on the nature of the claims paid by the Fund and any claims‑related trends that impact the financial status of the Fund.
(3)	Calculate how much revenue from the State and from member premiums would be required to meet the needs of the Fund for each of the following scenarios:
a.	The Fund receives twenty percent (20%) of the net proceeds from the tax collected under G.S. 105‑228.5(d)(3).
b.	Member premiums do not change from the prior year.
c.	Member premiums fully fund the Fund without any State support.
(4)	Be published no later than February 1 of each year. Upon publishing the study, the Department shall notify the following of its publication:
a.	The Office of State Budget and Management.
b.	The House Appropriations Committee.
c.	The Senate Appropriations/Base Budget Committee.
d.	The Fiscal Research Division.
Additionally, beginning in 2016 and every five years thereafter, the study shall include (i) a comparison of Fund premium levels to the premium levels of employees of municipal fire and rescue departments and (ii) a calculation of the amount of revenue generated by experience‑rating premium surcharges and, if necessary, recommend changes to experience‑rating premium surcharges given claim trends. The Department may contract with a third party to conduct the study required under this section, and the cost of the study may be paid from the Fund. However, if the Department contracts with the same actuary that the Volunteer Safety Workers' Compensation Board contracts with to perform the study under this section, then the Department shall not pay the actuary for data collection and analysis that the actuary has already performed as part of its loss reserve analysis for the Board.
(g)	Allocation of Taxes. – The study conducted under subsection (f) of this section shall be reviewed by the Office of State Budget and Management. On or before March 1 of each year, the Office of State Budget and Management, in consultation with the Department of Insurance, must notify the Secretary of Revenue of the amount required to meet the needs of the Fund, as determined by the study, for the upcoming fiscal year. The Secretary of Revenue shall remit that amount, subject to the twenty percent (20%) limitation in G.S. 105‑228.5(d)(3), to the Fund.  (1995, c. 507, s. 7.21A(a); 1999‑132, s. 1.2; 2013‑360, ss. 20.2(d), (e); 2014‑64, ss. 2(a), (b), (d); 2016‑51, s. 6.)

Article 88.
Rescue Squad Workers' Relief Fund.
§ 58‑88‑1.  Definitions.
As used in this Article:
(1)	"Association" means the North Carolina Association of Rescue and Emergency Medical Services, Inc.
(2)	"Board" means the Board of Trustees of the Fund.
(3)	"EMS" means emergency medical services.
(4)	"Fund" means the Rescue Squad Workers' Relief Fund.
(5)	"Secretary‑Treasurer" means the Secretary‑Treasurer of the Association. (1987, c. 584, s. 5.)

§ 58‑88‑5.  Rescue Squad Workers' Relief Fund; trustees; disbursement of funds.
(a)	The "Rescue Squad Workers' Relief Fund" is created. It consists of the revenue credited to the Fund under G.S. 20‑183.7(c) and shall be used for the purposes set forth in this Article.
(b)	The Executive Committee of the Association shall be the Board of Trustees of the Fund. The Board shall consist of the Commander, Vice‑Commander, Secretary‑Treasurer, and two past Commanders of the Association. The Commander shall be the Chairman of the Board. The Commander, Vice‑Commander, and Secretary‑Treasurer shall appoint the two past Commanders of the Association, who shall serve at the pleasure of the appointing officers.
(c)	The Commissioner of Insurance has exclusive control of the Fund and shall disburse revenue in the Fund to the Association only for the following purposes:
(1)	To safeguard any rescue or EMS worker in active service from financial loss, occasioned by sickness contracted or injury received while in the performance of his or her duties as a rescue or EMS worker.
(2)	To provide a reasonable support for those persons actually dependent upon the services of any rescue or EMS worker who may lose his or her life in the service of his or her town, county, city, or the State, either by accident or from disease contracted or injury received by reason of such service. The amount is to be determined according to the earning capacity of the deceased.
(3)	To award scholarships to children of members, deceased members or retired members in good standing, for the purpose of attending a two year or four year college or university, and for the purpose of attending a two year course of study at a community college or an accredited trade or technical school, any of which is located in the State of North Carolina. Continuation of the payment of educational benefits for children of active members shall be conditioned on the continuance of active membership in the rescue or EMS service by the parent, parents, legal guardian, or legal guardians.
(4)	To pay death benefits to those persons who were actually dependent upon any member killed in the line of duty.
(4a)	To pay additional benefits approved by the Board of Trustees of the Fund to rescue and EMS workers who are eligible pursuant to G.S. 58‑88‑10 and who are members of the Association.
(5)	Notwithstanding any other provision of law, no expenditures shall be made pursuant to subdivisions (1), (2), (3), (4), and (4a) of this subsection unless the Board has certified that the expenditures will not render the Fund financially unsound for the purpose of providing the benefits set forth in subdivisions (1), (2), (3), (4), and (4a). If, for any reason, funds made available for subdivisions (1), (2), (3), (4), and (4a) are insufficient to pay in full any benefit, the benefits pursuant to subdivisions (1), (2), (3), (4), and (4a) shall be reduced pro rata for as long as the amount of insufficient funds exists. No claims shall accrue with respect to any amount by which a benefit under subdivisions (1), (2), (3), (4), and (4a) has been reduced.  (1987, c. 584, s. 5; 1987 (Reg. Sess., 1988), c. 1062, s. 10; 1989 (Reg. Sess., 1990), c. 1066, s. 33(c); 1995, c. 421, s. 1; 2014‑64, s. 1(f); 2015‑88, s. 5.)

§ 58‑88‑10.  Membership eligibility.
(a)	Any member of a rescue squad or EMS service who is eligible for membership in the Association and who has attended a minimum of 36 hours of training in the last calendar year; and each rescue squad or EMS service whose members are eligible for membership in the Association who has filed a roster certifying to the Secretary‑Treasurer who certifies to the Commissioner of Insurance by January 1 of each calendar year that all eligible members have met the requirements, shall be eligible for the Fund. Any eligible member who, in the actual discharge of his or her duties as rescue or EMS personnel, is (1) made sick by disease contracted or (2) becomes disabled, shall be entitled to the benefits from the Fund.
(b)	Any organized rescue squad or EMS service in North Carolina holding itself ready for duty may, upon compliance with the requirements of the constitution and by‑laws of the Association, be eligible for membership in the Fund.
(c)	The line of duty entitling one to participate in the Fund shall be so construed as to mean actual rescue or EMS duty only.  (1987, c. 584, s. 5; 2015‑88, s. 6.)

§ 58‑88‑15.  Accounting; reports; audits.
The Board shall keep a correct account of all monies received and disbursed by the Board; and shall annually file a report with the Commissioner of Insurance at such time and in such form prescribed by the Commissioner of Insurance and the State Auditor.  The Board shall be bonded by the sum of any money total for which it is responsible.  The books, records, and operations of the Board shall be subject to the oversight of the State Auditor pursuant to Article 5A of Chapter 147 of the General Statutes. (1987, c. 584, s. 5; 1993, c. 257, s. 3.)

§ 58‑88‑20.  Justification of claim.
The eligibility of the claimant and the justification of each claim shall be certified by the chief or chief officer of the local department before a magistrate, notary public, or other officer authorized to administer oaths, on a form furnished by the Secretary‑Treasurer.  This form must be accompanied by a certificate of the attending physician on a form also to be furnished by the Secretary‑Treasurer.  Each person receiving benefits from the Fund shall file an annual justification of claim form with the Secretary‑Treasurer stating that the need for the claim still exists. (1987, c. 584, s. 5.)

§ 58‑88‑25.  Application for benefits.
Applications for benefits from the Fund shall be made to the Secretary‑Treasurer under the following conditions and procedure: Within 180 days after the contracting of a disease or the occurrence of accident for which benefits are sought, the chief or chief officer of the local department shall notify the Secretary‑Treasurer in writing that the person applying for benefits is a member of the Fund and request the necessary forms from the Secretary‑Treasurer's office to be submitted for the benefits.  (1987, c. 584, s. 5; 2015‑88, s. 7.)

§ 58‑88‑30.  Administration costs.
The Association shall withhold twelve percent (12%) from the money received pursuant to G.S. 20‑183.7(c) for the administration of the Fund. The Commissioner of Insurance shall withhold two percent (2%) from the money received pursuant to G.S. 20‑183.7(c) for the administration of the Fund.  (1987, c. 584, s. 5; 1989 (Reg. Sess., 1990), c. 1066, s. 33(d); 1991 (Reg. Sess., 1992), c. 943, s. 3; 2008‑107, s. 29.9(a).)

§ 58‑88‑35.  Prudent management of Rescue Squad Workers' Relief Fund.
The Association shall manage the Rescue Squad Workers' Relief Fund as a prudent trustee of the funds, subject to Chapter 36E of the General Statutes.  (2014‑64, s. 1(g).)

Article 89.
Repealed.
§§ 58‑89‑1 through 58‑89‑30: Repealed by Session Laws 2004‑162, s. 1, effective January 1, 2005.

Article 89A.
North Carolina Professional Employer Organization Act.
Part 1. In General.
§ 58‑89A‑1.  Title.
This Article shall be known and may be cited as the "North Carolina Professional Employer Organization Act". (2002‑168, s. 8; 2004‑162, s. 1.)

§ 58‑89A‑5.  Definitions.
In this Article:
(1)	"Applicant" means a person applying for a license or a group license under this Article.
(2)	"Assigned employee" means an employee who is performing services for a client company under a contract between a licensee and a client company in which employment responsibilities are shared or allocated. "Assigned employee" does not include a temporary employee. Individuals who are directors, shareholders, partners, and managers of a client company are assigned employees to the extent the licensee and the client have agreed that those individuals are assigned employees and provided that those individuals meet the criteria of this subdivision and act as operational managers or perform reviews for the client company.
(3)	"Audited GAAP financial statement" means a financial statement that is audited by an independent certified public accountant and presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
(4)	"Client company" or "client" means a person that contracts with a licensee and is assigned employees by the licensee under that contract.
(5)	"Control", including the terms "controlling", "controlled by", and "under common control with" means the direct or indirect possession of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract other than a commercial contract for goods or nonmanagement services, or otherwise. Control is presumed to exist if any natural person directly or indirectly owns, controls, holds with the power to vote, or holds proxies representing ten percent (10%) or more of the voting securities of any other person. This presumption may be rebutted by a showing made in the manner provided by rule of the Commissioner. The Commissioner may determine, after furnishing all persons in interest notice and opportunity to be heard and making specific findings of fact to support such determination, that control exists in fact, notwithstanding the absence of a presumption to that effect.
(6)	"Financial responsibility" means the current and expected future condition of financial solvency sufficient to support a reasonable expectation that an applicant or licensee can successfully conduct its business without jeopardizing the interests of its assigned employees, client companies, or the public.
(7)	"Good moral character" means a personal history of honesty, trustworthiness, fairness, a good reputation for fair dealings, and respect for the rights of others and for state and federal laws.
(8)	Repealed by Session Laws 2013‑413, s. 11.1(a), effective October 1, 2013.
(9)	"Licensee" means a person licensed under this Article to provide professional employer services. The term includes a professional employer organization group licensed under G.S. 58‑89A‑35(b). Unless specifically stated otherwise in this Article, "licensee" includes persons who are licensed under this Article pursuant to alternative licensing procedures as set forth in G.S. 58‑89A‑76.
(10)	"Managed services" means services provided by an organization that is the sole employer of employees whom it supplies to staff and manage a specific portion of a company's workforce or a specific facility within a company on an ongoing basis. The managed services organization has responsibility for ensuring the capabilities and skills of the employees it supplies or provides, for all employer functions, for supervisory responsibility over the employees, and for management accountability of the facility or function.
(11)	"PEO agreement" means a written contract by and between a client company and a professional employer organization that provides:
a.	For the allocation and sharing between the client company and the licensee of the responsibilities of employers with respect to the assigned employees, including hiring, firing, and disciplining of employees; and
b.	That the licensee and the client company assume the responsibilities required by this Article.
(12)	"Person" has the same meaning as in G.S. 58‑1‑5(9).
(13)	"Personnel placement service" means a job placement service offered through an organization that assists persons seeking employment to find a job with companies that are seeking employees. Companies that hire persons through a personnel placement service are the sole employers of the persons hired, and the personnel placement service does not have any responsibility as an employer.
(14)	"Professional employer organization" or "PEO" means a person that offers professional employer services and includes "staff leasing services companies", "employee leasing companies", "staff leasing companies", and "administrative employers" who offer or propose to offer professional employer services in this State.
(15)	"Professional employer organization group" or "PEO group" means a combination of professional employer organizations that operates under a group license issued under this Article or is otherwise subject to group licensure requirements under G.S. 58‑89A‑35(b).
(16)	"Professional employer services" means an arrangement by which employees of a licensee are assigned to work at a client company and in which employment responsibilities are in fact shared by the licensee and the client company in accordance with G.S. 58‑89A‑100, the employee's assignment is intended to be of a long‑term or continuing nature, rather than temporary or seasonal in nature. "Professional employer services" does not include services that provide temporary employees or independent contractors, a personnel placement service, managed services, payroll services that do not involve employee staffing or leasing, the sharing of employees by commonly owned companies within the meaning of section 414(b) and (c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or similar groups that do not meet the requirements of this subdivision.
(17)	"Temporary employees" means persons employed under an arrangement by which an organization hires its own employees and assigns them to a client company to support or supplement the client's workforce in a special work situation, including:
a.	An employee absence;
b.	A temporary skill shortage;
c.	A seasonal workload; or
d.	A special assignment or project.  (2002‑168, s. 8; 2004‑162, s. 1; 2007‑127, s. 12; 2013‑413, s. 11.1(a).)

§ 58‑89A‑10:  Repealed by Session Laws 2008‑124, s. 7.3, effective October 1, 2008.

§ 58‑89A‑15.  Rules.
(a)	The Commissioner may adopt rules necessary to implement, administer, and enforce the provisions of this Article.
(b)	Each licensee and each person subject to licensure requirements under this Article are subject to the provisions of this Article and to the rules adopted by the Commissioner.
(c)	Nothing in this Article preempts the existing statutory or rule‑making authority of any other State agency or entity to regulate professional employer services in a manner consistent with the statutory authority of that State agency or entity. (2002‑168, s. 8; 2004‑162, s. 1.)

§ 58‑89A‑20.  Interagency cooperation.
A State agency, in performing duties under other law that affects the regulation of professional employer services, shall cooperate with the Commissioner as necessary to implement, administer, and enforce this Article. (2004‑162, s. 1.)

§ 58‑89A‑25.  Effect of other law on client companies and assigned employees.
(a)	This Article does not exempt a client company of a licensee, or any assigned employee, from any other license requirements imposed under local, State, or federal law.
(b)	An employee who is licensed, registered, or certified under law and who is assigned to a client company is considered to be an employee of the client company for the purpose of that license, registration, or certification.
(c)	A licensee is not engaged in the unauthorized practice of an occupation, trade, or profession that is licensed, certified, or otherwise regulated by a State agency or other political subdivision of the State, including a county or city, by entering into a PEO agreement with a client company and assigned employees.
(d)	With respect to a bid, contract, purchase order, program, or agreement entered into with the State or a political subdivision of the State, or State program or benefit otherwise available to a client company, a client company's status, certification, or qualification pursuant to the bid, contract, benefit, program, agreement, or State program shall not be affected because the client company has entered into an agreement with a licensee or utilizes the services of a licensee.
(e)	Nothing in this Article or in any PEO agreement or other professional employer services contract shall affect, modify, or amend any collective bargaining agreement or the rights or obligations of any client company, professional employer organization, or any assigned employee under the National Labor Relations Act, 29 U.S.C. § 151, et seq. (2004‑162, s. 1.)

§ 58‑89A‑30.  Other provisions of this chapter.
G.S. 58‑2‑45, 58‑2‑50, 58‑2‑55, 58‑2‑60, 58‑2‑65, 58‑2‑69, 58‑2‑70, 58‑2‑75, 58‑2‑100, 58‑2‑155, 58‑2‑163, 58‑2‑180, 58‑2‑185, 58‑2‑200, 58‑2‑240, and 58‑3‑100 shall apply to all persons licensed under this Article and all persons subject to licensure requirements under this Article. (2004‑162, s. 1; 2007‑127, s. 13.)

§ 58‑89A‑31.  Tax credits and other incentives.
For purposes of determination of tax credits and other economic incentives provided by the State or a political subdivision and based on employment, covered employees are considered employees solely of the client. A client shall be entitled to the benefit of any tax credit, economic incentive, or other benefit arising as the result of the employment of covered employees of the client. Each professional employer organization must provide, upon request by a client, employment information that is required by any agency or department of the State or a political subdivision responsible for administration of any tax credit or economic incentive and that is necessary to support a request, claim, application, or other action by a client seeking the tax credit or economic incentive. For purposes of this section, the term "political subdivision" has the same meaning as in G.S. 162A‑65(a)(8).  (2004‑162, s. 1; 2009‑552, s. 4.)

Part 2. License Requirements and Limitations.
§ 58‑89A‑35.  License required; professional employer organization groups.
(a)	No person shall engage in or offer professional employer services in this State unless the person holds a license issued under this Article.
(b)	Two or more professional employer organizations that are controlled by the same ultimate parent, entity, or persons may be licensed as a professional employer organization group. A professional employer organization group may satisfy the reporting and financial requirements of this Article on a consolidated basis. As a condition of licensure as a professional employer organization group, each professional employer organization that is a member of the group shall guarantee payment of all financial obligations of every other member. Notwithstanding the definition of "person" in this Article, whenever two or more entities combine to seek issuance of a single license under this Article, the requirements for group licensure under this subsection shall be met before issuance of a license and any license issued will be a group license issued pursuant to this subsection. (2002‑168, s. 8; 2004‑162, s. 1.)

§ 58‑89A‑40.  Qualifications for controlling person.
(a)	To be qualified to serve as a controlling person of a licensee under this Article, the controlling person shall be at least 18 years of age, be of good moral character, and have educational, managerial, or business experience relevant to:
(1)	Operation of a professional employer organization; or
(2)	Service as a controlling person of a professional employer organization.
(b)	This section does not apply to persons who are licensed pursuant to the alternative licensing procedures set forth in G.S. 58‑89A‑76 or to entities that are controlling persons. (2004‑162, s. 1.)

§ 58‑89A‑45.  Reserved.

§ 58‑89A‑50.  Surety bond; letter of credit; other deposits.
(a)	An applicant for licensure shall file with the Commissioner a surety bond, or other items as set forth in subsection (f) of this section, in the amount of one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000) for the benefit of the Commissioner. An applicant whose current assets do not exceed current liabilities pursuant to G.S. 58‑89A‑60(b) shall file an additional surety bond or other items set forth in subsection (f) of this section equal to or in excess of current liabilities less current assets.
(b)	The surety bond required by this section shall be in a form acceptable to the Commissioner, issued by an insurer authorized by the Commissioner to write surety business in this State, and maintained in force while the license remains in effect or any obligations or liabilities of the applicant, licensee or PEO previously licensed by this State remain outstanding.
(c)	The surety bond required by this section may be exchanged or replaced with another surety bond if (i) the surety bond applies to obligations and liabilities that arose during the period of the original surety bond, (ii) the surety bond meets the requirements of this section, and (iii) 90 days' advance written notice is provided to the Commissioner.
(d)	Repealed by Session Laws 2013‑413, s. 11.2(b), effective October 1, 2013.
(e)	Notice of cancellation or nonrenewal of the surety bond required by this section shall be provided to the Commissioner in writing at least 45 days before cancellation or nonrenewal.
(e1)	A surety bond may be cancelled by the issuer of the bond with respect to future obligations or liabilities upon proper notice pursuant to this section and without regard to approval or acceptance of the Commissioner.
(f)	In lieu of the surety bond required by this section, an applicant may submit to the Commissioner an irrevocable letter of credit in a form acceptable to the Commissioner issued by a financial institution, the deposits of which are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or may maintain on deposit with the Commissioner an amount equal to the amount required under subsection (a) of this section in cash or in value of securities of the kind specified in G.S. 58‑5‑20.
(g)	This section does not apply to persons who are licensed pursuant to the alternative licensing procedures set forth in G.S. 58‑89A‑76 or to persons who are de minimis registrants pursuant to G.S. 58‑89A‑75.
(h)	The license of any licensee that fails to provide and maintain a surety bond, letter of credit, cash, or securities pursuant to this section shall be automatically and immediately suspended, and the licensee shall tender its license to the Commissioner within three days of failure to satisfy this requirement.  (2004‑162, s. 1; 2005‑124, s. 1; 2008‑124, ss. 7.1, 7.2; 2009‑552, s. 1; 2013‑413, s. 11.1(b).)

§ 58‑89A‑55.  Reserved.

§ 58‑89A‑60.  License application.
(a)	Every applicant for licensure shall file with the Commissioner, on a form prescribed by the Commissioner, the following information:
(1)	The name, organizational structure, and date of organization of the applicant, the addresses of the principal office and of all offices in this State, the name of the contact person, the type of operations within this State, and the taxpayer or employer identification number.
(2)	A list by jurisdiction of each name under which the applicant has operated in the preceding five years, including any alternative names, names of predecessors, and, if known, names of successor business entities. The list required by this subdivision shall include the parent company name and any trade name, trademark, or service mark of the applicant.
(3)	A list of all officers and controlling persons of the applicant, their biographical information, including their management background, and an affidavit from each attesting to his or her good moral character and management competence.
(4)	The location of the business records of the applicant.
(5)	An attestation, executed by the chief financial officer and chief executive officer of the applicant, that the applicant is current as of the date the application is submitted with respect to all of its obligations for payroll, payroll‑related taxes, workers' compensation insurance, and employee benefits. If any such obligations are in dispute with a client as of the date the application is submitted and the disputed amount is material when considered in the context of the applicant's most recent audited financial statement, then the applicant shall disclose the nature of the dispute causing the obligations to be unpaid and the amount of money in controversy.
(6)	Any other information the Commissioner deems necessary and requires by rule to establish that the applicant and the officers and controlling persons are of good moral character, have business integrity, and have financial responsibility.
(b)	Every applicant shall file with the Commissioner an audited GAAP financial statement, prepared as of a date not more than 90 days before the date of application that demonstrates that the applicant or licensee's current assets exceed current liabilities and attached to which is a separate document signed by the chief executive and the chief financial officer certifying that (i) each has reviewed the financial statement; (ii) based on each signatory's knowledge, the financial statement does not contain any untrue or misleading statement of material fact or omit a fact with respect to the period covered by the financial statement; and (iii) based on each signatory's knowledge, the financial statement fairly presents in all material respects the financial condition of the licensee as of, and for, the period presented in the financial statement.
Notwithstanding the requirements of this subsection, the Commissioner may, in the Commissioner's discretion, accept an audited GAAP financial statement that has been prepared more than 90 days before submission to the Commissioner if the Commissioner deems such acceptance appropriate. The Commissioner may, in the Commissioner's discretion, impose conditions upon such acceptance of financial statements prepared more than 90 days prior to submission.
The audited GAAP financial statement shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and audited by an independent certified public accountant licensed to practice in the jurisdiction in which such accountant is located and shall be without qualification as to the going concern status of the PEO. A PEO group may submit combined or consolidated audited financial statements to meet the requirements of this section, except that a PEO that has not had sufficient operating history to have audited financial statements based upon at least 12 months of operating history must meet the financial capacity requirements of this subsection and present financial statements reviewed by a certified public accountant.
(c)	Every applicant shall submit to the Commissioner the application fee pursuant to G.S. 58‑89A‑65.
(d)	Every applicant shall furnish the Commissioner a complete set of fingerprints of each officer, director, and controlling person in a form prescribed by the Commissioner. Each set of fingerprints shall be certified by an authorized law enforcement officer.
Upon request by the Department, the Department of Public Safety shall provide to the Department from the State and National Repositories of Criminal Histories the criminal history of any applicant and the officer, director, and controlling person of any applicant. Along with the request, the Department shall provide to the Department of Public Safety the fingerprints of the person that is the subject of the request, a form signed by the person that is the subject of the request consenting to the criminal record check and use of fingerprints and other identifying information required by the State and National Repositories, and any additional information required by the Department of Public Safety. The person's fingerprints shall be forwarded to the State Bureau of Investigation for a search of the State's criminal history record file, and the State Bureau of Investigation may forward a set of fingerprints to the Federal Bureau of Investigation for a national criminal history record check. The Department shall keep all information obtained pursuant to this subsection confidential. The Department of Public Safety may charge a fee to offset the cost incurred by it to conduct a criminal record check under this section. The fee shall not exceed the actual cost of locating, editing, researching, and retrieving the information.
In the event that an applicant has secured a professional employer organization license in another state in which the professional employer organization's controlling persons have completed a criminal background investigation within 12 months of this application, a certified copy of the report from the appropriate authority of that state may satisfy the requirement of this subsection. This subsection also applies to a change in a controlling party of a professional employer organization. For purposes of investigation under this subsection, the Commissioner shall have all the power conferred by G.S. 58‑2‑50 and other applicable provisions of this Chapter.
(e)	An application for licensure of a professional employer organization group shall contain the information and submissions required by this section for each member of the group.
(f)	No application is complete until the Commissioner has received all information and submissions required under subsections (a) through (e) of this section. Subsections (a) through (e) of this section do not apply to persons who are licensed pursuant to the alternative licensing procedures set forth in G.S. 58‑89A‑76.
(g)	The Commissioner may deny the license of an applicant under this Article if, after notice to the applicant and an opportunity for a hearing, the Commissioner finds that a controlling person has:
(1)	Made any untrue material statement regarding the background or experience of any controlling person;
(2)	Violated, or failed to comply with, any professional employer services law or any rule or order of the Commissioner or of any other State official responsible for the regulation of professional employer services;
(3)	Obtained or attempted to obtain the license through misrepresentation or fraud;
(4)	Been convicted of a felony;
(5)	Been found in a final judgment or administrative proceeding to have committed fraud or an unfair trade practice; or
(6)	Been a controlling person in another professional employer organization that has had its license or registration suspended, terminated, or revoked by any state.
(h)	If the Commissioner finds that the applicant has not fully met the requirements for licensure, the Commissioner shall refuse to issue the license and shall notify the applicant in writing of the denial, stating the grounds for the denial. The application may also be denied for any reason for which a license may be suspended or terminated under G.S. 58‑89A‑155. To obtain a review to determine the reasonableness of the Commissioner's denial, the applicant shall make written demand upon the Commissioner within 30 days after notice is given under G.S. 150B‑38(c). The review shall be completed without undue delay, and the applicant shall be notified promptly in writing as to the outcome of the review. If the applicant disagrees with the outcome of the review and seeks a hearing, under Article 3A of Chapter 150B of the General Statutes, on the outcome of the review, the applicant shall make a written demand upon the Commissioner for the hearing within 30 days after notice of the outcome of the review is given under G.S. 150B‑38(c).
(i)	Removal, demotion, or discharge of a controlling person in response to an order of the Commissioner of the alleged unsuitability of that person is an affirmative defense to any claim by that individual based on the removal, demotion, or discharge.
(j)	The Commissioner may, in the Commissioner's discretion, waive the required evaluation of an officer, director or controlling person if that officer, director or controlling person has been evaluated previously under this Article.
(k)	After denial, suspension, or termination of a license, and before issuing a new license or reinstating a license, the Commissioner shall review and consider:
(1)	The extent to which the applicant or licensee has adequately corrected any problems; and
(2)	Whether the applicant or licensee has demonstrated that the applicant or licensee had exercised due diligence to avoid the reason or reasons for the denial or termination.
The applicant or licensee bears the burden of proof with respect to subdivisions (1) and (2) of this subsection.  (2002‑168, s.8; 2004‑162, s. 1; 2013‑413, s. 11.1(c); 2014‑100, s. 17.1(o); 2015‑281, s. 6.)

§ 58‑89A‑65.  Fees.
(a)	Each applicant for a professional employer organization license or de minimis registration shall pay to the Commissioner, before the issuance of the license, a nonrefundable application fee of one thousand dollars ($1,000).
(b)	Each licensee shall pay to the Commissioner when filing the information required under G.S. 58‑89A‑70(d) an annual filing fee of one thousand dollars ($1,000).
(c)	Each applicant for alternative licensing under G.S. 58‑89A‑76 and each applicant for renewal of a license provided under G.S. 58‑89A‑76 shall pay to the Commissioner, before issuance or renewal of the license, a fee of five hundred dollars ($500.00).
(d)	When the Commissioner finds that a licensee has committed an act that is a ground for disciplinary violation under G.S. 58‑89A‑155 or that a licensee has committed a prohibited act in violation of G.S. 58‑89A‑170, and such decision becomes final following the conclusion of all administrative or judicial proceedings, the Commissioner may charge an applicant or licensee reasonable fees to recover the Department's costs associated with investigations, inspections, examinations, and any other administrative or enforcement responsibilities created under this Article.
(e)	Fees collected by the Commissioner under this Article shall be deposited in the Insurance Regulatory Fund under G.S. 58‑6‑25 and shall be used to implement this Article. (2002‑168, s. 8; 2004‑162, s. 1; 2005‑124, s. 2.)

§ 58‑89A‑70.  License issuance and maintenance.
(a)	The Commissioner shall issue a license to an applicant whom the Commissioner determines has satisfied the requirements of this Article not later than the 90th day after the date on which the completed application is filed with the Commissioner. The Commissioner shall notify an applicant of any deficiency in the application not later than the 60th day after the date on which the Commissioner receives the application.
(b)	A license issued by the Commissioner under this Article shall remain in effect until revoked, suspended, surrendered, or otherwise terminated.
(c)	By obtaining licensure under this Article, the controlling persons of a licensee certify, under penalty of law, their compliance with the requirements of licensure and of operation as a professional employer organization pursuant to this Article.
(d)	Within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, each licensee shall file with the Commissioner all of the following information:
(1)	Evidence of "financial responsibility" as set forth in G.S. 58‑89A‑60(b).
(2)	Any information required by G.S. 58‑89A‑60(a) for which there has been a change since the last or initial filing. Any change of controlling persons may subject the licensee to a background investigation of those controlling persons as required by G.S. 58‑89A‑60.
(3)	The annual filing fee, pursuant to G.S. 58‑89A‑65.
(4)	Any other information the Commissioner determines is needed for the review of a licensee.
(e)	In order to maintain licensure, each licensee may be required to file with the Commissioner no later than 45 days after the end of each quarter of the fiscal year:
(1)	A financial statement for the preceding quarter that is not audited but is set forth in a format similar to the annual audited GAAP financial statement; and
(2)	An attestation, executed by the chief financial officer and the chief executive officer of the licensee, that the licensee is current with respect to all of its obligations for payroll, payroll‑related taxes, workers' compensation insurance, and employee benefits. If any of the obligations listed in this subdivision are in dispute with a client and the disputed amount is material when considered in the context of the licensee's most recent audited financial statement, then the licensee shall disclose the nature of the dispute causing the obligations to be unpaid and the amount of money in controversy. (2004‑162, s. 1.)

§ 58‑89A‑75.  De minimis registration.
(a)	A person who seeks to offer limited professional employer services in this State shall be eligible for de minimis registration status upon compliance with this section and may operate as a de minimis registrant in this State upon notification pursuant to this section. A person shall satisfy the requirements for a de minimis registration only if the professional employer organization:
(1)	Does not maintain a physical professional employer organization office located in this State;
(2)	Does not employ salespersons who reside or direct their sales activities in this State;
(3)	Does not employ directly or in common control with another person, as defined in G.S. 58‑89A‑5(12), more than 50 assigned employees in this State;
(4)	Does not advertise through any media outlet physically located in this State;
(5)	Is a licensed or registered professional employer organization in at least one other state of the United States; and
(6)	Is operated by and under the control of persons of good moral character.
A professional employer organization operating under a de minimis registration shall be subject to all of the responsibilities and authority of a licensee under this Article except for G.S. 58‑89A‑50, 58‑89A‑60 and 58‑89A‑70(c), (d), and (e).
(b)	A person seeking de minimis registration status shall notify the Commissioner, on a form prescribed by the Commissioner, attesting that the professional employer organization meets all of the eligibility requirements for de minimis registration status under this section and additionally provide, at a minimum, the following information:
(1)	The name of the professional employer organization, the address of its principal office, the name of the contact person, and the taxpayer or employer identification number;
(2)	A list by jurisdiction of each name under which the registrant has operated in the preceding five years, including any alternative names, names of predecessors, and, if known, successor business entities;
(3)	A list of all officers, directors, and controlling person(s) of the registrant and their biographical information in a form to be determined by the Commissioner; and
(4)	The location of the business records of the person.
(c)	If the Commissioner finds that the person seeking de minimis registration has not fully met the requirements for de minimis registration, the person shall not be eligible for de minimis registration status, and the Commissioner shall notify the person in writing. Within 30 days after service of the notification, the person may make a written demand upon the Commissioner for a review to determine the reasonableness of the Commissioner's action. The review shall be completed without undue delay, and the person shall be notified promptly in writing as to the outcome of the review. Within 30 days after service of the notification as to the outcome, the person may make a written demand upon the Commissioner for a hearing under Article 3A of Chapter 150B of the General Statutes if the person disagrees with the outcome.
(d)	If the Commissioner determines that the notification of eligibility for de minimis registration is incomplete, the Commissioner shall notify the person of the deficiency, and the registrant shall be allowed time, not to exceed 30 days from the date of the notice, to correct the deficiency. Failure of the person to correct the deficiency within the 30‑day time period shall result in the de minimis being deemed denied. Except as otherwise provided in this section, a person notified of a deficiency under this section may continue to operate while the deficiency is being corrected unless the Commissioner determines that the person is ineligible for de minimis registration status or is otherwise not authorized to operate in this State.
(e)	After a de minimis registrant's initial notification, a de minimis registrant shall annually notify the Commissioner of its continuing eligibility for de minimis registration status no earlier than January 1 and no later than January 15 of each year. The annual notification shall include the attestation of eligibility for de minimis registration and any change in the information previously provided to the Commissioner under this section.
(f)	A person operating under a de minimis registration to engage in professional employer services in North Carolina that ceases to satisfy any of the requirements for de minimis registration under this section shall apply for a professional employer organization license. The de minimis registrant may continue to operate in North Carolina pending approval of the registrant's application for a license provided the application is filed with the Commissioner no later than 30 days after the professional employer organization becomes ineligible for de minimis registration. If the application for licensure is denied or is not filed as prescribed in this section, the de minimis registrant must cease engaging in professional employer services in North Carolina.  (2004‑162, s. 1; 2005‑124, s. 3; 2007‑127, s. 14; 2009‑570, s. 9.)

§ 58‑89A‑76.  Alternative licensing.
The Commissioner, by rule, may provide for the acceptance of an affidavit by a bonded, independent, and qualified assurance organization that has been approved by the Commissioner certifying the qualifications of a professional employer organization for licensing under this Article in lieu of the requirements of G.S. 58‑89A‑40 through G.S. 58‑89A‑60. A professional employer organization licensed under this section shall be exempt from the provisions of G.S. 58‑89A‑70(c), (d), and (e). (2004‑162, s. 1.)

§ 58‑89A‑80.  License not assignable; change of name or location.
(a)	A licensee shall not conduct business under any name other than that specified in the license. A license issued under this Article is not assignable. A licensee shall not conduct business under any fictitious or assumed name without prior written authorization from the Commissioner. The Commissioner shall not authorize the use of a name that is so similar to that of a public office or agency or to that of another licensee that the public may be confused or misled by the name's use. A licensee shall not conduct business under more than one name unless the licensee has obtained a separate license for each name or the licensee is operating under a group license pursuant to G.S. 58‑89A‑35.
(b)	Except as provided in this subsection, a licensee may change the licensee's licensed name only once in a calendar year by notifying the Commissioner and paying a fee for the change of name. The fee for a name change shall be fifty dollars ($50.00). A licensee may change the licensee's name without the payment of the name change fee if the name change is submitted with the information required by G.S. 58‑89A‑70(d). If a licensee has changed its name once during a calendar year, the licensee shall not change its name again unless the name change is approved by the Commissioner.
(c)	A licensee shall notify the Commissioner in writing within 30 days of any change in the status of the licensee, including:
(1)	Any change in the location of the licensee's primary business office;
(2)	The addition of or change in the location of any other business offices providing professional employer services in this State; and
(3)	A change in the location of business records maintained by the licensee.
(d)	A licensee may advertise in this State using only the name that is on the license issued by the Commissioner.
(e)	Each written proposal provided to a prospective client company and each PEO agreement between a licensee and a client company or assigned employee shall clearly identify the name of the licensee. (2004‑162, s. 1.)

§ 58‑89A‑85.  Supervision; rehabilitation; liquidation.
If at any time the Commissioner determines, after notice and an opportunity for the licensee to be heard, that a licensee (i) has been or will be unable, in such a manner as may endanger the ability of the licensee, to fully perform its obligations pursuant to this Article or (ii) is bankrupt, the Commissioner may either (i) commence a supervision proceeding pursuant to Article 30 of this Chapter or (ii) apply to the Superior Court of Wake County or to the federal bankruptcy court that has previously taken jurisdiction over the licensee, if applicable, for an order directing the Commissioner or authorizing the Commissioner to rehabilitate or to liquidate a licensee in accordance with Article 30 of this Chapter.  (2004‑162, s. 1; 2013‑413, s. 11.1(d).)

§ 58‑89A‑90.  Reserved.

Part 3. Licensee Duties and Responsibilities.
§ 58‑89A‑95.  Agreement.
(a)	A licensee shall establish the terms of a PEO agreement by a written contract between the licensee and the client company.
(b)	The licensee shall give written notice of the agreement, by agreement or otherwise, as it affects assigned employees to each employee assigned to a client company work site.
(c)	Repealed by Session Laws 2013‑413, s. 11.1(e), effective October 1, 2013.  (2004‑162, s. 1; 2013‑413, s. 11.1(e).)

§ 58‑89A‑100.  Contract requirements.
A contract between a licensee and a client company shall provide:
(1)	Unless otherwise expressly agreed by a professional employer organization and a client company in a PEO agreement, the client company retains the exclusive right of direction and control over the assigned employees as is necessary to conduct the client company's business and without which the client company would be unable to conduct its business, to discharge any fiduciary responsibility that it may have, or to comply with any applicable licensure, regulatory, or statutory requirement of the client company or an assigned employee. The PEO agreement shall provide that employment responsibilities not allocated to the licensee by the PEO agreement or this section remain with the client company.
(2)	That the licensee assumes responsibility for the payment of wages to the assigned employees as agreed to in the PEO agreement.
(3)	That the licensee assumes responsibility for the payment of payroll taxes and collection of taxes from payroll on assigned employees.
(4)	That the licensee shall have a right to hire, discipline, and terminate an assigned employee as may be necessary to fulfill the licensee's responsibilities under this Chapter and a PEO agreement. The client company shall have a right to hire, discipline, and terminate an assigned employee.
(5)	That the licensee retains a right of direction and control over the adoption of employment policies and the management of workers' compensation claims, claim filings, and related procedures in accordance with applicable federal laws and the laws of this State.
(6)	That responsibility to obtain workers' compensation coverage for assigned employees, from an entity authorized to do business in this State and otherwise in compliance with all applicable requirements, shall be specifically allocated in the PEO agreement to either the client company or the licensee. If the responsibility is allocated to the licensee under any such agreement, that agreement shall require that the licensee maintain and provide to the client company, at the termination of the agreement if requested by the client company, records regarding the loss experience related to workers' compensation insurance provided to assigned employees pursuant to the agreement.  (2004‑162, s. 1; 2013‑413, s. 11.1(f).)

§ 58‑89A‑105.  Employee benefit plans; required disclosure; other reports.
(a)	A licensee may sponsor and maintain employee benefit plans for the benefit of assigned employees. Any health insurance plan sponsored and maintained by a licensee shall only be fully insured by one of the following:
(1)	A licensed insurance company that is authorized to write accident and health insurance, as defined in G.S. 58‑7‑15(3).
(2)	A service corporation organized and licensed under Article 65 of this Chapter.
(3)	A health maintenance organization organized and licensed under Article 67 of this Chapter.
(a1)	A client company may sponsor and maintain employee benefit plans for the benefit of assigned employees.
(b),(c)	Repealed by Session Laws 2008‑124, s. 7.4, effective October 1, 2008.
(d)	For the purposes of this section, a health insurance plan is fully insured only if all of the benefits provided under the plan are covered by an approved policy issued by one or more of the entities specified in subsection (a) of this section. A health insurance plan is not fully insured if the plan is any form of stop‑loss insurance or any other form of reinsurance.
(e)	Existing licensees shall comply with subsection (a) of this section by October 1, 2009. If on October 1, 2009, an existing licensee sponsors and maintains any health insurance plan that is not fully insured by one or more of the entities specified in subsection (a) of this section, the licensee may continue to sponsor and maintain the health insurance plan if it complies with G.S. 58‑89A‑106.  (2004‑162, s. 1; 2008‑124, s. 7.4; 2009‑552, s. 2.)

§ 58‑89A‑106.  Health insurance plan requirements.
(a)	In order for a licensee to sponsor and maintain a health benefit plan that is not fully insured by one or more of the entities specified in subsection (a) of G.S. 58‑89A‑105 on and after October 1, 2009, as authorized by subsection (e) of that section, the licensee shall meet all of the requirements listed in this subsection. A health benefit plan developed under this section is not required to provide coverage that meets the requirements of other provisions of this Chapter that mandate either coverage or the offer of coverage by the type or level of health care services or health care provider. The licensee shall:
(1)	Use a third‑party administrator licensed or registered under Article 56 of this Chapter.
(2)	Hold all health insurance plan assets, including participant contributions, in a separate trust account for use only with the health benefit plan.
(3)	Provide sound reserves for the health benefit plan that are determined on an annual basis by an actuary who is a member in good standing of the American Academy of Actuaries. The Commissioner may establish, by rule, a process for approving plan reserves.
(4)	Maintain the health benefit plan for only employees of the licensee or employees of the client company and neither offer nor advertise the health insurance benefit plan to the public generally.
(5)	Issue to each covered employee a policy, contract, certificate, summary plan description, or other evidence of the benefits and coverages provided. The evidence of benefits and coverages provided shall contain, in boldface print in a conspicuous location, the following statement: "THE BENEFITS UNDER THIS PLAN MAY NOT BE EQUAL TO THE MANDATED BENEFITS REQUIRED OF FULLY INSURED PLANS. THE BENEFITS AND COVERAGES DESCRIBED HEREIN ARE PROVIDED THROUGH A SELF‑FUNDED HEALTH BENEFIT PLAN ESTABLISHED BY [name of PEO]. EXCESS INSURANCE IS PROVIDED BY AN AUTHORIZED INSURANCE COMPANY TO COVER HIGH AMOUNT MEDICAL CLAIMS. THE HEALTH BENEFIT PLAN IS NOT PROTECTED BY ANY INSURANCE GUARANTY ASSOCIATION. OTHER RELATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION IS AVAILABLE FROM YOUR EMPLOYER OR FROM THE [name of PEO]." Any statement required by this subsection is not required on identification cards issued to covered employees or other insureds.
(6)	File all contracts with third‑party administrators with the Commissioner and report any changes to those contracts to the Commissioner before their implementation.
(7)	Obtain and maintain stop‑loss insurance from an insurer authorized to write insurance in this State and that meets the following requirements:
a.	If individual stop‑loss insurance, it is actuarially appropriate for the size of the group, surplus, and the expected losses, as determined by a qualified actuary and approved by the Commissioner.
b.	If aggregate stop‑loss insurance, it is actuarially appropriate for the size of the group, surplus, and the expected losses as determined by a qualified actuary and approved by the Commissioner. If the licensee is unable to obtain aggregate stop‑loss insurance that is actuarially appropriate, the licensee shall maintain at least a thirty percent (30%) lag reserve above expected losses, as determined by a qualified actuary.
c.	If prescribed by the Commissioner, by rule, it satisfies net retention levels in accordance with a PEO's surplus and expected claims.
(8)	File with the Commissioner for information the summary plan description and the evidence of the benefits and coverages provided under the health benefit plan that is issued to the person covered by the health benefit plan.
(9)	Establish and maintain a written plan of operation for the health benefit plan.
(10)	File with the Commissioner the plan of operation for the health benefit plan and any updates to the plan of operation within 30 days of implementation.
(11)	Upon request of the Commissioner, provide information that summarizes paid and incurred expenses and contributions or premiums received and any additional evidence that the PEO's health benefit plan is actuarially sound.
(b)	Notwithstanding Chapter 132 of the General Statutes, all documents filed by a licensee under this section are confidential, are not open for public inspection, and are not discoverable or admissible in evidence in a civil action brought by a party other than the Department against a person regulated by the Department, its directors, officers, or employees, unless the court finds that the interests of justice require that the documents be discoverable or admissible in evidence. The Commissioner, however, may use the contracts filed under this subsection in the furtherance of any regulatory or legal action brought as part of the Commissioner's official duties.  (2009‑552, s. 3; 2010‑96, s. 11.)

§ 58‑89A‑107.  Examinations of self‑funded health benefit plans.
(a)	The Commissioner may conduct an examination of a licensee's self‑funded employee benefit plan as often as the Commissioner considers appropriate.
(b)	An examination under this Article shall be conducted in accordance with the Examination Law of this Chapter, G.S. 58‑2‑131 through G.S. 58‑2‑133.
(c)	In lieu of an examination of any foreign or alien licensee's self‑funded employee benefit plan, the Commissioner may, in the Commissioner's discretion, accept an examination report on the licensee's self‑funded employee benefit plan prepared by the appropriate regulator for the licensee's state of domicile.
(d)	When making an examination under this section, the Commissioner may retain attorneys, appraisers, independent actuaries, independent certified public accountants, or other professionals and specialists as examiners, the reasonable cost of which shall be borne by the licensee that is the subject of the examination.
(e)	The amount paid by a PEO for an examination of its health benefit plan under this section shall not exceed sixty thousand dollars ($60,000), unless the PEO and the Commissioner agree on a higher amount. The State Treasurer shall deposit all funds received under this section in the Insurance Regulatory Fund established under G.S. 58‑6‑25. Funds received under this section shall be used by the Department for offsetting the actual expenses incurred by the Department for examinations under this section.  (2009‑552, s. 3.)

§ 58‑89A‑110.  Workers' compensation insurance.
(a)	A licensee or the licensee's client company shall provide workers' compensation insurance coverage through a licensed insurance carrier or a licensed self‑insurance plan for the licensee's assigned employees as provided in Chapter 97 of the General Statutes, the Workers' Compensation Act. To the extent that the licensee secures and maintains workers' compensation coverage for assigned employees, the carrier may elect to provide such coverage to the licensee pursuant to either the multiple coordinated policy method, as set forth in subsection (b) of this section, or the single policy method, as set forth in subsection (c) of this section.
(b)	If the licensee provides workers' compensation coverage pursuant to the multiple coordinated policy method, the licensee shall secure a separate policy for each client company of the licensee. Each policy shall identify the name of the client company and the licensee. The licensee shall be named as the insured and identify the client company. The licensee shall specify that it is the labor contractor for the client company by using the designation "L/C/F" on the policy.
Each policy shall expire on the same date. The policy shall not include coverage for nonleased employees of the client company or employees solely employed by the licensee. Only the licensee, as the first‑named insured under such a policy, may request the insurer to cancel the policy. Each policy shall be sent to the licensee as the named insured.
The client company of a licensee shall have a continuing obligation to provide coverage as required by Chapter 97 of the General Statutes, the Workers' Compensation Act, for any employees of the client company who are not assigned employees and not otherwise covered under a policy described in this subsection.
If a client company of a licensee leases employees from more than one licensee, there shall be a separate policy for the assigned employees of each licensee.
The workers' compensation carrier also shall issue a policy covering the internal employees of the licensee unless they are otherwise covered.
All policies written in accordance with this subsection by the same insurance carrier that reference the same licensee as labor contractor shall be combined for premium discount purposes.
When policies written in accordance with this subsection are written by the same insurance carrier, the carrier and licensee may agree to a retrospective rating program or any other permitted pricing program.
Whenever a policy written in accordance with this subsection is cancelled, the insurance company writing the policy shall provide individual notices of cancellation as required by this Chapter to the licensee and the client company of the licensee.
(c)	If the licensee provides workers' compensation coverage pursuant to the single policy method, the insurer shall issue to the licensee a single policy covering all assigned employees in this State in accordance with Chapter 97 of the General Statutes, the Workers' Compensation Act, and any other applicable laws or rating plans of this State.
As a condition of issuing a single policy, the licensee shall provide to the insurer of the policy all of the following information regarding each client company of the licensee with assigned employees in this State:
(1)	The correct legal name, any fictitious names, and the federal identification number.
(2)	The name and address of the president and chief executive officer.
(3)	The business mailing address.
(4)	The business telephone number and facsimile number.
The licensee shall also provide to the insurer the name and address of the insurance producer responsible for securing the policy of insurance on behalf of the licensee.
The insurer shall issue to each client company of the licensee a certificate of insurance on the single policy. The certificate of insurance shall require that the insurer provide notice of cancellation to the licensee and the client company of the licensee.
Whenever a policy written in accordance with this subsection is cancelled, the insurance company writing the policy shall provide individual notices of cancellation as required by this Chapter to the licensee and the client company of the licensee.
If the insurer fails to provide individual notices of cancellation to the licensee and the client company, the insurer shall remain liable on the risk for losses incurred by the client company that would have been covered by the workers' compensation policy prior to the attempted cancellation.
(d)	A license shall not be issued to any professional employer organization unless (i) the organization first files with the Commissioner evidence of workers' compensation coverage for all assigned employees in this State, including those leased from or coemployed with another person, and (ii) the organization certifies to the Commissioner that it has provided its workers' compensation carrier with proper and necessary documentation to allow the carrier to determine and charge a premium that is commensurate with exposure and anticipated claim experience for all employees covered under policies issued by the carrier in the name of the licensee.
(e)	Each licensee shall maintain and make available to its workers' compensation carrier on an annual basis the following information:
(1)	The correct name and federal identification number of each client company.
(2)	A listing of all covered employees provided to each client company, by classification code.
(3)	The total eligible wages, by classification code, and the premiums due to the carrier for the employees provided to each client company.
(4)	Sufficient information to permit the calculation of an experience modification factor for each client company upon termination of the professional employer relationship. Information accruing during the term of the leasing arrangement that is used to calculate an experience modification factor for a client company upon termination of the leasing relationship shall continue to be used in the future experience ratings of the licensee.
(f)	Every Form 19 "Employer's Report of Employee's Injury or Occupational Disease to the Industrial Commission" filed with the Industrial Commission shall identify by name and address both the licensee and the client company employing the employee who is the subject of the Form 19.
(g)	A licensee shall, within 30 days of initiation or termination of the licensee's relationship with any client company, notify its workers' compensation carrier and the North Carolina Industrial Commission of both the initiation and termination of the relationship. If the client company terminates the relationship between the licensee and the client company, the notice required by this subsection shall be given within 10 days of the licensee's actual knowledge of the termination.
(h)	If the professional employer services arrangement with a client company is terminated, the client company shall be assigned an experience modification factor that reflects its experience during the experience period specified by the approved experience rating plan, including, if applicable, experience incurred for assigned employees under the PEO agreement.
(i)	A client company shall not enter into a PEO agreement or be eligible for workers' compensation coverage in the voluntary market if the client‑workers' company owes its current or prior carrier any premium for workers' compensation insurance, or if the client company owes its current or prior professional employer organization amounts due under the PEO agreement, except for premiums or amounts due that are subject to dispute. For the purposes of this section and compliance with other laws and rules, a licensee may rely on a statement by the client company that the client company has met any and all prior premium or fee obligations, unless the licensee has actual knowledge to the contrary.
(j)	This section shall not prevent a client company of a licensee from providing workers' compensation insurance coverage for assigned employees coemployed by the client company and the licensee through a policy of insurance issued by a licensed insurance carrier in the name of the client company as the insured.
(k)	Irrespective of whether the licensee or client company maintains the policy of workers' compensation insurance for the covered employees pursuant to the PEO agreement, the licensee and the client company shall be entitled to the exclusivity of the remedy under both the workers' compensation and the employer liability provision of the workers' compensation policy or plan that either party has secured and shall both be afforded the protections provided under Chapter 97 of the General Statutes. The licensee shall be entitled, along with the client company, to the exclusivity of the remedy under both the workers' compensation and employers' liability provision of the workers' compensation policy or plan that either party has secured.
(l)	All assigned risk policies for client companies of the same licensee shall be assigned to one workers' compensation carrier in the State and in other states to the extent possible.  (2004‑162, s. 1; 2005‑124, s. 4; 2022‑46, ss. 3, 14(iiii).)

§ 58‑89A‑112.  Liabilities.
Subject to any contrary provisions thereof, the PEO agreement shall be interpreted for purposes of insurance, bonding, and employer's liability as follows:
(1)	A licensee is not liable for the acts, errors, or omissions of a client company or of any assigned employee or for the quality, adequacy, or safety of the goods or services produced or sold in the client company's business. A client company is not liable for the acts, errors, or omissions of a licensee or of any employee of a licensee. Nothing in this section limits any contractual liability between a licensee and the client company or limits any liability or responsibility under this Article.
(2)	Employees assigned to a client company by a licensee are the employees of the client company for the purposes of general liability insurance, automobile insurance, fidelity bonds, surety bonds, and liquor liability insurance carried by the client company unless the employees are included by specific reference in the applicable PEO agreement, insurance contract, or bond. (2004‑162, s. 1.)

§ 58‑89A‑115.  Benefit plan notice.
(a)	With respect to any insurance or benefit plan provided by a licensee for the benefit of its assigned employees, a licensee shall disclose all of the following information to the Commissioner and each client company:
(1)	The type of coverage.
(2)	The identity of each insurer for each type of coverage.
(3)	The amount of benefits provided for each type of coverage and to whom or on whose behalf benefits are to be paid.
(4)	The policy limits on each insurance policy.
(5)	Whether the coverage is fully insured, partially insured, or fully self‑funded.
(b)	With respect to any insurance or benefit plan provided by a licensee for the benefit of its assigned employees, a licensee shall provide to the insurer the name and address of the insurance producer responsible for securing the policy of insurance on behalf of the licensee.
(c)	Whenever any insurance policy or benefit plan is cancelled, the insurance company writing the policy shall provide a notice of cancellation as required by this Chapter.
(d)	The licensee shall notify the client company and the Commissioner in writing about a discontinuance and replacement, if any, of any health plan or workers' compensation insurance coverage no later than 10 business days after the discontinuance.
(e)	The Commissioner, by rule, may require a licensee to file other reports that are reasonably necessary for the administration and enforcement of this Article.  (2004‑162, s. 1; 2022‑46, s. 14(jjjj).)

§ 58‑89A‑120.  Unemployment taxes; payroll.
A licensee is the employer of an assigned employee for purposes of Chapters 95, 96 and 105 of the General Statutes. Nothing in this section shall otherwise affect the levy and collection of unemployment insurance contributions or the assignment of discrete employer numbers under the Employment Security Law. The Department of Commerce, Division of Employment Security (DES), shall cooperate with the Commissioner in the investigation of applicants and licensees and shall provide the Commissioner with access to all relevant records and data in the custody of the DES.  (2004‑162, s. 1; 2011‑401, s. 3.4; 2013‑2, s. 9(a); 2013‑224, s. 19.)

§ 58‑89A‑125.  Posting requirements.
(a)	Each licensee shall post the license issued under this Article in a conspicuous place in the licensee's principal place of business in this State.
(b)	Each licensee shall display, in a place that is in clear and unobstructed public view, a notice stating that the business operated at the location is licensed and regulated by the Commissioner and that any questions or complaints may be directed to the Commissioner. (2004‑162, s. 1.)

§ 58‑89A‑130.  Contractual duties.
Each licensee is responsible for the licensee's contractual duties and responsibilities to manage, maintain, collect, and make timely payments for all of the following:
(1)	Insurance premiums.
(2)	Benefit and welfare plans.
(3)	Other employee withholding.
(4)	Any other expressed responsibility that is within the scope of the PEO agreement and that fulfills the duties imposed under this Article. (2004‑162, s. 1.)

§ 58‑89A‑135.  Compliance with other laws.
Each licensee shall comply with all appropriate State and federal laws relating to reporting, sponsoring, filing, and maintaining benefit and welfare plans. (2004‑162, s. 1.)

§ 58‑89A‑140.  Required information.
Each licensee shall:
(1)	Maintain adequate books and records regarding the licensee's duties and responsibilities, including accounting and employment records relating to all PEO agreement activities, for a minimum of three years.
(2)	Maintain and make available at all times to the Commissioner the following information, which shall be treated as proprietary and confidential and which is exempt from disclosure to persons other than other governmental agencies that have a reasonable, legitimate purpose for obtaining the information:
a.	The correct name, address, and telephone number of each client company.
b.	Each client company contract or PEO agreement.
c.	A listing of each client company by classification code as described in the "Standard Industrial Classification Manual" published by the United States Office of Management and Budget. (2004‑162, s. 1.)

§ 58‑89A‑145.  Examinations.
(a)	The Commissioner may conduct an examination of a licensee as often as the Commissioner considers appropriate.
(b)	An examination under this Article shall be conducted in accordance with the Examination Law of this Chapter, G.S. 58‑2‑131 through G.S. 58‑2‑134.
(c)	In lieu of an examination of any foreign or alien person licensed under this Article, the Commissioner may, in the Commissioner's discretion, accept an examination report on the licensee prepared by the appropriate regulator for the licensee's state of domicile.
(d)	When making an examination under this Article, the Commissioner may retain attorneys, appraisers, independent actuaries, independent certified public accountants, or other professionals and specialists as examiners, the reasonable cost of which may only be recovered pursuant to G.S. 58‑89A‑65(d).  (2004‑162, s. 1; 2013‑413, s. 11.1(g).)

§ 58‑89A‑150.  Agent for service of process.
Each resident licensee shall maintain a registered agent for the service of process in this State. The Commissioner shall be each nonresident licensee's agent for service of process as provided in Article 16 of this Chapter. (2004‑162, s. 1.)

Part 4. Penalties and Sanctions.
§ 58‑89A‑155.  Grounds for disciplinary action.
(a)	The Commissioner may take disciplinary action against a licensee or any person subject to licensure requirements under this Article on any of the following grounds:
(1)	Being convicted or having an officer or controlling person of the licensee convicted of:
a.	Bribery, fraud, or intentional or material misrepresentation in obtaining or attempting to obtain a license;
b.	A crime that relates to the operation of a professional employer organization or the ability of the licensee or any officer or controlling person of the licensee to operate a professional employer organization;
c.	A crime that relates to the classification, misclassification, or underreporting of employees required by State law;
d.	A crime that relates to the establishment or maintenance of a self‑insurance program, whether health insurance, workers' compensation insurance, or other insurance;
e.	A crime that relates to fraud, deceit, or misconduct in the operation of a professional employer service; or
f.	A crime that involves dishonesty or breach of trust.
(2)	Engaging in professional employer services or offering to engage in the provision of professional employer services without a license.
(3)	Failure to provide notice in writing of the discontinuance and replacement, if any, of any insurance coverage, to the Commissioner and client company within 10 business days of the discontinuance of any insurance coverage pursuant to G.S. 58‑89A‑115.
(4)	Repealed by Session Laws 2013‑413, s. 11.1(h), effective October 1, 2013.
(5)	Failure to satisfy any of the requirements for licensure in this Article.
(b)	For purposes of this section, a conviction includes an adjudication of guilt, a plea of guilty, and a plea of nolo contendere.  (2004‑162, s. 1; 2013‑413, s. 11.1(h).)

§ 58‑89A‑160.  Sanctions.
(a)	On a finding that a ground for disciplinary action exists under G.S. 58‑89A‑155, the Commissioner may suspend or terminate a license, impose a civil penalty, and seek an order of restitution under G.S. 58‑2‑70.
(b)	On termination of a license, the licensee shall immediately return the terminated license to the Commissioner.
(c)	Any disciplinary action taken, any temporary or permanent termination of a license, or any determination that an officer or controlling person is unqualified shall be made by the Commissioner subject to Article 3A of Chapter 150B of the General Statutes. (2004‑162, s. 1.)

§ 58‑89A‑165.  Injunctions; civil remedies; cease and desist orders.
(a)	In addition to the penalties and other enforcement provisions of this Article, if any person violates this Article or any rule implementing this Article, the Commissioner may seek an injunction in a court of competent jurisdiction and may apply for temporary and permanent orders that the Commissioner determines are necessary to restrain the person from committing the violation.
(b)	The Commissioner may issue, in accordance with G.S. 58‑63‑32, a cease and desist order upon a person that violates any provision of this Article, any rule or order adopted by the Commissioner, or any written agreement entered into with the Commissioner. The cease and desist order may be subject to judicial review under G.S. 58‑63‑35.
(c)	When the Commissioner finds that an activity in violation of this Article presents an immediate danger to the public that requires an immediate final order, the Commissioner may issue an emergency cease and desist order reciting with particularity the facts underlying the findings. The emergency cease and desist order is effective immediately upon service of a copy of the order on the respondent and remains effective for 90 days. If the Commissioner begins nonemergency cease and desist proceedings, the emergency cease and desist order remains effective, absent an order by a court of competent jurisdiction in accordance with G.S. 58‑63‑35.
(d)	In addition to the penalties and other enforcement provisions of this Article, any person who violates this Article is subject to G.S. 58‑2‑70.
(e)	The Commissioner is not required to post a bond for injunctive relief under this section. (2004‑162, s. 1.)

§ 58‑89A‑170.  Prohibited acts.
No person shall do any of the following:
(1)	Engage in or offer professional employer services without holding a license under this Article as a professional employer organization.
(2)	Use the name or title "staff leasing company", "employee leasing company", "licensed staff leasing company", "staff leasing services company", "professional employer organization", or "administrative employer" or otherwise represent that the person is licensed under this Article unless the person holds a license issued under this Article.
(3)	Represent as the person's own the license of another person or represent that a person is licensed if the person does not hold a license.
(4)	Give materially false or forged evidence to the Commissioner in connection with obtaining or maintaining a license or in connection with disciplinary proceedings under this Article.
(5)	Use or attempt to use a license that has been suspended or terminated. (2002‑168, s. 8; 2004‑162, s. 1.)

§ 58‑89A‑175.  Criminal penalty.
A person who violates G.S. 58‑89A‑170 commits a Class H felony. Any officer or controlling person who willfully violates any provision of this Article may be subject to any and all criminal penalties available under State law. (2002‑168, s. 8; 2004‑162, s. 1.)

§ 58‑89A‑180.  Application to unlicensed professional employer organizations.
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, each provision in this Article applies to persons subject to licensure under this Article, whether licensed under this Article or not. (2004‑162, s. 1.)

Article 90.
Health Insurance Innovations Commission.
§ 58‑90‑1:  Repealed by Session Laws 2011‑266, s. 1.32, effective July 1, 2011.

§ 58‑90‑5:  Repealed by Session Laws 2011‑266, s. 1.32, effective July 1, 2011.

§ 58‑90‑10:  Repealed by Session Laws 2011‑266, s. 1.32, effective July 1, 2011.

§ 58‑90‑15:  Repealed by Session Laws 2011‑266, s. 1.32, effective July 1, 2011.

§ 58‑90‑20:  Repealed by Session Laws 2011‑266, s. 1.32, effective July 1, 2011.

§ 58‑90‑25:  Repealed by Session Laws 2011‑266, s. 1.32, effective July 1, 2011.

Article 91.
Interstate Insurance Product Regulation Compact Act.
§ 58‑91‑1.  Preamble.
The Interstate Insurance Product Regulation Compact Act is intended to help states join together to establish an interstate compact to regulate designated insurance products.
Pursuant to terms and conditions of this Article, this State seeks to join with other states and establish the Interstate Insurance Product Regulation Compact and thus become a member of the Interstate Insurance Product Regulation Commission. The Commissioner of Insurance, or the Commissioner's designee, is hereby designated to serve as the representative of this State to the Commission. (2005‑183, s. 1; 2009-382, s. 35.)

§ 58‑91‑5.  Purposes.
The purposes of this Compact are, through means of joint and cooperative action among the compacting states:
(1)	To promote and protect the interest of consumers of individual and group annuity, life insurance, disability income, and long‑term care insurance products.
(2)	To develop uniform standards for insurance products covered under the Compact.
(3)	To establish a central clearinghouse to receive and provide prompt review of insurance products covered under the Compact and, in certain cases, advertisements related thereto, submitted by insurers authorized to do business in one or more compacting states.
(4)	To give appropriate regulatory approval to those product filings and advertisements satisfying the applicable uniform standard.
(5)	To improve coordination of regulatory resources and expertise between state insurance departments regarding the setting of uniform standards and review of insurance products covered under the Compact.
(6)	To create the Interstate Insurance Product Regulation Commission.
(7)	To perform these and any other related function as may be consistent with the state regulation of the business of insurance.  (2005‑183, s. 1; 2009‑382, s. 35.)

§ 58‑91‑10.  Definitions.
For purposes of this Article and the Compact:
(1)	"Advertisement" means any material designed to create public interest in a product, or induce the public to purchase, increase, modify, reinstate, borrow on, surrender, replace, or retain a policy, as more specifically defined in the Rules and Operating Procedures of the Commission.
(2)	"Bylaws" means those bylaws established by the Commission for its governance, or for directing or controlling the Commission's actions or conduct.
(3)	"Compacting state" means any state which has enacted this Compact legislation and which has not withdrawn or been terminated pursuant to G.S. 58‑91‑70.
(4)	"Commission" means the "Interstate Insurance Product Regulation Commission" established by this Compact.
(5)	"Commissioner" means the chief insurance regulatory official of a state, including a commissioner, superintendent, director, or administrator.
(6)	"Domiciliary state" means the state in which an insurer is incorporated or organized; or, in the case of an foreign insurer, its state of entry.
(7)	"Insurer" means any entity licensed by a state to issue contracts of insurance for any of the lines of insurance covered by this Article.
(8)	"Member" means the person chosen by a compacting state as its representative to the Commission, or that person's designee.
(9)	"Noncompacting state" means any state which is not at the time a compacting state.
(10)	"Operating procedures" means procedures promulgated by the Commission implementing a rule, uniform standard, or a provision of this Compact.
(11)	"Product" means the form of a policy or contract, including any application, endorsement, or related form which is attached to and made a part of the policy or contract, and any evidence of coverage or certificate, for an individual or group annuity, life insurance, disability income, or long‑term care insurance product that an Insurer is authorized to issue.
(12)	"Rule" means a statement of general or particular applicability and future effect promulgated by the Commission, including a uniform standard developed pursuant to G.S. 58‑91‑35, designed to implement, interpret, or prescribe law or policy or describing the organization, procedure, or practice requirements of the Commission, which shall have the force and effect of law in the compacting states.
(13)	"State" means any state, district, or territory of the United States of America.
(14)	"Third‑party filer" means an entity that submits a product filing to the Commission on behalf of an insurer.
(15)	"Uniform standard" means a standard adopted by the Commission for a product line, pursuant to G.S. 58‑91‑35, and shall include all of the product requirements in aggregate. Each uniform standard shall be construed, whether express or implied, to prohibit the use of any inconsistent, misleading, or ambiguous provisions in a product, and the form of the product made available to the public shall not be unfair, inequitable or against public policy as determined by the Commission. (2005‑183, s. 1; 2009-382, s. 35.)

§ 58‑91‑15.  Establishment of the Commission and venue.
(a)	The compacting states hereby create and establish a joint public agency known as the "Interstate Insurance Product Regulation Commission." Pursuant to G.S. 58‑91‑20, the Commission shall have the power to develop uniform standards for product lines, receive, and provide prompt review of products filed with the Commission, and give approval to those product filings satisfying applicable uniform standards. It is not intended for the Commission to be the exclusive entity for receipt and review of insurance product filings. Nothing herein shall prohibit any insurer from filing its product in any state wherein the insurer is licensed to conduct the business of insurance; and that filing shall be subject to the laws of the state where filed.
(b)	The Commission is a body corporate and politic and an instrumentality of the compacting states.
(c)	The Commission is solely responsible for its liabilities except as otherwise specifically provided in this Compact.
(d)	Venue is proper and judicial proceedings by or against the Commission shall be brought solely and exclusively in a court of competent jurisdiction where the principal office of the Commission is located. (2005‑183, s. 1; 2009-382, s. 35.)

§ 58‑91‑20.  Powers of the Commission.
The Commission shall have the following powers:
(1)	To promulgate rules, pursuant to G.S. 58‑91‑35, which shall have the force and effect of law and shall be binding in the compacting states to the extent and in the manner provided in this Compact.
(2)	To exercise its rule‑making authority and establish reasonable uniform standards for products covered under the Compact, and advertisement related thereto, which shall have the force and effect of law and shall be binding in the compacting states, but only for those products filed with the Commission. Notwithstanding this subdivision, a compacting state shall have the right to opt out of a uniform standard pursuant to G.S. 58‑91‑35, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Compact, and any uniform standard established by the Commission for long‑term care insurance products may provide the same or greater protections for consumers as, but shall not provide less than, those protections set forth in the National Association of Insurance Commissioners' Long‑Term Care Insurance Model Act and Long‑Term Care Insurance Model Regulation, respectively, adopted as of 2001. The Commission shall consider whether any subsequent amendments to the NAIC Long‑Term Care Insurance Model Act or Long‑Term Care Insurance Model Regulation adopted by the NAIC require amending of the uniform standards established by the Commission for long‑term care insurance products.
(3)	To receive and review in an expeditious manner products filed with the Commission, and rate filings for disability income and long‑term care insurance products, and give approval of those products and rate filings that satisfy the applicable uniform standard, where the approval shall have the force and effect of law and be binding on the compacting states to the extent and in the manner provided in the Compact.
(4)	To receive and review in an expeditious manner advertisement relating to long‑term care insurance products for which uniform standards have been adopted by the Commission and give approval to all advertisement that satisfies the applicable uniform standard. For any product covered under this Compact, other than long‑term care insurance products, the Commission shall have the authority to require an insurer to submit all or any part of its advertisement with respect to that product for review or approval prior to use, if the Commission determines that the nature of the product is such that an advertisement of the product could have the capacity or tendency to mislead the public. The actions of the Commission as provided in this section shall have the force and effect of law and shall be binding in the compacting states to the extent and in the manner provided in the Compact.
(5)	To exercise its rule‑making authority and designate products and advertisement that may be subject to a self‑certification process without the need for prior approval by the Commission.
(6)	To promulgate operating procedures pursuant to G.S. 58‑91‑35 which shall be binding in the compacting states to the extent and in the manner provided in this Compact.
(7)	To bring and prosecute legal proceedings or actions in its name as the Commission except that the standing of any state insurance department to sue or be sued under applicable law shall not be affected.
(8)	To issue subpoenas requiring the attendance and testimony of witnesses and the production of evidence.
(9)	To establish and maintain offices.
(10)	To purchase and maintain insurance and bonds.
(11)	To borrow, accept, and contract for services of personnel, including employees of a compacting state.
(12)	To hire employees, professionals, or specialists, and elect or appoint officers, and to fix their compensation, define their duties, and give them appropriate authority to carry out the purposes of the Compact, and determine their qualifications; and to establish the Commission's personnel policies and programs relating to, among other things, conflicts of interest, rates of compensation, and qualifications of personnel.
(13)	To accept any and all appropriate donations and grants of money, equipment, supplies, materials, and services, and to receive, utilize, and dispose of the same. At all times the Commission shall strive to avoid any appearance of impropriety.
(14)	To lease, purchase, accept appropriate gifts or donations of, or otherwise to own, hold, improve, or use, any property, real, personal, or mixed. At all times the Commission shall strive to avoid any appearance of impropriety.
(15)	To sell, convey, mortgage, pledge, lease, exchange, abandon, or otherwise dispose of any property, real, personal, or mixed.
(16)	To remit filing fees to compacting states as may be set forth in the bylaws, rules, or operating procedures.
(17)	To enforce compliance by compacting states with rules, uniform standards, operating procedures, and bylaws.
(18)	To provide for dispute resolution among compacting states.
(19)	To advise compacting states on issues relating to insurers domiciled or doing business in noncompacting jurisdictions, consistent with the purposes of this Compact.
(20)	To provide advice and training to those personnel in state insurance departments responsible for product review, and to be a resource for state insurance departments.
(21)	To establish a budget and make expenditures.
(22)	To borrow money.
(23)	To appoint committees, including advisory committees comprising members, state insurance regulators, state legislators or their representatives, insurance industry and consumer representatives, and such other interested persons as may be designated in the bylaws.
(24)	To provide and receive information from, and to cooperate with, law enforcement agencies.
(25)	To adopt and use a corporate seal.
(26)	To perform any other functions that may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Compact consistent with the state regulation of the business of insurance. (2005‑183, s. 1; 2009-382, s. 35.)

§ 58‑91‑25.  Organization of the Commission.
(a)	Membership, Voting, and Bylaws. – Each compacting state shall have and be limited to one member. Each member shall be qualified to serve in that capacity pursuant to applicable law of the compacting state. Any member may be removed or suspended from office as provided by the law of the state from which the member shall be appointed. Any vacancy occurring in the Commission shall be filled in accordance with the laws of the compacting state wherein the vacancy exists. Nothing herein shall be construed to affect the manner in which a compacting state determines the election or appointment and qualification of its own Commissioner.
Each member shall be entitled to one vote and shall have an opportunity to participate in the governance of the Commission in accordance with the bylaws. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, no action of the Commission with respect to the promulgation of a uniform standard shall be effective unless two‑thirds of the members vote in favor of the uniform standard.
The Commission shall, by a majority of the members, prescribe bylaws to govern its conduct as may be necessary or appropriate to carry out the purposes, and exercise the powers, of the Compact, including:
(1)	Establishing the fiscal year of the Commission.
(2)	Providing reasonable procedures for appointing and electing members, as well as holding meetings, of the Management Committee.
(3)	Providing reasonable standards and procedures: (i) for the establishment and meetings of other committees, and (ii) governing any general or specific delegation of any authority or function of the Commission.
(4)	Providing reasonable procedures for calling and conducting meetings of the Commission that consist of a majority of Commission members, ensuring reasonable advance notice of each meeting and providing for the right of citizens to attend each meeting with enumerated exceptions designed to protect the public's interest, the privacy of individuals, and insurers' proprietary information, including trade secrets. The Commission may meet in camera only after a majority of the entire membership votes to close a meeting in toto or in part. As soon as practicable, the Commission must make public (i) a copy of the vote to close the meeting revealing the vote of each member with no proxy votes allowed, and (ii) votes taken during the meeting.
(5)	Establishing the titles, duties, and authority and reasonable procedures for the election of the officers of the Commission.
(6)	Providing reasonable standards and procedures for the establishment of the personnel policies and programs of the Commission. Notwithstanding any civil service or other similar laws of any compacting state, the bylaws shall exclusively govern the personnel policies and programs of the Commission.
(7)	Promulgating a code of ethics to address permissible and prohibited activities of commission members and employees.
(8)	Providing a mechanism for winding up the operations of the Commission and the equitable disposition of any surplus funds that may exist after the termination of the Compact after the payment or reserving of all of its debts and obligations.
The Commission shall publish its bylaws in a convenient form and file a copy of the bylaws and a copy of any amendment to the bylaws with the appropriate agency or officer in each of the compacting states.
(b)	Management Committee, Officers and Personnel. – A Management Committee comprising no more than 14 members shall be established as follows:
(1)	One member from each of the six compacting states with the largest premium volume for individual and group annuities, life, disability income, and long‑term care insurance products, determined from the records of the NAIC for the prior year.
(2)	Four members from those compacting states with at least two percent (2%) of the market based on the premium volume described above, other than the six compacting states with the largest premium volume, selected on a rotating basis as provided in the bylaws.
(3)	Four members from those compacting states with less than two percent (2%) of the market, based on the premium volume described above, with one selected from each of the four zone regions of the NAIC as provided in the bylaws.
(b1)	The Management Committee shall have such authority and duties as may be set forth in the bylaws, including but not limited to:
(1)	Managing the affairs of the Commission in a manner consistent with the bylaws and purposes of the Commission.
(2)	Establishing and overseeing an organizational structure within, and appropriate procedures for, the Commission to provide for the creation of uniform standards and other rules, receipt and review of product filings, administrative and technical support functions, review of decisions regarding the disapproval of a product filing, and the review of elections made by a compacting state to opt out of a uniform standard, except that that a uniform standard shall not be submitted to the compacting states for adoption unless approved by two‑thirds of the members of the Management Committee.
(3)	Overseeing the offices of the Commission.
(4)	Planning, implementing, and coordinating communications and activities with other state, federal, and local government organizations in order to advance the goals of the Commission.
The Commission shall elect annually officers from the Management Committee, with each having the authority and duties specified in the bylaws.
The Management Committee may, subject to the approval of the Commission, appoint or retain an executive director for a period of time, upon the terms and conditions, and for the compensation deemed appropriate by the Commission. The executive director shall serve as secretary to the Commission, but shall not be a member of the Commission. The executive director shall hire and supervise any other staff authorized by the Commission.
(c)	Legislative and Advisory Committees. – A legislative committee comprising state legislators or their designees shall be established to monitor the operations of, and make recommendations to, the Commission, including the Management Committee. The manner of selection and term of any legislative committee member shall be as set forth in the bylaws. Prior to the adoption by the Commission of any uniform standard, revision to the bylaws, annual budget, or other significant matter as may be provided in the bylaws, the Management Committee shall consult with and report to the legislative committee.
The Commission shall establish two advisory committees, one of which shall comprise consumer representatives independent of the insurance industry, and the other comprising insurance industry representatives.
The Commission may establish additional advisory committees as its bylaws may provide for the carrying out of its functions.
(d)	Corporate Records of the Commission. – The Commission shall maintain its corporate books and records in accordance with the bylaws.
(e)	Qualified Immunity, Defense, and Indemnification. – The members, officers, executive director, employees, and representatives of the Commission shall be immune from suit and liability, either personally or in their official capacity, for any claim for damage to or loss of property or personal injury or other civil liability caused by or arising out of any actual or alleged act, error, or omission that occurred, or that the person against whom the claim is made had a reasonable basis for believing occurred within the scope of Commission employment, duties, or responsibilities except that nothing in this subsection shall be construed to protect any such person from suit or liability for any damage, loss, injury, or liability caused by the intentional or willful and wanton misconduct of that person.
The Commission shall defend any member, officer, executive director, employee, or representative of the Commission in any civil action seeking to impose liability arising out of any actual or alleged act, error, or omission that occurred within the scope of Commission employment, duties, or responsibilities, or that the person against whom the claim is made had a reasonable basis for believing occurred within the scope of Commission employment, duties, or responsibilities as long as the actual or alleged act, error, or omission did not result from that person's intentional or willful and wanton misconduct. Nothing in this subsection shall be construed to prohibit that person from retaining his or her own counsel.
The Commission shall indemnify and hold harmless any member, officer, executive director, employee, or representative of the Commission for the amount of any settlement or judgment obtained against that person arising out of any actual or alleged act, error, or omission that occurred within the scope of Commission employment, duties, or responsibilities, or that the person had a reasonable basis for believing occurred within the scope of Commission employment, duties, or responsibilities as long as the actual or alleged act, error, or omission did not result from the intentional or willful and wanton misconduct of that person. (2005‑183, s. 1; 2009-382, s. 35.)

§ 58‑91‑30.  Meetings; acts of the Commission.
(a)	The Commission shall meet and take such actions as are consistent with the provisions of this Compact and the bylaws.
(b)	Each member of the Commission shall have the right and power to cast a vote to which that compacting state is entitled and to participate in the business and affairs of the Commission. A member shall vote in person or by any means provided in the bylaws. The bylaws may provide for members' participation in meetings by telephone or other means of communication.
(c)	The Commission shall meet at least once during each calendar year. Additional meetings shall be held as set forth in the bylaws. (2005‑183, s. 1; 2009-382, s. 35.)

§ 58‑91‑35.  Rules and operating procedures: rule‑making functions of the Commission and opting out of uniform standards.
(a)	Rule‑Making Authority. – The Commission shall promulgate reasonable rules, including uniform standards, and operating procedures in order to effectively and efficiently achieve the purposes of this Compact. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Commission exercises its rule‑making authority in a manner that is beyond the scope of the purposes of this Article, or the powers granted in this Article, then that action by the Commission shall be invalid and have no force and effect.
(b)	Rule‑Making Procedure. – Rules and operating procedures shall be made pursuant to a rule‑making process that conforms to the Model State Administrative Procedure Act of 1981 as amended, as may be appropriate to the operations of the Commission. Before the Commission adopts a uniform standard, the Commission shall give written notice to the relevant state legislative committee in each compacting state responsible for insurance issues of its intention to adopt the uniform standard. The Commission in adopting a uniform standard shall consider fully all submitted materials and issue a concise explanation of its decision.
(c)	Effective Date and Opt Out of a Uniform Standard. – A uniform standard shall become effective 90 days after its promulgation by the Commission or such later date as the Commission may determine except that a compacting state may opt out of a uniform standard as provided in this Article. "Opt out" shall be defined as any action by a compacting state to decline to adopt or participate in a promulgated uniform standard. All other rules and operating procedures, and amendments to the rules and operating procedures, shall become effective as of the date specified in each rule, operating procedure, or amendment.
(d)	Opt Out Procedure. – A compacting state may opt out of a uniform standard, either by legislation or regulation duly promulgated by the insurance department under the compacting state's administrative procedure act. If a compacting state elects to opt out of a uniform standard by regulation, it must (i) give written notice to the Commission no later than 10 business days after the uniform standard is promulgated, or at the time the state becomes a compacting state and (ii) find that the uniform standard does not provide reasonable protections to the citizens of the state, given the conditions in the state. The Commissioner shall make specific findings of fact and conclusions of law, based on a preponderance of the evidence, detailing the conditions in the state that warrant a departure from the uniform standard and determining that the uniform standard would not reasonably protect the citizens of the state. The Commissioner must consider and balance the following factors and find that the conditions in the state and needs of the citizens of the state outweigh:
(1)	The intent of the legislature to participate in, and the benefits of, an interstate agreement to establish national uniform consumer protections for the products subject to this Article; and
(2)	The presumption that a uniform standard adopted by the Commission provides reasonable protections to consumers of the relevant product.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a compacting state may, at the time of its enactment of this Compact, prospectively opt out of all uniform standards involving long‑term care insurance products by expressly providing for the opt out in the enacted Compact, and the opt out shall not be treated as a material variance in the offer or acceptance of any state to participate in this Compact. The opt out shall be effective at the time of enactment of this Compact by the compacting state and shall apply to all existing uniform standards involving long‑term care insurance products and those subsequently promulgated.
(e)	Effect of Opt Out. – If a compacting state elects to opt out of a uniform standard, the uniform standard shall remain applicable in the compacting state electing to opt out until such time the opt out legislation is enacted into law or the regulation opting out becomes effective. Once the opt out of a uniform standard by a compacting state becomes effective as provided under the laws of that state, the uniform standard shall have no further force and effect in that state unless and until the legislation or regulation implementing the opt out is repealed or otherwise becomes ineffective under the laws of the state. If a compacting state opts out of a uniform standard after the uniform standard has been made effective in that state, the opt out shall have the same prospective effect as provided under G.S. 58‑91‑70 for withdrawals.
(f)	Stay of Uniform Standard. – If a compacting state has formally initiated the process of opting out of a uniform standard by regulation, and while the regulatory opt out is pending, the compacting state may petition the Commission, at least 15 days before the effective date of the uniform standard, to stay the effectiveness of the uniform standard in that state. The Commission may grant a stay if it determines the regulatory opt out is being pursued in a reasonable manner and there is a likelihood of success. If a stay is granted or extended by the Commission, the stay or extension thereof may postpone the effective date by up to 90 days, unless affirmatively extended by the Commission. A stay shall not be permitted to remain in effect for more than one year unless the compacting state can show extraordinary circumstances that warrant a continuance of the stay, including the existence of a legal challenge that prevents the compacting state from opting out. A stay may be terminated by the Commission upon notice that the rule‑making process has been terminated.
(g)	Not later than 30 days after a rule or operating procedure is promulgated, any person may file a petition for judicial review of the rule or operating procedure. The filing of a petition pursuant to this subsection shall not stay or otherwise prevent the rule or operating procedure from becoming effective unless the court finds that the petitioner has a substantial likelihood of success. The court shall give deference to the actions of the Commission consistent with applicable law and shall not find the rule or operating procedure to be unlawful if the rule or operating procedure represents a reasonable exercise of the Commission's authority. (2005‑183, s. 1; 2009-382, s. 35.)

§ 58‑91‑40.  Commission records and enforcement.
(a)	The Commission shall promulgate rules establishing conditions and procedures for public inspection and copying of its information and official records, except information and records involving the privacy of individuals and insurers' trade secrets. The Commission may promulgate additional rules under which it may make available to federal and state agencies, including law enforcement agencies, records and information otherwise exempt from disclosure, and may enter into agreements with agencies to receive or exchange information or records subject to nondisclosure and confidentiality provisions.
(b)	Except as to privileged records, data, and information, the laws of any compacting state pertaining to confidentiality or nondisclosure shall not relieve any compacting state commissioner of the duty to disclose any relevant records, data, or information to the Commission. Disclosure to the Commission shall not be deemed to waive or otherwise affect any confidentiality requirement. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Article, the Commission shall not be subject to the compacting state's laws pertaining to confidentiality and nondisclosure with respect to records, data, and information in its possession. Confidential information of the Commission shall remain confidential after the information is provided to any commissioner.
(c)	The Commission shall monitor compacting states for compliance with duly adopted bylaws, rules, including uniform standards, and operating procedures. The Commission shall notify any noncomplying compacting state in writing of its noncompliance with Commission bylaws, rules, or operating procedures. If a noncomplying compacting state fails to remedy its noncompliance within the time specified in the notice of noncompliance, the compacting state shall be deemed to be in default as set forth in G.S. 58‑91‑70.
(d)	The commissioner of any state in which an insurer is authorized to do business, or is conducting the business of insurance, shall continue to exercise that person's authority to oversee the market regulation of the activities of the insurer in accordance with the provisions of the state's law. The commissioner's enforcement of compliance with the Compact is governed by the following provisions:
(1)	With respect to the commissioner's market regulation of a product or advertisement that is approved or certified to the Commission, the content of the product or advertisement shall not constitute a violation of the provisions, standards, or requirements of the Compact except upon a final order of the Commission, issued at the request of a commissioner after prior notice to the insurer and an opportunity for hearing before the Commission.
(2)	Before a commissioner may bring an action for violation of any provision, standard, or requirement of the Compact relating to the content of an advertisement not approved or certified to the Commission, the Commission, or an authorized Commission officer or employee, must authorize the action. However, authorization pursuant to this subdivision does not require notice to the insurer, opportunity for hearing, or disclosure of requests for authorization or records of the Commission's action on the requests. (2005‑183, s. 1; 2009-382, s. 35.)

§ 58‑91‑45.  Dispute resolution.
The Commission shall attempt, upon the request of a member, to resolve any disputes or other issues that are subject to this Compact and which may arise between two or more compacting states, or between compacting states and noncompacting states, and the Commission shall promulgate an operating procedure providing for resolution of those disputes. (2005‑183, s. 1; 2009-382, s. 35.)

§ 58‑91‑50.  Product filing and approval.
(a)	Insurers and third‑party filers seeking to have a product approved by the Commission shall file the product with, and pay applicable filing fees to, the Commission. Nothing in this Article shall be construed to restrict or otherwise prevent an insurer from filing its product with the insurance department in any state wherein the insurer is licensed to conduct the business of insurance, and the filing shall be subject to the laws of the states where filed.
(b)	The Commission shall establish appropriate filing and review processes and procedures pursuant to Commission rules and operating procedures. Notwithstanding any provision in this Article to the contrary, the Commission shall promulgate rules to establish conditions and procedures under which the Commission will provide public access to product filing information. In establishing rules, the Commission shall consider the interests of the public in having access to the information, as well as protection of personal medical and financial information and trade secrets, that may be contained in a product filing or supporting information.
(c)	Any product approved by the Commission may be sold or otherwise issued in those compacting states for which the insurer is legally authorized to do business. (2005‑183, s. 1; 2009-382, s. 35.)

§ 58‑91‑55.  Review of Commission decisions regarding filings.
(a)	Not later than 30 days after the Commission has given notice of a disapproved product or advertisement filed with the Commission, the insurer or third‑party filer whose filing was disapproved may appeal the determination to a review panel appointed by the Commission. The Commission shall promulgate rules to establish procedures for appointing review panels and provide for notice and hearing. An allegation that the Commission, in disapproving a product or advertisement filed with the Commission, acted arbitrarily, capriciously, or in a manner that is an abuse of discretion or otherwise not in accordance with the law, is subject to judicial review in accordance with G.S. 58‑91‑15(d).
(b)	The Commission shall have authority to monitor, review, and reconsider products and advertisement subsequent to their filing or approval upon a finding that the product does not meet the relevant uniform standard. Where appropriate, the Commission may withdraw or modify its approval after proper notice and hearing, subject to the appeal process in subsection (a) of this section. (2005‑183, s. 1; 2009-382, s. 35.)

§ 58‑91‑60.  Finance.
(a)	The Commission shall pay or provide for the payment of the reasonable expenses of its establishment and organization. To fund the cost of its initial operations, the Commission may accept contributions and other forms of funding from the National Association of Insurance Commissioners, compacting states, and other sources. Contributions and other forms of funding from other sources shall be of such a nature that the independence of the Commission concerning the performance of its duties shall not be compromised.
(b)	The Commission shall collect a filing fee from each insurer and third‑party filer filing a product with the Commission to cover the cost of the operations and activities of the Commission and its staff in a total amount sufficient to cover the Commission's annual budget.
(c)	The Commission's budget for a fiscal year shall not be approved until it has been subject to notice and comment as set forth in G.S. 58‑91‑35.
(d)	The Commission shall be exempt from all taxation in and by the compacting states.
(e)	The Commission shall not pledge the credit of any compacting state, except by and with the appropriate legal authority of that compacting state.
(f)	The Commission shall keep complete and accurate accounts of all its internal receipts, including grants and donations, and disbursements of all funds under its control. The internal financial accounts of the Commission shall be subject to the accounting procedures established under its bylaws. The financial accounts and reports, including the system of internal controls and procedures of the Commission, shall be audited annually by an independent certified public accountant. Upon the determination of the Commission, but no less frequently than every three years, the review of the independent auditor shall include a management and performance audit of the Commission. The Commission shall make an annual report to the Governor and legislature of the compacting states, which shall include a report of the independent audit. The Commission's internal accounts shall not be confidential, and those materials may be shared with the commissioner of any compacting state upon request except that any work papers related to any internal or independent audit and any information regarding the privacy of individuals and insurers' proprietary information, including trade secrets, shall remain confidential.
(g)	No compacting state shall have any claim to or ownership of any property held by or vested in the Commission or to any Commission funds held pursuant to the provisions of this Compact. (2005‑183, s. 1; 2009-382, s. 35.)

§ 58‑91‑65.  Compacting states; effective date; amendment.
(a)	Any State is eligible to become a compacting state.
(b)	The Compact shall become effective and binding upon legislative enactment of the Compact into law by two compacting states except that the Commission shall become effective for purposes of adopting uniform standards for, reviewing, and giving approval or disapproval of, products filed with the Commission that satisfy applicable uniform standards only after 26 states are compacting states or, alternatively, by states representing greater than forty percent (40%) of the premium volume for life insurance, annuity, disability income, and long‑term care insurance products, based on records of the NAIC for the prior year. Thereafter, it shall become effective and binding as to any other compacting state upon enactment of the Compact into law by that state.
(c)	Amendments to the Compact may be proposed by the Commission for enactment by the compacting states. No amendment shall become effective and binding upon the Commission and the compacting states unless and until all compacting states enact the amendment into law. (2005‑183, s. 1; 2009-382, s. 35.)

§ 58‑91‑70.  Withdrawal; default; termination.
(a)	Withdrawal. – Once effective, the Compact shall continue in force and remain binding upon each and every compacting state though a compacting state may withdraw from the Compact ("withdrawing state") by enacting a statute specifically repealing the statute which enacted the Compact into law.
The effective date of withdrawal is the effective date of the repealing statute. However, the withdrawal shall not apply to any product filings approved or self‑certified, or any advertisement of such products, on the date the repealing statute becomes effective, except by mutual agreement of the Commission and the withdrawing state unless the approval is rescinded by the withdrawing state as provided in this subsection.
The commissioner of the withdrawing state shall immediately notify the Management Committee in writing upon the introduction of legislation repealing this Compact in the withdrawing state.
The Commission shall notify the other compacting states of the introduction of such legislation within 10 days after its receipt of the notice.
The withdrawing state is responsible for all obligations, duties, and liabilities incurred through the effective date of withdrawal, including any obligations, the performance of which extend beyond the effective date of withdrawal, except to the extent those obligations may have been released or relinquished by mutual agreement of the Commission and the withdrawing state. The Commission's approval of products and advertisement prior to the effective date of withdrawal shall continue to be effective and be given full force and effect in the withdrawing state, unless formally rescinded by the withdrawing state in the same manner as provided by the laws of the withdrawing state for the prospective disapproval of products or advertisement previously approved under state law.
Reinstatement following withdrawal of any compacting state shall occur upon the effective date of the withdrawing state reenacting the Compact.
(b)	Default. – If the Commission determines that any compacting state has at any time defaulted ("defaulting state") in the performance of any of its obligations or responsibilities under this Compact, the bylaws or duly promulgated rules or operating procedures, then, after notice and hearing as set forth in the bylaws, all rights, privileges, and benefits conferred by this Compact on the defaulting state shall be suspended from the effective date of default as fixed by the Commission. The grounds for default include failure of a compacting state to perform its obligations or responsibilities, and any other grounds designated in Commission rules. The Commission shall immediately notify the defaulting state in writing of the defaulting state's suspension pending a cure of the default. The Commission shall stipulate the conditions and the time period within which the defaulting state must cure its default. If the defaulting state fails to cure the default within the time period specified by the Commission, the defaulting state shall be terminated from the Compact and all rights, privileges, and benefits conferred by this Compact shall be terminated from the effective date of termination.
Product approvals by the Commission or product self‑certifications, or any advertisement in connection with such product, that are in force on the effective date of termination shall remain in force in the defaulting state in the same manner as if the defaulting state had withdrawn voluntarily pursuant to subsection (a) of this section.
Reinstatement following termination of any compacting state requires a reenactment of the Compact.
(c)	Dissolution of Compact. – The Compact dissolves effective upon the date of the withdrawal or default of the compacting state which reduces membership in the Compact to one compacting state.
Upon the dissolution of this Compact, the Compact becomes null and void and shall be of no further force or effect, and the business and affairs of the Commission shall be wound up and any surplus funds shall be distributed in accordance with the bylaws. (2005‑183, s. 1; 2009-382, s. 35.)

§ 58‑91‑75.  Severability; construction.
(a)	The provisions of this Compact shall be severable; and if any phrase, clause, sentence, or provision is deemed unenforceable, the remaining provisions of the Compact shall be enforceable.
(b)	The provisions of this Compact shall be liberally construed to effectuate its purposes. (2005‑183, s. 1; 2009-382, s. 35.)

§ 58‑91‑80.  Binding effect of Compact; other laws.
(a)	Other Laws. – Nothing herein prevents the enforcement of any other law of a compacting state, except as provided in subsection (b) of this section.
For any product approved or certified to the Commission, the rules, uniform standards, and any other requirements of the Commission shall constitute the exclusive provisions applicable to the content, approval, and certification of such products. For advertisement that is subject to the Commission's authority, any rule, uniform standard, or other requirement of the Commission that governs the content of the advertisement shall constitute the exclusive provision that a Commissioner may apply to the content of the advertisement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no action taken by the Commission shall abrogate or restrict: (i) the access of any person to state courts; (ii) remedies available under state law related to breach of contract, tort, or other laws not specifically directed to the content of the product; (iii) state law relating to the construction of insurance contracts; or (iv) the authority of the attorney general of the state, including, but not limited to, maintaining any actions or proceedings, as authorized by law.
All insurance products filed with individual states shall be subject to the laws of those states.
(b)	Binding Effect of This Compact. – All lawful actions of the Commission, including all rules and operating procedures promulgated by the Commission, are binding upon the compacting states.
All agreements between the Commission and the compacting states are binding in accordance with their terms.
Upon the request of a party to a conflict over the meaning or interpretation of Commission actions, and upon a majority vote of the compacting states, the Commission may issue advisory opinions regarding the meaning or interpretation in dispute.
In the event any provision of this Compact exceeds the constitutional limits imposed on the legislature of any compacting state, the obligations, duties, powers, or jurisdiction sought to be conferred by that provision upon the Commission shall be ineffective as to that compacting state, and those obligations, duties, powers, or jurisdiction shall remain in the compacting state and shall be exercised by the agency thereof to which those obligations, duties, powers, or jurisdiction are delegated by law in effect at the time this Compact becomes effective. (2005‑183, s. 1; 2009-382, s. 35.)

Article 92.
Fire‑Safety Standard and Firefighter Protection Act.
(See note for effective date of this Article.)

§ 58‑92‑1.  Title.
This Article shall be known and may be cited as the "Fire‑Safety Standard and Firefighter Protection Act." (2007‑451, s. 1.)

§ 58‑92‑5.  Findings.
The General Assembly finds:
(1)	Cigarettes are the leading cause of fire deaths in this State and the nation.
(2)	Each year in the United States, 700‑900 persons are killed due to cigarette fires, and 3,000 are injured in fires ignited by cigarettes, while in this State, there were 2,916 cigarette‑related fires in North Carolina during the period 2001‑2006.
(3)	A high proportion of the victims of cigarette fires are nonsmokers, including senior citizens and young children.
(4)	Cigarette‑caused fires result in billions of dollars of property losses and damages in the United States and millions of dollars in this State.
(5)	Cigarette fires unnecessarily jeopardize firefighters and result in avoidable emergency response costs for municipalities.
(6)	In 2004, New York State implemented a cigarette fire‑safety regulation requiring cigarettes sold in that state to meet a fire‑safety performance standard; in 2005, Vermont and California enacted cigarette fire‑safety laws directly incorporating New York's regulation into statute; and, in 2006, Illinois, New Hampshire, and Massachusetts joined these states in enacting such laws.
(7)	In 2005, Canada implemented the New York State fire‑safety standard contained in the other state laws, becoming the first nation to have a cigarette fire‑safety standard.
(8)	New York State's cigarette fire‑safety standard is based upon decades of research by the National Institute of Standards and Technology, congressional research groups, and private industry.
(9)	This cigarette fire‑safety standard minimizes costs to the State and minimally burdens cigarette manufacturers, distributors, and retail sellers, and, therefore, should become law in this State.
(10)	It is therefore fitting and proper for this State to adopt the cigarette fire‑safety standard that is in effect in New York State to reduce the likelihood that cigarettes will cause fires and result in deaths, injuries, and property damages. (2007‑451, s. 1.)

§ 58‑92‑10.  Definitions.
For the purposes of this Article:
(1)	"Agent" means any person authorized by the Department of Revenue to pay the excise tax on packages of cigarettes.
(1a)	"Brand style" means a variety of cigarettes distinguished by the tobacco used, tar and nicotine content, flavoring used, size of the cigarette, filtration on the cigarette, or packaging.
(2)	"Cigarette" means any roll for smoking, whether made wholly or in part of tobacco or any other substance, irrespective of size or shape, and whether or not such tobacco or substance is flavored, adulterated, or mixed with any other ingredient, the wrapper or cover of which is made of paper or any other substance or material, other than leaf tobacco.
(3)	"Commissioner" means the Commissioner of Insurance.
(4)	"Consumer testing" means an assessment of cigarettes that is conducted by a manufacturer (or under the control and direction of a manufacturer), for the purpose of evaluating consumer acceptance of such cigarettes.
(5)	"Distributor" means any person other than a manufacturer who sells cigarettes or tobacco products to retail dealers or other persons for purposes of resale, any person who owns, operates, or maintains one or more cigarette or tobacco product vending machines in, at, or upon premises owned or occupied by any other person, or a distributor as defined in G.S. 105‑113.4(3)a.
(6)	"Manufacturer" means:
a.	Any entity that manufactures or otherwise produces cigarettes or causes cigarettes to be manufactured or produced anywhere that the manufacturer intends to be sold in this State, including cigarettes intended to be sold in the United States through an importer;
b.	The first purchaser anywhere that intends to resell in the United States cigarettes manufactured anywhere that the original manufacturer or maker does not intend to be sold in the United States; or
c.	Any entity that becomes a successor of an entity described in sub‑subdivision a. or b. of this subdivision.
(7)	"Quality control and quality assurance program" means the laboratory procedures implemented to ensure that operator bias, systematic and nonsystematic methodological errors, and equipment‑related problems do not affect the results of the testing. Such a program ensures that the testing repeatability remains within the required repeatability values stated in G.S. 58‑92‑15(g) for all test trials used to certify cigarettes in accordance with this Article.
(8)	"Repeatability" means the range of values within which the repeat results of cigarette test trials from a single laboratory will fall ninety‑five percent (95%) of the time.
(9)	"Retail dealer" means any person, other than a manufacturer or distributor, engaged in selling cigarettes or tobacco products.
(10)	"Sale" means any transfer of title or possession or both, exchange or barter, conditional or otherwise, in any manner or by any means whatever or any agreement therefor. In addition to cash and credit sales, the giving of cigarettes as samples, prizes, or gifts, and the exchanging of cigarettes for any consideration other than money, are considered sales.
(11)	"Sell" means to sell, or to offer or agree to do the same.  (2007‑451, s. 1; 2010‑101, s. 1.)

§ 58‑92‑15.  Test method and performance standard.
(a)	Except as provided in subsection (o) of this section, no cigarettes may be sold or offered for sale in this State or offered for sale or sold to persons located in this State unless the cigarettes have been tested in accordance with the test method and meet the performance standard specified in this section, a written certification has been filed by the manufacturer with the Commissioner in accordance with G.S. 58‑92‑20, and the cigarettes have been marked in accordance with G.S. 58‑92‑25.
(b)	Testing of cigarettes shall be conducted in accordance with the American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM) standard E2187‑04, "Standard Test Method for Measuring the Ignition Strength of Cigarettes."
(c)	Testing shall be conducted on 10 layers of filter paper.
(d)	No more than twenty‑five percent (25%) of the cigarettes tested in a test trial in accordance with this section shall exhibit full‑length burns. Forty replicate tests shall comprise a complete test trial for each cigarette tested.
(e)	The performance standard required by this section shall only be applied to a complete test trial.
(f)	Written certifications shall be based upon testing conducted by a laboratory that has been accredited pursuant to standard ISO/IEC 17025 of the International Organization for Standardization (IOS) or other comparable accreditation standard required by the Commissioner.
(g)	Laboratories conducting testing in accordance with this section shall implement a quality control and quality assurance program that includes a procedure that will determine the repeatability of the testing results. The repeatability value shall be no greater than 0.19.
(h)	This section does not require additional testing if cigarettes are tested consistent with this Article for any other purpose.
(i)	Testing performed or sponsored by the Commissioner to determine a cigarette's compliance with the performance standard required shall be conducted in accordance with this section.
(j)	Each cigarette listed in a certification submitted pursuant to G.S. 58‑92‑20 that uses lowered permeability bands in the cigarette paper to achieve compliance with the performance standard set forth in this section shall have at least two nominally identical bands on the paper surrounding the tobacco column. At least one complete band shall be located at least 15 millimeters from the lighting end of the cigarette. For cigarettes on which the bands are positioned by design, there shall be at least two bands fully located at least 15 millimeters from the lighting end and 10 millimeters from the filter end of the tobacco column, or 10 millimeters from the labeled end of the tobacco column for nonfiltered cigarettes.
(k)	A manufacturer of a cigarette that the Commissioner determines cannot be tested in accordance with the test method prescribed in subsection (b) of this section shall propose a test method and performance standard for the cigarette to the Commissioner. Upon approval of the proposed test method and a determination by the Commissioner that the performance standard proposed by the manufacturer is equivalent to the performance standard prescribed in subsection (d) of this section, the manufacturer may employ such test method and performance standard to certify such cigarette pursuant to G.S. 58‑92‑20. If the Commissioner determines that another state has enacted reduced cigarette ignition propensity standards that include a test method and performance standard that are the same as those contained in this Article, and the Commissioner finds that the officials responsible for implementing those requirements have approved the proposed alternative test method and performance standard for a particular cigarette proposed by a manufacturer as meeting the fire‑safety standards of that state's law or regulation under a legal provision comparable to this section, then the Commissioner shall authorize that manufacturer to employ the alternative test method and performance standard to certify that cigarette for sale in this State, unless the Commissioner demonstrates a reasonable basis why the alternative test should not be accepted under this Article. All other applicable requirements of this section shall apply to the manufacturer.
(l)	Each manufacturer shall maintain copies of the reports of all tests conducted on all cigarettes offered for sale for a period of three years and shall make copies of these reports available to the Commissioner and the Attorney General upon written request. Any manufacturer who fails to make copies of these reports available within 60 days of receiving a written request shall be subject to a civil penalty not to exceed ten thousand dollars ($10,000) for each day after the sixtieth day that the manufacturer does not make such copies available.
(m)	The Commissioner may adopt a subsequent ASTM Standard Test Method for Measuring the Ignition Strength of Cigarettes upon a finding that such subsequent method does not result in a change in the percentage of full‑length burns exhibited by any tested cigarette when compared to the percentage of full‑length burns the same cigarette would exhibit when tested in accordance with ASTM Standard E2187‑04 and the performance standard in subsection (d) of this section.
(n)	The Commissioner shall review the effectiveness of this section and report every three years to the Joint Legislative Oversight Committee on General Government the Commissioner's findings, and if appropriate, recommendations for legislation to improve the effectiveness of this Article. The report and legislative recommendations shall be submitted no later than June 30 following the conclusion of each three‑year period.
(o)	The requirements of subsections (a) through (i) of this section shall not prohibit:
(1)	Distributors or retail dealers from selling their existing inventory of cigarettes on or after January 1, 2010, if the distributor or retail dealer can establish that all taxes owed on the cigarettes pursuant to Article 2A of Chapter 105 of the General Statutes have been paid prior to January 1, 2010, and the distributor or retail dealer can establish that the inventory was purchased prior to January 1, 2010, in comparable quantity to the inventory purchased during the same period of the prior year.
(2)	The sale of cigarettes solely for the purpose of consumer testing.
(p)	The Commissioner shall implement this Article in accordance with the implementation and substance of the New York Fire Safety Standards for Cigarettes, as it read on August 24, 2007.
(q)	No local government may pass any ordinance changing the performance standard set forth in this section.  (2007‑451, s. 1; 2009‑490, s. 1; 2021‑180, s. 37.7(f).)

§ 58‑92‑20.  Certification and product change.
(a)	Each manufacturer shall submit to the Commissioner a written certification attesting both of the following:
(1)	Each cigarette listed in the certification has been tested in accordance with G.S. 58‑92‑15.
(2)	Each cigarette listed in the certification meets the performance standard set forth in G.S. 58‑92‑15.
(b)	Each cigarette listed in the certification shall be described with the following information:
(1)	Brand or trade name on the package.
(2)	Brand style, as defined in G.S. 58‑92‑10(1a).
(3)	Length in millimeters.
(4)	Circumference in millimeters.
(5)	Flavor, such as menthol or chocolate, if applicable.
(6)	Filter or nonfilter.
(7)	Package description, such as soft pack or box.
(8)	Marking pursuant to G.S. 58‑92‑25.
(9)	The name, address, and telephone number of the laboratory, if different than the manufacturer that conducted the test.
(10)	The date that the testing occurred.
(c)	Certifications shall be made available to the Attorney General for purposes consistent with this Article and the Commissioner for the purposes of ensuring compliance with this section.
(d)	Each cigarette certified under this section shall be recertified every three years.
(e)	For each brand style listed in a certification, a manufacturer shall pay to the Commissioner a fee of two hundred fifty dollars ($250.00). The Commissioner may annually adjust this fee to ensure it defrays the actual costs of the processing, testing, enforcement, fire safety, and oversight activities required by this Article.
(f)	There is established in the State treasury a separate, nonreverting fund to be known as the "Fire Safety Standard and Firefighter Protection Act Enforcement Fund." The fund shall consist of all certification fees submitted by manufacturers and shall, in addition to any other monies made available for such purpose, be available to the Commissioner solely to support processing, testing, enforcement, and oversight activities under this Article. For the purposes of this Article, fire safety shall include community education and outreach and the provision and installation of fire safety devices in high‑risk and high‑need locations throughout the State.
(g)	If a manufacturer has certified a cigarette pursuant to this section, and thereafter makes any change to such cigarette that is likely to alter its compliance with the reduced cigarette ignition propensity standards required by this Article, that cigarette shall not be sold or offered for sale in this State until the manufacturer retests the cigarette in accordance with the testing standards set forth in G.S. 58‑92‑15 and maintains records of that retesting as required by G.S. 58‑92‑15. Any altered cigarette that does not meet the performance standard set forth in G.S. 58‑92‑15 shall not be sold in this State.  (2007‑451, s. 1; 2010‑101, s. 2; 2016‑78, s. 2.2.)

§ 58‑92‑25.  Marking of cigarette packaging.
(a)	Cigarettes that are certified by a manufacturer in accordance with G.S. 58‑92‑20 shall be marked to indicate compliance with the requirements of G.S. 58‑92‑15. The marking shall be in eight‑point type or larger and consist of one of the following:
(1)	Modification of the product UPC Code to include a visible mark printed at or around the area of the UPC Code. The mark may consist of alphanumeric or symbolic characters permanently stamped, engraved, embossed, or printed in conjunction with the UPC.
(2)	Any visible combination of alphanumeric or symbolic characters permanently stamped, engraved, or embossed upon the cigarette package or cellophane wrap.
(3)	Printed, stamped, engraved, or embossed text that indicates that the cigarettes meet the standards of this Article.
(b)	A manufacturer shall use only one marking and shall apply this marking uniformly for all packages, including, but not limited to, packs, cartons, and cases and brands marketed by that manufacturer.
(c)	The Commissioner shall be notified as to the marking that is selected.
(d)	Prior to the certification of any cigarette, a manufacturer shall present its proposed marking to the Commissioner for approval. Upon receipt of the request, the Commissioner shall approve or disapprove the marking offered, except that the Commissioner shall approve:
(1)	Any marking in use and approved for sale in New York pursuant to the New York Fire Safety Standards for Cigarettes, or
(2)	The letters "FSC," which signifies Fire Standards Compliant, appearing in eight‑point type or larger and permanently printed, stamped, engraved, or embossed on the package at or near the UPC Code.
(e)	Proposed markings shall be deemed approved if the Commissioner fails to act within 10 business days of receiving a request for approval.
(f)	No manufacturer shall modify its approved marking unless the modification has been approved by the Commissioner in accordance with this section.
(g)	Manufacturers certifying cigarettes in accordance with G.S. 58‑92‑20 shall provide a copy of the certifications to all distributors and agents to which they sell cigarettes and shall also provide sufficient copies of an illustration of the package marking utilized by the manufacturer pursuant to this section for each retail dealer to which the distributors or agents sell cigarettes. Distributors and agents shall provide a copy of these package markings received from manufacturers to all retail dealers to which they sell cigarettes. Distributors, agents, and retail dealers shall permit the Commissioner, the Secretary of Revenue, the Attorney General, and their employees to inspect markings of cigarette packaging marked in accordance with this section. (2007‑451, s. 1.)

§ 58‑92‑30.  Penalties.
(a)	A manufacturer, distributor, agent, or any other person or entity who knowingly sells or offers to sell cigarettes, other than through retail sale, in violation of G.S. 58‑92‑15, shall be subject to a civil penalty not to exceed one hundred dollars ($100.00) for each pack of such cigarettes sold or offered for sale provided that in no case shall the penalty against any such person or entity exceed one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000) during any 30‑day period.
(b)	A retail dealer who knowingly sells or offers to sell cigarettes in violation of G.S. 58‑92‑15 shall be subject to a civil penalty not to exceed one hundred dollars ($100.00) for each pack of such cigarettes sold or offered for sale, provided that in no case shall the penalty against any retail dealer exceed twenty‑five thousand dollars ($25,000) for sales or offers to sell during any 30‑day period.
(c)	In addition to any penalty prescribed by law, any corporation, partnership, sole proprietor, limited partnership, or association engaged in the manufacture of cigarettes that knowingly makes a false certification pursuant to G.S. 58‑92‑20 shall be subject to a civil penalty of at least seventy‑five thousand dollars ($75,000) but not to exceed two hundred fifty thousand dollars ($250,000) for each such false certification.
(d)	Any person violating any other provision in this Article shall be subject to a civil penalty for a first offense not to exceed one thousand dollars ($1,000), and for a subsequent offense subject to a civil penalty not to exceed five thousand dollars ($5,000) for each such violation.
(e)	Any cigarettes that have been sold or offered for sale that do not comply with the performance standard required by G.S. 58‑92‑15 shall be subject to forfeiture as contraband under the same procedures as G.S. 75D‑5 or G.S. 113‑412. Cigarettes forfeited pursuant to this section shall be destroyed; provided, however, that prior to the destruction of any cigarette forfeited pursuant to these provisions, the true holder of the trademark rights in the cigarette brand shall be permitted to inspect the cigarette.
(f)	In addition to any other remedy provided by law, the Commissioner or Attorney General may file an action in the superior court for a violation of this Article, including petitioning for injunctive relief or to recover any costs or damages suffered by the State because of a violation of this Article, including enforcement costs relating to the specific violation and attorneys' fees. Each violation of this Article or of rules or regulations adopted under this Article constitutes a separate civil violation for which the Commissioner or Attorney General may obtain relief.
(g)	Whenever any law enforcement personnel or duly authorized representative of the Commissioner shall discover any cigarettes that have not been marked in the manner required by this Article, such personnel is hereby authorized and empowered to seize and take possession of such cigarettes. Such cigarettes shall be turned over to the Department of Revenue and shall be forfeited to the State. Cigarettes seized pursuant to this section shall be destroyed; provided, however, that prior to the destruction of any cigarette seized pursuant to these provisions, the true holder of the trademark rights in the cigarette brand shall be permitted to inspect the cigarette.
(h)	Any penalty imposed under this Article shall be payable to the Commissioner.
(i)	A violation of this Article constitutes a civil offense only and is not a crime.  (2007‑451, s. 1; 2009‑490, s. 2.)

§ 58‑92‑35.  Implementation.
(a)	The Commissioner may adopt rules, pursuant to Chapter 150B of the General Statutes, necessary to effectuate the purposes of this Article.
(b)	The Department of Revenue in the regular course of conducting inspections of distributors, agents, and retail dealers, as authorized under the Tobacco Products Tax Act, Article 2A of Chapter 105 of the General Statutes, may inspect such cigarettes to determine if the cigarettes are marked as required by G.S. 58‑92‑25. If the cigarettes are not marked as required, the Department of Revenue shall notify the Commissioner. (2007‑451, s. 1.)

§ 58‑92‑40.  Inspection.
To enforce the provisions of this Article, the Attorney General, the Department of Revenue, and the Commissioner, their duly authorized representatives, and other law enforcement personnel may examine the books, papers, invoices, and other records of any person in possession, control, or occupancy of any premises where cigarettes are placed, stored, sold, or offered for sale, as well as the stock of cigarettes on the premises. Every person in the possession, control, or occupancy of any premises where cigarettes are placed, sold, or offered for sale is hereby directed and required to give the Attorney General, the Department of Revenue, and the Commissioner, their duly authorized representatives, and other law enforcement personnel the means, facilities, and opportunity for the examinations authorized by this section. (2007‑451, s. 1.)

§ 58‑92‑45.  Disposition of penalties.
The clear proceeds of civil penalties and forfeitures provided for in this Article shall be remitted to the Civil Penalty and Forfeiture Fund in accordance with G.S. 115C‑457.2. (2007‑451, s. 1.)

§ 58‑92‑50.  Sale outside the State.
Nothing in this Article shall be construed to prohibit any person or entity from manufacturing or selling cigarettes that do not meet the requirements of G.S. 58‑92‑15 if the cigarettes are or will be stamped for sale in another state or are packaged for sale outside the United States and that person or entity has taken reasonable steps to ensure that such cigarettes will not be sold or offered for sale to persons located in this State. (2007‑451, s. 1.)

§ 58‑92‑55.  Preemption.
This Article does not apply if a federal reduced cigarette ignition propensity standard that preempts this Article is enacted and becomes effective, but such inapplicability does not affect any liability for forfeiture or penalties accrued prior to the effective date of the federal law. (2007‑451, s. 1.)

Article 93.
Prepaid Health Plan Licensing Act.
§ 58‑93‑1.  Short title.
This Article may be cited as the Prepaid Health Plan Licensing Act.  (2018‑49, s. 1(a).)

§ 58‑93‑5.  Definitions.
The following definitions apply in this Article:
(1)	Commercial Plan. – Any person, entity, or organization, profit or nonprofit, that (i) undertakes to provide or arrange for the delivery of health care services to enrollees on a prepaid basis except for enrollee responsibility for copayments and deductibles and (ii) is not a provider‑led entity.
(2)	DHHS. – The North Carolina Department of Health and Human Services.
(3)	Enrollee. – A beneficiary enrolled to receive Medicaid services through a prepaid health plan.
(4)	Governing body. – The board of directors, trustees, partners, managers, or other individuals who are legally responsible for the governance of an entity.
(5)	Health care services. – Medicaid services provided by a prepaid health plan under a capitated contract with DHHS.
(6)	Insolvent or insolvency. – A circumstance that occurs when a prepaid health plan has been declared insolvent and is placed under an order of liquidation by a court of competent jurisdiction.
(7)	Licensed health organization. – A licensed health organization includes all of the following:
a.	A health maintenance organization licensed under Article 67 of this Chapter.
b.	A full service corporation licensed under Article 65 of this Chapter.
c.	An insurer under this Chapter that is required by the Commissioner to use the NAIC Health Annual Statement Blank when filing the annual statement in accordance with G.S. 58‑2‑165.
The term "licensed health organization" does not include an insurer that (i) is licensed under this Chapter as either a life or health insurer or as a property or casualty insurer and (ii) is otherwise subject to either life or property and casualty risk‑based capital requirements.
(8)	Prepaid health plan or PHP. – A commercial plan or provider‑led entity holding a license under this Article for the purposes of operating a capitated contract for the delivery of services under the North Carolina Medicaid program. For the purposes of 11 U.S.C. § 109(b)(2) and 11 U.S.C. § 109(d) only, a PHP is a domestic insurance company.
(9)	Provider‑led entity. – An entity that meets all of the following criteria:
a.	A majority of the entity's ownership is held by (i) an individual or entity that has as its primary business purpose the ownership or operation of one or more capitated contracts under the North Carolina Medicaid program or (ii) Medicaid providers.
b.	A majority of the entity's governing body is composed of individuals who (i) are licensed in the State as physicians, physician assistants, nurse practitioners, or psychologists and (ii) have experience treating beneficiaries of the North Carolina Medicaid program.
(10)	Working capital. – The excess of current assets over current liabilities. The only borrowed funds that may be included in working capital must be funds that are repayable only from net earned income and must be repayable only with the advance permission of the Commissioner.  (2018‑49, s. 1(a); 2022‑74, s. 9D.15(z); 2023‑11, s. 3.2(h).)

§ 58‑93‑10.  Maximize federal reimbursement.
The Commissioner shall work with DHHS to maximize federal reimbursement of the Department's expenses in administering this Article to the extent that federal reimbursement is allowed under federal law.  (2018‑49, s. 1(a).)

§ 58‑93‑15.  Commissioner use of consultants and other professionals.
(a)	The Commissioner may contract with consultants and other professionals to expedite and complete the application process, examinations, and other regulatory activities required under this Article. Costs of contracts entered into under this section shall be reimbursed by the applicant or licensee.
(b)	Contracts under this section for financial, legal, examination, and other services shall not be subject to any of the following:
(1)	G.S. 114‑2.3.
(2)	G.S. 147‑17.
(3)	Articles 3, 3C, and 8 of Chapter 143 of the General Statutes and any rules and procedures adopted under those Articles concerning procurement, contracting, and contract review.  (2018‑49, s. 1(a).)

§ 58‑93‑20.  Licensing.
(a)	Any commercial plan or provider‑led entity may apply to the Commissioner for a license to operate as a PHP in compliance with this Article.
(b)	Each license application shall be verified by an officer or authorized representative of the applicant, shall be in a form prescribed by the Commissioner, and shall be set forth or be accompanied, at a minimum, by all of the following:
(1)	A copy of the organizational documents, if any, of the applicant, such as the articles of incorporation, articles of association, partnership agreement, trust agreement, or other applicable documents, and all amendments.
(2)	A copy of the bylaws, rules and regulations, or similar documents, if any, regulating the conduct of the internal affairs of the applicant.
(3)	A list of the names, addresses, official positions, and biographical affidavits of the persons who are to be responsible for the conduct of the affairs of the applicant, including all members of the governing body, the principal officers in the case of a corporation, the partners or members in the case of a partnership or association, or the managers in the case of a limited liability company. This list shall be accompanied by a completed release of information for each of these individuals on forms acceptable to the Commissioner.
(4)	A disclosure identifying all affiliates, including a description of any management, service, or cost‑sharing arrangement between an affiliate and the applicant.
(5)	The name and address of the registered agent of the applicant.
(6)	A detailed plan of operation.
(7)	The names and addresses of the applicant's qualified actuary and external auditors.
(8)	Financial statements showing the applicant's assets, liabilities, and sources of financial support. If the applicant's financial affairs are audited by independent certified public accountants, a copy of the applicant's most recent regular certified financial statement shall satisfy this requirement unless the Commissioner directs that additional or more recent financial information is required for the proper administration of this Article.
(9)	A financial feasibility study that includes (i) detailed enrollment projections, (ii) a projection of balance sheets, (iii) cash flow statements that show any capital expenditures, purchases and sales of investments, and deposits with the State, (iv) anticipated income and anticipated expense statements covering the start of operations through the period in which the applicant is anticipated to have had net income for at least one year, and (v) a statement as to the sources of working capital as well as any other sources of funding.
(10)	If not domiciled in this State, a power of attorney duly executed by the applicant appointing the Commissioner, the Commissioner's successors in office, and duly authorized deputies as the true and lawful attorney of the applicant in and for this State, upon whom all lawful process in any legal action or proceeding against the applicant on a cause of action arising in this State may be served.
(11)	A description of the procedures to be implemented to meet the protection against insolvency requirements of G.S. 58‑93‑70.
(12)	The plan for handling an insolvency as required by G.S. 58‑93‑75.
(13)	Other information as the Commissioner may require in order to make the determinations required in G.S. 58‑93‑25.
(c)	Any person that is already a licensed health organization in this State under this Chapter shall be recognized as a PHP under this Article and shall be issued a PHP license upon the licensed health organization's demonstration to the Commissioner of its compliance with this Article. A licensed health organization shall not be required to file a PHP application, pay a PHP application fee, or provide the notice required by subsection (d) of this section as a condition of receipt of a PHP license. Unless otherwise exempted, a licensed health organization shall be subject to the remaining requirements of this Article, including deposit, minimum capital and surplus, and working capital requirements.
(d)	A PHP shall file a notice describing any significant modification of the operation set out in the information required by subsection (b) of this section for approval by the Commissioner prior to the modification. If the Commissioner does not disapprove within 90 days after the filing, the modification shall be deemed to be approved. Every PHP shall file with the Commissioner all subsequent changes in the information or forms that are required by this Article to be filed with the Commissioner.
(e)	The Commissioner shall regularly provide DHHS with information and documentation related to its licensing and regulation of PHPs, including licenses, examination results, penalties imposed, or other actions taken in regards to PHPs.  (2018‑49, s. 1(a); 2019‑179, s. 9(a).)

§ 58‑93‑25.  Issuance and continuation of license.
(a)	Before issuing or continuing any PHP license, the Commissioner of Insurance may make any examination as the Commissioner deems expedient. Except as otherwise provided in subsection (c) of G.S. 58‑93‑20, the Commissioner shall issue a license upon the payment of the application fee prescribed in G.S. 58‑93‑30 and upon being satisfied on all of the following points:
(1)	The applicant has complied with the application requirements of G.S. 58‑93‑20.
(2)	The applicant has a minimum capital and surplus equal to or greater than that required by G.S. 58‑93‑70(b).
(3)	The amounts provided as working capital are repayable only out of earned income in excess of amounts paid and payable for operating expenses and expenses of providing services and such reserve as the Department deems adequate.
(4)	The amount of money actually available for working capital is sufficient to carry all acquisition costs and operating expenses for a reasonable period of time from the date of the issuance of the license and that the applicant is financially responsible and may reasonably be expected to meet its obligations to enrollees and prospective enrollees. Such working capital shall initially be a minimum of one million five hundred thousand dollars ($1,500,000) or a higher amount as the Commissioner shall determine to be adequate.
(5)	The person or persons who will manage the PHP have adequate expertise, experience, and character.
(b)	A license shall be denied only after compliance with the requirements of G.S. 58‑93‑95.  (2018‑49, s. 1(a).)

§ 58‑93‑30.  Fees.
The Commissioner shall charge an application fee of two thousand dollars ($2,000) for entities filing an application to be licensed as a PHP under this Article. The Commissioner shall charge an annual PHP license continuation fee of five thousand dollars ($5,000). The PHP license shall continue in full force and effect subject to timely payment of the annual PHP license continuation fee in accordance with G.S. 58‑6‑7(c) and subject to any other provisions of this Chapter applicable to PHPs.  (2018‑49, s. 1(a); 2019‑179, s. 9(b).)

§ 58‑93‑35.  Deposits.
(a)	All deposits required by this section shall be administered in accordance with the provisions of Article 5 of this Chapter.
(b)	The Commissioner shall require a minimum deposit of five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000) or such higher amount as the Commissioner determines to be necessary for the protection of enrollees.
(c)	For licensed health organizations, the deposit required by this section is in addition to any other deposit required by the Commissioner.
(d)	All deposits made pursuant to this section shall not be subject to G.S. 58‑62‑95.  (2018‑49, s. 1(a).)

§ 58‑93‑40.  Management and exclusive agreements; custodial agreements.
(a)	No PHP shall enter into an exclusive management or custodial agreement unless the agreement is first filed with the Commissioner and approved under this section within (i) 45 days after filing or (ii) a reasonable extended period as specified by notice from the Commissioner given within a 45‑day period after filing.
(b)	The Commissioner shall disapprove an agreement submitted under subsection (a) of this section if the Commissioner determines that the agreement does any of the following:
(1)	Subjects the PHP to excessive charges.
(2)	Extends for an unreasonable period of time.
(3)	Does not contain fair and adequate standards of performance.
(4)	Enables persons under the contract to manage the PHP who are not sufficiently trustworthy, competent, experienced, and free from conflict of interest to manage the PHP with due regard for the interests of its enrollees, creditors, or the public.
(5)	Contains provisions that impair the interests of the PHP's enrollees, creditors, or the public.  (2018‑49, s. 1(a).)

§ 58‑93‑45.  Fiduciary responsibilities.
Any director, officer, trustee, manager, or partner of a PHP who receives, collects, disburses, or invests funds in connection with the activities of the PHP shall be responsible for those funds in a fiduciary relationship to the enrollees and to the State.  (2018‑49, s. 1(a).)

§ 58‑93‑50.  Statements filed with Commissioner.
Every PHP subject to this Article is subject to G.S. 58‑2‑165.  (2018‑49, s. 1(a).)

§ 58‑93‑55.  Investments.
(a)	With the exception of investments made in accordance with subsection (b) of this section, the funds of a PHP shall be invested or maintained only in securities, other investments, or other assets permitted by the laws of this State for the investment of assets constituting the legal reserves of life insurance companies or such other securities or investments as the Commissioner may permit.
(b)	A PHP may, with the Commissioner's prior approval, do any of the following:
(1)	Invest its funds to purchase, lease, construct, renovate, operate, or maintain (i) a hospital, (ii) a medical facility, (iii) ancillary equipment of a hospital or medical facility, or (iv) any property as may reasonably be required for its principal office or for other purposes as may be necessary in the transaction of the business of the PHP.
(2)	Make loans to a medical group under contract with the PHP in furtherance of the PHP's program or the making of loans to a corporation or corporations under the PHP's control for the purpose of acquiring or constructing medical facilities and hospitals or in furtherance of a program providing health care services to enrollees.
(c)	The Commissioner shall not allow any investment if the Commissioner determines the investment would substantially and adversely affect the financial soundness of the PHP and endanger its ability to meet its obligations.  (2018‑49, s. 1(a).)

§ 58‑93‑60.  Examinations.
The Commissioner may make an examination of the affairs of any PHP as often as the Commissioner determines it to be necessary for the protection of the interests of the enrollees or the State but not less frequently than once every five years. The Commissioner shall notify DHHS prior to any examination of a PHP and shall provide DHHS with the results of an examination in accordance with G.S. 58‑93‑5(e). Examinations shall otherwise be conducted under G.S. 58‑2‑131 through G.S. 58‑2‑134.  (2018‑49, s. 1(a); 2019‑179, s. 9(c).)

§ 58‑93‑65.  Hazardous financial condition.
(a)	Whenever the financial condition of any PHP indicates a condition such that the continued operation of the PHP might be hazardous to its enrollees, creditors, the general public, or the State, the Commissioner may order the PHP to take action as may be reasonably necessary to rectify the existing condition, including one or more of the following steps:
(1)	Reduce the total amount of present and potential liability for health care services by reinsurance.
(2)	Reduce the volume of new business being accepted.
(3)	Reduce the expenses by specified methods.
(4)	Suspend or limit the writing of new business for a specified period of time.
(5)	Require an increase to the PHP's capital and surplus by contribution.
(b)	The Commissioner may consider any or all of the standards in G.S. 58‑30‑60(b) when determining whether the continued operation of a PHP is hazardous to its enrollees, creditors, the general public, or the State.
(c)	The remedies under subsection (a) of this section are in addition to, and not in lieu of, the remedies and measures available to the Commissioner under the provisions of Article 30 of this Chapter.
(d)	The Commissioner shall notify the Secretary of DHHS prior to taking any action against a PHP under this section.  (2018‑49, s. 1(a).)

§ 58‑93‑70.  Protection against insolvency.
(a)	The Commissioner shall require deposits in accordance with the provisions of G.S. 58‑93‑35.
(b)	Each PHP shall maintain a minimum capital and surplus equal to the greater of one million dollars ($1,000,000) or the amount required under the risk‑based capital provisions of Article 12 of this Chapter.
(c)	Every PHP shall have and maintain at all times an adequate plan for protection against insolvency acceptable to the Commissioner. In determining the adequacy of such a plan, the Commissioner may consider all of the following:
(1)	A reinsurance agreement preapproved by the Commissioner covering excess loss, stop loss, or catastrophes. The agreement must provide that the Commissioner will be notified no less than 60 days prior to cancellation or reduction of coverage.
(2)	Any other arrangements offering protection against insolvency that the Commissioner may require.  (2018‑49, s. 1(a).)

§ 58‑93‑75.  Continuation of health care services.
The Commissioner shall require that each PHP have a plan for handling insolvency. The plan must allow for health care services to be provided to enrollees until the PHP's capitated contract is terminated by DHHS and all enrollees required under G.S. 108D‑40 to enroll in a PHP are transitioned to another PHP. In considering the plan, the Commissioner may require any of the following:
(1)	Insurance to cover the expenses to be paid for enrollee health care services after an insolvency.
(2)	Provisions in provider contracts that obligate the provider to provide services for the duration of the period after the PHP's insolvency until the PHP's capitated contract is terminated by DHHS and all enrollees required under G.S. 108D‑40 to enroll in a PHP are transitioned to another PHP.
(3)	Insolvency reserves.
(4)	Letters of credit acceptable to the Commissioner.
(5)	Any other arrangements to assure that health care services are provided to enrollees as specified in this section.  (2018‑49, s. 1(a); 2022‑46, s. 5.)

§ 58‑93‑80.  Incurred but not reported claims.
(a)	Every PHP shall, when determining liability, include an amount estimated in the aggregate to provide for (i) any unearned capitation payment, (ii) the payment of all claims for health care expenditures that have been incurred, whether reported or unreported, that are unpaid and for which the PHP is or may be liable, and (iii) the expense of adjustment or settlement of these claims.
(b)	Liabilities shall be computed in accordance with rules adopted by the Commissioner based upon rules applicable to health maintenance organizations adjusted for reasonable consideration of the ascertained experience and character of the PHP.  (2018‑49, s. 1(a).)

§ 58‑93‑85.  Suspension or revocation of license.
(a)	The Commissioner may suspend or revoke a PHP license if the Commissioner finds that a PHP meets any of the following:
(1)	Is operating significantly in contravention of its organizational document, or in a manner contrary to that described in and reasonably inferred from any other information submitted under G.S. 58‑93‑20, unless amendments to such submissions have been filed with and approved by the Commissioner.
(2)	Is no longer financially responsible and may reasonably be expected to be unable to meet its obligations to enrollees or prospective enrollees.
(3)	Is operating in a manner that would be hazardous to its enrollees or to the State.
(4)	Knowingly or repeatedly fails or refuses to comply with any law or rule applicable to the PHP or with any order issued by the Commissioner after notice and opportunity for a hearing.
(5)	Has knowingly published or made to the Department, to DHHS, or to the public any false statement or report.
(b)	A license shall be suspended or revoked only after compliance with G.S. 58‑93‑95.
(c)	When a PHP license is suspended, the PHP shall not, during the suspension, enroll any additional enrollees, except newborn children or other newly acquired dependents of existing enrollees, and shall not engage in any advertising or solicitation.
(d)	When a PHP license is revoked, the PHP shall proceed, immediately following the effective date of the order of revocation, to wind up its affairs and shall conduct no further business except as may be essential to the orderly conclusion of the affairs of the PHP. The PHP shall engage in no advertising or solicitation. The Commissioner may, by written order, permit such further operation of the PHP as the Commissioner may find to be in the best interest of enrollees and the State of North Carolina.
(e)	The Commissioner shall consult with the Secretary of DHHS prior to taking any action against a PHP under this section.  (2018‑49, s. 1(a).)

§ 58‑93‑90.  Rehabilitation or liquidation of PHP.
(a)	Any rehabilitation or liquidation of a PHP shall be deemed to be the rehabilitation or liquidation of an insurance company and shall be conducted under the supervision of the Commissioner pursuant to Article 30 of this Chapter. The Commissioner may apply for an order directing the rehabilitation or liquidation of a PHP upon one or more grounds set out in Article 30 of this Chapter or when it is the opinion of the Commissioner that the continued operation of the PHP would be hazardous either to the enrollees or to the State. Priority shall be given to DHHS's claims over all other claims in G.S. 58‑30‑220, except for claims in G.S. 58‑30‑220(1).
(b)	To the greatest extent possible, the Commissioner shall provide notice to DHHS prior to seeking an application for an order to rehabilitate or liquidate a PHP under this section. If prior notice is not possible, the Commissioner shall provide the notice to DHHS as soon as possible after seeking the order.  (2018‑49, s. 1(a); 2019‑179, s. 9(d).)

§ 58‑93‑95.  Administrative procedures.
(a)	When the Commissioner has cause to believe that grounds for the denial of an application for a license exist, or that grounds for the suspension or revocation of a license exist, notification shall be given to the PHP in writing and a copy of the notice shall be provided to DHHS. This notice shall specifically state the grounds for denial, suspension, or revocation and shall set a date for a hearing on the matter at least 30 days after notice is given.
(b)	After such hearing, or upon the failure of the PHP to appear at such hearing, the Commissioner shall take action as is deemed advisable and issue written findings that shall be mailed to the PHP. The Commissioner shall provide DHHS with an explanation of the action taken and a copy of the written findings.
(c)	The action of the Commissioner taken under subsection (b) of this section shall be subject to review by the Superior Court of Wake County. The court may, in disposing of the issue before it, modify, affirm, or reverse the order of the Commissioner in whole or in part.
(d)	The provisions of Chapter 150B of the General Statutes of this State shall apply to proceedings under this section to the extent that they are not in conflict with this section.  (2018‑49, s. 1(a); 2019‑179, s. 9(e).)

§ 58‑93‑100.  Penalties and enforcement.
(a)	The Commissioner may, in addition to or in lieu of suspending or revoking a license under G.S. 58‑93‑85, proceed under G.S. 58‑2‑70, provided that the PHP has reasonable time to remedy the defect in its operations that gave rise to the procedure under G.S. 58‑2‑70.
(b)	Violation of this Article or any other provision of this Chapter that expressly applies to PHPs is a Class 1 misdemeanor.
(c)	If the Commissioner shall for any reason have cause to believe that any violation of this Article or any other provision of this Chapter that expressly applies to PHPs has occurred or is threatened, the Commissioner may give notice to the PHP and to the representatives or other persons who appear to be involved in such suspected violation to arrange a conference with the alleged violators or their authorized representatives for the purpose of attempting to ascertain the facts relating to the suspected violation and, in the event it appears that any violation has occurred or is threatened, to arrive at an adequate and effective means of correcting or preventing the violation. If notice is given under this subsection, a copy of the notice shall be provided to the Secretary of DHHS. The Secretary of DHHS or the Secretary's designee may be present at any proceedings under this subsection.
Proceedings under this subsection shall not be governed by any formal procedural requirements and may be conducted in such manner as the Commissioner may deem appropriate under the circumstances.
(d)	The Commissioner may issue an order directing a PHP or a representative of a PHP to cease and desist from engaging in any act or practice in violation of the provisions of this Article or any other provision of this Chapter that expressly applies to PHPs.
Within 30 days after service of the cease and desist order, the respondent may request a hearing on the question of whether acts or practices have occurred that are in violation of this Article or any other provision of this Chapter that expressly applies to PHPs. The hearing shall be conducted under Article 3A of Chapter 150B of the General Statutes, and judicial review shall be available as provided by Article 4 of Chapter 150B of the General Statutes.
(e)	In the case of any violation of the provisions of this Article or any other provision of this Chapter that expressly applies to PHPs, if the Commissioner elects not to issue a cease and desist order, or in the event of noncompliance with a cease and desist order issued under subsection (d) of this section, the Commissioner may institute a proceeding to obtain injunctive relief, or seek other appropriate relief, in the Superior Court of Wake County.
(f)	The Commissioner shall consult with the Secretary of DHHS prior to taking any action against a PHP under this section.  (2018‑49, s. 1(a).)

§ 58‑93‑105.  Confidentiality of information.
(a)	All applications, filings, and reports required under this Article shall be treated as public documents unless otherwise determined by the Commissioner to be proprietary information.
(b)	Information shared between the Department and DHHS under this Article is confidential and not open to public inspection under G.S. 132‑6, unless the information is considered a public record under G.S. 132‑1 or is otherwise subject to disclosure under the provisions of Chapter 132 of the General Statutes.
(c)	Information shared between the Department and DHHS under this Article that is not open to public inspection shall not be disclosed to any person unless otherwise agreed to by both the Commissioner and the Secretary of DHHS.  (2018‑49, s. 1(a).)

§ 58‑93‑110.  Statutory construction and relationship to other laws.
(a)	Except as otherwise provided in this Article, provisions of this Chapter do not apply to either of the following:
(1)	A PHP that is not a licensed health organization.
(2)	A PHP that is a licensed health organization in regards to activities that relate solely to the PHP's Medicaid operation.
(b)	Nothing in this section shall limit the Commissioner's authority over a PHP that is a licensed health organization in relation to any activities that do not relate solely to the PHP's Medicaid operation.  (2018‑49, s. 1(a); 2022‑74, s. 9D.15(z).)

§ 58‑93‑115.  Rules.
The Commissioner may adopt rules to carry out the provisions of this Article.  (2018‑49, s. 1(a).)

§ 58‑93‑120.  Other laws applicable to PHPs.
The following provisions of this Chapter are applicable to PHPs in the manner in which they are applicable to insurers:
(1)	G.S. 58‑2‑131, Examinations to be made; authority, scope, scheduling, and conduct of examinations.
(2)	G.S. 58‑2‑132, Examination reports.
(3)	G.S. 58‑2‑133, Conflict of interest; cost of examinations; immunity from liability.
(4)	G.S. 58‑2‑134, Cost of certain examinations.
(5)	G.S. 58‑2‑150, Oath required for compliance with law.
(6)	G.S. 58‑2‑155, Investigation of charges.
(7)	G.S. 58‑2‑160, Reporting and investigation of insurance and reinsurance fraud and the financial condition of licensees; immunity from liability.
(8)	G.S. 58‑2‑162, Embezzlement by insurance producers or administrators.
(9)	G.S. 58‑2‑165, Annual, semiannual, monthly, or quarterly statements to be filed with Commissioner.
(10)	G.S. 58‑2‑185, Record of business kept by companies and insurance producers; Commissioner may inspect.
(11)	G.S. 58‑2‑190, Commissioner may require special reports.
(12)	G.S. 58‑2‑195, Commissioner may require records, reports, etc., for agencies, insurance producers, and others.
(13)	G.S. 58‑2‑200, Books and papers required to be exhibited.
(14)	G.S. 58‑2‑205, CPA audits of financial statements.
(15)	G.S. 58‑7‑21, Credit allowed a domestic ceding insurer.
(16)	G.S. 58‑7‑26, Asset or reduction from liability for reinsurance ceded by a domestic insurer to an assuming insurer not meeting the requirements of G.S. 58‑7‑21.
(17)	G.S. 58‑7‑30, Insolvent ceding insurer.
(18)	G.S. 58‑7‑31, Life and health reinsurance agreements.
(19)	G.S. 58‑7‑46, Notification to Commissioner for president or chief executive officer changes.
(20)	G.S. 58‑7‑73, Dissolution of insurers.
(21)	G.S. 58‑7‑160, Investments unlawfully acquired.
(22)	G.S. 58‑7‑162, Allowed or admitted assets.
(23)	G.S. 58‑7‑163, Assets not allowed.
(24)	G.S. 58‑7‑165, Eligible investments.
(25)	G.S. 58‑7‑167, General qualifications.
(26)	G.S. 58‑7‑168, Authorization of investment.
(27)	G.S. 58‑7‑170, Diversification.
(28)	G.S. 58‑7‑172, Cash and deposits.
(29)	G.S. 58‑7‑173, Permitted insurer investments.
(30)	G.S. 58‑7‑179, Mortgage loans.
(31)	G.S. 58‑7‑180, Chattel mortgages.
(32)	G.S. 58‑7‑183, Special consent investments.
(33)	G.S. 58‑7‑185, Prohibited investments and investment underwriting.
(34)	G.S. 58‑7‑188, Time limit for disposal of ineligible property and securities; effect of failure to dispose.
(35)	G.S. 58‑7‑192, Valuation of securities and investments.
(36)	G.S. 58‑7‑193, Valuation of property.
(37)	G.S. 58‑7‑197, Replacing certain assets; reporting certain liabilities.
(38)	G.S. 58‑7‑200, Investment transactions.
(39)	G.S. 58‑7‑205, Derivative transactions.
(40)	Article 5, Deposits and Bonds by Insurance Companies.
(41)	Part 7 of Article 10, Annual Financial Reporting.
(42)	Article 12, Risk‑Based Capital Requirements.
(43)	Article 13, Asset Protection Act.
(44)	Article 19, Insurance Holding Company System Regulatory Act.  (2018‑49, s. 1(a); 2019‑179, s. 9(f); 2022‑46, s. 14(kkkk).)